Skip to main content

Full text of "Combined catalog. Vol. 1, College Park, University of Maryland"

See other formats 


o*^ 


COMBINED  CATALOG 

Volume  One 

College  Park 
University  of  Maryland 


1966-1968 


COMBINED  CATALOG 

SERIES   1966-1968 


Volume  One 


COLLEGE  PARK 
UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND 


The  1966-1968  Series  of  University  of  Maryland  Catalogs  is  published 
in  a  two-volume  set  of  combined  catalogs.  Volume  One  contains  catalogs 
pertaining  to  academic  imits  located  on  the  College  Park  Campus.  Volume 
Two  contains  catalogs  pertaining  to  academic  units  located  on  the  Baltimore 
Campus.   This  is  Volume  One. 


Catalogs  in  this  volume  are  located 
ill  this  order: 


Adventure  in  Learning 
{General  Information) 

College  of  Agriculture 

College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

College  of  Business 
and  Public  Administration 

College  of  Education 

College  of  Engineering 

College  of  Home  Economics 

College  of  Physical  Education, 
Recreation  and  Health 

Graduate  School  Announcements 

Summer  School 

University    College 


An  Adventure  in  Learning 

A  GUIDE  TO  THE  UNDERGRADUATE  PROGRAMS 


The  University  of  Maryland 


VOLUME  23  AUGUST  31,  1966  NUMBER  3 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  BULLETIN  is  published  three  times  in  July, 
August  and  September;  twice  in  January,  March.  May,  June  and  December;  and 
once  in  February,  April,  October  and  November.  Published  twenty-three  times. 
Re-entered  as  second  class  mail  matter  under  the  Act  of  Congress  of  August  24, 
1912,  and  second  class  postage  paid  at  College  Park,  Maryland. 


This  publication  is  an  introduction  to  the  opportunities  and 
requirements  of  the  University  of  Maryland.  The  primary  purpose 
of  the  University  is  to  help  students  to  develop  their  talents  and 
capabilities.  For  those  who  enroll,  it  can  be  an  exciting  adventure 
in  learning. 

We  are  constantly  seeking  ways  to  improve  the  quality  of  the 
University  as  the  quantity  increases.  One  way  is  to  attract  able,  serious 
and  well  prepared  students.  Your  attention  is  invited  to  the  compre- 
hensive educational  program  of  the  University  at  College  Park,  Balti- 
more and  Catonsville.  We  welcome  your  interest. 


Dr.  Wilson  H.  Elkins 
President  of  the  University 


Board  of  Regents 

and 

Maryland  State  Board  of  Agriculture 

CHAIRMAN 

Charles  P.  McCormick 

McCormick  and  Company,  Inc.,  414  Light  Street,  Baltimore,  21202 

VICE-CHAIRMAN 

Edward  F.  Holter 

Farmers  Home  Administration,  Room  412  Hartwick  Building, 

4321  Hartwick  Road,  College  Park,  20740 

SECRETARY 

B.  Herbert  Brown 

The  Baltimore  Institute,  10  West  Chase  Street,  Baltimore,  21201 

TREASURER 

Harry  H.  Nuttle 
Denton,  21629 

ASSISTANT  SECRETARY 

Louis  L.  Kaplan 

The  Baltimore  Hebrew  College,  5800  Park  Heights  Ave.,  Baltimore,  21215 

ASSISTANT  TREASURER 

Richard  W.  Case 

Smith,  Somerville  and  Case,  1  Charles  Center — 17th  Floor, 

Baltimore,  21201 

Hon.  Mary  Arabian 

Municipal  Court  of  Baltimore  City,  Baltimore,  21201 

Dr.  William  B.  Long 
Medical  Center,  Salisbury,  21801 

Thomas  W.  Pangborn 

The  Pangborn  Corporation,  Pangborn  Blvd.,  Hagerstown,  21740 

Thomas  B.  Symons 

7^70  Columbia  Ave.,  College  Park,  20740 

William  C.  Walsh 

Liberty  Trust  Building,  Cumberland,  21501 


University  Calendar,  1966-67 

FALL  SEMESTER,  1966 

SEPTEMBER 

12-16    Monday-Friday — Fall  Semester  Registration 
19    Monday — Instruction  begins 

NOVEMBER 

23     Wednesday,  after  last  class — Thanksgiving  recess  begins 
28     Monday,  8:00  A.  M. — Thanksgiving  recess  ends 

DECEMBER 

21  Wednesday,  after  last  class — Christmas  recess  begins 

JANUARY 

3     Tuesday,  8:00  A.  M. — Christmas  recess  ends 
16     Monday — Pre-exam  Study  Day 
17-24     Tuesday-Tuesday — Fall  Semester  Examinations 

SPRING  SEMESTER,  1967 

JANUARY 

30-Feb.  3     Monday-Friday — Spring  Semester  Registration 

FEBRUARY 

6     Monday — Instruction  begins 

22  Wednesday — Washington's  Birthday,  holiday 

MARCH 

23  Thursday,  after  last  class — Easter  recess  begins 
28    Tuesday,  8:00  A.  M. — Easter  recess  ends 

MAY 

10     Wednesday— AFROTC  Day 

24  Wednesday — Pre-exam  Study  Day 

25-June  2  Thursday-Friday — Spring  Semester  Examinations 

30  Tuesday — Memorial  Day,  holiday 
JUNE 

3  Saturday — Commencement  Exercises 

SUMMER  SESSION,  1967 

JUNE  ^     . 

26-27     Monday-Tuesday— Registration,  Summer  Session 

28  Wednesday — Instruction  begins 
JULY 

4  Tuesday — Independence  Day,  holiday 
8  Saturday — Classes  (Tuesday  schedule) 

AUGUST 

18     Friday — Summer  Session  Ends 

SHORT  COURSES,  SUMMER,  1967 

JUNE 

12-17     Monday-Saturday — Rural  Women's  Short  Course 

AUGUST 

7-11     Monday-Friday — 4-H  Club  Week 

SEPTEMBER 

5-8    Tuesday-Friday — Firemen's  Short  Course 


Contents 


A  Message  from  the  President  2 

University  Calendar    4 

To  the  Applicant  for  Admission 7 

The  University  Heritage   n 

You  are  the  Vital  Factor   1q 

Admission  to  the  University  22 

The  Honors  Program    j^ 

Physical   Education    jo 

Air  Force  ROTC  Instruction  I9 

Where  Will  I  Live? 21 

How  Much  WiH  It  Cost?  23 

Extracurricular,  Social  and  Religious  Life 26 

Academic  Standards    28 

Student  Life  Information   29 

General  Education  Program   31 


THE      UNDERGRADUATE      PROGRAMS 

College  of  Agriculture    32 

College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 35 

College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration 38 

College  of  Education   a\ 

College  of  Engineering 43 

College  of  Home  Economics 45 

College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health 47 

School  of  Pharmacy   49 

School  of  Nursing      ^2 

University  College    53 


APPENDICES 

Appendix  A.     Fees  and  Expenses   55 

Appendix  B.     Honors,  Awards,  Scholarships  and  Grants-m-Aid  60 


X 


\ 


sss«^^^^^^^. 


^ 


^^J'-^'j'h;: 


•^ 


^w 


*. 


^,.^^': 


■  mit^Sft' 


To  the  Applicant  for  Admission 

TfflS  BOOKLET  IS  THE  ALL-PURPOSE,  GENERAL  INFORMATION  BOOKLET 

of  the  University. 

It  contains  the  information  you  need 

►  to  arrange  your  high  school  curriculum  for  acceptance  by  the 
various  colleges  of  the  University 

►  to  select  a  course  of  study  at  the  University 

►  to  apply  for  admission 

►  to  matriculate 

Adventure  in  Learning  also  covers  fees  and  expenses,  housing,  scholar- 
ships and  loans. 

The  course  catalog  of  the  College  of  your  choice  will  be  made  available 
to  you  after  you  enter  the  University. 

OR 

You  may  consult  reference  copies  in  your  high  school  Ubrary,  principal's 
omce  or  office  of  the  guidance  counselor.  Course  catalogs  usually  require 
mterpretation  for  new  freshman  students  and  should,  therefore,  be  used  in 
consultation  with  the  high  school  guidance  counselor  or  principal. 

You  may  obtain  a  catalog  for  the  Baltimore  County  Campus  (UMBC) 
located  near  CatonsviUe,  by  writing  to  the  Registrar,  University  of  Marv- 
2T228  °'^  <^o^ty,    5401    Wilkins   Avenue,   Baltunore,    Maryland 

Professional  school  catalogs  are  available  by  writing  to  the  office  of  the 
appropnate  dean  on  the  Baltimore  campus. 

Prospective  part-time  and  evening  adult  education  students  may  obtain 
the  appropnate  course  catalog  or  brochure  by  writing  to  the  Dean  Uni- 
versity College,  University  of  Maryland  at  CoUege  Park. 

Prospective  graduate  students  may  obtain  the  Graduate  Catalog  bv 
ColkVpark^  °^  ^^^  Graduate  School,  University  of  Maryland  at 

Prospective  summer  students  may  write  to  the  Director  of  the  Summer 
U^ch  \5   ''°^'^'  Summer  School  Catalog— usually  available  after 

The  University  Heritage 

Few  INSTITUTIONS  OF  HIGHER  LEARNING  IN  THE  UNITED  STATES  HAVE 

adminp?'win°fi  "^r"^^  ^  ^''^°'^  ^'  ^^'  University  of  Maryland.    Students 
itT^f  ^""^  ^^^  institution  stressing  programs  of  educational  ex- 

State        P''''''"'^  ^'^^^  research,  and  rendering  important  services  to  the 

Just  31  years  after  the  signing  of  the  Declaration  of  Independence  there 
was  estabhshed  m  Baltimore  a  CoUege  of  Medicine,  the  fifS  sucS  meScL 


school  in  the  United  States.  The  College  began  with  no  visible  assets  save 
determination,  enthusiasm  and  skill,  and  the  first  seven  students  enrolled 
received  their  lectures  in  the  homes  of  their  professors.  One  member  of  the 
faculty,  Dr.  John  Shaw,  died  as  a  result  of  exposure  suffered  while  working 
winter  nights  in  a  dilapidated  structure  that  was  the  college's  home  in  1 808. 
The  other  two  members  of  the  faculty,  Dr.  John  Beal  Davidge  and  Dr. 
James  Cocke,  were  extremely  skillful  researchers — professionally  outstand- 
ing in  that  day  and  even  more  so  from  the  perspective  of  today. 

In  1812  the  State  Legislature  authorized  the  College  of  Medicine  to 
annex  a  Faculty  of  Divinity,  a  Faculty  of  Law,  and  a  Faculty  of  Arts  and 
Sciences.  Together  these  four  colleges  became  the  University  of  Maryland. 
The  college  of  Divinity  and  the  undergraduate  college  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
developed  slowly,  but  highly  successful  departments  of  Dentistry  and 
Pharmacy  were  added,  along  with  a  Training  School  for  Nurses.  The  pro- 
fessional schools  of  Medicine,  Law,  Dentistry  and  Pharmacy  were  among 
the  half-dozen  first  of  their  kind  to  be  established  in  America,  and  through- 
out most  of  the  Nineteenth  Century  and  into  the  Twentieth  Century  they 
were  recognized  among  the  foremost  schools  in  each  profession. 

Meanwhile,  on  the  old  ross  borough  estate  near  v^ashington, 
D.c,  a  group  of  wealthy  planters  were  pioneering  in  an  attempt  to  develop 
agriculture  into  an  academic  discipline. 

The  Maryland  Agricultural  College,  again  one  of  the  two  or  three  first  in 
the  country,  was  established  in  1856  on  the  Ross  Borough  Estate,  just  north 
of  Washington.  Because  it  was  primarily  a  school  for  planters'  sons,  it  suf- 
fered greatly  during  the  Civil  War,  but  in  1864  it  became  a  land-grant 
institution  and  slowly  emerged  again,  not  only  as  the  primary  spokesman 
for  the  farming  interests  of  the  State  but  as  an  outstanding  undergraduate 
college.  In  1920  the  College  of  Agriculture  at  College  Park  was  consolidated 
with  the  University  of  Maryland  in  Baltimore.  The  merged  institution  con- 
tinued under  the  name  of  the  University  of  Maryland. 

Another  division  of  the  University  is  located  on  the  Eastern  Shore. 
Since  its  founding  in  1886  as  the  Delaware  Conference  Academy,  Mary- 
land State  College  has  progressed  through  several  designations.  Having 
passed,  in  1926,  into  complete  control  of  the  State  with  the  University  of 
Maryland  as  administrative  agency,  the  College,  in  1948  was  named 
Maryland  State  College,  a  division  of  the  University  of  Maryland,  with 
Dr.  John  Taylor  Williams  as  President. 

The  instructional  program  of  the  College  embraces  24  curricular  offer- 
ings in  nine  departments — Agriculture,  Business,  Home  Economics, 
Mechanic  Arts,  English  and  Languages,  Music,  Natural  Sciences  and 
Mathematics,  Physical  Education  and  Social  Sciences.  Cooperative  bac- 
calaureate and  graduate  programs  exist  in  nursing  and  graduate  instruction 
is  offered  in  evening  classes  leading  to  advanced  degrees  in  Education. 

President  Williams  has  declared  that  "in  giving  recognition  to  the  de- 
mands of  present  day  society,  Maryland  State  College  is  a  community  of 
dedicated  teachers,  a  wide-awake  student  body,  a  strong,  virile  Alumni 
Association  and  an  alert,  purposeful  Board  of  Regents  who  have  devoted 

8 


themselves  to  a  thoughtfully  planned  program  of  higher  eduction,  from 
which  the  citizens  of  Maryland  may  receive  increasing  benefits." 

^TT^R^T  ^^"^P"^— The  University  of  Maryland— Baltimore  County 
(UMBC)— began  operation  in  September,  1966.  It  will  accommodate 
commutmg  students,  primarily  from  the  Baltunore  metropoUtan  area  and 
offer  courses  inAgnculture,  Arts  and  Sciences,  Business  and  PubUc  Ad- 
mmistration,  Education,  Engineering,  Home  Economics,  Physical  Educa- 
tion Recreation  and  Health,  Nursing  and  Pharmacy.  Late  itemoon  and 
evenmg  programs  are  being  developed. 

This,  of  course,  forms  only  the  briefest  outline  of  the  157-year  history  of 
the  Umversity.  ^ 

Although  the  University  is  a  State  institution  quite  large  in  physical  plant 
student  enrolhnent,  the  number  of  courses  and  degrees  offered,  and  services 
performed.  Its  objectives  remain  constant  and  form  a  base  for  all  educa- 
tional activity.  Simply  stated  they  are:  (1)  to  prepare  students  in  the  arts, 
the  humanities,  the  pure  and  appUed  sciences,  agriculture,  business  and 
pubhc  admmistration,  home  economics,  industry,  and  for  the  professions- 
(2)  to  contribute  to  the  civic,  ethical,  moral,  cultural,  spiritual,  and  general 
weltare;  (3)  to  provide  general  education  in  its  broadest  sense,  both  formal 
and  mformal,  for  all  students  who  enroll;  (4)  to  develop  those  ideals  and 
bner  relationships  among  students  which  characterize  cultured  individuals- 
^  I  /2^'^°°  «  ^  systematic  research  and  to  promote  creative  scholarship' 
and  (6)  to  offer  special,  continuation,  and  extension  education  in  commum- 
ties  where  it  is  feasible  to  do  so. 

The  government  of  the  University  is  vested  in  a  Board  of  Regents  each 
member  of  which  is  appointed  by  the  Governor  of  the  State  to  serve  a  term 
of  seven  years.  The  administration  of  the  University  is  vested  in  the  Presi- 
dent. The  following  is  a  listing  of  the  major  administrative  divisions  on 
both  campuses: 

AT  COLLEGE  PARK 

College  of  Agriculture  University  College 

College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  Graduate  School 

College  of  Busmess  and  Pubhc  School  of  Library  and  Information 

Administration  Services 

rr.^u^^  r.t  j=A      *•  Department  of  Air  Science 

College  of  Education  Phe  Library 

College  of  Engineering,  the  Glenn     Computer  Science  Center 
L.  Martin  Institute  of  Technology     Summer  School 

College  of  Home  Economics  Agricultural  and  Home  Economics 

Extension  Service 
College  of  Physical  Education,  Rec-     Agricultural  Experiment  Station 
reation  and  Health  Agricultural  Services  and  Controls 

{A  School  of  Architecture  will  open  in 
1968.) 

AT    BALTIMORE 

School  of  Dentistry        School  of  Nursing  University  Hospital 

Schoo    of  Law  School  of  Pharmacy       Psychiatric  Institute 

School  of  Medicine        School  of  Social  Work 


The  university's  educational  and  research  programs  are  en- 
hanced  by  its  participation  in  the  activities  of  the  Southern  Regional  Educa- 
tion Board.  The  SREB  is  a  public  agency  supported  by  the  states  of 
Alabama,  Arkansas,  Delaware,  Florida,  Georgia,  Kentucky,  Louisiana, 
Maryland,  Mississippi,  North  Carolina,  Oklahoma,  South  Carolina, 
Tennessee,  Texas,  Virginia  and  West  Virginia.  Through  the  agency  of 
the  SREB,  these  states  work  together  to  advance  higher  education  and  to 
improve  the  economy  of  the  region. 

One  program  under  the  Southern  Regional  Education  Board  encourages 
arrangements  between  institutions  whereby  high  cost  educational  programs 
are  shared.  For  example,  during  the  past  15  years  Maryland  residents  have 
been  provided  veterinary  medical  training  through  a  cooperative  arrange- 
ment with  the  University  of  Georgia,  and  with  the  Tuskegee  Institute.  Medi- 
cal and  dental  education  arrangements  have  been  effected  with  Meharry 
Medical  College.  The  University's  School  of  Dentistry,  in  a  similar  manner, 
provides  for  contract  students  from  certain  states  where  schools  of  dentistry 
have  not  been  established.  A  cooperative  program  in  Forestry  has  been 
arranged  with  North  CaroUna  State.  The  usual  State  participation  involves 
paying  the  out-of-state  fee. 

You  are  the  Vital  Factor 

Where  do  you  fit  in.^  you  are  the  basic,  vital  factor  in  the  uni- 
versity's  educational  program.  It  is  with  you  in  mind  that  the  citizens  of 
this  State  (your  parents)  contribute  toward  the  establishment  of  a  well- 
equipped  University.  Much  has  been  done  to  provide  the  means  for  you 
to  acquire  an  excellent  education.  You  will  have  an  opportunity  to  fulfill 
this  obligation  by  diligent  application  in  your  studies. 

If  you  are  a  high  school  student,  or  graduate,  you  are  trying,  certainly, 
to  decide  ( 1 )  whether  or  not  to  spend  the  next  four  years  of  your  life  at 
a  college  or  university  and  (2)  which  institution  and  which  course  of  study 
is  the  right  one  for  you. 

First  you  should  know  that  the  administration  and  faculty  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland  will  make  every  attempt  to  help  you  find  the  answers  to 
these  questions.  Through  personal  counseling,  letters,  and  transmittal  of 
information  dealing  with  the  academic  program,  the  University  attempts  to 
present  to  the  prospective  student  as  complete  a  picture  of  its  activities  as 
possible.  The  University  is  willing  to  go  all  the  way  for  you,  both  during 
your  period  of  decision  and  (if  accepted  for  admission)  during  your  aca- 
demic tenure.  Now,  here  is  what  the  University  expects  of  you. 

The  University  expects  you  to  be  a  good  student;  it  expects  you  to  be  a 
conscientious  student.  Even  though  the  University  is  concerned  with  a  large 
number  of  students,  emphasis  remains  on  the  individual.  An  estimate  of  the 
value  of  the  individual  at  the  University  was  given  by  the  President  of  the 
University,  Dr.  Wilson  H.  Elkins,  in  an  address  entitled  "A  Quantity  of 
Quality." 

10 


V  '."^"Vi-  :■'  '  rt 


•^^■»-  , 


m-'i'-'i. 


ft       ^ 


8 


%- 


i'/.'- 


^ 


><'  / 


•iw*'i» 


During  the  last  few  decades  we  have  been  witnessing  a  social 
revolution  with  the  individual  as  the  center,  and  it  is  extremely 
important  that  this  revolution  have  a  clear  objective.   Otherwise, 
it  could  very  easily  result  in  a  widespread  conviction  that  every 
one  should  share  and  share  alike  the  benefits  of  a  free  society  re- 
gardless of  their  capacity,  effort,  initiative,  and  ambition.  Among 
other  things  this  would  lead  to  the  weakening  of  higher  education 
by  the  admission  and  retention  of  all  comers  to  the  campuses  of 
the  colleges  and  universities,  and  the  reduction  of  our  program 
to  a  low  common  denominator.    This  would  be  a  disservice  to 
society    We  must  therefore  strive  to  direct  the  revolution  toward 
the  recognition  of  individual  differences  while  assuring  each  in- 
dividual of  the  opportunity  to  go  as  far  along  various  courses  as 
his  talents  and  energies  will  permit. 
As  President  Elkins  has  stated,  there  are  wide  and  unpressively  deep 
educational  opportunities  offered  to  each  individual  at  the  University  ot 
Maryland,  but  it  is  up  to  each  individual  to  prove  his  own  worth  and  to 
develop  his  talents  according  to  his  own  special  capabilities. 

When  you  visit  the  campus  of  the  university  of  Maryland  at 
either  College  Park  or  Baltimore,  you  will  recognize  a  number  of  major 
construction  projects  at  various  stages  of  completion.  In  anticipation  ot 
greatly  increased  enrollments,  this  condition  is  expected  to  continue  tor  at 
least  another  decade. 

The  University  possesses  some  5,000  acres  of  land.  The  main  campus 
at  College  Park  encompasses  about  500  acres  with  800  additional  acres 
adjacent  to  it  available  for  agricultural  research  and  teaching.  At  College 
Park  the  principal  buildings  are  designed  in  a  Georgian  Colonial  style 
On  the  Baltimore  City  campus,  located  in  the  vicimty  of  Lombard  and 
Green  Streets,  are  situated  a  number  of  buildings  including  the  onginal 
School  of  Medicine  building  constructed  in  1812,  the  Out-Patient  Depart- 
ment, the  University  Hospital,  the  Psychiatric  Institute,  the  Frank  C^Bress- 
ler  Building,  the  Dental  School  Building,  Pharmacy  School  and  Nursing 
School  Buildings,  the  School  of  Law  Building,  the  Gray  Laboratory,  the 
Baltimore  Union,  and  the  recently  acquired  Redwood  Hall  and  Howard 
Hall  The  UMBC  campus  occupies  approximately  450  acres  of  land  in 
Catonsville,  Baltimore  County.  A  classroom  buildmg  and  multi-purpose 
building  will  be  in  use  and  the  library  under  construction  dunng  the  tall 
of  1966  while  intensive  planning  is  being  earned  forth  on  future  science 
and  arts  buildings. 

The  University  offices  are  open  Monday  through  Friday  only  (8:30  a.m. 
to  4:45  p.m.). 


12 


Admission  to  the  University 

Now  YOU  ARE  LIKELY  TO  ASK  THIS  QUESTION:   WHO  MAY  BE  ADMITTED 

to  the  University? 

The  University  says  officially:  "Admission  from  secondary  school  is 
based  upon  evidence  indicating  the  applicant's  probable  success  in  the  pro- 
gram of  his  choice." 

By  the  word  "evidence"  the  University  means  that: 

1)  you  must  be  a  graduate  of  an  accredited  secondary  school; 

2)  your  principal  or  headmaster  should  recommend  you  for  entrance  to 
the  University,  attesting  to  your  character  and  ability; 

3 )  you  have  completed  the  high  school  subjects  required  for  the  college 
and  curriculum  which  you  wish  to  enter; 

4)  you  have  completed  the  tests  of  the  American  College  Testing  Pro- 
gram' and  have  had  the  results  submitted  to  the  Counseling  Center  of 
the  University. 

5)  your  scholastic  average  in  major  subjects  in  your  last  two  years  m  high 
school  has  been  satisfactory. 

Actually,  during  your  high  school  years,  you  have  been  preparing  for  the 
University.  You  should  have  maintained  a  good  scholastic  record  and 
planned  your  curriculum  so  that  you  will  have  at  graduation  the  required 
number  of  units  to  begin  your  college  program. 

All  applicants  for  admission,  who  do  not  qualify  as  Maryland  residents, 
as  defined  in  the  Appendix,  must  also  have  the  results  of  the  American  Col- 
lege Testing  Program  and  complete  high  school  records  submitted  to  the 
Admissions  Office.  Only  a  limited  number  of  well-qualified  out-of-state  ap- 
plicants can  be  considered  for  admission  since  first  preference  is  given  to 
Maryland  residents. 

Advanced  Placement  Program 
Students  entering  the  University  from  secondary  school  may  obtain  ad- 
vanced placement  and  college  credit  on  the  basis  of  their  performance  in 
the  College  Board  Advanced  Placement  examinations.  These  examina- 
tions are  normally  given  to  eligible  high  school  seniors  during  the  May 
preceding  matriculation  in  college. 

For  achievement  of  a  score  of  five  or  four  on  a  given  examination,  the 
student  will  be  granted  Advanced  Placement  and  the  credit  equivalent  of  two 
semester  courses  in  that  field;  for  achievement  of  a  score  of  three.  Ad- 
vanced Placement  and  the  credit  equivalent  of  either  one  or  two  semester 
courses,  depending  upon  the  field  of  the  examination,  will  be  granted.  Stu- 
dents earning  this  credit  and  placement  need  not  do  additional  work  in  the 
subject. 

The  program  allows  students  a  maximum  of  thirty  hours  credit,  which 
may  be  used  to  meet  major,  minor,  or  elective  requirements;  or,  where  ap- 
propriate. General  Education  requirements.  Included  in  the  University's 
program  are  Advanced  Placement  examinations  in  the  following  areas: 
Biology,  Chemistry,  Classics,  English,  History,  Mathematics,  and  Physics. 

'Consult  your  high  school  counselor  for  information  about  the  American  College 
Testing  Program. 

13 


Questions  about  the  program  may  be  addressed  to  the  Director  of  Ad- 
missions and  Registrations,  College  Deans,  or  the  Director  of  General  Edu- 
cation. For  detailed  information  about  examinations  and  procedures  in 
taking  them,  write  to  Director  of  Advanced  Placement  Program,  College 
Entrance  Examination  Board,  475  Riverside  Drive,  Nev/  York,  New  York 
10027. 


Pre-College  Summer  Session 

Any  Maryland  resident  whose  scholastic  average  in  major  subjects  for 
his  junior  year  in  high  school  and  the  first  semester  of  the  senior  high  school 
year  falls  below  the  C  level  will  be  required  to  attend  the  University  Pre- 
College  Summer  Session. 

The  Pre-College  Summer  Session  is  held  at  College  Park,  Maryland,  and 
is  preceded  by  a  brief  orientation  period.  During  this  session,  which  runs 
concurrently  with  the  regular  University  Summer  Session,  students  will  be 
required  to  take  a  full  academic  workload,  including  English  1.  A  special 
program  of  advisement  and  counseling  as  well  as  reading  and  study  skills 
instruction  will  be  provided.  Alternatives  to  this  special  session,  and  the 
achievement  required  to  remain  in  the  University,  have  been  explained  to 
Maryland  high  school  principals  and  counselors  and  are  contained  in  a 
special  brochure  sent  to  students  required  to  attend  the  Pre-College  Sum- 
mer Session. 

A  student  whose  average  falls  below  C  as  noted  above  must  have  ffls 

APPLICATION  AND  HIGH  SCHOOL  RECORD  INCLUDING  HIS  FIRST  SEMESTER 
SENIOR  GRADES  IN  THE  ADMISSIONS  OFFICE  AT  COLLEGE  PaRK  BY  OR  BE- 
FORE May  1,  1967  to  be  considered  for  admission.  The  American  Col- 
lege Test  results  for  students  with  less  than  C  average  must  be  received  by 
May  19,  1967. 

How  about  Mathematics? 

All  programs  in  the  University  require  some  college  work  in  mathe- 
matics. The  student  who  plans  to  go  to  college  should  be  sure  to  take 
College  Preparatory  Mathematics  for  three  and  preferably  four  years. 
Some  programs  in  the  University,  for  example  Engineering,  require  from 
three  and  one-half  to  four  years  of  College  Preparatory  Mathematics. 

Courses  in  General  Mathematics,  Commercial  Mathematics,  and  Shop 
Mathematics  are  not  considered  as  College  Preparatory  Mathematics. 

How  about  English? 

A  considerable  portion  of  the  work  in  English  during  the  freshman  year 
at  the  University  is  devoted  to  expository  writing.  The  high  school  student 
should  therefore  get  as  much  preparation  as  possible  in  composition.  The 
student  who  passes  the  English  Classification  test  in  the  top  ten  percent  of 
his  entering  class  will  be  placed  in  an  advanced  English  grouping. 

14 


Where  do  you  apply? 

The  Office  of  Admissions  is  chiefly  responsible  for  advising  prospective 
students  prior  to  application  for  admission  and  for  processing  applications 
when  submitted.  All  inquiries  concerning  undergraduate  work,  therefore, 
should  be  submitted  to: 

DIRECTOR,  OFFICE  OF  ADMISSIONS 
NORTH  ADMINISTRATION  BUILDING 
UNIVERSITY  OF   MARYLAND 
COLLEGE   PARK,   MARYLAND  20740 

In  your  first  letter  of  inquiry  you  should  state  your  educational  back- 
ground and  your  expected  date  of  graduation  from  secondary  school,  your 
educational  objectives,  and  the  date  of  your  expected  entrance  to  the  Uni- 
versity. You  should  request  application  forms  for  admission.  It  is  not  es- 
sential that  you  receive  a  course  catalog  for  the  College  in  which  you  are 
mterested  prior  to  your  registration.  Maryland  high  schools  are  supphed 
with  appUcation  blanks  upon  request.  Therefore  your  high  school  counselor 
may  have  application  blanks  on  hand. 

Part  I  of  your  application,  accompanied  by  a  $10  application  fee,  should 
be  returned  to  the  Office  of  Admissions  at  any  time  after  October  1  of  your 
senior  year  in  high  school.  The  fee  should  be  in  the  form  of  a  check  made 
payable  to  the  University  of  Maryland  and  is  non-refundable  under  any 
circumstance.  The  fee  will  be  applied  in  Ueu  of  the  matriculation  fee  pro- 
vided the  apphcant  enrolls  for  the  term  appUed  for  on  his  application. 
Applicants  who  have  been  enrolled  with  the  University  of  Maryland  in  its 
Evening  Division  at  College  Park  or  Baltimore,  or  at  one  of  its  off-campus 
centers  are  not  required  to  pay  the  fee  since  they  have  already  paid  a 
matriculation  fee. 

In  presenting  your  address,  you  must  include  your  zip  code.  Failure 
to  do  so  will  cause  considerable  delay. 

Deadlines  for  Applications 

FALL  SEMESTER 

Ail  applications  for  full-time  undergraduate  admission  for  the  Fall 
Semester  at  the  College  Park  campus  must  be  received  by  the  University 
on  or  before  June  1.  Any  student  registered  for  nine  or  more  semester 
hours  of  work  is  considered  a  full-time  student. 

Under  unusual  circumstances,  appUcations  will  be  accepted  between 
June  1  and  July  15.  Apphcants  for  full-time  attendance  filing  after  June 
1  will  be  required  to  pay  a  non-refundable  $25  late  fee  to  defray  the  cost 
of  special  handling  of  applications  after  that  date.  This  late  fee  is  in  ad- 
dition to  the  $10  application  fee. 

All  imdergraduate  applications,  both  for  full-time  and  part-time  atten- 
dance, and  all  supporting  documents  for  an  application  for  admission,  must 
be  received  by  the  appropriate  University  office  by  July  15.  This  means 
that  the  applicant's  educational  records,  (except  current  summer  school 
grades)  ACT  scores  (in  the  case  of  new  freshmen)  and  medical  examina- 
tion report  must  be  received  by  July  15. 

15 


SPRING  SEMESTER 

The  deadline  for  the  receipt  of  applications  for  the  Spring  Semester  is 
January  1. 

Orientation  Programs 

I.  THE  OFFICIAL  NEW  FRESHMEN  ORIENTATION  AND  REGISTRATION  PROGRAM 

Upon  final  admission  to  the  University  you  will  receive  materials  per- 
taining to  your  participation  in  The  Official  New  Freshmen  Orientation 
and  Registration  Program  for  the  University  of  Maryland.  The  program 
is  operated  at  the  College  Park  Campus  during  the  months  of  June,  July, 
and  August.  You  will  attend  with  a  group  of  your  future  classmates. 
During  the  two  days  here,  you  will  engage  in  the  following: 

1.  Formal  and  informal  discussions  about  University  life,  the  standards 
the  University  will  expect  from  you  and  what  you  can  expect  from  it. 

2.  A  personal  conference  with  a  faculty  adviser  in  your  college  who 
will  assist  you  in  selecting  and  registering  for  Fall  semester  courses. 

3.  A  personalized  introduction  to  campus  facilities,  sources  of  help  for 
the  problems  the  typical  freshman  must  face,  and  oui-of-class  op- 
portunities. 

4.  Payment  of  Fall  Semester  bills  and  purchase  of  your  text  books  if 
you  so  desire. 

II.  NEW  STUDENT  WEEK 

During  the  last  three  days  of  Fall  Registration  week,  students  and 
faculty  combine  their  efforts  to  plan  a  program  of  value  and  interest  for 
you.  The  President  of  the  University  delivers  his  personal  message  to  new 
students  and  their  parents  and  greets  each  new  student.  Outstanding  facul- 
ty personnel  participate  in  a  series  of  programs  designed  to  initiate  the 
academic  year.  Social  programs  are  planned  to  help  you  further  your  con- 
tacts with  your  classmates.  Student  governing  bodies  present  programs  to 
further  acquaint  you  with  the  structure  of  student  government  and  you  have 
an  opportunity  to  meet  the  people  who  represent  you.  Representatives 
of  rehgious  groups  and  other  student  organizations  are  available  to 
explain  the  nature  of  their  programs.  A  special  program  for  parents  is 
planned  for  the  evening  of  the  first  day  of  New  Student  Week. 

The  Transfer  Student 

A  student  must  be  in  good  standing  as  to  scholarship  and  character  to 
be  eligible  for  transfer  to  the  University.  Advanced  standing  is  assigned  to 
a  transfer  student  from  an  accredited  institution  under  the  following  con- 
ditions: (1)  A  minimum  of  one  year  of  resident  work  or  not  less  than  30 
semester  hours  (including  the  meeting  of  all  University  and  curricular  re- 
quirements) is  necessary  for  a  degree;  (2)  The  University  reserves  the 
right  to  make  the  assignment  of  transfer  credit  conditional  upon  the  stu- 

16 


dent's  making  a  satisfactory  record  during  his  first  semester  at  the  Uni- 
versity; (3)  The  University  reserves  the  right  to  revoke  advanced  standing 
if  the  transfer  student's  progress  is  at  any  time  unsatisfactory.  The  transfer 
student  may  obtain  a  course  catalog  from  the  dean  of  the  college  in  which 
he  will  enroll. 

The  Special  Student 

An  applicant  who  is  twenty-one  years  of  age  and  who  has  not  com- 
pleted the  subjects  required  for  admission  may  be  admitted  to  such 
courses  as  he  seems  qualified  to  take.  A  special  student  is  ineligible  to 
matriculate  for  a  degree  until  he  has  satisfied  the  entrance  requirements. 
A  special  student  may  also  be  one  who  meets  entrance  requirements  but 
who  does  not  wish  to  pursue  a  program  of  study  leading  to  a  degree. 

The  Foreign  Student 

The  foreign  student  applying  for  admission  to  the  undergraduate  schools 
of  the  University  of  Maryland  should  make  application  at  least  six  months 
in  advance  of  the  term  for  which  he  is  applying.  He  will  be  required  to 
submit  an  application  for  admission  on  a  form  furnished  upon  request  by 
the  Admissions  Office  of  the  University,  and  ofl&cial  copies  of  his  secondary 
school  preparation,  certificates  of  completion  of  state  secondary  school 
examinations,  and  records  of  college  or  university  studies  completed  in 
schools  in  the  United  States  or  elsewhere.  He  will  also  be  required  to 
furnish  proof  of  his  ability  to  read,  write,  speak,  and  understand  EngUsh 
sufficiently  well  to  pursue  satisfactorily  an  approved  course  of  study  in  one 
of  the  colleges  of  the  University.  Arrangements  can  be  made  through  the 
oflice  of  the  Foreign  Student  Adviser  for  administering  an  English  test  to 
prospective  students  both  in  the  United  States  and  in  countries  abroad. 

The  foreign  student  accepted  for  admission  to  the  University  will  receive 
the  Immigration  1-20  form  needed  to  secure  a  student  visa  from  the  Ameri- 
can consul. 

Every  foreign  student  is  expected  to  notify  the  Foreign  Student  Adviser 
as  to  the  approximate  date  of  his  arrival  at  the  University  and  arrange  to 
see  him  as  soon  as  possible  after  arrival.  The  ofl&ce  of  the  Adviser  is  lo- 
cated in  the  North  Administration  Building,  Room  222. 


The  Honors  Program 

In  order  to  challenge  the  capacities  of  the  superior  student, 
the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  has  instituted  both  General  and  Depart- 
mental Honors.  General  Honors,  as  its  name  suggests,  enlarges  the  breadth 
of  the  student's  generalized  knowledge;  Departmental  Honors  increases 
the  depth  of  his  knowledge  of  his  major  discipline.  Each  year  a  selected 
group  of  entering  Freshmen  are  invited  into  the  General  Honors  Program 
on  the  basis  of  their  high  school  records  and  standings,  together  with  their 
scores  in  tests  such  as  ACT,  SAT,  and  CEEB.  The  General  Honors  student, 

17 


after  acceptance,  must  maintain  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  of  at 
least  3.0  for  continuance  in  the  Program;  he  is  permitted  to  drop  General 
Honors,  if  he  so  wishes,  at  the  end  of  any  semester.  The  General  Honors 
Program  accepts  the  basic  thesis  of  a  generalized  liberal  education,  and  in 
addition  emphasizes  the  possibilities  of  interrelatedness  among  branches  of 
knowledge  and  the  toleration  of  different  points  of  view.  Always  the 
attempt  is  to  urge  the  student  toward  an  independent  yet  responsible  mode 
of  inquiry  among  the  general  ideas  which  underlie  human  culture. 

During  his  first  two  years  at  the  University,  the  student  registers  in 
General  Honors  sections  of  General  Education  required  courses.  Such  sec- 
tions are  kept  small,  the  work  is  adjusted  to  the  natural  speed  of  the  group, 
and  wherever  possible,  a  discussional  method  is  employed  in  the  classroom. 
Beginning  on  the  Sophomore  level  and  continuing  through  the  Senior  level, 
special  General  Honors  seminars  and  coUoquia  of  an  experimental  and 
interdisciplinary  nature  are  arranged  for  the  GH  student.  Some  of  these 
courses  may  be  taken  as  substitutes  for  General  Education  required  courses, 
others  may  not,  but  in  any  case  all  are  taken  on  a  voluntary  basis. 

The  Departmental  Honors  Programs  ordinarily  begin  in  the  Junior  year, 
although  a  few  Programs  begin  as  early  as  the  Freshman  year.  Alinost 
every  Department  in  the  College  maintains  an  Honors  Program  for  its 
majors.  Although  many  General  Honors  students  choose  to  enter  Depart- 
mental Honors,  there  is  no  requirement  either  that  the  General  Honors 
student  should  continue  into  Departmental  Honors,  or  that  the  Depart- 
mental Honors  student  should  be  exclusively  recruited  from  the  ranks  of 
the  General  Honors  students.  Very  broadly,  it  is  required  that  a  student,  if 
he  wishes  to  enter  Departmental  Honors,  should  have  a  3.0  grade  point 
average  in  all  of  his  academic  subjects  and  at  least  a  3.5  average  in  his 
major.  Entrance  is  by  invitiation  from  the  Departmental  Honors  Com- 
mittee, and  successful  completion  of  the  Program  is  noted  by  the  phrase 
"Graduated  with  Honors  (or  High  Honors)"  on  the  student's  diploma 
and  on  all  official  transcripts  of  his  University  record. 

Departmental  Honors  Programs  differ  widely  in  structure,  but  all  require 
of  the  student  an  Honors  thesis  and  an  oral  examination.  Departmental 
Honors  work  is  characterized  by  independent  readings  and  research,  small 
seminars  or  colloquia,  and  by  a  marked  intensification  of  effort  in  the  major 
discipline.  Such  work  is,  in  effect,  a  preparation  for  graduate  school,  and 
successful  participants  in  such  Programs  are  encouraged  to  continue  toward 
the  higher  degrees. 

The  work  of  the  Honors  Programs  is  coordinated  by  a  Director  of 
Honors  Programs  and  is  overseen  by  an  Honors  Committee  composed  of 
representatives  from  each  department  of  the  College.  For  further  informa- 
tion concerning  the  Honors  Programs,  write  the  Director  of  Honors  Pro- 
grams, Office  of  the  Dean  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 


18 


Physical  Education  and  Health 

The  university  is  concerned  with  the  physical  fitness  of  each 
student.  Therefore,  all  undergraduate  men  and  women  students,  classified 
academically  as  freshmen  registered  for  more  than  six  semester  hours  of 
credit,  are  required  to  enroll  in  and  successfully  complete  two  prescribed 
courses  in  Physical  Education  for  a  total  of  two  semester  hours  of  credit. 
These  courses  must  be  taken  by  all  eligible  students  during  their  first  year 
of  attendance  at  the  University  whether  they  intend  to  graduate  or  not.  A 
health  course  of  two  semester  hours'  credit  is  required  of  all  undergraduate 
men  and  women. 


Air  Force  ROTC  Instruction 

The  university  of  Maryland  operates  one  of  the  largest  air 
Force  Reserve  Ofiicer  Training  Units  in  the  United  States.  ROTC  is  offered 
on  a  completely  elective  basis.  Its  curriculum  is  generalized,  consisting  of 
courses  designed  to  produce  citizens  and  ofl&cers  with  well-rounded  back- 
grounds. 

Two  Programs  Offered 

The  University  offers  incoming  students  a  choice  of  a  two-year  or  a 
four-year  program.  Successful  completion  of  either  program  qualifies  the 
student  for  a  commission  in  the  Air  Force  upon  graduation. 

I.  the  two-year  program:  Students  who  have  at  least  two  years  of 
college  remaining  before  the  award  of  their  degree  (either  at  the  bacca- 
laureate or  the  graduate  level)  are  eligible  to  apply  for  the  two-year  pro- 
gram. Although  the  two-year  program  is  designed  particularly  for  junior 
college  students  and  other  male  students  who  transfer  to  Maryland  from 
colleges  without  an  ROTC  program,  it  is  open  to  all  eligible  men  attending 
the  University  of  Maryland.  Evaluation  of  candidates  is  completed  during 
the  first  semester  of  the  sophomore  year,  since  each  student  must  meet 
physical  and  mental  standards  set  by  the  Air  Force.  Also,  the  law  requires 
that  students  in  this  program  attend  a  six-week  field  training  course  at  a 
designated  Air  Force  Base  during  the  summer  preceding  initial  entry  into 
the  two-year  academic  portion.  Many  of  the  young  men  starting  college  at 
the  University  of  Maryland  will  not  be  able  to  select  this  program  because 
of  their  need  to  earn  money  in  the  summer  months  to  remain  in  college. 
Those  in  this  category  may  choose  the  four-year  program. 

II.  THE  four-year  PROGRAM:  A  general  military  course  (formerly 
basic  course),  comprising  the  first  two  years,  is  offered  for  freshmen  and 
sophomores.  The  Professional  Officer  Course  (formerly  the  advanced 
course),  comprising  the  last  two  years,  is  for  those  students  who  have  suc- 
cessfully completed  the  general  military  course.  Admission  into  the  Pro- 
fessional Officer  Course  is  available  to  selected  students  only.  An  advanced 
student  in  the  four-year  program  must  attend  four  weeks  of  summer  train- 

19 


ing  at  an  active  Air  Force  Base  during  the  summer  after  completing  his 
junior  year  of  college.  Whenever  necessary,  however,  this  training  may  be 
delayed  until  the  summer  following  the  senior  year.  The  law  provides  that 
only  ROTC  cadets  in  the  four-year  program  are  eligible  for  consideration 
for  the  full  scholarships  available  each  year. 

Financial  Assistance  For  A F ROTC  Students 

I.  FULL  scholarships:  This  program  will  provide  full  scholarships  for 
2,000  cadets  in  the  four-year  AFROTC  program  in  1966-67  on  a  nation- 
wide basis.  Cadets  receive  money  for  tuition,  fees,  books,  and  laboratory 
expenses  for  up  to  eight  semesters.  In  addition,  they  will  receive  retainer 
pay  of  $50  per  month.  This  year  the  Air  Force  will  award  all  scholarships 
to  juniors  and  seniors  presently  in  the  AFROTC  program. 

II.  PARTIAL  scholarship:  (Retainer  Pay):  All  juniors  and  seniors  in 
the  Professional  Officer  Course  not  selected  for  full  scholarships  will 
receive  retainer  pay  of  $40.00  per  month  for  10  months  in  the  junior  year 
and  10  months  in  the  senior  year.  Payment  is  made  quarterly.  This  al- 
lowance of  $400  per  year  is  paid  in  addition  to  any  benefits  authorized  by 
the  GI  Bill  of  Rights. 

AFROTC  Flight  Instruction  Program 

Under  the  Flight  Instruction  Program,  senior  AFROTC  cadets  who 
desire  to  become  pilots  in  the  United  States  Air  Force  are  given  the  op- 
portunity to  obtain  training  leading  to  a  Private  Pilots  license  in  a  light 
airplane.  They  are  given  361/2  hours  of  flight  instruction  by  a  civilian  fly- 
ing school  under  contract  to  the  Air  Force.  In  addition,  they  receive  35 
hours  of  ground  instruction  by  members  of  the  Department  of  Air  Science. 

AIR  SCIENCE  DEPARTMENT 

THE  CURRICULUM 

TWO  COURSES 

Air  Science  is  divided  into  two  parts:  the  first  two  years  are  called  the 
General  Military  Course  and  the  last  two  years  are  called  the  Professional 
Officer  Course. 

FRESHMAN  YEAR,  AS  11  AND  AS  12 

These  courses  meet  twice  each  week  throughout  the  year.  One  hour 
per  week  is  in  the  classroom  and  one  hour  is  used  for  Leadership  Labor- 
atory (practical  training  or  drill).  Academic  material  covered  includes: 
Causes  of  World  Conflict;  The  Role  of  Military  Power  in  Conflict;  Respon- 
sibility of  Air  Force  Officers;  and  Military  Systems  of  the  World. 

SOPHOMORE  YEAR,  AS  21  AND  AS  22 

These  courses  meet  twice  each  week  throughout  the  year.  One  hour  per 
week  is  in  the  classroom  and  one  hour  is  used  for  Leadership  Laboratory 

20 


(practical  training  or  drill).  Academic  material  covered  includes:  Study 
of  World  Military  Forces;  Political-military  Issues;  and  Trends  and  Impli- 
cation of  World  Military  Power. 

JUNIOR  YEAR,  AS  101  AND  AS  102 

This  course,  entitled  The  Growth  and  Development  of  Aerospace  Power, 
requires  three  class  hours  and  one  hour  Leadership  Laboratory  per  week. 
It  is  a  survey  course  about  the  Nature  of  War;  Development  of  Air  Power 
in  the  United  States;  Mission  and  Organization  of  the  Defense  Depart- 
ment; Air  Force  Concepts,  Doctrine,  and  Employment;  Astronautics  and 
Space  Operations;  and  Future  Development  of  Aerospace  Power.  The 
United  States  space  programs,  vehicles,  systems,  and  problems  of  space 
exploration  are  also  studied. 

SENIOR  YEAR,  AS  103  AND  AS  104 

This  course  is  called  The  Professional  Officer.  It  requires  three  class 
hours  and  one  hour  Leadership  Laboratory  per  week.  Course  material 
includes  the  Military  Justice  System;  Advanced  Leadership  Theory,  Func- 
tions and  Practices;  Management  Principles  and  Functions;  and  Problem 
Solving. 


Where  Will  I  Live? 

Residence  Halls 

Trained  personnel  are  employed  by  the  university  to  assist 
students  to  administer  the  residence  halls  program.  These  members  of 
the  staff,  living  in  the  various  residence  units,  are  interested  in  helping  stu- 
dents to  derive  the  maximum  benefit  from  the  academic,  cultural,  social 
and  athletic  opportunities  which  are  available  in  group  living. 

If  the  student  desires  hving  accommodations  in  a  residence  hall,  he  must 
complete  the  following  steps : 

1.  Apply  for  admission  to  University. 

2.  Receive  notification  of  admission  to  University  and  submit  Housing 
AppUcation,  enclosed  with  admission  letter. 

3.  Receive  additional  information  about:  (a)  room  assignment  priority, 
(b)  conditions  of  residence  hall  contract,  (c)  University  rules  and 
regulations,  (d)  room  deposit,  and  (e)  room  equipment. 

Only  single  undergraduate  students  may  live  in  the  residence  halls. 
Women  students  applying  for  housing  for  the  first  time  and  women  stu- 
dents being  readmitted  to  the  University  who  will  be  21  years  of  age  or 
older  at  the  time  of  registration  for  classes  will  not  be  given  residence  hall 
accommodations.  There  are  no  age  restrictions  for  men  in  the  residence 
halls.  Both  men  and  women  students  who  elect  to  five  off-campus  may  do 
so.  The  selection  and  choice  of  an  off-campus  facility  are  the  responsibility 
of  the  student  and  his  parents  or  guardian. 

21 


Off-Campus  Housing 

Upperclassmen  and  veteran  male  undergraduate  students  are  allowed 
to  live  in  houses  oflf-campus.  Graduates  and  new  undergraduate  women 
21  years  of  age  or  older  must  live  off-campus.  A  list  of  rooms,  apartments 
and  houses  available  to  all  persons  associated  with  the  University  is  located 
in  the  Housing  Office  on  the  third  floor  of  the  North  Administration  Build- 
ing. Most  of  the  off-campus  houses  have  double  rooms  with  twin  beds  and 
provide  linens  and  towels.  Some  require  that  you  furnish  your  own  bed 
linens.  The  price  for  a  person  in  a  double  room  is  about  $25  a  month. 
Single  rooms  rent  from  $30-$ 50  per  month. 

Family  Housing  Units 

The  University  maintains  a  limited  number  of  unfurnished  married  hous- 
ing units  on  the  campus.  Efficiency  units  for  families  with  no  children  rent 
for  $42.50  per  month  and  consist  of  a  living  room-bedroom  combination, 
kitchen  and  bath.  One  bedroom  units  are  for  families  with  one  child  and 
rent  for  $45.50  per  month. 

To  be  eligible,  undergraduate  students  must  take  at  least  1 5  hours  credit 
per  semester.  Graduate  students,  other  than  those  with  teaching  fellowships 
and  assistantships,  must  take  10  hours  credit  per  semester.  To  be  eligible 
a  student's  income  must  not  exceed  $4,500  per  year.  Units  are  not  avail- 
able to  families  with  more  than  one  child,  and  the  child  cannot  be  over 
five  years  of  age.  A  student  must  be  officially  admitted  to  the  University 
before  his  application  can  be  considered  active.  Applications  for  these 
units  may  be  obtained  from  the  Housing  Office. 


IMPORTANT  NOTICE 

The  statements  in  this  booklet  are  for  information  only. 
The  provisions  of  this  publication  do  not  form  a  contract  between 
the  student  and  the  University  of  Maryland. 

Official  notice  concerning  student  life,  grading  systems  and 
other  regulations  are  to  be  found  in  the  publication  University 
General  and  Academic  Regulations,  made  available  to  all  incom- 
ing students. 

The  University  reserves  the  right  to  change  any  provision  or 
requirement  at  any  time  within  the  student's  term  of  residence. 
The  University  further  reserves  the  right,  at  any  time,  to  ask  a 
student  to  withdraw  when  it  considers  such  action  to  be  in  the 
best  interests  of  the  University. 


22 


Lord  Calvert  Apartments 

The  Lord  Calvert  Apartments  in  College  Park  were  acquired  by  the 
University  to  alleviate  the  critical  need  for  housing  for  married  students. 
Intended  primarily  as  a  housing  facility  for  married  graduate  teaching  as- 
sistants who  are  employed  in  the  instructional  programs  at  College  Park, 
the  Lord  Calvert  complex  offers  units  with  one  bedroom  and  dining  alcove; 
one  bedroom  and  dining  room,  and  two-bedroom  units  with  dining  rooms. 


How  Much  Will  It  Cost? 

The  following  table  presents  established  charges  for  attend- 

ing  the  University  of  Maryland  in  the  undergraduate  programs  offered  on 
the  College  Park  campus. 

Fees  for  Undergraduate  Students 

First        Second 

Maryland  Residents                            Semester  Semester  Total 

FIXED  CHARGES $140.00            $130.00  $270.00 

INSTRUCTIONAL  MATERIALS  FEE 12.00                 12.00  24.00 

ATHLETIC  FEE 20.00                      .  .  .  20.00 

STUDENT  ACTTVrriES  FEE    12.00                      .  .  .  12.00 

SPECIAL  FEE 75.00                      .  .  .  15.00 

RECREATIONAL  FACILfriES  FEE 25.00                      ...  25.00 


Total  for  Residents 

$224.00 

$142.00 

$366.00 

Residents  of  the  District  of 
Columbia,  Other  States  and 
Countries 

TUmON  FEE  FOR  NON-RESIDENT 

STUDENTS    

.  .    $200.00 

$200.00 

$400.00 

Total  for  Non-Residents 

$424.00 

$342.00 

$766.00 

Board  and  Lodging 

BOARD  $220.00         $220.00  $440.00 

LODGING 

MARYLAND  RESIDENTS $160.00  $160.00  $320.00 

OTHER  STATES  AND  COUNTRIES $210.00  $210.00  $420.00" 

'All  students  who  live  in  the  residence  halls  must  take  their  meals  in  the 
University  Dining  Halls. 

For  complete  information  concerning  fees  see  Appendix  A. 

How  About  Grants  and  Scholarships? 

For  promising  young  men  and  women  who  might  not  otherwise  be 
able  to  provide  themselves  an  opportunity  for  higher  education,  a  number 
of  grants  and  scholarships  are  available.   New  students  must  apply  before 

23 


March  15.    Students  already  enrolled  may  apply  before  May  1.    All  re- 
quests for  information  concerning  these  awards  should  be  directed  to: 

DIRECTOR,  STUDENT  AID 
UNIVERSITY   OF    MARYLAND 
COLLEGE   PARK,   MARYLAND    20740 

In  deciding  whether  you  are  eligible  to  receive  a  grant  or  a  scholarship, 
the  Committee  considers  such  qualifications  as  leadership,  character, 
achievement,  and  participation  in  student  activities,  as  well  as  academic 
ability  and  financial  need.  Recipients  must  register  for  a  minimum  of  four- 
teen semester  hours  of  credit. 

You  should  know  of  the  major  groupings  of  grants  and  scholarships. 
These  are: 

FULL  UNIVERSITY  scHOLARSfflPS — covcring  board,  lodging,  fixed  charges, 
fees  and  books; 

UNIVERSITY  GRANTS — awarded  to  deserving  and  qualified  secondary 
school  graduates  covering  fixed  charges  only; 

GENERAL  ASSEMBLY  GRANTS — for  fixed  charges  only,  awarded  by  mem- 
bers of  the  State  Legislature,  three  for  each  Senator  and  one  for  each  mem- 
ber of  the  House  of  Delegates,  only  to  persons  in  the  county  or  in  the 
legislative  district  of  Baltimore  City  which  the  Delegate  or  Senator 
represents; 

SPECIAL  ACADEMIC  SCHOLARSHIPS — awarded  to  students  of  exceptional 
academic  ability; 

EDUCATIONAL  OPPORTUNITY  GRANTS — awarded  to  Students  of  excep- 
tional financial  need  from  funds  made  available  from  the  Federal  govern- 
ment. Awards  range  from  $200  to  $800  per  year  and  must  be  matched  by 
other  institutional  aid. 

ENDOWED  SCHOLARSHIPS  AND  GRANTS — Supported  by  incomc  from  funds 
especially  established  for  this  purpose; 

TEACHER  EDUCATION  GRANTS — for  fixed  charges  only,  available  to  Mary- 
land residents  who  agree  to  teach  in  Maryland  public  school  for  two  years; 

GENERAL  STATE  TUITION  SCHOLARSHIPS — for  fixed  chargcs  Only,  awarded 
by  the  State  Scholarship  Board  on  the  basis  of  an  examination. 

Can  You  Work  Your  Way  Through  College? 

A  number  of  students  are  employed  on  a  part-time  basis  by  the  Uni- 
versity, others  work  in  various  capacities  in  shops  and  stores  located  in  the 
College  Park  area.  If  you  seek  employment  while  pursuing  a  regular  pro- 
gram of  instruction,  you  should  consult  the  Ofiice  of  Student  Aid  which 
maintains  a  listing  of  available  jobs  within  the  University  and  in  nearby 
commerical  areas,  including  holiday  and  summer  employment. 

Are  Loans  Possible? 

Several  loans  are  made  available  by  private  organizations  to  worthy 
students  in  financial  need. 

24 


M  h  «^- 


Under  provisions  of  United  Student  Aid  Funds,  qualified  students  may 
borrow  up  to  $1000  per  year  from  home-town  banks. 

Under  the  will  of  Catherine  Moore  Brinkley,  a  loan  fund  is  available  for 
worthy  students  who  are  natives  and  residents  of  Maryland. 

Under  provisions  of  the  National  Defense  Education  Act,  loans  are  avail- 
able to  qualified  students  in  amounts  not  to  exceed  $1000  per  year. 

Teacher  Education? 

In  order  to  provide  a  greater  supply  of  qualified  teachers  for  the  public 
schools  of  Maryland,  residents  of  Maryland  may  have  fixed  charges 
remitted  while  pursuing  successfully  a  teacher  preparation  program. 

The  following  conditions  pertain  to  the  administration  of  the  program: 

1.  The  student  must  be  a  resident  of  the  State  of  Maryland  as  defined 
in  this  publication.  This  resident  status  must  be  maintained  in  order 
to  continue  the  effectiveness  of  the  agreement. 

2.  The  student  must  be  a  citizen  of  the  United  States  of  America. 

3.  The  student  must  be  regularly  admitted  to  the  University  for  the 
pursuit  of  a  baccalaureate  degree. 

4.  The  student  must  be  enrolled  as  a  full-time  student  pursuing  a  cur- 
riculum leading  to  teacher  certification  in  accordance  with  University 
regulations.  Fifteen  semester  hours  of  credit  shall  constitute  a  full- 
time  schedule  for  persons  who  have  their  fixed  fees  remitted  at  the 
University  of  Maryland. 

Each  applicant  eligible  to  participate  in  the  reimbursed  program  will  be 
required  to  sign  a  pledge  to  teach  in  the  public  schools  of  Maryland  for  a 
period  of  two  years,  immediately  following  graduation.  A  reimbursement 
agreement  must  be  signed  to  cover  the  contingency  of  not  satisfying  the 
teaching  requirement.  A  more  detailed  explanation  is  available  upon 
request. 

Persons  enrolled  in  the  summer  session  or  in  any  of  the  later  afternoon 
and  evening  programs  are  not  covered  by  this  fee  remission  program. 

Extra-curricular,  Social  and  Religious  Life 

Organized  student  activities  are  recognized  and  encouraged 
as  aids  in  the  development  of  leadership  and  citizenship  skills.  There  are 
over  three  hundred  officially  recognized  special  interest  clubs,  civic  groups, 
service  organizations,  professional  organizations,  recreational  organiza- 
tions, religious  clubs  and  musical  clubs  available  for  students  at  College 
Park.  You  may  be  interested  in  joining  one  of  the  many  preforming  groups 
or  the  staff  of  one  of  the  student  publications.  You  may  be  also  interested  in 
affiliating  with  one  of  the  social  fraternities  or  sororities  or  taking  part  in  a 
resident  hall  dormitory  government,  or  interested  in  becoming  a  member 
of  a  club  or  society  which  has  a  primary  interest  in  the  informal  investi- 
gation of  an  academic  specialty.  Also  available  is  an  extensive  intramural 
athletic  program,  both  for  men  and  women. 

26 


The  Student  Government  Association  represents  all  students  under  an 
approved  constitution  and  by-laws.  The  Student  Government  Association 
has  represented  on  its  Cabinet  four  at-large  members,  the  president  and 
vice-president  of  the  Residence  Hall  Council,  the  president  of  Inter-Frater- 
nity Council,  the  president  of  Pan-hellenic  Council,  president  of  the  Uni- 
versity Commuters  Association,  president  of  Associated  Women  Students, 
Men's  League,  and  the  four  class  presidents.  Other  branches  of  the  Student 
Government  are  the  Legislature  and  the  Student  Courts,  both  making 
major  contributions  to  the  functioning  of  Student  Government  at  the 
University. 

The  University  Band  is  under  the  supervision  of  the  Department  of  Music 
and  is  composed  of  four  groups :  the  Marching  Band,  the  Symphonic  Band, 
the  Air  Force  ROTC  Band,  and  the  Pep  Band. 

Sx  student  communications  and  pubHcations  media  are  operated  with 
faculty  guidance  and  the  general  supervision  of  the  Committee  on  Student 
Publications  and  Communications.  They  are:  The  Diamondback,  the 
campus  newspaper;  The  Terrapin,  the  student  yearbook;  The  M  Book, 
the  student  handbook;  Argus  and  Calvert  Review,  campus  literary  maga- 
zines; and  WMUC,  the  campus  radio  station. 

Athletics  and  Recreation 

The  University  recognizes  the  importance  of  the  physical  development 
of  all  students  and,  in  addition  to  the  required  physical  education  for  fresh- 
men and  sophomores,  sponsors  a  comprehensive  intercollegiate  and  intra- 
mural program.  Students  are  encouraged  to  participate  in  competitive 
athletics  and  to  learn  the  skill  of  games  that  may  be  carried  on  after  leaving 
college.  The  intramural  program,  which  covers  a  large  variety  of  sports,  is 
conducted  by  the  Physical  Education  Department  for  both  men  and  women. 

The  Council  on  Intercollegiate  Athletics  sponsors  and  supervises  a  full 
program  of  intercollegiate  athletics  in  every  form  necessary  to  meet  the 
needs  of  the  student  body.  This  program  is  an  integral  feature  of  University 
life.  Each  student  is  encouraged  to  participate  in  the  program,  either  as  an 
athlete  or  as  a  spectator.  A  strong  intercollegiate  program  creates  the  in- 
centives for  extensive  participation  in  the  intramural  program  and,  further, 
the  program  furnishes  a  rallying  point  of  common  interest  for  students, 
alumni,  and  faculty. 

The  University  is  a  member  of  the  Atlantic  Coast  Conference,  the  Na- 
tional Collegiate  Athletic  Association,  the  United  States  Intercollegiate 
Lacrosse  Association,  the  Intercollegiate  Amateur  Athletic  Association  of 
America,  and  cooperates  with  other  national  organizations  in  the  promo- 
tion of  amateur  athletics. 

The  University  has  an  activities  building  which  contains  a  modem  gym- 
nasium, a  swimming  pool,  training  faciUties  for  indoor  sports,  physical 
education  laboratories,  and  an  arena;  also  a  large  armory;  a  modem 
stadium  with  a  running  track;  a  number  of  athletic  fields;  tennis  courts; 
golf  course;  baseball  diamonds;  and  a  gymnasium  and  swimming  pool  for 
women. 

27 


To  Round  Out  Your  Experiences 

The  Student  Government  Association's  cultural  committee,  University 
Theatre  and  musical  groups  present  a  broad  program  of  musical,  cul- 
tural and  dramatic  programs.  Recent  talent  brought  to  the  campus  by  these 
groups  were:  the  Robert  Shaw  Chorale,  Carlos  Montoya,  the  Music  of 
Richard  Rodgers,  Stan  Getz,  The  Establishment,  Kia  Winding,  Ferrante 
and  Teicher  and  Hal  Holbrook.  Contemporary  entertainment  is  presented 
throughout  the  year  by  various  student  organizations.  Also  available  in  the 
Student  Union  is  an  extensive  film  series,  both  classical  and  foreign,  a 
speaker  series,  dances  and  special  programs.  The  National  Symphony 
presents  a  series  of  concerts  during  the  year. 

Campus  or  class-wide  social  events  are  associated  with  Homecoming 
and  the  Freshman,  Sophomore,  Junior  and  Senior  Proms.  Name  bands 
such  as  Les  and  Larry  Elgart,  Warren  Covington,  Tommy  Dorsey  and 
Lester  Lanin  have  appeared  at  these  affairs. 

Fraternities,  sororities,  and  residence  halls  also  sponsor  social  events 
throughout  the  year,  including  exchange  socials  and  open  houses  from 
time  to  time. 

The  All-Faiths  Memorial  Chapel  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful  structures 
of  its  kind  in  the  nation.  Within  its  shelter  are  housed  the  ofl&ces  of  chap- 
lains, representing  the  denominational  bodies,  and  there  are  many  oppor- 
tunities for  you  to  consult  with  the  ministers  of  your  faith.  Chances  are  that 
you  will  want  to  join  a  religious  club  such  as  the  Baptist  Student  Union, 
Canterbury  Association  (Episcopal),  Christian  Fellowship  (non-denomin- 
ational). Christian  Science,  Diogenes  Society  (Unitarian),  Ethos  (Eastern 
Orthodox),  Hillel  Foundation  (Jewish),  Lutheran  Students  Association, 
Newman  Club  (Roman  Catholic).  Westminster  Foundation  (Presbyter- 
ian), and  the  Wesley  Foundation  (Methodist). 


Academic  Standards 

The  student  who  maintains  at  least  a  "c"  average  in  academic 
subjects  is  proceeding  satisfactorily  toward  graduation.  The  student  who 
does  not  maintain  this  average  is  falling  behind. 

The  regulations  governing  minimum  requirements  for  retention  and 
graduation  are  printed  in  a  separate  publication.  University  General  and 
Academic  Regulations.  Every  student  should  familiarize  himself  with  these 
regulations.  If  a  cumulative  grade  point  average  is  not  maintained,  as 
defined  in  the  regulation,  the  student  is  placed  on  probation  or  is  dismissed. 

High  school  students  who  have  an  average  of  less  than  "C"  in  their 
academic  subjects,  as  specified  by  the  Director  of  Admissions,  will  be  re- 
quired to  attend  the  Pre-CoUege  Summer  Session  prior  to  acceptance  by  the 
University  of  Maryland. 


28 


Student  Life  Information 

Health  Services 

The  university  recognizes  its  responsibility  for  safeguarding 
the  health  of  its  students.  All  new,  full-time,  graduate  and  undergraduate 
students  are  required  to  submit  a  record  of  a  current,  thorough  physical 
examination  prior  to  their  admission,  and  to  pay  the  annual  Health  Service 
Fee.  A  new,  well-equipped  and  staffed  health  services  facility  is  available 
for  the  treatment  of  sick  or  injured  students  who  have  paid  the  Health 
Service  Fee. 

In  addition,  excellent  commercial  accident  and  sickness  insurance  spon- 
sored by  the  University  is  available.  This  insurance  is  voluntary  for  domestic 
students;  however,  all  foreign  students  are  required  to  have  this  type  of 
insurance  in  reasonable  amounts. 

All  dormitories,  off-campus  houses,  sorority  and  fraternity  houses,  the 
Food  Service  and  certain  other  areas  are  inspected  periodically  by  the  Stu- 
dent Health  Service  to  make  certain  that  proper  sanitary  conditions  are 
maintained. 

University  Counseling  Center 

The  Counseling  Center  is  a  University-wide  service  available  to  all 
students.  It  is  devoted  to  counseling  of  students,  consultations  with 
faculty  and  others  concerned  with  student  welfare,  and  is  involved  in  re- 
search, teaching  and  counselor  training.  The  staff  of  the  Center  is  composed 
of  psychologists  and  educational  specialists  particularly  trained  to  accom- 
plish these  purposes. 

The  Counseling  Center  assists  students  interested  in  gaining  a  better 
understanding  of  themselves  and/or  resolving  concerns  of  a  vocational  or 
educational  nature.  Both  individual  and  group  methods  of  counseling 
are  used.  Where  psychological  testing  is  appropriate  in  the  counseling 
of  students,  tests  of  ability,  interest  and  personality  are  employed. 

Through  its  Reading  and  Study  Skills  Laboratory,  the  Center  provides  an 
extensive  program  for  students  motivated  to  improve  their  reading  and 
listening  skills,  study  methods,  vocabulary  and/or  spelling. 

Students  are  entitled  to  the  services  of  the  Center  without  charge  since 
they  annually  pay  an  advisory  and  testing  fee  at  the  time  of  registration. 

The  Counseling  Center  is  located  in  the  Shoemaker  Building. 

Placement  and  Credentials  Service 

The  Univerdiy's  Placement  Service  fosters  student  career  development. 
The  Service  is  the  primary  center  through  which  students  and  alumni  may 
contact  prospective  employers  in  a  wide  variety  of  fields  about  employment. 

The  Placement  and  Credentials  Services  are  located  in  the  Shoemaker 
Building. 

29 


University  Post  Office 

The  University  operates  an  ofl&ce  located  in  the  Service  Building,  for  the 
reception  and  dispatch  and  delivery  of  the  United  States  mail,  including 
parcel  post  items  and  inter-office  communications.  This  office  is  not  a  part 
of  the  U.  S.  postal  system  and  no  facilities  are  available  for  the  reception 
or  transmission  of  postal  money  orders.  All  registered  and  insured  mail 
must  be  picked  up  at  the  United  States  Post  Office  in  the  City  of  College 
Park.  The  campus  post  office  hours  are  8:30  a.m.  to  4:00  p.m.,  Monday 
thru  Friday.  Resident  students'  mail  will  be  delivered  directly  to  the  dormi- 
tories. All  communications  addressed  to  non-resident  and/or  commuting 
students  must  be  mailed  to  their  home  addresses  as  there  is  no  provision  in 
the  University  Post  Office  for  handling  mail  for  these  students. 

The  Student  Union 

The  enlarged  and  improved  Student  Union  has  much  to  offer  the  student 
and  faculty  in  facilities  and  services. 

The  cafeteria,  with  seating  for  approximately  450,  offers  a  complete  line 
of  hot  lunches  and  dinners  served  daily  from  11:00  a.m.  to  2:00  p.m.  and 
4:45  p.m.  to  7:30  p.m.  The  remodeled  snack  bar  serves  breakfast  and 
light  lunches  plus  snacks  throughout  the  day  from  7:00  a.m.  to  10:30  p.m. 

The  Student  Supply  Store  makes  available  for  University  personnel  all 
classroom  needs  in  texts  and  suppUes  plus  an  assortment  of  clothing,  cards, 
novelties  and  jeweh-y. 

The  tobacco  shop  can  fill  almost  any  smoking  need.  Candy  and  personal 
articles  are  available  here. 

During  out-of-class  hours  students  enjoy  functions  and  activities  spon- 
sored by  the  Student  Union  Board.  These  activities  include  an  up-to-date 
and  popular  selection  of  films  shown  Friday  through  Sunday  even- 
ings in  the  air-conditioned  ballroom  and  a  selected  number  of  classical 
films  shown  on  Thursdays,  twice  monthly.  A  Speakers  Series  brings  many 
well-known  personalities  to  the  campus;  the  SpotUght  Series  brings 
favorite  musical  and  comedy  attractions.  There  are  opportunities  to 
meet  University  faculty  members  during  one  of  the  monthly  Student- 
Faculty  Coffee  Hours.  Students  examine  the  monthly  art  exhibit  in  the 
Fine  Arts  Lounge  where  student  and  faculty  works  as  well  as  works  of 
other  well-known  exhibitors  are  on  view.  One  of  the  most  popular  activities 
sponsored  by  the  Student  Union  Board  are  the  twice  monthly  dances.  These 
feature  favorite  bands  and  the  dress  is  generally  casual. 

You  may  find  relaxation  on  one  of  the  Union's  16  automatic  ten  pin 
bowUng  lanes  which  are  open  from  9:00  a.m.  to  11:00  p.m.  daily  and 
slightly  later  on  the  weekends.  Or  perhaps  you  might  enjoy  a  game  of 
billiards  in  the  new  12  table  billiard  room.  Chess  and  bridge  are  also  avail- 
able; these  University  clubs  meet  regularly  in  the  Union. 

There  is  a  check  cashing  facility  in  the  main  office  where  personal  checks 
up  to  $10.00  may  be  cashed  Monday  through  Friday  from  9  a.m.  to  3:00 
p.m.  for  a  small  service  charge.  Ditto  or  mimeographing  needs  may  be 

30 


obtained  here  for  a  nominal  cost.  A  Union  poster  service,  providing  a 
variety  in  printed  signs,  may  also  be  utilized  for  a  small  cost.  Student 
tickets  for  campus  events  are  available  in  the  Union  ticket  booth,  located 
in  the  main  lobby. 

University-recognized  organizations  or  clubs  may  meet  in  any  of  the 
many  rooms  of  varying  size;  a  reservation  form  should  be  completed  in  the 
Union  Office  several  days  in  advance.  Light  refreshment  is  available,  but 
no  food  may  be  brought  into  the  building. 

The  Student  Union  also  has  for  use  outside  of  the  building  at  a  small 
rental  fee,  such  items  as  16mm  sound  movie  projectors,  screens,  P.A.  sys- 
tems, sUde  projectors,  certain  kitchen  equipment  such  as  three  and  five 
gallon  thermos  jugs,  and  silver  service. 

The  hours  of  operation  listed  here  for  any  of  the  facilities  of  the  Student 
Union  are  subject  to  change  without  notice  depending  on  the  needs  of 
operating  efficiency. 


General  Education  Program 

A  COLLEGE  EDUCATION  IMPLIES  SOMETHING  MORE  THAN  A  TECHNICAL 

training  in  a  field  of  specialization.  In  order  that  each  graduate  may  gain  a 
liberal  education  as  well  as  a  speciaHzed  one,  the  University  has  established 
a  General  Education  Requirement.  This  requirement  consists  of  34  semes- 
ter hours  of  credit  in  six  areas:  English  (9  hr.).  Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy 
(3  hr.),  History  (6  hr.),  Mathematics  (3  hr.).  Science  (7  hr.),  and  Social 
Science  (6  hr.).  There  is  a  wide  choice  in  specific  courses  which  may  be 
used  to  satisfy  requirements  in  all  of  the  six  areas  except  EngUsh.  Physical 
Education  and  Health  requirements  for  all  students  are  taken  in  addition  to 
this  34-hour  group  of  courses. 

It  should  be  emphasized  that  the  34  semester  hours  of  General  Educa- 
tion courses  constitute  a  minimum  University  requirement,  applicable  to  all 
students  who  entered  college  after  June  22,  1964.  Individual  Colleges 
within  the  University  may  add  supplementary  requirements. 

The  General  Education  Program  is  designed  to  be  spread  out  over  the 
four  years  of  college.  No  General  Education  course  requires  any 
prior  college  course  as  a  prerequisite.  Thus,  a  student  may  (within  limits 
of  his  particular  curriculum)  satisfy  a  General  Education  requirement 
with  any  available  course  for  which  he  is  eligible  by  advanced  credit,  place- 
ment examination,  department  evaluation,  and  class  standing. 


31 


COLLEGE 


O  F 


AGRICULTURE 


The  college  of  agriculture  offers  a  number  of  curriculums  to 
prepare  students  for  a  wide  variety  of  rewarding  careers.  These  curricu- 
lums prepare  the  student  for  useful,  informed  citizenship  with  a  basic 
understanding  of  science  in  general  and  the  science  of  agriculture  in  par- 
ticular. All  four-year  programs  lead  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree. 

Modern  agriculture  is  a  highly  complex  and  extremely  efficient  industry 
which  includes  supplies  and  services  used  in  agricultural  production,  the 
production  process  itself,  and  the  marketing,  processing  and  distnbution  of 
food  and  related  products  to  meet  the  needs  and  wants  of  consumers. 

Instruction  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  emphasizes  the  fundamental 
sciences  and  associated  areas  of  knowledge  that  its  graduates  must  use  in 
the  agriculture  of  the  future.  When  necessary,  course  programs  in  special- 
ized areas  may  be  tailored  to  fit  the  needs  of  the  student. 

Previous  trainmg  in  agriculture  is  not  a  prerequisite  for  enrollment. 
Career  opportunities  for  men  and  women  with  rural,  suburban,  or  urban 
backgrounds  are  numerous  in  agriculture  and  its  allied  industries. 

Graduates  of  the  College  of  Agriculture  have  a  broad  base  for  reward- 
ing careers  and  continued  learning  after  college  in  business,  production, 
teaching,  research,  extension  and  other  professional  fields.  Students  may 
major  in  Agricultural  Chemistry,  Agricultural  Economics,  Agricultural 
Engineering,  Agricultural  and  Extension  Education,  Agronomy,  Animal 
Science,  Botany,  Dairy  Science,  Entomology,  Food  Science,  Horticulture, 
Poultry  Science,  General  Agriculture  and  Pre-Professional  Programs.  Some 
of  the  careers  which  graduates  of  specific  curriculums  may  select  are: 

ANIMAL,  PLANT  AND  SOIL  SCIENCE.  Animal,  plant  and  soil  scientists 
utilize  the  principles  of  nutrition,  physiology,  breeding  and  selection,  man- 
agement, sanitation,  and  insect  and  disease  control  in  producing  quality 


32 


plants  and  animals  in  sufficient  quantities  and  varieties  to  meet  effectively 
and  efficiently  the  needs  of  consumers.  Curriculums  in  animal,  plant  and 
soil  science  combine  a  sound  basis  in  fundamentals  with  specialized  area 
options  to  prepare  individuals  for  the  wide  range  of  careers  in  the  many 
aspects  of  the  production,  management,  sales,  research,  teaching  and 
extension. 

FOOD  SCIENCE.  The  food  scientist  applies  the  fundamentals  of  chemistry, 
physics,  microbiology,  sanitation,  nutrition,  management,  and  quality  con- 
trol to  the  problems  of  procurement,  processing,  packaging  and  marketing 
of  nutritious  and  aesthetically  satisfying  foods.  Graduates  in  food  science 
are  trained  in  the  basic  sciences  and  associated  subjects  for  careers  in  pro- 
duction, management,  research,  product  development,  quality  control, 
teaching,  extension,  marketing,  human  nutrition  and  personnel  relations  in 
the  food  processing  industry. 

AGRICULTURAL  ECONOMICS.  The  agricultural  economist  deals  with  the 
application  of  economic  principles  to  the  many  facets  of  the  total  business 
of  agriculture  and  other  industries  and  occupations.  He  applies  a  knowl- 
edge of  economics,  mathematics,  statistics,  business  management,  finance, 
accounting,  and  agricultural  science  to  the  challenging  opportunities  found 
in  the  agricultural  supply  and  service,  production,  and  marketing  indus- 
tries. He  may  become  a  professional  manager,  and  apply  his  knowledge  to 
the  fields  of  production  economics,  the  agricultural  marketing  system,  the 
operation  of  supply  firms  or  service  organizations.  He  may  become  a 
market  analyst,  researcher,  teacher,  extension  worker,  agricultural  statis- 
tician, agricultural  credit  speciaUst,  foreign  trade  representative,  or  one  of 
a  growing  list  of  professional  occupations  in  government  and  industry  which 
utilize  his  knowledge.  As  agriculture  becomes  more  scientific,  more  efficient, 
more  specialized,  more  competitive,  the  agricultural  economist  will  be 
faced  with  an  increasingly  important  future  role. 

AGRICULTURAL  ENGINEERING.  The  agricultural  engineer  is  primarily 
concerned  with  that  area  of  bio-engineering  for  controlling  or  modifying 
natural  environment  for  the  economic  production  and  processing  and 
utilization  or  marketing  of  plant  and  animal  products.  Agricultural  engi- 
neers integrate  the  physical,  mathematical  and  engineering  sciences  with 
their  many  applications  in  agriculture.  Careers  for  graduates  are  found  in 
the  design  or  manufacturing  of  farm  machinery  or  in  sales  and  service 
positions  in  farm  machinery  distribution;  in  soil  and  water  conservation 
engineering  including  water  resources  development;  in  the  electrification, 
automation  and  mechanization  of  farmstead  systems;  in  the  development  or 
adaptation  of  new  materials  or  new  designs  in  farm  structures;  systems  for 
handling  agricultural  materials;  and  in  the  processing  of  agricultural 
products. 

AGRICULTURAL  AND  EXTENSION  EDUCATION.  The  agricultural  and  exten- 
sion educator  has  a  broad  general  training  in  agriculture  with  basic  work 
in  natural  sciences,  social  sciences,  humanities  and  specialized  courses  in 
education  methods.  A  variety  of  educational  career  opportunities  in  voca- 
tional agriculture,  county  agricultural  extension  work,  government  business, 
industry,  college  and  other  related  fields  are  available. 

33 


HORTICULTURAL  EDUCATION.  This  cumculum  is  designed  to  develop  a 
basic  understanding  of  the  art  and  the  science  of  horticulture  and  to  meet 
the  requirements  for  teacher  certification  in  Maryland. 

PRE-PROFESSIONAL  PROGRAMS: 

PRE-VETERiNARY  SCIENCE.  This  program  is  designed  for  students  desiring 
to  prepare  for  the  professional  course  in  veterinary  medicine.  A  combined 
degree  is  available  to  students  in  pre-veterinary  science.  A  student  who  has 
completed  90  academic  semester  credits  at  the  University  of  Maryland  and 
who  has  completed  30  additional  academic  semester  credits  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Georgia  or  at  any  accredited  veterinary  school  is  eligible  to  make 
application  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  from  the  University  of 
Maryland. 

PRE-FORESTRY.  This  program  is  designed  for  students  who  may 
want  to  pursue  two  years  of  basic  study  in  preparation  for  transfer  to  a 
standard  forestry  curriculum  in  another  institution. 

PRE-THEOLOGiCAL.  This  program  is  designed  for  students  who  desire 
some  basic  background  education  in  agriculture  as  preparation  for  the 
ministry. 

A  Two- Year  Program  in  Agriculture  is  offered  for  students  who  wish  to 
spend  only  a  limited  time  beyond  high  school  to  prepare  for  a  specialized 
occupation.  Courses  are  offered  at  less  than  the  baccalaureate  level.  Stu- 
dents interested  in  this  program  should  write  to  the  Institute  of  Applied 
Agriculture. 

HONORS  PROGRAM.  The  College  of  Agriculture  initiated  its  Honors  Pro- 
gram in  1963,  in  recognition  of  superior  scholarship  for  excellent  students. 

TYPICAL  PROGRAM  FOR  THE  FRESHMEN  YEAR 

First  Semester  Second  Semester 

English  English 

Social  Science  or  Mathematics  Mathematics 

Agriculture  Social  Science 

Botany  Zoology 

Agriculture  elective  Agriculture  elective 

Health  Physical  Education 
Physical  Education                           ROTC   (Optional) 
ROTC  (Optional) 

RECOMMENDED  PREPARATION  IN  HIGH  SCHOOL 

English   4  units 

Mathematics  {College  Preparatory)  2  units 

{Algebra  1  unit  and  Plane  Geometry  1  unit — Agricultural  Engi- 
neering and  Agricultural  Chemistry  require  2  additional  units) 

Biological  and  Physical  Sciences 3  units 

History  and  Social  Sciences 2  units 

Two  units  of  foreign  language  are  recommended  for  students  planning 
to  major  in  Agricultural  Engineering,  Agricultural  Chemistry,  Botany  and 
Entomology. 

34 


COLLEGE      OF      ARTS      AND      SCIENCES 

WiTfflN  THE  COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES  STUDENTS  CAN  OBTAIN 

both  a  liberal  education,  in  which  ideas  are  cultivated  and  enjoyed  for  their 
own  sake,  and  a  more  concentrated  education,  which  falls  within  one  or 
more  of  the  basic  disciplines  and  which  points  toward  a  career.  The  Col- 
lege seeks  to  develop  graduates  who  can  deal  intelligently  with  the  prob- 
lems they  will  be  confronting  in  the  second  half  of  the  twentieth  century. 
It  tries  to  provide  for  its  students  a  general  education  which  will  be  a  con- 
tinuing source  not  only  of  material  well-being  but  of  genuine  personal 
satisfaction. 

The  areas  of  concentration  available  within  the  College  lead  to  the 
degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Arts  and  of  Bachelor  of  Science. 

BACHELOR  OF  ARTS 

Areas  OF  concentration  leading  to  the  degree  of  bachelor  of 
Arts  are  in  the  arts,  the  humanities,  and  the  social  sciences. 

Concentration  in  these  areas  is  the  normal  preparation  for  the  student 
who  plans  to  go  to  law  school;  to  a  post-graduate  or  professional  school 
of  business  administration,  library  science,  or  social  service;  or  to  a  theo- 
logical seminary. 

The  student  interested  in  research  (university,  government,  business  and 
industry)  or  in  college  teaching  in  these  areas  of  concentration  will  find 
here  the  undergraduate  preparation  necessary  for  the  graduate  work  re- 
quired by  these  careers. 

By  including  the  appropriate  courses  in  education,  a  student  in  some 
of  these  areas  can  qualify  for  pubUc  school  teaching.  For  students  inter- 
ested in  foreign  service,  the  foreign  area  programs  combine  intensive  study 
of  a  language  with  study  of  the  civilization  of  the  area.  Other  careers  in 
government  and  business  are  open  to  the  student  in  the  College  of  Arts 
and  Sciences  who  selects  appropriate  areas  of  specialization. 

Specialized  programs  are  also  offered  in  the  fine  arts  (art,  drama,  music) 
and  in  speech  therapy. 

FOUR  YEAR  BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  DEGREE  PROGRAMS 

American  Studies  Foreign  Area  Studies  {French, 

^f^  German,  Latin  American, 

Comparative  Literature  Russian,  Spanish) 

Economics*  French 

English  Geography' 


'Also  available  are  a  degree  in  Art  Education  offered  by  the  College  of  Education, 
and  a  program  in  Practical  Art  offered  by  the  College  of  Home  Economics. 

'Programs  in  these  fields  are  also  offered  in  the  college  of  Business  and  Public 
Administration. 

35 


German  Psychology 

Government  and  Politics*  Russian 

Greek  Sociology  and  Anthropology 

History  (including  also  a  program  in 

Latin  Crime  Control) 

Music  (see  also  Bachelor  of  Spanish 

Music  degree)  Speech  (including  also  programs  in 
Philosophy  Dramatic  Art  and  in  Speech 

Therapy) 

PRE-LAW.  A  three-year  program,  followed  by  three  years  of  Law  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  Law  School,  leads  to  the  B.A.  and  LL.B.  degrees. 
Pre-law  students  may  also  follow  any  of  the  four-year  programs  and  earn 
the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  before  entering  law  school. 

BACHELOR  OF  MUSIC.  Four-year  program  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Music 
degree.  Professional  training  in  theory-composition,  history-literature,  and 
applied  music  (voice  or  instrument). 

TYPICAL  PROGRAM  FOR  THE  FRESHMAN  YEAR 

Typical  program  for  the  freshman  year  for  students  following  a  program 
leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree: 

FIRST   SEMESTER  SECOND  SEMESTER 

English  Public  Speaking 

Science  or  Mathematics  Science  or  Mathematics 

Foreign  Language  Foreign  Language 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy  Social  Science 

Physical  Activities  Elective 

Science  &  Theory  of  Health  Physical  Activities 

RECOMMENDED  PREPARATION  IN  HIGH  SCHOOL 

English    4  units 

Mathematics    3  or  4  units  of  College 

Preparatory  Mathematics 

Biological  and  Physical  Sciences 1  or  more  units 

History  and  Social  Sciences J  or  more  units 

Foreign  Languages  and  Latin 2  or  more  units 

BACHELOR  OF  SCIENCE 

Areas  of  concentration  leading  to  the  degree  of  bachelor 
of  Science  are  in  the  physical  sciences,  in  the  biological  sciences,  and  in 
mathematics. 

Concentration  in  these  areas  prepares  the  student  for  specialized  posi- 
tions in  industry  and  government.  He  can  also  gain  the  preparation 
necessary  for  admission  to  the  professional  schools  of  medicine  and  den- 
tistry or  for  admission  to  graduate  work  leading  to  advanced  degrees  in 

36 


Mathematics,  Chemistry,  Physics,  and  the  Biological  Sciences.  Research 
(industry,  government,  university)  and  college  teaching  are  among 
the  possibilities  open  to  the  student  who  successfully  completes  an  under- 
graduate and  graduate  program  in  mathematics  or  one  of  the  basic  sciences. 

FOUR   YEAR   BACHELOR    OF    SCIENCE    DEGREE    PROGRAMS 


Astronomy 

Botany^ 

Chemistry 

Mathematics 

Microbiology 


Physics 

Psychology 

Zoology 

General  Biological  Sciences 

General  Physical  Sciences 


PRE-MEDiCAL  AND  PRE-DENTAL  PROGRAMS.  There  are  three-year  programs 
meeting  minimum  requirements  for  medical  school  or  dental  school.  A 
four-year  program  in  any  of  the  major  fields  in  the  College  of  Arts  and 
Sciences  leading  to  a  B.  A.  or  B.  S.  degree  can  prepare  a  student  for  pro- 
fessional schools.  Only  exceptionally  mature  students  with  consistently  high 
academic  records  should  consider  the  three-year  pre-medical  curriculum. 


TYPICAL  PROGRAM  FOR  THE  FRESHMAN  YEAR 


FIRST   SEMESTER 

Public  Speaking 

Mathematics 

Science  (one  or  more  of  the 

introductory  courses) 
Social  Science 

Science  &  Theory  of  Health 
Physical  Activities 


SECOND   SEMESTER 

English 

Mathematics 

Science  (continued) 

American   Government 

Public  Speaking 

Elective 

Physical  Activities 


For  the  pre-medical  and  pre-dental  student 


FIRST   SEMESTER 

Philosophy  or  Public  Speaking 

Mathematics 

Chemistry 

Zoology 

Science  &  Theory  of  Health 

Physical  Activities 


SECOND   SEMESTER 

English 
Mathematics 
Chemistry 
Zoology 
Physical  Activities 


RECOMMENDED  PREPARATION  IN  HIGH  SCHOOL 

English    4  units 

Mathematics    4  units  of  College 

Preparatory  Mathematics 
Biological  and  Physical  Sciences  1  or  more  units,  including 

Chemistry  and  Physics,  if 
possible 

History  and  Social  Sciences 1  or  more  units 

Foreign  Languages  and  Latin 2  or  more  units 

'A  curriculum  in  Botany  is  also  offered  in  the  College  of  Agriculture. 

37 


COLLEGE      OF      BUSINESS 
AND       PUBLIC      ADMINISTRATION 

Four-year  programs  leading  to  the  bachelor  of  science  degree 
are  offered  by  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Admmistratiori^Studens 
may  complete  the  four-year  program  in  a  shorter  period  «*  /^"^^^ J'y  ^^ 
tending  summer  sessions.  They  may  choose  their  programs  of  study  from 
the  offerings  of  the  following  departments:  Department  of  Busmess  Ad- 
rninisS  Department  of  Economics,  Department  of  Geography,  De- 
partment of  Government  and  Politics,  Department  of  Information  Sys- 
tems Management  and  Department  of  Journalism. 

Students  expecting  to  enroll  in  the  College  of  Business  and  PubUc  Ad- 
ministration at  the  University  of  Maryland  should  pursue  the  pre-college 
program  ?nhi^  school.  Those  who  follow  the  commercial  studies  curri- 
culum in  high  school  are  usually  not  prepared  to  meet  the  requirements  of 
the  College  The  College  recommends  the  following  preparation  in  high 
school: 

recommended  preparation  in  high  school 

Fnolivh  ^    units. 

f^;lZa>ics      ::::: 3  or  more  units  ol  ColleifPre. 

paratory  Mathematics;  includ- 
ing a  minimum  of  2  units  of 
Algebra  and  1   of  Geometry. 

History  and  Social  Sciences  1  or  more  units. 

Natural  Science  2  or  more  units. 

Foreign  Languages  2  or  more  units. 

DEPARTMENTAL  PROGRAMS  OF  STUDY 

Before  concentrating  in  any  of  the  College's  special  fields  of  study, 
all  students  follow  during  their  first  two  years  an  educational  program 
that  provides  a  foundation  upon  which  to  base  advanced  work  m  the 
management  or  social  sciences  or  in  journalism.  The  first  two  years 
constitute,  therefore,  a  major  part  of  the  general  education  that  the  Uni- 
versity offers  and  an  opportunity  to  learn  something  of  the  nature  ot  ditter- 
ent  professional  and  scholarly  fields. 

With  the  exceptions  noted  below,  all  departments  within  the  College  re- 
quire the  following  as  a  part  of  the  freshman-sophomore  program  of  study: 

English    ^  semester  hours 

Mathematics   ^ 

History    ^ 

Social  Science " 

Natural  Science  7-5 

Fine  arts  and  philosophy 3 

Economics  " 

By  way  of  exception,  the  Departments  of  Geography  and  Journalism 
require  a  minimum  of  three  hours  of  mathematics.  Majors  in  Government 
and  Politics  and  in  the  general  program  in  Geography  are  required  to  have 
at  least  12  hours  of  a  foreign  language. 

38 


Students  must  also  meet  University  requirements  in  health  and  physical 
activities. 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION.  Programs:  General  Program  in  Business  Ad- 
ministration; Accounting;  Finance;  Marketing;  Personnel  &  Industrial  Re- 
lations; Production  Management;  Statistics;  Transportation. 

Upon  completion  of  requirements  for  the  degree,  students  following  any 
of  these  programs  will  have  had  the  advantage  of  a  broad  general  educa- 
tion, a  firm  understanding  of  the  internal  characteristics  and  external  rela- 
tionships of  business,  and  a  professional  training  focused  upon  one  of  the 
major  lines  of  managerial  activity. 

All  students  in  business  administration  follow  the  same  course  of  study 
for  the  first  two  years.  In  addition  to  the  general  requirements  cited  above, 
students  take  courses  in  speech,  business  enterprise,  and  accounting  during 
the  freshman-sophomore  years.  The  junior-senior  years  are  devoted  to 
the  requirements  of  the  major  plus  such  complementary  courses  as  are 
deemed  desirable  for  the  completion  of  a  sound  general  education. 

Students  who  major  in  one  of  the  areas  of  business  administration  often 
enter  business  or  government  immediately  after  graduation,  but  their  un- 
dergraduate programs  also  prepare  them  for  graduate  study  in  business. 

ECONOMICS.  Students  wishing  to  major  in  economics  and  to  earn  the  de- 
gree of  Bachelor  of  Science  may  register  in  the  College  of  Business  and 
Public  Administration,  the  College  of  which  the  Department  of  Economics 
is  administratively  a  part.  (Under  a  slightly  different  set  of  requirements, 
students  may  major  in  economics  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences.) 
The  first  two  years  are  devoted  to  the  general  requirements  plus  an  addi- 
tional course  in  economics  and  electives.  The  junior-senior  years  are  de- 
voted to  the  requirements  of  the  major,  and  to  elective  courses.  An  honors 
program  in  economics  is  available  to  students  who  demonstrate  the  capacity 
for  outstanding  achievement. 

Students  majoring  in  economics  may  look  forward  to  careers  in  business 
and  government  and,  after  graduate  study,  to  college  teaching  and  to  re- 
"^earch  in  many  different  types  of  organization. 

GEOGRAPHY.  Programs:  General  Program  in  Geography;  Cartography;  and 
Urban  Geography. 

Three  programs  of  study  are  offered  by  the  Department  of  Geography 
to  students  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration.  The 
same  programs  are  available — under  a  sUghtly  different  set  of  requirements 
— in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

All  majors  in  geography  devote  the  first  two  years  to  the  general  re- 
quirements and  to  certain  courses  in  geography.  Majors  may  follow  a 
general  program  or  may  concentrate  in  the  area  of  urban  geography  or 
cartography.  All  geography  majors  are  required  to  complete  8  hours  of 
science,  and  general  geography  majors  must  complete  12  hours  of  foreign 
language.  Graduates  usually  enter  teaching,  industry,  and  agencies  of  state, 
local  or  national  government. 

GOVERNMENT  AND  POLITICS.  Programs:  General  Program  in  Government 
and  Politics;  International  Affairs;  and  Public  Administration. 

39 


Three  programs  of  study  are  offered  by  the  Department  of  Govermnent 
and  Politics  to  students  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administra- 
tion: (1)  a  general  program  in  government  and  politics,  (2)  a  program 
in  international  affairs,  and  (3)  a  program  in  public  administration.  (Un- 
der a  slightly  different  set  of  requirements  the  general  program  and  the  in- 
ternational affairs  program  are  offered  also  to  students  in  the  College  of 
Arts  and  Sciences.  The  pubUc  administration  program  is  available  only 
in  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration.)  In  all  three  pro- 
grams, the  first  two  years  are  devoted  to  the  general  requirernents,  along 
with  additional  courses  in  government  and  poUtics  and  elective  courses. 
All  students  are  required  to  complete  at  least  12  hours  of  a  foreign  lan- 
guage. Majors  may  concentrate  in  the  general  program,  in  international 
affairs,  or  in  public  administration.  The  junior-senior  years  are  devoted 
to  the  advanced  government  and  politics  courses  and  to  courses  con- 
sidered complementary  to  a  particular  program.  Graduates  enter  upon 
careers  in  national,  state  and  local  and  international  organizations  and, 
especially  after  graduate  studies,  in  teaching. 

INFORMATION  SYSTEMS  MANAGEMENT.  This  department  offers  a  program 
conceived  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  rapidly  expanding  area  of  information 
technology  as  related  to  business  management  and  to  the  areas  of  social 
science  offered  as  a  part  of  the  College  curriculum.  In  addition  to  the 
general  requirements  previously  outlined,  the  program  requires  a  second 
year  of  college  mathematics.  Supporting  courses  in  accounting  and  in 
statistics  are  required.  Courses  in  integrated  data  processing  and  in  other 
aspects  of  computer  utilization  are  features  of  the  program. 

Industry  and  government  offer  an  increasing  number  and  variety  of  op- 
portunities to  graduates  of  college  programs  in  this  new  field, 

JOURNALISM.  Students  aspiring  to  become  reporters,  commentators,  editors 
and  publishers  may  follow  the  program  in  journalism.  Opportunity  is  also 
provided  to  prepare  for  careers  in  the  advertising  aspects  of  journalism,  as 
well  as  in  photo-journalism,  public  relations,  and  radio-television. 

Students  pursuing  a  major  in  this  department  devote  the  first  two  years 
to  meeting  the  general  requirements,  along  with  3  hours  of  journalism  and 
certain  electives.  The  junior-senior  years  are  devoted  to  advanced  journal- 
ism courses  and  to  courses  complementary  to  this  area  of  study. 

THE  PRE-LAW  PROGRAM.  Students  majoring  in  general  business  may,  upon 
completion  of  90  semester  hours,  apply  for  admission  to  the  University  of 
Maryland  Law  School.  Upon  completion  of  one  year  of  law  school,  they 
are  awarded  the  B.S.  degree.  With  the  completion  of  two  additional  years 
of  law,  they  receive  the  Bachelor  of  Laws  degree.  Apart  from  the  pre-law 
program,  students  who  complete  the  four-year  program  with  majors  in 
business  administration,  economics,  or  government  and  politics  are  eligible 
to  apply  for  admission  to  law  school. 

Additional  Information 

High  school  counselors  and  others  desiring  more  specific  information  on 
the  programs  of  the  College  of  Business  and  PubUc  Administration  are 
invited  to  direct  queries  to  the  Assistant  Dean,  College  of  Business  and 
Public  Administration,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland. 

40 


COLLEGE        OF        EDUCATION 

The  college  of  education  offers  curriculum  leading  to  ca- 
reers  in  teaching  on  all  levels  and  in  most  specialities  of  education.  This 
wide  diversity  of  choices  provides  desirable  flexibility  and  breadth.  All  cur- 
riculums  are  four-year  programs  and  lead  to  full  certification  as  a  teacher 
and  a  Bachelor  of  Science  or  Arts  degree.  The  specific  curriculums  are: 

ACADEMIC  EDUCATION  (SECONDARY  SCHOOLS).  English,  foreign  languages, 
mathematics,  social  sciences,  science,  speech. 

AGRICULTURAL  EDUCATION  (SECONDARY  SCHOOLS;  OFFERED  BY  THE  COL- 
LEGE OF  agriculture) 

ART  EDUCATION   (SECONDARY  AND  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOLS) 

BUSINESS   EDUCATION    (SECONDARY  SCHOOLS) 

EARLY  CHILDHOOD  EDUCATION  (NURSERY  SCHOOL,  KINDERGARTEN  AND 
PRIMARY  grades) 

ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION    (ELEMENTARY  SCHOOLS;  GRADES   1-6) 

HOME  ECONOMICS  EDUCATION  (SECONDARY  SCHOOLS;  VOCATIONAL  OR  GEN- 
ERAL) 

INDUSTRIAL  EDUCATION  (SECONDARY  SCHOOLS;  INDUSTRIAL  ARTS  OR  VO- 
CATIONAL-INDUSTRIAL  EDUCATION) 

EDUCATION  FOR  INDUSTRY  (a  NON-TEACHING  PROGRAM  WHICH  PREPARES 
STUDENTS  FOR  EDUCATIONAL,  SUPERVISORY  OR  MANAGEMENT  POSITIONS 
IN   INDUSTRY) 


41 


library  science 

music  education  (elementary  and  secondary  schools;  vocal  or 
instrumental) 

physical  education  and  health  education,  in  cooperation  with 
college  of  physical  education,  recreation  and  health  (second- 
ary and  elementary  schools) 

special  education* 

Majors  in  English,  social  sciences,  language,  and  art  receive  the  B.  A. 
degree.  Majors  in  mathematics  may  receive  either  degree.  Majors  in  all 
other  fields  receive  the  B.  S.  degree. 


SPECIAL    FACILITIES    AND    PROGRAMS 

All  departments  except  Industrial  Education  are  housed  in  the  new 
Education  building,  a  modern  facility  planned  specifically  for  teacher 
education. 

The  Science  Teaching  Center  maintains  an  up-to-date  collection  of  sci- 
ence teachmg  materials  and  publications.  The  Institute  for  Child  Study 
offers  leadership  to  child  study  groups  in  Maryland  and  throughout  the 
United  States.  The  Industrial  Education  building  offers  modem  shop  and 
laboratory  facilities.  The  Nursery-Kindergarten  Laboratory  School  offers 
observation  and  participation  experiences  to  students  in  the  early  child- 
hood program  as  well  as  to  students  in  other  fields.  Area  public  schools 
are  also  used  extensively.  A  Bureau  of  Educational  Research  and  Field 
Services  offers  consultant  assistance  to  the  schools  of  the  state. 

TYPICAL  PROGRAM  FOR  THE  FRESHMAN  YEAR 
FIRST  SEMESTER  SECOND    SEMESTER 

English  Social  Science 

Art  or  Music  Science 

Mathematics  or  Science  Speech 

Social  Science  Elective  or  Language 

Physical  Education  Physical  Education 

Elective  or  Language  Health 

Science  &  Theory  of  Health 

RECOMMENDED    PREPARATION    IN    HIGH    SCHOOL 

Four  units  of  English  and  one  unit  of  social  science,  natural  science 
and  mathematics  are  required.  For  some  major  fields  two  units  of  math- 
ematics are  required.  Additional  units  in  mathematics,  natural  science 
social  sciences,  and  foreign  language  are  desirable  for  a  program  that  per- 
mits the  greatest  amount  of  flexibility  in  meeting  the  requirements  of  vari- 
ous College  of  Education  curricula.  Fine  arts,  trade  and  vocational  sub- 
jects are  acceptable  as  electives. 

'Not  a  four-year  program— provides  an  additional  area  for  certification  only. 

42 


COLLEGE         OF         ENGINEERING 

Glenn  L.  Martin  Institute  of  Technology 

Four-year  programs  lead  to  the  bachelor  of  science  degree  in 
aerospace,  chemical,  civil,  electrical  and  mechancil  engineering,  and  in 
fire  protection.  Each  program  integrates  these  elements :  ( 1 )  basic  science 
including  mathematics,  physics,  chemistry;  (2)  engineering  science  in- 
cluding mechanics  of  solids  and  fluids,  engineering  materials,  thermo- 
dynamics, electricity  and  magnetism;  (3)  professional  studies  in  areo- 
space,  chemical,  civil,  electrical  or  mechanical  engineering;  (4)  liberal 
ARTS  AND  social  SCIENCES  in  General  Education  Program;  (5)  certain 
other  required  subjects  including  health  and  physical  activities. 

Each  program  lays  a  broad  base  for  continued  learning  after  college  in 
professional  practice,  in  business  or  industry,  in  public  service,  or  in  grad- 
uate study  and  research. 

The  following  is  representative  of  work  performed  by  engineering  grad- 
uates. 

the  aerospace  engineer  deals  with  problems  related  to  transporting 
people  and  things  by  air  and  through  space.  Aerodynamics,  thermodynam- 
ics, and  the  mechanics  of  fluids  and  soUds  are  among  his  engineering 
sciences.  He  may  apply  them  in  some  phase  of  planning  or  producing  air- 
planes, missiles,  or  rockets,  or  devising  means  to  sustain  and  control  their 
flight. 

THE  CHEMICAL  ENGINEER  applies  chemistry  to  development  and  eco- 
nomic production  of  industrial  chemicals,  fuels,  modem  synthetics  and 
certain  alloys.  He  also  applies  mechanics,  thermodynamics,  reaction 
kinetics  and  aspects  of  nuclear  science  to  unit  operations  and  processes 
which  are  fundamental  in  the  design  and  operation  of  the  chemical  indus- 
tries. 

THE  CIVIL  ENGINEER  is  primarily  a  planner,  a  designer,  a  builder,  and  a 
manager  of  public  works  and  private  enterprise.  His  professional  service 
plays  a  major  role  in  designing,  supervising  construction,  or  managing  vir- 
tually every  large  building,  bridge,  dam,  highway,  railway,  airport,  water 
supply,  waste  disposal  system,  city  plan,  industrial  plant,  public  works 
project,  etc. 

THE  ELECTRICAL  ENGINEER  puts  mathematics  and  the  physical  sciences 
to  practical  use  in  designing  systems  to  generate,  transmit,  distribute,  and 
use  electrical  energy;  to  transmit  and  receive  "intelligence,"  as  for  example 
by  telephone,  radio,  radar,  television  and  computers;  and  to  regulate  and 
control  mechanical  and  industrial  processes  by  electronics  and  servo- 
mechanisms. 

THE  MECHANICAL  ENGINEER  figures  ways  to  transmit  power  economically 
by  heat  or  by  mechanical  systems.  He  applies  the  mechanics  of  fluids  and 
solids,  thermodynamics,  and  an  understanding  of  the  behavior  of  engineer- 
ing materials  under  different  conditions.  As  a  professional  engineer  he 
devises  processes  for  industrial  production.  As  an  industrial  agent  he 
serves  as  a  supervisor,  manager,  or  sales  representative. 

43 


GRADUATES  IN  FIRE  PROTECTION  are  concemed  with  scientific  and  tech- 
nical problems  of  preventing  loss  of  life  and  property  by  fire,  explosion, 
and  related  hazards;  and  they  serve  industry,  public  agencies,  and  insur- 
ance companies  professionally. 

RECOMMENDED  PREPARATION   IN   HIGH   SCHOOL 

If  you  wish  to  become  a  professional  engineer  you  should  enroll  in  an 
academic  program  in  high  school.  Subjects  that  are  recommended  for  ad- 
mission total  sixteen  units  as  follows: 

SUBJECTS  RECOMMENDED 

English  4  units 

Mathematics  (college  preparatory)  4 

History  and  social  sciences  2 

Physical  sciences  2 

Foreign  language — (German,  French  or  Russian)  2 

Other  academic  subjects  2 

TYPICAL  PROGRAM  FOR  THE  FRESHMAN  YEAR 

All  engineering  students  enroll  in  essentially  the  same  subjects  during 
their  first  year  in  college  as  follows: 

SEMESTER 

General  Education  Courses^  3  3 

Elementary  Mathematical  Analysis;  Calculus  4  4 

General  Chemistry  4  4 

Introductory  Engineering  Science;  Mechanics  4  4 

Health  2 

Physical  Activities  1  1 

The  numbers  are  "semester-credits."  A  student  should  plan  to  devote  each 
week,  on  the  average,  three  hours  of  elective  work  for  each  semester-credit 
on  his  schedule. 

Each  student  in  the  College  of  Enginering  will  select  his  major-Une  de- 
partment— aerospace,  chemical,  civil,  electrical,  or  mechanical  engineering, 
or  fire  protection — before  he  begins  his  sophomore  year's  work.  There- 
after he  will  pursue  the  approved  program  of  his  department  which  leads 
to  the  bachelor's  degree. 

Advanced  engineering  students  who  show  promise  of  creativity  and 
leadership  in  engineering,  in  the  engineering  sciences,  and  in  teaching  and 
research,  are  encouraged  to  continue  in  a  program  of  graduate  study  lead- 
ing to  master's  and  doctor's  degrees.  There  is  an  acute  shortage  of  en- 
gineers with  earned  doctor's  degrees.  There  are  challenging  opportunities 
for  able  men  with  such  top-level  preparation.  The  time  to  plan  and  to 
begin  working  for  these  top-level  opportunities  is  while  you  are  in  high 
school.  Your  parents  and  your  teachers  can  help  provide  the  opportunity 
— after  that  your  education  is  up  to  you.    Plan  to  make  the  best  of  it! 

'Selected  from  English  composition,  Literature,  Government  &  Politics,  Sociology, 
Psychology 

44 


COLLEGE      OF      HOME      ECONOMICS 

The  primary  function  of  home  economics  is  to  relate  the 
contributions  of  the  physical,  biological,  and  social  sciences  and  art  in  the 
approach  to  the  study  of  all  phases  of  home  and  family  life  as  applicable 
to  individual  famiUes  and  to  agencies  serving  families. 

The  educational  program  of  the  College  of  Home  Economics  is  planned 
to  help  students  function  effectively  as  individuals,  as  family  members,  and 
as  responsible  citizens;  to  prepare  men  and  women  for  positions  for  which 
home  economics  is  a  major  or  minor  preparation.  Entering  freshmen  may 
enroll  without  specifying  a  major  area;  however,  a  choice  must  be  made 
by  the  beginning  of  the  fourth  semester. 

Graduates  of  the  College  are  prepared  to  enter  one  of  three  broad 
areas  of  employment:  educational-community-family  life,  technical,  and 
commercial  consumer  service.  The  various  programs  of  study  have  certain 
common  courses  with  possible  options  and  electives  to  meet  needs  of 
students.  The  major  curricula  include:  general  and  family  life;  home 
economics  education  and  extension;  applied  design;  food,  nutrition,  institu- 
tion administration;  and  textiles  and/or  clothing. 

general  and  family  life.  This  program  enables  a  student  to  build  a 
broad  background  as  well  as  a  speciafized  emphasis  in  the  areas  related 
to  both  professional  and  personal  aspects  of  Home  Economics.  Careers 
in  family  service  agencies  and  consumer  education,  in  addition  to 
personal,  family,  and  community  living,  are  the  foci  of  students  in  this 
program. 

education  and  extension.  This  program  is  designed  for  students  who  are 
preparing  to  teach  home  and  family  living  or  to  become  home  economics 
extension  agents.  Both  programs  include  study  in  all  phases  of  home 
economics  and  the  allied  sciences  along  with  specified  professional  train- 
ing. 

FOOD,  nutrition,  INSTITUTION  ADMINISTRATION.  Students  learn  the  scien- 
tific principles  underlying  food  selection,  purchase,  preparation,  and  ser\'- 
ice  for  home  and  institution  use.  Food  and  nutrition  are  applied  sciences; 
therefore,  courses  in  chemistry,  physiology,  microbiology,  psychology,  and 
economics  are  essential  to  their  understanding.  Graduates  in  this  area  are 
employed  in  consumer  education  departments  of  business  firms,  communi- 
cation areas,  and  state  or  community  programs.  Opportunities  in  food 
service  include  hospitals,  schools  and  colleges,  and  commercial  institutions. 

HOUSING  AND  APPLIED  DESIGN.  This  program  permits  a  choice  from  four 
areas  of  specialization:  art  in  advertising,  in  housing  and  interior  design, 
and  in  costume.  A  major  in  this  area  provides  background  for  employment 
in  advertising  and  in  the  designing  and  merchandising  of  fashion  and 
home   furnishings. 

TEXTILES  AND  CLOTHING.  Thcsc  curricula  promote  understanding  of  tex- 
tiles, fashion,  and  clothing  design  and  construction  in  relation  to  technolog- 
ical and  social  developments  influencing  consumer  choices.  Graduates  have 
positions  in  merchandising,  fashion  design  and  promotion,  textile  testing, 
and  research. 

45 


cMafki 


^H^ 


(^'uh 


^-^ 


•^//a 


>>? 


'O, 


% 


.'S', 


eit. 


^'^e, 


''^hu 


'P 


% 


% 


'6 


% 


•>// 


ry:i 


cigcovvoT^: 


-OS 


FIRST    SEMESTER 

English  Composition  and 

Literature 
American  Government 
Family  Life 
Design  Fundamentals 
Science  &  Theory  of  Health 
Physical  Activities 
General  Chemistry  or  other 

Laboratory  Science 


SECOND    SEMESTER 

Math 

Sociology  of  American  Life 

Consumer  Textiles  or 

Basic  Foods 
Speech 

Physical  Activities 
General  Chemistry,  Other 

Laboratory  Science,  elective 


RECCOMMENDED  PREPARATION   IN   HIGH  SCHOOL 

Four  units  of  English  and  one  unit  each  of  social  sciences,  natural 
sciences,  and  mathematics  are  required.  Additional  units  in  the  above 
areas,  especially  mathematics,  and  in  home  and  family  living  are  desirable. 


46 


COLLEGE     OF     PHYSICAL     EDUCATION, 
RECREATION,     AND     HEALTH 

Four  year  programs  leading  to  the  bachelor  of  science  degree: 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION.  The  cumculum  provides  an  adequate  background 
in  general  education  and  scientific  areas  closely  related  to  this  field.  De- 
velopment of  skills  in  a  wide  range  of  motor  activities  is  emphasized.  Many 
vocational  opportunities  are  available  in  public  and  private  schools,  or- 
ganized camping,  youth  and  adult  organizations  which  offer  a  program  of 
physical  activity. 

DANCE.  With  the  increasing  recognition  of  the  importance  and  scope  of 
dance  in  educational  programs,  the  need  for  teachers  adequately  trained 
in  dance  exceeds  the  number  available.  The  professional  curriculum  in 
dance  is  constructed  to  meet  the  steadily  rising  demand  for  personnel  quali- 
fied to  teach  dance  in  college,  secondary,  elementary  schools,  in  camps, 
recreational  agencies  and  in  preparation  for  dance  therapy. 

RECREATION.  Through  area  courses  in  sports,  swimming  and  dance,  speech 
and  drama,  music,  arts  and  crafts,  nature  lore  and  camping,  and  those 
courses  in  the  major  field  itself,  program  planning,  organization  and  admin- 
istration, leadership  techniques,  etc.  students  are  qualified  to  accept  leader- 
ship positions  in  hospitals,  industry,  churches,  public  departments,  with 
the  armed  forces,  or  with  the  many  public  and  private  agencies. 

HEALTH  EDUCATION.  A  healthy  nation  is  not  primarily  the  responsibility  of 
physicians  and  druggists  but  of  the  people  themselves.  This  means  that 
people  need  to  know  how  to  live  healthfully  and  to  utilize  available  health 
facilities — that  is  they  all  need  health  education.  Persons  qualified  to 
teach  health  are  needed  in  schools,  colleges,  community  health  agencies 
and  hospitals.  Students  interested  in  qualifying  for  supervisory  or  college- 
level  positions  are  encouraged  to  plan  on  doing  graduate  work  either  in 
school  health  or  public  health  education. 

47 


PHYSICAL  THERAPY.  Physical  therapy  is  one  of  the  professions  which  has 
come  into  prominence  as  the  scope  of  medical  care  has  expanded.  The 
modern  concept  of  the  rehabilitation  of  acute  and  chronically  disabled 
persons  has  created  an  increasing  demand  for  physical  therapy  service.  It 
offers  careers  for  both  men  and  women  who  are  interestd  in  becoming 
members  of  a  service  which  assists  the  ill  and  handicapped  achieve  maxi- 
mum restoration  of  physical  function. 

The  University  of  Maryland  offers  a  course  of  physical  therapy  leading 
to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  and  to  a  certificate  to  proficiency  in 
physical  therapy. 

RECOMMENDED  PREPARATION  IN  HIGH  SCHOOL 

In  addition  to  the  four  units  of  English  and  one  unit  each  of  Social  and 
Natural  Sciences,  it  is  especially  desirable  for  students  to  have  at  least 
one  unit  each  in  Biological  and  Physical  Science  and  three  years  of  college 
preparatory  mathematics.  Any  experience  in  music,  drama,  camping,  play- 
ground and  recreational  activities,  and  group  leadership  also  will  be  help- 
ful. In  addition,  participation  in  school  programs  of  health  and  safety  ed- 
ucation and  in  physical  education  and  athletics  are  desirable. 

SPECIAL    FACILITIES 

The  facilities  on  the  campus  include  five  gymnasia,  two  swimming  pools, 
a  physical  fitness  research  laboratory,  tennis  courts,  sports  fields,  golf 
driving  range  and  golf  course,  dance  studio,  and  an  excellent  hbrary.  The 
Washington  YMCA  camp.  Camp  Letts,  also  is  used  for  certain  activities. 

Students  also  are  encouraged  to  use  the  excellent  facilities  of  the  Library 
of  Congress,  National  Archives  and  the  National  Institutes  of  Health 
library  facilities. 

EXPERIENCES 

In  addition  to  classroom  and  laboratory  work,  opportunities  for  teach- 
ing on  and  off  campus  and  participating  in  field  experience  are  provided. 
Membership  in  professional  groups  such  as  Phi  Alpha  Epsilon,  Aqualiners, 
Dance  Club  and  Gymkana  troupe  is  encouraged  as  well  as  participation  in 
other  campus  activities.  In  each  of  the  fields  of  specialization  in  this  Col- 
lege unique  opportunities  in  dance,  sports,  recreation,  musical  and  drama- 
tics organizations  exist  in  the  environs  of  Washington  and  Baltimore. 

TYPICAL  PROGRAM  FOR  THE  FRESHMAN  YEAR 

FIRST  SEMESTER.  English;  Social  Science;  Speech;  Introduction  to  Physical 
Education,  Recreation  and  Health;  Rhythmic  Analysis  and  Movement; 
Sport  Skills  and  Gymnastics;  Basic  Body  Controls  (Women);  R.O.T.C. 
(Men — optional). 

SECOND  SEMESTER.  Zoology;  Mathematics,  Social  Science;  Modern  Dance 
Techniques  (Women);  Skills  in  Square  and  Social  Dance;  Sport  Skills  and 
Gymnastics;  R.O.T.C.  (Men — optional). 

48 


i 


THE      SCHOOL      OF      PHARMACY 

The  profession  of  pharmacy  merits  and  invites  the  serious  con- 
sideration  of  meticulous  and  careful  individuals  who  wish  to  pursue  a 
career  of  dedicated  service. 

The  educational  program  of  the  School  of  Pharmacy  is  designed  to  train 
young  women  and  men  for  the  efficient,  ethical  practice  of  pharmacy;  to 
instruct  students  in  cultural  and  scientific  subjects  as  well  as  in  administra- 
tive and  managerial  methods  for  the  orderly  development  of  members  of  a 
profession  and  citizens  in  a  democracy;  to  guide  students  into  productive 
scholarship  and  research  for  the  increase  of  knowledge  and  techniques  in 
the  heahng  arts  of  pharmacy. 

The  five-year  curriculum  at  the  University  of  Maryland  leading  to  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Pharmacy  consists  of  two  years  of  pre- 
professional  training  available  at  College  Park  and  three  years  of  the 
pharmacy  program  offered  in  Baltimore.  Students  from  other  accredited 
universities  or  colleges  offering  appropriate  courses  may  be  admitted 
directly  to  the  professional  program  at  Baltimore,  if  admissions  require- 
ments are  met. 

Strong  encouragement  is  given  to  superior  students  to  continue  their 
education  beyond  the  bachelor  degree  so  that  they  may  prepare  for  teach- 
ing and/or  research  positions. 

Scholarships  for  students  enrolled  in  the  pre-professional  program  at 
College  Park  are  described  in  the  section  "Endowed  Scholarships  and 
Grants." 

The  School  of  Pharmacy,  a  member  of  the  American  Association  of 
Colleges  of  Pharmacy,  is  accredited  by  the  American  Council  on  Phar- 
maceutical Education. 

The  prime  opportunities  available  to  pharmacists  are  in  the  fields  of 
community  and  hospital  pharmacy. 

49 


The  practice  of  community  pharmacy  requires  the  skills  and  knowledge 
of  the  professional  man  and  the  operational  activities  of  the  business  man 
in  preparing  and  servicing  the  medicaments  and  other  health  supplies  of 
the  community. 

The  hospital  pharmacist  utilizes  his  training  in  procuring,  preparing, 
distributing  and  controlling  the  drug  supplies  and  adjunct  materials  of  his 
institution. 

Pharmaceutical  manufacturers  employ  pharmacists  as  analysts  of  raw 
materials  and  finished  products,  as  supervisors  in  the  manufacturing  plants 
and  as  medical  sales  representatives. 

Opportunities  are  also  available  to  pharmacy  graduates  in  various  local 
and  federal  agencies. 

An  academic  program  in  high  school  is  prerequisite  to  enrollment  in 
the  Pharmacy  School.  Academic  subjects  which  are  recommended  and 
required  for  admission  to  the  Pre-Professional  Program  at  College  Park  are: 

Subject  Recommended     Required 

English .     4  units  4  units 

College  Preparatory  Mathematics — including 
algebra  ( 1 ) ,  plane  geometry  ( 1 )  and  addi- 
tional units  in  advanced  algebra,  solid 
geometry,  trigonometry,  or  advanced  math- 
ematics        4  2 

Physical  Sciences  (Chemistry  and  Physics)  .2  1 

History  and  Social  Sciences  2  1 

Biological  Sciences 1  0 

Foreign  Language — German  or  French    .2  0 

Unspecified  academic  subjects 1  8 

Total Ti"  16 

FRESHMAN  PROGRAM  AT  COLLEGE  PARK 

All  Students  enroll  for  the  following  pre-professional  courses  during  their 

first  year  in  college: 

Semester 
Courses  I  W 

General  Chemistry    4  4 

English  Composition   3 

Introduction  to  Mathematics 3  3 

or  or 

Introductory  and  Elementary  Mathematical 

Analysis 3  4 

General  Zoology 4 

General  Botany 4 

Elective  (Social  Science)' 3 

Physical  Education    1  1 

Health    2 


Total 17  or  18     15,  16,  17  or  18 

'  Social  Science  Electives 
G.  and  P.  1,  American  Government  Sociology  1,  Introduction 

Psychology  1,  Introduction  to  Sociology 

to  Psychology  Anthropology  2,  Introduction 

to  Anthropology 
50 


THE         SCHOOL         OF         NURSING 


The  school  of  nursing  offers  both  general  and  fundamental 
education  for  students  who  wish  to  prepare  for  professional  nursing-  (A) 
A  generic  four-year  college  program  planned  for  students  who  have  no 
previous  expenence  or  knowledge  in  nursing;  and  (B)  A  program  for 
registered  nurses  who  have  completed  a  three-year  nursing  program  and 
who  desire  to  bring  up  to  full  collegiate  level  their  basic  nursing  prep- 
aration. Both  programs  lead  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in 
Nursing. 

Beginning  students  in  nursing  spend  the  first  two  academic  years  on 
the  College  Park  Campus  or  Baltimore  County  Campus.  Students  from 
other  accredited  colleges  may  be  admitted  directly  to  the  Baltimore  Campus 
providmg  they  meet  admission  requirements.  Students  in  the  registered 
graduate  nurse  program  attend  classes  selected  by  the  advisor  on  either 
campus. 

In  association  with  the  Graduate  School  of  the  University,  the  School 
01  JNursing  prepares  professional  nurses  who  hold  Bachelor  of  Science 
Degrees  in  Nursing  with  a  "B"  or  better  average  as  administrators  i^ 
nursing  and  as  instructors,  supervisors,  and  clinical  speciahsts  in  medical- 
surgical  nursing,  obstetrical  nursing,  pediatric  nursing,  general  psychiatric 
nursing,  public  health  nursing  and  nursing  of  children  with  psychiatric 
disorders.  Masters  students  take  most  of  their  work  on  the  Baltimore 
Campus. 

All  programs  presently  being  offered  by  the  School  of  Nursing  are 
accredited  by  the  National  League  for  Nursing. 

51 


The  facilities  for  instruction  used  by  the  School  of  Nursing  include 
the  various  colleges  and  professional  schools  of  the  University  and  the 
University  Hospital.  Other  facilities  include  the  Baltimore  City  Health 
Department,  Maryland  State  Health  Department,  the  State  Department 
of  Mental  Hygiene,  Montebello  State  Hospital,  Baltimore  City  Hospitals, 
and  The  Children's  Guild.  Other  accredited  hospitals  are  utilized  for 
resident  training  in  Administration  in  Nursing  and  Practice  Teaching. 

TYPICAL    PROGRAM    FOR   THE    FRESHMAN   YEAR 
FIRST    SEMESTER  SECOND   SEMESTER 

English  English 

Sociology  Government  and  Politics 

Zoology  Chemistry 

Chemistry  Speech 

Speech  Nursing 

Physical  Activities  Physical  Activities 

Algebra 

RECOMMENDED    PREPARATION    IN    HIGH    SCHOOL 

English    f  years 

Mathematics   ^  years 

History  and  Social  Sciences ....  2  years 

Foreign  Language 2  years  or  more 

Science  2  years  {including  1  unit  of  Physics, 

and  1  unit  of  Biology  or  Chemistry) 

Walter  Reed  Army  Medical  Center  and  Other  Related 
Approved  Military  Facilities 

Through  a  contractural  arrangement  between  the  University  of  Mary- 
land School  of  Nursing  and  the  Office  of  The  Surgeon  General,  United 
States  Army,  the  facilities  of  the  School  of  Nursing,  University  of  Mary- 
land have  been  extended  to  include  the  Walter  Reed  Army  Medical 
Center  and  other  military  bases  and  welfare  agencies.  These  clinical  facili- 
ties will  be  utiUzed  by  the  Faculty  of  the  School  of  Nursing,  University 
of  Maryland,  to  provide  learning  experiences  for  those  students  who 
have  been  subsidized  through  the  United  States  Army  and  who  plan  to 
remain  in  the  military  service  following  graduation. 

Students  who  have  two  years  of  lower  division  work  in  regionally  ac- 
credited four  year  colleges  or  universities  may  transfer  to  the  University 
of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing  provided  they  meet  the  standards  of  the 
University  of  Maryland.  All  major  professional  or  upper  division  learning 
experiences  in  the  major  of  nursing,  will  be  under  the  direction  of  the 
Dean,  Clinical-specialists  Department  Heads,  and  Faculty  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland  School  of  Nursing. 

For  further  information  write  to: 

The  Dean,  School  of  Nursing 
University  of  Maryland 
624  W.  Lombard  Street 
Baltimore,   Maryland     21201 
52 


UNIVERSITY       COLLEGE 

Based  on  the  philosophy  that  continuing  education  is  essential 
to  meet  the  demands  of  today's  complex  society,  in  contrast  to  the  usual 
practice  of  bringing  the  student  to  the  University,  University  College  makes 
educational  opportunities  available  for  adult  students  at  hours  and  locations 
smtaole  to  their  needs. 

Specifically  the  CoUege  has  a  three-fold  purpose:  (1)  To  extend  the 
taci  ities  of  the  University  by  offering  college  credit  evening  courses  for 
adults  on  campus  and  off  campus  throughout  the  State,  the  District  of 
Columbia  and  various  overseas  centers;  (2)  To  offer  the  Bachelor  of 
Arts  degree  in  General  Studies  for  qualified  adult  students;  and  (3)  To  ar- 
range special  programs  to  meet  the  specific  educational  needs  of  adult 
groups  The  recently  completed  Center  of  Adult  Education,  embodying 
specially  designed  facilities,  provides  a  climate  for  adult  learning  in  a 
residential  setting.  ^ 

A  ^^^  overseas  programs  are  offered  m  cooperation  with  the  U  S 
Armed  Forces  to  military  and  civilian  personnel  and  their  dependents 
stationed  in  twenty-five  foreign  countries  on  four  continents.  The  College 
does  not  offer  correspondence  courses. 

Undergraduate  courses  are  offered  in  the  arts  and  sciences,  business 
administration  and  education.  Graduate  courses  in  government  aud  politics 
are  offered  at  the  Pentagon  Center,  and  graduate  courses  in  education 
are  offered  m  the  eyenmg  on  the  Baltimore  Campus  and  at  Maryland  State 
College,  Prmcess  Anne,  Maryland. 

The  General  Studies  curriculum  provides  opportunities  for  programs 
m  the  humanities  social  sciences  and  business,  with  concentrations  of 
to^,  ^°  such  fields  as  commerce,  EngHsh,  government  and  politics,  his- 
tory, philosophy,  psychology,  and  sociology. 

eithTr'^T'  '^^'!  have  never  attended  a  college  or  university  must  have 
ei  her  an  acceptable  high  school  diploma  or  the  high  school  equivalent 
Students  who  have  attended  another  college  or  university  must  be  in  good 
academic  standing  m  order  to  enroll  in  University  College.  For  further 
rft^w  nT   ^^?^'.ssio°   requirements,   see    the   University   College 

catalog  or  a  College  advisor.    Graduate  courses  are  open  only  to  students 

Sgi°stra7ion       °'^^"''"^^^^'^  ^°  ^^^  Graduate  School  prior  to  the  date  of 

cen^erf  ^"iS!  l^T^T^^I  programs  are  offered  each  year  at  the  foUowing 
centers  m  the  State  of  Maryland  and  the  District  of  Columbia: 

BoU.TAif  pZ^Base  MoS^/^",i'^"H^%  ,•  P^hi" TeSrges  County  Police 

CoUegl  Park  Cammi^  Montgomery  County  Police  Tolchester  Missile  Site 

D.C.  RecrlaUon  Dent  National  Bureau  of  Standards  Walter   Reed   Army 


53 


In  addition,  during  the  1965-66  school  year,  courses  offered  primarily 
for  teachers  in  service  were  given  in  the  following  counties  throughout 
the  State: 


Talbot 
Washington 
Wicomico 
Worcester 


For  further  information,  see  the  University  College  catalog  which  may  be  obtained  by  writing  the 
Dean,  University  College,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland  20740. 


Allegany 

Charles 

Montgomery 

Anne  Arundel 

Dorchester 

Prince  George's 

Baltimore 

Frederick 

Queen  Anne's 

Calvert 

Harford 

Somerset 

Caroline 

Kent 

St.  Mary's 

APPENDIX     A 

FEES  AND  EXPENSES 

GENERAL 

exact'^immmI'n?T.°^h^  °"^^'?  '^°"''^  ^^""^^^  P^Vable  to  the  University  of  Maryland  for  the 
OrnluTr  yf-  .  charges.  In  cases  where  students  have  been  awarded  General  Assembly 
Grants  or  University  Grants,  the  amount  of  such  grants  will  be  deducted  from  the  bin 

to  Dav\hSuIl'.m^n,?nf.'i?h^^''J^  ^^  ^^V'""^  ?^  registration,  and  students  should  come  prepared 
hasTeen  made  ^  ^'^"'     °  '^"'^"''  '^'"  ^'  ^'^'"'"'^  '°  "'^^^"  ""^'^  such  payment 

fr.„J^^  University  reser^^es  the  right  to  make  such  changes  in  fees  and  other  charges  as  may  be 
poSbir'"^"^'        °"^^  '''''^  ^^°''  ^'"  ^'  '""'^^  ^°  ^^^P  ^he  cost  to  tSe  studfnt  as  Tow  as 

o  cf„!?°  degree  will  be  conferred,  nor  any  diploma,  certificate,  or  transcript  of  record  issued  to 
a  student  who  has  not  made  satisfactory  settlement  of  his  account. 

EXPLANATION  OF  FEES 

thP  nl?t^?^''^^^'°"  ^"  ^°,'  '^^  undergraduate  colleges  and  the  summer  session  partially  defrays 
the  cost  of  processing  applications  for  admission  to  these  divisions  of  the  University    If  a  stu- 

f!e  l^'r^t  ^?'  'I'  'u"^  ^°'  ^."^'^.^  ^'  "PP"^^-  '^'  ^''  '^  ^'^"Pted  in  lieu  of  the  matriculation 
?oll.i^i  I  '  ^ho  have  enrolled  with  the  University  of  Maryland  in  its  Evening  Division  a" 

?£^^LhJ.\^^^T°'\°'  ^'  °"'  f  "'  off-campus  centers  are  not  required  to  pay  tl^  fee 
since  they  have  already  paid  a  matriculation  fee. 

The  Fixed  Charges  Fee  is  not  a  charge  for  tuition.  It  is  a  charge  to  help  defray  the  cost 
^L°^fh^''"^  }^'  University's  physical  plant,  to  pay  administrative  and  clerical expenS 
teaching  Jupplies^         °         "  '  ^""''^  °°'  ^'  ^"'"^"^  '^  ^  '^^^^  °*  ^^^^^'^^  personneT  and 

t,-,r,«I^^  Instnactional  Materials  Fee  represents  the  average  of  laboratory  fees  assigned  to  full- 
e^oi^ed  ?n^'h.^".'/'  ''"""^Tu  ^r'^T^  '':^-^,'T'  P^^^-'''"^  undergraduate%tudents  !n^  s  Cdents 
ftr^w-  TaI^^^"?'",!'"  ^^]?°°'  '^'"  ^^  ^'"^'1  f°^  individual  laboratory  fees,  and  not  the  In- 
Sm  h^"h  ll^/'f,["''  '^"-  ^""1™"  undergraduate  students  subject  to  the  fees  set  for  h  below 
Sh  1  S  a'  fP^'T"'"  1?.^"'^.^''°  ^'"  ^^  b'"^*!  t^'c  Instructional  Materials  Fee: 
Math.  1,  $45;  Applied  Music,  $40;  and  P.  E.  8  Riding  Class,  $26. 

All  cSf.^/'''^''''  f-J^  "^^J^^^  ^°L  ^^^  '"PP°''^  °*  ^^^  Department  of  Intercollegiate  Athletics. 
ihL^lt  !  ^""t  ^  '^"'''^  ^"'^  ?"  f'u'lents  are  encouraged  to  participate  in  all  of  the  activities  of 
this  department  and  to  attend  all  contests  in  which  they  do  not  participate. 

.^JP^f  f ^"''^P*  Activities  Fee  is  a  mandatory  fee  included  at  the  request  of  the  Student  Gov- 
ernment Association.  It  covers  class  dues  and  is  used  in  sponsoring  various  student  activities 
student  publications  and  cultural  programs.  ^'uucm  dcuviues, 

'it^^^^Af^-^'^'^l  ^fi-  '^  "^ed  to  pay  interest  on  and  amortize  the  cost  of  construction  of  the 
Student  Union  Building,  the  Activities  Building,  and  the  Swimming  Pool. 

r.r.r.J^^  Recreational  Facilities  Fee  is  paid  into  a  fund  which  will  be  used  to  expand  the 
recreational  facilities  on  the  College  Park  campus,  especially  the  Student  Union  Building. 

ft.li  ,ru"-tinTie  undergraduate  students  who  register  for  the  second  semester  but  who  were  not 
.Vii  I'T  undergraduate  students  in  the  first  semester  are  required  to  pay  the  following  addi- 
tional fees:  Athletic  Fee,  $10.00;  Student  Activities,  $8.00;  Special  Fee!  $7.50;  Recreational 
racilities  Fee,  $12.50. 


55 


DEFINITION  OF  RESIDENCE  AND  NON-RESIDENCE 

Effective  immediately  is  the  following  definition  of  "resident"  and  "non-resident": 

Students  who  are  minors  are  considered  to  be  resident  students  if  at  the  time  of  their 
registration  their  parents  have  been  domiciled  in  the  State  of  Maryland  for  at  least  six  months. 

The  status  of  the  residence  of  a  student  is  determined  at  the  time  of  his  first  registration 
in  the  University  and  may  not  thereafter  be  changed  by  him  unless,  in  the  case  of  a  minor, 
his  parents  move  to  and  become  legal  residents  of  Maryland  by  maintaining  such  residence 
for  at  least  six  months.  However,  the  right  of  the  minor  student  to  change  from  a  non-resident 
status  to  resident  status  must  be  established  by  him  prior  to  the  registration  period  set  for 
any  semester. 

Adult  students  are  considered  to  be  residents  if  at  the  time  of  their  registration  they  have 
been  domiciled  in  Maryland  for  at  least  six  months  provided  such  residence  has  not  been 
acquired  while  attending  any  school  or  college  in  Maryland  or  elsewhere.  Time  spent  on  active 
duty  in  the  armed  services  while  stationed  in  Maryland  will  not  be  considered  as  satisfying 
the  six  months  period  referred  to  above  except  in  those  cases  in  which  the  adult  was 
domiciled  in  Maryland  for  at  least  six  months  prior  to  his  entrance  into  the  armed  service  and 
was  not  enrolled  in  any  school  during  that  period. 

The  word  "domicile"  as  used  in  this  regulation  shall  mean  the  permanent  place  of  abode. 
For  the  purpose  of  this  rule  only  one  domicile  may  be  maintained. 

FEES  FOR  RESIDENTS  AND  NON-RESIDENTS 

FEES   FOR   UNDERGRADUATE   STUDE^^^S: 
MARYLAND   RESTOENTS 

Fixed  Charges    

Instructional  Materials   

Athletic  Fee   

Student  Activities  Fee  

Special  Fee   

Recreational  Facilities  Fee  

$224.00  $142.00  $366.00 

RESroENTS  OF  THE  DISTRICT  OF  COLin^BU, 
OTHER   STATES   AND  COUNTRIES 

Tuition  Fee  for  Non-Resident  Students   $200.00  $200.00  $400.00 


First 

Second 

Semester 

Semester 

Total 

$140.00 

$130.00 

$270.00 

12.00 

12.00 

24.00 

20.00 

20.00 

12.00 

12.00 

15.00 

15.00 

25.00 

25.00 

Total  Fee  for  Non-Resident  Students $424.00  $342.00  $766.00 

BOARD  AND  LODGING 

Board     $220.00  $220.00  $440.00 

Dormitory  Room 

Maryland  Residents $160.00  $160.00  $320.00 

Other  States  and  Countries $210.00  $210.00  $420.00 

The  above  fees  do  not  apply  to  the  temporary  Veteran's  Housing  Units.  The  rates  for 
these  family  units  are  as  follows:  two-room  apartment  $42.50  per  month,  three-room  apartment 
$45.50  per  month. 

SPECIAL  FEES 

UNDERGRADUATE  APPLICATIONS 

The  deadline  for  the  receipt  of  applications  for  the  Spring  Semester  is  January  1. 

All  applications  for  full-time  undergraduate  admission  for  the  Fall  Semester  at  the  Col- 
lege Park  campus  must  be  received  by  the  University  on  or  before  June  1.  Any  student 
registering  for  nine  (9)  or  more  semester  hours  of  work  is  considered  a  full-time  student. 

Under  unusual  circumstances,  applications  will  be  accepted  between  June  1  and  July  15. 
Applicants  for  full-time  attendance  filing  after  June  1  will  be  required  to  pay  a  non-refundable 
$25.00  late  fee  to  defray  the  cost  of  special  handling  of  applications  after  that  date.  This 
late  fee  is  in  addition  to  the  $10.00  application  fee. 

56 


All  undergraduate  applications,  both  for  full-time  and  part-time  attendance,  and  all  sup- 
porting documents  for  an  application  for  admission  must  be  received  by  the  appropriate  Uni- 
versity office  by  September  1.  This  means  that  the  applicant's  education  records  (except  cur- 
rent summer  school  grades)  ACT  scores  (in  the  case  of  new  freshmen)  and  medical  examina- 
tion report  must  be  received  by  July  15. 

Application  Fee  (see  "Explanation  of  Fees,"  page  56) $    10.00 

Late  Application  Fee   25.00 

Matriculation  Fee   10.00 

Graduation  Fee  for  Bachelor's  degree* 10.00 

Room  Deposit  Fee  payable  upon  application  for  dormitory  room   50.00 

(To  be  deducted  from  the  first  semester  room  charges  at  registration.) 
Vehicle  Registration  Fee,  each  vehicle    5.00 

(Payable  each  academic  year  by  all  students  registered  for  courses  on  the  College 

Park  campus  and  who  drive  on  the  campus.) 

Practice  Teaching  Fee 24.00 

Special  Fee  for  students  requiring  additional  preparation  in  Mathematics,  per  semester      45.00 

(Required  of  students  whose  curriculum  calls  for  Math.  10  or  18  and  who  fail  in 

qualifying  examination  for  these  courses.) 
Special  Guidance  Fee  per  semester  (for  students  who  are  required  or  who  wish  to  take 

advantage  of  the  effective  study  course,  and/or  the  tutoring  service  oflFered  by 

the  Office  of  Intermediate  Registration)    15.00 

Fees  for  Auditors  are  exactly  the  same  as  fees  charged  to  students  registered 

for  credit  with  the  exception  that  the  non-resident  fee  will  not  be  charged  in  the 

case  of  students  not  registering  for  credit  in  any  courses. 

Special  students  are  assessed  fees  in  accordance  with  the  schedule  for  the 

comparable  undergraduate  or  graduate  classification. 


LABORATORY  AND  OTHER  FEES 

Paid  by  all  students  except  full-time  undergraduate  students  who  are  assessed  the  Instruc- 
tional Materials  Fee 

LABORATORY  FEES  PER  SEMESTER  COURSE: 


AGRICULTURE 

Agricultural  and  Extension 

Education    $35.00 

Agricultural  Engineering  3.00 

Animal  Science 3.00 

Botany 5.00-6.00-10.00 

Entomology 3.00 

Horticulture     5.00 

ARTS   AND   SCIENCES 

Art   15.00-20.00 

Astronomy    3.00-10.00 

Chemistry    12.00-20.00 

Computer  Science 10.00-15.00 

Microbiology 15.00-20.00 

Music 5.00-40.00 

Physics  (Lectures  and 

demonstrations)    2.00-  3.00 

Introductory    3.00 

All  other   10.00 


Psychology    4.00-5.00-6.00 

Speech  (Depending  on 

laboratory)       1.00-2.00-3.00-5.00-10.00 
Radio  and  Stagecraft  2.00 

Zoology    12.00 

BUSINESS    ADMINISTRATION  7.50-10.00 

Journalism  3.00-  6.00 

Office  Management  and 

Techniques    7.50-10.00 

Statistics     10.00 

EDUCATION   (Depending  on 

Laboratory)  1.00-2.00-5.00-24.00 

Industrial  Education  5.00-  7.50 

ENGINEERING 

Chemical  Engineering  8.00-10.00 

Electrical  Engineering  5.00-10.00 

Mechanical  Engineering     3.00-  6.00 

HOME  ECONOMICS  (Depending 

on  Course)    1.00-3.00-10.00 


MISCELLANEOUS  FEES  AND  CHARGES 

Part-time  Undergraduate  Students: 

Fee  per  credit  hour   18.00 

Auxilian-  Facilities  fee  per  semester  payable  at  each  registration 3.00 

Vehicle  Reg.  Fee 5.00 

(The  term  "part-time  students"  is  interpreted  to  mean  undergraduate  students 
taking  8  semester  credit  hours  or  less.  Students  carrying  9  semester  hours  are 
considered  to  be  full  time  and  must  pay  the  regular  full-time  fees.) 


•An  additional  late  application  fee  of  $10.00  will  be  assessed  against  students  who  fail  to 
applv  for  graduation  within  the  first  eight  weeks  of  a  regular  semester  or  the  first  three  weeks 
of  a'  sumrner  session.  Students  who  apply  after  the  end  of  the  twelfth  week  of  a  regular 
academic  semester  and  those  who  apply  after  the  end  of  the  fourth  week  of  a  summer  session 
will  be  required  to  wait  for  the  next  academic  semester  in  order  to  obtain  a  diploma. 

57 


Late  Registration  Fee 20.00 

(All  students  are  expected  to  complete  their  registration,  including  the  filing  of 
class  cards  and  payment  of  bills,  on  the  regular  registration  days.  Those  who 
do  not  complete  their  registration  during  the  prescribed  days  must  pay  this  fee.) 

Fee  for  change  in  registration   5.00 

Fee  for  failure  to  report  for  medical  examination  appointment 2.00 

Special  Examination  Fee — to  establish  college  credit — per  semester  hour  5.00 

Transcript  of  Record  Fee  (one  transcript  furnished  without  charge) 1.00 

Property  Damage  Charge:  Students  will  be  charged  for  damage  to  propety  or  equip- 
ment. Where  responsibility  for  the  damage  can  be  fixed,  the  individual  student 
will  be  billed  for  it;  where  responsibility  caniKit  be  fixed,  the  cost  of  repairing  the 
damage  or  replacing  equipment  will  be  prorated. 

Library  Charges: 

Fine  for  failure  to  return  book  from  General  Library  before  expiration  of  loan 

period per  day  $      .05 

Fine  for  failure  to  return  book  from  Reserve  Shelf  before  expiration  of  loan  period: 

First  hour  overdue   .25 

Each  additional  hour  overdue .05 

In  case  of  loss  or  mutilation  of  a  book,  satisfactory  restitution  must  be  made. 
In  the  event  it  becomes  necessary  to  transfer  uncollected  charges  to  the  Cashier's  office, 
an  additional  charge  of  $1.00  is  made. 

TEXTBOOKS  AND  SUPPLIES 

Textbooks  and  classroom  supplies:  These  costs  vary  with  the  course  pursued,  but 

will  average  per  semester 50.00 

FEES  FOR  GRADUATE  STUDENTS 

Fee  per  semester  hour 24.00 

Application  Fee,  payable  at  time  of  first  application  for  admission  to  the  Graduate 

School     10.00 

Graduation   Fee  Master's   Degree'" 10.00 

Graduation  Fee  for  Doctor's  Degree" 50.00 

Infirmary  Fee 5.00 

Vehicle  Registration  Fee   5.00 

Foreign  Language  examination 6.00 

Testing  Fee  (Education  Majors) 5.00 

Notes:  Fees  in  the  Graduate  School  are  the  same  for  all  students,  whether  or  not  they 
are  residents  of  the  State  of  Maryland. 

All  fees,  except  Graduation  Fee,  are  payable  at  the  time  of  registration  for 

each  semester. 
Graduation  Fee  must  be  paid  prior  to  graduation. 
No  provision  for  housing  students  is  made  by  the  University. 
Graduate  students  entering  in  February  pay  an  Infirmary  fee  of  $2.50. 

FEES  FOR  OFF-CAMPUS  COURSES 

Matriculation  Fee  (payable  once,  at  time  of  first  registration  by  all  students — full 
time  and  part  time,  candidates  for  degrees,  and  non-candidates). 

For  Undergraduates    $  10.00 

For  Graduates  10.00 

Fee  for  all  students — limit  6  hours.  For  exceptional  adult  students  taking  off-campus 

courses  the  limit  may  be  increased  to  9  hours.   Charge  per  credit  hour 15.00 

Laboratory  Fees:  A  laboratory  fee,  to  cover  cost  of  materials  used,  is  charged  in 
laboratory  courses.  Fees  vary  with  the  course  and  can  be  ascertained  in  any  case 
by  inquiry  to  the  Dean  of  University  College. 


"An  additional  late  application  fee  of  $10.00  will  be  assessed  against  students  who  fail 
to  apply  for  graduation  within  the  first  eight  weeks  of  a  regular  semester  or  the  first  three 
weeks  of  a  summer  session.  Students  who  apply  after  the  end  of  the  twelfth  week  of  a 
regular  academic  semester  and  those  who  apply  after  the  end  of  the  fourth  week  of  a 
summer  session  will  be  required  to  wait  for  the  next  academic  semester  in  order  to  obtain  a 
diploma. 

58 


WITHDRAWAL  AND  REFUND  OF  FEES 

Any  student  compelled  to  leave  the  University  at  any  time  during  the  academic  year 
should  file  an  application  for  withdrawal,  bearing  the  proper  signature,  in  the  Office  of  the 
Registrar.  If  this  is  not  done,  the  student  will  not  be  entitled,  as  a  matter  of  course,  to  a 
certificate  of  honorable  dismissal,  and  will  forfeit  his  right  to  any  refund  to  which  he  would 
otherwise  be  entitled.  The  date  used  in  computing  refunds  is  the  date  the  application  for 
withdrawal  is  filed  in  the  office  of  the  Registrar. 

In  the  case  of  a  minor,  withdrawal  will  be  permitted  only  with  the  written  consent  of 
the  student's  parent  or  guardian. 

Students  withdrawing  from  the  University  will  be  credited  for  all  academic  fees  charged 
to  them  in  accordance  with  the  following  schedule: 

Period  from  Date  Instruction  Begins  Refundable 

Two  weeks  or  less 80% 

Between  two  and   three   weeks    60% 

Between  three  and  four  weeks 40% 

Between  four  and  five  weeks 20% 

Over  five  weeks 0 

The  Application  Fee,  Matriculation  Fee  and  Vehicle  Registration  Fee  are  not  return- 
able in  any  instance. 

No  part  of  the  charges  for  room  and  board  is  refundable  except  where  the  student  official- 
ly withdraws  from  the  University  or  where  he  is  given  permission  by  the  appropriate  officials 
of  the  University  to  move  from  the  residence  halls  and/or  to  discontinue  dining  hall  privileges. 
In  these  cases,  the  refund  will  be  computed  by  deducting  ten  percent  of  the  charge  for  the 
semester  as  a  service  charge  and  the  remainder  will  be  pro  rated  on  a  weekly  basis.  No  room 
and/or  board  refunds  will  be  made  after  the  fourteenth  week  of  the  semester.  ID  Cards  with 
dining  hall  validation  issued  to  boarding  students  must  be  surrendered  at  the  Auditor's  Office 
in  the  Administration  Building  on  the  day  of  withdrawal  before  any  refund  will  be  processed. 

In  computing  refunds  to  students  who  have  received  the  benefit  of  scholarships  and 
loans  from  University  Funds,  the  computation  will  be  made  in  such  a  way  as  to  return  the 
maximum  amount  to  the  scholarship  and  loan  accounts  without  loss  to  the  University. 

No  refund  of  the  Athletic,  Student  Activity,  Special,  Recreational  Facilities,  Infirmary, 
and  Advisory  and  Testing  Fees  is  made  to  students  who  withdraw  at  the  close  of  the  first 
semester. 

No  refunds  of  Fixed  Charges,  Lodging.  Tuition,  Laboratory  Fees.  Instructional  Materials 
Fee,  etc.,  are  allowed  when  courses  are  dropped,  unless  the  student  withdraws  from  the 
University. 

When  regularly  enrolled  part  time  students  in  off-campus  instruction  officially  drop 
a  course  or  courses  and  continue  with  one  or  more  courses,  they  may  receive  a  refund  of  80% 
for  the  dropped  courses  if  they  are  officially  dropped  prior  to  the  third  meeting  of  the  class 
or  classes. 

TRANSCRIPTS  OF  RECORDS 

Students  and  alumni  may  secure  transcripts  of  their  scholastic  records  from  the  Office 
of  the  Registrar.  No  charge  is  made  for  the  first  copy;  for  additional  copies,  there  is  a 
charge  of  $1.00  for  each  transcript.  Checks  should  be  made  payable  to  the  University  of 
Maryland.  Transcripts  of  records  should  be  requested  at  least  one  week  in  advance  of  the 
date  when  the  records  are  actually  needed.  No  transcript  of  a  student's  record  will  be  fur- 
nished any  student  or  alumnus  whose  financial  obligations  to  the  University  have  not  been 
satisfied. 


59 


APPENDIX     B 


HONORS,  AWARDS,  SCHOLARSHIPS  AND  FINANCIAL  AIDS 


HONORS,  AWARDS 

scHOLARsrap  HONORS — Final  honors  for  excellence  in  scholarship  are  awarded  to  one- 
fifth  of  the  graduating  class  in  each  College,  "high  honors"  are  awarded  to  the  upper  half 
of  this  group;  "honors"  to  the  lower  half.  To  be  eligible  for  honors,  a  student  must  com- 
plete at  least  two  years  of  resident  work  (60  semester  hours)  at  the  University  with  an 
average  of  B  (3.0)  or  higher. 

MILTON  ABRAMOwrrz  MEMORIAL  PRIZE  IN  MATHEMATICS — A  prize  is  awarded  annually  to 
a  junior  or  senior  student  majoring  in  mathematics  who  has  demonstrated  superior  compe- 
tence and  promise  for  future  development  in  the  field  of  mathematics  and  its  applications. 

THE    ALCOA    FOUNDATION    TRAFFIC    AND   TRANSPORTATION    AWARD    tO    an    Outstanding    SenlOf 

student  majoring  in  transportation. 

ALPHA  CHI  SIGMA  AWARD — The  Alpha  Rho  Chapter  of  the  Alpha  Chi  Sigma  Honorary 
Fraternity  offers  annually  a  year's  membership  in  the  American  Chemical  Society  to  the  senior 
majoring  in  Chemistry  or  Chemical  Engineering  whose  average  has  been  above  3.0  for 
three  and  one-half  years. 

ALPHA  LAMBDA  DELTA  AWARD — Presented  to  the  senior  member  of  the  group  who  has 
maintained  the  highest  average  for  three  and  a  half  years.  She  must  have  been  in  attendance 
in  the  institution  for  the  entire  time. 

ALPHA  LAMBDA  DELTA  SENIOR  CERTIFICATE  AWARD — Senior  members  of  Alpha  Lambda 
Delta,  honorary  scholastic  society  for  women,  who  have  maintained  an  average  of  3.5, 
receive  this  certificate. 

ALPHA  ZETA  MEDAL — TTie  Professional  Agricultural  Fraternity  of  Alpha  Zeta  awards 
annually  a  medal  to  the  agricultural  student  in  the  freshman  class  who  attains  the  highest 
average  in  academic  work. 

AMERICAN  ASSOCIATION  OF  UNIVERSITY  WOMEN   ANNUAL  GRADUATE  PRIZE. 

AMERICAN  INSTITUTE  OF  AERONAiTFics  AND  ASTRONAUTICS  AWARD — Free  memberships  in 
the  Institute  for  one  year  and  cash  prizes  for  the  best  paper  presented  at  a  Student  Branch 
meeting  and  for  the  graduating  aeronautical  senior  with  the  highest  academic  standing. 

AMERICAN  iNSTrruTE  OF  CHEMICAL  ENGINEERS  AWARD — A  certificate,  pin,  and  magazine 
subscription  are  awarded  to  the  junior  member  of  the  Student  Chapter  who  attained  the 
highest  overall  scholastic  average  during  his  freshman  and  sophomore  years. 

AMERICAN  iNSTrrtrrE  OF  CHEMISTS  AWARD — Presented  for  outstanding  scholarship  in 
chemistry  and  for  high  character. 

AMERICAN  SOCIETY  OF  CIVIL  ENGINEERS  AWARD — The  Maryland  Section  of  the  American 
Society  of  Civil  Engineers  awards  annually  the  first  year's  dues  of  an  associate  membership 
in  the  Society  to  a  senior  member  of  the  Student  Chapter  on  recommendation  of  the  faculty 
of  the  Department  of  Civil  Engineering. 

AMERICAN  SOCIETY  OF  MECHANICAL  ENGINEERS  AWARD — Presented  to  the  Senior  member 
who  contributed  most  to  the  local  chapter. 

AMERICAN  SOCIETY  FOR  TESTING  MATERIALS — A  Student  membership  prize  is  awarded  to 
an  engineering  senior  in  recognition  of  superior  scholastic  ability  and  demonstrated  interest 
in  engineering  materials  and  their  evaluation. 

APPLEMAN-NORTON  AWARD  IN  BOTANY — The  Department  of  Botany  offers  a  scholarship 
award  of  $100  in  honor  of  Emeritus  Professors  C.  O.  Appleman  and  J.  B.  S.  Norton  to  a 
senior  major  in  Botany  who  is  considered  worthy  on  the  basis  of  demonstrated  ability  and 
excellence  in  scholarship.  The  scholarship  is  awarded  by  the  Committee  on  scholarships 
upon  the  recommendation  of  a  committee  of  the  faculty  of  the  Department  of  Botany. 

60 


ASSOCIATED  WOMEN  STUDENTS  AWARDS — Presented  for  outstanding  achievement,  character, 
and  service  to  the  University. 

DAVID  ARTHUR  HERMAN  MEMORIAL  AWARD — This  award  is  offered  by  the  family  of  David 
Arthur  Berman  to  the  highest  ranking  junior  in  the  Department  of  Chemical  Engineering 
who  is  also  a  member  of  Tau  Beta  Pi. 

DINAH  BERMAN  MEMORIAL  MEDAL — The  Dinah  Berman  Memorial  Medal  is  awarded 
annually  to  the  sophomore  who  has  attained  the  highest  scholastic  average  of  his  class  in 
the  College  of  Engineering.  This  medal  is  given  by  Mr.  Benjamin  Berman. 

B'NAi  b'rith  AWARD — The  B'nai  B'rith  Women  of  Prince  Georges  County  present  a  Book 
Award  for  excellence  in  Hebrew  Studies. 

BUSINESS  EDUCATION  AWARD  OF  MERIT  to  a  Student  in  Business  Education  in  recognition 
of  outstanding  achievement  as  a  student. 

CITIZENSHIP  PRIZE  FOR  MEN — President  Emeritus  H.  C.  Byrd  of  the  Class  of  1908,  an- 
nually presents  this  award  to  the  member  of  the  senior  class  who,  during  his  collegiate  career, 
has  most  nearly  typified  the  model  citizen  and  who  has  done  most  for  the  general  advance- 
ment of  the  interests  of  the  University 

CITIZENSHIP  PRIZE  FOR  WOMEN — This  prizc  is  presented  annually  as  a  memorial  to  Sally 
Sterling  Boyd,  by  her  children,  to  that  member  of  the  senior  class  who  best  exemplifies  the 
enduring  qualities  of  the  pioneer  woman.  These  qualities  typify  self  dependence,  courtesy,  ag- 
gressiveness, modesty,  capacity  to  achieve  objectives,  willingness  to  sacrifice  for  others,  strength 
of  character,  and  those  other  qualities  that  enabled  the  pioneer  woman  to  play  such  a  funda- 
mental part  in  the  building  of  the  nation. 

THE  CARROLL  E.  COX  GRADUATE  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD  in  Botany  to  the  Outstanding  graduate 
student  in  the  Department  of  Botany  during  the  last  year. 

BERNARD  L.  CROZiER  AWARD — The  Maryland  Association  of  Engineers  awards  a  cash 
prize  of  twenty-five  dollars  to  the  senior  in  the  College  of  Engineering  who,  in  the  opinion 
of  the  faculty,  has  made  the  greatest  improvement  in  scholarship  during  his  stay  at  the  Uni- 
versity. 

viRGiNU  DARE  AWARD — The  Virginia  Dare  Extract  Company  awards  annually  a  plaque 
and  $25.00  to  the  outstanding  student  in  ice  cream  manufacturing  with  an  overall  good 
standing  in  dairy. 

THE  DANFORTH  Fou>fDATiON  AND  THE  RALSTON  PURINA  AWARDS — The  Danforth  Founda- 
tion and  the  Ralston  Purina  Company  of  St.  Louis  offer  two  summer  awards  to  outstanding 
men  students  in  the  College  of  Agriculture,  one  for  a  student  who  has  successfully  completed 
his  junior  year,  the  other  for  a  student  who  has  successfully  completed  his  freshman  year.  The 
purpose  of  these  awards  is  to  bring  together  outstanding  young  men  for  leadership  training. 

The  Danforth  Foundation  and  the  Ralston  Purina  Company  of  St.  Louis  offer  two  sum- 
mer awards  to  outstanding  Home  Economics  women  students,  one  to  a  junior  and  one  to  a 
freshman.  The  purpose  of  these  is  to  bring  together  outstanding  young  women  for  leadership 
training. 

THE  DELMARVA  TRAFFIC  CLUB  AWARD  to  a  junior  studcnt  majoriug  in  transportation  whose 
residence  is  on  the  Maryland  Eastern  Shore. 

DELTA  DELTA  DELTA  MEDAL — This  sorority  awards  a  medal  annually  to  the  woman  who 
attains  the  highest  average  in  academic  work  during  the  sophomore  year. 

DELTA  GAMMA  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD — This  award  is  offered  to  the  woman  member  of 
the  graduating  class  who  has  maintained  the  highest  average  during  three  and  one-half  years 
at  the  University. 

DELTA  SIGMA  PI  SCHOLARSHIP  KEY — This  award  is  offered  to  a  member  of  the  graduating 
class  who  has  maintained  the  highest  scholastic  average  for  the  entire  four-year  course  in 
the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration. 

NATHAN  L.  DRAKE  AWARD — Presented  by  the  Alpha  Rho  Chapter  of  Alpha  Chi  Sigma  to 
the  most  promising  student  who  is  majoring  in  chemistry  and  has  completed  the  sophomore 
year. 

61 


EDUCATION  ALUMNI  AWARD — Presented  to  the  outstanding  senior  man  and  senior  woman 
in  the  College  of  Education. 

ENGLISH  DEPARTMENT  SHORT  FICTION  AWARD — The  English  Department  awards  an  annual 
prize  of  one  hundred  dollars  provided  by  an  anonymous  donor,  to  the  undergraduate  or  grad- 
uate student  who  has  written  and  submitted  for  the  judgment  of  a  faculty  committee  the  best 
piece  of  short  fiction  during  the  current  school  year. 

GENERAL  ELECTRIC  COMPANY  prize  to  the  Outstanding  first  year  graduate  student  in  physics 
and  to  the  outstanding  first  year  graduate  student  in  astronomy. 

GODDARD  MEDAL — The  James  Douglass  Goddard  Memorial  Medal  is  awarded  annually 
to  the  resident  of  Prince  Georges  County,  born  therein,  who  makes  the  highest  average  in 
his  studies  and  who  at  the  same  time  embodies  the  most  manly  attributes.  The  medal  is 
given  by  Mrs.  Anne  G.  Goddard  James  of  Washington,  D.C. 

CHARLES  B.  HALE  DRAMATIC  AWARDS — The  University  Theatre  recognizes  annually  the 
man  and  woman  members  of  the  senior  class  who  have  done  most  for  the  advancement  of 
dramatics  at  the  University. 

HAMILTON  AWARD — This  award  is  offered  by  the  Hamilton  Watch  Company  to  the  grad- 
uating senior  in  the  College  of  Engineering  who  has  most  successfully  combined  proficiency  in 
his  major  field  of  study  with  achievements — either  academic,  extra-curricular,  or  both — in 
the  social  sciences  or  humanities. 

THE  HASKiNS  AND  SELLS  FOUNDATIONS,  INC.,  AWARD  to  the  senior  student  in  the  College 
of  Business  and  Public  Administration  concentrating  in  accounting  who  has  demonstrated 
excellent  ability  in  this  field  of  study. 

HOME  ECONOMICS  ALUMNI  AWARD — Presented  to  the  student  outstanding  in  application 
of  home  economics  in  her  present  living  and  who  shows  promise  of  carrying  these  into  her 
future  home  and  community. 

INSTSTUTE  OF  ELECTRICAL  AND  ELECTRONICS  ENGINEERING  AWARD — The  Washington  Sec- 
tion of  the  Institute  of  Electrical  and  Electronics  Engineers  defrays  the  expenses  of  a  year's 
membership  as  an  associate  in  the  Institute  for  the  senior  doing  the  most  to  promote  Student 
Branch   activities. 

JOE  ELBERT  JAMES  MEMORIAL  AWARD — Gold  watch  annually  awarded  to  the  graduating 
senior  in  horticulture  on  basis  of  scholarship  and  promise  of  future  achievement. 

LEiDY  CHEMICAL  COMPANY  AWARD  to  an  Outstanding  student  majoring  in  chemistry. 

MARYLAND-DELAWARE  PRESS  ASSOCIATION  ANNUAL  CITATION — Presented  to  the  Outstanding 
senior  in  journalism. 

MARYLAND  RECREATION  AND  PARKS  SOCIETY  AWARD  to  an  Outstanding  scnlor  majoring  in 
recreation. 

men's  LEAGUE  AWARD  to  the  male  senior  who  gave  the  most  to  sports. 

men's  league  CERTIFICATES — Offered  for  outstanding  achievement,  character,  and  service 
to  the  University. 

men's  league  CUP — This  award  is  offered  by  the  Men's  League  to  the  graduating  male 
senior  who  has  done  the  most  for  the  male  student  body. 

MOTOR  FLEET  SUPERVISORS  AWARD  to  a  studcnt  majoriug  in  transportation  in  the  College 
of  Business  and  Public  Administration. 

NATIONAL  SOCIETY  OF  FIRE  PROTECTION  ENGINEERS  AWARDS — Presented  to  the  most  out- 
standing senior  and  sophomore  in  the  Fire  Protection  curriculum. 

NoxzEMA  CHEMICAL  COMPANY  SCHOLARSHIP  AWARD  to  an  Undergraduate  student  in  chem- 
istry. 

OMicRON  Nu  SORORITY  MEDAL — This  honorary  sorority  awards  a  medal  annually  to  the 
freshman  woman  in  the  College  of  Home  Economics  who  attains  the  highest  scholastic 
average  during  the  first  semester. 


62 


PHI  BETA  KAPPA  JUNIOR  AWARD — An  award  to  be  presented  to  the  junior  initiate  into  Phi 
Beta  Kappa  who  has  attained  the  highest  academic  average. 

PHI  BETA  KAPPA— LEON  P.  SMITH  AWARD— The  award  of  the  Gamma  of  Maryland  Chap- 
ter of  Phi  Beta  Kappa  is  presented  to  the  graduating  senior  with  the  highest  cumulative 
scholastic  average  whose  basic  course  program  has  been  in  the  liberal  studies. 

PHI  CHI  THETA  KEY— The  Phi  Chi  Theta  Key  is  awarded  to  the  outstanding  graduating 
senior  woman  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration  on  the  basis  of  scholarship 
activities,  and  leadership.  ' 

PHI  DELTA  KAPPA  AWARD — Presented  to  an  outstanding  man  in  the  graduating  class  of  the 
College  of  Education. 

PHI  SIGMA  AWARDS  for  Outstanding  achievement  in  the  biological  sciences  to  an  under- 
graduate student  and  a  graduate  student. 

*  T."r^^,^'^'^i.^^^,"-°^  NATIONAL  MEDAL  OF  MERIT  AWARDS— Offered  by  the  National  Council 
of  Pi  Delta  Epsilon  to  the  outstanding  senior  woman  and  the  outstanding  senior  man  in 
Journalism  activities. 

PI  DELTA  EPSILON  AWARD  for  Outstanding  service  to  communications  in  the  field  of  broad- 
castmg. 

PI  DELTA  EPSILON  AWARD  for  Outstanding  service  to  communications  in  the  field  of 
Business. 

PI  DELTA  EPSILON  AWARD  to  the  Outstanding  freshman  in  the  field  of  communications. 

PI  DELTA  EPSILON  AWARD  for  Outstanding  service  to  communications  in  the  field  of  edi- 
torial journalism. 

PI  TALI  SIGMA  AWARD — An  annual  handbook  award  to  the  most  outstanding  sophomore 
m  mechanical  engineering  on  the  basis  of  scholastic  average  and  instructors'  ratings. 

PILOT  FREIGHT  CARRIERS,  INC.,  AWARD  to  the  scnior  Student  in  the  College  of  Business 
and  Public  Administration  who  has  majored  in  Transportation  and  who  has  demonstrated 
competence  m  this  field  of  study. 

PUBLIC  RELATIONS  SOCIETY  OF  AMERICA— The  Baltimore  Chanter  of  PRSA  presents  an 
annual  citation  to  the  outstanding  senior  majoring  in  public  relations. 

SIGMA  ALPHA  OMICRON  AWARD — This  award  is  presented  to  a  senior  student  majoring  in 
Microbiology  for  high  scholarship,  character  and  leadership. 

THE  SIGMA  CHAPTER,  PHI  DELTA  GAMMA  AWARD  to  an  Outstanding  woman  who  has  com- 
pleted the  requirements  for  the  doctoral  degree. 

ALGERNON  SYDNEY  SULLIVAN  AWARD— The  New  York  Southern  Society,  in  memory  of  its 
first  president,  awards  annually  medallions  and  certificates  to  one  man  and  one  woman  of 
the  graduating  class  and  one  non-student  who  evince  in  their  daily  life  a  spirit  of  love  for  and 
helpfulness  to  other  men  and  women. 

TAU  BETA  PI  AWARD— The  Maryland  Beta  Chapter  of  Tau  Beta  Pi  Association,  national 
engineering  honor  society,  awards  an  engineer's  handbook  to  the  junior  in  the  College  of 
Engineering  who  during  his  sophomore  year  has  made  the  greatest  improvement  in  scholarship 
over  that  of  his  freshman  year. 

WALL  STREET  JOURNAL  STUDENT  ACHIEVEMENT  AWARD — Awarded  annually  to  the  grad- 
uatmg  senior  who  has  maintained  the  highest  scholastic  achievement  in  the  field  of  financial 
administration.  The  award  consists  of  a  silver  medal  embedded  in  clear  plastic  and  one  year's 
subscription  to  the  Wall  Street  Journal. 

THE  ARTHUR  YOUNG  AND  CO.  FOUNDATION,  INC.,  AWARDS  to  exceptional  Senior  students 
concentrating  m  accounting  who  are  registered  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Ad- 
ministration. 


63 


AIR  FORCE  ROTC  AWARDS 

AFROTC  ANGEL  FLIGHT  AWARD  presented  to  the  outstanding  member  of  the  AFROTC 
Angel  Flight. 

AIR  FORCE  TIMES  AWARD  presented  to  the  Senior  Cadet  at  each  detachment  who  has 
distinguished  himself  by/contributing  materially  to  constructive  public  attention  for  his  Cadet 
Corps.  < 

ALUMNI  ctrp  presented  to  the  outstanding  Flight  in  the  Corps  of  Cadets. 

ARNOLD  AIR  SOCIETY' AWARD  presented  to  the  Advanced  Cadet  selected  by  the  Arnold  Air 
Society  as  the  cadet  who  has  contributed  the  most  to  the  advancement  of  AFROTC  through 
activities  of  the  Arnold  .Air  Society. 

CHICAGO  TRiBLTNE  ROTC  AWARDS  presented  to  freshmen  and  sophomores  who  display 
highest  leadership  and  officer  potential. 

DISABLED  AMERICAN  VETERANS  GOLD  CUP  awarded  to  the  Senior  Cadet  who  has  displayed 
outstanding  leadership,  scholarship,  and  citizenship. 

DISTINGUISHED  AFROTC  CADET  AWARDS  presented  to  thosc  seniors  who  possess  outstanding 
qualities  of  leadership  and  high  moral  character  and  who  meet  the  prescribed  standings  in 
their  academic  and  military  studies. 

GENERAL  DYNAMICS*  AWARD  presented  to  the  Sophomore  Cadet  displaying  outstanding 
leadership  and  scholarship  qualities  and  who  has  been  selected  for  Advanced  AFROTC. 

governor's  CUP  presented  to  the  outstanding  Squadron  Commander  in  the  Corps  of 
Cadets. 

PERSHING  rifles  REGIMENTAL  AWARDS  presented  to  the  outstanding  members  of  the  Per- 
shing Rifles  Regiment  and  Pershing  Rifles  Squadron. 

RESERVE  officers  assocution  AWARDS  presented  to  the  outstanding  junior  and  senior 
cadets  of  the  Cadet  Corps. 

SCABBARD  AND  BLADE  coBLENTZ  MEMORIAL  CUP  awarded  to  the  Outstanding  commander 
in  the  Corps  of  Cadets.   ■ 

SOCIETY  of  AMERICAN  MiLFTARY  ENGINEERS  AWARDS  presented  to  a  junior  and  a  senior 
cadet  displaying  outstanding  scholastic  achievement  and  leadership  and  majoring  in  the 
field  of  engineering. 

ATHLETIC  AWARDS 

ATLANTIC  COAST  CONFERENCE  AWARD — A  plaque  is  awarded  each  year  to  a  senior  in  each 
conference  school  for  excellence  in  scholarship  and  athletics. 

THE  ALviN  L.  AUBiNOE  BASKETBALL  TROPHY — This  trophy  is  offered  by  Alvin  L.  Aubinoe 
for  the  senior  who  has  contributed  most  to  the  squad. 

THE  ALViN  L.  AUBINOE  FOOTBALL  TROPHY — This  trophy  is  offered  by  Alvin  L.  Aubinoe 
for  the  unsung  hero  of  the  current  season. 

THE  ALviN  L.  AUBINOE  TRACK  TROPHY — This  trophy  is  offered  by  Alvin  L.  Aubinoe  for 
the  senior  who  has  contributed  most  to  the  squad  during  the  time  he  was  on  the  squad. 

JOHN  T.  BELL  SWIMMING  AWARD — To  the  year's  outstanding  swimmer  or  diver. 

LOUIS  w.  BERGER  TROPHY — Presented  to  the  outstanding  senior  baseball  player. 

WILLIAM  p.  COLE,  IH,  MEMORIAL  LACROSSE  AWARD — This  award,  offered  by  the  team- 
mates of  William  P.  Cole,  III,  and  the  coaches  of  the  1940  National  Champion  team,  is 
presented  to  the  outstanding  midfielder. 

THE  GEORGE  c.  COOK  MEMORIAL  SCHOLARSHIP  TROPHY — Awarded  annually  to  a  member 
of  the  football  team  with  the  highest  scholastic  average. 

64 


JOE  DECKMAN-SAM  siLBER  TROPHY — This  trophy  is  offered  by  Joseph  H.  Deckman  and 
Samuel  L.  Silber  to  the  most  improved  defense  lacrosse  player. 

GEARY  F.  EPPLEY  AWARD — Offered  by  Benny  and  Hotsy  Alperstein  to  the  graduating  male 
senior  althlete  who,  during  his  three  years  of  varsity  competition,  lettered  at  least  once  and 
attained  the  highest  over-all  scholastic  average. 

HALBERT  K.  EVANS  MEMORIAL  TRACK  AWARD — This  award,  given  in  memory  of  "Hermie" 
Evans,  of  the  Class  of  1940,  by  his  friends,  is  presented  to  the  following  graduating  senior 
trackman. 

HERBERT  H.  GOODMAN  TROPHY — Thls  trophy  is  offered  by  Herbert  K.  Goodman  to  the 
most  outstanding  wrestler  of  the  year. 

CHARLES  LEROY  MACKERT  TROPHY — This  trophy  is  offered  by  William  K.  Krouse  to  the 
Maryland  student  who  has  contributed  most  to  wrestling  while  at  the  University. 

MARYLAND  RING — The  Maryland  Ring  is  offered  as  a  memorial  to  Charles  L.  Linhardt, 
of  the  Class  of  1912,  to  the  Maryland  man  who  is  adjudged  the  best  athlete  of  the  year. 

CHARLES  P.  MC  CORMICK  TROPHY — This  trophy  is  offered  by  Charles  P.  McCormick  to 
the  senior  letterman  who  has  contributed  most  to  swimming  during  his  collegiate  career. 

ANTHONY  c.  NARDo  MEMORIAL  TROPHY — This  trophy  is  awarded  to  the  best  football 
lineman  of  the  year. 

ED'WTN  POWELL  TROPHY — This  trophy  is  offered  by  the  Class  of  1913  to  the  player  who 
has  rendered  the  greatest  service  to  lacrosse  during  the  year. 

SILVESTER  WATCH  FOR  EXCELLENCE  IN  ATHLETICS — A  gold  watch,  given  in  houor  of 
former  president  of  the  University,  R.  W.  Silvester,  is  offered  annually  to  "the  man  who 
typifies  the  best  in  college  athletics." 

TEKE  TROPHY — This  trophy  is  offered  by  the  Maryland  Chapter  of  Tau  Kappa  Epsilon 
Fraternity  to  the  student  who  during  his  four  years  at  the  University  has  rendered  the 
greatest  service  to  football. 

ROBERT  E.  THEOFELD  MEMORIAL — This  trophy  is  presented  by  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Harry  S. 
Hoffman  and  is  awarded  to  the  golfer  who  most  nearly  exemplifies  the  competitive  spirit  and 
strong  character  of  Robert  E.  Theofeld,  a  former  member  of  the  boxing  team. 

MUSIC  AWARDS 

ASSISTANT  director's  AWARD  to  the  Outstanding  member  of  the  Symphonic  Band. 

DIRECTORS  AWARD  to  the  concert  band  member  who  demonstrated  the  most  improvement 
in  musicianship  during  the  year. 

KAPPA  KAPPA  psi  AWARD  to  the  most  Outstanding  band  member  of  the  year. 

SIGMA  ALPHA  IOTA  ALUMNAE  AWARD  for  Outstanding  musical  performance. 

SIGMA  ALPHA  IOTA  DEAN'S  HONOR  AWARD  for  service  and  dedication. 

SIGMA  ALPHA  IOTA  HONOR  CERTIFICATE  to  the  scnior  with  the  highest  scholastic  average. 

SIGMA  ALPHA  IOTA  LEADERSHIP  AWARD  based  On  personality,  student  activities,  fraternity 
service,  and  scholarship. 

TAU  BETA  SIGMA  AWARD  to  the  Outstanding  band  sorority  member  of  the  year. 

Awards  are  presented  to  the  members  of  the  University  Bands,  the  University  Orches- 
tras, and  the  Men's  and  Women's  Glee  Clubs  who  serve  faithfully  throughout  the  year. 

STUDENT  GOVERNMENT  AWARDS 

Keys  are  awarded  to  the  members  of  the  Executive  Committee  of  the  Student  Govern- 
ment Association,  Men's  League,  Association  of  Women  Students,  and  other  organizations 
who  faithfully  perform  their  duties  throughout  the  year. 

65 


SCHOLARSHIPS  AND  GRANTS-IN-AID 

All  requests  for  information  concerning  scholarships  and  grants-in-aid  should  be  addressed 
to  the  Director  of  the  Office  of  Student  Aid,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland. 
Regulations  and  procedures  for  the  award  of  scholarships  are  formulated  by  the  Committee 
on  Financial  Aids. 

The  Board  of  Regents  of  the  University  authorizes  the  award  of  a  limited  number  of 
scholarships  each  year  to  deserving  students.  Applicants  are  subject  to  the  approval  of  the 
Director  of  Admissions  insofar  as  qualifications  for  admission  to  the  University  are  concerned. 
All  recipients  are  subject  to  the  academic  and  non-academic  regulations  and  requirements 
of  the  University. 

Scholarships  and  grants  are  awarded  to  young  men  and  women  based  upon  apparent 
academic  ability  and  financial  need.  In  making  awards,  consideration  is  given  to  character, 
achievement,  participation  in  student  activities  and  to  other  attributes  which  may  indicate 
success  in  college.  It  is  the  intent  of  the  Committee  to  make  awards  to  those  qualified  who 
might  not  otherwise  be  able  to  provide  for  themselves  an  opportunity  for  higher  education. 

The  recipient  of  the  scholarship  or  a  grant  is  expected  to  make  at  least  normal  progress 
toward  a  degree.  Normal  progress  toward  a  degree  is  defined  by  the  Academic  Probation  Plan. 

The  Committee  on  Financial  Aids  reserves  the  right  to  review  the  scholarship  program 
annually  and  to  make  adjustments  in  the  amounts  and  recipients  of  awards  in  accordance  with 
the  funds  available  and  scholastic  attainment. 

The  types  of  scholarships,  grants  and  loan  funds  available  follow: 

FULL   SCHOLARSHIPS 

The  University  awards  fifty-six  full  scholarships  covering  board,  lodging,  fixed  charges, 
fees  and  books.  Not  more  than  twenty  of  these  scholarships  may  be  held  by  out-of-state 
students  and  at  least  twelve  are  reserved  for  women.  Scholastic  achievement  and  participation 
in  student  activities  are  given  primary  consideration  in  the  award  of  these  scholarships. 

Ul^VERSmr  GRANTS 

The  University  awards  to  deserving  and  qualified  secondary  school  graduates  a  limited 
number  of  grants  covering  fixed  charges  only. 

GENERAL  ASSEMBLY  GRANTS 

These  grants  are  for  fixed  charges  and  are  awarded  by  members  of  the  Legislature,  three 
for  each  Senator  and  one  for  each  member  of  the  House  of  Delegates.  They  may  be  awarded 
by  a  member  of  the  House  of  Delegates  or  by  a  Senator  only  to  persons  in  the  county  or 
in  the  legislative  district  of  Baltimore  City  which  the  Delegate  or  Senator  represents.  Awards 
of  such  grants  are  subject  to  approval  by  the  Committee  on  Scholarships  and  by  the  Director 
of  Admissions  as  to  qualifications  for  admission. 

SPECIAL  ACADEMIC  SCHOLARSHIPS 

A  limited  number  of  scholarships  is  awarded  each  year  to  students  of  exceptional 
academic  ability  out  of  funds  derived  from  campus  enterprises.  The  amount  of  these 
scholarships  varies  depending  upon  the  extent  of  need. 

TEACHER  EDUCATION  GRANTS 

The  General  Assembly  of  Maryland  provides  grants  equivalent  to  fixed  charges  to 
Maryland  residents  pursuing  teacher  education  curricula  on  a  full-time  basis.  Recipients  agree 
to  teach  in  Maryland  public  schools  for  at  least  two  years  immediately  following  graduation. 
The  agreement  form  must  be  signed  by  the  student  arid  countersigned  by  the  parent,  guardian 
or  other  responsible  adult. 

GENERAL  STATE  TUITION   SCHOLARSHIPS 

The  General  Assembly  of  Maryland  provides  a  number  of  limited  tuition  scholarships 
to  students  entering  college  for  the  first  time.  These  scholarships  may  be  used  in  any  approved 
institution  of  higher  education  within  the  State.  At  the  University  of  Maryland,  they  cover 
the  item  listed  as  fixed  charges.  Awards  are  made  by  the  State  Scholarship  Board  based 
upon  financial  need  and  the  results  of  a  competitive  examination. 

66 


ENDOWED  SCHOLARSHIPS  AND  GRANTS 

The  University  has  a  number  of  endowed  scholarships  and  special  grants.  These  are 
paid  for  by  income  from  funds  especially  established  for  the  purpose.  Brief  descriptions 
of  these  awards  follow: 

ALBRIGHT  SCHOLARSHIP — The  Victor  E.  Albright  Scholarship  is  open  to  graduates  of 
Garrett  County  high  schools  who  were  bom  and  reared  in  that  county. 

ALCOA  FOUNDATION  TRAFFIC  SCHOLARSHIP — An  award  of  $500  is  given  to  an  outstanding 
junior  student  majoring  in  Transportation  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration. 

ALPHA  PHI  OMEGA  (epsilon  mu  CHAPTER)  SCHOLARSHIP — This  Scholarship  is  awarded 
annually  to  a  freshman  student  having  a  background  in  the  Boy  Scouts  of  America. 

ALUMNI  SCHOLARSHIP — The  General  Alumni  Council  of  the  University  Alumni  Associa- 
tion provides  eleven  scholarships  in  the  amount  of  $250  each  to  be  awarded  respectively  to 
schools  or  colleges  represented  on  the  Alumni  Council.  The  awards  are  based  on  scholar- 
ship, leadership  and  need. 

ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION  OF  MONTGOMERY  COUNTY  SCHOLARSHIPS — A  limited  number  of 
scholarships  are  available  to  residents  of  Montgomery  County. 

ALUMNI  ASSOCIATION  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  PHARMACY  SCHOLARSHIPS — The  Alumni  Associa- 
tion of  the  School  of  Pharmacy  of  the  University  of  Maryland  makes  available  annually 
scholarships  to  qualified  pre-pharmacy  students  on  the  basis  of  worthiness,  moral  character, 
scholastic  achievement  and  the  need  for  financial  assistance.  These  scholarships  are  open 
only  to  residents  of  the  State  of  Maryland.  Each  scholarship  not  exceeding  $500.00  per 
academic  year  is  applied  in  partial  defrayment  of  fees  and  expenses  at  College  Park. 

ALUMNI  BAND  SCHOLARSHIP — A  limited  number  of  awards  to  freshmen  are  sponsored  by 
the  University  of  Maryland  Band  Alumni  Organization.  Recipients  are  recommended  by  the 
Music  Department  after  a  competitive  audition  held  in  the  spring. 

ETHEL  R.  ARTHUR  MEMORIAL  SCHOLARSHIP — This  memorial  scholarship  fund  has  been 
established  by  Irving  J.  Cohen,  M.D.  At  least  one  $250.00  award  is  made  each  year  by  the 
Scholarship  Committee.  A  preference  is  given  to  students  from  Baltimore. 

ALVIN  L.  AUBiNOE  STUDENT  AID  PROGRAM — Scholarship  grants  up  to  $500  per  school  year 
to  students  in  engineering,  preferably  those  studying  for  careers  in  civil  engineering, 
architecture  or  light  construction. 

BALTIMORE  PANHELLENic  ASSOCIATION  SCHOLARSHIP — A  scholarship  is  awarded  annually 
by  the  Baltimore  Panhellenic  Association.  This  scholarship  will  be  awarded  to  a  student 
entering  the  junior  or  senior  class,  who  is  an  active  member  of  a  sorority,  who  is  out- 
standing in  leadership  and  scholarship  and  who  needs  financial  assistance  and  is  recom- 
mended by  the  Office  of  the  Dean  of  Women. 

BALTIMORE  suNPAPERS  SCHOLARSHIP  IN  JOURNALISM — The  Board  of  Trustees  of  the 
A.  S.  Abell  Foundation,  Inc.,  contributes  funds  to  provide  one  or  more  $500  scholarships  to 
students  majoring  in  editorial  journalism. 

BAYSHORE  FOODS,  INC.  SCHOLARSHIP — A  grant  of  $500  is  made  available  annually  by  J.  Mc- 
Kenny  Willis  and  Son.,  Inc.,  Grain,  Feed  and  Seed  Company  of  Easton,  Maryland,  to  an  out- 
standing student  in  vocational  agriculture  in  Talbot  County  who  will  matriculate  in  the  College 
of  Agriculture.  This  grant  is  assigned  by  the  Committee  on  Scholarships  in  accordance  with 
the  terms  of  the  award. 

SAMUEL  WOLFE  BLANKMAN  GRANT — The  sum  of  $100  is  awarded  each  year  to  a  foreign 
student  on  the  basis  of  worth  and  need  to  be  determined  by  the  Committee  on  Scholarships. 
The  student  must  be  a  permanent  resident  of  a  country  other  than  the  United  States,  its 
possessions,  or  Canada.   He  may  be  a  member  of  any  college  or  school  in  the  University. 


67 


BORDEN  AGRicuLTxmAL  AND  HOME  ECONOMICS  SCHOLARSHIPS — A  Borden  Agricultural 
Scholarship  of  $300  is  granted  to  that  student  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  who  has  had 
two  or  more  of  the  regularly  listed  courses  in  dairying  and  who,  upon  entering  the  senior 
year  of  study,  has  achieved  the  highest  average  grade  of  all  other  similarly  eligible  students 
in  all  preceding  college  work. 

A  Borden  Home  Economics  Scholarship  of  $300  is  granted  to  that  student  in  the  College 
of  Home  Economics  who  has  had  two  or  more  of  the  regularly  listed  courses  in  foods  and 
nutrition  and  who,  upon  entering  the  senior  year  of  study,  has  achieved  the  highest  average 
grade  of  all  other  similiarly  eligible  students  in  all  preceding  college  work. 

COLORTONE    GRAPHIC    ARTS    AND    PUBLICATION    SCHOLARSHIP A    Scholarship    of    $500.00    Is 

made  available  annually  by  the  Colortone  Press,  Inc.,  of  Washington,  D.  C,  to  a  senior 
recommended  by  the  Department  of  Journalism  and  Public  Relations  and  majoring  in  public 
relations.  The  recipient  is  also  offered  an  opportunity  of  a  supervised  internship  during  the 
summer  preceding  his  senior  year. 

GEORGE  c.  COOK  SCHOLARSHIP — A  full  scholarship  is  made  available  by  the  Maryland 
Educational  Foundation  in  memory  of  the  late  George  C.  Cook.  The  scholarship  shall  be 
administered  under  the  same  rules  as  a  University  Scholarship.  Preference  shall  be  given 
to  students  interested  in  a  career  in  business  administration  or  marketing. 

DR.  ERNEST  N.  CORY  SCHOLARSHIP — This  award  is  made  annually  to  an  outstanding  junior 
or  senior  recommended  by  the  College  of  Agriculture,  preferably  one  majoring  in  Entomology. 
The  amount  of  the  award  will  vary  depending  upon  the  earnings  of  a  trust  fund  established 
in  honor  of  Dr.  Ernest  N.  Cory  upon  his  retirement. 

DAIRY  TECHNOLOGY  SCHOLARSHIP  AND  GRANTS — The  Dairy  Technology  Society  of  Mary- 
land and  the  District  of  Columbia  provides  a  limited  number  of  scholarships  and  grants-in- 
aid  for  students  majoring  in  Dairy  Products  Technology.  These  awards  are  available  both 
to  high  school  graduates  entering  the  University  as  freshmen  and  to  students  who  have 
completed  one  or  more  years  of  their  University  curriculum.  The  purpose  of  these  awards 
is  to  encourage  and  stimulate  interest  in  the  field  of  milk  and  milk  products.  The  awards 
are  based  on  scholarship,  leadership,  personality,  need,  experience,  interest  in  and  willingness 
to  work  in  the  field  of  dairy  technology.  These  awards  are  made  by  the  Committee  on 
Scholarships  and  Grants-in-Aid  in  cooperation  with  the  Dairy  Technology  Society. 

DELMARVA  TRAFFIC  CLUB  SCHOLARSHIP — An  award  of  $250  is  given  to  a  junior  or  senior 
student  from  the  Delmarva  Peninsula  majoring  in  Transportation  in  the  College  of  Business 
and  Public  Administration. 

DOUGLAS  AIRCRAFT  COMPANY  SCHOLARSHIP — An  $800.00  Scholarship  to  be  awarded  to 
an  outstanding  and  deserving  senior  student  in  aeronautical,  electrical,  or  mechanical  engi- 
neering in  this  order  of  preference.  Candidates  recommended  by  the  University  must  be  citizens 
of  the  United  States  and  have  the  approval  of  the  Scholarship  Board  of  the  Douglas  Aircraft 
Company.  Preference  should  also  be  given  to  students  who  indicate  a  willingness  to  accept 
employment  in  California. 

EXEL  SCHOLARSHIP — A  Substantial  grant  for  endowed  scholarships  was  made  by  Deborah 
B.  Exel.  These  awards  are  made  by  the  Committee  on  Scholarships  to  worthy  students  in 
accordance  with  the  general  principles  underlying  the  award  of  all  other  scholarships. 

FIRE  RESEARCH  AND  ACTUARIAL  ASSOCIATION  SCHOLARSHIPS — Fifteen  Awards  are  made  an- 
nually for  room,  board,  tuition,  and  fees  to  outstanding  high  school  students  enrolling  in  the 
Fire  Protection  Curriculum  of  the  College  of  Engineering.  Students  residing  in  eleven  states 
in  the  Conference  area  and  the  District  of  Columbia  are  eligible  for  these  scholarships.  Em- 
ployment obligations  are  required.  Recipiertts  of  scholarships  are  selected  by  the  Scholarship 
Committee  of  the  Inter-Regional  Insurance  Conference  in  cooperation  with  the  Faculty 
Committee  on  Scholarships. 

ANNE  ARUNDEL  COtJNTY  VOLUNTEER  FIREMEN'S  ASSOCIATION  GRANT — This  $300  is   awarded 

to  a  high  school  graduate  who  will  enroll  in  the  Fire  Protection  Curriculum  in  the  College 
of  Engineering.  The  award  will  be  available  to  the  recipient  for  normal  period  of  time  to 
complete  the  program  being  pursued.  This  grant  is  provided  by  the  Anne  Arundel  County 
Volunteer  Fireman's  Association  and  the  College  of  Engineering. 

BALTIMORE    COUNTY   VOLUNTEER    FIREMAN'S    ASSOCIATION    GRANT This    $350    annual    grant 

is  awarded  to  a  student  who  will  enroll  in  the  Fire  Protection  Curriculum  in  the  College  of 
Engineering.  The  award  is  normally  for  four  years  and  is  awarded  to  a  student  of  high 
scholastic  ability  with  a  reputation  of  good  character  and  outstanding  fire  service  interest. 
This  grant  is  provided  by  the  Baltimore  County  Volunteer  Fireman's  Association. 

68 


DISTRICT  OF  COLUMBIA  FIRE  FIGHTERS  ASSOCIATION  GRANT — A  $150.00  grant  is  awarded 
to  a  student  who  has  completed  his  freshman  year  or  has  advanced  standing  in  the  Fire 
Protection  Curriculum.  The  award  is  made  in  cooperation  with  Fire  Protection  Department 
of  the  College  of  Engineering. 

DISTRICT   OF   COLUMBIA   FIRE    FIGHTERS   ASSOCIATION,    I.A.F.F.    GRANT — This    award    is    made 

to  a  student  who  has  completed  his  freshman  year  in  the  Fire  Protection  Curriculum  of  the 
College  of  Engineering.  The  award  will  be  in  the  amount  of  $150.00  per  year  to  be  applied 
to  the  expense  of  fixed  charges,  tuition  and  fees.  This  award  is  made  in  cooperation  with  the 
Fire  Fighters  Association  and  the  Fire  Protection  Department  of  the  College  of  Engineering. 

LADIES    AUXILIARY    TO   THE    MARYLAND    STATE    FIREMEN'S  ASSOCUTION    GRANT This     $500 

grant  is  awarded  to  an  outstanding  high  school  graduate  who  will  enroll  in  the  Fire  Protection 
Curriculum  in  the  College  of  Engineering.  The  award  is  available  to  the  recipient  for  the 
normal  period  of  time  to  complete  the  program  being  pursued.  This  grant  is  provided  by 
the  Ladies  Auxiliary  of  the  Maryland  State  Firemen's  Association  and  the  College  of 
Engineering. 

MARYLAND  STATE  FIREMEN'S  ASSOCIATION  GRANT — A  $300  Scholarship  is  awarded  annually 
to  an  outstanding  high  school  student  who  enrolls  in  the  Fire  Protection  Curriculum  of  the 
College  of  Engineering.  This  scholarship  is  for  four  years  and  is  awarded  to  a  student  of 
high  scholastic  ability  with  a  reputation  of  good  character  and  outstanding  fire  service  interest. 
The  award  is  provided  by  the  Maryland  State  Firemen's  Association. 

NATIONWIDE  FOUNDATION  FIRE  SAFETY  SCHOLARSHIP  —  The  cxpensc  of  fixed  chargcs, 
tuition  and  fees,  not  to  exceed  $600.00  per  year,  for  a  maximum  period  of  two  years  is 
awarded  to  a  student  who  is  entering  his  junior  year  of  study  in  the  Fire  Protection  Cur- 
riculum of  the  College  of  Engineering.  This  award  is  made  in  cooperation  with  the  Director 
of  Safety  of  The  Nationwide  Insurance  Company  and  The  Fire  Protection  Department  of 
the  College  of  Engineering. 

PRINCE  GEORGES  COUNTY  VOLUNTEER  FIREMEN'S  ASSOCIATION  GRANT — An  annual  Scholar- 
ship of  $300  is  awarded  to  an  outstanding  high  school  student  who  enrolls  in  the  Fire  Pro- 
tection Curriculum  of  the  College  of  Engineering.  The  award  is  based  on  high  scholastic 
ability,  good  character  and  outstanding  fire  service  interest.  The  award  is  provided  by  the 
Prince  Georges  Volunteer  Firemen's  Association. 

FOOD  FAIR  STORES  FOUNDATION  SCHOLARSHIPS — Each  year  a  number  of  scholarships  is 
made  available  by  the  Food  Fair  Stores  Foundation  to  students  from  Anne  Arundel,  Balti- 
more, Harford,  Prince  Georges,  Washington,  Frederick,  Montgomery,  and  Talbot  counties 
and  Baltimore  City.  Students  receiving  these  scholarships  may  pursue  any  of  the  four-year 
curriculums  of  the  University.    The  scholarships  are  for  $250  for  an  academic  year. 

VICTOR  FRENKiL  SCHOLARSHIP — A  Scholarship  of  $250  is  granted  annually  by  Mr.  Victor 
Frenkil  of  Baltimore  to  a  student  from  Baltimore  City  in  the  freshman  class  of  the  University. 

FUTURE  NURSES  CLUBS  SCHOLARSHIP — A  limited  number  of  $300.00  scholarships  are  made 
available  by  the  Future  Nurses  Clubs  of  Maryland  which  are  sponsored  by  the  Women's 
Auxiliary  of  the  Medical  and  Chirurgical  Faculty  of  Maryland  and  the  Maryland  League 
of  Nursing.  These  scholarships  are  available  to  freshmen  students  from  Maryland  preparing 
for  nursing. 

GAMMA  PHI  BETA  ALUMNI  SCHOLARSHIP — Two  annual  Scholarships  are  available  to 
teachers  employed  in  the  teaching  field.  The  awards  pay  tuition  costs  of  graduate  course 
designed  for  training  teachers  of  gifted  children.  The  awards  are  made  available  by  the 
Washington  Alumnae  Chapter  of  the  Gamma  Phi  Beta  Sorority.  Recipients  are  recommended 
by  the  Coordinator  of  Special  Education  on  the  basis  of  scholarship  and  need. 

GENERAL  MOTORS  SCHOLARSHIP — This  Scholarship  granted  annually  to  any  young  mai>  or 
young  woman  who  is  an  outstanding  individual  entering  the  freshman  year.  The  amount  of 
the  stipend  depends  upon  the  demonstrated  need  of  the  individual.  The  College  Scholarship 
Service  evaluates  the  financial  need  in  each  case. 

GODDARD  MEMORIAL  SCHOLARSHIP — Four  $500  Scholarships  are  available  annually  under 
the  terms  of  the  James  and  Sarah  E.  R.  Goddard  Memorial  Fund  established  through  the 
wills  of  Morgan  E.  Goddard  and  Mary  Y.  Goddard.  In  granting  these  awards  the  Com- 
mittee on  Scholarships  will  consider  outstanding  scholastic  achievement  and  financial  need. 
Each  award  will  be  made  on  a  year-to-year  basis  depending  upon  the  accomplishment  of 
the  student. 

69 


GORDON-DAVIS  LINEN  SUPPLY  SCHOLARSHIP — ^Thc  Gordon-Davis  Linen  Supply  Company 
provides  a  fund  to  be  granted  to  worthy  students  by  the  Committee  on  Scholarships  and 
Grants-in-Aid. 

ROSE  L.  GRANT  SCHOLARSHIP — At  least  $500.00  each  year  is  made  available  to  be  awarded 
by  the  Scholarship  Committee  in  accordance  with  its  established  principles. 

JOHN  WILLIAM  GUCKEYSON  MEMORIAL  SCHOLARSHIP — A  Scholarship  of  $100.00  is  granted 
annually  by  Mrs.  Hudson  Dunlap  as  a  memorial  to  John  William  Guckeyson,  an  honored 
Maryland  alumnus. 

JAMES  HARTIN  ENGINEERING  SCHOLARSHIP  AND  DONALD  PETER  SHAW  MEMORIAL  SCHOLAR- 
SHIP— These  two  scholarships  of  $300.00  each  are  made  available  annually  by  Mr.  &  Mrs. 
David  C.  Hartin.  The  first  is  awarded  to  a  male  student  in  the  College  of  Engineering  and 
the  second  to  a  male  student  in  any  college  other  than  Education,  or  to  a  female  student  in 
Nursing.  These  awards  will  be  made  annually  by  the  Scholarship  Committee  to  worthy 
students  who  are  helping  to  earn  their  own  college  expenses. 

HASKINS  AND  SELLS  pouNDATiON,  INC.  AWARD — A  Scholarship  of  $500  is  provided  for  an 
exceptional  senior  student  majoring  in  accounting  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Public 
Adniinistration. 

WILLIAM  RANDOLPH  HEARST  FOUNDATION  SCHOLARSHIPS — These  Scholarships  are  made 
available  through  a  gift  of  the  Baltimore  News  American,  one  of  the  Hearst  newspapers,  in 
honor  of  William  Randolph  Hearst.  Scholarships  up  to  $1000  are  awarded  annually  to  under- 
graduates pursuing  a  program  of  study  in  journalism.  Scholarships  up  to  $1000  are  awarded 
annually  for  graduate  study  in  history.  These  scholarships  are  awarded  by  the  Committee 
on  Scholarships  and  Grant-in-Aid  in  cooperation  with  the  Department  of  History  and 
Journalism. 

IOTA  LAMBDA  SIGMA  (nu  CHAPTER)  SCHOLARSHIP — This  Scholarship  is  awarded  annually 
to  a  male  student  who  wishes  to  enroll  or  is  enrolled  in  the  Industrial  Education  curriculum. 
The  student  must  be  a  resident  of  the  State  of  Maryland  and  signify  his  intention  of  teaching 
in  Maryland.   The  amount  of  the  scholarship  is  $200.00. 

KAPPA  ALPHA  THETA  ALUMNI  SCHOLARSHIP — An  annual  award  of  $500  is  made  available 
to  a  senior  or  graduate  student  studying  speech  therapy,  by  the  Washington  Alumni  Chapter 
of  the  Kappa  Alpha  Theta  Sorority.  The  recipient  shall  be  recommended  by  the  head  of 
the  Speech  Department. 

KAPPA  KAPPA  GAMMA  NURSING  SCHOLARSHIP — This  $100.00  Scholarship  is  made  available 
annually  by  the  Gamma  Psi  chapter  of  the  Kappa  Kappa  Gamma  Sorority  to  a  worthy 
student  preparing  for  a  career  in  nursing.  Preference  for  the  award  shall  be  given  to  an 
entering  student  from  Maryland  and  she  shall  have  a  preference  for  its  continuance  while  she 
is  a  student  at  College  Park. 

VENiA  M.  KELLER  GRANT — The  Maryland  State  Council  of  Homemakers*  Clubs  makes 
available  this  grant  of  $100  which  is  open  to  a  Maryland  young  man  or  woman  of  promise 
who  is  recommended  by  the  College  of  Home  Economics. 

KiWANis  SCHOLARSHIP — The  J.  S.  Ray  Memorial  Scholarship  covering  tuition  is  awarded 
by  the  Prince  Georges  Kiwanis  Club  to  a  male  resident  of  Prince  Georges  County,  Maryland, 
who,  in  addition  to  possessing  the  necessary  qualifications  for  maintaining  a  satisfactory 
scholarship  record,  must  have  a  reputation  of  high  character  and  attainment  in  general  all- 
around  citizenship. 

SAMUEL  J.  LEFRAK  SCHOLARSHIP — A  Scholarship  in  honor  of  Geary  F.  Eppley,  Dean  of 
Men  Emeritus,  has  been  established  by  an  alumnus  Mr.  Samuel  J.  Lefrak,  President  of  the 
Lefrak  Organization,  Forest  Hills,  New  York.  The  award  of  $1,000  is  made  to  a  deserving 
sophomore  who  excels  in  both  athletics  and  scholarship,  to  be  used  during  his  last  two 
years  at  the  University. 

LEiDY  CHEMICAL  FOUNDATION  SCHOLARSHIP — A  Scholarship  of  $500.00  is  granted  annually 
to  a  graduate  or  undergraduate  student  preparing  for  a  career  in  the  general  field  of  chemis- 
try. The  award  is  made  by  the  Committee  on  Scholarships  and  Grants-in-Aid  in  cooperation 
with  the  Department  of  Chemistry. 

70 


estabSJ  SrlZh  ^fl^^^ncYJ^TTth^^i^^''  scholarships,  several  in  number,  were 
CongressmanCha?^esJ  £S^m  whosei^^^^^^^^  L.nthicum,  widow  of  the  late 

land  for  many  years  They  are  erkmed  to  wLL  ^^''  ^'°"'  ^^^  ^°"'^*'  ^'^^"^^  of  Mary- 
of  the  State  of  Maryland  a'ndwh^o  have  atiSorv^wilf  .X"nf "'^  ^T'?  ^^?  ^'^  ^^^'^^^^^ 
a  reputation  for  splendid  character  a^'cSS^'anX^tt^elS^Sn  t'^'^'^r^'"'' 

comp"2rin"IhTLYor  au"7DS'T2^2;^^^^^^^^^  'iZ'V rf'^^l'  ^°  •^^-^^--  ^^o 
mended  by  the  Music  Department  Sr  a^oLpIS' audTtL'^rt^^e^pri^^^^^^^^        '^  ^^^°'"- 

a  .im^d  number  rawa^s'^^TT.^y  ^aleVlnled  ^v't^a  °'  •^^^'^'^l:  H^"^"  "^^  y- 
cants  who  show  promise  in  spor£  other  San  football      ^°'"'"'«^^  °°  Scholarship  to  appli- 

arshirin'^;^siSg''Edra°UorA?ira7c?e';-  "^T."  ^^  .''f  "1°  P™^'^^  ^  $^00  annual  schol- 
Conumttee  on  slo^^^X  .^L^iS^  £^;^££^;^S^J^  ^^^        ^V  the 

provirrn-S?  S"y':a^%;TtL"eSoTSr;rv1rS^°;r'^P  ^°'  °^  ^^^"^^  ^^  ^^^  " 
are  awarded  by  the  Committee  nn^r.t.«?o  k-  !  ^'  promismg  young  men.  These  grants 
visions  of  the  FoundauS^  Scholarships  to  applicants  who  qualify  under  the  pro- 

made'SabTe  brth''e''MaS'con?um^rK"-^  scholarship  fund  of  $500.00  per  year  is 
student  or  divided^nd^  ^.'^S'.'ZZlIr^^l  ^r^ar?  mi^d??J  ^^a^tsfde^ 

of  Maryland  ^  "^  scholarships  are  open  only  to  residents  of  the  State 

able  each?ear  t^nrn^-  "^^  Tl^^  scholarships-A  number  of  scholarships  are  made  avail- 
priferential  cons?deSn'"?o  M^T  '"f  '"'"'^"^  '^'  ?°'''  °f  furthering  their  education,  with 
fn  the  almU  forces  and  the  ^"^^^^^^^       '"""  '"        ''  "  '"""  """''  '"'"'"'  '''^'' 

wom^n°s[u'Jen?rthTb°a'sro7VhII''t^°'?t'';  ^°'''^  Scholarship  is  awarded  annually  to  a 

Colle°Ee 'of  °Hn^.  ''^^^^''  T^''^  '•'  P'-^^^^ed  annually  to  the  sophomore  student  in  the 
man  yea?  Economics  who  attained  the  highest  scholastic  average  during  £er  fre^! 

providerTn^allv^SI-^','-  s°.^i^ty  SCHOLARSHIP-The  Peninsula  Horticultural  Society 
of  Maryland  fmm  th.  f^c^^'^'Ik^  '°  '^^  "?°''  deserving  junior  or  senior  student,  a  resident 

subK'-^ic^a;^aittra?pfy^r^^^^^ 

of  the'luSfo^y'^af  Lfa"trn'e?7h7hi/ht?''''^'^  ?•  ^^^'^'''  '°.  »^^  ^^<i^"«  ^^o  at  the  end 
basic  c^ursrpSSam'is'S'hlerL'^tulie"'  '"""'''"'  ^^^^^^^  ^°  "^^^^^  -"-«  -^  -hose 

young"  e^enSt  fh."^!;^^'""'"^,  "'"'^'^  ""'"^^^  °f  ^100  scholarships  are  available  to 
o?  wlhTr  dnrino  .^!  f     1°^^°""°'^  '^'ass  and  who  have  achieved  an  academic  average  of  3  5 


71 


PILOT  FREIGHT  CARRIERS,  INC.,  AWARD — A  $500  award  is  made  to  a  senior  student  in  the 
College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration  who  has  majored  in  transportation  and  who 
has  demonstrated  competence  in  the  field  of  study.  The  award  is  made  through  the  College 
of  Business  and  Public  Administration. 

read's  DRUG  STORES  FOUNDATION  SCHOLARSHIPS — The  Read's  Drug  Stores  Foundation 
contributes  annually  several  scholarships  to  pre-pharmacy  students  on  the  basis  of  worthiness, 
scholastic  achievement,  moral  character  and  the  need  for  financial  assistance.  Each  scholar- 
ship not  exceeding  $500.00  per  academic  year  is  applied  to  defray  partially  the  fees  and  ex- 
penses at  College  Park,  Maryland.  Recipients  must  have  been  residents  of  the  State  of  Mary- 
land for  at  least  one  year  prior  to  the  awarding  of  the  scholarship. 

MARY  ELIZABETH  ROBY  MEMORIAL  SCHOLARSHIP — An  endowed  Scholarship  has  been  estab- 
lished by  the  University  Park  Republican  Women's  Club.  Limited  awards  are  made  to  women 
entering  the  junior  or  senior  years  who  are  studying  in  the  field  of  political  science.  A  pref- 
erence is  given  to  residents  of  Prince  Georges  County. 

DR.  FERN  DUEV  SCHNEIDER  GRANT — A  $100.00  grant  is  available  to  a  foreign  woman 
student  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Education,  and  who  has  completed  at  least  one  semester  in 
residence  at  the  University.  Funds  for  the  grant  are  contributed  by  the  Montgomery  and 
Prince  Georges  County  Chapters  of  the  Delta  Kappa  Gamma  Society. 

THE  SEARS  ROEBUCK  FOUNDATION  GRANTS — Eight  grants  of  $300  each  are  provided  by  the 
Sears  Roebuck  Foundation  to  the  sons  of  Maryland  residents  engaged  in  agricultural  pursuits 
who  enroll  in  the  freshman  class  of  the  College  of  Agriculture.  One  $300  grant  is  awarded 
each  year  to  the  sophomore  student  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  who  has  proved  to  be  the 
outstanding  student  holding  a  Sears  Roebuck  grant  during  the  previous  year.  These  grants 
are  awarded  annually  by  the  Committee  on  Scholarships. 

A  limited  number  of  similar  grants  from  the  Sears  Roebuck  Foundation  are  also  available 
for  students  in  the  College  of  Home  Economics. 

SOUTHERN  STATES  COOPERATIVE  SCHOLARSHIPS — Two  Scholarships  are  awarded  each  year 
to  sons  of  Southern  States  members — one  for  outstanding  work  in  4-H  Club  and  the  other 
for  outstanding  work  in  FFA.  The  amount  of  each  scholarship  is  $300  per  year  and  will  con- 
tinue for  four  years.  These  scholarships  are  awarded  by  the  Committee  on  Scholarships  and 
Grants-In-Aid  in  cooperation  with  the  College  of  Agriculture. 

ADELE  H.  STAMP  SCHOLARSHIP — This  scholarship  of  $250.00  is  awarded  annually  to  a 
sophomore  who  is  an  active  sorority  member  t)r  pledge,  who  is  outstanding  in  leadership  and 
scholarship  and  who  needs  financial  assistance.  Funds  for  this  scholarship  are  provided  by 
the  University  of  Maryland  Panhellenic  Association.  The  recipient  is  recommended  by  the 
office  of  the  Dean  of  Women. 

STEEL  CLUB  OF  BALTIMORE  SCHOLARSHIP — This  is  a  renewable  scholarship  of  $500.00 
per  year.  Male  residents  of  Maryland  who  have  expressed  their  intention  of  entering  the 
steel  industry  on  completion  of  their  formal  education  are  eligible. 

STEEL  SERVICE  CENTER  SCHOLARSHIP — A  renewable  scholarship  of  $350.00  per  year  is 
made  available  by  various  steel  clubs  of  Baltimore.  The  award  is  made  in  accordance  with 
the  general  principles  underlying  all  other  scholarships. 

JANE  G.  s.  TALIAFERRO  SCHOLARSHIP — Under  the  terms  of  the  will  of  the  late  Janie  G.  S. 
Taliaferro  a  bequest  has  been  made  to  the  University  of  Maryland  to  provide  scholarship 
aid  to  worthy  students.  The  income  of  the  estate  amounting  to  $350  annually  is  used  as  a 
scholarship  to  a  worthy  young  man  or  young  woman  who  qualifies. 

R.  M.  WATKINS  SCHOLARSHIP — This  scholarship  is  made  available  under  the  same  terms 
and  conditions  as  a  Full  University  Scholarship  from  funds  provided  by  the  Maryland  Edu- 
cational Foundation. 

WESTERN  ELECTRIC  SCHOLARSHIP — Two  Scholarships  are  awarded  to  students  in  the 
College  of  Engineering.  The  amount  of  the  scholarship  covers  cost  of  tuition,  books  and 
fees  not  to  exceed  $800  nor  to  be  less  than  $400. 

WESTiNGHOUSE  AIR  ARM  DIVISION  SCHOLARSHIP — The  Westinghouse  Electric  Corporation 
has  established  a  scholarship  to  encourage  outstanding  students  of  engineering  and  the  physical 
sciences.   The  scholarship  is  awarded  to  a  sophomore  student  and  is  paid  over  a  period  of 


72 


three  years  in  six  installments  of  $250.  Students  in  electrical  or  mechanical  engineering,  engi- 
neering physics  or  applied  mathematics  are  eligible  for  the  award.  Selection  of  the  recipient 
is  based  on  achievement  as  reflected  by  scholastic  standing  and  general  college  record.  The 
award  is  made  by  the  Committee  on  Scholarships  and  Grants-In-Aid  in  cooperation  with  the 
College  of  Engineering. 

women's  club  of  bethesda  scholarship — Two  $250.00  scholarships  have  been  made 
available  to  young  women  residents  of  Montgomery  County  by  the  Women's  Club  of  Bethesda. 
Recipients  must  be  accepted  in  the  College  of  Education  or  the  College  of  Nursing. 

THE  ARTHLTR  YOUNG  AND  CO.  FOUNDATION,  INC.  SCHOLARSHIP — The  Arthur  Young  and  Co. 
Foundation,  Inc.,  makes  available  a  scholarship  of  $750  for  an  exceptional  senior  student 
concentrating  in  accounting  who  is  registered  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Admin- 
istration. This  award  is  made  by  the  Committee  on  Scholarships  and  Grants-In-Aid  to  coop- 
eration with  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration. 


STUDENT  LOANS 

NDEA  STUDENT  LOANS — Loan  funds  are  available  under  provision  of  the  National  De- 
fense Education  Act.  The  borrower  must  sign  a  note  for  the  loan  and  agree  to  interest  and 
repayment  terms  established  by  the  University.  Repayment  of  the  loan  begins  nine  months  after 
the  borrower  ceases  to  be  a  full  time  student  and  must  be  completed  within  ten  years  there- 
after. No  interest  is  charged  on  the  loan  until  the  beginning  of  the  repayment  schedule.  In- 
terest after  that  date  is  to  be  paid  at  the  3  percent  per  annum. 

The  National  Defense  Education  Act  contains  a  provision  which  provides  that  up  to 
fifty  percent  of  a  student  loan  plus  interest  may  be  cancelled  in  the  event  the  borrower  be- 
comes a  full  time  elementary  or  secondary  school  teacher.  Such  cancellation  is  to  be  at  the 
rate  of  10  percent  a  year  to  five  years. 

NURSING  STiTOENT  LOANS — Loans  up  to  $1000  per  year  are  available  under  provisions  of 
the  Nurses  Training  Act  of  1964.  The  borrower  must  be  a  full-time  student  in  pursuit  of  a 
baccalaureate  or  graduate  degree  in  nursing,  and  able  to  establish  financial  need.  Repayment 
begins  one  year  after  the  borrower  ceases  to  be  a  full-time  student  and  must  be  completed 
within  ten  years  thereafter.  No  interest  is  charged  until  the  beginning  of  the  repayment 
schedule.  Interest  after  that  date  is  to  be  paid  at  the  rate  of  three  percent  per  annum,  or 
the  "going  Federal  rate,"  whichever  is  greater. 

Up  to  fifty  percent  of  the  loan  plus  interest  may  be  cancelled  in  the  event  that  the  bor- 
rower is  employed  full-time  as  a  nurse  in  a  public  or  nonprofit  institution  or  agency.  Such 
cancellation  is  at  the  rate  of  ten  percent  per  year.  In  the  event  of  total  or  permanent  disability 
or  death,  the  borrower's  obligation  is  automatically  cancelled. 

CATHERINE  MOORE  BRINKLEY  LOAN  FUND — Under  the  will  of  Catherine  Moore  Brinkley, 
a  loan  fund  is  available  for  worthy  students  who  are  natives  and  residents  of  Maryland. 

JOSEPH  w.  KINGHORN  AND  MORLEY  A.  JULL  FUNDS — Memorial  trust  funds  have  been  es- 
tablished in  honor  of  Joseph  W.  Kinghom,  first  graduate  of  the  University  of  Maryland 
Poultry  Department.  These  funds  are  available  as  loans  to  students  enrolled  in  the  Poultry 
Department. 

EDNA  B.  MC  NAUGHTON  MEMORIAL  LOAN  FUND — This  fund  has  been  established  by  Mrs. 
W.  B.  Clayton  in  memory  of  Edna  B.  McNaughton.  who  initiated  and  developed  the  pro- 
gram in  Early  Childhood  Education  at  the  University  of  Maryland.  Priority  is  given  to 
students  enrolled  in  this  program. 

PHI  DELTA  GAMMA  LOAN  FUND — This  fund  has  been  established  under  essentially  the  same 
terms  and  conditions  as  the  NDEA  loans.  Recipients  must  be  recommended  by  the  Sigma 
Chapter  of  the  Phi  Delta  Gamma  Sorority. 

JAN  STEVEN  AND  SIDNEY  RAPKE  MEMORIAL  LOAN  FUND — This  fund  has  been  established 
in  memory  of  Jan  Steven  Rapke  by  his  parents.  Short-term,  interest  free  loans  are  available 
to  students  in  good  standing  to  meet  personal  emergencies  as  they  arise.  It  is  the  wish  of 
the  donors  that  the  fund  be  administered  with  a  minimum  of  formality. 

73 


uhfiTED  STUDENT  AID  FUNDS — Loans  up  to  $1,000.00  per  year  are  available  from  many 
banks  to  students  at  the  University.  Maximum  interest  on  such  loans  is  6  per  cent  simple. 
Monthly  installments  are  usually  not  less  than  $25  nor  more  than  $100.  Repayment  begins  ten 
months  after  the  student  ceases  to  be  a  full  time  student. 

SIEGFRIED  E.  wEisBERGER,  JR.  MEMORIAL  FUND — A  memorial  trust  fuud  has  been  estab- 
lished  in  honor  of  Siegfried  Weisberger,  Jr.,  a  Freshman  student  in  Agriculture  in  1958-59. 
Under  terms  of  this  loan,  students  in  Agriculture  may  borrow  money  without  interest  for  short 
term  needs. 


PART-TIME  EMPLOYMENT 

UNIVERSITY  EMPLOYMENT — The  University  offers  dining  hall  and  dormitory  workshops 
permitting  selected  Maryland  residents  to  earn  part  or  all  of  their  board  and  room.  Other 
jobs  on  campus  pay  hourly  rates  according  to  the  skill  and  education  required. 

OFF-CAMPUS  EMPLOYMENT — A  file  of  off<ampus  part-time  jobs  is  maintained.  Most  of 
these  are  with  local  stores  and  business  firms. 

COLLEGE  WORK-STUDY  PROGRAM — Eligible  Students  may  seek  employment  under  pro- 
visions of  Title  1-C  of  the  Economic  Opportunity  Act.  Part-time  employment  during  the 
school  year  plus  full-time  employment  during  the  summer  may  be  combined  with  scholarships 
and  loans  to  provide  educational  opportunities  to  qualified  students. 


FOR     ADDITIONAL 

INFORMATION     .     .     . 

Admission    

.  .DIRECTOR,    OFFICE    OF    ADMISSIONS 
NORTH     ADMINISTRATION     BUILDING 

Housing   

.    DIRECTOR,   HOUSING   OFFICE 

NORTH    ADMINISTRATION    BUILDING 

Scholarships  and  Grants-in-aid 
Loans  and  Student  Employment 

DIRECTOR,   OFFICE  OF   STUDENT   AID 
NORTH    ADMINISTRATION     BUILDING 

Student  Life  Information 

EXECUTIVE    DEAN    FOR    STUDENT 

LIFE 

NORTH    ADMINISTRATION     BUILDING 

Counseling 

UNIVERSITY    COUNSELING     CENTER 
SHOEMAKER    BUILDING 

Specific  Program  Information    . 

.     OFFICE    OF    THE    DEAN    OF    THE 
RESPECTIVE    COLLEGES 

TO    COMPLETE    THE    MAIL    ADDRESS 
FOR    THESE    OFFICERS    ADD: 

UNIVERSITY    OF    MARYLAND 
COLLEGE    PARK,    MARYLAND 

20740 

74 


CATALOG  OF  THE 

COLLEGE 

OF 

AGRICULTURE 

1966-68 


THE 
UNIVERSITY 

OF 
MARYLAND 


Volume  22  September  1,  1965  Number  3 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  BULLETIN  is  published  four  times  in  September; 
three  times  in  January,  March  and  May;  and  two  times  in  August,  October.  Novem- 
ber, December,  February,  April,  June  and  July.  Re-entered  at  the  Post  Office  at 
College  Park,  Maryland,  as  second  class  mail  under  the  Act  of  Congress  on 
August  24,  1912.    Published  twenty-nine  times. 


Contents 


University  Calendar 

Board  of  Regents 

Officers  of  The  University 

Standing  Committees,  Faculty 

Senate 
The  College 
General  Information 

Special  Advantages 

Coordination  of  Agricultural 
Work 

Facilities  and  Equipment 

Cost 

Air  Science 

Scholarships  and  Grants- 
in-Aid 


GENERAL 

iv         Student  Organizations 
vi  Student  Judging  Teams 

vii  Additional  Information 

Awards 

xi  Academic  Information 
1  Admission 

1  Junior  Standing 

2  Requirements  for 

Graduation 

2  Honors   Program 

3  Student  Advisers 

3  Electives 

4  Field  and  Laboratory 

Practice 
4         Freshman  Year 


COURSE  OFFERINGS 

Agriculture  34  Animal  Science 

Agricultural  Economics  35  Botany 

Agricultural  and  Extension  Entomology 

Education  39  Food  Science 

Agricultural  Engineering  42  Horticulture 
Agronomy — Crops  and  Soils 

and  Geology  44 


9 
9 
9 
9 

10 
10 


REQUIRED  COURSES 

Agriculture  Curriculum 

11 

Botany 

25 

University  Requirements 

11 

Conservation  and  Resource 

College  Requirements 

11 

Development 

26 

Agriculture — General 

12 

Entomology 

27 

Agricultural  Economics 

13 

Food  Science 

28 

Agricultural  Chemistry 

15 

Horticulture 

29 

Agricultural  and  Extension 

Special  Curricula 

31 

Education 

15 

Pre-Forestry 

31 

Agricultural  Engineering 

17 

Pre-Theological 

31 

Agronomy — Crops    and    Soils 

20 

Pre-Veterinary 

32 

Crops 

21 

Special  Students 

33 

Soils 

22 

Two- Year  Program 

33 

Animal  Science 

23 

49 

55 
61 
64 
65 


Agriculture  Experiment  Station 
Agriculture   Extension  Service 
Service  and  Control  Programs 


Faculty  of  the  College 

Supervising  Teachers  in  Agricultural  Education 


70 

71 

72 


76 


III 


University  Calendar,  1965-66 

(TENTATIVE) 

FALL  SEMESTER,  1965 
SEPTEMBER 

13-17     Monday  through  Friday — Fall  Semester  Registration 
20     Monday — Instruction  begins 
NOVEMBER 

24  Wednesday,  after  last  class — Thanksgiving  recess  begins 
29     Monday,  8:00  A.M. — Thanksgiving  recess  ends 

DECEMBER 

22     Wednesday,  after  last  class — Christmas  recess  begins 
JANUARY 

3  Monday,  8:00  A.M. — Christmas  recess  ends 
17     Monday — Pre-exam  Study  Day 

18-24     Tuesday-Monday — Fall  Semester  Examinations 

SPRING  SEMESTER,  1966 
JANUARY-FEBRUARY 

31-4  Monday  through  Friday — Spring  Semester  Registration 

7  Monday — Instruction  begins 

22  Tuesday — Washington's  Birthday,  holiday 
MARCH 

25  Friday — Maryland  Day,  not  a  holiday 
APRIL 

7  Thursday,  after  last  class — Easter  recess  begins 

12  Tuesday,  8:00  A.M. — Easter  recess  ends 
MAY 

11  Wednesday— AFROTC  Day 

25  Wednesday — Pre-exam  Study  Day 

26-June  3  Thursday  through  Friday — Spring  Semester  Examinations 

29  Sunday — Baccalaureate  Exercises 

30  Monday — Memorial  Day,  holiday 
JUNE 

4  Saturday — Commencement  Exercises 

SUMMER  SESSION,   1966 
JUNE 

20-21  Monday,  Tuesday — Registration,  Summer  Session 

22  Wednesday — Instruction  begins 

25  Saturday — Classes  (Monday  schedule) 
JULY 

4  Monday — Independence  Day,  holiday 

9  Saturday — Classes    (Tuesday   schedule) 
AUGUST 

12  Friday — Summer  Session  Ends 

SHORT  COURSES,  SUMMER,  1966 
JUNE 

13-17     Monday  through  Friday — Rural  Women's  Short  Course 
AUGUST 

1-5     Monday  through  Friday — 4-H  Club  Week 
SEPTEMBER 

6-9     Tuesday  through  Friday — Fireman's  Short  Course 


JV 


University  Calendar,  1966-67 

(TENTATIVE) 

FALL  SEMESTER,  1966 
SEPTEMBER 

12-16     Monday-Friday — Fall  Semester  Registration 
19     Monday — Instruction  begins 

NOVEMBER 

23     Wednesday,  after  last  class — Thanksgiving  recess  begins 
28     Monday,  8:00  A.  M. — Thanksgiving  recess  ends 

DECEMBER 

21  Wednesday,  after  last  class — Christmas  recess  begins 
JANUARY 

3     Tuesday,  8:00  A.  M. — Christmas  recess  ends 
18     Wednesday — Pre-exam   Study   Day 
19-25     Thursday-Wednesday — Fall  Semester  Examinations 

SPRING  SEMESTER,  1967 
JANUARY 

31 -Feb.  3     Tuesday-Friday — Spring  Semester  Registration 
FEBRUARY 

6     Monday — Instruction  begins 

22  Wednesday — Washington's  Birthday,  holiday 
MARCH 

23  Thursday,  after  last  class — Easter  recess  begins 
28     Tuesday,  8:00  A.  M. — Easter  recess  ends 

MAY 

10  Wednesday— AFROTC  Day 

24  Wednesday — Pre-exam  Study  Day 

25-June  2     Thursday-Friday — Spring  Semester  Examinations 

28     Sunday — Baccalaureate  Exercises 

30     Tuesday — Memorial  Day,  holiday 
JUNE 

3  Saturday — Commencement  Exercises 

SUMMER  SESSION,  1967 

JUNE 

19-20  Monday-Tuesday — Registration,  Summer  Session 

21  Wednesday — Instruction  begins 

24  Saturday — Classes  (Monday  schedule) 
JULY 

4  Tuesday — Independence  Day,  holiday 
8  Saturday — Classes  (Tuesday  schedule) 

AUGUST 

11  Friday — Summer  Session  Ends 

SHORT  COURSES,  SUMMER,  1967 
JUNE 

12-17     Monday-Saturday — Rural  Women's  Short  Course 
AUGUST 

7-11     Monday-Friday— 4-H  Club  Week 
SEPTEMBER 

5-8    Tuesday-Friday — Firemen's  Short  Course 


Board  of  Regents 

and 

Maryland  State  Board  of  Agriculture 

CHAIRMAN 

Charles  P.  McCormick 

McCormick  and  Company,  Inc.,  414  Light  Street,  Baltimore,  21202 

VICE-CHAIRMAN 

Edward  F.  Holter 

Farmers  Home  Administration,  Room  412  Hartwick  Bldg., 

4321  Hartwick  Road,  College  Park,  20740 

SECRETARY 

B.  Herbert  Brown 

The  Baltimore  Institute,  10  West  Chase  Street,  Baltimore,  21201 

TREASURER 

Harry  H.  Nuttle 
Denton,  21629 

ASSISTANT  SECRETARY 

Louis  L.  Kaplan 

The  Baltimore  Hebrew  College,  5800  Park  Heights  Ave.,  Baltimore,  21215 

ASSISTANT  TREASURER 

Richard  W.  Case 

Smith,  Somerville  and  Case,  1  Charles  Center — 17th  Floor, 

Baltimore,  21201 

Dr.  William  B.  Long 
Medical  Center,  Salisbury,  21801 

Thomas  W.  Pangborn 

The  Pangborn  Corporation,  Pangborn  Blvd.,  Hagerstown,  21740 

Thomas  B.  Symons 

7410  Columbia  Ave.,  College  Park,  20740 

William  C.  Walsh 

Liberty  Trust  Building,  Cumberland,  21501 

Mrs.  John  L.  Whitehurst 
4101  Greenway,  Baltimore,  21218 

VI* 


Officers  Of  The  University 

Central  Administrative  Officers 


PRESIDENT 

Wilson  H.  E\k\m—B.A.,  University  of  Texas,  1932;  M.A.,  1932;  B.Litt    Oxford  Uni- 
versity, 1936;  D.Phil.,  1936. 

VICE  PRESIDENT,  BALTIMORE  CAMPUSES 

Albin  O.  Kuhn— S.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1938;  M.S.,  1939;  Ph.D..  1948. 
VICE  PRESIDENT  FOR  ACADEMIC  AFFAIRS 

R.  Lee  Hornbake— 5.5.,  California  State  College,  Pennsylvania,  1934;  M  A     Ohio 
State  University,  1936;  Ph.D.,  1942. 

ASSISTANT  TO  THE  PRESIDENT  FOR  ADMINISTRATIVE  AFFAIRS 

Walter  B.  Waetjen— fi.5.,  Millersville  State  College,  Millersville,  Pennsylvania,  1942; 
M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1947;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland.  1951. 

ASSISTANT  TO  THE  PRESIDENT 

Frank  L.  Bentz,  Jr. — B.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1942;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

ASSISTANT  TO  THE  PRESIDENT  FOR  RESEARCH 

Justin  Williams— ^.5.,  State  Teachers  College,  Conway,  Arkansas,  1926;  M.A.   State 
University  of  Iowa,  1928;  Ph.D.,  1933. 

ASSISTANT  TO  THE  PRESIDENT  FOR  UNIVERSITY  RELATIONS 
Robert    A.    Beach,  Jr.,    A.B.,    Baldwin-Wallace   College,   1950;   M.S.,   Boston    Uni- 
versity, 1954. 

ASSISTANT,  PRESIDENT'S  OFFICE 

Robert  E.  Kendig— /I.fi.,  College  of  William  and  Mary,  1939;  M.A.,  George  Wash- 
ington University,  1965. 

ASSISTANT  TO  THE  VICE  PRESIDENT  FOR  ACADEMIC  AFFAIRS 
Leslie    R.    Bundgaard— fl.5.,    University    of    Wisconsin,    1948;   M.S.,    1949;    Ph.D., 
Georgetown  University,  1954. 

DIRECTOR  OF  FINANCE  AND  BUSINESS 

C.  Wilbur  Cissel— fi.^..  University  of  Maryland,  1932;  M.A.,  C.P.A.,  1939. 

ASSISTANT  DIRECTOR  OF  FINANCE  AND  BUSINESS 

James  T.  Frye — B.S.,  University  of  Georgia,  1948;  M.S.,  1952. 

COMPTROLLER  AND  BUDGET  OFFICER 

Harry  D.  Fisher — B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943;  C.P.A.,  1948. 

DIRECTOR  OF  ADMISSIONS  AND  REGISTRATIONS 

G.  Watson  Algire— fi.^..  University  of  Maryland,  1930;  M.S.,  1931. 

ASSOCIATE  DIRECTOR  AND  REGISTRAR 

James  P.  Hill— fi.5..  Temple  University,  1939;  Ed.M.,  1947;  Ed.D.,  University  of 
Michigan,  1963. 

DIRECTOR  OF  ALUMNI  AFFAIRS 

J.  Logan  Schutz— fl.5.,  University  of  Maryland.  1938;  M.S.,  1940. 

vii 


DIRECTOR  OF  ATHLETICS 

William  W.  Cobey — A.B.,  University  of  Maryland,  1930. 

DIRECTOR  OF  PERSONNEL 

George  W.  Fogg — B.A..  University  of  Maryland,  1926;  M.A.,  1928. 

ASSISTANT  DIRECTOR  OF  PERSONNEL 

James  D.  Morgan— B.5.,  University  of  Maryland.  1949;  M.B.A.,  1950. 

DIRECTOR  AND  SUPERVISING  ENGINEER,  DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSICAL 

PLANT 

George  O.  Weber — B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933. 

ASSOCIATE  DIRECTOR  AND  SUPERVISING  ENGINEER,  PHYSICAL  PLANT 

(Baltimore) 

George  W.  Morrison— B.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1927;  E.E.,  1931. 

Emeriti 

PRESIDENT  EMERITUS 

Harry  C.   Byrd — B.S.,   University  of  Maryland.   1908;  LL.D.,   Washington  College, 
1936;  LL.D.,  Dickinson  College,  1938;  D.Sc,  Western  Maryland  College,  1938. 

DEAN  OF  WOMEN  EMERITA 

Adele  H.   Stamp — B.A.,    Tulane   University,    1921;  M.A.,   University   of  Maryland, 
1924. 

DEAN  OF  MEN  EMERITUS 

Geary  F.  Eppley— B.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1920;  M.S.,  1926. 


Deans  of  the  Schools  and  Colleges 

DEAN  OF  AGRICULTURE 

Gordon  M.  Cairns— B.5.,  Cornell  University,  1936;  M.S.,  1938;  Ph.D.  1940. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES 

Charles  Manning— B.5.,  Tufts  College,  1929;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1931;  Ph.D., 
University  of  North  Carolina,  1950. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  AND  PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATION 
Donald  W.  O'Connell— B./l.,  Columbia  University,  1937;  M.A.,  1938;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY 

John  J.  Salley — D.D.S.,  Medical  College  of   Virginia,   1951;  Ph.D.,   University  of 
Rochester  School  of  Medicine  and  Dentistry,  1954. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION 

Vernon  E.  Anderson — B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1930;  M.A.,  1936;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Colorado,  1942. 

ACTING  DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERING 

Russell  B.  Allen — B.S..  Yale  University,  1923;  Registered  Professional  Engineer. 

via 


DEAN  OF  FACULTY— UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND,  BALTIMORE  COUNTY 

Homer  W.  Schamp,  Jr. — A.B.,  Miami  University,  1944;  M.Sc,  University  of  Michi- 
gan, 1947;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

DEAN  OF  THE  GRADUATE  SCHOOL 

Ronald  Bamford — B.S.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1924;  M.S.,  University  of  Ver- 
mont, 1926;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1931. 

ACTING  DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS 
Erna  R.  Chapman— B.5.,   University  of  Maryland,   1934:  M.S.,   1939. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  LAW 

William  P.  Cunningham — A.B.,  Harvard  College,  1944;  LL.B.,  Harvard  Law  School, 
1948. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  LIBRARY  SCIENCE 

Paul  Wasserman— B.B./i.,  College  of  the  City  of  New   York,  1948;  M.S.   (L.S.), 

Columbia  University,  1949;  M.S.  (Economics)  Columbia  University,  1950;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Michigan,  1960. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  AND  DIRECTOR  OF  MEDICAL 
EDUCATION  AND  RESEARCH 

William  S.  Stone— fi.5.,  University  of  Idaho,  1924;  M.S.,  1925;  M.D.,  University  of 
Louisville,  1929;  Ph.D.,  {Hon.),  University  of  Louisville,  1946. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  NURSING 

Florence  M.  Gipe — B.S.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1937;  M.S.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1940;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  PHARMACY 

Noel  E.  Foss—Ph.C,  South  Dakota  State  College,  1929;  B.S..1929;  M.S.,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1932;  Ph.D.,  1933. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  RECREATION  AND 
HEALTH 

Lester  M.  Fraley— 5.^.,  Randolph-Macon  College,  1928;  M.A.,  1937;  Ph.D.,  Pea- 
body  College,  1939. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  SOCIAL  WORK 

Verl  S.  Lewis — A.B.,  Huron  College,  1933;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1939; 
D.S.W.,  Western  Reserve  University,  1954. 

DEAN  OF  UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE 

Ray  W.  Ehrensberger— 5./4.,  Wabash  College,  1929;  M.A.,  Butler  University,  1930; 
Ph.D.,  Syracuse   University,   1937. 

Directors  of  Educational  Services  and  Programs 

ACTING  DEAN  FOR  STUDENT  LIFE 

Francis  A.  Gray — B.S.,   University   of  Maryland,   1943. 

DEAN  OF  WOMEN 

Helen  E.  Clarke — B.S.,  University  of  Michigan.  1943;  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois, 
1951;  Ed.D.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  1960. 

ix 


DIRECTOR,  AGRICULTURAL  EXTENSION  SERVICE 

Edward  W.  Aiton — B.S.,   University  of  Minnesota,   1933;  M.S.,    1940;  Ed.D.,   Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1956. 

DIRECTOR,  AGRICULTURE  EXPERIMENT  STATION 

Irvin  C.  Haut— B.5..  University  of  Idaho,  1928;  M.S.,  State  College  of  Washington, 
1930;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933. 

ACTING  DIRECTOR,  COMPUTER  SCIENCE  CENTER 
John  P.  Menard — B.A.,  San  Michael's  College,  1954 

DIRECTOR,  COUNSELING  CENTER 

Thomas  Magoon — B.A.,  Dartmouth,  1947;  M.A.,   University  of  Minnesota,  1951; 
Ph.D.,  1954. 

DIRECTOR,  GENERAL  EDUCATION  PROGRAM 

Gayle  S.  Smith— B.5.,  Iowa  State  College,  1948;  M.  A.,  Cornell  University,  1951; 
Ph.D.,  1958. 

DIRECTOR,  INSTITUTIONAL  RESEARCH 

Robert  E.  McClintock — B.S.,  University  of  South  Carolina,  1951;  M.A.,  George  Pea- 
body  College,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

DIRECTOR   OF  LIBRARIES 

Howard  Rovelstad— J5./i.,  University  of  Illinois,  1936;  M.A.,  1937;  B.S.L.S.,  Colum- 
bia University,  1940. 

DIRECTOR  OF  NATURAL  RESOURCES  INSTITUTE 

L.  Eugene  Cronin — A.B.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1938;  M.S.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1943;  Ph.D.,  1946. 

DIRECTOR  OF  PROFESSIONAL  AND  SUPPORTING  SERVICES,  UNIVERSITY 

HOSPITAL 
George  H.  Yeager — B.S.,  University  of  West  Virginia,  1925;  M.D.,   University  of 

Maryland,  1929. 

DIRECTOR  OF  STUDENT  HEALTH  SERVICE 

Lester  M.  Dyke— B.5.,  University  of  Iowa,  1936;  M.D.,  1926. 

DIRECTOR  OF  THE  SUMMER  SESSION 

Clodus  R.  Smith— B.5.,  Oklahoma  State  University,  1950;  M.S.,  1955;  Ed.D.,  Cornell 
University,  1960. 

HEAD,  DEPARTMENT  OF  AIR  SCIENCE 

Vernon  H.  Reeves — B.A.,  Arizona  State  College,  1936;  M.A.,  Columbia  University, 
1949. 

Division  Chairmen 

CHAIRMAN  OF  THE  DIVISION  OF  BIOLOGICAL  SCIENCES 

John  E.  Faber— 5.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1926;  M.S.,  1927;  Ph.D.,  1937. 

CHAIRMAN  OF  THE  LOWER  DIVISION 

Charles  E.  White— S.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1923;  M.S.,  1924;  Ph.D.,  1926. 

CHAIRMAN  OF  THE  DIVISION  OF  SOCIAL  SCIENCES 
Harold  C.  Hoffsommer— B.5.,  Northwestern  University,  1921;  M.A.,  1923;  Ph.D., 
Cornell  University,  1929. 


STANDING  COMMITTEES,  FACULTY  SENATE 

GENERAL  COMMITTEE  ON  EDUCATIONAL  POLICY 

GENERAL  COMMITTEE  ON  STUDENT  LIFE  AND  WELFARE 

COMMITTEE  ON  ADMISSIONS  AND  SCHOLASTIC  STANDING 

COMMITTEE  ON  INSTRUCTIONAL  PROCEDURES 

COMMITTEE  ON  SCHEDULING  AND  REGISTRATION 

COMMITTEE  ON  PROGRAMS,  CURRICULA   AND  COURSES 

COMMITTEE  ON  FACULTY  RESEARCH 

COMMITTEE  ON  PUBLIC  FUNCTIONS  AND  COMMENCEMENTS 

COMMITTEE  ON  LIBRARIES 

COMMITTEE  ON  UNIVERSITY  PUBLICATIONS 

COMMITTEE  ON  INTERCOLLEGIATE  COMPETITION 

COMMITTEE  ON  PROFESSIONAL  ETHICS,  ACADEMIC  FREEDOM 
AND  TENURE 

COMMITTEE  ON   APPOINTMENTS,   PROMOTIONS,   AND   SALARIES 

COMMITTEE  ON  FACULTY  LIFE  AND  WELFARE 

COMMITTEE  ON  MEMBERSHIP  AND  REPRESENTATION 

COMMITTEE  ON  COUNSELING  OF  STUDENTS 

COMMITTEE  ON  THE  FUTURE  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Adjunct  Committees  of  the  General  Committee  on  Student 
Life  and  Welfare 
STUDENT  ACTIVITIES 
FINANCIAL  AIDS  AND  SELF-HELP 
STUDENT  PUBLICATIONS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS 
RELIGIOUS  LIFE 

STUDENT  HEALTH  AND  SAFETY 
STUDENT  DISCIPLINE 
BALTIMORE  CAMPUS,  STUDENT  AFFAIRS 


XI 


The  College 


The  college  of  agriculture  offers  an  educational  program 
designed  to  prepare  students  for  careers  in  agricultural  sciences,  agricul- 
tural technology  and  agricultural  business.  Students  receive  a  basic  funda- 
mental and  cultural  education,  correlated  with  technical  agricultural  courses 
and  related  sciences. 

The  College  of  Agriculture  is  the  oldest  division  of  the  University  of  Mary- 
land at  College  Park.  The  institution  was  chartered  in  1856  under  the 
name  of  the  Maryland  Agricultural  College.  For  three  years  the  College 
was  under  private  management.  When  Congress  passed  the  Land  Grant 
Act  in  1862,  the  Generaf  Assembly  of  Maryland  accepted  it  for  the  State 
and  named  the  Maryland  Agricultural  College  as  the  beneficiary.  When 
the  institution  was  merged  in  1920  with  the  University  of  Maryland  in 
Baltimore,  the  College  of  Agriculture  took  its  place  as  one  of  the  major 
divisions  of  this  larger,  more  comprehensive  organization. 

In  addition  to  teaching,  the  College  of  Agriculture  includes  the  Agri- 
cultural Experiment  Station  and  the  Extension  Service.  They  were  estab- 
lished as  the  result  of  acts  passed  by  Congress  in  1887  and  1914  respec- 
tively. A  more  complete  description  of  these  two  services  appears  later  in 
this  bulletin. 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 

Graduates  of  the  College  of  Agriculture  are  trained  for  employment  in 
scientific  areas  related  to  agriculture,  in  agricultural  business  and  industry 
or  with  a  local,  state  or  Federal  agency.  Curricula  in  the  College  of  Agri- 
culture provide  for  broad  training  in  cultural  and  scientific  courses  as 
well  as  in  courses  related  to  various  areas  of  agricultural  specialization. 
Programs  are  offered  for:  (1)  those  planning  to  pursue  the  agricultural 
sciences  and  who  plan  to  do  graduate  study;  (2)  those  planning  to 
pursue  the  business  activities  in  agricultural  and  related  industries,  and  (3) 
those  planning  to  pursue  the  technology  of  animal  and  plant  production,  the 
engineering,  chemistry,  and  food  processing  of  agricultural  products  as 
well  as  teaching,  research  and  extension  in  agriculture. 

Many  professors  conduct  research  studies  in  their  respective  disciplines. 
Through  these  studies  the  frontiers  of  knowledge  are  constantly  being  ex- 
tended. These  new  findings  are  incorporated  in  courses  thereby  enriching 
the  instruction  in  a  dynamic  agriculture. 

The  close  relationship  of  extension  specialists  and  extension  agents  with 
farmers  and  farm  families  enables  workers  in  the  College  to  evaluate  the 
agricultural  situation.   New  agricultural  problems  are  brought  to  the  atten- 

/ 


General  Information 

tion  of  the  research  worker  and  new  developments  are  presented  to  farmers 
and  their  families. 

The  coordination  of  teaching,  research  and  extension  provides  effective 
educational  opportunities  for  students  in  the  College.  Many  professors 
contribute  to  the  research  and  extension  programs  concerned  with  agricul- 
ture and  food  production,  the  development  of  new  varieties  and  processing 
procedures,  as  well  as  adjustments  in  agricultural  production  and  marketing. 

Workers  in  the  College  of  Agriculture,  through  regulatory  and  service 
activities,  are  constantly  working  with  actual  problems  associated  with  the 
improvement  and  maintenance  of  standards  for  farm  products.  Regulatory 
and  control  work  extends  over  a  wide  range  of  activities  and  concerned 
with  reducing  losses  due  to  insect  pests  and  diseases;  preventing  and  con- 
trolling serious  outbreaks  of  diseases  and  pests  of  animals  and  plants; 
analyzing  fertihzer,  feed  and  lime  for  guaranteed  quality;  and  analyzing 
and  testing  germination  quality  of  seeds  to  insure  better  seeds  for  farm 
planting.  Marketing  services  include  Federal-state  inspection,  fresh  egg 
law,  dairy  inspection,  seed  inspection,  weight  and  measures  and  market 
news  service. 

Special  Advantages 

The  University  of  Maryland  is  within  a  few  miles  of  the  Agricultural 
Research  Center  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture.  This 
is  the  largest,  best  manned,  and  best  equipped  agriculture  research  agency 
in  the  world.  Also,  the  University  of  Maryland  is  within  a  few  miles  of  the 
Washington,  D.  C,  offices  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture  and  other 
government  departments,  including  the  Library  of  Congress.  Students 
can  easily  visit  these  agencies  and  become  acquainted  with  their  work. 
Such  contacts  have  proved  valuable  to  many  University  of  Maryland  grad- 
uates. 

Also,  it  is  not  uncommon  for  men  from  these  agencies  to  speak  before 
classes  at  the  University  and  to  be  guest  speakers  at  student  club  meetings 
and  otherwise  take  part  in  student  activities.  No  other  college  of  agricul- 
ture in  the  United  States  is  physically  located  to  offer  like  opportunities  to 
its  students. 

Coordination  of  Agricultural  Work 

The  strength  of  the  College  of  Agriculture  of  the  University  of  Maryland 
lies  in  the  close  coordination  of  the  instructional,  research,  extension,  and 
regulatory  functions  within  the  individual  departments,  between  the  several 
departments,  and  in  the  institution  as  a  whole.  Instructors  in  the  several 
departments  are  closely  associated  with  the  research,  extension  and  regula- 
tory work  being  carried  on  in  their  respective  fields,  and  in  many  cases, 
devote  a  portion  of  their  time  to  one  or  more  of  these  types  of  activities. 
Close  coordination  of  these  four  types  of  work  enables  the  University  to 


General  Information 

provide  a  stronger  faculty  in  the  College  of  Agriculture,  and  affords  a 
higher  degree  of  specialization  than  would  otherwise  be  possible.  It 
insures  instructors  an  opportunity  to  keep  informed  on  the  latest  results  of 
research,  and  to  be  constantly  in  touch  with  current  trends  and  problems 
which  are  revealed  in  extension  and  regulatory  activities.  Heads  of  depart- 
ments hold  staff  conferences  to  this  end,  so  that  the  student  at  all  times 
is  as  close  to  the  developments  in  the  frontiers  of  the  several  fields  of 
knowledge  as  it  is  possible  for  an  organization  to  put  him. 

Facilities  and  Equipment 

In  addition  to  buildings,  laboratories,  libraries,  and  equipment  for  effective 
instruction  in  the  related  basic  sciences  and  in  the  cultural  subjects,  the 
University  of  Maryland  is  provided  with  excellent  facilities  for  research  and 
instruction  in  agriculture.  University  farms,  totaling  more  than  2,000  acres, 
are  operated  for  instructional  and  investigational  purposes.  One  of  the 
most  complete  and  modern  plants  for  dairy  and  animal  husbandry  work  in 
the  country,  together  with  herds  of  the  principal  breeds  of  dairy  and  beef 
cattle,  and  other  livestock,  provides  facilities  and  materials  for  instruction 
and  research  in  these  industries.  Excellent  laboratory  and  field  facilities  are 
available  in  the  Agronomy  Department  for  breeding  and  selection  in  farm 
crops,  and  for  soils  research.  The  Poultry  Department  has  a  building  for 
laboratories  and  classrooms,  a  plant  comprising  twenty  acres,  and  flocks 
of  the  important  breeds  of  poultry.  A  research  farm  is  available  for  experi- 
mental testing  under  field  conditions.  The  Horticulture  Department  is 
housed  in  a  separate  building,  and  has  ample  orchards,  gardens  and  green- 
houses for  its  various  lines  of  work.  A  research  farm  is  located  near  Salis- 
bury where  experimental  work  is  carried  on  in  the  area  of  intense  produc- 
tion. The  Botany  Department  has  excellent  facilities  available  in  labora- 
tories, greenhouses,  and  field  space  for  research  in  most  phases  of  botany, 
especially  in  plant  pathology,  plant  physiology,  cytology  and  cytogenetics. 
A  powerful  X-ray  machine,  ultra  centrifuge,  and  an  electron  microscope  are 
the  major  pieces  of  equipment  available;  facilities  for  use  of  radio-isotopes 
are  available  for  both  teaching  and  research. 


Costs 

Actual  annual  costs  of  attending  the  University  include:  $270.00  fixed 
charges;  $96.00  special  fees;  $440.00  board;  $320.00  lodging  for  Maryland 
residents,  or  $420.00  for  residents  of  other  states  and  countries.  A  charge 
of  $400.00  is  assessed  to  all  students  who  are  non-residents  of  the  State 
of  Maryland. 

A  matriculation  fee  of  $10.00  is  charged  all  new  students.  A  fee  of  $10.00 
must  accompany  a  prospective  student's  application  for  admission.  If  a 
student  enrolls  for  the  term  for  which  he  applied,  the  fee  is  accepted  in 
lieu  of  the  matriculation  fee. 


General  Information 

An  Adventure  in  Learning,  the  undergraduate  catalog  of  the  University, 
contains  a  detailed  statement  of  fees  and  expenses  and  includes  changes 
in  fees  as  they  occur.  A  copy  may  be  requested  from  the  Catalog  Mailing 
Office,  North  Administration  Building,  University  of  Maryland  at  College 
Park,  Maryland  20742. 

Air  Science 

Starting  in  September  1965,  the  Air  Science  programs  at  the  University 
are  all-voluntary.  A  two  year  program  and  a  four  year  program  are  avail- 
able. These  programs  are  designed  to  fit  the  needs  of  eligible  college  male 
students  who  begin  higher  education  at  either  a  junior  college  or  a  four 
year  college.  The  successful  completion  of  either  program  qualifies  the 
student  for  a  reserve  commission  in  the  United  States  Air  Force  upon 
graduation. 

For  further  details  concerning  Air  Science,  refer  to  University  General 
and  Academic  Regulations,  a  publication  available  to  all  undergraduate 
students. 

Scholarships  and  Grants-in-Aid 

A  limited  number  of  scholarships  are  available  for  agricultural  students. 
These  include  awards  granted  by  the  Sears  Roebuck  Foundation,  the 
Borden  Company,  Dr.  Ernest  N.  Cory  Trust  Fund,  the  Danforth  Founda- 
tion, the  Ralston  Purina  Company,  Southern  States  Cooperative,  Inc.,  J. 
McKenny  Willis  and  Sons,  Dairy  Technology  Society  of  Maryland  and 
District  of  Columbia,  Kroeger  Company  and  Peninsula  Horticultural  So- 
ciety. 

These  scholarships  and  grants-in-aid  are  awarded  by  the  Faculty  Com- 
mittee in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  respective  grants.  More  detailed 
information  about  these  awards  is  contained  in  the  publication  An  Adven- 
ture in  Learning. 

Student  Organizations 

Students  find  opportunity  for  varied  expression  and  growth  in  the  several 
voluntary  organizations  sponsored  by  the  College  of  Agriculture.  These 
organizations  are:  Agricultural  Economics  Club,  Agricultural  Engineering 
Club,  Block  and  Bridle  Club,  Collegiate  4-H  Club,  Dairy  Science  Club, 
Student  Institute  of  Food  Technology,  Future  Farmers  of  America,  Agron- 
omy Club,  Poultry  Science  Club,  and  the  Veterinary  Science  Club. 

Alpha  Zeta  is  a  national  agricultural  honor  fraternity.  Members  are  chosen 
from  students  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  who  have  met  certain  scholas- 
tic requirements  and  displayed  leadership  in  agriculture. 

The  Agricultural  Student  Council  is  made  up  of  representatives  from  the 
various  student  organizations  in  the  College  of  Agriculture.    Its  purpose 


General  Information 

is  to  coordinate  activities  of  these  organizations  and  to  promote  work 
which  is  beneficial  to  the  College. 

Student  Judging  Teams 

The  College  of  Agriculture  sponsors  judging  teams  for  dairy  cattle,  dairy 
products,  horticultural  products,  livestock,  meats  and  poultry.  Team  mem- 
bers are  selected  from  students  taking  courses  designed  especially  to  train 
them  for  this  purpose.  Teams  are  entered  in  major  contests  where  the 
students  compete  with  teams  from  other  state  universities  or  agricultural 
colleges. 

For  Additional  Information 

Detailed  information  concerning  the  American  Civilization  Program,  fees 
and  expenses,  scholarships  and  awards,  student  life,  and  other  material  of  a 
general  nature,  may  be  found  in  the  University  publication  titled  An  Ad- 
venture in  Learning.  This  publication  may  be  obtained  on  request  from 
the  Catalog  Mailing  Office,  North  Administration  Building,  University  of 
Maryland  at  College  Park,  20742.  A  detailed  explanation  of  the  regulations 
of  student  and  academic  life,  may  be  found  in  the  University  publication 
titled,  University  General  and  Academic  Regulations. 

Requests  for  course  catalogs  for  the  individual  schools  and  colleges  should 
be  directed  to  the  deans  of  these  respective  units,  addressed  to: 

COLLEGES  LOCATED  AT  COLLEGE  PARK: 

Dean 

(College  in  which  you  are  interested) 
The  University  of  Maryland 
College  Park,  Maryland  20742 

PROFESSIONAL   SCHOOLS    LOCATED   AT    BALTIMORE: 

Dean 

(School  in  which  you  are  interested) 
The  University  of  Maryland 
Lombard  and  Greene  Streets 
Baltimore  1,  Maryland  21201 

Awards 

ALPHA   ZETA    MEDAL 

The  honorary  agricultural  fraternity  of  Alpha  Zeta  awards  annually  a 
medal  to  the  agricultural  student  in  the  freshman  class  who  attains  the 
highest  average  record  in  academic  work.  The  presentation  of  the  medal 
does  not  elect  the  student  to  the  fraternity,  but  simply  indicates  recogni- 
tion of  high  scholarship. 


Awards 

appleman-norton  award 

This  award  is  made  annually  to  a  senior  for  excellence  in  botany. 

CARROLL    E.    COX    AWARD 

This  cash  award  is  made  annually  to  the  most  outstanding  graduate  student 
in  the  Department  of  Botany. 

NATIONAL    BLOCK    AND    BRIDLE    AWARD 

The  National  Block  and  Bridle  awards  annually  a  plaque  to  the  member 
of  the  Block  and  Bridle  Club  who  has  done  the  most  for  the  local  club 
during  the  year. 

NATIONAL    PLANT    FOOD    INSTITUTE    AWARD 

National  Plant  Food  Institute  awards  annually  the  Agronomy  Achieve- 
ment Award  to  the  outstanding  junior  or  senior  student  in  Agronomy. 
The  amount  of  award  is  $200. 

VIRGINIA    DARE    AWARD 

The  Virginia  Dare  Extract  Company  awards  annually  a  plaque  and 
$25.00  to  the  outstanding  student  in  ice  cream  manufacturing  with  an 
overall  good  standing  in  dairy. 

EDGAR    P.    WALLS    AWARD 

Dr.  Edgar  P.  Walls  awards  annually  a  gold  watch  to  the  senior  domg 
outstanding  work  in  horticultural  processing. 


Academic  Information 

Admission 

FALL  SEMESTER 

All  applications  for  full-time  undergraduate  admission  for  the  Fall  Semes- 
ter at  the  College  Park  Campus  must  be  received  by  the  University  on 
or  before  June  1.  Any  student  registering  for  nine  or  more  semester 
hours  of  work  is  considered  a  full-time  student. 

Under  unusual  circumstances,  application  will  be  accepted  bewteen  June 
1  and  July  1.  Applicants  for  full-time  attendance  filing  after  June  I 
will  be  required  to  pay  a  non-refundable  $25.00  late  fee  to  defray 
the  cost  of  special  handling  of  applications  after  that  date.  This  late  fee 
is  in  addition  to  the  $10.00  application  fee. 

All  undergrauate^  applications,  both  for  full-time  and  part-time  attendance, 
and  all  supporting  documents  for  an  application  for  admission  must  be 
received  by  the  appropriate  University  office  by  September  1 .  This  means 
that  the  applicant's  educational  records,  ACT  scores  (in  the  case  of 
new  freshmen)  and  medical  examination  report  must  be  received  by 
July  15. 

SPRING  SEMESTER 

The  deadline  for  the  receipt  of  applications  for  the  Spring  Semester  is 
January  1. 

UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE 

The  application  deadlines  and  fees  do  not  apply  to  students  registering 
in  the  evening  classes  offered  by  the  University  College. 

GRADUATE  SCHOOL 

Application  for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School  must  be  made  by 
September  1  for  the  fall  term  and  by  January  1  for  the  spring  term  on 
blanks  obtained  from  the  Office  of  the  Graduate  School.  Admission  to 
the  summer  session  is  governed  by  the  date  listed  in  the  Summer  School 
catalog.    The  summer  session  deadline  date  is  generally  June   1. 

ENTRANCE  REQUIREMENTS 

The  high  school  or  preparatory  school  student  who  intends  to  apply  for 
admission  to  the  University  should  plan  his  secondary  school  program 
carefully.  He  should  select  a  program  that  will  prepare  him  adequately 
to  begin  college  work  at  the  college  level.  He  should  allow  for  the  fact 
that  his  interests  may  change  by  selecting  a  secondary  school  program 
that  will  enable  him,  when  he  enters  the  University,  to  have  a  maximum 
freedom  of  choice  among  the  various  curricula  offered  at  the  University. 


Academic  Information 

Every  candidate  for  admission  to  the  University  must  noramlly  present 
sixteen  units  of  high  school  subjects.  It  is  required  that  seven  of  the 
minimum  sixteen  units  be   in   college   preparatory   subjects    as   follows: 

English  4  units 

Mathematics  (preferably  algebra) 1  unit 

History  or  Social  Sciences  1   unit 

Biological  or  Physical  Sciences  1  unit 

The  other  units  should  be  chosen  to  give  the  student  as  strong  a  prepara- 
tion as  possible  for  his  work  at  the  University.  At  least  twelve  of  the  units 
presented  should  be  in  college  preparatory  courses  in  academic  subjects. 
Although  there  is  no  entrance  requirement  in  foreign  languages,  two  or 
more  units  are  highly  desirable  for  many  programs  and  are  suitable  for 
all  programs.  Likewise  it  is  desirable  that  each  student  offer  two  units 
in  history  or  social  sciences,  and  two  units  in  the  biological  and  physical 
sciences.  It  is  strongly  recommended  that  all  students  present  a  unit  of 
plane  geometry  in  addition  to  the  one  or  two  units  of  algebra. 

It  is  recommended  that  the  preparatory  program  in  high  school  include: 

English  4  units 

Mathematics   (college  preparatory) 2  units 

(Agricultural  Engineering  and  Agricultural 
Chemistry — 2  additional  units) 

Biological  and  physical  sciences  3  units 

History  or  social  sciences  2  units 

Two  units  of  foreign  language  are  recommended  for  students  in  Agricul- 
tural Engineering,  Agricultural  Chemistry,  Botany  and  Entomology. 

Deviation  from  these  recommendations  is  permitted,  but  should  be  under- 
taken only  upon  competent  advice.  An  unwise  selection  of  preparatory 
courses  can  effectively  prevent  the  student  from  pursuing  certain  curricula 
at  the  University  or  materially  increase  the  time  necessary  to  complete 
a  particular  curriculum.  Every  prospective  applicant  should  be  certain  that 
his  preparation  in  mathematics  is  adequate  for  any  program  he  might 
conceivably  wish  to  enter.  A  special  fee  will  be  charged  for  all  remedial 
work  in  mathematics  with  the  exception  of  the  course  in  solid  geometry. 

A  well-planned  program  of  college  preparatory  work  contributes  much 
to  the  success  of  a  student  in  his  college  work.  This  fact  has  an  important 
bearing  in  estimating  whether  a  candidate  for  admission  is  likely  to  be  suc- 
cessful in  his  work  at  the  University. 

Junior  Standing 

To  earn  junior  standing  a  student  must  complete  56  semester  hours  of 
academic  credit  with  an  average  grade  of  "C"  (2.0)  or  better. 

Detailed  regulations  pertaining  to  junior  standing  are  presented  in  full 
in  the   publication,    University   General   and   Academic  Regulations. 

8 


Academic  Information 

Requirements  for  Graduation 

Each  student  must  acquire  a  minimum  of  120  semester  hour  credits  in 
academic  subjects.  In  addition  requirements  in  health  and  physical  educa- 
tion must  be  satisfied. 

Honors  Program 

The  Honors  Program  of  the  College  of  Agriculture  is  made  up  of  De- 
partmental Honors  Programs.  The  objective  of  the  program  is  to  recog- 
nize superior  scholarship  and  to  provide  an  opportunity  for  the  excel- 
lent student  to  pursue  more  deeply  those  things  which  intrigue  him  or 
to  partake  more  widely  of  those  things  which  will  add  to  his  usefulness 
as  a  member  of  society.  Honors  Programs  will  be  administered  by  De- 
partmental Honors  Committees  and  will  be  supervised  by  a  College  Com- 
mittee on  Honors  Programs.  All  students  in  the  College  of  Agriculture, 
who  are  in  the  top  20  percent  of  their  class  at  the  end  of  their  first  year, 
will  automatically  be  considered  for  admission  into  the  Honors  Program. 
Of  this  group,  no  more  than  50  percent  will  be  admitted.  Admission  of 
students,  who  are  sophomores  or  first  semester  juniors,  will  be  considered 
upon  application  from  any  such  student  who  stands  in  the  upper  20  per- 
cent of  his  class.  While  application  will  be  considered  until  the  student 
enters  his  sixth  semester,  early  participation  in  the  program  is  highly 
preferable.  Students  admitted  to  the  program  enjoy  some  academic 
privileges.  On  the  basis  of  the  student's  performance,  during  his  partici- 
pation in  the  Honors  Program,  the  department  may  recommend  the  can- 
didate for  the  appropriate  degree  without  departmental  honors,  for  the 
appropriate  degree  with  (departmental)  Honors,  or  for  the  appropriate 
degree  with  (departmental)  High  Honors.  Successful  completion  of 
the  Honors  program  will  be  recognized  by  a  citation  in  the  Commence- 
ment Program  and  by  an  appropriate  entry  on  the  student's  record  and 
diploma. 

Student  Advisers 

Each  student  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  is  assigned  to  a  faculty  adviser, 
either  departmental  or  general.  Departmental  advisers  consist  of  heads 
of  departments  or  persons  selected  by  them  to  advise  students  with  cur- 
ricula in  their  respective  departments.  General  advisers  are  selected  for 
students  who  have  no  definite  choice  of  curriculum  in  mind,  or  who  wish 
to  pursue  the  general  curriculum  in  agriculture. 

Electives 

The  electives  in  the  suggested  curricula  which  follow  affords  opportunity 
for  those  who  so  desire  to  supplement  major  and  minor  fields  of  study  or 
to  add  to  their  general  education. 

With  the  advice  and  consent  of  those  in  charge  of  his  registration,  a  stu- 
dent may  make  such  modifications  in  his  curriculum  as  are  deemed  ad- 
visable to  meet  the  requirements  of  his  particular  need. 


Academic  Information 

Field  and  Laboratory  Practice 

The  head  of  each  department  will  help  to  make  available  opportunities  for 
practical  or  technical  experience  along  his  major  line  of  study  for  each 
student  whose  major  is  in  that  department  and  who  is  in  need  of  such 
experience.  For  inexperienced  students  in  many  departments  this  need 
may  be  met  by  one  or  more  summers  spent  on  a  farm. 

Freshman  Year 

The  program  of  the  freshman  year  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  is  simi- 
lar for  all  curricula  of  the  College.  Its  purpose  is  to  afford  the  student  an 
opportunity  to  lay  a  broad  foundation  in  subjects  basic  to  agriculture  and 
the  related  sciences,  to  articulate  beginning  work  in  college  with  that 
pursued  in  high  or  preparatory  schools,  to  provide  opportunity  for  wise 
choice  of  programs  in  succeeding  years,  and  to  make  it  possible  for  a 
student  before  the  end  of  the  year  to  change  from  one  curriculum  to  an- 
other, or  from  the  College  of  Agriculture  to  a  curriculum  in  some  other  col- 
lege of  the  University  with  little  or  no  loss  of  credit. 

Students  entering  the  freshman  year  with  a  definite  choice  of  curriculum 
in  mind  are  sent  to  departmental  advisers  for  counsel  as  to  the  wisest  selec- 
tion of  freshman  electives  from  the  standpoint  of  their  special  interests 
and  their  probable  future  programs.  Students  entering  the  freshman  year 
with  no  definite  curriculum  in  mind,  are  assigned  to  a  general  adviser, 
who  assists  with  the  choice  of  freshman  electives  and  during  the  course  of 
the  year  acquaints  the  students  with  opportunities  in  the  upper  curricula 
in  the  College  of  Agriculture  and  in  the  other  divisions  of  the  University. 
If  by  the  close  of  the  freshman  year  a  student  makes  no  definite  choice  of 
a  specialized  curriculum,  he  continues  under  the  guidance  of  his  general 
adviser  in  the  General  Agriculture  curriculum. 


10 


Required  Courses 


AGRICULTURE  CURRICULUM 

All  students  in  the  College  of  Agriculture  are  required  to  complete  a  series 
of  courses  to  satisfy  University  requirements.  College  requirements  and 
departmental  requirements.  The  remaining  courses  needed  to  complete 
a  program  of  study  are  elected  by  the  student  with  the  approval  of  his 
adviser. 


University  Requirements 

Eng.  1  or  21 — Composition  or  Honors  Composition 

Eng.  3  4 — World  Literature 

Social  Science   

History   

Mathematics    

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy 

Hea.  5 — Science  and  Theory  of  Health 

Physical  Education   

Air  Science  (Optional) 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 

3 
6 
6 

6 

3 
3 
2 
2 


College  of  Agriculture  Requirements 

Chem.   1,  3 — General  Chemistry 8 

Speech    7 — Public    Speaking 2 

Agr.   1 — Introduction  to  Agriculture 1 

ELECT  two  of  THE  FOLLOWING: 

Bot.   1 — General  Botany   (4) 

Zool.    1 — General  Zoology   (4) 

Microb.  1 — General  Microbiology  (4) 
Students  failing  to  pass  the  pre-registration  test  in  mathematics 
will  be  required  to  take  Math.  1.  (Special  fee,  $45.00) 

Students  expecting  to  pursue  the  curriculum  in  either  Agricultural 

Chemistry  or  Agricultural   Engineering  should,   if  qualified, 

take   Math.    18   or    19.   If  not   qualified   they   should   take 

Math.  1. 

Department  Requirements   74 

Required  courses  are  determined  by  the  department  for  each  specific  curriculum 
and  elective  courses  are  approved  by  the  adviser  of  the  student's  program. 

A  program  of  courses  for  the  freshman  year  is  essentially  the  same  for 
all  students.    However,  there   are  some  variations   in  several  curricula. 


// 


General  Agriculture  Curriculum 

r-Semester- 
Freshmen  /  ii 

Eng.  1  or  21 — Composition  or  Honors  Composition 3 

Social  Science    3  3 

Agri.  1 — Introduction  to  Agriculture 1 

Bot.  1 — General  Botany 4 

Zool.  1 — General  Zoology 4 

An.  Sc.  1 — Principles  of  Animal  Science 3 

Agron.  1 — Crop  Production 3 

Mathematics     -  ■  3 

Health     2 

Arts  or  Philosophy  3 

Physical  Education   1  1 

Air  Science  (optional) 


AGRICULTURE— GENERAL 

The  general  agricultural  curriculum  provides  for  the  development  of  a 
broad  understanding  in  agriculture. 

The  flexibility  of  this  curriculum  permits  selection  of  electives  that  will 
meet  individual  vocational  plans  in  agriculture  and  agriculturally  related 
business  and  industry. 

University  Requirements  (see  page  1 1 ) 

College  of  Agriculture  Requirements  (see  page   11) 

Semester 

General  Agricultural  Requirements  Credit  Hours 

A.  E.   107 — Financial  Analysis  of  the  Farm  Business 3 

A.  E.   108 — Farm  Management    3 

R.  Ed.  1 14 — Rural  Life  and  Education 3 

Agr.  Engr.  56 — Introduction  to  Farm  Mechanics 2 

Agr.  Engr.  1 — Introduction  to  Agricultural  Engineering 4 

Agron.     10 — General    Soils     4 

Agron.   107 — Cereal  Crop  Production   3 

Agron.   108 — Fora*ge   Crop   Production 3 

Agron.   151 — Cropping  Systems    2 

An.  Sc.  1 — Principles  of  Animal  Science 3 

An.  Sc.   10 — Feeds  and  Feeding 3 

Bot.  20 — Diseases  of  Plants 4 

An.    Sc.    40 — Dairy    Production 3 

Ent.  20 — Insect   Pests  of  Agricultural   Crops 4 

Hort.  5  or  58 — General  Horticulture 3 

An.  Sc.  62 — Commercial  Poultry  Management 3 

Elect  either  of  the  following  pairs  of  courses: 

Micro.  1  and  Bot.  117  6 

B.  A.  20,  21 — Principles  of  Accounting 6 

Electives 20 

12 


Agricultural  Economics 
AGRICULTURAL  ECONOMICS 

This  curriculum  combines  training  in  the  business,  economic,  and  inter- 
national aspects  of  agricultural  production  and  marketing  with  the  bio- 
logical and  physical  sciences  basic  to  agriculture.  Programs  are  available 
for  students  in  agricultural  economics,  agricultural  business  and  in  the 
area  of  international  agriculture.  Students  desiring  to  enter  agricultural 
marketing  or  businesses  affiliated  with  agriculture  may  elect  the  agricul- 
tural business  option,  and  students  interested  in  foreign  service  may  elect 
the  international  agriculture  option.  Students  interested  primarily  in  the 
broad  aspects  of  production  and  management  as  it  relates  to  the  opera- 
tion of  a  farm  business  may  elect  the  agricultural  economics  option.  In 
these  programs,  students  are  trained  for  employment  in  agricultural  busi- 
ness and  industry;  for  position  sin  sales  or  management,  with  local,  state, 
or  federal  agencies;  and  as  extension  workers,  college  teachers,  researchers, 
farm  operators  or  farm  managers. 

Courses  for  the  freshman  and  sophomore  years  are  essentially  the  same 
for  all  students.  In  the  junior  year  the  student  elects  the  agricultural  eco- 
nomics, agricultural  business  or  international  agricultural  option  according 
to  his  particular  interest.  Courses  in  this  Department  are  designed  to  pro- 
vide training  in  the  application  of  economic  principles  to  the  production, 
processing,  distribution,  and  merchandising  of  agricultural  products  as 
well  as  the  inter-relationship  of  business  and  industry  associated  with  agri- 
culture in  a  dynamic  economy.  The  curriculum  includes  courses  in  gen- 
eral agricultural  economics,  marketing,  farm  management,  prices,  land 
economics,  agricultural  policy,  and  international  agricultural  economics. 

University  Requirements  (see  page   1 1 ) 

College  of  Agriculture  Requirements  (see  page   11) 

Semester 
Required  of  all  students  Credit  Hours 

A.  E.     50 — Elements  of  Agricultural  Economics 3 

A.  E.     51 — Marketing  of  Agricultural  Products 3 

A.  E.   106 — Prices   of  Agricultural   Products 3 

A.  E.  108 — Farm  Management    3 

A.  E.   112 — Agricultural  Policy  and  Programs 3 

A.  E.   114 — World  Agricultural  Production  and  Trade 3 

A.  E.   199— Seminar     1 

Econ.  31,  32 — Principles  of  Economics 3 

Math.  10  or  equivalent — Introduction  to  Mathematics 3 

Agron.   1 — Crop  Production    3 

Agron.   10 — General  Soils    4 

B.  A.   130 — Elements  of  Business  Statistics  I 3 

An.  Sci.  10 — Feeds  and  Feeding 3 

Select  in  consultation  with  adviser  at  least  21  credit  hours  in  option  chosen  of  which 
a  minimum  of  six  credit  hours  must  be  in  Agricultural  Economics  and/or  Econom- 
ics. 

13 


Agricultural  Economics 

Agricultural  Economics  Option 

A.  E.  107 — Financial   Analysis  of  the  Farm   Business 3 

A.  E.   Ill — Economics  of  Resource  Development 3 

Econ.   130 — Mathematical  Economics    3 

Econ.   131 — Comparative  Economic  Systems 3 

Econ.   132 — Advanced  Economic  Principles    3 

Econ.   140 — Money  and  Banking 3 

Agr.  Engr.  1 — Introduction  to  Agricultural  Engineering 4 

An.  Sci.  1 — Principles  of  Animal  Science 3 

Geog.   10 — General  Geography  3 

Soc.   1 1 3 — The  Rural  Community 3 

Math.    1 1 — Introduction   to   Mathematics 3 

Eiectives   18 

Agricultural  Business  Option 

A.  E.   115 — Marketing  Animals  and  Animal  Products 3 

A.  E.   116 — Marketing  Plant  Products 3 

A.  E.   103 — Economics  of  Agricultural   Cooperation 3 

A.  E.   104 — Economics  of  Agricultural  Transportation 3 

A.  E.    119 — Foreign   Agricultural   Economies 3 

Econ.   132 — Advanced  Economic  Principles 3 

Econ.   140 — Money  and  Banking 3 

B.  A.  20,  21 — Principles  of  Accounting 6 

B.  A.   131 — Elements  of  Business  Statistics  11 3 

B.  A.   140 — Business  Finance    3 

B.  A.   150 — Marketing  Management    3 

B.  A.   15 1 — Advertising     3 

B.  A.   1 80 — Business  Law   3 

Geog.  10 — General  Geography 3 

Math.  1 1 — Introduction  to  Mathematics 3 

One  course  in  Technology  of  Marketing 

(Animal  Science  or  Horticulture) 

Eiectives     18 

International  Agriculture  Option 

A.  E.   11 1 — Economics  of  Resource  Development 3 

A.  E.  119 — Foreign  Agricultural  Economies 3 

Econ.   130 — Mathematical    Economics     3 

Econ.   131 — Comparative  Economic  Systems 3 

Econ.   132 — Advanced  Economic  Principles   3 

Econ.   140 — Money  and  Banking 3 

Foreign  Language   6 

Math.  1 1 — Introduction  to  Mathematics 3 

Geog.   10 — General    Geography    3 

Geog.  41 — Introductory   Climatology    3 

Bot.  20 — Diseases  of  Plants 4 

Bot.  1 17 — General  Plant  Genetics   2 

Agr.  Engr.  1 — Introduction  to  Agricultural  Engineering 4 

Ent.   1 — Introductory  Entomology 3 

Geol.    1 — Geology    3 

Eiectives  17 

14 


Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 

AGRICULTURAL  CHEMISTRY 

This  curriculum  insures  adequate  instruction  in  the  fundamentals  of  both 
the  physical  and  biological  sciences.  It  may  be  adjusted  through  the 
selection  of  electives  to  fit  the  student  for  work  in  agricultural  experiment 
stations,  soil  bureaus,  geological  surveys,  food  laboratories,  fertilizer  in- 
dustries and  those  handling  food  products. 

University  Requirements  (see  page   11) 

College  of  Agriculture  Requirements  (see  page   1 1 ) 

Semester 
Agricultural  Chemistry  Requirements  Credit  Hours 

Chem.   15 — Qualitative   Analysis    4 

Chem.  21 — Quantitative   Analysis    4 

Chem.  35 — Elementary  Organic  Lecture    2 

Chem.  36 — Elementary  Organic  Laboratory 2 

Chem.  37 — Elementary   Organic   Lecture 2 

Chem.  38 — Elementary  Organic  Laboratory    2 

Chem.  123 — Advanced  Quantitative  Analysis  or.            4 

Chem.   150 — Organic  Quantitative  Analysis 2 

Agron.   10 — General  Soils   4 

Bot.    1 — General  Botany    4 

Geol.  1 — Geology 3 

Math.  20 — Calculus   I    4 

Math.  21— Calculus   II    4 

Modern  Languages   12 

Phys.  20 — General  Physics    5 

Phys.  21 — General  Physics    5 

Speech  7 — Public  Speaking   2 

Zool.  1 — General  Zoology  4 

Electives  in  Biology    6 

Electives  in  Agricultural  Chemistry 11 

AGRICULTURAL  AND  EXTENSION  EDUCATION 

This  Department  combines  a  broad  general  training  in  agriculture  with 
basic  work  in  the  natural  sciences,  the  social  sciences  and  the  humanities. 

Programs  are  available  for  students  in  agricultural  education  and  agri- 
cultural extension  education.  The  agricultural  education  curriculum  is  de- 
signed primarily  for  persons  who  wish  to  prepare  for  teaching  agriculture  in 
secondary  schools.  The  agricultural  extension  curriculum  is  designed 
primarily  for  persons  who  desire  to  prepare  to  enter  the  Cooperative  Ex- 
tension Service.  By  completing  six  semester  hours  of  physics,  agricultural 
education  majors  may  also  qualify  for  certification  to  teach  general  science 
in  the  pubUc  schools  of  Maryland.  Either  option  may  lead  to  a  variety  of 
other  educational  career  opportunities  in  agricultural  business  and  industry, 
pubUc  service,  the  communications  industry,  and  to  research  and  college 
teaching.   Students  interested  in  rural  ministry  often  select  this  curriculum. 


15 


Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 

In  addition  to  the  regular  entrance  requirements  of  the  University,  in- 
volving graduation  from  a  standard  four-year  high  school,  students  elect- 
ing either  curriculum  must  present  evidence  of  having  acquired  adequate 
agricultural  experience  after  reaching  the  age  of  fourteen  years,  or  plan  to 
secure  it  prior  to  graduation. 

In  order  to  be  admitted  to  student  teaching  or  to  extension  field  experi- 
ence, each  of  which  normally  is  taken  in  the  senior  year,  a  student  must 
have  a  2.3  grade  point  average  or  higher. 

Students  in  the  agricultural  education  curriculum  are  expected  to  partici- 
pate in  the  Collegiate  Chapter  of  the  Future  Farmers  of  America  in  order 
to  gain  needed  training  to  serve  as  advisers  of  high  school  chapters  of  the 
FFA  upon  graduation. 

University  Requirements  (see  page    11) 

College  of  Agriculture  Requirements  (see  page   11) 

Semester 

DtPARTMENTAL  REQUIREMENTS,  BOTH  OPTIONS  Credit  Hours 

An.  Sc.   1 — Principles  of  Animal  Science 3 

An.  Sc.  10 — Feeds  and  Feeding 3 

Agron.     1 — Crop  Production,  or 

Agron.   108 — Forage  Crop  Production 3 

Agron.  10 — General  Soils 4 

Ag.  Engr.  1 — Introduction  to  Agricultural  Engineering 4 

Ag.  Econ.  107 — Financial  Analysis  of  the  Farm  Business,  or 

Ag.  Econ.    108 — Farm   Management 3 

R.  Ed.  101 — Teaching  Materials  and  Demonstrations 2 

R.  Ed.  1 14— Rural  Life  in  Modern  Society 3 

Ent.  20 — Insect  Pests  of  Agricultural  Crops 4 

Bot.  20 — Diseases  of  Plants 4 

Hort.  1 1 — Greenhouse  Management,  or 

Hort.  58 — Vegetable  Production,  or 

Hort.   62 — Plant   Propagation 3 

English    14 — Expository    Writing 3 

Agricultural  Education  Option 

R.  Ed.   103— Student    Teaching 5 

R.  Ed.   104— Student  Teaching 1-4 

R.  Ed.   107 — Introduction  to  Agricultural  Education 2 

R.  Ed.   109 — Teaching  Secondary  Vocational  Agriculture 3 

R.  Ed.   Ill — Teaching  Young  and  Adult  Farmer  Groups 1 

Ed.  1 10 — Human  Development  &  Learning 6 

Ed.  1 1 1 — Foundations  of  Education 3 

Ag.  Engr.  56 — Introduction  to  Farm  Mechanics 2 

Ag.  Engr.    104 — Farm  Mechanics 2 

Approved  Electives  12 


16 


Agricultural  Engineering 

Agricultural  Extension  Option 

R.  Ed.   150 — Extension  Education 2 

R.  Ed.   160 — Extension    Communications 2 

R.  Ed.   161 — 4-H  Organization  and  Procedure 2 

R.  Ed.   121 — Directed  Experience  in  Extension  Education 1-5 

Psych.  1 — Introduction  to  Phychology 3 

Psych.   21 — Social    Psychology 3 

Psych.    110 — Educational    Psychology 3 

Ag.  Econ.  Ill — Economics  of  Resource  Development 3 

Approved  Electives 18 


AGRICULTURAL  ENGINEERING 

This  Department  oflfers  an  educational  program  in  agricultural  engineer- 
ing technology  for  students  in  the  College  of  Agriculture.  These  subjects 
may  be  grouped  under  five  general  classifications,  farm  power  and  ma- 
chinery, farm  structures,  soil  and  water  conservation  engineering,  farm 
electrification,  and  mechanics  and  equipment  for  agricultural  materials 
handling  and  processing.  The  technological  aspects  covered  in  these 
courses  are  designed  to  complement  the  education  received  by  students  in 
other  departments  of  the  College  of  Agriculture. 

Agricultural  engineering,  in  the  broadest  sense,  is  the  science  of  com- 
bining forces  and  materials  of  nature  for  the  benefit  of  agriculture;  as 
implied,  an  understanding  of  soil,  plant,  and  animal  sciences  is  the  basis 
for  intelligent  applications  of  engineering  principles  in  all  phases  of  the 
agricultural  industry.  Because  interrelated  applications  of  all  branches 
of  engineering  are  found  in  agriculture,  or  even  on  a  single,  diversified 
farm,  education  for  the  profession  is  necessarily  founded  on  a  broad  base 
of  mathematical,  physical  and  engineering  science  complemented  by  basic 
agricultural  sciences.  Although  boundaries  between  generally  recognized 
fields  of  engineering  overlap  in  agricultural  applications,  the  scope  of  the 
field  together  with  personal  preference  generally  leads  to  specialization 
in  one  of  the  four  major  areas  of  the  profession. 

The  field  of  farm  power  and  machinery  offers  opportunities  to  agricultural 
engineers  specifically  interested  in  agricultural  mechanization.  The  farm 
equipment  industry  employs  many  graduates  who  conceive,  design,  de- 
velop, and  test  new  power  units  and  machines.  Others  are  employed  in 
distribution:   sales,  sales  promotion  or  service. 

Electric  power  and  processing  is  concerned  with  productive  applications 
of  electricity  in  farm  production  and  in  other  phases  of  the  agricultural 
industry.  Electricity  is  used  not  only  for  light  and  power  but  also  for 
heating  and  coohng  processes  and  for  automatic  control  and  operation 
of  equipment.  Agricultural  engineers  with  such  interests  are  employed  by 
electric  power  suppliers  and  crop  processing  organizations. 

11 


Agricultural  Engineering 

Farm  structures  specialists  are  interested  in  farm  buildings  for  structural 
design  and  functional  use.  Environmental  requirements  of  animal  shelters, 
crop  storage  and  processing  structures  include  control  of  temperature, 
humidity,  and  air  movement  for  efficient  utilization.  Design  must  accom- 
modate heat  and  moisture  of  respiration  from  animal  or  vegetable  origin. 
Manufacturers  and  fabricators  of  structural  units  and  facilities  employ 
agricultural  engineers  for  research  and  educational  programs  to  promote 
their  products. 

Agricultural  engineers  specializing  in  soil  and  water  control  and  conser- 
vation utilize  hydraulics  in  irrigation,  drainage,  and  soil  erosion.  Knowl- 
edge of  how  water  flows  over  or  through  soil  or  infiltrates  into  soil  are  the 
tools  of  the  engineer,  but  use  of  these  tools  is  influenced  by  soil-moisture- 
plant  relationships. 

Farm  management  companies  employ  engineers  to  design  soil  and  water 
conservation  and  other  engineering  systems  for  farms  under  their  super- 
vision or  for  individual  farmers.  Other  sources  of  employment  include 
contracting,  farm  management,  irrigation  equipment  design  or  sales  and 
service,  and  related  enterprises. 

State  and  federal  institutions  and  agencies  conduct  programs  of  educa- 
tion and  research  in  all  areas  of  agricultural  engineering.  Research 
findings  are  frequently  established  in  the  agricultural  industry  through 
programs  of  action  agencies  such  as  the  Agricultural  Extension  Service 
or  the  Soil  Conservation  Service.  The  agencies  offer  many  opportunities 
for  work  in  the  field. 

University  Requirements  (see  page   11) 

College  of  Agriculture  Requirements  (see  page   11) 

AGRICULTURAL  ENGINEERING 

f— Semester-^ 
Freshman  Year  /  // 

Agr.  1 — Introduction  to  Agriculture 1 

Agr.  Engr.   1 — Introduction  to  Agricultural  Engineering   .,  .  4 

An.  Sc.  1 — Principles  of  Animal  Science 3 

Chem.  1 — General  Chemistry   .  .  4 

E.  S.  1 — Engineering  Graphics .  .  3 

Eng.l — Composition   3 

Health  Education    2 

Math.    19 — Elementary   Analysis  ' 4 

Math.    20— Calculus    1 4 

Physical    Activities    1  1 

Speech    . .  3 

Total 16  17 


'Students  who  are  not  prepared  to  schedule  Math.  19  based  on  the  ACT  test  scores 
are  advised  to  schedule  Math.  1.  (Special  fee,  $45.00). 

18 


! 


Agricultural  Engineering 


Agricultural  Sciences 

Agr.   1 — Introduction  to  Agriculture 

Agron.   1 — Crop  Production    

Agron.   10 — General  Soils    

An.  Sc.  1 — Principles  of  Animal  Science 

Agron.   117 — Soil  Physics   (optional  with  Series  A  Tech.  elec- 
tives)     

Agricultural  Engineering 

Agr.  Engr.       1 — Introduction  to  Agricultural  Engineering 

Agr.  Engr.  86 — Agricultural  Engineering  Shop  Techniques.  .  .  . 

Agr.  Engr.  143 — Agricultural  Power  and  Machinery  Analysis 

Agr.  Engr.  144 — Design  of  Operational  Systems  for  Agriculture 

Agr.  Engr.  145 — Soil  and  Water  Conservation  Engineering.  .  .  . 

Agr.  Engr.   189 — Senior    Problem    

Basic  Sciences 

Chem.   1,  3 — General  Chemistry 

Math.   19 — Elementary   Analysis  '    

Math.  20,  21,  22— Calculus  I,  II,  III 

Math.  66 — Differential  Equations  for  Scientists  &  Engrs 

Phys.  20,  21 — General  Physics   


General  Engineering 

E.  S.   1 — Engineering   Graphics    

E.  S.   10 — Introductory   Mechanics    

E.  S.  20 — Mechanics   of  Materials 

E.  S.  21 — Dynamics     

C.  E.  90 — Surveying  I   

C.  E.  102  or  M.  E.  102— Fluid  Mechanics 

E.N.E.E.  60,  61,  62,  63 — Principles  of  Electrical  Engr. 
M.  E.   1 — Thermodynamics     

TECHNICAL  ELECTIVES 

Students  will  select  Series  A,  B,  or  C. 
Series  A 


C.  E.  151 — Materials  of  Engineering. 
C.  E.  160,  161— Structural  Design  .  . 
C.  E.   162,  163 — Structural  Analysis   . 


Note:  Student  selecting  Series  A  to  take  Agron.  117. 


Series  B 
E.  S 
C. 
M 
M 
M 


30 — Materials  Science   

E.  160 — Structural  Design    

E.  101 — Dynamics  of  Machines. 
E.  103 — Materials  Engineering  . 
E.    106 — Transfer   Processes    .  .  . 


Approved  Electives 


1 
3 
4 
3 

(3) 


8 

4 
12 

3 
10 


'  Students  who  are  not  prepared  to  schedule  Math.  19  based  on  the  ACT  test  scores 
are  advised  to  schedule  Math.  1.    (Special  fee,  $45.00). 


19 


Agronomy — Crops,  Soils,  and  Geology 

Series  C 

E.  S.  30 — Materials  Science 3 

C.  E.  160 — Structural  Design   4 

E.N.E.E.  122 — Engineering  Electronics  4 

E.N.E.E.   123— Laboratory    1 

Approved  Electives   3 

Note:  Student  selecting  Series  C  will  take  E.N.E.E.  90,  91,   120,    121   in  lieu  of 
E.N.E.E.  60,  61,  62,  63. 


AGRONOMY— CROPS,  SOILS,  AND  GEOLOGY 

The  Department  of  Agronomy  offers  instruction  in  production  and  breeding 
of  forage  crops,  cereal  crops,  and  tobacco;  weed  control;  turf  management; 
soil  chemistry;  soil  fertility;  soil  physics;  soil  mineralogy;  soil  classification; 
and  soil  conservation.  A  technical  or  a  general  curriculum  may  be  elected 
by  a  student  in  either  crops  or  soils.  A  turf  option  is  available  in  the  general 
crops  curriculum  and  a  soil  conservation  option  is  available  in  the  general 
soils  curriculum.  The  technical  curricula  provide  training  in  basic  courses 
which  will  increase  the  student's  understanding  of  the  applied  crops  and 
soils  courses.  Training  in  these  basic  courses  is  required  for  advanced 
work  in  agronomy  and  is  desired  by  many  employers  of  students  gradu- 
ating in  agronomy. 

General  curricula  in  crops  and  soils  permit  the  student  to  confine  his  train- 
ing to  applied  courses  but  students  following  these  curricula  are  encour- 
aged to  elect  some  of  the  basic  courses  included  in  the  technical  curricula. 

Depending  on  the  electives  chosen,  students  graduating  in  agronomy  are 
well  prepared  for  advanced  study,  trained  for  general  farming,  farm  man- 
agement, specialized  seed  production,  extension  work,  soil  conservation, 
or  employment  with  commercial  seed,  fertilizer,  chemical,  or  farm  equip- 
ment companies.  Turf  specialists  are  in  demand  by  park  and  road  com- 
missions, golf  courses,  and  turf  and  landscape  companies. 

Students  interested  in  geology  have  an  excellent  opportunity  to  prepare  for 
advanced  work  in  this  field.  Basic  courses  in  mathematics,  chemistry,  and 
physics  are  as  necessary  for  outstanding  geologists  as  they  are  for  other 
scientists  and  engineers.  Although  relatively  few  courses  are  offered  in 
geology  at  the  present  time,  these  courses  provide  the  students  with  a  good 
geology  background  while  they  are  taking  the  general  courses  required  of 
all  the  University  of  Maryland  students  as  well  as  the  basic  courses  neces- 
sary for  excellence  in  geology.  By  the  proper  selection  of  courses  listed 
under  the  soils  technical  electives  (which  can  be  substituted  for  other  de- 
partmental required  courses)  the  student  can  obtain  outstanding  under- 
graduate training  for  advanced  work  in  geology. 

Additional  information  on  opportunities  in  agronomy  and  geology  may  be 
obtained  by  writing  to  the  Department  of  Agronomy, 

20 


Agronomy— Crops,  Soils,  and  Geology 
CROPS 

University  Requirements  (see  page   11) 

College  of  Agriculture  Requirements  (see  page   11) 

Departmental  Requirements  (Crops)  rlT/w^'^ 

Agron.     10-General  Soils    .  .  "^'"^i'  ^^"" 

Agron.   103— Crop    Breeding     2 

Agron.   107^CereaI  Crop  Production       .....  3 

Agron.   108— Forage  Crop  Production    3 

Agron.   151— Cropping  Systems    2 

Agron.   154- Weed   Control    ....'...  3 

Agron.       — Advanced  Soils  Courses 6 

Bot.   1 1— Plant  Taxonomy  3 

Bot.  20 — Diseases    of    Plants                                        4 

Bot.   117 — General  Plant  Genetics  or 

Zool.  6 — Genetics  2      4 

Technical  and  General  Courses  for  Crops  Students 

(see  explanation  and  lists  below) 30 

Electives  .. 

Technical  Crops  Curriculum 

A  minimum  of  20  of  the  30  hours  of  technical  and  general  courses  re- 
quired above  must  be  selected  from  the  technical  courses;  if  the  studem 
desires  to  take  more  than  30  hours  of  technical  courses  they  can  be  used 
as  part  of  his  12  hours  of  electives  or  they  can  be  substituted  for  other 
advhJr  Agronomy   requirements   with   permission   of   the   crops 

General  Crops  and  Turf  Management  Curricula 

cZsef  fr^'r^M'f  Crops  Curriculum  except  that  the  20-hour  minimum  of 
aSemen/nn^  ^"f  ^^  ^/""P  '^^^^  "°^  ^PP^^'  ^^^^^^^ts  in  the  turf  man- 

agement option  must  elect  Agron.  109— Turf  Management,  Hort.  20— In- 
troduction to  the  Art  of  Landscaping,  and  Hort.  107-Woody  Plant  Ma- 

Technical  Courses  Which  May  be  Selected  by  the 
Crops  Student 

Agr.  100 

Bot.  101,  110,  111 

Chem.  15,  19,  31,  33,  35,  36,  37,  38,  161,  163 

C.  S.  12,  20,  100 

Math.  3,  10,  11,  14,  15,  18,  19,  20,  21    22    133 

Phys.  1,  2,  10,  11 

General  Courses  Which  May  be  Selected  by  the  Crops  Student 
A.  E.  50,  108 
Agr.  Engr.  1,  56,  123 
An.  Sc.  1,  10,  40,  118 

21 


Agronomy — Crops,  Soils,  and  Geology 

Ent.  1,  4,  20 

Geog.  30,  40,  41 

Geol.  1,  2 

Hort.  5,  20,  58,  107 

Zool.  1 

Agron. — Soils  or  crops  courses  not  previously  required  (10  hrs.) 

SOILS 

University  Requirements  (see  page   11) 

College  of  Agriculture  Requirements  (see  page   11) 

Semester 
Departmental  Requirements  (Soils)  Credit  Hours 

Agron.     10 — General  Soils    4 

Agron.   107 — Cereal  Crop  Production 3 

Agron.   108 — Forage  Crop   Production 3 

Agron.   114 — Soil  Classification  and  Geography 4 

Agron.  1 16 — Soil  Chemistry   3 

Agron.   117 — Soil   Physics    3 

Agron. — Additional  Advanced  Soils  courses 6 

Technical  and  general  courses  for  soils  students 

(see  explanation  and  lists  below) 36 

Electives     12 

Technical  Soils  Curriculum 
A  minimum  of  30  of  the  36  semester  hours  of  technical  and  general  courses 
required  above  must  be  selected  from  the  technical  group.  If  the  student 
desires  to  take  more  than  36  semester  hours  of  technical  courses  they  can 
be  used  as  part  of  his  12  hours  of  electives  or  they  can  be  substituted  for 
other  Department  of  Agronomy  requirements  with  permission  of  the  soils 
adviser. 

General  Soils  and  Soil  Conservation  Curricula 
Same  as  Technical  Soils  Curriculum  except  that  the  30-hour  minimum  of 
courses  from  the  technical  group  does  not  apply.   Students  in  soil  conser- 
vation must  elect  Agron.  113 — ^oil  Conservation,  Geol.  1 — Geology,  and 
Bot.  10 — Principles  of  Conservation. 

Technical  Courses  Which  May  be  Selected  by  the 
Soils  and  Geology  Students 

Agr.  100 

Bot.  101 

Chem.  15,  19,  31,  33,  35,  36,  37,  38 

C.  S.  12,  20,  100 

Math.  3,  10,  11,  14,  15,  18,  19,  20,  21,  22,  66,  133 

Phys.   1,  2,   10,   11,  20,  21 

Geog.  30  40,  41,   146  (Geology  students  only) 

Geol.  1,  2,  119  (Geology  students  only) 

Zool.  2,  6,  118,  190  (Geology  students  only) 

22 


Animal  Science 


General  Courses  Which  May  be  Selected  by  the 
Soils  Student 

A.  E.  50,  108 

Agr.  Engr.  1,  56,  123 

An.  Sc.  1,  10 

Bot.  10,  11,  20,  102,  103,  117 

Ent.  1,  20 

Geog.  30,  40,  41,  146 

Geol.  1,  2 

Hort.  5,  20,  58 

Zool.  1,  2,  6 

Agron. — Any  advanced  agronomy  courses  not  previously 
required  (10  credit  hrs.) 


ANIMAL  SCIENCE 

The  curriculum  in  animal  science  offers  a  broad  background  in  general 
education,  basic  sciences,  agricultural  sciences  and  the  opportunity  for  a 
student  to  emphasize  that  phase  of  animal  agriculture  in  which  he  is 
specifically  interested.  Each  student  will  be  assigned  to  an  adviser  according 
to  the  program  he  plans  to  pursue. 

Objectives 

In  addition  to  fulfilling  the  requirements  of  the  University  and  the  Col- 
lege of  Agriculture,  the  following  specific  objectives  have  been  established 
for  the  program  in  animal  science: 

1.  To  acquaint  students  with  the  role  of  animal  agriculture  in  our  cul- 
tural heritage. 

2.  To  prepare  students  for  careers  in  the  field  of  animal  agriculture.  These 
include  positions  of  management  and  technology  associated  with  ani- 
mal, dairy,  or  poultry  production  enterprises,  positions  with  marketing 
and  processing  organizations,  as  well  as  in  other  allied  fields  such  as 
feed,  agricultural  chemicals  and  equipment. 

3.  To  prepare  students  for  entrance  to  veterinary  schools. 

4.  To  prepare  students  for  graduate  study  and  subsequent  careers  in 
teaching,  research  and  extension,  both  public  and  private. 

5.  To  provide  essential  courses  for  the  support  of  other  academic  pro- 
grams of  the  University. 

University  Requirements  (see  page  11) 

College  of  Agriculture  Requirements  (see  page  11) 

23 


Botany,  Conservation  and  Resource  Development 

University  Requirements  (see  page   11) 

College  of  Agriculture  Requirements  (see  page   1 1 ) 

Semester 
Department  of  Botany  Requirements  Credit  Hours 

Bot.     2 — General   Botany    4 

Bot.   1 1 — Plant   Taxonomy    3 

Bot.  20 — Diseases  of  Plants 4 

Bot.   101— Plant   Physiology    4 

Bot.   102— Plant    Ecology    3 

Bot.   103 — Plant  Ecology  Laboratory    1 

Bot.  1 1 1 — Plant   Anatomy    3 

Bot.  1 17 — General    Plant    Genetics 2 

Bot.  199 — Seminar   2 

Modern  Language,  preferably  German 12 

Math.  10,  11 — Introduction  to  Mathematics  6 

Microb.    1 — General   Microbiology    4 

Zool.    1 — General   Zoology    4 

Phys.  10,  1 1 — Fundamentals  of  Physics 8 

Botany  electives  or  related  courses 10 

Electives     12 

The  major  student,  with  the  approval  of  his  advisor,  will  elect  additional 
courses  in  Botany  and  related  subjects  to  provide  the  best  possible  basic 
training  and  preparation  in  the  area  of  his  special  interest.  Students  con- 
templating graduate  work  are  strongly  advised  to  take  Calculus,  Math. 
14,  15  and  Organic  Chemistry,  Chem.  31,  33  as  a  part  of  their  under- 
graduate program. 


CONSERVATION  AND  RESOURCE 
DEVELOPMENT 

The  development  and  use  of  natural  resources  (including  water,  soil, 
minerals,  fresh  water  and  marine  organisms,  wildlife,  air  and  human 
resources),  are  essential  to  the  full  growth  of  an  economy. 

The  curriculum  in  Conservation  and  Resource  Development  (adminis- 
tered by  the  Botany  Department),  is  designed  to  instill  concepts  of  the 
efficient  development  and  judicious  use  of  natural  resources.  The  study 
of  the  problems  associated  with  the  use  of  natural  resources  will  acquaint 
students  with  their  role  in  economic  development,  cultural  heritage,  and 
their  necessary  consideration  in  future  expansion. 

Students  will  prepare  for  professional  and  administrative  positions  in 
land  and  water  conservation  projects,  for  careers  in  operational,  adminis- 
trative, educational  and  research  work  in  land  use,  rural  area  development, 
water  resources,  recreational  area  development  and  management,  or  for 
graduate  study  in  any  of  several  areas  within  the  biological  sciences. 

26 


Conservation  and  Resource  Development,  Entomology 

Students  will  pursue  a  broad  education  program  and  then  elect  subjects 
concentrated  in  a  specific  area  of  interest.  A  student  will  be  assigned  an 
adviser  according  to  his  area  of  interest. 

Students  will  be  encouraged  to  obtain  summer  positions  which  will  give 
them  technical  laboratory  or  field  experience  in  their  chosen  interest  area. 

University  Requirements  (see  page   11) 

College  of  Agriculture  Requirements  (see  page  11) 

Semester 
Conservation  and  Resource  Development  Requirements  Credit  Hours 

Agr.   100 — Introductory  Agricultural  Biometrics 3 

Agr.  Engr.   1 — Introduction  to  Agricultural  Engineering 4 

Agron.  10 — General  Soils   4 

Bot.     2 — General   Botany    4 

Bot.   10 — Principles  of  Conservation 3 

Bot.   11— Plant  Taxonomy   (or  Bot.   153) 3(2) 

Bot.  102— Plant   Ecology    2 

Bot.  103 — Plant  Ecology   Laboratory 1 

Ent.  1 — Introductory  Entomology   3 

Geog.  10 — General   Geography    3 

Geol.    1 — Geology    3 

Math.  10,   11 — Introduction  to  Mathematics  (or  Math.  18,  19)  3,3 

Micro.    1 — General   Microbiology    4 

Zool.  2— Animal  Phyla    4 

Zool.  121 — Animal  Ecology   3 

Electives     27 


ENTOMOLOGY 

This  curriculum  prepares  students  for  work  in  various  types  of  entomo- 
logical positions.  Professional  entomologists  are  engaged  in  fundamental 
and  applied  research,  regulatory  and  control  services  with  state  and  federal 
agencies,  commercial  pest  control,  sales  and  developmental  programs 
with  chemical  companies  and  other  commercial  organizations,  consulting 
work,  extension  work,   and  teaching. 

A  student  wishing  an  undergraduate  minor  in  entomology  should  take  the 
introductory  course  (Ent.  1 )  and  after  consultation  with  the  heads  of 
both  the  major  and  minor  departments  will  select  courses  that  will  con- 
tribute most  to  the  end  he  has  in  view. 

Most  of  the  first  two  years  of  this  curriculum  is  devoted  to  obtaining  the 
essential  background.  In  the  junior  and  senior  year  there  is  opportunity 
for  some  specializing.  Students  contemplating  graduate  work  are  strongly 
advised  to  elect  courses  in  physics,  modem  language,  and  biometrics. 

27 


Entomology,  Food-Science 

University  Requirements  (see  page   11) 

College  of  Agriculture  Requirements  (see  page  11)  Semester 

Department  of  Entomology  Requirements  Credit  Hours 

Ent.     1 — Introductory  Entomology    

Ent.  20— Insect  Pests  of  Agricultural  Crops ^ 

Ent_   105 — Medical  Entomology    

Ent.  120— Insect  Taxonomy  and  Biology    J 

Ent.  122— Insect  Morphology    

Ent.  123— Insect  Physiology   

Ent.   198 — Special  Problems    

Ent.   199 — Seminar     

Bot.   1  l^Plant  Taxonomy    

Bot.  20— Diseases  of  Plants 

Chem.  31-33— Elements  of  Organic  Chemistry o 

Math.  10,  1 1— Introduction  to  Mathematics J 

Micro.  1 — General  Microbiology   ■  ■  ■  ■ ^ 

Zool.  2— The  Animal  Phyla  or  Zool.  1 1 8— Invertebrate  Zoology  4 

Zool.  6 — Genetics  _ 

Electives   


FOOD  SCIENCE 

Food  Science  applies  the  fundamentals  of  the  physical  and  biological  sci- 
ences to  the  problems  of  procurement,  preservation,  processing,  packaging 
and  marketing  foods  in  a  manner  that  would  satisfy  man  s  needs  both 
nutritionally  and  aesthetically. 

Opportunities  for  careers  in  food  science  exist  in  areas  of  meats,  milk  and 
milk  products,  fruits  and  vegetables,  poultry  and  eggs,  sea  food,  baby  foods, 
confections,  pet  foods,  cereals,  flavors  and  colors,  etc.  Specific  positions  m 
Industry,  Universities,  and  Government,  include  product  development, 
production,  engineering,  research,  quaUty  control,  techmcal  service,  tech- 
nical sales,  and  teaching. 

University  Requirements  (see  page   11) 

College  of  Agriculture  Requirements  (see  page  11) 

(Both  Bot.  1  and  Zool.  1  required) 


Curriculum  Requirements 

Production  course^   

Micro  1— General  Microbiology ^ 

Micro.  131 — Applied  Microbiology | 

Phys.  10 — Fundamentals  of  Physics ^ 

An.  Sc.  15— Fundamentals  of  Nutrition 3 

Chem.  31,  33 — Elements  of  Organic  Chem 3.3 

Food  153 — Experimental  Food  Science 3 

Agr.  Engr.  1 13— Mechanics  of  Food  Processing 4 

Fd.  Sc.   1 — Introduction  to  Food  Science 3 

2An.  Sc.  1,  Agron.  1,  Hort.  5,  Hort.  58,  or  Agr.  Engr.  1. 

28 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 
3 


Food-Science,  Horticulture 

Fd.  Sc.  102,  103 — Principles  of  Food  Processing  3,  3 

Fd.  Sc.  1 1 1— Food  Chemistry   3 

Fd.  Sc.  112 — Analytical  Quality  Control 3 

Ed.  Sc.  113 — Statistical   Quality  Control 3 

Fd.  Sc.  131 — Food   Product  Research  and   Development 3 

Fd.  Sc.  199 — Seminar    1 

Electives  21 

HORTICULTURE 

The  Department  of  Horticulture  offers  instruction  in  pomology  (fruits), 
olericulture  (vegetables),  floriculture  (flowers),  and  ornamental  horti- 
culture, and  processing  of  horticultural  crops.  These  courses  prepare 
students  to  enter  commercial  production  and  the  horticultural  industries 
such  as  fruit  and  vegetable  processing,  seed  production  and  retail  florists 
and  nurseries.  Students  are  likewise  prepared  to  enter  the  allied  industries 
as  horticultural  workers  with  fertilizer  companies,  equipment  manufactur- 
ers, and  others.  Students  who  wish  to  enter  specialized  fields  of  research 
and  teaching  may  take  advanced  work  in  the  Department. 

The  new  curriculum.  Horticultural  Education,  is  designed  for  persons  who 
wish  to  prepare  for  teaching  horticulture  in  the  secondary  schools.  It  pro- 
vides basic  training  in  horticulture  and  includes  the  necessary  courses  for 
teacher  certification. 

The  Department  of  Horticulture  is  a  cooperating  department  in  the  new 
curriculum  Food  Science. 

POMOLOGY  AND  OLERICULTURE  CURRICULUM 

University  Requirements  (see  page   11) 

College  of  Agriculture  Requirements  (see  page   11) 

Semester 

Department  of  Horticulture  Requirements  Credit  Hours 

Hort.  5,  6 — Tree  Fruit  Production 3,2 

Hort.     58 — Vegetable   Production    3 

Hort.     59 — Berry    Production     3 

Hort.  62 — Plant   Propagation    3 

Hort.  101 — Technology   of  Fruits 3 

Hort.   103 — Technology  of  Vegetables    3 

Hort.   161 — Physiology  of  Maturation  and  Storage  of 

Horticultural   Crops    2 

Hort.  199— Seminar     1 

Bot.     20 — Diseases  of  Plants 4 

Bot.  101— Plant   Physiology    4 

Bot.   117 — General    Plant    Genetics 2 

Agron.  10 — General  Soils    4 

Ent.  20 — Insect  Pests  of  Agricultural  Crops 4 

Elect  one  of  the  following  courses: 

Bot.  125 — Diseases  of  Fruit  Crops  (2) 
Bot.   126 — ^Diseases  of  Vegetable  Crops  (2) 

A  minimum  of  3  additional  Horticultural  credits 3 

Electives     31 

29 


Horticulture  Curricula 

FLORICULTURE  AND  ORNAMENTAL  HORTICULTURE 
CURRICULUM 

University  Requirements  (see  page  11) 

College  of  Agriculture  Requirements  (see  page   11) 

Semester 
Department  of  Horticulture  Requirements  Credit  Hours 

Hort.  1 1 — Greenhouse  Management    3 

Hort.   12 — Greenhouse  Management  Laboratory 1 

Hort.  16 — Garden  Management   2 

Hort.   17 — Flower  Production  Laboratory 1 

Hort.  20 — Introduction  to  the  Art  of  Landscaping 3 

Hort.  56 — Basic  Landscape  Composition    2 

Hort.     62 — Plant   Propagation    3 

Hort.   100 — Principles  of  Landscape  Design 3 

Hort.  105 — Technology  of  Ornamentals   3 

Hort.   107,   108— Woody  Plant  Materials 3,  3 

Hort.   162 — Fundamentals  of  Greenhouse  Crop  Production  ....  3 

Hort.   199— Seminar     1 

Bot.     1 1 — Plant   Taxonomy    3 

Bot.     20 — Diseases  of  Plants   4 

Bot.   101 — Plant   Physiology    4 

Bot.   117 — General    Plant   Genetics 2 

Bot.   123 — Diseases  of  Ornamental  Crops 2 

Agron.   10 — General  Soils    4 

Ent.   116 — Insect  Pests  of  Ornamentals  and  Greenhouse  Plants.  3 

Electives  25 

HORTICULTURAL  EDUCATION  CURRICULUM 

University  Requirements  (see  page   11) 

College  of  Agriculture  Requirements  (see  page   11) 

Department  of  Horticulture  Requirements 

Hort.   1 1 — Greenhouse  Management    3 

Hort.   12 — Greenhouse  Management  Laboratory   1 

Hort.   16 — Garden  Management   2 

Hort.   17 — Flower   Production  Laboratory 1 

Hort.  20 — Introduction  to  the  Art  of  Landscaping 3 

Hort.  56 — Basic  Landscape  Composition   2 

Hort.  62 — Plant  Propagation 3 

Hort.   100 — Principles  of  Landscape  Design 3 

Hort.   105 — Technology  of  Ornamentals 3 

Hort.   199 — Seminar   1 

Bot.  1 1— Plant  Taxonomy 3 

Bot.  20 — Diseases  of  Plants   4 

Bot.   101— Plant  Physiology 4 

Agron.   10 — General  Soils   4 

Ent.  116 — Insect  Pests  of  Ornamentals  and  Greenhouse  Plants.  .  3 

Ed.   1 1 1 — Foundations  of  Education 3 

R.  Ed.  109 — Teaching  Secondary  Agriculture   3 

R.  Ed.   101 — Teaching  Materials  and  Demonstrations 2 

R.  Ed.   103— Student  Teaching     5 


30 


Special  Curricula 

Semester 

Department  of  Horticulture  Requirements  {Continued)  Credit  Hours 

R.  Ed.  104 — Student  Teaching     1-4 

R.  Ed.   107 — Introduction  to  Agricultural  Education 2 

R.  Ed.  1 1 1 — Teaching  Young  and  Adult  Farmer  Groups 1 

Elect  one  of  the  following  courses: 

Psych  110 — Educational  Psychology  (3) 

Ed.  110 — Human  Development  and  Learning  (6) 

A  minimum  of  12  additional  Agricultural  credits  12 

Approved  Electives    0-6 

Total 124 


SPECIAL  CURRICULA 

pre-foresYry  students 

The  College  of  Agriculture  is  glad  to  cooperate  with  any  student  who 
wishes  to  attend  the  University  to  pursue  courses  which  may  be  trans- 
ferred to  a  standard  forestry  curriculum  in  another  institution.  The  pro- 
gram which  a  student  follows  depends  to  some  extent  upon  the  forestry 
college  he  plans  to  enter.  All  pre-forestry  students  in  the  College  of 
Agriculture  are  sent  to  the  Department  of  Botany  of  the  University  for 
counsel  and  advice  in  these  matters. 

For  residents  of  Maryland  who  have  completed  two  years  of  pre-forestry 
and  have  satisfied  requirements  comparable  to  those  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  and  have  been  accepted  in  the  School  of  Forestry  at  North  Caro- 
lina State  University,  the  University  of  Maryland  will  pay  the  non-resident 
fee  for  a  period  of  two  years. 

PRE-THEOLOGICAL   STUDENTS 

The  College  of  Agriculture  is  glad  to  cooperate  with  the  officers  of  any 
theological  seminary  who  desire  to  urge  its  prospective  students  to  pursue 
courses  in  agriculture  as  a  preparation  for  the  rural  ministry.  Such  pre- 
theological  students  may  enroll  for  a  semester  or  more  or  for  the  usual 
four  year  training  of  the  College.  In  either  case  they  should  enroll  as 
members  of  the  general  curriculum  in  the  College  of  Agriculture. 

The  electives  of  this  curriculum  may  be  used  for  such  pre-theological 
requirements  as  seem  desirable.  Elections  may  be  made  from  any  of  the 
offerings  of  the  University  such  as  history,  political  science,  philosophy, 
agricultural  economics,  rural  sociology,  modern  language,  EngUsh,  eco- 
nomics, rural  sociology,  natural  science,  education  and  the  like.  Stu- 
dents desiring  to  pursue  a  pre-theological  program  in  the  College  of  Agri- 
culture of  the  University  of  Maryland,  should  consult  with  the  president 
or  admisisons  officer  of  the  theological  seminary  which  they  expect  to 
attend. 

31 


Special  Curricula 


PRE-VETERINARY    STUDENTS 


This  program  is  designed  for  students  desiring  to  prepare  for  the  profes- 
sional course  in  veterinary  medicine. 

A  combined  degree  is  available  to  students  in  pre-veterinary  science.  A 
student  who  has  completed  90  academic  semester  credits  at  the  University 
of  Maryland  and  who  has  completed  30  additional  academic  semester 
credits  at  the  University  of  Georgia  or  at  any  accredited  veterinary  school 
is  eligible  to  make  application  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  from 
the  University  of  Maryland. 

Students  wishing  to  apply  for  the  combined  degree  must  fulfill  University 
and  College  requirements  as  set  forth  on  page  1 1  and  must  also  complete 
additional  credits  in  Animal  Science. 

The  State  of  Maryland  has  entered  a  regional  agreement  with  the  State 
of  Georgia  which  makes  ten  spaces  a  year  available  in  the  School  of 
Veterinary  Medicine,  University  of  Georgia.  The  spaces  are  to  be  filled 
on  a  competitive  basis  from  among  qualified  applicants. 

Candidates,  to  be  considered  qualified,  must  have: 

a.  Completed  the  curriculum  shown  below  with  grades  not  less  than  "C" 
in  any  subject. 

b.  Taken  the  veterinary  medical  aptitude  test;  and 

c.  Must  be  a  bona  fide  resident  of  Maryland. 

All  requirements  must  be  completed  by  June  prior  to  the  September  in 
which  the  student  desires  to  matriculate  in  veterinary  college.  The  pre- 
veterinary  curriculum  can  be  completed  in  two  years  but  may  be  extended, 
thus  making  it  possible  for  the  applicant  to  select  desirable  electives. 

After  the  names  of  the  candidates  have  been  received,  a  Georgia  Board 
of  Admissions  will  assemble  at  the  University  of  Maryland  and  will  inter- 
view each  candidate  and  receive  the  transcript  and  all  pertinent  docu- 
ments relating  to  him.  The  selection  will  be  made  by  the  Office  of  Ad- 
missions, University  of  Georgia. 


The  pre-veterinary  curriculum  should  contain: 


Semester 
Credit  Hours 


Biological  Sciences    12 

Botany  (4) 

Zoology  (8) 
English  and   Speech 12 


32 


Special  Curricula 

Semester 
Credit  Hours 

Physical  Sciences 30 

Inorganic  Chemistry   (8) 

Organic  Chemistry  (8) 

Mathematics  (6) 

Physics  (8) 

Animal  Science   9 

Genetics    3 

Nutrition    3 

Social  Science-^ 3 

History    6 

Physical  Education   2 

Health 2 

Air  Science  Optional 


3This  credit  may  be  satisfied  by  examination  at  the  University  of  Georgia. 
SPECIAL    STUDENTS    IN   AGRICULTURE 

Mature  students  may,  with  the  consent  of  the  Dean,  register  as  special 
students  and  pursue  a  program  of  studies  not  included  in  any  regular 
curriculum,  but  arranged  to  meet  the  needs  of  the  individual.  All  Uni- 
versity fees  for  these  special  students  are  the  same  as  fees  for  regular 
students. 

TWO-YEAR  PROGRAM INSTITUTE  OF  APPLIED  AGRICULTURE 

The  programs  of  study  offered  by  the  Institute  will  assist  men  and  women 
interested  in  preparing  for  specific  jobs  in  the  broad  fields  of  appUed  science 
and  business  in  agriculture.  Courses  taken  in  these  programs  are  not  trans- 
ferable for  degree  credits  at  the  University  of  Maryland.  However,  students 
satisfactorily  completing  two  years  of  study  will  be  awarded  an  appropriate 
certificate.  For  additional  information  write:  Director,  Institute  of  Applied 
Agriculture. 


33 


Course  Offerings 


The  University  reserves  the  right  to  withdraw  or  discontinue  any  course 
for  which  an  insufficient  number  of  students  have  registered  to  warrant 
giving  the  course.  In  such  an  event,  no  fee  will  be  charged  for  transfer 
to  another  course. 

Courses  are  designated  by  numbers  as  follows: 

1   to  99:   courses  for  undergraduates. 

100  to  199:   courses  for  advanced  undergraduates  and  graduates.    (Not 
all  courses  numbered  100  to  199  may  be  taken  for  graduate  credit.) 

200  to  299 :   courses  for  graduates  only. 

A  course  with  a  single  number  extends  through  one  semester.  A  course 
with  a  double  number  extends  through  two  semesters. 

Courses  not  otherwise  designated  are  lecture  courses.  The  number  of 
credit  hours  is  shown  by  the  arabic  numeral  in  parentheses  after  the  title 
of  the  course. 

A  separate  schedule  of  courses  is  issued  each  semester,  giving  the  hours, 
places  of  meeting,  and  other  information  required  by  the  student  in  making 
out  his  program.   Students  obtain  these  schedules  when  they  register. 


AGRICULTURE 

Agr.  1.  Introduction  to  Agriculture.  (1) 

First  semester.  Required  of  all  beginning  freshmen  and  sophomores  in  agri- 
culture. Other  students  must  get  the  consent  of  the  instructor.  A  series  of  lec- 
tures introducing  the  student  to  the  broad  field  of  agriculture.     (Poffenberger.) 

Agr.  100.  Introductory  Agricultural  Biometrics.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Introduction 
to  fundamental  concepts  underlying  the  application  of  biometrical  methods  to 
agricultural  problems  with  emphasis  on  graphical  presentation  of  data,  descrip- 
tive statistics,  chi-square  and  t-tests,  and  linear  regression  and  correlation. 

Agr,  200.  Agricultural  Biometrics.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequi- 
site, Agr.  Biom.  100  or  equivalent.  A  continuation  of  Agr.  100  with  emphasis 
on  analysis  of  variance  and  co-variance,  multiple  and  curvilinear  regression, 
sampling,  experimental  design  and  miscellaneous  statistical  technique  as  ap- 
plied to  agricultural  problems. 

Agr.  202,  203.  Advanced  Biological  Statistics.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  approval  of  instructor.  An  advanced 
course  dealing  with  specialized  experimental  designs,  sampling  techniques  and 
elaborations  of  standard  statistical  procedures  as  applied  to  the  animal  and 
plant  sciences. 

34 


Agricultural  Economics 

Agr.  210.  Experimental  Procedures  in  the  Agricultural 
Sciences.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  permision  of  instructor.  Organization  of  research 
projects  and  presentation  of  experimental  results  in  the  field  of  agricultural 
science.  Topics  included  will  be:  sources  of  research  financing,  project  outline 
preparation,  formal  progress  reports,  public  and  industrial  supported  research 
programs,  and  popular  presentation  of  research  data.  (Haut.) 


AGRICULTURAL  ECONOMICS 


Professors:  Beal,  Curtis,  Smith  and  Walker. 

Associate  Professors:  Foster,  Ishee,  McDonald,  Moore,  Schermer- 
horn  and  Wysong. 

Assistant  Professor:  Bender. 

Visiting  Professor:  Evans. 


A.  E.  50.  Elements  of  Agricultural  Economics.  (3) 

Second  semester.  An  introduction  to  economic  principles  of  production,  mar- 
keting, agricultural  prices  and  incomes,  farm  labor,  credit,  agricultural  policies, 
and  government  programs.  (Wysong.) 

A.  E.  51.  Marketing  of  Agricultural  Products.  (3) 

First  semester.  The  development  of  marketing,  its  scope,  channels,  and  agen- 
cies of  distribution,  functions,  costs,  methods  used  and  services  rendered. 

(Schermerhorn.) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

A.  E.  lOOSF  AND  A.  E.   lOlSF.  Agricultural  Estimating 

Methodology.  (3)  (3)  (Not  for  Grad.  Credit) 

First  and  second  semesters,  respectively.  The  history,  organization  and  admin- 
istration of,  and  services  provided  by  the  Statistical  Reporting  Service  of  the 
U.  S.  Department  of  Agriculture  and  the  survey  sampling  methods  used  by  that 
agency  for  computing  the  Departments  official  statistics  on  crops,  livestock  and 
livestock  products,  production,  agricultural  prices  and  farm  employment.  Em- 
phasis is  on  statistical  procedures  used  for  preparing  approximately  350  reports 
issued  annually  by  the  Crop  Reporting  Board  of  the  U.  S.  Statistical  Reporting 
Service.  (Designed  especially  for  foreign  students  in  FAO  and  AID-Program 
of  Technical  Cooperation  but  very  beneficial  to  any  student  interested  in  the 
area.)  (Guellow.) 

A.  E.  103.  Economics  of  Agricultural  Cooperation.  (3) 

Second  semester.  A  course  in  the  development,  expansion  and  consolidation  of 
the  cooperative  method  of  business.  Modern  business  organization  and  operat- 
ing principles  and  practices  related  to  farmer  cooperatives  are  stressed. 

(Smith.) 

35 


Agricultural  Economics 

A.  E.  104.  Economics  of  Agricultural  Transportation.  (3) 

First  semester.  The  course  deals  with  the  unique  nature  of  agriculture  in  broad 
perspective  as  it  relates  to  economics  of  transportation  of  the  products  in- 
volved. It  includes  the  development  of  agricultural  transportation,  effect  of 
legislation  and  regulation  upon  this  development,  and  growth  of  the  intercarrier 
competition.  Theories  of  rate  making  and  classification  of  carriers  are  dis- 
cussed from  the  standpoint  of  the  efi'ect  of  transportation  costs  and  methods 
upon  plant  and  industry  location  in  agriculture.  (Smith.) 

A.  E.  106.  Prices  of  Agricultural  Products.  (3) 

Second  semester.  An  introduction  to  agricultural  price  behavior.  Emphasis 
is  placed  on  the  use  of  price  information  in  the  decision-making  process,  the 
relation  of  supply  and  demand  in  determining  agricultural  prices,  and  the  rela- 
tion of  prices  to  grade,  time,  location,  and  stages  of  processing  in  the  market- 
ing system.  The  course  includes  elementary  methods  of  price  analysis,  the  con- 
cept of  parity,  and  the  role  of  price  support  programs  in  agricultural  de- 
cisions. (Bender.) 

A.  E.  107.  Financial  Analysis  of  the  Farm  Business.  (3) 

First  semester.  Application  of  economic  principles  to  develop  criteria  for  a 
sound  farm  business,  including  credit  source  and  use,  preparing  and  filing 
income  tax  returns,  methods  of  appraising  farm  properties,  the  summary  and 
analysis  of  farm  records,  leading  to  effective  control  and  profitable  operation 
of  the  farm  business.  (Wysong.) 

A.  E.  108.  Farm  Management.  (3) 

Second  semester.  The  organization  and  operation  of  the  farm  business  to 
obtain  an  income  consistent  with  family  resources  and  objectives.  Principles 
of  production  economics  and  other  related  fields  are  applied  to  the  individual 
farm  business.  Laboratory  period  will  be  largely  devoted  to  field  trips  and 
other  practical  exercises.  (Ishee.) 

A.  E.  109.  Introduction  TO  Econometrics  IN  Agriculture.  (3) 

First  semester.  An  introduction  to  the  application  of  econometric  techniques 
to  agricultural  problems  with  emphasis  on  the  assumptions  and  computational 
techniques  necessary  to  derive  statistical  estimates,  test  hypotheses,  and  make 
predictions  with  the  use  of  single  equation  models.  Includes  linear  and  non- 
linear regression  models,  internal  least  squares,  discriminant  analysis  and  factor 
analysis.  (Suttor) 

A.  E.  111.  Economics  of  Resource  Development.  (3) 

First  semester.  Economic,  political,  and  institutional  factors  which  influence 
the  use  of  land  resources.  Application  of  elementary  economic  principles  in 
understanding  social  conduct  concerning  the  development  and  use  of  natural 
and  man-made  resources.  (Tuthill.) 

A.  E.  112.  Agricultural  Policy  and  Programs.  (3) 

First  semester.  A  study  of  public  policies  and  programs  related  to  the  prob- 
lems of  agriculture.  Description,  analysis  and  appraisal  of  current  policies 
and  programs  will  be  emphasized.  (Beal.) 

A.  E.   114.  World  Agricultural  Production  and  Trade.   (3) 

First  semester.  World  production,  consumption,  and  trade  patterns  for  agri- 
cultural products.  International  trade  theory  applied  to  agricultural  products. 
National   influences   on   international    agricultural    trade.  (Foster.) 

36 


Agricultural  Economics 
A.  E.  115.  Marketing  Animals  and  Animal  Products.   (3) 

First  semester.  Principles,  functions,  methods  and  channels  of  marketing  ani- 
mals and  animal  products  including  livestock  and  livestock  products,  dairy 
animals  and  dairy  products,  and  poultry  and  poultry  products.  Application  of 
basic  principles  of  economics  and  marketing  in  a  study  of  the  role  of  the  mar- 
keting system  and  development  of  measures  of  performance.  (Smith.) 

A.  E.  116.  Marketing  Plant  Products.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Principles,  functions,  methods  and  channels  of  marketing  plant 
products  including  fruits,  vegetables,  horticultural  specialties,  grain  and  tobacco. 
Analyses  of  supply,  demand,  prices,  grading,  regulatory  activities,  and  govern- 
ment programs  and  services.  (Staff.) 

A.  E.  119.  Foreign  Agricultural  Economies.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Analysis  of  the  agricultural  economy  of  selected  areas  of  the 
world.  The  interrelationships  among  institutions  and  values,  such  as  govern- 
ment and  religion,  and  the  economics  of  agricultural  organization  and  produc- 
tion. (Foster.) 

A.  E.  198.  Special  Problems.  (1-2)  (2  cr.  max.)  (Not  for  grad.  cr.) 
First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Concentrated  reading  and  study  in 
some  phase  or  problem  in  agricultural  economics.  (Staff.) 

A.  E.  199.  Seminar.  (1,  1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Students  will  obtain  experience  in  the  selection, 
preparation  and  presentation  of  economic  topics  and  problems  which  will  be 
subjected  to  critical  analysis.  (Wysong.) 

For  Graduates 
A.  E.  200.  Application  of  Econometrics  in  Agriculture.  (3) 

First  semester.  Tools  for  analyzing  demand  and  price  behavior  of  agricultural 
products.  Theories  of  least  squares,  estimation  of  structural  economic  rela- 
tions in  simultaneous  equation  systems,  identification  problems,  and  non-linear 
estimation  techniques.  (Ishee) 

A.  E.  201.  Advanced  Theory  and  Practice  of  International 
Agricultural  Trade.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Advanced  theory,  policies  and  practice  in  international  trade 
in  agricultural  products.  Includes  principal  theories  of  trade  and  finance, 
agricultural  trade  policies  of  various  countries,  and  the  mechanics  of  how 
trade  is  conducted.  (Moore.) 

A.  E.  202.  Market  Structure  in  Agriculture.  (3) 

First  semester.  This  course  centers  on  the  concept  of  market  structure  analy- 
sis, with  application  of  principles  developed  to  agricultural  industries.  The 
dimension  of  market  structure  is  analyzed  along  with  its  impact  on  conduct  and 
performance.  Considerable  time  is  spent  on  policy  issues  and  the  application 
of  the  antitrust  laws  to  agricultural  industries.  (Moore.) 

A.  E.  208.  Agricultural  Price  and  Income  Policy.  (3) 

Second  semester.  The  evolution  of  agricultural  policy  in  the  United  States, 
emphasizing  the  origin  and  development  of  governmental  programs,  and  their 
effects  upon  agricultural  production,  prices  and  income.  (Beal.) 

37 


Agricultural  Economics 

A.  E.  210.  Rural  Taxation  and  Public  Functions.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Theory  and  practical  problems  in  rural  taxation.  Major 
types  of  taxes  are  considered  m  detail.  The  tax  system  as  it  affects  farmers 
and  rural  areas  will  be  discussed.  Major  functional  responsibilities  of  the 
different  levels  of  governments  are  studied,  with  emphasis  upon  public  services 
to  rural  areas  and  equal  tax  effort  for  support  of  equal  functional  programs. 

(Walker.) 

A.  E.  212.  Agriculture  in  World  Economic  Development.  (3) 

First  semester.  Theories  and  concepts  of  what  makes  economic  development 
happen.  Approaches  and  programs  for  stimulating  the  transformation  from  a 
primitive  agricultural  economy  to  an  economy  of  rapidly  developing  commer- 
cial agriculture  and  industry.  Analysis  of  selected  agricultural  development  pro- 
grams in  Asia,  Africa  and  Latin  America.  (Foster.) 

A.  E.  214.  Advanced  Agricultural  Marketing.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Advanced  study  of  the  complex  theoretical,  institutional  and 
legal  factors  governing  both  domestic  and  foreign  agricultural  trade,  with  par- 
ticular attention  given  to  policies  and  practices  affecting  cost  and  price. 

(Beal.) 

A.  E.  216.  Economics  of  Agricultural  Production.  (3) 

First  semester.  Study  of  the  more  complex  problems  involved  in  the  long- 
range  adjustments,  organization  and  operation  of  farm  resources,  including  the 
impact  of  new  technology  and  methods.  Applications  of  the  theory  of  the 
firm,  linear  programming,  activity  analysis,  and  input-output  analysis. 

(Ishee.) 

A.  E.  218.  Agricultural  Economics  Research  Techniques.   (3) 

First  semester.  Emphasis  is  given  to  philosophy  and  basic  objectives  of  research 
in  the  field  of  agricultural  economics.  The  course  is  designed  to  help  students 
define  a  research  problem  and  work  out  logical  procedures  for  executing  re- 
search in  the  social  sciences.  Attention  is  given  to  the  techniques  and  tools 
available  to  agricultural  economists.  Research  documents  in  the  field  will  be 
appraised  from  the  standpoint  of  procedures  and  evaluation  of  the  research. 

(Wysong.) 

A.  E.  219.  Advanced  Land  Economics.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Application  of  micro  and  macro  economic  principles  to  the 
analyses  of  special  problems  related  to  land  such  as  public  direction  of  land 
use,   tenure   arrangements,   conservation,   and   land   reform   movements. 

(Wysong.) 

A.  E.  220.  International  Impacts  of  Selected 
Agricultural  Forces.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Selected  agricultural  forces  (such  as  pressure  of  popula- 
tion on  food  supply)  and  their  impacts  on  the  political,  social,  and  economic 
development  of  the  world.  (Foster.) 

A.  E.  300.  Special  Topics  in  Agricultural  Economics.  (3) 

First  and  second  semester.  This  course  is  designed  to  offer  students  special 
subject  matter  in  the  field  of  Agricultural  Economics.  Subject  matter  taught 
in  this   course  will   be  varied  and  will  depend  on   the  persons   available  for 

38 


Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 

teaching  unique  and  specialized  phases  of  Agricultural  Economics.  The  course 
will  be  taught  by  the  staff  or  visiting  Agricultural  Economists  who  may  be 
secured  on  lectureship  or  visiting  professor  basis.  (Staff.) 

A.  E.  301.  Special  Problems  in  Agricultural  Economics.    (1-2) 

(4  cr.  max.) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer:  Intensive  study  and  analysis  of  spe- 
cific problems  in  the  field  of  agricultural  economics,  which  will  provide  in- 
formation in  depth  in  areas  of  special  interest  to  the  student.  (Staff.) 

A.  E.  302.  Seminar.   (1,   1) 

First  and  second  semesters:  Students  will  participate  through  study  of  prob- 
lems in  the  field,  reporting  to  seminar  members  and  defending  positions 
adopted.  Outstanding  leaders  in  the  field  will  present  ideas  for  analyses  and  dis- 
cussion among  class  members.  Students  involved  in  original  research  will 
present  progress  reports.  Class  discussion  will  provide  opportunity  for  con- 
structive criticism  and  guidance.  (Curtis.) 

A.  E.  399.  Research.   (6  hrs.  M.S.;  additional  6  hrs.  Ph.D.) 

First,  second  semesters  and  summer:  Advanced  research  in  agricultural  eco- 
nomics.   Credit  according  to  work  accomplished.  (Staff.) 


AGRICULTURAL  AND  EXTENSION  EDUCATION 

Professor:  Cardozier. 
Assistant  Professor:  Johnson. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates 
R.  Ed.  101.  Teaching  Materials  and  Demonstrations.  (2) 

First  semester.  Principles  and  practices  of  the  demonstration  method;  con- 
struction and  use  of  visual  aids  in  teaching  agriculture. 

R.  Ed.  103.  Student  Teaching.  (5) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  satisfactory  academic  average  and  permission  of 
instructor.  Fulltime  student  teaching  in  an  off-campus  student  teaching  center 
under  an  approved  supervising  teacher  of  agriculture.  Participating  experience 
in  all  aspects  of  the  work  of  a  teacher  of  agriculture.  (Cardozier.) 

R.  Ed.  104.  Student  Teaching.  (1-4) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  satisfactory  academic  average  and  permission  of  in- 
structor. Fulltime  observation  and  participation  in  work  of  teacher  of  agri- 
culture in  off-campus  student  teaching  center.  Provides  students  opportunity 
to  gain  experience  in  the  summer  program  of  work,  to  participate  in  opening 
of  school  activities,  and  to  gain  other  experience  needed  by  teachers. 

(Cardozier.) 

39 


Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 

R.  Ed.  107.  Introduction  to  Agricultural  Education.  (2) 

An  overview  of  the  job  of  the  teacher  of  agriculture;  examination  of  agricul- 
tural education  programs  for  youth  and  adults. 

R.  Ed.  109.  Teaching  Secondary  Vocational  Agriculture.    (3) 

First  semester.  A  comprehensive  course  in  the  work  of  high  school  depart- 
ments of  vocational  agriculture.  It  emphasizes  particularly  placement,  super- 
vised farming  programs,  the  organization  and  administration  of  Future  Farmer 
activities,  and  objectives  and  methods  in  all-day  instruction.  (Cardozier.) 

R.  Ed.  111.  Teaching  Young  and  Adult  Farmer  Groups.  (1) 

First  semester.  Characteristics  of  young  and  adult  farmer  instruction  in  agri- 
culture. Determining  needs  for  and  organizing  a  course;  selecting  materials  for 
instruction;  and  class  management.  Emphasis  is  on  the  conference  method  of 
teaching.  (Smith.) 

R.  Ed.  121.  Directed  Experience  in  Extension  Education.  (1-5) 

Prerequisite,  satisfactory  academic  average  and  permission  of  instructor.  Full- 
time observation  and  participation  in  selected  aspects  of  extension  education 
in  an  approved  training  county.  (Johnson.) 

R.  Ed.  161.  4-H  Organization  and  Procedure.  (2) 

A  study  of  the  youth  phase  of  cooperative  extension  work.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  the  philosophy,  objectives,  organization,  leadership  development  and  meth- 
ods used  in  conducting  4-H  Club  work  at  the  local  and  county  level. 

(Johnson.) 

R.  Ed.  198.  Special  Problems.  (1-3) 

Prerequisite,  approval  of  staff.  (Staff.) 

R.  Ed.  199.  Seminar  in  Agricultural  Education.  (1) 

Examination  of  current  literature,  reports  and  discussions  of  problems,  trends, 
and  issues  in  agricultural  education.  (StaflF.) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
R.  Ed.  114.  Rural  Life  in  Modern  Society.  (3) 

Examination  of  the  many  aspects  of  rural  life  that  effect  and  are  affected  by, 
changes  in  technical,  natural  and  human  resources.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
role  which  diverse  organizations,  agencies,  and  institutions  play  in  the  educa- 
tion and  adjustment  of  rural  people  to  the  demands  of  modern  society. 

R.  Ed.  150.  Extension  Education.  (2) 

Second  semester.  The  Agricultural  Extension  Service  as  an  educational  agency. 
The  history,  philosophy,  objectives,  policy,  organization,  legislation  and  meth- 
ods used  in  extension  work.  (Johnson.) 

R.  Ed.  160.  Extension  Communications.  (2) 

First  semester.  An  introduction  to  communications  in  teaching  and  within 
an  organization,  including  barriers  to  communication,  the  diffusion  process 
and  the  application  of  communication  principles  person  to  person,  with  groups 
and  through  mass  media.  (Johnson.) 

40 


Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 
R.  Ed.  170,  171.  Conservation  of  Natural  Resources.  (3,  3) 

Laboratory  fee,  $35.00.  Designed  primarily  for  teachers.  Study  of  state's 
natural  resources — soil,  water,  fisheries,  wildlife,  forests,  and  minerals — natural 
resources  problems  and  practices.  Extensive  field  study.  First  course  con- 
centrates on  subject  matter;  second  includes  methods  of  teaching  conservation. 
Courses  taken  concurrently  in  summer  season. 

R.  Ed.  180,  181.  Critique  in  Rural  Education.  (1,  1) 

Summer  session  only.   Current  problems  and  trends  in  rural  education. 

For  Graduates 
R.  Ed.  200.  Research  Methods  in  Rural  Education.  (2-3) 

First  semester.  The  scientific  method,  problem  identification,  survey  of  re- 
search literature,  preparing  research  plans,  design  of  studies,  experimentation, 
analysis  of  data,  and  thesis  writing.  (Cardozier.) 

R.  Ed.  201  Rural  Community  Analysis.    (3) 

Analysis  of  structure  and  function  of  rural  society  and  application  of  social 
understandings  to  educational  processes.  (Smith.) 

R.  Ed.  204.  Developing  Rural  Leadership.    (2-3) 

Theories  of  leadership  are  emphasized.  Techniques  of  identifying  formal  and 
informal   leaders  and  the   development  of  rural  lay   leaders. 

R.  Ed.  207,  208.  Special  Topics  in  Rural  Education.  (2,  2) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  (Staff.) 

R.  Ed.  209.  Rural  Adult  Education.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Principles  of  adult  education  applied  to  rural  groups.  Un- 
derstanding adult  motivation,  ability  and  behavior.  Effective  methods  of 
planning,  organizing   and   conducting  rural   adult   educational   programs. 

R.  Ed.  215.  Supervision  of  Student  Teaching.  (1) 

Summer  session.  Identification  of  experiences  and  activities  in  an  effective 
student  teaching  program,  responsibilities  and  duties  of  supervising  teachers, 
and  evaluation  of  student  teaching.  (Cardozier. > 

R.  Ed.  217.  Program  Planning  and  Evaluation  in 
Agricultural  Education.  (2-3) 

Second  semester.  Analysis  of  community  agricultural  education  needs,  selec- 
tion and  organization  of  course  content,  and  criteria  and  procedures  for  evaluat- 
ing programs.  (Staff.) 

R.  Ed.  225.  Program  Development  in  Extension  Education.    (2) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  R.  Ed.  150  or  equivalent.  Principles  and  pro- 
cedures of  program  planning  and  development  in  extension  education. 

(Johnson.) 

R.  Ed.  240.  Agricultural  College  Instruction.  (1) 

(Cardozier.) 

41 


Agricultural  Engineering 

R.  Ed.  301.  Special  Problems.  (1-3) 

Prerequisite,  approval  of  staff.  (Staff.) 

R.  Ed.  302.  Seminar  in  Rural  Education.   (1,   1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Problems  in  the  organization,  administration,  and 
supervision  of  the  several  agencies  of  rural  education.  Investigations,  papers, 
and  reports.  (Staff.) 

R.  Ed.  399.  Research.  (1-6) 

(Staff.) 


AGRICULTURAL  ENGINEERING 

Professors:  Green,  Burkhardt. 

Associate  Professors:  Geinger,  Winn  and  Harris. 

Assistant  Professor:  Matthews. 

Agr.  Engr.  1.  Introduction  to  Agricultural  Engineering.  (4) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week. 
Applications  of  mathematics,  physics,  and  engineering  techniques  in  the  solu- 
tion of  agricultural  engineering  problems.  Studies  will  include  farm  power  and 
machinery,  farm  structures  and  electrification  and  soil  and  water  conserva- 
tion, (Matthews.) 

Agr.  Engr.  56.  Introduction  to  Farm  Mechanics.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  A  study  of  the  hand  tools  and  power  equipment  and 
their  safe  use  as  it  applies  to  mechanized  farms.  Principles  and  practice  in 
arc  and  gas  welding,  cold  metal  and  sheet  metal  work  are  provided.  Also, 
tool  fitting,  woodworking,  plumbing,  blue  print  reading  and  use  of  concrete. 

(Gienger.) 

Agr.  Engr.  86.  Agricultural  Engineering  Shop  Techniques.    (1) 

Second  semester.  One  laboratory  per  week.  Agricultural  Engineering  majors 
only.  Shop  techniques  and  procedures  used  in  construction  of  experimental 
agricultural  machinery  and  equipment.  Operation  principles  of  power  and. hand 
tools.  A  term  problem  to  develop  plans  and  techniques  for  construction,  to 
select  materials  and  to  construct  an  assigned  unit  will  be  required. 

(Burkhardt.) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates 
Agr.  Engr.  104.  Farm  Mechanics.  (2) 

First  semester.  Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Avail- 
able only  to  seniors  in  agricultural  education.  This  course  consists  of  labo- 
ratory exercises  in  practical  farm  shop  and  farm  equipment  maintenance, 
repair,  and  construction  projects,  and  a  study  of  the  principles  of  shop  organiza- 
tion and  administration.  (Gienger.) 

42 


Agricultural  Engineering 
Agr.  Engr.  113.  Mechanics  of  Food  Processing.  (4) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory.  Prerequisite,  Physics  1  or 
10.  Applications  in  the  processing  and  preservation  of  foods  of  power  trans- 
mission, hydraulics,  electricity,  thermodynamics,  refrigeration,  instruments  and 
controls,  materials  handling  and  time  and  motion  analysis.  (Matthews.) 

Agr.  Engr.  123.  Agricultural  Production  Equipment.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Agr. 
Engr.  1.  Principles  of  operation  and  functions  of  power  and  machinery  units 
as  related  to  tillage;  metering  devices;  cutting,  conveying  and  separating  units; 
and  control  mechanisms.  Principles  of  internal  combustion  engines  and  power 
unit  components.  (Matthews.) 

Agr.  Engr.  124.  Agricultural  Materials  Handling  and 
Environmental  Control.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
Agr.  Engr.  1.  Characteristics  of  construction  materials  and  details  of  agri- 
cultural structures.  Fundamentals  of  electricity,  electrical  circuits,  and  elec- 
trical controls.  Materials  handling  and  environmental  requirements  of  farm 
products  and  animals.  (Matthews.) 

Agr.  Engr.  143    Agricultural  Power  and  Machinery 
Analysis.  (4) 

First  semester.  TTiree  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
Agr.  Engr.  1,  E.S.  21  and  M.E.  1.  Analysis  of  power  units  and  equipment  used 
for  agricultural  production  with  emphasis  on  functional  design  requirements. 
Fundamentals  of  power  transmission,  principles  of  internal  combustion  engines 
and   force   analysis.  (Harris.) 

Agr.  Engr.  144.  Design  of  Operational  Systems  for 
Agriculture.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
Math.  21  and  Phys.  21.  Principles  and  engineering  requirements  of  agricultural 
environmental  control.  Included  are  studies  of  controlling  heat  and  moisture 
produced  by  animals  and  crops,  static  loading  of  farm  structures  and  electrical 
components  as  related  to  environment  and  materials  handling.  (Harris.) 

Agr.  Engr.  145.  Soil  and  Water  Conservation  Engineering.    (2) 

Second  semester.    Two  lectures   per  week.    Prerequisites,  C.E.  90  and  M.  E. 

102.  Applications  of  engineering  and  soil  sciences  in  erosion  control,  drain- 
age, irrigation  and  watershed  management.  Principles  of  agricultural  hydrology 
and  design  of  water  control  and  conveyance  systems.  (Green.) 

Agr.  Engr.  189.  Senior  Problem.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  approval  of  Department.  Students  will  select  individual  projects, 
prepare  design,  conduct,  experiment  or  analyze  experimental  data  and  present 
both  an  oral  and  written  report  to  Departmental  faculty.  (Staff.) 

Agr.  Engr.  198.  Special  Problems  in  Farm  Mechanics.  (1-3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  approval  of  Department.  Not  accept- 
able for  majors  in  agricultural  engineering.  Problems  assigned  in  proportion 
to  credit.  (Gienger.) 

43 


Agronomy — Crops,  Soils  and  Geology 

For  Graduates 
\gr.  Engr.  201.  Special  Topics  in  Agricultural  Engineering.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week. 
Timely  topics  in  specialized  areas  of  agricultural  engineering  will  be  selected 
as  needed  by  graduate  students;  for  example,  Instrumentation  for  Agricultural 
Engineering   Research.  (Stafif.) 

Agr.  Engr.  301.  Special  Problems  in  Agricultural 
Engineering.  (1-6) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Work  assigned  in  proportion  to 
amount  of  credit.  (Staff.) 

Agr.  Engr.  302.  Seminar.  (1,  1) 

First  and  second  semesters.   Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.         (Harris.) 

Agr.  Engr.  399.  Research.  (1-6) 

Credit  according  to  work  accomplished.  (Staff.) 


AGRONOMY— CROPS,  SOILS,  AND  GEOLOGY 

Professors:  Miller,  Rothgeb  and  Street. 

Associate  Professors:  Axley,  Clark,  Decker,  Kresge  and  Strickling. 

Assistant  Professors:  Beyer,  Deal,  Colby,  Fanning,  Fernow, 
Newcomer  and  Siegrist. 

CROPS 

Agron.  1.  Crop  Production.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Culture,  use, 
improvement,  adaptation,  distribution,  and  history  of  field  crops.  (Clark.) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Agron.  103.  Crop  Breeding.  (2) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1966-67.)  Prerequisite,  Bot.  117  or 
Zool.  6.  Principles  and  methods  of  breeding  annual  self  and  cross-pollinated 
plants  and  perennial  forage  species.  (Beyer.) 

Agron.  104.  Tobacco  Production.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Bot.  1.  A  study  of  the 
history,  adaptation,  distribution,  culture,  and  improvement  of  various  types  of 
tobacco,  with  special  emphasis  on  problems  in  Maryland  tobacco  production. 
Physical  and  chemical  factors  associated  with  yield  and  quality  of  tobacco 
will   be  stressed.  (Street.) 

Agron.  107.  Cereal  Crop  Production.  (3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1966-67.)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Bot.  1.  Study  of  the  principles  and 
practices  of  corn,  wheat,  oats,  barley,  rye,  and  soybean  production.     (Rothgeb.) 

44 


Agronomy — Crops,  Soils  and  Geology 
Agron.  108.  Forage  Crop  Production.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
Bot.  1.  Study  of  the  production  and  management  of  grasses  and  legumes  for 
quality  hay,  silage,  and  pasture.  (Decker.) 

Agron.  109.  Turf  Management.  (2) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1967-68.)  Two  lectures  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite, Bot.  1.  A  study  of  principles  and  practices  in  management  of  turf  for 
lawns,  golf  courses,  athletic  fields,  playgrounds,  airfields,  and  highway  planting. 

(Deal.) 

Agron.  151.  Cropping  Systems.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Agron.  1  or  equivalent. 
The  coordination  of  information  from  various  courses  in  the  development  of 
balanced  cropping  systems,  appropriate  to  different  objectives  in  various  areas 
of  the  state  and  nation.  (Clark.) 

Agron.  152.  Seed  Production  and  Distribution.  (2) 

Second  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1966-67.)  One  lecture  and  one  labo- 
ratory period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Agron.  1  or  equivalent.  A  study  of  seed 
production,  processing,  and  distribution;  federal  and  state  seed  control  pro- 
grams; seed  laboratory  analysis;  release  of  new  varieties;  and  maintenance  of 
foundation  seed  stocks.  (Newcomer.) 

Agron.  154.  Weed  Control.  (3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1967-68.)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Agron.  1  or  equivalent.  A  study  of  the 
use  of  cultural  practices  and  chemical  herbicides  in  the  control  of  weeds. 

(Colby.) 

For  Graduates 
Agron.  201.  Advanced  Crop  Breeding.  (2) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1967-68.)  Two  lectures  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite, Agron.  103  or  equivalent.  Genetic,  cytogenetic,  and  statistical  theories 
underlying  methods  of  plant  breeding.  A  study  of  quantitative  inheritance, 
herterosis,  heritability,  interspecific  and  intergeneric  hybridization,  polyploidy, 
sterility  mechanisms,  inbreedng  and  outbreeding,  and  other  topics  as  related  to 
plant  breeding.  (Beyer.) 

Agron.  204.  Technic  in  Field  Crop  Research.  (2) 

Second  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1966-67.)  Two  lectures  a  week. 
Field  plot  technic,  application  of  statistical  analysis  to  agronomic  data,  and 
preparation  of  the  research  project. 

Agron.  205.  Advanced  Tobacco  Production,  (2) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1967-68)  Two  lectures  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite, permission  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  structural  adaptation  and 
chemical  response  of  tobacco  to  environmental  variations.  Emphasis  will  be 
placed  on  the  alkaloids  and  other  unique  components.  (Street.) 

Agron.  207.  Advanced  Forage  Crops.  (2) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1966-67.)  Two  lectures  a  week.  Pre- 
requisites,  Bot.    101,   Chem.    31,   or   equivalent,   or   permission   of   instructor. 

45 


Agronomy — Crops,  Soils  and  Geology 

A  fundamental  study  of  physiological  and  ecological  responses  of  grasses  and 
legumes  to  environmental  factors,  including  fertilizer  elements,  soil  moisture, 
soil  temperature,  air  temperature,  humidity,  length  of  day,  quality  and  intensity 
of  light,  wind  movement,  and  defoliation  practices.  Relationship  of  these 
factors  to  life  history,  production,  chemical  and  botanical  composition, 
quality,  and  persistance  of  forages  will  be  considered.  (Decker.) 

Agron.  208.  Research  Methods.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  permission  of  staff.  Development  of  research 
viewpoint  by  detailed  study  and  report  on  crop  research  of  the  Maryland 
Experiment  Station  or  review  of  literature  on  specific  phases  of  a  problem. 

(Staff.) 

Agron.  S210.  Cropping  Systems.  (1) 

Summer  session  only.    An  advanced  course  primarily  designed  for  teachers  of 
vocational  agriculture  and  county  agents.    It  deals  with  outstanding  problems 
and  the  latest  developments  in  the  field. 
Additional  courses  under  CROPS  AND  SOILS. 

SOILS 

Agron.  10.  General  Soils.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite, Chem.  1  or  permission  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  fundamentals 
of  soils  including  their  origin,  development,  relation  to  natural  sciences,  effect 
on  civilization,  physical  properties,  and  chemical  properties.  (Kresge.) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Agron.  SI  10.  Soil  Management.  (1) 

Summer  session  only.  An  advanced  course  primarily  designed  for  teachers  of 
vocational  agriculture  and  county  agents  dealing  with  factors  involved  in  man- 
agement of  soils  in  general  and  of  Maryland  soils  in  particular.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  methods  of  maintaining  and  improving  chemical,  physical,  and  bio- 
logical characteristics  of  soils.  (Strickling.) 

Agron.  111.  Soil  Fertility  Principles.  (3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1966-67.)  Three  lectures  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  Agron.  10.  A  study  of  the  chemical,  physical,  and  biological 
characteristics  of  soils  that  are  important  in  growing  crops.  Soil  deficiencies  of 
physical,  chemical,  or  biological  nature  and  their  correction  by  the  use  of  lime, 
fertilizers,  and  rotations  are  discussed  and  illustrated.  (Strickling.) 

Agron.  112.  Commercial  Fertilizers.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Agron.  10  or  permis- 
sion of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  manufacturing  of  commerical  fertilizers  and 
their  use  in  soils  for  efficient  crop  production.  (Axley.) 

Agron.  113.  Soil  Conservation.  (3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1966-67.)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Agron.  10  or  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. A  study  of  the  importance  and  causes  of  soil  erosion,  and  methods  of  soil 
erosion  control.  Special  emphasis  is  placed  on  farm  planning  for  soil  conser- 
vation.   The  laboratory  period  will  be  largely  devoted  to  field  trips. 

46 


Agronomy — Crops,  Soils,  and  Geology 
Agron.  114.  Soil  Classification  and  Geography.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequi- 
site, Agron.  10,  or  permission  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  genesis,  morphol- 
ogy, classification  and  geographic  distribution  of  soils.  The  broad  principles 
governing  soil  formation  are  explained.  Attention  is  given  to  the  influence  of 
geographic  factors  on  the  development  and  use  of  the  soils  in  the  United  States 
and  other  parts  of  the  world.  The  laboratory  periods  will  be  largely  devoted 
to  the  field  trips  and  to  a  study  of  soil  maps  of  various  countries. 

(Fanning.) 
Agron.  116.  Soil  Chemistry.  (3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1966-67.)  One  lecture  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Agron.  10,  or  permission  of  instructor. 
A  study  of  the  chemical  composition  of  soils;  cation  and  anion  exchange;  acid, 
alkaline  and  saline  soil  conditions;  and  soil  fixation  of  plant  nutrients.  Chemical 
methods  of  soil  analysis  will  be  studied  with  emphasis  on  their  relation  to 
fertilizer  requirements.  (Axley.) 

Agron.  117.  Soil  Physics.  (3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1967-68.)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Agron.  10  and  a  course  in  physics,  or 
permission  of  instructor.  A  study  of  physical  properties  of  soils  with  special 
emphasis  on  relationship  to  soil  productivity.  (Strickling.) 

Agron.  119.  Soil  Mineralogy.  (4) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1967-68.)  Two  lectures  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  A  study  of 
the  fundamental  laws  and  forms  of  crystal  symmetry  and  essentials  of  crystal 
structure;  structure,  occurrence,  association  and  use  of  minerals;  and  determina- 
tion of  minerals  by  means  of  their  morphological  chemical  and  physical 
properties.  Particular  attention  is  given  to  soil-forming  minerals.  Laboratory 
periods  will  be  devoted  to  a  systematic  study  of  about  75  minerals. 
Additional  courses  under  CROPS  AND  SOILS.  (Siegrist.) 

For  Graduates 
Agron.  250.  Advanced  Soil  Mineralogy.  (3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1966-67.)  Three  lectures  a  week.  Pre- 
requisites, Agron.  10,  Agron.  119  and  permission  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the 
structure  physical-chemical  characteristics  and  identification  methods  of  soil 
minerals,  particularly  clay  minerals,  and  their  relationship  to  soil  genesis  and 
productivity.  (Fanning.) 

Agron.  251.  Advanced  Methods  of  Soil  Investigation.  (3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1967-68.)  Three  lectures  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  Agron.  10  and  permission  of  instructor.  An  advanced  study  of 
the  theory  of  the  chemical  methods  of  soil  investigation  with  emphasis  on  prob- 
lems involving  application  of  physical  chemistry.  (Axley.) 

Agron,  252.  Advanced  Soil  Physics.  (3) 

Second  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1967-68.)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Agron.  10  and  permission  of  instructor. 
An  advanced  study  of  physical  properties  of  soils  with  special  emphasis  on  rela- 
tionship to  soil  productivity.  (Strickling.) 

47 


Agronomy — Crops,  Soils  and  Geology 

Agron.  253.  Advanced  Soil  Chemistry.  (3) 

Second  semester,  alternate  years.  Offered  1966-67.)  One  lecture  and  two  lab- 
oratory periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  A  continuation 
of  Agron.  116  with  emphasis  on  soil  chemistry  of  minor  elements  necessary 
for  plant  growth.  (Axley.) 

Additional  courses  under  CROPS  AND  SOILS. 


CROPS  AND  SOaS 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates 
Agron.  198.  Special  Problems  in  Agronomy.  (1) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisites,  Agron.  10,  107,  108  or  permission  of  instructor. 
A  detailed  study,  including  a  written  report  of  an  important  problem  in  agro- 
nomy. (Staff.) 

Agron.  199.  Senior  Seminar.   (1) 

First  semester.  Reports  by  seniors  on  current  scientific  and  practical  publications 
pertaining  to  agronomy.  (Miller.) 

For  Graduates 
Agron.  260.  Recent  Advances  in  Agronomy.  (2-4) 

First  semester.  Two  hours  each  year.  Total  credit  four  hours.  Prerequisite,  per- 
mission of  instructor.    A  study  of  recent  advances  in  agronomy  research. 

(Staff.) 

Agron.  302.  Agronomy  Seminar.  (1,  1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Total  credit  toward  M.  S.  2;  toward  Ph.D.,  6. 
Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  (Staff.) 

Agron.  399.  Research. 

First  and  second  semesters.    Credit  according  to  work  done.  (Staff.) 

GEOLOGY 

Geol.  1.  Geology.  (3) 

First  and  second  semester.  Three  lectures  or  two  lectures  and  one  laboratory 
each  week.  A  study  dealing  primarily  with  the  principles  of  dynamical  and 
structural  geology.  Designed  to  give  a  general  survey  of  the  rocks  and  minerals 
composing  the  earth;  the  movement  within  it;  and  its  surface  features  and  the 
agents  that  form  them.  (Fernow.) 

Geol.  2.  Historical  and  Stratigraphic  Geology.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  or  two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  each  week. 
Prerequisite,  Geol.  1.  A  study  of  the  earth's  history  as  revealed  through  the 
principles  of  stratigraphy  and  the  processes  of  physical  geology,  with  emphasis 
on  the  formations  and  the  geologic  development  of  the  North  American  con- 
tinent. (Fernow.) 


48 


i 


Animal  Science 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Geol.  119.  Soil  Mineralogy.  (4) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1967-68.)  Two  lectures  and  two  lab- 
oratory periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the 
fundamental  laws  and  forms  of  crystal  symmetry  and  essentials  of  crystal 
structure;  structure,  occurrence,  association  and  use  of  minerals;  and  deter- 
mination of  minerals  by  means  of  their  morphological,  chemical  and  physical 
properties.  Particular  attention  is  given  to  soil-forming  minerals.  Laboratory 
periods  will  be  devoted  to  a  systematic  study  of  about  75  minerals.  (Siegrist.) 

ANIMAL  SCIENCE 

ANIMAL: 

Professors:  Foster  and  Green. 

Associate  Professors:  BuRic,  Leffel  and  Young. 

DAIRY: 

Professor:  Davis. 

Associate  Professors:  Hemken,  Stewart,  Williams  and  Vandersall. 

Lecturer:  Plowman. 

POULTRY: 

Professors:  Shaffner  and  Combs. 

Associate  Professors:  Quigley,  Creek  and  Wilcox. 

VETERINARY  SCIENCE: 

Professor:  DeVolt. 

Assistant  Professor:  Brown. 

An.  Sc.  1.  Principles  of  Animal  Science.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one,  two-hour  laboratory  period  per  week. 
A  comprehensive  course,  including  the  development  of  animal  science,  its  con- 
tributions to  the  economy,  characteristics  of  animal  products,  factors  of  efficient 
and  economical  production  and  distribution.  (Young.) 

An.  Sc.  10.  Feeds  and  Feeding.  (3) 

First  semester.  Credit  not  allowed  for  An.  Sc.  major.  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisites,  Chem.  1  and  3.  Elements  of  nutri- 
tion, source,  characteristics  and  adaptability  of  the  various  feedstuffs  to  the 
several  classes  of  livestock.  A  study  of  the  composition  of  feeds,  the  nutrient 
requirements  of  farm  animals  and  the  formulation  of  economic  diets  and  rations 
for  livestock.  (Leffel.) 

49 


Animal  Science 

An,  Sc.  20.  Fundamentals  of  Animal  Production.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  This  course 
deals  with  the  adaptation  of  beef  cattle,  sheep,  swine  and  horses  to  significant 
and  specific  uses.  Breeding,  feeding,  management  practices  and  criteria  for 
evaluating  usefulness  are  emphasized.  (Young.) 

An.  Sc.  21.  Seminar.  (1) 

First  semester.  One  lecture  per  week.  Reviews,  reports  and  discussions  of 
pertinent  subjects  in  Animal  Science.  (Staff.) 

An.  Sc.  22.  Livestock  Evaluation.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Pre- 
requisite, An.  Sc.  20  or  permission  of  instructor.  A  study  of  type  and  breed 
characteristics  of  beef  cattle,  sheep  and  swine  and  of  the  market  classes  of 
livestock  which  best  meet  present  day  demands.  One  field  trip  of  about  two 
days  duration  is  made  during  which  students  participate  in  the  Annual  East- 
ern Intercollegiate  Livestock  Clinic.  (Buric.) 

An.  Sc.  40.  Dairy  Production.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequi- 
site, An.  Sc.  1.  A  comprehensive  course  in  dairy  breeds,  selection  of  dairy 
cattle,  dairy  cattle  nutrients,  feeding  and  management.  (Hemken.) 

An.  Sc.  41.  Dairy  Cattle  Type  Appraisal.  (1) 

Second  semester.  Freshmen,  by  permission  of  instructor.  Two  laboratory  pe- 
riods. Analysis  of  dairy  cattle  type  with  emphasis  on  the  comparative  judging 
of  dairy  cattle.  (Stewart.) 

An.  Sc.  61.  Advanced  Poultry  Judging.  (1) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  An.  Sc.  1.  One  lecture  or  laboratory  period  per 
week.  The  theory  and  practice  of  judging  and  culling  by  physical  means  is 
emphasized,  including  correlation  studies  of  characteristics  associated  with  pro- 
ductivity. Contestants  for  regional  collegiate  judging  competitions  will  be 
selected  from  this  class. 

An.  Sc.  62.  Commercial  Poultry  Management.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  An.  Sc.  1.  A  symposium  of  finance,  investment, 
plant  layout,  specialization,  purchase  of  supplies  and  management  problems  in 
baby  chick,  egg,  broiler  and  turkey  production;  foremanship,  advertising,  sell- 
ing, by-products,  production  and  financial  records.    Field  trips  required. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
An.  Sc.  109.  Fundamentals  of  Nutrition.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Org.  Chem.  31.  A 
study  of  the  fundamental  role  of  all  nutrients  in  the  body,  including  their 
digestion,  absorption,  and  metabolism.  Dietary  requirements  and  nutritional 
deficiency  syndromes  of  laboratory  and  farm  animals  and  man  will  be  con- 
sidered. This  course  will  be  for  both  graduate  and  undergraduate  credit,  with 
additional  assignments  given  to  the  graduate  students.  (Combs.) 

50 


Animal  Science 
An.  Sc.  110.  Applied  Animal  Nutrition.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequi- 
site, Math.  10,  An.  Sc.  15  or  permission  of  instructor.  A  critical  study  of  those 
factors  which  influence  the  nutritional  requirements  of  ruminants,  swine  and 
poultry.  Practical  feeding  methods  and  procedures  used  in  formulation  of 
economically  efficient  rations  will  be  presented.  (Vandersall.) 

An  Sc.  116.  Anatomy  of  Domestic  Animals.  (3) 

First  semester.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week.  A  syste- 
matic comparative  study  of  the  pig,  ruminants  and  fowl,  with  special  emphasis 
of  those  systems  important  in  animal  production.    Prerequisite,  Zoology   1. 

(Brown.) 

An.  Sc.  117.  Introduction  to  Diseases  of  Animals.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  This 
course  gives  basic  instruction  in  the  nature  of  disease:  including  causation, 
immunity,  methods  of  diagnosis,  economic  importance,  public  health  aspects 
and  prevention  and  control  of  the  common  diseases  of  sheep,  cattle,  swine, 
horses  and  poultry.    Prerequisite,  Micro.  1  and  Zoology   1.  (Brown.) 

An.  Sc.  118.  Wildlife  Management.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory.  An  introduction  to  the 
interrelationships  of  game  birds  and  mammals  with  their  environment,  popula- 
tion dynamics  and  the  principles  of  wildlife  management.  (Flyger.) 

An.  Sc,  120.  Advanced  Livestock  Judging.  (2) 

First  semester.  Two  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisites,  An.  Sc.  22 
and  permission  of  instructor.  An  advanced  course  in  the  selection  and  judging 
of  purebred  and  commercial  meat  animals.  The  most  adept  students  enrolled 
in  this  course  are  chosen  to  represent  the  University  of  Maryland  in  Inter- 
collegiate Livestock  judging  contests.  (Buric.) 

An.  Sc.  .121.  Meats.    (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Pre- 
requisite. An.  Sc.  20.  Registration  limited  to  14  students.  A  course  designed 
to  give  the  basic  facts  about  meat  as  a  food  and  the  factors  influencing  ac- 
ceptability, marketing,  and  quality  of  fresh  meats.  It  includes  comparisons  of 
charcteristics  of  live  animals  with  their  carcasses,  grading  and  evaluating 
carcasses  as  well  as  wholesale  cuts,  and  the  distribution  and  merchandizing  of 
the  nation's  meat  supply.  Laboratory  periods  are  conducted  in  packing  houses, 
meat  distribution  centers,  and  retail  outlets.  (Buric.) 

An.  Sc.  122.  Livestock  Management.  (3) 

First  semester.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
Ag.  Sc.  109.  Application  of  various  phases  of  animal  science  to  the  manage- 
ment and  production  of  beef  cattle,  sheep  and  swine.  (Foster.) 

An.  Sc.  123.  Livestock  Management.  (3) 

Second  semester.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequi- 
site, An.  Sc.  122.  Applications  of  various  phases  of  animal  science  to  the  man- 
agement and  production  of  beef  cattle,  sheep  and  swine.  (Leflfel.) 

51 


Animal  Science 

An.  Sc.  130.  Principles  of  Breeding.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  Zoology  6  or 
Bot.  117.  Graduate  credit  (1-3  hours)  allowed  with  permission  of  instructor. 
The  practical  aspects  of  animal  breeding,  heredity,  variation,  selection,  develop- 
ment, systems  of  breeding  and  pedigree  study  are  considered.  (Green.) 

An.  Sc.  S131.  Special  Topics  in  Animal  Science.  (1) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  Summer  session  only.  This  course  is 
designed  primarily  for  teachers  of  vocational  agriculture  and  Extension  Service 
personnel.  One  primary  topic,  to  be  selected  mutually  by  the  instructor  and 
students,  will  be  presented  each  session. 

An,  Sc.  140.  Physiology  of  Mammalian  Reproduction.  (2) 

First  semester.  One  lecture  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  Zoology  102  or  104.  Anatomy  and  physiology  of  the  reproductive 
process  and  artificial  insemination  of  cattle.  (Williams.) 

An.  Sc.  141.  Physiology  of  Milk  Secretion.  (2) 

Second  semester.  One  lecture  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  Zoology  102  or  104.  The  anatomy  and  growth  of  the  mammary 
gland  and  the  metabolism  and  physiology  of  biosynthesis  in  the  ruminant. 

(WilUams.) 

An.  Sc.  142.  Dairy  Cattle  Breeding.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Pre- 
requisites, An.  Sc.  40,  Zoology  6  or  Bot.  117.  A  specialized  course  in  breed- 
ing dairy  cattle.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  methods  or  evaluation  and  selection, 
systems  of  breeding  and  breeding  programs.  (Plowman.) 

An.  Sc.  S143.  Advanced  Dairy  Production.  (1) 

Summer  session  only.  An  advanced  course  primarily  designed  for  teachers  of 
vocational  agriculture  and  county  agents.  It  includes  a  study  of  the  newer 
discoveries  in  dairy  cattle  nutrition,  breeding  and  management. 

An.  Sc.  161.  Poultry  Genetics.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisites,  An.  Sc.  1  and  Zoology  6.  Two  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Inheritance  of  factors  related  to  egg  and 
meat  production  and  quality  are  stressed.  An  experiment  utilizing  procedures 
of  pedigree  matings  will  be  performed  in  the  laboratory.  (Wilcox.) 

An.  Sc.  162.  Avian  Physiology.  (2) 

First  semester.  One  three-hour  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisites. 
Zoology  102  or  104  and  An.  Sc.  116.  The  basic  physiology  of  the  bird  is  dis- 
cussed, excluding  the  reproductive  system.  Special  emphasis  is  given  to  physio- 
logical differences  between  birds  and  other  vertebrates.  (Wilcox.) 

An.  Sc.  S163.  Poultry  Breeding  and  Feeding.  (1) 

Summer  session  only.  This  course  is  designed  primarily  for  teachers  of  voca- 
tional agriculture  and  extension  service  workers.  The  first  half  will  be  devoted 
to  problems  concerning  breeding  and  the  development  of  breeding  stock.  The 
second  half  will  be  devoted  to  nutrition.  (Combs,  Wilcox.) 

An.  Sc.  S164.  Poultry  Products  and  Marketing.  (1) 

Summer  session  only.  This  course  is  designed  primarily  for  teachers  of  voca- 
tional  agriculture  and  county  agents.    It  deals  with  the   factors   affecting  the 

52 


Animal  Science 

quality  of  poultry  products  and  with  hatchery  management  problems,  egg  and 
poultry  grading,  preservation  problems  and  market  outlets  for  Maryland 
poultry.  (Helbacka.) 

An.  Sc,  165.  Physiology  OF  Hatchability.  (1) 

Second  semester.  One,  three-hour  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
Zoology  102  or  104.  The  physiology  of  embryonic  development  as  related  to 
principles  of  hatchability  and  problems  of  incubation  encountered  in  the  hatch- 
ery industry  are  discussed.  (Shaffner.) 

An.  Sc.  170.  Poultry  Hygiene.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Pre- 
requisites, Microb.  1  and  An.  Sc.  1.  Virus,  bacterial  and  protozoon  diseases; 
parasitic  diseases,  prevention,  control  and  eradication.  (DeVolt.) 

An.  Sc.  171.  Avian  Anatomy.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Zoo- 
logy 1.    Gross  and  microscopic  structure,  dissection  and  demonstration. 

(DeVolt.) 

An.  Sc.  198.  Special  Problems  In  Animal  Science  (1-2)  (4  cr.  max.) 

First  and  second  semester.  Prerequisite,  approval  of  staff.  Work  assigned  in 
proportion  to  amount  of  credit.  A  course  designed  for  advanced  undergrad- 
uates in  which  specific  problems  relating  to  animal  science  will  be  assigned. 

(Staff.) 

An.  Sc.  199.  Seminar.  (1,  1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  permission  of  staff.  Presentation  and 
discussion  of  current  literature  and  research  work  in  animal  science.     (Staff.) 

For  Graduates 
An.  Sc.  200.  Electron  Microscopy.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week. 
Theory  of  the  electron  microscope,  preparation  of  specimens,  manipulations 
and  photography.  (Chang.) 

An.  Sc.  220.  Advanced  Breeding.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  An.  Sc.  130  or  equiva- 
lent and  Biological  Statistics.  This  course  deals  with  the  more  technical  phases 
of  heredity  and  variation;  selection  indices;  breeding  systems;  inheritance  in 
farm   animals.  (Green.) 

An.  Sc.  221.  Energy  and  Protein  Nutrition.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisites,  Chem.  31  and  33,  or  equivalent.  An.  Sc.  110, 
or  permission  of  Instructor.  Three  lectures  per  week.  A  study  of  animal 
energetics  and  the  basic  descriptions  of  animals  relative  to  the  requirements 
for  energy  and  protein.  Literature  dealing  with  nutrition  research  techniques 
and  energy  and  protein  utilization  and  requirements  is  surveyed. 

(Leffel,  Combs.) 


53 


Animal  Science 

An.  Sc.  240.  Advanced  Ruminant  Nutrition.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two,  one-hour  lectures  and  one,  two-hour  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  permission  of  department.  Biochemical  physiological  and  bac- 
teriological aspects  of  the  nutrition  of  ruminants  and  other  animals. 

(Vandersall.) 

An.  Sc.  241.  Research  Methods.  (3) 

First  semester.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
permission  of  instructor.  The  application  of  biochemical,  physio-chemical  and 
statistical  methods  to  problems  in  biological  research.  (Keeney.) 

An.  Sc.  242.  Experimental  Mammalian  Surgery,  I.  (2) 

First  semester.  Prerequisites,  Zool.  102  or  104.  Permission  of  instructor.  A 
course  presenting  the  fundamentals  of  anesthesia  and  the  art  of  experimental 
surgery,  especially  to  obtain  research  preparation.  (Stewart.) 

An.  Sc.  243.  Experimental  Mammalian  Surgery,  II.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisites,  An.  Sc.  242.  Permission  of  Instructor.  A 
course  emphasizing  advanced  surgical  practice  to  obtain  research  preparations, 
cardiovascular  surgery  and  chronic  vascularly  isolated  organ  techniques,  experi- 
ence with  pump  oxygenator  systems,  profound  hypothermia,  hemodialysis,  in- 
fusion systems,  implantation  and  transplantation  procedures  are  taught 

(Stewart.) 

An.  Sc.  261.  Physiology  of  Reproduction.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
Zoology  104  or  its  equivalent.  The  role  of  the  endocrines  in  reproduction  is 
considered.  Fertility,  sexual  maturity,  egg  formation,  ovulation  and  the  physi- 
ology of  oviposition  are  studied.  Comparative  mammalian  functions  are  dis- 
cussed. (Shaflfner.) 

An.  Sc.  262.  Poultry  Literature.  (1-4) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Readings  on  individual  topics  are  assigned.  Writ- 
ten reports  required.  Methods  of  analysis  and  presentation  of  scientific 
material  are  discussed.  (Staff.) 

An.  Sc.  263.  Poultry  Nutrition  Laboratory.  (2) 

First  semester.  One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  To  acquaint 
graduate  students  with  common  basic  nutrition  research  techniques  useful  in 
conducting  experiments  with  poultry.  Actual  feeding  trials  with  chicks  as  well 
as  bacteriological  and  chemical  assays  will  be  performed.  (Creek.) 

An.  Sc.  264.  Vitamins.  (2) 

First  semester.  One  lecture  and  one  two-hour  lab  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
Chem.  161.  Advanced  study  of  the  fundamental  role  of  vitamins  in  nutrition, 
including  their  chemical  properties,  absorption,  metabolism,  storage,  excretion 
and  deficiency  syndromes.  A  critical  study  of  the  biochemical  basis  of  vitamin 
function,  interrelationships  of  vitamins  with  other  substances,  and  of  certain 
special  laboratory  techniques.  (Combs.) 

An.  Sc.  265.  Mineral  Metabolism.  (2) 

Second  semester,  alternate  years  (offered  1966).  Two  lectures  per  week. 
Prerequisites,  Chem.  161,  163.  The  role  of  minerals  in  metabolism  with  special 
emphasis  on  the  needs  of  man  and  animals.  (Creek.) 

54 


Botany 
An.  Sc.  301.  Special  Problems  in  Animal  Science  (1-2)  (4  cr.  max.) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  approval  of  staff.  Work  assigned  in 
proportion  to  amount  of  credit.  Problems  will  be  assigned  which  relate  spe- 
cifically to  the  character  of  work  the  student  is  pursuing. 

An.  Sc.  302.  Seminar.  (1) 

First  and  second  semester.  Students  are  required  to  prepare  papers,  based  upon 
current  scientific  publications  relating  to  Animal  Science,  or  upon  their  research 
work,  for  presentation  before  and  discussion  by  the  class;  (1)  Recent  advances; 
(2)  Nutrition;  (3)  Physiology;  (4)  Biochemistry. 

An.  Sc.  399.  Research.  (1-12) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Work  assigned  in  proportion  to  amount  of  credit. 
Students  will  be  required  to  pursue  original  research  in  some  phase  of  animal 
science,  carrying  the  same  to  completion,  and  report  the  results  in  the  form  of 
a  thesis. 


BOTANY 

Professors:  Krauss,  Bamford,  Gauch,  D.  T.  Morgan,  Sisler  and 
Weaver. 

Associate  Professors:  Brown,  Galloway,  Kantzes,  Krusberg,  Lockard, 
Mans,  O.  D.  Morgan,  Paterson  and  Rappleye. 

Assistant  Professors:  Klarman,  Terborgh,  Harrison,  Bean, 
and  Patterson. 

Instructor:  Edwards. 

BoT.  1.  General  Botany.  (4) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $6.00.  General  introduction  to  botany,  touch- 
ing briefly  on  all  phases  of  the  subject.  Emphasis  is  on  the  fundamental  bio- 
logical principles  of  the  higher  plants. 

BoT.  2.  General  Botany.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequi- 
site, Bot.  1  or  equivalent.  Laboratory  fee,  $6.00.  A  brief  evolutionary  study  of 
algae,  fungi,  liverworts,  mosses,  ferns  and  their  relatives,  and  the  seed  plants, 
emphasizing  their  structure,  reproduction,  habitats,  and  economic  importance. 

BoT.  10.  Principles  of  Conservation.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  A  study  of  the  principles  of  econom- 
ical use  of  our  natural  resources,  including  water,  soil,  plants,  minerals,  wildlife 
and  man. 

Bot.  11.  Plant  Taxonomy.  (3) 

Second  semester.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
Bot.  1,  or  equivalent.  Laboratory  fee,  $6.00.  An  introductory  study  of  plant 
classification,  based  on  the  collection  and  identification  of  local  plants. 

55 


Botany 

BoT.  20.  Diseases  of  Plants.  (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
Bot.  1,  or  equivalent.  Laboratory  fee,  $6.00.  An  introductory  study  of  the 
symptoms  and  causal  agents  of  plant  diseases  and  measures  for  their  control. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Bot.  110.  Plant  Microtechnique.  (3) 

Second  semester.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
Bot.  1,  or  equivalent.  Laboratory  fee,  $6.00.  An  introductory  study  of  plant 
classification,  based  on  the  collection  and  identification  of  local  plants.  Exam- 
inations, including  the  preparation  of  temporary  and  permanent  mounts,  and 
photomicrography.  (Paterson.) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Bot.  195.  Tutorial  Readings  in  Botany.  (Honors  Course)  (2  or  3) 

Prerequisite,  admission  to  the  Department  of  Botany  Honors  Program.  A  re- 
view of  the  literature  dealing  with  a  specific  research  problem  in  preparation 
for  original  research  to  be  accomplished  in  Botany  196.  Papers  will  be  as- 
signed and  discussed  in  frequent  sessions  with  the  instructor. 

Bot.  196.  Research  Problems  in  Botany.  (Honors  Course)  (2  or  3) 

Prerequisite,  Bot.  195.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  The  candidate  for  Honors  will 
pursue  a  research  problem  under  the  direction  and  close  supervision  of  a  mem- 
ber of  the  faculty. 

Bot.  199.  Seminar.  (1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  semester  hours  maximum  credit.  Prerequi- 
site, permission  of  instructor.  Discussion  and  readings  on  special  topics,  cur- 
rent literature,  or  problems  and  progress  in  all  phases  of  botany.  Minor  ex- 
perimental work  may  be  pursued  if  facilities  and  the  qualifications  of  the 
students  permit.  For  seniors  only,  majors  and  minors  in  botany  or  biological 
science.  (Brown.) 

PLANT  PHYSIOLOGY 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Bot.  101.  Plant  Physiology.  (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
Botany  1,  General  Chemistry,  Organic  Chemistry  or  the  consent  of  the  in- 
structor. Laboratory  fee,  $6.00.  A  survey  of  the  general  physiological  activities 
of  plants.  (Krauss.) 

Bot.  102.  Plant  Ecology.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Bot.  1.  A  study  of  the  different  plant  succes- 
sions and  vegetational  climaxes  and  their  correlation  with  the  climatic,  soil, 
and  biotic  factors  of  the  environment.  (Brown.) 

Bot.  103.  Plant  Ecology  Laboratory.  (1) 

Prerequisite,  Bot.  102  or  its  equivalent  or  concurrent  enrollment  therein.  One 
three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $6.00.  The  application 
of  field  and  other  methods  to  these  qualitative  and  quantitative  study  of  vege- 
tation and  environmental  factors.  (Brown.) 

56 


Botany 
BoT.  200.  Plant  Biochemistry.  (2) 

First  semester.  (Not  offered  1967-68.)  Prerequisites,  Bot.  101  and  ele- 
mentary organic  chemistry,  or  equivalent.  A  study  of  the  important  substances 
in  the  composition  of  the  plant  body  and  the  chemical  changes  occurring 
therein.  (Galloway.) 

BoT.  201.  Plant  Biochemistry  Laboratory.  (2) 

First  semester.  (Not  offered  1967-68.)  Two  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  Bot.  200  or  concurrent  registration  therein.  Laboratory  fee.  $10.00. 
Application  of  apparatus  and  techniques  to  the  study  of  the  chemistry  of  plant 
materials.  (Galloway,  Gauch.) 

BoT.  202.  Plant  Biophysics.  (2) 

Second  semester.  (Not  offered  1966-67.)  Prerequisite,  Bot.  101  and  intro- 
ductory physics,  or  equivalent.  An  advanced  course  dealing  with  the  operation 
of  physical  phenomena  in  plant  life  processes.  (Galloway.) 

Bot.  203.  Biophysical  Methods.  (2) 

Second  semester.  (Not  offered  1966-67.)  Two  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Laboratory  course  to  accompany  Bot.  202.    Laboratory  fee,  $10.00. 

(Galloway,  Gauch.) 

Bot.  204.  Growth  and  Development.  (2) 

First  semester.  (Not  offered  1966-67.)  Prerequisite,  12  semester  hours  of 
plant  science.  A  study  of  current  developments  in  the  mathematical  treatment 
of  growth  and  the  effects  of  radiation,  plant  hormones,  photoperiodism,  and  in- 
ternal biochemical  balance  during  the  development  of  the  plant.         (Krauss.) 

Bot.  205.  Mineral  Nutrition  of  Plants.  (2) 

Second  semester.  (Not  offered  1967  68.)  Reports  on  current  literature  are 
presented  and  discussed  in  connection  with  recent  advances  in  the  mineral 
nutrition  of  plants.  (Paterson.) 

Bot.  209.  Physiology  of  Algae.  (2) 

Second  semester.  (Not  offered  1967-1968.)  Prerequisite,  Bot.  201,  the  equiva- 
lent in  allied  fields,  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  A  study  of  the  physiology 
and  comparative  biochemistry  of  the  algae.  Laboratory  techniques  and  recent 
advances  in  algal  nutrition,  photosynthesis,  and  growth  will  be  reviewed. 

(Krauss.) 

Bot.  210.  Physiology  of  Algae-Laboratory.  (1) 

Second  semester.  (Not  offered  1967-1968.)  One  laboratory  period  a  week.  Pre- 
requisites, previous  or  concurrent  enrollment  in  Bot.  209,  and  permission  of  in- 
structor. Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  Special  laboratory  techniques  involved  in 
the  study  of  algal  nutrition.  (Krauss.) 

Bot.  219.  Advanced  Plant  Ecology.  (2) 

Fall  semester.  (Not  offered  1967-68.)  Prerequisite,  Bot.  102  or  equivalent 
and  permission  of  instructor.  Discussion  of  current  developments  in  ecology, 
with  emphasis  on  quantitative  and  radioecological  techniques  and  the  energy 
exchanges  in  ecological  systems.  Field  trips  and  problems  will  be  arranged. 
Lab  fee,  $10.00.  (Brown,  Terborgh.) 

57 


Botany 

PLANT  MORPHOLOGY,  CYTOLOGY  AND  TAXONOMY 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Box.  in.  Plant  Anatomy.  (3) 

First  semester.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
Bot.  110,  or  equivalent.  Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  The  origin  and  development  of 
the  organs  and  tissue  systems  in  the  vascular  plants.  (Rappleye.) 

BoT.  113.  Plant  Geography.  (2) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Bot.  1,  or  equivalent.  A  study  of  plant  distribution 
throughout  the  world  and  the  factors  generally  associated  with  such  distribu- 
tion. (Brown.) 

BoT.  115.  Structure  of  Economic  Plants.  (3) 

Second  semester.  (Not  offered  1967-68.)  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Bot.  IH.  Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  A  detailed 
microscopic  study  of  the  anatomy  of  the  chief  fruit  and  vegetable  crops. 

(Rappleye.) 

BoT.  116.  History  and  Philosophy  of  Botany.  (1) 

Second  semester.  (Not  offered  1966-67.)  Prerequisites,  20  semester  hours 
credit  in  biological  sciences,  including  Bot.  1  or  equivalent.  Discussion  of  the 
development  and  ideas  and  knowledge  about  plants,  leading  to  a  survey  of 
contemporary  work  in  botanical  science.  (Bamford.) 

Bot.  117.  General  Plant  Genetics.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Bot.  1  or  equivalent.  The  basic  principles  of 
plant  genetics  are  presented;  the  mechanics  of  transmission  of  the  hereditary 
factors  in  relation  to  the  life  cycle  of  seed  plants,  the  genetics  of  specialized 
organs  and  tissues,  spontaneous  and  induced  mutations  of  basic  and  economic 
significance,  gene  action,  genetic  maps,  the  fundamentals  of  polyloidy,  and 
genetics  in  relation  to  methods  of  plant  breeding  are  the  topics  considered. 

(Mans,  D.  T.  Morgan.) 

Bot.  136.  Plants  and  Mankind.  (2) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Bot.  1  or  equivalent.  A  survey  of  the  plants  which 
are  utilized  by  man,  the  diversity  of  such  utilization,  and  their  historic  and 
economic  significance.  (Rappleye.) 

Bot.  151S.  Teaching  Methods  in  Botany.  (2) 

Summer  session.  Four  two-hour  laboratory  demonstration  periods  per  week 
for  eight  weeks.  Prerequisite,  Bot.  1,  or  equivalent.  Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 
A  study  of  the  biological  principles  of  common  plants,  and  demonstrations, 
projects,  and  visual  aids  suitable  for  teaching  in  primary  and  secondary  schools. 

(Lockard.) 

Bot.  153.  Field  Botany  and  Taxonomy.  (2) 

Summer  session.  Prerequisite,  Bot.  1  or  General  Biology.  Four  two-hour 
laboratory  periods  a  week  for  eight  weeks.  Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  The  identi- 
fication of  trees,  shrubs,  and  herbs,  emphasizing  the  native  plants  of  Maryland. 
Manuals,  keys,  and  other  techniques  will  be  used.  Numerous  short  field  trips 
will  be  taken.   Each  student  will  make  an  individual  collection.  (Brown.) 

58 


Botany 
BoT.  161.  Systematic  Botany.  (2) 

Fall  semester.  (Not  offered  1966-67.)  Two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisite,  Bot.  11  or  equivalent.  An  advanced  study  of  the  prin- 
ciples of  systematic  botany.  Laboratory  practice  with  difficult  plant  families 
including  grasses,  sedges,  legumes,  and  composites.  Field  trips  arranged.  Lab 
Fee    $6.00.  (Brown.) 

For  Graduates 

Bot.  211.  Cytology.  (4) 

First  semester.  (Not  offered  1967-68.)  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  introductory  genetics.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00. 
A  detailed  study  of  the  chromosomes  in  mitosis  and  meiosis,  and  the  relation 
of  these  to  current  theories  of  heredity  and  evolution. 

(Bamford,  D.  T.  Morgan.) 

Bot.  212.  Plant  Morphology.  (3) 

Second  semester.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites. 
Bot.  11,  Bot.  Ill,  or  equivalent.  Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  A  comparative  study 
of  the  morphology  of  the  flowering  plants,  with  special  reference  to  the  phylo- 
geny  and  development  of  floral  organs.  (Rappleye.) 

Bot.  215.  Plant  Cytogenetics.  (3) 

First  semester.  (Not  offered  1966-67.)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory 
period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  introductory  genetics.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00. 
An  advanced  study  of  the  current  status  of  plant  genetics,  particularly  gene 
mutations  and  their  relation  to  chromosome  changes  in  corn  and  other  favor- 
able materials.  (D.  T.  Morgan,  Mans.) 


PLANT  PATHOLOGY 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Bot.  122.  Research  Methods  in  Plant  Pathology.  (2) 

First  semester.  Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Bot.  20,  or  equiva- 
lent. Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  Advanced  training  in  the  basic  research  techniques 
and  methods  of  plant  pathology.  (Klarman.) 

Bot.  123.  Diseases  of  Ornamental  Plants.  (2) 

Second  semester.  (Not  offered  1966-67.)  Prerequisite,  Bot.  20,  or  equivalent. 
Symptoms,  control  measures,  and  other  periment  information  concernmg  the 
diseases  which  affect  important  ornamental  plants  grown  in  the  eastern  states. 

(Klarman.) 

Bot.  124.  Diseases  of  Tobacco  and  Agronomic  Crops.  (2) 

First  semester.  (Not  oflf^ered  1967-68.)  Prerequisite,  Bot.  20,  or  equivalent. 
The  symptoms  and  control  of  the  diseases  of  tobacco,  forage  crops  and  cereal 
grains.  (O.  D.  Morgan.) 


59 


Botany 

BoT.  125.  Diseases  of  Fruit  Crops.  (2) 

First  semester.  (Not  offered  1966-67.)  Prerequisite,  Bot.  20,  or  equivalent. 
Symptoms  and  control  of  the  diseases  affecting  fruit  production  in  the  eastern 
United  States.  (Weaver.) 

BoT.  126.  Diseases  of  Vegetable  Crops.  (2) 

Second  semester.  (Not  offered  1967-68.)  Prerequisite,  Bot.  20,  or  equiva- 
lent. The  recognition  and  control  of  diseases  affecting  the  production  of  im- 
portant vegetable  crops  grown  in  the  eastern  United  States.  (Kantzes.) 

BoT.  128.  Mycology.  (4) 

Second  semester.  (Not  offered  1967-68.)  Laboratory  fee,  $6.00.  An  intro- 
ductory study  of  the  morphology,  classification,  life  histories,  and  economics 
of  the  fungi.  (Paterson.) 

BoT.  152S.  Field  Plant  Pathology.  (1) 

Summer  session.  Daily  lecture  for  three  weeks.  Prerequisite,  Bot.  20,  or  equiva- 
lent. Given  in  accordance  with  demand.  Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  (Not  offered 
1964.)  A  course  for  county  agents  and  teachers  of  vocational  agriculture.  Dis- 
cussion and  denomination  of  the  important  diseases  in  Maryland  crops. 

For  Graduates 

Bot.  221.  Plant  Virology.  (3) 

First  semester.  (Not  offered  1967-68.)  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory 
period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Bot.  20  and  Bot.  101  or  equivalent.  Laboratory 
fee,  $10.00.  Consideration  of  the  biological,  biochemical  and  biophysical  as- 
pects of  plant  viruses  and  virus  diseases.  (Sisler.) 

Bot.  223.  Physiology  of  Fungi.  (2) 

First  semester.  (Not  offered  1967-1968.)  Prerequisites,  Organic  Chemistry  and 
Bot.  101  or  the  equivalent  in  bacterial  or  animal  physiology.  A  study  of  various 
aspects  of  fungal  metabolism,  nutrition,  biochemical  transformations,  fungal 
products,  and  mechanism  of  fungicidal  action.  (Sisler.) 

Bot.  224.  Physiology  of  Fungi  Laboratory.  (1) 

First  semester.  (Not  offered  1967-1968.)  One  laboratory  period  per  week.) 
Prerequisite,  Bot.  223  or  concurrent  registration  therein.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00. 
Application  of  equipment  and  techniques  in  the  study  of  fungal  physiology. 

(Sisler.) 

Bot.  226.  Plant  Disease  Control.  (3) 

First  semester.  (Not  offered  1966-67.)  Prerequisite,  Bot.  20,  or  equivalent. 
An  advanced  course  dealing  with  the  theory  and  practices  of  plant  disease  con- 
trol. (Staff.) 

Bot.  241.  Plant  Nematology.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
Botany  20  or  permission  of  instructor.  (Not  offered  1966-67.)  Laboratory 
fee,  $10.00.  The  study  of  plant-parasitic  nematodes,  their  morphology,  anatomy, 
taxonomy,  genetics,  physiology,  ecology,  host-parasite  relations  and  control. 
Recent  advances  in  this  field  will  be  emphasized.  (Krusberg.) 

60  1 


Entomology 
BoT.  301.  Special  Problems  in  Botany.  (1  to  3) 

First  and  second  semester.  Credit  according  to  time  scheduled  and  organiza- 
tion of  course.  Maximum  credit  toward  an  advanced  degree  for  the  individual 
student  at  the  discretion  of  the  Department.  This  course  may  be  organized 
as  a  lecture  series  on  a  specialized  advanced  topic,  or  may  consist  partly,  or 
entirely,  of  experimental  procedures.  It  may  be  taught  by  visiting  lecturers, 
or  by  resident  staff  members.  Problems  or  topics  may  be  in:  1 — Physiology; 
2 — Ecology;  3 — Pathology;  4 — Mycology;  5 — Nematology;  6 — Cytology;  7 — 
Cytogenetics;  8 — Morphology;  9 — Anatomy;  or  10 — Taxonomy.  (Staff.) 

BoT.  302.  Seminar  in  Botany.  ( 1 ) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  instructor.  Discus- 
sion of  special  topics  and  current  literature  in  all  phases  of  botany.  (Staff.) 

BoT.  399.  Research. 

Credit  according  to  work  done.  A  minimum  of  6  credit  hours  is  required  for 
the  M.  S.  degree,  and  an  additional  minimum  of  12  hours  is  required  for  the 
Ph.D.  degree.  Students  must  be  qualified  to  pursue  with  profit  the  research  to 
be  undertaken.  (Staff.) 


ENTOMOLOGY 

Professors:  Bickley  and  Jones. 

Associate  Professors:  Harrison  and  Messersmith. 

Lecturer:  Haviland. 

Ent.  1.  Introductory  Entomology.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  one  semester  of  college  zoology.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  The 
position  of  insects  in  the  animal  kingdom,  their  gross  structure,  classification  into 
orders  and  principal  families  and  the  general  economic  status  of  insects.  A 
collection  of  common  insects  is  required. 

Ent.  4.  Beekeeping.  (2) 

First  semester.  A  study  of  the  life  history,  behavior  and  seasonal  activities 
of  the  honeybee,  its  place  in  pollination  of  flowers  with  emphasis  on  plants  of 
economic  importance  and  bee  lore  in  literature. 

Ent.  20.  Insect  Pests  of  Agricultural  Crops.  (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Pre- 
requisites, Zool.  1  and  Bot.  1.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  The  recognition,  biology, 
and  control  of  insects  injurious  to  fruit  and  vegetable  crops,  field  crops  and 
stored  products. 

Ent.  100.  Advanced  Apiculture.  (3) 

Second  semester.  One  lecture  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  Ent.  4.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  The  theory  and  practice  of  apiary 
management.  Designed  for  the  student  who  wishes  to  keep  bees  or  requires 
a  practical  knowledge  of  bee  management. 

61 


Entomology 

Ent.  105.  Medical  Entomology.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite, Ent.  1  or  consent  of  the  Department.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  A 
study  of  insects  and  related  arthropods  that  affect  the  health  and  comfort  of  man 
directly  and  as  vectors  of  disease.  In  discussion  of  the  control  of  such  pests 
the  emphasis  will  be  upon  community  sanitation.  (Messersmith.) 

Ent.  116.  Insect  Pests  of  Ornamentals  and  Greenhouse 
Plants.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  Bot.  1  and  Zool.  I.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  The  recognition,  biology, 
and  control  of  insects  injurious  to  plants  grown  in  ornamental  plantings,  nur- 
series, and  under  glass.  (Haviland.) 

Ent.  119.  Insect  Pests  of  Domestic  Animals.  (2) 

First  semester.  One  lecture  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite Ent.  1,  or  consent  of  the  Department.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  The 
recognition,  biology,  and  control  of  insects  and  related  arthopods  injurious  to 
horses,  cattle,  hogs,  sheep,  goats,  and  poultry. 

Ent.  120.  Insect  Taxonomy  and  Biology.  (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  Ent.  1.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Introduction  to  the  principles  of 
systematic  entomology  and  the  study  of  all  orders  and  the  important  families 
of  insects;  immature  forms  considered.  (Bickley.) 

Ent.  S121.  Entomology  for  Science  Teachers.  (4) 

Summer.  Five  lectures  and  five  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Labora- 
tory fee,  $3.00.  This  course  will  include  the  elements  of  morphology,  taxonomy 
and  biology  of  insects  using  examples  commonly  available  to  high  school 
teachers.  It  will  include  practice  in  collecting,  preserving,  rearing  and  experi- 
menting with  insects  insofar  as  time  will  permit. 

Ent.  122.  Insect  Morphology.  (4) 

First  semester.  (Not  offered  1966-67.)  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Prerequisite,  Ent.  1.  A 
basic  study  of  insect  form,  structure  and  organization  in  relation  to  function. 

*Ent.  123.  Insect  Physiology.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Laboratory  fee,  $15.00.  Prerequisites,  Ent.  1,  Chem.  31  or  equivalent.  Lectures 
and  laboratory  exercises  on  the  cuticle,  growth,  endocrines,  muscles,  circulation, 
nerves,  digestion,  excretion  and  reproduction  in  insects.  (Jones.) 

Ent.  198.  Special  Problems.  (1-3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Credit  and  prerequisites,  to  be  determined  by  the 
Department.   Investigations  of  assigned  entomological  problems.  (Staff.) 

Ent.  199.  Seminar.  (1,  1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  senior  standing.  Presentation  of  origi- 
nal work,  reviews  and  abstracts  of  literature.  (Staff.) 


^Effective  1967-68. 

62 


Entomology 


For  Graduates 


Ent.  205.  Insect  Ecology.  (2) 

Second  semester.  One  lecture  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  consent  of  the  Department.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  A  study  of 
fundamental  factors  involved  in  the  relationship  of  insects  to  their  environment. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  insect  as  a  dynamic  organism  adjusted  to  its  sur- 
roundings. (Harrison.) 

Ent.  206.  Culicidology.  (2) 

Second  semester,  alternate  years.  One  lecture  and  one  three-hour  laboratory 
period  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  The  classification,  distribution,  ecology, 
biology,  and  control  of  mosquitoes.  (Bickley.) 

Ent.  208.  Toxicology  of  Insecticides.  (3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  Three  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory 
period  a  week.  Lab  fee,  $15.00.  Prerequisite,  Chem.  31  or  permission  of  instruc- 
tor. A  study  of  the  physical,  chemical  and  biological  properties  of  insecticides. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  the  relationship  of  chemical  structure  to  insecticidal 
activity  and  mode  of  action.  Mechanisms  of  resistance  are  also  considered. 

(StafJ.) 

Ent.  209.  Advances  in  Insect  Physiology.  (2) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  Two  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Ent.  123 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Lectures  on  current  literature  with  reading  assign- 
ments and  discussion.  (Jones.) 

Ent.  210.  Entomological  Topics.  (Credit  arranged) 

First  and  second  semesters.  One  lecture  or  one  two-hour  laboratory  a  week 
for  each  credit  hour.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  Department.  Lectures,  group 
discussions  or  laboratory  sessions  on  selected  topics  such  as:  Aquatic  Insects, 
Biological  Control  of  Insects,  Entomological  Literature,  Forest  Entomology, 
History  of  Entomology,  Insect  Biochemistry,  Insect  Embryology,  Immature 
Insects,  Insect  Behavior,  Principles  of  Economic  Entomology,  Insect  Communi- 
cation, Principles  of  Entomological  Research.  (Staff  and  visiting  lecturers.) 

Ent.  301.  Advanced  Entomology.  (1-6) 

Credit  and  prerequisites  to  be  determined  by  the  Department.  First  and  second 
semesters.  Studies  of  minor  problems  in  morphology,  taxonomy  and  applied 
entomology,  with  particular  reference  to  the  preparation  of  the  student  for 
individual  research.  (Staff.) 

Ent.  399.  Research. 

First  and  second  semesters.  Required  of  graduate  students  majoring  in  ento- 
mology. This  course  involves  research  on  an  approved  project.  A  dissertation 
suitable  for  publication  must  be  submitted  at  the  conclusion  of  the  studies 
as  a  part  of  the  requirement  for  an  advanced  degree.  (Staff.) 


63 


Food  Science 
FOOD  SCIENCE 

Professors:  Foster  (Animal  Science) 

Davis,  Arbuckle  and  Keeney  (Dairy  Science) 
Stark'^  and  Kramer  (Horticulture) 
Shaffner  (Poultry  Science) 

Associate  Professors:   Buric  (Animal  Science) 

King  and  Mattick  (Dairy  Science) 
Wiley  (Horticulture) 
Helbacka  (Poultry  Science) 

Assistant  Professor:  Katz  (Dairy  Science) 

Fd.  Sc.  1.  Introduction  to  Food  Science.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  An  introductory 
course  to  orient  the  student  in  the  broad  field  of  food  science.  Includes  a 
historical  and  economic  survey  of  the  major  food  industries,  composition  and 
nutritive  value,  quality  aspects,  spoilage,  preservation,  sanitation,  standards 
and  regulation  of  foods.  (Mattick.) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Fd.  Sc.  102.  Principles  of  Food  Processing — I.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  A  study  of  the 
basic  methods  by  which  foods  are  preserved  (unit  operations).  Effect  of  raw 
product  quality  and  the  various  types  of  processes  on  yield  and  quality  of  the 
preserved  products.  (Wiley.) 

Fd.  Sc.  103.  Principles  of  Food  Processing — II.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  A  detailed  study  of  food  processing 
with  emphasis  on  line  and  staff  operations,  including  physical  facilities,  utilities, 
pre-  and  post-processing  operations,  processing  line  development  and  sanitation. 

(Mattick.) 

Fd.  Sc.  111.  Food  Chemistry.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
organic  chemistry.  The  application  of  basic  chemical  and  physical  concepts  to 
the  composition  and  properties  of  foods.  Emphasis  will  be  on  the  relationship 
of  processing  technology  on  the  keeping  quality,  nutritional  value  and  ac- 
ceptability of  foods.  (King.) 

Fd,  Sc.  112.  Analytical  Quality  Control.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Instrumental  and 
sensory  measurement  of  food  quality  attributes  including  appearance,  Theologi- 
cal, flavor,  and  microbiological  evaluations,  and  their  integration  into  grades 
and  standards  of  quality.  (Kramer.) 


^Chairman  of  Curriculum. 

64 


Food  Science 
Fd.  Sc.  113.  Statistical  Quality  Control.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Statistical  methods 
for  acceptance  sampling  of  supplies  and  raw  materials,  in-plant  and  finished 
product  inspection,  water,  fuel,  and  waste  control,  production,  transportation, 
inventory  and  budget  controls.  (Kramer.) 

Fd.  Sc.  125.  Meat  and  Meat  Processing.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Physical  and 
chemical  characteristics  of  meat  and  meat  products,  meat  processing,  methods 
of  testing  and  product  development. 

Fd.  Sc.  131.  Food  Product  Research  and  Development.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures,  one  laboratory  per  week.  A  study  of  the 
research  and  development  function  for  improvement  of  existing  products  and  de- 
velopment of  new,  economically  feasible  and  marketable  food  products.  Appli- 
cation of  chemical-physical  characteristics  of  ingredients  to  produce  optimum 
quality  products,  cost  reduction,  consumer  evaluation,  equipment  and  package 
development.  (Staff.) 

Fd.  Sc.  156.  Horticultural  Products  Processing.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Laboratory  fee 
$5.00.  Commerical  methods  of  canning,  freezing,  dehydrating,  fermenting,  and 
chemical  preservation  of  fruit  and  vegetable  crops.  (Wiley.) 

Fd.  Sc.  160.  Technology  of  Market  Eggs  and  Poultry.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  A  study  of  the 
technological  factors  concerned  with  the  processing,  storage,  and  marketing  of 
eggs  and  poultry  and  the  factors  affecting  their  quality.  (Helbacka.) 

Fd.  Sc.  182.  Dairy  Products  Processing.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Method  of  pro- 
duction of  fluid  milk,  butter,  cheese,  condensed  and  evaporated  milk  and  milk 
products  and  ice  cream.  (Mattick.) 

Fd.  Sc.  198.  Special  Problems  in  Food  Science.  (2,  2)  (4  cr.  max.) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  approval  of  staff.  Designed  for 
advanced  undergraduates  in  which  specific  problems  in  food  science  will  be 
assigned.  (Staff.) 

Fd.  Sc.  199.  Seminar.  (1,  1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Presentation  and  discussion  of  current  literature 
and  research  in  food  science.  (Staff.) 

Mechanics  of  Food  Processing 

See  Agricultural  Engineering,  Agr.  Eng.    113. 

Experimental  Food  Science 

See  Food  and  Nurtition,  Food  153. 

For  Graduates 
See  course  offerings  in  Animal  Science  and  in  Horticulture. 


65 


Horticulture 
HORTICULTURE 

Professors:  Stark,  Haut,  Kramer,  Link,  Reynolds,  Scott,  Shanks  and 
Thompson. 

Associate  Professors:  Wiley  and  Snyder. 

Assistant  Professors:  Angell,  Baker  and  Soergel. 

HoRT.  5.  Tree  Fruit  Production.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite  Bot.  1.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week. 
A  detailed  study  of  the  principles  and  practices  in  fruit  production,  harvesting, 
and  storage,  with  emphasis  on  the  apple.   One  field  trip  required.     (Thompson.) 

HoRT.  6.  Tree  Fruit  Production.  (2) 

Second  semester.  (Offered  1967-68.)  Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite 
Hort.  5.  A  study  of  the  principles  and  practices  in  fruit  production,  harvesting, 
and  handling  of  deciduous  tree  fruit  crops  other  than  the  apple.        (Thompson.) 

HoRT.  11.  Greenhouse  Management.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite  Bot.  1.  A  study  of  the 
construction  and  operation  of  structures  for  forcing  horticultural  crops  and  the 
principles  underlying  the  regulation  of  plant  growth  under  greenhouse  con- 
ditions. (Shanks.) 

HoRT.  12.  Greenhouse  Management  Laboratory.   (1) 

First  semester.  One  two-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite  or  concurrent 
Hort.  11.  Demonstration  and  application  of  practices  in  the  commercial  pro- 
duction of  greenhouse  crops.  (Shanks.) 

HoRT.  16.  Garden  Management.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite  Bot.  1.  The  planting 
and  care  of  ornamental  plants  on  the  home  grounds  and  a  study  of  commonly 
used  species  of  annuals  and  herbaceous  perennials.  (Link.) 

HoRT.  17.  Flower  Production  Laboratory.  (1) 

Second  semester.  One  two-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite  or  concurrent 
Hort.  11  or  16.  Demonstration  and  application  of  practices  in  the  production 
of  garden  and  greenhouse  plants.  (Link.) 

HoRT.  20.  Introduction  to  the  Art  of  Landscaping.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  lectures  per  week.  The  theory  and  general 
principles  of  landscape  design  with  their  application  to  public  and  private  areas. 

(Soergel.) 

HoRT.  30.  Elements  OF  Forestry.  (3) 

Second  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1967-68.)  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite  Bot.  1.  Not  open  to  freshmen.  A 
general  survey  of  the  field  of  forestry,  including  timber  values,  conservation, 
protection,  silviculture,  utilization,  mensuration,  engineering,  recreation  and 
lumbering.    Principles  and  practices  of  woodland  management. 

66 


Horticulture 
HoRT.  56.  Basic  Landscape  Composition.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  laboratory  periods  per  week.  The  introduction 
of  landscaping  presentation  technique,  supplemented  by  problems  in  basic 
composition.  (Soergel.) 

Hort.  58.  Vegetable  Production.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequi- 
site, Bot.  1.  A  study  of  the  principles  and  practices  of  commercial  vegetable 
production.  (Reynolds.) 

HoRT.  59.  Berry  Production.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
Bot.  1.  A  study  of  the  principles  and  practices  involved  in  the  production  of 
small  fruits  including  grapes,  strawberries,  raspberries,  blackberries,  and  cran- 
berries. (Angell.) 

HoRT.  62.  Plant  Propagation.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite  Bot.  1.  A  study  of  the 
principles  and  practices  of  the  propagation  of  plants.  (Baker.) 

HoRT.  63.  Flower  Store  Management.  (3) 

Second  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1966-67.)  Two  lectures  and  labora- 
tory periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Hort.  11.  Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  A  study 
of  the  operation  and  management  of  a  flower  store.  Laboratory  period  devoted 
to  principles  and  practice  of  floral  arrangements  and  decoration.  (Link.) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates 
Hort,  100.  Principles  of  Landscape  Design.  (3) 

First  semester.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite 
Hort.  20  and  Hort.  56.  A  consideration  of  design  criteria  and  procedure  as 
applied  to  residential  properties.  (Soergel.) 

Hort.  152.  Advanced  Landscape  Design.  (3) 

Second  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1966-67.)  One  lecture  and  two 
laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite  Hort.  100,  prerequisite  or  concurent 
Hort.  108.  The  design  of  public  and  private  areas  with  the  major  emphasis 
on  plant  materials.  (Soergel.) 

Hort.   153.  Landscape  Construction.  (3) 

Second  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1967-68.)  One  lecture  and  two 
laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite  Hort.  100.  An  introductory  study  and 
application  of  location  methods,  construction  details,  and  construction  tech- 
niques of  the  various  landscape  objects  such  as  walks,  walls,  benches,  roads. 

(Soergel.) 

Hort.  199.  Seminar.  (1) 

Second  semester.  Oral  presentation  of  the  results  of  investigational  work  by 
reviewing  recent  scientific  literature  in  the  various  phases  of  horticulture. 

(Staff.) 


67 


Horticulture 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
HoRT.  101.  Technology  of  Fruits.  (3) 

First  semester.  (Offered  1966-67.)  TTiree  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite 
Hort.  6;  prerequisite  or  concurrent  Bot.  101.  A  critical  analysis  of  research 
work  and  application  of  the  principles  of  plant  physiology,  chemistry,  and 
botany  to  practical  problems  in  commercial  production.  (Thompson.) 

HoRT.  103.  Technology  of  Vegetables.  (3) 

Second  semester.  (Offered  1967-68.)  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite 
Hort.  58;  prerequisite  or  concurrent  Bot.  101.  A  critical  analysis  of  research 
work  and  application  of  the  principles  of  plant  physiology,  chemistry,  and 
botany  to  practical  problems  of  commercial  vegetable  production.     (Reynolds.) 

HoRT.  105.  Technology  of  Ornamentals.  (2) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite  or  concurrent  Bot.  101. 
A  study  of  the  physiological  processes  of  the  plant  as  related  to  the  growth, 
flowering  and  storage  of  ornamental  plants.  (Link.) 

HoRT.  107,  108.  Woody  Plant  Materials.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  Bot.  11.  A  field  and  laboratory 
study  of  trees,  shrubs,  and  vines  used  in  ornamental  plantings.  (Baker.) 

HoRT.  114.  Systematic  Horticulture.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  A  study  of 
the  origin,  taxonomic  relationship  and  horticultural  classification  of  fruits  and 
vegetables.  (Angell.) 

HoRT.  SI  15.  Truck  Crop  Management.  (1) 

Summer  session  only.  Primarily  designed  for  teachers  of  vocational  agricul- 
ture and  extension  agents.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  new  and  im- 
proved methods  of  production  of  the  leading  truck  crops.  Current  problems 
and  their  solution  will  receive  special  attention. 

HoRT.  SI 24.  Tree  and  Small  Fruit  Management.  (1) 

Summer  session  only.  Primarily  designed  for  vocational  agriculture  teachers 
and  county  agents.  Special  emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  new  and  improved 
commercial  methods  of  production  of  the  leading  tree  and  small  fruit  crops.  Cur- 
rent problems  and  their  solution  will  receive  special  attention. 

HoRT.  S125.  Ornamental  Horticulture.  (1) 

Summer  session  only.  A  course  designed  for  teachers  of  agriculture  and  ex- 
tension agents  to  place  special  emphasis  on  problems  of  the  culture  and  use 
of  ornamental  plants. 

Hort.  161.  Physiology  of  Maturation  and  Storage  of 
Horticultural  Crops.  (2) 

Second  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1966-67.)  Two  lectures  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  Bot.  101.  Factors  related  to  maturation  and  application  of  scien- 
tific principles  to  handling  and  storage  of  horticultural  crops.  (Scott.) 

HoRT.  162.  Fundamentals  of  Greenhouse  Crop  Production.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite  Hort.  11.  This  course 
deals  with  a  study  of  the  commerical  production  and  marketing  of  ornamental 
plant  crops  under  greenhouse,  plastic  houses  and  out-of-door  conditions. 

(Shanks.) 

68 


* 


Horticulture 
HoRT.  163.  Production  and  Maintenance  of  Woody  Plants.  (3) 

Second  semester,  alternate  years.  (Offered  1967-68).  Two  lectures  and  one 
laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite  or  concurrent  Hort.  62;  108.  A  study 
of  the  production  methods  and  operation  of  a  commerical  nursery  and  the 
planting  and  care  of  woody  plants  in  the  landscape.  (Link.) 

HoRT.  198.  Special  Problems.  (2,  2)   (4  cr.  max.) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Credit  arranged  according  to  work  done.  For 
major  students  in  horticulture  or  botany.    Four  credits  maximum  per  student. 

(Staff.) 

Also  see  Food  Science  102,  112,  113,  156 

For  Graduates 
HoRT.  201,  202.  Experimental  Pomology.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  Bot.  101.  A  systematic  review  of 
scientific  knowledge  and  practical  observations  as  applied  to  commercial  prac- 
tices in  pomology.  (Thompson.) 

Hort.  203,  204,  205.  Experimental  Olericulture.  (2,  2,  2) 

First  semester  and  in  sequence.  Prerequisite,  Bot.  101,  a  systematic  review  of 
scientific  knowledge  and  practical  observation  as  applied  to  commercial  prac- 
tices in  olericulture.  (Reynolds,  Snyder.) 

HoRT.  206.  Experimental  Floriculture.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Bot.  101.  A  systematic  review  of  scientific  knowl- 
edge and  practical  observation  as  applied  to  commercial  practices  in  flori- 
culture. (Link.) 

Hort.  207.  Methods  of  Horticultural  Research.  (3) 

Second  semester.  One  lecture  and  one  four-hour  laboratory  period  a  week. 
A  critical  study  of  research  methods  which  are  or  may  be  used  in  horticulture. 

(Scott.) 

Hort.  210.  Experimental  Processing.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  A  systematic  review 
of  scientific  knowledge  and  practical  observations  as  applied  to  commercial 
practices  in  processing.  (Kramer.) 

Hort.  302.  Advanced  Seminar.  (1,  1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Oral  reports  with  illustrative  material  are  required 
on  special  topics  or  recent  research  publications  in  horticulture.  Three  credit 
hours  maximum  allowed  toward  the  M.S.  degree  or  six  credits  maximum 
toward  the  Ph.D.  degree.  (Staff.) 

Hort.  399.  Advanced  Horticultural  Research.  (2-12) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Credit  granted  according  to  work  done.         (Staff.) 


69 


The  Agricultural  Experiment  Station 

THE  AGRICULTURAL  EXPERIMENT  STATION 

Irvin  C.  Haut,  Ph.D.,  Director 

The  Agricultural  Experiment  Station  serves  Maryland  agriculture  in  much 
the  same  manner  as  research  laboratories  serve  large  corporations. 
Maryland  agriculture  comprises  over  thirty  thousand  individual  busi- 
nesses, and  there  is  neither  sufficient  capital,  nor  income  so  that  each 
one  of  these  can  conduct  research.  Yet  the  problems  which  face  a  bio- 
logical undertaking  such  as  farming,  are  as  numerous  and  perplexing 
as  the  problems  of  any  business.  Certainly  our  production  of  food  would 
be  much  more  costly  if  it  were  not  for  the  research  results  that  have 
been  obtained  by  the  Agricultural  Experiment  Station. 

The  station  is  a  joint  federal  and  state  undertaking.  Passage  of  the  Hatch 
Act  of  1887,  which  made  available  a  grant  in  aid  to  each  state  for  the 
purpose  of  estabUshing  an  agricultural  experiment  station,  gave  a  great 
impetus  to  the  development  of  research  work  in  agriculture.  This  work 
was  further  encouraged  by  the  passage  of  the  Adams  Act  in  1906,  the 
Purnell  Act  in  1925,  the  Bankhead-Jones  Act  in  1935,  and  the  Flannagan- 
Hope  Act  of  1946. 

The  work  of  the  Maryland  Agricultural  Experiment  Station,  which  is 
supported  by  these  Acts  and  by  State  appropriations,  centers  at  College 
Park.  On  the  University  campus  are  laboratories  for  studying  insects  and 
diseases,  soil  fertility,  botanical  problems,  and  others.  This  is  also  the 
location  of  the  livestock  and  dairy  barns  with  their  experimental  herds. 
About  eight  miles  from  the  campus  at  College  Park,  near  Beltsville,  the 
Plant  Research  Farm  of  about  500  acres  is  devoted  to  work  connected 
with  soil  fertility,  plant  breeding  and  general  crop  production  problems. 
An  experimental  farm  near  Upper  Marlboro  is  devoted  to  the  problems 
of  tobacco  growing  and  curing.  A  farm  near  Salisbury  is  devoted  to  solu- 
tion of  the  problems  of  producers  of  broilers  and  of  vegetable  crops  in  the 
southern  Eastern  Shore  area.  Two  experimental  farms  are  operated  near 
Ellicott  City;  one  is  devoted  to  livestock  problems  and  the  other  to  dairy 
cattle  nutrition  and  forage  research.  Also  tests  of  various  crop  and  soil 
responses  are  distributed  throughout  the  state.  These  different  locations 
provide  the  opportunity  to  conduct  experiments  under  conditions  existing 
where  the  results  will  be  put  into  practice.  The  solution  of  many  difficult 
problems  in  the  past  has  given  the  Station  an  excellent  standing  with 
farmers  of  the  state. 


70 


4 


Agricultural  Extension  Service 

AGRICULTURAL  EXTENSION  SERVICE 

Edward  W.  Aiton,  Director 
Roy  W.  Cassell,  Assistant  Director 

Cooperative  Extension  work  in  agriculture  and  home  economics,  estab- 
lished by  state  and  federal  laws  in  1914,  extends  practical  agricultural 
and  home  information  beyond  the  classrooms  of  the  University  of  Mary- 
land to  young  people,  farmers,  homemakers,  and  people  in  businesses 
relating  to  agriculture  and  home  economics. 

The  educational  endeavors  of  the  Cooperative  Extension  Service  are  fi- 
nanced cooperatively  by  the  federal,  state,  and  county  governments.  In 
each  county  there  is  a  competent  staff  of  Extension  agents  assigned  to  con- 
duct educational  work  in  rather  specific  program  areas  consistent  with  the 
needs  of  the  people  in  the  county  and  as  funds  permit.  The  county  staff 
is  supported  by  a  staff  of  speciahsts  located  at  the  University,  and  through 
their  mutual  efforts  they  assist  local  people  in  seeking  solutions  to  problems. 

This  work  is  conducted  under  a  Memorandum  of  Understanding  between 
the  Cooperative  Extension  Service  of  the  University  and  the  United  States 
Department  of  Agriculture.  The  Maryland  Cooperative  Extension  Service 
functions  as  the  educational  arm  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Agri- 
culture and  the  University  of  Maryland. 

The  Cooperative  Extension  Service  works  in  close  harmony  and  associa- 
tion with  all  rural  groups  and  organizations.  In  addition  to  the  work  on  the 
farms  and  in  the  farm  homes,  the  Extension  program  is  aimed  at  the  many 
rural,  non-farm,  and  urban  clientele  who  service  the  agricultural  industries 
of  the  state  including  consumers. 

In  addition  to  work  with  adults,  thousands  of  boys  and  girls  gain  leadership 
knowledge  and  experience  and  are  provided  practical  educational  instruc- 
tion in  4-H  Clubs  and  other  youth  groups.  Through  the  many  diversified 
activities,  the  boys  and  girls  gain  valuable  experience  from  instruction  and 
training  and  are  afforded  an  opportunity  to  develop  self-confidence,  per- 
severance, and  citizenship. 

The  Cooperative  Extension  Service  in  cooperation  with  the  College  of  Agri- 
culture and  the  Experiment  Station  arranges  and  conducts  short  courses, 
workshops,  and  conferences  in  various  fines,  many  of  which  are  held  at  the 
University.  Some  of  these  activities  have  been  held  regularly  over  a  period 
of  years  and  others  are  added  as  the  need  and  demand  develop.  Short 
courses  have  been  held  in  recent  years  for  the  following  groups:  rural 
women,  4-H  Club  boys  and  girls,  nurserymen,  florists,  poultry  industry 
fieldmen,  poultry  products  marketing,  beekeepers,  greenkeepers,  sanitarians, 
conservation,  dairy  herd  improvement  supervisors,  feed  manufacturers  and 
distributors,  and  dairy  marketing  technicians. 


71 


Service  and  Control  Programs 

SERVICE  AND  CONTROL  PROGRAMS 

Charles  P.  Ellington,  Director 

The  state  law  provides  that  the  Board  of  Regents  of  the  University  of  Mary- 
land shall  constitute  the  Maryland  State  Board  of  Agriculture.  While  the 
Service  and  Control  programs  are  part  of  the  University,  they  are  designed 
primarily  to  carry  out  the  functions  of  the  State  Board  of  Agriculture.  Num- 
erous services  are  performed  which  result  in  the  improvement  and  main- 
tenance of  high  standards  in  production,  processing  and  distribution  of  farm 
products.  In  addition,  many  control  or  regulatory  activities  are  authorized 
by  state  law  and  are  carried  out  by  the  following  departments  of  the  State 
Board  of  Agriculture: 

DAIRY  INSPECTION 

The  Maryland  law  relating  to  the  weighing,  sampling,  and  testing  of  milk 
became  effective  June  1,  1965. 

The  purposes  of  the  law  are:  (a)  To  insure  producers  who  sell  milk  that 
samples,  weights,  and  tests  used  as  the  basis  of  payment  for  such  products 
are  correct;  (b)  To  insure  dealers  who  purchase  milk  and  cream  that  their 
agents  correctly  weigh,  sample,  and  test  these  products;  (c)  To  insure  cor- 
rectness of  tests  made  for  official  inspections  or  for  public  record.  To  achieve 
these  purposes  the  law  requires  the  licensing  of  all  dealers  who  purchase 
milk  and  cream  from  producers,  and  the  licensing  of  all  persons  sampling, 
weighing  and  testing  milk  and  cream  when  the  results  serve  as  a  basis  of 
payment  to  producers. 

Duties  of  the  dairy  inspection  force  deal  with  the  calibration  of  glassware 
used  in  testing  milk  and  cream;  examination  of  all  weighers,  samplers,  and 
testers  and  the  issuance  of  licenses  to  those  satisfactorily  passing  the  exara- 
ination;  and  inspection  of  the  pertinent  activities  of  weighers,  samplers, 
testers  and  dairy  plants. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  MARKETS 

Activities  of  the  Department  of  Markets  serve  to  insure  a  fair  and  equitable 
treatment  of  the  farmer  in  all  dealings  which  he  may  have  concerning  the 
marketing  of  his  products.  In  the  performance  of  these  responsibilities,  the 
Department  conducts  market  surveys,  compiles  and  disseminates  marketing 
information  and  market  data,  operates  a  market  news  service,  provides  an 
agricultural  inspection  and  grading  service,  maintains  a  consumer  informa- 
tion service  and  enforces  the  agricultural  marketing  laws  of  the  state.  The 
control  work  of  the  department  is  carried  out  under  the  authority  of  various 
state  laws  relating  to  the  marketing  of  farm  products.  A  close  working  re- 
lationship is  maintained  with  other  specialists  in  the  Extension  Service,  the 
Maryland  Crop  Reporting  Service,  and  the  Consumer  and  Marketing 
Service  of  the  United  States  Department  of  Agriculture.    The  voluntary 

72 


Service  and  Control  Programs 

cooperation  in  these  various  activities  brings  to  bear  on  agricultural  market- 
ing problems  an  effective  combination  of  research,  education  and  service. 

The  passage  of  the  Federal  Agricultural  Research  and  Marketing  Act  gave 
additional  impetus  to  the  study  and  solution  of  agriculture's  marketing 
problems.  The  Department  of  Markets  is  largely  responsible  for  develop- 
ing the  state  program  under  Title  II  of  this  act. 

Information  and  assistance  in  all  phases  of  marketing  is  available  to  all  in- 
terested persons.  Marketing  specialists  hold  meetings  and  demonstrations 
in  local  communities.  Field  offices  are  located  in  Baltimore,  Salisbury,  Han- 
cock and  Pocomoke. 

MARYLAND  LIVESTOCK  SANITARY  SERVICE 

The  Livestock  Sanitary  Service  is  charged  with  the  responsibility  of  pre- 
venting the  introduction  of  diseases  of  animals  and  poultry  from  outside  of 
the  state  and  with  control  and  eradication  of  such  diseases  within  the  state. 
The  Service  cooperates  with  the  State  Department  of  Health  in  the  suppres- 
sion of  diseases  of  animals  and  poultry  which  affect  public  health. 

Control  projects  in  tuberculosis,  Johne's  disease,  hog  cholera,  brucellosis 
are  conducted  in  cooperation  with  the  Department  of  Agriculture.  The  field 
force  of  state  employed  veterinarians  is  augmented  by  a  number  of  federal 
veterinarians  in  the  conduct  of  these  control  programs.  Programs  designed 
to  control  rabies,  pullorum  in  poultry,  and  many  other  disease  conditions 
are  also  conducted  by  the  Livestock  Sanitary  Service. 

Facilities  for  the  diagnosis  of  a  wide  variety  of  diseases  are  furnished  in  the 
main  laboratory  at  College  Park  and  in  the  branch  laboratories  at  Salisbury, 
Preston,  Centreville,  Bel  Air,  Frederick,  Hagerstown  and  Oakland. 

SEED  INSPECTION 

The  Seed  Inspection  Service  administers  the  state  seed  law;  inspects 
seeds  sold  throughout  the  state;  collects  seed  samples  for  laboratory  exam- 
ination; reports  the  results  of  the  examinations  to  the  parties  concerned; 
publishes  summaries  of  these  reports  which  show  the  relative  reliability 
of  the  label  information  supplied  by  wholesale  seedsmen;  cleans  and  treats 
tobacco  seed  intended  for  planting  in  the  state;  makes  analyses,  tests, 
and  examinations  of  seed  samples  submitted  to  the  laboratory;  and  advises 
seed  users  regarding  the  economic  and  intelligent  use  of  seeds.  The 
Service  also  cooperates  with  the  Consumer  and  Marketing  Service  of  the 
Department  of  Agriculture  in  the  enforcement  of  the  Federal  Seed  Act. 

The  work  of  the  Seed  Inspection  Service  is  not  restricted  to  the  enforce- 
ment of  the  seed  law  however,  for  state  citizens  may  submit  seed  samples 
to  the  laboratory  for  analysis,  test  or  examination.  Specific  information 
regarding  suitability  for  planting  purposes  of  lots  of  seeds  is  thus  made 
available  to  individuals  without  charge.  The  growth  of  this  service  has 
been  steady  since  the  establishment  of  the  laboratory  in   1912.    Most 

73 


Service  and  Control  Programs 

Maryland  citizens,  urban  and  rural,  are  directly  interested  in  seeds  for 
planting  in  flower  beds,  lawns,  gardens,  or  fields. 

STATE  HORTICULTURAL  DEPARTMENT 

In  1916  several  sections  of  existing  law  were  combined  and  re-enacted  with 
such  changes  in  the  wording  as  were  necessary  to  bring  them  into  conform- 
ity with  the  reorganization  of  the  Maryland  State  College  of  Agriculture  and 
Experiment  Station  and  its  Board  of  Trustees.  Subsequently  all  regulatory 
functions  including  newly  enacted  Articles  in  regard  to  the  bee  diseases  and 
mosquitoes  were  transferred  to  the  State  Board  of  Agriculture. 

Work  in  this  field  is  designed  to  control  insects  and  plant  diseases  and 
to  protect  the  public  in  the  purchase  of  products  of  nurserymen  and 
florists.  A  considerable  part  of  the  time  of  the  staff  is  occupied  by 
inspection  of  orchards,  crops,  nurseries,  greenhouses,  and  floral  estab- 
lishments. Cooperation  with  the  federal  government  in  the  inspection 
and  certification  of  materials  that  come  under  quarantine  regulations  is 
another  major  function  of  the  Department.  The  Department  enforces 
the  provisions  of  the  Apiary  Law,  including  inspection  of  apiaries.  Other 
work  of  this  Department  includes  control  and  eradication  of  diseases  of 
strawberries  and  other  small  fruits,  diseases  of  apples  and  peaches,  inspec- 
tion and  certification  of  potatoes  and  sweet  potatoes  for  seed,  control  of 
white  pine  blister  rust,  Dutch  elm  diseases,  and  oak  wilt. 

STATE  DEPARTMENT  OF  DRAINAGE 

The  State  Department  of  Drainage  was  established  in  1937.  Its  duties 
are  to  promote  and  encourage  the  drainage  of  agricultural  lands  in  the 
state,  to  correlate  the  activities  of  the  local  drainage  organizations  in  the 
state  and  to  cooperate  with  state  and  federal  agencies  in  the  interest 
of  a  permanent  program  of  improved  drainage. 

STATE  INSPECTION  SERVICE 

Feeds,  Fertilizer,  Agricultural  Liming  Materials  and  Pesticides 

The  protection  of  consumers  and  manufacturers  of  agricultural  products 
against  fraudulent  practices,  makes  certain  speciaHzed  laws  necessary.  These 
are  classified  as  correct  labeling  laws,  and  are  enforced  by  the  State  Inspec- 
tion Service.  Included  in  this  legislation  are  the  Feed,  FertiUzer,  Agricul- 
tural Liming  Materials,  and  Pesticide  Laws. 

Work  of  enforcing  these  laws  is  divided  into  five  distinct  phases:  First,  the 
commodities  concerned  must  be  registered  under  acceptable  brand  names, 
and  with  proper  labels;  second,  official  samples  must  be  collected  by  in- 
spectors from  all  parts  of  the  state;  third,  chemical  and  physical  examina- 
tions must  be  made  to  establish  that  professed  standards  of  quality  are  being 
met;  fourth,  results  must  be  assembled,  pubhshed  and  made  available  to  all 
interested  persons;  and  fifth,  the  prosecution  of  those  responsible  for 
flagrant  violations. 

74 


Service  and  Control  Programs 

Hundreds  of  tests  also  are  made  annually  on  feed,  fertilizer,  and  lime 
samples  submitted  by  state  purchasers.   No  charge  is  made  for  this  service. 

Throughout  its  existence,  this  Department  has  cooperated  with  compar- 
able federal  agencies  in  every  possible  way.  In  this  activity  it  has  attained 
not  only  state-wide,  but  also  a  nationally  recognized  reputation  for  accu- 
racy, timeliness,  and  unbiased  fair  treatment  of  the  consumer  and  manu- 
facturer alike. 

The  facilities  of  the  Department  are  at  all  times  available  to  supply  the 
manufacturer  with  technical  advice,  and  to  safeguard  him  from  unfair 
competition. 

SOIL  CONSERVATION 

In  1937  the  Maryland  Legislation  established  the  State  Soil  Conservation 
Committee  as  an  agency  of  the  State  Board  of  Agriculture.  The  same  act 
also  enabled  the  organization  of  the  Soil  Conservation  Districts  in  Maryland. 
The  twenty-four  Districts  that  have  been  organized  in  Maryland  include  all 
the  land  in  the  state. 

The  State  Committee  is  charged  with  the  responsibility  of  coordinating  the 
efforts  of  the  Districts  and  encouraging  the  appUcation  of  soil  and  water 
conservation  practices. 

The  Committee  receives  applications  for  funds  for  watershed  work  under 
the  Federal  Watershed  Protection  and  Flood  Prevention  Act  (PL  566). 


75 


The  1966-68  Faculty 


Administrative  Officers 

CAIRNS,  Gordon  M.,  Dean  of  Agriculture  and  Professor  of  Dairy  Husbandry 
B.S.,  Cornell  University,   1936;  M.S.,  1938;  Ph.D.,  1940. 

POFFENBERGER,  Paul  R.,  Assistant  Dean-Instruction,  and  Professor  of  Agricul- 
tural Economics 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1935;  M.S.,  1937;  Ph.D.,  American  University,  1953. 

HAUT,  Irvin  C,  Director  of  Experiment  Station  and  Professor  of  Horticulture 
B.S.,  University  of  Idaho,  1928;  M.S.,  State  College  of  Washington,  1930;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland,   1933. 

AITON,  Edward  W.,  Director  of  Extension 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1933;  M.S.,  1940;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1956. 

ELLINGTON,  Charles  P.,  Director  of  Service  and  Control  Programs  and  Extension 
Assistant  Professor  of  Agronomy 

B.S.  .  University  of  Georgia,   1950;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952;  Ph.D., 

Pennsylvania  State  University,  1964. 

Faculty 

ANGELL,  Frederick,  Assistant  Professor  of  Vegetable  Crops 

B.S.,  Southern  Illinois  University,   1960;  M.S.,   1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wis- 
consin, 1965. 

ARBUCKLE,  Wendell  S.,  Professor  of  Dairy  Science 

B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1933;  A.M.,  University  of  Missouri,  1937;  Ph.D.,  1940. 

AXLEY,  John  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Soils 

B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,   1937;  Ph.D.,   1945. 

BAILEY,    Martin   G.,   Extension    Assistant   Professor   and    Extension    Supervisor, 
Agriculture 

B.S.,  Hampton  Institute,  1937;  M.Ed.,  Cornell  University,  1955. 

BAKER,  Robert  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Ornamental  Horticulture 
A.B.,  Swarthmore  College,    1959;  M.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1962;   Ph.D., 
1965. 

BAMFORD,  Ronald,  Professor  of  Botany  and  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School 

B.S.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1924;  M.S.,  University  of  Vermont,  1926;  Ph.D., 
Columbia  University,   1931. 

BANDEL,  V.  Allan,  Assistant  Professor  of  Soils 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959;  M.S.,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

BEAL,  George  M.,  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 

B.S.,  Utah  State  College,  1934;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1938;  Ph.D.,  1942. 

BEAN,  George  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Botany 

B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1958;  M.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

76 


Faculty 

BEITER,  Robert  J.,  Instructor  of  Agricultural  Economics 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952;  M.S.,  1957. 

BENDER,  Filmore  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 

B.S.,  University  of  California,  1961;  M.S.,  North  Carolina  State  College,  1964; 
Ph.D.,  1965. 

BENTZ,  Frank  L.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Soils  and  Assistant  to  the  President 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1942;  Ph.D.,   1952. 

BEYER,  Edgar  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agronomy 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1958;  M.S.,  Purdue  University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

BICKLEY,  William  E.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Entomology 

B.S.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1934;  M.S.,  1936;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1940. 

BISSELL,  Theodore  L.,  Extension  Associate  Professor  of  Entomology 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1920;  M.S.,  Cornell  University,  1936. 

BRENNAN,  Melvin  C,  Instructor,  Visual  Aids 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952. 

BRODIE,  Herbert  L.,  Extension  Instructor  of  Agricultural  Engineering 
B.S.A.E.,  Rutgers  State  University,  1964. 

BROWN,  Albert  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Veterinary  Science 
V.M.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1959. 

BROWN,  Russell  G.,  Associate  Professor  of  Botany 

B.S.,  West  Virginia  University,  1929;  M.S.,  1930;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1934. 

BUCKEL,  W.  Max,  Extension  Assistant  Professor  and  Extension  Supervisor,  Agri- 
culture 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951;  M.S.,  Michigan  State  University,  1959. 

BURIC,  John,  Associate  Professor  of  Animal  Science 

B.S.,  West  Virginia  University,  1948;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Illinois,  1960. 

BURKHARDT,  George  J.,  Professor  of  Agricultural  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,    1933;  B.S.M.E.,    1934;   M.S.,    1935. 

BYRD,  Bruce  W.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agronomy 

B.S.,  Clemson  College,  1958;  M.S.,   1960;  Ph.D.,  North  Carolina  State  College, 
1963. 

CAIN,  Jarvis  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 

B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1955;  M.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

CALDWELL,  Billy  E.,  Agronomist 

B.S.,  North  Carolinia  State  College,   1955;  M.S.,  1959;  Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  Uni- 
versity, 1963. 

77 


Faculty 

CARDOZIER,  Virgus  R.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Agricultural  and  Extension  Edu- 
cation 

B.S.,  Louisiana  State  University,   1947;  M.S.,   1950;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  Univer- 
sity, 1952. 

CASON,  James  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Dairy  Science 

B.S.,  Louisiana  Polytechnic  Institute,  1948;  M.S.,  Michigan  State  College,   1950; 
Ph.D.,  North  Carolina  State  College,  1956. 

CASSELL,  Roy,  Extension  Associate  Professor  and  Assistant  Extension  Director 
B.S.,  West  Virginia  University,  1951;  M.S.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1962. 

CHANCE,  Charles  M.,  Extension  Associate  Professor,  Dairy  Science 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1941;  M.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,    1948; 
Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University,  1952. 

CLARK,  Neri  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agronomy 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

COLBY,  Sterling  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agronomy 

B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1956;  M.S.,  Purdue  University,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

COMBS,   Gerald  F.,  Professor  of  Poultry  Science 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1940;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,   1948. 

CONAWAY,  Charlotte  A.,  Extension  Assistant  Professor  and  Assistant  State  4-H 
Club  Agent 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1947;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1957. 

CREEK,  Richard  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Poultry  Science 
B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1951;  M.S.,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

CROTHERS,  John  L.,  Jr.,  Extension  Assistant  Professor,  Department  of  Markets 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949;  M.S.,  1954. 

CURTIS,  John  M.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Agricultural  Economics 

B.S.,  North  Carolina  State  College,  1947;  M.S.,  1949;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mary- 
land.   1961. 

DAVIS,  Richard  F.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Dairy  Science 

B.S.,  University  of  New  Hampshire,  1950;  M.S.,  Cornell  University,  1952;  Ph.D., 
1953. 

DEAL,  Elwyn  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agronomy 

B.S.,  University  of  Georgia,  1958;  M.S.,  1960;  Ph.D.,  Rutgers  University,  1963. 

DECKER,  Morris  A.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor 

B.S.,  Colorado  A.  &  M.,  1949;  M.S.,  Utah  State  College,  1950;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Maryland  1953. 

DENGLER,  Harry  W.,  Extension  Associate  Professor,  Forestry 
B.S.,  Syracuse  University,  1935. 

78 


Faculty 

DEVOLT.  Harold  M.,  Professor  of  Avian  Pathology 
D.V.M..   1923:  M.S.,  Cornell  University,   1926. 

DITMAN,  Lewis  P..  Research  Professor  of  Entomology 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1926;  M.S.,  1929;  Ph.D.,  1931. 

DOETSCH,  Raymond  N..  Professor  of  Microbiology 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1942;  M.S.,  University  of  Indiana,   1944;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity  of   Maryland,    1948. 

EDWARDS.  Barbara  H.,  Instructor  of  Botany 

A.B.,  George  Washington  University,  1960;  M.A.,  1963. 

EVANS,  James  G.,  Sr.,  Visiting  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 
B.A.,  Simpson  College,  1921;  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois,  1924. 

FANNING,  Delvin  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Soil  Mineralogy 

B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1954;  M.S.,  1959;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1964. 

FARWELL,  Sanford,  Extension  Instructor  and  Exhibits  Specialist 
B.A.,  Rhode  Island  School  of  Design,   1954. 

FELTON,  Kenneth  E..  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  Engineering 

B.S.A.,  University  of  Maryland,    1950;  B.S.C.E.,   1951;  M.S..  Pennsylvania  State 
University,  1962. 

FERGUSON,  James  Riley,  Extension  Associate  Professor  of  Animal  Science 
B.S.,  Colorado  A.  Sc  M.,  1941;  M.S.,  Cornell  University,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

FERNOW,  Leonard  R..  Assistant  Professor  of  Geology 
B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1956;  M.S.,  1957;  Ph.D..  1961. 

FOSTER,  John  E.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Animal  Science 

B.S.,    North    Carolina   State   College,    1926;   M.S.,   Kansas    State   College,    1927; 
Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1937. 

FOSTER,  Phillips  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 

B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1953;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,   1956;  Ph.D.,   1958. 

GALLOWAY,  Raymond  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Plant  Physiology 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952;  M.S.,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

GAUCH,  Hugh  G.,  Professor  of  Plant  Physiology 

B.S.,  Miami  University,  1935;  M.S.,  Kansas  State  College,  1937;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Chicago,  1939. 

GIENGER,  Guy  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933;  NLS..  1936. 

GODFREY,  Edward  F..  Extension  Assistant  Professor  of  Poultrv'  Science 

B.S.,  Universitv   of  New  Hampshire,    1949;   M.S..   Ohio   State   University,    1950; 
Ph.D..   1952. 

GOUIN,  Francis  R.,  Extension  Instructor  in  Ornamental  Horticulture 

B.S.,  University  of  New  Hampshire,  1962;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

79 


Faculty 

GOODWIN,  Edwin  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Animal  Science 

B.S.,  Louisiana  State  University,   1946;  M.S.,  Cornell,   1948;  Ph.D.,  Washington 
State  University,   1955. 

GOYEN,  Loren  F.,  Assistant  Professor  and  Assistant  State  4-H  Club  Agent 
B.S.,  Kansas  State  University,   1951;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1959. 

GRAHAM,  Castillo,  Associate  Professor  of  Entomology 

B.S.,  Mississippi  A.  &  M.  College,    1927;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1930; 
Ph.D.,    1932. 

GREEN,  Robert  L.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Agricultural  Engineering 

B.S.A.E.,  University  of  Georgia,    1934;  M.S.,  Iowa  State  College,    1939;  Ph.D., 
Michigan  State  University,  1953. 

GREEN,  Willard  W.,  Professor  of  Animal  Science 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1933;  M.S.,  1934;  Ph.D.,  1939. 

HAMILTON,  Arthur  B.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics  and  Rural 
Civil  Defense  Program  Leader 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1929;  M.S.,  1931. 

HARDING,  Wallace  C,  Jr.,  Extension  Assistant  Professor  of  Entomology 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951;  M.S.,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

HARRIS,  Wesley  L.,  Associate  Professor  in  Agricultural  Engineering 

B.S.A.E.,  University  of  Georgia,  1953;  M.S.,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  Uni- 
versity, 1960. 

HARRISON,  Floyd  P.,  Associate  Professor  of  Entomology 

B.S.,  Louisiana  State  University,  1951;  M.S.,  1953;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1955. 

HARRISON,  George  K.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Botany 

B.A.,   Western   Maryland   College,    1935;   M.S.,   University   of   Maryland,    1956; 
Ph.D.,  1958. 

HATZIOLOS,  Basil  C,  Associate  Professor  of  Pathology 

D.V.M.,  Veterinary  School  of  Alfort,  France,   1929;  DR.  VET.  IN  AN.  HUS., 
Veterinary  School  of  Berlin,  Germany,  1932. 

HAVILAND,  Elizabeth  E.,  Lecturer  in  Entomology 
A.B.,  Wilmington  (Ohio)  College,   1923;  M.A.,  Cornell  University,  1926;  M.S., 
University  of  Maryland,    1936;  Ph.D.,    1945. 

HA  WES,  Russell  C,  Professor  of  Marketing 

B.S.,  Rhode  Island  State  College,  1921;  M.S.,  University  of  Rhode  Island,  1942. 

HAWKINS,  Ezelle  M.,  Extension  Assistant  Professor  and  Community  Development 
Specialist 

B.S.,  Prairie  View  A  &  M  College,  1938;  M.S.,  Cornell  University,  1965. 

HAWKINS,  Joyce  R.,  Extension  Assistant  Professor  and  Extension  Supervisor,  Home 
Economics 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956;  M.S.,  1962. 

80 


Faculty 

HELBACKA,  Norman  V.,  Associate  Professor,  Poultry  Science 
B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1952;  M.S.,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

HEMKEN,  Roger  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Dairy  Science 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,   1950;  M.S.,   1954;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,   1957. 

HILBERT,  Lavonia,   Extension  Associate  Professor  and  Clothing  Specialist 
B.S.,  West  Virginia  University,  1937;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,   1946. 

HOECKER,  Harold  H.,  Extension  Assistant  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 
B.S.,  Iowa  State  College,  1941. 

HOLLIS,  William  L.,  Research  Associate  Professor  of  Vegetable  Crops 

B.S.,  University  of  Delaware,   1952;  M.S.,  1954;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1957. 

HOYERT,  John  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agronomy 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943;  M.S.,  1949;  Ph.D.,  1951. 

HUNTER,   Herman  A.,  Extension  Assistant   Professor  of  Vegetable  Crops 
B.S.,  Clemson  College,  1923;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1926. 

ISHEE,  Sidney,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 

B.S.,  Mississippi  State  College,   1950;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,   1952; 
Ph.D.,    1957. 

JOHNSON,  Carl  N.,  Extension  Assistant  Professor  of  Landscape  Gardening 
B.S.,  Michigan  State  College,  1947. 

JOHNSON,  Robert  B.,  Associate  Professor  of  Veterinary  Physiology 
A.B.,  University  of  South  Dakota,    1939. 

JOHNSON,  ROBERT  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agricultural  and  Extension  Edu- 
cation 

B.S.,  University  of  Nebraska,  1951;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1956;  Ph.D., 

1958. 

JONES,  Jack  Colvard,  Professor  of  Entomology 

B.S.,  Alabama  Polytechnic  Institute,   1942;  Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  College,   1950. 

KANTZES,  James  G.,  Associate  Professor  of  Plant  Pathology 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951;  M.S.,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

KARLANDER,  Edward  P.,  Research  Associate — Plant  Physiology 

B.S.,  University  of  Vermont,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962;  Ph.D., 
1964. 

KATZ,  Ira,  Assistant  Professor,  Dairy  Science 

B.S.,  University  of  Georgia,   1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1959;  Ph.D., 
1962. 

KEENEY,  Mark,  Professor  of  Dairy  Science 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  College,  1942;  M.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1948;  Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania  State  College,  1950. 

SI 


Faculty 

KING,  Raymond  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Dairy  Science 
A.B.,  University  of  California,   1955;  Ph.D.,   1958. 

KLARMAN,   William   L.,  Assistant  Professor  of   Plant   Pathology 

B.S.,    Eastern   Illinois   State   College,    1957;    M.S.,   University   of   Illinois,    1960; 
Ph.D.,  1962. 

KRAMER,  Amihud,  Professor  of  Horticulture 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1938;  M.S.,   1939;  Ph.D.,   1942. 

KRAUSS,  Robert  W.,  Professor  of  Plant   Physiology  and  Head,   Department  of 
Botany 

A.B.,  Oberlin  College,  1947;  M.S.,  University  of  Hawaii,  1949;  Ph.D..  University  of 
Maryland,  1951. 

KRESGE,  Conrad  B.,  Associate  Professor  of  Soils 
B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1953;  M.S.,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

KRESTENSEN,  Elroy  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Entomology 

B.S.,  University  of  Florida,   1949;  M.S.,    1951;   Ph.D.,   University  of  Maryland, 
1962. 

KUHN,  Albin  O.,  Professor  of  Agronomy  and  Vice-President,  Baltimore  Campuses 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1938;  M.S.,  1939;  Ph.D.,  1948. 

KRUSBERG,  Loren  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Plant  Pathology 

B.S.,  University  of  Delaware,   1954;  M.S.,  North  Carolina  State  College,    1956; 
Ph.D.,   1959. 

LADSON,  Thomas  A.,  Head  of  Veterinary  Science  and  Director  of  the  Live  Stock 
Sanitation    Service 

D.V.M.,   University   of   Pennsylvania,    1939. 

LANGSDALE,  Elizabeth,  Extension  Assistant  Professor  and  Home  Furnishing  Spec- 
ialist 
B.S.,  Illinois  State  University,   1938;  M.E.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,   1954. 

LANGFORD,  George  S.,  Professor  of  Entomology  and  State  Entomologist 

B.S.,  Clemson  College,   1921;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1924;  Ph.D.,  Ohio 
State  University,  1929. 

LEFFEL,  Emory  C,  Associate  Professor  of  Animal  Science 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943;  M.S.,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

LESSLEY,  Billy  V.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 

A.S.,   Arkansas  Polytechnic  College,   1955;   B.S.,   University  of  Arkansas,   1957; 
M.S.,  1960;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Missouri,  1965. 

LEVRING,  Tore,  Visiting  Professor  of  Algal  Physiology 
B.S.,  University  of  Lund,  1934;  M.S.,  1936;  Ph.D.,  1940. 

LIDEN,  Conrad  H.,  Assistant  Professor,  Administrative  Assistant  to  the  Dean 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1942;  M.S.,  1949. 

82 


Faculty 

LINK,  Conrad  B.,  Professor  of  Floriculture 

B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,   1933;  M.S.,    1934;  Ph.D.,    1940. 

LOAR,  Margaret  T.,  Extension  Professor,  Assistant  State  Leader,  Extension  Home 
Economics 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1941. 

LOCKARD,  J.  David,  Associate  Professor  of  Botany  and  Education 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  College,  1951;  M.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1955; 
Ph.D.,  1962. 

MANESS,  James  C,  Instructor  of  Agricultural  Economics 

B.S.,  University  of  Georgia,  1958;  M.S.,  Cornell  University,  1960. 

MANS,  Rusty  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Botany 

B.S.,  University  of  Florida,  1952;  M.S.,  1954;  Ph.D.,  Western  Reserve  University, 
1959. 

MARSHALL,  J.   Paxton,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics  and  Ex- 
tension Assistant  Director,  Programs 

B.S.,  University  of  Kentucky,  1957;  M.A.,  Michigan  State  University,  1957;  Ph.D., 

1961. 

MATTHEWS,  Floyd  V.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agricultural  Engineering 

B.S.A.E.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute.   1950;  M.S.,  Oklahoma  State  University, 
1951. 

MATTHEWS,  William  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Vegetable  Crops 

B.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1928;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1930. 

MATTICK,  Joseph   F.,  Associate   Professor  of  Dairy   Science 
B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  College,   1942;  Ph.D.,   1950. 

McDonald,  Russell  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 
B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1950;  M.S.,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

McKEE,  Claude  C,  Associate  Professor  of  Agronomy 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951;  M.S.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

MCLUCKIE,  Virginia,  Extension  Associate  Professor  and  Home  Economist 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1941;  M.S.,  1953. 

MEADE,  John  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agronomy 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953;  M.S.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  College,  1958. 

MENZER,  Robert  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Entomology 

B.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1964. 

MERRICK,  Charles  P.,  Extension  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  Engineering 
B.S.C.E.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933. 

MESSERSMITH,  Donald  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Entomology 

B.Ed.,  University  of  Toledo,   1951;  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan,   1953;  Ph.D., 
Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,   1962. 

83 


Faculty 

MEYER,  Amos  R.,  Extension  Associate  Professor  of  Marketing 
B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,   1940. 

MILLER,  Frederick  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Soils 

B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1958;  M.S.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

MILLER,  James  R.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Agronomy 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951;  M.S.,  1953;  Ph.D.,   1956. 

MOHANTY,  Sashi  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Veterinary  Virology 

B.V.SC.  &  A.H.,  Bihar  University,  India;  M.S.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mary- 
land. 

MOLINE,  Waldemar  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agronomy 

B.S.,  Wisconsin  State  University,  1959;  M.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1961;  Ph.D., 
Iowa  State  University,  1965. 

MOORE,  John  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 

B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1951;  M.S.,  Cornell  University,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  Wisconsin,  1959. 

MORGAN,  Delbert  T.,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Botany 
B.S.,  Kent  State  University,  1940;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1942;  Ph.D.,  1948. 

MORGAN,  Omar  D.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Plant  Pathology 

B.Ed.,  Illinois  State  Normal  University,  1940;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1950. 

MORRIS,  John  L.,  Extension  Associate  Professor  of  Dairy  Science 
B.S.,  Iowa  State  College,  1943;  M.S.,  University  of  Delaware,  1958. 

MURRAY,  Ray  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 

B.S.,  University  of  Nebraska,  1934;  M.A.,  Cornell  University,  1938;  Ph.D.,  1949. 

NANTZ,  Evelyn  R.,  Extension  Assistant  Professor  and  Home  Management 
Specialist 

B.S.,  Oklahoma  State  University,   1939;   M.S.,   1958. 

NEWCOMER,  Joseph  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agronomy 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950;  M.S.,   1955. 

NICHOLSON,  James  L.,  Extension  Assistant  Professor  of  Poultry  Science 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951. 

OSBURN,  Donald  E.,  Extension  Assistant  Professor  and  Assistant  4-H  Club  Agent 
B.S.,  West  Virginia  University,  1956;  M.S.,  1959. 

PATERSON,  Robert  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Botany 

B.A.,  University  of  Nevada.  1949;  M.A.,  Stanford  University,  1951;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan,  1957. 

PATTERSON,  Glenn  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Plant  Physiology 

B.S.,  North  Carolina  State  University,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963; 
Ph.D.,  1964. 

84 


Faculty 

PHEIL,  Judith  A.  (Mrs.),  Extension  Assistant  Professor,  and  Food  and  Nutrition 
Specialist 

B.S.,  Hood  College,  1931. 

PLOWMAN,  Robert  D.,  Lecturer  in  Dairy  Science 
B.S.,  Utah  State  College,  1951;  M.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

PLUMER,  Gilbert  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Veterinary  Science 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949;  D.V.M.,  New  York  State  Veterinary  College, 
Cornell  University,  1953. 

QUIGLEY,  George  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Poultry  Science  and  Director  Institute 
of  Applied  Agriculture 

B.S.,  Michigan  State  College,   1925. 

RAPPLEYE,  Robert  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Botany 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1941;  M.S.,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1949. 

REBERT,  Bumell  K.,  Extension  Instructor,  Marketing 
B.S.,  Elizabethtown  College,   1947. 

REYNOLDS,  Charles  W.,  Professor  of  Vegetable  Crops 

B.A.,  University  of  Alabama,   1941;   B.S.,  Alabama  Polytechnic   Institute,   1947; 
M.S.,  1949;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954. 

ROGERS,  Benjamin  L.,  Extension  Associate  Professor  of  Pomology 

B.S.,  Clemson  College,   1943;  M.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,   1947;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1950. 

ROTHGEB,  Russell  G.,  Professor  of  Agronomy 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1924;  M.S.,  Iowa  State  College,  1925;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,   1928. 

SCHERMERHORN,  Richard  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 
B.S.,  University  of  Georgia,   1958;  M.S.,   1959;  Ph.D.,  Oregon  State  University, 
1962. 

SCOTT,  Leland  E.,  Professor  of  Horticultural  Physiology 

B.S.,  University  of  Kentucky,   1927;  M.S.,  Michigan  State  College,   1929;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland,  1943. 

SEELEY,  Donald  J.,  Instructor  in  Dairy  Science 
B.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1950. 

SHAFFNER,  Clyne  S.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Poultry  Science 

B.S.,  Michigan  State  College,   1938;  M.S.,  1940;  Ph.D.,  Purdue  University,   1947. 

SHANKS,  James  B.,  Professor  of  Floriculture 

B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1939;  M.S.,  1946;  Ph.D.,  1949. 

SHORB,  Mary  S.,  Research  Professor  of  Poultry  Science 

B.S.,  College  of  Idaho,  1928;  Sc.D.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1933. 

SHRIVER,  David,  Assistant  Professor  of  Entomology 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland.  1960;  M.S.,  1963. 

85 


Faculty 

SIEGEL,  Malcolm  R.,  Research  Associate — Plant  Pathology 

B.S.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1955;  M.S.,  University  of  Delaware,  1959;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland,  1963. 

SIEGRIST,  Henry  G.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Geology 

B.A.,  Lehigh  University,  1965;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1959;  Ph.D., 
1961. 

SISLER,  Hugh  D.,  Professor  in  Plant  Pathology 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1949;  M.S.,   1951;  Ph.D.,   1953. 

SMITH,  Clodus  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 
and  Director  of  Summer  School 

B.S.,  Oklahoma  A  &  M  College,  1950;  M.S.,  1955;  Ed.D.,  Cornell  University,  1960. 

SMITH,  Harold  D.,  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 

B.A.,  Bridgewater  College,    1943;   M.S.,   University  of  Maryland,   1947;   Ph.D., 
American  University,  1952. 

SNYDER,  Robert  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Vegetable  Crops 

B.S.,   Pennsylvania  State  College,    1949;   M.S.,    1951;   Ph.D.,   Pennsylvania   State 
University,  1955. 

SOERGEL,  Kenneth  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Landscape  Gardening 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1961;  M.L.A.,  Harvard  University,  1963. 

SOROKIN,  Constantino  A.,  Research  Associate — Plant  Physiology 

A.B.,  Don  Institute,  1927;  M.A.,  Academy  of  Sciences  (Moscow),   1936;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Texas,  1955. 

STADELBACHER,  Glen  J.,  Extension  Assistant  Professor  of  Horticulture 

B.S.,  Southern  Illinois  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962. 

STARK,  Francis  C,  Professor  and  Head  of  Horticulture 
B.S.,  Oklahoma  A.  &  M.,  1940;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1941;  Ph.D.,  1948. 

STEINHAUER,  Allen  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Entomology 

B.S.,   University  of  Manitoba,    1953;   M.S.,  Oregon  State   College,    1955;   Ph.D., 
1958. 

STEVENS,  George  A.,  Extension  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 
B.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute  1941;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957. 

STEWART,  Larry  E.,  Instructor  of  Agricultural   Engineering 

B.S.A.E.,  West  Virginia,  1960;  M.S.,  1961. 
STEWART,  Wolcott  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Dairy  Science 

B.S.,  Cornell  University,   1953;  M.S.,   1956;  Ph.D.,  1957. 
STOUT,  Ernest  R.,  Research  Associate — Botany 

B.S.,  Appalachian  State  Teachers  College,   1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Florida, 

1965. 

STREET,  Orman  E.,  Professor  of  Agronomy 

B.S.,  South  Dakota  State  College,  1924;  M.S.,  Michigan  State  College,  1927;  Ph.D., 
1933. 

86 


Faculty 

STRICKLING,  Edward,  Associate  Professor  of  Soils 
B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1937;  Ph.D.,   1949. 

SUPPLEE,  William  C,  Research  Associate  of  Poultry  Science 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1926;  M.S.,   1927;  Ph.D.,   1931. 

SUTTOR,  Richard  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 
B.S.,  South  Dakota  Univerity,  1960;  Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  University,  1965. 

TAYLOR,  M.  Hal,  Extension  Instructor  of  Poultry  Science 
B.S.,  Kansas  State  University,  1962;  M.S.,  1964. 

TERBORGH,  John,  Assistant  Professor  of  Botany 
A.M.,  Harvard  University,   1960;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

THOMPSON,  Patrick  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Entomology 

B.S.,  Auburn  University,  1955;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

TODD,  Hermann  S.,  Instructor  in  Horticulture 
B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,   1937. 

TUTHILL,  Dean  P.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 

B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1949;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

TWIGG,  Bernard  A.,  Extension  Associate  Professor 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952;  M.S.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

VANDERSALL,  John  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Dairy  Science 
B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1950;  M.S.,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

WALKER,  William  P.,  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1921;  M.S.,  1924. 

WEAVER,  Leslie  O.,  Extension  Professor  of  Plant  Pathology 

B.S.A.,  Ontario  Agricultural  College,  1934;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1943. 

WELLING,  M.  Gist,  Extension  Associate  Professor  and  Assistant  Director,  Field 
Operations 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942;  M.S.,  Cornell  University,  1957. 

WILCOX,  Frank  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Poultry  Science 

B.S.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1951;  M.S.,  Cornell  University,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

WILEY,  Robert  C,  Associate  Professor  of  Horticulture  Processing 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1949;  M.S.,   1950;  Ph.D.,  Oregon  State  College, 
1953. 

WILLIAMS,  Walter  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Dairy  Science 
B.S.,  University  of  Missouri,  1952;  Ph.D.,   1955. 

WILSON,  W.  Sherard,  Extension  Professor  and  State  4-H  Club  Agent 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1932. 

WINN,  Paul  N.,  Research  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  Engineering 
B.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,   1947;  M.S.,   1958. 

87 


Faculty 

WOOD,  Francis  E.,  Instructor  of  Entomology 
B.S.,  University  of  Missouri,  1958;  M.S.,  1962. 

WYSONG,  John  W..  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  Economics 
B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1953;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1954;  Ph.D.,  Cornell 
University,  1957. 

YOUNG,  Edgar  P.,  Associate  Professor  of  Animal  Science 
B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1954;  M.S.,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

Emeriti 

CORY,  Ernest  N.,  Professor  of  Entomology,  Emeritus 

B.S.,   Maryland  Agricultural   College,    1909;   M.S.,    1913;   Ph.D.,   American   Uni- 
versity, 1926. 

DEVAULT,    Samuel   H.,    Professor   of    Agricultural    Economics    and    Marketing, 
Emeritus 

A.B.,  Carson-Newman  College,  1912;  A.M.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1915; 
Ph.D.,   Massachusetts   State  College,    1931. 

KEMP,  William  B.,  Director  of  Experiment  Station,  Emeritus 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1912;  Ph.D.,  American  University,   1928. 

NORTON,  John  B.  S.,  Professor  of  Botany,  Emeritus 

B.S.,  Kansas  State  College,  1896;  M.S.,  1900;  Sc.D.,  (Hon.),  University  of  Mary- 
land. 

NYSTROM,  Paul  E.,  Director  of  Extension  and  Professor  of  Agricultural  Econom- 
ics,  Emeritus 

B.S.,  University  of  California,  1928;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1931;  M.P.A.. 

Harvard   University,    1948;   D.P.A.,    1951. 

SYMONS,  Thomas  B.,  Dean  of  Agriculture,  Emeritus 

B.S.,  Maryland  Agricultural  College,  1902;  M.S.,  Maryland  State  College,   1905; 
D.Agr.,  University  of  Maryland,   1918. 

■^SUPERVISING   TEACHERS   OF   AGRICULTURAL    EDUCATION 

BAER,   Wilfred   O.,    B.S.,   The   Pennsylvania   State   University,    1942;   M.S.,    1952 
Sudlersville  High  School,  Sudlersville,  Maryland. 

BEVARD,  Carl  W.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950;  M.Ed.,  1953 
Glenelg  High  School,  Glenelg,  Maryland. 

BURLIN,  Walter  W.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951;  M.S.,  University  of  Dela- 
ware, 1958. 
Bel  Air  High  School,  Bel  Air,  Maryland. 

COBB,  Robert  A.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1954 
North  Harford  High  School,  Pylesville,  Maryland. 


■"Teachers  of  vocational  agriculture  who  supervise  student  teachers  during  the  student 
teaching  period  in  cooperation  with  the  Department  of  Agricultural  and  Extension 
Education. 

88 


Faculty 

COOPER,  Elmer  T.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956;  M.S.,  1965. 
North  Harford  High  School,  Pylesville,  Maryland. 

MILLER,  Harry  T.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1950;  M.S.,   1952 
Frederick  High  School,  Frederick,  Maryland. 

REMSBURG.   George   C,   B.S.,   University   of   Maryland,    1939;    M.S.,    1951 
Walkersville  High  School,  Walkersville,  Maryland. 

SCOTT,  Joseph  K.,   B.A.,   Bridgewater  College,    1935;   xM.S.,   Virginia   Polytechnic 
Institute,    1940 

Williamsport  High  School,  Williamsport,  Maryland. 

THOMPSON,  Harold  H.,   B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,    1946;   M.S.,    1960. 
Mt.  Airy  High  School,  Mt.  Airy,  Maryland. 

THOMPSON.  John  L.,  B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1951;  M.S.,  1959 
Linganore  High  School,  Frederick  Maryland. 

TOLLEY,  Leonard  E.,  B.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,    1951;  M.S.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1965. 

Damascus  High  School,  Damascus,  Maryland. 


89 


CATALOG  OF  THE 

COLLEGE  OF 

ARTS  AND 

SCIENCES 

1965-1967 


THE 
UNIVERSITY 

OF 
MARYLAND 


Volume  22  September  1,  1965  Number  3 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  BULLETIN  is  published  four  times  in  September; 
three  times  in  January,  March  and  May;  and  two  times  in  August,  October,  Novem- 
ber, December,  February,  April,  June  and  July.  Re-entered  at  the  Post  Office  at 
College  Park,  Maryland,  as  second  class  mail  matter  under  the  Act  of  Congress  on 
August  24,  1912.   Published  twenty-nine  times. 


•  :<SiM*.a^.S1 


*x. 


SiV 


I    .^ 


Contents 


General 


University  Calendar iv 

Board  of  Regents vi 

OflScers  of  the  University vii 

Standing  Committees,  Faculty 

Senate     xi 

General  Information 1 

History  1 

Application  Information  -___  1 

Requirements  for  Admission  2 

Costs 2 

Degrees 2 

Residence  3 

For  Additional  Information  3 

Academic  Information 3 


General  Requirements  for 

Degrees  3 

General  Education 

Requirements   4 

College  Requirements 6 

Junior  Requirements  8 

Normal  Load 9 

Advisers    , 9 

Electives  in  Other  Schools 

and  Colleges  9 

Air  Science 9 

Certification  of  High  School 

Teachers  9 

Honors  10 


Programs  and  Course  Offerings 


American  Studies H 

Art  12 

Astronomy 18 

Botany  21 

Chemistry 22 

Classical  Languages  and 

Literatures    30 

Comparative  Literature  32 

Computer  Science 35 

Economics   36 

English  Language  and 

Literature  37 

Foreign  Languages  and 

Literatures    42 

Chinese   45 

French 45 

German 49 

Hebrew  51 

Italian  52 

Russian  52 

Spanish  53 

General  Biological  Sciences  — .  57 

Faculty  Listing  


General  Physical  Sciences 58 

Geography  58 

Government  and  Politics 59 

History  60 

Mathematics  70 

Microbiology   84 

Molecular  Physics 88 

Music  89 

Applied  Music  96 

Philosophy  97 

Physics  and  Astronomy 102 

Pre-Professional  Curricula 112 

Pre-Dentistry    113 

Pre-Law  114 

Pre-Medicine   115 

Related  Professions  116 

Psychology  117 

Sociology  125 

Anthropology  132 

Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 133 

Zoology 143 


151 


III 


University  Calendar,  1965-66 

(TENTATIVE) 

FALL  SEMESTER,  1965 
SEPTEMBER 

13-17     Monday  through  Friday — Fall  Semester  Registration 
20     Monday — Instruction  begins 
NOVEMBER 

24  Wednesday,  after  last  class — Thanksgiving  recess  begins 
29     Monday,  8:00  A.M. — Thanksgiving  recess  ends 

DECEMBER 

22    Wednesday,  after  last  class — Christmas  recess  begins 
JANUARY 

3  Monday,  8:00  A.M. — Christmas  recess  ends 
17     Monday — Pre-exam  Study  Day 

18-24     Tuesday-Monday — Fall  Semester  Examinations 

SPRING  SEMESTER,  1966 
JANUARY-FEBRUARY 

31-4  Monday  through  Friday — Spring  Semester  Registration 

7  Monday — Instruction  begins 

22  Tuesday — Washington's  Birthday,  holiday 
MARCH 

25  Friday — Maryland  Day,  not  a  holiday 
APRIL 

7  Thursday,  after  last  class — Easter  recess  begins 

12  Tuesday,  8:00  A.M. — Easter  recess  ends 
MAY 

11  Wednesday— AFROTC  Day 

25  Wednesday — Pre-exam  Study  Day 

26-June  3  Thursday  through  Friday — Spring  Semester  Examinations 

29  Sunday — Baccalaureate  Exercises 

30  Monday — Memorial  Day,  holiday 
JUNE 

4  Saturday — Commencement  Exercises 

SUMMER  SESSION,  1966 
JUNE 

20-21  Monday,  Tuesday — Registration,  Summer  Session 

22  Wednesday — Instruction  begins 

25  Saturday — Classes  (Monday  schedule) 
JULY 

4  Monday — Independence  Day,  holiday 

9  Saturday — Classes   (Tuesday  schedule) 
AUGUST 

12  Friday — Summer  Session  Ends 

SHORT  COURSES,  SUMMER,  1966 
JUNE 

13-17     Monday  through  Friday — Rural  Women's  Short  Course 
AUGUST 

1-5     Monday  through  Friday — 4-H  Club  Week 
SEPTEMBER 

6-9    Tuesday  through  Friday — Fireman's  Short  Course 


IV 


University  Calendar,  1966-67 

(TENTATIVE) 

FALL  SEMESTER,  1966 

SEPTEMBER 

12-16     Monday-Friday — Fall  Semester  Registration 
19     Monday — Instruction  begins 

NOVEMBER 

23     Wednesday,  after  last  class — Thanksgiving  recess  begins 
28     Monday,  8:00  A.  M. — Thanksgiving  recess  ends 

DECEMBER 

21  Wednesday,  after  last  class — Christmas  recess  begins 
JANUARY 

3     Tuesday,  8:00  A.  M. — Christmas  recess  ends 
18     Wednesday — Pre-exam   Study   Day 
19-25     Thursday-Wednesday — Fall  Semester  Examinations 

SPRING  SEMESTER,  1967 
JANUARY 

31 -Feb.  3     Tuesday-Friday — Spring  Semester  Registration 
FEBRUARY 

6     Monday — Instruction  begins 

22  Wednesday — Washington's  Birthday,  holiday 
MARCH 

23  Thursday,  after  last  class — Easter  recess  begins 
28    Tuesday,  8:00  A.  M. — Easter  recess  ends 

MAY 

10  Wednesday— AFROTC  Day 

24  Wednesday — Pre-exam  Study  Day 

25-June  2  Thursday-Friday — Spring  Semester  Examinations 

28  Sunday — Baccalaureate  Exercises 

30  Tuesday — Memorial  Day,  holiday 
JUNE 

3  Saturday — Commencement  Exercises 

SUMMER  SESSION,  1967 
JUNE 

19-20  Monday-Tuesday — Registration,  Summer  Session 

21  Wednesday — Instruction  begins 

24  Saturday — Classes  (Monday  schedule) 
JULY 

4  Tuesday — Independence  Day,  holiday 
8  Saturday — Classes  (Tuesday  schedule) 

AUGUST 

11  Friday — Summer  Session  Ends 

SHORT  COURSES,  SUMMER,  1967 

JUNE 

12-17     Monday-Saturday — Rural  Women's  Short  Course 
AUGUST 

7-11     Monday-Friday— 4-H  Club  Week 
SEPTEMBER 

5-8    Tuesday-Friday — Firemen's  Short  Course 


Board  of  Regents 

and 

Maryland  State  Board  of  Agriculture 

CHAIRMAN 

Charles  P.  McCormick 

McCormick  and  Company,  Inc.,  414  Light  Street,  Baltimore,  21202 

VICE-CHAIRMAN 

Edward  F.  Holter 

Farmers  Home  Administration,  Room  412  Hartwick  Bldg., 

4321  Hartwick  Road,  College  Park,  20740 

SECRETARY 

B.  Herbert  Brown 

The  Baltimore  Institute,  10  West  Chase  Street,  Baltimore,  21201 

TREASURER 

Harry  H.  Nuttle 
Denton,  21629 

ASSISTANT  SECRETARY 

Lours  L.  Kaplan 

The  Baltimore  Hebrew  College,  5800  Park  Heights  Ave.,  Baltimore,  21215 

ASSISTANT  TREASURER 

Richard  W.  Case 

Smith,  Somerville  and  Case,  1  Charles  Center — 17th  Floor, 

Baltimore,  21201 

Dr.  William  B.  Long 
Medical  Center,  Salisbury,  21801 

Thomas  W.  Pangborn 

The  Pangborn  Corporation,  Pangborn  Blvd.,  Hagerstown,  21740 

Thomas  B.  Symons 

7410  Columbia  Ave.,  College  Park,  20740 

William  C.  Walsh 

Liberty  Trust  Building,  Cumberland,  21501 

Mrs.  John  L.  Whitehurst 
4101  Greenway,  Baltimore,  21218 

vi 


Officers  Of  The  University 

Central  Administrative  Officers 

PRESIDENT 

Wilson  H.  Elkins,— B./l.,  University  of  Texas.  1932:  M.A..  1932;  B.Utt.,  Oxford  Uni- 
versity, 1936;  D.Phil.,  1936. 

VICE  PRESIDENT.  BALTIMORE  CAMPUSES 

Albin  O.  Kuhn— fi.5..  University  of  Maryland.  1938;  M.S..  1939;  Ph.D.,  1948. 

VICE  PRESIDENT  FOR  ACADEMIC  AFFAIRS 

R.  Lee  Hornbake — B.S..  California  State  College.  Pennsylvania,   1934:  M.A.,  Ohio 
State  University,  1936;  Ph.D..  1942. 

ASSISTANT  TO  THE  PRESIDENT  FOR  ADMINISTRATIVE  AFFAIRS 

Walter  B.  Waetjen — B.S.,  Millersville  State  College,  Millersville,  Pennsylvania,  1942; 
M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1947;  Ed.D..  University  of  Maryland.  1951. 

ASSISTANT  TO  THE  PRESIDENT 

Frank  L.  Bentz.  Jr.— B.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

ASSISTANT  TO  THE  PRESIDENT  FOR  RESEARCH 

Justin  Williams — A.B.,  State  Teachers  College,  Conway,  Arkansas,  1926;  M.A.,  State 
University  of  Iowa,  1928;  Ph.D.,  1933. 

ASSISTANT  TO  THE  PRESIDENT  FOR  UNIVERSITY  RELATIONS 
Robert   A.    Beach,   Jr.,    A.B.,   Baldwin-Wallace   College,    1950;   M.S.,   Boston    Uni- 
versity, 1954. 

ASSISTANT,  PRESIDENT'S  OFFICE 

Robert  E.  Kendig — A.B.,  College  of  William  and  Mary,  1939;  M.A.,  George  Wash- 
ington University,  1965. 

ASSISTANT  TO  THE  VICE  PRESIDENT  FOR  ACADEMIC  AFFAIRS 

Leslie    R.    Bundgaard— B.5.,    University    of    Wisconsin,    1948;   M.S.,    1949;   Ph.D., 
Georgetown  University,  1954. 

DIRECTOR  OF  FINANCE  AND  BUSINESS 

C.  Wilbur  Cissel— fi./4.,  University  of  Maryland,  1932;  M.A.,  C.P.A.,  1939. 

ASSISTANT  DIRECTOR  OF  FINANCE  AND  BUSINESS 
James  T.  Frye — B.S.,  University  of  Georgia,  1948;  M.S.,  1952. 

COMPTROLLER   AND   BUDGET  OFFICER 

Harry  D.  Fisher— B.5.,   University  of  Maryland,  1943;  C.P.A.,  1948. 

DIRECTOR  OF  ADMISSIONS  AND  REGISTRATIONS 

G.  Watson  Algire— 5./1.,  University  of  Maryland,  1930;  M.S.,  1931. 

ASSOCIATE  DIRECTOR  AND  REGISTRAR 

James  P.  Hill— B.5.,   Temple  University,  1939;  Ed.M.,  1947;  Ed.D.,   University  of 

Michigan,  1963. 

DIRECTOR  OF  ALUMNI  AFFAIRS 

J.  Logan  Schutz— B.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1938;  M.S.,  1940. 

vii 


DIRECTOR  OF  ATHLETICS 

William  W.  Cobey — A.B.,  University  of  Maryland,  1930. 

DIRECTOR  OF  PERSONNEL 

George  W.  Fogg — B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1926;  M.A.,  1928. 

ASSISTANT  DIRECTOR  OF  PERSONNEL 

James  D.  Morgan— B.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949;  M.B.A.,  1950. 

DIRECTOR  AND  SUPERVISING  ENGINEER,  DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSICAL 
PLANT 

George  O.  Weber — B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933. 

ASSOCIATE  DIRECTOR  AND  SUPERVISING  ENGINEER,  PHYSICAL  PLANT 

(Baltimore) 

George  W.  Morrison — B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1927;  E.E.,  1931. 


Emeriti 

PRESIDENT  EMERITUS 

Harry  C.  Byrd— fl.5.,    University  of  Maryland,   1908;  LL.D.,   Washington  College, 
1936;  LL.D.,  Dickinson  College,  1938;  D.Sc.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1938. 

DEAN  OF  WOMEN  EMERITA 

Adele  H.  Stamp — B.A.,   Tulane   Universitv,   1921;  M.A.,   University   of  Maryland, 
1924. 

DEAN  OF  MEN  EMERITUS 

Geary  F.  Eppley— B.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1920;  M.S..  1926. 


Deans  of  the  Schools  and  Colleges 

DEAN  OF  AGRICULTURE 

Gordon  M.  Cairns— B.5.,  Cornell  University,  1936;  M.S.,  1938;  Ph.D.  1940. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES 

Charles  Manning— B.5.,  Tufts  College,  1929;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1931;  Ph.D., 
University  of  North  Carolina,  1950. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  AND  PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATION 
Donald  W.  O'Connell— fi..4.,  Columbia  University,  1937;  M.A.,  1938;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY 

John  J.  Salley—D. D.5.,   Medical  College  of   Virginia,    1951;  Ph.D.,   University  of 
Rochester  School  of  Medicine  and  Dentistry,  1954. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION 

Vernon  E.  Anderson — B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1930;  M.A.,  1936;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Colorado,  1942. 

ACTING  DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERING 

Russell  B.  Allen — B.S..  Yale  University,  1923;  Registered  Professional  Engineer. 

via 


DEAN  OF  FACULTY— UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND,  BALTIMORE  COUNTY 

Homer  W.  Schamp,  Jr. — A.B.,  Miami  University,  1944;  M.Sc,  University  of  Michi- 
gan, 1947:  Ph.D..  1952. 

DEAN  OF  THE  GRADUATE  SCHOOL 

Ronald  Bamford — B.S.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1924;  M.S.,  University  of  Ver- 
mont, 1926;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1931. 

ACTING  DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS 
Erna  R.  Chapman— 5.5..   University  of  Maryland,  1934;  M.S.,  1939. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  LAW 

William  P.  Cunningham — A.B.,  Harvard  College,  1944;  LL.B.,  Harvard  Law  School, 

1948. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  LIBRARY  SCIENCE 

Paul  Wasserman— S.B.^.,  College  of  the  City  of  New   York,  1948;  M.S.   (L.5.), 

Columbia  University,  1949:  M.S.  (Economics)  Columbia  University,  1950;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Michigan,  1960. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF   MEDICINE   AND   DIRECTOR  OF   MEDICAL 

EDUCATION  AND  RESEARCH 
William  S.  Stone— 5.5.,  University  of  Idaho,  1924;  M.S.,  1925;  M.D.,  University  of 

Louisville,  1929;  Ph.D.,  (Hon.),  University  of  Louisville,  1946. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  NURSING 

Florence  M.  Gipe — B.S.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1937;  M.S.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1940;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  PHARMACY 

Noel  E.  Foss— P/i.C,  South  Dakota  State  College,  1929;  B.S.,1929:  M.S.,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1932;  Ph.D.,  1933. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  RECREATION  AND 
HEALTH 

Lester  M.  Fraley— B./i.,  Randolph-Macon  College,  1928;  M.A.,  1937;  Ph.D.,  Pea- 
body  College,  1939. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  SOCIAL  WORK 

Verl  S.  Lewis — A.B.,  Huron  College,  1933;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1939; 
D.S.W.,  Western  Reserve  University,  1954. 

DEAN  OF  UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE 

Ray  W.  Ehrensberger — B.A.,  Wabash  College,  1929;  M.A.,  Butler  University,  1930; 
Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University,   1937. 

Directors  of  Educational  Services  and  Programs 

ACTING  DEAN  FOR  STUDENT  LIFE 

Francis  A.  Gray — B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,  1943. 

DEAN  OF  WOMEN 

Helen  E.  Clarke — B.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1943;  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois, 
1951;  Ed.D.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  1960. 

ix 


DIRECTOR,  AGRICULTURAL  EXTENSION  SERVICE 

Edward  W.  Aiton — B.S.,   University  of  Minnesota.  1933;  M.S.,   1940;  Ed.D..   Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1956. 

DIRECTOR,  AGRICULTURE  EXPERIMENT  STATION 

Irvin  C.  Haut — B.S.,  University  of  Idaho,  1928;  M.S.,  State  College  of  Washington, 
1930;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933. 

ACTING  DIRECTOR,  COMPUTER  SCIENCE  CENTER 
John  P.  Menard — B.A.,  San  Michael's  College,  1954 

DIRECTOR,  COUNSELING  CENTER 

Thomas  Magoon — B.A.,  Dartmouth,  1947;  M.A.,   University  of  Minnesota,  1951; 
Ph.D.,  1954. 

DIRECTOR,  GENERAL  EDUCATION  PROGRAM 

Gayle  S.  Smith— 5.5.,  Iowa  State  College,  1948;  M.  A.,  Cornell  University,  1951; 
Ph.D.,  1958. 

DIRECTOR,  INSTITUTIONAL  RESEARCH 

Robert  E.  McClintock — B.S.,  University  of  South  Carolina,  1951;  M.A.,  George  Pea- 
body  College,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

DIRECTOR   OF  LIBRARIES 

Howard  Rovelstad— B./4.,  University  of  Illinois,  1936;  M.A.,  1937;  B.S.L.S.,  Colum- 
bia University,  1940. 

DIRECTOR  OF  NATURAL  RESOURCES  INSTITUTE 

L.  Eugene  Cronin — A.B.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1938;  M.S.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1943;  Ph.D.,  1946. 

DIRECTOR  OF  PROFESSIONAL  AND  SUPPORTING  SERVICES,  UNIVERSITY 

HOSPITAL 
George  H.  Yeager — B.S.,  University  of  West  Virginia,  1925;  M.D.,  University  of 

Maryland,  1929. 

DIRECTOR  OF  STUDENT  HEALTH  SERVICE 

Lester  M.  Dyke — B.S.,  University  of  Iowa,  1936;  M.D.,  1926. 

DIRECTOR  OF  THE  SUMMER  SESSION 

Clodus  R.  Smith— B.5.,  Oklahoma  State  University,  1950;  M.S.,  1955;  Ed.D.,  Cornell 
University,  1960. 

HEAD,  DEPARTMENT  OF  AIR  SCIENCE 

Vernon  H.  Reeves — B.A.,  Arizona  State  College,  1936;  M.A.,  Columbia  University, 
1949. 

Division  Chairmen 

CHAIRMAN  OF  THE  DIVISION  OF  BIOLOGICAL  SCIENCES 

John  E.  Faber— 5.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1926;  M.S.,  1927;  Ph.D.,  1937. 

CHAIRMAN  OF  THE  LOWER  DIVISION 

Charles  E.  White— B.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1923;  M.S.,  1924;  Ph.D.,  1926. 

CHAIRMAN  OF  THE  DIVISION  OF  SOCIAL  SCIENCES 
Harold  C.  Hoffsommer— fi.5..  Northwestern  University,  1921;  M.A.,  1923;  Ph.D., 
Cornell  University,  1929. 

X 


STANDING  COMMITTEES,  FACULTY  SENATE 

GENERAL  COMMITTEE  ON  EDUCATIONAL  POLICY 

GENERAL  COMMITTEE  ON  STUDENT  LIFE  AND  WELFARE 

COMMITTEE  ON  ADMISSIONS  AND  SCHOLASTIC  STANDING 

COMMITTEE  ON  INSTRUCTIONAL  PROCEDURES 

COMMITTEE  ON  SCHEDULING  AND  REGISTRATION 

COMMITTEE  ON   PROGRAMS.  CURRICULA    AND  COURSES 

COMMITTEE  ON  FACULTY  RESEARCH 

COMMITTEE  ON  PUBLIC  FUNCTIONS  AND  COMMENCEMENTS 

COMMITTEE  ON  LIBRARIES 

COMMITTEE  ON  UNIVERSITY  PUBLICATIONS 

COMMITTEE  ON  INTERCOLLEGIATE  COMPETITION 

COMMITTEE  ON  PROFESSIONAL  ETHICS.  ACADEMIC  FREEDOM 
AND  TENURE 

COMMITTEE  ON  APPOINTMENTS.   PROMOTIONS  AND  SALARIES 

COMMITTEE  ON  FACULTY  LIFE  AND  WELFARE 

COMMITTEE  ON  MEMBERSHIP  AND  REPRESENTATION 

COMMITTEE  ON  COUNSELING  OF  STUDENTS 

COMMITTEE  ON   THE  FUTURE  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Adjunct  Committees  of  the  General  Committee  on  Student 
Life  and  Welfare 
STUDENT  ACTIVITIES 
FINANCIAL  AIDS  AND  SELF-HELP 
STUDENT  PUBLICATIONS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS 
RELIGIOUS  LIFE 

STUDENT  HEALTH  AND  SAFETY 
STUDENT  DISCIPLINE 
BALTIMORE  CAMPUS,  STUDENT  AFFAIRS 


XI 


The  College 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 

The  college  of  arts  and  sciences  offers  its  students  a  liberal 
education.  It  seeks  to  develop  graduates  who  can  deal  intelligently  with 
the  problems  which  confront  them  and  whose  general  education  will  be  a 
continuing  source  not  only  of  material  profit  but  of  genuine  personal  satis- 
faction. It  also  offers  each  student  the  opportunity  to  concentrate  in  the  field 
of  his  choice;  this  element  of  depth  serves  both  as  an  integral  part  of  his 
education  and  as  a  foundation  for  further  professional  training  or  pursuits. 

History 

This  College  is  an  outgrowth  of  the  Division  of  Language  and  Literature 
and  the  Division  of  Applied  Science  and  the  later  School  of  Liberal  Arts 
of  Maryland  State  College.  In  1921  the  School  of  Liberal  Arts  and  the 
School  of  Chemistry  were  combined  and  other  physical  and  biological 
sciences  were  brought  into  the  newly  formed  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 
In  later  reorganizations  some  departments  have  been  added  and  some 
transferred  to  the  administrative  control  of  other  colleges. 

Application  Information 

FALL  SEMESTER.  All  applications  for  full-time  undergraduate  admission  for 
the  Fall  Semester  at  the  College  Park  campus  must  be  received  by  the  Uni- 
versity on  or  before  July  15.  Any  student  registering  for  nine  or  more 
semester  hours  of  work  is  considered  a  full-time  student. 

Under  unusual  circumstances,  applications  will  be  accepted  between  July 
15  and  September  1.  Applicants  for  full-time  attendance  filing  after  July 
15  will  be  required  to  pay  a  non-refundable  $25.00  late  fee  to  defray 
the  cost  of  special  handling  of  applications  after  that  date.  This  late  fee 
is  in  addition  to  the  $10.00  application  fee. 

All  undergraduate  applications,  both  for  full-time  and  part-time  attend- 
ance, and  all  supporting  documents  for  an  application  for  admission  must 
be  received  by  the  appropriate  University  office  by  September  1.  This 
means  that  the  applicant's  educational  records,  ACT  scores  (in  the  case 
of  new  freshmen)  and  medical  examination  report  must  be  received  by 
September  1. 

SPRING  SEMESTER.  The  deadline  for  the  receipt  of  applications  for  the 
spring  semester  is  January  1. 

UNIVERSITY  college.  The  appHcation  deadUnes  and  fees  do  not  apply  to 
students  registering  in  the  evening  classes  offered  by  the  University  College. 

graduate  SCHOOL.  Application  for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School  must 
be  made  by  September  1  for  the  fall  term  and  by  January  1  for  the  spring 
term  on  blanks  obtained  from  the  Office  of  the  Graduate  School.  Admission 


General  Information 

to  the  summer  session  is  governed  by  the  date  listed  in  the  Summer  School 
catalog.   The  summer  session  deadline  date  is  generally  June  1 . 

Requirements  for  Admission 

The  requirements  for  admission  to  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  are, 
in  general,  the  same  as  those  for  admission  to  the  other  colleges  and  schools 
of  the  University.  Application  must  be  made  to  the  Director  of  Admis- 
sions, University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland. 

The  student  who  intends  to  pursue  a  program  of  study  in  the  College  of 
Arts  and  Sciences  should  include  the  following  subjects  in  his  high  school 
program:  English,  four  units;  college  preparatory  mathematics  (algebra, 
plane  geometry),  three  or  four  units;  foreign  language,  two  or  more  units; 
biology,  chemistry,  or  physics,  two  units;  history  and  social  sciences,  one  or 
more  units. 

The  student  who  wishes  to  major  in  chemistry,  mathematics,  physics, 
botany,  microbiology,  zoology,  or  who  wishes  to  follow  a  pre-medical  or 
pre-dental  program,  should  include  four  units  of  college  preparatory  mathe- 
matics (algebra,  plane  geometry,  trigonometry,  and  more  advanced  mathe- 
matics, if  available).    He  should  also  include  chemistry  and  physics. 

Costs 

Basic  annual  costs  of  attending  the  University  for  full-time  undergraduate 
students  on  the  College  Park  campus  are  as  follows: 


Fixed  charges 
Special  fees 
Non-resident  tuition 
Board 
Lodging 

A  fee  of  $10.00  must  accompany  a  prospective  student's  application  for 
admission.  If  the  student  enrolls  for  the  term  for  which  he  appUed,  the  fee 
is  accepted  in  lieu  of  the  matriculation  fee. 

Degrees 

Students  of  this  College  who  satisfactorily  complete  curricula  with  majors 
in  departments  of  the  humanities  or  social  sciences  are  awarded  the  degree 
of  Bachelor  of  Arts.^  Those  who  satisfactorily  complete  curricula  with 
majors  in  the  Department  of  Mathematics  or  the  biological  and  physical 

'The  Departments  of  Economics,  Geography,  and  Government  and  Politics, 
although  administratively  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration, 
offer  courses  for  Arts  and  Sciences  students.  Majors  may  be  elected  in  these  de- 
partments as  in  those  of  the  departments  administred  by  the  College  of  Arts  and 
Sciences. 


Maryland  residents 

Non-residents  of  Maryland 

$270.00 

$270.00 

96.00 

96.00 

400.00 

440.00 

440.00 

320.00 

420.00 

Academic  Information 

sciences  are  awarded  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science.-  Those  who  com- 
plete satisfactorily  a  special  professional  program  in  the  Department  of 
Music  are  awarded  the  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Music. 

Residence 

The  last  thirty  semester  hours  credit  of  any  curriculum  leading  to  a 
baccalaureate  degree  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  must  be  taken  in 
residence  in  this  University. 

For  Additional  Information 

Detailed  information  concerning  admission,  fees  and  expenses,  scholarships 
and  awards,  student  life,  and  other  material  of  a  general  nature  may  be 
found  in  the  University  publication  titled  An  Adventure  in  Learning.  This 
publication  may  be  obtained  on  request  from  the  Catalog  Mailing  Office, 
North  Administration  Building,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park. 
A  detailed  explanation  of  the  regulations  of  student  and  academic  life 
may  be  found  in  the  University  pubHcation  titled  University  General  and 
Academic  Regulations. 

Requests  for  course  catalogs  for  the  individual  schools  and  colleges  should 
be  directed  to  the  deans  of  these  respective  units,  addressed  to: 

COLLEGES  LOCATED  AT  COLLEGE  PARK: 

Dean 

(College  in  which  you  are  interested) 

University  of  Maryland 

College  Park,  Maryland  20742 

PROFESSIONAL  SCHOOLS  LOCATED  AT  BALTIMORE: 

Dean 

(School  in  which  you  are  interested) 

University  of  Maryland 

Lombard  and  Greene  Streets 

Baltimore,  Maryland  21201 


ACADEMIC  INFORMATION 

General  Requirements  for  Degrees 

The  baccalaureate  degree  from  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  may  be 
conferred  upon  a  student  who  has  satisfied  the  following  requirements: 

1.  University  (General  Education)   requirements. 

2.  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  requirements. 


-  The  Department  of  Botany,  although  administered  by  the  College  of  Agriculture, 
offers  courses  for  Arts  and  Sciences  students.  A  major  may  be  elected  in  this  de- 
partment as  in  those  of  the  departments  administrated  by  the  College  of  Arts  and 
Sciences. 

3 


Academic  Information 

General  Education  Requirements 

A  college  education  implies  something  more  than  an  adequate  technical 
training  in  the  student's  field  of  specialization.  In  order  that  each  graduate 
with  a  Bachelor's  degree  may  gain  a  liberal  education  as  well  as  a  specialized 
one,  the  University  has  established  a  General  Education  Requirement.  This 
requirement  consists  of  34  semester  hours  of  credit  in  six  general  fields. 
There  is  a  wide  choice  in  specific  courses  which  may  be  used  to  satisfy  re- 
quirements in  all  of  the  six  fields  except  EngUsh.  Physical  Education  and 
Health  requirements  for  all  students  are  taken  in  addition  to  this  34-hour 
group  of  courses. 

1.     The  General  Education  courses  are  as  follows: 

In  English  (9  hours):  Engl.  1 — Composition;  Engl.  3  and  4 — World  Lit- 
erature. 

In  Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy  (3  hours),  three-credit  courses  in  five  depart- 
ments are  available,  as  follows:  ART  COURSES:  10 — Introduction  to  Art; 
60  or  61 — History  of  Art;  65  or  66 — Masterpieces  of  Painting;  67  or  68 — 
Masterpieces  of  Sculpture;  70  or  71 — Masterpieces  of  Architecture;  80 — 
History  of  American  Art.  DANCE  COURSES:  32 — Introduction  to  Dance; 
182 — History  of  Dance;  184 — Theory  and  Philosophy  of  Dance.  MUSIC 
COURSE:  20— Survey  of  Music  Literature.  SPEECH  COURSES:  16— 
Introduction  to  the  Theatre;  114 — The  Film  as  an  Art  Form.  PHILOSO- 
PHY COURSES:  1— Introduction  to  Philosophy;  41— Elementary  Logic 
and  Semantics;  45 — Ethics;  52 — Philosophy  in  Literature;  53 — Philosophy 
of  Religion;  147 — Philosophy  of  Art;  152 — Philosophy  of  History;  154 — 
Political  and  Social  Philosophy, 

In  History  (6  hours),  the  student  is  required  to  distribute  his  work  between 
United  States  and  non-United  States  fields,  with  three  hours  in  each.  Rec- 
ommended courses  in  United  States  History  are:  21 — History  of  the  United 
States  to  1865;  22 — History  of  the  United  States  since  1865;  23 — Social 
and  Cultural  History  of  Early  America;  24 — Social  and  Cultural  History 
of  Modern  America;  or  29 — The  United  States  in  World  Affairs.  For  the 
exceptionally  well-prepared  student,  however,  100-level  (junior  or  senior) 
courses  which  have  no  prerequisite  are  also  available.  In  non-United  States 
History,  recommended  courses  are:  31  or  32 — Latin  American  History; 
41  or  42 — Western  Civilization;  51  or  52 — The  Humanities;  53  or  54 — 
History  of  England  and  Great  Britain;  61  or  62 — Far  Eastern  Civilization; 
or  71  or  72 — Islamic  Civilization.  Here  also  the  well-prepared  student  may 
use  non-prerequisite  courses  at  the  1 00  level  to  satisfy  the  requirement. 

In  Mathematics  (3  hours),  any  course  carrying  credit  of  three  or  more 
hours  for  which  the  student  is  eligible  will  satisfy  this  University  require- 
ment. (Note,  however,  that  some  curricula  require  higher-numbered  se- 
quences than  those  for  which  the  student  is  eligible  at  the  time  of  his  admis- 
sion; while  other  sequences  may  be  open  only  to  students  registered  in  speci- 
fied curricula. )  Students  in  science  curricula  will  usually  satisfy  this  require- 
ment automatically. 


Academic  Information 

In  Science  (7  hours),  students  are  required  to  take  one  course  in  a  physical 
science  and  one  course  in  a  biological  science;  one  of  these  must  be  a  lab- 
oratory (4-hour)  course.  The  physical  sciences  for  this  purpose  are  Astron- 
omy, Chemistry,  Geology,  and  Physics;  biological  sciences  are  Botany,  En- 
tomology, Microbiology,  and  Zoology.  Students  whose  curricula  include 
seven  or  more  hours  of  physical  or  biological  science  are  not  required  to 
take  additional  courses  to  meet  this  distribution  requirement.  The  non- 
science  student  may  register  for  a  basic  course  or  any  higher  course  for 
which  he  is  eligible  (by  placement,  prerequisite,  and  class  standing). 

In  Social  Science  (6  hours),  two  courses  may  be  chosen  from  five  fields: 
Anthropology  1 — Introduction  to  Anthropology;  Economics  31 — Principles 
of  Economics,  or  Economics  37 — Fundamentals  of  Economics;  Govern- 
ment and  Politics  1 — American  Government,  or  Government  and  Politics 
3 — Principles  of  Government  and  Politics;  Psychology  1 — Introduction  to 
Psychology;  or  Sociology  1 — Introduction  to  Sociology. 

2.  It  should  be  emphasized  that  the  34  semester  hours  of  General  Educa- 
tion courses  constitute  a  University  requirement,  applicable  to  all  students 
receiving  a  Bachelor's  degree  from  the  University  of  Maryland.  Individual 
Colleges  within  the  University  may  add  to,  though  they  may  not  reduce, 
these  requirements.  For  example,  students  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sci- 
ences pursuing  a  B.A.  or  B.S.  degree  are  required  to  take  a  total  of  twelve 
hours  of  Mathematics  and  Science.  Different  curricula  may  specify  one  or 
more  courses  among  the  options.  For  example,  students  in  the  pre-medical 
program  must  offer  Philosophy  1  to  satisfy  the  Fine  Arts  requirement. 

3.  In  certain  of  the  six  fields,  the  student's  level  of  placement  (by  exami- 
nation or  departmental  evaluation)  may  modify  the  requirement.  In  His- 
tory, students  with  unusually  good  high  school  preparation  (as  indicated  by 
placement  tests)  may  satisfy  the  requirement  with  two  courses  in  the  non- 
United  States  field,  if  they  wish. 

In  general,  appropriate  Honors  or  pre-Honors  courses  may  replace  General 
Education  courses,  for  eligible  students.  For  example,  students  with  high 
placement  scores  in  English  may  substitute  Engl.  21  (Honors  Composition) 
for  the  ordinary  requirement  of  Engl.  1.  Honors  and  pre-Honors  equiv- 
alents for  General  Education  courses  are  specified  in  the  several  college 
catalogs. 

4.  The  General  Education  Program  is  designed  to  be  spread  out  over  the 
four  years  of  college.  No  General  Education  course  requires  credit  in  any 
prior  college  course  as  a  prerequisite.  Thus,  a  student  may  (within  limits 
of  his  particular  curriculum)  satisfy  a  General  Education  requirement  in 
each  category  with  any  designated  course  for  which  he  is  eligible  by  place- 
ment examination,  department  evaluation,  and  class  standing.  Most  courses 
numbered  1  to  10  may  be  taken  by  freshmen;  most  courses  between  1 1  and 
99  require  sophomore  (or  honors)  standing.  Courses  at  the  100  level  are 
normally  for  juniors  or  seniors:  that  is,  they  require  that  a  student  have 
earned  56  hours  of  college  credit  while  in  good  academic  standing.  Ex- 
ceptions are  as  explicitly  stated  in  the  catalogs  of  the  several  colleges. 


Academic  Information 

SPECIAL  NOTE  FOR  FOREIGN  STUDENTS.  The  foreign  Student  is  required  to 
take  a  special  classification  test  in  English  before  registering  for  the  required 
Enghsh  courses.  He  may  be  required  to  take  Foreign  Language  1  and  2 — 
English  for  Foreign  Students — before  registering  for  English  1 . 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION.  All  undergraduate  men  and  women  students  who  are 
registered  for  more  than  eight  semester  hours  of  credit  are  required  to  enroll 
in  and  successfully  complete  two  prescribed  courses  in  physical  education 
for  a  total  of  two  semester  hours  of  credit.  The  successful  completion  of 
these  courses  is  required  for  graduation.  These  courses  must  be  taken  by  all 
eligible  students  during  the  first  two  semesters  of  attendance  at  the  Uni- 
versity, whether  they  intend  to  graduate  or  not.  Men  and  women  who  have 
reached  their  thirtieth  birthday  are  exempt  from  these  courses.  The  thirtieth 
birthday  must  precede  the  Saturday  of  registration  week.  Students  who  are 
physically  disqualified  from  taking  these  courses  must  enroll  in  adaptive 
courses  for  which  credit  will  be  given.  A  transferring  student  who  can  meet 
the  academic  requirements  of  his  college  and  the  requirements  of  the  Uni- 
versity by  completing  30  academic  hours  will  not  be  required  to  register 
for  physical  education.  Students  with  military  service  may  receive  credit 
for  these  courses  by  applying  to  the  Director  of  the  Men's  Physical  Educa- 
tion Program.  Students  majoring  or  minoring  in  physical  education,  recrea- 
tion, or  health  education  may  meet  these  requirements  by  enrolling  in  special 
professional  courses. 

HEALTH  EDUCATION.  All  frcshmcn  students  are  required  to  complete  satis- 
factorily one  semester  of  Health  Education  (Hea.  5)  for  graduation.  Stu- 
dents who  have  reached  their  thirtieth  birthday  are  exempt  from  this  re- 
quirement. Transfer  students  who  do  not  have  credit  in  this  course,  or  its 
equivalent,  must  complete  this  requirement. 

IMPLEMENTATION.  The  requirements  of  the  General  Education  Program 
apply  to  students  who  enrolled  for  the  first  time  in  college  on  or  after  June 
22,  1964.  Students  who  began  college  work  prior  to  that  time  will  refer  to 
descriptions  of  the  American  Civilization  Program  in  earUer  published 
College  catalogs  or  in  University  General  and  Academic  Regulations.  Ques- 
tions about  any  aspect  of  the  program  may  be  addressed  to  the  advisers, 
college  deans,  or  the  Director  of  General  Education. 

College  Requirements 

1.  FOREIGN  LANGUAGE.  Students  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Scicnccs  must 
follow  one  of  the  following  options  in  foreign  language : 

a.  They  may  take  twelve  semester  hours  in  a  classical  language. 

b.  Students  who  begin  a  modern  foreign  language  in  the  University 
must  successfully  complete  the  study  of  that  language  in  any 
authorized  sequence,  through  Course  7  in  all  languages  or  Course 
8  in  German. 

c.  Students  who  continue  in  the  University  a  language  studied  for 
two  or  more  years  in  secondary  school  may  choose,  in  French, 


Academic  Information 

German,  or  Spanish,  between  enrollment  in  Course  5  or  the  taking 
of  a  placement  examination^  (students  beginning  in  Courses  5,  6, 
or  7  must  continue  in  any  authorized  sequence  through  Course  7 
plus  three  additional  hours;  those  beginning  a  course  higher  than 
Course  7  must  take  a  total  of  six  hours  in  the  appropriate 
courses).  In  modem  languages  other  than  French,  German, 
or  Spanish  (i.e.,  languages  which  do  not  have  a  Course  5),  all 
students  must  take  a  placement  examination.^ 

The  languages  which  may  be  offered  to  meet  this  requirement  are  Chinese, 
French,  German,  Greek,  Hebrew,  Italian,  Latin,  Russian,  and  Spanish. 

German  9  may  not  be  taken  to  meet  the  College  requirement  of  12  hours 
of  language  unless  the  student  has  finished  German  7  or  German  8. 
Students  who  wish  to  offer  a  foreign  language  not  included  in  this  list 
should  consult  the  Head  of  the  Foreign  Language  Department  for  a  recom- 
mendation to  the  Dean. 

Foreign  students  may  satisfy  this  requirement  by  offering  twelve  hours 
of  English  in  addition  to  the  regular  English  requirement.  The  special 
course  in  English  for  foreign  students  (Foreign  Language  1,  2)  may  be 
included  in  the  additional  hours  of  English.  (This  option  may  not  be  used 
by  pre-medical  students.)  A  foreign  student  may  not  meet  the  foreign  lan- 
guage requirement  by  taking  freshman  or  sophomore  courses  in  his  native 
language. 

Normally  a  student  shall  not  be  permitted  to  repeat  a  foreign  language 
course  below  Course  9  for  credit  if  he  has  successfully  completed  a  higher 
numbered  course  than  the  one  he  wishes  to  repeat. 

2.  NATURAL  SCIENCE  AND  MATHEMATICS.  Twelve  scmcstcr  hours  are  re- 
quired, except  for  candidates  for  the  Bachelor  of  Music  degree  (who  must 
satisfy  the  minimum  General  Education  requirement,  however).  The  sci- 
ence courses  elected  require  the  approval  of  the  Dean;  departments  in  which 
courses  may  be  selected  are  the  same  as  those  listed  under  the  General 
Education  requirement  (pp.  4-5). 

3.  SPEECH.  Normally,  students  in  the  arts  area  take  speech  1(3  hours), 
while  those  in  the  science  area  take  Speech  7  (2  hours).  In  certain  special- 
ized programs  other  courses  may  be  required.  The  foreign  student  should 
register  for  Speech  3 — Fundamentals  of  General  American  Speech — rather 
than  for  the  speech  course  normally  required  in  his  curriculum. 

4.  MAJOR  AND  MINOR  REQUIREMENTS.  Specific  descriptions  of  the  depart- 
mental, inter-departmental,  or  pre-professional  majors  are  found,  in  alpha- 
betical order,  along  with  the  course  offerings  in  the  second  section  of  this 


3  A  placement  test  is  given  during  registration  week  for  students  wishing  to  pursue 
a  modern  language  they  have  studied  in  high  school. 


Academic  Information 

catalog.  The  general  College  regulations  controlling  majors  (and  minors) 
are  as  follows. 

During  his  sophomore  year,  each  student  should  choose  a  field  of  concen- 
tration (major).  He  may  make  this  choice  as  early  as  he  wishes;  however, 
once  he  has  earned  56  hours  of  acceptable  credit  he  must  choose  a  major 
before  his  next  registration. 

In  the  program  leading  to  the  B.A.  degree,  the  student  must  also  have 
a  secondary  field  of  concentration  (minor).  The  courses  constituting 
the  major  and  the  minor  must  conform  to  the  requirements  of  the  de- 
partment in  which  the  major  work  is  done. 

The  student  must  have  an  average  of  not  less  than  "C"  in  the  introductory 
courses  in  the  field  in  which  he  intends  to  major. 

A  major  shall  consist,  in  addition  to  the  underclass  departmental  require- 
ments, of  24-40  hours,  of  which  at  least  twelve  must  be  in  courses 
numbered  100  or  above,  and  at  least  twelve  of  which  must  be  taken  in 
the  University  of  Maryland. 

A  minor  in  programs  leading  to  the  B.A.  degree  shall  consist  of  a  co- 
herent group  of  courses  totaling  18  semester  hours  in  addition  to  the 
requirements  listed  above.  At  least  six  of  the  18  hours  must  be  in  a 
single  department  in  courses  numbered  100  or  above.  The  courses 
comprising  the  minor  must  be  chosen  with  the  approval  of  the  major 
department.  Except  in  certain  specialized  curricula  approved  by  the  Dean, 
not  more  than  nine  hours  of  the  minor  may  be  taken  in  courses  outside  of 
the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

No  minor  is  required  in  programs  leading  to  the  B.S.  degree,  but  the 
student  must  take  supporting  courses  in  science  or  other  fields  as  speci- 
fied by  his  major  department. 

The  average  grade  of  the  work  taken  for  the  major  must  be  at  least 
"C";  some  departments  will  count  toward  satisfaction  of  the  major  re- 
quirement no  course  completed  with  a  grade  of  less  than  "C."  The 
average  grade  of  the  work  taken  in  the  major  and  minor  combined  must 
be  at  least  "C."  A  general  average  of  "C"  in  courses  taken  at  the  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland  is  required  for  graduation. 

Courses  taken  to  fulfill  the  requirements  in  General  Education  may  not  be 
used  toward  major  or  minor  requirements. 

Junior  Requirements 

To  attain  junior  standing,  a  student  must  acquire  a  minimum  of  56 
academic  semester  hours  with  an  average  grade  of  at  least  "C"  in  the 
freshman  and  sophomore  years.  See  University  General  and  Academic 
Regulations  for  full  statement  of  rules  pertaining  to  junior  standing. 

8 


Academic  Information 


Normal  Load 


The  normal  load  for  students  in  this  college  is  15  semester  hours  credit 
per  semester,  exclusive  of  the  required  work  in  physical  activities  and  health. 

A  student  must  have  the  approval  of  his  adviser  and  dean  to  take  more 
than  the  normal  program  prescribed  in  his  curriculum. 

Advisers 

Each  freshman  in  this  College  will  be  assigned  to  a  faculty  adviser  who 
will  help  the  student,  during  his  first  year,  to  select  his  courses  and  to 
determine  what  his  field  of  major  concentration  should  be. 

The  student  at  the  sophomore  level  and  above  will  be  advised  by  a  fac- 
ulty member  in  his  major  department.  Students  following  the  three-year 
programs  in  Dentistry,  Law,  and  Medicine  will  be  advised  by  special 
advisers  for  these  programs. 

Electives  in  Other  Schools  and  Colleges 

A  limited  number  of  courses  taken  in  other  colleges  and  schools  of  the  Uni- 
versity may  be  counted  for  elective  or  minor  credit  toward  a  degree  in  the 
College  of  Arts  and  Sciences.  The  number  of  credits  which  may  be  ac- 
cepted from  the  various  colleges  and  schools  is  as  follows:  College  of  Edu- 
cation— 24;  all  other  colleges  or  independent  departments — 20.  The  com- 
bined credits  from  other  colleges  and  schools  shall  not  exceed  20  (or  24  if 
courses  in  education  are  included).  For  the  combined  degree  programs  in 
Dentistry,  Law,  or  Medicine  the  first  year  of  professional  work  must  be 
completed. 

Air  Science 

Starting  in  September  1965,  the  Department  of  Air  Science  will  offer  two 
all-voluntary  programs  in  Air  Force  ROTC  at  the  University  of  Maryland. 
Successful  completion  of  either  the  2-year  or  the  4-year  program  qualifies 
a  student  for  a  commission  in  the  United  States  Air  Force  upon  graduation. 
No  Air  Science  course  under  the  100  level  may  be  included  in  the  120  hours 
required  for  graduation. 

Selected  students  who  wish  to  do  so  may,  with  proper  approval,  carry  Ad- 
vanced Air  Science  courses  as  electives  during  their  junior  and  senior  years. 
Financial  assistance  is  provided  for  students  in  the  Advanced  program. 
Specific  information  on  either  the  two-year  or  the  four-year  program  is  in- 
cluded in  the  University  General  and  Academic  Regulations. 

Certification  of  High  School  Teachers 

If  courses  are  properly  chosen  in  the  field  of  education,  a  prospective 
high  school  teacher  can  prepare  for  high  school  positions,  with  a  major 


Academic  Information 

and  minor  in  one  of  the  departments  of  this  College.  A  student  who 
wishes  to  work  for  a  teacher's  certificate  must  consult  his  adviser  before 
his  junior  year.  Such  a  student  should,  at  the  same  time,  consult  an  adviser 
in  the  appropriate  curriculum  in  the  College  of  Education. 

Honors 

The  Honors  Program  of  the  College  is  made  up  of  the  Departmental  Honors 
Program  and  the  General  Honors  Program.  The  over-all  aim  of  the  College 
Honors  Program  is  to  recognize  and  encourage  superior  scholarship.  Its 
more  particular  aim  is  to  provide  qualified  students  with  a  maximum  oppor- 
tunity for  intensive  and  often  independent  study. 

1.  The  General  Honors  Program  is  administered  by  the  Director  of  the 
Arts  and  Sciences  Honors  Programs  and  by  the  College  Honors  Committee 
which  also  acts  as  an  advisory  and  regulatory  body  for  all  Honors  Programs 
within  the  College.  Admission  to  the  General  Honors  Program  shall  ordin- 
narily  be  at  the  beginning  of  the  first  or  second  semester  of  the  student's 
freshman  year.  Students  are  selected  on  the  basis  of  American  College  Test 
scores,  rank  in  high  school,  and  several  other  factors  dealing  with  academic 
prowess  in  high  school.  Students  in  the  General  Honors  Program  are  offered 
a  variety  of  special  sections  and  special  courses  in  all  of  their  freshman 
subjects.  The  classes  are  as  small  as  possible  and  the  instruction  allows  for 
a  more  intensive  analysis  of  the  material. 

2.  The  Departmental  Honors  Program  is  administered  by  an  Honors 
Committee  within  each  department.  Admission  to  the  Departmental  Honors 
Program  shall  ordinarily  be  at  the  beginning  of  the  first  or  second  semester 
of  the  student's  junior  year.  As  a  rule,  only  students  with  a  cumulative  grade 
point  average  of  at  least  3.0  will  be  admitted.  A  comprehensive  examina- 
tion over  the  field  of  his  major  program  is  given  to  a  candidate  near  the  end 
of  his  senior  year.  On  the  basis  of  the  student's  performance  on  the  Honors 
Comprehensive  Examination  and  in  meeting  such  other  requirements  as  may 
be  set  by  the  Departmental  Honors  Committee,  the  faculty  may  vote  to 
recommend  the  candidate  for  the  appropriate  degree  (B.A.,  B.Mus.,  or 
B.S.)  without  departmental  honors;  for  the  appropriate  degree  with  (depart- 
mental) honors;  or  for  the  appropriate  degree  with  (departmental) 
HIGH  HONORS.  Succcssful  Candidacy  will  be  symbolized  by  appropriate 
announcement  in  the  Commencement  Program  and  by  citation  on  the 
student's  academic  record  and  diploma. 

Students  in  the  General  and  Departmental  Honors  Programs  enjoy  some 
academic  privileges  similar  to  those  of  graduate  students. 


10 


Programs  and  Course  Offerings 

Courses  numbered  from  1  to  99  are  open  to  undergraduate  stu- 
dents  who  meet  the  stated  prerequisite  and  curriculum  requirements. 

Courses  numbered  from  100  to  199  are  open  to  juniors  and  seniors  with 
the  stated  prerequisites.  Under  some  conditions,  second-semester  sopho- 
mores may  register  for  100-Ievel  courses  with  Dean's  approval.  Graduate 
students  may  take  100-level  courses  for  credit,  subject  to  departmental  and 
Graduate  School  regulations. 

Courses  numbered  200  and  above  are  for  graduate  students  only,  except  in 
exceptional  cases  approved  by  the  Dean  of  Arts  and  Sciences  and  the  Dean 
of  the  Graduate  School. 


AMERICAN  STUDIES 

Committee  on  American  Studies:  Associate  Professor  Beall,  Executive 
Secretary. 

Professors:  Giffin,  Hoffsommer,  Murphy  and  Plischke. 

American  Studies  is  a  major  program  leading  to  a  B.A.  degree;  it  also  pro- 
vides for  graduate  work  on  the  M.A.  and  Ph.D.  level. 

The  student  who  majors  in  American  Studies  has  the  advantage  of  being 
taught  by  cooperating  specialists  from  various  departments.  The  student 
majoring  in  American  Studies  will  obtain  his  courses  principally  from  the 
offerings  of  the  Departments  of  EngUsh,  History,  Government  and  Politics, 
and  Sociology.  In  planning  a  curriculum,  the  student  is  required  to  concen- 
trate in  one  of  the  four  departments.  The  program  must  include  42  semester 
hours  of  work  from  the  departments  participating  in  the  program.  These 
credits  constitute  collectively  a  major  and  a  minor.  At  least  20  of  these  42 
hours  must  be  in  100-level  courses.  The  work  should  be  so  distributed  that 
the  student  will  take  at  least  nine  hours  in  each  of  three  of  the  four  cooper- 
ating departments,  including  the  department  of  his  concentration.  No  course 
with  a  grade  less  than  "C"  may  be  used  to  satisfy  major  requirements. 

In  his  junior  year,  each  major  student  is  required  to  take  American  Studies 
127,  128 — Culture  and  the  Arts  in  America.  In  his  senior  year,  each  major 
student  is  required  to  take  a  conference  course,  American  Studies  137,  138, 
in  which  the  study  of  American  civilization  is  brought  to  a  focus.  During 
the  course,  the  student  analyzes  eight  or  ten  important  books  which  reveal 
fundamental  patterns  in  American  life  and  thought  and  receives  incidental 
training  in  bibliographic  matters,  in  formulating  problems  for  special  in- 
vestigation, and  in  group  discussion. 

Freshmen  who  are  interested  in  this  program  should  consult  with  their 
lower  division  adviser.  Upperclassmen  should  consult  with  the  Execu- 
tive Secretary  of  the  American  Studies  curriculum,  Associate  Professor 
Beall. 

// 


Art 

Suggested  sample  curriculum  for  American  Studies  majors: 

Junior  year:  American  Studies  127,  128 — Culture  and  the  Arts  in  America 
(3,  3);  Hist.  52— The  Humanities  (3);  Hist.  105,  106— Social  and  Eco- 
nomic History  of  the  United  States  (3,  3);  Engl.  150,^  151 — American 
Literature  (3,  3);  G.  &  P.  144 — American  Political  theory  (3);  and 
electives  (9). 

Senior  year:  American  Studies  137,  138 — Conference  course  in  American 
Studies  (3,3);  G.  &  P.  1 74— Political  Parties  (3);  Phil.  1 05— Philosophy  in 
America  (3);  Anth.  105— Cultural  Anthropology  (3);  Anth.  125— Cul- 
tural History  of  the  Negro  (3);  Hist.  133,  134 — History  of  Ideas  in  Amer- 
ica (3,  3);  and  electives  (6). 

Amer.  Stud.  127,  128.     Culture  and  the  Arts  in  America.   (3,3) 

Prerequisite,  junior  standing.  A  study  of  American  institutions,  the  intellectual 
and  aesthetic  climate  from  the  colonial  period  to  the  present. 

Amer.  Stud.  137,  138.  Conference  Course  in  American 
Studies.    (3,  3) 

Four  American  classics  (drawn  from  fields  of  the  Department  of  English, 
Government  and  Politics,  History,  and  Sociology,  which  cooperate  in  the 
program)  are  studied  each  semester.  Specialists  from  the  appropriate  depart- 
ments lecture  on  these  books.  Through  these  books  and  the  lectures  on  them, 
the  student's  acquaintance  with  American  culture  is  brought  to  a  focus. 

For  Graduates 

Amer.  Stud.  201,  202.  Seminar  in  American  Studies.    (3,  3) 

(Beall) 

Amer,  Stud.  399.  Thesis  Research.    (1-6) 


ART 

Professor  and  Head:  Levitine. 
Professors:  Lembach  and  Maril. 

Associate  Professor:  De  Leiris. 

Assistant  Professors:  Denny,  Grossman,  Grubar,  Jamieson,  Longley, 

O'CONNELL,   StITES. 

Lecturer:  O'Connor. 

Instructors:  Freeny  and  Sullivan. 

Two  majors  are  offered  in  Art:  Art  History  and  Studio.  The  major  in  Art 
History  is  committed  to  the  study  and  scholarly  interpretation  of  existing 
works  of  art,  from  the  prehistoric  era  to  our  times,  while  the  Studio  major 
stresses  the  student's  direct  participation  in  the  creation  of  works  of  art. 

12 


Art 

In  spite  of  this  difference,  both  majors  are  rooted  in  the  concept  of  art  as 
a  humanistic  experience,  and  share  an  essential  common  aim:  the  develop- 
ment of  aesthetic  sensitivity,  understanding,  and  knowledge.  For  this  rea- 
son, students  in  both  majors  are  required  to  progress  through  a  "common 
curriculum,"  which  will  ensure  a  broad  grounding  in  both  aspects  of  art; 
then  each  student  will  move  into  a  "specialized  curriculum"  with  advanced 
courses  in  his  own  major.  Maximum  allowable  credits  in  either  major  is  42. 

COMMON  CURRICULUM: 

Art  10,  Introduction  to  Art  (3);  Art  12,  Design  I  (3);  Art  16, 
Drawing  I  (3);  and  Art  60  and  61,  History  of  Art  (3,  3). 

SPECIALIZED  CURRICULUM: 

Art  History  major:  Art  80,  History  of  American  Art  (3) ;  four  courses 
in  over  100  level  in  History  of  Art  (12).  In  addition,  one  advanced 
course  in  Studio  work  is  required.  Total  credits  for  Art  History 
major:  33. 

Studio  major:  Art  17,  Painting  I  (3);  Art  26,  Drawing  II  (3);  Art 
118,  Sculpture  1  (3);  Art  119,  Printmaking  I  (3);  Art  126,  Drawing 
III  (3);  plus  one  course  at  the  100  level  (3).  In  addition,  one  ad- 
vanced course  in  Art  History  is  required.  Total  credits  for  Studio 
major:   36. 

No  course  with  a  grade  less  than  "C"  may  be  used  to  satisfy  major  re- 
quirements. 

Art  10.     Introduction  To  Art.    (3) 

Basic  tools  of  understanding  visual  art.  This  course  stresses  major  approaches 
such  as  techniques,  subject  matter,  form,  and  evaluation.  Architecture,  sculp- 
ture, painting,  and  graphic  arts  will  be  discussed.  Required  of  all  Art  Majors 
in  the  first  year.  (Levitine,  Staff) 

Art  12.     Design  I.  (3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite  or  concurrent  registration,  Art  10.  Principles 
and  elements  of  design  including  basic  composition,  line,  color  theory,  perspec- 
tive, and  three-dimensional  space.  (Staff) 

Art  16.     Drawing  I.  (3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite  or  concurrent  registration.  Art  10.  An 
introductory  course  with  a  variety  of  media  and  related  techniques.  Problems 
based  on  still  life,  figure,  and  nature.  (Staff) 

Art  17.     Painting  I.   (3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisites,  Art  10,  12,  16.  Basic  tools  and  language 
of  painting.    Oil  and  watercolor.  (Grossman,  Maril,  Staff) 

Art  26.     Drawing  II.    (3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisites,  Art  10,  12,  16.  Original  compositions  from 
the  figure  and  nature,  supplemented  by  problems  of  personal  and  expressive 
drawing.  (Staff) 

13 


Art 

Art  27.     Architectural  Presentation.    (3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisites,  Art  10,  12,  16.  Technique  of  wash  and 
watercolor  in  architectural,  interior,  and  landscape  architectural  rendering. 

(Stites) 

Art  40.     Fundamentals  of  Art  Education.    (3) 

Two  hours  of  laboratory  and  two  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Fundamental 
principles  of  the  visual  arts  for  teaching  on  the  elementary  level.  Elements  and 
principles  of  design  and  theory  of  color.    Studio  practice  in  different  media. 

(Lembach,  Longley) 

Art  60,  61.     History  of  Art.    (3,  3) 

A  survey  of  western  art  as  expressed  through  architecture,  sculpture  and  paint- 
ing. First  semester,  prehistoric  times  to  Renaissance;  second  semester,  from 
Renaissance  to  the  present.  (Staflf) 

Art  65,  66.     Masterpieces  of  Painting.    (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  Sophomore  standing.  A  study  of  the  contributions  of  a  few 
major  painters,  ranging  from  Giotto  to  Picasso.  (Levitine,  Staff) 

Art  67,  68.     Masterpieces  of  Sculpture.    (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  Sophomore  standing.  A  study  of  the  contributions  of  a  few 
major  sculptors,  ranging  from  Polykleitos  to  Moore.  (Levitine,  Staff) 

Art  70,  71.     Masterpieces  of  Architecture.   (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  Sophomore  standing.  A  study  of  great  architecture  from  Stone- 
henge  to  Dulles  Airport.  (Stites) 

Art  80.     History  of  American  Art.    (3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  in  the  United  States  from  the  Colonial 

period  to  the  present.  This  course  may  be   elected  under  Group  II   of  the 

American    Civilization  program    by    students    who    first    registered    prior    to 

June  22,    1964.  (Grubar) 

Art  117.     Painting  II.    (3) 

Six  hours  per  week.    Prerequisites,  Art   17,  26.    Original  compositions  based 
upon  nature,  figure,  and  still  life,  supplemented  by  expressive  painting.    Choice 
of  media.    Different  sections  of  course  may  be  taken  for  credit. 
117-a.     Oil  painting  and  related  media.  (Maril) 

117-b.     Watercolor  and  casein.  (Grossman) 

117-c.     Plastic  media,  such  as  encaustic  and  ploymer  tempera.  (Jamieson) 

117-d.     Mural  painting.  The  use  of  contemporary  synthetic  media.     (Jamieson) 

Art  118.     Sculpture  I.   (3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Art  26.  (For  students  majoring  in  Art 
History,  by  permission  of  Department.)  Volumes,  masses,  and  planes,  based 
on  the  use  of  plastic  earths.  Simple  armature  construction  and  methods  of 
casting.    Laboratory  Fee  $15.00.  (Freeny) 

Art  119.    Printmaking  I.  (3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Art  26.  (For  students  majoring  in  Art 
History,  by  permission  of  Department.)  Basic  printmaking  technique  in  re- 
lief, intaglio,  and  planographic  media.    Laborary  Fee  $20.00.  (O'Connell) 

14 


Art 

Art  126.     Drawing  III.    (3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Art  26.  Emphasis  on  understanding  organic 
form,  as  it  is  related  to  study  from  the  human  figure  and  to  pictorial  composition. 

(Jamieson) 

Art  127.     Painting  III.    (3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Art  117.  Creative  painting  for  advanced 
students.  Problems  require  a  knowledge  of  pictorial  structure.  Development  of 
personal  direction.    Choice  of  media.  (Grossman,  Maril) 

Art  128.     Sculpture  II.    (3) 

Six  hours  per  week.    Prerequisite,  Art  118.    Different  sections  of  course  may 

be  taken  for  credit. 

128-a.  Nature  as  a  point  of  reference  with  potentiality  of  developing  ideas 
into  organic  and  architectural  forms.   Laboratory  Fee  $15.00.    (Freeny) 

128-b.  May  be  taken  after  128-a.  Problems  involving  plastic  earths  and  other 
material  capable  of  being  modeled  or  cast.  Choice  of  individual  style 
encouraged.  (Freeny) 

Art  129.     Printmaking  II.    (3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Art  119.  One  print  media  including  exten- 
sive study  of  color  processes.  Individually  structured  problems.  Laboratory 
Fee  $20.00.  (O'Connell) 

Art  137.     Painting  IV.    (3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Art  127.  Creative  painting.  Emphasis  on 
personal  direction  and  self-criticism.    Group  seminars. 

(Grossman,  Jamieson,  Maril) 

Art   138.     Sculpture  III.    (3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Art  128.  Problems  and  techniques  of  newer 
concepts,  utilizing  various  materials,  such  as  plastics  and  metals.  Technical 
aspects  of  welding  stressed.  (Freeny) 

Art  139.     Printmaking  III.   (3) 

Six  hours  per  week.    Prerequisite,  Art  129. 

139-a.  Contemporary  experimental  techniques  of  one  print  medium  with 
group  discussions.  (O'Connell) 

139-b.     Continuation  of  139-a.    May  be  taken  for  credit  after  139-a. 

(O'Connell) 

Art  160,  161.    Classical  Art.  (3,  3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  in  the  Classical  cultures.  First  semester 
will  stress  Greece;  second  semester,  Rome.  (Staff) 

Art  162,  163.     Art  of  the  East.  (3,  3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting.  First  semester  will  stress  India;  second 
semester,  China  and  Japan.  (Staff) 

Art  164.     Early  Christian  and  Byzantine  Art.   (3) 

Architecture,  sculpture,  painting,  and  mosaic  of  early  Christian  Rome,  the 
Near  East,  and  the  Byzantine  Empire.  (Staff) 

15 


Art 

Art   166,   167.     Medieval  Art.    (3,  3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  in  the  Middle  Ages.    First  semester  will 
stress  Romanesque;  second  semester,  the  Gothic  period.  (Denny) 

Art  168,  169.     Renaissance  Art  in  Italy.  (3,  3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  from  1400  to  the  High  Renaissance  in  the 
16th  century.  (O'Connor) 

Art  170.     Northern  European  Painting  in  the   15th  and   16th 
Centuries.   (3) 

Painting  in  Flanders  and  related  northern  European  areas,  from  Van  Eyck  to 
Brueghel  and  Durer.  (Denny) 

Art  172,  173.     European  Baroque  Art.    (3,  3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  of  the  major  European  centers  in  the  17th 
century.  (De  Leiris) 

Art  174,  175.     French  Painting.   (3,  3) 

French  painting  from  the    15th   through  the    18th  century,   from  Fouquet  to 
David.  (Levitine) 

Art  176,  177.     19th  Century  European  Art.   (3,  3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  in  European  Art  from  Neo-Classicism  to 
Impressionism.  (De  Leiris) 

Art  178,  179.     20th  Century  Art.  (3,  3) 

Architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  from  the  late  19th  century  to  our  day. 

(O'Connor) 

Art  192,  193.     Directed  Studies  in  Studio  Art.  (2  or  3,  2  or  3) 

For  advanced  students,  by  permission  of  Department  Head.    Course  may  be 
repeated  for  credit  if  content  differs.  (Staff) 

Art  194,  195.     Directed  Studies  in  Art  History.  (2  or  3,  2  or  3) 

For  advanced  students,  by  permission  of  Department  Head.    Course  may  be 
repeated  for  credit  if  content  differs.  (Staff) 

For  Graduates 

The  requirements  of  students  will  determine  which  courses  will  be  offered. 

Art  200,  201.     Painting.   (3,  3) 

Specific  projects  to  be  developed.   Conferences  arranged. 

(Grossman,  Jamieson,  Maril) 

Art  202,  203.     Painting.   (3,  3) 

Individual  projects  growing  in  complexity.    Seminars. 

(Grossman,  Jamieson,  Maril) 
Art  211.     Printmaking.    (3) 

Advanced  problems.  Relief  process.  (O'Connell) 

Art  212.     Printmaking.    (3) 

Advanced  problems.  Intaglio  process.  (O'Connell) 

16 


Art 

Art  213.     Printmaking.    (3) 

Advanced  problems.  Lithographic  process.  (O'Connell) 

Art  214.    Seminar  in  Printmaking.  (3) 

(O'Connell) 

Art  221,  222.    Experimentation  in  Sculpture.  (3,  3) 

Independent  research  stressed.  (Freeny) 

Art  223.    Materials  and  Techniques  in  Sculpture.    (3) 

For  advanced  students.  Methods  of  armature  building,  casting,  and  the  use  of 
a  variety  of  stor^e,  wood,  metal,  and  plastic  materials.  (Freeny) 

Art  224.    Sculpture — Casting  and  Foundry.   (3) 

The  traditional  methods  of  plaster  casting  and  the  more  complicated  types  in- 
volving metal.  Cire  perdue,  sandcasting  and  newer  methods  such  as  cold  metal 
process.  (Freeny) 

Art  226.    Drawing.    (3) 

Sustained  treatment  of  a  theme  chosen  by  student.   Wide  variety  of  media. 

(Jamieson) 

Art  227.    Drawing.   (3) 

Traditional  materials  and  methods  including  Oriental,  Sumi  ink  drawing  and 
techniques  of  Classical  European  masters.  (Jamieson) 

Art  228.     Drawing.   (3) 

Detailed  anatomical  study  of  the  human  figure  and  preparation  of  large  scale 
mural  compositions.  (Jamieson) 

Art  229.     Drawing  and  Painting.   (3) 

Preparation  and  execution  of  a  wall  decoration.  (Jamieson) 

Art  240,  241.    Advanced  Problems  in  Art  Education.  (3,  3) 

An  integrated  series  of  problems  determined  by  the  student's  professional  needs. 

(Lembach) 

Art  250.    American  Colonial  Art.   (3) 

The  arts  during  the  exploration  period  and  Colonial  development.         (Grubar) 

Art  255.    Seminar  in  19th  Century  American  Art.  (3). 

Problems  in  architecture,  sculpture  and  painting  from  the  end  of  the  Colonial 
period  until  1860.  (Grubar) 

Art  261.    Seminar  in  Romanticism.    (3) 

Problems  derived  from  the  development  of  Romantic  Art  during  the  18th  and 
19th  centuries.  (Levitine) 

Art  263.    Seminar  in  19th  Century  European  Art.   (3) 

Problems  derived  from  the  period  starting  with  David  and  ending  with  Cezanne. 

(De  Leiris) 

Art  266.    Seminar  in  Contemporary  Art.   (3) 

Problems  of  Western  art  from  1900  to  the  present.  (O'Connor) 

17 


Astronomy 

Art  268.    Seminary  in  Literary  Sources  of  Art  History.   (3) 

Art  historical  sources  from  Pliny  to  Malraux.  (Levitine) 

Art  292,  293.    Directed  Graduate  Studies  in  Studio  Art.    (3,  3) 

For  advanced  graduate  students  by  permission  of  Head  of  Department.   Course 
may  be  repeated  for  credit  if  content  differs.  (Staff) 

Art  294,  295.    Directed  Graduate  Studies  in  Art  History.   (3,  3) 

For  advanced  graduate  students,  by  permission  of  Head  of  Department.  Course 
may  be  repeated  for  credit  if  content  differs.  (Staff) 

Art  399.    Thesis  Research.    (1-6) 


ASTRONOMY 

Professor  and  Head:  Laster. 

Professor  and  Director  of  Astronomy:  Westerhout. 

Professors:  Musen  (P.T.)  and  Opik. 

Associate  Professors:  Erickson,  Smith  and  Van  Wijk. 

Assistant  Professor:  Bell. 

Lecturer:  Chou  (P.T.) 

The  requirements  for  a  major  in  Astronomy  are  designed  to  provide  a 
solid  background  in  related  fields  and  a  broad  program  of  study  in  the 
fundamentals  of  Astronomy.  The  program  is  designed  to  prepare  stu- 
dents for  graduate  work  as  well  as  for  positions  in  governmental  and 
industrial  laboratories  and  observatories. 

Students  who  enter  the  University  intending  to  major  in  Astronomy  are 
urged  to  take  during  the  first  two  years  the  same  introductory  physics  and 
mathematics  courses  recommended  for  physics  majors  (see  requirements 
for  physics  majors).  If  their  schedule  permits  they  should  also  take  the 
introductory  astronomy  course  Astr.  1,  2 — or  Astr.  10 — (3).  Alternatively, 
Astr.  10  may  also  be  taken  during  the  fall  term  of  the  junior  year. 

In  addition,  astronomy  majors  are  required  to  take  the  following  courses: 
Phys.  127,  128— Elements  of  Mathematical  Physics  (4,  4);  Astr.  100 — 
Observational  Astronomy  (3)  and  one  other  astronomy  course  at  the  100 
level;  and  one  3-credit  mathematics  course  approved  by  the  department 
adviser  (which  is  usually  Math.  110 — Advanced  Calculus,  or  Math.  162 — 
Applied  Mathematics  I). 

Recommended  course  programs  are  available  from  the  Department  of 
Physics  and  Astronomy.  Students  may  major  in  Astronomy  only  if  a  grade 
"C"  is  attained  in  each  semester  of  the  elementary  physics  and  astronomy 
courses  and  in  each  of  the  required  mathematics  courses. 

18 


Astronomy 

Students  who  wish  to  be  recommended  for  graduate  work  must  maintain 
a  "B"  average  and  should  take  as  many  as  possible  of  the  following 
courses:  one  additional  astronomy  course  at  the  100  level,  Phys.  118, 
119 — Modern  Physics  (3,  3),  and  Phys.  120 — Nuclear  Physics  (4),  or 
Phys.  116 — Fundamental  Hydrodynamics  (3),  and  at  least  two  additional 
mathematics  courses,  usually  Math.  114 — Differential  Equations  (3),  and 
Math.  Ill — Advanced  Calculus  (3),  or  Math.  116 — Complex  Variables, 
or  Math.  1 30— Probability  (3). 

HONORS  IN  astronomy:  The  honors  program  offers  to  students  of  excep- 
tional ability  and  interest  in  astronomy  an  educational  program  with  a 
number  of  special  opportunities  for  learning.  Honors  sections  are  offered 
in  several  courses,  and  there  are  many  opportunities  for  part-time  research 
participation  which  may  develop  into  full-time  summer  projects.  An  honors 
seminar  is  offered  for  advanced  students;  credit  may  be  given  for  inde- 
pendent work  or  study;  and  certain  graduate  courses  are  open  for  credit 
toward  the  bachelor's  degree. 

Students  for  the  Honors  Program  are  accepted  by  the  Department's  Hon- 
ors Committee  on  the  basis  of  recommendations  from  their  advisers  and 
other  faculty  members.  A  final  written  and  oral  comprehensive  examina- 
tion in  the  senior  year  concludes  the  program  which  may  lead  to  gradu- 
ation "with  Honors  (or  High  Honors)  in  Astronomy." 

Astr.  1.    Introduction  to  Astronomy.    (3) 

Every  semester.  An  elementary  course  in  descriptive  astronomy,  especially 
appropriate  for  non-science  students.  Coordinates,  time,  sun,  moon,  planets, 
stars  and  nebulae,  galaxies,  evolution.  The  course  is  illustrated  with  slides  and 
demonstrations  of  instruments.   Lecture  demonstration  fee  $3.00 

(Smith,  Chou) 

AsTR.  2.     Introduction  to  Modern  Astronomy.  (3) 

Spring  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Astr.  1.  An  elementary 
course  in  modern  astronomy  elaborating  on  some  of  the  topics  which  could  only 
be  mentioned  briefly  in  Astronomy  1.  Appropriate  for  non-science  students. 
Lecture  demonstration  fee  $3.00  (Smith) 

Astr.  5.  Astronomy  Laboratory.  (1) 

Fall  and  spring  semesters.  Two  hours  of  Laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
previous  or  concurrent  enrollment  in  Astr.  1  or  10.  Laboratory  fee  $10.00. 
Exercises  in  the  use  of  celestial  coordinates,  measurement  of  position,  deter- 
mination of  time  of  day  and  night;  study  of  photographs  of  stars,  nebulae  and 
galaxies,  and  spectra;  photoelectric  photometry;  demonstration  of  astronomical 
instruments,  daytime  and  nighttime  observations  if  weather  permits.  Appropriate 
for  non-science  majors.  (Van  Wijk) 

Astr.  10.     Descriptive  and  Analytical  Astronomy.   (3) 

Fall  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  A  general  survey  course  intended  for 
science  majors.  Prerequisite,  concurrent  or  previous  enrollment  in  Math.  20. 
This  introductory  course  will  deal  with  the  sun  and  the  solar  system,  stars  and 
astro-physics,  stellar  systems  and  cosmology.  It  should  not  be  taken  by  students 
who  have  already  taken  Astr.  1  and  2.    Lecture  demonstration  fee  $3.00. 

(Van  Wijk,  Erickson) 

19 


Astronomy 

AsTR.  100,  Observational  Astronomy.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  work  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  Math  21  and  at  least  12  credits  of  introductory  physics  and  as- 
tronomy courses.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.  Introduction  to  the  methods  of  astro- 
nomical photometry  and  spectroscopy.  (Van  Wijk) 

Astr.  101.  Introduction  to  Galactic  Research.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Math  21  and  at  least  12 
credits  of  introductory  physics  and  astronomy  courses.  Stellar  motions,  meth- 
ods of  galactic  research,  study  of  our  own  and  nearby  galaxies,  clusters  of 
stars.  (Van  Wijk) 

AsTR.  102.  Introduction  to  Astrophysics.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  previous  or  concurrent 
enrollment  in  Physics  119  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Spectroscopy,  structure 
of  the  atmospheres  of  the  sun  and  other  stars.  Observational  data  and  curves 
of  growth.  Chemical  composition.  (Bell) 

Astr.  110.  Introduction  to  Radio  Astronomy.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Math  21  and  at  least  12  credits  of 
introductory  physics  and  astronomy  courses.  Characteristics  of  extraterrestrial 
radio  noise,  sources  of  radio  emission,  our  own  and  external  galaxies,  the  sun, 
radio  telescopes,  and  basic  observational  techniques.  (Westerhout) 

AsTR.  124.  Celestial  Mechanics.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Physics  127  or  consent  of  instructor.  Celes- 
tial mechanics,  orbit  theory,  equations  of  motion.  (Musen) 

AsTR.  150.     Special  Problems  in  Astronomy. 

Given  each  semester.  Prerequisite,  major  in  physics  or  astronomy  and/or 
consent  of  adviser.   Research  or  special  study.   Credit  according  to  work  done. 

(Staff) 

AsTR.  190.    Honors  Seminar. 

Credit  according  to  work  done,  each  semester.  Enrollment  is  limited  to  students 
admitted  to  the  Honors  Program  in  Astronomy.  (Staff) 

AsTR.  200.  Dynamics  of  Stellar  Systems.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Physics  200  or  Astr. 
101.  Theory  of  stellar  encounters.  Study  of  the  structure  and  evolution  of 
dynamical  systems  encountered  in  astronomy.  (Van  Wijk) 

Astr.  202.  Stellar  Interiors.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  Math  1 14  and  Physics  1 19  or  consent  of 
instructor.   A  study  of  stellar  structure  and  evolution.  (Bell) 

Astr.  203.  Stellar  Atmospheres.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Physics  212  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 
Observational  methods,  line  formation,  curve  of  growth,  equation  of  transfer, 
stars  with  large  envelopes,  variable  stars,  novae,  magnetic  fields  in  stars. 

(BeU) 

20 


Botany 

AsTR.  204.  Physics  of  the  Solar  System.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Physics  119.  A  survey  of  the  problems 
of  interplanetary  space,  planetary  structure  and  atmosphere,  physics  of  the 
earth's  upper  atmosphere,  motions  of  particles  in  the  earth's  magnetic  field. 

(Opik) 

AsTR.  210.  Galactic  Radio  Astronomy.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  Physics  119,  Astr.  101  and  110  or 
consent  of  the  instructor.  Theory  and  observations  of  the  continuum  and  21  cm 
line  emission  from  the  Galaxy;  galactic  structure  and  the  sources  of  radio 
emission.  (Westerhout) 

Astr.  212.  Physics  of  the  Solar  Envelope.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  Physics  119,  Astr.  102  and  110  or 
consent  of  the  instructor.  Physics  of  solar  phenomena,  such  as  solar  flares, 
structure  of  the  Corona  and  the  Chromosphere;  radio  emission  from  the  sun. 

(Erickson) 

Astr.  214.  Interstellar  Matter.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  previous  or  concurrent  enrollment  in 
Physics  213,  Astr.  101  or  Astr.  102  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the 
physical  properties  of  interstellar  gas  and  dust.  (Smith) 

Astr.  230.  Seminar.  (1) 

Seminars  on  various  topics  in  advanced  astronomy  are  held  each  semester,  with 
the  contents  varied  each  year.    One  credit  for  each  seminar  each  semester. 

(Staff) 

Astr.  248,  249.  Special  Topics  in  Modern  Astronomy. 

Credit  according  to  work  done  each  semester.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. (Staff) 

Astr.  399.  Research. 

Credit  according  to  work  done,  each  semester.  Laboratory  fee,  $10  per  credit 
hour.  Prerequisite,  an  approved  application  for  admission  to  candidacy  or 
special  permission  of  the  Department  of  Physics  and  Astronomy.  (Staff) 


BOTANY 

Botany  is  recognized  as  either  a  major  or  minor  field  in  Arts  and  Sciences, 
leading  to  the  B.S.  (and  with  some  majors  the  B.A.)  degree.  The  Botany 
Department  is  administered  by  the  College  of  Agriculture,  but  students 
register  for  botany  courses  and  major  or  minor  in  this  subject  just  as  if  the 
Department  were  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

Freshmen  should  consult  their  lower  division  adviser  and  also  the  Botany 
Department  adviser  in  planning  the  major  program.  The  four  lower  divi- 
sion courses,  Bot.  1,  2 — General  Botany;  Bot.  20 — Diseases  of  Plants;  and 
Bot.  11 — Plant  Taxonomy  (total  15  credit  hours)  should  be  taken  during 
the  first  two  years.  Sufficient  upper  division  courses  to  give  a  total  of  36 
credit  hours  in  botany  must  be  taken.  Included  in  these  will  be  Bot.  101 — 

21 


Chemical  Physics  and  Chemistry 

Plant  Physiology;  Bot.  110 — Plant  Microtechnique;  Bot.  Ill — Plant  An- 
atomy; Bot.  102 — Plant  Ecology;  Bot.  117 — General  Plant  Genetics;  and 
electives. 

The  botany  electives  chosen  depend  in  part  on  the  student's  chief  interest. 
To  support  the  courses  in  botany,  major  students  are  required  to  take  Chem. 
1,  3 — General  Chemistry;  Math.  10,  11 — Introduction  to  Mathematics  (or 
Math.  18,  19)  as  a  minimum;  Phys.  10,  11 — Fundamentals  of  Physics; 
Zool.  1 — General  Zoology;  Microb.  1 — General  Microbiology;  and  12 
hours  of  a  modern  language,  preferably  German.  Chem.  31,  33 — Organic 
Chemistry;  and  Math.  14,  15 — Calculus,  are  strongly  recommended.  Other 
courses  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  major  are  to  be  chosen  with  the  aid 
of  a  faculty  adviser.  Descriptions  of  courses  in  botany  will  be  found  in  the 
catalog  of  the  College  of  Agriculture.  Additional  information  about  the 
curriculum  in  botany  may  be  obtained  at  the  departmental  office. 


CHEMICAL  PHYSICS 

(See  Molecular  Physics,  p.  88.) 

CHEMISTRY 

Laboratory  fees  in  chemistry  are  $12.00  per  laboratory  course  per  semester 
except  for  Chemistry  270,  for  which  the  fee  is  $20.00. 

Professor  and  Head:  White. 

Professors:  Jaquith,  Lippincott,  Mason,^  Pratt,  Purdy,  Reeve,  Rol- 
LiNsoN,  Svirbely,  Vanderslice,^  Veitch  and  Woods. 

Research  Professor:  Bailey. 

Associate  Professors:  Atkinson,  Gordon,  Grim,  Henery-Logan,  Kasler, 
Pickard,  Stewart  and  Stuntz. 

Assistant  Professors:  Bellama,  Boyd,  Carruthers,  Huheey,  Krisher,^ 
Miller,  Lakshmanan,  Spivey,  Staley  and  Weissman.'* 

The  science  of  chemistry  is  so  broad  that  completion  of  a  well-planned 
course  of  undergraduate  study  is  necessary  before  speciaUzation.  The  curr 
riculum  outlined  below  describes  such  a  course  of  study.  The  sequence  of 
courses  given  should  be  followed  as  closely  as  possible.  All  of  the  chemistry 
courses  listed  are  required.   The  electives  must  include  four  lecture  credits 


4  Member  of  the  Institute  for  Molecular  Physics. 

22 


Chemistry 

selected  from  among  Chem.  125,  Chem.  143,  Chem.  195,  Math.  66,  or  an 
advanced  course  in  mathematics  or  physics  that  has  Math.  21  as  a  pre- 
requisite. The  electives  must  also  include  Chem.  144  or  Chem.  186  or 
Chem.  199H;  Chem.  199H  can  be  elected  only  by  students  in  the  chemistry 
honors  program,  and  must  be  taken  in  the  second  semester  of  the  senior 
year.  Further  information  concerning  the  honors  program  in  chemistry  may 
be  obtained  from  the  Chemistry  Department  Honors  Committee. 

First  Year 


First  Semester 


Chemistry  5    

Mathematics   18    3 

English  1  or  21 3 

General  Education  3 

Health  5    2 

Physical  Education 1 


Second  Semester 

4      Chemistry  15    4 

Mathematics   19   4 

English  3   3 

General  Education 3 

Speech  7   2 

Physical  Education 1 


16 


17 


Second  Year 


Chemistry  35. 2 

Chemistry  40   .  . . ! 1 

Mathematics  20  . 4 

Physics  20 5 

English  4 3 


15 


Chemistry  37 2 

Chemistry  42 1 

Chemistry  21 4 

Mathematics  21 4 

Physics  21   5 


16 


Third  Year 


Chemistry   187    3 

Chemistry   182    1 

Chemistry   141    2 

German  1    3 

General  Education 3 

Elective    3 


15 


Chemistry  189 3 

Chemistry  184 1 

Chemistry  148 2 

German  2   3 

General  Education 3 

Electives    4 


16 


Fourth  Year 


Chemistry  123 3 

German  6   3 

General  Education 3 

Electives    8 


17 


Chemistry  101 3 

German  8   3 

Electives    9 


15 


23 


Chemistry 

Chem.  1,  3.  General  Chemistry.  (4,  4) 

Two  lectures,  one  quiz,  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  per  week.  Pre- 
requisite, 1  year  high  school  algebra  or  equivalent.  (Staff) 

Chem.  5.  Advanced  General  Chemistry.  (4) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  high  school  chemistry,  placement  in  mathematics  group  I  or  II, 
and  permission  of  the  Chemistry  Department.  An  advanced  course  in  general 
chemistry  for  chemistry  majors,  which  must  be  followed  by  Chem.   15. 

(Staff) 

Chem.  11,  13.  General  Chemistry.  (3,  3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  per  week.  An  abbreviated 
course  in  general  chemistry  for  students  in  home  economics  and  pre-nursing. 
This  course  is  open  only  to  students  registered  in  home  economics  and  pre-nurs- 
ing. (Staff) 

Chem.  15.  Qualitative  Analysis.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
Chem.  3  or  Chem.  5.  (Staff) 

Chem.  17.  Equilibrium  and  Stoichiometry.  (2) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Chem.  3.  A  systematic 
study  of  the  equilibria  and  stoichiometry  involved  in  acid-base,  precipitation, 
complex  formation,  and  oxidation-reduction  reactions.  Not  open  to  students 
with  credit  in  Chem.  19  or  21.  (Staff) 

Chem.  19.  Elements  of  Quantitative  Analysis.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
Chem.  3.  An  introduction  to  the  basic  theory  and  techniques  of  volumetric  and 
gravimetric  analysis.  Primarily  for  students  in  engineering,  agriculture,  pre- 
medical,  and  pre-dental  curricula.  (Stuntz) 

Chem.  21,  Quantitative  Analysis.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  Chem.  15.  An  intensive  study  of  the  theory  and  techniques  of  in- 
organic quantitative  analysis,  covering  primarily  volumetric  methods.  Required 
of  all  students  majoring  in  chemistry.  (Stuntz) 

Chem.  23.  Inorganic  Structure  and  Chemical  Bonding.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Chem.  17,  19,  or  21. 
Atomic  structure,  elementary  molecular  structure,  chemical  bonding  from  val- 
ence bond  approach  and  from  molecular  orbital  approach,  bonding  in  coordina- 
tion compounds,  and  the  ionic  bond.  (Staff) 

Chem.  31,  33.  Elements  of  Organic  Chemistry.  (3,  3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
Chem.  3,  5,  or  13.  Organic  chemistry  for  students  in  agriculture,  bacteriology, 
and  home  economics.  (Reeve) 

24 


Chemistry 
Chem.  35,  37.  Elementary  Organic  Chemistry.  (2,  2) 

Chem.  37,  summer  session.  Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Chem.  3,  5. 
A  course  for  chemists,  chemical  engineers,  pre-medical  students,  and  pre-dental 
students.  (Staff) 

Chem.  36,  38.  Elementary  Organic  Laboratory.  (2,  2) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisites,  Chem.  3  or  5;  Chem. 
35,  37  must  be  taken  concurrently.  (Woods) 

Chem.  40,  42.     Organic  Chemistry  Laboratory  for  Chemistry 
Majors.   (1,  1) 

One  three-hour  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Chem.  3  or  5;  Chem. 
35,  37  must  be  taken  concurrently.  (Staff) 

Chem.  8L     General  Biochemistry.  (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week. 
Prerequisites,  Chem.  33,  or  Chem.  37,  38.  This  course  is  designed  primarily  for 
students  in  home  economics.  (Henery-Logan) 

Chem.  101.     Inorganic  Chemistry.   (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Chem.  187.  (Staff) 

Chem.  102.  Inorganic  Preparations.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
Chem.  123.  (Boyd) 

Chem.  111.  Chemical  Principles.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
Chem.  3,  or  equivalent.  Not  open  to  students  seeking  a  major  in  the  physical 
sciences,  since  the  course  content  is  covered  elsewhere  in  their  curricula.  A 
course  in  the  principles  of  chemistry  with  accompanying  laboratory  work  con- 
sisting of  simple  quantitative  experiments.  (Credit  applicable  only  toward  degree 
in  College  of  Education.)  (Jaquith) 

Chem.  115.  A  Survey  of  Organic  Chemistry.  (3) 

Summer   School   only.    Open  ONLY   to   registrants    in   the    National   Science 

Foundation  Summer  Institute.  Five  one-hour  lectures  per  week;  five  three-hour 

laboratory  periods  per  week.  A  systematic  survey  of  compounds  of  carbon 

at  the  elementary  level.  (Staff) 

Chem.  123.     Advanced  Quantitative  Analysis.   (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
Chem.  189  or  concurrent  registration  therein.  A  continuation  of  Chem.  21.  in- 
cluding volumetric,  gravimetric,  electrometric,  and  colorimetric  methods.  Re- 
quired of  all  students  majoring  in  chemistry.  (Purdy) 

Chem.  125.     Instrumental  Analysis.    (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Pre- 
requisite, Chem.  189.  A  study  of  the  application  of  physicochemical  methods 
to  analytical  chemistry.  Techniques  such  as  polarography,  potentiometry,  con- 
ductivity and  spectrophotometry  will  be  included.  (Purdy) 

25 


Chemistry 

Chem.  141,  143.  Advanced  Organic  Chemistry.  (2,  2) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  Chem.  37,  38.  An  advanced  study  of  the 
compounds  of  carbon.  (Reeve) 

Chem.  144.  Advanced  Organic  Laboratory.  (2-4) 

Two  or  four  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisites,  Chem. 
37,  38.  (Pratt) 

Chem.  148.     The  Identification  of  Organic  Compounds.  (3) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Chem.  141.  The 
systematic  identification  of  organic  compounds.  (Pratt) 

Chem.  150.  Organic  Quantitative  Analysis.  (2) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisites,  Chem.  19  or  21,  and 
consent  of  the  instructor.  The  semi-micro  determination  of  carbon,  hydrogen, 
nitrogen,  halogen  and  certain  functional  groups.  (Kasler) 

Chem.  161,  163.  Biochemistry.  (2,  2) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Chem  33,  or  Chem.  37.  This  course  is 
designed  primarily  for  students  in  agriculture,  bacteriology,  or  chemistry,  and 
for  those  students  in  home  economics  who  need  a  more  extensive  course  in 
biochemistry  than  Chem.  81.  (Henery-Logan) 

Chem.  162,  164.  Biochemistry  Laboratory.  (2,  2) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Chem.  33  or 
Chem.  38.  (Henery-Logan) 

Chem.  182,  184.     Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory  for  Chemistry 
Majors.   (1,  1) 

One  three-hour  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Chem.  19  or  21; 
Chem.  187,  189  must  be  taken  concurrently.  (Staff) 

Chem.  186.     Advanced  Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory.   (2) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisites,  Chem.  184, 
Chem.  189.  (Staff) 

Chem.  187,  189.  Physical  Chemistry.  (3,  3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Chem.  17,  19  or  21;  Phys.  21;  Math.  21; 
or  consent  of  instructor.  A  course  primarily  for  chemists  and  chemical  engi- 
neers.  This  course  must  be  accompanied  by  Chem.  188,  190.  (Svirbely) 

Chem.  188,  190.     Physical  Chemistry  Laboratory.   (2,2) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  A  laboratory  course  for  chemical 
engineering  students  taking  Chem.  187,  189.  Students  who  have  had  Chem.  19, 
21,  or  equivalent,  cannot  register  for  this  course.  (Staff) 

Chem.  192,  194.  Glassblowing  Laboratory.  (1,  1) 

One  three-hour  laboratory  period  per  week.   Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

(Carruthers) 

Chem.  195.  Advanced  Physical  Chemistry.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  Chem.   189.    Quantum  chemistry  and  other  selected  topics. 

(Staff) 
Chem.  199H.  Special  Projects.  (2) 

Honors  projects  for  undergraduate  students.  (Staff) 

26 


Chemistry 

For  Graduates 
Chem.  201.     Advanced  Inorganic  Chemistry.    (2) 

First  semester.   Two  lectures  per  week.  (Staff) 

Chem.  202,  204.  Advanced  Inorganic  Laboratory.  (2,  2) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  (Boyd) 

Chem.  203.     The  Chemistry  of  the  Rarer  Elements.    (2) 

Second  semester.   Two  lectures  per  week.  (White) 

Chem.  205.  Radiochemistry.  (2) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  (Rollinson) 

Chem.  206,  208.  Spectrographic  Analysis.  (1,  1) 

One  three-hour  laboratory  period  per  week.  Registration  limited.  Prerequi- 
sites, Chem.  184  and  consent  of  the  instructor.  (White) 

Chem.  207.  Chemistry  of  Coordination  Compounds.   (2) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  (Rollinson) 

Chem.  209.  Non-Aqueous  Inorganic  Solvents.  (2) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  (Jaquith) 

Chem.  210.  Radiochemistry  Laboratory.  (1-2) 

One  or  two  four-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Registration  limited.  Pre- 
requisites, Chem.  205  (or  concurrent  registration  therein),  and  consent  of  in- 
structor. (Lakshmanan) 

Chem.  211.     Chemistry  of  Organometallic  Compounds.    (2) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  (Grim) 

Chem.  213.     Selected  Topics  in  Inorganic  Chemistry.   (2) 

Two  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Chem.  201,  203  or  equivalent.  An  exam- 
ination of  some  current  topics  in  modern  inorganic  chemistry.  (Staff) 

Chem.  221,  223.  Chemical  Microscopy.  (2,  2) 

One  lecture  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  per  week.  Registration  lim- 
ited. Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Chem.  221  is  a  prerequisite  for  Chem. 
223.  A  study  of  the  use  of  the  microscope  in  chemistry.  Chem.  223  is  de- 
voted to  study  of  the  optical  properties  of  crystals.  (Stuntz) 

Chem.  225.  Advanced  Instrumental  Analysis.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Pre- 
requisites, Chem.  189,  190  or  concurrent  registration  therein.  An  intensive 
study  of  physicochemical  methods  as  applied  to  analytical  chemistry.  Labora- 
tory work  will  include  experiments  in  such  fields  as  polarography,  coulometry 
and  amperometry,  potentiometry  and  spectrophotometry,  nephelometry. 

(Purdy) 

Chem.  226.  Selected  Topics  in  Analytical  Chemistry.  (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week. 
Prerequisites,  Chem.  125,  225,  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  advanced 
methods  with  emphasis  on  the  modern  techniques  of  analytical  chemistry. 

(Purdy) 

27 


Chemistry 

Chem.  240.  Organic  Chemistry  of  High  Polymers.  (2) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  An  advanced  course  covering  the  synthesis  of  monomers, 
mechanisms  of  polymerization,  and  the  correlation  between  structure  and  prop- 
erties in  high  polymers.  (Bailey) 

Chem.  241.  Stereochemistry.  (2) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  (Woods) 

Chem.  243.     Molecular  Orbital  Theory.   (2) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  A  partial  quantitative  application  of  molecular  orbital 
theory  and  symmetry  to  the  chemical  properties  and  reactions  of  organic 
molecules.    Prerequisites,  Chem.  143  and  Chem.  189.  (Staley) 

Chem,  245.  The  Chemistry  of  the  Steroids.  (2) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  (Pratt) 

Chem.  249.  Physical  Aspects  of  Organic  Chemistry.  (2) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  (Woods) 

Chem.  251.    The  Heterocyclics.  (2) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  (Pratt) 

Chem.  254.  Advanced  Organic  Preparations.  (2-4) 

Two  or  four  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  (Pratt) 

Chem.  258.  The  Identification  of  Organic  Compounds,  an 

Advanced  Course.    (3) 

One  lecture  and  two  to  four  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Pre- 
requisite, Chem.  141,  143  or  concurrent  registration  therein.  (Pratt) 

Chem.  261,  263.  Advanced  Biochemistry.  (2,  2) 

Two  lectures  per  week.    Prerequisite,  Chem.  143  or  consent  of  instructor. 

(Veitch) 

Chem.  262,  264.  Advanced  Biochemistry  Laboratory.  (2,  2) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. (Veitch) 

Chem.  265.  Enzymes.  (2) 

First  semester.   Two  lectures  per  week.    Prerequisite,  Chem.  163.  (Veitch) 

Chem.  266.     Biological  Analysis.   (2) 

Second  semester.  Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
Chem.  19,  33.  A  study  of  analytical  methods  applied  to  biological  material. 

Chem.  267.  The  Chemistry  of  Natural  Products.  (2) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Chem.  143.  The  chemistry  and  physio- 
logical action  of  natural  products.  Methods  of  isolation,  determination  of 
structure,  and  synthesis.  (Henery-Logan) 

CThem.  268.  Special  Problems  in  Biochemistry.  (2-4) 

Two  to  four  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisites,  Chem.  161, 
162  and  consent  of  instructor.  (Veitch) 

28 


Chemistry 
Chem.  269.  Advanced  Radiochemistry.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Chem.  205  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Utilization  of  radioisotopes  with  special  emphasis  on  applications 
to  problems  in  the  life  sciences.  (Lakshmanan) 

Chem.  270.  Advanced  Radiochemistry  Laboratory.  (1-2) 

Second  semester.  One  or  two  four-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Pre- 
requisites, Chem.  210  and  269  (or  concurrent  registration  in  Chem.  269)  and 
consent  of  instructor.  Registration  limited.  Laboratory  training  in  utilization 
of  radioisotopes  with  special  emphasis  on  applications  to  problems  in  life 
sciences.  (Lakshmanan) 

Chem.  271.  Special  Topics  in  Biochemistry.    Biochemistry  of 
Lipids.    (2) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Chem.  163.  Classification  and  chemistry 
of  lipids,  lipopensis  and  energy  metabolism  of  lipids,  structural  lipids,  and  en- 
docrine control  of  lipid  metabolism  in  mammals.  (Lakshmanan) 

Chem.  273.  Specul  Topics  in  Biochemistry.  Comparative 

Biochemistry.  (2) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Chem.  163.  Energy  sources  and  micro- 
nutrient  requirements,  gluconeogenesis,  osmoragulation,  nitrogen  metabolism, 
detoxication  and  excretion,  and  comparative  endocrinology.  Deals  with  chor- 
dates  only.  (Lakshmanan) 

Chem.  281.  Theory  of  Solutions.  (2) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Chem.  307  or  equivalent.  (Svirbely) 

Chem.  285.  Colloid  Chemistry.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  Chem.  189  or  equivalent.  Two  lectures  per  week.  (Pickard) 

Chem.  287.  Infra-Red  and  Raman  Spectroscopy.  (2) 

Two  lectures  per  week.    Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  (Lippincott) 

Chem.  295.  Heterogeneous  Equilibria.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  Chem.  189  or  equivalent.  Two  lectures  per  week.  (Pickard) 

Chem.  299.  Reaction  Kinetics.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  (Svirbely) 

Chem.   303.  Electrochemistry.    (3) 

Prerequisite,  Chem.  307  or  equivalent.  Three  lectures  per  week.  (Atkinson) 

Chem.  304.  Electrochemistry  Laboratory.  (2) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

(Svirbely) 

Chem.  307.  Chemical  Thermodynamics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Chem.  189  or  equivalent.   Three  lectures  per  week.  (Staff) 

Chem.  311.  Physicochemical  Calculations.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  Chem.  189  or  equivalent.  Two  lectures  per  week.  (Stewart) 


29 


Classical  Languages  and  Literatures 

Chem.  313.  Molecular  Structure.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  (Staff) 

Chem,  317.  Chemical  Crystallography.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.    Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.    A  detailed  treat- 
ment of  single  crystal  X-ray  methods.  (Stewart) 

Chem.  319,  321.  Quantum  Chemistry.  (3,  3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.    Prerequisite  for  Chem.  319  is  Chem.  195.    Prerequi- 
site for  Chem.  321  is  Chem.  319  or  Physics  212.  (Weissman,  Vanderslice) 

Chem.  323.  Statistical  Mechanics  and  Chemistry.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Chem.  307  or  equivalent.  (Mason) 

Chem.  351.  Seminar.  (1) 


Chem.  399.  Research. 


(Staflf) 
(Staff) 


CLASSICAL  LANGUAGES  AND  LITERATURES 

Professor  and  Head:  Avery. 

Assistant  Professor:  Hubbe. 

Instructor:  Macro. 

Major  in  Latin:  Latin  1,  2,  3,  and  4  or  their  equivalent  must  have 
been  completed  before  a  student  may  begin  work  on  a  major  in  Latin.  A 
student  majoring  in  Latin  will  then  begin  his  concentration  with  Latin  5. 
A  major  consists  of  a  minimum  of  twenty-four  hours  beginning  with  Latin 
5,  twelve  hours  of  which  must  be  taken  in  100-level  courses.  A  major  stu- 
dent who  has  taken  Latin  1,  2,  3,  and  4  may  use  credit  so  obtained  to  ful- 
fill the  twelve-hour  foreign  language  requirement  of  the  College  of  Arts  and 
Sciences.  Those  registering  initially  for  Latin  5  must  fulfill  this  requirement 
in  another  foreign  language,  preferably  Greek.  No  course  with  a  grade  less 
than  "C"  may  be  used  to  satisfy  major  requirements. 

No  placement  tests  are  given  in  the  Classical  Languages.  The  following 
schedule  will  apply  in  general  in  determining  the  course  level  at  which 
students  will  register  for  Latin  and  Greek.  AH  students  whose  stage  of 
achievement  is  not  represented  below  are  urgently  invited  to  confer  with 
the  Head  of  the  Department. 

Students  offering  0  or  1  unit  of  Latin  will  register  for  course  1 . 
Students  offering  2  units  of  Latin  will  register  for  course  3, 
Students  offering  3  units  of  Latin  will  register  for  course  4, 
Students  offering  4  units  of  Latin  will  register  for  course  5. 

No  credit  will  be  given  for  less  than  two  semesters  of  Elementary  Latin 
or  Greek  except  as  provided  below  in  the  course  description  of  Latin  1,2. 

30 


Classical  Languages  and  Literatures 


LATIN 


Latin  1,2.  Elementary  Latin.  (3,  3) 

A  student  who  has  had  two  units  of  Latin  in  high  school  may  register  for  Latin  1 
for  purposes  of  review,  but  not  for  credit;  however,  he  may,  under  certain  con- 
ditions, register  for  Latin  2  for  credit  with  departmental  permission. 

(Hubbe  and  Staff) 

Latin  3.  Intermediate  Latin  (Caesar).  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Latin  1,  2  or  equivalent.  (Macro  and  Staff) 

Latin  4.  Intermediate  Latin  (Cicero).  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Latin  3  or  equivalent.  (Macro  and  Staff) 

Latin  5.  Vergil's  Aeneid.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Latin  4  or  equivalent.  (Avery) 

Latin  5L  Horace.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Latin  5  or  equivalent.  (Avery) 

Latin  52.  Livy.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Latin  51  or  equivalent.  (Avery) 

Latin  6L  Pliny's  Letters.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Latin  52  or  equivalent.  (Avery) 

Latin  70.  Greek  and  Roman  Mythology.  (3) 

Taught  in  English,  no  prerequisite.  Cannot  be  taken  for  language  credit.  This 
course  is  particularly  recommended  for  students  planning  to  major  in  Foreign 
Languages,  English,  History,  the  Fine  Arts,  and  Journalism.  (Macro) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Prerequisite  for  100  level  courses,  Latin  61. 
Latin  101.  Catullus  and  the  Roman  Elegiac  Poets.  (3) 


Latin  102.  Tacitus.  (3) 
Latin   103.  Roman  Satire.   (3) 
Latin  104.  Roman  Comedy.  (3) 
Latin  105.  Lucretius.  (3) 


(Avery) 
(Avery) 
(Avery) 
(Avery) 
(Avery) 


Latin  111.  Advanced  Latin  Grammar.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  three  years  of  college  Latin  or  equivalent.  An  intensive  study  of 
the  morphology  and  syntax  of  the  Latin  language  supplemented  by  rapid 
reading.  (Avery) 

31 


Comparative  Literature 

Latin  199.  Latin  Readings.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  The  reading  of  one  or  more  selected  Latin 
authors  from  antiquity  through  the  Renaissance.  Reports.  May  be  repeated 
with  different  content.  (Avery) 

For  Graduates 
Latin  210.  Vulgar  Latin  Readings.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  An  intensive  review  of  the  phonology, 
morphology,  and  syntax  of  Classical  Latin,  followed  by  the  study  of  the  de- 
viations of  Vulgar  Latin  from  the  classical  norms,  with  the  reading  of  illustra- 
tive texts.  The  reading  of  selections  from  the  Peregrinato  ad  loca  sancta  and 
the  study  of  divergences  from  classical  usage  therein,  with  special  emphasis  on 
those  which  anticipate  subsequent  developments  in  the  Romance  Languages. 
Reports.  (Avery) 

GREEK 

Greek  1,  2.  Elementary  Greek.  (3,  3) 

(Hubbe) 
Greek  3.  Intermediate  Greek  (Xenophon).  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Greek  1,  2  or  equivalent.  (Hubbe) 

Greek  4.  Intermediate  Greek  (Homer).  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Greek  3  or  equivalent.   See  Greek  6.  (Hubbe) 

Greek  5.  Herodotus.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Greek  4  or  equivalent.  (Hubbe) 

Greek  6.  The  New  Testament.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Greek  3  or  equivalent.  Greek  6  will  be  substituted  for  Greek  4 
upon  demand  of  a  sufficient  number  of  students.  (Hubbe) 

Greek  51,  Euripides.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Greek  5  or  equivalent.  (Hubbe) 

Geeek  52.  Plato.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Greek  51  or  equivalent.  (Hubbe) 


COMPARATIVE  LITERATURE 

Professor  and  Head:  Aldridge. 

Professors:  Cooley,  Goodwyn,  Jones,  Levitine,  Montano  and  Prahl. 

Associate  Professor:  Friedman. 

Assistant  Professor:  Evans. 

All  literature  courses  numbered    100   or  above  in  the   departments  of 
Classics,  Foreign  Languages  and  English  as  well  as  courses  in  Compara- 

32 


Comparative  Literature 

tive  Literature  are  accepted  for  a  major  in  comparative  literature.  Stu- 
dents with  this  major  must  have  a  knowledge  of  at  least  one  approved 
foreign  language  demonstrated  by  successful  completion  of  a  course  num- 
bered 100  or  above  in  that  language. 

Of  the  possible  24-40  hours  offered  as  a  major,  the  following  courses 
are  required: 

Comparative  Literature  101-102  and  150. 

Six  hours  of  other  comparative  Hterature  courses. 

Course  work  may  not  be  limited  to  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries. 
Latin  70  is  highly  recommended. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

CoMP.  Lit.  101,  102.  Introductory  Survey  of  Comparative 
Literature.  (3,  3) 

First  semester.  Survey  of  the  background  of  European  literature  through  study 
of  Greek  and  Latin  literature  in  English  translations,  discussing  the  debt  of 
modern  literature  to  the  ancients.  Second  semester:  study  of  medieval  and 
modern  continental  literature.  (Friedman) 

CoMP.  Lit.  103.  The  Old  Testament  as  Literature.  (3) 

A  study  of  sources,  development  and  literary  types.  (Evans) 

Comp.  Lit.  105.  Romanticism  in  France.  (3) 

First  semester.  Lectures  and  readings  in  the  French  romantic  writers  from 
Rousseau  to  Baudelaire.  Texts  are  read  in  English  translations.  (Parsons) 

CoMP.  Lit.  106.  Romanticism  in  Germany.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Continuation  of  Comp.  Lit.  105.  German  literature  from 
Buerger  to  Heine  in  English  translations.  (Prahl) 

CoMP,  Lit.  107.  The  Faust  Legend  in  English  and  German 
Literature.  (3) 

Second  semester.  A  study  of  the  Faust  legend  of  the  Middle  Ages  and  its 
later  treatment  by  Marlowe  in  Dr.  Faustus  and  by  Goethe  in  Faust.  (Prahl) 

CoMP.  Lit.   112.  Ibsen.  (3) 

First  semester.  A  study  of  the  life  and  chief  work  of  Henrik  Ibsen  with  special 
emphasis  on  his  influence  on  the  modern  drama. 

CoMP,  Lit.  114.  The  Greek  Drama.  (3) 

First  semester.  The  chief  works  of  Aeschylus,  Sophocles,  Euripides,  and  Aris- 
tophanes in  English  translations.  Emphasis  on  the  historic  background,  on  dra- 
matic structure,  and  on  the  effect  of  the  Attic  drama  upon  the  mind  of  the  civi- 
lized world.  (Prahl) 

Comp.  Lit.  125.  Literature  of  the  Middle  Ages.  (3) 

Narrative,  dramatic,  and  lyric  literature  of  the  Middle  Ages  studied  in  trans- 
lation. (Cooley) 

33 


Comparative  Literature 

CoMP.  Lit.   130.     The  Continental  Novel.    (3) 

The  novel  in  translation  from  Stendhal  through  the  Existentialists,  selected  from 
literatures  of  France,  Germany,  Italy,  Russia,  and  Spain.  (Friedman) 

CoMP.  Lit.   135.  Dante  and  the  Romance  Tradition.  (3) 

A  reading  of  the  Divine  Comedy  to  enlighten  the  discovery  of  reality  in  western 
literature.  (Montano) 

CoMP.  Lit.  140.  Literature  of  the  Far  East.  (3) 

Classics  of  the  Oriettt  in  translation.  (Evans) 

CoMP,  Lit.  150,  Conference  Course  in  Comparative  Literature. 
(3) 

Second  semester.  A  tutorial  type  discussion  course,  correlating  the  courses  in 
various  literatures  which  the  student  has  previously  taken  with  the  primary 
themes  and  masterpieces  of  world  literature.  This  course  is  required  of  under- 
graduate majors  in  comparative  literature,  but  must  not  be  taken  until  the  final 
year  of  the  student's  program.  (Friedman) 

For  Graduates 

CoMP.  Lit.  201.  Problems  in  Comparative  Literature.   (3) 

Second  semester.  A  research  seminar  for  M.A.  candidates  only.        (Friedman) 
CoMP.  Lit.  225.  The  Medieval  Epic.  (3) 

First  semester.  A  comparative  interpretation  of  Beowulf,  the  Waltharius,  the 
Chanson  de  Roland,  the  Nibelungenlied,  and  the  Cid.  (Jones) 

CoMP.  Lit.  226.  The  Medieval  Romance.  (3) 

Second  semester.  An  interpretation  of  the  principal  works  of  the  genre. 

(Jones) 

Comp.  Lit.  230.  Problems  of  the  Baroque  in  Literature.  (3) 

First  semester.  The  passage  from  Mannerism  to  the  most  characteristic  theo- 
retical and  creative  manifestations  of  Baroque.  (Montano) 

CoMP.  Lit.  240.  Literary  Criticism:  Ancient  and  Medieval.  (3) 
First  semester.   From  Aristotle  to  the  fifteenth  century.  (Montano) 

CoMP.  Lit.  241.  Literary  Criticism:  Renaissance  and  Modern.  (3) 
Second  semester.  From  Petrarch  to  the  present.  (Montano) 

Comp.  Lit.  258.  Folklore  in  Literature.  (3) 

A  study  of  folk  heroes,  motifs,  and  ideas  as  they  appear  in  the  world's  master- 
pieces. (Goodwyn) 

CoMP.  Lit.  268.  Seminar  in  Literary  Sources  of  Art  History.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Art  historical  sources  from  Pliny  to  Malraux.  (Same  as  Art 
268.)  (Levitine) 

CoMP.  Lit.  301.  Seminar  in  Themes  and  Types.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  one  year's  graduate  work  in  literature  and  the 
kiKtwledge  of  one  language  other  than  English.  Intensive  study  of  fundamental 
motifs  and  trends  in  western  literature.  (Aldridge) 

34 


Computer  Science 
COMPUTER  SCIENCE 

Research  Professor:  Rheinboldt. 
Associate  Director  and  Instructor:  Menard. 
Associate  Professors:  Glasser  and  Schweppe. 
Research  Associate  Professor:  Rosenfeld. 
Assistant  Professor:  Austing. 
Research  Assistant  Professor:  Ortega. 
Instructors:  Chappell  and  Lindamood. 

The  courses  in  Computer  Science  are  designed  to  offer  students  in  all  fields 
an  introduction  to  the  academic  discipline  concerned  with  the  use  of  com- 
puters. This  area  of  study  includes  the  development  of  algorithms  to  solve 
problems,  the  learning  of  languages  suitable  for  stating  algorithms,  the 
translation  of  such  algorithms  into  machine  instructions,  the  efficient  use 
of  structured  data,  the  techniques  of  solving  numeric  and  non-numeric 
problems  with  the  aid  of  computers,  the  mathematical  theory  of  machines, 
and  other  related  topics.  As  yet  there  is  no  degree  program  in  Computer 
Science,  but  it  is  expected  that  students  from  many  disciplines  will  wish  to 
incorporate  these  courses  into  their  studies. 

The  Computer  Science  Center  is  an  interdisciplinary  academic  department 
of  the  University  which  reports  directly  to  the  Vice  President  for  Academic 
Affairs  and  thus  is  not  part  of  any  school  or  college.  The  descriptions  of 
courses  in  Computer  Science  are  entered  in  the  catalog  of  the  College  of 
Arts  and  Sciences  for  the  convenience  of  students  and  faculty  of  the  Col- 
lege. 

The  Center  is  charged  with  the  triple  function  of  providing  a  centralized 
computing  service  for  all  academic  activities  of  the  University,  building  an 
educational  program  in  computer  science,  and  conducting  an  active  research 
program  in  the  computer  and  computer  related  sciences.  For  further  in- 
formation please  contact  the  Computer  Science  Center. 

C.  S.  12.     Introductory  Algorithmic  Methods.   (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Math. 
11  or  equivalent.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  Designed  for  students  not  major- 
ing in  mathematics,  the  physical  sciences,  or  engineering.  Study  of  the  algo- 
rithmic approach  in  the  analysis  of  problems  and  their  computational  solution. 
Definition  and  use  of  a  particular  algorithmic  language.  Computer  projects 
based  on  elementary  algebra  and  probability;  linear  equations  and  matrices: 
and  the  ordering,  searching,  sorting,  and  manipulating  of  data. 

C.  S.  20.     Elementary  Algorithmic  Analysis.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Math. 
20,  or  concurrent  registration  therein,  or  equivalent.    Laboratory  fee,  $10.00. 

35 


Economics 

Concept  and  properties  of  an  algorithm,  language  and  notation  for  describing 
algorithms,  analysis  of  computational  problems  and  development  of  algorithms 
for  their  solution,  use  of  specific  algorithmic  languages  in  solving  problems  from 
numerical  mathematics,  completion  of  several  projects  using  a  computer. 

C.  S.  21.     Numerical  Calculus  Laboratory  I.  (1  or  2) 

Two  hours  laboratory  per  week  for  each  credit  hour.  Prerequisite,  Math  21 
or  concurrent  registration  therein,  and  C.  S.  20;  or  equivalents.  Laboratory  fee, 
$10.00  for  one  credit,  $15.00  for  two  credits.  Laboratory  work  in  the  develop- 
ment of  algorithmic  solutions  of  problems  taken  from  numerical  calculus  with 
emphasis  on  efficiency  of  computation,  and  the  control  of  errors.  Basic  one- 
credit  laboratory  includes  completion  of  several  machine  projects  on  material 
related  to  Math.  21.  Second  credit  involves  more  comprehensive  projects  based 
on  similar  or  related  material. 

C.  S.  22.     Numerical  Calculus  Laboratory  IL  (1  or  2) 

Two  hours  laboratory  per  week  for  each  credit  hour.  Prerequisite,  Math.  22 
or  concurrent  registration  therein  and  C.  S.  20,  or  equivalents.  Laboratory  fee, 
$10.00  for  one  credit,  $15.00  for  two  credits.  Laboratory  work  in  the  develop- 
ment of  algorithmic  solutions  of  problems  taken  from  numerical  linear  algebra 
with  emphasis  on  efficiency  of  computation  and  the  control  of  errors.  Basic 
one-credit  laboratory  includes  completion  of  several  machine  projects  on  ma- 
terial related  to  Math.  22.  Second  credit  involves  more  comprehensive  proj- 
ects based  on  similar  or  related  material. 

C.  S.  100.     Language  and  Structure  of  Computers.   (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
C.  S.  12  or  C.  S.  20  or  equivalent.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  Logical  basis  of 
computer  structure,  machine  representation  of  numbers  and  characters,  flow  of 
control,  instruction  codes,  arithmetic  and  logical  operations,  indexing  and  indi- 
rect addressing,  input-output,  push-down  stacks,  symbolic  representation  of  pro- 
grams and  assembly  systems,  subroutine  linkage,  macros,  interpretive  systems, 
and  recent  advances  in  computer  organization.  Several  computer  projects  to 
illustrate  basic  concepts. 

C.  S.   110.     Special  Computational  Laboratory.  (1  or  2) 

Two  hours  laboratory  per  week  for  each  credit  hour.  Prerequisite,  C.S.  12  or 
equivalent.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00  for  one  credit,  $15.00  for  two  credits.  Ar- 
ranged for  special  groups  of  students  to  give  experience  in  developing  algorithmic 
solutions  of  problems  or  using  particular  computational  systems.  May  be  taken 
for  cumulative  credit  up  to  a  maximum  of  six  hours  where  different  material  is 
covered. 


ECONOMICS 

Students  registered  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  may  major  in  eco- 
nomics. During  the  freshman  and  sophomore  years  prospective  economics 
majors  should  consult  with  their  lower  division  adviser  in  Arts  and  Sciences 
concerning  preparation  for  the  major.  Normally  Econ.  4 — Economic  De- 
velopments (3)  is  taken  during  the  freshman  year  and  Econ.  31,  32 — Prin- 
ciples of  Economics  (3,  3)  during  the  sophomore  year. 

36 


English  Language  and  Literature 

Juniors  and  seniors  are  advised  by  the  faculty  of  the  Department  of  Eco- 
nomics, which  is  administered  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Admin- 
istration. In  addition  to  the  nine  lower  division  credits  listed  above,  eco- 
nomics majors  must  complete  a  minimum  of  27  credits  with  an  average 
grade  of  not  less  than  "C."  Econ.  102 — National  Income  Analysis  (3); 
Econ.  132 — Advanced  Economic  Principles  (3);  and  B.A.  130 — Business 
Statistics  I  (3),  are  required.  Other  courses  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the 
major  are  to  be  selected  with  the  aid  of  a  faculty  adviser.  Descriptions  of 
courses  in  economics  will  be  found  in  the  catalog  of  the  College  of  Business 
and  Public  Administration.  Additional  information  about  the  curriculum  in 
economics  may  be  obtained  at  the  departmental  office. 


ENGLISH  LANGUAGE  AND  LITERATURE 

Professor  and  Head:  Murphy. 

Professors:  Bode,  Cooley,  Harman  (Emeritus),  Manning,  McMana- 

WAY  (P.T.),  MiSH  AND  ZeEVELD. 

Associate  Professors:  Andrews,  Barnes,  Beall,  Brown,  Fleming, 
Gravely,  Hovey,  Lutwack,  Myers,  Portz,  G.  Smith,  Thorberg,  Ward 
AND  Weber. 

Assistant  Professors:  Birdsall,  Brosnahan,  Bryer,  Cooper,  Coulter, 
Duffy,  Herman,  S.  Holton,  Houppert,  Jellema,  Kenney,  Kinnaird, 
Lawson,  Martin,  McMillan,  Panicil\s,  Rodgers,  Schaumann,  D. 
Smith  and  Wilson. 

Lecturers:  Fletcher  (Visiting),  Logan  and  Orr. 

Instructors:  Buhlig,  Carlson,  Cate,  Crozier,  Dachslager,  Demaree, 
Dunn,  Eikel,  B.  Feldmann  (p.t.),  Fitzmaurice,  Forman  (p.t.), 
Gadziola,  Grimes,  M.  Holton,  Horrell,  Howard,  James,  Johnson, 
Jones  (p.t.),  Karr,  Landon,  Moreines,  Nelson,  Schaefer  (p.t.), 
C.  Smith  (p.t.),  Stevenson,  Stone,  Trousdale,  Walt,  Whaley, 
WiLAN  (p.t.)  and  Wright. 

A  major  program  in  English  must  include  24  hours  chosen  from  courses  in 
several  groups,  as  follows : 

1.  Three  hours  in  language  (Engl.  8,  101,  102,  104,  105,  107). 

2.  Six  hours  in  major  figures  (Engl.  104.  115,  116,  121). 

3.  Nine  hours  in  survey  or  type  courses  (six  hours  from  Engl.  110, 
111,  112,  113,  120,  122,  123,  125,  126,  129,  130,  134,  135; 
55  or  56;  three  hours  from  Engl.  139,  140,  141,  143,  144,  145, 
157). 

4.  Six  hours  in  American  literature  (Engl.  148,  150,  151,  152,  155, 
156). 

37 


English  Language  and  Literature 

No  course  with  a  grade  less  than  "C"  may  be  used  to  satisfy  major  re- 
quirements. 

In  selecting  minor  or  elective  subjects,  students  majoring  in  English,  par- 
ticularly those  who  plan  to  do  graduate  work,  should  give  special  considera- 
tion to  courses  in  French,  German,  Latin,  philosophy,  and  history. 

honors:  The  Department  of  EngUsh  offers  an  honors  program,  primarily 
for  majors  but  open  to  others  with  the  approval  of  the  departmental  honors 
committee.  Interested  students  should  ask  for  detailed  information  from  an 
English  Department  adviser  no  later  than  the  beginning  of  their  junior  year. 

Eng.  1  or  21  is  prerequisite  to  courses  numbered  3  through  56. 

Eng.  1.     Composition.    (3) 

Required  of  freshmen.    See  Eng.  21.    The  study  and  applicatipn  of  rhetorical 
principles  in  expository  prose;  frequent  themes.  (Barnes,  Herman,  Staff) 

Eng.  3.     World  Literature.   (3) 

Fulfills  part  of  the  general  education  requirement.  See  Eng.  33.   Homer  to  the 
Renaissance,  foreign  classics  being  read  in  translation.  (Cooley,  McMillan,  Staff) 

Eng.  4.     World  Literature.   (3) 

Fulfills  part  of  the  general  education  requirement.  See  Eng.  34.   Shakespeare  to 
the  present,  foreign  classics  being  read  in  translation.    (Cooley,  McMillan,  Staff) 

Eng.  7.     Technical  Writing.   (2) 

(Coulter,  Walt) 

Eng.  8.     Introduction  to  English  Grammar.    (3) 

A  brief  review  of  traditional  English  grammar,  and  an  introduction  to  structural 
grammar,  including  phonology,  morphology,  and  syntax.  (James,  Crozier) 

Eng.  9.     Introduction  to  Narrative  Literature.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Eng.  1  or  21.  An  intensive  study  of  representative  stories,  with  lec- 
tures on  the  history  and  technique  of  the  short  story  and  other  narrative  forms. 

(Staff) 

Eng.  10.     Composition  and  Literary  Types.   (3) 

Not  open  to  students  who  have  taken  Eng.  21.   A  study  of  literary  genres  with 
writing  based  on  the  readings.  (Barnes,  Staff) 

Eng.  12.     Introduction  to  Creative  Writing.    (3) 

Additional    prerequisite,    sophomore    standing    and    departmental    permission. 

(Jellema,  Lawson,  Schaumann) 

Eng.  14.     Expository  Writing.    (3) 

(Barnes,  Staff) 

Eng.  15.     Readings  in  Biography.   (3) 

An  analytical  study  in  the  form  and  technique  of  biographical  writing  in  Europe 
and  America.  (Ward) 

38 


English  Language  and  Literature 
Eng.  21.     Honors  Composition.   (3) 

May  be  elected  by  eligible  students  in  place  of  Eng.  1  to  satisfy  general  education 
requirement.  Survey  of  principles  of  composition,  rhetoric,  and  techniques  of 
research;  readings  in  essays,  short  stories,  poetry;  frequent  themes. 

(Thorberg,  Staff) 

Eng.  33.     Honors  World  Literature.   (3) 

May  be  elected  by  eligible  students  in  place  of  Eng.  3  to  satisfy  general  educa- 
tion requirement.  Homer  to  the  Renaissance,  foreign  classics  being  read  in 
translation.  (Cooley,  Staff) 

Eng.  34.     Honors  World  Literature.   (3) 

May  be  elected  by  eligible  students  in  place  of  Eng.  4  to  satisfy  general  educa- 
tion requirement.  Shakespeare  to  the  present,  foreign  classics  being  read  in 
translation.  (Cooley,  Staff) 

Eng.  55.     English  Literature  from  the  Beginnings  to  1800.    (3) 

(Cooper,  Staff) 

Eng.  56.     English  Literature  from  1800  to  the  Present.   (3) 

(Cooper,  Staff) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

Eng.  3-4  (or  33-34)  are  prerequisites  to  courses  numbered  101  through 
199. 

Eng.  101.     History  of  the  English  Language.    (3) 

(Herman,  James) 

Eng.  102.     Old  English.    (3) 

(Brosnahan) 

Eng.  104.     Chaucer.   (3) 

(Cooley,  Brosnahan) 

Eng.  105.     Introduction  to  Linguistics.   (3) 

Same  as  Foreign  Language  101.  (Miller) 

Eng.  107.     American  English.  (3) 

(Herman) 

Eng.  ho,  111.  Elizabethan  and  Jacobean  Drama.  (3,  3) 

(Zeeveld) 

Eng.  112,  113.  Literature  of  the  Renaissance.  (3,  3) 

(Zeeveld,  Cooper) 

Eng.  115,  116.  Shakespeare.  (3,  3) 

(Zeeveld,  Cooper,  Houppert,  D.  Smith,  Logan) 

Eng.  120.  English  Drama  from  1660  to  1800.  (3) 

(Ward) 

Eng.  121.  Milton.  (3) 

(Murphy,  Mish) 

39 


English  Language  and  Literature 

Eng.  122.  Literature  of  the  Seventeenth  Century,  1600-1660.  (3) 

(Murphy,  Mish) 

Eng.  123.  Literature  of  the  Seventeenth  Century,  1660-1700.  (3) 

(Wilson) 

Eng.  125,  126.  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth  Century.  (3,  3) 

(Myers) 

Eng.  129,  130.  Literature  of  the  Romantic  Period.  (3,  3) 

(Weber,  Kinnaird,  G.  Smith) 

Eng,  134,  135.  Literature  of  the  Victorian  Period.  (3,  3) 

(Brown,  Fletcher) 

Eng.  139,  140.  The  English  Novel.  (3,  3) 

(Ward,  Kenney) 

Eng.  141.  Major  British  Writers.  (3) 

Two  writers  studied  intensively  each  semester.      (Fleming,  Panichas,  Fletcher) 

Eng.  143.  Modern  Poetry.  (3) 

(Fleming,  Jellema) 

Eng.  144.  Modern  Drama.  (3) 

(Weber) 

Eng.  145.  The  Modern  Novel.  (3) 

(Andrews,  Panichas) 

Eng.  148.  The  Literature  of  American  Democracy.  (3) 

(Barnes) 

Eng.  150,  151.  American  Literature.  (3,  3) 

(Gravely,  Hovey,  Thorberg,  Bryer,  Lawson) 

Eng.  152.  The  Novel  in  America.  (3) 

A   historical    survey   of   the    development    of   the    American    novel    from    its 
eighteenth  century  beginnings  to  the  twentieth  century.  (Hovey,  Thorberg) 

Eng.  155,  156.  Major  American  Writers.  (3,  3) 

Two  writers  studied  intensively  each  semester. 

(Manning,  Gravely,  Lutwack,  Portz) 

Eng.  157.  Introduction  to  Folklore.  (3) 

(Birdsall,  McMillan) 

Eng.  160.  Advanced  Expository  Writing.  (3) 

(Myers,  Horrell,  Stevenson) 

Eng.  170.  Creative  Writing.  (3) 

(Fleming) 

40 


English  Language  and  Literature 

Eng.  17L  Advanced  Creative  Writing.  (3) 

(Fleming) 

Eng.  172.  Playwriting.  (3) 

(Fleming) 

Eng.  190,  191.  Honors  Conference  and  Reading    (1,  1) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  candidacy  for  honors  in  English.  Candidates  will 
take  Eng.  190  in  their  junior  year  and  Eng.  191  in  their  senior  year.         (Staff) 

Eng.  199.  Senior  Proseminar  in  Literature.  (3) 

Open  only  to  seniors.  First  semester.  Required  of  candidates  for  honors  and 
strongly  recommended  to  those  who  plan  to  do  graduate  work.  Individual 
reading  assignments;  term  paper.  (Staff) 

For  Graduates 

Eng.  201.  Bibliography  and  Methods.  (3) 

(Mish,  Hovey) 

Eng.  202.  Middle  English.  (3) 

(Cooley,  Brosnahan) 

Eng.  204.  Seminar  in  Medieval  Literature.  (3) 

(Cooley,  Brostiahan) 

Eng.  206,  207.  Seminar  in  Renaissance  Literature.  (3,  3) 

(McManaway,  Zeeveld) 

Eng.  210.  Seminar  in  Seventeenth-Century  Literature.  (3) 

(Mish) 

Eng.  212,  213.  Seminar  in  Eighteenth-Century  Literature.  (3,  3) 

(Myers) 

Eng.  214,  215.  Seminar  in  Nineteenth-Century  Literature.  (3,  3) 

(Brown,  Kinnaird,  Fletcher) 

Eng.  216,  217.  Literary  Criticism.  (3,  3) 

(Lutwack) 

Eng.  218.  Seminar  in  Literature  and  the  Other  Arts.  (3) 

(Myers) 

Eng.  225,  226.  Seminar  in  American  Literature.  (3,  3) 

(Bode,  Hovey) 

Eng.  227,  228.  Problems  in  American  Literature.  (3,  3) 

(Aldridge) 

Eng.  230.     Special  Studies  in  English  Literature  to  1600.   (3) 

(Cooley,  Cooper) 

41 


Foreign  Languages  and  Literatures 

Eng.  232.     Special  Studies  in  English  Literature,  1600-1800.    (3) 

(Mish,  Myers) 

Eng.  235.     Special  Studies  in  19th  Century  English  Literature. 
(3) 

(Brown,  G.  Smith) 

Eng.  237.     Special  Studies  in  American  Literature.    (3) 

(Lutwack,  Portz) 

Eng.  241,  242.  Studies  in  Twentieth-Century  Literature.  (3,  3) 

(Bode,  Hovey) 

Eng.  399.  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

Arranged.  (Staff) 


FOREIGN  LANGUAGES  AND  LITERATURES 


Associate  Professor  and  Acting  Head:  Parsons. 

Professors:  Bingham,  Goodwyn,  Jones,  Nemes,  Prahl,  Quynn,  Rand 
and  Zucker  (emeritus). 

Visiting  Professors:  Bettex  and  Iwry. 

Associate  Professors:  Alter,  Dobert,  Gramberg,  Hering,  Kramer 
(emeritus),  Mendeloff,  Parsons,  Rosenfield  and  Rovner. 

Assistant  Professors:  Bridgers,  Boyd,  Chen,  Demaitre,  Greenberg, 
Haberl,  Hall,  Hitchcock,  Kelly,  Miller,  Moeller,  Norton,  Ros- 
WELL,  Vassylkivsky,  Vogelgesang  and  Zimmerman. 

Lecturer:  C.  Johnson. 

Instructors:  Ambler,  Ament  (p.t.),  Armstrong,  Barrabini,  J.  Cap 
(p.T.),  Christov,  L.  Clemens  (p.t.),  S.  Clemens  (p.t.).  Cook  (p.t.), 
Fink,  Font,  D.  Gray  (p.t.),  W.  Gray,  Hall,  Herdoiza,  Irwin  (p.t.), 
Jacobs,  Johnson,  Juran,  Kemner,  Knoche,  Lemaire  (p.t.),  Meyer, 
Moncayo,  Motta,  Panico,  Rentz,  Rodriguez,  Saenz  (p.t.),  Salgado, 
Sonntag,  Sprout,  Stern,  Suzynszki,  Tuniks,  Wegimont  and  Wilts. 

MAJORS:  Two  types  of  undergraduate  majors  are  offered  in  French,  Ger- 
man, Russian,  or  Spanish:  one  for  the  general  student  or  the  future  teacher, 
and  the  other  for  those  interested  in  a  rounded  study  of  a  foreign  area  for 
the  purpose  of  understanding  another  nation  through  its  hterature,  history, 
sociology,  economics,  and  other  aspects.    Both  of  these  majors  confer  the 

42 


Foreign  Languages  and  Literatures 

B.A.  degree.  (The  Department  also  offers  M.A.  and  Ph.D.  degrees  in  lan- 
guage and  literature,  but  not  in  area  study.) 

An  undergraduate  major  in  either  language  and  literature  or  area  requires 
a  total  of  33  hours,  with  a  "C"  average,  above  the  basic  Arts  and  Sciences 
College  foreign  language  requirement. 

LANGUAGE  AND  LITERATURE  MAJOR:  Course  11  is  a  prerequisite 
to  this  major  unless  waived  by  the  Head  of  Department.  Specific  minimum 
requirements  in  the  program  in  French,  German,  or  Spanish  are:  three 
semester  courses  in  advanced  language  (two  to  be  selected  from  courses 
12,  80,  81  and  one  from  courses  103,  104);  two  semesters  of  the  survey  of 
literature  (courses  75,  76  or  77,  78);  four  semester  courses  selected  from 
literature  courses  numbered  100  to  199;  and  Comparative  Literature  101 
and  102^ — a  total  of  33  hours.  Requirements  for  a  language  major  in  Rus- 
sian comprise:  three  semesters  of  advanced  Russian  (courses  12  or  13,  71 
or  72,  and  80  or  81 ),  plus  two  semesters  of  the  survey  of  Uterature,  Russian 
75  and  76;  four  semesters  in  100-level  courses;  and  Comparative  Literature 
101  and  102^ — a  total  of  33  hours. 

FOREIGN  AREA  MAJOR:  The  area  study  major  in  French,  German, 
Russian,  or  Spanish  endeavors  to  provide  the  student  with  a  knowledge  of 
various  aspects  of  the  country  whose  language  he  is  studying.  Specific  re- 
quirements in  this  major  are:  five  semester  courses  in  advanced  language 
(courses  12,  71,  72,  80,  81);  two  semester  courses  in  civilization  (courses 
171,  172  or  173,  174);  two  semester  courses  in  literature  numbered  100 
to  199;  and  Comparative  Literature  101  and  102^ — a  total  of  33  hours. 

HONORS  IN  FRENCH,  GERMAN  OR  SPANISH:  A  student  whose  ma- 
jor is  in  French,  German,  or  Spanish  and  who,  at  the  time  of  application, 
has  a  general  academic  average  of  3.0  to  3.5  in  his  major  field,  may  apply 
to  the  Chairman  of  the  Honors  Committee  for  admission  to  the  Honors 
Program  of  the  Department.  Honors  work  normally  begins  in  the  first 
semester  of  the  junior  year,  but  a  qualified  student  may  enter  as  early  as  the 
sophomore  year  or  as  late  as  the  second  semester  of  the  junior  year.  Honors 
students  are  required  to  take  two  courses  from  those  numbered  195,  196, 
197  and  the  seminar  numbered  199,  as  well  as  to  meet  other  requirements 
for  a  major  in  Foreign  Languages.  There  will  be  a  final  comprehensive  ex- 
amination, covering  the  honors  reading  list,  which  must  be  taken  by  all 
graduating  seniors  who  are  candidates  for  honors.  Admission  of  students 
to  the  Honors  Program,  their  continuance  in  the  program,  and  the  final 
award  of  honors  are  the  prerogative  of  the  Departmental  Honors  Com- 
mittee. 


5  In  all  language  major  programs  the  Head  of  the  Department  has  authority  to 
relieve  a  student  of  the  requirement  in  Comparative  Literature  101  and  102  provided 
that  the  student  takes  a  comparable  course  or  courses  in  Comparative  Literature. 
English  or  his  major  language  at  the  100-level  as  a  substitution  with  the  approval  of 
the  Head  of  Department. 

43 


Foreign  Languages  and  Literatures 

ELEMENTARY  HONORS:  Course  3  in  French,  German,  and  Spanish  is 
limited  to  specially  approved  candidates  who  have  passed  Course  1  with 
high  grades,  and  will  allow  them  to  by-pass  Course  6  to  complete  their  re- 
quirement by  completing  Course  7. 

LOWER  DIVISION  COURSES:  At  the  beginning  of  each  semester  a 
placement  examination  is  given  for  those  students  who  wish  to  continue  in 
the  University  a  foreign  language  which  they  have  studied  for  two  or  more 
years  in  high  school  (French,  German,  Spanish).''  Such  students  have  the 
option  of  enrolling  in  Course  5  or  taking  a  placement  examination.  Stu- 
dents with  two  or  more  years  of  high  school  language  may  not  take  Courses 
1  or  2  in  that  language  for  credit  unless  there  has  been  a  six  year  lapse  of 
time  between  their  last  high  school  course  in  that  language  and  the  date  of 
their  matriculation  at  the  University.  Students  with  only  one  year  of  high 
school  language  may  take  Courses  1  and  2  in  that  language  for  credit.  Stu- 
dents with  two  or  more  years  of  high  school  language  who  place  in  Course 

5  must  complete  in  addition  Courses  6,  7  and  11  or  12;  those  who  place  in 

6  must  complete  7  and  11  or  12;  those  who  place  in  7  or  higher  may  fulfill 
the  College  requirement  by  taking  any  2  courses  above  Course  6.  In  Ger- 
man the  course  sequence  is  5,  6,  7,  8  or  9.  German  9  is  not  to  be  taken  to 
meet  the  college  requirement  unless  the  student  has  completed  German  7. 

Transfer  students  with  college  credit  have  the  option  of  continuing  at  the 
level  for  which  they  are  theoretically  prepared,  or  placement  examination, 
or  electing  Course  5.  If  a  transfer  student  takes  Course  5  for  credit,  he  may 
retain  transfer  credit  only  for  the  equivalent  of  Course  1.  A  transfer  stu- 
dent placing  lower  than  his  training  should  warrant  may  ignore  the  place- 
ment but  does  so  at  his  own  risk. 

If  a  student  has  received  a  "D"  in  a  course,  advanced  and  completed  the 
next  higher  course,  he  cannot  go  back  and  repeat  the  original  "D." 

No  credit  will  be  given,  even  elective,  for  a  single  semester  of  language  1. 

A  student  whose  native  language  is  taught  at  the  University  may  not  meet 
the  college  requirement  by  taking  Courses  1,  2,  6,  7,  80  and  81.  There  is 
a  special  option  by  which  foreign  students  may  offer  a  combination  of  For- 
eign Language  1  and  2  (English  for  Foreign  Students)  and  12  hours  of 
other  English  courses  to  satisfy  both  the  Arts  and  Sciences  English  and  For- 
eign Language  requirements.  This  option  may  not  be  used  by  pre-medical 
students. 

The  Civilization  courses  (171,  172)  cannot  be  used  toward  the  foreign 
language  requirement  except  by  students  who  begin  language  at  the  Uni- 
versity with  a  fifth  semester  course  (8)  or  higher. 

Foreign  Language  1-2.  English  for  Foreign  Students.  (3,  3) 

An  introduction  to  English  usage,  adapted  to  the  needs  of  the  non-English-speak- 
ing student.  Pronunciation,  spelling,  syntax;  the  differences  between  English 
and  various  other  languages  are  stressed.  (Bridgers) 


"  Students  who  have  studied  Chinese,  Hebrew,  Italian  or  Russian  apply  to  the 
Department  for  special  examination,  since  there  is  no  Course  5  in  these  languages, 

44 


Foreign  Languages  and  Literatures 
Foreign  Language  101.     Introduction  to  Linguistics.    (3) 

Introduction  to  the  basic  concepts  of  modern  descriptive  linguistics.  Phonology, 
morphology,  syntax.  Examinations  of  the  methods  of  comparative  linguistics, 
internal  reconstruction,  dialect  geography.  (Miller) 

Foreign  Language  102.     Phonetics  and  Phonemics.    (3) 

Training  in  the  identification,  description,  and  symbolization  of  various  sounds 
found  in  language.  Study  of  scientific  techniques  for  classifying  sounds  into 
units  which  are  perceptually  relevant  for  a  given  language.  (Miller) 

Foreign  Language  140.    Oral  Practice  in  Modern  Foreign  Lan- 
guages (French,  German,  Russian  or  Spanish).   (3) 

Development  of  fluency  in  modern  foreign  languages,  stress  on  correct  sen- 
tence structure  and  idiomatic  expression.  Especially  designed  for  teachers,  or 
for  practice  in  speaking  the  language.  (Rovner,  Staff) 

Foreign  Language  171.  Advanced  French  Phonetics.  (3) 

First  semester.  Pronunciation  of  modern  French.  The  sounds  and  their  pro- 
duction, the  stress  group,  intonation.  Attention  is  called  to  Ed.  142  and  Ed.  143. 

(Hall) 

CHINESE 

Chinese  1-2.  Elementary  Chinese.  (3,  3) 

Three  recitations  and  one  laboratory  period  per  week.  Elements  of  pronuncia- 
tion, simple  ideograms,  colloquial  conversation,  translation.  (Chen) 

Chinese  6-7.  Intermediate  Chinese.    (3,  3) 

Three  recitations  per  week;  additional  electronic  laboratory  in  Chinese  6.  Pre- 
requisite, Chinese  2  or  equivalent.  Reading  of  texts  designed  to  give  some 
knowledge  of  Chinese  life,  thought,  and  culture.  (Chen) 

Chinese  101-102.  Reading  from  Chinese  History.    (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  Chinese  7  or  equivalent.  Based  on  an  anthology  of  historians 
from  the  Chou  to  the  Ching  dynasties.  (Chen) 

Chinese  171-172.  Chinese  Civilization.    (3,  3) 

This  course  supplements  Geog.  134  and  135,  Cultural  Geography  of  East  Asia. 
It  deals  with  Chinese  literature,  art,  folklore,  history,  government,  and  great 
men.  Second  semester:  developments  in  China  since  1911.  The  course  is  given 
in  English  translation.  (Chen) 

FRENCH 

French  0.  Elementary  French  for  Graduate  Students. 
(0  OR  audit) 

Intensive  elementary  course  in  the  French  language  designed  particularly  for 
graduate  students  who  wish  to  acquire  a  reading  knowledge.  (Hall) 

French  1-2.  Elementary  French.  (3,  3) 

Each  semester;  given  as  intensive  course  in  summer  sesion.  Two  recitations 
and  two  audio-lingual  drills  per  week.  Study  of  linguistic  structure  and  develop- 
ment of  audio-lingual  and  writing  ability.  (Cap,  Staff) 

45 


Foreign  Languages  and  Literatures 

French  3.  Elementary  French,  Honors  Course.  (3) 

Two  recitations  and  two  audio-lingual  drills  per  week.  Enrollment  limited  to 
specially  approved  candidates  from  French  1.  Students  taking  this  course  will 
normally  continue  in  French  7.  (Alter) 

French  5.  Review  of  Elementary  French.  (3) 

Two  recitations  and  two  audio-lingual  drills  per  week,  or  three  recitations  and 
one  audio-lingual  drill,  depending  on  circumstances.  Enrollment  limited  to 
students  who,  having  taken  placement  examinations,  have  failed  to  qualify  for 
French  6.  (Gray,  Staff) 

French  6-7.  Intermediate  French.  (3,  3) 

Three  recitations  per  week;  additional  electronic  laboratory  in  French  6.  Given 
as  intensive  course  in  summer  session.  Prerequisite:  French  2  or  equivalent, 
or  French  5,  except  that  recommended  students  may  enter  French  7  from 
French  3.  Study  of  linguistic  structure,  further  development  of  audio-lingual 
and  writing  ability,  and  reading  of  literary  texts  with  discussion  in  French. 
Usually  there  will  be  an  honors  section  for  qualified  students.  (Johnson) 

French  10.  Scientific  French.   (3) 

Prerequisite:  French  7.  Reading  of  technical  and  scientific  prose  with  some  at- 
tention to  audio-lingual  and  linguistic  objectives.  (Johnson,  Barrabini) 

French  IL  Introduction  to  French  Literature.   (3) 

Prerequisite:  French  7.  Required  of  all  students  who  continue  in  advanced 
courses  of  Department,  with  the  exception  of  superior  students  who  are  per- 
mitted to  bypass  an  introduction  to  French  literature.  May  be  taken  concur- 
rently with  French  12.  (Staff) 

French  12.  Conversation  and  Composition.    (3) 

Prerequisite:  French  7.  A  practical  language  course  recommended  for  all 
students  continuing  in  French.    May  be  taken  concurrently  with  French   11. 

(Vassylkivsky) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates 
French  41.     French  Phonetics.    (3) 

Prerequisite:  French  7  or  equivalent.  Elements  of  French  phonetics,  diction 
and  intonation.  (Hall) 

French  71-72.  Review  Grammar  and  Composition.   (3,   3) 

Prerequisite:  French  11  and  12  or  equivalent.  For  students  who,  having  a 
good  knowledge  of  French,  wish  to  become  more  proficient  in  the  written  and 
spoken  language.  (Bingham,  Barrabini) 

French  75-76.  Survey  of  French  Literature.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite:  French  11  or  equivalent.  An  elementary  survey  of  the  chief 
authors  and  movements  in  French  literature.  (Quynn,  Rosenfield) 

French  80-81.  Advanced  Conversation.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite.  French  11  and  12  or  consent  of  instructor.  For  students  who 
wish  to  develop  fluency  and  confidence  in  speaking  the  language.  (Alter) 

46 


Foreign  Languages  and  Literatures 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
French  lOL  Applied  Linguistics.  (3) 

The  nature  of  Applied  Linguistics  and  its  contributions  to  the  effective  teaching 
of  foreign  languages.  Comparative  study  of  English  and  French,  with  emphasis 
upon  points  of  divergence.  Analysis,  evaluation  and  construction  of  related 
drills.  (Mendeloff) 

French  103-104.  Advanced  Composition.   (3,  3) 

Translation  from  English  into  French,  free  composition,  practical  study  of 
syntactical  structure.  (Alter) 

French  107.  Introduction  to  Medieval  Literature.  (3) 

French  literary  history  from  the  ninth  through  the  fifteenth  century,  selected 
readings  from  representative  texts.  (Mendeloff) 

French  111.  French  Literature  of  the  Sixteenth  Century.  (3) 

The  Renaissance  in  France;  humanism;  Rabelais  and  Calvin;  the  Pleiade; 
Montaigne.  (Quynn) 

French  115-116.  French  Literature  of  the  Seventeenth  Century. 
(3,3) 

First  semester:  Descartes,  Pascal,  Comeille,  Racine.  Second  semester:  the 
remaining  great  classical  writers,  with  special  attention  to  Moliere. 

(Quynn,  Rosenfield) 

French  125-126.  French  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth  Century. 
(3,3) 

First   semester:    development   of   the    philosophical    and    scientific    movement; 

Montesquieu.    Second  semester:  Voltaire,  Diderot,  Rousseau. 

(Bingham,  Rosenfield) 

French  131-132.  French  Literature  of  the  Nineteenth  Century. 
(3,  3) 

First  semester:  drama  and  poetry  from  Romanticism  to  Symbolism.  Second 
semester:  the  major  prose  writers  of  the  same  period.         (Alter,  Zimmerman) 

French  141-142.  French  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Century. 
(3,3) 

First  semester:  drama  and  poetry  from  Symbolism  to  the  present  time.  Second 
semester:  the  contemporary  novel.  (Alter) 

French  171-172.  French  Civilization.  (3,  3) 

French  life,  customs,  culture,  traditions.  First  semester:  the  historical  deve'op- 
ment.    Second  semester:  present-day  France.  (Cap) 

French  195,  196,  197.  Honors  Reading  Course.  (3,  3,  3) 

Supervised  readings  to  be  taken  normally  only  by  students  admitted  to  Honors 
Program:   195  is  poetry;  196  is  the  novel;  197  is  drama.  (Staff) 

French  199.  Honors  Seminar.   (3) 

Required  of  all  students  in  the  Honors  Program.  Other  students  will  be  ad- 
mitted on  special  recommendation.  Conducted  in  French.  Discussion  of  a  cen- 
tral theme  with  related  investigations  by  students.  (Staff) 

47 


Foreign  Languages  and  Literatures 

For  Graduates 

The  requirements  of  students  will  determine  which  courses  will  be  offered. 

French  20L  The  History  of  the  French  Language.  (3) 

(Mendeloflf) 

French  203.  Comparative  Romance  Linguistics.  (3) 

Same  as  Spanish  203.  (Mendeloff) 

French  207.  Elementary  Old  French.  (3) 

(Mendeloff) 

French  208.  Old  French  Phonology  and  Morphology.  (3) 

(Staff) 

French  209.  Medieval  French  Culture.  (3) 

(Staff) 

French  210.  Elementary  Old  Provencal.  (3) 

(Staff) 

French  211-212.  Seminar  in  French  Classicism.  (3,  3) 

(Quynn) 

French  220-221.  The  Age  of  Enlightenment.  (3,  3) 

(Bingham) 

French  230.  Seminar  in  Romanticism.  (3) 

(Quynn) 

French  235-236.  The  Realistic  Novel  in  the  Nineteenth  Century. 
(3,  3) 

(Alter) 

French  243-244.  The  Contemporary  French  Theater.  (3,  3) 

(Alter) 

French  245-246.  Seminar  in  the  Contemporary  Novel.  (3,  3) 

(Alter) 

French  251-252.  The  History  of  Ideas  in  France.  (3,  3) 

(Rosenfield) 

French  271-272.  Advanced  Writing  and  Stylistics.  (3,  3) 

(Alter) 

French  281-282.  Reading  Course.  (3,  3) 

(Staff) 

French  291-292.  Seminar.  (3,  3) 

Topic  to  be  determined.  (Staff) 


48 


Foreign  Languages  and  Literatures 
French  399.  Research.  (1-6) 

Credits  determined  by  work  accomplished.  Guidance  in  the  preparation  of  mas- 
ter's and  doctoral  theses.  Conferences.  (Staff) 

GERMAN 

German  0.  Elementary  German  for  Graduate  Students. 
(0  OR  audit) 

Intensive  elementary  course  in  the  German  language  designed  particularly  for 
graduate  students  who  wish  to  acquire  a  reading  knowledge.  (Boyd) 

German  1-2.  Elementary  German.   (3,  3) 

Each  semester;  given  as  intensive  course  in  summer  sesion.  Three  recitations 
and  one  audio-lingual  drill  per  week.  Study  of  linguistic  structure.  Extensive 
drill  in  pronunciation  and  conversation.  (Roswell,  Haberl) 

German  3.  Elementary  German,  Honors  Course.   (3) 

Three  recitations  and  one  audio-lingual  drill  per  week.  Enrollment  limited  to 
specially  approved  candidates  from  German  1.  Student  taking  this  course  will 
normally  continue  in  German  7.  (Roswell) 

German  5.  Review  of  Elementary  German.    (3) 

Three  recitations  and  one  audio-lingual  drill  per  week.  Limited  to  students  who, 
having  taken  placement  examination,  have  failed  to  qualify  for  German  6. 

(Sonntag) 

German  6-7.  Intermediate  Literary  German.    (3,  3) 

Three  recitations  per  week;  additional  electronic  laboratory  in  German  6.  Given 
as  intensive  course  in  summer  session.  Prerequisite:  German  2  or  equivalent,  or 
German  5,  except  that  recommended  students  may  enter  German  7  from  German 
3.  Usually  there  will  be  an  honors  section  for  qualified  students. 

(Boyd,  Moeller) 

German  8.  Scientific  German.    (3) 

Prerequisite:  German  6.   Reading  of  technical  and  scientific  prose.        (Moeller) 

German  9.  Conversation  and  Composition.    (3) 

Prerequisite:  German  7,  or  6  with  consent  of  the  instructor.  A  practical  lan- 
guage course  recommended  for  all  students  continuing  in  German. 

(Demaitre,  Staff) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates 
German  71-72.  Review  Grammar  and  Composition.   (3,  3) 

Prerequisite:  German  7,  or  equivalent.  A  thorough  study  of  the  more  detailed 
points  of  German  grammar  with  ample  practice  in  composition. 

(Vogelgesang) 

German  75-76.  Survey  of  German  Literature.    (3,  3) 

Prerequisite:  German  7,  or  equivalent.  A  survey  of  the  chief  authors  and  move- 
ments in  German  literature.  (Roswell) 

49 


Foreign  Languages  and  Literatures 

German  80-8 L  Advanced  Conversation.    (3,  3) 

Prerequisite:  German  7  and  9,  or  consent  of  instructor.  For  students  who  wish 
to  develop  fluency  and  confidence  in  speaking  the  language.  (Dobert) 

For  Advanced   Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
German  103-104.  Advanced  Composition.    (3,  3) 

Translation  from  English  into  German,  free  composition,  letter  writing. 

(Jones,  Staff) 

German  125-126.  German  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth 
Century.  (3,  3) 

The  main  works  of  Klopstock,  Wieland,  Lessing,  Herder,  Goethe,  Schiller. 

(Hering,  Staff) 

German  131-132.  German  Literature  of  the  Nineteenth 
Century.  (3,  3) 

Study  of  the  literary  movements  from  romanticism  to  naturalism. 

(Prahl,  Staff) 

German  141-142.  German  Literature  of  the  Twentieth 
Century.  (3,  3) 

Prose  and  dramatic  writings  from  Gerhart  Hauptmann  to  the  present.  Modern 
literary  and  philosophical  movements  will  be  discussed.  (Dobert,  Staff) 

German  171-172.  German  Civilization.    (3,  3) 

Study  of  the  literary,  educational,  artistic  traditions;  great  men,  customs,  and 
general  culture.  (Dobert,  Staff) 

German  191.  Bibliography  and  Methods.    (3) 

Second  semester.    Especially  designed  for  German  majors.  (Staff) 

German  195-196-197.  Honors  Reading  Course.   (3,  3,  3) 

Supervised  reading  to  be  taken  normally  only  by  students  admitted  to  Honors 
Program:   195  is  poetry;  196  is  the  novel;  197  is  the  drama.  (Staff) 

German  199.  Honors  Seminar.    (3) 

Required  of  all  students  in  the  Honors  Program.  Other  students  will  be  ad- 
mitted on  special  recommendation.  Conducted  in  German.  Discussion  of  a 
central  theme  with  related  investigations  by  students.  (Staff) 

For  Graduates 
The  requirements  of  students  will  determine  which  courses  will  be  offered. 

German  201.  History  of  the  German  Language.    (3) 

(Jones) 
German  203.  Gothic.  (3) 

(Jones) 
German  204.  Old  High  German.    (3) 

(Jones) 

50 


Foreign  Languages  and  Literatures 
German  205.  Middle  High  German.    (3) 


(Jones) 

(Jones) 

(Hering) 

(Hering) 

(Prahl) 


German  207.  Literature  of  Old  High  German  and 
Middle  High  German.    (3) 

German  211-212.  Literature  of  the  Sixteenth  and 
Seventeenth  Centuries.    (3,  3) 

German  224-225.  Goethe  and  His  Time.  (3,  3) 

German  226.  Schiller.    (3) 

German  230.  German  Romanticism.    (3) 

(Prahl) 

German  234.  The  German  Drama  of  the  Nineteenth  Century.  (3) 

(Dobert) 

German  250.  The  German  Lyric.    (3) 

(Hering) 

German  281-282.  Reading  Course.    (3,  3) 

(Dobert) 

German  291-292.  Seminar.    (3,  3) 

Topic  to  be  determined.  (Staff) 

German  399.  Research.    (1-6) 

Credits  determined  by  work  accomplished.  Guidance  in  preparation  of  master's 
and  doctoral  theses.  Conferences.  (Staff) 

HEBREW 

Hebrew  1-2.  Elementary  Hebrew.    (3,  3) 

Elements  of  grammar;  pronunciation  and  conversation;  exercises  in  translation. 

(Greenberg) 

Hebrew  6-7.  Intermediate  Hebrew.    (3,  3) 

Three  recitations  per  week;  additional  electronic  laboratory  in  Hebrew  6.  Pre- 
requisite, Hebrew  2  or  equivalent.  Texts  designed  to  give  some  knowledge  of 
Hebrew  life,  thought,  and  culture.  (Greenberg) 

Hebrew  12-13.  Conversation  and  Composition.    (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  Hebrew  7  or  equivalent.  A  practical  language  course  recommended 
for  all  students  continuing  with  Hebrew.  (Greenberg) 

Hebrew  75-76.  Survey  of  Hebrew  Literature.    (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  Hebrew  7  or  equivalent.  (Greenberg) 

51 


Foreign  Languages  and  Literatures 

Hebrew  101.  The  Hebrew  Bible.    (3) 

Reading  of  selected  portions  of  the  Pentateuch.  (Greenberg) 

Hebrew  102.  The  Hebrew  Bible.    (3) 

Reading  of  selected  portions  of  the  Prophets.  (Greenberg) 

Hebrew  103.  Modern  Hebrew  Literature.    (3) 

The  period  of  the  Haskalah  (Enlightenment).  (Greenberg) 

Hebrew  104.  Modern  Hebrew  Literature.    (3) 

The  period  of  the  Tehiah  (Modern  Revival).  (Greenberg) 

ITALIAN 

Italian  1-2.  Elementary  Italian.    (3,  3) 

Three  recitations  and  one  laboratory  hour  per  week.  Elements  of  grammar  and 
exercises  in  translation.  (Motta) 

Italian  6-7.  Intermediate  Italian.    (3,  3) 

Three  recitations  per  week;  additional  electronic  laboratory  in  Italian  6.  Pre- 
requisite, Italian  2  or  equivalent.  Reading  of  texts  designed  to  give  some  knowl- 
edge of  Italian  life,  thought,  and  culture.  (Motta) 

Italian  75-76.  Survey  of  Italian  Literature.    (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  Italian  7  or  equivalent.  Basic  survey  of  history  of  Italian  litera- 
ture. (Motta) 

RUSSIAN 

Russian  1-2.  Elementary  Russian.    (3,3) 

Three  recitations  and  one  laboratory  hour  per  week.  Elements  of  grammar, 
pronunciation  and  conversation;  exercises  in  translation.  (Hitchcock,  Staff) 

Russian  6-7.  Intermediate  Russian.    (3,  3) 

Three  recitations  per  week;  additional  electronic  laboratory  in  Russian  6.  Pre- 
requisite, Russian  2  or  equivalent.  Reading  of  texts  designed  to  give  some 
knowledge  of  Russian  life,  thought  and  culture.  (Hitchcock,  Staff) 

Russian  10.  Scientific  Russian.    (3) 

Prerequisite,  Russian  7  or  equivalent.  Reading  of  technical  and  scientific  prose. 

(Hitchcock) 

Russian  12-13.  Conversation  and  Composition.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  Russian  7  or  equivalent.  A  practical  language  course  recom- 
mended for  all  students  continuing  in  Russian.  (Hitchcock) 

Russian  71-72.  Review  Grammar  and  Composition.    (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  Russian  7  or  equivalent.  Designed  to  give  a  thorough  training  in 
the  structure  of  the  language;  drill  Ln  Russian  composition. 

(Hitchcock,  Staff) 

52 


Foreign  Languages  and  Literatures 

Russian  75-76.  Survey  of  Russian  Literature.    (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  Russian  7  or  equivalent.   An  elementary  survey  of  Russian  litera- 
ture. (Hitchcock) 

Russian  80-8 L  Advanced  Conversation.    (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  Russian  12,  13,  or  consent  of  instructor.    For  students  who  wish 
to  develop  fluency  and  confidence  in  speaking  the  language.     (Hitchcock,  Staff) 

For  Advanced   Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

Russian  103-104.  Advanced  Composition.  (3,  3) 

(Hitchcock) 

Russian  125.    Russian  Literature  of  the  18th  Century.   (3,  3) 

(Hitchcock) 

(Hitchcock) 

(Hitchcock) 

(Hitchcock) 

(Hitchcock) 


Russian  135.  Modern  Russian  Poetry.  (3) 
Russian  136.  Modern  Russian  Drama.  (3) 
Russian  137.  Modern  Russian  Fiction.  (3) 
Russian  141,  142.  Soviet  Russian  Literature.  (3,  3) 

SPANISH 


Spanish  1-2.  Elementary  Spanish.    (3,  3) 

Each  semester;  given  as  intensive  course  in  summer  session.  Three  recitations 
and  one  laboratory  hour  per  week.  Study  of  linguistic  structure  and  develop- 
ment of  audio-lingual  and  writing  ability.  (Rovner,  Staff) 

Spanish  3.  Elementary  Spanish,  Honors  Course.    (3) 

Three  recitations  and  one  laboratory  hour  per  week.  Enrollment  limited  to 
specially  approved  candidates  from  Spanish  1.  Students  taking  this  course  will 
normally  continue  in  Spanish  7.  (Rovner) 

Spanish  5.  Review  of  Elementary  Spanish.    (3) 

Three  recitations  and  one  laboratory  hour  per  week.  Enrollment  limited  to 
students  who,  having  taken  the  placement  examination,  have  failed  to  qualify 
for  Spanish  6.  (Rentz,  Staff) 

Spanish  6-7.  Intermediate  Spanish.    (3,  3) 

Three  recitations  per  week;  additional  electronic  laboratory  in  Spanish  6.  Given 
as  intensive  course  in  summer  session.  Prerequisite:  Spanish  2  or  equivalent, 
or  Spanish  5,  except  that  recommended  students  may  enter  Spanish  7  from 
Spanish  3.  Study  of  linguistic  structure,  further  development  of  audio-lingual 
and  writing  ability,  and  reading  of  literary  texts  with  discussion  in  Spanish. 
Usually  there  will  be  an  honors  section  for  qualified  students. 

(Font,  Armstrong) 


53 


Foreign  Languages  and  Literatures 

Spanish  1L  Introduction  to  Spanish  Literature.    (3) 

Prerequisite,  Spanish  7.  Required  of  all  students  who  continue  in  advanced 
courses  of  Department,  with  the  exception  of  superior  students  who  are  per- 
mitted to  bypass  an  introduction  to  Spanish  literature.  Conducted  in  Spanish. 
Reading  of  literary  texts,  discussion,  and  brief  essays.  (Panico) 

Spanish  12.  Review  of  Oral  and  Written  Spanish.    (3) 

Prerequisite,  Spanish  7.  A  practical  language  course  recommended  for  all  stu- 
dents continuing  in  Spanish.    May  be  taken  concurrently  with  Spanish  11. 

(Panico) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates 
Spanish  A\~A2.  Spanish  Phonetics.    (1,  1) 

Prerequisite,  Spanish  7  or  equivalent.  Descriptive  study  of  the  Spanish  sound 
system.  Practice  in  phonetic  perception,  transcription  and  articulation.  Par- 
ticular attention  to  sentence  phonetics;  juncture,  rhythm,  stress,  pitch. 

(Mendeloflf) 

Spanish  51-52.  Commerical  Spanish.    (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  Spanish  12  and  consent  of  instructor.  Designed  to  give  a  knowl- 
edge of  correct  Spanish  usage,  commercial  letters  and  business  forms.  Funda- 
mental principles  of  Spanish  shorthand  wUl  be  included  if  warranted  by  the 
interest  and  ability  of  the  class.  (Rovner,  Mur) 

Spanish  71-72.  Review  Grammar  and  Composition.    (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  Spanish  11  and  12  or  equivalent.  Intended  to  give  an  intensive 
and  practical  drill  in  Spanish  composition.  (Armstrong) 

Spanish  75-76.  Survey  of  Spanish  Literature.    (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  Spanish  11  or  equivalent.  Basic  survey  of  the  history  of  Spanish 
literature.  (Parsons,  Rand) 

Spanish  77-78.  Survey  of  Spanish-American  Literature.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  Spanish  11  or  equivalent.  Basic  survey  of  the  history  of  Spanish- 
American  literature.  (Rovner) 

Spanish  80-81.  Advanced  Conversation.    (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  Spanish  11  and  12  or  consent  of  instructor.  For  students  who 
wish  to  develop  fluency  and  confidence  in  speaking  the  language.  (Nemes) 

For  Advanced   Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Spanish  101.  Applied  Linguistics.    (3) 

Nature  of  Applied  Linguistics  and  its  contribution  to  the  effective  teaching  of 
foreign  languages.  Comparative  study  of  English  and  Spanish  with  emphasis 
upon  points  of  divergence.  Analysis,  evaluation,  and  construction  of  related 
drills.  (Mendeloff) 

Spanish  103-104.  Advanced  Composition.    (3,  3) 

Training  in  self-expression  in  Spanish,  free  composition,  writing  and  speaking. 

(Panico) 

54 


Foreign  Languages  and  Literatures 
Spanish  107.  Introduction  to  Medieval  Literature.    (3) 

Spanish  literary  history  from  the  eleventh  through  the  fifteenth  century.    Se- 
lective readings  from  representative  texts.  (Mendeloff,  Parsons) 

Spanish  IIL  Poetry  of  the  Sixteenth  and  Seventeenth 
Centuries.  (3) 

Renaissance,  mystics,  and  baroque  poetry.  (Goodwyn,  Rand) 

Spanish  112.  Prose  of  the  Sixteenth  and  Seventeenth 
Centuries.  (3) 

Selected   readings   in   the  pastoral,  sentimental,   picaresque   novel   and    in   the 
Romances  of  Chivalry.  (Goodwyn) 

Spanish  113.  Drama  of  the  Sixteenth  and  Seventeenth 
Centuries.  (3) 

Selected  plays  of  Lope  de  Vega,  Calderon  de  la  Barca,  Tirso  de  Molina,  and 
others.  (Parsons,  Rovner) 

Spanish  114.  Lope  de  Vega.   (3) 

Selected  works  of  Lope  de  Vega.  (Parsons,  Rovner) 

Spanish  115-116.  Cervantes.    (3,  3) 

Drama,  Exemplary  Novels  and  Don  Quixote.  (Goodwyn,  Rand) 

Spanish  125.  Literature  of  the  Eighteenth  Century.    (3) 

Reform  and  neo-classicism:  Feijoo  and  Luzan.  (Goodwyn) 

Spanish  131.  Nineteenth  Century  Fiction.    (3) 

Reading  of  some  of  the  significant  novels  of  the  nineteeneth  century. 

(Parsons,  Rand) 

Spanish  135.  Modern  Spanish  Poetry.    (3) 

Significant  poets  of  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries.  (Nemes,  Rand) 

Spanish  136.  Modern  Spanish  Drama.    (3) 

Significant  plays  of  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries.  (Parsons,  Rand) 

Spanish  141-142.  Literature  of  the  Twentieth  Century.    (3,  3) 

First  semester:  Modem  Spanish  thought  in  the  Generation  of  1898  and  after. 
Second  semester:  the  contemporary  Spanish  novel.  (Rand) 

Spanish  161.  Spanish-American  Fiction.    (3) 

The  novel  and  short  story  from  the  Wars  of  Independence  to  the  present  and 
their  reflection  of  society  in  the  Hispanic  republics  of  the  Western  Hemisphere. 

(Nemes,  Rovner) 

Spanish  162.  Spanish- American  Poetry.    (3) 

Representative  poetry  after  1 800  and  its  relation  to  European  trends  and  writers. 

(Nemes,  Rovner) 

Spanish  163.  Spanish- American  Essay.    (3) 

Social  and  political  thought  from  Bolivar  to  Vasconcelos  and  its  relationship 
to  social  and  political  conditions  in  Spanish  America.  (Nemes,  Rovner) 

55 


Foreign  Languages  and  Literatures 
Spanish  171-172.  Spanish  Civilization.    (3,  3) 

A  survey  of  two  thousand  years  of  Spanish  history,  outlining  the  cultural  heri- 
tage of  the  Spanish  people,  their  great  men,  traditions,  customs,  art  and  litera- 
ture, with  special  emphasis  on  the  interrelationship  of  social  and  literary  his- 
tory. (Rand) 

Spanish  173-174.  Latin-American  Civilization.    (3,  3) 

Introductory  survey  of  the  cultures  of  Latin  America;  the  historical-political 
background  and  the  dominating  concepts  in  the  lives  of  the  people. 

(Nemes,  Rovner) 

Spanish  195-196-197.  Honors  Reading  Course.    (3,  3,  3) 

Supervised  reading  to  be  taken  normally  only  by  students  admitted  to  Honors 
Program:  195  is  poetry;  196  is  the  novel;  197  is  the  drama.  (StaflF) 

Spanish  199.  Honors  Seminar.    (3) 

Required  of  all  students  in  the  Honors  Program.  Other  students  will  be  ad- 
mitted on  special  recommendation.  Conducted  in  Spanish.  Discussion  of  a 
central  theme  with  related  investigations  by  students.  (Staff) 

For  Graduates 
The  requirements  of  students  will  determine  which  courses  will  be  offered. 

Spanish  201.  The  History  of  the  Spanish  Language.    (3) 

(Mendeloff) 

Spanish  203.  Comparative  Romance  Linguistics.    (3) 

(Mendeloff) 

Spanish  207.  Medieval  Spanish  Literature.    (3) 

(Mendeloff,  Parsons) 

Spanish  215-216.  Seminar:  The  Golden  Age  in  Spanish 
Literature.  (3,  3) 

(Goodwyn,  Parsons,  Rovner) 
Spanish  233.  The  Novel  of  the  Nineteenth  Century.    (3) 

(Goodwyn,  ParsorK) 
Spanish  234.  The  Drama  of  the  Nineteenth  Century.    (3) 

(Goodwyn,  Parsons) 

Spanish  237-238.  Seminar  in  Hispanic  Poetry 
(Ninteenth  and  Twentieth  Centuries).    (3,  3) 

(Nemes,  Rand,  Goodwyn) 
Spanish  241-242.  Spanish  Prose  of  the  Twentieth  Century.   (3,  3) 

(Rand) 
Spanish  245.  The  Drama  of  the  Twentieth  Century.    (3) 

(Rand) 

56 


General  Biological  Sciences 

Spanish  263.  Colonial  Spanish- American  Literature.    (3) 

(Nemes) 

Spanish  264.  National  Spanish-American  Literature, 
Seminar.  (3) 

(Nemes) 

Spanish  281-282.  Reading  Course.    (3,  3) 

(Staff) 

Spanish  291-292.  Seminar.    (3,  3) 

Topic  to  be  determined.  (Staff) 

Spanish  399.  Research.  (1-6) 

Credits  determined  by  work   accomplished.    Guidance   in   the  preparation  of 
master's  and  doctoral  theses.  Conferences.  (Staff) 

GENERAL  BIOLOGICAL  SCIENCES 

The  program  has  been  prepared  for  the  student  who  is  interested  in  biology 
but  whose  interest  has  not  yet  centered  in  any  one  of  the  biological  sciences. 
It  is  suitable  for  the  pre-dental  or  pre-medical  student  who  plans  to  earn 
the  B.S.  degree  before  entering  professional  school.  The  program  includes 
work  in  botany,  entomology,  microbiology,  and  zoology,  and  introduces 
the  student  to  the  general  principles  and  methods  of  each  of  these  biological 
sciences.  The  student  may  then  emphasize  one  of  these  areas  in  completing 
his  program. 

By  proper  selection  of  courses  during  the  junior  and  senior  years,  a  student 
may  concentrate  his  work  sufficiently  in  one  area  of  biology  to  be  able  to 
continue  graduate  work  in  that  field.  However,  a  student  who  is  planning 
to  do  graduate  work  should  major  in  one  specific  field  of  biology. 

The  student  following  this  program  must  meet  the  general  requirements  for 
a  degree  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences.  He  should  select  French  or 
German  to  meet  the  foreign  language  requirements  and  Speech  7  (or  Speech 
1 )  to  fulfill  the  requirement  in  speech. 

Required  introductory  courses  in  the  biological  sciences:  Bot.  1;  Ent.  1; 
Microb.  1;  Zool.  1.  These  courses  must  be  passed  with  an  average  grade  of 
at  least  "C."  The  pre-professional  student  must  take  Zool.  2  as  well. 

Required  supporting  courses  in  mathematics  and  physical  sciences:  Math. 
10,  11;  Chem.  1,  3;  Phys.  10,  11.  The  student  working  in  most  areas  of 
biology  will  also  need  a  year  of  organic  chemistry  (Chem.  31,  33,  or  Chem. 
35,  36,  37,  38).  Additional  work  in  chemistry  may  also  be  required  by  the 
student's  adviser,  in  accordance  with  the  needs  of  the  student's  field  of 
emphasis.  The  pre-professional  student  must  include  Chem.  35,  36,  37,  38 
in  his  program. 

Advanced  courses  in  the  biological  sciences :  The  student  must  complete  at 
least  30  semester  hours  of  advanced  work  selected  from  the  fields  of  botany, 

57 


General  Physical  Sciences  and  Geography 

entomology,  microbiology,  and  zoology.  Of  these  credits  at  least  18  must 
be  at  the  100  level  and  taken  in  at  least  two  of  the  four  departments.  The 
following  courses  in  psychology  may  be  counted  as  part  of  the  required  30 
semester  hours  but  may  not  be  used  to  satisfy  the  requirement  of  1 8  semes- 
ter hours  at  the  100  level:  Psych.  106,  136,  145,  180,  181,  195. 

A  junior  or  senior  following  this  curriculum  will  be  advised  by  the  depart- 
ment in  which  he  plans  to  do  the  most  work. 

GENERAL  PHYSICAL  SCIENCES 

This  program  has  been  prepared  for  the  student  who  desires  an  introduc- 
tion to  the  physical  sciences  but  whose  interest  has  not  yet  centered  in  any 
one  field  of  the  physical  sciences.  The  program  includes  work  in  chemistry, 
mathematics,  and  physics,  and  permits  the  student  to  emphasize  one  of  these 
fields  without  having  to  meet  the  full  requirements  for  a  major  in  one  spe- 
cific field.  The  program  is  not  recommended  for  students  who  may  later  do 
graduate  work  in  mathematics  or  in  one  of  the  physical  sciences. 

The  student  following  this  program  must  meet  the  general  requirements  for 
a  degree  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences.  He  should  select  French,  Rus- 
sian or  German  to  meet  the  foreign  language  requirement  and  Speech  7  (or 
Speech  1 )  to  fulfill  the  requirement  in  speech. 

Required  introductory  courses  in  mathematics  and  the  physical  sciences: 
Math.  19;  Chem.  1,  3;  Phys.  10,  11  (or  20,  21  or  15,  16).  These  courses 
must  be  passed  with  an  average  grade  of  at  least  "C"  for  the  student  to  be 
eligible  to  continue  with  the  program. 

Advanced  courses  in  mathematics  and  the  physical  sciences:  The  student 
must  complete  at  least  36  semester  hours  of  advanced  work  selected  from 
the  Departments  of  Chemistry,  Mathematics,  and  Physics.  Of  these  credits 
at  least  1 8  must  be  at  the  1 00  level  and  taken  in  at  least  two  of  the  three  de- 
partments with  no  less  than  three  the  second  department.  The  student 
should  normally  take  Calculus  (Math.  20,  21)  inasmuch  as  practically  all 
the  advanced  work  in  mathematics  and  physics  requires  calculus. 

GEOGRAPHY 

Geography  is  a  recognized  major  field  in  Arts  and  Sciences  leading  to  the 
B.A.  degree,  although  the  Department  is  administered  by  the  College  of 
Business  and  Public  Administration.  Freshmen  and  sophomores  wishing 
to  major  in  geography  should  consult  their  lower  division  advisers  and  the 
Department  of  Geography.  The  following  courses  are  required  for  a  major: 
Geog.  10  and  11 — General  Geography  (3,  3);  Geog.  30 — Principles  of 
Morphology  (3);  Geog.  35 — Map  Interpretations  and  Map  Problems 
(3);  Geog.  40 — Principles  of  Meteorology  (3);  Geog.  41 — Introductory 
Climatology  (3);  Geog.  170— Local  Field  Course  (3);  Geog.  199— Un- 
dergraduate Thesis  Research  (3);  and  15  hours  in  other  geography  courses 

58 


Government  and  Politics 

numbered  100  to  198.  Descriptions  of  courses  in  geography  will  be  found 
in  the  catalog  of  the  College  of  Business  and  PubUc  Administration. 

The  following  supporting  courses  in  science  are  required:  Bot.  1  (4); 
Chem.  1  (4);  Agron.  114  (4).  The  following  supporting  courses  are  also 
required:  Bot.  1  Ts  (2);  Econ.  31  and  32  (3,  3);  Soc.  105  (3).  Certain  of 
these  courses  are  applicable  to  the  minor.  Please  consult  Senior  Adviser, 
Department  of  Geography. 

GOVERNMENT  AND  POLITICS 

Although  this  Department  is  administered  by  the  College  of  Business  and 
Public  Administration,  government  and  politics  is  a  recognized  major  field 
for  students  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  leading  to  the  B.A.  degree. 
Freshmen  wishing  to  major  in  government  and  politics  should  consult  their 
Lower  Division  advisers  about  preparation  for  the  major;  additional  infor- 
mation about  the  government  and  politics  program  may  be  obtained  at  the 
Departmental  office. 

Arts  and  Sciences  students  may  pursue  the  general  G.  &  P.  curriculum  or 
the  more  specialized  International  Affairs  curriculum.  (Only  BPA  stu- 
dents may  pursue  a  specialized  curriculum  in  Public  Administration.) 

Government  and  Politics  majors  must  take  a  minimum  of  36  semester 
hours  in  Government  and  Politics  and  may  not  count  more  than  42  hours 
in  G.  &  P.  toward  graduation.  No  course  with  a  grade  less  than  "C"  may 
be  used  to  satisfy  major  requirements. 

The  Government  and  Politics  fields  are  as  follows:  (1)  American  Govern- 
ment and  Politics;  (2)  Comparative  Government;  (3)  International 
Affairs;  (4)  Political  Theory;  (5)  Public  Administration;  (6)  Public 
Law;  and  (7)  Public  Policy  and  Political  Behavior. 

All  G.  &  P.  majors  are  required  to  take  G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government 
(3);  G.  &  P.  3— Principles  of  Government  and  Politics  (3);  G.  &  P.  20— 
Introduction  to  Political  Behavior  (3);  and  G.  &  P.  141 — History  of  Politi- 
cal Theory  (3)  or  G.  &  P.  142 — Recent  Political  Theory  (3).  They  must 
also  take  one  G.  &  P.  course  from  three  separate  fields  exclusive  of  PoUti- 
cal  Theory.  In  addition  (a)  G.  &  P.  majors  (general)  must  take  at  least 
15  G.  &  P.  semester  hours  at  the  100  level;  (b)  G.  &  P.  majors  taking  the 
International  Affairs  curriculum  must  complete  at  least  15  semester  hours 
at  the  100  level  in  international  affairs  and  comparative  government  courses, 
including  G.  &  P.  101 — International  Political  Relations  (3). 

All  students  majoring  in  G.  &  P.  (general)  must  take  a  minimum  of  12 
semester  hours  in  one  foreign  language.  Students  majoring  in  G.  &  P. 
with  specialization  in  International  Affairs  must  take  a  minimum  of  12 
semester  hours  in  one  foreign  language  above  the  first  year  elementary 
course.  (The  first  year  elementary  requirement  may  be  waived  by  high 
school  credit  or  placement  tests.) 

59 


History 

All  students  majoring  in  G.  &  P.  must  fulfill  the  requirements  of  a  minor. 
The  general  requirement  is  the  completion  of  18  semester  hours  from 
approved  Arts  and  Sciences  departments  other  than  G.  &  P.  At  least 
six  of  the  18  hours  must  be  taken  at  the  100  level  from  a  single  depart- 
ment. Students  majoring  in  G.  &  P.  with  specialization  in  International 
Affairs  may  choose  to  take  all  minor  courses  in  geographical  area  studies 
or  may  take  them  all  on  a  departmental  basis. 

Descriptions  of  courses  in  government  and  politics  will  be  found  in  the 
catalog  of  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration. 


fflSTORY 

Professor  and  Head:  S^iannon. 

Professors:  Bauer,  Cole,  Gordon,  Jashemski,  Koch,  Land,  Merrill, 
Prange,  Sparks  and  Stromberg. 

Visiting  Professor:  Main. 

Associate  Professors:  Callcott,  Conkin,  Glad  and  Rivlin. 

Assistant  Professors:  Breslow,  Folsom,  Giffin,  Greenberg,  Robert- 
son, Silbey  and  Yaney. 

Lecturers:  Beveridge,  Dyson,  Isaacs,  Matossian,  Piazza  and  Wein- 
stein. 

Instructor:  Van  Ness. 

The  Department  of  History  recognizes  that  the  study  of  history  supplies 
the  general  student  with  the  cultural  background  for  the  several  fields 
of  knowledge.  At  the  same  time  the  curriculum  provides  preparation  for 
those  entering  specific  fields  of  professional  activity:  (1)  the  teaching 
of  history  and  the  social  sciences  at  the  secondary  level,  (2)  journalism, 
(3)  research  and  archival  work,  (4)  the  diplomatic  service.  In  addition, 
the  curriculum  offers  adequate  preparation  and  training  for  those  who 
intend  to  pursue  graduate  study. 

The  program  of  the  undergraduate  student  majoring  in  history  is  planned 
to  insure  a  diversification  of  courses  with  the  aim  of  familiarizing  the 
student  with  the  subject  matter  and  disciplines  of  the  broad  fields  of 
history.  A  faculty  adviser,  designated  by  the  Department,  will  assist 
each  undergraduate  major  in  planning  his  program  and  in  selecting 
courses  to  meet  both  major  and  minor  requirements.  The  student  will 
be  expected  to  confer  at  regular  intervals  with  his  faculty  adviser  re- 
garding the  progress  of  his  studies. 

Undergraduate  history  majors  must  meet  the  following  departmental 
requirements : 

60 


History 

1.  Prerequisites  for  majors  are  Hist.  21,  22  (Hist.  23,  24  may  be 
substituted  in  special  cases)  and  Hist.  41,  42. 

2.  Every  major  is  required  to  complete  a  minimum  of  27  additional 
semester  hours  in  the  series.  Hist.  31  to  Hist.  199. 

3.  Every  history  major  is  required  to  complete  the  proseminar 
course,  Hist.  199,  three  semester  hours. 

4.  The  remaining  24  hours  of  major  work  in  advanced  courses 
must  show  the  following  minimum  distribution:  (a)  9  hours 
in  American  history  (including  Latin  American  and  Canadian) 
and  (b)  nine  hours  in  European  and  Asian  history. 

5.  No  course  with  a  grade  less  than  "C"  may  be  used  to  satisfy  major 
requirements. 

6.  Completion  of  the  minor. 

The  undergraduate  major  will,  during  his  junior  year,  file  with  his  faculty 
adviser  a  minor  sequence.  The  minor  requirement  may  be  satisfied  by 
( 1 )  a  single  sequence  of  1 8  semester  hours  in  any  one  of  several  related 
departments  such  as  goverrmient  and  politics,  economics,  sociology,  phil- 
osophy, literature,  and  geography;  or  (2)  a  split  minor  sequence  to 
include  two  departments,  provided  a  minimum  of  nine  hours  is  offered  in 
each  department,  a  total  of  18  hours.  In  certain  cases,  and  only  on  the 
basis  of  an  approved  written  application,  the  student  may  offer  a  com- 
bination social  science  minor  sequence  of  at  least  18  hours  or  a  combina- 
tion humantities  minor  sequence  of  at  least  18  hours.  In  aU  cases  the 
minor  sequence  must  include  at  least  six  semester  hours  of  100-level 
work  in  a  single  department.  The  average  grade  in  the  minor  must  be 
"C"  or  better. 

HONORS  IN  HISTORY:  Students  who  major  in  history  may  apply  for 
admission  to  the  History  Honors  Program  during  the  second  semester  of 
their  sophomore  year.  Those  who  are  admitted  to  the  program  substitute 
discussion  courses  and  a  thesis  for  some  of  their  required  lecture  courses, 
and  they  take  an  oral  and  written  comprehensive  examination  prior  to  grad- 
uation. Successful  candidates  are  awarded  either  honors  or  high  honors  in 
history. 

The  History  Department  offers  pre-honors  work  in  American  history  (His- 
tory 57,  58)  and  pre-honors  sections  in  Western  Civilization  (History  41, 
42).  Students  in  these  sections  meet  in  a  discussion  group  instead  of  at- 
tending lectures.  They  read  widely  and  do  extensive  written  work  on  their 
own.  Pre-honors  sections  are  open  to  any  student,  subject  only  to  the  in- 
structor's approval.  Students  who  intend  to  apply  for  admission  to  the  His- 
tory Honors  Program  should  take  as  many  of  them  as  possible  during  their 
freshman  and  sophomore  years. 

GENERAL    EDUCATION    REQUIREMENTS    IN    HISTORY:     The 

courses  with  numbers  up  to  100  (except  History  57  and  58)  are  particularly 

61 


History 

recommended  to  students  seeking  to  meet  the  General  Education  require- 
ments. These  courses  are  especially  designed  for  the  student  who  v/ishes  to 
enrich  his  knowledge  and  understanding  of  a  particular  society  or  culture  in 
a  comparatively  broad  chronological  framework,  even  though  he  might  have 
no  professional  interest  in  history.  They  may  be  taken  during  the  sopho- 
more, junior  or  senior  years. 

Students  with  an  exceptionally  good  background  in  history  may  substitute 
100-level  courses  where  there  are  no  stated  prerequisites. 

Hist.  21.     History  of  the  United  States  to  1865.  (3) 

A  survey  of  the  history  of  the  United  States  from  colonial  times  to  the  end 
of  the  Civil  War.  Emphasis  on  the  establishment  and  development  of  American 
institutions.  (American  History  Staff) 

Hist.  22.     History  of  the  United  States  since  1865.   (3) 

A  survey  of  economic,  social,  intellectual,  and  political  developments  since  the 
Civil  War.  Emphasis  on  the  rise  of  industry  and  the  emergence  of  the  United 
States  as  a  world  power.  (American  History  Staff) 

Hist.  23.     Social  and  Cultural  History  of  Early  America.   (3) 

A  study  of  the  social  and  cultural  history  of  the  United  States  as  a  predomi- 
nantly agricultural  society.  Examination  of  how  the  social  milieu  shapes  the 
cultural  development  of  the  nation  and  its  institutions. 

(American  History  Staff) 

Hist.  24.     Social  and  Cultural  History  of  Modern  America.    (3) 

A  study  of  the  social  and  cultural  history  of  the  United  States  as  a  society  in 
transition.  Examination  of  the  social  and  cultural  changes  that  accompanied 
industrial  and  scientific  development.  (American  History  Staff) 

Hist.  29.     The  United  States  in  World  Affairs.    (3) 

A  study  of  the  United  States  as  an  emerging  world  power  and  the  American 
response  to  changing  status  in  world  affairs.  Emphasis  on  the  relationship 
between  internal  and  external  development  of  the  nation. 

(American  History  Staff) 

Hist.  31,  32.     Latin  American  History.   (3,  3) 

A  survey  of  the  history  of  Latin  America  from  colonial  origins  to  the  present, 
covering  political,  cultural,  economic,  and  social  development,  with  special 
emphasis  upon  relations  with  the  United  States.  First  semester:  Colonial  Latin 
America.    Second  semester:  the  Republics.  (Latin  American  History  Staff) 

Hist.  41,  42.     Western  Civilization.    (3,  3) 

This  course  is  designed  to  give  the  student  an  appreciation  of  the  civiliza- 
tion in  which  he  lives  in  its  broadest  setting.  The  study  begins  with  the  col- 
lapse of  classical  civilization  and  comes  to  the  present. 

(European  History  Staff) 

Hist.  51,  52.     The  Humanities.    (3,  3) 

In  surveying  history  from  prehistoric  times  to  the  present,  man's  cultural  de- 
velopment is  emphasized.  The  course  is  a  study  of  the  achievements  of  the 
various  civilizations  which  have  contributed  to  the  common  cultural  heritage 

62 


History 

of  western  civilization.  It  is  designed  as  an  introductory  course  in  history 
which  will  make  a  more  direct  contribution  to  the  other  liberal  art  fields.  First 
semester,  to  the  Renaissance.  Second  semester,  since  the  Renaissance. 

(Jashemski) 

Hist.  53,  54.     History  of  England  and  Great  Britain.    (3,  3) 

A  history  of  the  development  of  British  life  and  institutions.  Open  to  all 
classes.  Especially  recommended  for  English  majors  and  minors  and  pre-law 
students.  First  semester,  to  1485.  Second  semester,  since  1485.  (Gordon) 

Hist.  57.     Pre-Honors  Colloqium  in  Early  American  History.    (3) 

Selected  readings  in  modern  American  history  with  emphasis  on  independent 
discussion  and  writing.  May  be  taken  for  credit  by  students  exempt  from  Amer- 
ican history.   Permission  of  instructor  required.  (American  History  Staff) 

Hist.  58.     Pre-Honors  Colloqium  in  Modern  American  History. 

(3) 

Selected  readings  in  modern  American  history  with  emphasis  on  independent 
study,  discussion  and  writing.  May  be  taken  for  credit  by  students  exempt 
from  American  history.   Permission  of  instructor  required. 

(American  History  Staff) 

Hist.  61,  62.     Far  Eastern  Ovilization.   (3,  3) 

This  course  seeks  to  give  the  student  an  understanding  of  a  great  civilization 
radically  different  from  our  own,  and  an  appreciation  of  the  complex  problems 
of  the  Far  East  and  of  American  policy  there.  The  approach  is  interdisciplinary 
within  an  historical  framework.  (Folsom) 

Hist.  71,  72.     Islamic  Civilization.  (3,  3) 

This  course  seeks  to  give  the  student  an  insight  into  a  cultural  heritage  that 
dominates  the  lives  of  over  four  hundred  million  people  today.  The  study 
covers  Islam  in  Spain,  North  Africa,  Africa  below  the  Sahara,  India,  and 
Indonesia  as  well  as  the  Middle  East.  The  approach  is  humanistic  within  an 
historical  framework.  (Rivlin) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
AMERICAN  HISTORY 
Hist.  101.  American  Colonial  History.    (3) 

The  settlement  and  development  of  colonial  America  to  the  middle  of  the 
eighteenth  century.  (Land) 

Hist.  102.     The  American  Revolution.    (3) 

The  background  and  course  of  the  American  Revolution  through  the  formation 
of  the  Constitution.  (Staff) 

Hist.   103.     The  Formative  Period  in  America,  1789-1824.    (3) 

The  evolution  of  the  Federal  government,  the  origins  of  political  parties,  prob- 
lems of  foreign  relations  in  an  era  of  international  conflict,  beginnings  of  the 
industrial  revolution  in  America,  and  the  birth  of  sectionalism.  (Staff) 

Hist.  105.     Social  and  Economic  History  of  the  United  States 
TO  1865.   (3) 

A  synthesis  of  American  life  from  Independence  through  the  Civil  War. 

(Staff) 

63 


History 

Hist.  106.     Social  and  Economic  History  of  the  United  States 

Since  the  Civil  War.   (3) 

The  development  of  American  life  and  institutions,  with  emphasis  upon  the 
period  since  1876.  (Staff) 

Hist.  114.     The  Middle  Period  of  American  History,   1824-1860. 
(3) 

An  examination  of  the  political  history  of  the  United  States  from  Jackson  to 
Lincoln  with  particular  emphasis  on  the  factors  producing  Jacksonian  democ- 
racy. Manifest  Destiny,  the  Whig  Party,  the  anti-slavery  movement,  the  Re- 
publican Party,  and  secession.  (Sparks) 

Hist.  115.     The  Old  South.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  six  credits  of  American  history.  A  study  of  the  institutional  and 
cultural  life  of  the  ante-bellum  South  with  particular  reference  to  the  back- 
ground of  the  Civil  War.  (Callcott) 

Hist.  116.     The  Civil  War.  (3) 

Military  aspects;  problems  of  the  Confederacy;  political,  social,  and  economic 
effects  of  the  war  upon  American  society.  (Sparks) 

Hist.  118,  119.    Recent  American  History.  (3,  3) 

Party  policies,  domestic  issues,  foreign  relations  of  the  United  States  since  1890. 
First  semester,  to  1929.   Second  semester,  since  1929.  (Merrill,  Glad) 

Hist.  121.     History  of  the  American  Frontier.   (3) 

The  Trans-Allegheny  West.  The  westward  movement  into  the  Mississippi 
Valley.  (Staff) 

Hist.  124.     Reconstruction  and  the  New  Nation,  1865-1896.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  six  credits  of  American  history,  or  permission  of  instructor. 
Problems  of  construction  in  both  South  and  North.  Emergence  of  big  business 
and  industrial  combinations.   Problems  of  the  farmer  and  laborer.  (Staff) 

Hist.   127,  128.     Diplomatic  History  of  the  United  States.  (3,  3) 

A  historical  study  of  the  diplomatic  negotiations  and  foreign  relations  of  the 
United  States.  First  semester,  from  the  Revolution  to  the  Civil  War.  Second 
semester,  from  the  Civil  War  to  the  present.  (Cole) 

Hist.  129.     The  United  States  and  World  Affairs.    (3) 

A  consideration  of  the  changed  position  of  the  United  States  with  reference, 
to  the  rest  of  the  world  since  1917.  (Cole) 

Hist.   133,   134.     The  History  of  Ideas  in  America.    (3,  3) 

A  history  of  basic  beliefs  about  religion,  man,  nature,  and  society.  Consent 
of  the  instructor  is  required  for  H.  134.  (Conkin) 

Hist.  135,  136.     Constitutional  History  of   the  United  States. 

(3,3) 

A  study  of  the  historical  forces  resulting  in  the  formation  of  the  Constitution, 
and  development  of  American  constitutionalism  in  theory  and  practice  there- 
after. ^Staff) 

64 


History 

Hist.   141,   142.     History  of  Maryland.   (3,3) 

First  semester,  a  survey  of  the  political,  social  and  economic  history  of  colonial 
Maryland.  Second  semester,  Maryland's  historical  development  and  role  as  a 
state  in  the  American  Union.  (Staff) 

Hist.  147.     History  of  Mexico  and  the  Caribbean.    (3) 

The  history  of  Mexico  and  the  Caribbean  with  special  emphasis  upon  the 
independence  period  and  upon  relations  between  ourselves  and  our  nearest  Latin 
American  neighbors.  (Staff) 

Hist.   148.     History  of  Canada.    (3) 

Prerequisites,  H.  41,  42,  or  H.  53,  54.  A  history  of  Canada,  with  special 
emphasis  on  the  nineteenth  century  and  upon  Canadian  relations  with  Great 
Britain  and  the  United  States.  (Gordon) 

Hist.   149.     History  of  Brazil.    (3) 

The  history  of  Brazil  with  emphasis  on  the  national  period.  (Giffin) 

Hist.  150.     History  of  Argentina  and  the  Andean  Republics.    (3) 

The  history  of  the  nationalist  period  of  selected  South  American  countries. 

(Staff) 

EUROPEAN  HISTORY 

Hist.  151.     History  of  the  Ancient  Orient  and  Greece.    (3) 

A  survey  of  the  ancient  civilizations  of  Egypt,  the  Near  East,  and  Greece,  with 
particular  attention  to  their  institutions,  life,  and  culture.  (Jashemski) 

Hist.  153.     History  of  Rome.    (3) 

A  study  of  Roman  civilization  from  the  earliest  beginnings  through  the  Republic 
and  down  to  the  last  centuries  of  the  Empire.  (Jashemski) 

Hist.  155,  156.     History  of  Medieval  Europe.   (3,  3) 

A  study  of  medieval  government,  society,  and  thought  from  the  collapse  of 
classical  civilization  to  the  Renaissance.  (Robertson) 

Hist.  157.     The  Age  of  Absolutism,  1648-1748.    (3) 

Europe  in  the  Age  of  Louis  XIV  and  the  Enlightened  Despots.  (Staff) 

Hist.  158.     The  Old  Regime  and  The  French  Revolution, 
1748-1815.   (3) 

Europe  in  the  era  of  the  French  Revolution.  (Staff) 

Hist.  159,  160.     History  of  European  Ideas.    (3,  3) 

Prerequisites,  H.  41,  42  or  H.  53,  54,  or  the  equivalent.  Beginning  with  a 
review  of  the  basic  Western  intellectual  traditions  as  a  heritage  from  the 
Ancient  World,  the  courses  will  present  selected  important  ciirrents  of  thought 
from  the  scientific  revolution  of  the  sixteenth  and  seventeenth  centuries  down 
to  the  twentieth  century.  First  semester,  through  the  eighteenth  century.  Second 
semester,  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries.  (Stromberg) 

Hist.  161.     The  Renaissance  and  Reformation.    (3) 

Prerequisite,  H.  41,  42,  or  53,  or  the  permission  of  the  instructor.  The  culture 
of  the  Renaissance,  the  Protestant  revolt  and  Catholic  reaction  through  the 
Thirty  Years'  War.  (Breslow) 

65 


History 

Hist.  163,  164.     History  of  the  British  Empire.    (3,  3) 

Prerequisites,  H.  41,  42,  or  H.  53,  54.  First  semester,  the  development  of 
England's  Mercantilist  Empire  and  its  fall  in  the  war  for  American  Independ- 
ence (1783).  Second  semester,  the  rise  of  the  Second  British  Empire  and  the 
solution  of  the  problem  of  responsible  self-government  (1783-1867),  the  evo- 
lution of  the  British  Empire  into  a  Commonwealth  of  Nations,  and  the  de- 
velopment and  problems  of  the  dependent  Empire.  (Gordon) 

Hist.   165.     Constitutional  History  of  Great  Britain.    (3) 

A  survey  of  constitutional  development  in  England  with  emphasis  on  the  real 
property  aspects  of  feudalism,  the  growth  of  the  common  law,  the  development 
of  Parliament,  and  the  expansion  of  liberties  of  the  individual.  (Gordon) 

Hist.  166.     Tudor-Stuart  England.   (3) 

An  examination  of  the  political,  religious  and  social  forces  in  English  life  from 
1485-1714  with  special  emphasis  on  Tudor  government,  the  English  Reforma- 
tion, the  Elizabethan  era,  Puritanism,  and  the  English  revolution.        (Breslow) 

Hist.  167,  168.     History  of  Russia.   (3,3) 

A  history  of  Russia  from  earliest  times  to  1917.  (Yaney) 

Hist.  169,  170.     Europe  in  the  Nineteenth  Century,   1815-1919. 
(3,3) 

Prerequisites,  H.  41,  42,  or  H.  53,  54.  A  study  of  the  political,  economic, 
social  and  cultural  development  of  Europe  from  the  Congress  of  Vienna  to  the 
First  World  War.  (Bauer) 

Hist.  171,  172.     Europe  in  the  World  Setting  of  the  Twentieth 
Century.   (3,  3) 

Prerequisites,  H.  41,  42,  or  H.  53,  54.  A  study  of  political,  economic,  and 
cultural  developments  in  twentieth  century  Europe  with  special  emphasis  on 
the  factors  involved  in  the  two  World  Wars  and  their  global  impacts  and 
significance.  (Prange) 

Hist.  173.     The  Soviet  Union.  (3) 

A  history  of  the  Bolshevik  Revolution  and  the  founding  of  the  Soviet  Union; 
the  economic  policy  and  foreign  policy  of  the  U.S.S.R.  to  the  present. 

(Yaney) 

Hist.  175.     Modern  France.   (3) 

A  survey  of  French  history  from  1815  to  the  present.  The  emphasis  is  upon 
such  topics  as  the  population  problem,  the  economic  and  social  structure  of 
French  society,  and  the  changing  political  and  cultural  values  of  this  society  in 
response  to  recurrent  crises  through  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries. 

(Greenberg) 

ASIAN  HISTORY 

Hist.  181,  182.     The  Middle  East.   (3,  3) 

Prerequisites,  six  hours  from  the  following  groups  of  courses:  H.  41,  42; 
H.  51,  52;  or  H.  53,  54.  A  survey  of  the  historical  and  institutional  develop- 
ments of  the  nations  of  this  vital  area.  The  Islamic  Empires  and  their  cultures; 
impact  of  the  west;  breakup  of  the  Ottoman  Empire  and  rise  of  nationalism; 
present  day  problems.  (Rivlin) 

66 


History 
Hist.  183.     The  Contemporary  Middle  East.    (3) 

H.  181  or  182  recommended  though  not  required.  The  development  of  middle 
eastern  institutions  in  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth  centuries  with  reference  to 
the  emergence  of  contemporary  states  and  their  place  in  world  affairs.     (Rivlin) 

Hist.   187,  188.     History  of  China.    (3,3) 

A  history  of  China  from  earliest  times  to  the  present.  The  emphasis  is  on  the 
development  of  Chinese  institutions  that  have  molded  the  life  of  the  nation  and 
its  people.  (Folsom) 

Hist.   189.     History  of  Japan.    (3) 

A  history  of  Japan  from  earliest  to  modem  times.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  the 
evolution  of  institutions  and  thought.  (Folsom) 

Hist.  195,   196.     Honors  Colloquium.    (3,  3) 

Enrollment  limited  to  students  admitted  by  the  departmental  Honors  Commit- 
tee. Reading  in  sources  and  secondary  work  centering  about  the  development 
of  the  modern  world.  Discussions  of  reading  and  written  work  in  weekly  semi- 
nar meetings.  (Staff) 

Hist.   198.  Honors  Thesis.    (3) 

Limited  to  students  who  have  completed  H.   195.    Normally  repeated  for  a 

total  of  six  hours  credit  during  the  senior  year  by  candidates  for  honors  in 

history.  (Staff) 

Hist.  199.     Proseminar  in  Historical  Writing.    (3) 

Discussions  and  research  papers  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the 
methods  and  problems  of  research  and  presentation.  The  student  will  be  en- 
couraged to  examine  those  phases  of  history  which  he  regards  as  his  specialties. 

(Staff) 

For  Graduates 

Hist.  300.     Historiography:    Techniques  of  Historical  Research 
AND  Writing.   (3) 

(Staff) 

Hist.  301.     Readings  in  Colonial  American  History.   (3) 

(Land) 

Hist.  302.     Seminar  in  Colonl\l  American  History.    (3) 

(Land) 


(Staff) 


Hist.  303.     Readings  in  the  American  Revolution  and  the 
Formative  Period.   (3) 

Hist.  304.     Seminar  in  the  American  Revolution  and  the 
Formative  Period.   (3) 

(Staff) 

Hist.  305.    Readings  in  American  Social  and  Economic  History.  ( 3 ) 

(Staff) 

67 


History 

Hist.  306.     Seminar  in  American  Socul  and  Economic  History.  (3) 

(Staff) 

Hist.  313.     Readings  in  Southern  History.  (3) 

(CaUcott) 

Hist.  314.     Seminar  in  Southern  History.    (3) 

(Callcott) 

Hist.  315.     Readings  in  the  Middle  Period  and  Civil  War.   (3) 

(Sparks) 

Hist.  316.     Seminar  in  the  Middle  Period  and  Civil  War.  (3) 

(Sparks) 

Hist.  317.    Readings  in  Reconstruction  and  the  New  Nation.   (3) 

(Staff) 

Hist.  318.     Seminar  in  Reconstruction  and  the  New  Nation.    (3) 

(Staff) 

Hist.  323.    Readings  in  Recent  American  History.  (3) 

(Merrill,  Glad) 

Hist.  324.     Seminar  in  Recent  American  History.   (3) 

(Merrill,  Glad) 

Hist.  327.     Readings  in  the  History  of  American  Foreign  Policy. 

(3) 

(Cole) 

Hist.  328.     Seminar  in  the  History  of  American  Foreign  Policy. 

(3) 

(Cole) 

Hist.  333.    Readings  in  American  Intellectual  History.  (3) 

(Conkin) 

Hist.  334.     Seminar  in  American  Intellectual  History.   (3) 

(Conkin) 

Hist.  336.     Seminar  in  American  Constitutional  and  Political 
History.   (3) 

(Staff) 

Hist.  342.     Seminar  in  the  History  of  Maryland.   (3) 

(Staff) 

Hist.  345.    Readings  in  Latin  American  History.  (3) 

(Griffin) 

Hist.  346.  Seminar  in  Latin  American  History.    (3) 

(Griffin) 

68 


History 

(Jashemski) 
(Jashemski) 
(Robertson) 


Hist.  351.     Seminar  in  Greek  History.  (3) 

Hist.  353.     Seminar  in  Roman  History.    (3) 

Hist.  355.     Readings  in  Medieval  History.    (3) 

Hist.  356.     Seminar  in  Medieval  History.    (3) 

(Robertson) 

Hist.  359.    Readings  in  Modern  European  Intellectual  History. 
(3) 

(Stromberg) 

Hist.  360.     Seminar  in  Modern  European  Intellectual  History. 
(3) 

(Stromberg) 

Hist.  361.     Readings  in  the  History  of  the  Renaissance  and  Re- 
formation.  (3) 

(Breslow) 

Hist.  363.     Readings  in  the  History  of  Great  Britain  and  the 
British  Empire-Commonwealth.    (3) 

(Gordon) 

Hist.  364.     Seminar  in  the  History  of   Great  Britain  and  the 
British  Empire-Commonwealth.    (3) 

(Gordon) 

Hist.  366.     Seminar  in  Tudor  and  Stuart  England.    (3) 

(Breslow) 

Hist.  368.     Seminar  in  Russian  History.    (3) 

(Yaney) 

Hist.  369.     Readings  in  Nineteenth  Century  Europe.    (3) 

(Bauer) 

Hist.  370.     Seminar  in  Nineteenth  Century  Europe.    (3) 

(Bauer) 

Hist.  371.     Seminar  in  the  History  of  World  War  I.    (3) 

(Prange) 

Hist.  372.     Seminar  in  the  History  of  World  War  II.    (3) 

(Prange) 

Hist.  381.     Readings  in  Middle  Eastern  History.    (3) 

(Rivlin) 

Hist.  382.     Seminar  in  Middle  Eastern  History.    (3) 

(Rivlin) 

Hist.  387.    Readings  in  Chinese  History.    (3) 

(Folsom) 

69 


Mathematics 

Hist.  388.     Seminar  in  Chinese  History.   (3) 

(Folsom) 

Hist.  390.     The  Teaching  of  History  in  Institutions  of  Higher 

Learning.    ( 1 ) 

(Staff) 

Hist.  399.     Thesis  Research.    (1-6) 

(Staff) 

MATHEMATICS 

Professor  and  Head:  Cohen. 

Professor  and  Associate  Head:  Brace. 

Professors:  Douglis,  Goldhaber,  Good,  Horvath,  Hummel,  Jackson, 
KuRODA,  J.  Lehner,  Martin,*  Mayor,  Reinrart,  Richeson,  Stell- 
macher  and  Walsh. 

Associate  Professors:  Auslander,  Correl,  Ehrlich,  Freeman,  Gold- 
berg, Greenberg,  Harris,  Karp,  Kleppner,  G.  Lehner,  Pearl,  Sagle, 
Syski  and  Zedek. 

Assistant  Professors:  Bucy,  Daniel,  Dyer,  Garstens,  Gulick,  Helzer, 
Kirwan,  Maltese,  McGuinness,  Mikulski,  Mount  joy,  Nieto,  Osborn, 
Roselle,  Sedgewick,  Shepherd,  Strauss,  Tulley,  Warner,  Whitley 
and  Willke. 

Visiting  Assistant  Professor:  Beardon. 

Instructors:  Bari,  Bernhardt,  Brown  (p.t.),  (Turrier,  Garrett,  Kil- 
bourn,  Kozakoff,  Lepson,  Mar,  McClay,  Sorenson,  Vanderslice 
and  Zemel. 

The  Mathematics  Department  Colloquium  meets  frequently  throughout 
the  academic  year  for  reports  on  current  research  by  the  resident  staff, 
visiting  lecturers,  and  graduate  students.  In  addition,  the  Institute  for 
Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics  Colloquium  meets  at  frequent 
intervals  for  reports  on  research  in  those  fields.  All  colloquium  meetings 
are  open  to  the  public. 

The  local  chapter  of  Pi  Mu  Epsilon,  national  honorary  mathematics  fra- 
ternity, meets  regularly  for  the  discussion  of  mathematical  topics  of  in- 
terest to  the  undergraduates.   Its  programs  are  open  to  the  public. 

MATHEMATICS  MAJOR:  The  program  in  mathematics  leading  to  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  in  Mathematics  offers  training  in  the  funda- 
mentals of  mathematics  in  preparation  for  graduate  work  or  teaching,  or 
for  positions  in  governmental  or  industrial  laboratories. 


*  Member  of  the  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics. 

70 


Mathematics 

A  student  intending  to  major  in  mathematics  must  complete  the  introduc- 
tory sequence:  Math.  19,  20,  21,  22,  or  the  corresponding  honors  se- 
quence: Math,  19H,  21H,  22H.  In  addition,  the  normal  requirements  for 
a  mathematics  major  include  23  credit  hours  of  upper  division  (100-level) 
work  and  at  least  22  credit  hours  of  supporting  courses. 

The  upper  division  work  in  mathematics  must  normally  include  Math. 
110 — Advanced  Calculus  (4),  and  one  of  the  algebra  courses:  Math. 
100 — Vectors  and  Matrices  (3),  Math.  103 — Introduction  to  Abstract 
Algebra  1  (3),  Math.  104 — Introduction  to  Abstract  Algebra  II  (3). 
The  remaining  courses  must  be  selected  from  at  least  three  of  the  five 
groups:  I,  Algebra,  Number  Theory  and  Foundations;  II,  Analysis;  III, 
Geometry  and  Topology;  IV,  ProbabiUty  and  Statistics;  V,  Numerical 
Mathematics. 

Supporting  courses  must  include  Physics  20,  21  (5,5)  or  Physics  15,  16, 

17  (4,  4,  4),  and  an  additional  twelve  credit  hours  of  which  at  least  six 
must  be  in  one  department  at  the  100  level. 

The  foreign  language  requirement  should  be  satisfied  by  either  German, 
French,  or  Russian. 

Each  student's  program  must  be  approved  by  his  Mathematics  Department 
Adviser. 

A  student  must  maintain  a  "C"  average  in  aU  mathematics  courses  to  con- 
tinue as  a  mathematics  major.  No  grade  below  "C"  can  be  used  to  meet 
the  mathematics  course  requirements  listed  above,  and  a  student  must 
repeat  any  upper  division  mathematics  course  in  which  he  has  received 
a  grade  below  "C,"  unless  he  has  permission  from  his  adviser  to  drop 
this  course  from  his  major  program. 

HONORS  IN  MATHEMATICS:  The  honors  program  is  designed  for 
students  showing  exceptional  ability  and  interest  in  mathematics.  Its  aim 
is  to  give  a  student  the  best  possible  mathematical  education.  Participants 
are  selected  by  the  Honors  Committee  of  the  Department  of  Mathematics 
on  the  basis  of  recommendations  from  high  school  teachers  and  members 
of  the  faculty. 

Wherever  possible,  honors  students  are  placed  in  special  mathematics 
courses,  or  in  special  sections  of  regular  courses.  Independent  work  is 
encouraged  and  can  be  done  in  place  of  formal  course  work.  A  final 
written  and  oral  comprehensive  examination  in  mathematics  is  given  at 
the  end  of  the  program. 

INTRODUCTORY  MATHEMATICS  COURSES:  Beginning  students 
normally  enroll  in  one  of  the  courses  Math.  3,  10,  18,  or  19.  A  student 
may  enroll  in  Math.  10,  18,  or  19  if  he  has  the  necessary  high  school 
mathematics  and  a  suitable  score  on  the  mathematics  section  of  the  general 
classification  test.  Students  whose  curriculum  calls  for  Math.  10  or  Math. 

18  and  who  do  not  have  the  necessary  prerequisites  should  enroll  in 
Math.  1. 

71 


Mathematics 

In  general,  students  should  enroll  in  only  one  of  the  course  sequences 
Math.  10,  11,  14,  15  or  Math.  18,  19,  20,  21,  22.  In  case  this  rule  is 
not  followed,  proper  assignment  of  credit  wiU  be  made  upon  application 
to  the  Department  of  Mathematics. 

Math.  1.  Review  of  High  School  Algebra.  (0) 

Recommended  for  students  who  fail  the  qualifying  examination  for  Math.  10 
and  18.   Special  fee  of  $45.  (Sorensen) 

Math.  3.  Fundamentals  of  Mathematics.  (4) 

This  course,  open  to  all  students,  is  designed  to  provide  an  introduction  to 
mathematical  thinking  and  to  develop  an  appreciation  of  the  role  of  mathe- 
matics in  human  culture.  (Douglis) 

Math.  10,  11.  Introduction  to  Mathematics.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  II'^  years  of  college  preparatory  mathematics  and  satisfactory  per- 
formance on  the  ACT  mathematics  test,  or  Math.  1.  Open  to  students  not  ma- 
joring in  mathematics  or  the  physical  or  engineering  sciences.  Logic,  sets, 
counting,  probability;  sequences,  sums;  elementary  algebraic  and  transcendental 
functions  and  their  geometric  representation;  systems  of  linear  equations,  vec- 
tors, matrices.  (Good) 

Math.  14,  15.  Elementary  Calculus.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  11  or  equivalent.  Open  to  students  not  majoring  in  mathe- 
matics or  the  physical  or  engineering  scigfices.  Basic  ideas  of  differential  and 
integral  calculus;  elementary  techniques  and  applications.  (Correl) 

Math.  18.  Introductory  Analysis.  (3)     (2  lectures,  2  drill  periods 

per  week.) 

Prerequisite,  2^/^  years  of  college  preparatory  mathematics  and  an  appropriate 
score  on  the  ACT  mathematics  test,  or  Math.  1.  An  introductory  course  for 
students  not  qualified  to  start  Math.  19.  Real  numbers,  functions,  coordinate 
systems.    Trigonometric  functions.    Plane  analytic  geometry.  (Richeson) 

Math.  19.  Elementary  Analysis.  (4)  (3  lectures,  2  drill  periods  per 
week, ) 

Prerequisite,  3%  years  of  college  preparatory  mathematics  and  an  appropriate 
score  on  the  ACT  mathematics  test,  or  Math.  18.  Vectors  and  analytic  geom- 
etry in  three  dimensions.  Linear  transformations  and  applications  to  geometry. 
Review  of  real  numbers,  coordinate  systems,  trigonometric  functions,  determi- 
nants. (Jackson) 

Math.  19H.  Elementary  Analysis  (Honors).  (5) 

See  Math.  22  H.  (Ehrlich) 

Math.  20.  Calculus  I.  (4)     (3  lectures,  2  drill  periods  per  week.) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  19  or  equivalent.  Functions,  limits,  continuity.  Integration, 
differentiation  and  applications.    Basic  properties  of  the  elementary  functions. 

(Jackson) 

72 


Mathematics 
Math.  21,  Calculus  II.  (4)     (3  lectures,  2  drill  periods  per  week.) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  20  or  equivalent.  Methods  of  integration.  Arc  length, 
velocity,  and  acceleration.  Tangents  and  normals  to  space  curves.  Improper 
integrals,  sequences,  and  infinite  series.  (Jackson) 

Math.  21H.  Calculus  (Honors).  (5) 

See  Math.  22  H. 

Math.  22.  Calculus  III.  (4)     (3  lectures,  2  drill  periods  per  week.) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  21  or  equivalent.  Basic  concepts  of  linear  algebra,  mat- 
rices, and  determinants.  Calculus  of  functions  of  vectors.  Implicit  function 
theorem.    Surface  integrals.    Classical  theorems  of  Green,  Gauss,  and  Stokes. 

(Jackson) 

Math.  22H.  Calculus  (Honors).  (5) 

The  three  honors  sections.  Math.  19  H,  21  H,  and  22  H  are  open  to  selected 
students  upon  approval  by  the  mathematics  department.  A  student  who  com- 
pletes these  three  semester  courses  will  have  a  knowledge  of  the  material  cov- 
ered in  the  regular  sections  of  Math.  19,  20,  21  and  22.  Senior  staff  members 
of  the  mathematics  department  will  teach  these  sections.  Students  may  transfer 
out  of  the  honors  sections  at  any  time.  A  mathematics  department  adviser 
will  help  the  student  who  has  completed  part  of  the  honors  course  determine 
the  proper  regular  course  to  enter.  (Ehrlich) 

Math.  30.  Elements  of  Mathematics.  (4) 

Prerequisite,  one  year  of  college  preparatory  algebra.  Required  for  majors 
in  elementary  education,  and  open  only  to  students  in  this  field.  Topics  from 
algebra  and  number  theory,  designed  to  provide  insight  into  arithmetic:  induc- 
tive proof,  the  natural  number  system  based  on  the  Peano  axioms;  mathematical 
systems,  groups,  fields;  the  system  of  integers;  the  system  of  rational  numbers; 
congruence,  divisibility;  systems  of  numeration.  (Garstens) 

Math.  31.  Elements  of  Geometry.  (4) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  30  or  equivalent.  Structure  of  mathematics  systems,  al- 
gebra of  sets,  geometrical  structures,  logic,  measurement,  congruence,  similarity, 
graphs  in  the  plane,  geometry  on  the  sphere.  (Garstens) 

Math.  66  (64).  Differential  Equations  for  Scientists  and  Engi- 
neers. (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  21  or  equivalent.  The  field  of  directions  and  graphic  solu- 
tions of  first  order  differential  equations.  The  simplest  methods  of  numerical 
solution.  Systems  of  differential  equations.  Introduction  to  Fourier  series,  and 
applications.  (Stellmacher) 

ALGEBRA  AND  NUMBER  THEORY 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Math.  100.  Vectors  and  Matrices.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  21  or  Math.  15.  Algebra  of  vector  spaces  and  matrices. 
Recommended  for  students  interested  in  the  applications  of  mathematics. 

(Pearl) 

73 


Mathematics 

Math.    103.    Introduction  to  Abstract  Algebra.    (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  22  or  equivalent.  Integers;  groups,  rings,  integral  domains, 
fields.  (Ehrlich) 

Math.    104.    Introduction  to  Linear  Algebra.   (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  103  or  consent  of  instructor.  An  abstract  treatment  of 
finite  dimensional  vector  spaces.   Linear  transformations  and  their  invariants. 

(Ehrlich) 

Math.  106.  Introduction  to  Number  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  22.  Integers,  divisibility,  Euclid's  algorithm,  diophantine 
equations,  prime  numbers,  congruences,  reciprocity  law  of  quadratic  residues, 
quadratic  fields,  binary  quadratic  forms.  (Kuroda) 

For  Graduates 
Math.  200.  Abstract  Algebra  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  104  or  equivalent.  Elementary  properties  and  examples 
of  groups  and  rings,  homomorphism  theorems;  integral  domains,  elementary 
factorization  theory.  Groups  with  operators;  isomorphism  theorems,  normal 
series,  Jordan-Holder  Theorem,  direct  products,  Krull-Schmidt  Theorem. 

(Goldhaber) 

Math.  201.  Abstract  Algebra  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  200  or  consent  of  instructor.  Field  theory,  Galois  theory. 
Commutative  ideal  theory.    Multilinear  algebra.  (Goldhaber) 

Math.  202.  Linear  Algebra.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  201  or  consent  of  instructor.  Linear  manifolds,  the  lattice 
sub-spaces,  projectives,  dualities,  the  ring  of  endomorphisms,  the  full  linear 
group  and  its  subgroups.  (Pearl) 

Math.  203.  Galois  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  201  or  consent  of  instructor.  Field  extensions,  automor- 
phisms of  a  field,  the  Galois  group  of  a  polynomial  equation,  solvability  by 
radicals,  recent  developments  in  Galois  theory.  (Kuroda) 

Math.  204,  205.  Topological  Groups.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  An  introductory  course  in  abstract  groups, 
topological  spaces,  and  the  study  of  collections  of  elements  enjoying  both  these 
properties.  The  concept  of  a  uniform  space  will  be  introduced  and  studied. 
The  representation  problem  will  be  considered  together  with  the  subject  of 
Lie  groups.  (Pearl) 

Math.  206.  Number  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Foundations,  linear  and  higher  congru- 
ences, law  of  reciprocity,  quadratic  forms,  sieve  methods,  elements  of  additive 
number  theory  and  density,  distribution  of  prime  numbers  and  L-functions, 
discussion  of  unsolved  problems.  (Kuroda) 

74 


Mathematics 
Math.  208.  Ring  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  Math.  201  or  consent  of  instructor.  According  to  the  needs  of 
the  class,  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  one  or  more  of  the  following:  ideal  theory, 
structure  theory  of  rings  with  or  without  minimum  condition,  division  rings, 
algebras,  non-associative  rings.  (Goldhaber) 

Math.  209.  Group  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  201  or  consent  of  instructor.  According  to  the  needs  of 
the  class,  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  one  or  more  of  the  following  aspects  of 
discrete  group  theory:  finite  groups,  abelian  groups,  free  groups,  solvable  or 
nilpotent  groups,  groups  with  operators,  groups  with  local  properties,  groups 
with  clan  conditions,  extensions.  (Rosenfeld) 

Math.  271.     Selected  Topics  in  Algebra.    (3) 

(Arranged.)    Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  (Staff) 

ANALYSIS 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Math.  110.  Advanced  Calculus.  (4) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  22.  A  rigorous  development  of  many  topics  from  classical 
analysis  such  as  the  Stieltjes  integral,  surface  integrals,  sequences  and  series  of 
functions,  introduction  to  the  Dirichlet  integral.  (A  special  section  of  Math. 
110  for  honors  students  will  be  provided.)  (Strauss) 

Math.  111.  Advanced  Calculus.  (4) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  110  or  equivalent.   Calculus  of  functions  of  several  variables. 

(Harris) 

Math.  112.  Infinite  Processes.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  21  or  equivalent.  Construction  of  the  real  numbers  from 
the  rational  numbers,  sequences  of  numbers,  series  of  positive  and  arbitrary 
numbers,  infinite  products,  conditional  and  absolute  convergence,  sequences  and 
series  of  functions,  uniform  convergence,  integration  and  differentiation  of 
series,  power  series,  and  analytic  functions.  Fourier  series,  elements  of  the  theory 
of  divergent  series,  extension  of  the  theory  to  complex  numbers  and  functions. 

(Kirwan) 

Math.  113.  Introduction  to  Complex  Variables.  (4) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  110.  The  algebra  of  complex  numbers,  analytic  functions, 
mapping  properties  of  the  elementary  functions.  Cauchy's  theorem  and  the 
Cauchy  integral  formula.   Taylor  and  Laurent  series.   Residues.  (Hummel) 

(Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  of  the  courses  Math.  113  and  Math.  163.) 

Math.  114.  Differential  Equations.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  110.  A  general  introduction  to  the  theory  of  differential 
equations.  Constructive  methods  of  solution  leading  to  existence  theorems  and 
uniqueness  theorems.  Other  topics  such  as  systems  of  linear  equations,  the 
behavior  of  solutions  in  the  large,  the  behavior  of  solutions  near  singularities, 
periodic  solutions,  stability,  and  Sturm-Liouville  Problems.  (Auslander) 

75 


Mathematics 

Math.  117.  Introduction  to  Fourier  Analysis.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  113.    Fourier  series,  Fourier  and  Laplace  transforms. 

(Maltese) 

Math.  118.  Introduction  to  Real  Variables.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  110.  The  Lebesgue  integral.  Fubini's  theorem.  Converg- 
ence theorems.   The  Lp  spaces.  (Freeman) 

Math.  119.  Several  Real  Variables.  (3) 

A  brief  review  of  scalar  and  vector  valued  functions  of  several  real  variables 
(as  done  in  Math.  22).  Implicit  function  theorem,  change  of  variable  theorem 
for  multiple  integrals,  a  detailed  study  of  surfaces  and  surface  integrals  in 
n-dimensional  Euclidean  space,  including  Integration  by  parts.  Applications 
to  Partial  Differential  Equations  and  Potential  Theory. 

Math.  162.  Analysis  for  Scientists  and  Engineers  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  21  or  consent  of  instructor.  Calculus  of  functions  of  several 
real  variables;  limits,  continuity,  partial  differentiation,  multiple  integrals,  line 
and  surface  integrals,  vector-valued  functions,  theorems  of  Green,  Gauss  and 
Stokes.  Physical  applications.  (This  course  cannot  be  counted  toward  a  major 
in  mathematics.  Credit  will  be  given  for  only  one  of  the  courses  Math.  22  and 
Math.  162.)  (Sedgewick) 

Math.  163.  Analysis  for  Scientists  and  Engineers  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  162  or  22  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  complex  field.  In- 
finite processes  for  real  and  complex  numbers.  Calculas  of  complex  func- 
tions. Analytic  functions  and  analytic  continuation.  Theory  of  residues  and 
application  to  evaluation  of  integrals.  Conformal  mapping.  (This  course  can- 
not be  counted  toward  a  major  in  mathematics.  Credit  will  be  given  for  only 
one  of  the  courses  Math.  113  and  Math.  163.)  (Sedgewick) 

Math.  164.  Analysis  for  Scientists  and  Engineers  III.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  Math.  64  and  Math.  163,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Fourier  and 
Laplace  transforms.  Evaluation  of  the  complex  inversion  integral  by  the  theory 
of  residues.  Applications  to  systems  of  ordinary  and  partial  differential  equa- 
tions. (Stellmacher) 

For  Graduates 
Math.  215,  216.  Advanced  Differential  Equations.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisites,  Math.  104,  286.  Existence  and  uniqueness  theorems.  Linear 
systems.  Autonomous  systems  in  the  plane.  Nonlinear  systems.  Asymptotic 
behavior  of  solutions.  (Auslander) 

Math.  218,  219.  Functional  Analysis.   (3,  3) 

Prerequisites,  Math.  286,  287.  Normed  linear  spaces  including  Banach  and 
Hilbert  spaces,  linear  operators  and  their  spectral  analysis  with  applications 
to  differential  and  integral  equations.  (Goldberg) 

Math.  272.  Selected  Topics  in  Analysis.  (3) 

(Arranged.)     Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  (Staff) 

Math.  278.  Advanced  Topics  in  Complex  Analysis.   (3) 

(Arranged.)    Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  (Staff) 

76 


Mathematics 
Math.  280,  281.  Linear  Spaces.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  218.  Linear  topological  spaces,  locally  convex  spaces, 
duality  theory,  distributions.  (Brace) 

Math.  286.  Real  Analysis  I.   (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  110.  Sets.  Metric  spaces.  Lebesgue  measure  and  integra- 
tion.  Differentiation.    Introduction  to  Banach  and  Hilbert  spaces.        (Douglis) 

Math.  287.  Complex  Analysis  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  110.  Linear  transformations,  analytic  functions,  conformal 
mappings,  Cauchy's  theorem  and  applications,  power  series,  partial  fractions 
and  factorization,  elementary  Riemann   surfaces,   Riemann   mapping  theorem. 

(J.  Lehner) 

Math.  288.  Complex  Analysis  II.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  Math.  286,  287.  Topics  in  conformal  mappings,  normal  families, 
Picard's  theorem,  classes  of  univalent  functions,  extremal  properties,  variational 
methods,  elliptic  functions,  Riemann  surfaces.  (Zedek) 

Math.  289.  Real  Analysis  II.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  Math.  286,  287.  General  topology,  measure  theory.  Lp  spaces, 
Fourier  transforms,  locally  compact  spaces.  (Douglis) 

GEOMETRY  AND  TOPOLOGY 

For  Advanced   Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Math.  120.  Introduction  to  Geometry  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  22  or  equivalent.  Axiomatic  development  of  plane  geome- 
tries, Euclidean  and  non-Euclidean.    Groups  of  isometrics  and  similarities. 

(Reinhart) 

Math.  121.  Introduction  to  Geometry  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  120.  Non-Euclidean  transformation  groups,  the  Erlangen 
program,  projective  planes,  cubics  and  quartics.  (Reinhart) 

Math.  122,  Introduction  to  Point  Set  Topology.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  110  or  146,  or  equivalent.  Connectedness,  compactness, 
transformations,  homeomorphisms;  application  of  these  concepts  to  various 
spaces,  with  particular  attention  to  the  Euclidean  plane.  (KJeppner) 

Math.  123.  Introduction  to  Algebraic  Topology.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  122  and  103,  or  equivalent.  Chains,  cycles,  homology 
group  for  surfaces,  the  fundamental  group.  (G.  Lehner) 

Math.   124.  Introduction  to  Projective  Geometry.   (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  22  or  equivalent.  Recommended  for  students  in  the  College 
of  Education.  Elementary  projective  geometry,  combining  synthetic  and  alge- 
braic approaches,  projective  transformations,  harmonic  division,  cross  ratio, 
projective  coordinates,  properties  of  conies.  (Correl) 

Math.  126.  Introduction  to  Differential  Geometry.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  22  or  equivalent.  The  differential  geometry  of  curves  and 
surfaces,  curvature  and  torsion,  moving  frames,  the  fundamental  differential 
forms,  intrinsic  geometry  of  a  surface.  (Jackson) 

77 


Mathematics 

Math.  128.  Euclidean  Geometry.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  22  or  equivalent.  Recommended  for  students  in  the  College 
of  Education.  Axiomatic  method,  models,  properties  of  axioms;  proofs  of  some 
basic  theorems  from  the  axioms;  modern  geometry  of  the  triangle,  circle,  and 
sphere.  (Correl) 

For  Graduates 
Math.  220.  Differential  Geometry  of  Curves  and  Surfaces.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  110  or  equivalent.  Classical  theory  of  curves  and  surfaces, 
geometry  in  the  large,  the  Gauss-Bonnet  Theorem,  surfaces  of  constant  curva- 
ture. (Jackson) 

Math.  221.  Differentiable  Manifolds.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Differentiable  manifolds,  embeddings  in 
Euclidean  space,  vector  and  tensor  bundles,  vector  fields,  differentiable  fields, 
Riemann  matrices.  (Reinhart) 

Math.  222.  Differential  Geometry.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  220  or  221.  Connections,  curvature,  torsion;  sympletic, 
contact,  and  complex  structures.  (Reinhart) 

Math.  223,  224.  Algebraic  Topology.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisites,  Math.  100  and  123,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Homology,  coho- 
mology,  and  homotopy  theory  of  complexes  and  spaces.  (G.  Lehner) 

Math.  225,  226.  Set  Theoretic  Topology.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  concurrent  enrollment  in  Math.  286,  or  equivalent.  Foundations 
of  mathematics  based  on  a  set  of  axioms,  metric  spaces,  convergence  and  con- 
nectivity properties  of  point  sets,  continua,  and  continuous  curves;  the  topology 
of  the  plane.  (Correl) 

Math.  227,  228.  Algebraic  Geometry.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Prime  and  primary  ideals  in  Noetherian 
rings,  Hilbert  Nulstellensatz,  places  and  valuations,  fields  of  definition.  Chow 
points,  bi-rational  correspondences,  Abelian  varieties,  Picard  varieties,  algebraic 

groups.  (Mountjoy) 

Math.  229.  Differential  Topology.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  221.  Characteristic  classes,  cobordism,  differential  struc- 
tures on  cells  and  spheres.  (Reinhart) 

Math.  273.  Selected  Topics  in  Geometry  and  Topology.  (3) 

(Arranged.)    Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  (Staff) 

PROBABILITY  AND  STATISTICS 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Math.  130.  Introduction  to  Probability  Theory  I.   (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  110,  or  equivalent.  Sample  space,  events,  probability  and  its 
basic  properties.  Independence  and  conditioning,  random  variables,  distribu- 
tion functions  (continuous  and  discrete);  typical  distributions,  expectations, 
moments,  generating  functions;  transformations  of  random  variables,  limit 
theorems.  (Syski) 

78 


Mathematics 
Math,   131.  Introduction  to  Probability  Theory  II.   (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  130.  Elementary  stochastic  processes.  Renewal  process, 
random  walk,  discrete  Markov  chains,  birth  processes,  birth  and  death  processes, 
stationary  processes.  (Daniel) 

Math.   132.  Introduction  to  Statistics.   (3) 

(3  lectures  and  1  hour  of  laboratory  a  week.) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  130.  Sampling  distributions,  elements  of  point  and  set  esti- 
mation, maximum  likelihood  principle,  testing  statistical  hypotheses,  standard 
tests,  Neyman-Pearson  lemma  and  problems  of  optimality  of  tests,  linear  hypoth- 
eses, sequential  methods.  (Mikulski) 

Math.  133.  Applied  Probability  and  Statistics  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  15  or  21.  Intended  for  students  with  major  other  than  mathe- 
matics. Probability  concepts  in  finite  sample  spaces,  generalizations  to  con- 
tinuous case  (intuitive  approach),  random  variables  and  distribution  functions, 
standard  distributions,  expectations,  moments  and  generating  functions,  limit 
theorems.  (Willke) 

Math.  134.  Applied  Probability  and  Statistics  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  133.  Sampling  distributions,  estimation  methods,  standard 
procedures  in  testing  statistical  hypotheses,  testing  location  and  scale  para- 
meters, tests  of  independence  and  goodness  of  fit,  elements  of  variance  and 
regression  analysis.  (Willke) 

For  Graduates 
Math.  230,  231.  Probability  Theory.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisites,  Math.  Ill  and  130,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Foundations  of  prob- 
ability theory.  Fields  of  events,  probability  space  and  probability  measure. 
Random  variables  and  convergence  of  random  variables.  Induced  probability 
spaces.  Expectations  and  moments.  Distribution  functions  and  their  transforms. 
Consistency  theorem.  Laws  of  large  numbers  and  central  limit  problem.  Con- 
ditioning. Measurability  and  separability  of  stochastic  processes.  Stationary 
processes,  harmonic  analysis,  Markov  processes,  Kolmogorov  equations,  dif- 
fusion theory.  Martingales.  (Syski) 

Math.  232.  Applied  Stochastic  Processes.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  Math.  HI  and  130,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Basic  concepts  of 
stochastic  processes,  stationary  processes.  Markov  chains  and  processes  (dis- 
crete and  continuous  parameter).  Birth  and  death  processes.  Applications 
from  theories  of  queueing,  storage,  inventory,  noise,  epidemics  and  others. 
This  course  is  recommended  for  graduates  from  Physics,  Engineering,  Biology 
and  Social  Sciences.  (Bucy) 

Math.  235,  236.  Testing  Statistical  Hypotheses.  (4,  4) 

Prerequisites,  Math.  130  and  132.  (Recommended  to  be  concurrent  with  Math. 
230,  231.)  3  hours  lecture,  2  hours  laboratory  per  week.  Statistics  decision 
problems.  Uniformly  most  powerful  tests.  Exponential  families  of  distributions, 
concepts  of  similarity  and  tests  with  Neyman-structure.  Unbiased  tests.  In- 
variance  and  almost  invariance.  Elements  of  non-parametric  inference.  Linear 
hypotheses.  Large  sample  methods.  (Mikulski) 

79 


Mathematics 

Math.  275.  Selected  Topics  in  Probability.  (3) 

(Arranged.)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  (Staff) 

Math.  276.  Selected  Topics  in  Statistics.  (3) 

(Arranged.)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  (Staff) 


FOUNDATIONS    OF   MATHEMATICS 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Math.  146.  Fundamental  Concepts  of  Mathematics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  22  or  consent  of  instructor.  Sets,  relations,  mappings.  Con- 
struction of  the  real  number  system  starting  with  Peano  postulates;  algebraic 
structures  associated  with  the  construction;  Archimedean  order,  sequential 
completeness  and  equivalent  properties  of  ordered  fields.  Finite  and  infinite 
sets,  denumerable  and  non-denumerable  sets.  (Cohen) 

Math.  147.  Set  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  22  or  consent  of  instructor.  Set  Algebra,  cardinal  arith- 
metic, axiom  of  choice,  Zorn's  lemma,  well-ordering  principle,  transfinite  in- 
duction, ordinal  arithmetic,  continuum  hypothesis.  (Karp) 

Math.  148.  Introduction  to  Mathematical  Logic.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  146  or  147  or  103.  Prepositional  calculus,  predicate  logic, 
axiomatic  set  theory,  paradoxes.  (Not  open  to  students  with  credit  for  Math. 
144.)  (Karp) 

For  Graduates 
Math.  244.  Mathematical  Logic.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  148.  Completeness  of  first-order  predicate  logic  and  appli- 
cations, recursive  functions,  Godel's  incompleteness  theorem.  (Karp) 

Math.  277.  Selected  Topics  in  Mathematical  Logic.  (3) 

(Arranged.)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  (Staff) 


MATHEMATICAL  METHODS 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Math.  158.  Games  and  Linear  Relations.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  22;  Math  100  recommended.  Theory  of  games,  minimax 
theorem,  theory  of  linear  programming,  simplex  method,  systems  of  linear 
inequalities  and  the  nature  of  their  solutions,  geometrical  interpretations. 

(Pearl) 
Math.  212.  Special  Functions.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  287  or  consent  of  instructor.  Gamma-function,  Riemann 
zeta-function,  hypergeometric  functions,  confluent  hypergeometric  functions  and 
Bessel  functions.  (Stellmacher) 

80 


Mathematics 
Math.  252.  Variational  Methods.   (3) 

Prerequisites,  Math.  257  and  Math.  258.  The  Euler-Lagrange  equation,  minimal 
principles  in  mathematical  physics,  estimation  of  capacity,  torsional  rigidity  and 
other  physical  quantities;  symmetrization,  isoperimetric  inequalities,  estimation 
of  eigenvalues,  the  minimax  principle.  (Trytten) 

Math.  257.  Operators  on  Normed  Spaces.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  111.  An  introduction  to  linear  analysis,  in  particular  to 
those  concepts  and  methods  important  in  modern  applied  mathematics.  Among 
the  topics  to  be  covered  are  linear  spaces,  norms  and  inner  products,  linear 
operators,  eigenvalues,  basic  inequalities.  (Nieto) 

Math.  258.  Introduction  to  Partial  Differential  Equations.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  111.  General  introduction  to  the  field  of  partial  differ- 
ential equations.  Among  the  topics  to  be  discussed  are  typical  boundary 
and  initial  value  problems  of  mathematical  physics  and  an  indication  of  the 
main  methods  of  solution,  relations  to  difference  equations  and  integral  equa- 
tions. (Nieto) 

Math.  259.  Introduction  to  Continuum  Mechanics.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  Math.  100  and  Math.  258  or  consent  of  instructor.  Solid  and 
fluid  continua,  general  analysis  of  stress  and  strain,  equilibrium  of  elastic 
bodies,  equation  of  motion  for  fluid  bodies,  stress-strain  relations,  equations 
of  perfect  fluids  and  formulation  of  viscous  flow  problems.  (Bragg) 

Math.  261,  262.  Fluid  Dynamics.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  259  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  mathematical  formulation 
and  treatment  of  problems  arising  in  the  theory  of  incompressible,  compress- 
ible and  viscous  fluids.  (Mackie) 

Math.  263.  Linear  Elasticity.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  259.  Linear  elastic  behavior  of  solid  continuous  media. 
Topics  covered  include  torsion  and  flexure  of  beams,  plane  strain  and  plane 
stress,  vibration  and  buckling  problems,  variational  principles.  Emphasis  is 
placed  on  formulation  and  technique   rather  than  on  specific   examples. 

(Bragg) 

Math.  264.  Non-linear  Elasticity.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  259.  Fundamentals  of  non-linear  elasticity,  finite  deforma- 
tions, rubber  elasticity,  small  deformations  superimposed  on  finite  deforma- 
tions. (Bragg) 

Math.  265.  Partial  Differential  Equations.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  258.  Two  variables,  Cauchy's  problem,  characteristics, 
Riemann's  method,  properties  of  the  Riemann  function,  quasi-linear  equations 
and  canonical  hyperbolic  systems,  wave  equation  in  n-dimensions,  method  of 
Hadamard  and  Riesz,  Euler-Poisson  equation  and  the  singular  problems,  Huy- 
ghen's  principle.  (Stellmacher) 

Math.  266.  Elliptic  Differential  Equations.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  258.  The  equations  of  Laplace  and  Poisson,  flux,  the  theo- 
rems of  Gauss  and  Green,  potentials  of  volume  and  surface  distributions,  har- 
monic functions,  Green's  function  and  the  problems  of  Dirichlet  and  Neu- 

81 


Mathematics 

mann;  linear  elliptic  equations  with  variable  coeflficients,  in  particular  the  equa- 
tions of  Stokes  and  Beltrami;  fundamental  solutions,  the  principle  of  the  maxi- 
mum, and  boundary  value  problems;  introduction  to  the  theory  of  non-linear 
equations.  (Stellmacher) 

Math.  274.  Selected  Topics  in  Applied  Mathematics.  (3) 

(Arranged.)  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  (Staff) 

NUMERICAL   MATHEMATICS 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Math.  170.  Introduction  to  Numerical  Analysis.   (4) 

(3  lectures  and  2  laboratory  periods  per  week.) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  21  or  Math.  15.  Introduction  to  numerical  methods,  errors, 
interpolations,  differences,  numerical  differentiation  and  integration,  iterative 
solution  of  equations,  least  squares,  elements  of  numerical  approximation. 

(Rheinboldt) 

Math.  171.  Numerical  Methods  in  Linear  Algebra.  (4) 

(3  lectures  and  2  laboratory  periods  per  week.) 

Prerequisites,  Math.  100  or  104,  Math.  110,  Math.  170.  Numerical  solution  of 
linear  equations,  direction  methods,  iterative  methods,  eigenvalue  problems  and 
their  numerical  solution,  errors  connected  with  numerical  work  in  linear 
algebra.  (Rheinboldt) 

Math.  172.  Numerical  Solution  of  Ordinary  Differential 
Equations.  (4) 

(3  lectures  and  2  laboratory  periods  per  week.)  Prerequisites,  Math.  22  or  162, 
and  Math.  171.  The  methods  of  Euler,  Runge,  Kutta,  and  other  single-step 
methods,  multistep  methods,  discretization  errors,  stability  problems. 

(Rheinboldt) 

Math.  173.  Numerical  Methods  for  Scientists  and  Engineers.  (4) 

(3  lectures  and  2  laboratory  periods  per  week.)  Prerequisites,  Math.  22  or  162, 
and  Math.  64.  Interpolation,  numerical  differentiation  and  integration,  numeri- 
cal solution  of  polynomial  and  transcendental  equations,  least  squares,  systems 
of  linear  equations,  numerical  solution  of  ordinary  differential  equations,  errors 
in  numerical  calculations.  (Rheinboldt) 

For  Graduates 

Math.  255,  256.  Advanced  Numerical  Methods  in  Differential 
Equations.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisites,  Math.  257  and  Math.  258.  Approximation  methods  for  boundary 
value,  initial  value  and  eigenvalue  problems  in  both  ordinary  and  partial  dif- 
ferential equations,  including  finite  differences  and  methods  involving  approxi- 
mating functions.  (Rheinboldt) 

Math.  267,  268.  Modern  Numerical  Mathematics.   (3,  3) 

Prerequisites,  Math.  170  and  Math.  257.  Review  of  classical  numerical  analysis, 
matrix  computations  in  particular  numerical  evaluation  of  eigenvalues,  iterative 

82 


Mathematics 

techniques  from  a  viewpoint  of  linear  analysis;  introduction  to  numerical  ap- 
proximations; error  analysis  in  numerical  computation.  The  course  will  involve 
laboratory  work  in  the  Computer  Science  Center.  (Rheinboldt) 

Math.  269.  Advanced  Mathematical  Programming.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  Math.  158  and  Math.  257.  Linear  inequalities  and  related  sys- 
tems and  their  applications  to  linear  programming,  convex  functions  and  gen- 
eralized programming  problems,  topics  in  non-linear  and  dynamic  programming. 

(Rheinboldt) 

COURSES  FOR  TEACHERS  OF  MATHEMATICS  AND  SCIENCE 

Math.  181.  Introduction  to  Number  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  one  year  of  college  mathematics  or  consent  of  instructor.  De- 
signed primarily  for  those  enrolled  in  programs  with  emphasis  in  the  teaching 
of  mathematics  and  science.  Not  open  to  students  seeking  a  major  directly 
in  the  physical  sciences,  since  the  course  content  is  usually  covered  elsewhere 
in  their  curriculum.  Axiomatic  developments  of  the  real  numbers.  Elementary 
number  theory. 

Math.  182.  Introduction  to  Algebra.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  one  year  of  college  mathematics  or  consent  of  instructor.  Designed 
primarily  for  those  enrolled  in  programs  with  emphasis  in  the  teaching  of 
mathematics  and  science.  Not  open  to  students  seeking  a  major  directly  in  the 
physical  sciences,  since  the  course  content  is  usually  covered  elsewhere  in  their 
curriculum.   Modern  ideas  in  algebra  and  topics  in  the  theory  of  equations. 

Math.  183.  Introduction  to  Geometry.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  one  year  of  college  mathematics  or  consent  of  instructor.  Designed 
primarily  for  those  enrolled  in  programs  with  emphasis  in  the  teaching  of  mathe- 
matics and  science.  Not  open  to  students  seeking  a  major  directly  in  the 
physical  sciences,  since  the  course  content  is  usually  covered  elsewhere  in  their 
curriculum.  A  study  of  the  axioms  for  Euclidean  and  non-Euclidean  geom- 
etry. 

Math.  184.  Introduction  to  Analysis.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  one  year  of  college  mathematics  or  consent  of  instructor.  Designed 
primarily  for  those  enrolled  in  programs  with  emphasis  in  the  teaching  of  mathe- 
matics and  science.  Not  open  to  students  seeking  a  major  directly  in  the  physi- 
cal sciences,  since  the  course  content  is  usually  covered  elsewhere  in  their  cur- 
riculum. A  study  of  the  limit  concept  and  the  calculus.  (Previous  knowledge 
of  calculus  is  not  required.) 

Math.  185.  Selected  Topics  for  Teachers  of  Mathematics.  (1-3) 

Prerequisite,  one  year  of  college  mathematics  or  consent  of  instructor. 

Math.  189.  National  Science  Foundation  Summer  Institute  for 
Teachers  of  Science  and  Mathematics.    Seminar.  (1-3) 

Lectures  and  discussions  to  deepen  the  student's  appreciation  of  mathematics  as 
a  logical  discipline  and  as  a  medium  of  expression.  Special  emphasis  on  topics 
relevant  to  current  mathematical  curriculum  studies  and  revisions. 

83 


Microbiology 

SEMINARS,  SELECTED  TOPICS,  RESEARCH 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Math.  190.  Honors  Seminar.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  departmental  Honors  Committee.  Reports  by 
students  on  mathematical  literature;  solution  of  various  problems.         (Karp) 

Math.  191.  Selected  Topics  in  Mathematics.   (Credit  according  to 

work  done) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  instructor.  Topics  of  special  interest  to  ad; 
vanced  undergraduate  students  will  be  offered  occasionally  under  the  general 
guidance  of  the  departmental  Committee  on  Undergraduate  Studies.  Honors 
students  register  for  reading  courses  under  this  number.  (Staff) 

For  Graduates 
Math.  298.  Proseminar  in  Research.  (1) 

Prerequisite,  one  semester  of  graduate  work  in  mathematics.  A  seminar  devoted 
to  the  foundations  of  mathematics,  including  mathematical  logic,  axiom  sys- 
tems, and  set  theory.  (Auslander) 

Math.  399.  Research. 

(Arranged.)  (Staff) 


MICROBIOLOGY 

Professor  and  Head:  Faber. 

Professor:  Hansen,  Pelczar,  Doetsch  and  Laffer. 

Associate  Professor:  Hetrick. 

Assistant  Professors:  MacQuillan  and  Roberson. 

Lecturer:  Stadtman. 

The  Department  of  Microbiology  has  as  its  primary^  aim  providing  the 
student  with  thorough  and  rigorous  training  in  microbiology.  This  entails 
knowledge  of  the  basic  concepts  of  bacterial  cytology,  physiology,  tax- 
onomy, and  genetics,  as  well  as  an  understanding  of  the  biology  of 
infectious  disease,  immunology,  general  virology,  and  various  applica- 
tions of  microbiological  principles  to  public  health  and  industrial  arts. 
In  addition,  the  Department  pursues  a  broad  and  vigorous  program  of 
basic  research,  and  encourages  original  thought  and  investigation  in  the 
above  mentioned  areas. 

The  Department  also  provides  desirable  courses  for  students  majoring  in 
allied  departments  who  wish  to  obtain  vital,  supplementary  information. 
Every  effort  has  been  made  to  present  the  subject  matter  of  Microbiology 
as  a  basic  core  of  material  that  is  pertinent  to  all  biological  sciences. 

B4 


Microbiology 

MICROBIOLOGY  CURRICULUM:  The  field  of  microbiology  is  too  vast 
in  scope  to  permit  specialization  during  undergraduate  study.  Accordingly, 
the  curriculum  outlined  below,  which  leads  to  a  B.S.  degree,  includes  the 
basic  courses  in  microbiology  and  allied  fields. 

A  student  planning  a  major  in  microbiology  should  consult  his  adviser 
during  the  first  year.  The  supporting  courses  should  be  chosen  only 
from  the  biological  or  physical  sciences. 

No  course  with  a  grade  less  than  "C"  may  be  used  to  satisfy  major  require- 
ments. 

The  Department  has  an  Honors  Program  and  information  concerning  this 
program  may  be  obtained  from  the  Department. 

Courses  required  in  major,  and  supporting  courses:  Microb.  1 — General 
Microbiology  (4),  Microb.  60 — Microbiological  Literature  (1),  Microb. 
81 — Applied  Microbiology  (4),  Microb.  101 — Pathogenic  Microbiology 
(4),  Microb.  103 — Serology  (4),  Microb.  Ill — General' Virology  (4), 
Microb.  151 — Microbial  Physiology  (4),  Microb.  160 — Systematic  Bac- 
teriology (2);  Chem.  1,  3— General  Chemistry  (4,  4),  Chem.  31,  33— Ele- 
ments of  Organic  Chemistry  (3,  3),  Chem.  19 — Elements  of  Quantitative 
Analysis  (4)  or  Math.  14,  15 — Elementary  Calculus  (3,  3),  Chem.  161, 
163 — Biochemistry  (2,  2),  Math.  10,  11 — Introduction  to  Mathematics 
(3,  3),  Phys.  10,  11— Fundamentals  of  Physics  (4,  4). 

Microb.  1.  General  Microbiology.  (4) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $15.00.  The  physiology,  culture 
and  differentiation  of  microorganisms.  Fundamental  principles  of  microbiology 
in  relation  to  man  and  his  environment.  (Pelczar) 

Microb.   60.  Microbiological  Literature.   (1) 

Second  semester.  One  lecture  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  a  major  in  micro- 
biology. Introduction  to  periodical  literature,  methods,  interpretation  and  pre- 
sentation of  reports.  (Doetsch) 

Microb.  81.  Applied  Microbiology.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite.  Microb.  1.  Laboratory  fee,  $15.00.  The  application  of  micro- 
organisms and  microbiological  principles  to  milk,  dairy  products,  and  foods, 
industrial  processes;  soil;  water  and  sanitation  operations.  (Roberson) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Microb.  101,  Pathogenic  Microbiology.  (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lecture  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite, Microb.  1.  Laboratory  fee,  $15.00.  The  role  of  microorganisms  in  the 
diseases  of  man  and  animals  with  emphasis  upon  the  differentiation  and  culture 
of  microorganisms,  types  of  disease,  modes  of  disease  transmission,  prophylactic, 
therapeutic  and  epidemiological  aspects.  (Faber) 

85 


Microbiology 

MiCROB.   103.  Serology.  (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  Microb.  101.  Laboratory  fee,  $15.00.  Infection  and  resistance; 
principles  and  types  of  immunity;  hypersensitiveness.  Fundamental  techniques 
of  major  diagnostic  immunological   reactions  and  their  application. 

(Roberson) 

Microb.  104.  History  of  Microbiology.  (1) 

First  semester.  One  lecture  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  a  major  or  minor  in 
microbiology.  History  and  integration  of  the  fundamental  discoveries  of  the 
science.  The  modern  aspects  of  cytology,  taxonomy,  fermentation,  and  immu- 
nity in  relation  to  early  theories.  (Doetsch) 

Microb.  108.  Epidemiology  and  Public  Health.   (2) 

Second  semester.  Two  lecture  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Microb.  1.  History, 
characteristic  features,  and  epidemiology  of  the  important  communicable  dis- 
eases, public  health  administration  and  responsibilities;  vital  statistics. 

(Faber) 

Microb.  111.  General  Virology.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite, Microb.  101  or  equivalent.  Laboratory  fee,  $15.00.  Basic  concepts 
regarding  the  nature  of  viruses  and  their  properties,  together  with  techniques  for 
their  characterization  and  identification.  (Hetrick) 

Microb.  121.  Advanced  Methods.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Laboratory  fee,  $15.00.  The  application 
of  quantitative  techniques  for  measurement  of  enzyme  reactions,  mutations, 
fermentation,  analyses,  and  other  physiological  processes  of  microorganisms. 

(Hansen,  Pelczar) 

Micros.  135.  Applied  Microbiology.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  Microb.  1,  Chem.  31,  and  Chem.  33.  Laboratory  fee,  $15.00. 
Introduction  to  the  chemical  activities  of  microorganisms  and  their  industrial 
application.  (MacQuillan) 

Microb.  151.  Microbial  Physiology.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  8  credits  in  microbiology  and  Chem.  31,  33,  or  equivalent.  Lab- 
oratory fee,  $15.00.  Aspects  of  the  growth,  death,  and  energy  transactions  of 
microorganisms  are  considered,  as  well  as  the  effects  of  the  physical  and 
chemical  environment  on  them.  (MacQuillan) 

Microb.  160.  Systematic  Bacteriology.  (2) 

First  semester.  Two  lecture  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  8  credits  in  micro- 
biology. History  of  bacterial  classification;  genetic  relationships;  international 
codes  of  nomenclature;  bacterial  variation  as  it  affects  classification.     (Hansen) 

Microb.   171.  Cytology  of  Bacteria.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  Microb.  1,  microbiology  major  and  consent  of  instructor.  Lab- 
oratory fee,  $15.00.  A  consideration  of  morphology,  differentiation,  and  cyto- 
chemistry of  the  eubacterial  organism.  (Doetsch) 

86 


Microbiology 
MiCROB.  181.  Microbiological  Problems.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Prerequisite,  16  credits  in  micro- 
biology. Registration  only  upon  the  consent  of  the  instructor.  Laboratory  fee, 
$15.00.  This  course  is  arranged  to  provide  qualified  majors  in  microbiology  and 
majors  in  allied  fields  an  opportunity  to  pursue  specific  microbiological  problems 
under  the  supervision  of  a  member  of  the  Department.  (Faber) 

For  Graduates 
MiCROB.  201.  Medical  Mycology.  (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lecture  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite. 30  credits  in  microbiology  and  allied  fields.  Laboratory  fee,  $15.00. 
Primarily  a  study  of  the  fungi  associated  with  disease  and  practice  in  the 
methods  of  isolation  and  identification.  (Laffer) 

MiCROB.  202.  Genetics  of  Microorganisms.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Two  lecture  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  in- 
structor. An  introduction  to  genetic  principles  and  methodology  applicable  to 
microorganisms.  Spontaneous  and  induced  mutation,  interaction  between 
clones.  (Hansen) 

Microb.  204.  Bacterial  Metabolism.  (2) 

First  semester.  Two  lecture  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  30  credits  in  micro- 
biology and  allied  fields,  including  Chem.  161  and  162.  Bacterial  nutrition, 
enzyme  formation,  metabolic  pathways  and  the  dissimilation  of  carbon  and 
nitrogen  substrates.  (MacQuillan) 

MiCROB.  206,  208.  Special  Topics.  (1-4,  1-4) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  20  credits  in  microbiology.  Presenta- 
tion and  discussion  of  fundamental  problems  and  special  subjects  in  the  field 
of  microbiology.  (Staff) 

MiCROB.  210.  Virology  and  Tissue  Culture.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Two  lecture  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Microb.  101  or 
equivalent.  Characteristics  and  general  properties  of  viruses  and  rickettsiae. 
Principles  of  tissue  culture.  (Hetrick) 

MiCROB.  211,  Virology  and  Tissue  Culture  Laboratory.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
Microb.  101  or  equivalent.  Registration  only  upon  consent  of  instructor.  Lab- 
oratory fee,  $20.00.    Laboratory  methods  in  virology  and  tissue  culture. 

(Hetrick) 

MiCROB.  214.  Advanced  Bacterial  Metabolism.  (1) 

Second  semester.  One  lecture  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Microb.  204  and 
consent  of  instructor.  A  discussion  of  recent  advances  in  the  field  of  bacterial 
metabolism  with  emphasis  on  metabolic  pathways  of  microorganisms. 

(Pelczar) 

MiCROB.  280.  Seminar-Research  Methods.   (1) 

First  semester.  Discussions  and  reports  prepared  by  majors  in  microbiology 
engaged  in  current  research;  presentation  of  selected  subjects  dealing  with  recent 
advances  in  microbiology.  (Staff) 

87 


Molecular  Physics 

MiCROB.  282.  Seminar-Microbiological  Literature.  (1) 

Second  semester.  Presentation  and  discussion  of  current  literature  in  micro- 
biology. (Staff) 

MiCROB.  399.  Research. 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Credits  according  to  work  done. 
Laboratory  fee,  $15.00.  The  investigation  is  outlined  in  consultation  with  and 
pursued  under  the  supervision  of  a  senior  staff  member  of  the  Department. 

(Staff) 


MOLECULAR  PHYSICS 

The  Institute  for  Molecular  Physics,  a  department  in  the  College  of  Arts 
and  Sciences,  comprises  a  faculty  interested  in  theoretical  and  experi- 
mental studies  in  the  general  area  of  molecular  interaction.  The  Institute 
thus  serves  as  an  ideal  place  to  bring  together  physicists  and  chemists  to 
work  on  problems  of  mutual  interest  to  the  advantage  of  both,  and  the  fac- 
ulty is  made  up  of  members  of  each  of  these  disciplines.  Since  the  faculty 
of  the  Institute  feels  strongly  that  students  should  fulfill  the  undergraduate 
requirements  in  one  of  the  traditional  departments  to  insure  a  broad  back- 
ground in  a  fundamental  subject,  no  undergraduate  degree  is  offered.  Mem- 
bers of  the  Institute  teach  both  undergraduate  and  graduate  courses  in  the 
Department  of  Chemistry  and  the  Department  of  Physics  and  Astronomy 
and  supervise  thesis  research  of  graduate  students  in  these  departments. 
The  Institute  also  participates  in  a  graduate  degree  program  in  Chemical 
Physics  which  is  jointly  administered  by  the  Institute,  the  Department  of 
Chemistry,  and  the  Department  of  Physics  and  Astronomy.  This  program 
is  described  in  the  Graduate  School  catalog. 


88 


Music 

MUSIC 

Professor  and  Head:  Ulrich. 

Professors:  Grentzer,  McCorkle  and  Trimble. 

Associate  Professors:  Berman,  Dunham,  Johnson  and  Springmann. 

Assistant  Prefessors:   Bernstein,  deVermond,  Diemer   (p.t.),  Eisen- 

STADT,  Garvey,  Gordon,  Haley,  Head,  Heim,  McClelland,  Meyer, 

Montgomery,  Nossaman,  Pennington  and  Traver. 

Visiting  Assistant  Professors:  Pearlman  and  Shelley. 

Instructors:  Fanos,  Gallagher,  Lundstrom,  Morrison,  Olson,  Pay- 

ERLE,  SkIDMORE,   TaTNALL,   WaCHHAUS  AND  WaKEFIELD. 

The  functions  of  the  Department  are  (1)  to  help  the  general  student  de- 
velop sound  critical  judgment  and  discriminating  taste  in  the  art  of  music; 
(2)  to  provide  professional  training  based  on  a  foundation  in  the  liberal 
arts;  (3)  to  prepare  the  student  for  graduate  work  in  the  field;  and  (4)  to 
prepare  him  to  teach  in  the  public  schools.  To  this  end,  two  degrees  are 
offered:  the  Bachelor  of  Music,  with  a  major  in  theory  and  composition, 
history  and  literature,  or  applied  music;  and  the  Bachelor  of  Arts,  with  a 
major  in  music.  The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree,  with  a  major  in  music 
education,  is  offered  in  the  College  of  Education;  this  program,  however,  is 
administered  within  the  Music  Department. 

Courses  in  music  theory,  literature,  and  applied  music  are  open  to  all  stu- 
dents who  have  completed  the  specified  prerequisites  or  their  equivalents. 
The  University  Bands,  Chamber  Chorus,  Choir,  Madrigal  Singers,  Men's 
Glee  Club,  Orchestra,  and  Women's  Chorus,  as  well  as  the  smaller  en- 
sembles, are  likewise  open  to  qualified  students. 

THE  BACHELOR  OF  MUSIC  DEGREE:  The  curriculum  leadmg  to  the 
degree  of  Bachelor  of  Music  is  designed  for  students  who  wish  to  prepare 
for  music  teaching  on  the  college  level.  A  list  of  specific  courses  is  avail- 
able in  the  Departmental  office.  The  course  requirements  in  the  three  major 
areas  may  be  summarized  as  follows: 

Theory  and         History  and  Applied 


Major  in 

Composition 

Literature 

Music 

Academic  courses: 

Specified  '^ 

43  sem. 

hrs. 

43  sem. 

hrs. 

43  sem.  hrs 

Unspecified 

8 

8 

9 

Theory  and  Literature: 

Lower  Division 

27 

23 

23 

Upper  Division 

16 

22 

13 

Applied  Music: 

26 

24 

32 

''As  specified  in  the  General  Education  requirements  and  College  requirements  de- 
scribed elsewhere  in  this  Bulletin.  B.Mus.  candidates  will  satisfy  the  General  Edu- 
cation requirements  in  Fine  Arts  with  Music  1;  credit  hours  for  this  requirement  are 
included  under  Theory  and  Literature — lower  division — below.  B.Mus.  Candi- 
dates are  not  required  to  satisfy  the  College  requirement,  Speech  1. 

89 


Music 

In  addition,  eight  semester  hours  in  ensemble  courses,  health,  and  physical 
activities. 

THE  BACHELOR  OF  ARTS  DEGREE:  The  curriculum  leading  to  the 
Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  with  a  major  in  music  is  designed  for  students 
whose  interests  are  cultural  rather  than  professional.  The  departmental  re- 
quirements include  nineteen  semester  hours  in  music  theory,  eighteen  se- 
mester hours  in  music  history  and  literature,  ten  semester  hours  in  applied 
music,  in  addition  to  not  more  than  eight  semester  hours  in  the  larger  en- 
sembles.   A  list  of  specific  courses  is  available  in  the  Departmental  office. 

Music  1.  Introduction  to  Music.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Open  only  to  music  or  music  education  majors;  other  students 
take  Music  20.  Music  1  and  20  may  not  both  be  counted  for  credit.  Three 
lectures  per  week.  A  study  of  the  forms  and  styles  of  music,  leading  to  an 
intelligent  appreciation  of  the  art  and  providing  a  foundation  for  more  ad- 
vanced courses  in  the  Department  of  Music.  (Henderson) 

Music  4.   Men's  Glee  Club.  (1) 

Open  to  any  student  who  can  qualify.  May  be  taken  until  a  total  of  eight 
semester  hours  of  credit  has  been  earned;  the  music  studied  will  cover  a  cycle 
of  about  eight  semesters.  (Traver) 

Music  5.    Women's  Chorus.  (1) 

Open  to  any  student  who  can  qualify.  May  be  taken  uittil  a  total  of  eight 
semester  hours  of  credit  has  been  earned;  the  music  studied  will  cover  a  cycle 
of  about  eight  semesters.  (Traver) 

Music  6.   Orchestra.  (1) 

Open  to  any  student  who  can  qualify.  May  be  taken  until  a  total  of  eight 
semester  hours  of  credit  has  been  earned;  the  music  studied  will  cover  a  cycle 
of  about  eight  semesters.  (Head) 

Music  7,  8.   Theory  of  Music.  (3,  3) 

Two  lectures  and  three  laboratory  hours  per  week.  A  fundamental  course  in  the 
elements  of  music.  Study  of  rhythms,  scales,  chord  structures,  and  tonalities 
through  ear  training,  sight  singing,  and  keyboard  drill.  The  student  must  achieve 
a  grade  of  "C"  in  Music  8  in  order  to  register  for  Music  70.  (Payerle) 

Music  9.   Chamber  Music  Ensemble.  (1) 

This  course  does  not  fulfill  the  ensemble  requirements  of  the  various  curricula. 
Three  laboratory  hours  per  week.  Rehearsal  and  performance  of  selected  works 
for  small  ensembles  of  strings,  winds,  and  piano  or  small  vocal  ensembles.  May 
be  repeated  for  credit;  the  music  studied  will  cover  a  cycle  of  about  six  se- 
mesters. (Staff) 

Music  10.   Band.  (1) 

Open  to  any  student  who  can  qualify.  May  be  taken  until  a  total  of  eight  se- 
mester hours  of  credit  has  been  earned;  the  music  studied  will  cover  a  cycle  of 
about  eight  semesters.  (Henderson,  Ostling) 

90 


Music 

Music  15.   Chapel  Choir.  (1) 

Open  to  all  students  in  the  University,  subject  to  the  Director's  approval.  May 
be  taken  until  a  total  of  eight  semester  hours  of  credit  has  been  earned. 

(Springmann) 

Music  16.   Fundamentals  for  the  Classroom  Teacher.  (3) 

Open  to  students  majoring  in  elementary  education  or  childhood  education; 
other  students  take  Music  7.  Music  7  and  16  may  not  both  be  counted  for 
credft.  The  fundamentals  of  music  theory  and  practice,  related  to  the  needs 
of  the  classroom  and  kindergarten  teacher,  and  orgaitized  in  accord  with  the 
six-area  concept  of  musical  learning.  (Fanos  and  Staff) 

Music  20,  Survey  of  Music  Literature.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Open  to  all  students  except  music  and  music  education 
majors,  and  may  be  taken  by  students  who  qualify  to  select  courses  within 
Group  11  of  the  American  Civilization  Program.  Music  1  and  20  may  not  both 
be  taken  for  credit.  A  study  of  the  principles  upon  which  music  is  based,  and 
an  introduction  to  the  musical  repertoires  performed  in  America  today. 

(Gordon) 

Music  21,  22.  Class  Voice.  (2,  2) 

Four  hours  per  week.  A  laboratory  course  in  which  a  variety  of  voices  and 
vocal  problems  are  represented.  Principles  of  correct  breathing  as  applied  to 
singing;  fundamentals  of  tone  production  and  diction.  Students  are  taught  to 
develop  their  own  voices.  Repertoire  of  folk  songs  and  songs  of  the  Classical 
and  Romantic  periods.  (Nossaman) 

Music  23,  24.  Class  Piano.  (2,  2) 

Four  hours  per  week.  Functional  piano  training  for  beginners.  Development  of 
techniques  useful  for  school  and  community  playing.  Basic  piano  techniques; 
chord,  arpeggio,  and  scale  techniques;  melody  and  song  playing;  simple  ac- 
companiments, improvisation  for  accompaniments  and  rhythms;  sight  reading 
and  transposition,  and  playing  by  ear^  Music  24,  continuation  of  Music  23; 
elementary  repertoire  is  begun.  (deVermond) 

Music  31,  32,  Advanced  Class  Voice.  (2,  2) 

Four  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Music  22  or  equivalent  vocal  training.  Con- 
tinuation of  Music  22,  with  more  advanced  repertoire  for  solo  voice  and  small 
ensembles.  A  special  section  for  music-education  majors  will  include  the  study 
of  methods  and  materials  for  teaching  class  voice.  (Pennington) 

Music  33,  34,  Advanced  Class  Piano.  (2,  2) 

Prerequisite,  Music  24  or  equivalent  piano  training.  Four  hours  per  week. 
Advanced  keyboard  techniques.  Continuation  of  skills  introduced  in  Music  24; 
transposition,  modulation,  and  sight  reading;  methods  of  teaching  functional 
piano.  Music  34,  development  of  style  in  playing  accompaniments  and  in  playing 
for  community  singing.    More  advanced  repertoire.  (deVermond) 

Music  61,  62,  63,  64,  65,  66,  67,  68.     Class  Study  of  Orchestral  and 

Band  Instruments.  (2  each  course) 

First  and  second  semesters  alternately.  Open  only  to  majors  in  music  education 
(instrumental  option).  Four  laboratory  hours  per  week.  A  study  of  the  in- 
struments with  emphasis  on  ensemble  training.    The  student  will  acquire  an 

91 


Music 

adequate  playing  technique  on  two  to  four  instruments,  and  an  understanding 
of  the  acoustical  and  construction  principles  of  the  others.  Music  61,  Violin; 
Music  62,  Cello  and  Bass;  Music  63,  Clarinet;  Music  64,  Flute,  Oboe,  Bassoon, 
and  Saxophone;  Music  65,  Cornet;  Music  66,  Horn,  Trombone,  Euphonium, 
and  Tuba;  Music  67,  Percussion;  Music  68,  Advanced  Strings.  (Staff) 

Music  70,  71.  Advanced  Theory  of  Music.  (4,  4) 

Prerequisite,  Music  8  with  a  grade  of  at  least  "C."  Three  lectures  and  two  lab- 
oratory hours  per  week.  An  integrated  course  of  wrJtten  harmony,  keyboard 
harmony,  and  ear  training.  Continuation  of  the  principles  studied  in  Music  8 
Harmonic  progressions;  Music  70,  eighteenth-centry  chorale  style;  Music  71, 
nineteenth-century  styles  including  chromatic  and  modulatory  techniques. 
Realization  of  figured  basses,  and  composition  in  the  smaller  forms.  Advanced 
study  of  solfege,  with  drill  in  melodic,  rhythmic,  and  harmonic  dictation.  Ap- 
plication of  harmonic  principles  to  the  keyboard.  (Payerle  and  Staff) 

Music  80.  Class  Study  of  String  Instruments.   (2) 

First  semester.  Open  only  to  majors  in  music  education  (vocal  option).  Four 
laboratory  hours  per  week.  Basic  principles  of  string  playing,  and  a  survey  of 
all  string  instruments.  (Berman) 

Music  81.  Class  Study  of  Wind  and  Percussion  Instruments.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Open  only  to  majors  in  music  education  (vocal  option). 
Four  laboratory  hours  per  week.  A  survey  of  wind  and  percussion  instru- 
ments with  emphasis  on  ensemble  training.  The  student  will  acquire  an  ade- 
quate playing  technique  on  one  instrument  and  gain  an  understanding  of  the 
acoustical  and  construction  principles  of  the  others.  (Ostling) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Music  120,  121.  History  of  Music.  (3,3) 

Prerequisites,  Music  1  or  20  and  junfor  standing.  A  study  of  muafical  styles 
from  their  origins  in  western  Europe  to  their  present-day  manifestations.  The 
interaction  of  music  and  other  cultural  activities.  Music  120,  the  Greek  period 
to  Bach;  Music  121,  Bach  to  the  present.  (Bernstein) 

Music  125.  Honors  Reading  Course.  (2-3) 

Prerequisites,  Junior  standing  and  consent  of  Honors  Committee.  Selected  read- 
ings in  the  history,  literature,  and  theory  of  music.  The  course  may  be  repeated 
for  credit  at  the  discretion  of  the  Committee.  (Staff) 

Music  130,  131.  Music  Literature  Survey  for  the  Non-Major.  (3, 
3) 

Either  semester  may  be  taken  separately.  Prerequisite,  Music  20  or  the  equiva- 
lent. Open  to  all  students  except  music  and  music-education  majors.  Selected 
compositions  are  studied  from  the  standpoint  of  the  informed  listener.  Music 
130,  choral  music,  opera,  and  art  song;  Music  131,  orchestral,  chamber,  and 
keyboard  music.  (Pennington,  Gordon) 

Music  141.  Musical  Form.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Music  70,  71.  A  study  of  the  organizing  principles  of  musical 
composition,  their  interaction  in  musical  forms,  and  their  functions  in  different 
styles.  (Staff) 

92 


Music 

Music  143,  144.  Composition.  (2,  2) 

Prerequisite,  Music  70,  71.  Principles  of  musical  composition,  and  their  appli- 
cation to  the  smaller  forms.  Original  writing  in  nineteenth  and  twentieth  cen- 
tury musical  idioms  for  various  media.  (Trimble) 

Music  145,  146.  Counterpoint.  (2,  2) 

Prerequisite,  Music  70,  71.  A  course  in  eighteenth  century  contrapuntal  tech- 
niques. Study  of  devices  of  imitation  in  the  invention  and  the  choral  prelude. 
Original  writing  in  the  smaller  contrapuntal  forms.  (Trimble) 

Music  147,  148.  Orchestration.  (2,  2) 

Prerequisite,  Music  70,  71.  A  study  of  the  ranges,  musical  functions,  and  tech- 
nical characteristics  of  the  instruments,  and  their  color  possibilities  in  various 
combinations.  Practical  experience  in  orchestrating  for  small  and  large  en- 
sembles. (Trimble) 

Music  150.  Keyboard  Harmony.  (2) 

First  semester.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
Music  70,  71.  The  application  to  the  piano  keyboard  of  the  harmonic  prmciples 
acquired  in  Music  70,  71.  Harmonization  of  melodies,  improvisation  and  accom- 
panying, playing  from  dictation,  and  transposition.  (Haley) 

Music  160,  161.  Conducting.   (2,  2) 

Music  160  or  equivalent  is  prerequisite  to  Music  161.  A  laboratory  course  in 
conducting  vocal  and  instrumental  groups.  Baton  technique,  score  reading,  re- 
hearsal techniques,  tone  production,  style,  and  interpretation.  Music  of  all 
periods  will  be  introduced.  (Traver) 

Music  164.  Solo  Vocal  Literature.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Music  120,  121,  or  the  equivalent.  The  study 
of  solo  vocal  literature  from  the  Baroque  cantata  to  the  art  song  of  the  present. 
The  Lied,  melodic,  vocal  chamber  music,  and  the  orchestral  song  are  examined. 

(Pennington) 

Music  165.  Keyboard  Music.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Music  120,  121,  or  the  equivalent.  The  history 
and  literature  of  harpsichord,  organ,  and  piano  music  from  the  Baroque  period 
to  the  present.  Suites,  sonatas,  and  smaller  forms  are  studied  with  emphasis 
on  changes  of  style  and  idiom.  (Bernstein) 

Music  166.  Survey  of  the  Opera.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Music  120,  121,  or  the  equivalent.  A  study  of 
the  music,  librettos,  and  composers  of  the  standard  operas.  (Bernstein) 

Music  167.  Symphonic  Music.  (3) 

First  semester.  Summer  session.  Prerequisite,  Music  120,  121,  or  the  equivalent. 
The  study  of  orchestral  music  from  the  Baroque  period  to  the  present.  The 
concerto,  symphony,  overture,  and  other  forms  are  examined.  (McCorkle) 

Music  168.  Chamber  Music.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Music  120,  121,  or  the  equivalent.  The  history 
and  literature  of  chamber  music  from  the  early  Baroque  period  to  the  present. 
Music  for  trio  sonata,  string  quartet  and  quintet,  and  combinations  of  piano 
and  string  instruments  is  studied.  (Ulrich) 

93 


Music 

Music  169.  Choral  Music.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Music  120,  121,  or  the  equivalent.  The  history 
and  literature  of  choral  music  from  the  Renaissance  to  the  present,  with  dis- 
cussion of  related  topics  such  as  Gregorian  chant,  vocal  chamber  music,  etc. 

(McCorkle) 

Music  175.  Canon  and  Fugue.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Music  146  or  the  equivalent.  Composition  and  analysis  of  the 
canon  and  fugue  in  the  styles  of  the  eighteenth,  nineteenth,  and  twentieth  cen- 
turies. (Trimble) 

Music  180.  Acoustics  for  Musicians.   (3) 

Prerequisites,  Music  71  or  the  equivalent,  and  senior  or  graduate  standing  in 
music.  The  basic  physics  of  music,  acoustics  of  musical  instruments  and  music 
theory,  physiological  acoustics,  and  musico-architectural  acoustics. 

(Henderson) 

For  Graduates 
Music  200.  Advanced  Studies  in  the  History  of  Music.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisites,  Music  120,  121,  and  consent  of  instructor.  A  criti- 
cal study  of  one  style  period  (Renaissance,  Baroque,  etc.)  will  be  undertaken. 
The  course  may  be  repeated  for  credit,  since  a  different  period  will  be  chosen 
each  time  it  is  offered.  (Bernstein,  McCorkle) 

Music  201.     Seminar  in  Music.    (3) 

Prerequisites,  Music  120,  121,  and  consent  of  instructor.  The  work  of  one 
major  composer  (Bach,  Beethoven,  etc.)  will  be  studied,  with  emphasis  on 
musicological  method.  The  course  may  be  repeated  for  credit,  since  a  different 
composer  will  be  chosen  each  time  it  is  offered.  (Bernstein,  McCorkle) 

Music  202.  Pro-Seminar  in  the  History  and  Literature  of 
Music.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Music  121.  An  introduction  to  graduate  study  in  the  history  and 
literature  of  music.  Bibliography  and  methodology  of  systematic  and  historical 
musicology.  (Bernstein) 

Music  203.  Seminar  in  Musicology.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Music  121.  An  intensive  course  in  one  of  the  areas  of  musicology 
such  as  performance  practices,  history  of  music  theory,  history  of  notation,  or 
ethnomusicology.  Since  a  cycle  of  subjects  will  be  studied,  the  course  may  be 
repeated  for  credit.  (Bernstein,  McCorkle) 

Music  204.  American  Music.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Music  121.  A  lecture  course  in  the  history  of  American  art  music 
from  Colonial  times  to  the  present.  (McCorkle) 

Music  206.  Advanced  Modal  Counterpoint.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Music  146  or  the  equivalent.  An  intensive  course  in  the  composi- 
tion of  music  in  the  style  of  the  late  Renaissance.  Analytical  studies  of  the 
music  of  Palestrina,  Lasso,  and  Byrd.  (Trimble) 

94 


Music 
Music  207.     The  Contemporary  Idiom.    (3) 

Prerequisite,  Music  144  or  the  equivalent.  Composition  and  analysis  in  the 
twentieth-century  styles,  with  emphasis  on  techniques  of  melody,  harmony,  and 
counterpoint.  (Trimble) 

Music  208.  Advanced  Orchestration.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Music  148  or  the  equivalent.  Orchestration  projects  in  the  styles 
of  Debussy,  Ravel,  Stravinsky,  Schoenberg,  Bartok,  and  others.  (Trimble) 

Music  209.  Seminar  in  Musical  Composition.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Music  144  or  the  equivalent.  An  advanced  course  in  musical 
composition.  (Trimble) 

Music  210.     Factors  in  Musical  Learning.   (3) 

Prerequisite,  Music  121  and  at  least  one  course  in  psychology.  The  psychology 
of  intervals,  scales,  rhythms,  and  harmony.  Musical  hearing  and  creativity.  The 
psychology  of  musical  ability.  The  theory  of  functional  music.  Musical  tests 
and  measurements.  (Staff) 

Music  211.     Special  Studies  in  Music.    (3) 

Prerequisite,  Music  121  or  the  equivalent.  Conference  course  in  problems  in 
music  history,  literature,  and  theory.   May  be  repeated  for  credit.  (Staff) 

Music  212,  213,  Interpretation,  Performance,  and  Analysis  of 
THE  Standard  Repertoire.  (2-4,  2-4). 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  graduate  faculty  in  the  Department.  A  seminar  in  analy- 
sis and  interpretation  for  the  graduate  performer,  with  advanced  instruction  at 
the  instrument  of  the  works  studied.  In  Music  213  a  seminar  paper  and  a  full 
length  recital  are  required.   Special  fee  of  $40.00  per  semester  for  each  course. 

(Staff) 

Music  215.     Aesthetics  of  Music.   (3) 

Prerequisites,  Music  121  or  the  equivalent  and  at  least  one  course  in  aesthetics. 
A  consideration  of  the  principal  theories  of  aesthetics  as  they  relate  to  music. 
A  study  of  writings  in  the  field  from  Pythagoras  to  Langer.  (Staff) 

Music  218.  Teaching  the  Theory,  History,  and  Literature  of 
Music.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  A  course  in  teaching  methodology,  with 
emphasis  on  instruction  at  the  college  level.  (Ulrich) 

Music  300,  301.  Doctoral  Seminar  in  Music  Literature.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  at  least  12  graduate  hours  in  music  history  and  literature.  An 
analytical  survey  of  the  literature  of  music:  Section  1,  keyboard  music;  Section 
2,  vocal  music;  Section  3,  string-instrument  music;  Section  4,  wind-instrument 
music.  Required  of  all  candidates  for  the  D.M.A.  degree  in  Literature-Per- 
formance. (Heim  and  Staff) 

Music  305.     Doctoral  Seminar  in  Music.   (3) 

Prerequisites,  at  least  12  graduate  hours  in  music  history  and  a  familiarity 
with  musicological  methods  and  bibliography.  A  study  of  topics  in  music  his- 
tory and  theory  based  on  original  research  in  the  subject  areas.  Required  of 
all  candidates  for  the  Ph.D.  degree.    May  be  repeated  for  credit. 

(McCorkle  and  Staff) 

95 


Applied  Music 

Music  306.     Advanced  Composition.   (3) 

Prerequisite,  Music  209  or  the  equivalent,  and  permission  of  the  instructor. 
Conference  course  in  composition  in  the  larger  forms.  (Trimble) 

Music  312,  313,  314.  Interpretation,    Performance,    and 
Pedagogy.  (4,  4,  4) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  the  Graduate  Music  faculty.  A  seminar  in  pedagogy 
and  the  pedagogical  literature  for  the  doctoral  performer,  with  advanced  in- 
struction at  the  instrument,  covering  appropriate  compositions.  Required  of 
all  candidates  for  the  D.M.A.  degree  in  Literature-Performance.  In  Music 
313  a  lecture  recital  will  be  required,  and  in  Music  314  a  seminar  paper  and 
full-length  recital.   Special  fee  of  $40.00  for  each  course.  (Staff) 

Music  399.  Thesis  Research.  (3-6) 

Research  in  Theory  or  History  and  Literature  of  Music,  and  Musical  Composi- 
tion.  May  be  repeated  for  credit.  (Staff) 


APPLIED  MUSIC 

Course  number.  A  new  student  or  one  taking  applied  music  for  the  first 
time  at  this  University  should  register  for  Music  X.  He  will  receive  the 
proper  classification  at  the  end  of  his  first  semester  in  the  Department. 
Special  fee  of  $40.00  per  semester  for  each  applied-music  course. 

Section  number:  Every  student  taking  an  applied-music  course  should, 
in  addition  to  registering  for  the  proper  course  number,  indicate  the  instru- 
ment chosen  by  adding  a  section  number  as  follows: 

Sec.  1,  Piano  Sec.  10,  Bassoon 

Sec.  2,  Voice  Sec.  11,  Horn 

Sec.  3,  Violin  Sec.  12,  Trumpet 

Sec.  4,  Viola  Sec.  13,  Trombone 

Sec.  5,  Cello  Sec.  14,  Tuba 

Sec.  6,  Bass  Sec.  15,  Euphonium 

Sec.  7,  Flute  Sec.  16,  Organ 

Sec.  8,  Oboe  Sec.  17,  Percussion 

Sec.  9,  Clarinet  Sec.  18,  Saxophone 

Music  12,  13.  Applied  Music.  (2-4  hours  each  course) 

Freshman  course.  One  hour  lesson  and  six  practice  hours  per  week  if  taken 
for  two  hours  credit;  or  one  hour  lesson  and  fifteen  practice  hours  per  week 
if  taken  for  four  hours  credit.  The  four-hour  course  is  for  piano  majors  in 
the  B.  Mus.  curriculum  only.   Special  fee  of  $40.00  per  semester.  (Staff) 

Music  52,  53.  Applied  Music.  (2-4  hours  each  course) 

Sophomore  course.  Prerequisite,  Music  13  on  the  same  instrument.  One  hour 
lesson  and  six  practice  hours  per  week  if  taken  for  two  hours  credit;  or  one 
hour  lesson  and  fifteen  practice  hours  per  week  if  taken  for  four  hours  credit. 
The  four-hour  course  is  for  instrumental  majors  in  the  B.  Mus.  curriculum 
ODly.  Special  fee  of  $40.00  per  semester.  (Staff) 

96 


Philosophy 
Music  112,  113.  Applied  Music.  (2-4  hours  each  course) 

Junior  course.  Prerequisite,  Music  53  on  the  same  instrument.  One  hour 
lesson  and  six  practice  hours  per  week  if  taken  for  two  hours  credit;  or  one 
hour  lesson  and  fifteen  practice  hours  per  week  if  taken  for  four  hours  credit. 
The  four-hour  course  is  for  instrumental  majors  in  the  B.  Mus.  curriculum 
only.    Special  fee  of  $40.00  per  semester.  (Staff) 

Music  152,  153.  Applied  Music.  (2-4  hours  each  course) 

Senior  course.  Prerequisite,  Music  113  on  the  same  instrument.  One  hour 
lesson  and  six  practice  hours  per  week  if  taken  for  two  hours  credit;  or  one 
hour  lesson  and  fifteen  practice  hours  per  week  if  taken  for  four  hours  credit. 
The  four-hour  course  is  for  instrumental  or  vocal  majors  in  the  B.  Mus.  cur- 
riculum only.    Special  fee  of  $40.00  per  semester.  (Staff) 

PHILOSOPHY 

Professor  and  Head:  Schlaretzki. 

Visiting  Professor:  Brodbeck. 

Associate  Professor:  Pasch. 

Visiting  Associate  Professors:  Alexander  and  Wieman. 

Assistant  Professors:  Brown  and  Celarier. 

Lecturers:  Goldstone,  Kress,  Roelofs  and  Varnedoe. 

The  undergraduate  course  offerings  of  the  Department  of  Philosophy  are, 
as  a  group,  intended  both  to  satisfy  the  needs  of  persons  wishing  to  make 
philosophy  their  major  field  and  to  provide  ample  opportunity  for  other 
students  to  explore  the  subject.  In  general,  the  study  of  philosophy  can 
contribute  to  the  education  of  the  university  student  by  giving  him 
experience  in  critical  and  imaginative  reflection  on  fundamental  concepts 
and  principles,  by  acquainting  him  with  some  of  the  philosophical  beUefs 
which  have  influenced  and  are  influencing  his  own  culture,  and  by 
familiarizing  him  with  some  classic  philosophical  writings  through  careful 
reading  and  discussion  of  them.  Courses  designed  with  these  objectives 
primarily  in  mind  are  Philosophy  1  (Introduction  to  Philosophy), 
Philosophy  41  (Elementary  Logic  and  Semantics),  Philosophy  45 
(Ethics),  Philosophy  53  (Philosophy  of  Religion),  and  the  lustorical 
courses  101  through  105. 

For  students  interested  particularly  in  philosophical  problems  arising 
within  their  own  special  disciplines,  a  number  of  appropriate  courses  are 
available:  Philosophy  52  (Philosophy  in  Literature),  Philosophy  130 
(The  Conflict  of  Ideals  in  Western  Civilization),  Philosophy  141 
(Philosophy  of  Language),  Philosophy  147  (Philosophy  of  Art),  Philoso- 
phy 152  (Philosophy  of  History),  Philosophy  154  (Political  and  Social 
Philosophy),  Philosophy  156  (Philosophy  of  Science),  and  Philosophy  176 
(Induction  and  Probability). 

97 


Philosophy 

The  departmental  requirements  for  a  major  in  philosophy  are  as  follows: 

( 1 )  a  total  of  at  least  27  hours  in  philosophy,  not  including  Philosophy  1 ; 

(2)  Philosophy  45,  101,  102,  and  104,  and  either  41  or  155; 

(3)  a  grade  of  "C"  or  better  in  each  course  counted  toward  the  fulfillment 
of  the  major. 

Students  who  plan  to  undertake  graduate  studies  in  philosophy  are  urged 
to  include  Philosophy  155,  169,  and  171  in  their  programs. 

For  students  of  exceptional  ability  and  interest  in  philosophy  the  Depart- 
ment offers  an  Honors  Program.  Information  regarding  this  special 
curriculum  may  be  obtained  from  the  departmental  advisers. 

Phil.  1.  Introduction  to  Philosophy.  (3) 

An  introduction  to  some  of  the  main  problems  of  philosophy,  and  to  some 
of  the  main  ways  of  dealing  with  these  problems.  (Staff) 

Phil.  41.  Elementary  Logic  and  Semantics.  (3) 

An  introductory  study  of  logic  and  language,  intended  to  help  the  student 
increase  his  ability  to  employ  language  with  understanding  and  to  reason  cor- 
rectly. Topics  treated  include  the  use  and  abuses  of  language,  techniques  for 
making  sound  inferences,  and  the  logic  of  science.  (Staff) 

Phil.  45.  Ethics.  (3) 

An  introduction  to  moral  philosophy,  including  a  critical  examination  of  some 
important  classic  and  contemporary  systems  of  ethics,  such  as  those  of  Aristotle, 
Kant,  Mills,  and  Dewey.  (Staff) 

Phil.  52.  Philosophy  in  Literature.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Reading  and  philosophical  criticism  of  novels  and  dramas  con- 
taining ideas  significant  for  ethics,  social  policy,  and  religion.  (Staff) 

Phil.  53.  Philosophy  of  Religion.  (3) 

First  semester.  This  course  seeks  to  provide  the  student  with  the  means  by 
which  he  may  approach  intelligently  the  main  problems  of  religious  thought: 
the  nature  of  religious  experience,  the  forms  of  religious  expression,  the  con- 
flicting claims  of  religion  and  science,  and  the  place  of  religion  in  the  com- 
munity and  in  the  life  of  the  individual.  (Brown,  Roelofs) 

Phil.  101.  Ancient  Philosophy.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisites,  Phil.  1  and  either  one  additional  course  in  phil- 
osophy or  senior  standing.  A  history  of  Greek  thought  from  its  beginnings  to 
the  time  of  Justinian.  The  chief  figures  discussed:  The  Presocratic  philosophers, 
Socrates,  Plato,  Aristotle,  Epicurus,  the  Stoic  philosophers,  and  Plotinus. 

(Celarier,  Varnedoe) 

Phil.  102.  Modern  Philosophy.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisites,  Phil.  1  and  either  one  additional  course  in 
philosophy  or  senior  standing.  A  history  of  philosophical  thought  in  the  West 
during  the  16th,  17th,  and  18th  centuries.  The  chief  figures  discussed:  Bacon, 
Galileo,  Descartes,  Spinoza,  Leibniz,  Locke,  Berkeley,  Hume,  and  Kant.     (Staff) 

98 


Philosophy 
Phil.  103.  Nineteenth  Century  Philosophy.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisites,  Phil.  1  and  either  one  additional  course  in 
philosophy  or  senior  standing.  A  survey  of  philosophy  in  the  nineteenth  century 
through  a  consideration  of  such  writers  as  Hegel,  Schopenhauer,  Nietzsche, 
Spencer,  Marx,  Comte,  Mill,  Mach,  and  Bradley.  (Staff) 

Phil.  104.  Twentieth  Century  Philosophy.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisites,  Phil.  1  and  either  one  additional  course  in  philo- 
sophy or  senior  standing.  A  survey  of  philosophy  in  the  twentieth  century 
through  a  consideration  of  representative  figures  in  England,  Europe,  and 
America.  Among  the  theories  to  be  studied  are  logica^  atomism  (Russell, 
Wittgenstein),  positivism  (Carnap,  Ayer),  existentialism  and  phenomenology 
Sartre,  Husserl),  naturalism  and  realism  (Dewey,  Santayana).  (Brown) 

Phil.  105.  Philosophy  in  America.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Phil  1.  A  survey  of  philosophical  thought  in 
America  from  the  eighteenth  century  to  the  present.  Special  attention  is  given 
to  Edwards,  Jefferson,  Emerson,  Royce,  Peirce,  James,  and  Dewey. 

(Schlaretzki) 

Phil.  120.  Oriental  Philosophy.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  one  course  in  philosophy.  Not  offered  on  College  Park  campus. 
An  examination  of  the  major  philosophical  systems  of  the  East,  attempting  to 
discover  the  relations  between  these  and  important  ideas  of  Western  thought. 

Phil.  123,  124.  Philosophies  Men  Live  By.  (3,  3) 

Not  offered  on  College  Park  campus.  An  exploration  of  the  fundamental  beliefs 
which  determine  what  men  make  of  their  lives  and  of  the  world  they  live  in. 
Classic  statements  of  these  beliefs  by  great  philosophers  will  be  chosen  for  class 
discussion  on  the  basis  of  their  significance  for  the  problems  confronting  modern 
man. 

Phil.  130.  The  Conflict  of  Ideals  in  Western  Civilization.  (3) 

First  semester.  A  critical  and  constructive  philosophical  examination  of  the 
assumptions,  goals,  and  methods  of  contemporary  democracy,  fascism,  socialism, 
and  communism,  with  special  attention  to  the  ideological  conflict  between  the 
U.S.A.  and  the  U.S.S.R.  (Staff) 

Phil.  141.  Philosophy  of  Language.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Phil.  41.  An  inquiry  into  the  nature  and  function  of  language  and 
other  forms  of  symbolism.  (Kress) 

Phil.   147.  Philosophy  of  Art.  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  fundamental  concepts  in  art  and  in  esthetic  experience 
generally.  Readings  from  the  works  of  artists,  estheticians,  critics  and  phi- 
losophers. (Brown) 

Phil.   151.  Ethical  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Phil.  45.  Contemporary  problems  having  to  do  with  the  meaning 
of  the  principal  concepts  of  ethics  aiKi  with  the  nature  of  moral  reasoning. 

(Schlaretzki) 

Phil.   152.  Philosophy  of  History.  (3) 

First  semester.  An  examination  of  the  nature  of  historical  knowledge  and 
historical  explanation,  and  of  theories  of  the  meaning  of  world  history. 

(Staff) 

99 


Philosophy 

Phil.  154.  Political  and  Social  Philosophy.  (3) 

Second  semester.  A  systematic  treatment  of  the  main  philosophical  issues 
encountered  in  the  analysis  and  evaluation  of  social  (especially  political) 
institutions.  (Schlaretzki) 

Phil.  155.  Symbolic  Logic.  (3) 

Phil.  41  or  Math.  3  recommended  but  not  required.  An  introduction  to  the 
concepts  and  techniques  of  modern  formal  logic  by  means  of  matrix  and 
axiomatic  developments  of  the  sentential  calculus  and  an  examination  of  the 
first-order  predicate  calculus  in  a  system  of  natural  deduction.  (Pasch) 

Phil.  156.  Philosophy  of  Science.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  Phil.  41  and  either  101  or  102;  or  consent  of  instructor.  An 
inquiry  into  the  relations  of  the  sciences,  the  nature  of  observation,  hypotheses, 
verification,  experiment,  measurement,  scientific  laws  and  theories,  the  basic 
concepts  and  presuppositions  of  science,  and  the  relations  of  science  to  society. 

(Staff) 

Phil.  157.  Theory  of  Meaning.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  Phil.  41  and  102.  A  study  of  theories  about  the  meaning  of 
linguistic  expressions,  including  the  verification  theory  and  the  theory  of  meaning 
as  use.  Among  topics  to  be  considered  are  naming,  referring,  synonomy,  inten- 
sion and  extension,  and  ontological  commitment.  Such  writers  as  Mill,  Frege, 
Russell,  Lewis,  Carnap,  Wittgenstein,  Austin,  and  Quine  will  be  discussed. 

(Staff) 

Phil.  169.  Topics  in  Contemporary  Philosophy.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Phil.  102.  An  intensive  examination  of  contemporary  problems  and 
issues.  Source  material  will  be  selected  from  recent  books  and  articles.  May 
be  repeated  for  credit  when  the  topics  dealt  with  are  different.  (Staff) 

Phil.  170.  Metaphysics.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisites,  Phil.  101  and  102.  Phil.  41  recommended.  A  study 
of  some  central  metaphysical  concepts  (such  as  substance,  relation,  causality, 
and  time)  and  of  the  nature  of  metaphysical  thinking.  (Pasch) 

Phil.  171.  Theory  of  Knowledge.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisites,  Phil.  101  and  102.  Phil.  41  recommended.  The 
origin,  nature,  and  validity  of  knowledge  will  be  considered  in  terms  of  some 
philosophic  problems  about  perceiving  and  thinking,  knowledge  and  belief, 
thought  and  language,  truth  and  confirmation.  (Pasch) 

Phil.  175.  Topics  in  Symbolic  Logic.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Phil.  155.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  when  the  topics  dealt  with 
are  different.  (Staff) 

Phil.  176.  Induction  and  Probability.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  inferential  forms,  with  emphasis 
on  the  logical  structure  underlying  such  inductive  procedures  as  estimating  and 
hypothesis-testing.  Decision-theoretic  rules  relating  to  induction  will  be  con- 
sidered, as  well  as  classic  theories  of  probability  and  induction.  (Staff) 

Phil.  180.  The  Philosophy  of  Plato.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisites,  Phil.  101  and  102.  A  critical  study  of  selected 
dialogues.  (Celarier) 

100 


Philosophy 
Phil.  181.  The  Philosophy  of  Aristotle.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisites,  Phil.  101  and  102.  A  critical  study  of  selected 
portions  of  Aristotle's  writings.  (Celarier) 

Phil.  182.  Medieval  Philosophy.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Phil.  101  or  102.  A  history  of  philosophic  thought  in  the  West 
from  the  close  of  the  Classical  period  to  the  Renaissance.  Based  on  readings 
of  the  Stoics,  early  Christian  writers,  Neoplatonists,  later  Christian  writers  and 
Schoolmen.  (Celarier) 

Phil.  184.  The  Continental  Rationalists.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  Phil.  101  and  102.  A  critical  study  of  the  systems  of  some  of  the 
major  17th  and  18th  century  rationalists,  with  special  reference  to  Descartes, 
Spinoza,  and  Leibniz.  (Staff) 

Phil.  185.  The  British  Empiricists.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  Phil.  101  and  102.  A  critical  study  of  selected  writings  of  Locke, 
Berkeley,  and  Hume.  (Staff) 

Phil.  186.  The  Philosophy  of  Kant.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  Phil.  101  and  102.  A  critical  study  of  selected  portions  of  Kant's 
writings.  (Staff) 

Phil.  190.  Honors  Seminar.  (3) 

Each  semester.  Open  to  honors  students  in  philosophy  and,  by  permission  of 
the  instructoi,  to  honors  students  in  other  departments.  Research  in  selected 
topics,  with  group  discussion.  May  be  repeated  for  credit  when  the  topics 
dealt  with  are  different.  (Staff) 

Phil.  191,  192,  193,  194.  Topical  Investigations.  (1-3) 

(Staff) 
Phil.  255.  Seminar  in  the  History  of  Philosophy.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  (Staff) 

Phil.  256.  Seminar  in  the  Problems  of  Philosophy.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  (Staff) 

Phil.  260.  Seminar  in  Ethics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  (Schlaretzki) 

Phil.  261.  Seminar  in  Esthetics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  (Brown) 

Phil.  270.  Seminar  in  Metaphysics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  (Staff) 

Phil.  271.  Seminar  in  Theory  of  Knowledge.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  (Pasch) 

Phil.  292.  Selected  Problems  in  Philosophy.  (1-3) 

Each  semester.    Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  (Staff) 

Phil.  399.  Research  in  Philosophy.  (1-12) 

Each  semester.  (Staff) 

101 


Physics  and  Astronomy 


PHYSICS  AND  ASTRONOMY 

Professor  and  Chairman:  Laster. 

Professors:  Day,  Estabrook,  Ferrell,  Friedman  (p.t.),  Griem,  Hay- 
ward  (P.T.),  Holmgren,  Hornyak,  MacDonald,  F.  McDonald  (p.t.), 
Marion,  Musen  (p.t.),  Myers,  Rado  (p.t.),  Slawsky  (p.t.),  Snow, 
Stern,  Sucher,  Weber,  Westerhout  and  Yodh. 

Research  Professors:  Mason,^  Montroll,^  Opik,  Pai,®  Tidman,^ 
Schamp,^    Vanderslice^   and   Weske.^ 

Visiting  Professors:  Eden  and  Horie. 

Associate  Professors:  Alley,  Bennett  (p.t.),  Detenbeck,  J.  R.  Dixon 
(p.t.).  Earl,  Erickson,  Falk,  Glasser,  Glover,  Greenberg,  Misner, 
Oneda,  Prange,  Pugh,  Smith,  Steinberg,  Van  Wijk,  Wall,  Zipoy  and 
G.  Zorn. 

Research  Associate  Professors:  Benesch,^  Faller  ^  and  Wilkerson.^ 

Visiting  Associate  Professors:  Eberhagen  and  Komesaroff. 

Assistant  Professors:  Anderson,  Armstrong,  Bardasis,  Bettinger, 
Beall,  Bell,  Bhagat,  Block,  Condon,  DeSilva,  DiLavore,  Dorf- 
man,^  Dragt,  Fivel,  Click,  Gutsche  (p.t.),  Hagge  (p.t.),  Kacser, 
Kehoe,  Kim,  Koch,  Leibowitz,  Pati,  Whatley,  Woo,  Woods,  Zapolsky 
and  B.  S.  Zorn. 

Research  Assistant  Professors:  Charatis,  De  Rocco,*^  Guernsey,® 
Krisher,^  Koopman,^  and  Lashinsky.^ 

Visiting  Assistant  Professors:  Guss  and  Young. 

Research  Associates:  Beres,  Burn,  Carmeli,  Clem,  W.  G.  Dixon,  Kor- 
enmann,  Kunze,  Lincke,  Poultney,  Rabinovitch,  Resnikoff,  Rich- 
ard, Saiedy  and  White. 

Visiting  Lecturers:  Fichtel  and  Meckler. 

The  physics  curriculum  for  the  B.S.  degree  is  designed  for  students  who  de- 
sire education  in  the  fundamentals  of  physics  in  preparation  for  graduate 
work  or  teaching,  or  for  positions  in  governmental  and  industrial  labor- 
atories. Students  who  enter  the  University  intending  to  major  in  physics  are 
urged  to  take,  during  the  first  two  years,  the  introductory  courses  Physics 
15,  16,  17,  18,  and  60,  61.  For  students  who  enter  the  physics  major  in 
their  junior  year,  however,  Physics  20,  21,  60,  104,  105  and  106  may  be 
substituted  for  the  Physics  15-61  sequence.  All  students  should  accompany 


8  Member  of  the  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
8  Member  of  the  Institute  of  Molecular  Physics 


102 


Physics    and    Astronomy 

these  basic  courses  with  Math.  19,  20,  21,  and  22  (4,  4,  4,  4),  (or  the  cor- 
responding honors  courses)  and  one  advanced  mathematics  course.  Physics 
majors  are  encouraged  to  try  to  enroll  in  the  accelerated  honors  sections  of 
all  of  these  courses  when  they  are  qualified. 

After  completion  of  the  courses  mentioned  above,  the  Physics  majors  will 
be  required  to  take  the  following  courses:  Physics  127,  128 — Elements  of 
Mathematical  Physics  (4,  4),  Physics  118 — Introduction  to  Modern  Phys- 
ics (3),  and  Physics  119 — Modern  Physics  (3);  and  at  least  two  semesters 
of  advanced  laboratory  courses  (e.g.,  Physics  100,  109,  110,  140,  141,  or 
190).  Supporting  courses  must  include  at  least  one  additional  mathematics 
course  approved  by  the  physics  adviser  (which  is  usually  Mathematics  110 
or  Mathematics  162).  At  least  38  credits  in  physics  normally  are  required. 

The  departmental  requirement  is  at  least  a  "C"  in  each  semester  of  the  first 
year  of  the  introductory  course.  Students  who  wish  to  be  recommended 
for  graduate  work  must  maintain  a  "B"  average  and  should  also  include  as 
many  as  possible  of  the  following  courses:  Physics  120 — Nuclear  Physics 
(4),  Physics  122 — Properties  of  Matter  (4),  Physics  140,  141 — Atomic 
and  Nuclear  Physics  Laboratory  (3,  3),  Physics  144,  145 — Methods  of 
Theoretical  Physics  (4,  4),  and  Mathematics  110,  111 — Advanced  Cal- 
culus (4,  4). 

Recommended  course  programs  are  available  from  the  Department. 

HONORS  IN  PHYSICS:  The  honors  program  offers  to  students  of  excep- 
tional ability  and  interest  in  physics  an  educational  program  with  a  number 
of  special  opportunities  for  learning.  Honors  sections  are  offered  in  sev- 
eral courses,  and  there  are  many  opportunities  for  part-time  research  par- 
ticipation which  may  develop  into  full-time  summer  projects.  An  honors 
seminar  is  offered  for  advanced  students;  credit  may  be  given  for  inde- 
pendent work  or  study;  and  certain  graduate  courses  are  open  for  credit 
toward  the  bachelor's  degree. 

Students  for  the  Honors  Program  are  accepted  by  the  Department's  Honors 
Committee  on  the  basis  of  recommendations  from  their  advisers  and  other 
faculty  members.  A  final  written  and  oral  comprehensive  examination  in 
the  senior  year  concludes  the  program  which  may  lead  to  graduation  "with 
Honors  (or  High  Honors)  in  Physics." 

CHEMICAL  PHYSICS:  See  Molecular  Physics,  page  88. 

Phys.  1.  Elements  of  Physics:  Mechanics,  Heat,  and  Sound.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  successful  passing  of  the  qualifying  ex- 
amination in  elementary  mathematics.  Lecture  demonstration  fee,  $3.00.  The 
first  half  of  a  survey  course  in  general  physics.  This  course  is  for  the  general 
student  and  does  not  satisfy  the  requirements  of  the  professional  schools.  (Alley) 


103 


Physics  and  Astronomy 

Phys.  2.  Elements  of  Physics:  Magnetism,  Electricity,  and 
Optics.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Phys.  1.  Lecture  demonstration  fee,  $3.00. 
The  second  half  of  a  survey  course  in  general  physics.  This  course  is  for  the 
general  student  and  does  not  satisfy  the  requirements  of  the  professional  schools. 

(Alley) 

Phys.  3.  Introduction  to  Physics.  (4) 

Three  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  qualification 
to  enter  Math.  10.  Intended  for  students  majoring  in  neither  the  physical  nor 
biological  sciences.  A  study  of  the  development  of  some  of  the  basic  ideas  of 
physical  science.   Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  (Beall) 

Phys.  10,  11.  Fundamentals  of  Physics.  (4,  4) 

Three  lectures,  one  recitation,  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  entrance  credit  in  trigonometry  or  Math.  11  or  concurrent  enroll- 
ment in  Math  18.  Lecture  demonstration  and  laboratory  fee,  $10.00  per  se- 
mester. A  course  in  general  physics  treating  the  fields  of  mechanics,  heat, 
sound,  electricity,  magnetism,  optics,  and  modern  physics.  This  course  satisfies 
the  minimum  requirements  of  medical  and  dental  schools. 

(Yodh,  Koch,  Estabrook,  Stern,  and  Staflf) 

Phys.  15,  16.  Introductory  Physics:  Mechanics,  Fluids,  Heat,  and 
Sound.  (4,  4) 

Three  lectures  and  two  demonstration  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  a  high 
school  physics  course  and  concurrent  enrollment  in  Math.  18,  19,  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Lecture  demonstration  fee,  $3.00  per  semester.  The  first  half 
of  a  broad,  detailed  introduction  to  physics,  intended  primarily  for  physics 
majors  and  other  students  with  superior  backgounds  in  mathematics  and  the 
sciences.  (Whatley,  Leibowitz,  Wall) 

Phys.  17.  Introductory  Physics:  Electricity  and  Magnetism.  (4) 

Three  lectures  and  two  demonstration  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Phys.  15, 
16  and  previous  or  concurrent  enrollment  in  Phys.  60  and  Math.  20.  Lecture 
demonstration  fee,  $3.00.  The  third  quarter  of  a  broad,  detailed  introduction 
to  physics,  intended  primarily  for  physics  majors  and  other  students  with  su- 
perior backgrounds  in  mathematics  and  the  sciences.  (Hornyak) 

Phys.  18.  Introductory  Physics:  Optics  and  Modern  Physics.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  and  two  demonstration  periods  a  week.  Pre- 
requisites, Phys.  17  and  previous  or  concurrent  enrollment  in  Phys.  60  and 
Math.  21,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Lecture  demonstration  fee,  $3.00.  The  last 
quarter  of  a  broad,  detailed  introduction  to  physics,  intended  primarily  for 
physics  majors  and  other  students  with  superior  backgrounds  in  mathematics 
and  the  sciences.  (Hornyak) 

Phys.  20.  General  Physics:  Mechanics,  Heat,  and  Sound.  (5) 

Three  lectures,  two  recitations  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Math.  20  to  be  taken  concurrently.  Lecture  demonstration  and  laboratory  fee, 
$10.00.  The  first  half  of  a  course  in  general  physics.  Required  of  all  students 
in  the  engineering  curricula. 

(Day,  Eastabrook,  Five!,  Kacser,  MacDonald,  and  Staflf) 

104 


Physics    and    Astronomy 

Phys.  21.  General  Physics:  Electricity,  Magnetism,  and  Optics. 

(5) 

Three  lectures,  two  recitations,  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  Phys.  20.  Math.  21  to  be  taken  concurrently.  Lecture  demonstra- 
tions and  laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  The  second  half  of  a  course  in  general 
physics.    Required  of  all  students  in  the  engineering  curricula. 

(Day,  Eastabrook,  Fivel,  Kacser,  MacDonald,  and  Staff) 

Phys.  50,  51.  Intermediate  Physics.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  lectures  a  week.   Prerequisite,  Phys.  11  or  21. 

(Whatley) 

Phys.  52.  Heat.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Phys.  11  or  21.  Math. 
20  is  to  be  taken  concurrently.  (Schamp) 

Phys.  53.  Nuclear  Physics  and  Radioactivity.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.   Prerequisite,  Phys.  11  or  21.  (Young) 

Phys.  54.  Sound.  (3) 

(Will  be  given  only  with  sufficient  demand.)  Three  lectures  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite, Phys.  11  or  21.  Math.  21  is  to  be  taken  concurrently.  (Myers) 

Phys.  60,  61.  Intermediate  Physics  Experiments.   (2,  2) 

Four  hours  of  laboratory  work  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Phys.  11  or  21  or  con- 
current enrollment  in  Phys.  17  or  Phys.  18.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00  per  semes- 
ter. Selected  experiments.  (Block,  Poultney) 

Phys.  100.  Advanced  Experiments.  (2  credits  per  semester) 

Four  hours  of  laboratory  work  per  week.  Prerequisite,  four  credits  of  Phys. 
60  or  consent  of  instructor.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00  per  semester.  Selected  fun- 
damental experiments  in  electricity  and  magnetism,  elementary  electronics,  and 
optics.  (Glover,  Pugh) 

Phys.  102.  Optics.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Phys.  11  or  21  and 
Math.  21.  It  is  suggested,  but  not  required,  that  Phys.  60  or  Phys.  100  be  taken 
concurrently  with  this  course.  Geometrical  optics,  optical  instruments,  wave 
motion,  interference  and  diffraction,  and  other  phenomena  in  physical  optics. 

(Erickson) 

Phys.  103.  Applied  Optics.  (3) 

(Will  be  given  only  with  sufficient  demand.)  Three  lectures  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite, Phys.  102.   A  detailed  study  of  physical  optics  and  its  applications. 

(Alley) 

Phys.  104,  105.  Electricity  and  Magnetism.  (3,  3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Phys.  11  or  21;  Math.  21.  Electrostatics, 
direct  current  and  alternating  current  circuitry,  electomagnetic  effects  of  steady 
currents,  electromagnetic  induction,  radiation,  development  of  Maxwell's  equa- 
tions, Poynting  vector,  wave  equations,  and  electronics.  (Steinberg) 

105 


Physics  and  Astronomy 

Phys.  106,  107.  Theoretical  Mechanics.  (3,  3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Phys.  51  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  de- 
tailed study  of  Newtonian  mechanics.  Dynamics,  the  motion  of  rigid  bodies, 
oscillation  problems,  etc.,  are  studied.  Lagrange's  equation  of  the  first  kind  and 
the  Hamilton-Jacobi  equation  are  introduced.  (Marion) 

Phys.  109.  Electronic  Circuits.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Three  hours  of  lecture  and  two  of  laboratory  per  week. 
Prerequisite,  Physics  100  and  concurrent  enrollment  in  Physics  105  or  Physics 
128.  Theory  of  semi-conductor  and  vacuum  tube  circuits.  Laboratory  fee, 
$10.00.   Application  in  experimental  physics.  (Condon) 

Phys.  110.  Special  Laboratory  Projects  in  Physics.  (1,  2,  or  3) 

Two  hours  laboratory  work  a  week  for  each  credit  hour.  One  to  three  credits 
may  be  taken  concurrently  each  semester.  (Will  be  given  only  with  sufficient 
demand.)  Prerequisite,  Phys.  100  and  consent  of  adviser.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00 
per  credit  hour.   Selected  advanced  experiments.  (Glover,  Pugh) 

Phys.  111.  Physics  Shop  Techniques.  (1) 

First  semester.  One  three-hour  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Phys.  100 
or  consent  of  instructor.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  Machine  tools,  design  and 
construction  of  laboratory  equipment.  (Horn) 

Phys.  114,  115.  Introduction  to  Biophysics.  (2,  2) 

(Will  be  given  only  with  sufficient  demand.)  Two  lectures  a  week.  Pre- 
requisites, intermediate  physics  and  Math.  21.  A  study  of  the  physical  principles 
involved  in  biological  processes,  with  particular  emphasis  on  current  research 
in  biophysics.  (Montroll) 

Phys.  116,  117.  Introduction  to  Fluid  Dynamics.  (3,  3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Phys.  106  and  Math.  21.  Kinematics  of 
fluid  flow,  properties  of  incompressible  fluids,  complex  variable  methods  of 
analysis,  wave  motions.  (Koopman) 

Phys.  118.  Introduction  to  Modern  Physics.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  general  physics  and  integral  calculus, 
with  some  knowledge  of  difi"erential  equations  and  a  degree  of  maturity  as 
evidenced  by  having  taken  one  or  more  of  the  courses  Phys.  50  through  Phys. 
110.  Introductory  discussion  of  special  relativity,  origin  of  quantum  theory, 
Bohr  atom,  wave  mechanics,  atomic  structure,  and  optical  spectra. 

(Myers,  Zom) 

Phys,  119.  Modern  Physics.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Phys.  118.  A  survey  of  nuclear  physics, 
x-rays,  radioactivity,  wave  mechanics,  and  cosmic  radiation. 

(Bardasis,  Zom) 

Phys.  120.  Nuclear  Physics.  (4) 

Four  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Phys.  119.  An  introduction  to  nuclear 
physics  at  the  pre-quantum-mechanics  level.  Properties  of  nuclei;  radioactivity; 
nuclear  systematics;  nuclear  moments;  the  shell  model,  interaction  of  charged 
particles  and  gamma  rays  with  matter;  nuclear  detector;  accelerators;  nuclear 
reactions;  beta  decay;  high  energy  phenomena.  (Holmgren) 

106 


Physics  and  Astronomy 
Phys.  121.  Neutron  Physics  and  Fission  Reactors.  (4) 

Four  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Phys.  120.  Neutron  diffusion  and  reactor 
physics.  (Marion) 

Phys.  122.  Properties  of  Matter.  (4) 

Each  semester.  Four  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Phys.  119  or  equivalent. 
Introduction  to  solid  state  physics.  Electro-magnetic,  thermal,  and  elastic 
properties  of  metals,  semiconductors  and  insulators.  (Glover,  E.  Stern) 

Phys.  123.  Introduction  to  Atmospheric  and  Space  Physics.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Physics  127  and  Physics 
118  or  consent  of  instructor.  Motions  of  charged  particles  in  magnetic  fields, 
aspects  of  plasma  physics  related  to  cosmic  rays  and  radiation  belts,  atomic 
phenomena  in  the  atmosphere,  thermodynamics  and  dynamics  of  the  atmos- 
phere. (Bettinger,  Laster) 

Phys.  126.  Kinetic  Theory  of  Gases.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Phys.  107  and  Math.  21.  Dynamics  of 
gas  particles,  Maxwell-Boltzmann  distribution,  diffusion,  Brownian  motion,  etc. 

(Mason) 

Phys.  127,  128.  Elements  of  Mathematical  Physics. 

Mechanics,  Potential  Theory,  and  Electromagnetic  Waves  (4,  4).  First  and 
second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  Physics  18  and  Mathematics  21,  or  consent  of 
instructor.  A  careful  study  of  mathematical  approaches  used  in  mechanics,  elec- 
tricity and  magnetism,  and  physical  optics.  (Dragt) 

Phys.  130,  131.  Basic  Concepts  of  Physics.  (2,  2) 

Two  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  junior  standing.  Lecture  demonstration 
fee,  $2.00  per  semester.  A  primarily  descriptive  course  intended  mainly  for 
those  students  in  the  liberal  arts  who  have  not  had  any  other  course  in  physics. 
This  course  does  not  satisfy  the  requirements  of  professional  school  nor  serve 
as  a  prerequisite  or  substitute  for  other  physics  courses.  The  main  emphasis 
in  the  course  will  be  on  the  concepts  of  physics,  their  evolution  and  their  re- 
lations to  other  branches  of  human  endeavor.  (Armstrong) 

Phys.  140,  141.  Atomic  and  Nuclear  Physics  Laboratory.  (3,  3) 

One  lecture  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisites,  two  credits  of 
Phys.  100  and  consent  of  instructor.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00  per  semester. 
Classical  experiments  in  atomic  physics  and  more  sophisticated  experiments  in 
current  techniques  in  nuclear  physics.    Enrollment  is  limited  to  ten  students. 

(Earl) 

Phys.  144,  145.  Methods  of  Theoretical  Physics.  (4,  4) 

Prerequisite,  Physics  127,  128.  A  survey  of  basic  ideas  in  thermodynamics  and 
statistical  mechanics.  An  introduction  to  electrodynamics,  quantum  mechanics, 
and  relativity.  Primary  emphasiss  will  be  placed  upon  the  mathematical  methods 
involved  in  understanding  those  topics.  (Ferrell,  Griem) 

Phys.  150.  Special  Problems  in  Physics. 

Prerequisite,  major  in  physics  and  consent  of  adviser.  Research  or  special 
study.  Credit  according  to  work  done.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00  per  credit 
hour  when  appropriate.  (Staff) 

107 


Physics  and  Astronomy 

Phys.  152.  Introduction   to  Thermodynamics  and  Statistical 
Mechanics.   (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Mathematics  21,  Physics  18  or  51,  or 
consent  of  the  instructor.  Introduction  of  basic  concepts  in  thermodynamics 
and  statistical  mechanics.  (Bhagat) 

Phys.  190.  Independent  Studies  Seminar. 

Credit  according  to  work  done,  each  semester.  Enrollment  is  limited  to  students 
admitted  to  the  Independent  Studies  Program  in  Physics.  (Staff) 

For  Graduates 

Of  the  courses  which  follow,  200,  201,  204,  205,  212,  213,  234,  235,  252, 
253,  254,  255  and  258  are  given  every  year;  all  others  will  be  given  accord- 
ing to  demand. 

Phys.  200,  201.  Theoretical  Dynamics.  (3,  3) 

Three  lecture  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Physics  127  or  equivalent.  This 
basic  course  for  graduate  study  in  physics  covers  advanced  classical  mechanics, 
hydrodynamics,  elasticity,  thermodynamics,  and  statistical  mechanics.  It  is 
normally  taken  concurrently  with  Physics  204,  205.        (Myers,  Glick,  Misner) 

Phys.  202,  203.  Advanced  Dynamics.  (2,  2) 

Two  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Phys.  200.  A  detailed  study  of  advanced 
classical  mechanics.  (Myers) 

Phys.  204,  205.  Electrodynamics.  (3,  3) 

Three  lecture  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Physics  128  or  equivalent.  This 
basic  course  for  graduate  study  in  physics  covers  electrodynamics  and  relativity. 
It  is  normally  taken  concurrently  with  Physics  200,  201. 

(Sucher,  Woods,  Zipoy) 

Phys.  206.  Kinetic  Theory  of  Plasmas.  (3) 

Three  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Physics  204,  205.  Knowledge 
of  complex  variable  theory  is  also  desirable.  A  detailed  study  of  plasma  physics. 

(Tidman) 

Phys.  207.  Plasma  Physics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Physics  204,  205.  Orbit  theory,  transport  processes,  radiation, 
waves,  stability  theory.  (Griem) 

Phys.  208.  Thermodynamics.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Phys.  201.  The  first  and 
second  laws  of  thermodynamics  are  examined  and  applied  to  homogeneous  and 
non-homogeneous  systems,  calculations  of  properties  of  matter,  the  derivation 
of  equilibrium  condition  and  phase  transitions,  the  theory  of  irreversible  proc- 
esses. (Schamp) 

Phys.  210.  Statistical  Mechanics.   (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Phys.  119  and  Phys. 
201,  205.  A  study  of  the  determination  of  microscopic  behavior  of  matter 
from  microscopic  models.  Microcanonical,  canonical,  and  grand  canonical 
models.   Applications  to  solid  state  physics  and  the  study  of  gases. 

(Dorfman,  Montroll) 

108 


Physics    and    Astronomy 
Phys.  212,  213.  Introduction  to  Quantum  Mechanics.  (4,  4) 

Four  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Phys.  200  or  an  outstanding  undergrad- 
uate background  in  physics.  A  study  of  the  Schroedinger  equation,  matrix 
formulations  of  quantum  mechanics,  approximation  methods,  scattering  theory, 
etc.,  and  applications  to  solid  state,  atomic,  and  nuclear  physics. 

(Zapolsky,  Falk,  Weber) 

Phys.  214.  Theory  of  Atomic  Spectra.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Phys.  213.  A  study  of  atomic  spectra  and 
structure — one  and  two  electron  spectra,  fine  and  hyperfine  structure,  line 
strengths,  line  width,  etc.  (Wilkerson) 

Phys.  215.  Theory  of  Molecular  Spectra.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Phys.  214.  The  structure  and  properties  of 
molecules  as  revealed  by  rotational,  vibrational,  and  electronic  spectra. 

(Vanderslice) 

Phys.  216,  217.  Molecular  Physics.  (2,  2) 

Two  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Phys.  213.  Molecular  theory  of  gases  and 
liquids,  ensemble  theory,  analysis  of  empirical  models  for  molecular  interactions, 
theory  of  Coulomb  interactions  between  charge  distribution.  (Benesch) 

Phys.  218,  219.  X-Rays  and  Crystal  Structure.  (3,  3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Phys.  201.  A  detailed  study  of  crystal 
structure  of  solids  and  of  x-rays.  (Glover) 

Phys.  220.  Application  of  X-Ray  and  Electron  Diffraction 
Methods.  (2) 

Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  concurrent  enrollment  in  Phys. 
218.  The  investigation  of  crystal  structure,  using  x-rays  and  electron  diffrac- 
tion. (E.  Stem) 

Phys.  221.  Upper  Atmosphere  and  Cosmic  Ray  Physics.  (2) 

Two  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Phys.  200  or  consent  of  instructor.  Struc- 
ture of  the  atmosphere,  rocket  and  satellite  experiments,  primary  and  secondary 
cosmic  rays,  origins  of  cosmic  rays,  geomagnetic  theory.  (Laster) 

Phys.  222,  223.  Boundary-Value  Problems  of  Theoretical  Physics. 
(2,2) 

Prerequisite,  Phys.  205.  (Falk) 

Phys.  224,  225.  Supersonic  Aerodynamics  and  Compressible  Flow. 
(2,2) 

Two  lectures  a  week.   Prerequisite,  Phys.  201.  (Pai) 

Phys.  226,  227.  Theoretical  Hydrodynamics.  (3,  3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Phys.  201.  A  detailed  study  of  advanced 
fluid  dynamics.  (Burgers) 

Phys.  228.  Symmetry  Problems  in  Physics.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Physics  213.  A  study  of  general  methods 
of  classification  of  physical  systems  by  their  symmetries  and  invariance  prop- 
erties, especially  in  quantum  field  theory  applications.  (Pati) 

109 


Physics  and  Astronomy 
Phys.  230,  Seminar. 

Seminars  on  various  topics  in  advanced  physics  are  held  each  semester,  with 
the  contents  varied  each  year.    One  credit  for  each  seminar  each  semester. 

(Staff) 

Phys.  231.  Applied  Physics  Seminar. 

(One  credit  for  each  semester.)  (Staff) 

Phys.  232,  233.  Hydromechanics  Seminar.  (1,  1) 

One  meeting  a  week.  (Staff) 

Phys.  234,  235.  Theoretical  Nuclear  Physics.  (3,  3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Phys.  120;  co-requisite,  Physics  254.  Nuclear 
properties  and  reactions,  nuclear  forces,  two,  three,  and  four  body  problems, 
nuclear  spectroscopy,  beta-decay,  and  related  topics.  (MacDonald,  Beres) 

Phys.  236.  Theory  of  Relativity.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Phys.  200.  A  study  of  Einstein's  special 
theory  of  relativity  and  some  consequences,  and  a  brief  survey  of  the  foundations 
of  general  relativity.  (Weber,  Misner) 

Phys.  238.  Quantum  Theory — Selected  Topics.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.    Prerequisite,  Phys.  213. 

Phys.  239.  Elementary  Particles.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Phys.  254.  Survey  of  elementary  particles 
and  their  properties,  quantum  field  theory,  meson  theory,  weak  interactions, 
possible  extensions  of  elementary  particle  theory.  (Day,  Snow) 

Phys.  240,  241.  Theory  of  Sound  and  Vibrations.  (3,  3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Phys.  201.  A  detailed  study  of  acoustics 
and  the  theory  of  vibrations.  (Weber,  Zipoy) 

Phys.  242,  243.  Theory  of  Solids.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  lectures  a  week.  Co-requisite,  Phys.  254.  Prop- 
erties of  metals  lattice  vibrations  and  specific  beats,  Boltzmann,  Fermi-Dirac, 
and  Bose-Einstein  statitics,  free  electron  gas  theories,  band  theory  of  metals. 

(Prange) 

Phys.  245.  Special  Topics  in  Applied  Physics. 

(2  credits  each  semester.)   Two  lectures  a  week.  (Staff) 

Phys.  246,  247.  Special  Topics  in  Fluid  Dynamics.  (2,  2) 

Prerequisites,  advanced  graduate  standing  and  consent  of  the  instructor. 

(Burgers) 

Phys.  248,  249.  Special  Topics  in  Modern  Physics.  (2,  2) 

Two  lectures  a  week.   Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  (Staff) 

Phys.  252,  253.  Nuclear  Structure  Physics.  (3,  3) 

Three  lecture  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Phys.  120  or  equivalent;  co-requisite, 
Phys.  212,  213  or  consent  of  instructor.  Nuclear  structure  and  nuclear  reactions. 
Two-body  scatterings;  nucleon-nucleon  forces  and  the  deuteron.  Neutron  scatter- 

no 


Physics  and  Astronomy 

ing;  the  optical  model.  Reasonance  reactions,  phase-shift  analysis,  positions  and 
properties  of  energy  levels;  the  shell  model.  Direct  reactions.  Electromagnetic 
transitions.  Photoreactions.  The  design  of  experiments;  the  extraction  of  para- 
meters from  experimental  data  and  the  comparison  with  nuclear  models. 

(Marion,  Holmgren) 

Phys.  254.  Advanced  Quantum  Mechanics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Physics  213.  Relativistic  wave  equations,  second  quantization  in 
many  body  problems  and  relativistic  wave  equations,  Feynman-Dyson  perturba- 
tion theory,  applications  to  many  body  problems,  applications  to  quantum 
electrodynamics,  elements  of  renormalization.  (Ferrell,  Kim) 

Phys.  255.  Advanced  Quantum  Mechanics.  (3) 

Second  Semester.  Prerequisite,  Physics  254.  Renormalizations  of  Lagrangian 
Field  Theories,  Lamb  Shift,  Positronium  fine  structure,  T.  C.  P.  invariance,  con- 
nection between  spin  and  statistics,  broken  symmetries  in  many  body  problems, 
soluble  models,  analyticity  in  perturbation  theory,  simple  applications  of  dis- 
persion relations.  (Kim) 

Phys.  257.  Theoretical  Methods  in  Elementary  Particles.  (3) 

First  Semester.   Co-requisite,  Physics  255.  (Sucher,  Oneda) 

Phys.  258.  Quantum  Field  Theory.  (3) 

Second  Semester.  Co-requisite,  Physics  255.  Introduction  to  Hilbert  space,  gen- 
eral postulates  of  relativistic  quantum  field  theory,  asymptotic  conditions,  ex- 
amples of  local  field  theory,  Jost-Lehmann-Dyson  representation  and  applications, 
generalized  free  field  theory,  general  results  of  local  field  theory — TCP  theorem, 
spin  statistics  connections,  Borchers'  theorems,  Reeh-Schlieder  theorem. 

(Greenberg,  Oneda) 

Phys.  260.  High  Energy  Physics.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Co-requisite,  Phys.  254,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Nuclear 
forces  are  studied  by  examining  interactions  at  high  energies.  Meson  physics 
scattering  processes,  and  detailed  analysis  of  high  energy  experiments.        (Snow) 

Phys.  262,  263.  Aerophysics.  (3,  3) 

Three  lectures.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  the  instructor.  (Pal) 

Phys.  399.  Research. 

Credit  according  to  work  done,  each  semester.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00  per 
credit  hour.  Prerequisite,  an  approved  application  for  admission  to  candidacy 
or  special  permission  of  the  Department.  (Staff) 

(For  Astronomy  curriculum,  see  under  ASTRONOMY,  p.  18.) 

Special  Physics  Courses  for  High  School  Science  Teachers 
TTie  courses  in  this  section  were  especially  designed  for  high  school 
teachers  and  are  not  applicable  to  B.S.,  M.S.,  ov  Ph.D.  degrees  in  physics 
without  special  permission  of  the  Department  of  Physics  and  Astronomy. 
However,  these  courses  can  be  included  as  part  of  a  physics  minor  or  as 
electives.   No  prerequisites  are  required. 

/// 


Pre-Professional  Curricula 

Phys.  118A.  Atoms,  Nuclei,  and  Stars.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  An  introduction  to  basic  ideas  of  the  constitution  and 
properties  of  atomic  and  subatomic  systems  and  of  the  overall  structure  of  the 
universe.  (Detenbeck) 

Phys.  122A.  Properties  of  Materials.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  An  introduction  to  the  study  of  solid  state  physics 
and  the  properties  of  fluids.  (E.  Stem) 

Phys.  160A.  Physics  Problems.  (1,  2  or  3) 

Lectures  and  discussion  sessions  arranged.  (Di  Lavore) 

Phys.  170A.  Applied  Physics.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  (Homyak) 

Phys.   199.  National  Science  Foundation  Summer  Institute  for 
Teachers  of  Science  Seminar.  (1) 

Arranged  during  summer  session.  Enrollment  limited  to  participants  in  the 
N.S.F.  Summer  Institute.  Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  (Detenbeck,  Staff) 


PRE-PROFESSIONAL  CURRICULA 

Within  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  there  are  a  number  of  programs 
developed  to  prepare  the  pre-professional  student.  These  curricula,  some 
rather  general  and  others  quite  specific,  are  designed  to  give  the  student  the 
best  background  to  succeed  in  his  advanced  training,  to  fill  undergraduate 
requirements  of  many  professional  schools,  and  to  fit  in  with  the  require- 
ments established  by  the  organizations  associated  with  the  respective  pro- 
fessions. 

Pre-professional  programs  require  that  the  student  maintain  a  grade  point 
average  somewhat  higher  than  the  minimum  for  graduation.  The  student 
may  fulfill  requirements  by  majoring  in  almost  any  discipline  in  the  College, 
provided  the  specific  requirements  of  the  pre-professional  program  are  met. 
The  successful  completion  of  the  pre-professional  program  does  not  guar- 
antee admission  to  professional  school.  Each  school  has  its  own  admissions 
requirements  and  criteria,  generally  based  upon  the  grade  point  average  in 
the  undergraduate  courses,  the  scores  in  aptitude  tests  (Medical  College 
Admission  Test,  Law  Admission  Test,  or  Dental  Aptitude  Test) ,  a  personal 
interview,  and  letters  sent  by  the  "Evaluation  Committee"  of  the  College. 
For  the  specific  admissions  requirements,  the  student  is  urged  to  study  the 
catalog  of  the  professional  school  of  his  choice. 

Although  completion  of  the  Bachelor's  degree  is  a  normal  prerequisite  for 
admission,  three  professional  schools  of  the  University  of  Maryland  in 
Baltimore — Dentistry,  Law,  and  Medicine — have  arrangements  whereby  a 
student  who  meets  requirements  detailed  below  may  be  accepted  for  pro- 
fessional school  after  three  years  (90  academic  hours).  For  the  students  to 
be  eligible  for  the  "combined  degree,"  the  final  thirty  hours  prior  to  entry 

112 


Pre-Professional  Curricula 

into  the  Schools  of  Dentistry,  Law,  and  Medicine  must  be  taken  in  residence 
in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences.  (A  combined  degree  program  in  Law 
is  also  available  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration:  for 
details  see  BPA  catalog.)  After  the  successful  completion  of  thirty  hours  of 
work  in  professional  school,  the  student  may  be  eligible  for  a  Bachelor's 
degree  from  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  (Arts-Dentistry,  Arts-Law, 
or  Arts-Medicine). 

PRE-DENTISTRY 

The  pre-dental  program  is  based  upon  requirements  established  by  the 
Council  of  Dental  Education  of  the  American  Dental  Association,  and  the 
requirements  for  a  degree  from  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  following 
either  the  regular  four-year  program  or  the  combined  "Arts-Dentistry"  pro- 
gram. The  program  is  designed  to  prepare  the  student  for  the  Dental  Apti- 
tude Test,  normally  taken  in  the  spring  of  the  sophomore  year. 

The  minimum  requirements  for  entry  into  dental  school  for  either  the  three- 
year  program  (90  academic  hours)  or  the  four-year  program  (120  aca- 
demic hours)   are: 

General  Education  requirements  34  hours 

College  requirements 

Foreign  Language  12 

Speech  2  14  hours 

plus 

Major  variable 

Minor  (or  supporting  courses)  variable 

Dental  Association  requirements 

Chemistry — organic  8 

inorganic  8 

Zoology  8 

Mathematics  6 

Physics  8  38  hours 

Electives — to  complete  the  90  or  120  hours  required. 
Required  Health  and  Physical  Education. 

Four-Year  Program.  A  student  applies  to  Dental  School  in  his  senior  year, 
on  the  basis  of  completing  the  usual  degree  requirements  for  the  B.A.  or 
B.S.  degree  from  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  by  majoring  in  the  field 
of  his  choice  and  including  in  his  course  work  the  science  courses  specifical- 
ly prescribed  by  dental  schools. 

Three-Year  Arts-Dentistry  Program.  Students  whose  performance  during 
the  first  two  years  in  residence  at  College  Park  is  exceptional  may  be  en- 
couraged to  seek  admission  to  the  University  of  Maryland  Dental  School  at 
the  end  of  their  third  year  (90  academic  hours).  No  undergraduate  major 
is  required  for  this  program:  the  work  of  the  first  year  of  dental  school  is 
considered  as  the  major;  but  students  will  select  a  minor  (supporting 
courses)  from  one  of  the  following  combinations:  zoology,  six  hours  above 
the  100  level;  microbiology,  eight  hours  above  the  100  level;  Chem.  19  plus 

113 


Pre-Professional  Curricula 

three  hours  above  the  100  level  in  any  science;  Chem.  161,  162,  163,  and 
164;  or  nine  hours  above  the  100  level  in  any  one  department  of  the  arts, 
humanities,  or  social  sciences. 

Students  accepted  in  the  combined  Arts-Dentistry  program  may  receive  the 
B.S.  degree  (Arts-Dentistry)  after  satisfactory  completion  of  the  first  year 
of  dental  school,  upon  recommendation  by  the  Dean  of  the  Dental  School 
and  approval  by  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences.  Applications  for  the 
diploma  are  made  during  the  summer  following  the  first  year  of  dental 
school,  and  the  degree  is  awarded  with  the  August  graduates. 

Schedule.  The  pre-dental  student,  regardless  of  degree  sought,  includes  in 
his  first-year  schedule  Chem.  1,  3;  Zool.  1,2;  Engl.  1,  3;  Math.  10,  11  (or 
18,  19);  Health  5;  and  Physical  Education.  His  second  year  includes 
Chem.  35,  36,  37,  38;  foreign  language;  general  education  requirements; 
and  major-minor  requirements.  A  student  hoping  for  three-year  accept- 
ance would  substitute  Phys.  10,  11  for  foreign  language  in  his  sophomore 
year. 

PRE-LAW 

Although  some  law  schools  will  consider  only  applicants  with  a  B.A.  or  B.S. 
degree,  others  will  accept  appUcants  who  have  successfully  completed  a 
three-year  program  of  academic  work.  Most  law  schools  do  not  prescribe 
specific  courses  which  a  student  must  present  for  admission,  but  do  require 
that  the  student  follow  one  of  the  standard  programs  offered  by  the  under- 
graduate college.  Many  law  schools  require  that  the  applicant  take  the  Law 
Admissions  Test  in  the  academic  year  preceding  his  entry  into  professional 
school. 

Four-Year  Program.  The  student  who  plans  to  complete  the  requirements 
for  the  B.A.  or  B.S.  degree  before  entering  law  school  should  select  a  major 
field  of  concentration.  The  pre-law  student  ordinarily  follows  a  Bachelor 
of  Arts  program  with  a  major  in  American  Studies,  English,  American  and 
English  history,  economics,  political  science  (government  and  politics), 
psychology,  sociology  or  speech;  a  few  pre-law  students  follow  a  Bachelor 
of  Science  program. 

Three-Year  Arts-Law  Program.  The  student  who  plans  to  enter  law  school 
at  the  end  of  his  third  year  should  follow  the  general  B.A.  program  during 
his  first  two  years.  During  his  junior  year,  he  will  complete  the  require- 
ments for  a  minor  (18  semester  hours)  in  one  of  the  fields  of  concentra- 
tion. His  program  during  the  first  three  years  should  include  all  of  the  basic 
courses  required  for  a  degree  from  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  (in- 
cluding the  18  hour  minor)  and  all  College  and  University  requirements. 
The  academic  courses  must  total  90  hours,  and  must  be  passed  with  a 
minimum  average  of  2.0. 

Students  with  exceptional  records  who  are  accepted  to  the  School  of  Law 
of  the  University  of  Maryland  under  the  Arts-Law  program  may  receive  a 
B.A.  degree  (Arts-Law)  after  satisfactory  completion  of  the  first  year  of 

114 


Pre-Professional  Curricula 

law  school,  upon  reconunendation  by  the  Dean  of  the  Law  School  and  ap- 
proval by  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences.  Applications  for  the  diploma 
are  made  during  the  summer  following  the  first  year  of  law  school  (or  after 
30  credit  hours  are  completed),  and  the  degree  is  awarded  with  the 
August  graduates. 

PRE-MEDICINE 

The  pre-medical  program  is  based  upon  the  requirements  established  by 
the  Association  of  American  Medical  Colleges  and  the  requirements  for  a 
degree  from  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences,  either  with  the  four-year  de- 
gree program  or  with  the  combined  "Arts-Medicine"  program.  The  cur- 
riculum is  designed  to  prepare  the  student  for  the  Medical  College  Admis- 
sion Test,  which  is  normally  taken  in  the  spring  of  the  junior  year. 

The  minimum  requirements  for  entry  into  medical  school  for  either  the 
three-year  program  (90  academic  hours)  or  the  four-year  program  (120 
academic  hours)  are: 

General  Education  requirements^"  34  hours 

College  requirements 

Foreign  Language  12 

Speech  2  14  hours 

plus 

Major  variable 

Minor  (or  supporting  courses)  variable 

Medical  School  requirements 

Chemistry — general  inorganic  8 

organic  8 

quantitative  4 

Zoology  16 

(In  addition  to  Zool.  1 
and  2,  strongly  recommended 
are  two  of  genetics, 
embryology,  comparative 
anatomy) 
Mathematics  6 

Physics  8  50  hours 

Electives — to  complete  the  90  or  120  hours  required. 
Required  Health  and  Physical  Education. 

Four-Year  Program.  No  specific  major  is  required  for  favorable  consid- 
eration by  a  medical  school  admissions  committee.  By  intelligent  planning 
starting  in  the  sophomore  year,  the  student  can  meet  the  above  require- 
ments as  well  as  requirements  of  most  majors  in  the  College  of  Arts  and 
Sciences.  The  student  is  urged  to  work  closely  with  his  pre-medical  ad- 
viser for  this  planning.  A  student  who  enters  the  pre-medical  program  late 
in  his  college  career  may  find  an  additional  year  of  study  necessary  (either 
as  a  special  student  or  as  a  regular  undergraduate). 


10  Pre-medical  students  must  offer  Philosophy  1  to  fulfill  the  Fine  Arts  requirement 
of  the  General  Education  program. 

115 


Pre-Professional  Curricula 

Three-Year  Arts-Medicine  Program.  After  completion  of  his  first  year  of 
pre-medical  study,  an  exceptional  student  may  be  encouraged  to  seek  ad- 
mission to  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Medicine  at  the  end  of  his 
third  year  (90  hours).  During  his  next  two  years  he  will  need  to  complete 
all  requirements  listed  above,  with  the  exception  of  the  major  and  the 
regular  minor.  Four  additional  hours  at  the  100  level  in  appropriate  sci- 
ence courses  will  satisfy  the  minor  requirement. 

Students  accepted  in  the  combined  Arts-Medicine  program  may  receive  the 
B.S.  degree  (Arts-Medicine)  after  satisfactory  completion  of  their  training 
in  the  basic  sciences  at  the  University  of  Maryland  School  of  Medicine  (30 
hours),  upon  recommendation  of  the  Dean  of  the  School  of  Medicine  and 
approval  by  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences.  The  degree  is  normally 
awarded  in  August  following  the  second  year  of  medical  school. 

Schedule.  The  pre-medical  student  normally  includes  in  his  first-year 
schedule  Chem.  1,  3;  Zool.  1,  2;  Engl.  1,  3;  Math.  10,  11  (or  18,  19); 
Health  5;  and  Physical  Education.  Academically  strong  students  may  take 
an  additional  course  in  their  second  semester.  His  second  year  includes 
Chem.  35,  36,  37,  38;  foreign  language;  General  Education  requirements; 
Zool.  5,  6;  and/or  major  requirements.  His  third  year  includes  Phys.  10, 
1 1 ;  foreign  language,  General  Education  requirements,  major  requirements 
and  minor  (supporting  course)  requirements.  Chem.  19  would  be  taken 
during  the  third  year  of  the  three-year  applicant  and  during  the  fourth  year 
of  the  four-year  student.  The  fourth  year  is  devoted  to  completion  of  the 
General  Education  requirements  and  major  and  minor  (supporting  course) 
requirements. 

RELATED  PROFESSIONS 

Academic  preparation  for  several  professions  related  to  dentistry  or  medi- 
cine is  available  through  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences.  For  require- 
ments of  professional  schools  in  dental  hygiene,  optometry,  osteopathy,  etc., 
see  catalogs  of  the  specialized  schools;  representative  catalogs  are  available 
in  the  Office  of  the  Dean. 

Medical  Technology.  The  Department  of  Microbiology  offers  a  program 
consisting  of  a  major  in  microbiology  with  electives  in  zoology  which  pre- 
pares a  student  for  employment  in  various  laboratory  positions  in  industry 
or  government,  or  for  graduate  work.  This  major  also  qualifies  a  student 
for  the  intern  hospital  training  required  for  certification  or  registration  as 
medical  technologist  (MT);  a  student  who  earns  a  B.S.  degree  in  micro- 
biology is  not  eligible  for  the  registry  examination  without  the  necessary 
hospital  training.  A  student  interested  only  in  certification  as  a  medical 
technologist  may  complete  in  three  years  the  requirements  for  admission  to 
a  hospital  training  school  by  proper  planning  of  his  program.  After  one 
further  year  of  hospital  training,  he  would  be  eligible  for  the  examination 
given  by  the  Registry  of  Medical  Technologists. 

Veterinary  Medicine.  The  pre-veterinary  program  is  administered  by  the 
College  of  Agriculture. 

116 


Psychology 
PSYCHOLOGY 

Professor  and  Head:  Andrews. 

Professors:  Battig,  Brady  (p.t),  Daston,  Edgerton  (p.t),  McGinnies, 
Waldrop. 

Associate  Professors:  Anderson,  Bartlett,  Gollub,  Heermann,  Pum- 
roy,  Walder  and  Yarczower. 

Assistant  Professors:  Fretz,  Golann,  Higgs,  Hodos  (p.t.),  Johnson, 
McIntire,  O'Brien,  Steinman,  Turnage,  Vetter,  Ward. 

The  Department  of  Psychology  is  classed  in  both  the  Division  of  Biological 
Sciences  (B.S.  degree)  and  the  Division  of  Social  Sciences  (B.A.  degree) 
and  offers  academic  programs  related  to  both  of  these  fields.  The  under- 
graduate curriculum  in  psychology  provides  an  organized  study  of  the  be- 
havior of  man  in  terms  of  the  biological  conditions  and  social  factors  which 
influence  such  behavior.  In  addition,  the  undergraduate  program  is  ar- 
ranged to  provide  a  level  of  learning  that  will  equip  qualified  students  to 
pursue  further  study  of  psychology  and  related  fields  in  graduate  and  pro- 
fessional schools. 

Students  who  are  interested  in  the  biological  aspects  of  behavior  tend  to 
choose  a  program  leading  to  the  B.S.  degree,  while  those  interested  pri- 
marily in  the  social  factors  of  behavior  tend  to  choose  a  program  leading 
to  the  B.A.  degree.  The  choice  of  program  is  made  in  consultation  with, 
and  requires  the  approval  of,  the  academic  adviser. 

Departmental  requirements  are  the  same  for  the  B.S.  and  the  B.A.  degree. 
A  minimum  of  28  hours  of  psychology  is  required,  including  Psychology 
1,  90,  150  and  two  from  145,  146,  and  147.  The  additional  courses  will 
be  chosen  in  discussion  with  the  adviser. 

A  minor  program  of  18  hours  is  organized  to  supplement  the  work  in  the 
major.  For  the  B.S.  degree  supporting  courses  in  the  physical  and  bio- 
logical sciences  and  mathematics  will  be  chosen,  in  consultation  with  the 
adviser,  to  constitute  a  coherent  set  of  courses.  Ordinarily  these  courses  will 
include  at  least  three  semester  courses  of  science  and  mathematics  at  the 
advanced  level.  A  minimum  of  two  semester  courses  must  be  laboratory 
courses.  In  addition  to  these  18  hours  of  supporting  courses,  the  College 
of  Arts  and  Sciences  requires  12  hours  of  science  and  mathematics  and 
these  latter  requirements  are  to  be  chosen  in  accordance  with  rules  estab- 
lished by  the  College.  For  the  B.A.  degree  the  minor  program  will  ordi- 
narily consist  of  courses  in  the  social  sciences,  although  mathematics  and 
other  sciences  may  be  included.  Choice  of  the  minor  program  is  made  in 
consultation  with  and  requires  the  approval  of  the  adviser.  A  minimum  2.0 
grade  average  is  required  in  the  minor.  No  student  who  has  ever  received 
a  second  grade  lower  than  a  "C"  in  Psychology  1,  90  or  any  100-level 
courses  in  psychology,  wiU  be  certified  for  graduation  in  psychology. 

117 


Psychology 

HONORS:  The  Department  of  Psychology  also  offers  a  special  program 
for  the  superior  student  which  emphasizes  independent  study  and  research. 
Students  may  be  eligible  to  enter  the  Honors  Program  who  have  a  3.3  grade 
average  in  all  courses  or  the  equivalent,  who  are  in  their  junior  or  the  first 
half  of  their  senior  year,  and  who  demonstrate  interest  and  maturity  indica- 
tive of  success  in  the  program.  Students  should  consult  their  adviser  or  the 
Departmental  Honors  Committee  for  further  information. 

Psych,  1.  Introduction  to  Psychology.  (3) 

A  basic  introductory  course,  intended  to  bring  the  student  into  contact  with  the 
major  problems  confronting  psychology  and  the  more  important  attempts  at 
their  solution.  (Staff) 

Psych.  5.  Personality  and  Adjustment.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Psych.  I.  Introduction  to  the  psychology  of  human  personality  and 
adjustment,  with  a  view  toward  increasing  self-understanding  and  developing  an 
appreciation  of  the  mental  health  movement  and  each  individual's  stake  in  it. 

(Staff) 

Psych.  21.  Social  Psychology.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Psych.  1.  Personality  and  behavior  as  influenced  by  culture  and 
interpersonal  relations.  Social  influences  on  motivation,  learning,  memory,  and 
perception.  Attitudes,  public  opinion,  propaganda,  language  and  communication, 
leadership,  ethnic  differences,  and  group  processes.  (Staff) 

Psych.  25.  Child  Psychology.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Psych.  1.  Behavioral  analysis  of  normal  develop- 
ment and  normal  socialization  of  the  growing  child.  Leading  theories  of  child 
nature  and  care,  and  their  implications.  (Staff) 

Psych.  26.  Developmental  Psychology.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Psych.  1.  Biological  basis  of  behavioral  develop- 
ment in  relation  to  genetic,  constitutional,  anatomical,  physiological,  and  en- 
vironmental factors.  Emphasis  upon  both  phylogenetic  and  ontogenetic  research 
findings  in  biological  psychology.  (Brady,  Hodos) 

Psych.  90.  Statistical  Methods  in  Psychology.  (3) 

First  and  second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Psych.  1  and  Math.  1,  5,  or  10  or 
equivalent.  A  basic  introduction  to  quantitative  methods  used  in  psychological 
research;  measures  of  central  tendency,  of  spread,  and  of  correlation. 

(Staff) 

For  Advanced   Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

Graduate  credits  will  be  assigned  only  for  students  certified  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  Psychology  as  qualified  for  graduate  standing. 

Psych.  110.  Educational  Psychology.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Psych.  1  or  equivalent.  Researches  on  fundamental  psychological 
problems  encountered  in  education.  Measurement  and  significance  of  individual 
differences;  learning,  motivation,  transfer  of  training,  and  the  educational  im- 
plications of  theories  of  intelligence.  (Staff) 

118 


Psychology 
Psych.  122.  Advanced  Social  Psychology.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisites,  Psych.  21  and  90  or  consent  of  instructor.  A 
systematic  review  of  researches  and  points  of  view  in  regard  to  major  problems 
in  the  field  of  social  psychology.  (McGinnies,  Higgs,  Ward) 

Psych.  123,  Language  and  Social  Communication.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Psych.  21,  senior  standing,  and  consent  of  in- 
structor. The  nature  and  significance  of  verbal  and  non-verbal  communication 
in  social  psychological  processes  including  examination  of  relevant  theoretical 
approaches  to  symbolic  behavior.  (McGinnies,  Higgs,  Ward> 

Psych.  131.  Abnormal  Psychology.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  two  courses  in  psychology,  including  Psych.  5.  The  nature,  diag- 
nosis, etiology,  and  treatment  of  mental  disorders.  (Staff) 

Psych.  136.  Applied  Experimental  Psychology.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Psych.  1  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of 
basic  human  factors  involved  in  the  design  and  operation  of  machinery  and 
equipment.  Organized  for  students  in  engineering,  industrial  psychology,  and 
the  biological  sciences.  (Anderson) 

Psych.  145.  Experimental  Psychology:  Sensory  Processes.   (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Psych. 
90.  Laboratory  fee  per  semester,  $4.00.  Primarily  for  students  who  major  or 
minor  in  psychology.  A  systematic  survey  of  the  laboratory  methods,  and  tech- 
niques applied  to  sensory  and  perceptual  processes.  (Anderson,  Steinman) 

Psych.  146.  Experimental  Psychology:  Learning,  Motivation  and 
Problem  Solving.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
Psych.  90.  Laboratory  fee,  $4.00  per  semester.  Primarily  for  students  who 
major  or  minor  in  psychology.  The  experimental  analysis  of  learning  and  moti- 
vational processes.  (Yarczower,  Gollub,  Turnage) 

Psych.   147.  Experimental  Psychology:  Social  Behavior.  (4) 

Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
Psych.  21  and  Psych.  90  or  equivalent.  Laboratory  fee,  $4.00  per  semester. 
A  laboratory  course  dealing  with  methods  of  studying  behavior  in  the  social  con- 
text. Topics  will  include  social  perception  and  motivation,  small  groups,  com- 
munication and  persuasion.  Consideration  will  be  given  to  the  techniques  in- 
volved in  laboratory  experimentation,  field  studies,  attitude  scale  construction, 
and  opinion  surveys.  (McGinnies,  Higgs,  Ward) 

Psych.  148.  Psychology  of  Learning.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Psych.  145  and  permission  or  Psych.  146.  Review 
and  analysis  of  the  major  phenomena  and  theories  of  hum^n  and  animal  learn- 
ing, including  an  introduction  to  the  fields  of  problem  solving,  thinking  and  rea- 
soning behavior.  (Stjiif) 

Psych.  150.  Tests  and  Measurements.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Psych.  90.  Laboratory  fee,  $4.00.  Critical  survey  of  measuring 
devices  used  in  counseling,  educational  and  industrial  practice  with  an  emphasis 
on  the  theory,  development  and  standardization.    Laboratory  work  will  incor- 

119 


Psychology 

porate  training  in  methodology  of  test  development  together  with  appropriate 

practice  in  the  use  of  selected  tests.  (Waldrop,  Bartlett) 

Psych.  151.  Psychology  of  Individual  Differences.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Psych.  150.  Problems,  theories,  and  researches  related  to  psycho- 
logical diflkrences  among  individuals  and   groups. 

(Waldrop,  Heermann,  Johnson) 

Psych.  161.  Industrial  Psychology.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  6  hours  in  psychology.  A  course  designed  to  aid  in  the  understand- 
ing of  the  problems  of  people  in  a  variety  of  work  situations;  serving  as  an  intro- 
duction to  such  technical  problems  as  personnel  selection  interviewing,  morale 
supervision  and  management,  and  human  relations  in  industry.  Lecture,  discus- 
sion and  laboratory.  (Bartlett,  Heermann,  O'Brien) 

Psych.  180.  Physiological  Psychology.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Psych.  145  or  146.  An  introduction  to  research 
on  the  physiological  basis  of  human  behavior,  including  considerations  of  sen- 
sory phenomena,  motor  coordination,  emotion,  drives,  and  the  neurological  basis 
of  learning.  (Brady,  Mclntire,  Hodos) 

Psych.  181.  Animal  Behavior.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  animal  behavior, 
including  considerations  of  social  interactions,  learning,  sensory  processes, 
motivation,  and  experimental  methods,  with  a  major  emphasis  on  mammals. 

(Mclntire) 

Psych.  191.  Senior  Seminar.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisites,  senior  standing  and  consent  of  the  instructor. 
The  historical  and  theoretical  roots  of  the  science  of  psychology.  Analysis  of 
current  psychological  theories  and  their  related  research.  (Staff) 

Psych.  194.  Independent  Study  in  Psychology.  (1-6) 

Prerequisites,  senior  standing  and  written  consent  of  individual  faculty  super- 
visor. Integrated  reading  under  direction  leading  to  the  preparation  of  an  ade- 
quately documented  report  on  a  special  topic.  (Staff) 

Psych.  195.  Minor  Problems  in  Psychology.  (1-6) 

Prerequisite,  written  consent  of  individual  faculty  supervisor.  An  individual- 
ized course  designed  to  allow  the  student  to  pursue  a  specialized  topic  or  re- 
search project  under  supervision.  (Staff) 

For  Graduates 

(All  the  following  courses  require  consent  of  the  instructor.  Not  all  of  the 
graduate  courses  are  offered  every  year.  The  times  specified  for  each  course 
are  given  as  estimates.) 

Psych.  200.  Proseminar:   Professional  Aspects  of  Psychological 
Science.  (1) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  faculty  adviser.  Survey  of  professional  problems  in 
psychology,  including  considerations  of  contemporary  developments,  profes- 
sional ethics,  literature  resources,  formulation  of  critical  research  problems, 
and  discussion  of  the  major  institutions  requiring  psychological  services. 

(Staff) 

120 


Psychology 
Psych.  201,  Sensory  and  Perceptual  Processes.  (3) 

Alternate  years.  Prerequisites,  Psych.  180  and  211.  The  contemporary  experi- 
mental and  theoretical  literature  on  selected  problems  in  sensation  and  per- 
ception. (Anderson,  Steinman) 

Psych.  203,  204.  Graduate  Seminar.  (2,  2) 

Surveys  of  contemporary  American  and  foreign  research  literature  in  specialized 
fields  of  psychology.  (Staff) 

Psych.  205,  206.  Historical  Viewpoints  and  Current  Theories  in 
Psychology.  (3,  3) 

Alternate  years.  Prerequisite,  Psych.  212.  A  study  of  the  philosophical  and 
scientific  background  of  modern  psychology,  together  with  a  review  of  its  major 
systematic  viewpoints  and  issues.  (Battig) 

Psych.  207.  Conditioning  and  Learning.  (3) 

Alternate  years.  Prerequisite,  Psych.  212.  The  literature  on  the  experimental 
analysis  of  behavior,  with  examination  of  basic  experiments  and  contemporary 
theories  related  to  them.  (Staff) 

Psych.  208.  Verbal  Behavior.   (3) 

Alternate  years.  Prerequisite,  Psych.  123  and  212.  Analysis  of  such  topics  as 
verbal   learning,  psycholinguistics,  concept  formation,  and  thinking. 

(Battig,  Turnage) 

Psych.  211,  212.  Advanced  General  Psychology.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  Psych.  145  or  146.  A  systematic  review  of  the  more  fundamental 
investigations  upon  which  modern  psychology  is  based.  (Staff) 

Psych.  213.  Advanced  Laboratory  Techniques.  (1-3) 

Methodology  of  the  automatization  of  research  techniques  and  apparatus;  ap- 
paratus design  and  construction;  telemetric  and  digital  techniques;  logical 
block  circuitry.   Laboratory  fee,  $5.00  per  credit  hour.  (Staff) 

Psych.  214.  Comparative  Psychology.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Psych.  181  and  212.  The  experimental  literature  on  the  behavior 
of  infra-human  organisms.    Special  topics.  (Yarczower,  Mclntire) 

Psych.  215.  Advanced  Psychophysiology.  (3) 

Alternate  years.  An  advanced  seminar  dealing  with  special  selected  topics  in 
the  area  of  psychophysiology.  (Brady,  Hodos,  Mclntire) 

Psych.  216.  Seminar  in  Psychopharmacology.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  one  year  of  graduate  study  in  psychology  and  consent  of  the  in- 
structor. A  critical  review  and  detailed  analysis  of  the  literature  and  problems 
related  to  the  effects  of  drugs  on  animal  and  human  behavior.  Designed  for 
advanced  graduate  students  in  experimental  psychology  and  clinical  psychology. 

(Brady,  Gollub) 

Psych.  220.  Psychological  Concepts  in  Mental  Health.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  advanced  standing.  Concepts  in  mental  health,  their  theoretical 
status,  experimental  evidence,  and  current  use.  (Golann) 

121 


Psychology 

Psych.  221.  Seminar  in  Counseling  Psychology.  (3) 

Selected  problems  in  counseling  psychology.  (Fretz,  Waldrop) 

Psych.  222.  Seminar  in  Clinical  Psychology.   (3) 

Selected  problems  in  clinical  psychology.  (Pumroy,  Daston,  Walder) 

Psych.  223.  Seminar  in  Community  Mental  Health.   (3) 

Selected  problems  in  mental  health  psychology.  (Golann) 

Psych.  224.  Seminar  in  Student  Personnel.  (2) 

(Same  as  Ed.  228.)  Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  The  seminar  is 
designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  student  personnel  functions  at  the  collegi- 
ate level.  Attention  is  devoted  to  the  historical  antecedents  of  student  personnel 
activities,  the  range  of  services,  their  functions,  responsibilities,  interrelationships 
and  projected  future  status.  Resource  personnel  presently  engaged  in  student 
personnel  services  will  participate  as  needed.  (Staff) 

Psych.  225,  226.  Measurement  and  Evaluation.  (4,  4) 

Prerequisite,  Psych.  150.  Theory  and  logic  of  the  methodology  of  evaluation. 
Laboratory  practice  in  methods  of  appraisal.  Survey  of  available  testing  instru- 
ments and  techniques.   Laboratory  fee  of  $6.00  each  semester. 

(Daston,  Pumroy,  Walder) 

Psych.  229.  Seminar  in  Industrial  Psychology.  (3) 

An  advanced  seminar  covering  specialized  topics  such  as  morale  and  motiva- 
tion, labor  relations,  consumer  motivations,  man-machine  systems,  quantita- 
tive and  qualitative  personnel  requirements  inventory,  job  evaluation,  environ- 
mental conditions  and  safety,  occupational  choice  and  classification,  and  the 
interview.  (Edgerton,  Bartlett,  Heermann,  O'Brien) 

Psych.  230.  Seminar  in  Engineering  Psychology.  (3) 

Alternate  years.  An  advanced  seminar  covering  the  analysis  of  factors,  variables, 
and  characteristics  of  systems  which  aflfect  human  performance  and  efficiency. 

(Anderson) 

Psych.  231.  Training  Procedures  in  Industry.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Psych.  148  or  equivalent.  A  consideration  of  psychological  prin- 
ciples and  methods  for  improving  job  performance;  skill  development  laboratory 
in  application  of  methods  and  techniques  is  provided. 

(Edgerton,  Bartlett,  Heermann,  O'Brien) 

Psych.  232.  Personnel  Selection  and  Job  Analysis.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Psych.  161  or  equivalent.  Psychological  measurement  as  applied 
to  the  analysis  of  job  requirements  and  the  development  and  use  of  perform- 
ance criteria  and  predictors.  (Edgerton,  Bartlett,  Heermann,  O'Brien) 

Psych.  233.  Social  Organization  in  Industry.  (3) 

Analysis  of  management  organizations  as  social  structures,  and  the  application 
of  concepts  and  methods  of  social  psychology  to  problems  of  conflict,  coopera- 
tion, and  leader-group  relations.  (Edgerton,  O'Brien) 

122 


Psychology 
Psych.  240.  Interview  and  Questionnaire  Techniques.  (3) 

Psychological  concepts  and  methods  in  the  use  of  interview,  questionnaire,  and 
inventory  procedures  for  the  measurement,  prediction  and  alternation  of  be- 
havior. (Staff) 

Psych.  241.  Persuasion  and  Attitude  Change.  (3) 

Consideration  of  the  communication  process  and  the  various  media  of  mass 
communication.  Factors  related  to  the  effectiveness  of  communication  and  per- 
suasion are  analyzed  in  the  light  of  experimental  evidence,  and  various  strategies 
and  techniques  of  persuasion  are  reviewed.  (McGinnies) 

Psych.  242.  Seminar  in  Social  Psychology.  (3) 

Analysis  and  discussion  of  contemporary  systematic  positions  in  social  psy- 
chology. Review  of  research  methods  in  the  area  as  well  as  theories  and  prob- 
lems of  current  importance.  (Higgs,  McGinnies,  Ward) 

Psych.  243.     Seminar  in  Small  Group  Behavior.    (3) 

Review  of  current  approaches  to  small  group  behavior,  including  problem- 
solving,  communication,  leadership,  and  conformity.  (Ward) 

Psych.  252,  253.  Advanced  Statistics.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  Psych.  90.  Detailed  study  of  the  fundamentals  of  statistical  infer- 
ence, experimental  design,  and  the  analysis  of  regression  and  correlation  con- 
cepts and  techniques;  a  basic  course  for  research  students  in  the  behavioral 
sciences.  (Staff) 

Psych.  254.  Factor  Analysis.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Psych.  253.  Analysis  of  major  developments  in  factor  theory  as 
applicable  to  the  behavioral  sciences,  including  computational  methods  and  re- 
search implications.  (Andrews) 

Psych.  255.  Seminar  in  Psychometric  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Psych.  253.  Study  of  psychophysical  methods,  scaling  techniques, 
and  the  statistical  methods  of  pattern  analysis.  (Staff) 

Psych.  256.  Mental  Test  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Psych.  253.  Development  of  test  theory  from  psychophysics  and 
measurement  theory.  Consideration  of  formal  and  applied  problems  involved 
in  developing  and  utilizing  psychological  tests  and  measurements.  Special  at- 
tention is  given  to  problems  of  reliability,  validity,  and  prediction. 

(Bartlett,  Heermann) 

Psych.  257.  Seminar  in  Quantitative  Psychology.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Psych.  253.  An  advanced  seminar  covering  special  topics  in  sta- 
tistical and  mathematical  methods  and  models  in  psychology.  (Staff) 

Psych.  258.  Development  of  Predictors.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Psych.  253.  Review  of  statistical  theory  and  practices  in  the  design, 
development  and  analysis  of  techniques  of  prediction  in  the  behavioral  sciences, 
with  special  attention  to  the  formal  and  practical  problems  of  criteria  for  pre- 
diction. (Andrews,  Bartlett,  Heermann) 

123 


Psychology 

Psych.  260.  Occupational  Development  and  Choice.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Psych.  220.  Theoretical  and  research  literature  on  occupational  be- 
havior. (Waldrop,  Fretz) 

Psych.  261,  262.  Modification  of  Human  Behavior:  Research  Meth- 
ods AND  Practices.  (3,  3) 

The  experimental  and  applied  methods  available  for  the  induction  of  behavior 
change,  with  emphasis  on  their  relationship  to  community  mental  health  (first 
semester);  process,  outcome,  and  theory  in  their  application  to  counseling  and 
psychotherapy  (second  semester).  (Daston,  Walder) 

Psych.  263,  264.  Modification  of  Human  Behavior:    Laboratory 
and  Practicum.  (3,  3) 

Application  of  methods  relevant  to  behavior  change  in  counseling  and  psycho- 
therapy. Individual  supervision  and  group  consultation.  Laboratory  fee,  $6.00 
per  semester.  (Pumroy) 

Psych.  265.  Advanced  Developmental  Psychology.  (3) 

Empirical,  experimental  and  theoretical  literature  related  to  developmental 
process:es.  (Waldrop,  Pumroy) 

Psych.  266.  Theories  of  Motivation.  (3) 

Alternate  years.  Current  treatments  of  motivational  concepts,  and  analysis  of 
the  causal  antecedents  to  behavior.  (Staff) 

Psych.  267.  Theories  of  Personality.  (3) 

Scientific  requirements  for  a  personality  theory.  Postulates  and  relevant  re- 
search literature  for  several  current  personality  theories.  (Daston,  Walder) 

Psych.  269.  Practicum  in  Community  Mental  Health  Consulta- 
tion. (3) 

Directly  supervised  fieldwork  in  mental  health  consultation.  (Golann) 

Psych.  270.  Advanced  Abnormal  Psychology.  (3) 

Alternate  years.    Deviant  behaviors  and  their  etiology  and  taxonomy. 

(Daston,  Walder) 
Psych.  271.  Appraisal  of  Disabilities.  (3) 

Human  disabilities  and  their  psychological  appraisal.  (Daston,  Waldrop) 

Psych.  272.  Individual  Clinical  Diagnosis.   (3) 

Alternate  years.  Prerequisite,  Psych.  226.  Case  study  of  emotionally  disturbed 
individuals  with  a  variety  of  psychological  techniques.  (Staff) 

Psych.  274.  Evaluation  and  Change  in  Educational  Skills.  (3) 

Methods  for  the  enhancement  of  reading  and  other  educational  skills.       (Staff) 

Psych.  285,  286.  Research  Methods  in  Psychology.  (1-3,  1-3) 

Research  is  conducted  on  several  problems  each  semester,  in  a  variety  of  fields 
of  psychology,  and  under  the  supervision  of  various  members  of  the  faculty. 

(Staff) 

Psych.  288,  289.  Special  Research  Problems.  (1-4,  1-4) 

Supervised  research  on  problems  selected  from  the  areas  of  experimental  indus- 
trial, social,  quantitative,  or  mental  health  psychology.  (Staff) 

Psych.  399.  Research,  (credit  arranged) 

(Staff) 
124 


Sociology 

SOCIOLOGY 

Professor  and  Head:  Hoffsommer. 

Professors:  Janes  and  Lejins. 

Associate  Professors:  Anderson,  Cussler,  Hirzel  and  Shankweiler. 

Assistant  Professors:  Coates,  Di  Bella,  Franz,  Harper,  Henkel,  Jones, 

MOTZ,  POWNALL,  PRICE  AND  WILLIAMS. 

Instructors:  Doerr,  Gordon  (p.t.)  and  Toland. 

SOCIOLOGY  MAJOR:  the  major  in  sociology  leads  to  the  B.A.  degree. 
It  offers  a  liberal  education  and  at  the  same  time  provides  a  background 
for  those  professional  fields  which  focus  on  an  understanding  of  human 
relationships.  A  major  requires  30  semester  hours  in  sociology. 

Courses  required  of  all  sociology  majors  are  Soc.  1,  2,  95,  186  and  196.  If 
used  as  a  General  Education  requirement,  Soc.  1  may  not  be  counted  for 
Sociology  major  credit.  Several  areas  of  emphasis  within  the  sociology 
major  are  available,  some  with  additional  requirements:  (1)  General  So- 
ciology, (2)  Community  Studies  (rural,  urban  and  suburban  groups  and 
their  populations),  (3)  Social  Institutions  (structure  and  function  of  social 
institutions  including  family,  religious,  economic,  governmental  and  educa- 
tional), (4)  Social  Psychology,  (5)  Intercultural  Sociology,  (6)  Industrial 
and  Occupational  Sociology,  (7)  Sociology-Education,  (8)  Anthropology, 
(9)  Crime  Control  Curriculum  (a  four  year  pre-professional  program  in 
the  field  of  crime  and  delinquency  and  their  control),  and  (10)  Pre-profes- 
sional Social  Work  Curriculum  (prepares  the  student  for  admission  to  grad- 
uate study  in  a  School  of  Social  Work,  and  provides  qualifications  for  cer- 
tain social  work  positions  for  which  post-graduate  professional  education  is 
not  required).  A  statement  of  course  requirements  and  recommended 
courses  for  the  above  areas  is  available  in  the  departmental  office. 

No  course  with  a  grade  of  less  than  "C"  may  be  used  to  satisfy  major  re- 
quirements. 

Students  interested  in  an  honors  program  should  check  their  eligibility  with 
the  Department. 

Sociology  1  or  its  equivalent  is  prerequisite  to  all  other  courses  in  Sociology. 
Soc.  1.  Introduction  to  Sociology.  (3) 

This  course  is  one  of  a  group  of  four  courses  within  Elective  Group  I  of  the 
American  Civilization  Program.  It  may  also  be  taken  by  students  who  qualify 
by  tests  to  select  substitute  courses  in  the  program  (provided  the  student  has  not 
taken  the  course  as  his  Group  I  elective).  Sociological  analysis  of  the  American 
social  structure;  metropolitan,  small  town,  and  rural  communities;  population 
distribution,  composition  and  change;  social  organization. 

(Hirzel,  Price,  Toland,  Staflf) 

125 


Sociology 

Soc.  2.  Principles  of  Sociology.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  sophomore  standing.  The  basic  forms  of  human  association 
and  interaction;  social  processes;  institutions;  culture,  human  nature  and  per- 
sonality. (Cussler,  Motz,  Franz,  Jones,  Toland) 

Soc   13.  Rural  Sociology.  (3) 

First  semester.  Rural  life  in  America;  its  people,  social  organization,  culture 
patterns,  and  problems.  (Hoflfsommer,  Hirzel,  Henkel) 

Soc.  14.  Urban  Sociology.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Urban  growth  and  expansion;  characteristics  of  city  popula- 
tions; urban  institutional  and  personality  patterns;  relations  of  city  and  country. 

(Cussler,  Gordon) 

Soc.  51.  Social  Pathology.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  sophomore  standing.  Personal-social  disorganization 
and  maladjustment;  physical  and  mental  handicaps;  economic  inadequacies; 
programs  of  treatment  and  control.  (Shankweiler,  Franz,  Di  Bella) 

Soc.  52.  Criminology.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  sophomore  standing.  Criminal  behavior  and  the 
methods  of  its  study;  causation;  typologies  of  criminal  acts  and  offenders; 
punishment,  correction,  and  incapacitation;  prevention  of  crime. 

(Lejins,  Pownall,  Toland) 

Soc.  62.  Social  Institutions.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  sophomore  standing.  Nature  and  function  of  social 
institutions;  the  perpetuation  of  behavior  through  customs  and  social  norms; 
typical  contemporary  American  institutions.  (Price) 

Soc.  64.  Courtship  and  Marriage.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  sophomore  standing.  A  sociological  study  of  courtship  and  mar- 
riage including  consideration  of  physiological  and  psychological  factors.  Inter- 
cultural  companions  and  practical  consideration.  Designed  for  students  in  the 
lower  division.  (Shankweiler,  Motz,  Harper) 

Soc.  71.  Dynamics  of  Social  Interaction.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Soc.  1  or  equivalent.  Social  psychology  of  groups  like  committees, 
teams,  clubs,  sects,  social  movements,  crowds  and  publics.  Origin  of  the  social 
self;  role  behavior,  inter-group  and  intra-group  relations.  (Cussler,  Staff) 

Soc.  95.     Introductory  Statistics  for  Sociology.    (3) 

(Two  lectures  and  two  hours  drill  per  week.)  Prerequisite,  Math.  10  or  equiva- 
lent. Elementary  descriptive  and  inferential  statistics.  Measures  of  central 
tendency  and  variation,  non-parametric  and  parametric  measures  of  association 
and  correlation,  one-way  analysis  of  variance,  hypothesis  testing,  point  and 
interval  estimates.   Required  of  all  Sociology  majors.         (Henkel,  Jones,  Staff) 

For  Advanced   Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Soc,  102.  Intercultural  Sociology.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Soc.  2.  On  the  basis  of  a  comparative  study  of 
customs,  individual  and  group  behavior  patterns  and  institutions,  this  course 
studies  the  ideologies  of  America  and  other  modern  societies.  (Staff) 

126 


Sociology 
Soc.  111.  Sociology  of  Occupations  and  Careers.  (3) 

First  semester.  The  sociology  of  work  and  occupational  life  in  modern  society. 
Changing  occupational  ideologies,  values  and  choices.  Occupational  status 
systems  and  occupational  mobility.  The  social  psychology  of  career  success. 

(Coates,  Jones) 

Soc  112.  Rural-Urban  Relations.  (3) 

First  semester.  The  ecology  of  population  and  the  forces  making  for  change  in 
rural  and  urban  life;  migration,  decentralization  and  regionalism  as  methods 
of  studying  individual  and  national  issues.    Applied  field  problems. 

(Cussler,  Jones) 

Soc  113.  The  Rural  Community.  (3) 

Second  semester.  A  detailed  study  of  rural  life  with  emphasis  on  levels  of  living.v 
the  family,  school,  and  church  and  organizational  activities  in  the  fields  of 
health,  recreation,  welfare,  and  planning.  (Hoffsommer,  Hirzel,  Henkel) 

Soc  114.  The  City.  (3) 

First  semester.  The  rise  of  urban  civilization  and  metropolitan  regions; 
ecological  process  and  structure;  the  city  as  a  center  of  dominance;  social  prob- 
lems, control  and  planning.  (Cussler,  Hirzel) 

Soc  115.  Industrial  Sociology.  (3) 

The  sociology  of  human  relations  in  American  industry  and  business.  Complex 
industrial  and  business  organization  as  social  systems.  Social  relationship  within 
and  between  industry,  business,  community,  and  society.  (Coates,  Jones) 

Soc  116.  Military  Sociology.  (3) 

Social  change  and  the  growth  of  military  institutions.  Complex  formal  military 
organizations.  Military  organizations  as  social  systems.  Military  service  as  an 
occupation  or  profession.  The  sociology  of  military  life.  Relations  between 
military  institutions,  civilian  communities  and  society.  (Coates) 

Soc.  118.  Community  Organization.  (3) 

First  semester.  Community  organization  and  its  relation  to  social  welfare; 
analysis  of  community  needs  and  resources;  health,  housing,  recreation;  com- 
munity centers;  neighborhood  projects.  (Di  Bella) 

Soc  121.  Population.  (3) 

First  semester.  Population  distribution  and  growth  in  the  United  States  and  the 
world;  population  characteristics  of  the  United  States;  resulting  population 
problems  and  policies.  (Hirzel) 

Soc  122.  Population.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Trends  in  fertility  and  mortality,  migrations,  population  esti- 
mates and  the  resulting  problems  and  policies.  (Hirzel) 

Soc.  123.  Ethnic  Minorities.  (3) 

First  semester.  Basic  social  processes  in  the  relations  of  ethnic  groups  within 
the  State;  immigration  groups  and  the  Negro  in  the  United  States;  ethnic 
minorities  in  Europe.  (Lejins) 

127 


Sociology 

Soc.  131.  Introduction  to  Social  Service.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  General  survey  of  the  field  of  social-welfare  activ- 
ities; historical  development;  growth,  functions,  and  specialization  of  agencies 
and  services,  private  and  public.  (Di  Bella) 

Soc.  136.  Sociology  of  Religion.  (3) 

First  semester.  Varieties  and  sources  of  religious  experience.  Religious  institu- 
tions and  the  role  of  religion  in  social  life.  (Anderson) 

Soc.  141.  Sociology  of  Personality.  (3) 

First  semester.  Development  of  human  nature  and  personality  in  contemporary 
social  life;  processes  of  socialization;  attitudes,  individual  differences,  and  social 
behavior.  (Motz,  Cussler) 

Soc.  144.  Collective  Behavior.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Social  interaction  in  mass  behavior;  communication  processes; 
structure  and  functioning  of  crowds,  strikes,  audiences,  mass  movements,  and 
the  public.  (Cussler) 

Soc.  145.  Social  Control.  (3) 

First  semester.  Forms,  mechanisms,  and  techniques  of  group  influence  on  human 
behavior;  problems  of  social  control  in  contemporary  society.  (Motz) 

Soc.  147.  Sociology  OF  Law.  (3) 

First  semester.  Law  as  a  form  of  social  control;  interrelation  between  legal  and 
other  conduct  norms  as  to  their  content,  sanctions,  and  methods  of  securing 
conformity;  law  as  an  integral  part  of  the  culture  of  the  groups;  factors  and 
processes  operative  in  the  formation  of  legal  norms  as  determinants  of  human 
behavior.  (Lejins) 

Soc.  153.  Juvenile  Delinquency.  (3) 

First  semester.  Juvenile  delinquency  in  relation  to  the  general  problem  of  crime; 
analysis  of  factors  underlying  juvenile  delinquency;  treatment  and  prevention. 

(Lejins) 

Soc.  154.  Crime  and  Delinquency  Prevention.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Soc.  52  or  Soc.  153  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Methods  and  programs  in  prevention  of  crime  and  delinquency.  (Lejins) 

Soc.  155.  Treatment  of  Criminals  and  Delinquents  in  the  Com- 
munity. (3) 

Prerequisite,  Soc.  52,  153,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Analysis  of  the  processes 
and  methods  in  the  modification  of  criminal  patterns  of  behavior  in  a  com- 
munity setting.  (Lejins,  Pownall) 

Soc.  156.  Institutional  Treatment  of  Criminals  and  Delinquents. 
(3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Soc.  52  or  Soc.  153  or  consent  of  instructor. 
History,  organization  and  functions  of  penal  and  correctional  institution!  for 
adults  and  juveniles.  (Lejins,  Pownall) 

Soc.  161.  The  Sociology  of  War.  (3) 

Second  semester.  The  origin  and  development  of  armed  forces  as  institutions; 
the  social  causes,  operations  and  results  of  war  as  social  conflict;  the  relations 
of  peace  and  war  and  revolution  in  contemporary  civilization.  (Coates) 

128 


Sociology 
Soc.  164.  The  Family  and  Society.  (3) 

Study  of  the  family  as  a  social  institution;  its  biological  and  cultural  founda- 
tions, historic  development,  changing  structure  and  function;  the  interactions 
of  marriages  and  parenthood,  disorganizing  and  reorganizing  factors  in  present 
day  trends.  (Shankweiler,  Harper,  Motz) 

Soc.  166.  Interviewing  and  Problem  Solving  in  Social  Work.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Soc.  131  (may  be  taken  concurrently).  The  principles  of  interview- 
ing and  other  diagnostic  techniques  as  applied  to  social  problems  with  particular 
reference  to  family  and  child  behavior.  (Di  Bella) 

Soc.  171.  Family  and  Child  Welfare.  (3) 

First  semester.  Programs  of  family  and  child  welfare  agencies;  social  services 
to  families  and  children;  child  placement;  foster  familes.  (Di  Bella) 

Soc.  173.  Social  Security.  (3) 

First  semester.  The  social  security  program  in  the  United  States;  public  assist- 
ance; social  insurance.  (Di  Bella) 

Soc.  174.  Public  Welfare.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Development  and  organization  of  the  public  welfare  move- 
ment in  the  United  States,  social  legislation,  interrelations  of  federal,  state,  and 
local  agencies  and  institutions.  (Di  Bella) 

Soc.  180.  Small  Group  Analysis.  (3) 

Analysis  of  small  group  structure  and  dynamics.  Review  of  research  on  small 
groups  in  factories,  military  service,  schools  and  communities.  Presentation  of 
techniques  used  in  the  study  of  small  groups.  (Franz) 

Soc.  186.  Sociological  Theory.  (3) 

Development  of  the  science  of  sociology;  historical  backgrounds;  recent  theories 
of  society.  Majors  in  sociology  should  take  this  course  in  their  senior  year. 

(Janes,  Motz,  Hirzel) 

Soc.  191.  Social  Field  Training.  (1-3) 

Prerequisites,  for  social  work  field  training,  Soc.  131;  for  crime  control  field 
training,  Soc.  52  and  153.  Enrollment  restricted  to  available  placements. 
Supervised  field  training  in  public  and  private  social  agencies.  The  student  will 
select  his  particular  area  of  interest  and  be  responsible  to  an  agency  for  a 
definite  program  of  in-service  trainmg.  Group  meetings,  individual  confer- 
ences, and  written  program  reports  will  be  a  required  part  of  the  course. 

(Staff) 

Soc.  195.  Intermediate  Statistics  for  Sociologists.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Soc.  95  or  equivalent  and  six  additional  credits  in  Sociology.  Inter- 
mediate correlation  techniques,  analysis  of  variance,  sampling,  additional  non- 
parametric  techniques,  additional  topics  in  inferential  statistics.  Required  of  all 
candidates  for  the  M.A.  degree.  (Henkel,  Staflf) 

Soc.  196.  Senior  Seminar.  (3) 

Required  of  and  open  only  to  senior  majors  in  sociology.  Scope,  fields,  and 
research  methods  of  sociology;  practical  applications  of  sociological  knowledge. 
Individual  study  and  reports.  Sociology  majors  who  expect  to  graduate  in 
mid-year  should  take  this  course  in  the  preceding  spring  semester. 

(Hoffsommer,  Cussler) 

129 


Sociology 


For  Graduates 


With  the  exception  of  Soc.  201,  285,  290,  and  291,  individual  courses 
numbered  200  to  299  will  ordinarily  be  offered  in  alternate  years. 

Soc.  201.  Methods  of  Social  Research.  (3) 

First  semester.  Selection  and  formulation  of  research  projects;  methods  and 
techniques  of  sociological  investigation  and  analysis.  Required  of  graduate 
majors  in  sociology.  (Hoffsommer) 

Soc.  214.  Survey  of  Urban  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Soc.  14  or  114  or  equivalent.  Theoretical  approaches  of  Sociology 
and  other  social  sciences  to  urbanism,  urbanization,  and  urban  phenomena. 
Selected  approaches:  Chicago  School;  metropolitan  region;  demography,  institu- 
tions. (Janes,  Hirzel,  Staff) 

Soc.  215.  Community  Studies.  (3) 

First  semester.  Intensive  study  of  the  factors  affecting  community  development 
and  growth,  social  structure,  social  stratification,  social  mobility  and  social  in- 
situtions;  analysis  of  particular  communities.  (Staff) 

Soc.  216.  Sociology  of  Occupations  and  Professions.  (3) 

Second  semester.  An  analysis  of  the  occupational  and  professional  structure  of 
American  society,  with  special  emphasis  on  changing  roles,  functions,  ideologies 
and  community-relationships.  (Coates) 

Soc.  217.  Seminar  in  Field  Work  Urban  Research.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Soc.  214.  Methods  of  research  in  Sociology  applied  to  the  urban 
and  metropolitan  community,  reviews  of  needed  research,  reviews  of  contem- 
porary research;  the  design  and  execution  of  field  studies.  (Hirzel,  Staff) 

Soc.  221.  Population  and  Society.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Selected  problems  in  the  field  of  population;  quantitative  and 
qualitative  aspects;  American  and  world  problems.  (Hirzel) 

Soc.  230.  Comparative  Sociology.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Comparison  of  the  social  institutions,  organizations,  patterns 
of  collective  behavior,  and  art  manifestations  of  social  values  countries.     (Staff) 

Soc.  241.  Personality  and  Social  Structure.  (3) 

First  semester.  Comparative  analysis  of  the  development  of  human  nature,  per- 
sonality, and  social  traits  in  select  social  structures.  (Cussler) 

Soc.  246.  Public  Opinion  and  Propaganda.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Processes  involved  in  the  formation  of  mass  attitudes;  agencies 
and  techniques  of  communication;  quantitative  measurement  of  public  opinion. 

(Motz) 

Soc,  250.  Formal  Organization.  (3) 

An  introduction  to  the  study  of  organizations,  the  nature  of  organizations, 
types  of  organizations,  determinants  and  consequences  of  organizational  growth, 
determinants  and  consequences  of  growth  for  administrative  staff,  determinants 
of  effectiveness  and  research  in  organizations.  (Price) 

130 


Sociology 
Soc.  253.  Advanced  Criminology,  (3) 

First  semester.  Survey  of  the  principal  issues  in  contemporary  criminological 
theory  and  research.  (Lejins) 

Soc,  254.  Seminar:  Criminology.  (3) 

Second  semester.    Selected  problems  in  criminology.  (Lejins) 

Soc.  255.  Seminar:  Juvenile  Deliquency.  (3) 

First  semester.  Selected  problems  in  the  field  of  juvenile  delinquency.     (Lejins) 

Soc,  256.  Crime  and  Delinquency  as  a  Community  Problem.  (3) 

Second  semester.  An  intensive  study  of  selected  problems  in  adult  crime  and 
juvenile  delinquency  in  Maryland.  (Lejins) 

Soc,  257.  Social  Change  and  Social  Policy.  (3) 

First  semester.  Emergence  and  development  of  social  policy  as  related  to  social 
change;  policy-making  factors  in  social  welfare  and  social  legislation.      (Price) 

Soc.  262.  Family  Studies.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Case  studies  of  family  situations;  statistical  studies  of  family 
trends,  methods  of  investigation  and  analysis.  (Shankweiler) 

Soc.  263,  Marriage  and  Family  Counseling.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Soc.  64  or  164  or  consent  of  instructor.  A 
sociological  analysis  of  an  emerging,  family-centered  profession.  Designed  for 
advanced  sociology  majors  or  allied  fields,  for  use  in  vocations  such  as  teaching, 
medicine,  the  ministry  and  others  embodying  the  role  of  guidance. 

(Shankweiler) 

Soc,  264.  The  Sociology  of  Mental  Health.  (3) 

First  semester.  A  study  of  the  sociological  factors  that  condition  mental  health 
together  with  an  appraisal  of  the  group  dynamics  of  its  preservation.       (Staff) 

Soc.  271.  Theory  of  Social  Interaction.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Positions  of  major  sociologists  and  social  psychologists  as  to 
how  the  individual  interacts  with  various  groups  and  the  issues  involved. 
Trends  in  recent  interaction  theory.  (Cussler) 

Soc.  282.  Sociology  Methodology.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Logic  and  method  of  sociology  in  relation  to  the  general  theory 
of  scientific  method;  principal  issues  and  points  of  view.  (Henkel) 

Soc.  286.    Development  of  European  and  American  Sociological 
Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Soc.  186  or  equivalent.  Review  of  systematic  sociological  theories 
(such  as  Positivism,  Organicism,  Conflict,  etc.)  from  the  early  19th  Century 
to  the  present.   A  review  of  the  emerging  self-evaluation  of  Sociology.     (Staff) 

Soc.  287.    Seminar:  Sociological  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Soc.  186  or  equivalent.  Systematic  examination  of  contemporary 
sociological  theories  such  as  structural  functionalism  and  social  action.  Special 
reference  is  given  to  the  relevance  of  each  theory  to  the  conduct  of  sociological 
investigation.  (Janes) 

131 


Anthropology 

Soc.  291.   Special  Social  Problems.   (Credit  to  be  determined) 

Individual  research  on  selected  problems.  (Staff) 

Soc.  295.   Advanced  Statistics  for  Sociologists.    (3) 

Prerequisite,  Soc.  195  or  equivalent.  Advanced  treatment  of  inferential  statistics, 
sampling,  research  design,  non-parametric  techniques,  scaling.  Required  of  all 
candidates  for  the  Ph.D.  degree.  (Henkel,  Staff) 

Soc.  399.   Thesis  Research.    (Credit  to  be  determined) 

(Thesis  Adviser) 


ANTHROPOLOGY 

Courses  in  Anthropology  may  be  regarded  as  constituting  an  inde- 
pendent minor  in  some  programs  leading  to  the  B.A.  degree  or  may,  at 
the  discretion  of  the  Department  of  Sociology,  be  counted  toward  the 
major  in  Sociology. 

Anthropology  1  or  its  equivalent  is  prerequisite  to  all  other  courses  in 
Anthropology. 

Anth.  1.  Introduction  to  Anthropology:  Archeology  and  Physi- 
cal Anthropology.    (3) 

May  be  taken  for  credit  in  the  General  Education  Program.  General  patterns 
of  the  development  of  human  culture;  the  biological  and  morphological  aspects 
of  man  viewed  in  his  cultural  setting.  (Anderson,  Williams,  and  Staff) 

Anth.  2.  Introduction  to  Anthropology:  Cultural  Anthropology 
and  Linguistics.    (3) 

Social  and  cultural  principles  as  exemplified  in  ethnographic  descriptions.  The 
study  of  language  within  the  context  of  Anthropology. 

(Anderson,  Williams,  and  Staff) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Anth.  105.   Cultural  Anthropology.    (3) 

A  survey  of  the  simpler  cultures  of  the  world,  with  attention  to  historical  pro- 
cesses and  the  application  of  anthropological  theory  to  the  modem  situation. 

Anth.  106.  Archeology.   (3) 

A  survey  of  human  cultural  developments  as  revealed  by  archeological  methods, 
with  materials  to  be  drawn  from  selected  areas  of  both  Old  and  New  Worlds. 

Anth.  124.   The  Culture  of  the  American  Indian.    (3) 

A  study  of  type  cultures,  cultural  processes,  and  the  effects  of  acculturation  on 
selected  tribes  of  Indians  in  the  Americas.  (Anderson,  Williams) 

Anth.  125.    Cultural  History  of  the  Negro.    (3) 

The  cultures  of  Africa  south  of  the  Sahara  and  the  cultural  adjustments  of 
the  Negro  in  North  and  South  America.  (Anderson) 

132 


Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

For  Graduates 
Anth.  224.    Race  and  Culture.    (3) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  instructor.  Race  and  culture  in  contemporary 
society;  mobility  and  the  social  effects  of  race  and  culture  contacts  and 
intermixture.  (Anderson) 


SPEECH  AND  DRAMATIC  ART 

Professor  and  Head:  Strausbaugh. 

Professor:  Hendricks. 

Associate  Professors:  Aylward,  Batka,  Linkow,  Niemeyer,  Pugliese 
and  Weaver. 

Associate  Research  Professor:  Causey. 

Assistant  Professors:  Baker,  Craven,  Doudna,  Frank,  Meersman, 
Provensen,  Schmitt,  Starcher  and  Wolfe. 

Instructors:  Carter,  Fitzgerald,  Fussell,  Gossage,  Kanstoroom, 
McCain,  Menser,  Navratil  and  Schlesinger. 

Lecturers:  Hedlund  and  Speuhler. 

The  courses  in  this  Department  have  two  main  functions:  (1)  to  pro- 
vide training  in  basic  oral  communication  skills  to  meet  the  general  needs 
of  undergraduates  of  the  University;  (2)  to  provide  integrated  specialized 
training  for  students  who  wish  to  major  or  minor  in  speech. 

A  major  may  be  taken  in  the  Speech  Department  in  one  of  two  general 
areas,  the  speech  arts  or  the  speech  sciences.  The  speech  arts  include 
theater,  radio  and  television,  public  speaking,  and  oral  interpretation;  the 
speech  sciences  include  phonetics,  semantics,  speech  pathology,  and  audiol- 
ogy.  The  undergraduate  program  provides  a  level  of  training  that  will  pre- 
pare students  to  enter  several  professional  fields.  Specifically,  these  fields 
are:  (1)  teaching  speech  and  dramatic  art  or  directing  these  activities;  (2) 
radio  and  television;  (3)  speech  and  hearing  science.  In  addition,  adequate 
preparation  and  training  for  graduate  work  is  provided.  Programs  for 
various  concentrations  may  be  obtained  from  the  departmental  office  or 
advisers. 

Minors  in  speech  are  adapted  to  meet  the  needs  of  students  majoring 
in  English,  the  social  sciences,  journalism  and  public  relations,  elementary 
education,  nursery  school-kindergarten  education,  pre-law,  and  pre-minis- 
try  fields. 

Prerequisites  for  all  majors  in  speech  are  Speech  1,  2,  3,  or  4,  and  Zool. 
1.  Major  requirements:  30  hours  of  courses  in  speech  with  15  hours  of 

133 


Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

courses  numbered  100  and  above,  in  either  the  speech  arts  or  speech 
sciences.  No  course  with  a  grade  less  than  "C"  may  be  used  to  satisfy  major 
requirements. 

Specific  requirements  for  professional  training  in  speech  and  hearing 
therapy  include  completion  of  the  general  requirements  for  speech  majors 
with  the  following  additions:  Zool.  14,  15;  Psych.  1,  5,  131;  a  minimum 
of  21  hours  of  speech  sciences  at  the  100  level. 

The  Department  offers  an  Honors  Program.  Information  may  be  obtained 
from  the  departmental  advisers. 

Qualified  students,  depending  upon  specialized  interests,  are  invited  to 
participate  in  the  activities  of  the  University  Theater,  Radio-Television 
Workshop,  and  the  Calvert  Debate  Club. 

♦Speech  1.  Public  Speaking.  (3) 

Prerequisite  for  advanced  speech  courses.  Laboratory  fee,  SLOO.  The  prepara- 
tion and  delivery  of  short  original  speeches;  outside  readings;  reports,  etc. 
It  is  recommended  that  this  course  be  taken  during  the  freshman  year.  Speech 
1  and  Speech  7  may  not  both  be  used  for  credit.  (Linkow,  Staff) 

Speech  2.  Advanced  Public  Speaking.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Speech  1  or  7.  A  study  of  rhetorical  principles  and  models  of 
speech  composition  in  conjunction  with  the  preparation  and  presentation  of 
specific  forms  of  public  address.  (McCain,  Staff) 

Speech  Clinic.   No  credit. 

Remedial  work  in  minor  speech  defects.  The  work  of  the  clinic  is  conducted  in 
individual  conferences  and  in  small  group  meetings.  Hours  arranged  by  consulta- 
tion with  the  respective  speech  instructor.  (Staff) 

Speech  3.  Fundamentals  of  General  American  Speech.  (3) 

Training  in  auditory  discrimination  of  speech  sounds,  rhythms  and  inflections 
of  general  American  speech.  Analysis  of  the  physiological  bases  of  speech 
production  and  the  phonetic  elements  of  speech  reception.  This  course  is  re- 
quired of  majors  in  speech  and  hearing  science  and  recommended  for  foreign 
students  and  majors  in  nursery  and  elementary  education.        (Hendricks,  Staff) 

Speech  4.  Voice  and  Diction.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Emphasis  upon  the  improvement  of  voice,  articula- 
tion, and  phonation.  May  be  taken  concurrently  with  Speech  1.   (Starcher,  Staff) 

♦Speech  7.  Public  Speaking.  (2) 

Laboratory  fee,  $1.00.  The  preparation  and  delivery  of  speeches  on  technical 
and  general  subjects.   Speech  7  and  Speech  1  may  not  both  be  used  for  credit. 

(Strausbaugh,  Staff) 

Speech  8.  Acting.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.    Basic  principles  of  histrionic  practice. 

(Meersman) 


*  Speech  3  should  be  substituted  for  non-English  speaking  students. 

134 


Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
Speech  10.  Group  Discussion.  (2) 

A  study  of  the  principles,  methods,  and  types  of  discussion,  and  their  applica- 
tion in  the  discussion  of  contemporary  problems.  (Linkow,  Staff) 

Speech  11,  12.  Debate.  (2,  2) 

Pre-Law  students  may  take  Speech  11,  12,  instead  of  Speech  1  or  Speech  7. 
A  study  of  the  principles  of  argument,  analysis,  evidence,  reasoning,  fallacies, 
briefing,  and  delivery,  together  with  their  application  in  public  speaking 

(Fitzgerald) 

Speech  13.  Oral  Interpretation.  (3) 

The  oral  interpretation  of  literature  and  the  practical  training  of  students  in 
the  art  of  reading.  (Provensen) 

Speech  14.  Stagecraft.   (3) 

Laboratory  fee,  $2.00.  Fundamentals  of  technical  production.  Emphasis  on 
construction  of  scenery.  (Gossage) 

Speech  16.  Introduction  to  the  Theatre.  (3) 

A  general  survey  of  the  fields  of  the  theatre.  (Pugliese) 

Speech  17.  Make-up.  (2) 

First  semester.  One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Laboratory  fee. 
$2.00.  A  lecture-laboratory  course  in  the  theory  and  practice  of  stage  make-up, 
covering  basic  requirements  as  to  age,  type,  character,  race,  and  period. 

(Schmitt) 

Speech  21.  Fundamentals  of  Speech  Communication.   (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  A  study  of  oral  communicative  behavior,  including 
problems  and  processes  of  symbolizations,  aspects  of  oral  language,  the  in- 
volvement of  the  talker  and  listener,  kinds  of  signals,  and  self-revelation 
through  speech.  (McCain) 

Speech  22.  Introduction  to  Radio  and  Television.  (3) 

Prerequisite  for  all  courses  in  radio.  The  development,  scope,  and  influence  of 
American  broadcasting  and  telecasting,  including  visits  to  local  radio  and 
television  stations,  with  guest  lecturers  from  Radio  Station  WTOP  and  tele- 
vision stations.  (Batka) 

Speech  23.  Parliamentary  Law.  (1) 

A  study  of  the  principles  and  application  of  parliamentary  law  as  applied  to 
all  types  of  meetings.  Thorough  training  in  the  use  of  Robert's  Rules  of  Order. 

(Strausbaugh) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Speech  102.  Radio  Production.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisites,  Speech  22  and  consent  of  instructor.  Laboratory 
fee,  $2.00.  A  study  of  the  multiple  problems  facing  the  producer.  Special 
emphasis  is  given  to  acoustic  setup,  casting,  "miking,"  timing,  cutting  and  the 
coordination  of  personnel  factors  involved  in  the  production  of  radio  programs. 

(Schlesinger) 

135 


Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

Speech  105.    Speech-Handicapped  School  Children.    (3) 

Prerequisite,  Speech  3  for  undergraduates.  The  occurrence,  identification  and 
treatment  of  speech  handicaps  in  the  classrooms.  An  introduction  to  speech 
pathology.  (Craven) 

Speech  106.  Clinical  Practice.  (1  to  5  Credits,  up  to  9) 

Summer  session.  Prerequisite,  Speech  105.  May  be  taken  for  1-5  credit  hours 
per  semester.  May  be  repeated  for  a  total  of  9  semester  hours  credit.  Labora- 
tory fee,  $1.00  per  hour.  Clinical  practice  in  various  methods  of  corrective 
procedures  with  various  types  of  speech  cases  in  the  University  clinic,  Veterans 
hospitals,  and  public  schools.  (Craven) 

Speech  107.  Advanced  Oral  Interpretation.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Speech  13.  Emphasis  upon  the  longer  reading. 
Program  planning.  (Provensen) 

Speech  108.     Educational  Phonetics.    (3) 

This  course  is  designed  to  relate  phonetic  science  to  the  classroom.  An  ex- 
tensive coverage  of  broad  transcription  of  General  American  speech.  Students 
having  credit  for  Speech  3  or  any  previous  phonetics  course  are  not  eligible  for 
this  course.  (Hendricks) 

Speech  109.  Speech  and  Language  Development  of  Children.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Admission  by  consent  of  instructor.  An  analysis  of  normal 
and  abnormal  processes  of  speech  and  language  development  in  children. 

(Hendricks) 

Speech  110.  Advanced  Group  Discussion.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Speech  10.  Required  in  speech  curriculum  and  elective  in  other 
curricula.  An  examination  of  current  research  and  techniques  in  the  discussion 
and  conference,  including  extensive  practice  in  this  area.  (Linkow) 

Speech  HI.  Seminar.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  senior  standing  and  consent  of  instructor.  Present-day  speech 
research.  (Strausbaugh,  Staff) 

Speech  112.  Phonetics.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Speech  3  or  consent  of  instructor.  Laboratory  fee, 
$3.00.  Training  in  the  recognition  and  production  of  the  sounds  of  spoken 
English,  with  an  analysis  of  their  formation.  Practice  transcription.  Mastery  of 
the  international  phonetic  alphabet.  (Baker) 

Speech  113.  Play  Production.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Speech  16  or  consent  of  instructor.  Development 
of  procedure  followed  by  the  director  in  preparing  plays  for  public  performance. 

(Meersman) 

Speech  114.  The  Film  as  an  Art  Form.  (3) 

Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  A  study  of  the  motion  picture  as  a  developing  form  of 
entertainment,  communication,  and  artistic  expression.  A  series  of  significant 
American  and  foreign  films  are  viewed  to  illustrate  the  artistic,  historical  and 
sociological  trends  of  the  twentieth  century.  (Niemeyer) 

136 


Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
Speech  115.  Radio  and  Television  in  Retailing.  (3) 

First  semester.  Limited  to  students  in  the  College  of  Home  Economics.  Pre- 
requisite, Speech  1  or  7.  Laboratory  fee,  $2.00.  Writing  and  production  of 
promotional  programs  for  the  merchandising  of  wearing  apparel  and  home- 
furnishings.  Collaboration  with  the  Washington  and  Baltimore  radio  stations  and 
retail  stores.  (Schlesinger) 

Speech  116.  Radio  and  Television  Announcing.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisites,  Speech  4  and  22  or  consent  of  instructor.  Labora- 
tory fee,  $2.00.  The  theory  and  application  of  all  types  of  announcing.     (Batka) 

Speech  117,  Radio  and  Television  Continuity  Writing.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Speech  22  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the 
principles,  methods  and  limitations  of  writing  for  radio  and  television.  Applica- 
tion will  be  made  in  the  writing  of  general  types  of  continuities  and  commercials. 

(Schlesinger) 

Speech  120.  Speech  Pathology.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Speech  105.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  A  continuation 
of  Speech  105,  with  emphasis  on  the  causes  and  treatment  of  organic  speech 
disorders.  (Carter) 

Speech  124,  125.  American  Public  Address.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  Speech  1  or  7.  The  first  semester  covers  the  period  from  colonial 
times  to  the  Civil  War  period.  The  second  semester  covers  from  the  Civil  War 
period  through  the  contemporary  period.  (Staff) 

Speech  126.  Semantic  Aspects  of  Speech  in  Human  Relations.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  one  course  in  public  speaking.  An  analysis  of 
speech  and  language  habits  from  the  standpoint  of  general  semantics. 

(Hendricks) 

Speech  127.  Children's  Dramatics.  (3) 

Principles  and  methods  necessary  for  staging  children's  productions  on  the 
elementary  school  level.  Major  emphasis  on  creative  dramatics;  the  application 
of  creative  dramatics  in  the  school  room,  and  the  values  gained  by  the  child  in 
this  activity.  Students  will  conduct  classes  in  formal  and  creative  dramatics 
which  will  culminate  in  children's  programs.  (Pugliese) 

Speech  129,  130.  Play  Directing.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  Speech  8  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  lecture-laboratory  course 
dealing  with  the  fundamentals  of  script  cutting,  pacing,  movement,  blocking,  and 
rehearsal  routine  as  applied  to  the  directing  of  plays.        (Pugliese,  Meersman) 

Speech  131.  History  of  the  Theatre.  (3) 

First  semester.  A  survey  of  the  dramatic  production  from  early  origin  to  1800. 

(Niemeyer) 

Speech  132.  History  of  the  Theatre.  (3) 

Second  semester.  A  survey  of  dramatic  production  from   1800  to  the  present. 

(Niemeyer) 

137 


Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

Speech  133.  Communication  Processes  in  Conferences.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  one  course  in  public  speaking.  Limited  to  stu- 
dents at  the  off-campus  centers.  Group  participation  in  conferences,  methods 
of  problem  solving,  semantic  aspects  of  language  and  the  function  of  confer- 
ences in  industry  and  government.  (Linkow) 

Speech  135.  Instrumentation  in  Speech  and  Hearing  Science.  (2) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Speech  3.  Laboratory  fee,  S2.00.  The  use  of 
electronic  equipment  in  the  measurement  of  speech  and  hearing.  (Linkow) 

Speech  136.  Principles  of  Speech  Therapy.    (3) 

Prerequisite,  Speech  120.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Differential  diagnosis  of  speech 
and  language  handicaps  and  the  application  of  psychological  principles  of 
learning,  motivation  and  adjustment  in  the  treatment  of  speech  disorders. 

(Craven) 

Speech  138.  Methods  and  Materials  in  Speech  Correction.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Speech  120  or  the  equivalent.  Laboratory  fee,  S3. 00.  The  design 
and  use  of  methods  and  materials  for  diagnosis,  measurement,  and  retraining  of 
the  speech-handicapped.  (Craven) 

Speech  139.  Theatre  Workshop.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Speech  8  or  14.  A  laboratory  course  designed  to  provide  the 
student  with  practical  experience  in  all  phases  of  theatre  production. 

(Strausbaugh) 

Speech  140.  Principles  of  Television  Production.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Speech  22.  Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  A  study  of  the  theory,  methods, 
techniques,  and  problems  of  television  production  and  direction.  Units  of 
study  covering  television  cameras  and  lenses,  lighting  theory  and  practices, 
scenery  and  properties,  costumes  and  makeup,  graphic  arts  and  special  effects 
are  included.  Observation  of  production  procedures  at  nearby  television  stations. 
Application  will  be  made  through  crew  assignments  for  University-produced 
television  programs.  (Aylward,  Wolfe) 

Speech  141.  Introduction  to  Audiometry.  (2) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Speech  3.  Laboratory  fee,  $2.00.  Analysis  of  various 
methods  and  procedures  in  evaluating  hearing  losses.  Required  for  students 
whose  concentration  is  in  speech  and  hearing  therapy.  (Doudna) 

Speech  142.  Speech  Reading  and  Auditory  Training.   (2) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Speech  3.  Laboratory  fee,  $2.00.  Methods  of 
training  individuals  with  hearing  loss  to  recognize,  interpret  and  understand 
spoken  language.  Required  for  students  whose  concentration  is  in  speech  and 
hearing  therapy.  (Doudna) 

Speech  146.  Television  News  and  Public  Affairs.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Speech  117  or  Journalism  101.  Training  in'  pre- 
sentation of  television  news,  interviews,  discussions,  and  forums. 

(Schlesinger) 

138 


Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
Speech  147.  Analysis  of  Broadcasting  Processes  and  Results.   (2) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Speech  22  or  consent  of  instructor.  Survey  of  the 
more  common  analytic  approaches,  methods,  and  results  in  the  field  of  radio 
and  television.  (Aylward) 

Speech  148.  Television  Direction,    (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  hour  lecture,  three  hour  laboratory.  Prerequisites,  Speech 
22,  140.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  Principles  of  television  direction  including 
analysis  of  script,  casting,  rehearsing,  production,  and  video  control.    (Aylward) 

Speech  149,  Television  Workshop,    (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  hour  lecture,  four  hour  laboratory.  Prerequisites,  Speech 
22,  140  and  148,  or  consent  of  instructor.    Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.     (Aylward) 

Speech  150.  Radio  and  Television  Station  Management.    (2) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Speech  22  or  consent  of  instructor.  Broadcasting 
regulations,  licenses,  personnel  functions,  sales,  advertising,  and  program  and 
station  promotion.  (Batka) 

Speech  161.  Ancient  Rhetoric,    (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Speech  2  or  1 1 .  The  theories  of  speechmaking  and 
speech  composition  as  propounded  by  the  classical  rhetoricians.  Special  attention 
is  given  to  Plato,  Aristotle,  Socrates,  Cicero,  Quintillian  and  St.  Augustine. 

(McCain) 

Speech  163,  Materials  and  Programs  for  the  Development  of 
Listening,    (3) 

Second  semester.  The  study  of  research  findings,  listening  tests,  materials,  equip- 
ment, and  programs  which  can  be  used  to  develop  listening  skills.  (Frank) 

Speech  164.  Persuasion  in  Speech.    (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Speech  2  or  11.  A  study  of  the  bases  of  persuasion 
with  emphasis  on  recent  experimental  developments  in  persuasion,       (Weaver) 

Speech  171,  Styles  and  Theories  of  Acting,    (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Speech  8  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  study  and 
application  of  historical  styles  and  theories  of  acting.  (Pugliese) 

Speech  175.  Stage  Design  and  Lighting.    (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Speech  14  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  theory  ol 
stage  design  and  lighting.  Making  of  plans  and  lighting  plots  as  coordinate 
elements  of  scenic  art.  (Schmitt) 

Speech  180,  Honors  Seminar,    (3) 

For  Honors  students  only.  Readings,  symposiums,  visiting  lecturers,  discussions, 

(Staff) 

For  Graduates 

The  department  maintains  a  reciprocal  agreement  with  the  Veterans  Ad- 
ministration whereby  clinical  practice  may  be  obtained  at  the  Audiology 
and  Speech  Pathology  Clinic,  Veterans  Administration  Hospital,  50  Irving 
St.,  N.  W.,  Washington,  D.  C. 

139 


Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

Speech  201.  Special  Problems  Seminar.   (A.  through  K.)   (1,  3) 

(6  hrs.  applicable  toward  M.  A.  degree.)  Prerequisites,  6  hours  in  speech 
pathology  and  consent  of  instructor.  A.  Stuttering;  B.  Cleft  Palate;  C.  Delayed 
Speech;  D.  Articulation;  E.  Cerebral  Palsy;  F.  Voice;  G.  Special  Problems  of  the 
Deaf;  H.  Foreign  Dialect;  I.  Speech  Intelligibility;  J.  Neurophysiology  of  Hear- 
ing; K.  Minor  Research  Problems.  (Hendricks) 

Speech  202.  Techniques  of  Research  in  Speech  and  Hearing.    (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  12  hours  in  speech  pathology  and  audiology. 
Analysis  of  research  methodology  including  experimental  techniques,  statistical 
analysis  and  preparation  of  reports  for  scientific  investigations  in  speech  and 
hearing  science.  Required  of  candidates  for  Master's  degree  in  speech  and 
hearing  therapy.  (Staff) 

Speech  203.  Experimental  Phonetics.    (3) 

Prerequisite,  Speech  112.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  The  application  of  experimental 
methods  in  quantitative   analysis  of  the  phonetic  elements  of  speech. 

(Baker) 

Speech  204.  Applied  Phonetics.    (3) 

Prerequisite,  Speech  112  or  equivalent.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Application  of 
phonetic  analysis  to  communication  systems  and  clinical  analysis  in  speech  and 
hearing.  (Baker) 

Speech  205.  Descriptive  Phonetics.    (3) 

Prerequisite,  Speech  112  or  equivalent.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Application  of 
phonetic  analysis  in  the  transcription  of  dialects.  (Baker) 

Speech  206.  Diagnostic  Procedures  in  Speech  Pathology.    (3) 

Prerequisite,  6  hours  of  speech  pathology.  A  study  of  diagnostic  tools  and 
methods  in  the  analysis  of  various  types  of  speech  disorders. 

(Hendricks,  Staff) 

Speech  207.  Advanced  Principles  of  Speech  and  Hearing 
Therapy.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Speech  136  or  equivalent,  and  6  hours  of  speech  and  hearing 
pathology.  A  review  of  learning  principles  as  applied  to  the  training  of  the 
speech  and  hearing  handicapped.  (Hendricks) 

Speech  208.    Quantitative  Methods  In  Speech  and  Hearing 
Science.   (3) 

An  analysis  of  current  procedures  used  in  quantifying  phenomena  observed  in 
Speech  and  Hearing  Science.  A  minimum  of  12  hours  credit  in  Speech  and 
Hearing  is  a  prerequisite  for  this  course.  (Staff) 

Speech  210.  Anatomy  and  Physiology  of  Speech  and  Hearing.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  6  hours  in  speech  pathology  and  audiology  and  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  A  study  of  anatomy  and  physiology  of  the  auditory 
and  speech  mechanisms.  (Carter) 

Speech  211.  A,  B,  C,  D.  Advanced  Clinical  Practice, 
(1,  3  up  to  12) 

(6  hours  applicable  toward  M.A.  degree.)  Prerequisite,  12  hours  in  speech 
pathology  and  audiology.  Laboratory  fee,  $1.00  per  hour.  Supervised  training 
in  the  application  of  clinical  methods  in  the  diagnosis  and  treatment  of  speech 
and  hearing  disorders.  (Craven) 

140 


Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
Speech  212.  Advanced  Speech  Pathology.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  6  hours  in  speech  pathology  and  consent  of  instructor.  Laboratory 
fee,  $3.00.  Etiology  and  therapy  for  organic  and  functional  speech  disorders. 

(Carter) 

Speech  214.  Clinical  Audiometry.    (3) 

Prerequisites,  3  hours  in  audiology  and  consent  of  instructor.  Laboratory  fee, 
$3.00.   Testing  of  auditory  acuity  with  pure  tones  and  speech.  (Doudna) 

Speech  216.  Communication  Skills  for  the  Hard-of-Hearing.    (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisites,  3  hours  in  audiology  and  consent  of  instructor. 
Speech  reading,  auditory  training,  and  speech  conservation  problems  in  the 
rehabilitation   of  the  hard-of -hearing.  (Doudna) 

Speech  217.   Hearing  Aid  Selection  for  the  Acoustically 
Handicapped.    (3) 

Prerequisite,  Speech  214.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  A  laboratory  course  in  modern 
methods  of  utilizing  electronic  hearing  aids.  (Staff) 

Speech  218.  Speech  and  Hearing  in  Medical  Rehabilitation  and 
Special  Education  Programs.    (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisites,  6  hours  in  speech  pathology  and  audiology  and 
consent  of  instructor.  Administrative  problems  involved  in  the  organization  and 
operation  of  speech  and  hearing  therapy  under  the  different  types  of  programs. 

(Hendricks) 

Speech  219,  Speech  Disorders  of  the  Brain-Injured.    (3) 

Prerequisites,  6  hours  in  speech  pathology  and  audiology  and  consent  of  instruc- 
tor. Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Methods  of  evaluation  and  treatment  of  children  and 
adults  who  have  suffered  injury  to  brain  tissue,  with  subsequent  damage  to 
speech  and  language  processes.  (Hendricks) 

Speech  220.  Experimental  Audiology.    (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  6  hours  in  audiology.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  A 
study  of  experimental  techniques  in  the  mvestigation  of  problems  in  audiology 
and  psychoacoustics.  (Causey) 

Speech  221.  Communication   Theory   and   Speech  Hearing 
Problems.    (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  6  hours  in  speech  pathology  and  audiology  and 
consent  of  instructor.  Analysis  of  current  theories  of  communication  as  they 
apply  to  research  and  therapy  in  speech  and  hearing.  (Hendricks) 

Speech  222.  Advanced  Bio-Acoustics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  6  hours  of  audiology.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Laboratory  re- 
search methods  in  the  study  of  hearing  mechanisms  in  animals.  (Spuehler) 

Speech  223.  Advanced  Psycho-Acoustics.    (3) 

Prerequisite,  6  hours  of  audiology.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Research  methodo- 
logy in  the  study  of  human  hearing.  (Causey) 

Speech  224.  The  Preparation  of  Speech  and  Hearing  Scientists 
IN  Institutions  of  Higher  Learning.    (3) 

Prerequisite,  6  hours  of  audiology  and  6  hours  of  speech  pathology.  A  review 
of  problems  involved  in  the  training  of  personnel  who  expect  to  take  teaching 
and  research  positions  at  university  and  college  level.  (Hendricks) 

141 


Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

Speech  225.  Advanced  Semantics.    (3) 

Prerequisite.  3  hours  of  semantics.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Advanced  study  of 
the  effects  of  language  in  human  perception.  (Hendricks) 

Speech  226.  Language  Problems  of  the  Exceptional  Child.    (3) 

Prerequisite.  6  hours  of  speech  pathology.  A  survey  of  special  language  prob- 
lems of  the  mentally  retarded,  brain-injured,  hard-of-hearing  and  deaf  children. 

(Staff) 

Speech  227.  Experimental  Design  In  Speech  and  Hearing 
Science.   (3) 

A  seminar  devoted  to  planning  and  conducting  experiments  in  speech  and  hear- 
ing science.  Each  student  is  required  to  present  three  pilot  studies  for  discussion. 
Two  hours  classwork,  two  hours  laboratory.  Permission  of  instructor  required. 
Lab.  fee  of  $10.00.  (Staff) 

Speech  240.  Seminar  in  Broadcasting.    (3) 

First  semester.  Studies  of  various  aspects  of  broadcasting.  (Aylward) 

Speech  241.  Special  Problems  in  Broadcasting.    (3) 

Second  semester.  An  experimental  laboratory  course  for  the  development  of 
new  ideas  in  broadcasting.  (Batka) 

Speech  248.  Advanced  Television  Direction.    (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Speech  148  or  consent  of  instructor.  Principles 
of  television  direction  as  applied  to  dramatic  programs,  together  with  a  con- 
sideration of  the  specific  aesthetic  values  of  the  television  medium.       (Aylward) 

Speech  260.  Speech  and  Drama  Programs  in  Higher  Education.  (3) 

First  semester.  A  study  of  current  theories  and  practices  in  speech  education. 

(Frank) 

Speech  261.  Introduction  to  Graduate  Study  in  Speech.    (3) 

First  semester.  (Weaver) 

Speech  262.  Special  Problems  in  General  Speech.    (3) 

First  semester.  (Weaver) 

Speech  263.  Rhetorical  Theories  of  Style.    (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Speech  124,  125,  or  161,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Examination  of  selected  theories  of  style  drawn  from  the  fields  of  rhetoric  and 
literature,  and  analysis  of  model  speeches.  (Staff) 

Speech  264.  Interpersonal  Communication.    (3) 

Second  semester.  Problems  and  processes  of  symbolic  representation  in  speech, 
the  effects  of  language  on  communication,  semantic  redundancy,  and  interaction 
between  meaning  and  the  structure  of  oral  language.  (Weaver) 

Speech  270.  Seminar:  Studies  in  Theatre.  (3) 

First  semester.  Research  projects  adapted  to  individual  backgrounds  and  special 
work.  (Meersman) 

Speech  271.  The  Theory  of  Pre-Modern  Dramatic  Production.  (3) 

Second  semester.  An  historical  survey  of  production  styles.  (Pugliese) 

142 


Zoology 
Speech  272.  Special  Problems  in  Drama.    (3) 

Second  semester.  The  preparation  of  adaptations  and  other  projects  in 
dramaturgy.  (Pugliese) 

Speech  273.  Theories  of  the  Drama.    (3) 

Advanced  study  of  the  identification  and  development  of  dramatic  form  from 
the  early  Greek  drama  to  contemporary  forms;  the  esthetics  of  theatre  arts; 
and  dramatic  criticism.  (Meersman) 

Speech  290.  Independent  Study.  (1-3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  An  individual  course  designed  for  intensive 
study  or  research  of  problems  in  any  one  of  the  three  areas  of  drama,  general 
speech,  or  radio/tv.  (Staff) 

Speech  301.  Independent  Study  in  Speech  and  Hearing 
Science.  (1-6) 

Student-selected  topic  of  investigation.  A  proposed  topic  must  be  approved  prior 
to  registration.  In  addition  to  a  formal  report  an  oral  presentation  of  the  re- 
sults will  be  required.  May  be  repeated.  Prerequisite,  30  hours  of  graduate 
study  in  speech  and  hearing  science.  (Staff) 

Speech  399.  Thesis  Research.    (1-6) 

(Staff) 

ZOOLOGY 

Professor  and  Head:  Anastos. 

Professors:  Bernstein,  Burhoe  (Emeritus),  Crenshaw,  Haley  and 
Schoenborn. 

Research  Professors,  Part-time:  Glinos,  Humphrey  and  Sadun. 

Associate  Professors:  Brown,  Grollman,  Highton,  Jachowski,  Linder, 
Ramm  and  Stross. 

Associate  Professors:  Brinkley,  Eisenberg,  R.  Ficken,  Gainer,  Gold- 
man, Keller,  Nelson,  Potter  and  Schmittner. 

Research  Assistant  Professor:  Elbl. 

Research  Associates:  Doss,  Farr  (p.t.),  M.  Ficken  (p.t.),  T.  Kauf- 
mann,  McIntosh  (p.t.),  and  Morse. 

Instructors:  Anderson,  Glover,  Grismer,  Hunt,  T.  S.  Kaufman, 
Lane,  Mackison,  Marshall,  McLaughlin,  Mozdzen,  Myton,  Resau 
AND  Stewart. 

All  Zoology  courses  with  laboratory  have  a  laboratory  fee  of  $12.00  per 
course  per  semester. 

The  Department  of  Zoology  offers  a  program  leading  to  a  B.S.  with  a  major 
in  Zoology.  A  core  of  required  courses  and  restricted  electives  in  zoology, 
as  well  as  supporting  courses  in  other  fields,  provides  an  introduction  to, 

143 


Zoology 

and  an  appreciation  of,  the  broad  field  of  zoology.  Through  selection  of 
additional  elective  courses  to  complete  the  required  34  credit  hours  in 
zoology,  the  student  may  explore  in  greater  depth  some  phase  of  zoology 
which  is  of  particular  interest  to  him.  Copies  of  suggested  curricula  for 
students  interested  in  preparation  for  graduate  study  in  various  phases  of 
zoology  or  in  premedical,  predental  and  biological  technician  training  are 
available  from  the  departmental  ofl&ce. 

All  majors  are  required  to  complete  a  minimum  of  34  hours  in  zoology  with 
an  average  grade  of  "C."  Required  courses  include  Zool.  1,  2,  5,  6  and 
one  course  from  each  of  the  following  groups:  Group  I,  Zool.  102,  103,  104, 

105,  108,  109;  Group  II,  Zool.  110,  118,  120,  127,  129;  Group  III,  Zool. 

106,  121,  128,  130,  182,  190. 

Supporting  courses  must  include  Math.  10,  11,  Introduction  to  Mathematics 
(3,  3),  or  Math.  19,  Elementary  Analysis  (4);  Phys.  10,  11,  Fundamentals 
of  Physics  (4,  4);Chem.  1,  3,  General  Chemistry  (4,  4);Chem.  31,  33  (6) 
or  Chem.  35,  36,  37,  38,  Organic  Chemistry  (8);  and  one  of  the  following 
courses  or  course  sequences:  Math.  14,  15  (6)  or  Math.  20,  21,  Calculus 
(8);  Chem.  19,  Quantitative  Analysis  (4);  Bot.  2  (4);  or  Microb.  1  (4). 
It  is  strongly  recommended  that  the  supporting  courses  in  chemistry  and 
mathematics  be  completed  as  early  in  the  curriculum  as  possible.  Students 
desiring  to  enter  graduate  study  in  certain  areas  of  zoology  are  advised  to 
take  biochemistry,  physical  chemistry,  statistics  or  advanced  mathematics 
as  a  part  of  their  undergraduate  training. 

HONORS:  The  Department  of  Zoology  also  offers  a  special  program  for 
the  exceptionally  talented  and  promising  student.  The  Honors  Program  em- 
phasizes the  scholarly  approach  to  independent  study  rather  than  adherence 
to  a  rigidly  prescribed  curriculum.  Information  regarding  this  progam  may 
be  obtained  from  the  departmental  office  or  from  the  Chairman  of  the 
Zoology  Honors  Program. 

For  Undergraduates 
Zool.  1.  General  Zoology.  (4) 

Three  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  Zool.  1  and  2 
satisfy  the  freshman  premedical  requirement  in  general  biology.  An  introduc- 
tion to  the  modern  concepts  of  biological  principles  and  animal  life.  Emphasis 
will  be  placed  upon  the  functional  aspects  of  living  systems  with  a  survey  of 
the  physical  and  chemical  bases  of  all  life  processes.  (Linder,  Brown) 

Zool.  2.  The  Animal  Phyla.    (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  Zool.  1  or  Bot.  1.  A  study  of  the  anatomy,  classification  and  life 
histories  of  representative  animals,  invertebrates  and  vertebrates.         (Highton) 

Zool.  5.  Comparative  Vertebrate  Morphology.    (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  Zool.  1  and  2  or  equivalent.  A  comparative  study  of  the  evolution 
of  vertebrate  organ  systems  supplemented  by  laboratory  dissection  and  demon- 
strations. (Eisenberg) 

144 


Zoology 
ZooL.  6.  Genetics.    (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures,  one  discussion  period,  and  one  two-hour  lab- 
oratory period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  one  course  in  zoology  or  botany.  A  con- 
sideration of  the  basic  principles  of  heredity.  (Crenshaw) 

ZooL.  14.  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology.    (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  Zool.  1.  For  students  who  desire  a  general  knowledge  of  human 
anatomy  and  physiology.  (Grollman) 

ZooL.  15.  Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology.    (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  Zool.   14.    A  continuation  of  Zool.   14.  (Schoenborn) 

ZooL.  55S.  Development  of  the  Human  Body.    (2) 

Summer  session.  Five  lectures  a  week.  A  study  of  the  main  factors  affecting 
the  growth  and  development  of  the  child  with  special  emphasis  on  normal  de- 
velopment. (Staff) 

Zool.  75.  History  of  Zoology.    (1) 

First  semester.  One  lecture  a  week.  Prerequisites,  a  general  Grade  Point 
Average  (GPA)  of  3.2  and  a  GPA  in  biological  subjects  of  3.5  or  permission  of 
the  instructor.  A  course  in  the  history  of  the  development  of  Zoology  involv- 
ing the  historical  figures,  experiments  and  ideas  which  contributed  to  modern 
concepts.  (Linder) 

Zool.  76.  Zoological  Literature.    (1) 

Second  semester.  One  lecture  a  week.  Prerequisites,  a  general  Grade  Point 
Average  (GPA)  of  3.2  and  a  GPA  in  biological  subjects  of  3.5,  or  permission 
of  the  instructor.  Discussion  of  zoological  literature,  its  use  and  significance. 

(Staff) 

Zool.  77.  Basic  Study  in  Zoology.    (1-4) 

Prerequisites,  a  general  Grade  Point  Average  (GPA)  of  3.2  and  a  GPA  in 
biological  subjects  of  3.5  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Independent  study, 
with  supporting  laboratory  experiments,  of  the  basic  disciplines  in  zoology. 
Repeatable  up  to  8  hours  credit.  (Staff) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Zool.  102.  Vertebrate  Physiology.  (4) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  one  year  of  zoology  and  one  semester  of  organic  chemistry.  An 
intensive  study  of  nerve,  muscle,  sensory  receptors  and  the  central  nervous 
system.  (Gainer) 

Zool.  103.  Biophysics.    (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  one  year  of  biology 
and  one  year  of  either  physics  or  physical  chemistry,  or  permission  of  the 
instructor.  A  course  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  scope  of  bio- 
physics and  to  provide  an  introduction  to  the  analysis  of  cells  and  tissues  as 
physical-chemical  systems.  (Goldman) 

145 


Zoology 

ZooL.   104.     Vertebrate  Physiology.    (4) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  one  year  of  zoology  and  one  semester  of  organic  chemistry.  An 
intensive  study  of  the  cardiovascular,  gastrointestinal,  renal  and  respiratory 
systems,  and  an  introduction  to  endocrinology,  basal  metabolism  and  reproduc- 
tive physiology.  (GroUman) 

ZooL.  105.     General  Endocrinology.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  each  week.  Prerequisites,  one  year  of  zoology 
and  one  semester  of  organic  chemistry.  The  study  of  the  functions  and  the 
functioning  of  the  endocrine  organs  of  animals,  with  special  reference  to  the 
vertebrates.  (Brinkley) 

ZooL.  106.     Genetic  Systems.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  a  course  in  genetics, 
one  year  of  organic  chemistry  and  Math.  1 1  or  equivalent.  A  detailed  descrip- 
tion of  the  interactions  of  the  genetic  system.  (Keller) 

ZooL.  108.  Animal  Histology.    (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  one  year  of  zoology.  A  microscopic  study  of  tissues  and  organs 
of  vertebrates  with  special  emphasis  on  the  mammal.  Practice  in  elementary 
histotechnique  will  be  included.  (Schmittner) 

ZooL.  109.  Animal  Cytology.    (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  two  years  of  zoology  and  organic  chemistry,  or  permission  of 
the  instructor.  A  study  of  cellular  structure  with  particular  reference  to  the 
morphology  and  physiology  of  cell  organoids  and  inclusions.  (Brown) 

ZooL.  110.  General  Parasitology.    (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  two  years  of  zoology  and  one  year  of  chemistry,  or  permission  of 
the  instructor.  A  consideration  of  the  phenomenon  of  parasitism  through  a 
study  of  the  structure,  function  and  host  relationships  of  parasitic  organisms. 

(Jachowski) 

ZooL.  118.  Invertebrate  Zoology.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  one  year  of  zoology.  An  advanced  course  dealing  with  the 
phylogeny,  morphology  and  embryology  of  the  invertebrates,  exclusive  of 
insects.  (Under) 

ZooL.  120.  Vertebrate  Embryology.    (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  one  year  of  zoology.  Principles  of  developmental  dynamics  includ- 
ing organization,  differentiation,  morphogenesis,  and  developmental  physiology. 

(Ramm) 

ZooL.  121.  Animal  Ecology.    (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  one  year  of  zoology.  The  environment  and  its  control  of  animal 
abundance,  organization  of  populations,  and  the  biology  of  communities  will  be 
studied.  (Stress) 

146 


Zoology 
ZooL.  127.  Ichthyology.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  and  one  three-hour  laboratory 
period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Zool.  1,  2  and  5  or  equivalent.  A  course  in 
anatomy,  embryology,  distribution,  habits  and  taxonomy  of  marine  and  fresh 
water  fish.  (Nelson) 

ZooL.  128.  Zoogeography.    (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Zool.  1,  2,  and  5  or 
equivalent.  Principles  governing  the  geographical  distribution  of  animals,  with 
particular  emphasis  on  vertebrates.  (Highton) 

ZooL.  129.  Vertebrate  Zoology.  (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  two  years  of  zoology  or  permission  of  instructor.  The  identifica- 
tion, classification,  habits  and  behavior  of  vertebrates.  (Ficken) 

ZooL.  130.  Hydrobiology.    (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  one  year  of  biology  or  permission  of  instructor.  Study  of  aquatic 
animals  and  conditions  of  existence  in  water.  Selected  examples  are  used  to 
illustrate  the  influence  of  environment  on  productivity  of  aquatic  communities. 

(Stross) 

ZooL.  150.  Special  Problems  in  Zoology.  (1  or  2) 

Prerequisites,  major  in  zoology  or  biological  sciences,  a  minimum  of  3.0  cumu- 
lative average  in  the  biological  sciences,  and  consent  of  instructor.  Research  or 
integrated  reading  in  zoology.  A  student  may  register  several  times  and  receive 
up  to  8  semester  hours  of  credit.  (Staff) 

ZooL.  15 IH.  Honors  Seminar.    (1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  One  discussion  period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  par- 
ticipation in  honors  program.  Guided  discussion  of  topics  of  current  interest. 
Repeatable  to  total  of  4  hours  credit.  (Staff) 

ZooL.  152H.  Honors  Independent  Study.    (1-4) 

Prerequisite,  participation  in  honors  program.  Study  of  classical  material  by  way 
of  guided  independent  study  and  laboratory  experiments.  Repeatable  to  a  total 
of  12  hours  credit.  (Staff) 

ZooL.  153H.  Honors  Research.    (1-2) 

Prerequisite,  participation  in  honors  program.  A  laboratory  research  problem 
which  is  required  each  semester  during  honors  participation  and  culminates  in 
an  honors  thesis.     Repeatable  to  a  total  of  8  hours  credit.  (Staff) 

ZooL.  182.  Ethology.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  two  years  of  zoology,  including  a  course  in  comparative  anatomy, 
or  permission  of  instructor.  The  function,  causation,  and  evolution  of  behavior. 
Laboratory  analysis  of  the  behavior  of  several  species.  (Ficken) 

ZooL.  190.  Evolution.    (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  a  course  in  genetics  or 
permission  of  instructor.  A  consideration  of  current  thought  in  regard  to  the 
origin  and  evolution  of  living  organisms.  (Crenshaw) 

w 


Zoology 

For  Graduates 

ZooL.  201.     Comparative  Physiology.    (4) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  one  year  of  zoology,  one  year  of  organic  chemistry  and  one  semes- 
ter of  physiology.  The  study  of  the  differences  and  similarities  in  the  functioning 
of  organs  of  species  of  the  animal  kingdom.  (Brinkley) 

ZooL.  203.  Advanced  Embryology.    (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
a  course  in  embryology  and  a  course  in  physiology.  The  biochemical  basis  of 
development.  (Ramm) 

Zool.  204.  Cellular  Physiology.    (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  a  course  in  physiology  and  one  year  of  organic  chemistry.  The 
principles  of  general  and  cellular  physiology  as  found  in  animal  life. 

(Schoenborn) 

ZooL.  205.  Comparative  Invertebrate  Endocrinology.    (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  one  year  of  organic 
chemistry,  a  course  in  endocrinology  and  a  course  in  physiology,  or  permission 
of  the  instructor.  A  systematic  approach  to  the  structure  and  physiology  of 
neuro-endocrine  systems  of  invertebrates.  (Linder) 

ZooL.  206.     Electrophysiology.   (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  a  course  in  physiology,  one  year  of  physics,  and  permission  of  the 
instructor.  A  course  concerned  with  electrical  phenomena  occurring  in  living 
matter  and  with  the  effect  of  electrical  currents  on  cells,  with  special  emphasis 
on  nerves  and  muscles.  (Gainer) 

Zool.  207.  Zoology  Seminar.  (Arranged) 

One  seminar  a  week  for  each  credit  hour.  1.  cytology;  2.  embryology;  3.  fish- 
eries; 4.  genetics;  5.  parasitology;  6.  physiology;  7.  systematics;  8.  ecology; 
9.   behavior;  10.  recent  advances;  and  11.  endocrinology.  (Staff) 

ZooL.  208.  Special  Problems  in  Zoology.  (Arranged) 

1.  cytology;  2.  embryology;  3.  fisheries;  4.  genetics;  5.  parasitology;  6.  physi- 
ology; 7.  systematics;  8.  ecology;  9.  behavior;  10.  general;  and  11.  endocri- 
nology. ~  (Staff) 

ZooL.  210.  Systematic  Zoology.    (4) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week. 
The  principles  and  methods  involved  in  the  classification  of  animals,  with  em- 
phasis on  population  dynamics  and  spveciation.  Methods  of  evaluating  taxo- 
nomic  data,  principles  of  zoological  nomenclature,  field  and  museum  techniques, 
and  the  factors  influencing  the  distribution  of  animals  are  also  stressed. 

(Highton) 

ZooL.  211,  212.  Lectures  in  Zoology.  (1-3,  1-3) 

One,  two,  or  three  lectures  a  week.  Advanced  lectures  by  outstanding  authori- 
ties in  their  particular  field  of  zoology.  As  the  subject  matter  is  continually 
changing,  a  student  may  register  several  times,  receiving  credit  for  several 
semesters.  (Visiting  Lecturers) 

148 


Zoology 
zool.  215.     sociobiology.   (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  a  course  in  behavior  and  permission  of  the  instructor.  The  course 
will  deal  with  the  description  and  analysis  of  animal  social  organizations,  the 
adaptive  nature  of  animal  societies,  the  effects  of  early  experience,  and  the  role 
of  communication  in  the  integration  of  animal  groups.  (Eisenberg) 

ZooL.  216.  Physiological  Cytology.    (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  one  year  of  biochemistry  and  physics,  a  course  in  physiology,  or 
permission  of  the  instructor.  A  study  of  the  structure  and  function  of  cells  by 
chemical,  physical  and  microscopic  methods.  (Brown) 

Zool.  220.  Population  Genetics.    (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  a  course  in  genetics.  The  role  of  mutation,  selection,  migration, 
inbreeding,  and  stochastic  process  in  evolution.  (Highton) 

Zool.  223.  Analysis  of  Animal  Structure,    (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  four  hours  of  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
a  course  in  embryology.    The  experimental  basis  of  developmental  mechanics. 

(Ramm) 

Zool.  234.  Experimental  Mammalian  Physiology.    (4) 

First  semester.  Two  four-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  a  course 
in  physiology  and  one  year  of  chemistry  above  general  chemistry.  The  theory, 
use  and  application  to  research  of  instrumentation  normally  found  in  the 
physiology  laboratory  with  an  introduction  to  surgical  techniques  on  both 
large  and  small  animals.  (GroUman) 

Zool.  235.  Comparative  Behavior.    (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  usually  a  course  in  behavior  and  one  in  physiology,  and  permis- 
sion of  the  instructor.  Orientation  and  migration,  communication,  coding,  brain 
and  behavior,  biological  rhythms,  and  hormones  and  behavior  are  the  main 
subjects  that  will  be  considered.  (Staff) 

Zool.  236.  Mammalian  Physiology,    (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  a  course  in  physiology.  Advanced  study 
of  the  functioning  of  the  organs  of  mammalian  species.  (Staff) 

Zool.  237.     Comparative  Vertebrate  Endocrinology.   (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  each  week.  Prerequisite,  one  semester  of  bio- 
chemistry, physiology  and  endocrinology.  Study  of  the  differences  and  simi- 
larities in  the  structure  and  functioning  of  the  endocrine  organs  of  the  verte- 
brate species.  (Brinkley) 

Zool.  240.  Analysis  of  Animal  Populations.  (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  a  course  in  ecology  or  permission  of  instructor.  An  advanced 
course  in  animal  ecology  with  a  focus  on  population.  Studies  of  growth  and 
regulation  of  animal  populations  are  emphasized.  (Stross) 

149 


Zoology 

ZooL.  245.  Biology  of  Birds.    (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  a  course  in  vertebrate  zoology  or  permission  of  instructor.  Empha- 
sis will  be  on  ecology,  behavior,  anatomy,  systematics,  and  reproductive  physio- 
logy, plus  field  studies  of  local  birds.  (Ficken) 

ZooL.  250.  Experimental  Parasitology.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  a  course  in  parasitology  and  permission  of  the  instructor.  Experi- 
ments will  be  performed  utilizing  living  parasites  in  laboratory  animals  to  illus- 
trate various  aspects  of  the  host-parasite  relationship.  (Jachowski) 

Zool.  251.  Helminthology.    (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  two  years  of  zoology  and  permission  of  the  instructor.  A  study 
of  the  classification,  structure  and  biology  of  the  helminths.  (Haley) 

Zool.  252.  Protozoology.  (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  one  year  of  zoology  and  permission  of  the  instructor.  A  study  of 
the  classification,  structure  and  biology  of  the  protozoa.  (Staff) 

Zool,  253.  Physiology  of  Symbiosis.  (4) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  one  year  of  biochemistry  and  permission  of  instructor.  A  consid- 
eration of  the  biology  of  symbiotic  organisms,  especially  the  physiological  con- 
cert existing  between  host  and  symbiont.  (Staff) 

Zool.  260.  Quantitative  Zoology.  (4) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  Math.  19  or  equivalent  and  permission  of  the  intructor.  A  con- 
sideration of  the  statistical  techniques  of  principal  importance  in  the  analysis 
of  biological  data.  (Keller) 

Zool.  300.  Advanced  Topics  in  Parasitology.  (Arranged) 

Prerequisites,  advanced  graduate  standing  and  permission  of  the  instructor.  The 
content  of  the  course  changes  frequently  and  students  may  register  for  it  several 
times.  The  course  will  consist  of  critical  discussions  of  the  published  literature 
and  current  problems  in  parasitology.  1.  host-parasite  relationships;  2.  ecology 
of  parasites;  3.  immunity  to  parasites;  and  4.  physiology  of  parasites. 

(Staff) 

Zool.  399.  Research.    (Arranged) 

Work  on  thesis  project  only.  1.  cytology;  2.  embryology;  3.  fisheries;  4.  genetics; 
5.  parasitology;  6.  physiology;  7.  systematics;  8.  ecology;  9.  behavior;  10.  inverte- 
brate zoology;  and  11.  endocrinology.  (Staff) 


150 


The  1965-67  Faculty 

Administrative  Officers 

MANNING,  Charles,  Dean  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  and  Professor  of 
English 

B.S.,  Tufts  College,  1929;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,   1931;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

North  Carolina,  1950. 

LAFFER,  Norman  C,  Assistant   Dean  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  and 
Professor  of  Microbiology. 

B.S.,  Allegheny  College,  1929;  M.S.,  University  of  Maine,  1932;  Ph.D.,  University 

of  Illinois,  1937. 

BOYD,  Alfred  C,  Jr.,  Assistant  to  the  Dean  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  and 
Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry. 

B.S.,  Canisius  College,  1951;  M.S.,  Purdue  University,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

HOUPPERT,  Joseph  W.,  Assistant  to  the  Dean  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
and  Assistant  Professor  of  English. 

Ph.B.,  University  of  Detroit,   1955;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,   1957;  Ph.D., 

1964. 

NORTON,  Ann  E.,  Assistant  to  the  Dean  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  and 
Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.A.,  Syracuse  University,  1945;  M.A.,  1947. 

Faculty 

ALDRIDGE,  Alfred  Owen,  Professor  and  Head  of  Comparative  Literature 

B.S.,  Indiana  University,   1937;  M.A.,  University  of  Georgia,  1938;  Ph.D.,  Duke 
University,  1942;  Docteur  de  I'Universite  de  Paris,  1956. 

ALEXANDER,  Peter,  Visiting  Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy 
B.Sc,  University  of  London,  1940;  B.A.,  1947. 

ALLEY,  Carroll  O.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  University  of  Richmond,    1948;   M.A.,  Princeton  University,    1951;   Ph.D., 
1962. 

ALTER,  Jean  V.,  Associate  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

License,   Universite  de   Bruxelles,    1948;   Docteur  de   I'Universite,   Universite   de 
Paris,  1951;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago,  1956. 

AMBLER,  Anne  J.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  Oberlin  College,  1962;  M.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1964. 

AMENT,  Marion  N.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 
A.B.,  Bryn  Mawr  College,  1944. 

ANASTOS,  George,  Professor  and  Head  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  University  of  Akron,  1942;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1949. 

ANDERSON,  Frank  G.,  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 

A.B.,  Cornell  University,  1941;  Ph.D.,  University  of  New  Mexico,  1951. 

151 


Faculty 

ANDERSON.  J.  Robert.  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 
B.S..  Iowa  State  University.  1955;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

ANDERSON.  Judith  S.,  Instructor  of  Zoology 
B.A.,  Drew  University,  1961. 

ANDERSON.  Nancy  S.,  Associate  Profesor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  University  of  Colorado,   1952;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University,    1953;  Ph.D., 

1956. 

ANDREWS,  Mary  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.S.,  New  York  University,  1929;  M.A.,  1935;  Ph.D.,  1941. 

ANDREWS.  Thomas  G.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Psychology 

B.A.,   University  of  Southern  California,    1937;   M.A.,   University   of  Nebraska, 
1939;  Ph.D.,  1941. 

ARMSTRONG,  Douglas  H.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.A.,  Middlebury  College,  1949;  M.A.,  1955. 

ARMSTRONG,  James  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Duke  University,  1953;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1960. 

ATKINSON,  Gordon,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Lehigh  University,  1952;  Ph.D.,  Iowa  State  University,  1956. 

AUSLANDER,  Joseph,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,   1952;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsyl- 
vania, 1953;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

AVERY,  William  T.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Classical  Languages  and  Literatures 
B.A.,  Western  Reserve  University,  1934;  M.A.,  1935;  Ph.D.,  1937;  Fellow  of  the 
American  Academy  in  Rome,  1937-39. 

AYLWARD,  Thomas  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1947;  M.S.,  1949;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

BAILEY,  William  J.,  Research  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1943;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1946. 

BAKER,  Donald  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1954;  M.A.,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

BARDASIS,  Angelo,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  Cornell  University,  1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

BARI,  Ruth  L.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Brooklyn  College,  1939;  M.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1943. 

BARNES,  Jack  C,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Duke  University,  1939;  M.A.,  1947;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954. 

BARRABINI,  Micheline,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 
License  es-Lettres,  University  of  Aix-en-Provence,  1955. 

152 


Faculty 

BARTLETT,  Claude  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.S.,  Denison  University,  1954;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

BATKA,  George  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.A.,  Wichita  University,  1938;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1941. 

BATTIG,  William  F.,  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.S.,  Northwestern  University,  1951;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1953;  Ph.D, 
1955. 

BAUER,  Richard  H.,  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1924;  M.A.,  1928;  Ph.D.,  1935. 

BEALL,  Edgar  F.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1958;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

BEALL,  Otho  T.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  English  and  Executive  Secretary  of 

American  Studies 

B.A.,  Williams  College,  1930;  M.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1933;  Ph.D,  Uni- 
versity of  Pennsylvania,  1952. 

BEARDON,  Alan  Frank,  Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Queen  Mary  College,  London  University,  1961;  Ph.D.,  London  University, 
1964. 

BEAUCHAMP,  Virginia  W.,  Instructor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Michigan,   1942;  M.A.,   1948;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago, 
1955. 

BELL,  Roger  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics  and  Astronomy 

B.Sc.,  University  of  Melbourne,  1957,  Ph.D.,  Australian  National  University,  1962. 

BELLAMA,  Jon  Michael,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

A.B.,  Allegheny  College,  1960;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1965. 

BENESCH,  William  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Molecular  Physics 

B.A.,  Lehigh  University,  1942;  M.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1950;  Ph.D., 
1952. 

BENNETT,  Lawrence  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  Brooklyn  College,  1951;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Rutgers 
University,  1958. 

BERES,  William  Philip,  Research  Associate  in  Physics 

B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

BERMAN,  Joel  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  Julliard  School  of  Music,  1951;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1953;  D.M.A., 
University  of  Michigan,  1961. 

BERNHARDT,  Miriam  E.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953. 

153 


Faculty 

BERNSTEIN,  Emil  O.,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.A.,  Syracuse  University,  1951;  M.S.,  1953;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Los 
Angeles),  1956. 

BERNSTEIN,  Melvin,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

A.B.,    Southwestern   at   Memphis,    1947;    B.Mus.,    1948;    M.Mus.,    University   of 
Michigan,  1949;  M.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

BETTEX,  Albert,  Visiting  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Basel,  1933. 

BETTINGER,  Richard  T.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Syracuse  University,  1955;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

BEVERIDGE,  Charles  E.,  Lecturer  in  History 

A.B.,  Harvard  University,  1956;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1959. 

BHAGAT,  Satindar  T.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  Jammu  and  Kashmir  University,   1950;  M.Sc,  University  of  Delhi,  1953; 
Ph.D.,  1956. 

BINGHAM,  Alfred  J.,  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  Yale  University,  1933;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1939. 

BIRDSALL,  Esther  K.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Central  Michigan  College,  1947;  M.A.,  University  of  Arizona,  1950;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland,  1958. 

BLOCK,  Barry,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

M.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

BODE,  Carl,  Professor  of  English 

Ph.B.,  University  of  Chicago,  1933;  M.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1938;  Ph.D., 
1941;  Fellow  of  the  Royal  Society  of  Literature  of  the  United  Kingdom. 

BOJARSKY,  Edmund  A.,  Instructor  of  English 
B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1949;  M.A.,  1950. 

BOYD,  Alfred  C,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry  and  Assistant  to  the  Dean 
of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 

B.S.,  Canisius  College,  1951;  M.S.,  Purdue  University,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

BOYD,  Ursel  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

Ll.B.,  Washington  University,  1954;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960;  Ph.D., 
1963 

BRACE,  John  W.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Swarthmore  College,  1949;  M.A.,  Cornell  University,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

BRADY,  Joseph  V.,  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.S.,  Fordham  University,  1943;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago,  1951. 

BRESLOW,  Marvin  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  University  of  Nebraska,  1957;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

154 


Faculty 

BRIDGERS,  Furman  A.,  Foreign  Student  Adviser  and  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign 
Languages 

B.A.,  Duke  University,  1925;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,   1928. 

BRINKLEY,  Howard  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.A.,  West  Virginia  University,   1958;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,   1960;  Ph.D., 
1963. 

BRODBECK,  May,  Visiting  Professor  of  Philosophy 

B.A.,  New  York  University,  1941;  M.A.,  State  University  of  Iowa,   1945;  Ph.D., 
1947. 

BROSNAHAN,  Leger  N.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Georgetown  University,  1951;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

BROWN,  John  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy 

A.B.,  Princeton  University,  1952;  M.A.,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

BROWN,  Joshua  R.  C,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 
B.A.,  Duke  University,  1948;  M.A.,  1949;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

BROWN,  Margaret  L.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics 
B.S.,  Columbia  University,  1943;  M.A.,  1948. 

BROWN,  Samuel  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Indiana  University,  1934;  M.A.,  1946;  Ph.D.,  Yale  University,  1955. 

BRYER,  Jackson  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A,Amherst  College,  1959;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1960;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Wisconsin,  1965. 

BUCY,  Richard  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California 
(Berkeley),  1963. 

BUHLIG,  Paul,  Jr.,  Instructor  of  English 

B.S.S.,  Georgetown  University,  1950;  M.A.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley), 
1954. 

BURHOE,  Sumner  O.,  Professor  Emeritus  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  University  of  Massachusetts,  1925;  M.S.,  Kansas  State  College,  1926;  Ph.D., 
Harvard  University,  1937. 

BURN,  Brian,  Research  Associate  in  Physics 

B.Sc,  Otego  University,  1959;  M.Sc,  1960;  Ph.D.,  Cambridge  University,  1964. 

CALLCOTT,  George  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  University  of  South  Carolina,  1950;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1951;  Ph.D  , 
University  of  North  Carolina,  1956. 

CAP,  Jeannine,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.A.,  Temple  University,  1964. 

155 


Faculty 

CAP,  Jean-Pierre,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  Temple  University,   1957;  M.A.,   1960;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
1960. 

CARLSON,  G.  Bert,  Jr.,  Instructor  of  English 

A.B.,  Upsala  College,  1957;  M.A.,  University  of  Iowa,  1962. 

CARMELI,  Moshe,  Research  Associate  in  Physics 

M.Sc,  The  Hebrew  University,  1960;  D.Sc,  Israel  Institute  of  Technology,  1964. 

CARRUTHERS,  John  T.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

CARTER,  John  Francis,  Instructor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

B.S.,  Maryland  State  Teachers  College  (Frostburg),   1953;  M.A.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1958. 

CATE,  Allen  G.,  Instructor  of  English 

B.A.,  Rutgers  University,  1960;  M.A.,  Duke  University,  1962. 

CAUSEY,  George  D.,  Associate  Research  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950;  M.A.,  1951;  Ph.D.,  Purdue  University,  1954. 

CELARIER,  James  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Philosophy 

A.B.,  University  of  Illinois,  1956;  M.A.,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
1960. 

CHEN,  Chunjen  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1919;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1920. 

CHIEFFO,  Clifford,  Instructor  in  Art 

B.S.,  Southern  Connecticut  State  College,  1959;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1963. 

CHOU,  Kyong  Choi,  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Astronomy 

B.Sc,  Chosun  Christian  University,   1953;  B.A.,  Tusculum  College,   1955;  M.S., 
University  of  Pennsylvania,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

CHRISTOV,  Gabriella  T.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 

Licenza  Liceale,  Liceo  A.  D'Oria,  Geona,   1945;  Dottore  in  Lettere,  University 
of  Genoa,  1950. 

CLEM,  John  Richard,  Research  Associate  in  Physics 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1960;  M.S.,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

CLEMENS,  Lucienne  C,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.A.E.,  California  College  of  Arts  and  Crafts,  1938. 

CLEMENS,  Siegfried  M.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961. 

COATES,  Charles  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.S.,  United  States  Military  Academy,   1924;  M.A.,  Louisiana  State  University, 
1952;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

COHEN,  Leon  W.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Mathematics 

A.B.,  Columbia  University,  1923;  A.M.,  1925;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1928. 

156 


Faculty 

COLE,  Mildred  B.,  Lecturer  in  Mathematics 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1943;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1951. 

COLE,  Wayne  S.,  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  Iowa  State  Teachers  College,   1946;   M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,    1948; 
Ph.D.,  1951. 

CONDON,  Paul  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

A.B.,  Harvard  College,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,   1961. 

CONKIN,  Paul  K.,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  Milligan  College,  1951;  M.A.,  Vanderbilt  University,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

CONNORS,  Philip  L,  Research  Associate  in  Physics 

B.S.,  University  of  Notre  Dame,  1959;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1962; 
Ph.D,  1965. 

COOK,  Mary  S.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  Denison  University,  1934;  M.A.,  Western  Reserve  University,  1937. 

COOLEY,  Franklin  D.,  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1927;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933; 
Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1940. 

COOPER,  Sherod  M.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.S.,  Temple  University,   1951;  M.A.,   1953;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
1963. 

CORREL,  Ellen,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S..  Douglass  College,  Rutgers  University,  1951;  M.S.,  Purdue  University,  1953; 
Ph.D.,  1957. 

COSENTINO,  Gloria,  Instructor  of  Music 

B.S.  in  Mus.  Ed.,  Duquesne  University,  1952;  M.  Mus.,  1962. 

COULTER,  John  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  The  American  University,  1934;  M.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1936. 

CRAVEN,  Dorothy  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

B.S.,  Missouri  State  Teachers  College,  1945;  M.A.,  State  University  of  Iowa,  1948. 

CRENSHAW,  John  W.,  Jr.  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.A.,  Emory  University,   1948;  M.S.,  University  of  Georgia,   1951;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Florida,  1955. 

CROWCROFT,  Harry  G.,  Assistant  Instructor  of  Mathematics 
B.S.,  Western  Illinois  University,  1959;  M.S.,  1961. 

CROZIER,  Alice  E.,  Instructor  of  English 

B.A.,   St.   Joseph's   College    (Maine),    1942;   M.A.,   The   Catholic    University   of 
America,  1953. 

CURRIER,  Albert  W.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  State  University  of  Iowa,  1954;  M.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1959. 

157 


Faculty 

CUSSLER,  Elise  B.,  Lecturer  in  Mathematics 

B.S.,  New  York  State  College  for  Teachers,  1925;  M.S.,  Syracuse  University,  1937. 

CUSSLER,  Margaret  T.,  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  New  York  St&te  Teachers  College  (Albany),  1933;  M.A.,  Radcliffe  College, 
1941;  Ph.D.,  1943. 

CUSTER,  Melanie,  Instructor  of  English 
B.A.,  Radcliffe  College,  1961. 

DACHSLAGER,  Earl  L.,  Instructor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Arizona,  1959;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963. 

DANIEL,  Klaus  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  University  of  Cologne,  1954;  M.A.,  University  of  Gottingen,   1957;  M.A., 
University  of  California  (Berkeley),   1959;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

DASTON,  Paul  G.,  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,    Northwestern   University,    1948;   M.A.,    Michigan   State   University,    1950; 
Ph.D.,  1952. 

DAY,  Thomas  B.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  University  of  Notre  Dame,  1952;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1957. 

de  LEIRIS,  Alain,  Asociate  Professor  of  Art 

B.F.A.,  Rhode  Island  School  of  Design,   1948;  A.M.,  Harvard  University,   1952; 
Ph.D.,  1957. 

DEMAITRE,  Ann,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  Columbia  University,  1950;  M.A.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1951; 
M.S.,  Columbia  University,  1952;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

DEMAREE,  Constance  H.,  Instructor  of  English 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1944;  M.A.,  1945. 

DENNY,  Don,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

B.A.,    University   of   Florida,    1959;    M.A.,    Institute   of   Fine   Arts,    New   York 
University,  1961. 

de  ROCCO,  Andrew  G.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Molecular  Physics 

B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1951;  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

de  SILVA,  Alan  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1954;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California 
(Berkeley),  1961. 

DETENBECK,  Robert  Warren,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  University  of  Rochester,  1954;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1962, 

de  VERMOND,  Mary  F.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus.,  Howard  University,  1942;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1948;  Ed.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1959, 

158 


Faculty 

di  BELLA,  Edward,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.S.,  Washington  University,  1936;  M.A.,  1938;  Ph.D.,  The  Catholic  University  of 
America,  1963. 

DIEMER,  Emma  Lou,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.M.,  Yale  University,  1949;  M.M.,  1950;  Ph.D.,  Eastman  School  of  Music,  1960. 

di  LAVORE,  Philip,  III,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  Dakota  Weslcyan   University,    1954;  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan,    1961; 
Ph.D.,  1965. 

DIXON,  Jack  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Western  Reserve  University,  1948;  M.S.,  1950;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1956. 

DIXON,  W.  Graham,  Research  Associate  in  Physics 

B.A.,   Cambridge   University,    1962;   Ph.D.,   Churchill   College,   Cambridge   Uni- 
versity, 1965. 

DOBERT,  Eitel  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  University  of  Geneva,   1932;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,   1949;  Ph.D., 
1954. 

DOERR,  Paul  L.,  Instructor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1928;  M.A.,  1963. 

DOETSCH,  Raymond  N.,  Professor  of  Microbiology 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1942;  M.S.,  Indiana  University,  1943;  Ph.D,,  University 
of  Maryland,  1948. 

DORFMAN,  J.  Robert,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 
A.B.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

DOSS,  Mildred  A.,  Research  Associate  in  Zoology 

B.A.,  University  of  New  Mexico,  1925;  B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1928. 

DOUDNA,  Mark  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1948;  M.A.,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

DOUGLIS,  Avron,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

A.B.,  University  of  Chicago,  1938;  M.S.,  New  York  University,  1948;  Ph.D.,  1949. 

DRAGT,  James  Alexander,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

A.B.,  Calvin  College,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1963. 

DUECKER,  Heyman  C,  Research  Associate  in  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Marion  College,  1950;  M.S.,  University  of  Toledo,  1956;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1964. 

DUFFY,  John  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.S.S.,  Georgetown  University,  1957;  M.A.,  University  of  Vermont.  1958;  Ph.D., 
Syracuse  University,  1964. 

159 


Faculty 

DUNHAM,  Richard  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus.,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University,  1947;  M.Mus.,  University  of  Michigan,  1949; 
Ph.D.,  1961. 

DUNN,  Norma  E.,  Instructor  of  English 

B.A.,  Madison  College,  1946;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1953. 

DYER,  Thomas  H.  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.S.,  United  States  Naval  Academy,  1924. 

DYSON,  Lowell  K.,  Lecturer  in  History 

B.S.,  Iowa  State  University,  1952;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1959. 

EARL,  James  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

EBERHAGEN,  Arndt,  Visiting  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 
B.S.,  Gottingen  University,  1951;  M.S.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

EDEN,  Richard  John,  Visiting  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  University  of  Cambridge,  1943;  M.A.,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1951. 

EDGERTON,  Harold  A.,  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  Kansas  State  Teachers  College,  1924;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University,  1928. 

EGAN,  Howard  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Washington  University,  1960;  M.A.,   1962;  Ph.D,  1965. 

EHRLICH,  Gertrude,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Georgia  State  College  for  Women,  1943;  M.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina, 
1945;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1953. 

EIKEL,  Elizabeth  M.,  Instructor  of  English 
B.A.,  Tulane  University,   1952;  M.A.,  1954. 

EISENBERG,  John  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  Washington  State  University,  1957;  M.A.,  University  of  California  (Berke- 
ley), 1959;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

EISENSTADT,  Beula  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.A.,  Queens  College,  1949;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1954. 

ELBL,  Alena,  Research  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954;  M.S.,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

ERICKSON,  William  G.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1951;  M.A.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

ESTABROOK,  Gaylord  B.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Purdue  University.  1921;  M.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1922;  M.S.,  The  Johns 
Hopkins  University,  1930;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1932. 

EVANS,  Marilyn  Jane,  Assistant  Professor  of  Comparative  Literature  and  Chinese 
A.B.,  Middlebury  College,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Yale  University,  1965. 

160 


Faculty 

FABER,  John  E.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Microbiology 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1926;  M.S.,  1927;  Ph.D.,  1937. 

FALK,  David  S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1954;  M.S.,  Harvard  University,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

FANOS,  Stavroula,  Instructor  of  Music 

B.Mus.Ed.,  Oberlin  Conservatory,  1957;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963. 

FARR,  Marion  Margaret,  Research  Associate  in  Zoology 
A.B.,  Syracuse  University,  1925;  M.A.,  1929. 

FELDMANN,  Barbara  W.,  Instructor  of  English 

B.A.,  Mount  Mercy  College,  1961;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964. 

FERRELL,  Richard  A.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  California  Institute  of  Technology,  1948;  M.S.,  1949;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  Uni- 
versity, 1952. 

FICKEN,  Millicent  S.,  Research  Associate  in  Zoology 
B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

FICKEN,  Robert  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology 
B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

FINK,  Beatrice  C,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 

Certificate  Institut  d'Etudes  Politiques,    1952;   B.A.,   Bryn  Mawr  College,    1953; 
Certificate  Institut  d'Etudes  Politiques,  1954;  M.A.,  Yale  University,  1956. 

FIROUZABADI,  Ahmad,  Assistant  Instructor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  University  of  Tehran,  1954;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960. 

FITZGERALD,  Jon  M.,  Instructor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

B.A.,   Michigan  State  University,   1963;  M.A.,   Bowling  Green  State   University, 
1964. 

FITZMAURICE,  James  E.,  Instructor  of  English 

B.  S.,  Saint  Peter's  College,  1954;  M.  A.,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles), 
1962. 

FIVEL,  Daniel  I.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

FLEMING,  Rudd,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1930;  M.A.,  Cornell  University,  1932;  Ph.D.,  1934, 

FLETCHER,  Ian,  Visiting  Lecturer  in  English 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Reading,  1965. 

FOLSOM,  Kenneth  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

A.B.,  Princeton  University,  1943;  A.B.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1955; 
M.A.,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

FONT,  Marie  T.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.A.,  Universidad  de  Oriente  (Cuba),  1960. 

161 


Faculty 

FORMAN,  Gail  I.,  Instructor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961;  M.A.,  1964. 

FRANK,  Allan  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1953;  M.S.,  1954. 

FRANZ,  Jacob  G.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  Southwestern  Oklahoma  State  Teachers  College,  1935;  M.A.,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, 1939;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University,   1960. 

FREEMAN,  Robert  S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  New  York  University,    1947;   Ph.D.,  University  of  California   (Berkeley), 
1959. 

FREENY,  Ralph  D.,  Instructor  of  Art 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959. 

FRETZ,  Bruce  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  Gettysburg  College,  1961;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

FRIEDMAN,  Herbert,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  Brooklyn  College,  1936;  Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1940. 

FRIEDMAN,  Melvin  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Comparative  Literature 

B.A.,  Bard  College,   1949;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,   1951;  Ph.D.,  Yale  Uni- 
versity, 1954. 

FUKUTOMI,  Hiroshi,  Research  Associate  in  Chemistry 

Graduate  in  Chemistry,  Tokyo  Institute  of  Technology,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

FUNG,  David  Ping-Chi,  Research  Associate  in  Chemistry 

B.S.,  University  of  British  Columbia,  1959;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Windsor,  1964. 

FUSSELL,  Lois  Ann,  Instructor  in  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.A.,  Louisiana  State  University,  1962;  M.A.,  1964. 

GADZIOLA,  David  S.,  Instructor  of  English 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961. 

GAINER,  Harold,  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  City  College  of  New  York,  1956;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley) 
1959. 

GALLAGHER,  Charles  C,  Jr.,  Instructor  of  Music 
B.Mus.,  University  of  Michigan.  1950;  M.Mus.,  1952. 

GARRETT,  Marie  K.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics 
A.B.,  George  Washington  University,  1928. 

GARSTENS,  Helen  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.A.,  Hunter  College,  1932. 

GARVEY,  Evelyn  F.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.S.,  Temple  University,  1943;  M.M.,  Eastman  School  of  Music,  1946. 

162 


Faculty 

GERSTER,  Dale  E.,  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Physics 
A.B.,  Transylvania  College,  1936. 

GIFFIN,  Donald  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  University  of  California  (Santa  Barbara),  1950;  M.A.,  Vanderbilt  University, 
1956;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

GLAD,  Paul  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1947;  M.A.,  Indiana  University,  1949;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

GLASSER,  Robert  G.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

A.B.,  University  of  Chicago,  1948;  B.S.,  1950;  M.S.,  1952;  Ph.  D.,  1954. 

GLICK,  Arnold  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  Brooklyn  College,  1955;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961. 

GLINOS,  Andre  D.,  Research  Professor  of  Zoology 

Doctor  of  Medicine,  National  University  of  Athens,  1941. 

GLOVER,  Edward  L.,  Assistant  Instructor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  Atlantic  Christian  College,  1962;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

GLOVER,  Rolfe  E.,  Ill,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

A.B.,  Bowdoin  College,  1948;  B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1948; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Gottingen,  1953. 

GOLANN,  Stuart  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  Queens  College,   1957;  M.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina,   1959;  Ph.D., 
1961. 

GOLDBERG,  Seymour,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

A.B.,  Hunter  College,  1950;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1952;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  California  (Los  Angeles),  1958. 

GOLDHABER,  Jacob  K.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Brooklyn  College,  1944;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1945;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Wisconsin,  1950. 

GOLDMAN,  Lawrence,  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  Tufts  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles), 1964. 

GOLDSTONE,  Peter  J.,  Lecturer  in  Philosophy 
B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1961. 

GOLLUB,  Lewis  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1955;  Ph.  D.,  Harvard  University,  1958. 

GOOD,  Richard  A.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Ashland  College,  1939;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1940;  Ph.  D.,  1945. 

GOODWYN,  Frank,  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  Texas  College  of  Arts  and  Industries,  1939;  M.A.,  1940;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Texas,  1946. 

163 


Faculty 

GORDON,  Donald  C,  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  College   of  William  and  Mary,   1934;  M.A.,  Columbia  Teachers  College, 
1938;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1947. 

GORDON,  Evelyn  W.,  Instructor  of  Sociology 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962;  M.A.,  1963. 

GORDON,  Gilbert,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Bradley  University,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  University,  1959. 

GORDON,  Stewart  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.A.,  Kansas  University,  1953;  M.A.,  1954;  D.M.A.,  Eastman  School  of  Music, 
1965. 

GOSSAGE,  Forest  D.,  Instructor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957;  M.A.,  University  of  Nebraska,  1961. 

GRAMBERG,  Eduard,  Associate  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 
Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1956. 

GRAVELY,  William  H.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  College  of  William  and  Mary,   1925;  M.A.,  University  of  Virginia,   1934; 
Ph.D.,  1953. 

GRAY,  Diane  D.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  Mount  Holyoke,  1948;  M.A.,  University  of  Kansas,  1951. 

GRAY,  William  L.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 

A.B.,  Middlebury  College,  1955;  A.M.,  Middlebury  Graduate  School  in  France, 
1956. 

GREENBERG,  Leon,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  College  of  the  City  of  New  York,   1953;  M.A.,  Yale  University,    1955; 
Ph.D.,  1958. 

GREENBERG,  Louis  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

A.B.,  Brooklyn  College,  1954;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

GREENBERG,  Meyer,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  Yeshiva  University,  1934;  M.A.,  Jewish  Institute  of  Religion,  1944;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland,  1956. 

GREENBERG,  Oscar  Wallace,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Rutgers  University,  1952;  M.S.,  Princeton  University,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

GRENTZER,  Rose  Marie,  Professor  of  Music 

B.A.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1935;  B.A.,  1936;  M.A.,  1939. 

GRIEM,  Hans  R..  Professor  of  Physics 

Arbitur,  Max  Planck  Schule,  1949;  Ph.D.,  Universitat  Kiel,  1954. 

GRIM,  Samuel  O.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College,  1956;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Tech- 
nology, 1960. 

164 


Faculty 

GRIMES,  Katherine  H.,  Instructor  of  English 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953;  M.A..  1954. 

GRISMER,  Margaret  J.,  Instructor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  University  of  Akron,  1947;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1949. 

GROLLMAN,  Sidney,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1947;  M.S.,  1949;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

GROSSMAN,  Morton,  Asistant  Professor  of  Art 
B.A.,  Queens  College,  1948. 

GRUBAR,  Francis  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1948;  M.A.,  1949;  M.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  Uni- 
versity, 1952. 

GULICK,  Sidney  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Oberlin  College,  1958;  M.A.,  Yale  University,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1963, 

GUSS,  Donald  Eugene,  Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  South  Dakota  State  College,  1952;  M.A.,  Washington  University  (St.  Louis), 
1954;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

GUTSCHE,  Graham,  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Physics 

B.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1950;  M.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1952;  Ph.D., 
The  Catholic  University  of  America,  1960. 

HABERL,  Franz  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  Ursinus  College,  1959;  M.A.,  Cornell  University,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

HAGGE,  Donald  E.,  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Physics 

A.B.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1958;  Ph.D.,   1963. 

HALEY,  A.  James,  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  University  of  New  Hampshire,  1949;  M.S.,  1950;  Sc.D.,  The  John  Hopkins 
University,  1955. 

HALEY,  Kathleen,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus.,  Michigan  State  University,  1949;  M.Mus.,   1951;  D.M.A.,  University  of 
Michigan,   1964. 

HALL,  Douglas  R.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  Wake  Forest  College,  1952;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959. 

HALL,  Thomas  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,   University   of   Maryland,    1938;  M.A.,   Middlebury   College,    1950;   Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland,  1958. 

HAMER,  Justin  C,  Research  Associate  in  Chemistry 

M.S.,  Pacific  Union  College,  1949;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mexico,  1962. 

HANSEN,  Janet  C,  Research  Associate  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  Oregon  State  University,  1956;  M.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1957;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1964. 

165 


Faculty 

HANSEN,  P.  Arne,  Professor  of  Microbiology 

B.Ph.,  University  of  Copenhagen,   1922;  M.S.,   1926;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University, 
1931. 

HARPER,  Glenn  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 
B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1958;  M.S.,  1961. 

HARRIS,  Reece  Thomas,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Reed  College,  1955;  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

HAYWARD,  Raymond  W.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Iowa  State  College,  1943;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1950. 

HEAD,  Emerson  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 
B.Mus.,  University  of  Michigan,  1957;  M.Mus.,  1961. 

HEDLUND,  James  L.,  Lecturer  in  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.A.,  State  University  of  Iowa,  1950;  M.A.,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

HEERMAN,  Emil  F.,  Associate  Professor  and  Assistant  Head  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1952;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University,   1957;  Ph.D., 
1959. 

HEIM,  Norman,  Asistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus.Ed.,  Evansvillle  College,   1951;  M.Mus.,  Eastman  School  of  Music,  1952; 
D.M.A.,  1962. 

HELZER,  Garry  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Portland  State  College,  1959;  M.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1962;  Ph.D., 
1964. 

HENDRICKS,  Richard,  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

B.A.,  Franklin  College,  1937;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1939;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

HENERY-LOGAN,  Kenneth  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.Sc,  McGill  University,  1942;  Ph.D.,  1946. 

HENKEL,  Ramon  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

Ph.B.,  University  of  North  Dakota,  1958;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1961. 

HENKELMAN,  James  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Miami  University,  1954;  M.Ed..  1955;  Ed.D.,  Harvard  University,  1965. 

HERDOIZA,  Eulalia  J.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  Manuela  Canizares,  1945;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960. 

HERING,  Christoph  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Bonn,  1950. 

HERMAN,  Harold  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 
A.B.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1960. 

HETRICK,  Frank  M.,  Associate  Professir  of  Microbiology 

B.S.,  Michigan  State  University,  1954;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960;  Ph.D., 
1962. 

166 


Faculty 

HIGGS,  William  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  University  of  Nebraska,  1960;  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

HIGHTON,  Richard  T.,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.A.,  New  York  University,  1950;  M.S.,  University  of  Florida,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

HINDS,  George,  Research  Associate  in  Physics 

A.B.,  Bowdoin  College,  1955;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

HIRZEL.  Robert  K.,  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  Pennsylvania  State  College,  1946;  M.A.,  1950;  Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  Uni- 
versity, 1954. 

HITCHCOCK,  Donald,   Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

HODOS,  William,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.S.,  Brooklyn  College,  1955;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

HOFFSOMMER,  Harold  C,  Professor  and  Head  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1921;  M.A.,  1923;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1929. 

HOLMGREN,  Harry  D.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.  of  Physics,  University  of  Minnesota,  1949;  M.A.,  1950;  Ph.D.,  1954. 

HOLTON,  William  M.,  Instructor  of  English 

B.A.,  Dartmouth  College,    1954;  L.L.B.,  Harvard  University,   1957;   M.A.,  Yale 
University,  1959. 

HOLTON,  Sylvia  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Radcliffe  College,  1958;  M.A.,  Wayne  State  University,  1959;  Ph.D.,  Yale 
University,  1963. 

HORAK,  Milan,  Research  Associate  in  Chemistry 

R.N.Dr.,  Charles  University  (Prague),   1950;  C.Sc,  Chemical  Institute,  Czecho- 
slovak Academy  of  Sciences,  1955. 

HORIE,  Hisashi,  Visiting  Professor  of  Physics 

B.Eng.,   Tokyo   Imperial    University,    1945;    B.Sc,    University    of   Tokyo,    1949; 
D.Sc,  1954. 

HORNYAK,  William  Frank,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.E.E.,  College  of  the  City  of  New  York,    1944;  M.S.,  California  Institute  of 
Technology,  1946;  Ph.D.,   1949. 

HORRELL,  Joyce  T.,  Instructor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960;  M.A.,  1963. 

HORVATH,  John,  Professor  of  Mathematics 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Budapest,  1947. 

HOUPPERT,  Joseph  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English  and  Assistant  to  the  Dean 
of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences. 

Ph.B.,  University  of  Detroit,  1955;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,   1957;  Ph.D., 
1964. 

167 


Faculty 

HOVEY,  Richard  B.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1942;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1943;  Ph.D.,  1950. 

HOWARD,  John  D.,  Instructor  of  English 

B.A.,  Washington  College,  1956;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962. 

HU,  Margaret  T.  W.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.A.,  Ginling  College,  1943. 

HUBBE,  Rolf  O.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Classical  Languages  and  Literatures 
B.A.,  Hamilton  College,  1947;  M.A.,  Princeton  University,  1950;  Ph.D.,  1950. 

HUHEEY,  James  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

HUMMEL,  James  A.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  California  Institute  of  Technology,  1949;  M.A.,  Rice  Institute,  1953;  Ph.D., 
1955. 

HUMPHREY,  Philip  S.,  Research  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.A.,  Amherst  College,  1949;  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan,   1951;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

HUNT,  Lois  T.,  Instructor  of  Zoology 

B.A.,  University  of  Kansas,  1958;  M.S.,  University  of  Washington,  1961. 

HURWITZ,  Peter  Alan,  Research  Associate  in  Chemistry 

B.S.,   Massachusetts  Institute   of  Technology,    1961;   M.S.,   Brandeis   University, 
1964. 

HYAMS,  Ivan  J.,  Research  Associate  in  Chemistry 
B.S.,  London  University,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

IRWIN,  Gabriele  I.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 
Arbitur,  Bavink  Gymnasium,  1959. 

ISAACS,  Ernest  J.,  Lecturer  in  History 

B.A.,  University  of  Colorado,  1951;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1957. 

IWRY,  Samuel,  Visiting  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 
Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1951. 

JACHOWSKI,  Leo  A.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  University  of  Michigan,   1941;  M.S.,   1942;  Sc.D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  Uni- 
versity, 1953. 

JACKSON,  Stanley  B.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Bates  College,  1933;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1934;  Ph.D.,  1937. 

JACOBS,  Judith  E.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.A.,  Bryn  Mawr  College,  1962. 

JAMES,  Edward  F.,  Instructor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954;  M.A.,  1955. 

168 


Faculty 

JAMIESON,  Mitchell,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art 
Corcoran  School  of  Art,  1940. 

JANES,  Robert  W.,  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1938;  M.A.,  1939;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1942. 

JAQUITH,  Richard  H.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  University  of  Massachusetts,  1940;  M.S.,  1942;  Ph.D.,  Michigan  State  Uni- 
versity,  1955. 

JASHEMSKI,  Wilhelmina,  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,   York   College,    1931;    M.A.,   University   of  Nebraska,    1933;   Ph.D.,   Uni- 
versity of  Chicago,  1942. 

JELLEMA,  Roderick  H..  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Calvin  College,   1951;   Post  Graduate  Diploma,  University  of  Edinburgh, 
1954;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

JOHNSON,  Cecile  Juliette,  Lecturer  in  Foreign  Languages 
M.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1934. 

JOHNSON,  Janet  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B.,  George  Washington  University,  1951;  A.M.,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

JOHNSON,  Jerry  K.,  Instructor  of  English 
B.A.,  Washington  University,  1956;  M.A.,  1963. 

JOHNSON,  Roy  Hamlin,  Associate  Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus.,  Eastman  School  of  Music,  1949;  M.Mus.,  1951;  D.M.A.,  1960. 

JOHNSON,  William  H.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  Princeton  University,  1956;  M.A.,  Cornell  University,  1962. 

JONES,  Arthur  R.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  Louisiana  State  University,  1959;  M.A.,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

JONES,  Derek,  Post-Doctoral  Fellow  in  Chemistry 

B.Sc,  University  College  of  Swansea,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

JONES,  Donald  G.,  Research  Associate  in  Chemistry 

B.A.,  Washington  Missionary  College,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961. 

JONES,  Edward  T.,  Instructor  of  English 

B.A.,  Juniata  College,  1960;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963. 

JONES,  George  F.,  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

A.B.,  Emory  University,  1938;  M.A.,  Oxford  University,  1943;  Ph.D.,  Columbia 
University,  1951. 

JURAN,  Sylvia  L.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1951;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1961. 

KACSER,  Claude,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  Oxford  University,  1955;  M.A.,  1959;  Ph.D.,  Magdalen  College,  1959. 

169 


Faculty 

KANSTOROOM,  Emily  S.,  Instructor  of  Speech 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960;  M.A..  1962. 

KARP,  Carol  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Manchester  College.  1948;  M.A.,  Michigan  State  University,  1950;  Ph.D. 
University  of  Southern  California,   1959. 

KARR,  Judith,  Instructor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957;  M.A.,   1962. 

KASLER,  Franz  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 
Doktorandum,  University  of  Vienna,   1956;  Ph.D.,   1959. 

KAUFMAN,  Thomas  S.,  Instructor  of  Zoology 

B.A.,  University  of  Akron,  1961;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

KAUFMAN,  Tohko  Y.,  Research  Associate  in  Zoology 

B.A.,  Tsuda  College  (Tokyo),  1940;  M.S.,  Hebrew  University  (Jerusalem),  1955; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Munich,  1960. 

KEHOE.  Brandt,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  Cornell  University,  1956;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

KELLER,  Edward  C,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1956;  M.S.,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

KELLY,  Vincent  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  Manhattan  College,   1955;  M.A..  Hunter  College,   1958;  B.L.,  Universidad 
de  San  Marco,  1960;  M.A.T.,  Indiana  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

KEMNER,  Margarethe  M.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 

Abitur,  Annette-v.-Droste  Hulshoff  Munster,   1944;  M.A.,  University  of  Detroit, 
1954;  M.A.,  University  of  Oklahoma,  1962. 

KENNETT,  Lee,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,    University    of    North    Carolina,    1952;    M.A.,    University    of    Mississippi, 
1956;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia,  1962. 

KENNEY,  Blair  Gates,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Vassar  College,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Radcliflfe-Harvard,  1961. 

KILBOURN,  George  L.,  Jr.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics 
B.E.,  Yale  University,  1954;  B.S.,  1950. 

KIM,  Jung  Soo,  Reserach  Associate  in  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Seoul  National  University,  1949;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961;  Ph.D., 
1962. 

KIM,  Young  Suh,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1961. 

KINNAIRD,  John  William,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1944;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1949; 
Ph.D.,  1959. 

170 


Faculty 

KIRWAN,  William  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

A.B.,  University  of  Kentucky,  1960;  M.S.,  Rutgers  University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

KISTLER,  Robert  C,  Instructor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  Southern  Missionary  College,  1948;  M.A.,  Andrews  University,  1960. 

KLABOE,  Peter,  Research  Assistant  in  Chemistry 

Cand.Mag.,  University  of  Oslo,   1952;  Cand.  Real.,   1956;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Oklahoma,   1960. 

KLEPPNER,  Adam,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Yale  University,  1953;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1954;  Ph.D.,  Harvard 
University,  1960. 

KNOCHE,  Walter,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  Marquette  University,  1961;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

KNOPFEL,  Hanspeter,  Research  Associate  in  Chemistry 
Ph.D.,  Federal  Institute  of  Technology   (Zurich),    1963. 

KOCH,  Adrienne,  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  Washington  Square  College,  New  York  University,  1933;  M.A.,  Columbia 
University,  1934;  Ph.D.,  1942. 

KOCH,  John  Frederick,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  New  York  University,    1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California   (Berkeley), 
1962. 

KOLB,  John  R.,  Assistant  Instructor  of  Mathematics 

A.A.,  Frostburg  State  Teachers  College,  1959;  A.B.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961. 

KOMESAROFF,  Max  Myer,  Visiting  Associate  Research  Professor  of  Astronomy 
B.Sc,  University  of  Melbourne,  1953. 

KOR,  Sushil  K.,  Research  Associate  in  Chemistry 

B.Sc,  University  of  Allahabad,  1952;  M.S.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

KORENMAN,  Victor,  Research  Associate  in  Physics 

B.A.,  Princeton  University,  1958;  A.M.,  Harvard  University,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

KOZAKOFF,  Emily  G.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics 
B.S.,  University  of  Miami,  1960;  M.S.,  1961. 

KRESS,  Jerry  R.,  Lecturer  in  Philosophy 

B.A.,  Pacific  Lutheran  University,  1961;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1962. 

KRISHER,  Lawrence  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Molecular  Physics 

A.B.,  Syracuse  University,  1955;  A.M.,  Harvard  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

KUNZE,  Hans-Joachim  D.,  Research  Associate  in  Physics 
Diplom-Physiker,  Technische  Hochschule,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

KURODA,  Sigekatu,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  University  of  Tokyo,  1928;  D.Sc,  University  of  Tokyo,  1945. 

171 


Faculty 

LAFFER,  Norman  C,  Professor  of  Microbiology  and  Assistant  Dean  of  the  College 
of  Arts  and  Sciences 

B.S.,  Allegheny  College,  1929;  M.S.,  University  of  Maine,  1932;  Ph.D.,  University 

of  Illinois,  1937. 

LAKSHMANAN,  Sitarama,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.A.,  Annamalai  University  (India),  1946;  M.A.,  1949;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1954. 

LAND,  Aubrey  C,  Professor  of  History 

B.Ed.,  Southern  Illinois  University,  1934;  M.A.,  State  University  of  Iowa,  1938; 
Ph.D.,   1948. 

LANDON,  Philip  J.,  Instructor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Massachusetts,  1956;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964. 

LANE,  Richard  M.,  Instructor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  Loyola  College  (Baltimore),  1959;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964. 

LASTER,  Howard  J.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Physics  and  Astronomy 
A.B.,  Harvard  University,  1951;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1957. 

LAWSON,  Lewis  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.S.,  East  Tennessee  State  College,  1957;  M.A.,  1959;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wis- 
consin,  1964. 

LEHNER,  Guydo  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Loyola  University,  1951;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

LEHNER,  Joseph,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  New  York  University,  1938;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1939;  Ph.D., 
1941. 

LEIBOWITZ,  Jack  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  New  York  University,  1951;  M.S.,  1953;  Ph.D.,  Brown  University,  1962. 

LEJINS,  Peter  P.,  Professor  of  Sociology 

Magister  Philosophiae,  University  of  Latvia,   1930;  Magister  luris,   1933;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Chicago,  1938. 

LEMAIRE,  Leo  R.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 
Abitur,  Hussel  Realgymnasium,  1926. 

LEMBACH,  John,  Professor  of  Art 

B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1934;  M.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1937;  Ed.D., 
Columbia  Teachers  College,  1946. 

LENCHEK,  Allen  Martin,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  University  of  Chicago,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962. 

LEPSON,  Inda,  Instructor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  New  York  University,  1941;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1945. 

LEVITINE,  George,  Professor  and  Head  of  Art 

M.A.,  Boston  University,  1946;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1952. 

112 


Faculty 

LINCKE,  Reimer  P.  H.,  Research  Associate  in  Physics 

Vordiplom,  Kiel  University,   1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1959;  Ph.D., 

1965. 
LINDER,  Harris  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  Long  Island  University,  1951;  M.S.,  Cornell  University,  1955;  Ph.D.,   1958. 

LINKOW,  Irving,  Associate  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.A.,  University  of  Denver,  1937;  M.A.,  1938. 

LIPPINCOTT,  Ellis  R.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.A.,  Earlham  College,  1943;  M.S.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1944;  Ph.D., 
1947. 

LOGAN,  Terence  P.,  Lecturer  in  English 

B.A.,  Boston  College,  1959;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1961. 

LONGLEY,  E.  L.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art  and  Education 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1953. 

LOUNSBURY,  Myron  O.,  Lecturer  in  English 

B.A.,  Duke  University,  1961;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1962. 

LUNDSTROM,  Margit,  Instructor  of  Music 

B.A.,  Columbia  Union  College,  1964;  M.Mus.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

LUTWACK,  Leonard  I.,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Wesleyan  University,  1939;  M.A.,  1940;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University,  1950. 

MacDONALD,  William  M.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1950;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1955. 

MAC  QUILLAN,  Anthony  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Microbiology 

B.S.A.,  University  of  British  Columbia,   1956;  M.S.,   1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,   1962. 

MACRO,  Anthony  David,  Instructor  of  Classical  Languages 
B.A.,  Oxford  University,  1961;  M.A.,  1964. 

MAIN,  Jackson  T.,  Visiting  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1939;  M.A.,  1940;  Ph.D.,  1949. 

MALTESE,  George  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
B.A.,  Wesleyan  University,  1953;  Ph.D.,  Yale  University,  1960. 

MANNING,  Charles,  Professor  of  English  and  Dean  of  the  College  of  Arts  and 
Sciences 

B.S.,  Tufts  College,  1929;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1931;  Ph.D.,  University  of 

North  Carolina,  1950. 

MAR,  Shuh-yin,  Instructor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Ginling  College  (Nanking),  1928;  M.S.,  Mount  Holyoke  College,  1932. 

MARIL,   Herman,   Professor  of  Art 

Graduate,  Maryland  Institute  of  Fine  Arts,  1928. 

173 


Faculty 

MARION,  Jerry  B.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  Reed  College,  1952;  M.S.,  Rice  Institute,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

MARSHALL,  Joseph  A.,  Instructor  of  Zoology 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960. 

MARTENS,  Henrik  H.,  Visiting  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.E.E.,  Cooper  Union  School  of  Engineering,   1956;  Ph.D.,  New  York  Uni- 
versity, 1962. 

MARTIN,  Minerva  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Alabama,  1931;  M.A.,  Louisiana  State  University,  1937;  Ph.D., 
1940. 

MARTIN,  Monroe  H.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1928;  Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1932. 

MASON,  Edward  A.,  Professor  of  Molecular  Physics 

B.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1947;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Tech- 
nology,  1951. 

MATOSSIAN,  Mary  Kilbourne,  Lecturer  in  History 

B.A.,    Stanford    University,    1951;    M.A.,    American    University    (Beirut),    1952; 
Ph.D.,  Stanford  University,  1955. 

MAYOR,  John  R.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Knox  College,  1928;  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois,  1929;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1933. 

McCain,  Raymond  R.,  Instructor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.A.,  Louisiana  State  University,  1961;  M.A.,  1962. 

McCLAY,  Mary  B.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics 

B.Ed.,  Eastern  Illinois  State  Teachers  College,  1937;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois, 
1941. 

McClelland,  Louise,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.A.,   College   of  Wooster,    1957;   M.A.,  Columbia   University,    1959;   Diploma, 
Vienna  State  Academy  of  Music,  1963. 

McCORKLE,  Donald  M.,  Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus.,  Bradley  University,  1951;  M.A.,  Indiana  University,   1953;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

McCRORY,  Raymond  M.,  Lecturer  in  Chemistry 
B.S.,  University  of  Texas,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

McDonald,  Frank  B.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Duke  University,  1948;  M.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

McGINNIES,  Elliott  M.,  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  University  of  Buffalo,  1943;  M.A.,  Brown  University,  1944;  Ph.D.,  Harvard 
University,  1948. 

174 


Faculty 

McGUINNESS,  David  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute,   1962;  M.S.,  Case  Institute  of  Technology, 
1964;  Ph.D.,   1965. 

McINTIRE,  Roger  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,   Northwestern   University,    1958;   M.A.,   Louisiana   State   University,    1960; 
Ph.D.,  1962. 

McINTOSH,  Allen,  Research  Associate  in  Zoology 

B.S.,  Mississippi  A  &  M   College,    1920;  M.S.,   University  of  Minnesota,    1927; 
D.Sc,  University  of  Miami,  1959  (Honorary). 

McLaughlin,  Patricia  J.,  Instructor  of  Zoology 

B.A.,  Gettysburg  College,  1956;  M.S.,  University  of  Washington,  1961. 

McMANAWAY,  James  G.,  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Virginia,  1919;  M.A.,  1920;  Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  Uni- 
versity,  1931. 

McMillan,  Douglas  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  DePaul  University,  1954;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

MEERSMAN,  Roger  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

B.A.,  St.  Ambrose  College,  1952;  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

MENDELOFF,  Henry,  Associate  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.S.,  College  of  the  City  of  New  York,  1936;  M.S.,   1939;  Ph.D.,  The  Catholic 
University  of  America,  1960. 

MENSER,  Betty  C,  Instructor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

B.A.,  Allegheny  College,  1955;  M.A.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1958. 

MERRILL,  Horace  S.,  Professor  of  History 

B.E.,  River  Palls  State  College,   1932;  Ph.M.,  University  of  Wisconsin,   1933; 
Ph.D.,  1942. 

MEYER,  Charlton,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 
B.Mus.,  Curtis  Institute,  1952. 

MEYER,  Henri  P.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  Wooster  College,  1954;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962. 

MIKULSKI,  Piotr  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

M.S.,  Main  School  of  Planning  and  Statistics  (Warsaw),  1952;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  California  (Berkeley),  1961. 

MILANS,  Everett  D.,  Assistant  Instructor  of  Mathematics 
A.B.,  George  Washington  University,  1936;  A.M.,  1947. 

MILLER,  Robert  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  Wayne  State  University,  1952;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1954;  Ph.D., 
1963. 

MILLER,  Russell  H.,  Instructor  of  English 

B.A.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1962;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

175 


Faculty 

MISH,  Charles  C,  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1936;  M.A.,  1946;  Ph.D.,  1951. 

MISNER,  Charles  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  University  of  Notre  Dame,  1952;  M.A.,  Princeton  University,  1954;  Ph.D., 

1957. 

MOELLER,  Hans-Berhard,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  Knox  College,  1960;  M.A.,  University  of  Southern  California  (Los  Angeles), 
1962;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

MOLNAR,  Eniko  L,  Instructor  of  English 

B.A.,  Trinity  College  (Washington),  1962;  M.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina, 
1963. 

MONCAYO,  Abelardo,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,    Colegio   Americano   de    Quito,    1954;    Licenciado,    Central    University   of 
Ecuador,  1961. 

MONTANO,  Rocco,  Professor  of  Comparative  Literature  and  Italian 
Dottore  in  Lettere  e  Filosofia,  University  of  Naples,  1938. 

MONTGOMERY,  William  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus.Ed.,  Cornell  College,  1953;  M.Mus.,  The  Catholic  University  of  America, 
1957. 

MOREINES,  Harvey,  Instructor  of  English 

A.B.,  Brooklyn  College,  1958;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962. 

MORI,  Yoshihiro,  Research  Associate  in  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Nagoya  University,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1955;  D.Sc,  Tokyo  Institute  of  Technology, 
1964. 

MORRISON,  Bruce,  Instructor  of  Music 

B.Mus.Ed.,  Northwestern  University,   1959;  M.Mus.,  1960. 

MORSE,  Douglass  H.,  Research  Associate  in  Zoology 

B.S.,  Bates  College,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1962;  Ph.D.,  Louisiana 
State  University,   1965. 

MOTTA,  Mary  Carmel,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.A.,  Rosary  College,  1960;  M.A.,  Middlebury  College,  1963. 

MOTZ,  Annabelle  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1941;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1943;  Ph.D., 
1950. 

MOZDZEN,  Birgit  E.,  Instructor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinoiss,  1961;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964. 

MURPHY,  Charles  D.,  Professor  and  Head  of  English 

B.A.,   University  of  Wisconsin,    1929;   M.A.,   Harvard   University,    1930;  Ph.D., 
Cornell  University,  1940. 

176 


Faculty 

MUSEN,  Peter,  Professor  of  Physics  and  Astronomy 
Mathematics,  University  of  Belgrade,  1935;  Ph.D.,  1937. 

MYERS,  Ralph  B.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  Cornell  University,  1934;  M.A.,  1935;  Ph.D.,  1937. 

MYERS,  Robert  Manson,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Vanderbilt  University,  1941;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1942;  M.A.,  Harv- 
ard University,  1943;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1948. 

MYTON,  Becky  A.  T.,  Instructor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  Allegheny  College,  1963;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965. 
NAGARAJAN,  G.,  Research  Associate  in  Chemistry 

B.S.,  St.  Joseph's  College  (India),  1955;  M.A.,  Annamali  University,  1957;  M.S., 

1958;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

NANNEY,  Thomas  R.,  Visiting  Assistant  Professor  in  Chemistry 

B.S.,  University  of  North  Carolina,   1953;  Ph.D.,  University  of  South  Carolina, 
1962. 

NAVRATIL,  Carol  M.,  Instructor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

B.A.,  The  Catholic  University  of  America,  1960;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1964. 

NELSON,  Elizabeth  J.,  Instructor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1944;  M.A.,  Mills  College,  1949;  M.A.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1957. 

NEMES,  Graciela  P.,  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.S.,   Trinity  College   (Vermont),    1942;   M.A.,   University   of  Maryland,    1946; 
Ph.D.,  1952. 

NIEMEYER,  G.  Charles,  Associate  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

B.S.,  DePauw  University,  1933;  M.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1935;  Ph.D.,  Yale 
University,  1942. 

NIETO,  Jose  I.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

M.S.,  National  University  of  Colombia,   1956;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Heidelberg, 
1959. 

NOACK,  Manfred  G.,  Research  Associate  in  Chemistry 

Intermediate  Exam.,  Hochschule  Munchen,   1959;  Ph.D.,  Technische  Hochschule 
Munchen,  1964. 

NORTON,  Ann  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages  and  Assistant  to  the 
Dean  of  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
B.A.,  Syracuse  University,  1945;  M.A.,  1947. 

NOSSAMAN,  Audrey,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.Mus.,  Westminster  Choir  College,  1947. 
O'BRIEN,  Robert  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  Ohio  State  University,   1949;  M.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1952;  Ph.D., 

Wayne  State  University,  1965. 

O'CONNELL,  George  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art 
B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,   1950;  M.S.,  1951. 

w 


Faculty 

O'CONNOR,  Francis  V.,  Visiting  Lecturer  of  Art 

B.A.,  Manhattan  College,  1959;  M.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1960;  Ph.D., 
1964. 

OLSON,  Orrin,  Instructor  of  Music 

B.A.,  Sacramento  State  College,  1960;  M.Mus.,  Indiana  University,  1961. 

ONEDA,  Sadao,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.Sc,  Tokyo  University,  1946;  M.Sc,  1948;  Ph.D.,  Nagoya  University,  1953. 

OPIK,  Ernst  J.,  Professor  of  Physics  and  Astronomy 

Cand.  Astro.,  Moscow  Imperial  University,   1916;  D.  Phil.  Nat.,  University  of 
Estonia,  1923. 

ORR,  Robert  H.,  Lecturer  in  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Alabama,  1958;  M.A.,  Cornell  University,  1961. 

OSBORN,  John  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1958;  M.S.,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

OSTLING,  Acton  E.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music  and  Assistant  Director  of 
University  Bands 

B.  Mus.,  University  of  Michigan,  1958;  M.Mus.,  1959. 

PANICHAS,  George  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  American  International  College,  1951;  M.A.,  Trinity  College  (Connecticut), 
1952;  Ph.D.,  The  University  of  Nottingham,  1961. 

PANICO,  Marie  J.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  Queens  College,  1958;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960. 

PARSONS,  Arthur  C,  Associate  Professor  and  Acting  Head  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1926;  M.A.,  1928. 

PATI,  Jogesh,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

I.Sc,  Utkal  University,  1953;  B.Sc,  Ravenshaw  College,  1955;  M.Sc,  Delhi  Uni- 
versity, 1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960. 

PASCH,  Alan,  Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy 

B.A.,   University   of   Michigan,    1949;    M.A.,   New   School  for   Social   Reserach, 
1952;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,   1955. 

PAYERLE,  Laszlo,  Instructor  of  Music 

B.Mus.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960;  M.Mus.,  University  of  Texas,  1962. 

I'EACH,  Gillian,  Research  Associate  in  Physics 

B.Sc,  Royal  Holloway  College,  London  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

PEARL,  Martin  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Brooklyn  College,  1950;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,   1951;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Wisconsin,  1955. 

PEARLMAN,  Leonard,  Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.A.,  University  of  Manitoba,  1949;  M.D.,  1953;  Diploma,  Vienna  State  Academy 
of  Music,  1956. 

178 


Faculty 

PELCZAR.  Michael  J.,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Microbiology 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1936;  M.S.,  1938;  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  Iowa, 
1941. 

PENNINGTON,  Kenneth  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music 

B.A.,  Friends  University,  1949;  B.Mus.,  1950;  M.A.,  New  York  University,  1953; 
D.Mus.,  Indiana  University,  1961. 

PETRUCCI,  Serigo,  Visiting  Research  Assistant  in  Chemistry 

Licentiate  Scientific  Lyceum  (Tripoli),  1949;  D.Sc,  University  of  Rome,  1954. 

PIAZZA,  Richard  M.  D.,  Lecturer  in  History 

B.A.,  Brown  University,  1959;  M.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1961, 

PICKARD,  Hugh  B.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

A.B.,  Haverford  College,  1933;  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University,   1938. 

PORTZ,  John,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.S.,  Duke  University,   1937;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,   1941;  Ph.D.,   1958. 

POTTER,  Jane  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  University  of  Chicago,  1942;  M.S.,  1948;  Ph.D.,  1949. 

POULAKIDAS,  Andreas  K.,  Instructor  of  English 

M.Th.,  National  Capodestrian  University  (Athens),   1959;  M.A.,  Arizona  State 
University,  1962. 

POULTNEY,  Sherman  K.,  Research  Associate  in  Physics 

B.S.,  Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute,    1958;   M.A.,  Princeton  University,    1960; 
Ph.D.,   1962. 

POWNALL,  George  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.S.,  Illinois  State  Normal  University,   1952;  M.S.,   1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Illinois,  1963. 

PRAHL,  A.  J.,  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages  and  Associate  Dean  of  the  Graduate 
School 
M.A.,  Washington  University,  1928;  Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1933. 

PRANGE,  Gordon  W.,  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  University  of  Iowa,   1932;  M.A.,   1934;  Ph.D.,   1937. 

PRANGE,  Richard  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 
M.S.,  University  of  Chicago,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

PRATT,  Ernest  F.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

A.B.,  University  of  Redlands,  1937;  M.S.,  Oregon  State  College,  1939;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Michigan,  1942. 

PRATT,  Yolanda  Tota,  Research  Associate  in  Chemistry 

A.B.,  Cornell  University,  1938;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1942. 

PRICE,  James  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1950;  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois,  1954;  Ph.D.,  Co- 
lumbia University,  1962. 

179 


Faculty 

PROVENSEN,  Hester  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
LL.B.,  George  Washington  University,  1926;  M.A.,  Emerson  College,  1948. 

PUGH,  Howel  Griffith,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  University  of  Cambridge,   1955;  M.A.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

PUGLIESE,  Rudolph  E.,  Associate  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

B.A.,  Miami  University,  1947;  M.A.,  The  Catholic  University  of  America,  1949; 
Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University,  1961. 

PUMROY,  Donald  K.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  University  of  Iowa,  1949;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1951;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
vefsity  of  Washington,  1954. 

PURDY,  William  C,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

A.B.,  Amherst  College,  1951;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1955. 

QUYNN,  William  R.,  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  University  of  Virginia,  1922;  M.A.,  1923;  Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  Uni- 
versity, 1934. 

RABINOVITCH,  Kopel,  Research  Associate  in  Physics 

M.Sc,  The  Hebrew  University  of  Jerusalem,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

RADO,  George  T.,  Professor  of  Physics 

S.B.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1939;  S.M.,  1941;  Ph.D.,  1943. 

RAMM,  Gordon  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.A.,  University  of  Buffalo,  1949;  M.A.,  1950;  Ph.D.,  New  York  University,  1954. 

RAND,  Marguerite  C,  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  Pomona  College,  1919;  M.A.,  Stanford  University,  1922;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Chicago,   1951. 

REEVE,  Wilkins,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Drexel  Institute  of  Technology,  1936;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1940. 

REINHART,  Bruce  L.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Lehigh  University,  1952;  M.A.,  Princeton  University,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

RENTZ,  Marie  S.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 

A.B.,  Woman's  College,  University  of  North  Carolina,   1947;  M.A.,  Duke  Uni- 
versity, 1951. 

RESAU,  Robert  D.,  Instructor  of  Zoology 
B.S.,  King's  College  (New  York),  1963. 

RESNIKOFF,  Marvin,  Research  Associate  in  Physics 

B.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1959;  M.S.,   1961;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

RICHARD,  Jean-Paul,  Research  Associate  in  Physics 

B.A.,  Universite  Laval,   1956;  B.S.,  1960;  Ph.D.,  Universite  de  Paris,  1963. 

180 


Faculty 

RICHESON,  Allie  W.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  University  of  Richmond,  1918;  M.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1925; 
Ph.D.,  1928. 

RIVLIN,  Helen  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  University  of  Rochester,  1949;  M.A.,  Radcliffe  College,  1950;  Ph.D.,  Oxford 
University,  1953. 

ROBERSON,  Bob  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Microbiology 
B.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

ROBERTSON,  J.  Righton,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  University  of  the  South,  1954;  M.A.,  Emory  University,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

RODBERG,  Leonard  S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  The   Johns   Hopkins   University,    1954;   Ph.D.,   Massachusetts   Institute   of 
Technology,  1956. 

RODGERS,  Mary  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Notre  Dame  College  (Ohio),  1957;  M.A.,  Western  Reserve  University,  1962; 
Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University,  1964. 

RODRIGUEZ,  Paul  V.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 

Bachiller,    Instituto    Hispano-Marrogui,    1934;    Maestro    de    Primera    Ensenanca, 
Escuela  Normal  de  Melilla,   1941. 

ROELOFS,  Charles  R.,  Jr.,  Lecturer  in  Philosophy 

B.A.,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University,    1953;  B.D.,  Yale  University  Divinity  School, 
1956;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1965. 

ROLLINSON,  Carl  L.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1933;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1939. 

ROOS,  Philip  G.,  Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University,   1960;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Tech- 
nology, 1964. 

ROSELLE,  David  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  West  Chester  State  College,  1961;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University,  1965. 

ROSENFELD,  Maxine  S.,  Assistant  Instructor  of  Mathematics 
B.S.,  Wilson  Teachers  College,  1937. 

ROSENFIELD,  Leonora  C,  Associate  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.A.,  Smith  College,  1930;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1931;  Ph.D.,  1940. 

ROSWELL,  May  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  University  of  Dublin,  1936;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957;  M.A.,  Uni- 
versity of  Dublin,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961. 

ROVNER,  Philip,  Associate  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  The  George  Washington  University,  1948;  M.A.,  1949;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1958. 

181 


Faculty 

RUBINSTEIN,  Nathan,  Assistant  Instructor  of  Mathematics 
B.S.,  Long  Island  University,  1959. 

SADUM,  Elvio  H.,  Research  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  Livorno  University,   1936;  Bi.Med.,  Pisa  University,   1939;  M.A.,  Harvard 
University,  1942;  Sc.D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,   1948. 

SAENZ,  Pilar  G.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 

Licenciada  en  Filosofia  y  Letras,  University  of  Madrid,  1953;  M.A.,  Bryn  Mawr 
College,   1957. 

SAGLE,  Arthur  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  University  of  Washington,  1956;  M.S.,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California 
(Los  Angeles),  1960. 

SAIEDY,  Fuad,  Research  Associate  in  Physics 

B.Sc,   London   University,    1956;   D.I.C.,   Imperial   College,   London   University, 
1957;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

SALGADO,  Maria  A.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  Florida  State  University,  1958;  M.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1960. 

SCHAEFER,  Thomas  R.,  Instructor  of  English 

B.A.,  Beloit  College,  1957;  M.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1960. 

SCHAMP,  Homer  W.,  Jr.,  Professor  and  Director  of  Molecular  Physics 

A.B.,  Miami  University,  1944;  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

SCHAUMANN,  Herbert,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Westminster  College,  1931;  Ph.D.,  Cornell  University,  1935. 

SCHIRRMACHER,  Mildred  D.,  Assistant  Instructor  of  Mathematics 
B.A.,  University  of  Oklahoma,  1926;  M.S.,  University  of  Chicago,  1929. 

SCHLARETZKI,  Walter  E.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Philosophy 

B.A.,  Monmouth  College,  1941;  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois,  1942;  Ph.D.,  Cornell 
University,  1948. 

SCHLESINGER,  Sarah  M.,  Instructor  of  Speech 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962;  M.A.,  1963. 

SCHLIEDER,  Siegfried,  Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

Vordiplom,  Georg-August  Universitat,  1950;  Diplom,  1953;  Doktor,  1959. 

SCHMITT,  Charles  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

B.A.,   Montana   State   University,    1953;    M.A.,    University    of   Wisconsin,    1956; 
M.F.A.,  1959. 

SCHMITTNER,  Stella  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  Colorado  College,  1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Georgia,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

SCHOENBORN,  Henry  W.,  Professor  of  Zoology 

A.B.,  DePauvi'  University,  1933;  Ph.D.,  New  York  University,   1939. 

182 


Faculty 

SCHROEDER,  Rudolph  A.,  Visiting  Research  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.S.,  North  Dakota  Agricultural  College,  1952;  M.S.,  1953;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Maryland,   1957. 

SEDGEWICK,  Rose,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
Ph.B.,  Brown  University,  1925;  M.A.,  1927;  Ph.D.,  1929. 

SHANKWEILER,  Paul  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Sociology 

Ph.D.,  Muhlenberg  University,    1919;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,   1921;  Ph.D., 
University  of  North  Carolina,  1934. 

SHANNON,  David  Allen,  Professor  and  Head  of  History 

B.S.,  Indiana  State  Teachers  College,  1941;  Ph.M.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1946; 
Ph.D.,  1951. 

SHELLEY,  Shirley  J.,  Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  Music  and  Music  Education 
B.Mus.,  University  of  Michigan,   1944;  M.Mus.,   1947. 

SHEPHERD,  Julius  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 
A.B.,  East  Carolina  College,  1944;  M.A.,  1947. 

SIAHATGAR,  Sedegh,  Assistant  Instructor  of  Mathematics 
B.S.,  Teheran  Institute  of  Technology,  1956;  M.S.,  1961. 

SILBEY,  Joel  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  Brooklyn  College,  1955;  M.A.,  University  of  Iowa,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

SINCLAIR,  Alan  Campbell  E.,  Research  Associate  in  Physics 

B.A.,  Cambridge  University,  1961;  Ph.D.,  Bristol  University,  1965. 

SKIDMORE,  William  R.,  Instructor  of  Music 
B.Mus.,  University  of  Illinois,  1963. 

SLAWSKY,  Zaka  I.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Renssalaer  Polytechnic  Institute,   1933;  M.S.,  California  Institute  of  Tech- 
nology, 1935;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1938. 

SMITH,  Charles  W.,  Instructor  of  English 

B.S.,  Frostburg  State  Teachers  College,  1957;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

SMITH,  Denzell  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,University  of  Minnesota,  1950;  M.A.,  1954;  M.A.,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

SMITH,  Elske  van  Panhuys,  Associate  Professor  of  Astronomy 
A.B.,  Radcliffe  College,  1950;  A.M.,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

SMITH,  Gayle  S.,  Associate  Professor  of  English  and  Director  of  General  Education 
B.S.,  Iowa  State  College,  1948;  M.A.,  Cornell  University,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

SMITH,  Russell  I.,  Assistant  Instructor  of  Mathematics 
B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,    1933. 

SNOW,  George  A.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  College  of  the  City  of  New  York,  1945;  M.A.,  Princeton  University,  1947; 
Ph.D.,  1949. 

183 


Faculty 

SONNTAG,  Guenter  W.,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960;  M.A.,  1962. 

SORENSEN,  Shirley  C,  Instructor  of  Mathematics 
B.S.,  Wilson  Teachers  College,  1945. 

SPARKS,  David  S.,  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  Grinnell  College,  1944;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1945;  Ph.D.,  1951. 

SPIVEY,  Howard  Olin,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  University  of  Kentucky,  1954;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

SPRINGMANN,  Fague  K.,  Associate  Professor  of  Music 
B.  Mus.,  Westminster  Choir  College,  1939. 

SPROUT,  Monique,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  University  of  Paris,  1946;  B.A.,  Columbia  Union  College,  1956. 

SPUEHLER,  Henry  E.,  Lecturer  in  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1953;  M.A.,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

STADTMAN,  Earl  R.,  Lecturer  in  Microbiology 

B.S.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1942;  Ph.D.,  1949. 

STALEY,  Stuart  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.A.,  Williams  College,  1959;  M.S.,  Yale  University,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1964, 

STARCHER,  E.  Thomas,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

B.A.,  University  of  Southern  California,  1940;  M.A.,  University  of  Arkansas,  1948. 

STEELY,  Lewis  R.,  Assistant  Instructor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Wilson  Teachers  College,  1937;  M.A.,  The  Catholic  University  of  America, 
1945. 

STEINBERG,  Phillip  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  University  of  Cincinnati,  1954;  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University,  1959. 

STEINMAN,  Robert  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

D.D.S.,  St.  Louis  University,  1948;  M.A.,  New  School  for  Social  Research,  1962; 
Ph.D.,    1964. 

STEINMETZ,  Karl,  Research  Associate  in  Chemistry 

Dipl.  Chem.  Technische  Hochschule  Branschweig  (Germany),  1961;  Dr.  rer.  nat., 
1963. 

STELLMACHER,  Karl  L.,  Professor  of  Mathematics 
M.D.,  University  of  Gottingen,  1933;  Ph.D.,  1936. 

STERN,  Edward  A.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  California  Institute  of  Technology,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

STERN,  Monique,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 
Licence-Des.,  University  of  Paris,  1962. 

184 


Faculty 

STEVENSON,  Barbara  H.,  Instructor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  California  (Los  Angeles),   1938;  M.A.,  University  of  Cali- 
fornia (Berkeley),  1939. 

STEWART,  Bemice  C,  Instructor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  Lewis  and  Clark  College,  1949;  M.S.,  University  of  Seattle,  1952. 

STEWART,  James  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.A.,  Western  Washington  College,  1953;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Washington,  1958. 

STITES,  M.  Elizabeth,  Assistant  Professor  of  Art 
B.Arch.,  New  York  University,  1940. 

STONE,  Martha  C,  Instructor  of  English 

B.S.,  Southeast  Missouri  State  College,  1927;  M.A.,  University  of  Missouri,  1929. 

STRAUSBAUGH,  Warren  L.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 
B.S.,  Wooster  College,  1932;  M.A.,  State  University  of  Iowa,  1935. 

STRAUSS,  Aaron  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Case  Institute  of  Technology,   1961;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,   1962; 
Ph.D.,  1964. 

STROMBERG,  Roland  N.,  Professor  of  History 

B.A.,  University  of  Kansas  City,   1939;  M.A.,  The  American  University,   1945; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952. 

STROSS,  Raymond  G.,  Associate  Professor  of  Zoology 

B.S.,  University  of  Missouri,  1952;  M.S.,  University  of  Idaho,  1954;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Wisconsin,  1958. 

STUNTZ.  Calvin  P.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemistry 
B.A.,  University  of  Buffalo,  1939;  Ph.D.,  1947. 

SUCHER,  Joseph,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Brooklyn  College,  1952;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1958. 

SULLIVAN,  Noreen,  Instructor  of  Art 

B.A.,  Trinity  College,  1958;  M.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1963. 

SUSZYNSKI,  Olivia  C,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  Hunter  College,  1953;  M.A.,  New  York  University,  1955. 

SVIRBELY,  William  J.,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S„  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1931;  M.S.,  1932;  D.Sc,  1935. 

SYSKI,  Ryszard,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  University  of  London,  1954;  Ph.D.,  Chelsea  College,  1960. 

TATNALL,  Anne,  Instructor  of  Music 

B.A.,  University  of  Delaware,  1961;  M.A.,  Smith  College,   1963. 

TEWARI,  Paramhans,  Research  Associate  in  Chemistry 
M.S.,  Lucknow  University,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

185 


Faculty 

THORBERG,  Raymond,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A..   University  of  Alaska,    1939;  M.A.,   University   of  Chicago,    1946;   Ph.D., 
Cornell  University,  1954. 

TOLAND,  John  I.,  Instructor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,  University  of  Tulsa,   1956;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958. 

TRAVER,  Paul,  Assistant  Profesor  of  Music 

B.Mus.,  The  Catholic  University  of  America,  1955;  M.Mus.,  1957. 

TRIMBLE,  Lester,  Professor  of  Music 

B.A.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1947;  M.F.A.,  1948. 

TROUSDALE,  Marion  S.,  Instructor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Michigan,   1951;  M.A.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley), 
1955. 

TULLEY,  Patricia,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

A.B.,  Vassar  College,  1955;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

TUNIKS,  Galina,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.S.L.,  Georgetown  University,  1954. 

TURNAGE.  Thomas  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 
A.B.,  University  of  California  (Berkeley),  1958;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

TURNER,  David  J.,  Research  Associate  in  Chemistry 
B.S.,  University  of  London,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

ULRICH,  Homer,  Professor  and  Head  of  Music 
M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,   1939. 

URBANSKI,  Tadeusz,  Visiting  Professor  of  Chemistry 

M.S.,  Institute  of  Technology  Politechnika  (Poland),   1924;  Ph.D.,   1932;  D.Sc. 
1933;  NSF  Senior  Foreign  Scientist  Fellow. 

VANDERSLICE,  Betty  R.,  Instructor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Upsla  College,  1945;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1948. 

VANDERSLICE,  Joseph  T.,  Professor  of  Molecular  Physics 

B.S.,  Boston  College,  1949;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1953. 

VAN  NESS,  James  S.,  Instructor  of  History 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954;  M.A.,  1962. 

VAN  WIJK,  Uco,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics  and  Astronomy 
B.S.,  Harvard  University,   1948;  Ph.D.,   1952. 

VARNEDOE,  Samuel  L.,  Jr.,  Lecturer  in  Philosophy 

B.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1959;  M.A.,  New  School  for  Social  Research, 
1962. 

VASSYLKIVSKY,  Eugenia,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 
B.S.,  Columbia  University,  1954;  M.A.,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

186 


Faculty 

VEITCH,  Fletcher  P..  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1931;  M.S.,  1933;  Ph.D.,  1935. 

VETTER,  Harold  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  University  of  Buffalo,  1949;  M.A.,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

VOGELGESAND,  Ernst,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

Abitur,  Oberschule  Aschaffenburg,  1951;  M.A.  equivalent,  Tulane  University,  1962. 

WALBESSER,  Henry  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  State  University  of  New  York,  1950;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960; 
Ph.D.,  1965. 

WALDER,  Leopold  O.,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology 

A.B.,   Boston  University,   1949;  M.A.,  University  of  Hawaii,    1951;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Iowa,  1954. 

WALDROP,  Robert  S.,  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  University  of  Oklahoma,  1934;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Michigan,  1948. 

WALL,  Nathan  Saunders,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S..   Rennselaer  Polytechnic   Institute,    1949;  Ph.D.,   Massachusetts   Institute  of 
Technology,  1954. 

WALSH,  Joseph  Leonard,  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Harvard  University,  1916;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1917;  Ph.D.,  Har- 
vard University,  1920. 

WALT,  James,  Instructor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1936;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1937;  Ph.D., 
1955. 

WARD,  Charles  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Psychology 

B.A.,  Pomona  College,  1958;  M.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1962;  Ph.D., 
1963. 

WARD,  Kathryn  M.  Painter,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  The  George  Washington  University,  1935;  M.A.,  1936;  Ph.D.,  1947. 

WARNER,  Charles  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,  University  of  Toronto,   1955;  M.S.,  University  of  Rochester,   1957;  Ph.D., 
1962. 

WEBER,  Joseph,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  United   States  Naval   Academy,    1940;   Ph.D.,  The  Catholic  University  of 
America,  1951. 

WEBER,  Kurt,  Associate  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Williams  College,   1930;   B.A.,  Oxford  University,   1932;  M.A.,  Columbia 
University,  1933;  Ph.D.,  1940. 

WEAVER,  Carl  H,  Associate  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

B.A.,  Bluffton  College,  1936;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1950;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

187 


Faculty 

WEGIMONT,  Pierre,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.A.,  Faculte  Notre-Dame  de  la  Paix,   1948;  Docteur  en  droit,  Universite  Libre 
de  Bruxelles,   1962. 

WEINSTEIN,  Allen,  Lecturer  in  History 

B.A.,  City  College  of  New  York,  1960;  M.A.,  Yale  University,  1962. 

WESTERHOUT,  Gart,  Professor  of  Physics  and  Astronomy  and  Director  of  As- 
tronomy 

B.S.,  University  of  Leiden,   1950;  M.S.,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

WHALEY,  Betty  F.,  Instructor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1942;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961. 

WHATLEY,  Linda  S.,  Research  Assistant  Professor  in  Chemistry 

B.A.,  Newcomb  College,  Tulane  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1962. 

WHATLEY,  Malcolm  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Southwestern  University,  1956;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1958;  Ph.D., 
1962. 

WHITE,  Charles  E.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1923;  M.S.,  1924;  Ph.D.,  1926. 

WHITE,  John  Arnold,  Research  Associate  in  Physics 

B.A.,  Oberlin  College,  1954;  M.S.,  Yale  University,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

WHITLEY,  Robert  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

B.A.,   San   Diego   State   College,    1959;   M.S.,    1961;   Ph.D.,   New   Mexico   State 
University,  1964. 

WIEMAN,  Robert  M.,  Visiting  Associate  Professor  of  Philosophy 

B.A.,   Central   Methodist   College,    1942;   M.A.,   University  of  California,    1947; 
Ph.D.,   1955. 

WILAN,  Richard  A.,  Instructor  of  English 

B.A.,  Amherst  College,   1957;  A.M.T.,  Harvard  University,  1958. 

WILLIAMS,  Aubrey  W.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Sociology 

B.A.,   University   of  North   Carolina,    1955;    M.A.,    1957;   Ph.D.,   University  of 
Arizona,  1964. 

WILLKE,  Thomas  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mathematics 

A.B.,  Xavier  University,  1954;  M.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1956;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

WILLOTT,  W.  Brian,  Research  Associate  in  Physics 

B.A.,  Cambridge  University,   1961;  M.A.,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

WILSON,  Gayle  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  Wayne  State  University,  1960;  M.A.,  University  of  Rochester,  1963;  Ph.D., 
1965. 

WILTS,  Ommo,  Instructor  of  Foreign  Languages 

M.A.,  equivalent.  University  of  Kiel,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

188 


Faculty 

WOLFE,  G.  Joseph,  Assistant  Professor  of  Speech  and  Dramatic  Art 

B.S.,  Eastern  Illinois   University,    1955;   M.A.,   State   University   of  Iowa,    1959; 
Ph.D.,  1964. 

WOO,  Ching-Hung,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,    Louisiana    Technological    Institute,    1958;    M.S.,    University   of   California 
(Berkeley),  1959;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

WOODS,  Edward  James,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.Sc,  Queen's  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1962. 

WOODS,  G.  Forrest,  Professor  of  Chemistry 

B.S.,  Northwestern  University,  1934;  B.A.,  1935;  M.S.,  Harvard  University,  1937; 
Ph.D.,   1940. 

WRTGHT,  William  C,  Instructor  of  English 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958. 

YANEY,  George  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  History 

B.Mgt.E.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,   1952;  M.A.,  University  of  Colorado. 
1956;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1961. 

YARCZOWER,  Matthew,  Associate  Professor  of  Psychology. 

B.B.A.,  College  of  the  City  of  New  York,  1953;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1955;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

YODH,  Gaurang  B.,  Professor  of  Physics 

B.Sc,  University  of  Bombay,   1948;  M.Sc,  University  of  Chicago,   1951:  Ph.D.. 
1955. 

YOUNG,  Frank  C,  Visiting  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962. 

ZAPOLSKY,  Harold  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physics 

B.A.,  Shimer  College,   University  of  Chicago,    1954;  Ph.D..  Cornell   University, 
1962. 

ZEDEK,  Mishael,  Associate  Professor  of  Mathematics 

M.S.,  Hebrew  University  (Jerusalem),  1952;  Ph.D.,  Harvard  University,  1956. 

ZEEVELD,  W.  Gordon,  Professor  of  English 

B.A.,  University  of  Rochester,  1924;  M.A.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1929; 
Ph.D.,   1936. 

ZEMEL,  Jacqueline,  Instructor  of  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Queen's  College,  1949;  M.A.,  Syracuse  University,  1951. 

ZIMMERMAN,  Melvin,  Assistant  Professor  of  Foreign  Languages 

B.S.S.,  City  College  of  New  York,  1950;  Master  of  Foreign  Studies,  University  of 
Maryland  (Paris),  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1964. 

ZIPOY,  David  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 
B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

189 


Faculty 

ZORN.  Bice  Sechi,  Research  Assistant  Professor  in  Physics 
Dottore  in  Fisica,  Universita  di  Cagliari,  1951. 

ZORN,  Gus  Tom,  Associate  Professor  of  Physics 

B.S.,  Oklahoma  State  University,   1948;  M.S.,  University  of  New  Mexico,  1953; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Padua,  1954. 


190 


CATALOG  OF  THE 

COLLEGE  OF 

BUSINESS  AND 

PUBLIC 

ADMINISTRATION 

1966-68 


THE 
UNIVERSITY 

OF 
MARYLAND 


Volume  22  January  7,  1966  Number  13 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  BULLETIN  is  published  four  times  in  September; 
three  times  in  January.  March  and  May.  and  two  times  in  August.  October.  Novem- 
ber. December.  February.  April.  June  and  July.  Re-entered  at  the  Post  OflRce  at 
College  Park.  Maryland,  as  second  class  mail  matter  under  the  Act  of  Congress  on 
August  24,  1912.    Published  twenty-nine  times. 


Contents 


GENERAL 


University  Calendar   iv 

Board  of  Regents vi 

Officers  of  Administration        .  vii 
Chairmen,  Standing  Commit- 
tees, Faculty  Senate xi 

The  College   1 

Organization    1 

Academic  Information 2 

General  Information 2 


Degrees     3 

Graduation  Requirement  3 

Junior  Standing  3 

Senior  Residence  Requirement  4 

Air  Science  Instruction 4 

Costs     4 

Admission     5 

Honors,  Awards  and 

Scholarships    6 


CURRICULA  AND  REQUIRED  COURSES 


Business  Administration  9 
The  General  Curriculum 

in   Administration  11 

Accounting   12 

Finance     13 

Insurance  and  Real 

Estate 14 

Marketing     14 

Personnel  and  Industrial 

Relations 15 

Production  Management  16 

Statistics  17 

Transportation   18 

Combined  Business  Ad- 
ministration and  Law 

Program  19 
Master  of  Business 

Administration   19 


II. 
III. 
IV. 
V. 

VI. 

VII. 

VIII. 

IX. 

1. 


Economics    29 

Geography  38 

Government  and  Politics     49 
Journalism  and  Public 

Relations 60 

Information  Systems 

Management     57 

Bureau  of  Business  and 
Economic  Research  65 

Bureau  of  Governmental 
Research  65 

Affiliated  Governmental 

Organizations  66 

Maryland  County  Com- 
missioners Association     66 
Maryland  Municipal 
League  66 


COURSE  OFFERINGS 


Business  Administration 20 

Economics    31 

Geography  43 

Government  and  Pohtics  51 

Faculty    


Journalism  and  Public 
Relations    

Information  Systems 
Management 


61 

58 

70 
Hi 


University  Calendar,  1965-66 

(TENTATIVE) 

FALL  SEMESTER,  1965 
SEPTEMBER 

13-17     Monday  through  Friday — Fall  Semester  Registration 
20     Monday — Instruction  begins 
NOVEMBER 

24  Wednesday,  after  last  class — Thanksgiving  recess  begins 
29     Monday.  8:00  A.M. — Thanksgiving  recess  ends 

DECEMBER 

22     Wednesday,  after  last  class — Christmas  recess  begins 
JANUARY 

3  Monday,  8:00  A.M. — Christmas  recess  ends 
17     Monday — Pre-exam  Study  Day 

18-24     Tuesday-Monday— Fall  Semester  Examinations 

SPRING  SEMESTER,  1966 
JANUARY-FEBRUARY 

31-4  Monday  through  Friday — Spring  Semester  Registration 

7  Monday — Instruction  begins 

22  Tuesday — Washington's  Birthday,  holiday 
MARCH 

25  Friday — Maryland  Day,  not  a  holiday 
APRIL 

7  Thursday,  after  last  class — Easter  recess  begins 

12  Tuesday,  8:00  A.M. — Easter  recess  ends 
MAY 

11  Wednesday— AFROTC  Day 

25  Wednesday — Pre-exam  Study  Day 

26-June  3  Thursday  through  Friday — Spring  Semester  Examinations 

29  Sunday — Baccalaureate  Exercises 

30  Monday — Memorial  Day,  holiday 
JUNE 

4  Saturday — Commencement  Exercises 

SUMMER  SESSION,   1966 
JUNE 

20-21  Monday,  Tuesday — Registration,  Summer  Session 

22  Wednesday — Instruction  begins 

25  Saturday — Classes  (Monday  schedule) 
JULY 

4  Monday — Independence  Day,  holiday 

9  Saturday — Classes    (Tuesday   schedule) 
AUGUST 

12  Friday — Summer  Session  Ends 

SHORT  COURSES,  SUMMER,  1966 
JUNE 

13-17     Mondav  through  Fridav — Rural  Women's  Short  Course 
AUGUST 

1-5     Monday  through  Friday — 4-H  Club  Week 
SEPTEMBER 

6-9     Tuesday  through  Friday — Fireman's  Short  Course 

iv 


University  Calendar,  1966-67 

(TENTATIVE) 

FALL  SEMESTER,  1966 
SEPTEMBER 

12-16     Monday-Friday — Fall   Semester  Registration 
19     Monday — Instruction  begins 

NOVEMBER 

23     Wednesday,  after  last  class — Thanksgiving  recess  begins 
28     Monday,  8:00  A.  M. — Thanksgiving  recess  ends 

DECEMBER 

21  Wednesday,  after  last  class — Christmas  recess  begins 
JANUARY 

3     Tuesday.  8:00  A.  M. — Christmas  recess  ends 
18     Wednesday — Pre-exam   Study   Day 
19-25     Thursday-Wednesday — Fall  Semester  Examinations 

SPRING  SEMESTER,  1967 
JANUARY 

31 -Feb.  3     Tuesday-Friday — Spring  Semester  Registration 
FEBRUARY 

6     Monday — Instruction  begins 

22  Wednesday — Washington's  Birthday,  holiday 
MARCH 

23  Thursday,  after  last  class — Easter  recess  begins 
28     Tuesday,  8:00  A.  M. — Easter  recess  ends 

MAY 

10  Wednesday— AFROTC  Day 

24  Wednesday — Pre-exam  Study  Day 

25-June  2  Thursday-Friday — Spring  Semester  Examinations 

28  Sunday — Baccalaureate  Exercises 

30  Tuesday — Memorial  Day,  holiday 
JUNE 

3  Saturday — Commencement  Exercises 

SUMMER  SESSION,  1967 
JUNE 

19-20  Monday-Tuesday — Registration.  Summer  Session 

21  Wednesday — Instruction  begins 

24  Saturday — Classes  (Monday  schedule) 
JULY 

4  Tuesday — Independence  Day.  holiday 
8  Saturday — Classes  (Tuesday  schedule) 

AUGUST 

1 1  Friday — Summer  Session  Ends 

SHORT  COURSES,  SUMMER,  1967 

JUNE 

12-17     Mondav-Saturday — Rural  Womens  Short  Course 
AUGUST 

7-11     Monday-Friday— 4-H  Club  Week 
SEPTEMBER 

5-8     Tuesday-Friday — Firemen's  Short  Course 


Board  of  Regents 

and 

Maryland  State  Board  of  Agriculture 

CHAIRMAN 

Charles  P.  McCormick 

McCormick  and  Company,  Inc.,  414  Light  Street,  Baltimore,  21202 

VICE-CHAIRMAN 

Edward  F.  Holter 

Farmers  Home  Administration,  Room  412  Hartwick  Bldg., 

4321  Hartwick  Road,  College  Park,  20740 

SECRETARY 

B.  Herbert  Brown 

The  Baltimore  Institute,  10  West  Chase  Street,  Baltimore,  21201 

TREASURER 

Harry  H.  Nuttle 
Denton,  21629 

ASSISTANT  SECRETARY 

Louis  L.  Kaplan 

The  Baltimore  Hebrew  College,  5800  Park  Heights  Ave.,  Baltimore,  21215 

ASSISTANT  TREASURER 

Richard  W.  Case 

Smith,  Somerville  and  Case,  1  Charles  Center — 17th  Floor, 

Baltimore,  21201 

Dr.  William  B.  Long 
Medical  Center,  Salisbury,  21801 

Thomas  W.  Pangborn 

The  Pangborn  Corporation,  Pangborn  Blvd.,  Hagerstown,  21740 

Thomas  B.  Symons 

7410  Columbia  Ave.,  College  Park,  20740 

William  C.  Walsh 

Liberty  Trust  Building,  Cumberland,  21501 

Mrs.  John  L,  Whitehurst 
4101  Greenway.  Baltimore,  21218 

vi 


Officers  Of  The  University 

Central  Administrative  Officers 

PRESIDENT 

Wilson  H.  Elkins, — B.A.,  University  of  Texas,  1932;  M.A.,  1932;  B.Utt.,  Oxford  Uni- 
versity, 1936;  D.Phil.,  1936. 

VICE  PRESIDENT,  BALTIMORE  CAMPUSES 

Albin  O.  Kuhn— B.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1938;  MS.,  1939;  Ph.D.,  1948. 

VICE  PRESIDENT  FOR  ACADEMIC  AFFAIRS 

R.  Lee  Hornbake — B.S.,  California  State  College,  Pennsylvania,  1934;  M.A.,  Ohio 
State  University,  1936;  Ph.D.,  1942. 

ASSISTANT  TO  THE  PRESIDENT  FOR  ADMINISTRATIVE  AFFAIRS 

Walter  B.  Waetjen — B.S.,  Millersville  State  College,  Millersville,  Pennsylvania,  1942; 
M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1947;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland.  1951. 

ASSISTANT  TO  THE  PRESIDENT 

Frank  L.  Bentz,  Jr.— B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

ASSISTANT    TO   THE    PRESIDENT    FOR    RESEARCH 

Justin  Williams — A.B.,  State  Teachers  College,  Conway,  Arkansas,  1926;  M.A.,  Slate 
University  of  Iowa,  1928;  Ph.D.,  1933. 

ASSISTANT  TO  THE  PRESIDENT  FOR  UNIVERSITY  RELATIONS 
Robert   A.   Beach,  Jr.,   A.B.,   Baldwin-Wallace  College,   1950;  M.S.,   Boston    Uni- 
versity, 1954. 

ASSISTANT,  PRESIDENT'S  OFFICE 

Robert  E.  Kendig — A.B.,  College  of  William  and  Mary,  1939;  M.A.,  George  Wash- 
ington University,  1965. 

DF"'":tOR  of  FINANCE  AND  BUSINESS 

C.  Wilbur  Cissel—B.A.,  University  of  Maryland.  1932;  M.A.,  C.P.A.,  1939. 

ASSISTANT  DIRECTOR  OF  FINANCE  AND  BUSINESS 
James  T.  Frye — B.S..  University  of  Georgia,  1948;  M.S.,  1952. 

COMPTROLLER  AND  BUDGET  OFFICER 

Harry  D.  Fisher— B.5.,  University  of  Maryland.  1943;  C.P.A..  1948. 

DIRECTOR  OF  ADMISSIONS  AND  REGISTRATIONS 

G.  Watson  Algire— 5.^.,  University  of  Maryland.  1930;  M.S.,  1931. 

ASSOCIATE  DIRECTOR  AND  REGISTRAR 

James  P.  Hill— S.5.,  Temple  University,  1939;  Ed.M..  1947;  Ed.D.,   University  of 

Michigan,  1963. 

DIRECTOR  OF  ALUMNI  AFFAIRS 

J.  Logan  Schutz— 5.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1938;  M.S..  1940. 

vii 


DIRECTOR  OF  ATHLETICS 

William  W.  Cobey — A.B.,   University  of  Maryland,  1930. 

DIRECTOR  OF  PERSONNEL 

George  W.  Fogg— B. A..  University  of  Maryland,  1926;  M.A.,  1928. 

ASSISTANT  DIRECTOR  OF  PERSONNEL 

James  D.  Morgan— B.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949;  M.S. A.,  1950. 

DIRECTOR  AND  SUPERVISING  ENGINEER,  DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSICAL 
PLANT 

George  O.  Weber — B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,  1933. 

ASSOCIATE  DIRECTOR  AND  SUPERVISING  ENGINEER,  PHYSICAL  PLANT 

(■Baltimore) 

George  W.  Morrison — B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1927;  E.E.,  1931. 


Emeriti 

PRESIDENT  EMERITUS 

Harry  C.  Byrd — B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,   1908;   LL.D.,   Washington  College, 
1936:  LL.D.,  Dickinson  College,  1938;  D.Sc.  Western  Maryland  College,  1938. 

DEAN  OF  WOMEN  EMERITA 

Adele   H.   Stamp — B.A.,    Tiilane    University,    1921;   M.A.,    University   of  Maryland, 
1924. 

DEAN  OF  MEN  EMERITUS 

Geary  F.  Eppley — B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1920;  M.S..  1926. 


Deans  of  the  Schools  and  Colleges 

DEAN  OF  AGRICULTURE 

Gordon  M.  Cairns— B.5.,  Cornell  Univjersity,  1936;  M.S.,  1938;  Ph.D.  1940. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES 

Charles  Manning— B.5.,  Tufts  College,  1929;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1931;  Ph.D., 
University  of  North  Carolina,  1950. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  AND  PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATION 
Donald  W.  O'Connell- B./I.,  Columbia  University,  1937;  M.A.,  1938;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY 

John  J.   Salley—D. D.5.,   Medical  College  of   Virginia,    1951;   Ph.D.,   University  of 
Rochester  School  of  Medicine  and  Dentistry,  1954. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION 

Vernon  E.  Anderson — B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota.  1930;  M.A.,  1936;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Colorado,  1942. 

ACTING  DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERING 

Russell  B.  Allen — B.S..  Yale  University,  1923;  Registered  Professional  Engineer. 

viii 


DEAN  OF  FACULTY— UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND,  BALTIMORE  COUNTY 

Homer  W.  Schamp,  Jr. — A.B.,  Miami  University,  1944;  M.Sc,  University  of  Michi- 
gan, 1947;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

DEAN  OF  THE  GRADUATE  SCHOOL 

Ronald  Bamford — B.S..   University  of  Connecticut,  1924;  M.S.,  University  of  Ver- 
mont, 1925;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1931. 

ACTING  DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS 

Erna  R.  Chapman — B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,  1934:  M.S.,  1936. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  LAW 

William  P.  Cunningham — A.B.,  Harvard  College,  1944;  LL.B.,  Harvard  Law  School, 
1948. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  LIBRARY  AND  INFORMATION  SERVICES 
Paul  Wasserman— B.B.^.,  College  of  the  City  of  New   York,  1948;  M.S.   (L.S.), 

Columbia  University,  1949:  M.S.  {Economics)  Columbia  University,  1950;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Michigan,  1960. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF   MEDICINE   AND   DIRECTOR   OF   MEDICAL 
EDUCATION  AND  RESEARCH 

William  S.  Stone— B.5.,  University  of  Idaho,  1924;  M.S.,  1925;  M.D.,  University  of 
Louisville,  1929;  Ph.D.,   {Hon.),  University  of  Louisville,  1946. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  NURSING 

Florence  M.  Gipe — B.S.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1937;  M.S.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1940;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  PHARMACY 

Noel  E.  Foss—Ph.C,  South  Dakota  State  College,  1929;  B.S.,1929;  M.S.,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1932;  Ph.D.,  1933. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  RECREATION  AND 
HEALTH 

Lester  M.  Fraley— B.^.,  Randolph-Macon  College,  1928;  M.A.,  1937;  Ph.D.,  Pea- 
body  College,  1939. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  SOCIAL  WORK 

Verl   S.   Lewis— /4.B.,   Huron   College,   1933;  M.A.,    University   of  Chicago,    1939; 
D.S.W.,  Western  Reserve  University,  1954. 

DEAN  OF  UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE 

Ray  W.  Ehrensberger— S./i.,  Wabash  College,  1929;  M.A.,  Butler  University,  1930; 
Ph.D.,  Syracuse   University,   1937. 

Directors  of  Educational  Services  and  Programs 

EXECUTIVE  DEAN  FOR  STUDENT  LIFE 

Leslie    R.    Bundgaard- B.5.,    University   of   Wisconsin,    1948;   M.S.,    1949;   Ph.D., 
Georgetown  University,  1954. 

DEAN  OF  WOMEN 

Helen  E.  Clarke— B.5.,  University  of  Michigan,  1943;  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois. 
1951;  Ed.D.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University.  1960. 

ix 


DIRECTOR.   AGRICULTURAL   EXTENSION  SERVICE 

Edward  W.  Aiton— B.5.,   University  of  Minnesota,   1933;  M.S.,   1940;  Ed.D.,   Uni- 
versity oi  Maryland,  1956. 

DIRECTOR.   AGRICULTURE   EXPERIMENT  STATION 

Irvin  C.  Haul — B.S.,  University  of  Idaho.  1928;  M.S.,  State  College  of  Washington, 
1930:  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933. 

ACTING   DIRECTOR.   COMPUTER  SCIENCE  CENTER 

John  P.  Menard— B. A.,  St.  Michael's  College,  Vt.,  1954. 

DIRECTOR.  COUNSELING  CENTER 

Thomas  Magoon — B.A.,   Dartmouth,  1947;  M.A.,   University  of  Minnesota,  1951; 
Ph.D.,  1954. 

DIRECTOR.  GENERAL  EDUCATION  PROGRAM 

Gayle  S.  Smith— B.5.,  Iowa  State  College,  1948;  M.  A.,  Cornell  University,  1951; 
Ph.D.,  1958. 

DIRECTOR,  INSTITUTIONAL  RESEARCH 

Robert  E.  McCIintock — B.S.,  University  of  South  Carolina,  1951;  M.A.,  George  Pea- 
body  College,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

DIRECTOR   OF   LIBRARIES 

Howard  Rovelstad— B./i.,  University  of  Illinois,  1936;  M.A.,  1937;  B.S.L.S.,  Colum- 
bia  University,  1940. 

DIRECTOR  OF  NATURAL  RESOURCES  INSTITUTE 

L.  Eugene  Cronin — A.B.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1938:  M.S.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1943;  Ph.D.,  1946. 

DIRECTOR  OF  PROFESSIONAL  AND  SUPPORTING  SERVICES,  UNIVERSITY 

HOSPITAL 
George  H.  Yeager — B.S.,   University  of   West   Virginia,  1925;  M.D.,   University  of 

Maryland.  1929. 

DIRECTOR  OF  STUDENT  HEALTH  SERVICE 

Lester  M.  Dyke— B.5.,  University  of  loua,  1936;  M.D.,  1926. 

DIRECTOR  OF  THE  SUMMER  SESSION 

Clodus  R.  Smith— B.5.,  Oklahoma  State  University,  1950;  M.S.,  1955;  Ed.D.,  Cornell 
University,  1960. 

HEAD.  DEPARTMENT  OF  AIR  SCIENCE 

Vernon  H.  Reeves — B.A.,  Arizona  State  College,  1936;  M.A.,  Columbia  University, 
1949. 

Division  Chairmen 

CHAIRMAN  OF  THE  DIVISION  OF  BIOLOGICAL  SCIENCES 

John  E.  Faber— fi.5..  University  of  Maryland,  1926;  M.S.,  1927;  Ph.D.,  1937. 

CHAIRMAN  OF  THE  LOWER  DIVISION 

Charles  E.  White— 5.5.,   University  of  Maryland,  1923;  M.S.,  1924;  Ph.D.,  1926. 

CHAIRMAN   OF  THE  DIVISION  OF  SOCIAL  SCIENCES 

Harold  C.   Hoffsommer— fi.S.,  Northwestern   University,   1921;  M.A.,   1923;  Ph.D., 
Cornell  University,  1929. 


STANDING  COMMITTEES,  FACULTY  SENATE 

GENERAL  COMMITTEE  ON  EDUCATIONAL  POLICY 

GENERAL  COMMITTEE  ON  STUDENT  LIFE  AND  WELFARE 

COMMITTEE  ON  ADMISSIONS  AND  SCHOLASTIC  STANDING 

COMMITTEE  ON  INSTRUCTIONAL  PROCEDURES 

COMMITTEE  ON  SCHEDULING  AND  REGISTRATION 

COMMITTEE  ON  PROGRAMS,  CURRICULA   AND  COURSES 

COMMITTEE  ON  FACULTY  RESEARCH 

COMMITTEE  ON  PUBLIC  FUNCTIONS  AND  COMMENCEMENTS 

COMMITTEE  ON   LIBRARIES 

COMMITTEE  ON  UNIVERSITY  PUBLICATIONS 

COMMITTEE  ON  INTERCOLLEGIATE  COMPETITION 

COMMITTEE  ON  PROFESSIONAL  ETHICS,  ACADEMIC  FREEDOM 
AND  TENURE 

COMMITTEE  ON  APPOINTMENTS,   PROMOTIONS  AND  SALARIES 

COMMITTEE  ON  FACULTY  LIFE  AND  WELFARE 

COMMITTEE  ON  MEMBERSHIP  AND  REPRESENTATION 

COMMITTEE  ON  COUNSELING  OF  STUDENTS 

COMMITTEE  ON   THE  FUTURE  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Adjunct  Committees  of  the  General  Committee  on  Student 
Life  and  Welfare 

STUDENT  ACTIVITIES 

FINANCIAL  AIDS  AND  SELF-HELP 

STUDENT  PUBLICATIONS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS 

RELIGIOUS  LIFE 

STUDENT  HEALTH  AND  SAFETY 

STUDENT  DISCIPLINE 

BALTIMORE  CAMPUS,  STUDENT  AFFAIRS 


XI 


The  CoUege 

The  university  of  Maryland  is  favorably  located  for  the  accom- 
modation  of  students  interested  in  business  and  public  administration.  Stu- 
dents interested  in  economics,  political  science,  journalism  and  geography, 
other  disciplines  taught  within  the  College,  find  a  similarly  distinct  advan- 
tage in  being  at  College  Park.  Downtown  Washington  is  only  25  minutes 
away  in  one" direction,  while  the  Baltimore  business  district  is  less  than  an 
hour  in  the  other.  There  is  frequent  transportation  service  from  College 
Park  to  each  city.  Qualified  students  may  obtain  a  firsthand  view  of  the  far- 
flung  economic  and  political  activities  of  the  national  government,  and  may 
utilize  the  libraries  and  other  facilities  available  in  Washington. 

The  College's  six  instructional  departments  offer  a  broad  range  of  cur- 
ricula in  professional  fields  and  in  social  science  disciplines.  The  sepa- 
rate programs  of  study  frequently  draw  upon  courses  in  complementary 
fields  within  the  College.  The  six  departments  and  the  major  depart- 
mental offerings  are: 

I.    Department  of  Business  Administration 

1.  The  General  Curriculum  in  Business  Administration 

2.  Accounting 

3.  Finance 

4.  Insurance  and  Real  Estate 

5.  Marketing 

6.  Personnel  and  Industrial  Relations 

7.  Production  Management 

8.  Statistics 

9.  Transportation 

iO.    Combined  Business  Administration  and  Law 

II.    Department  of  Economics 

III.  Department  of  Geography 

1.  General  Curriculum  in  Geography 

2.  Urban  Geography 

3.  Cartography 

IV.  Department  of  Government  and  Politics 

1.  General  Curriculum  in  Government  and  Politics 

2.  International  Affairs 

3.  Public  Administration 

V.  Department  of  Journalism 

VI.  Department  of  Information  Systems  Management 

VII.  Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Research 

VIII.  Bureau  of  Governmental  Research 

IX.    Affiliated  Governmental  Organizations 

1.  Maryland  Municipal  League 

2.  State  Association  of  County  Commissioners  of  Maryland 


General  Information 

GENERAL  INFORMATION 

Detailed  information  concerning  the  General  Education  Program,  fees 
and  expenses,  scholarships  and  awards,  student  life,  and  other  material 
of  a  general  nature,  may  be  found  in  the  University  publication  titled 
An  Adventure  in  Learning.  This  publication  may  be  obtained  on  request 
from  the  Catalog  Mailing  Office,  North  Administration  Building, 
University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park  20740.  A  detailed  explanation  of 
the  regulations  of  student  and  academic  life  may  be  found  in  the  University 
publication  titled.  University  General  and  Academic  Regulations.  This 
is  mailed  in  September  and  February  of  each  year  to  all  new  undergrad- 
uate students. 

Requests  for  course  catalogs  for  the  individual  schools  and  colleges  should 
be  directed  to  the  deans  of  these  respective  units,  addressed  to: 

COLLEGE  LOCATED  AT  COLLEGE  PARK: 

Dean 

(College  in  which  you  are  interested) 
The  University  of  Maryland 
College  Park,  Maryland  20740 

PROFESSIONAL  SCHOOLS  LOCATED  AT  BALTIMORE: 

Dean 

(School  in  which  you  are  interested) 
The  University  of  Maryland 
Lombard  and  Greene  Streets 
Baltimore,  Maryland  21201 

GENERAL  EDUCATIONAL  PROGRAM : 

A  college  education  implies  something  more  than  an  adequate  techincal 
training  in  the  student's  field  of  specialization.  In  order  that  each  graduate 
with  a  Bachelor's  degree  may  gain  a  liberal  education  as  well  as  a  special- 
ized one,  the  University  has  established  a  General  Education  Requirement. 
This  requirement  consists  of  34  semester  hours  of  credit  in  six  general  fields. 
There  is  a  wide  choice  in  specific  courses  which  may  be  used  to  satisfy 
requirements  in  all  of  the  six  fields  except  English.  Physical  Education  and 
Health  requirements  for  all  students  are  taken  in  addition  to  this  34-hour 
group  of  courses.  Although  the  courses  in  the  General  Education  Program 
are  prescribed  generally,  some  choice  is  permitted,  especially  for  students 
who  demonstrate  in  classification  tests  good  previous  preparation  in  one 
or  more  of  the  required  subjects.  For  a  more  complete  description  of  the 
program  refer  to  General  and  Academic  Regulations,  pages  27-30. 


Academic  Information 
ACADEMIC  INFORMATION 

Degrees 

The  University  confers  the  following  degrees  on  students  completing  pro- 
grams of  study  in  departments  of  the  College:  Bachelor  of  Science,  Master 
of  Business  Administration,  Master  of  Arts,  and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 
Each  candidate  for  a  degree  must  file  in  the  Office  of  the  Registrar  on  a 
date  announced  for  each  semester  a  formal  application  for  a  degree.  Candi- 
dates for  degrees  must  attend  a  convocation  at  which  degrees  are  conferred 
and  diplomas  are  awarded.  Degrees  are  confirmed  in  absentia  only  in  excep- 
tional cases. 


Graduation  Requirements 

A  minimum  of  120  semester  hours  of  credit  with  an  average  of  "C"  in 
courses  suggested  by  the  College  in  addition  to  the  specified  courses  in 
physical  activities  and  health  are  required  for  graduation.  A  minimum  of 
57  hours  of  the  required  120  hours  must  be  in  upper  division  courses,  with 
the  exception  that  the  student  may,  with  the  consent  of  the  Dean,  offer  cer- 
tain lower  division  courses  in  mathematics,  natural  science,  and  foreign 
language  in  partial  fulfillment  of  the  requirement.  Usually  the  departments 
within  the  College  will  require  that  the  student  have,  in  addition  to  an 
overall  "C"  average,  an  average  of  "C"  or  better  in  those  courses  compris- 
ing the  student's  major  area  of  study.  The  time  normally  required  to  com- 
plete the  requirements  for  the  bachelor's  degree  is  eight  semesters. 

Junior  Standing 

To  earn  junior  standing  a  student  enrolled  prior  to  June,  1965, 
must  complete  56  semester  hours  of  academic  credit  with  an  average 
grade  of  "C"  (2.0)  or  better.  In  computing  this  average,  the  follow- 
ing provisions  apply:  all  academic  courses  carrying  one  or  more  credits 
which  have  been  taken  up  to  the  time  of  computation  shall  be  included; 
courses  carrying  "O"  credit  shall  not  be  included;  courses  with  grade  "F" 
shall  be  included;  courses  in  physical  education  required  of  all  University 
students,  and  the  health  course  required  of  all  students  shall  not  be  included. 

Students  enrolled  during  or  after  the  summer  session  of  academic  year 
1965-1966:  Students  in  this  category  must  achieve  the  minimum  require- 
ments for  retention  and  graduation  set  forth  in  the  General  and  Academic 
Regulations,  1965-67,  pages  45,  49.  Copies  of  this  publication  are  available 
from  the  Director  of  Admissions  and  Registrations,  North  Administration 
building. 

Detailed  regulations  pertaining  to  junior  standing  are  presented  in  full  in 
the  publication,  General  and  Academic  Regulations. 


Academic  Information 

Senior  Residence  Requirement 

After  a  student  has  earned  acceptable  credit  to  the  extent  of  90  semester 
hours  exclusive  of  the  required  work  in  physical  activities,  and  hygiene, 
either  at  the  University  of  Maryland  or  elsewhere,  he  must  earn  a  subsequ- 
ent total  of  at  least  30  semester  hours  with  an  average  grade  of  "C"  or 
better  at  the  University  of  Maryland.  No  part  of  these  credits  may  be  trans- 
ferred from  another  institution.  Specific  requirements  for  graduation  in  the 
selected  curriculum  must  be  met. 


Air  Science  Instruction 

Air  Science  is  offered  at  the  University  of  Maryland  on  a  completely  elec- 
tive basis.  The  Department  of  Air  Science  offers  a  2-year  and  a  4-year 
program,  either  of  which  qualifies  a  student  for  a  commission  in  the  United 
States  Air  Force  on  graduation.  Financial  assistance  is  provided  for  stu- 
dents in  the  Advanced  program. 

Selected  students  who  wish  to  do  so  may,  with  proper  approval,  carry  as 
electives  during  their  junior  and  senior  years  Advanced  Air  Science  courses 
which  lead  to  a  commission  in  the  United  States  Air  Force.  For  further 
details  concerning  Air  Science,  refer  to  General  and  Academic  Regulations, 
a  publication  available  to  all  entering  undergraduate  students. 


Costs 

Actual  annual  costs  of  attending  the  University  include  $250.00  fixed 
charges;  $96.00  special  fees;  $420.00  board;  $320.00  lodging  for 
Maryland  residents,  or  $420.00  for  residents  of  other  states  and  coun- 
tries. A  matriculation  fee  of  $10.00  is  charged  all  new  students.  A  charge 
of  $400.00  is  assessed  to  all  students  who  are  non-residents  of  the  State 
fo  Maryland. 

A  fee  of  $10.00  must  accompany  a  prospective  student's  application  for 
admission.  If  a  student  enrolls  for  the  term  for  which  he  applied,  the 
fee  is  accepted  in  lieu  of  the  matriculation  fee. 

An  Adventure  in  Learning,  the  undergraduate  bulletin  of  the  University, 
contains  a  detailed  statement  of  fees  and  expenses  and  includes  changes 
in  fees  as  they  occur.  A  copy  may  be  requested  from  the  Catalog  Mailing 
Office,  North  Administration  Building,  University  of  Maryland  at  College 
Park  20740. 


Admission 
ADMISSION 

FALL    SEMESTER 

All  applications  for  full-time  undergraduate  admission  for  the  Fall  Semes- 
ter at  the  College  Park  campus  must  be  received  by  the  University  on  or 
before  June  1-  Any  student  registering  for  nine  or  more  semester  hours 
of  work  is  considered  a  full-time  student. 

Under  unusual  circumstances,  application  will  be  accepted  between  June  1 
and  September  1.  Applicants  for  full-time  attendance  filing  after  June  1 
will  be  required  to  pay  a  non-refundable  $25.00  late  fee  to  defray  the  cost 
of  special  handling  of  applications  after  that  date.  This  late  fee  is  in 
addition  to  the  $10.00  application  fee. 

All  undergraduate  applications,  both  for  full-time  and  part-time  attend- 
ance, and  all  supporting  documents  for  an  application  for  admission  must 
be  received  by  the  appropriate  University  ofl&ce  by  July  15.  This  means 
that  the  applicant's  educational  records,  ACT  scores  (in  the  case  of  new 
freshmen  )and  medical  examination  report  must  be  received  by  August  1. 

SPRING   SEMESTER 

The  deadUne  for  the  receipt  of  applications  for  the  Spring  Semester  is 
January  1. 

UNIVERSITY   COLLEGE 

The  application  deadlines  and  fees  do  not  apply  to  students  registering  in 
the  evening  classes  offered  by  the  University  College. 

GRADUATE  SCHOOL 

Application  for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School  must  be  made  by  Sep- 
tember 1  for  the  fall  term  and  by  January  1  for  the  spring  term  on  blanks 
obtained  from  the  Office  of  the  Graduate  School.  Admission  to  the  sum- 
mer session  is  governed  by  the  date  listed  in  the  Summer  School  catalog. 
The  summer  session  deadline  date  is  generally  June  1 . 

Entrance  Requirements 

Requirements  for  admission  to  the  College  are  those  of  the  University. 

To  assure  a  likelihood  of  success  in  the  College,  it  is  recommended  that  the 
student  have  four  units  of  EngUsh,  three  or  more  units  of  College  Prepara- 
tory Mathematics — including  a  minimum  of  two  units  of  Algebra  and  one 
unit  of  Geometry,  one  or  more  units  of  History  and  Social  Science,  two  or 
more  units  of  Natural  Science,  and  two  or  more  units  of  Foreign  Language. 
Students  expecting  to  enroll  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Admin- 
istration should  pursue  the  pre-college  program  in  high  school. 


Honors,  Awards,  and  Scholarships 

FINANCIAL  AID  AND  ASSISTANCE 

The  College  has  a  number  of  graduate  assistantships  in  the  Departments 
of  Business  Administration,  Economics,  Geography,  Journalism,  and  Gov- 
ernment and  Politics,  and  in  the  Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Re- 
search and  the  Bureau  of  Governmental  Research.  Applications  for  as- 
sistantships should  be  made  directly  to  the  Dean  of  the  College  of  Business 
and  PubUc  Administration.  (See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog  for  rules 
and  regulations). 

HONORS,  AWARDS  AND  SCHOLARSfflPS 

The  Dean's  List  of  Distinguished  Students 

Any  student  who  has  passed  at  least  12  hours  of  academic  work  in  the 
preceding  semester,  without  failure  of  any  course,  and  with  an  average 
grade  on  all  courses  of  at  least  3.5  will  be  placed  on  the  Dean's  List  of 
Distinguished  Students. 

Beta  Gamma  Sigma 

The  Alpha  of  Maryland  Chapter  of  Beta  Gamma  Sigma  was  chartered  in 
1940.  The  purpose  of  this  honorary  society  is  to  encourage  and  reward 
scholarship  and  accomplishment  among  students  of  commerce  and  bus- 
iness administration;  to  promote  the  advancement  of  education  in  the 
art  and  science  of  business;  and  to  foster  integrity  in  the  conduct  of  bus- 
iness operations.  Chapters  of  Beta  Gamma  Sigma  are  chartered  only  in 
schools  holding  membership  in  the  American  Association  of  Collegiate 
Schools  of  Business.  Third  and  fourth  year  students  in  business  adminis- 
tration are  eligible;  if  in  his  third  year,  a  student  must  rank  in  the  highest 
four  percent  of  his  class,  and  if  in  his  fourth  year,  he  must  rank  in  the 
highest  ten  percent  in  order  to  be  considered  for  selection. 

The  Delta  Sigma  Pi  Scholarship  Key 

This  is  awarded  annually  to  the  student  who  has  maintained  the  highest 
scholastic  standing  during  the  entire  course  of  study  in  business  adminis- 
tration or  economics.  Delta  Sigma  Pi  was  founded  at  New  York  University 
on  November  7,  1907.  The  Gamma  Sigma  of  Maryland  chapter  was  char- 
tered at  the  University  of  Maryland  in  1950.  Delta  Sigma  Pi  is  a  profes- 
sional fraternity  organized  to  foster  the  study  of  business  in  universities; 
to  encourage  scholarship,  social  activity,  and  the  association  of  students 
for  their  mutual  advancement  by  research  and  practice;  to  promote  closer 
affiliation  between  the  commercial  world  and  students  of  commerce;  and 
to  further  a  high  standard  of  commercial  ethics  and  culture,  as  well  as 
the  civic  and  commercial  welfare  of  the  community.  Members  are  selected 
from  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administration  on  the  basis  of 
leadership,  scholastic  standing  and  promise  of  future  business  success. 


Honors,  Awards,  and  Scholarships 

Kappa  Tau  Alpha 

The  Maryland  chapter  of  Kappa  Tau  Alpha  was  chartered  in  1961. 
Founded  in  1910,  this  national  honorary  society  has  39  chapters  at  uni- 
versities offering  graduate  or  undergraduate  preparation  for  careers  in 
professional  journaUsm.  It  is  dedicated  to  recognition  and  promotion  of 
scholarship  in  journalism.  Among  its  activities  is  an  annual  award  for 
an  outstanding  piece  of  published  research  in  joumaUsm  and  mass  com- 
munications. 

Maryland-Delaware  Press  Association  Annual  Citation 
This  award  is  presented  to  the  outstanding  senior  in  journalism. 

Phi  Chi  Theta  Key 

The  Phi  Chi  Theta  Key  is  awarded  to  the  outstanding  graduating  senior 
woman  in  Business  Administration  or  Business  Education  Administration 
on  the  basis  of  scholarship,  activities,  and  leadership. 

Public  Relations  Society  of  American  Annual  Citation 

The  Baltimore  Chapter  of  the  Public  Relations  Society  of  America  awards 
an  annual  citation  to  the  top  graduating  senior  in  JoumaUsm  who  has  an 
interest  in  public  relations. 

The  Wall  Street  Journal  Student  Achievement  Award 

This  is  awarded  annually  to  the  graduating  senior  who  has  maintained 
the  highest  scholastic  achievement  in  the  field  of  financial  administra- 
tion. The  award  consists  of  a  silver  medal  and  one  year's  subscription  to 
The  Wall  Street  Journal. 

SCHOLARSHIPS 

The  Alcoa  Foundation  Scholarship  in  the  amount  of  $500  is  awarded 
to  a  junior  majoring  in  Transportation  with  a  special  interest  in  industrial 
traffic  management. 

The  Alumni  Association  of  the  University  provides  a  scholarship  of  $250. 

The  Baltimore  Sunpapers  Scholarships  in  Journalism  are  awarded  to  two 
deserving  students.  The  scholarships,  in  the  amount  of  $500  each,  are  con- 
tributed by  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  the  A.  S.  Abell  Foundation,  Inc.,  and 
are  awarded  to  seniors  majoring  in  editorial  journalism. 

The  Baltimore  News-American  provides  two  $500  journalism  scholarships. 
The  Delmarva  Traffic  Club  makes  available  a  scholarship  of  $250  for  an 
outstanding  transportation  student  in  the  junior  class  making  his  home  on 
the  Delmarva  peninsula. 


Honors,  Awards,  and  ScHOLARSfflPS 

Federal  Government  Accountants  Association  of  Washington  awards  a 
scholarship  in  the  amount  of  $300  to  a  full-time  undergraduate  majoring 
in  accounting. 

The  Haskins  &  Sells  Foundation,  Inc.,  makes  available  a  scholarship  of 
S500  for  an  exceptional  senior  student  concentrating  in  accounting  who 
is  registered  in  the  College  of  Business  and  PubUc  Administration.  In 
addition  to  the  cash  award,  a  token  award  in  the  form  of  an  inscribed 
silver  medallion  will  be  given  to  each  award  winner. 

The  Maryland  Association  of  Certified  PubUc  Accountants,  Inc.,  awards 
a  scholarship  in  the  amount  of  $200  to  a  Maryland  resident  majoring  in 
accounting. 

Motor  Fleet  Supervisors  Institute — A  $250  award  is  made  to  a  member 
of  the  junior  class  majoring  in  Transportation  with  an  interest  in  motor 
transportation  who  has  shown  in  three  years  of  training  an  apparent  abil- 
ity to  succeed.  This  award  is  made  through  the  College  of  Business  and 
Public  Administration. 

The  Montgomery  County  Press  Association's  $200  journalism  scholarship 
is  awarded  to  a  student  of  that  county. 

Pilot  Freight  Carriers,  Inc.,  Winston-Salem,  North  Carolina,  provides  a 
$500  award  to  a  senior  in  the  College  who  is  concentrating  in  Transporta- 
tion with  a  major  interest  in  motor  transportation. 

The  Arthur  Young  and  Co.  Foundation,  Inc.,  makes  available  certain 
funds  for  awards  for  superior  senior  students  concentrating  in  accounting 
who  are  registered  in  the  College. 


8 


Required  Courses 

I.     BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

Business  organizations  are  set  up  primarily  for  the  purpose  of  producing 
and  distributing  goods  and  services.  Modem  business  administration  re- 
quires a  knowledge  and  understanding  of  organizational  structures,  opera- 
tions and  environments.  The  curricula  of  the  Department  of  Business  Ad- 
ministration emphasize  the  principles  and  problems  involved  in  the  de- 
velopment of  organizations  and  in  the  formulation  and  implementation  of 
their  policies. 

STUDY  PROGRAMS  IN  THE  DEPARTMENT 

The  programs  of  study  in  the  Department  of  Business  Administration  are 
so  arranged  as  to  facilitate  concentrations  according  to  the  major  functions 
of  business  management.  This  plan  is  not,  however,  based  on  the  view 
that  these  major  divisions  are  independent  units,  but  rather  that  each  is 
closely  related  to  and  dependent  on  the  others.  Every  student  in  Business 
Administration  is  required  to  complete  satisfactorily  a  minimum  number  of 
required  basic  subjects  in  the  arts,  sciences,  and  humanities  as  prerequi- 
sites to  work  in  the  major  management  fields. 

FRESHMAN  AND  SOPHOMORE  REQUIREMENTS 

English  1,  3,  and  4  (or  21,  3  and  4)   9  hours 

Math  10  and  11  (or  19  and  20)   6(8) 

Speech    1    3 

History  (Unless  exempt  student  must  take  at  least  3  hours  of 

American  History)    6 

B.  A.  10 3 

Economics  4  (students  electing  to  take  a  foreign  language  may 

exempt  this  course)    3 

B.  A.  20  and  21    6 

Economics  31  and  32   6 

Two  science  courses  (one  biological  and  one  physical,  and  at  least  one  of 
which  must  be  a  lab  science)  selected  from  the  following: 

Physical      Astronomy    3 

Geology     3 

Physics    3 

Chemistry    4 

Biological  Botany    4 

Zoology     4 

Microbiology     4  7-8 

A  social  science  course  (Econ.  31  may  be  used  for  3  hours  of  the  6  hour 
social  science  requirement)   selected  from  the  following: 

G.  and  P.  1  3 

Psychology  1    3 

Sociology  1   3 

Anthropology   1    3  3 


Business  Administration 

A  fine  arts  requirement  of  3  hours  of  which  the  following  are  representative: 

Philosophy  1,  41,  45,  53  3 

Art  10,  60,  61,  80  3 

Music  20  3 

Speech  16  3  3 

Electives  (chosen  with  approval  of  adviser)  6-  9  ' 

Health  5  (men  and  women)  1  sem.  (2  cr.) 

P.  E.  (men  and  women)  2  semesters 


*Students  who  wish  to  elect  a  foreign  language  must  take  nine  semester 
hours  of  the  language  in  order  to  obtain  credit.  Such  students  may  substitute 
the  first  semester  of  foreign  language  for  the  Econ.  4  requirement,  and  the 
other  semesters  for  two  free  electives.  Students  planning  to  major  in  Sta- 
tistics should  take  Math.  14  and  15. 


A  TYPICAL  PROGRAM  FOR  FIRST  TWO  YEARS  FOR  THOSE 

STUDENTS  IN  THE  DEPARTMENT  OF  BUSINESS 

ADMINISTRATION: 


Freshman 

Year 

EngUshl  (or  21) 

3 

English  3 

3 

B.A.  lOorSp.  1 

3 

Sp.  1  or  B.A.  10 

3 

Math.  10  (or  19) 

3 

Math.  11  (or  20) 

3 

Econ.  4 

3 

Health  5 

2 

Fine  Arts,  Social  Science, 

Fine  Arts,  Social  Science, 

or  Natural  Science  ' 

3-4 

or  Natural  Science ' 

3-4 

P.E. 

1 

P.E. 

1 

16-17 


15-16 


Sophomore  Year 


English  4 
B.A.  20 
Econ.  31 

History  (American) 
Fine  Arts,  Social  Science, 
or  Natural  Science  ' 


3 

Elective 

3 

3 

B.A.  21 

3 

3 

Econ.   32 

History  (other  than 

3 

3 

American  History) 

Fine  Arts,  Social  Science, 

3 

3-4 

or  Natural  Science  ' 

3-4 

15-16 


15-16 


'  Requirement  is  3  hours  of  Fine  Arts.  3  hours  of  Social  Science,  and  7  or  8  hours  of 
Natural  Science. 


10 


Business  Ax)ministration 

JUNIOR  AND  SENIOR  REQUIREMENTS 

During  the  junior  and  senior  years  each  student  is  required  to  complete 
the  following  specified  courses: 

B.A.  130 — Business  Statistics  I  3 

B.A.  140 — Business  Finance  3 

B.A.  149 — Marketing  Principles  and  Organization  3 

B.A.  168 — Management  and  Organization  Theory  3 

B.A.  180 — Business  Law  3 

B.A.  199 — Business  Policies  3 


Total  18 

In  addition  to  the  above,  two  100  level  courses  must  be  taken  in  Econom- 
ics, at  least  one  of  which  must  be:  Econ.  102,  National  Income  Analysis: 
Econ.  132,  Advanced  Economic  Principles;  Econ.  140,  Money  and  Bank- 
ing; or  Econ.  148,  International  Economics. 

At  least  48  hours  of  the  120  semester  hours  of  academic  work  required 
for  graduation  must  be  in  the  Business  Administration  subjects.  In  addi- 
tion to  the  requirement  of  an  overall  average  of  "C"  in  academic  subjects, 
an  average  of  "C"  in  Business  Administration  subjects  is  required  for  grad- 
uation. Electives  in  the  curricula  of  the  Department  may,  with  the  con- 
sent of  the  advisor,  be  taken  in  any  department  of  the  university  if  the 
student  has  the  necessary  prerequisites. 

THE  GENERAL  CURRICULUM  IN 
BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

The  General  Curriculum  in  Business  Administration  is  designed  for  those 
who  desire  a  broad  program  in  management.  The  curriculum  contains  a 
relatively  large  number  of  elective  courses.  Selection  is  subject  to  approval 
by  an  advisor  and  must  contribute  to  a  program  of  courses  closely  bal- 
anced between  (1)  a  functional  field,  (2)  the  various  basic  areas  of  man- 
agement and  (3)  non-business  fields. 

Students  selecting  this  curriculum  will  take  the  basic  courses  required  for 
all  students  in  the  Department  of  Business  Administration.  In  addition, 
students  will  take: 

( 1 )   The  following  required  courses : 

B.A.   150 — Marketing  Management  3  s.h. 

B.A.   160 — Personnel  Management  I  or  B.A.  163 

Labor  Relations  3  s.h. 

B.A.   170 — Principles  of  Transportation  3  s.h. 

B.A.   189 — Business  and  Government  3  s.h. 

B.A.   198 — Structure  and  Operations  of  Industries  3  s.h. 


15  s.h. 


U 


Business  Administration 

(2)   three  semester  hours  from  the  following: 

B.A.   110 — Intermediate  Accounting  (3) 

B.A.   148 — Advanced  Financial  Management  (3) 

B.A.   167 — Operations  Research  I  (3) 
B.A.   184— Public  Utilities  (3) 


3  s.h. 


Total  18  s.h. 

Thus,  the  upper  division  requirements  are: 

Junior-senior  requirements  of  all  departmental  students  18  s.h. 

Junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  18  s.h. 
Electives  in  1 00  level  economics  courses  at  least  one  of 

which  must  be  Econ.  102,  132,  140,  or  148  6  s.h. 

Electives  to  complete  120  s.h.  required  for  graduation  18  s.h. 


Total  junior-senior  year  requirements  60  s.h. 

ACCOUNTING 

Accounting,  in  a  limited  sense,  is  the  analysis,  classification,  and  recording 
of  financial  events  and  the  reporting  of  the  results  of  such  events  for  an 
organization.  In  a  broader  sense,  accounting  consists  of  all  financial  devices 
for  planning,  controlling  and  appraising  performance  of  an  organization. 
In  this  broader  sense,  accounting  includes  among  its  many  facets  financial 
planning,  budgeting,  accounting  systems,  financial  management  controls, 
financial  analysis  of  performance,  financial  reporting,  internal  and  external 
auditing  and  taxation  of  business. 

The  accounting  curriculum  provides  an  educational  foundation  for  careers 
in  accounting,  and  a  foundation  for  future  advancement  in  other  manage- 
ment areas  whether  in  private  business  organizations,  government  agencies, 
or  public  accounting  firms.  Students  who  select  this  curriculum  will  com- 
plete the  freshman  and  sophomore  requirements  for  all  students  in  the 
Department  of  Business  Administration. 

Course  requirements  for  the  junior  and  senior  years  are: 

( 1 )  the  junior-senior  requirements  for  all  students  in  the  Department  of 
Business  Administration, 

(2)  the  following  accounting  courses: 

B.A.   110,111 — Intermediate  Accounting  6 

B.A.   121 — Cost  Accounting  4 

B.A.   123 — Income  Tax  Accounting  4 

and  9  semester  hours  from  the  following: 

B.A.   118 — Governmental  Accounting  3 

B.A.  119— Budgeting  and  Control  3 

12 


Business  Administration 

B.A.  120 — Accounting    Systems  3 

B.A.  122 — Auditing  Theory  and  Practice  3 

B.A.  124,   126 — Advanced  Accounting  3,  3 

B.A.  125— C.P.A.  Problems  3 

B.A.  127 — Advanced  Auditing  Theory  and  Practice  3 

B.A.  128 — Advanced  Cost  Accounting  2 
Note:  B.A.  120  and  124  are  offered  only  in  the  summer  session. 

Thus,  the  upper  division  requirements  for  accounting  majors  are: 

Junior-senior  requirements  of  all  departmental  students.  18  s.  h. 

Junior-senior  accounting  requirements  (minimum)  23  s.  h. 
Electives  in  100  level  economics  courses  at  least  one  of 

which  must  be  Econ.  102,  132,  140,  or  148  6  s.  h. 
Electives   (to  complete    120  semester  hours  required  for 

graduation)  13  s.  h. 


Total  Junior-senior  year  requirements  60  s.  h. 

The  maximum  number  of  semester  hours  of  credit  for  accounting  courses 
that  may  be  counted  toward  the  graduation  requirement  is  thirty-five. 
If  thirty-five  semester  hours  are  taken  toward  graduation,  either  B.A. 
118  or  119  must  be  included. 

For  graduates  of  the  University  of  Maryland,  the  educational  requirement 
of  the  Maryland  State  Board  of  Public  Accountancy  for  taking  the  C.P.A. 
examination  without  practical  experience  total  thirty-eight  semester  hours 
of  accounting  courses  plus  eight  semester  hours  of  business  law.  Students 
wishing  to  satisfy  the  Board's  requirements  must  successfully  complete  all 
accounting  courses  except  B.A.  118,  1 19,  and  128.  Also  they  must  success- 
fully complete  B.A.  181  and  182,  as  well  as  the  required  B.A.  180,  to 
satisfy  the  Board's  business  law  requirements.  Only  thirty-two  semester 
hours  of  the  Board's  accounting  requirements  may  be  credited  toward  grad- 
uation requirements.  Thus,  a  student  wishing  to  satisfy  both  the  graduation 
requirements  and  the  requirements  of  the  Board  to  sit  for  the  C.P.A.  exam- 
ination without  experience  must  take  six  semester  hours  of  accounting 
courses  beyond  the  maximum  that  may  be  credited  for  graduation.  This 
can  be  done  only  by  attending  one  summer  session,  for  B.A.  120,  124,  and 
182  are  offered  only  during  the  summer.  Students  not  wishing  to  satisfy 
the  Board's  requirements  to  sit  for  the  C.P.A.  examination  without  experi- 
ence are  eligible  to  take  the  examination  after  obtaining  two  years  of  prac- 
tical experience  satisfactory  to  the  Board. 

A  student  planning  to  take  the  C.P.A.  examination  in  a  State  other 
than  Maryland  should  determine  the  course  requirements,  if  any,  for 
such  State,  and  arrange  his  program  accordingly. 

FINANCE 

The  curriculum  in  finance  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with 
financing  methods  and  institutions  and  to  familiarize  him  with  the  basic 

13 


Business  Administration 

principles  of  financial  analysis  as  used  in  managerial  decision-making. 
Career  destinations  in  the  general  area  of  finance  include  those  in  cor- 
porate financial  management;  investment  management;  the  banking  fields 
and  insurance.  Careers  are  also  open  in  government  service,  for  exam- 
ple, in  regulatory  agencies  and  international  finance. 

Students  selecting  this  curriculum  will  take,  in  addition  to  the  courses 
required  for  all  students  in  the  Department  of  Business  Administration: 

(1)   The  following  required  courses 

B.A.   110,  111 — Intermediate  Accounting  6  s.  h. 

B.A.   141 — Security  Analysis  3  s.  h. 

B.A.   143 — Credit  Management  3  s.  h. 

B.A.   148 — Advanced  Financial  Management  3  s.  h. 


Total  15  s.  h. 

and 

(2)   three  semester  hours  from  the  following: 

Econ.   142 — Public  Finance   (3)  1 

Econ.   147 — Business  Cycles  (3)  ( 

B.A.   167 — Operations  Research  I  (3)  j-         3  s.  h. 

B.A.   184— Public  Utilities  (3) 

B.A.   196 — Urban  Land  Management   (3)  J 


Total  18  s.  h. 

Thus,  the  upper  division  requirements  are: 

Junior-senior  requirements  of  all  departmental  students  18  s.  h. 

Junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  18  s.  h. 
Electives  in  100  level  economics  courses  at  least  one  of 

which  must  be  Econ.  102,  132,  140,  or  148  6  s.  h. 
Electives  to  complete  120  semester  hours  required  for 

graduation  18  s.  h. 


Total  Junior-senior  year  requirements  60  s.  h. 

INSURANCE  AND  REAL  ESTATE 

Students  interested  in  insurance  or  real  estate  may  concentrate  either  in 
General  Business  or  Finance  and  plan  with  their  advisers  a  group  of  elec- 
tives to  meet  their  specialized  needs.  Courses  offered  in  insurance  and 
real  estate  include  risk  management,  principles  of  risk  and  insurance,  real 
estate  principles,  and  urban  land  management. 

MARKETING 

Marketing  involves  the  functions  performed  in  getting  goods  and  services 
from  producers  to  users.    Career  opportunities  exist  in  manufacturing, 

14 


Business  Administration 

wholesaling    and    retailing   and   include    sales    administration,    marketing 
research,  advertising  and  merchandising. 

Students  preparing  for  work  in  marketing  research  are  advised  to  elect 
additional  courses  in  Statistics. 

In  addition  to  the  courses  taken  by  all  students  in  the  Department  of  Busi- 
ness Administration,  the  marketing  program  consists  of; 

(1)   the  following  required  courses: 

B.A.  150 — Marketing  Management 

B.A.  151 — Advertising 

B.A.  154 — Retail  Management 

B.A.  156 — Marketing  Research 


Total  required 


3  s.h. 

3  s.h. 

3  s.h. 

3  s.h. 

12  s.h. 


and 


(2)   six  semester  hours  from  the  following: 

B.A.   143 — Credit  Management   (3) 

B.A.   132 — Sample  Surveys  in  Business  and 

Economics  (3) 
B.A.   153 — Purchasing  Management  (3) 
B.A.   157 — International  Marketing  (3) 
B.A.   158 — Advertising  Management  (3) 
B.A.   171 — Traffic  and  Physical  Distribution 

Management  (3) 
B.A.   167 — Operations  Research  I  (3) 
B.A.   101 — Electronic  Data  Processing  (3) 
Joum.   152 — Advertising  Copy  and  Layout  (3) 

Total 

Thus,  the  upper  division  requirements  are: 

Junior-senior  requirements  of  all  departmental  students 

Junior-senior  curriculum  concentration 

Electives  in  100  level  economics  courses  at  least  one  of 

which  must  be  Econ.  102,  132,  140,  or  148 
Electives  to  complete  120  semester  hours  required  for 

graduation 

Total,  Junior-senior  year  requirements 


[      6  s.h. 


18  s.h. 


18  s.h. 
18  s.h. 

6  s.h. 

18  s.h. 

60  s.h. 


PERSONNEL  AND  LABOR  RELATIONS 

Personnel  administration  has  to  do  with  the  direction  of  human  effort. 
It  is  concerned  with  securing,  maintaining,  and  utilizing  an  effective 
working  force.    People  professionally  trained  in  personnel  administration 


15 


Business  Administration  Curriculum 

tind  career  opportunities  in  business,  in  government,  in  education  insti- 
tutions, and  in  charitable  and  other  organizations. 

(1)   The  required  courses  are: 

B.A.  160 — Personnel  Management  I  3  s.h. 

B.A.  161 — Personnel  Management  II  3  s.h. 

B.A.  163 — Labor  Relations  3  s.h. 

B.A.  164 — Labor  Legislation  3  s.h. 


Total  required  12  s.h. 

and 
(2)   six  hours  from  the  following: 

B.A.   131— Business  Statistics  II  (3) 
B.A.   132 — Sample  Surveys  in 

Business  and  Economics  (3)  I      6  s.h. 

B.A.   167 — Operations  Research  1(3) 
B.A.    169 — Production  Management  (3) 
B.A.   189 — Business  and  Government  (3) 

Total 

Thus,  the  upper  division  requirements  are: 

Junior-senior  requirements  of  all  departmental  students 

Junior-senior  curriculum  concentration 

Electives  in  1 00  level  economics  courses  at  least  one  of 

which  must  be  Econ.  102,  132,  140,  or  148 
Electives  to  complete  120  semester  hours  required  for 

graduation 

Total,  Junior-senior  year  requirements  60  s.h. 

PRODUCTION  MANAGEMENT 

This  curriculum  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  problems  of 
organization  and  control  in  the  field  of  production  management.  Theory 
and  practice  with  reference  to  organization,  policies,  methods,  processes 
and  techniques  are  surveyed,  analyzed,  and  evaluated. 

The  courses  in  addition  to  those  required  of  all  students  in  the  Department 
of  Business  Administration  are: 

(1)   The  following  required  courses: 

B.A.   121 — Cost  Accounting  4  s.h. 

B.A.   160 — Personnel  Management  I  3  s.h. 

B.A.   169 — Production  Management  3  s.h. 

B.A.   165 — Advanced  Production  Management  3  s.h. 


18 

s.h. 

18 

s.h. 

18 

s.h. 

6 

s.h. 

18 

s.h. 

and 
16 


Total  required  13  s.h. 


Business  Administration  Curriculum 


(2)  six  hours  from  the  following: 

B.A.   134 — Statistical  Quality  Control  (3) 
B.A.   153 — Purchasing  Management  (3) 
B.A.  163— Labor  Relations  (3) 
B.A.   167 — Operations  Research  I  (3) 
B.A.   171 — Traffic  and  Physical  Distribution 
Management  (3) 

Total 
Thus,  the  upper  division  requirements  are: 


6  s.h. 


19  s.h. 


Junior-senior  requirements  of  all  departmental  students  18  s.h. 

Junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  19  s.h. 
Electives  in  100  level  economics  courses  at  least  one  of 

which  must  be  Econ.  102,  132,  140,  or  148  6  s.h. 
Electives  to  complete  120  semester  hours  required  for 

graduation  17  s.h. 


Total  Junior-senior  year  requirements 


60  s.h. 


STATISTICS 

Statistics  consists  of  a  body  of  methods  for  utilizing  probability  theory 
in  decision-making  processes.  Important  statistical  activities  ancillary 
to  the  decision-making  process  are  the  systematization  of  quantitative 
data  and  the  measurement  of  variability.  Some  specialized  areas  within 
the  field  of  statistics  are:  sample  surveys,  forecasting  quality  control, 
design  of  experiments,  Bayesian  decision  processes,  actuarial  statistics, 
and  data  processing.  Statistical  methods — for  example,  sample  survey 
techniques — are  widely  used  in  accounting,  marketing,  industrial  manage- 
ment and  government  appUcations. 

An  aptitude  for  appUed  mathematics  and  a  desire  to  understand  and 
apply  scientific  methods  to  significant  problems  are  important  prerequi- 
sites for  the  would-be  statistician. 

Students  planning  to  major  in  statistics  should  take  Math.  14  and  15. 

Students  selecting  this  curriculum  will  take,  in  addition  to  the  courses 
required  for  all  students  in  the  Department  of  Business  Administration: 

(1)   the  following  required  courses: 

B.A.  131 — Business  Statistics  II  3  s.h. 

B.A.   132 — Sample  Surveys  in  Business  and  Economics  3  s.h. 

B.A.  134 — Statistical  QuaUty  Control  3  s.h. 

B.A.   101 —  Electronic  Data  Processing  3  s.h. 


12  s.h. 


17 


Business  Administration  Curriculum 

and 

(2)  six  semester  hours  from  the  following: 

B.A.   102 — Electronic  Data  Processing 

Applications  (3) 
B.A.  135 — Statistical  Analysis  and  Forecasting  (3) 
B.A.   167 — Operations  Research  1(3) 
Math.  133— Applied  Probability  and  Statistics  I  (3) 


6  s.h. 


18 

s.h. 

18 

s.h. 

6 

s.h. 

18 

s.h. 

Total  18  s.h. 

Thus,  the  upper  division  requirements  are: 

Junior-senior  requirements  of  all  departmental 

students 
Junior-senior  curriculum  concentration 
Electives  in  100  level  economics  courses  at  least  one  of 

which  must  be  Econ.  102,  132,  140,  or  148 
Electives  to  complete  120  s.h.  required  for  graduation 

Total  junior-senior  requirement  60  s.h. 

TRANSPORTATION 

Transportation  involves  the  movement  of  persons  and  goods  in  the  satis- 
faction of  human  needs.  The  curriculum  in  transportation  includes  an 
analysis  of  the  services  and  management  problems,  such  as  pricing,  fi- 
nancing, and  organization,  of  the  five  modes  of  transport — air,  motor, 
pipelines,  railroads,  and  water — and  covers  the  scope  and  regulation  of 
transportation  in  our  economy.  The  effective  management  of  transpor- 
tation involves  a  study  of  the  components  of  physical  distribution  and 
the  interaction  of  procurement,  the  level  and  control  of  inventories,  ware- 
housing, material  handling,  transportation,  and  data  processing. 

The  curriculum  in  transportation  is  designed  to  prepare  students  to  assume 
responsible  positions  with  carriers,  governmental  agencies,  and  traffic  and 
physical  distribution  management  in  industry. 

Course  requirements  are,  in  addition  to  the  junior-senior  requirements  for 
all  students  in  the  Department  of  Business  Administration: 

(1)  the  required  following  courses: 

B.A.   170 — Principles  of  Transportation  3  s.h. 
B.A.  171 — Traffic  and  Physical  Distribution 

Management  3  s.h. 

B.A.   172 — Motor  Transportation  3  s.h. 

B.A.   174 — Commercial  Air  Transportation  3  s.h. 

B.A.   175 — Advanced  Transportation  Problems  3  s.h. 

Total  15  s.h. 

18 


Business  Administration  Curriculum 


and 

(2)  three  semester  hours  to  be  selected  from  the  following: 

B.A.   173 — Water  Transportation 

B.A.   176 — Urban  Transport  and  Urban 

Development  (3)  \      ^  ^•^* 

B.A.   157 — International  Marketing  ( 3 ) 
B.A.   184— PubHc  UtiUties  (3)  J 


1 


Total  required  18  s.h. 

Thus,  the  upper  division  requirements  are: 

Junior-senior  requirements  of  all  departmental 

students  18  s.h. 

Junior-senior  curriculum  concentration  18  s.h, 

Electives  in  100  level  economics  courses  at  least  one  of 

which  must  be  Econ.  102,  132,  140,  or  148  6  s.h. 

Electives  to  complete  120  s.h.  required  for  graduation        18  s.h. 


Total  junior-senior  year  requirements  60  s.h. 

COMBINED  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION  AND 
LAW  PROGRAM 

The  Department  of  Business  Administration  offers  a  combined  Business 
Administration-Law  Curriculum  in  which  the  student  completes  three 
years  in  the  General  Curriculum  in  Business  Administration  in  the 
department  and  a  fourth  year  of  work  in  the  Law  School  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland.  Admission  to  the  Law  School  is  contingent  upon 
meeting  the  applicable  standards  of  that  school.  Individual  students  are 
responsible  to  secure  from  the  Law  School  its  current  admission  require- 
ments. The  student  must  complete  all  the  courses  required  of  students 
in  the  Department  plus  the  courses  normally  required  for  the  General 
Curriculum  in  Business  Administration  through  the  junior  year,  plus 
enough  electives  to  equal  a  minimum  of  90  semester  hours;  an  average 
grade  of  "C"  or  better  must  be  earned.  No  business  law  course  can  be 
included  in  the  90  hours.  The  last  year  of  college  work  before  entering 
the  Law  School  must  be  completed  in  residence  at  College  Park.  At 
least  30  hours  of  work  must  be  in  courses  numbered  100  or  above. 

The  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  from  the  College  of  Business  and  Public 
Administration  is  conferred  upon  students  who  complete  the  first  year 
in  the  Law  School  with  an  average  grade  of  "C"  or  better. 

MASTER  OF  BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

Candidates  for  the  degree  of  Master  of  Business  Administration  are  ac- 
cepted in  accordance  with  the  procedures  and  requirements  for  the 
Graduate  School.    (See  the  Graduate  School  Announcements,  Section  II.) 

19 


Business  Administration 

BUSINESS  ADMINISTRATION 

Professors:  Taff,  Clemens,  Cook,  Fisher,  Gentry,  Nelson,  and 
Wright. 

Associate  Professors:  Anderson,  Ashman,  Dawson,  and  Spivey. 

Assistant  Professors:  Baker,  Bartlett,  Brunner,  Carroll,  Clickner, 
Culbertson,  Daiker,  Edelson,  Hermanson,  Hille,  Himes,  Nash, 
Olson,  Paine,  Ryans,  Schellenberger,  Smerk,  Spychalski,  Suel- 
FLOW,  Tosi. 

Instructors:  Donnelly,  Frey,  Hise,  Ivancevich,  McCaul,  Marthinuss, 
Neffinger,  Pisani,  Rosen,  Sherman,  Strawser,  Webb. 

B.A.  10.  Business  Enterprise.  (3) 

A  survey  course  covering  the  internal  and  functional  organization  of  a  business 
enterprise,  its  organization  and  control. 

B.A.  20,  21.  Principles  of  Accounting.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  sophomore  standing.  The  principles  of  accounting  for  business 
enterprise  and  the  use  of  accounting  data  in  making  business  decisions. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 
B.A.  100.  Office  Operations  and  Management.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  junior  standing.  Deals  with  the  principles  of  scientific  management 
as  they  apply  to  the  examination,  improvement,  installation,  and  operation  of 
the  most  effective  paperwork  methods  and  systems  that  a  given  organization 
can  use  to  achieve  its  objectives.  Procedure  flow  analysis  and  form  design  for 
control  of  paperwork;  process,  work  distribution,  and  layout  charts,  distribution 
of  authority  and  responsibility  for  office  activities  are  among  the  areas  con- 
sidered. 

B.A.  101.  Electronic  Data  Processing.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  junior  standing,  Math.  11  or  the  equivalent  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00. 
The  electronic  digital  computer  and  its  use  as  a  tool  in  processing  data.  The 
course  includes  the  following  areas:  (1)  organization  of  data  processing  sys- 
tems, (2)  environmental  aspects  of  computer  systems,  (3)  fundamentals  of 
programming  using  a  common  problem-oriented  language,  and  (4)  management 
control  problems  and  potentials  inherent  in  mechanized  data  processing  systems. 

B.A.  102.  Electronic  Data  Processing  Applications.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  101.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  Intensive  study  of  computer 
applications  using  a  problem-oriented  language.  Introduction  of  computer  meth- 
ods for  the  solution  of  business  problems.  Laboratory  exercises  in  program- 
ming and  development  of  computer  techniques. 

B.A.  103.  Introduction  to  Systems  Analysis.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  102.  Math.  15  or  the  equivalent.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00. 
The  use  of  the  computer  in  management  and  the  operation  of  business.  The 
course  includes  the  following  areas:  (1)  the  principles  of  systems  analysis,  (2) 
recent  applications  and  innovations  of  the  systems  concept,  (3)  design  and  im- 

20 


Business  Administration 

plementation  of  computer  systems,  including  such  techniques  as  mathematical 
programming,  simulation,  business  games,  and  network  analysis,  (4)  laboratory 
use  of  a  digital  computer  in  the  application  of  these  techniques. 

B.A.  110,  111.  Intermediate  Accounting.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  21.  A  comprehensive  study  of  the  theory  and  problems  of 
valuation  of  assets,  application  of  funds,  corporation  accounts  and  statements, 
and  the  interpretation  of  accounting  statements. 

B.A.  112.  Records  Management.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  junior  standing.  Laboratory  fee,  $7.50. 
Specific  management  methods  and  techniques  that  have  proved  valuable  in  the 
creation,  use,  maintenance,  protection  and  disposition  of  records  are  studied. 

B.A.  118.  Governmental  Accounting.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  21.  The  content  of  this  course  covers  the  scope  and  func- 
tions of  governmental  accounting.  It  considers  the  principles  generally  appli- 
cable to  all  forms  and  types  of  governmental  bodies  and  a  basic  procedure 
adaptable  to  all  governments. 

B.A.  119.  Budgeting  and  Control.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  21.  The  use  of  financial  data  in  controlling  an  enterprise. 
Budgetary  formulation,  execution  and  appraisal.  The  use  of  accounting  in  mana- 
gerial decision  making. 

B.A.  120.  Accounting  Systems.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  20.  A  study  of  the  factors  involved  in  the  design  and  instal- 
lation of  accounting  systems:  the  organization,  volume  and  types  of  transac- 
tions, charts  of  accounts,  accounting  manuals,  the  reporting  system.  Offered 
only  in  Summer  School. 

B.A.  121.  Cost  Accounting.  (4) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  21.  A  study  of  the  fundamental  procedures  of  cost  account- 
ing, including  those  for  job  order,  process  and  standard  cost  accounting  systems. 

B.A.  122.  Auditing  Theory  and  Practice.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  111.  A  study  of  the  principles  and  problems  of  auditing  and 
application  of  accounting  principles  to  the  preparation  of  audit  working  papers 
and  reports. 

B.A.  123.  Income  Tax  Accounting.  (4) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  21.  A  study  of  the  important  provisions  of  the  Federal  Tax 
Laws,  using  illustrative  examples,  selected  questions  and  problems,  and  the 
preparation   of  returns. 

B.A.  124.  Advanced  Accounting.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  111.  Advanced  Accounting  theory  applied  to  specialized 
problems  in  partnerships,  ventures,  consignments,  installment  sales,  insurance, 
statement  of  affairs,  receiver's  accounts,  realization  and  liquidation  reports,  and 
application  of  mathematics  to  accounting  problems.  Offered  only  in  Summer 
School. 

B.A.  125.  C.P.A.  Problems.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  Ill,  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  nature,  form 
and  content  of  C.P.A.  examinations  by  means  of  the  preparation  of  solutions 

21 


Business  Administration 

to,  and  an  analysis  of,  a  large  sample  of  C.P.A.  problems  covering  the  various 
accounting  fields. 

B.A.  126.  Advanced  Accounting.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  111.  Home  office  and  branch  accounting,  parent  and  sub- 
sidiary accounting,  and  foreign  exchange. 

B.A.  127.  Advanced  Auditing  Theory  and  Practice.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  122.  Advanced  auditing  theory  and  practice  and  report 
writing. 

B.A.  128.  Advanced  Cost  Accounting.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  121.  A  continuation  of  basic  cost  accounting  with  special 
emphasis  on  process  costs,  standard  costs,  joint  costs  and  by-product  costs. 

B.A.  129.  Apprenticeship  in  Accounting.  (0) 

Prerequisites,  minimum  of  20  semester  hours  in  accounting  and  the  consent  of 
the  accounting  staff.  A  period  of  apprenticeship  is  provided  with  nationally 
known  firms  of  certified  public  accountants  from  about  January  15  to  February 
15,  and  for  a  semester  after  graduation. 

B.A.  130.  Business  Statistics  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  junior  standing.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  An  introductory  course. 
Emphasis  is  placed  upon  statistical  inference.  Topics  covered  include  statistical 
observations,  frequency  distributions,  averages,  measures  of  variability,  ele- 
mentary probability,  sampling,  distributions,  problems  of  estimation,  simple 
tests  of  hypotheses,  index  numbers,  time  series,  graphical  and  tabular  presenta- 
tion. Selected  applications  of  the  techniques  are  drawn  from  economics,  indus- 
trial management,  marketing  and  accounting. 

B.A.  131.  Business  Statistics  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.,  130.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  Estimation,  tests  of  hypotheses, 
decision  making,  regression  and  correlation,  contingency  tables,  analysis  of 
variance,  programming  statistical  problems  for  high  speed  computers. 

B.A.  132.  Sample  Surveys  in  Business  and  Economics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  130.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  A  general  course  in  scientific 
sample  survey  techniques.  Review  of  elementary  probability,  characteristics 
of  good  estimators,  errors  of  observation,  simple  random  sampling,  stratified 
random  sampling,  cluster  sampling,  comparison  of  various  sample  designs, 
cost   functions,   examples   of  actual   survey   practices. 

B.A.  134.  Statistical  Quality  Control.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  130.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  Statistical  fundamentals,  theory 
construction  and  use  of  control  charts,  acceptance  sampling  by  attributes  and 
variables,  work  sampling  and  other  industrial  applications  of  statistics. 

B.A.   135.  Statistical  Analysis  and  Forecasting.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  130  or  permission  of  instructor.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  A 
course  exploring  the  usefulness  of  statistical  methods  in  economic  prediction. 
Various  forecasting  techniques  in  current  use  are  examined.  Major  topics  re- 
ceiving detailed  attention  are  the  analysis  of  trends,  seasonal  patterns,  cycles, 
and  economic  relationships.  Some  emphasis  is  placed  on  the  predictive  attributes 
of  anticipations  data,  purchase  plans,  and  other  psychological  variables.  Con- 
siderable attention  is  also  given  to  the  logical  aspects  of  the  forecasting  prob- 
lem as  distinct  from  its  statistical  side. 

22 


Business  Administration 
B.A.  140.  Business  Finance.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  21.  This  course  deals  with  principles  and  practices  involved 
in  the  organization,  financing,  and  rehabilitation  of  business  enterprises;  the 
various  types  of  securities  and  their  use  in  raising  funds,  apportioning  income, 
risk,  and  control;  intercorporate  relations;  and  new  developments.  Emphasis 
on  solution  of  problems  of  financial  policy  faced  by  management. 

B.A.  141.  Security  Analysis.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  140.  A  study  of  the  principles  and  methods  used  in  the 
analysis,  selection,  and  management  of  investments,  investment  programs, 
sources  of  investment  information,  security  price  movements,  government,  real 
estate,  public  utility,  railroad  and  industrial  securities. 

B.A.  143.  Credit  Management.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  140.  A  study  of  the  nature  of  credit  and  the  principles 
applicable  to  its  extension  and  redemption  for  mercantile  and  consumer  pur- 
poses; sources  of  credit  information  and  analysis  of  credit  reports;  the  organ- 
ization and  management  of  a  credit  department  for  effective  control.  Recent 
developments  and  effective  legal  remedies  available. 

B.A.  148.  Advanced  Financial  Management.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  140.  An  advanced  course  in  finance.  Emphasis  is  placed 
upon  the  techniques  employed  by  executives  in  their  application  of  financial 
management  practice  to  selected  problems  and  cases.  Critical  classroom  analy- 
sis is  brought  to  bear  upon  actual  methods  and  techniques  used  by  business 
enterprises. 

B.A.  149.  Marketing  Principles  and  Organization.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37.  This  is  an  introductory  course  in  the  field  of 
marketing.  Its  purpose  is  to  give  a  general  understanding  and  appreciation 
of  the  forces  operating,  institutions  employed,  and  methods  followed  in  market- 
ing agricultural  products,  natural  products,  services,  and  manufactured  goods. 

B.A.  150.  Marketing  Management.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  149.  A  study  of  the  work  of  the  marketing  division  in  a 
going  organization.  The  work  of  developing  organizations  and  procedures  for 
the  control  of  marketing  activities  are  surveyed.  The  emphasis  throughout  the 
course  is  placed  on  the  determination  of  policies,  methods,  and  practices  for 
the  effective  marketing  of  various  forms  of  manufactured  products. 

B.A.  151.  Advertising.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  149  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  role  of  advertis- 
ing in  the  American  economy;  the  impact  of  advertising  on  our  economic  and 
social  life,  the  methods  and  techniques  currently  applied  by  advertising  prac- 
titioners, the  role  of  the  newspaper,  magazine,  and  other  media  in  the  develop- 
ment of  an  advertising  campaign,  modem  research  methods  to  improve  the 
effectiveness  of  advertising,  and  the  organization  of  the  advertising  business. 

B.A.  153.  Purchasing  Management.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  149.  Determining  the  proper  sources,  quality  and  quantity 
of  supplies,  and  methods  of  testing  quality;  price  policies,  price  forecasting,  for- 
ward buying,  bidding  and  negotiation;  budgets  and  standards  of  achievement. 
Attention  is  given  to  government  purchasing  and  methods  and  procedures  used 
in  their  procurement. 

23 


Business  Administration 

B.A.  154.  Retail  Management.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  B.A.  20  and  149.  Retail  store  organization,  location,  layout  and 
store  policy;  pricing  policies,  price  lines,  brands,  credit  policies,  records  as  a 
guide  to  buying;  purchasing  methods;  supervision  of  selling;  training  and  super- 
vision of  retail  sales  force;  and  administrative  problems. 

B.A.  156.  Marketing  Research  Methods.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  B.A.  130  and  B.A.  149.  This  course  is  intended  to  develop  skill 
in  the  use  of  scientific  methods  in  the  acquisition,  analysis  and  interpretation 
of  marketing  data.  It  covers  the  specialized  fields  of  marketing  research,  the 
planning  of  survey  projects,  sample  design,  tabulation  procedure  and  report 
preparation. 

B.A.  157.  International  Marketing.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  149.  Functions  of  various  exporting  agencies;  documents  and 
procedures  used  in  exporting  and  importing  transactions.  Methods  of  procuring 
goods  in  foreign  countries;  financing  of  import  shipments;  clearing  through  the 
customs  districts;  and  distribution  of  goods  in  the  United  States. 

B.A.  158.  Advertising  Management.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  149.  This  course  is  concerned  with  the  way  in  which  business 
firms  use  advertising  as  a  part  of  their  marketing  program.  The  case  study 
method  is  used  to  present  advertising  problems  taken  from  actual  business 
practice.  Cases  studied  illustrate  problems  in  demand  stimulation,  media  selec- 
tion, advertising  research,  testing,  and  statistical  control  of  advertising. 

B.A.  160.  Personnel  Management  I.  (3) 

This  course  deals  with  the  problems  of  directing  and  supervising  employees  under 
modern  industrial  conditions.  Two  phases  of  personal  administration  are  stressed, 
the  application  of  scientific  management  and  the  importance  of  human  relations 
in  this  field. 

B.A.  161.  Personnel  Management  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite  or  Corequisite,  B.A.  160.  Job  evaluation  and  merit  rating  and  other 
personnel  management  techniques  generally  employed  in  business. 

B.A.  163.  Labor  Relations.  (3) 

A  study  of  the  development  and  methods  of  organized  groups  in  industry  with 
reference  to  the  settlement  of  labor  disputes.  An  economic  and  legal  analysis 
of  labor  union  and  employer  association  activities,  arbitration,  mediation,  and 
conciliation;  collective  bargaining,  trade  agreements,  strikes,  boycotts,  lockouts, 
company  unions,  employee  representation,  and  injunctions. 

B.A.  164.  Labor  Legislation.  (3) 

Case  method  analysis  of  the  modern  law  of  industrial  relations.  Cases  include  the 
decisions  of  administrative  agencies,  courts  and  arbitration  tribunals. 

B.A.  165.  Advanced  Production  Management.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  169.  A  study  of  typical  problems  encountered  by  the  factory 
manager.  The  objective  is  to  develop  the  ability  to  analyze  and  solve  problems 
in  management  control  of  production  and  in  the  formulation  of  production 
policies.  Among  the  topics  covered  are  plant  location,  production  planning  and 
control,  methods  analysis  and  time  study. 

24 


Business  Administration 

B.A.   166.  Business  Communications.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  junior  standing.  A  systematic  study  of  the  principles  of  effective 
written  communications  in  business.  The  fundamental  aim  is  to  develop  the 
ability  to  write  clear,  correct,  concise,  and  persuasive  business  letters  and 
reports. 

B.A.  167.  Operations  Research  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  B.A.  130  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  philosophy,  methods,  and 
objectives  of  operations  research.  Basic  methods  are  examined  and  their  appli- 
cation to  functional  areas  of  business  are  covered. 

B.A.  168.  Management  and  Organization  Theory.  (3) 

The  development  of  management  and  organization  theory,  nature  of  the  man- 
agement process  and  function  and  its  future  development.  The  role  of  the 
manager  as  an  organizer  and  director,  the  communication  process,  goals  and 
responsibilities. 

B.A.  169.  Production  Management.  (3) 

Studies  the  operation  of  a  manufacturing  enterprise,  concentrating  on  the  econ- 
omies of  production.  Introduces  a  grounding  in  analytical  method  early  so  that 
the  broad  problem  areas  of  system  design,  operation,  and  control  can  be  based 
upon  the  analytical  method. 

B.A.  170.  Principles  of  Transportation.  (3) 

A  general  course  covering  the  five  fields  of  transportation,  their  development, 
service  and  regulation. 

B.A.  171.  Traffic  and  Physical  Distribution  Management.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  junior  standing.  Examines  the  management  aspects  of  the  business 
firm  in  moving  their  raw  materials  and  finished  goods,  through  traffic,  ware- 
housing, industrial  packaging,  material  handling,  and  inventory.  A  systematic 
examination  of  the  trade-off  possibilities  and  management  alternatives  to  mini- 
mize cost  of  product  flow  and  maximizing  customer  service  is  provided. 

B.A.  172.  Motor  Transportation.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  B.A.  170.  The  development  and  scope  of  the  motor  carrier  in- 
dustry, different  types  of  carriers,  economics  of  motor  transportation,  services 
available,  federal  regulation,  highway  financing,  allocation  of  cost  to  highway 
users,  highway  barriers. 

B.A.  173.  Water  Transportation.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  170.  Water  carriers  of  all  types,  development  and  types  of 
services,  trade  routes,  inland  waterways,  company  organization,  the  American 
Merchant  Marine  as  a  factor  in  national  activity. 

B.A.  174.  Commercial  Air  Transportation.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  170.  The  air  transportation  system  of  the  United  States: 
airways,  airports,  airlines.  Federal  regulation  of  air  transportation.  Problems 
and  services  of  commercial  air  transportation;  economics,  equipment,  opera- 
tions, financing,  selling  of  passenger  and  cargo  services.  Air  mail  development 
and  services. 

B.A.  175.  Advanced  Transportation  Problems.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  170.  A  critical  examination  of  current  government  trans- 
portation policy  and  proposed  solutions.  Urban  and  intercity  managerial  trans- 
port problems  are  also  considered. 

25 


Business  Administration 

B.A.  176.  Urban  Transport  and  Urban  Development.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  junior  standing.  An  analysis  of  the  role  of  urban  transportation 
in  present  and  future  urban  development.  The  interaction  of  transport  pricing 
and  service,  urban  planning,  institutional  restraints,  and  public  land  uses,  is 
studied. 

B.A.  180.  Business  Law.  (3) 

Legal  aspects  of  business  relationships,  contracts,  negotiable  instruments,  agency, 
partnership,  corporations,  real  and  personal  property,  and  sales. 

B.A.  181.  Business  Law.  (3) 

Legal  aspects  of  business  relationships,  contracts,  negotiable  instruments,  agency 
partnerships,  corporations,  real  and  personal  property,  and  sales. 

B.A.  182.  Advanced  Business  Law.  (3) 

Designed  primarily  for  CPA  candidates.  Legal  aspects  of  wills,  insurance, 
torts  and  bankruptcy.    Offered  only  in  Summer  School. 

B.A.  184.  Public  Utilities.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  Econ.  32  or  37.  Using  the  regulated  industries  as  specific  exam- 
ples attention  is  focused  on  broad  and  general  problems  in  such  diverse  fields 
as  constitutional  law,  administrative  law,  public  administration,  government 
control  of  business,  advanced  economic  theory,  accounting,  valuation  and 
depreciation,  taxation,  finance,  engineering  and  management. 

B.A.  189.  Business  and  Government.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  Econ.  32  or  37.  A  study  of  the  role  of  government  in  modern 
economic  life.  Social  control  of  business  as  a  remedy  for  the  abuses  of  busi- 
ness enterprise  arising  from  the  decline  of  competition.  Criteria  of  limitations 
on  government  regulation  of  private  enterprise. 

B.A.  190.  Risk  Management.  (3) 

Designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  nature  and  significance  of  risk  in 
business  enterprise.  The  problems  relating  to  both  pure  and  speculative  risk  in 
business  are  considered;  and  methods  of  solution  involving  risk  assumption 
transfer,  reduction,  and  the  use  of  insurance  are  analyzed  as  aids  in  manage- 
ment decision  making. 

B.A.  191.  Principles  of  Risk  and  Insurance.  (3) 

Emphasizes  the  use  of  insurance  in  resolving  problems  involving  personal  and 
business  risks.  Life,  accident  and  health,  fire  and  casualty,  automobile,  and 
marine  insurance  are  examined  as  means  of  dealing  with  these  risks.  The  theory 
and  legal  aspects  of  insurance  are  considered,  as  well  as  the  quantitative  meas- 
urement of  risks. 

B.A.  195.  Real  Estate  Principles.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37.  This  course  covers  the  nature  and  uses  of  real 
estate,  real  estate  as  a  business,  basic  legal  principles,  construction  problems  and 
home  ownership,  city  planning,  and  public  control  and  ownership  of  real 
estate. 

B.A.  196.  Urban  Land  Management.  (3) 

Covers  the  managerial  and  decision  making  aspects  of  urban  land  and  property. 
Included  are  such  subjects  as  land  use  and  valuation  matters. 

26 


Business  Administration 
B.A.  198.  Structure  and  Operations  of  Industries.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  senior  standing.  The  impact  of  technology  and  production  policies 
on  the  economic,  financial,  marketing,  and  locational  policies  of  representative 
industries.  A  background  course  for  students  in  industrial  and  financial  man- 
agement, business  economics,  general  business,  and  related  areas. 

B.A.  199.  Business  Policies.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  senior  standing.  A  case  study  course  in  which  the  aim  is  to  have 
the  student  apply  both  what  he  has  learned  of  general  management  principles 
and  their  specialized  functional  applications  of  the  overall  management  func- 
tion in  the  enterprise. 

For  Graduates 
B.A.  210.  Advanced  Accounting  Theory.  (3) 
B.A.  220.  Managerial  Accounting.  (3) 
B.A.  221,  222.  Seminar  in  Accounting.  (1-6) 
B.A.  226.  Accounting  Systems.  (3) 
B.A.  228.  Research  in  Accounting.  (1-6) 
B.A.  229.  Management  Planning  and  Control.  (1-6) 
B.A.  230.  Advanced  Business  Statistics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  130  or  consent  of  instructor.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  Bayesian 
decision  processes  and  other  statistical  methods  applicable  to  the  operations 
of  the  business  firm  and  the  analysis  of  the  economy.  Methodological  topics 
include  a  consideration  of  utility,  expected  values,  estimation  of  probabilities, 
opportunity  loss  and  cost  of  uncertainty,  sampling,  sequential  decision  pro- 
cedures, and  selected  topics  from  classical  statistics.  Applications  are  made  to 
the  problems  of  inventory  control,  production,  investment,  and  other  business 
functions. 

B.A.  231.  Theory  of  Survey  Design.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  B.A.  131  or  B.A.  132.  or  consent  of  instructor.  Laboratory  fee, 
$10.00.  Theory  of  sampling  from  finite  populations  developed  for  various  types 
of  survey  designs.  Equi-probability  selection  methods.  Unequal  probabilities 
of  selection.  Consideration  of  the  characteristics  of  particular  types  of  estima- 
tors as  well  as  cost  functions  in  developing  optimum  designs. 

B.A.  234.  Managerial  Analysis  I.  (3) 

Required  of  M.B.A.  candidates. 

The  utilization  of  the  scientific  method  in  decision  making.  Various  method- 
ologies are  utilized  in  order  to  evaluate  and  interpret  findings  for  management 
action. 

B.A.  235.  Managerial  Analysis  II.  (3) 

Designed  to  enable  the  student  to  go  into  greater  depth  in  the  use  of  analytical 
techniques.  Where  feasible,  data  processing  is  applied,  and  simulated  experi- 
ences are  provided.  The  aim  is  to  encourage  the  development  of  the  perceptive 
approach  to  complex  business  situations. 

27 


Business  Administration 

B.A.  237.  Management  Simulation  I.  (3) 

Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  Application  of  management  principles  to  the  solution 
of  complex  business  problems.  This  is  accomplished  in  conjunction  with  the 
use  of  computer  facilities  at  the  Computer  Science  Center  on  the  campus. 

B.A,  240.  Seminar  in  Financial  Management.  (1-6) 

M.B.A.  candidates  must  take  B.A.  220  or  B.A.  240. 

B.A.  242.  FiNANCL^L  Administration.  (3) 

The  role  of  the  financial  manager  in  executive  decision  making.  Financial 
planning,  analysis,  and  control  in  such  areas  as  the  allocation  of  financial 
resources  within  the  firm,  forecasting  and  budgeting,  cost  and  profit  controls, 
capital  budgeting  and  the  bases  for  investment  decisions,  alternative  sources 
of  short-term  and  long-term  financing  and  financial  problems  of  growth. 

B.A.  245.  Research  in  Finance.  (1-6) 

B.A.  249.  Problems  in  Financial  Administration. 

B.A.  250.  Problems  in  Sales  Management.  (1-6) 

B.A.  251.  Problems  in  Advertising.  (1-6) 

B.A.  252.  Problems  in  Retail  Management.  (1-6) 

B.A.  257.  Seminar  in  Marketing  Management.  (3) 

B.A.  258.  Research  Problems  in  Marketing.  (1-6) 

B.A.  259.  Business  Logistics.  (3) 

Involves  the  optimization  of  human  and  material  resources  by  their  proper 
application  at  the  right  time  and  place  to  support  the  business  enterprise. 
Consideration  is  given  to  analysis  of  material  and  manpower  requirements, 
production  planning  and  scheduling,  acquisition,  inventory  control,  and  distri- 
bution. The  role  of  advanced  planning  and  forecasting  is  considered  in  mini- 
mizing costs  and  securing  the  best  combination  of  resources.  Impact  of  tech- 
nology upon  the  utilization  of  resources  is  considered. 

B.A.  262.  Seminar  in  Labor  Relations.  (1-6) 

B.A,  264.  Behavioral  Factors  in  Management.  (3) 

Required  of  M.B.A.  candidates. 

A  critical  analysis  of  the  impact  of  the  behavioral  sciences  on  traditional 
concepts  of  management  as  process  and  as  organization.  Included  within  the 
area  of  analysis  are  such  subjects  as  human  motivation,  human  relations, 
morale,  status,  role,  organization,  communication,  bureaucracy,  the  executive 
role,  leadership,  and  training. 

B.A.  265.  Development  and  Trends  in  Production 
Management.  (3) 

B.A.  266.  Personnel  Research:  Manpower  Procurement  and 
Development.  (1-6) 

B.A.  267.  Personnel  Research:  Manpower  Compensation  and 
Evaluation.  (1-6) 

B.A.  269.  Application  of  Behavioral  Science  to  Business.  (1-6) 

Designed  to  enable  the  student  to  go  into  greater  depth  in  the  design  and  imple- 
mentation of  behavioral  science  research  in  business. 

28 


Business  Administration 

B.A.  270.  Research  in  Transportation.  (1-6) 

B.A.  271.  Theory  of  Organization.  (3) 

B.A.  272.  Seminar  in  Management  of  Physical  Distribution.   (3) 

B.A.  275.  Special  Studies  in  Transportation.  (3) 

B.A.  277.  Seminar  in  Transportation.  (3) 

B.A.  280.  Seminar  in  Business  and  Government.  (3) 

B.A.  281.  Private  Enterprise  and  Public  Policy.  (3) 

Examines  the  executive's  social  and  ethical  responsibilities  to  his  employees, 
customers,  and  to  the  general  public.  Consideration  is  given  to  the  conflicts 
occasioned  by  competitive  relationships  in  the  private  sector  of  business  and 
the  effect  of  institutional  restraints.  The  trends  in  public  policy  and  their 
future  effect  upon  management  are  examined.  For  comparative  purposes,  sev- 
eral examples  of  planned  societies  are  considered. 

B.A.  282.  Product,  Production  and  Pricing  Policy 

(3)  Required  of  M.B.A.  Candidates. 

The  application  of  economics  theory  to  the  business  enterprise  in  respect  to 
the  determination  of  policy  and  the  handling  of  management  problems  with 
particular  reference  to  the  firm  producing  a  complex  line  of  products.  Nature 
of  competition.  Pricing  policy.  Interrelationship  of  production  and  marketing 
problems.  Basic  types  of  cost.  Control  systems.  Theories  of  depreciation  and 
investment  and  the  impact  of  each  upon  costs. 

B.A.  283.  Management  Policy  Formulation.  (3) 

Affords  an  insight  into  the  problems  confronting  top  management.  A  complex 
management  game  supplemented  by  the  case  method,  provides  a  simulated 
environment  required  for  dynamic  decision-making  policy  formulation. 

B.A.  284.  Seminar  in  Public  Utilities.  (1-6) 
B.A.  290.  Seminar  in  Insurance.  (3) 
B.A.  295.  Seminar  in  Real  Estate.  (3) 
B.A.  399.  Thesis.  (1-6) 

II.  ECONOMICS 

The  program  of  studies  in  economics  is  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of 
students  who  wish  to  concentrate  either  on  a  major  or  minor  scale  in  this 
division  of  the  social  sciences.  Students  who  expect  to  enroll  in  the  pro- 
fessional schools  and  those  who  are  planning  to  enter  the  fields  of  business, 
public  administration,  foreign  service,  or  social  service  administration 
will  find  courses  in  economics  of  considerable  value  to  them  in  their  later 
work.  A  student  of  economics  should  choose  courses  to  meet  the  require- 
ments for  his  major  objective.  If  he  expects  to  pursue  graduate  study,  he 
should  consult  Graduate  School  Announcements  for  the  general  require- 
ments for  advanced  degrees. 

29 


Economics 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THE  ECONOMICS  MAJOR 

In  addition  to  the  University  requirements  in  General  Education  (see 
page  2),  the  student  majoring  in  economics  is  required  to  complete  a 
minimum  of  36  semester  hours  in  economics  with  an  average  grade  of 
not  less  than  "C."  Required  courses  are  Econ.  4,  31,  32,  102,  and  132, 
and  B.A.  130  (Statistics).  A  student  will  normally  have  earned  nine  semes- 
ter hours  credit  in  the  lower  division  courses  in  economics  prior  to  begin- 
ning advanced  work  in  the  junior  year.  These  lower  division  courses  must  be 
completed  with  an  average  grade  of  not  less  than  "C."  Economics  102 
and  132  are  normally  taken  in  the  junior  year  since  they  provide  a  theoreti- 
cal foundation  for  other  economics  courses. 

Other  courses  in  economics  to  meet  the  requirements  of  the  major  are  to  be 
selected  with  the  aid  of  a  faculty  adviser.  Business  Administration  courses 
which  may  count  as  economics  credit  are  B.A.  130,  131,  132,  134,  135, 
164,  and  184. 

Economics  majors  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  must,  of 
course,  fulfill  all  of  the  specific  requirements  of  that  College;  these 
include,  for  example,  work  in  a  foreign  language  and  7-8  semester  hours 
of  credit  in  natural  science.  All  economics  majors  must  take  six  semester 
hours  of  mathematics. 

Economics  majors  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Admin- 
istration may  elect  to  take  a  foreign  language  or,  in  lieu  of  foreign  language, 
may  take  B.A.   10  and  Geog.   15. 

Economics  majors  are  free  to  choose  electives  in  other  colleges  of  the 
University  and  are  encouraged  to  study  broadly  in  the  social  sciences, 
philosophy,  mathematics,  statistics,  and  accounting.  Economics  majors 
planning  to  do  graduate  work  are  advised  to  develop  proficiency  in  mathe- 
matics through  the  calculus  and  in  a  foreign  language. 

An  economics  honors  program  is  open  to  economics  majors  entering  their 
junior  year.  Students  must  have  an  academic  average  of  at  least  3.0  to  be 
eUgible  for  admittance  to  this  program, 

SUGGESTED  STUDY  PROGRAM  FOR  ECONOMICS  MAJOR 

r-Semester—^ 

Freshman  Year  I  II 

Eng.  1 — Composition  and  American  Literature   3 

Math.  10,  1 1  or  19,  20   3-4  3-4 

Econ.  4 — Economic  Developments 3 

Social  Science  Elective   3  3 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy  Elective 3 

Foreign  Language  or  B.A.  10  and  Elective 3  3 

Hea.  5 — Science  and  Theory  of  Health  (men  and  women)   .  2 

Physical  Activities  (men  and  women)    1  1 

Free  Elective   3 


Total 18-19      16-17 

30 


Economics 

r-Semester—^ 

Sophomore  Year  I  '' 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  &  World  Literature 3  3 

Econ.  31,  32 — Principles  of  Economics 3  3 

Foreign  Language  or  Geog.   15  and  elective 3  3 

Natural  Science  (one  biological  and  one  physical) 3-4  3-4 

History  3  3 

Total 15-16  15-16 

Junior  Year 

Econ.  102 — National  Income  Analysis 3 

Econ.  132 — Intermediate  Price  Theory 3 

Econ.   140 — Money  and  Banking 3 

Econ.   160 — Labor    Economics 3 

B.A.  130 — Business  Statistics  I   3 

Econ.  131 — Comparative  Economic  Systems 3 

Electives  in  Economics  and  other  subjects '   6  6 

Total 15  15 

Senior  Year 

Econ.  148 — International  Economics 3 

Econ.  142 — Public  Finance  and  Taxation 3 

Electives  in  Economics  and  other  subjects*   12  12 

Total 15  15 


ECONOMICS 

Professors:  Dillard,  Cumberland,  Gruchy,  O'Connell,   Schultze, 
AND  Ulmer. 

Associate  Professors:  Bergmann,  Dodge,  Knight,  Weinstein  and  Won- 

NACOTT. 

Assistant  Professors:  J.  Q.  Adams,  R.  F.  Adams,  Bennett,  Canter- 
bery,  Dorsey,  Green,  Hexter,  Hinrichs,  Mayor,  Meyer,  Snow. 

Instructors:  Bailey,  Chase,  Furey,  Hamilton,  Peake,  Van  Beek,  Wein- 

TRAUB. 

Lecturers:   Amuzegar,   Conrad,   Day,   Gibney,   Gramley,   Measday, 
Mueller,  Spiegel. 

Econ.  4.  Economic  Developments.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Freshman  requirement  in  business  administration 
curriculums.    An  introduction  to  modern  economic  institutions — their  origins, 


'  Normally  these  electives  must  be  on  the  junior-senior  level. 

31 


Economics 

development,  and  present  status.  Commercial  revolution,  industrial  revolution, 
and  age  of  mass  production.  Emphasis  on  developments  in  England,  Western 
Europe  and  the  United  States.  (Dillard,  Snow,  StaflF.) 

EcoN.  31,  32.  Principles  of  Economics.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  sophomore  standing.  Required  in  the 
business  administration  curriculums.  In  Econ.  31  basic  concepts,  the  monetary 
system,  the  national  accounts,  national  income  analysis,  and  business  cycles  are 
introduced.  In  Econ.  32  emphasis  is  placed  on  price  theory,  distribution,  inter- 
national  trade,   and   economic   development.  (Staff.) 

Econ.  37.  Fundamentals  of  Economics.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Not  open  to  students  who  have  credit  in  Econ.  31 
and  32.  Not  open  to  freshmen  or  to  B.P.A.  students.  A  survey  of  the  gen- 
eral principles  underlying  economic  activity;  analysis  of  leading  economic  prob- 
lems in  the  modern  world.  This  is  the  basic  course  in  economics  for  students 
who  are  unable  to  take  the  more  complete  course  provided  in  Econ.  31  and  32. 

(Ulmer,  Canterbery.) 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 

Econ.  102.  National  Income  Analysis.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  32.  Required  for  economics 
majors.  An  analysis  of  national  income  accounts  and  the  level  of  national 
income  and  employment.  (Mayor.) 

Econ.  103.  American  Economic  Development.  (3) 

First  and  second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37.  A  study  of  long-term 
trends  in  the  American  economy.  The  transplantation  of  economic  institutions 
from  western  Europe;  the  take-off  period  in  United  States  economic  growth; 
trends  in  productivity,  prices,  national  income,  savings  and  investment.  The 
welfare  state  and  the  mixed  economy.  (Bailey.) 

Econ.  105.  Introduction  to  Economic  Development  of   Under- 
developed Areas.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37.  An  analysis  of  the 
economic  and  social  characteristics  of  underdeveloped  areas.  Recent  theories  of 
economic  development;  obstacles  to  development;  policies  and  planning  for 
development.  (Hinrichs,  J.  Q.  Adams.) 

Econ.  106.  Economic  Development  of  Selected  Areas.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Econ.  105.  Institutional  characteristics  of  a  specific  area  are  dis- 
cussed and  alternative  strategies  and  policies  for  development  are  analyzed. 

(Bennett.) 

Econ.  130.  Mathematical  Economics.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisites,  Econ.  102  and  132  and  one  year  of  mathematics. 
A  course  designed  to  enable  economics  majors  to  understand  the  simpler  aspects 
of  mathematical  economics.  Those  parts  of  the  calculus  and  algebra  required 
for  economic  analysis  will  be  presented.  (Ulmer,  Hexter.) 

Econ.  131.  Comparative  Economic  Systems.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37.  An  investigation  of 
the  theory  and  practice  of  various  types  of  economic  systems.   An  examination 

32 


Economics 

and  evaluation  of  the  capitalistic  system  followed  by  an  analysis  of  alternative 
types  of  economic  systems  such  as     fascism,  socialism,  and  communism. 

(Gruchy,  Dodge,  Amuzegar.) 

EcoN.  132.  Intermediate   Price   Theory.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  32.  Required  for  economics 
majors.  This  course  is  an  analysis  of  price  and  distribution  theory  with  special 
attention  to  recent  developments  in  the  theory  of  imperfect  competition. 

(Knight,  Day,  Hexter.) 

EcoN.  134.  Contemporary  Economic  Thought.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  Econ.  32  and  senior  standing.  Graduate  students  should  take 
Econ.  232.  A  survey  of  recent  trends  in  American,  English,  and  Continental 
economic  thought  with  special  attention  to  the  work  of  such  economists  as 
W.  C.  Mitchell,  J.  R.  Commons,  T.  Veblen,  W.  Sombart,  J.  A.  Hobson  and 
other  contributors  to  the  development  of  economic  thought  since  1900. 

(Gruchy.) 

Econ.  137.  The  Economics  of  National  Planning.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37  and  senior  standing.  An  analysis  of  the  principles 
and  practice  of  economic  planning  with  special  reference  to  the  planning  prob- 
lems of  western  European  countries  and  the  United  States.  (Gruchy.) 

Econ.  138.  Economics  of  the  Soviet  Union.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37.  An  analysis  of  the  organization, 
operating  principles  and  performance  of  the  Soviet  economy  with  attention  to 
the  historical  and  ideological  background,  planning,  resources,  industry,  agri- 
culture, domestic  and  foreign  trade,  finance,  labor,  and  the  structure  and  growth 
of  national  income.  (Dodge.) 

Econ.  140.  Money  and  Banking.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37.  A  study  of  the  rela- 
tion of  money  and  credit  to  economic  activity  and  prices;  the  impact  of  public 
policy  in  financial  markets  and  in  markets  for  goods  and  services;  policies, 
structure,  and  functions  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System;  organization,  operation, 
and  functions  of  the  commercial  banking  system,  as  related  particularly  to 
questions  of  economic  stability  and  public  policy.  (Bennett,  Meyer,  Staff.) 

Econ.  141.  Theory  of  Money,  Prices  and  Economic  Activity.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  140.  A  theoretical  treatment  of  the  in- 
fluence of  money  and  financial  markets  on  economic  activity  and  prices,  and 
of  the  effects  of  monetary  policy  on  the  markets  for  goods  and  services;  the 
role  of  money  in  the  classical  and  Keynesian  macro-systems;  topics  of  theoret- 
ical interest  in  monetary  policy  formation  and  implementation. 

Econ.  142.  Introduction  to  Public  Finance.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite.  Econ.  32  or  37.  A  study  of  the 
issues  in  mobilizing  resources  to  meet  public  wants  through  federal,  state,  and 
local  governments;  principles  and  policies  of  taxation,  debt  management,  and 
governmental  expenditures  and  their  effects  on  resource  allocation,  stabilization 
of  income  and  prices,  income  distribution   and  economic  growth. 

(Hinrichs,  Dorsey,  Meyer.) 

Econ.  143.  Theory  of  Public  Finance.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite.  Econ.  142  and  102,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Advanced  analysis  of  the  theory  and  practice  of  public  finance,  including  taxa- 
tion, debt  management,  expenditures,  and  fiscal  policy.  (Hinrichs.) 

33 


Economics 

EcoN.  144.  State  and  Local  Public  Finance.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37.  Principles  and  problems  of  governmental  finance 
with  special  reference  to  state  and  local  jurisdictions.  Topics  to  be  covered 
include  taxation,  expenditures,  and  intergovernmental  fiscal  relations. 

(R.  F.  Adams.) 

EcoN.  147.  Business  Cycles.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  140.  A  study  of  the  causes  of  depressions 
and  unemployment,  cyclical  and  secular  instability,  theories  of  business  cycles, 
and  the  problem  of  controlling  economic  instability.  (Mayor.) 

Econ.  148.  International  Economics.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37.  A  descriptive  and 
theoretical  analysis  of  international  trade;  balance  of  payments  accounts;  the 
mechanism  of  international  economic  adjustment;  comparative  costs;  economics 
of  customs  unions.  (Wonnacott,  Canterbery.) 

Econ.  149.  International  Economic  Policies.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  148.  Contemporary  balance  of  pay- 
ments problems;  the  international  liquidity  controversy;  investment,  trade  and 
economic  development;  evaluation  of  arguments  for  protection.       (Wonnacott.) 

Econ.  160.  Labor  Economics.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37.  The  historical  devel- 
opment and  chief  characteristics  of  the  American  labor  movement  are  first 
surveyed.  Present-day  problems  are  then  examined  in  detail:  wage  theories, 
unemployment,   social   security,   labor  organization,   and   collective   bargaining. 

(Knight,  Dorsey,  Weinstein.) 

Econ.  161.  Current  Problems  in  Labor  Economics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Econ.  160.  A  detailed  examination  of  current  problems  in  labor 
economics  including;  labor  market  and  manpower  problems,  unemployment 
compensation  and  social  security,  wage  theories,  and  productivity  analysis. 

(Weinstein,  Dorsey.) 

Econ.  170.  Industrial  Organization.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37.  Changing  structure  of  the  American  economy; 
price  policies  in  different  industrial  classifications  of  monopoly  and  competi- 
tion in  relation  to  problems  of  public  policy.  (Snow.) 

Econ.  171.  Economics  of  American  Industries.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  32  or  37.  A  study  of  the  technology, 
economics  and  geography  of  representative  American  industries.         (Measday.) 

Econ.  196,  197.  Honors  Seminar.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Normally  taken  in  the  junior  year.  Prerequisite, 
candidacy  for  honors  in  Economics.  Selected  topics  are  investigated,  and 
written  reports  are  submitted.  (Gruchy.) 

Econ.  198.  Independent  Honors  Study.  (3) 

First  semester.  Normally  taken  in  the  senior  year.  Prerequisites,  Economics 
196,  197  and  candidacy  for  honors  in  Economics.  Integrated  reading  under  staff 
direction,  leading  to  the  preparation  of  a  thesis  in  Economics  199.  (Staff) 

Econ.  199.  Honors  Thesis.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisites,  Economics  198  and  candidacy  for  honors  in 
Economics.  General  supervision  will  be  provided  through  assembled  meetings 
with  the  professor  in  charge  of  the  course.  (Staff.) 

34 


Economics 

For  Graduates 

EcoN.  200.  Micro-Economic  Analysis.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  132.  A  critical  analysis  of  the  theory  of 
economic  decision-making  in  the  firm,  household,  and  indusry  in  perfect  and 
imperfect  competition;  price,  output,  distribution  and  the  theory  of  general 
equilibrium.   Review  of  recent  contributions.  (Ulmer,  Weinstein.) 

Econ.  201.  Advanced  Micro-Economic  Analysis.   (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  200  or  consent  of  instructor.  Continua- 
tion of  Econ.  200  with  particular  attention  to  recent  developments  in  linear 
programming,  game  theory,  activity  analysis,  welfare  economics,  input-output 
analysis,  and  micro-dynamic  models.  (Ulmer.) 

Econ.  202.  Macro-Economic  Analysis.   (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  102.  National  income  accounting;  deter- 
mination of  national  income  and  employment  especially  as  related  to  the 
modern  theory  of  effective  demand;  consumption  function:  multiplier  and 
acceleration  principles;  the  role  of  money  as  it  affects  output  and  employment 
as  a  whole.  (Schultze,  Bergmann.) 

Econ.  203.  Seminar  in  American  Economic  Development.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Graduate  standing.  Selected  topics  in  the  long-term  movements  of 
the  American  economy. 

Econ.  204.  Origins  and  Development  of  Capitalism.  (3) 

First  semester.  Study  of  the  transition  from  feudalism  to  capitalism  and  the 
subsequent  development  of  leading  capitalist  institutions  in  industry,  agriculture, 
commerce,  banking,  and  the  social  movement.  (Dillard.) 

Econ.  205.  Economic  Development  of  Underdeveloped  Areas.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  105,  or  Econ.  102  and  Econ.  132,  or  con- 
sent of  instructor.  Principles  and  problems  of  economic  developments  in 
underdeveloped  areas;  policies  and  techniques  which  hasten  economic 
development.  (Bennett.) 

Econ.  206.  Seminar  in  Economic  Development.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  205  or  consent  of  instructor.  Problems 
and  policies  of  economic  development  in  specified  under-developed  areas. 

(Bennett.) 

Econ.  207.  Money  and  Finance  in  Economic  Development.  (3) 

(Hinrichs.) 

Econ.  211.  Quantitative  Economics  I.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  Econ.  102,  132,  and  a  year  of  college  mathematics.  Not 
open  to  students  who  have  credit  in  Econ.  130,  Mathematical  Economics.  The 
use  of  mathematics  in  the  formulation  and  derivation  of  economic  theories  and 
the  construction  of  economic  models.  Calculus  and  matrix  algebra  required 
for  economics  will  be  taught  as  needed.  (Green,  Hexter.) 

Econ.  212.  Quantitative  Economics  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite.  Econ.  211  and  one  year  of  Statistics.  Required  of  all  Ph.D. 
majors  in  Economics.  Theory  of  probability  and  mathematical  statistics  as  a 
foundation  for  empirical  economic  studies.  (Bergmann.) 

35 


Economics 

EcoN.  214.  Advanced  Mathematical  Economics.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  either  one  year  of  calculus  or  Econ.  130. 
Model-building  and  mathematical  derivation  of  micro-  and  macro-economic 
theories.  Further  topics  in  differential  and  difference  equations  and  in  matrix 
algebra  introduced  as  required.  (Ulmer.) 

Econ.  217.  Econometrics  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Econ.  212.    A  first  course  in  the  principles  of  econometrics. 

(Green,  Hexter.) 

Econ.  218.  Econometrics  II.  (3) 

Prerequisite  Econ.  217  or  equivalent.  Advanced  theory  and  applications  of 
econometrics.   Supervised  research.  (Green.) 

Econ.  220.  Regional  Analysis  and  Location  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Graduate  standing,  permission  of  the  instructor.  Location  theory 
and  the  spatial  distribution  of  economic  activity.  The  application  to  regional 
and  interregional  problems  of  analytic  methods,  such  as  input-output  techniques, 
linear  programming,  social  accounts,  gravity  models,  industrial  complex  analysis, 
money  flows,  and  balance  of  payments. 

Econ.  230.  History  of  Economic  Thought.   (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  132  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the 
development  of  economic  thought  and  theories  including  the  Greeks.  Romans, 
canonists,  mercantilists,  physiocrats,  Adam  Smith,  Malthus,  Ricardo.  Rela- 
tion of  ideas  to  economic  policy.  (Dillard,  Spiegel.) 

Econ.  231.  Economic  Theory  in  the  Nineteenth  Century.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  230  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  A  study 
of  various  nineteenth  and  twentieth  century  schools  of  economic  thought,  par- 
ticularly the  classicists,  neo-classicists,  Austrians,  German  historical  school, 
American  economic  thought  and  the  socialists.  (Dillard,  Spiegel.) 

Econ.  232,  233.  Seminar  in  Institutional  Economic  Theory.  (3,  3) 

A  study  of  the  recent  developments  in  the  field  of  institutional  economic 
theory  in  the  United  States  and  abroad.  (Gruchy.) 

Econ.  234.  Economic  Growth  in  Mature  Economies.  (3) 

Analysis  of  policies  and  problems  for  achieving  stable  economic  growth  in 
mature  economics  such  as  the  United  States,  the  United  Kingdom,  and  the 
Scandinavian  countries.  (Gruchy.) 

Econ.  235.  Advanced  International  Economics.  (3) 

First  semester.  General  equilibrium  and  disequilibrium  in  the  world  economy; 
international  mechanism  and  adjustment;  price,  exchange  rate,  and  income 
changes.    Commercial  policy  and  the  theory  of  customs  unions.     (Wonnacott.) 

Econ.  236.  Seminar  in  International  Economic  Relations.  (3) 

Second  semester.  A  study  of  selected  problems  in  international  economic 
relations.  (Wonnacott.) 

Econ.  237.  Selected  Topics  in  Economics.  (3) 

Econ.  238.  Seminar  in  Economic  Development  of  the 
Soviet  Union.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Econ.  138  or  consent  of  instructor.  Measurement  and  evaluation 
of  Soviet  economic  development  including  interpretation  and  use  of  Soviet 
statistics,   measurement  of  national   income   and   rates   of   growth,   fiscal   and 

36 


Economics 

monetary  policies,  investment  and  technological  change,  planning  and  eco- 
nomic administration,  manpower  and  wage  policies,  foreign  trade  and  aid,  and 
selected  topics   in  Bloc  development.  (Dodge.) 

EcoN.  240.  Monetary  Theory  and  Policy,  (3) 

First  semester.  An  adequate  knowledge  of  micro-  and  macro-economics  is 
assumed.  Theory  of  money,  financial  assets,  and  economic  activity;  review 
of  classical,  neo-classical  and  Keynesian  contributions;  emphasis  on  post- 
Keynesian  contributions,  including  those  of  Tobin,  Patinkin,  Gurley-Shaw,  Fried- 
man, and  others.  (Gramley.) 

Econ.  241.  Seminar  in  Monetary  Theory  and  Policy.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  240  or  consent  of  instructor.  Theory  of 
the  mechanisms  through  which  central  banking  affects  economic  activity  and 
prices;  formation  and  implementation  of  monetary  policy;  theoretical  topics 
in  monetary  policy.  (Gramley.) 

Econ.  242.  Advanced  Theory  of  Public  Finance.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  143  or  consent  of  instructor.  Theories  of 
taxation,  debt  management,  and  fiscal  policy.  Students  are  assumed  to  have  a 
working  knowledge  of  micro-  and  macro-economic  analysis.  (Hinrichs,  Dorsey.) 

Econ.  243.  Seminar  in  Public  Finance.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Econ.  242.  Theory  of  public  expenditures  with 
special  attention  to  recent  contributions;  economic  analysis  of  the  theory  and 
practice  of  public  finance  in  various  settings.  (Schultze.) 

Econ.  247.  Economic  Growth  and  Instability.  (3) 

Second  semester.  An  analytical  study  of  long-time  economic  growth  in  relation 
to  short-term  cyclical  instability.  Attention  is  concentrated  on  the  connection 
between  accumulation  of  capital  and  the  capital  requirements  of  secular 
growth  and  business  cycles.  Earlier  writings  as  well  as  recent  growth  models 
are  considered.  (Schultze,   Mayor.) 

Econ.  248  The  Economics  of  Technical  Change.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  determinants  and  impact 
of  inventions  and  innovations.  Attention  is  given  to  the  qualitative  and  quan- 
titative aspects  of  technical  change,  both  at  the  micro-economic  and  macro- 
economic  levels,  and  under  different  conditions  of  economic  development. 

Econ.  260.  Seminar  in  Labor  Economics,  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Econ.  160  or  consent  of  instructor.  Theories  of  wage  determina- 
tion, including  analysis  of  wage  structures  and  wage-price  spiral;  organiza- 
tion of  labor  markets,  including  factors  influencing  labor  mobility  and 
unemployment.  (Knight.) 

Econ,  261,  Selected  Topics  in  Labor  Economics,  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Econ.  160  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  detailed  analysis  of  selected 
topics  in  labor  economics,  including  organization  of  labor  markets,  manpower 
utilization  and  development,  labor  force  analysis,  labor  mobility  and  theories 
of  unemployment.  (Weinstein,  Dorsey.) 

Econ.  270.  Advanced  Industrial  Organization,  (3) 

(Mueller,    Snow.) 

Econ,  399,  Thesis. 

(Arranged.) 

37 


Geography 

III.  GEOGRAPHY 

Geography  embraces  both  physical  and  social  science  aspects,  and  in 
geographical  research  these  two  aspects  are  related  constantly.  The  geog- 
rapher studies  man's  physical  environment  —  landforms,  climate,  nature 
and  distribution  of  physical  resources,  etc. — and  its  relationships  to  man's 
major  economic  and  other  activities,  particularly  as  they  find  expression 
in  the  landscape.  He  is  especially  interested  in  the  regional  diversity  of 
the  world  in  its  various  and  changing  patterns  and  the  physical  and  socio- 
economic causes  which  contribute  to  such  diversity. 

Thus  a  geographer  should  have  a  background  in  certain  aspects  of  the 
physical  and  of  the  social  sciences.  This  is  reflected  in  both  the  under- 
graduate and  graduate  programs  of  study.  First  hand  observation  is  also 
still  of  prime  importance  to  the  modern  geographer,  as  it  was  to  the  old 
"scientific  travel  geographer,"  and  parts  of  many  types  of  geographical 
research  work  are  carried  out  in  the  field.  Therefore,  a  certain  amount 
of  training  in  field  observation  is  essential  for  the  geographer.  Major  tools 
in  his  work  are  air  photographs  and  many  different  types  of  maps. 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  AN  UNDERGRADUATE  MAJOR 
IN  GEOGRAPHY 

There  are  3  different  undergraduate  programs  in  geography: 

1.  The  general  program.  This  program  prepares  a  student  for  work 
as  a  geographer  in  Federal  and  State  government,  business  and 
various  kinds  of  teaching,  and  for  later  advanced  work  in  geog- 
raphy. 

2.  The  urban  geography  program-  This  program  prepares  a  student 
for  work  as  a  geographer  in  State,  County,  Municipal 
and  other  planning  agencies. 

3.  The  cartography  program.  This  program  prepares  a  student  for 
work  as  a  cartographer  in  Federal  and  State  government,  plan- 
ning and  private  business. 

The  curriculum  for  an  undergraduate  major  in  geography  is  designed  to 
give  the  student  an  understanding  of  the  geographic  factors  that  play  a 
major  role  in  creating  differences  between  geographic  regions  and  coun- 
tries, and  to  show  how  such  factors  may  affect  economic,  social,  and  po~ 
litical  activities.  The  student  will  be  taught  the  fundamentals  of  map 
making,  field  work,  and  geographic  analysis.  Special  orientation  toward 
the  work  of  a  geographer  in  urban  and  suburban  planning  or  toward  car- 
tography is  possible  within  the  framework  of  the  undergraduate  major. 

Openings  for  well  trained  geographers  exist  in  many  branches  of  the 
Federal  government  and  of  State  governments,  in  planning  agencies,  in 
private  business,  and  in  high  schools,  colleges  and  universities.    For  the 

38 


Geography 

higher  positions  in  government  and  planning,  study  toward  an  M.A.  may 
be^  desirable.  Colleges  and  universities  generally  require  M.A.  and  Ph.D. 
degrees. 

A  student  majoring  in  geography  is  required  to  complete  satisfactorily 
120  semester  hours  of  work  in  addition  to  the  required  work  in  hygiene, 
and  physical  activities.  A  general  average  of  at  least  "C"  is  required  for 
graduation.  Only  courses  in  which  the  student  receives  a  grade  of  "C" 
or  above  will  be  counted  toward  the  major. 

The  specific  requirements  for  the  geography  major  are: 

I.  Geog.  10  and  11  (3,  3)  or  equivalent;  Geog.  30  (3);  Geog.  35  (3); 
Geog.  40  and  41  (3,  3);  Geog.  170  (3)  and  18  hours  in  other  geography 
courses  numbered  100  to  199,  of  which  6  hours  must  be  in  non-regional 
courses;  a  total  of  39  hours  in  geography. 

II.  Social  Sciences— G.  &  P.  1  (3);  Econ.  31  and  32  (3,3);  Hist.  (3,3); 
one  course  in  U.S.  history,  one  in  another  area;  Soc.  105  (3);  a  total  of 
18  semester  hours. 

III.  Natural  Sciences  and  Mathematics — Botany  1  and  113  or  102  (4,  2 
or  3);  Agron.  114  or  equivalent  (4);  Chem.  1  (4);  Math.  3  (4)  or  Math 
10  (3).  Total  of  18  or  19  semester  hours. 

IV.  English  and  Speech— Eng.  1  (3)  and  3,  4,  (3,  3);  Speech  1  (3)  or 
7  (2);  a  total  of  11  or  12  semester  hours. 

V.  Foreign  Language  and  Literature — 12  semester  hours  in  one  language, 
unless  an  advanced  course  is  taken. 

VI.  Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy — Phil.  41  (3),  a  total  of  3  hours. 

VII.  Hygiene,  and  physical  activities.  The  present  University  requirement 
is  4  semester  hours  in  physical  activities  and  health  education. 

A  student  who  elects  geography  as  a  major  must  have  earned  eighteen 
semester  hours  credit  in  the  prerequisite  courses  in  geography  prior  to 
beginning  the  advanced  work  of  the  junior  year.  These  are  normally  taken 
during  the  freshman  and  sophomore  years.  Only  courses  in  which  the 
student  receives  a  grade  of  "C"  or  above  will  be  counted  toward  the  major. 

A  minor  in  geography  should  consist  of  Geog.  10  (3),  Geog.  30  (3), 
Geog.  40  (3)  and  such  other  courses  as  the  major  adviser  deems  suitable. 

The  specific  courses  comprising  the  student's  program  of  studies  should  be 
selected  with  the  aid  of  a  faculty  adviser  from  the  Department  of  Geog- 
raphy in  terms  of  the  student's  objective  and  major  interest. 


39 


Geography 

RECOMMENDED  STUDY  PROGRAM  FOR  GEOGRAPHY  MAJORS 


Freshman  Year 

Geog.   10,   11 — General  Geography 

Chem.    1 — General    Chemistry 

Bot.  1 — General  Botany 

Speech  1  or  7 — Public  Speaking 

G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government 

Eng.  1 — (or  21)  Composition 

Foreign  Language  

Phil.  41 — Elementary  Logic  and  Semantics. 

Heal.  5 — Health  Education   

Physical  Activities  (men  and  women 


r-Semester- 
I  II 


4 

2-3 


TotaL 


17      18-19 


Sophomore  Year 

Geog.  30 — Principles  of  Morphology   

Geog.  35 — Map  Reading  and  Interpretation 

Geog.  40 — Principles  of  Meteorology   

Geog.  41 — Introductory  Climatology  

Hist. — One  U.  S.  history  and  one  other  area 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature.  .  . 

Foreign  Language  

Math.  3  or  10 — Fundamentals  of  Mathematics  or 
Introduction  to  Mathematics 


3 
3 
3 

3-4 


Total 


18-19 


15 


Junior  Year 


Bot.  113 — .Plant  Geography 

Agron.  114 — Soil  Classification  and  Geography 

Soc.    105 — Cultural   Anthropology 

Econ.  31,  32 — Principles  of  Economics 

Geog. — Selection  to  fit  student's  needs 

Electives,   with  adviser's   consent 


Total 


17 


16 


Senior  Year 


Geog.   170 — Local   Field   Course 3 

Geog.   199 — Thesis  Research  for  undergraduate  majors  in 

geography 3 

Geog. — Selection  to  fit  student's  needs 6  3 

Electives,  with  adviser's  consent  (one  of  which  should  be  a 

Social  Science)    6  3 

Total 15  9 


40 


Geography 

SUGGESTED  STUDY  PROGRAM  FOR  URBAN  GEOGRAPHY 

In  recent  years  there  has  been  an  increased  demand  in  the  field  of  Urban 
and  Suburban  Planning  for  persons  with  basic  preparation  in  Geography, 
including  work  in  cartography  and  urban  geography,  and  with  supporting 
preparation  in  Business  Administration,  Economics,  Government  and 
Politics,  and  Sociology.  The  following  program  has  been  organized  in 
response  to  this  demand,  and  in  consultation  with  leading  members  of 
planning  organizations  in  this  part  of  the  country.  The  program  corre- 
sponds closely  to  the  general  geography  major,  but  most  elective  hours 
are  assigned  to  specific  courses. 

Attention  is  drawn  to  the  fact  that  for  this  course  of  study  no  foreign 
language  is  required,  but  that  persons  wishing  to  pursue  later  a  course 
toward  the  M.A.  degree  in  geography  must  at  that  time  offer  12  credit 
hours  of  an  approved  foreign  language,  or  pass  an  examination. 

r-Seinester—<, 
Freshman    Year  I  U 

Geog.  10,  1 1 — General  Geography 3  3 

Geog.  30 — Principles  of  Morphology    3 

Geog.  35 — Map  Reading  and  Interpretation 3 

Chem.  1 — General  Chemistry   4 

Bot.  1 — General  Botany 4 

G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government   3 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life 3 

Eng.  1 — Composition   3 

Phil.  41 — Elementary  Logic  and  Semantics 3 

Hea.  5 — Health  Education  2 

Physical  Activities  (men  and  women) 1  1 


Total 17  19 


Sophomore  Year 

Geog.  40 — Principles  of  Meteorology   3 

Geog.  41 — Introductory  Climatology 3 

Econ.  31,  32 — Principles  of  Economics 3              3 

Hist. — One  U.  S.  history  and  one  other  area 3             3 

Soc.   13 — Rural  Sociology    3 

Soc.   14 — Urban   Sociology    3 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature 3             3 

Speech  1  or  7 — Public  Speaking 2-3 

Math.  3  or  10 — Fundamentals  of  Mathematics  or 

Introduction  to  Mathematics 3-4 


Total _ _ 18-19      17-18 


41 


Geography 

/—Semester—^ 
Junior  Year  /  // 

Geog.   100 — Regional  Geography  of  Eastern  Anglo-America  3 

Geog.   155 — Problems  and  Practices  of  Photo  Interpretation  3 

Geog.   195 — Geography  of  Transportation    3 

Geog.   197 — Urban  Geography   3 

Agron.   114 — Soil  Classification  and  Geography 4 

B.  A.  130 — Business  Statistics  1 3 

Econ.  142 — Public  Finance  and  Taxation 3 

B.A.  176 — Urban  Transport  and  Urban  Development 3 

Soc.  121 — Population  3 

Electives,  with  adviser's  consent 2 

Total 15  15 

Senior  Year 

Geog.  154,  155 — General  Cartography  and  Graphics 3  3 

Geog.  170 — Local  Field  Course 3 

B.  A.  195 — Real  Estate  Principles 3 

G.  &  P.  161 — Metropolitan  Administration 3 

Soc.  1 14 — The  City   3 

Geog.  199 — Thesis    Research    for   undergraduate    majors    in 

geography 3 

Electives,  with  adviser's  consent 5 

Total 15  11 

Electives  during  the  Junior  and  Senior  years  should  be  chosen  from  among 
the  following  courses:  Geog.  160 — Advanced  Economic  Geography  I. 
Agricultural  Resources  (3);  Geog.  161 — Advanced  Economic  Geography 
II.  Mineral  Resources  (3);  Geog.  198 — Topical  Investigations  (1-3); 
B.A.  170 — Transportation  Services  and  Regulations  (3);  B.A.  184 — 
Public  Utilities  (3);  B.A.  180,  181— Business  Law  (4,  4);  Econ.  ISO- 
Marketing  Principles  and  Organization  (3);  Econ.  171 — Economics  of 
American  Industries  (3);  Econ.  137 — The  Economics  of  National 
Planning  (3);  G.  &  P.  112 — Public  Financial  Administration 
(3);  G.  &  P.  181— Administrative  Law  (3);  Soc.  1 1 2— Rural-Urban 
Relations  (3);  Soc.  115 — Industrial  Sociology  (3);  Soc.  183 — Social  Sta- 
tistics (3). 

SUGGESTED  STUDY  PROGRAM  FOR  CARTOGRAPHY 

There  is  a  steady  demand  from  Federal  government,  local  government, 
planning  agencies,  and  private  firms  for  well  trained  geographic  cartog- 
raphers. A  good  geographic  cartographer  should  understand  the  prin- 
ciples of  geography  and  geographic  research,  as  much  cartographic  work 
deals  with  the  research  that  is  necessary  even  before  the  first  sketch  of  a 
map  can  be  made.  He  should  understand  the  principles  and  some  of  the 
problems  of  modem  map  making,  general  graphic  presentation,  and  meth- 
ods of  reproduction;  he  should  be  able  to  do  satisfactory  cartographic 
drafting.    The  suggested  program  is  essentially  similar  to  that  for  the 

42 


Geography 

undergraduate  major  except  that  students  specializing  in  the  cartographic 
side  of  geography  may,  with  the  consent  of  the  Senior  Adviser,  enroll  for 
Econ.  37  (3)  instead  of  Econ.  31  and  32  (3,  3).  Moreover,  the  Senior 
Adviser  may  also  release  such  students  from  the  requirement  to  take  Soc. 
105. 

The  student  should  take  as  many  of  the  courses  from  Geog.  150  to  and 
including  Geog.  155  as  are  available  during  his  upper  classman  years. 
Courses  outside  of  geography,  which  can  be  expected  to  be  most  useful 
to  his  future  cartography  career,  should  be  chosen  in  consultation  with 
the  Senior  Adviser. 


GEOGRAPHY 

Professors:  Hu,  Van  Royen. 

Associate  Professors:  Ahnert,  Chaves  and  Deshler. 

Assistant  Professors:  Anderson,  Gordon,  Mika,  Schmieder  and  Wiedel. 

Lecturers:  Groves,  Volk. 

Instructor:   Kinerney. 


Geog.  10,  11.  General  Geography.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Geog.  10  is  suggested  for  students  of  Arts  and 
Sciences.  Education  and  those  who  desire  a  preparation  for  further  study  in 
geography.  It  also  will  serve  as  a  preparation  for  the  regional  studies.  Geog. 
10  and  11  are  required  of  all  majors  in  geography  and  are  recommended  for 
minors.  First  part:  an  introduction  to  the  various  subdivisions  of  geography, 
to  the  nature  and  use  of  maps,  to  major  principles  and  basic  terminology. 
Second  part:  a  study  of  the  philosophy,  techniques,  aspects  of  literature  and 
applications  of  geography.  (Deshler  and  others.) 

Geog.  15.  Introductory  Economic  Geography.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period 
per  week.  A  study  of  physical  and  economic  factors  that  underlie  production. 
The  roles  of  climate,  soils,  and  landforms;  the  nature  and  geographic  distribu- 
tion of  agricultural,  power  and  mineral  resources,  and  the  nature  and  uses  of 
cartographic  materials.  (Staff.) 

Geog.  20,  21.  Economic  Geography.  (3,  3) 

(Not  offered  on  College  Park  campus.) 

Geog.  30.  Principles  of  Morphology.  (3) 

First  semester.  A  study  of  the  physical  features  of  the  earth's  surface  and  their 
geographic  distribution,  including  subordinate  land  forms.  Major  morphologi- 
cal processes,  the  development  of  land  forms,  and  the  relationships  between  var- 
ious types  of  land  forms  and  land  use  problems.  (Ahnert.) 


43 


Geography 

Geog.  35.  Map  Interpretation  and  Map  Problems.   (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Interpretation  of  land  forms  and  man-made  features 
on  American  and  foreign  maps.  Functions,  use,  and  limitations  of  various 
types  of  maps,  with  emphasis  upon  topographic  maps.  Problems  of  use  and  in- 
terpretation. (Ahnert.) 

Geog.  40.  Principles  of  Meteorology.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  An  introductory  study  of  the  weather.  Properties 
and  conditions  of  the  atmosphere,  and  methods  of  measurement.  The  atmos- 
pheric circulation  and  conditions  responsible  for  various  types  of  weather  and 
their  geographic  distribution  patterns.    Practical  applications.  (Kinerney.) 

Geog.  41.  Introductory  Climatology.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Geog.  40,  or  permission  of  the  mstructor.  Cli- 
matic elements  and  their  controls,  the  classification  and  distribution  of  world 
climates  and  relevance  of  climatic  differences  to  human  activities.         (Chaves.) 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 
Geog    100.  Regional  Geography  of  Eastern  Anglo- America.   (3) 

Prerequisite,  Geog.  10  or  Geog.  15,  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  A  study 
of  the  cultural  and  economic  geography  and  the  geographic  regions  of  eastern 
United  States  and  Canada,  including  an  analysis  of  the  significance  of  the 
physical  basis  for  present-day  diversification  of  development,  and  the  historical 
geographic  background. 

Geog.  101.  Regional  Geography  of  Western  Anglo- America.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Geog.  10  or  Geog.  15,  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  A  study 
of  western  United  States,  western  Canada,  and  Alaska  along  the  lines  men- 
tioned under  Geog.  100. 

Geog.   103.  Geographic  Concepts  and  Source  Materials.   (3) 

A  comprehensive  and  systematic  survey  of  geographic  concepts  designed  ex- 
clusively for  teachers.  Stress  will  be  placed  upon  the  philosophy  of  geography 
in  relation  to  the  social  and  physical  sciences,  the  use  of  the  primary  tools  of 
geography,  source  materials,  and  the  problems  of  presenting  geographic  prin- 
ciples. 

Geog.  104.  Geography  of  Major  World  Regions.  (3) 

A  geographic  analysis  of  the  patterns,  problems,  and  prospects  of  the  world's 
principal  human-geographic  regions,  including  Europe,  Anglo-America,  the 
Soviet  Union,  the  Far  East,  and  Latin  America.  Emphasis  upon  the  causal 
factors  of  differentiation  and  the  role  geographic  differences  play  in  the  in- 
terpretation of  the  current  world  scene.  This  course  is  designed  especially  for 
teachers. 
Geog.  105.  Geography  of  Maryland  and  Adjacent  Areas.  (3) 

An  analysis  of  the  physical  environment,  natural  resources,  and  population  in 
relation  to  agriculture,  industry,  transport,  and  trade  in  the  state  of  Maryland 
and  adjacent  areas. 

Geog.  110.  Economic  and  Cultural  Geography  of  Caribbean 
America.  (3)  .       ,  ^-      ■    ,  .     a 

An  analysis  of  the  physical  framework,  broad  economic  and  historical  trends, 
cultural  patterns,  and  regional  diversification  of  Mexico,  Central  America,  the 
West  Indies,  and  parts  of  Colombia  and  Venezuela.  (Chaves.) 

44 


GeCMjRAPHY 

Geog.  111.  Economic  and  Cultural  Geography  of  South 
America.  (3) 

A  survey  of  natural  environment  and  resources,  economic  development  and 
cultural  diversity  of  the  South  American  republics,  with  emphasis  upon  prob- 
lems and  prospects  of  the  countries.  (Chaves.) 

Geog.  120.  Geography  of  Europe.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Agricultural  and  industrial  development  of  Europe 
and  present-day  problems  in  relation  to  the  physical  and  cultural  setting  of  the 
continent  and  its  natural  resources.  (Van  Royen,  Ahnert.) 

Geog.  122.  Economic  Resources  and  Development  of  Africa.  (3) 

The  natural  resources  of  Africa  in  relation  to  agricultural  and  mineral  produc- 
tion; the  various  stages  of  economic  development  and  the  potentialities  of  the 
future.  (Deshler.) 

Geog.  125.  Geography  of  Asia.  (3) 

Lands,  climates,  natural  resources  and  major  economic  activities  in  Asia  (except 
Soviet  Asia).    Outstanding  differences  between  major  regions.  (Hu.) 

Geog.  130.  Economic  and  Political  Geography  of  Eastern 
Asia.  (3) 

Study  of  China,  Korea,  Japan,  the  Philippines;  physical  geographic  setting;  pop- 
ulation; economic  and  political  geography.  Potentialities  of  major  regions  and 
recent  developments.  (Hu.) 

Geog.  131.  Economic  and  Political  Geography  of  South  and 
Southeast  Asia.   (3) 

Study  of  the  Indian  subcontinent,  Farther  India,  Indonesia:  physical  geographic 
setting;  population;  economic  and  political  geography.  Potentialities  of  various 
countries  and  regions  and  their  role  in  present  Asia.  (Hu.) 

Geog.  134.  Cultural  Geography  of  China  and  Japan.  (3) 

Survey  of  geographical  distribution  and  interpretation  of  cultural  patterns  of 
China  and  Japan.  Emphasis  on  basic  cultural  institutions,  outlook  on  life,  unique 
characteristics  of  various  groups.  Trends  of  cultural  change  and  contemporary 
problems.  (Hu.) 

Geog.  140.  Geography  of  the  Soviet  Union.  (3) 

The  natural  environment  and  its  regional  diversity.  Geographic  factors  in  the 
expansion  of  the  Russian  state.  The  geography  of  agricultural  and  industrial 
production,  in  relation  to  available  resources,  transportation  problems,  and 
diversity  of  population.  (Anderson.) 

Geog.  146.  Regional  Geomorphology,  (3) 

Regional  and  comparative  morphology,  with  special  emphasis  upon  Anglo- 
America.  (Ahnert.) 


45 


Geography 

Geog.  150.  History  and  Theory  of  Cartography    (3) 

The  development  of  maps  throughout  history.  Geographical  orientation  co- 
ordinates, and  map  scales.  Map  projections,  their  nature  use  and  limitations^ 
Principles  of  representation  of  features  on  physical  and  cultural  maps.  Modern 
uses  of  maps  and  relationships  between  characteristics  of  maps  and  use  types. 

Geog    151,  152.  Cartography  and  Graphics  Practicum.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  One  hour  lecture  and  two  two-hour  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Techniques  and  problems  of  compilation,  design,  and  construc- 
tion of  various  types  of  maps  and  graphs.  Relationships  between  map  making 
and  modern  methods  of  production  and  reproduction.  Trips  to  representative 
plants.  Laboratory  work  directed  toward  cartographic  problems  encountered 
in  the  making  of  nontopographic  maps.  (Wiedel. ) 

Geog.  153.  Problems  of  Cartographic  Representation  and 

^^Tw^^hours  lecture  and  two  hours  laboratory  a  week.    Study  of  cartographic 
compilation  methods.    Principles  and  problems  of  symbolization    classification 
and  representation  of  map  data.    Problems  of  representation  of  features  at  dif- 
ferent scales  and  for  different  purposes.    Place-name  selection   and   lettering; 
stick-up  and  map  composition. 

Geog   154.  Problems  of  Map  Evaluation.  (3)       ,     ,     ^  ,  . . 

Two  hours  lecture  and  two  hours  laboratory  a  week.   Schools  of  topographic 
concepts  and  practices.    Theoretical  and  practical  means  of  determining  map 
reliability,  map  utility, 'and  source  materials.    Nature,  status,  and  problems  o 
topographic  mapping  in  different  parts  of  the  world.    Non-topographic  special 
use  maps.   Criteria  of  usefulness  for  purposes  concerned  and  of  ^^1'^''^^]'^^^^  ^ 

Geog  155.  Problems  and  Practices  of  Photo  Interpretation  (3) 

Two  hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Interpretation  of 
aerial  photographs  with  emphasis  on  the  recognition  of  landforms  of  different 
types  and  man-made  features.  Study  of  vegetation,  soil,  and  other  data  tha. 
mav  be  derived  from  aerial  photographs,  lypes  of  aerial  photographs  and  limi- 
tations of  photo  interpretation.  (Ahner  .) 

Geog.  160.  Advanced  Economic  Geography  I.   Agricultural 

^^'Hr^t'^femeit^er,  alternate  years.  Prerequisite,  Geog.  10  or  Geog.  15  The  nature 
of  agricultural  resources,  the  major  types  of  agricultural  exploitation  in  the 
world,  and  the  geographic  distribution  of  certain  major  crops  and  animals  in  re- 
lation to  physical  environment  and  economic  geographic  conditions  Mam  prob- 
lems of  conservation.  <Van  Royen.) 

Geog.  161.  Advanced  Economic  Geography  II.  Mineral 

^^'STmester,  alternate  years.  Prerequisite,  Geog.  10  or  Geog  15^  The  nature 
and  geographic  distribution  of  the  principal  power,  metallic  and  other  minerals. 
Economic  geographic  aspects  of  modes  of  exploitation.  Consequences  of  geo- 
graphic distribution  and  problems  of  conservation.  (Van  Royen.) 

Geog.  170.  Local  Field  Course.  (3)  ,      ^  .         c-  ^  «k 

First  semester.   Training  in  geographic  field  methods  and  techniques.   Field  ob- 

46 


Geography 

servation  of  land  use  in  selected  rural  and  urban  areas  in  eastern  Maryland. 
One  lecture  per  week  with  Saturday  and  occasional  weekend  field  trips.  Pri- 
marily for  undergraduates.  (Ahnert.) 

Geog.  180.  Scientific  Methodology  and  History  of  Geography.  (3) 

First  semester.  For  undergraduate  and  graduate  majors  in  Geography.  May  be 
taken  also  by  students  with  a  minimum  of  nine  hours  in  systematic  and  six  hours 
in  regional  geography.  A  comprehensive  and  systematic  study  of  the  history, 
nature,  and  basic  principles  of  geography,  with  special  reference  to  the  major 
schools  of  geographic  thought;  a  critical  evaluation  of  some  of  the  important 
geographical  works  and  methods  of  geographic  research.  (Hu.) 

Geog.  190.  Political  Geography.  (3) 

Geographical  factors  in  national  power  and  international  relations;  an  analysis 
of  the  role  of  "geopolitics"  and  "geostrategy,"  with  special  reference  to  the  cur- 
rent world  scene.  (Chaves.) 

Geog.  195.  Geography  of  Transportation.  (3) 

The  distribution  of  transport  routes  on  the  earth's  surface;  patterns  of  transport 
routes;  the  adjustment  of  transport  routes  and  media  to  conditions  of  the  natural 
environment  centers  and  their  distribution. 

Geog.  197.  Urban  Geography.  (3) 

Origins  of  cities,  followed  by  a  study  of  elements  of  site  and  location  with 
reference  to  cities.  The  patterns  and  functions  of  some  major  world  cities  will 
be  analyzed.  Theories  of  land  use  differentiation  within  cities  will  be  ap- 
praised. (Mika.) 

Geog.  198.  Topical  Investigations.  (1-3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Independent  study  under  individual  guidance.  Re- 
stricted to  advanced  undergraduate  students  with  credit  for  at  least  24  hours 
in  geography,  and  to  graduate  students.  Any  exception  should  have  the  approval 
of  the  Head  of  the  Department.  (Staff.) 

Geog.  199.  Undergraduate  Thesis  Research.  (3) 

Directed  regional  or  systematic  study  involving  several  subfields  of  geography, 
including  cartographic  presentation,  and  usually  requiring  field  work;  and  lead- 
ing to  an  undergraduate  thesis.   (Limited  to  undergraduate  majors  in  geography). 

(Hu.) 

For  Graduates 
Geog.  200.  Field  Course.  (3) 

Field  work  in  September,  conferences  and  reports  during  first  semester.  Prac- 
tical experience  in  conducting  geographic  field  studies.  Intensive  training  in  field 
methods  and  techniques  and  m  the  preparation  of  reports.  For  graduate  students 
in  geography.  Open  to  other  students  by  special  permission  of  the  Head  of  the 
Department  of  Geography.  (Staff.) 

Geog.  210,  211.  Seminar  in  the  Geography  of  Latin 
America.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  Geog.  110.  Ill  or  consent  of  in- 
structor. An  analysis  of  recent  changes  and  trends  in  industrial  development, 
exploitation  of  mineral  resources,  and  land  utilization.  (Chaves.) 

47 


Geography 

Geog.  220,  221.  Seminar  in  the  Geography  of  Europe 
AND  Africa.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  Geog.  120  or  122,  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Analysis  of  special  problems  concerning  the  resources  and  develop- 
ment of  Europe  and  Africa.  (Van  Royen,  Deshler.) 

Geog.  230,  231.  Seminar  in  the  Geography  of  East  Asia.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Analysis  of  problems  concerning  the  geography  of 
East  Asia  with  emphasis  on  special  research  methods  and  techniques  applicable 
to  the  problems  of  this  area.  (Hu.) 

Geog.  240,  241.  Seminar  in  the  Geography  of  the  U.S.S.R.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Investigation  of  special  aspects  of  Soviet  geography. 
Emphasis  on  the  use  of  Soviet  materials.  Prerequisite,  reading  knowledge  of 
Russian  and  Geog.  140,  or  consent  of  instructor.  (Anderson.) 

Geog.  246.  Seminar  in  the  Geography  of  the  Near  East.  (3) 
First  and  second  semesters. 

Geog.  250.  Seminar  in  Cartography.  (Credit  arranged) 

First  or  second  semester.  The  historical  and  mathematical  background  of  carto- 
graphic concepts,  practices,  and  problems,  and  the  various  philosophical  and 
practical  approaches  to  cartography.  Discussions  will  be  supplemented  by  the 
presentation  of  specific  cartographic  problems  investigated  by  the  students. 


Geog.  260.  Advanced  General  Climatology.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Geog.  41,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Advanced  study 
of  elements  and  controls  of  the  earth's  climates.  Principles  of  climatic  classi- 
fication. Special  analysis  of  certain  climatic  types. 

Geog.  261.  Applied  Climatology.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Geog.  41,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Study  of 
principles,  techniques,  and  data  of  micro-climatology,  physical  and  regional 
climatology  relating  to  such  problems  and  fields  as  transportation,  agriculture, 
industry,  urban  planning,  human  comfort  and  regional  geographic  analysis. 

Geog.  262,  263.  Seminar  in  Meteorology  and  Climatology.  (3,3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Selected  topics 
in  meteorology  and  climatology  chosen  to  fit  the  individual  needs  of  advanced 
students 

Geog.  280.  Geomorphology.  (3) 

Second  semester.  An  advanced  comparative  study  of  selected  geomorphic  proc- 
esses and  land  forms,  theories  of  land  forms  evolution  and  geomorphological 
problems.  (Van  Royen.) 

Geog.  290,  291.  Selected  Topics  in  Geography.   (1-3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Readings  and  discussion  on  selected  topics  in  the 
field  of  geography.  To  be  taken  only  with  joint  consent  of  adviser  and  Head  of 
the  Department  of  Geography.  (Staff.) 

Geog.  399.  Dissertation  Research.  (Credit  to  be  arranged) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  (Staff.) 

48 


Government  and  Politics 

IV.  GOVERNMENT  AND  POLITICS 

The  Department  of  Government  and  Politics  offers  programs  designed  to 
prepare  students  for  government  service,  politics,  foreign  assignments,  and 
intelligent  and  purposeful  citizenship. 

Business  and  Public  Administration  students  may  major  in  Government 
and  Politics.  At  the  Junior/Senior  level  they  may  pursue  the  general 
G.  &  P.  curriculum  or  they  may  pursue  a  more  specialized  curriculum 
either  in  International  Affairs  or  in  Public  Administration. 

Government  and  Politics  majors  must  take  a  minimum  of  36  semester  hours 
in  G.  &  P.  courses  and  may  not  count  more  than  42  hours  in  G.  &  P.  to- 
ward graduation.  No  course  in  which  the  grade  is  less  than  "C"  may  be 
counted  as  part  of  the  major  work. 

The  Government  and  Politics  fields  are  as  follows:  (1)  American  Govern- 
ment and  Politics;  (2)  Comparative  Government;  (3)  International  Af- 
fairs; (4)  Political  Theory;  (5)  Public  Administration;  (6)  Public  Law; 
and  (7)  Public  Policy  and  Political  Behavior. 

All  G.  &  P.  majors  are  required  to  take  G.  &  P.  1,  3,  20,  and  141  or  142 
(Political  Theory).  They  must  take  one  G.  &  P.  course  from  three  sepa- 
rate G.  &  P.  fields  as  designated  by  the  Department;  and  in  addition:  (a) 
G.  &  P.  majors  (general)  must  take  at  least  15  G.  &  P.  semester  hours 
at  the  100  level;  (b)  G.  &  P.  majors  taking  the  International  Affairs 
curriculum  must  complete  at  least  15  semester  hours  at  the  100  level  in 
International  Affairs  and  Comparative  Government  courses,  including  G.  & 
P.  101;  (c)  G.  &  P.  majors  taking  the  PubUc  Administration  curriculum 
must  complete  at  least  15  semester  hours  at  the  100  level  in  Public  Admin- 
istration, including  G.  &  P.  110. 

All  students  majoring  in  G.  &  P.  (general)  or  G.  &  P.  with  specialization 
in  Public  Administration  must  take  a  minimum  of  12  semester  hours  in 
one  foreign  language.  Students  majoring  in  G.  &  P.  with  specialization  in 
International  Affairs  must  take  a  minimum  of  12  semester  hours  in  one 
foreign  language  above  the  first  year  elementary  course.  (The  first  year 
elementary  requirement  may  be  waived  by  high  school  credit  or  placement 
tests). 

All  students  majoring  in  G.  &  P.  must  fulfill  the  requirements  of  a  minor, 
which  involves  the  completion  of  1 8  semester  hours  from  approved  Depart- 
ments other  than  G.  &  P.  At  least  six  of  the  18  hours  must  be  taken 
at  the  100  level  from  a  single  Department.  Students  majoring  in  G.  &  P. 
with  specialization  in  International  Aflairs  may  choose  to  take  all  minor 
courses  either  in  geographical  area  studies  or  on  a  Departmental  basis: 
geographical  area  minors  may  be  chosen,  with  the  consent  of  the  depart- 
mental adviser,  from  the  following:  Africa,  East  Asia,  Europe,  Latin  Amer- 
ica, the  Middle  East,  and  the  Soviet  Union.  G.  &  P.  general  majors  and 
G.  &  P.  majors  specializing  in  Public  Administration  may  not  minor  in 
geographical  area  studies. 

49 


Government  and  Politics 

FRESHMAN  AND  SOPHOMORE  REQUIREMENTS 


Courses 

Hours 

Econ.  31,  32 

6 

English  1,  3,  4 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy 

Foreign  Language 

(International  Affairs  students  must  have  12 
foreign  language  credits  above  the  first  year 
elementary  level.) 

G.  &  P.  1,  3,  20 

9 
3 

12 

9 

History 
Math.  10,  11 

6 

6 

Science  (One  Physical  Science  and  one  Biological  Science) 
Social  Science  (to  fulfill  Gen.  Educ.  Program  requirement) 
Speech  1 

7 

3 
3 

JUNIOR  AND  SENIOR  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THE 
G.  &  P.  GENERAL  CURRICULUM 


64 


fields 


Courses 
G.  &  P.  141  or  142  (Political  Theory) 
One  course  from  each  of  three  G.  &  P. 

as  designated  by  the  Department 
Additional  100-level  G.  &  P.  courses 

(May  not  all  be  taken  in  International 

Affairs/Comparative  Government,  or  all  in 

Public  Administration) 
Requirements  for  minor 
Statistics 
Electives  recommended  by  adviser 


Hours 
3 

9 

15 


18 

3 

12 


60 


'  See  catalog  of  College  of  Arts  and  Sciences  for  requirements  for  G.  &  P.  majors  in 
A.  &  S. 

All  students  must  meet  University  requirements  in  Physical  Education  and  Health 
Education. 


50 


Government  and  Politics 

JUNIOR  AND  SENIOR  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THE  G.  &  P. 
INTERNATIONAL  AFFAIRS   CURRICULUM 

Courses  Hours 

G.  &  P.  141  or  142  (Political  Theory)  3 
One  course  from  each  of  three  G.  &  P.  fields 

as  designated  by  the  Department  9 
Additional  100-level  International  Affairs  and  Comparative 

Government  courses  including  G.  &  P.  101  15 
Requirements  for  minor 

(Departmental  or  Geographical  Area  Studies)  18 

Statistics  3 

Electives  recommended  by  adviser  12 


60 

JUNIOR  AND  SENIOR  REQUIREMENTS  FOR  THE  G.  &  P. 
PUBLIC   ADMINISTRATION  CURRICULUM 

Courses  Hours 

G.  &  P.  141  or  142  (PoUtical  Theory)  3 
One  course  from  each  of  three  G.  &  P.  fields 

as  designated  by  the  Department  9 
Additional  100-level  PubUc  Administration  courses 

including  G.  &  P.  110  15 

Requirements  for  minor  18 

Statistics  3 

Electives  recommended  by  adviser  12 


60 


GOVERNMENT  AND  POLITICS 

Professors:  Plischke,  Anderson,  Burdette,  Dillon,  and  Harrison. 

Associate  Professors:  Byrd,  Hathorn,  Hsueh,  Jacobs,  and  McNelly. 

Assistant  Professors:  Alperin,  Claude,  Conway,  Cox,  Koury,  O'Don- 
nell,  Onyewu,  Piper,  Terchek,  and  Wolfe. 

Lecturers:  Barber,  Frederickson,  Larson,   Ratchford,  Soles,   and 

ZiMRING. 

G.  &  P,  1.  American  Government.  (3) 

This  course  is  designed  as  the  basic  course  in  government  and  it  or  its  equivalent 
is  a  prerequisite  to  other  courses  in  the  Department.  It  is  a  comprehensive 
study  of  government  in  the  United  States — national,  state,  and  local. 

G.  &  P.  3.  Principles  of  Government  and  Politics.  (3) 
A  study  of  the  basic  principles  and  concepts  of  political  science. 

51 


Government  and  Politics 

G.  &  P.  20.  Introduction  to  Political  Behavior.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  Development,  concepts,  and  techniques  of  the  beha- 
vioral approach  to  political  science.   Comparison  with  traditional  approaches. 

G.  &  P.  40.  Political  Ideologies.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  survey  and  analysis  of  the  leading  ideologies  of  the 
modern  world,  including  anarchism,  communism,  socialism,  fascism,  national- 
ism, and  democracy. 

G.  &  P.  60.  State  and  Local  Government.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  study  of  the  functioning  and  problems  of  state  and 
local  goverimient  in  the  United  States,  with  illustrations  from  Maryland  juris- 
dictions. 

G.  &  P.  97.  Governments  and  Politics  of  Europe.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  comparative  study  of  the  political  systems  of  the 
United  Kingdom,  France,  Germany,  Italy,  and  other  selected  European  coun- 
tries. 

For  Graduates  and  Advanced  Undergraduates 
G.  &  P.   101.  International  Political  Relations.   (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  study  of  the  major  factors  underlying  international 
relations,  the  methods  of  conducting  foreign  relations,  the  foreign  policies  of 
the  major  powers,  and  the  means  of  avoiding  or  alleviating  international  con- 
flicts. 

G.  &  P.  102.  International  Law.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  study  of  the  basic  character,  general  principles,  and 
specific  rules  of  international  law,  with  emphasis  on  recent  and  contemporary 
trends  in  the  field  and  its  relation  to  other  aspects  of  international  affairs. 

G-  &  P.  103.  Contemporary  African  Politics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  survey  of  contemporary  developments  in  the  interna- 
tional politics  of  Africa,  with  special  emphasis  on  the  role  of  an  emerging  Africa 
in  world  affairs. 

G.  &.  P.  104.  Inter- American  Relations.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  An  analytical  and  historical  study  of  the  Latin- American 
policies  of  the  United  States  and  of  problems  in  our  relations  with  individual 
countries,  with  emphasis  on  recent  developments. 

G.  &  P.  105.  Recent  Far  Eastern  Politics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  The  background  and  interpretation  of  recent  political 
events  in  the  Far  East  and  their  influence  on  world  politics. 

G.  &  P.  106.  American  Foreign  Relations.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  The  principles  and  machinery  of  the  conduct  of  Amer- 
ican foreign  relations,  with  emphasis  on  the  Department  of  State  and  the  Foreign 
Service,  and  an  analysis  of  the  major  foreign  policies  of  the  United  States. 

G.  &  P.  107.  Contemporary  Middle  Eastern  Politics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  survey  of  contemporary  developments  in  the  inter- 
national politics  of  the  Middle  East,  with  special  emphasis  on  the  role  of 
emerging  Middle  East  nations  in  world  affairs. 

52 


Government  and  Politics 
G.  &  P.  108.  International  Organization.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  study  of  the  objectives,  structure,  functions,  and 
procedures  of  international  organizations,  including  the  United  Nations  and  such 
functional  and  regional  organizations  as  the  Organization  of  American  States. 

G.  &  P.  109.  Foreign  Policy  of  the  U.S.S.R.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  study  of  the  development  of  the  foreign  policy  of 
the  Soviet  Union,  with  attention  paid  to  the  forces  and  conditions  that  make 
for  continuities  and  changes  from  Tsarist  policies. 

G.  &  P.  lip.  Principles  of  Public  Administration.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  study  of  public  administration  in  the  United  States, 
giving  special  attention  to  the  principles  of  organization  and  management  and 
to  fiscal,  personnel,  planning,  and  public  relations  practices. 

G.  &  P.  ill.  Public  Personnel  Administration.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  110  or  B.  A.  160.  A  survey  of  public  personnel  adminis- 
tration, including  the  development  of  merit  civil  service,  the  personnel  agency, 
classification,  recruitment,  examination  techniques,  promotion,  service  ratings, 
training,  discipline,  employee  relations,  and  retirement. 

G.  &  P.  112.  Public  Financial  Administration.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  110  or  Econ.  142.  A  survey  of  governmental  financial 
procedures,  including  processes  of  current  and  capital  budgeting,  the  administra- 
tion of  public  borrowing,  the  techniques  of  public  purchasing,  and  the  machinery 
of  control  through  pre-audit  and  post-audit. 

G.  &  P.  113.  Governmental  Organization  and  Management.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  110.  A  study  of  the  theories  of  organization  and  manage- 
ment in  American  government  with  emphasis  on  new  trends,  experiments,  and 
reorganizations. 

G.  &  P.  120.  Problems  in  Political  Behavior.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  The  problem  approach  to  political  behavior  with 
emphasis  on  theoretical  and  empirical  studies  on  selected  aspects  of  the  political 
process. 

G.  &  P.  124.  Legislatures  and  Legislation.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  comprehensive  study  of  legislative  organization, 
procedure,  and  problems.  The  course  includes  opportunities  for  student  con- 
tact with  Congress  and  with  the  Legislature  of  Maryland. 

G.  &  P.  131.  Introduction  to  Constitutional  Law.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  systematic  inquiry  into  the  general  principles  of  the 
American  constitutional  system,  with  special  reference  to  the  role  of  the 
judiciary  in  the  interpretation  and  enforcement  of  the  federal  constitution. 

G.  &  P-  132.  Civil  Rights  and  the  Constitution.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  131.  A  study  of  civil  rights  in  the  American  constitu- 
tional context,  emphasizing  freedom  of  religion,  freedom  of  expression,  minority 
discrimination,  and  the  rights  of  defendants. 

G.  &  P.  133.  The  Judicial  Process.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  An  examination  of  judicial  organization  in  the  United 
States  at  all  levels  of  government,  with  some  emphasis  on  legal  reasoning, 
legal  research,  and  court  procedures. 

53 


Government  and  Politics 

G.  &  P.  141.  History  of  Political  Theory,  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  survey  of  the  principal  political  theories  set  forth 
in  the  works  of  writers  from  Plato  to  Bentham. 

G.  &  P.  142.  Recent  Political  Theory.   (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  study  of  19th  and  20th  century  political  thought, 
with  special  emphasis  on  recent  theories  of  socialism,  communism,  and  fascism, 

G.  &  P.  144.  American  Political  Theory.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  study  of  the  development  and  growth  of  American 
political  concepts  from  the  colonial  period  to  the  present. 

G.  &  P.  145.  Russian  Political  Thought.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  survey  and  analysis  of  political  ideas  in  Russia  and 
the  Soviet  Union  from  early  times  to  the  present. 

G.  &  P.  154.  Problems  of  World  Politics.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  i.  A  study  of  governmental  problems  of  international 
scope,  such  as  causes  of  war,  problems  of  neutrality,  and  propaganda.  Stu- 
dents are  required  to  report  on  readings  from  current  literature. 

G.  &  P.  160.  State  and  Local  Administration.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  study  of  the  administrative  structure,  procedures, 
and  policies  of  state  and  local  governments  with  special  emphasis  on  the  state 
level  and  on  intergovernmental  relationships,  and  with  illustrations  from  Mary- 
land governmental  arrangements. 

G.  &  P.  161.  Metropolitan  Administration.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  An  examination  of  administrative  problems  relating  to 
public  services,  planning,  and  coordination  in  a  metropolitan  environment. 

G.  &  P.  171.  Problems  of  American  Public  Policy.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  The  background  and  interpretation  of  various  factors 
which  affect  the  formation  and  execution  of  American  public  policy. 

G.  &  P.  174.  Political  Parties.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  descriptive  and  analytical  examination  of  American 
political  parties,  nominations,  elections,  and  political  leadership. 

G.  &  P.  178.  Public  Opinion.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  An  examination  of  public  opinion  and  its  effect  on 
political  action,  with  emphasis  on  opinion  formation  and  measurement,  propa- 
ganda, and  pressure  groups. 

G.  &  P.  181.  Administrative  Law.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  study  of  the  discretion  exercised  by  administrative 
agencies,  including  analysis  of  their  functions,  their  powers  over  persons  and 
property,  their  procedures,  and  judicial  sanctions  and  controls. 

G.  &  P.  191.  Government  and  Administration  of  the  Soviet 

Union.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  study  of  the  adoption  of  the  communist  philosophy 
by  the  Soviet  Union,  of  its  governmental  structure,  and  of  the  administration 
of  government  policy  in  the  Soviet  Union. 

54 


Government  and  Politics 
G.  &  P.  192.  Government  and  Politics  of  Latin  America.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  comparative  study  of  the  governmental  systems 
and  political  processes  of  the  Latin  American  countries,  with  special  emphasis 
on  Argentina,  Brazil,  Chile,  and  Mexico. 

G.  &  P.  193.  Government  and  Politics  of  Asia.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  97,  or  G.  &  P.  105,  or  Hist.  61,  or  Hist.  62,  or  Hist.  187, 
or  Hist.  188,  or  Hist.  189.  A  comparative  study  of  the  political  systems  of 
China,  Japan,  India,  and  other  selected  Asian  countries. 

G.  &  P.  194.  Government  and  Politics  of  Africa.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  comparative  study  of  the  governmental  systems 
and  political  processes  of  the  African  countries,  with  special  emphasis  on  the 
problems  of  nation-building  in  emergent  countries. 

G.  &  P.  195.  Government  and  Politics  of  the  Middle  East.   (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  1.  A  comparative  study  of  the  governmental  systems  and 
political  processes  of  the  Middle  Eastern  countries,  with  special  emphasis  on 
the  problems  of  nation-building  m  emergent  countries. 

G.  &  P.  197.  Comparative  Political  Systems.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  97  and  at  least  one  other  course  in  comparative  govern- 
ment. A  study,  along  functional  lines,  of  major  political  institutions,  such  as 
legislatures,  executives,  courts,  bureaucracies,  public  organizations,  and  political 
parties. 

For  Graduates 

G.  &  P.  201.  Seminar  in  International  Political  Organization.  (3) 
A  study  of  the  forms  and  functions  of  various  international  organizations. 

G.  &  P.  202.  Seminar  in  International  Law.  (3) 

Reports  on  selected  topics  assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading  in  sub- 
stantive and  procedural  international  law. 

G.  &  P.  203.  Functional  Problems  in  International  Relations.  (3) 

An  examination  of  the  major  substantive  issues  in  contemporary  international 
relations,  involving  reports  on  selected  topics  based  on  individual  research. 

G.  &  P.  204.  Area  Problems  in  International  Relations.  (3) 

An  examination  of  problems  in  the  relations  of  states  within  a  particular  geo- 
graphic area,  such  as  Europe,  Asia  and  the  Far  East,  Africa  and  the  Middle 
East,  and  the  Western  Hemisphere.   Individual  reporting  as  assigned. 

G-  &  P.  205.  Seminar  in  American  Political  Institutions.  (3) 

Reports  on  topics  assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading  in  the  background 
and  development  of  American  government. 

G.  &  P.  206.  Seminar  in  American  Foreign  Relations.  (3) 

Reports  on  selected  topics  assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading  in  Amer- 
ican foreign  policy  and  the  conduct  of  American  foreign  relations. 

G.  &  P.  207.  Seminar  in  Comparative  Governmental 
Institutions.  (3) 

Reports  on  selected  topics  assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading  in  gov- 
ernmental and  political  institutions  in  governments  throughout  the  world. 

55 


Government  and  Politics 

G.  &  P.  208.  Seminar  in  the  Government  and  Politics  of 
Emerging  Nations.   (3^ 

An  examination  of  the  programs  of  political  development  in  the  emerging  na- 
tions, with  special  reference  to  the  newly  independent  nations  of  Asia  and 
Africa  and  the  less  developed  countries  of  Latin  America.  Individual  reporting 
as  assigned. 

G.  &  P.  209.  Seminar  in  International  Administration.  (3) 

An  analysis  of  the  administrative  aspects  of  international  organizations,  with 
some  attention  given  to  program  administration. 

G.  &  P.  211.  Seminar  in  Federal-State  Relations.  (3) 

Reports  on  topics  assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading  in  the  field  of 
recent  federal-state  relations. 

G.  &  P.  213.  Problems  of  Public  Administration.  (3) 

Reports  on  topics  assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading  in  the  field  of 
public  administration. 

G.  &  P.  214.  Problems  of  Public  Personnel  Administration.  (3) 

Reports  on  topics  assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading  in  the  field  of  public 
personnel   administration. 

G.  &  P.  215.  Problems  of  State  and  Local  Government.  (3) 

Reports  on  topics  assigned  for  individual  study  in  the  field  of  state  and  local 
government  throughout  the  United  States. 

G.  &  P.  216.  Government  Administrative  Planning  and 
Management.  (3) 

Reports  on  topics  assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading  in  administrative 
planning  and  management  in  government. 

G.  &  P.  218.  Seminar  in  Urban  Administration.  (3) 

Selected  topics  are  examined  by  the  team  research  method  with  students  respon- 
sible for  planning,  field  investigation,  and  report  writing. 

G.  &  P.  221.  Seminar  in  Public  Opinion.  (3) 

Reports  on  topics  assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading  in  the  field  of  pub- 
lic opinion. 

G.  &  P.  223.  Seminar  in  Legislatures  and  Legislation.  (3) 

Reports  on  topics  assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading  about  the  com- 
position and  organization  of  legislatures  and  about  the  legislative  process. 

G-  &  P.  224.  Seminar  in  Political  Parties  and  Politics.  (3) 

Reports  on  topics  assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading  in  the  fields  of 
political  organization  and  action. 

G.  &  P.  225.  Man  and  the  State.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &  P.  142.  Individual  reading  and  reports  on  such  recurring 
concepts  in  political  theory  as  liberty,  equality,  justice,  natural  law  and  natural 
rights,  private  property,  sovereignty,  nationalism  and  the  organic  state. 

G.  &  P.  226.  Scope  and  Method  of  Political  Science.  (3) 

Required  of  all  Ph.D.  candidates.  A  seminar  in  the  methodologies  of  political 
science,  and  their  respective  applications  to  different  research  fields.  Inter-discip- 
linary approaches  and  bibliographical  techniques  are  also  reviewed. 

56 


Systems  Management 
G.  &  P.  227.  Analytical  Systems  AND  Theory  Construction.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  G.  &.  P.  226.  Examination  of  the  general  theoretical  tools  available 
to  political  scientists  and  of  the  problems  of  theory  building.  Attention  is 
given  to  communications  theory,  decision-making,  game  theory  and  other  mathe- 
matical concepts,  personality  theory,  role  theory,  structural-functional  analysis, 
and  current  behavioral  approaches. 

G.  &  P.  231.  Seminar  IN  Public  Law.  (3) 

Reports  on  topics  assigned  for  individual  study  and  reading  in  the  fields  of 
constitutional  and  administrative  law. 

G.  &  P.  261.  Problems  IN  American  Government  AND  Politics.  (3) 

An  examination  of  contemporary  problems  in  various  fields  of  government  and 
politics  in  the   United  States,  with  reports  on  topics   assigned  for  individual 

study. 

G.  &  P.  399.  Thesis  Research.  (Arranged) 


INFORMATION  SYSTEMS  MANAGEMENT 

The  program  of  studies  in  information  systems  management  is  designed 
to  meet  the  needs  of  those  wishing  to  concentrate  on  the  application  of  the 
digital  computer  to  the  analysis  and  design  of  complex  information  systems. 
Students  who  expect  to  enter  business  administration,  public  administration, 
or  organizations  in  other  fields  will  find  that  this  program  offers  a  relevant 
preparation. 

In  addition  to  meeting  the  University  requirements,  the  student  entering 
this  program  will  place  major  emphasis  on  the  study  of  the  digital  computer 
and  mathematical  methods.  With  the  aid  of  a  faculty  adviser,  he  may  select 
15  hours  of  electives  from  the  fields  of  business,  economics,  pubUc  admini- 
stration, or  any  appropriate  social  science.  Certain  advanced  lower  division 
courses  in  mathematics,  natural  science  or  foreign  language  may  be  used 
to  meet  the  57  semester-hour  requirement  in  upper  division  courses. 

INFORMATION   SYSTEMS    MANAGEMENT   CURRICULUM 

rSemester—s 

Freshman  Year  /  II 

Eng.  1 — Composition  and  American  Literature 3 

Eng.  3 — Composition  and  World  Literature 3 

B.  A.  10 — Introduction  to  Business 3 

Math.  10,  11 — Introduction  to  Mathematics 3  3 

Econ.  4 — Economic  Developments  3 

Science  Requirement 3(4)  4(3) 

Speech  1 — Public  Speaking   3 

Fine  Arts  and  Philosophy  Requirement 3 

P.  E.  2,  4  (women) ;  1,  3  (men) 1  1 


Total 16-17      16-17 

57 


Office  Techniques 

r-Semester- 

SoPHOMORE  Year  /  // 

Eng.  A — Composition  and  World  Literature 3 

B.  A.  20,  21 — Principles  of  Accounting 3  3 

Econ.  31,  32 — Principles  of  Economics 3  3 

Math.  14,  15 — Elementary  Calculus  3  3 

History  Requirement    3  3 

Psych.  1 — Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

Health  5    (Must  be  completed  before  4th  semester) 2 


Total 17  15 

Junior  Year 

B.  A.  100 — Office  Operations  and  Management 3 

B.  A.   101 — Electronic  Data  Processing 3 

B.  A.   102 — Electronic  Data  Processing  Applications 3 

B.  A.  121 — Cost  Accounting    4 

B.  A.  130 — Business  Statistics  I     3 

B.  A.  131 — Business  Statistics  II 3 

B.  A.  140 — Business  Finance  3 

Electives  6  3 


Total 15          16 

Senior  Year 

B.  A.   103 — Introduction  to  Systems  Analysis 3 

B.  A.   166 — Business  Communications 3 

B.  A.   168 — Management  and  Organization  Theory 3 

B.  A.   180 — Business  Law  .  .             3 

B.  A.   199 — Business  Policies    3 

Elect  6  hours  from  Econ.  102,  132,  140  or  148 3             3 

Elect  3  hours  from  B.  A.  132,  134,  or  135 3 

Electives  3            3 


Total 15  15 


OFFICE  TECHNIQUES 

(COURSES  OFFERED  FOR  COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION) 

Professor:  Patrick. 

Instructors:  Anderson,  Gunter,  O'Neill. 

O.  T.  L  Principles  of  Typewriting.  (2) 

Five  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Laboratory  fee, 
$7.50.  The  goal  of  this  course  is  the  attainment  of  the  ability  to  operate  the 
typewriter  continuously  with  reasonable  speed  and  accuracy  by  the  use  of  the 
"touch"  system. 

O.  T.  2.  Intermediate  Typewriting.  (2) 

Five  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite,  minimum  grade  of  "C"  in  O.  T.  1  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Laboratory  fee,  $7.50.  Drills  for  improving  speed  and 
accuracy  and  an  introduction  to  office  production  typewriting.  This  course 
must  be  completed  prior  to  enrollment  in  O.  T.  17. 

58 


Office  Techniques 
O.  T.  10.  Office  Typewriting  Problems.  (2) 

Five  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite,  minimum  grade  of  "C"  in  O.  T.  2  or 
consent  of  instructor.  Laboratory  fee,  $7.50  A  course  to  develop  the  higher 
degree  of  accuracy  and  speed  possible  and  to  teach  the  advanced  techniques 
of  typewriting  with  special  emphasis  on  production. 

O.  T.  12,  13.  Principles  of  Shorthand.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Five  periods  per  week.  This  course  aims  to 
develop  the  mastery  of  the  principles  of  Gregg  Shorthand.  In  O.  T.  13  special 
emphasis  is  placed  on  developing  dictation  speed. 

O.  T.  14.  Survey  of  Office  Machines  (2) 

Prerequisite,  sophomore  standing.  Laboratory  fee,  $7.50.  The  various  types 
of  office  business  machines  are  surveyed,  their  capacities  and  special  functions 
compared.  Skill  is  developed  through  actual  use  and  demonstration  of  such 
machiness  as:  accounting,  duplicating,  dictating  and  transcribing,  adding  and 
calculating,  and  other  functional  types  of  machines  and  equipment.  The  course 
is  designed  also  to  give  special  training  in  the  handling  of  practical  business 
problems  with  machine  application. 

O.  T.  17.  Advanced  Shorthand  and  Transcription.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  minimum  grade  of  "C"  in  O.  T.  2  and  O.  T.  13  or  consent  of 
instructor.  Seven  periods  per  week.  Laboratory  fee,  per  semester,  $7.50. 
Emphasis  is  placed  on  vocabulary  development  and  new  matter  dictation  for 
sustained  speed  at  the  highest  level  possible  under  varying  conditions.  Transcrip- 
tion is  under  timed  conditions  with  emphasis  on  production  involving  quantity 
and  quality  of  finished  product. 

O.  T.  19.  Problems  in  Transcription.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  minimum  grade  of  "C"  in  O.  T.  17  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Seven  periods  per  week.  Laboratory  fee,  per  semester,  $7.50.  A  systematic 
development  of  recording  skills  under  special  and  office-style  dictation  and 
transcription  conditions  with  particular  emphasis  on  transcriptional  problems. 

O.  T.  no.  Administrative  Secretarial  Procedures.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  O.  T.  18  and  19  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  The  nature  of  office 
work,  the  secretary's  function  in  communication,  inter-company  and  public  re- 
lations, handling  records,  supplies  and  equipment;  and  in  direction  of  the  office 
staff.  Standardization  and  simplification  of  office  forms  and  procedures  in  rela- 
tion to  correspondence,  mailing,  receiving  callers,  telephoning,  handling  con- 
ferences, and  securing  business  information.    Business  etiquette  and  ethics. 

O.  T.  114.  Secretarial  Office  Practice.  (3) 

Six  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite,  senior  standing  and  completion  of  O.  T.  110. 
The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  give  laboratory  and  office  experience  to  senior 
students.  A  minimum  of  90  hours  of  office  experience  under  supervision  is 
required.  In  addition,  each  student  will  prepare  a  written  report  on  an  original 
problem  previously  approved. 


59 


Journalism 


V.  JOURNALISM 

The  first  objective  of  the  Department  of  Journalism  is  to  provide  a  four- 
year  hberal  education  for  the  student  of  superior  writing  ability  who  in- 
tends to  make  a  career  in  some  phase  of  journalism.  It  also  serves  the 
major  within  the  department  whose  career  intention  may  be  in  a  field 
related  to  journalism. 

The  department's  curriculum  in  news  editorial  journalism  has  been  ac- 
credited by  the  American  Council  on  Education  for  Journalism.  The  de- 
partment is  a  member  of  the  American  Association  of  Schools  and  De- 
partments of  Journalism  and  of  the  American  Society  of  Journalism  School 
Administrators. 

Particular  features  of  the  curriculum  are  (1)  a  two-year  introductory 
program  of  general  education,  centered  in  the  liberal  arts,  (2)  a  required 
core  program,  equivalent  to  approximately  one  semester,  in  basic  aspects 
of  journalism,  (3)  specialization  beyond  the  core  in  news-editorial  work, 
photojournaUsm,  public  relations,  radio-television  work,  or  advertising, 
(4)  the  equivalent  of  approximately  one  semester  of  upper-division  study 
in  a  subject  chosen  from  outside  the  Department  of  JoumaUsm,  (5)  elec- 
tive courses  and  (6)  opportunities  for  field  contacts. 

The  student  may  declare  his  intention  to  major  in  the  Department  of 
JoumaUsm  at  the  beginning  of  any  semester,  but  normally  before  the  junior 
year.  His  choices  of  specialization  within  the  department  and  of  related 
study  in  other  departments  should  be  made  by  the  beginning  of  the  junior 
year  and  after  consultation  with  a  faculty  adviser. 

An  average  grade  of  "C"  or  better  in  courses  taken  in  the  department  is 
required  of  journalism  majors  for  graduation. 

Majors  are  urged  and  helped  to  write  for  pubUcation  and  to  obtain  pro- 
fessional experience  between  the  junior  and  senior  years  on  the  job  or  in 
summer  internships.  The  department  maintains  close  working  relations 
with  professional  journalists,  public  relations  practitioners  and  their  or- 
ganizations. One  of  the  purposes  is  to  provide  speakers,  trips,  laboratories, 
internships  and  other  types  of  supervised  professional  training  for  students- 

An  essential  part  of  the  work  in  editorial  journalism  consists  of  supervised 
training  on  the  Baltimore  Sunpapers  or  the  Baltimore  News-American  and 
nearby  weekly  papers.  The  experience  may  also  be  obtained  on  other 
publications,  approved  by  the  adviser.  This  professional  training  helps 
students  to  become  familiar  with  reporting,  editing  and  advertising  for  pro- 
fessional publications  covering  Maryland  and  Capitol  Hill  in  Washing- 
ton, D.  C. 

Listed  below  are  the  lower-division  and  the  upper-division  requirements 
for  majors  in  the  department  of  journalism.    In  qualifying  for  the  degree, 


60 


Journalism 

the  student  must  complete  120  semester  hours;  57  hours  of  which  must  be 
upper-division  credit.  The  exceptions  to  the  upper-division  rule  are  noted 
on  page  3  of  this  catalog. 

Course  substitutions  may  be  made  by  the  faculty  adviser  to  take  ac- 
count of  previous  professional  experience  and  to  develop  programs  to  in- 
clude special  study.  Within  the  broad  outlines  of  the  upper-division  courses 
themselves,  students  are  encouraged  to  develop  individual  interests  by 
careful  choice  of  elective  courses. 


LOWER-DIVISION  CURRICULUM 


Freshman  Year 

English  1  (or  21),  3 — Composition  and  American  Literature 

Science  (one  course  of  which  must  be  a  lab  science) 

Foreign  language  (or  B.  A.  10,  Econ.  4) 

Psychology  1    

Soc.  1 — Introduction  to  Sociology 

Speech  1 — Public  Speaking 

Math.  10 — Introduction  to  Mathematics 

Health  5 — Science  and  Theory  of  Health 

Physical  Activities 

Total 


r—Semester- 
I  II 


17 


18 


Sophomore  Year 

Journ.  10 — Introduction  to  Journalism 3 

English  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature,  and  one  other 

English  course   3  3 

Foreign  language  (or  Psych.  21,  Soc.  52) 3  3 

History '   3  3 

Econ.  31,  32 — Principles  of  Economics 3  3 

Elective  from  Phil.  1  (or  41  or  45  or  53), 

Art  10  (or  60,  61,  80),  Speech  16,  Music  20 3 

Total 15  15 


*  Students  who  do  not  exempt  American  History  take  one  course  in  American  His- 
tory, and  complete  history  requirement  by  taking  41.  Those  who  exempt  American 
History  may  take  History  41,  42  or  51,  52  or  61,  62  or  71,  72. 


61 


Journalism 

UPPER-DIVISION  CURRICULUM 

The  core  program: 

Journ.   100 — News    Reporting 3 

Journ.    160 — News    Editing 3 

Journ.  191 — Law  of  the  Press 3 

Journ.  192 — History  of  American  Journalism 3 

Professional  specialization: 

9  credit  hours  in  upper-division  courses  in  one  of  the 
following  fields: 

Advertising    9 

News-editorial 
Photojournalism 
Public  Relations 
Radio-television 
Electives  in  Department  of  Journalism 6 


27 


Non-Journalism  requirements : 

12-18  credit  hours  in  upper-division  courses  in  one 
subject  outside  of  the  Journalism  Department  12-18 

15  credit  hours  of  upper-division,  non-journalism 
courses,  to  be  spread  or  concentrated  according  to 
individual  needs   15 


27-33 
TOTAL  UPPER-DIVISION  54-60 


JOURNALISM 

Professors:  Crowell,  Bryan,  Newsom. 
Associate  Professor:  Vinocour. 
Assistant  Professor:  Noall. 
Lecturers:  Geraci,  Hogan. 

JOURNALISM  COURSES 

Journ.  10.  Introduction  to  Journalism.  (3) 

Survey  of  journalism,  professional  careers  in  writing  and  communications, 
news  writing  in  laboratory.  Prerequisites,  at  least  average  grade  of  C  in 
Eng.  1  and  2  or  21;  ability  to  type  at  least  40  words  per  minute.  Laboratory 
fee,  $3.00. 

62 


Journalism 
JouRN.  100.  News  Reporting.  (3) 

News  reporting,  campus  news  beat  in  laboratory.  Prerequisite,  J.  10.  Laboratory 
fee,  $3.00. 

JOURN.  101.  Radio  News  Reporting.  (2) 

Theory  and  practice  in  radio  news  reporting.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

JouRN.  152.  Advertising  Copy  and  Layout.  (3) 

Theory  and  practice  in  advertising  copy  and  layout,  with  emphasis  on  news- 
paper advertising,  for  letterpress  and  photo-offset  printing.  Use  of  illustrations, 
type  selection,  copy-fitting,  media  selection. 

JouRN.  160.  News  Editing.  (3) 

Copy  editing,  headline  writing,  newspaper  page  layout.    Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

JouRN.  161.  Advanced  Editing.  (3) 

Includes  one  afternoon  a  week  of  supervised  work  on  Baltimore  Sun  or  Bal- 
timore News-American  desk,  arranged.  Prerequisite,  J.  160,  consent  of  instructor. 
Headline  writing,  rewriting,  copy  editing,  makeup.  A  seminar  for  J.  seniors 
in  newsroom  problems  and  policies  emphasizing  ethics  and  responsibilities. 

JouRN.  163.  Newspaper  Typography.  (3) 

Introduction  to  newspaper  typography,  printing  and  reproduction  processes. 
type  recognition,  uses  and  harmony,  practice  in  laying  out  and  making  up 
advertisements   and  newspaper  pages. 

JouRN.  165.  Feature  Writing.  (3) 

Writing  and  selling  of  newspaper  and  magazine  articles. 

JouRN.  166.  Public  Relations.  (3) 

Survey  of  public  relations,  principles,  general  orientation. 

JouRN.  170.  Publicity  Techniques.  (3) 

Strategy  and  techniques  of  publicity  operations.  Practice  in  use  of  major  media 
of  public  communication;  off-campus  publicity  projects, 

JouRN.  171.  Industrial  Journalism.  (3) 

Industrial  communications,  management  and  production  of  company  periodi- 
cals, public  relations  aspects  of  industrial  journalism. 

Journ.  173.  Scholastic  Journalism.  (3) 

Introduction  to  theory  and  practice  in  production  of  high  school  publications, 
for  scholastic  publications  advisers. 

JouRN.  175.  Advanced  Reporting.  (3) 

Includes  one  weekday  morning  on  regular  beat  for  Baltimore  Sun.  Baltimore 
News-American  or  weekly  newspaper;  supervised,  professional  reporting  on  city, 
county,  federal  beats.   Prerequisite,  Journ.  160,  consent  of  instructor. 

Journ.  176.  The  Press  and  World  Societies.  (3) 

Survey  of  history  and  status  of  news  press  throughout  the  world,  role  of  the 
press  in  various  societies,  responsibilities  of  the  press. 

Journ.  181.  Press  Photography.  (3) 

Introduction  to   fundamentals   of  shooting,   developing,   printing   of   news  and 

63 


Journalism  and  Public  Relations 

feature  pictures.  Equipment  furnished  by  the  department.  Student  furnishes 
own  supplies.    Laboratory  fee,  $6.00. 

JouRN.  182.  Advanced  Press  Photography.  (3) 

Emphasis  on  the  picture  story.  Equipment  provided  by  the  department.  Stu- 
dent furnishes  his  own  supplies. 

JouRN.  184.  Photo  Communications.  (3) 

Theory  and  practice  in  uses  of  photojournalism;  persuasion  in  photojournalism. 

JouRN.  186.  Public  Relations  of  Government.  (3) 

Study  of  public  relations,  publicity,  propaganda,  information  services  in  public 
administration   of  governments   and  international   organizations. 

JouRN.  191.  Law  of  the  Press,  (3) 

Non-legal  introduction  to  libel,  right  of  privacy,  fair  comment  and  criticism, 
privilege,   contempt  of  court   by   publication,    Maryland   press   statutes. 

JouRN.  192.  History  of  American  Journalism.   (3) 

History  of  American  journalism  and  its  influences  on  political,  social  and  cul- 
tural institutions. 

Journ.  194.  Public  Relations  Cases  and  Research.    (3) 

Study  of  cases  in  public  relations,  policy  formulation,  strategy,  ethics,  re- 
search projects. 

JouRN.  196.  Problems  in  Journalism.  (1  or  2) 

Group  and  individual  projects  in  problems  in  journalism. 

Journ.  197S.  Supervised  Internship.  (0) 

Summer  session.  To  be  taken  following  junior  year  as  major  in  this  depart- 
ment, permission  of  instructor.  Ten  weeks  of  organized,  supervised  study, 
experience,  on-the-job  training  in  journalism. 


VII.  BUREAU  OF  BUSINESS  AND 
ECONOMIC  RESEARCH 


The  responsibilities  of  the  Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Research 
are  research,  training,  and  public  service. 

The  research  activities  of  the  Bureau  are  primarily  focused  on  basic 
research  in  the  field  of  regional  economic  development.  The  Bureau's 
long-run  research  program  is  carried  out  by  its  own  staff  of  faculty  mem- 
bers, by  faculty  members  from  other  departments  under  co-operative 
agreement,  and  by  other  specialists  whose  skills  may  be  required  in 
particular  investigations.  The  Bureau  also  undertakes  co-operative  re- 
search contracts  under  the  sponsorship  of  federal  and  state  governmental 
agencies,  research  foundations,  and  other  groups. 

64 


Bureau  of  Governmental  Research 

The  training  functions  of  the  Bureau  are  achieved  through  active  partici- 
pation by  advanced  graduate  and  undergraduate  students  in  the  Bureau's 
research  program.  This  direct  involvement  of  students  in  the  research 
process  under  faculty  supervision  provides  research  skills  that  equip 
students  for  responsible  posts  in  business,  goverrmient  and  higher 
education. 

The  Bureau  observes  its  service  responsibilities  to  government,  business, 
and  private  groups  primarily  through  the  publication  and  distribution  of 
its  research  findings.  In  addition,  the  Bureau  staff  welcomes  the  oppor- 
tunity to  be  of  service  to  governmental,  business,  and  private  groups  by 
consulting  with  them  on  problems  in  business  and  economics,  particularly 
those  related  to  regional  development. 


VIII.  BUREAU  OF  GOVERNMENTAL  RESEARCH 


Activities  of  the  Bureau  of  Governmental  Research  relate  primarily  to 
the  problems  of  state  and  local  government  in  Maryland.  The  Bureau 
engages  in  research  and  publishes  findings  with  reference  to  local,  state 
and  national  governments  and  their  interrelationships.  It  undertakes  sur- 
veys and  offers  its  assistance  and  service  to  units  of  government  in  Mary- 
land and  serves  as  a  clearing  house  of  information  for  them.  The  Bureau 
furnishes  opportunities  for  qualified  students  interested  in  research  and 
career  development  in  state  and  local  administration. 

The  Maryland  Technical  Advisory  Service,  a  division  of  the  Bureau,  pro- 
vides consulting  services  to  country  and  municipal  governments  of  the  State. 
Technical  consultation  and  assistance  are  provided  on  specific  problems 
in  such  areas  as  regulatory  or  other  drafting  and  codification,  fiscal  man- 
agement, personnel  management,  utility  and  other  ser\dce  operations,  plan- 
ning and  zoning,  and  related  local  or  intergovernmental  activities.  The  staff 
analyzes  and  shares  with  governmental  officials  information  concerning 
professional  developments  and  opportunities  for  new  or  improved  programs 
and  facilities. 


IX.  AFFILIATED  GOVERNMENTAL  ORGANIZATIONS 


(1.)   MARYLAND  COUNTY  COMMISSIONERS  ASSOCIATION 

The  office  of  the  Maryland  County  Commissioners  Association,  an  organ- 
ization of  the  governing  bodies  of  Maryland  counties,  is  located  in  the 
College.  The  Association  develops  programs  of  cooperation,  informa- 
tion,   and    service    among   the   county   governments    in   the    State.     The 

65 


Affiliated  Governmental  Organizations 

Association's  mailing  address  is  Maryland  County  Commissioners  Asso- 
ciation, Box  362,  College  Park,  Maryland. 

(2.)   MARYLAND  MUNICIPAL  LEAGUE 

The  office  of  the  Maryland  Municipal  League,  an  organization  of  Mary- 
land cities,  is  also  located  in  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Admin- 
istration. The  League  provides  opportunities  for  association  to  municipal 
officials,  offers  services  to  city  governments  and  organizes  legislative  pro- 
grams affecting  municipal  aifairs.  It  publishes  monthly  the  Maryland 
Municipal  News.  The  League's  mailing  address  is  Maryland  Municipal 
League,  Box  276,  College  Park,  Maryland. 


66 


The  Faculty 

Administrative  Officers 

O'CONNELL,  Donald  W.,  Dean  of  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Administra- 
tion and  Professor  of  Economics 

B.A.,  Columbia  University,  1937;  M.A.,  1938;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

GENTRY,  Dwight  L.,  Assistant  Dean  of  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Ad- 
ministration and  Professor  of  Business  Administration 

A.B.,  Elon  College,  1941;  M.B.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1947;  Ph.D.,  Univer- 
sity of  Illinois,  1952. 

Dean  Emeritus 

PYLE,  J.  Freeman,  Dean  Emeritus  of  the  College  of  Business  and  Public  Admini*- 
tration 

Ph.B.,  University  of  Chicago,  1917;  M.A.,  1918;  Ph.D.,  1925. 

Professors 

ANDERSON,  Thornton  H.,  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

A.B.,  University  of  Kentucky,  1937;  M.A.,  1938;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin, 
1948. 

BURDETTE,  Franklin  L.,  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics,  and  Director  of 

the  Bureau  of  Governmental  Research 

A.B.,  Marshall  College,  1934;  M.A.,  University  of  Nebraska,  1935;  M.A.,  Princeton 
University,  1937;  Ph.D.,  1938;  LL.D.,  Marshall  College,  1959. 

BRYAN,  Carter  R.,  Professor  of  Journalism 

B.A.,  University  of  California,  1937;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Vienna,  Austria,  1940. 

CLEMENS,  Eli  W.,  Professor  of  Business  Administration 

B.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1930;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1934;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1940. 

COOK,  J.  Allan,  Professor  of  Marketing 

B.A.,  College  of  William  and   Mary,    1928;  M.B.A.,  Harvard  University,    1936; 
Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,    1947. 

CROWELL,  Alfred  A..  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department  of  Journalism 
A.B.,  Universty  of  Oklahoma,   1929;  M.A.,   1934;  M.S.J. ,  Northwestern  Univer- 
sity, 1940. 

CUMBERLAND,   John   H.,   Professor    of    Economics    and    Assistant    Director,    m 
Charge,  Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Research 

B.A.,    University   of   Maryland,    1947;   M.A.,    Harvard   University,    1949;   Ph.D., 

1951. 

67 


Faculty 

DILLARD,  Dudley,  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department  of  Economics 
B.S.,  University  of  California,  1935;  Ph.D.,  1940. 

DILLON,  Conley  H.,  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

B.A.,  Marshall  College,   1928;  M.A.,  Duke  University,    1933;  Ph.D.,    1936. 

FISHER,  Allan  J.,  Professor  of  Accounting  and  Finance 

B.S.,  Wharton  School  of  Finance  and  Commerce,   1928;  Litt.M.,  University  of 
Pittsburgh,    1936;  Ph.D.,   1937. 

GRUCHY,  Allan  G.,  Professor  of  Economics 

B.A.,   University   of   British    Columbia,    1926;    M.A.,   McGill   University,    1928; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia,  1931. 

HARRISON,  Horace  V.,  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

B.A.,  Trinity  University,  Texas,  1932;  M.A.,  University  of  Texas,   1941;  Ph.D., 
1951. 

HU,  Charles  Y.,  Professor  of  Geography 

B.S.,  University  of  Nanking,  China,  1930;  M.A.,  University  of  California,   1936; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago,  1941. 

NELSON,  Boyd  L.,  Professor  of  Statistics 

B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1947;  M.A.,   1948;  Ph.D.,   1952. 

NEWSOM,  D.   Earl,   Professor  of  Journalism  and   Director  of  the   Sequence  in 
Editorial  Journalism 

B.S.,  Oklahoma  State  University,   1948;  M.S.J.,  Northwestern  University,    1949; 

Ed.D.,   Oklahoma  State   University,    1957. 

PATRICK,  Arthur  S.,  Professor  of  Office  Management  and  Business  Education 
B.S.,  Wisconsin  State  College,  1931;  M.A.,  University  of  Iowa,  1940;  Ph.D., 
American  University,   1956. 

PLISCHKE,  Elmer,  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department  of  Government  and 
Politics 

Ph.B.,   Marquette   University,    1937;    M.A.,    American   University,    1938;    Ph.D., 

Clark  University,  1943. 

SCHULTZE,  Charles  L.,  Professor  of  Economics 

B.A.,  Georgetown  University,  1948;  M.A.,  1950;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1960. 

TAFF,  Charles  A.,  Professor  and  Head  of  the  Department  of  Business  Adminis- 
tration 

B.S.,  University  of  Iowa,  1937;  M.A.,  1941;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952. 

ULMER,  Melville  J.,  Professor  of  Economics 

B.S.,  New  York  University,  1937;  M.A.,  1938;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1948. 

VAN  ROYEN,  William,  Professor  of  Geography 

M.A.,  Rijksuniversiteit  Utrecht,   1925;  Ph.D.,  Clark  University,    1928 


68 


Faculty 

WRIGHT,  Howard  W.,  Professor  of  Accounting 

B.S.,  Temple  University,   1937;  M.A.,  University  of  Iowa,    1940;  C.P.A.,  Texas. 
1940;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Iowa,  1947. 


Associate  Professors 

AHNERT,   Frank  O.,  Associate   Professor  of   Geography 
Dr.  Phil.,  Heidelberg  University,   1953. 

ANDERSON,  Henry,  Associate  Professor  of  Statistics 

B.A.,   University  of  London,    1939;  M.B.A.,    1948,   Ph.D.,  Columbia  University, 
1959. 

ASHMEN,  Roy,  Associate  Professor  of  Marketing 

B.S.,   Drexel  Institute   of  Technology,    1935;   M.S.,   Columbia   University,    1936; 
Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University,    1950. 

BERGMANN,  Barbara  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 

A.B.,  Cornell  University,  1948;  M.A.,  Radcliffe  Graduate  School  (Harvard  Uni- 
versity), 1955;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

BYRD,  Elbert  M.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 
B.S.,  American  University,   1953;  M.A.„   1954;  Ph.D.,   1959. 

CHAVES,  Antonio,  Associate  Professor  of  Geography 

M.A.,   Northwestern,    1948;   D.Litt.,   University   of   Habana,    1941;    Ph.D.,    Uni- 
versity of  Habana,  1946. 

DAWSON,  Townes  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Business  Law 

B.B.A.,  University  of  Texas,  1943;  B.A.,  U.S.  Merchant  Marine  Academy,  1946; 
M.B.A.,  University  of  Texas,  1947;  Ph.D.,   1950;  LL.B.,   1954. 

DESHLER,  Walter  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Geography 

B.S.,  Lafayette  College,  1943;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

DODGE,  Norton  T.,  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 

A.B.,  Cornell  University,  1948;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

HATHORN,   Guy   B.,   Associate   Professor  of   Government   and   Politics 

B.A.,  University  of  Mississippi,  1940;  M.A.,  1942;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University,  1950. 

HSUEH.  Chun-tu,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

LL.B.,  Chaoyang  College,   1946;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

JACOBS,  Walter  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

B.S.,  Columbia  University,  1955;  M.A.,  and  Certificate  of  Russian  Institute,  1956; 
Ph.D.,  1961. 

KNIGHT,  Robert  E.  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 

A.B.,  Harvard  University,   1948;  Ph.D.,  University  of  California,   1958. 


69 


Faculty 

McNELLY,  Theodore  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,    1941;   M.A.,    1942;   Ph.D.,  Columbia   University, 
1952. 

SPIVEY,  Clinton,  Associate  Professor  of  Industrial  Management 
B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1946;  M.S.,   1947;  Ph.D.,   1957. 

VINOCOUR,  S.  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Public  Relations 

A.B.,  University  of  Southern  California,  1943;  M.A.,  University  of  Nevada,  1948; 
Ph.D.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1953. 

WEINSTEIN,  Paul  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 

B.A.,  William  and  Mary  College,   1954;   M.A.,  Northwestern  University,    1958; 
Ph.D.,  1961. 

WONNACOTT,  Paul,  Associate  Professor  of  Economics 

B,A.,  University  of  Western  Ontario,  1955;  M.A.,  Princeton,   1957;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

Assistant  Professors 

ADAMS,  John  Quincy  III,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 
A.B.,  Oberlin  College,  1960;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Texas,  1966. 

ADAMS,   Robert  F.,  Assistant   Professor  of  Economics   and   Research   Associate, 
Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Research 

B.A.,  Oberlin  College,  1958;  M.A.,  Univerity  of  Michigan,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

ALPERIN,  Robert  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1950;  M.A.,  1952;  Ph.D.,  Northwestern  University, 
1959. 

ANDERSON,  Jeremy  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Geography 

B.A.,  Yale  University,  1^956;  M.A.,  University  of  Washington,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

BAKER,  James  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration 
B.S.,  1961;  M.B.A.,  1962;  D.B.A.,  Indiana  University,  1965. 

BARTLETT,  Hale  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Transportation 

B.S.,  1955,  Univ.  of  Illinois;  M,B.A.,  1959,  Ph.D.,  Univ.  of  Mich.,  1965. 

BENNETT,  Robert  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 
B.A.,  University  of  Texas,  1951;  M.A.,   1955;  Ph.D.,   1963. 

BRUNNER,  G.  Allen,  Assistant  Professor  of  Marketing 

B.B.A.,  University  of  Toledo,  1958;  M.B.A.,   1960;  Ph.D.,  The  Ohio  State  Uni- 
versity, 1963. 

CANTERBERY,  E.  Ray,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 

B.A.,  Southern  Illinois  University,  1958;  M.A.,  1959;  Ph.D.,  Washington  Univer- 
sity (Mo.),    1966. 

CARROLL,  Stephen  J.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration 
BS.,  1957,  Univ.  of  Calif.;  M.A.,  1959,  Ph.D.,  1964,  Univ  of  Minnesota. 

70 


Faculty 

CLAUDE,  Richard  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

B.A.,  College  of  St.  Thomas,  1956;  M.S.,  Florida  State  University,  1960;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Virginia,  1964. 

CLICKNER,  Edwin  K.,  Assistant  Professor  in  Business  Organization 

B.S.,  American  University,  1951;  M.A.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  American  University,  1963. 

CONWAY,  Mary  Margaret,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1957;  M.A.,  University  of  California,  1960;  Ph.D.,  Indiana 
University,  1965. 

COX,  James  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 
B.A.,  University  of  Colorado,  1962;  M.P.A.,  1965;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

CULBERTSON,  John,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration 
B.S.,  1959,  Univ.  of  Wisconsin;  M.B.A.,  1961,  Univ.  of  Md.;D.B.A.,  1965,Harvard 
University. 

DAIKER,  John  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1941;  M.B.A.,  1951;  C.P.A.,  District  of  Columbia, 
1949. 

DORSEY,  John  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

EDELSON,  Charles  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting 

B.B.A.,   University   of   New    Mexico,    1949;   M.B.A.,    Indiana   University,    1950; 
C.P.A.,  Maryland,  1951. 

GORDON,  Marvin,  Assistant  Professor  of  Geography 

B.A.,  City  University,  New  York  City,  1942;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1954. 

GREEN,  George  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 

A.B.,  Northwest  Missouri  State  College,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
1966. 

HERMANSON,  Roger  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting 
B.A.,  Michigan  State  University,  1954;  M.A.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

HEXTER,  J.  Lawrence,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 

A.B.,  University  of  Minnesota,    1954;  M.B.A.,  Cornell  University,    1958;  M.A., 
University  of  Wisconsin,   1964;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

HILLE,  Stanley  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration 
B.B.A.,  1959,  Univ.  of  Minnesota;  M.B.A.,  1962,  Ph.D.,  1965, 

HIMES,  Robert  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Accounting 

B.C.S.,  Benjamin  Franklin  University,   1939;  M.C.S.,   1940;  B.S.,  American  Uni- 
versity; Ph.D.,   1962. 

HINRICHS,  Harley  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 

B.B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,   1953;  M.A.,  Purdue  University,   1958;  Ph.D., 
Harvard,  1964. 

71 


Faculty 

KOKAT,  Robert  G.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics  and  Research  Associate,  Bu- 
reau of  Business  and  Economic  Research 

B.A.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,   1956;  M.S.,   1957:  D.B.A.,  Indiana  Univer- 
sity, 1962. 

KOURY,  Enver  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

B.A.,  George  Washington  University.  1953;  Ph.D.,  American  University,  1958. 

MAYOR,  Thomas  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 

A.B.,  Rice  University,   1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

MEYER,  Paul  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 

B.A.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1961;  M.A.,  Stanford,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

MIKA,  Paul,  Assistant  Professor  of  Geography 

A.B.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1954;  M.A.,  George  Washington  University,  1958; 
Ph.D.,  Clark  University,  1964. 

NASH,  Allan  N.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Personnel  Administration 
B.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1957;  M.A.,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

NOALL,  William  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Public  Relations 

B.S.,  Kent  State  University,   1957;  M.S.,  Ohio  University,  1960. 

O'DONNELL,  Maurice  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

B.S.,  Eastern  Illinois  State,  1948;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1954. 

OLSON,  Ronald  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration 

B.S.,  Shippensburg  State  College,  1960;  M.B.A.,  1962,  Indiana  Univ.;  C.P.A.,  1962, 
State  of  Indiana;  D.B.A.,  1964,  Indiana  Univ. 

ONYEWU,  Nicholas  D.  U.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

B.A.,  Howard  University,   1958;  M.A.,   1962;  Ph.D.,  American  University,   1966. 

PAINE,  Frank  T.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration 

B.S.,  Syracuse  University,  1951;  M.B.A.,  1956;  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University,  1963. 
PIPER,  Don  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954;  M.A.,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Duke  University,  1961. 
RYANS,  John  K.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Marketing 

A.B.J. ,  1954,  Univ.  of  Kentucky;  M.S.,  1958,  Univ.  of  Tennessee;  D.B.A,,  1965, 

Indiana  University. 

SCHELLENBERGER,  Robert  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration 
B.B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1958;  M.B.A.,  1959;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
North  Carolina,  1963. 

SCHMIEDER,  Allan  A.,  Assistant  Professor  in  Geography 

B.S.,  Edinboro  State  College,  1955;  M.A.,  1956;  Ph.D.,  Ohio  State  University,  1963. 

SMERK,  George  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Transportation 

B.S.,  Bradley  University,  1955;  M.B.A.,  1957;  D.B.A. ,  Indiana  University,  1963; 
Ph.D.,  1963. 

SNOW,  John  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics 

B.A.,  University  of  Toledo,  1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Virginia,  1965. 

12 


Faculty 

SPYCHALSKI,  John  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration 

B.S.,   1961,  St.  Joseph's  College,  Indiana;  M.B.A.,   1962,  D.B.A.,   1965,  Indiana 

University. 

SUELF1.0W,  James  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration 
B.B.A.,  1960;  M.B.A.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1965.  Univ.  of  Wisconsin, 

TERCHEK,  Ronald  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,   1958;  M.A.,   1960;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1965. 

TOSI,  Henry  L.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Business  Administration 
B.S.,  1958;  M.B.A.,  1962,  Ph.D.,  1964,  Ohio  State  University. 

WIEDEL,  Joseph  W.,  Assistant  Professor  in  Geography 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958;  M.A.,  1963. 

WOLFE,  James  H..  Assistant  Professor  of  Government  and  Politics 

B.A.,  Harvard  University.   1955;  M.A.,  University  of  Connecticut,   1958;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland,  1962. 

Instructors 

ANDERSON,  Charles  R.,  Instructor  in  OfRce  Management  and  Techniques 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1957;  M.Ed.,    1959. 

BAILEY,  William  M.,  Instructor  in  Economics 
B.A.,  North  Texas  State  College,  1959. 

CHAPPELL,  James  D.,  Jr.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration,  College  of  B.P.A.; 

Information  Procurement  Consultant,  Computer  Science  Center 

A.B.,  Duke  University,  1953;  M.S.,  Columbia  University,   1954;  C.P.A.,  Georgia, 
1958. 

DONNELLY,  James  Howard,  Jr.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 
B.B.A.,  1963,  Pace  College;  M.B.A.,  1964,  Long  Island  University. 

FREY,  RALPH  W.,  Instructor  in  Accounting 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964 

FUREY,  Joseph  C,  Instructor  in  Economics 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1948. 

GUNTER,  Ruby  W.,  Instructor  in  Office  Techniques 
B.S.,  John  B.  Stetson  University,  1946. 

HAMILTON,  Raymond  W.,  Instructor  in  Economics 
B.A.,  American  University,  1959. 

HISE,  Richard  T.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 

A.B.,  Gettysburg  College,  1959;  M.B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961. 

IVANCEVICH,  John  M.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 
B.S.,  1961,  Purdue  Univ.,  M.B.A.,  1965,  Univ.  of  Maryland. 

73 


Faculty 

KINERNEY,  Eugene,  Instructor  in  Geography 

B.S.,  University  of  Kansas  City,  1959;  M.A.,  University  of  Missouri,  1961. 

MARTHINUSS,  George  L.,  Jr.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 
B.A.,  1962,  Gettysburg  College;  M.B.A.,  1965,  Univ.  of  Maryland. 

McCAUL,  James  R.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 
B.S.,  1962,  State  Univ.  of  N.  Y.;  M.S.,  1964,  Pa.  State  College. 

NEFFINGER,  George  G.,  Instructor  in  Business  Organization 

B.S.,  University  of  Florida,  1951;  M.A.,  George  Washington  University,  1958. 

O'NEILL,  Jane  H.,  Instructor  in  Office  Techniques 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1932. 

PEAKE,  Charles  F.,  Instructor  in  Economics 

B.S.,  East  Tennessee  State  College,  1956;  M.S.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1958. 

PISANI,  Joseph  R.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 
B.S.,   1960,  Fordham  Univ.;  M.B.A.,   1961,  Univ.  of  Calif. 

ROSEN,  Louis  I.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 
BS.,  1964,  M.B.A.,  1965,  Univ.  of  Maryland. 

SHERMAN,  Allan  K.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 
A.B.,  1963,  Brown  Univ.;  M.B.A.,  1965,  Univ.  of  Maryland. 

STRAWSER,  Robert  H.,  Instructor  in  Business  Administration 
B.S.,  1962,  Univ.  of  Virginia;  C.P.A.,  Virginia 

VAN  BEEK,  Fritz,  Instructor  in  Economics 
B.A.,  Netherlands  School  of  Economics,   1961. 

WEINTRAUB,  Irvin,  Instructor  in  Economics 

A.B.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1950;  M.S.,  Columbia  University,  1951. 

WEBB,  Ronald,  Instructor  in  Accounting 
B.A.,  Wheaton  College,  1964. 

Lecturers 

AMUZEGAR,  Jahangir,  Lecturer  in  Economics 

B.A.,  University  of  Tehran,  1941;  M.A.,  University  of  Washington,  1948;  Ph.D., 

University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles,   1955. 

BARBER,  Willard  F.,  Lecturer  in  International  Affairs 

A.B.,  Stanford  University,   1928;  M.A.,   1929;  Certificate,  National  War  College, 
1948. 

CONRAD  Gunter,  Lecturer  in  Economics,  Dr.  Rer.  Pol.,  University  of  Heidelberg, 
1960 

DAY,  ERNEST  H.,  Lecturer  in  Economics 

A.B.,  Oberlin  College,  1941;  LL.B.,  George  Washington  University,   1950;  M.A., 
1955. 

74 


Faculty 

DURANT,  Ronald  O.,  Lecturer  in  Information  Systems  and  Economics 

A.B.,  University  of  Notre  Dame,    1959;  M.A.,  Rutgers  University,   1960;  M.S., 
University  of  Wisconsin,  1964. 

FREDERICKSON,  H.  George,  Lecturer  in  Government  and  Politics 

B.S.,  Brigham  Young   University,    1959;   M.P.A.,  University  of  California   (Los 
Angeles),  1961. 

GERACL  Philip  C,  Lecturer  in  Journalism 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953;  M.A.,  1961. 
GIBNEY,  M.  J.,  Lecturer  in  Economics 

B.A.,  Harvard  University,   1934;  M.A.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,   1952. 

GRAMLEY,  Lyle  E.,  Lecturer  in  Economics 

B.A.,  Beloit  College,   1951;  M.A.,  Indiana  University,  1952;  Ph.D.,   1956. 

GROVES,  Paul,  Lecturer  in  Geography 

B.Sc.  (Econ.),  University  College,  London,  1956;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1960. 

HOGAN,  Lawrence  J.,  Lecturer  in  Public  Relations 
B.A.,  Georgetown  University,  1948;  LL.B.,  1954. 

LARSON,  Harold,  Lecturer  in  Government  and  Politics 

B.A.,  Morningside  College,  1927;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1928;  Ph.D.,  1943. 

MEASDAY,  Walter  S.,  Lecturer  in  Economics 

A.B.,  William  and  Mary  College,   1945;  Ph.D.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Tech- 
nology, 1955. 

MUELLER,  Willard  F.,  Lecturer  in  Economics 

B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,   1950;  M.S.,    1951;   Ph.D.,  Vanderbilt  University, 
1955. 

RATCHFORD,  William  S.,  II,  Lecturer  in  Government  and  Politics,  and  Executive 
Secretary  of  the  Maryland  County  Commissioners  Association 

B.A.,  University  of  Richmond,  1954;  B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1960;  M.A., 

University  of  Maryland,  1962. 

SOLES,  James  R.,  Lecturer  in  Government  and  Politics 
B.S.,  Florida  State  University,   1957;  M.S.,   1961. 

SPENCER,  Jean   E.,  Lecturer   and   Research  Associate,   Bureau   of  Governmental 
Research 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955;  M.A.,  1961. 

SPIEGEL,  Henry  W.,  Lecturer  in  Economics 

J.V.D.,  University  of  Berlin,  1933;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1939. 

THOMPSON,  Daniel  R.,  Lecturer  in  Government  and  Politics,  and  Executive  Sec- 
retary of  the  Maryland  Municipal  League 
B.A.,  Queens  College,  1950;  LL.B.,  Georgetown  University,  1960. 

VOLK,  Donald  J.,  Lecturer  in  Geography 

B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1958;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1960. 

75 


Faculty 

ZIMRING,  Bob,  Lecturer  in  Government  and  Politics 

A.B.,  University  of  Illinois,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1963. 

Research  Associates 

ADAMS,  Robert  F.,  Research  Associate,  Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Research, 
and  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics. 

B.A.,  Oberlin  College,  1958;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

DOTTER,    LaMar    A.,    Municipal    Management    Associate,    Maryland    Technical 
Advisory  Service,  Bureau  of  Governmental  Research 

B.A.,  LaSalle  College,  1959;  M.A.,  University  of  Notre  Dame,  1961. 

FELDMANN,  Edward  H.,  Municipal  Management  Associate,  Engineering,  Maryland 
Technical  Advisory  Service,  Bureau  of  Governmental  Research 

B.S.,  Gettysburg  College,  1924;  B.S.,  Yale  University,  1925;  M.C.E.,  New  York 
University,  1941;  M.S.,  Columbia  University,  1955;  M.P.A.,  New  York  Uni- 
versity, 1960. 

KOKAT,  Robert  G.,  Research  Associate,  Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Research, 
and  Assistant  Professor  of  Economics,  Department  of  Economics 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1956;  M.S.,  1957;  D.B.A.,  Indiana  Uni- 
versity, 1962. 

KRASSA,  Lucie  G.,  Research  Associate,  Bureau  of  Business  and  Economic  Research 
Doctor  Juris,  University  of  Vienna,  1936. 

MESTER,  Edmund  C,  Associate,  Bureau  of  Governmental  Research 
A.B.,  University  of  Maryland,  1948;  M.A.,  1949. 

NASH,  Grover  E.,  County  Management  Associate,   Maryland  Technical  Advisory 
Service,  Bureau  of  Governmental  Research. 

B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,   1942;  M.A.,  Georgetown  University,  1961. 

SUTHERLAND,  Marie  P.,  Research  Associate,  Bureau  of  Governmental  Research 
B.A.,  George  Washington  University,  1950;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1952. 


76 


CATALOG  OF  THE 

COLLEGE 

OF 

EDUCATION 

1966-68 


THE 
UNIVERSITY 

OF 
MARYLAND 


Volume  22  August  31,  1965  No.  2 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  BULLETIN  is  published  four  times  in  September; 
three  times  in  January,  March  and  May;  and  two  times  in  August,  October,  Novem- 
ber, December,  February,  April,  June  and  July.  Published  twenty-nine  times.  Re- 
entered as  second  class  mail  matter  under  the  Act  of  Congress  on  August  24,  1912, 
and  second  class  postage  paid  at  College  Park,  Maryland. 


Contents 


GENERAL 


University  Calendar 

Board  of  Regents 

Officers  of  the  University  .... 
Standing  Committees, 

Faculty  Senate 

The  College  

Organization    

Facilities 

Special  Services   

Undergraduate  Programs 

Requirements  for  Admission 

General  Requirements 

General  Information   

Air  Force  ROTC  Programs 

Physical  Education  and 
Health    

Guidance  in  Registration 


iv  Minimum  Requirements  for 

V  Academic  Retention  7 

vi  Admission  to  Teacher 

Education  7 

X  Certification  of  Teachers  8 

1         Degrees    8 

1  Costs    9 

2  Remission  of  Fees   9 

2  Definition  of  Residence  and 

4             Non-Residence    9 

4  Graduate  Studies   10 

5  Admission    10 

5  Registration    10 

6  Master's  Degree  10 
Advanced  Graduate  Special- 

6  ist  in  Education 10 

7  Doctoral  Degrees    10 


CURRICULA  AND  REQUIRED  COURSES 


Advisors 

Majors  and  Minors   

Agricultural  and  Extension 

Education 

Early  Childhood-Elementary 

Education 

Early  Childhood  Education 
Area    of    Specialization    in 
Elementary  School  Phys- 
ical Education  and  Health 

Education    

Area    of    Specialization    in 
Elementary  School  Music 

Education   

Industrial  Education 

Industrial  Arts  Education 
Curriculum 

Vocational-Industrial   

Vocational-Industrial 

Certification   

Education  for  Industry  ... 
Library  Science  Education  .  .  . 
Secondary  Education 


11  Art  Education   26 

12  Secondary  Art  Education 

Curriculum 26 

13  Elementary  Art  Education 

Curriculum 27 

13     Business  Education   28 

13         General  Business  Education 

Curriculum     29 

Secretarial  Education 

Curriculum 30 

17     English  Education   31 

Foreign  Language  Education  32 

Home  Economics  Education  34 

17     Mathematics   Education  35 

17  Music  Education 37 

Physical  Education  and  Health 

18  Education 39 

19  Science  Education   40 

Social  Science  Education 

21  Curriculum     41 

22  Speech  Education 42 

24     Special  Education 43 

26 


III 


Contents 


COURSE  OFFERINGS 


Education    44 

Early  Childhood-Elementary 

Education 54 

Human  Development 

Education     57 

Industrial  Education    61 

Library  Science  Education  ...  68 


Secondary   Education    69 

General  and  Academic 

Education    69 

Business  Education   71 

Home  Economics  Education  72 

Music  Education   72 

Special  Education   75 


Faculty    78 


TV 


University  Calendar,  1966-67 

(TENTATIVE) 

FALL  SEMESTER,  1966 
SEPTEMBER 

12-16     Monday-Friday — Fall  Semester  Registration 
19     Monday — Instruction  begins 
NOVEMBER 

23     Wednesday,  after  last  class — Thanksgiving  recess  begins 
28     Monday,  8:00  A.  M. — Thanksgiving  recess  ends 
DECEMBER 

21     Wednesday,  after  last  class — Christmas  recess  begins 
JANUARY 

3     Tuesday,  8:00  A.  M. — Christmas  recess  ends 
18     Wednesday — Pre-exam  Study  Day 
19-25     Thursday-Wednesday — Fall  Semester  Examinations 


SPRING  SEMESTER,  1967 
JANUARY 

31 -Feb.  3     Tuesday-Friday — Spring  Semester  Registration 
FEBRUARY 

6     Monday — Instruction  begins 

22  Wednesday — Washington's  Birthday,  holiday 
MARCH 

23  Thursday,  after  last  class — Easter  recess  begins 
28    Tuesday,  8:00  A.  M. — Easter  recess  ends 

MAY 

10  Wednesday— AFROTC  Day 

24  Wednesday — Pre-exam  Study  Day 

25-June  2     Thursday-Friday — Spring  Semester  Examinations 

28     Sunday — Baccalaureate  Exercises 

30    Tuesday — Memorial  Day,  holiday 
JUNE 

3  Saturday — Commencement  Exercises 

SUMMER  SESSION,  1967 
JUNE 

19-20  Monday-Tuesday — Registration,  Summer  Session 

2i  Wednesday — Instruction  begins 

24  Saturday — Classes  (Monday  schedule) 
JULY 

4  Tuesday — Independence  Day,  holiday 
8  Saturday — Classes  (Tuesday  schedule) 

AUGUST 

11  Friday — Summer  Session  Ends 

SHORT  COURSES,  SUMMER,  1967 
JUNE 

12-17     Monday-Saturday — Rural  Women's  Short  Course 
AUGUST 

7-11     Monday-Friday — 4-H  Club  Week 
SEPTEMBER 

5-8    Tuesday-Friday — Firemen's  Short  Course 


Board  of  Regents 

and 

Maryland  State  Board  of  Agriculture 

CHAIRMAN 

Charles  P.  McCormick 

McCormick  and  Company,  Inc.,  414  Light  Street,  Baltimore,  21202 

VICE-CHAIRMAN 

Edward  F.  Holter 

Farmers  Home  Administration,  Room  412  Hartwick  Bldg., 

4321  Hartwick  Road,  College  Park,  20740 

SECRETARY 

B.  Herbert  Brown 

The  Baltimore  Institute,  10  West  Chase  Street,  Baltimore,  21201 

TREASURER 

Harry  H.  Nuttle 
Denton,  21629 

ASSISTANT  SECRETARY 

Louis  L.  Kaplan 

The  Baltimore  Hebrew  College,  5800  Park  Heights  Ave.,  Baltimore,  21215 

ASSISTANT  TREASURER 

Richard  W.  Case 

Smith,  Somerville  and  Case,  1  Charles  Center — 17th  Floor, 

Baltimore,  21201 

Dr.  William  B.  Long 
Medical  Center,  Salisbury,  21801 

Thomas  W.  Pangborn 

The  Pangborn  Corporation,  Pangborn  Blvd.,  Hagerstown,  21740 

Thomas  B.  Symons 

7410  Columbia  Ave.,  College  Park,  20740 

William  C.  Walsh 

Liberty  Trust  Building,  Cumberland,  21501 

vi 


Officers  Of  The  University 

Central  Administrative  Officers 

PRESIDENT 

Wilson  H.  EMns,—B.A.,  University  of  Texas,  1932;  M.A.,  1932;  B.Litt.,  Oxford  Uni- 
versity. 1936;  D.Phil.,  1936. 

VICE  PRESIDENT,  BALTIMORE  CAMPUSES 

Albin  O.  Kuhn— fi.5..  University  of  Maryland,  1938;  M.S.,  1939;  Ph.D.,  1948. 

VICE  PRESIDENT  FOR  ACADEMIC  AFFAIRS 

R.  Lee  Hornbake — B.S.,  California  State  College,  Pennsylvania,  1934;  M.A.,  Ohio 
State  University,  1936;  Ph.D.,  1942. 

ASSISTANT  TO  THE  PRESIDENT  FOR  ADMINISTRATIVE  AFFAIRS 
Walter  B.  Waetjen — B.S.,  Millersville  State  College,  Millersville,  Pennsylvania,  1942; 
M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1947;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland.  1951. 

ASSISTANT  TO  THE  PRESIDENT 

Frank  L.  Bentz,  Jr.— 5.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

ASSISTANT  TO  THE  PRESIDENT  FOR  UNIVERSITY  RELATIONS 
Robert  A.    Beach,   Jr.,   A.B.,   Baldwin-Wallace   College,   1950;  M.S.,   Boston   Uni- 
versity, 1954. 

ASSISTANT,   PRESIDENT'S  OFFICE,  RESEARCH 

Justin  Williams — A.B.,  State  Teachers  College,  Conway,  Arkansas,  1926;  M.A.,  State 
University  of  Iowa,  1928;  Ph.D.,  1933. 

ASSISTANT,  PRESIDENT'S  OFFICE 

Robert  E.  Kendig— ^.B.,  College  of  William  and  Mary,  1939;  M.A.,  George  Wash- 
ington University,  1965. 

DIRECTOR  OF  FINANCE  AND  BUSINESS 

C.  Wilbur  Cissel— B./4.,  University  of  Maryland,  1932;  M.A.,  C.P.A.,  1939. 

ASSISTANT  DIRECTOR  OF  FINANCE  AND  BUSINESS 
James  T.  Frye— 5.5.,  University  of  Georgia.  1948;  M.S..  1952. 

COMPTROLLER  AND  BUDGET  OFFICER 

Harry  D.  Fisher— 5.5.,  University  of  Maryland.  1943;  C.P.A.,  1948. 

DIRECTOR  OF  ADMISSIONS  AND  REGISTRATIONS 

G.  Watson  Algire— 5./1.,  University  of  Maryland,  1930;  M.S..  1931. 

ASSOCIATE  DIRECTOR  AND  REGISTRAR 

James  P.  Hill- 5.5.,  Temple  University,  1939;  Ed.M.,  1947;  Ed.D.,  University  of 

Michigan,  1963. 

DIRECTOR  OF  ALUMNI  AFFAIRS 

J.  Logan  Schultz— 5.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1938;  M.S.,  1940. 

vU 


DIRECTOR  OF  ATHLETICS 

William  W.  Cobey — A.B.,  University  of  Maryland,  1930. 

DIRECTOR  OF  PERSONNEL 

George  W.  Fogg — B.A..  University  of  Maryland,  1926;  M.A.,  1928. 

ASSISTANT  DIRECTOR  OF  PERSONNEL 

James  D.  Morgan — B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949;  M.B.A.,  1950. 

DIRECTOR  AND  SUPERVISING  ENGINEER,  DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSICAL 
PLANT 

George  O.  Weber — B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933. 

ASSOCIATE  DIRECTOR  AND  SUPERVISING  ENGINEER,  PHYSICAL  PLANT 

(Baltimore) 

George  W.  Morrison — B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1927;  E.E.,  1931. 

Emeriti 

PRESIDENT  EMERITUS 

Harry  C.  Byrd — B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,   1908;  LL.D.,  Washington  College, 
1936;  LL.D.,  Dickinson  College,  1938;  D.Sc,  Western  Maryland  College,  1938. 

DEAN  OF  WOMEN  EMERITA 

Adele  H.  Stamp — B.A.,   Tulane   University,   1921;  M.A.,   University  of  Maryland, 
1924. 

DEAN  OF  MEN  EMERITUS 

Geary  F.  Eppley— B.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1920;  M.S.,  1926. 


Deans  of  the  Schools  and  Colleges 

DEAN  OF  AGRICULTURE 

Gordon  M.  Cairns— fi.5.,  Cornell  University,  1936;  M.S.,  1938;  Ph.D.  1940. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES 

Charles  Manning— B.5.,  Tufts  College,  1929;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1931;  Ph.D., 
University  of  North  Carolina,  1950. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  AND  PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATION 
Donald  W.  O'Connell— 5./4.,  Columbia  University.  1937;  M.A.,  1938;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY 

John  J.  Salley— D.D.S.,  Medical  College  of   Virginia,   1951;  Ph.D.,   University  of 
Rochester  School  of  Medicine  and  Dentistry,  1954. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION 

Vernon  E.  Anderson — B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1930;  M.A.,  1936;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Colorado,  1942. 

ACTING  DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERING 

Russell  B.  Allen — B.S..  Yale  University,  1923;  Registered  Professional  Engineer. 

viii 


DEAN  OF  FACULTY— UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND,  BALTIMORE  COUNTY 

Homer  W.  Schamp,  Jr. — A.B.,  Miami  University,  1944;  M.Sc.,  University  of  Michi- 
gan. 1947:  Ph.D.,  1952. 

DEAN  OF  THE  GRADUATE  SCHOOL 

Ronald  Bamford — 5.5.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1924;  M.S.,  University  of  Ver- 
mont,  1926;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1931. 

ACTING  DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS 
Erna  Chapman — B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1934;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1936. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  LAW 

William  P.  Cunningham — A.B.,  Harvard  College,  1944;  LL.B.,  Harvard  Law  School, 
1948. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  LIBRARY  AND  INFORMATION  SERVICES 
Paul  Wasserman— B.S./i.,  College  of  the  City  of  New   York,  1948;  M.S.   (.L.S.), 

Columbia  University,  1949:  M.S.  (Economics)  Columbia  University,  1950;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Michigan,  1960. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  AND  DIRECTOR  OF  MEDICAL 
EDUCATION  AND  RESEARCH 

William  S.  Stone— B.5.,  University  of  Idaho,  1924;  M.S.,  1925;  M.D.,  University  of 
Louisville,  1929;  Ph.D.,  (Hon.),  University  of  Louisville,  1946. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  NURSING 

Florence  M.  Gipe — B.S.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1937;  M.S.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1940;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  PHARMACY 

Noel  E.  Foss— P/i.C,  South  Dakota  State  College,  1929;  B.S.,1929;  M.S.,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1932;  Ph.D.,  1933. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  RECREATION  AND 
HEALTH 

Lester  M.  Fraley — B.A.,  Randolph-Macon  College,  1928;  M.A.,  1937;  Ph.D.,  Pea- 
body  College,  1939. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  SOCIAL  WORK 

Verl  S.  Lewis— ^.B.,  Huron  College,  1933;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1939; 
D.S.W.,  Western  Reserve  University,  1954. 

DEAN  OF  UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE 

Ray  W.  Ehrensberger— B./i.,  Wabash  College,  1929;  M.A.,  Butler  University,  1930; 
Ph.D.,  Syracuse  University,   1937. 

Directors  of  Educational  Services  and  Programs 

EXECUTIVE  DEAN  FOR  STUDENT  LIFE 

Leslie  R.  Bundgaard— B.5.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1948;  MS.,  1949;  Ph.D., 
Georgetown  University,  1954. 

DEAN  OF  WOMEN 

Helen  E.  Clarke — B.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1943;  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois, 
1951;  Ed.D.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  1960. 

ix 


DIRECTOR,  AGRICULTURAL  EXTENSION  SERVICE 

Edward  W.  Alton— B.5.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1933;  MS.,  1940;  Ed.D..   Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1956. 

DIRECTOR.  AGRICULTURE  EXPERIMENT  STATION 

Irvin  C.  Haut— B.5.,  University  of  Idaho,  1928;  M.S.,  State  College  of  Washington, 
1930;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933. 

ACTING  DIRECTOR.  COMPUTER  SCIENCE  CENTER 
John  P.  Menard— 5./4.,  St.  Michael's  College,  Vt.,  1954. 

DIRECTOR,  COUNSELING  CENTER 

Thomas  Magoon — B.A.,   Dartmouth,  1947;  M.A.,   University  of  Minnesota,  1951; 
Ph.D.,  1954. 

DIRECTOR,  GENERAL  EDUCATION  PROGRAM 

Gayle  S.  Smith — B.S.,  Iowa  State  College,  1948;  M.  A.,  Cornell  University,  1951; 
Ph.D.,  1958. 

DIRECTOR,  INSTITUTIONAL  RESEARCH 

Robert  E.  McCIintock — B.S.,  University  of  South  Carolina,  1951;  M.A.,  George  Pea- 
body  College,  1952;  Ph.D..  1961. 

DIRECTOR   OF  LIBRARIES 

Howard  Rovelstad— 5./4.,  University  of  Illinois,  1936;  M.A.,  1937;  B.S.L.S.,  Colum- 
bia University,  1940. 

DIRECTOR  OF  NATURAL  RESOURCES  INSTITUTE 

L.  Eugene  Cronin — A.B.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1938;  M.S.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1943;  Ph.D.,  1946. 

DIRECTOR  OF  PROFESSIONAL  AND  SUPPORTING  SERVICES,  UNIVERSITY 

HOSPITAL 
George  H.  Yeager — B.S.,  University  of  West  Virginia.  1925;  M.D.,   University  of 

Maryland,  1929. 

DIRECTOR  OF  STUDENT  HEALTH  SERVICE 

Lester  M.  Dyke — B.S.,  University  of  Iowa,  1936;  M.D.,  1926. 

DIRECTOR  OF  THE  SUMMER  SESSION 

Clodus  R.  Smith— S.5.,  Oklahoma  State  University,  1950;  MS.,  1955;  Ed.D.,  Cornell 

University,  1960. 

HEAD,  DEPARTMENT  OF  AIR  SCIENCE 

Vernon  H.  Reeves — B.A.,  Arizona  State  College,  1936;  M.A.,  Columbia  University, 
1949. 

Division  Chairmen 

CHAIRMAN  OF  THE  DIVISION  OF  BIOLOGICAL  SCIENCES 

John  E.  Faber— 5.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1926;  MS..  1927;  Ph.D.,  1937. 

CHAIRMAN  OF  THE  LOWER  DIVISION 

Charles  E.  White— B.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1923;  M.S.,  1924;  Ph.D.,  1926. 

CHAIRMAN  OF  THE  DIVISION  OF  SOCIAL  SCIENCES 
Harold  C.  Hoffsommer — BS.,  Northwestern  University,  1921;  M.A.,  1923;  Ph.D., 
Cornell  University.  1929. 


STANDING  COMMITTEES,  FACULTY  SENATE 

GENERAL  COMMITTEE  ON  EDUCATIONAL  POLICY 

GENERAL  COMMITTEE  ON  STUDENT  LIFE  AND  WELFARE 

COMMITTEE  ON  ADMISSIONS  AND  SCHOLASTIC  STANDING 

COMMITTEE  ON  INSTRUCTIONAL  PROCEDURES 

COMMITTEE  ON  SCHEDULING  AND  REGISTRATION 

COMMITTEE  ON  PROGRAMS.  CURRICULA   AND  COURSES 

COMMITTEE  ON  FACULTY  RESEARCH 

COMMITTEE  ON  PUBLIC  FUNCTIONS  AND  COMMENCEMENTS 

COMMITTEE  ON  LIBRARIES 

COMMITTEE  ON  UNIVERSITY  PUBLICATIONS 

COMMITTEE  ON  INTERCOLLEGIATE  COMPETITION 

COMMITTEE  ON  PROFESSIONAL  ETHICS.  ACADEMIC  FREEDOM 
AND  TENURE 

COMMITTEE  ON  APPOINTMENTS,   PROMOTIONS  AND  SALARIES 

COMMITTEE  ON  FACULTY  LIFE  AND  WELFARE 

COMMITTEE  ON  MEMBERSHIP  AND  REPRESENTATION 

COMMITTEE  ON  COUNSELING  OF  STUDENTS 

COMMITTEE  ON  THE  FUTURE  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Adjunct  Committees  of  the  General  Committee  on  Student 
Life  and  Welfare 

STUDENT  ACTIVITIES 

FINANCIAL  AIDS  AND  SELF-HELP 

STUDENT  PUBLICATIONS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS 

RELIGIOUS  LIFE 

STUDENT  HEALTH  AND  SAFETY 

STUDENT  DISCIPLINE 

BALTIMORE  CAMPUS,   STUDENT  AFFAIRS 


J(t 


The  College 


The  college  of  education  meets  the  needs  of  the  following 
classes  of  students:  (1)  persons  preparing  to  teach  in  colleges,  secondary 
schools,  elementary  schools,  kindergarten,  and  nursery  schools;  (2)  per- 
sons preparing  to  teach  classes  in  special  education  and  to  be  school  li- 
brarians; (3)  present  or  prospective  teachers  who  wish  to  supplement  their 
preparation;  (4)  students  preparing  for  educational  work  in  the  trades  and 
industries;  (5)  graduate  students  preparing  for  teaching,  supervisory, 
or  administrative  positions;  (6)  certain  students  whose  major  interests  are 
in  other  fields,  but  who  desire  courses  in  education. 

Because  of  the  location  of  the  University  in  the  suburbs  of  the  nation's 
capital,  unusual  facilities  for  the  study  of  education  are  available  to  its 
students  and  faculty.  The  Library  of  Congress,  the  library  of  the  United 
States  Office  of  Education,  and  special  libraries  of  other  government 
agencies  are  accessible,  as  well  as  the  information  services  of  the  National 
Education  Association,  American  Council  on  Education,  United  States 
Office  of  Education,  and  other  organizations,  public  and  private.  The 
school  systems  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  Baltimore,  and  the  counties 
of  Maryland  offer  generous  cooperation. 

Organization 

The  College  is  organized  into  three  departments,  an  institute,  and  non- 
departmental  areas.  Each  of  these  offers  a  wide  range  of  programs  in 
teacher  education  or  education  specialties. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  EARLY  CHILDHOOD-ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION.  This  de- 
partment offers  programs  to  prepare  teachers  for  nursery  school,  kinder- 
garten, and  primary  grades  and  for  all  grades  in  the  elementary  school. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  SECONDARY  EDUCATION.  This  department  is  concerned 
with  the  preparation  of  teachers  for  junior  and  senior  high  schools.  Teach- 
ing majors  are  offered  in  the  following  areas:  art,  business  education,  Eng- 
lish, foreign  languages,  home  economics,  mathematics,  music,  science, 
social  studies,  and  speech.  A  minor  is  offered  in  special  education.  Majors 
in  physical  education  and  agriculture  are  offered  in  the  College  of  Physical 
Education,  Recreation,  and  Health  and  the  College  of  Agriculture  in  co- 
operation with  the  College  of  Education. 

DEPARTMENT  OF  INDUSTRIAL  EDUCATION.  This  department  offers  programs 
leading  to  teacher  certification  in  Industrial  Arts  and  Vocational-Industrial 
Education.  It  also  offers  a  program  in  Education  for  Industry  which  pre- 
pares individuals  for  supervisor  and  industrial  management  positions,  and 
an  Industrial  Technology  program  for  persons  with  advanced  technical 
preparation  who  wish  to  teach  in  technical  institutes  or  junior  colleges. 

INSTITUTE  FOR  CHILD  STUDY.  This  institute  carries  on  the  following  activi- 
ties: (1)  it  undertakes  basic  research  in  human  development;  (2)  it  digests 
and  synthesizes  research  findings  from  the  many  sciences  that  study  human 


Facilities,  Special  Services 

beings;  (3)  it  plans,  organizes,  and  provides  consultant  service  programs 
of  direct  child  study  by  in-service  teachers  in  individual  schools  or  in 
municipal,  county  or  state  systems;  (4)  it  offers  field  training  to  a  limited 
number  of  properly  qualified  doctoral  students,  preparing  them  to  render 
expert  consultant  service  to  schools  and  for  college  teaching  of  human 
development.  The  College  of  Education  operates  Workshops  in  Child 
Development  and  Education  for  six  weeks  each  summer.  Inquiries  should 
be  addressed  to  Director,  Institute  for  Child  Study. 

NON-DEPARTMENTAL  AREAS.  These  areas  are  made  up  of  several  programs 
which  prepare  individuals  for  certification  in  special  teaching  or  service 
fields.  Included  are  programs  in  special  education;  school  Ubrarianship; 
school  administration  and  supervision;  research;  curriculum;  history,  phil- 
osophy and  comparative  education;  social  foundations  and  personnel  ser- 
vices in  education. 

Facilities 

The  College  is  housed  in  two  buildings.  All  departments  and  special  areas 
with  the  exception  of  Industrial  Education  have  their  offices  and  instruc- 
tional facilities  in  the  new  College  of  Education  Building.  This  building, 
completed  in  1965,  was  planned  with  the  special  needs  of  teacher  educa- 
tion in  mind.  The  Industrial  Education  Department  is  housed  in  the  J. 
Milton  Patterson  Building.  The  facilities  of  this  building  are  devoted  ex- 
clusively to  the  work  of  the  Department. 

Special  Services 

The  College  provides  several  kinds  of  special  services  for  faculty,  students, 
and  schools  and  teachers  in  the  field: 

1.  Bureau  of  Educational  Research  and  Field  Services. 

The  Bureau  of  Educational  Research  and  Field  Services  has  been  estab- 
lished to  (1)  encourage  and  stimulate  basic  research  bearing  on  different 
aspects  of  the  educative  process;  (2)  provide  assistance  in  designing,  im- 
plementing and  evaluating  research  projects  initiated  by  local  school  sys- 
tems; (3)  coordinate  school  systems'  requests  for  consultants  with  the  rich 
and  varied  professional  competencies  that  are  available  on  the  University 
faculty.  Additional  information  about  the  Bureau's  services  may  be  ob- 
tained from  the  Director,  Bureau  of  Educational  Research  and  Field  Serv- 
ices, 

2.  Curriculum  Laboratory. 

The  curriculum  laboratory  provides  students,  faculty  and  teachers  in  the 
field  with  both  materials  and  assistance  in  the  area  of  curriculum.  An  up- 
to-date  collection  of  curriculum  materials  is  maintained.  This  includes  texts, 
courses  of  study,  study  guides,  curriculum  studies,  and  bibliographies.  The 
laboratory  is  equipped  to  assist  students  and  student  teachers  with  prepara- 
tion of  teaching  plans. 


Special  Services 

3.  Educational  Technology  Center. 

The  center  is  designed  to  serve  as  a  service  facility  to  faculty  and  students 
by  providing  teaching  aids  of  all  kinds,  audio-visual  equipment  and  service, 
instruction  in  all  aspects  of  instructional  materials,  aids,  and  new  media.  It 
also  will  be  the  center  for  the  development  of  a  future  graduate  program  in 
educational  technology. 

4.  Nursery  School  and  Kindergarten. 

The  University  of  Maryland  operates  a  nursery  school  and  kindergarten  on 
the  campus  in  which  students  majoring  in  Early  Childhood  Education  re- 
ceive training  and  practical  experience  and  in  which  majors  in  other  areas 
and  in  other  departments  also  use  the  resources  for  observation,  child  study, 
and  research. 

5.  Off -Campus  Courses. 

Through  the  University  College,  a  number  of  courses  in  education  are 
offered  in  Baltimore,  in  other  centers  in  Maryland,  and  overseas.  These 
courses  are  chosen  to  meet  the  needs  of  groups  of  students  in  various 
centers.  In  these  centers,  on  a  part-time  basis,  a  student  may  complete 
a  part  of  the  work  required  for  an  undergraduate  or  a  graduate  degree.  An- 
nouncements of  such  courses  may  be  obtained  by  addressing  requests  to 
the  Dean,  University  College,  College  Park,  Maryland. 

6.  Reading  Center. 

The  reading  center  provides  clinical  diagnostic  and  corrective  services  to  a 
limited  number  of  children.  These  services  are  a  part  of  the  program  in  cor- 
rection and  remedial  reading  offered  to  teachers  on  the  graduate  level. 

7.  Science  Teaching  Center. 

The  Science  Teaching  Center  maintains  a  collection  of  science  teaching 
materials  which  includes  textbooks,  films,  film  strips,  pamphlets,  apparatus 
and  equipment  for  students,  teachers,  and  supervisors.  The  center  serves  as 
a  depository  for  courses  of  study  for  grades  K-16  in  science. 

8.  Student  and  Professional  Organizations. 

The  College  of  Education  sponsors  two  professional  organizations:  Phi 
Delta  Kappa,  the  national  professional  fraternity  for  men  in  education,  and 
Iota  Lambda  Sigma,  the  national  honorary  fraternity  in  industrial  educa- 
tion. Both  fraternities  have  large  and  active  chapters  and  are  providing 
outstanding  professional  leadership  in  their  fields  of  service.  The  College 
of  Education  also  sponsors  a  chapter  of  the  National  Honorary  Society, 
Kappa  Delta  Pi,  which  is  open  to  both  men  and  women  in  the  field  of  edu- 
cation. The  College  of  Education  also  sponsors  a  chapter  of  the  Student 
National  Education  Association.  This  chapter  is  open  to  undergraduate 
students  on  the  College  Park  campus.  A  student  chapter  of  the  Council  for 
Exceptional  Children  (NEA)  is  open  to  undergraduate  and  graduate  stu- 
dents who  are  preparing  to  work  with  exceptional  children. 


Undergraduate  Studies 

9.     University  Credential  Service. 

The  University  provides  placement  senice  for  its  qualified  students  and 
graduates,  helping  them  to  secure  the  kinds  of  positions  they  desire.  All 
graduating  seniors  on  the  College  Park  Campus  (except  Education  for  In- 
dustry majors)  are  required  to  file  credentials  with  this  ofl&ce  during  the  Fall 
semester  of  the  senior  year.  The  fee,  $5.00,  entitles  the  student  to  place- 
ment service  for  the  annual  period  ending  October  1. 

The  University  Credential  Service  provides  the  necessary  link  between 
graduates  of  the  College  of  Education  and  employment  opportunities  in  the 
various  teaching  fields.  This  is  the  only  place  on  campus  where  complete 
descriptions  of  teaching  ability  and  personal  qualifications  of  College  of 
Education  graduates  can  be  assembled.  These  records  are  permanently 
maintained  and  will  be  sent  to  prospective  employers  on  the  request  of 
the  teacher  or  the  employer. 

Credential  Service  records  are  used:  (a)  for  placement  in  teaching  and  other 
school  positions.  Graduating  seniors  and  alumni  may  arrange  for  on- 
campus  interviews  by  school  and  college  ofl&cials  who  are  seeking  teach- 
ing and  administrative  personnel.  Several  schools  and  colleges  arrange 
for  campus  visits  each  year;  (b)  for  shifts  of  position  for  experienced 
teachers  seeking  promotion;  (c)  for  securing  summer  employment;  (d)  in 
connection  with  applications  for  appointment  as  exchange  teachers  or  for 
overseas  teaching  during  leaves  of  absence;  (e)  for  placement  during  sub- 
sequent years  by  those  who  do  not  teach  immediately  after  graduation; 

(f )  for  replying  to  inquiries  of  employers  in  fields  other  than  teaching;  and 

(g)  for  placement  of  graduate  students  in  college  positions  in  all  fields. 


UNDERGRADUATE  PROGRAMS 

Requirements  For  Admission^ 

FALL  SEMESTER 

All  applications  for  full-time  (nine  or  more  semester  hours)  undergraduate 
admission  for  the  Fall  Semester  at  the  College  Park  campus  must  be  re- 
ceived by  the  University  on  or  before  July  15,  and  for  both  full-time  and 
part-time  applications  all  supporting  documents  for  an  appUcation  for  ad- 
mission must  be  received  by  the  appropriate  University  ofl&ce  by  Septem- 
ber 1.  This  means  that  the  applicant's  educational  records,  ACT  scores 
(in  the  case  of  new  freshmen)  and  medical  examination  report  must  be 
received  by  September  1. 

Under  unusual  circumstances,  applications  will  be  accepted  between  July 
15  and  September  1.  Applicants  for  full-time  attendance  filing  after  July 

'  See  also  p.  7  for  requirements  for  admission  to  teacher  education  in  the  junior 
year. 


Undergraduate  Studies 

15  will  be  required  to  pay  a  non-refundable  $25.00  late  fee  to  defray  the 
cost  of  special  handling  of  applications  after  that  date.  This  late  fee  is  in 
addition  to  the  $10.00  application  fee. 

SPRING  semester 

The  deadline  for  the  receipt  of  applications  for  the  Spring  Semester  is 
January  1. 

university  college 

The  application  deadlines  and  fees  given  above  do  not  apply  to  students 
registering  in  the  evening  classes  offered  by  the  University  College. 

General  Requirements 

In  selecting  students  emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  high  marks  and 
other  indications  of  probable  success  in  college  rather  than  upon  a  fixed 
pattern  of  subject  matter.  Of  the  sixteen  required  units,  four  units  of 
EngUsh  and  one  unit  of  social  sciences,  natural  sciences,  and  mathe- 
matics are  required.  Additional  units  in  mathematics,  natural  sciences,  and 
social  sciences  are  desirable  for  a  program  that  permits  the  greatest  amount 
of  flexibility  in  meeting  the  requirements  of  various  College  of  Education 
curricula.  While  a  foreign  language  is  desirable  for  certain  programs,  no 
foreign  language  is  required  for  entrance.  Fine  arts,  trade  and  vocational 
subjects  are  acceptable  as  electives.  Every  prospective  applicant  should 
be  certain  that  his  preparation  in  mathematics  is  adequate  for  any  pro- 
gram that  he   might   wish  to   enter. 

Students  are  referred  to  the  pubUcation  An  Adventure  in  Learning  for 
a  complete  statement  of  requirements  for  admission  to  the  different  cur- 
ricula in  the  College  of  Education. 

Candidates  for  admission  whose  high  school  or  college  records  are  consist- 
ently low  are  strongly  advised  not  to  seek  admission  to  the  College  of 
Education. 

General  Information 

Detailed  information  concerning  the  General  Education  Program,  fees 
and  expenses,  scholarships  and  awards,  student  life,  and  other  material 
of  a  general  nature,  may  be  found  in  the  University  publication  titled  An 
Adventure  in  Learning.  This  publication  may  be  obtained  on  request 
from  the  Catalog  Mailing  Office,  North  Administration  Building, 
University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park.  A  detailed  explanation  of  the 
regulations  of  student  and  academic  life,  may  be  found  in  the  University 
publication  titled.  University  General  and  Academic  Regulations.  This 
is  mailed  in  September  and  February  of  each  year  to  all  new  under- 
graduate students. 


Undergraduate  Studies 

Requests  for  course  catalogs  for  the  individual  schools  and  colleges 
should  be  directed  to  the  deans  of  these  respective  units,  addressed  to: 

COLLEGES  LOCATED  AT  COLLEGE  PARK: 

Dean 

(College  in  which  you  are  interested) 
The  University  of  Maryland 
College  Park,  Maryland 

PROFESSIONAL  SCHOOLS  LOCATED  AT  BALTIMORE: 

Dean 

(College  in  which  you  are  interested) 
The  University  of  Maryland 
Lombard  and  Greene  Streets 
Baltimore  1,  Maryland 

Air  Force  ROTC  Programs 

Two  programs  in  Air  Science  are  offered  at  the  University  of  Maryland. 
Both  of  tihese  programs  are  voluntary.  The  successful  completion  of  either 
program  quaUfies  the  student  for  a  reserve  commission  in  the  United  States 
Air  Force  upon  graduation.  Exceptionally  well  qualified  students  may 
receive  a  Regular  Officer  appointment.  The  two  programs  are  de- 
signed to  fit  the  needs  of  eligible  college  male  students  who  begin  their 
higher  education  at  either  a  junior  college  or  a  four  year  college.  Emphasis 
is  placed  on  qualities  of  leadership  and  other  attributes  essential  to  pro- 
gressive advancement  into  positions  of  increasing  responsibility  as  com- 
missioned officers  in  the  United  States  Air  Force.  For  details  of  these 
programs  the  student  should  consult  the  publication  An  Adventure  in 
Learning,  or  appropriate  Department  of  Air  Science  publications. 

Physical  Education  and  Health 

All  undergraduate  men  and  women  students  who  are  registered  for  more 
than  nine  semester  hours  of  credit  are  required  to  enroll  in  and  success- 
fully complete  two  prescribed  courses  in  physical  education  for  a  total  of 
two  semester  hours  of  credit.  The  successful  completion  of  these  courses 
is  required  for  graduation.  These  courses  must  be  taken  by  all  eligible  stu- 
dents during  the  first  two  semesters  of  attendance  at  the  University,  whether 
they  intend  to  graduate  or  not.  Men  and  women  who  have  reached  their 
thirtieth  birthday  are  exempt  from  these  courses.  The  thirtieth  birthday 
must  precede  the  Saturday  of  registration  week.  Students  who  are  physical- 
ly disqualified  from  taking  these  courses  must  enroll  in  adaptive  courses 
for  which  credit  will  be  given.  A  transferring  student  who  can  meet  the 
academic  requirements  of  his  college  and  the  requirements  of  the  University 
by  completing  30  academic  hours  will  not  be  required  to  register  for  physicd 
education.  Students  with  military  service  may  receive  credit  for  these 
courses  by  applying  to  the  Director  of  the  Men's  Physical  Education  Pro- 


Undergraduate  Studies 

gram.  Students  majoring  or  minoring  in  physical  education,  recreation,  or 
health  education  may  meet  these  requirements  by  enrolling  in  special  pro- 
fessional courses. 

All  freshmen  students  are  required  to  complete  satisfactorily  one  semester 
of  Health  Education  (Hea.  5)  for  graduation.  Students  who  have  reached 
their  thirtieth  birthday  are  exempt  from  this  requirement.  Transfer  students 
who  do  not  have  credit  in  this  course,  or  its  equivalent,  must  complete  this 
requirement. 

All  students  not  required  to  complete  the  required  physical  education  and/ 
or  health  courses  must  elect  a  comparable  number  of  hours  in  academic 
courses  in  addition  to  the  regular  requirements  of  their  program. 

Guidance  in  Registration 

At  the  time  of  matriculation  each  student  is  tentatively  assigned  to  a 
member  of  the  faculty  who  acts  as  the  student's  personal  adviser.  The 
choice  of  subject  areas  within  which  the  student  will  prepare  to  teach  will 
be  made  under  faculty  guidance  during  the  freshman  year.  The  student 
will  confer  regularly  with  the  faculty  member  in  the  College  of  Education 
responsible  for  his  teaching  major.  While  it  may  be  possible  to  make 
satisfactory  adjustments  as  late  as  the  junior  year  for  students  from  other 
colleges  who  have  not  already  entered  upon  the  sequence  of  professional 
courses,  it  is  highly  desirable  that  the  student  begin  his  professional  work 
in  the  freshman  year.  Students  who  intend  to  teach  (except  Agriculture  and 
Physical  Education)  should  register  in  the  College  of  Education,  in  order 
that  they  may  have  the  continuous  counsel  and  guidance  of  the  faculty 
directly  responsible  for  teacher  education  at  the  University  of  Maryland. 

Minimum  Requirements  for  Academic  Retention 

All  students  enrolled  since  the  Spring  semester,  1965,  must  satisfy  the  pro- 
visions of  the  University's  academic  retention  plan  which  are  detailed  on 
pages  45-49  of  the  University  General  and  Academic  Regulations.  All 
students  should  become  famiUar  with  these  provisions. 

Students  are  permitted  to  register  for  upper  division  courses  (100  or 
above)  only  after  they  have  earned  a  minimum  of  56  hours  of  credit. 

Admission  to  Teacher  Education 

All  students,  full  or  part-time,  who  are  in  a  teacher  education  curriculum 
in  any  college  of  the  University,  must  apply  to  the  Admission  to  Teacher 
Education  Committee  for  admission  to  teacher  education  at  approximately 
the  end  of  the  sophomore  year.  Transfer  students  with  advanced  standing 
must  apply  at  time  of  transfer.  Post-graduate  certification  students  must 
apply  at  the  beginning  of  their  program.  Application  forms  may  be  ob- 
tained from  the  College  of  Education  ofl&ce. 


Undergraduate  Studies 

In  considering  applications,  the  following  criteria  have  been  established  by 
the  committee: 

1.  Applicants  should  be  making  satisfactory  progress  toward  the  re- 
quired 2.3  grade  point  average  by  the  time  they  would  normally 
do  their  student  teaching. 

2.  Secondary  education  apphcants  must  show  evidence  of  ability  to 
achieve  in  courses  directly  related  to  their  major  field  on  an  above 
average  level. 

3.  Applicants  must  have  at  least  a  1.75  average  in  the  general  edu- 
cation courses  they  have  taken  at  the  time  of  application. 

4.  Applicants  must  be  of  good  moral  and  ethical  character.  This  will 
be  determined  as  fairly  as  possible  from  advisers'  recommenda- 
tions, records  of  serious  campus  delinquencies,  etc. 

5.  Applicants  must  be  physically  and  emotionally  capable  of  function- 
ing as  a  teacher.  This  means  freedom  from  serious  chronic  illness, 
emotional  instability,  and  communicable  disease,  as  determined  in 
cooperation  with  the  Health  Service  and  the  Counseling  Center. 

6.  Applicants  must  be  free  of  serious  speech  defects  or  problems. 

The  purpose  of  the  screening  procedure  associated  with  admission  to  teach- 
er education  is  to  insure  that  graduates  of  the  teacher  education  program 
at  the  University  of  Maryland  will  be  well  prepared  for  teaching  and  can 
be  recommended  for  certification  with  confidence. 


Certification  of  Teachers 

The  State  Department  of  Education  certifies  to  teach  in  the  approved 
public  schools  of  the  state  only  graduates  of  approved  colleges  who  have 
satisfactorily  fulfilled  subject-matter  and  professional  requirements.  The 
several  curricula  of  the  College  of  Education  fulfills  State  Department  re- 
quirements for  certification. 

The  teacher  education  program  of  the  College  of  Education  is  accredited 
by  the  National  Council  for  Accreditation  of  Teacher  Education.  The  two- 
year  graduate  program  for  the  preparation  of  school  administrators  and 
school  service  personnel  is  accredited  by  the  Council. 


Degrees 

The  degrees  conferred  upon  students  who  have  met  the  conditions  pre- 
scribed for  a  degree  in  the  College  of  Education  are  Bachelor  of  Arts  and 
Bachelor  of  Science.  Majors  in  art,  English,  languages,  social  sciences,  and 
speech  receive  the  B.A.  degree.  Mathematics  and  elementary  art  majors 
may  receive  either  degree.   All  others  receive  the  B.S.  degree. 

8 


Undergraduate  Studies 


Costs 


Actual  annual  costs  of  attending  the  University  for  an  undergraduate 
student  include  $270.00  fixed  charges;  $96.00  special  fees;  $440.00  board; 
$320.00  lodging  for  Maryland  residents,  or  $420.00  for  residents  of  other 
states  and  countries.  A  matriculation  fee  of  $10.00  is  charged  all  new  stu- 
dents. A  fee  of  $10.00  must  accompany  a  prospective  students  application 
for  admission.  If  a  student  enrolls  for  the  term  for  which  he  applied,  the 
fee  is  accepted  in  lieu  of  the  matriculation  fee.  A  charge  of  $400.00  for 
tuition  is  assessed  to  all  students  who  are  non-residents  of  the  state  of 
Maryland. 

An  Adventure  in  Learning,  the  undergraduate  catalog  of  the  University, 
contains  a  detailed  statement  of  fees  and  expenses  and  includes  changes 
in  fees  as  they  occur.  A  copy  may  be  requested  from  the  Catalog  Mailing 
Office,  North  Administration  Building,  University  of  Maryland  at  College 
Park. 

Remission  of  Fees 

A  full  time  undergraduate  student  in  the  College  of  Education  who  signs 
and  honors  a  pledge  to  teach  for  two  years  full-time  in  the  public  schools 
of  Maryland  immediately  following  graduation  and  who  remains  in  good 
standing  academically  may  receive  remission  of  fixed  charges  for  a  maxi- 
mum of  four  academic  years  while  enrolled  at  the  University  of  Maryland. 
This  opportunity  is  available  to  residents  of  Maryland  only.  For  further 
details  write  to  the  College  of  Education. 

Definition  of  Residence  and  Non-Residence 

Students  who  are  minors  are  considered  to  be  resident  students  if  at  the 
time  of  their  registration  their  parents  have  been  domiciled  in  the  State  of 
Maryland  for  at  least  six  months. 

The  status  of  the  residence  of  a  student  is  determined  at  the  time  of  his  first 
registration  in  the  University  and  may  not  thereafter  be  changed  by  him 
unless,  in  the  case  of  a  minor,  his  parents  move  to  and  become  legal  resi- 
dents of  Maryland  by  maintaining  such  residence  for  at  least  six  months. 
However,  the  right  of  the  minor  student  to  change  from  a  non-resident 
status  to  resident  status  must  be  established  by  him  prior  to  the  registra- 
tion period  set  for  any  semester. 

Adult  students  are  considered  to  be  residents  if  at  the  time  of  their  regis- 
tration they  have  been  domiciled  in  Maryland  for  at  least  six  months  pro- 
vided such  residence  has  not  been  acquired  while  attending  any  school  or 
college  in  Maryland  or  elsewhere.  Time  spent  on  active  duty  in  the  armed 
services  while  stationed  in  Maryland  will  not  be  considered  as  satisfying  the 
six-months  period  referred  to  above  except  in  those  cases  in  which  the 
adult  was  domiciled  in  Maryland  for  at  least  six  months  prior  to  his 
entrance  into  the  armed  service  and  was  not  enrolled  in  any  school  during 
that  period. 


Graduate  Studies 

The  word  "domicile"  as  used  in  this  regulation  shall  mean  the  permanent 
place  of  abode.  For  the  purpose  of  this  rule  only  one  domicile  may  be 
maintained. 

GRADUATE  STUDIES 

For  graduate  study  in  education,  requirements  for  admission  vary  with  de- 
gree or  diploma  and  special  area  for  which  the  appUcant  is  applying.  Both 
the  Department  of  Education  and  the  Graduate  School  must  be  satisfied 
as  to  the  ability  of  the  student  to  do  graduate  work. 
Graduate  students  in  education  are  required  to  take  a  test  battery  either 
after  admission  to  the  Graduate  School,  or  before,  if  results  are  needed  as 
admission  information.    There  is  a  testing  fee  of  $5.00. 

Admission 

Application  for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School  must  be  made  by  August 
1  for  the  fall  term  and  by  January  1  for  the  spring  term  on  blanks  obtained 
from  the  Office  of  the  Graduate  School.  Admission  to  the  summer  session 
is  governed  by  the  date  hsted  in  the  Summer  School  catalog.  The  summer 
session  deadline  date  is  generally  June  1. 

Registration 

A  graduate  student  in  education  must  matriculate  in  the  Graduate  School. 
AppUcation  for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School  should  be  made  prior  to 
dates  of  registration  on  blanks  obtained  from  the  office  of  the  Dean  of  the 
Graduate  School.  For  further  instructions  a  student  should  consult  the 
Graduate  School  Announcements. 

Master's  Degree 

A  graduate  student  in  education  may  matriculate  for  a  Master  of  Education 
or  a  Master  of  Arts  degree.  For  requirements  of  these  degrees,  the  student 
should  consult  both  the  Graduate  School  Announcements  and  material  is- 
sued by  the  College  of  Education. 

Advanced  Graduate  Specialist  in  Education 

A  student  who  wishes  to  enter  this  program  must  have  completed  a  master's 
degree  or  its  equivalent  and  be  otherwise  acceptable.  The  student  is  ad- 
mitted to  the  Graduate  School  on  a  special  non-degree  basis.  For  require- 
ments of  this  program,  the  student  should  consult  the  bulletin  issued  by  the 
College  of  Education. 

Doctoral  Degrees 

Programs  leading  to  a  Doctor  of  Philosophy  in  education  or  a  Doctor  of 
Education  degree  are  administered  for  the  Graduate  School  by  the  Depart- 
ment of  Education.  For  requirements  of  these  degrees,  the  student  should 
consult  both  the  Graduate  School  Aimouncements  and  the  statement  of 
poUcy  relative  to  doctoral  programs  in  education. 

10 


Curricula 


The  undergraduate  curricula  in  the  college  of  education  with 
advisers  for  each  curriculum  are  as  follows: 

AGRICULTURAL  AND  EXTENSION  EDUCATION  (under  College  of 
Agriculture) 

V.  R.  Cardozier 

EARLY  CHILDHOOD-ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION 

Early  Childhood  Education 
James  L.  Hymes,  Jr.  Margaret  A.  Stant 

Sarah  Lou  Leeper 


Elementary  Education 


Robert  Ashlock 
Glenn  O.  Blough 
Robert  V.  Duffey 
Albert  W.  Edgemon 
Mary  Anne  Hall 
Wayne  L.  Herman 
Leo  W.  O'NeiU 
Donald  W.  Pfau 

INDUSTRIAL  EDUCATION 
Edmund  D.  Crosby 
Nevin  Frantz 
Karl  E.  Gettle 
Kenneth  H.  Guy 
Paul  E.  Harrison 
Clois  E,  Kicklighter 

LIBRARY  SCIENCE  EDUCATION 

Evelyn  J.  Anderson 
Dale  W.  Brown 


Alvin  W.  Schindler 
Eric  Seidman 
Dorothy  D.  Sullivan 
V.  Phillips  Weaver 
David  L.  Williams 
Robert  M.  Wilson 
Lillian  B.  Zachary 


Joseph  F.  Leutkemeyer 
Donald  Maley 
George  R.  Merrill 
Robert  P.  Mertens 
Carl  S.  Schramm 
William  F,  Tierney 


M.  Lucia  James 


SECONDARY  EDUCATION 

Art  Education 
Edward  L.  Longley,  Jr. 

Business  Education 
Arthur  S.  Patrick 

English  Education 
Marie  D.  Bryan  Mary  Rodgers 

Foreign  Language  Education  and  Latin  Minor 
Ann  Beusch  Vincent  Kelly 

Home  Economics  Education 
Louise  Lemmon  Mabel  S.  Spencer 


// 


General  Requirements 


Mathematics  Education 

Mildred  Cole  James  Henkelman 

Helen  Garstens 


Music  Education 

Richard  Dunham  Rose  Marie  Grentzer 

Beula  B.  Eisenstadt 

Physical  Education  (Men) 
Albert  W.  Woods 

Physical  Education  (Women) 
Wilda  Pickett 

Science  Education 

Phillip  DiLavore  J.  David  Lockard 

Marjorie  Gardner 

Social  Studies  Education 

James  Farrell  Rao  Lindsay 

Robert  Fitch  James  Noll 

Jean  Grambs  James  Van  Ness 


SPECIAL  EDUCATION 


Dorothy  D.  Campbell  Paul  Renz 

Jean  R.  Hebeler  Betty  H.  Simms 

Franz  Huber 


Majors  and  Minors 

In  the  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Curriculum  no  major  or  minor  is  re- 
quired but  students  must  complete  at  least  80  hours  of  academic  work 
which  includes  an  area  of  concentration  of  at  least  18  hours. 

In  secondary  education,  majors  only  are  required  except  in  Speech  Educa- 
tion, although  minors  may  be  developed  in  most  programs  if  the  student 
desires  one.  Specific  programs  should  be  consulted  for  specific  informa- 
tion concerning  minors. 


12 


Early  Childhood  Education 
AGRICULTURAL  AND  EXTENSION  EDUCATION 

This  curriculum  is  designed  to  prepare  students  for  teaching  vocational 
agriculture  in  high  schools.  To  obtain  full  particulars  on  course  require- 
ments, the  student  should  consult  the  catalog  of  the  College  of  Agriculture. 

EARLY  CHILDHOOD-ELEMENTARY 
EDUCATION 

The  Department  of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education  offers  two 
undergraduate  curriculums  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree: 

1.  Eariy  Childhood  Education — for  the  preparation  of  teachers  in 
nursery  school,  kindergarten,  and  primary  grades  (grades  one 
two,  and  three). 

2.  Elementary  Education — for  the  preparation  of  teachers  of  grades 
one  through  six. 

Students  who  wish  to  become  certificated  teachers  for  nursery  school  and/or 
kindergarten  must  follow  the  Early  Childhood  Education  curriculum  (1. 
above).  Students  who  seek  certification  for  teaching  the  intermediate 
grades  must  follow  the  Elementary  Education  curriculum  (2.  above). 
Students  who  plan  to  teach  in  the  primary  grades  can  achieve  certification 
in  either  1.  or  2. 

Area  of  Academic  Concentration 

Students  m  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education  are  required  to  de- 
velop within  their  degree  programs  an  Area  of  Academic  Concentration 
consisting  of  a  minimum  of  eighteen  semester  hours,  at  least  twelve  semes- 
ter hours  beyond  required  work  in  the  Area.  Approved  areas  are:  Astron- 
omy, Botany,  Chemistry,  Economics,  English,  Fine  Arts  (Arts,  Dance, 
Drama,  and  Music),  Foreign  Language,  Geography,  Geology,  History^ 
Mathematics,  Natural  Sciences  (Astronomy,  Botany,  Chemistry,  Geology, 
Meteorology,  Physics,  Zoology),  Philosophy,  Physics,  Psychology,  Social 
Science  (Economics,  Government  and  Politics,  Psychology,  Sociology), 
Sociology,  Zoology. 

Students  are  urged  to  refer  to  courses  offered  specifically  for  ECEEd  majors 
under  the  headings  Health  and  Physical  Education,  Industrial  Education, 
and  Music  Education. 

EARLY  CHILDHOOD  EDUCATION 

( Nursery-Kindergarten-Primary ) 

The  early  childhood  education  curriculum  has  as  its  pnmary  goal  the 
preparation  of  nursery  school,  kindergarten,  and  primary  teachers. 

13 


Early  Childhood  Education  Curriculum 

Observation  and  student  teaching  are  done  in  the  University  Nursery- 
Kindergarten  School  on  the  campus  and  in  approved  schools  in  nearby 
communities. 

Graduates  receive  a  B.S.  degree  and  meet  the  requirements  for  certifi- 
cation for  teaching  kindergarten  and  nursery  school  and  primary  grades 
in  Maryland.  Each  student  should  have  one  summer  of  experience  in 
working  with  children. 

f— Semester—^ 
Freshman  Year  /  // 

Eng.  1 — Composition  and  American  Literature  (or  Eng.  21)  3 

Eng.  3 — Composition  and  World    Literature .  .             3 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life  or  Phil.  1 — Philosophy 

for  Modern  Man  or  Psych.  1 — Introduction  to  Psychology^  3 

G.  and  P.  1 — American  Government 3 

Bot.  1 — General  Botany 4 

Zool.  1 — General  Zoology  .  .             4 

Speech  3 — Fundamentals  of  General  American  Speech 3 

Art  40 — Fundamentals  of  Art .  .             3 

Hea.  5 — Science  and  Theory  of  Health 2 

P.  E.  2,  A — Physical  Education 1             1 

Approved  electives' 2 

Total 16  16 


Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  A — Composition  and  World  Literature 3 

History  (American)    3  3 

Math.  30 — Elements  of  Mathematics 4 

Mus.  16 — Music  Fundamentals 3 

Hist.  41 — Western  Civilization  or  Hist.  51 — The  Humanities 
or  Phil.  53 — Philosophy  of  Religion  or  Soc.  1 — Sociology 

of  American  Life 3 

Hist.  42 — Western  Civilization  or  Hist.  52 — The  Humanities 
or  Phil.  1 — Philosophy  for  Modern  Man  or  Soc.  14 — Urban 

Sociology     . .  3 

Chem.  1 — General  Chemistry  (4)  or  Geog.  40 — Principles  of 
Meteorology  (3)  or  Geology  1 — Geology  (3)  or  Astr.  1 — 
Astronomy  (3)  or  Physics  1 — Elements  of  Physics  (3) .  .  .  3-4 

Chem.  3 — General  Chemistry  (4)  or  F.  and  N.  5 — Food  and 

Nutrition  (3)  or  Nutr.  20— Elements  of  Nutrition  (3).  .  3-4 

Approved  electives   •  •  3 

Total 15-16      16-17 


'Or  Econ.  31 — Principles  of  Economics  (3)   or  Econ.  37 — Fundamentals  of  Eco- 
nomics (3)  in  the  sophomore  year. 
'  See  page   1 3  concerning  Area  of  Academic  Concentration  requirement. 

14 


Elementary  Education  Curriculum 

r-Semester—^ 

Junior  Year  /  // 

Ed.  1 10 — Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

ECEEd  115 — Activities   and   Materials   in  Early   Childhood 

Education 3 

ECEEd  1 1 6 — Music  in  Early  Childhood  Education 3 

ECEEd  153A— The  Teaching  of  Reading . .  2 

ECEEd   122A — Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School . .  2 

ECEEd  1 24 A — Mathematics  in  the  Elementary  School 2 

ECEEd  I05A — Science  in  the  Elementary  School 2 

ECEEd  123 A— The  Child  and  the  Curriculum . .  2 

Geog.  10 — General  Geography 3 

Approved  electivesi    5 

Total   15  15 

Senior  Year 

Ed.  1 1 1 — Foundations  of  Education 3 

ECEEd  149— Student  Teaching  in  the  Elementary  School. 

A.-4    s.h.;  B.-4  s.h.;  C.-8  s.h 8  8 

Soc.  5 — Anthropology  or  Soc.  105 — Cultural  Anthropology 
or  Psych.  5 — Mental  Hygiene  or  Psych.  21 — Social  Psychol- 
ogy      3 

Approved  electives  1  7 

Total 15  15 

ELEMENTARY  EDUCATION 

This  curriculum  is  designed  for  regular  undergraduate  students  who  wish 
to  qualify  for  teaching  positions  in  elementary  schools.  Students  who  com- 
plete the  curriculum  will  receive  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree,  and  they 
will  meet  the  Maryland  State  Department  of  Education  requirements  for 
the  Standard  Professional  Certificate  in  Elementary  Education.  The  cur- 
riculum also  meets  certification  requirements  in  many  other  states,  Balti- 
more, and  the  District  of  Columbia. 

r-Semester—y 
Freshman  Year  /  // 

Eng.  1  (or  21) — Composition  and  American  Literature.  ...  3 

Eng.  3 — Composition  and  World  Literature 3 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life  or  Phil.  1 — Philosophy 

for  Modern  Man  or  Psych.  1 — Introduction  to  Psychology  3 

G.  &  P.   1 — American  Government   3 

Bot.  1 — General  Botany 4 

Zool.  1 — General  Zoology  . .  4 

Art  40 — Fundamentals  of  Art 3 

Mus.  16 — Music   Fundamentals    3 

Hea.  5 — Science  and  Theory  of  Health 2 

P.  E. — Physical  Education — 1,  3  (men);  2,  4  (women) 1  1 

Approved  electives* 1-3 

Total 16      15-17 


*  See  page  13  concerning  Area  of  Academic  Concentration. 

15 


Industrial  Education  Curriculum 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature 3 

History,  American    3             3 

Geog.  10 — General  Geography 3 

ECEEd.  52 — Introduction  to  Children's  Literature.  B 2 

Math.  30 — Elements  of  Mathematics    4 

Math  31 — Elements  of  Geometry . .             4 

Physical  Science:  Chem.   1 — General  Chemistry   (4)   or 
Geol.  1 — Geology  (3)  or  Geog.  40 —  Meteorology  (3) 

or  Astronomy  1 — Introduction  to  Astronomy  (3)    . .          3-4 

Speech  3 — Fundamentals  of  General  American  Speech . .             3 

Approved  electives   . ,            2 

Total 15      15-16 

r—Semester—^ 
JiTNiOR  Year  /  // 

Ed.  110 — Human  Development  and  Learning  6 

Hist.  41,  42— Western  Civilization    3  3 

Physical  Science:  Chem.  1  or  3  (4),  or  Geol.  1  (3),  or  Astron. 
1  (3),  or  F.  &  N.  5— Food  and  Nutrition  or  Nutr.  20— Ele- 
ments of  Nutrition  (3)    3-4 

ECEEd.   105 — Science  in  the  Elementary  School.  B.* 2 

ECEEd.  121 — Language  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School.  B.*  2 

ECEEd.  122 — Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School.  B.*  2 

ECEEd.   124 — Mathematics  in  the  Elementary  School.  B.°  .  .  2 

ECEEd.     153— The  Teaching  of  Reading.  B 2 

Approved  Electives  7 

Total 16  16 

ECEEd.  149-^tudent  Teaching  in  the  Elementary  School.  C.  16 

Ed.   1 1 1 — Foundations  of  Education    3 

Geog.  100 — Regional  Geography  of  Eastern  Anglo- America 
or  Geog.  101 — Regional  Geography  of  Western  Anglo- 
America  or  Georg.  120.   Economic  Geography  of  Europe  . .  3 

P.  E.  120 — Physical  Education  in  the  Elementary  School  (3) 
or  Mus.  Ed.  128  —  Music  for  the  Elementary  School 
Teacher  (2)  or  ECEEd.  125 — Art  in  the  Elementary  School 
(2) 2-3 

Approved  electives 7-9 

Total   16       15-18 

NOTE:  One  hundred  twenty  (120)  academic  credits  plus  the  required  P.E., 
and  Health  are  required  for  graduation.  At  least  eighty  (80)  of 
the  academic  credits  must  be  in  fields  outside  Education. 


*  All  five  of  these  courses  may  not  be  taken  in  one  semester.  Students  will  register 
for  two  in  Semester  I  or  II  and  the  remaining  three  in  the  other  semester.  The 
distribution  shown  is  one  of  several  possible  distributions. 

16 


Industrial  Education  CXjrriculum 

AREA  OF  SPECIALIZATION  IN  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL 
PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  AND  HEALTH  EDUCATION 

Students  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Education  and  majoring  in  elementary 
education  may  pursue  an  area  of  specialization  in  elementary  school 
physical  education  and  health  education.  Students  interested  in  this  area 
should  consult  the  Dean  of  the  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recre- 
ation and  Health. 

AREA  OF  SPECIALIZATION  IN  ELEMENTARY 
SCHOOL  MUSIC  EDUCATION 

Students  enrolled  in  the  College  of  Education  and  majoring  in  elementary 
education  may  pursue  an  area  of  specialization  in  elementary  school  music 
education,  and  thereby  qualify  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  Certificate  in 
Special  Subjects.  In  order  to  fulfill  requirements  in  this  area,  the  following 
courses  should  be  taken  in  addition  to  those  required  in  the  Elementary 
Education  Curriculum: 

Music  1  (3);  Music  8  (3);  Music  160  or  161  (2);  Music  70,  71  (4,  4); 
Music  80,  81  (2,  2);  Applied  Music;  Piano  (8),  Voice  (4);  and  Mus.  Ed. 
139  (2)  in  place  of  Mus.  Ed.  128  (2)  in  the  senior  year, 

ART  EDUCATION  CURRICULUM— ELEMENTARY 
(See  page  27) 

INDUSTRIAL  EDUCATION 

Three  curriculums  are  administered  by  the  Industrial  Education  Depart- 
ment: (1)  Industrial  Arts  Education.  (2)  Vocational-Industrial  Educa- 
tion, and  (3)  Education  for  Industry.  The  overall  offering  includes  both 
undergraduate  and  graduate  programs  leading  to  the  degrees  of:  Bache- 
lor of  Science,  Master  of  Education,  Master  of  Arts,  Doctor  of  Education, 
and  Doctor  of  Philosophy. 

The  industrial  arts  education  curriculum  prepares  persons  to  teach  indus- 
trial arts  at  the  secondary  school  level.  It  is  a  four-year  program  leading 
to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree.  While  trade  or  industrial  experience 
contributes  significantly  to  the  background  of  the  industrial  arts  teacher, 
previous  work  experience  is  not  a  condition  of  entrance  into  this  cur- 
riculum. Students  who  are  enrolled  in  the  curriculum  are  encouraged  to 
obtain  work  in  industry  during  the  summer  months.  Industrial  arts  as  a 
secondary  school  subject  area  is  a  part  of  the  general  education  program 
characterized  by  extensive  laboratory  experiences. 

The  vocational-industrial  curriculum  may  lead  either  to  certification  as  a 
vocational-industrial  teacher  with  no  degree  involved  or  to  a  Bachelor 
of  Science  degree,  including  certification.  The  University  of  Maryland  is 
designated  as  the  institution  which  shall  offer  the  "Trade  and  Industrial" 

17 


Industrial  Education  Curriculum 

certification  courses  and  hence  the  courses  which  are  offered  are  those 
required  for  certification  in  Maryland.  The  vocational-industrial  cur- 
riculum requires  trade  competence  as  specified  by  the  Maryland  State 
Plan  for  Vocational  Education.  A  person  who  aspires  to  take  the  certi- 
fication courses  should  review  the  state  plan  and  may  well  contact  Mary- 
land State  Department  of  Education  officials.  If  the  person  has  in  mind 
teaching  in  a  designated  city  or  county  he  may  discuss  his  plans  with  the 
vocational-industrial  official  of  that  city  or  county  inasmuch  as  there  are 
variations  in  employment  and  training  procedures. 


INDUSTRIAL  ARTS  EDUCATION  CURRICULUM 

f—Semester- 

Freshman  Year  /  II 

Eng.  1 — Composition  and  American  Literature 3 

Eng.  3 — Composition  and  World  Literature  or 

Eng.  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature 3 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life  or  Phil.  1 — Philosophy 

for  Modern  Man  or  Psych.  1 — Introduction  to  Psychology  3 

P.  Ed.   1,  3 — Physical   Activities    1  1 

Sp.  1 — Public  Speaking   3 

L  Ed.  1 — Mechanical  Drawing 2 

L  Ed.  2 — Elementary  Woodworking 3 

L  Ed.  12 — Shop  Calculations   3 

Art Art  Elective  or . .  3 

Phil. Philosophy  Elective 

Health  5 — Science  and  Theory  of  Health 2 

L  Ed.  21 — Mechanical   Drawing    2 

L  Ed.  22 — Machine  Woodworking  I 3 

Total 15 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature  or 3 

Eng.  3 — Composition  and  World  Literature 

Hist.  21— History  of  U.  S.  to  1865,  or '. 3 

Hist.  22— History  of  U.  S.  since  1865 

Hist.  History  Elective 

Phys.  1  2 — Elements  of  Physics  (Mechanics  and  Heat  and 

Sound)    3 

I.  Ed.  28— Electricity  I  3 

I.  Ed.  33 — Automotives  I   3 

I.  Ed.  41 — Architectural  Drawing   2 

Math.  10 — Introduction  to  Mathematics 

I.  Ed.  48— Electricity  II   

I.  Ed.  23— Arc  and  Gas  Welding 

I.  Ed.  1 10— Foundry  

Total 17  14 


17 


18 


Industrial  Education  Curriculum 


Junior  Year 

Chem.  1,  3 — General  Chemistry 4  4 

Ed.  110 — Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

Ed.  1 1 1 — Foundations  of  Education .  .  3 

L  Ed.  69 — Machine  Shop  Practice  1 3 

L  Ed.  26— General  Metal  Work . .  3 

L  Ed.  Ill — Laboratory  Practices  in  Industrial  Arts  Educa- 
tion    . .  3 

I.  Ed.  34 — Graphic  Arts  1 3 

Elec. — Elective  (Laboratory)    4 

Elec. — Elective  (Unspecified)    3 

Total 17  19 

Senior  Year 

I.  Ed.  140 — Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation,  Ind. 

Ed 3 

I.  Ed.  148 — Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools 8 

I.  Ed.  145 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education  3 

I.  Ed.  164 — Shop  Organization  and  Management 3 

I.  Ed.  166 — Educational  Foundations  of  Industrial  Arts.  ...  2 

Econ.  37 — Fundamentals  of  Economics 3 

Ed. — Electives   .  .  6 

Elec. — Electives  (Unspecified)    3 

Total 14  17 


VOCATIONAL-INDUSTRIAL 

The  vocational-industrial  curriculum  is  a  four-year  program  of  studies 
leading  to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  education.  It  is  intended  to 
develop  the  necessary  competencies  for  the  effective  performance  of  the 
tasks  of  a  vocational  teacher.  In  addition  to  establishing  the  adequacy 
of  the  student's  skills  in  a  particular  trade  and  the  development  of  in- 
structional efficiency,  the  curriculum  aims  at  the  professional  and  cul- 
tural development  of  the  individual.  Courses  are  included  which  would 
enrich  the  person's  scientific,  economic,  psychological  and  sociological 
understandings.  The  vocational-certification  courses  for  the  state  of 
Maryland  are  a  part  of  the  curriculum  requirements. 

Persons  pursuing  this  curriculum  must  present  documentary  evidence  of 
having  an  apprenticeship  or  comparable  learning  period  and  journeyman 
experience.  This  evidence  of  background  and  training  is  necessary  in 
order  that  the  trade  examination  phase  of  the  curriculum  may  be 
accomplished. 

Persons  having  completed  the  necessary  certification  courses  prior  to 
working  on  the  degree  program  may  use  such  courses  toward  meeting 
graduation  requirements.  However,  after  certification  course  requirements 
have  been  met,  persons  continuing  studies  toward  a  degree  must  take 
courses  in  line  with  the  curriculum  plan  and  University  regulations,    (e.g.) 


19 


Industrial  Education  Curriculum 

junior  level  courses  cannot  be  taken  until  the  student  has  reached  full 
junior  standing. 

VOCATIONAL-INDUSTRIAL 

FOUR  YEAR  PROGRAM 

r-Semester—^ 

Freshman  Year  /  // 

Eng.  1 — Composition  and  American  Literature 3 

Eng.  3 — Composition  and  World  Literature  or 

Eng.  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature 3 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life 3 

Sp.  1 — Public  Speaking 3 

Econ.  37 — Fundamentals  of  Economics . .  3 

I.  Ed.  12 — Shop  Calculations  3 

Math.  10 — Introduction  to  Mathematics 

or  3 — Fundamentals  of  Mathematics . .  3 

P.  E  1,  3 — Physical  Activities 1  1 

Health  5 — Science  and  Theory  of  Health . .  2 

Total 13  12 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3 — Composition  and  World  Lit.  or 

Eng.  4 — Composition  and  World  Lit 3 

Art  Art  Elective  or 

Phil. Philosophy  Elective  . .  3 

Hist.  21— History  of  the  U.  S.  to   1865,  or 3 

Hist.  22 — History  of  the  U.  S.  since  1865 . .  3 

Hist.  — History   Elective    3 

Physical  Sciences 3  3 

Psych.  I — Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

Chem.  1— Zool.  I,  Geog.  30  4 

12  13 

Trade  Examination 20 

Junior  Year 

I.  Ed.  150 — Training  Aids   . .  3 

I.  Ed.  165 — Modem  Industry 3 

Ed.  1 10 — Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

I.  Ed.  168 — Occupational  Analysis  and  Course  Construction  3 

Chem.  Ill— Botany  I,  Geo.  40 4 

I.  Ed.  171 — Principles  and  History  of  Voc.  Ed 3 

I.  Ed.  150 — Tests  and  Measurements . .  3 

Approved  Electives  . .  3 

Total 16  12 


20 


Industrial  Education  Curriculum 

SEhfiOR  Year 

I.  Ed.  140 — Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation 3 

I.  Ed.   145 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Sec.  Ed 3 

I.  Ed.  148 — Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools 8 

Ed.  161 — Principles  of  Guidance 3 

Electives  6 

Ed.  Ill — Social  Foundations  of  Education 3 

I.  Ed.  164 — Shop  Organization  and  Management . .  3 

Ed.  Electives  . .  2 

Total 17  14 

STUDENT  TEACfflNG  REQUIREMENT. — Persons  Currently  teaching  in  the 
secondary  schools  with  three  or  more  years  of  satisfactory  experience  at 
that  lever  are  not  required  to  take  Ind.  Ed.  148 — Student  Teaching  in 
Secondary  Schools.  Evidence  of  satisfactory  teaching  experience  shall 
be  presented  in  the  form  of  written  statements  from  the  principal,  area 
supervisor,  and  department  head  in  the  school  where  such  teaching  is 
done.  Instead  of  the  eight  credits  required  for  students  teaching,  the 
individual  meeting  the  above  qualifications  will  have  eight  additional  semes- 
ter hours  of  elective  credits. 

ELECTIVE  CREDITS. — Courses  in  history  and  philosophy  of  education, 
sociology,  speech,  psychology,  economics,  business  administration,  and 
other  areas  may  be  taken  with  the  permission  of  the  student's  adviser. 
Elective  course's  in  the  technical  area  (shop  and  drawing)  will  be  limited 
to  courses  and  subjects  not  covered  in  the  trade  training  experience. 
Courses  dealing  with  advanced  technology  and  recent  improvements  in 
field  practices  will  be  acceptable, 

VOCATIONAL-INDUSTRIAL  CERTIFICATION 

A  person  to  become  certified  as  a  Trade,  Industrial  and  Service  Occupa- 
tions teacher  in  the  State  of  Maryland,  must  successfully  complete  18 
credit  hours  of  instruction. 

The  following  courses  must  be  mcluded  in  the  1 8  credit  hours  of  instruc- 
tion: 

I.Ed.     50 — Methods  of  Teaching 

I.Ed.  164 — Laboratory  Organization  and  Management 

I.Ed.  157 — Tests  and  Measurements 

I.Ed.  169 — Occupational  Analysis  and  Course  Construction 

The  remainder  of  the  credit  hours  shall  be  met  through  the  election  of  the 
following  courses: 

I.Ed,  150 — Training  Aids  Development 

I.Ed.   161 — Principles  of  Vocational  Guidance 

I.Ed.   165 — Modem  Industry 

I.Ed.   167 — Problems  in  Occupational  Education 

I.Ed.   171 — History  and  Principles  of  Vocational  Education 

Ed,   161 — Introduction  to  Counseling  and  Pupil  Service 

21 


Industrial  Education  Curriculum 

Ed.   162 — Mental  Hygiene  in  the  Classroom 

Psych.   110 — Educational  Psychology  or  its  equivalent 

A  person  in  vocational-industrial  education  may  use  his  certification 
courses  toward  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree.  In  doing  so  the  general 
requirements  of  the  University  and  College  of  Education  must  be  met. 
A  maximum  of  twenty  semester  hours  of  credit  may  be  earned  through 
examination  in  the  trade  in  which  the  student  has  competence.  Prior  to 
taking  the  examination,  the  student  shall  provide  documentary  evidence 
of  his  apprenticeship  or  learning  period  and  journeyman  experience. 
For  further  information  about  credit  by  examination  refer  to  the  publi- 
cation University  General  and  Academic  Regulations. 

EDUCATION  FOR  INDUSTRY 

The  Education  for  Industry  curriculum  is  a  four-year  program  leading 
to  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree.  The  purpose  of  the  program  is  to 
prepare  persons  for  jobs  within  industry  and,  as  such  it  embraces  four 
major  areas  of  competence,  (a)  technical  competence,  (b)  human  rela- 
tions and  leadership  competence,  (c)  communications  competence,  and 
(d)  social  and  civic  competence.  The  student  who  is  enrolled  in  this 
curriculum  is  required  to  obtain  work  in  industry  in  accordance  with 
the  plan  described  in  the  course,  Industrial  Education  84,  124. 

r—Semester—^ 

Freshman  Year  /  II 

Eng.  1 — Composition  and  American  Literature 3 

Eng.  3 — Composition  and  World  Literatiire  or 

Eng.  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature   3 

Soc.  1  or  Anth  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life  or 

Anthropology     3 

Ind.  Ed.     1 — Mechanical  Drawing  1 2 

Ind.  Ed.  12 — Shop  Calculations 3 

Ind.  Ed.  21 — Mechanical  Drawing  II . .  2 

Ind.  Ed.  22 — Woodworking  II 3 

Ind.  Ed.  23— Arc  and  Gas  Welding . .  1 

Ind.  Ed.  69 — Machine  Shop  Practice  I . .  3 

Ind.  Ed.  110— Foundry   . .  1 

P.  E.  1,  3 — Physical  Activities 1  1 

Math.  10 — Mathematics . .  3 

Total 15  14 


22 


Industrial  Education  Curriculum 

Sophomore  Year 

Art — Art  Elective  . .  3 

Eng.  3 — Composition  and  World  Literature  or 

Eng.  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature    3 

Ind.  Ed.  24 — Sheet  Metal  Work 2 

B.  A.  10 — Organization  and  Control 3 

Sp.  7 — Public  Speaking   . .  2 

Phys.  1,  2 — Elements  of  Physics  (Mechanics  and  Heat  and 

Sound)    (Magnetism,  Electricity  and  Optics)   or 
Phys.  10,  11 — Fundamentals  of  Physics  (Mechanics  and 

Heat)   (Sound,  Optics,  Magnetism,  Electricity)    3  or  4     3  or  4 

Math.  1 1 — Introduction  to  Mathematics   3 

Health  5 — Science  and  Theory  of  Health 2 

Hist.  42 — History  of  Western  Civilization   3 

Econ.  37 — Fundamentals  of  Economics 3 

Ind.  Ed.  84 — Organized  and  Supervised  Work  Experience  3 

Total    17  or  18  16  or  17 

r-Semester—> 

Junior  Year  /  // 

History  Elective    3 

Psych.  1   —  Introduction  to  Psychology    3 

Psych.  5  —  Applied  Psychology   3 

Chem.l  3 — General  Chemistry 4  4 

Econ.  160 — Labor  Economics    3 

Ind.  Ed.    124 — Organized  and  Supervised  Work  Experience  3 

Ind.  Ed.  143-144 — Industrial  Safety  Education   2  2 

B.A.  160 — Personnel  Management 3 

Soc.  115 — Industrial  Sociology . .  3 

Electives 3  3 

Total 21  18 

Semor  Year 

B.A.  161 — Personnel  Management  Techniques  or  

B.A.  130 — Business  Statistics  I  3 

B.A.  163 — Industrial  Relations   3 

B.A.    169 — Production  Management    3 

Ind.  Ed.  165 — Modern  Industry   3 

Ind.  Ed.  125 — Industrial  Training  in  Industry  or 3 

Ind.  Ed.  175 — Recent  Technological  Developments  in 

Products  and  Processes   

Psych.  161 — Industrial  Psychology . .  3 

Electives 5  7 

Total 14  16 


23 


Library  Science  Education 

LIBRARY  SCIENCE  EDUCATION 

All  students  anticipating  work  in  Library  Science  Education  should  con- 
sult with  advisers  in  this  area  at  the  beginning  of  freshman  year.  Students 
enrolled  in  this  curriculum  will  pursue  a  B.A.  degree  with  an  area  of 
concentration  of  thirty-six  hours  in  one  of  the  following:  Humanities, 
Social  Sciences,  Science,  or  Foreign  Languages.  Students  may  concentrate 
in  a  subject  area  subsumed  under  one  of  these  four  fields,  or  they  may 
chose  a  broad  spectrum  of  courses  in  one  of  the  four  areas  under  the 
guidance  of  their  adviser.  The  minor  of  eighteen  hours  will  be  Library 
Science  Education. 

All  students  who  pursue  a  degree  in  Library  Science  Education  are  re- 
quired to  complete  two  years  (twelve  semester  hours)  of  the  same  foreign 
language  on  the  College  level,  or  the  equivalent.  Students  who  have 
studied  French,  German,  or  Spanish  for  two  or  more  years  in  high  school, 
are  required  to  take  the  Foreign  Language  Placement  Examination  before 
they  continue  their  study  of  the  language  concerned.  Students  who  are 
placed  by  the  examination  in  French,  German,  or  Spanish  6  (the  third 
College  semester)  are  required  to  take  six  additional  hours  of  that  language. 
Students  who  are  placed  in  French,  German,  or  Spanish  7  (the  fourth 
college  semester)  are  required  to  take  three  additional  hours  of  that 
language.  Students  who  are  placed  in  French  or  Spanish  11,  or  German 
9  (the  fifth  college  semester)  are  not  required  to  take  any  further  courses 
in  that  language.  Students  who  have  studied  languages  other  than  French, 
German,  or  Spanish,  or  who  have  lived  for  two  or  more  years  in  a  foreign 
country  where  a  language  other  than  English  prevails,  shall  be  placed  by 
the  chairman  of  the  respective  language  section,  if  feasible,  or  by  the  Head 
of  the  Department  of  Foreign  Languages.  Native  speakers  of  a  foreign 
language  shall  satisfy  the  foreign  language  requirement  by  taking  twelve 
hours  of  English. 

Students  in  Library  Science  Education  will  complete  eight  semester  hours 
in  Directed  Library  Experience  as  their  student  teaching  requirement.  It 
will  involve  a  half  day  in  school,  five  days  per  week,  for  sixteen  weeks. 
This  period  will  be  divided  into  two  sections,  with  eight  weeks 
spent  in  an  elementary  school  and  eight  weeks  in  a  secondary  school.  A 
concurrent  weekly  seminar  will  also  be  a  part  of  this  experience.  Students 
completing  this  curriculum  will  be  eligible  for  certification  as  elementary 
or  secondary  school  librarians. 

Students  who  have  taken  an  undergraduate  program  in  Library  Science 
Education  may  apply  for  examination  to  exempt  certain  required  courses 
in  the  masters  degree  program  in  the  graduate  School  of  Library  and 
Information  Services.  Upon  satisfactory  evidence  of  mastery  of  the  sub- 
ject matter  of  these  required  courses,  they  would  be  able  to  substitute 
appropriate  alternate  graduate  level  offerings. 


24 


Library  Science  Education  Curriculum 


LIBRARY  SCIENCE  EDUCATION  CURRICULUM 

Freshman  Year 

Eng  1 — Composition    

Eng.  3 — Composition  and  World  Literature 

Social  Science  (Economics,  Geography,  Government  and 

Politics,  Sociology,  Psychology,  or  Anthropology)    

P.E.   1,  3   (men),  P.E.  2,  4   (women)    

Art,  Music,  or  Philosophy   

Mathematics  3 — Fundamentals  of  Mathematics  

Science   

Science   (with  laboratory)    

Foreign  Language  or  Elective   

Total 

Sophomore  Year 

Speech  1 — Public  Speaking 

English  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature   

History  (American  or  Non-American)    

Foreign  Language  or  Elective   

Health — Science  and  Theory  of  Health 

Area  of  Concentration 

Total 

Junior  Year 

Education   110 — Human  Development  of  Learning 

Library  Science  Education  120 — Introduction  to  Librarianship 
Library  Science  Education  122 — Basic  Reference  and 

Information  Sources  

Library  Science  Education  126 — Cataloging  and 

Classification  of  Library  Materials  

Library  Science  Education  128 — School  Library 

Administration  and  Service    

Area  of  Concentration 

Electives  

Total 

Senior  Year 

Education  111 — Foundations  of  Education 

Library  Science  Education  130 — Library  Materials 

for  Children 

Library  Science  Education  132 — Library  Materials 

for  Youth    

Secondary  Education   148  and  Early  Childhood-Elementary 

Education    149    (4    each) — Directed    Library    Experience 

with  Seminar  

Area  of  Concentration 

Electives  

Total 


r-Semester- 


I 

// 

3 

3 

3 

3 

1 

1 

3 

4 

3 

4 

3 

3 

16 

18 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

2 

6 

9 

18 

17 

r-Semester- 

I 

// 

6 

3 

3 
3 

18 

3 
3 
3 


6 

3 

18 


18 


8 
6 
3 

17 


25 


Art  Education  Curriculum 
SECONDARY  EDUCATION 

Students  enrolled  in  this  curriculum  will  meet  the  University  general  edu- 
cation requirements,  plus  the  following: 

All  students  who  pursue  the  B.A,  degree  in  secondary  education  are 
required  to  complete  two  years  (12  semester  hours)  of  the  same 
foreign  language  on  the  college  level,  or  the  equivalent.  Students  who 
have  studied  French,  German,  or  Spanish  for  two  or  more  years  in  high 
school,  or  for  two  or  three  semesters  in  another  college  or  university  are 
required  to  take  the  Foreign  Language  Placement  Examination  before 
they  continue  or  resume  their  study  of  the  language  concerned.  Students 
who  are  placed  in  French,  German,  or  Spanish  6  (the  third  college  semes- 
ter) are  required  to  take  six  additional  hours  of  that  language.  Students 
who  are  placed  in  French,  German  or  Spanish  7  (the  fourth  college 
semester)  are  required  to  take  three  additional  hours  of  that  language. 
Students  who  are  placed  in  French  or  Spanish  11,  or  German  9  (the 
fifth  college  semester)  are  not  required  to  take  any  further  courses  in 
that  language.  Students  who  have  studied  languages  other  than  French, 
German,  or  Spanish,  or  who  have  lived  for  two  or  more  years  in  a 
foreign  country  where  a  language  other  than  English  prevails,  shall  be 
placed  by  the  chairman  of  the  respective  language  section,  if  feasible,  or 
by  the  Head  of  the  Department  of  Foreign  Languages.  Native  speakers 
of  a  foreign  language  shall  satisfy  the  foreign  language  requirement  by 
taking  twelve  hours  of  English. 

All  students  who  elect  the  secondary  education  curriculum  will  fulfill  the 
preceding  general  requirements  and  also  prepare  to  teach  one  or  more 
school  subjects  which  will  involve  meeting  specific  requirements  in  par- 
ticular subject  matter  fields. 

The  Bachelor  of  Arts  degree  is  offered  in  the  teaching  fields  of  art,  English, 
foreign  languages,  mathematics,  social  science,  and  speech.  The  Bachelor 
of  Science  degree  is  offered  in  business  education,  home  economics,  mathe- 
matics, music,  and  science. 

ART  EDUCATION 

Students  in  art  education  enroll  in  one  of  two  programs,  elementary  or 
secondary  art  education.  The  proposed  programs  are  listed  below: 

SECONDARY  ART  EDUCATION  CURRICULUM 

r-Semester—>, 

Freshman  Year  I  II 

Eng.  1 — Composition  and  American  Literature 3 

Eng.  3 — Composition  and  World  Literature   3 

Social  Science  requirement   3  3 

Speech  1 — Public   Speaking    3 

Art  12 — Basic  Design    3 

Art  16 — Drawing    3 

Hea.  5 — Science  and  Theory  of  Health 2 

P.E.  1,  3  (men)  P.E.  2,  4  (women)   1  1 

Foreign  Language    3  3 

Total 15  16 

26 


Art  Education  Curriculum 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature   3 

Foreign  Language  or  Electives    3  3 

Mathematics   (either  semester)    3-4 

Art  60,  61 — Art   History    3  3 

Art  17 — Basic  Painting    .  .  3 

Speech  14 — Stagecraft    3 

Cr.    20 — Ceramics    . .  2 

Electives 3  3 

Total    15  17-18 

Junior  Year  /  // 

Ed.  110 — Human  Development  and  Learning  6 

American  History  and  History  of  Western  Civilization  ....  3  3 

Science  or  Mathematics    3-4  3-4 

A.D.  30— Lettering     . ,  3 

Art  126— Life  Class . .  3 

Art  1 19— Graphics  3 

Art  118 — Sculpture    3 

Electives  in  Art^ 6 

Total    18-19  18-19 

Senior  Year 

Ed.  1 1 1 — Foundations  of  Education  3 

Electives!    3-5 

Electives  in  Art"   10  10 

Sec.  Ed.  140 — Curriculum,   Instruction,  Observation  in  Art  . .  3 

Ed.  147 — Audio-Visual  Education   3 

Sec.  Ed.  145 — Principles  and  Methods  in  Secondary 

Education     . .  3 

Sec.  Ed.  148 — Student   Teaching   in  the   Secondary   School  .  .  8 

Total    16-18  17 


ELEMENTARY  ART  EDUCATION  CURRICULUM 

Freshman  Year 

Eng.  1,  3 — Composition  and  Literature   

Social  Science  required    

Speech  1 — Public    Speaking    

Art  12 — Basic  Design  or  Art  40 — Fundamentals  of  Art  .  .  . 

Art  16 — Drawing    

Hea.  5 — Science  and  Theory  of  Health 

P.E.  1,  3  (men)  P.E.  2,  4  (women)    

Foreign  Language  or  electives 

Total 


r-Semester- 


II 
3 
3 


16 


15 


'Art  Electives  must  be  chosen  with  the  approval  of  the  advisor  and  of  the  16  credit 
hours  required  in  the  secondary  program  at  least  4  must  be  in  crafts. 


27 


Art  Education  Curriculum 


Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature   

Science  requirement   3-4 

Mathematics  3 — Fundamentals  of  Math 4 

Art  60,  61— Art  History  3 

Art  17 — Basic  Painting   

Art  20 — Introduction  to  Art    3 

Or.  20 — Ceramics  

Foreign  Languages  or  electives 3 

Total    16-17 

r-Semester- 

Junior  Year  /  // 

Ed.  110 — Human  Development  and  Learning  6 

American  History  and  History  of  Western  Civilization  ....  3  3 

Foreign  Languages  or  Electives   3  3 

Cr.  102— Creative  Crafts 2 

Art  118 — Sculpture    3 

Sp.  14 — Stagecraft    3 

Electives  in  Art^ 7-9 

Total 17      16-18 

Senior  Year 

Ed.  1 1 1 — Foundations  of  Education   3 

ECEEd.  125 — Art  in  the  Elementary  School   2 

Electives  in  Art'   7-9 

Electives  3 

ECEEd.  140 — Curriculum  Instruction  and  Observation 

in  Art 

Ed.  147— Audio-Visual  Ed 

ECEEd.  123— The  Child  and  the  Curriculum 

ECEEd.  149 — Student  Teaching  in  the  Elementary  School 

Total    15-17 


3 
3-4 

3 
3 

2 
3 

17-18 


17 


BUSINESS  EDUCATION 

Two  curricula  are  offered  for  the  preparation  of  teachers  of  business 
subjects.  The  general  business  education  curriculum  qualifies  for  teaching 
all  business  subjects  except  shorthand.  Providing  thorough  training  in 
general  business,  including  economics,  this  curriculum  leads  to  teaching 
positions  on  both  junior  and  senior  high  school  levels. 

The  secretarial  education  curriculum  is  adapted  to  the  needs  of  those 
who  wish  to  become  teachers  of  shorthand  as  well  as  other  business 
subjects. 


'  Art  Electives  must  be  chosen  with  the  approval  of  the  advisor  and  of  the  16  credit 
hours  required  in  the  elementary  program  at  least  (4)  must  be  in  crafts. 


28 


Business  Education  Curriculum 


GENERAL  BUSINESS  EDUCATION  CURRICULUM 


r-Semester-^ 


Freshman  Year  / 

Eng.  1,  3 — Composition  and  American  Literature    3 

Fine  Arts  and  Philosophy  Requirement 3 

Speech  1 — Public  Speaking   

B.A.  10 — Introduction  to  Business 3 

Geog.  15 — Introduction  to  Economic  Geography    

Math.   10,  11 — Introduction  to  Mathematics    3 

Econ.  A — Economic  Developments    3 

O.T.  1,  2 — Principles  and  Intermediate  Typewritting   2 

P.E.  2,  4  (Women)  P.E.  1,  3  (Men)    1 

Health  5 — Science  and  Theory  of  Health 

Total 18 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature  3 

History  Requirement    3 

Econ.  31,  32 — Principles  of  Economics   3 

O.T.  10 — Office  Typewriting  Problems  2 

Social  Science  Requirement    

O.T.  14 — Survey  of  Office  Machines    

B.A.  20,  21 — Principles  of  Accounting 3 

Science  Requirement   4-3 

Total    17-18 

JtTNiOR  Year  / 

Ed.  110 — Human  Development  and  Learning  6 

B.A.  100 — Office  Operations  and  Management  3 

B.A.   166 — Business  Communications    

B.A.   101 — Electronic  Data  Processing   

B.A.   149 — Marketing  Principles  and  Organization   3 

B.A.  180 — Business  Law   

B.A.  140 — Business  Finance   3 

Elect  100  level  course  in  Economics   

Elective    

Total 15 

Senior  Year 

Ed.  1 1 1 — Foundations  of  Education  3 

B.A.  102 — Electronic  Data  Processing  Applications    3 

Sec.   Ed.    140 — Curriculum,   Instruction,    and   Observation — 

Business  Subjects    3 

Sec.  Ed.  145 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary 

Education 

B.Ed.  100 — ^Techniques  of  Teaching  Office  Skills   

Sec.  Ed.  148 — Student  Teaching  in  the  Secondary  Schools 
Electives*    6 

Total 15 


// 

3 


3 
3 

2 
1 
2 

17 


3 
3 

3 

2 

3 

3-4 

17-18 
// 


3 
3 

15 


14 


*  A  minimum  of  55  semester  hours  of  courses  in  Economics,  Business  Administration 
and  Office  Techniques  are  required. 


29 


Business  Education  Curriculum 

SECRETARIAL  EDUCATION  CURRICULUM 

r—Semester->, 

Freshman  Year  /  // 

Eng.  1,  3 — Composition  and  American  Literature 3  3 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy  Requirements    3 

Math.  10 — Introduction    to    Mathematics    3 

Speech  1 — Public  Speaking  3 

O.T.  1— Principles  of  Typewriting  (If  exempt,  B.A.  10) 2 

O.T.  2 — Intermediate  Typewriting  2 

O.T.  12,  13— Principles  of  Shorthand  I,  II   3  3 

Social  Science  Requirment    3 

P.E.  2,  4  (Women)  P.E.  1,  3  (Men)   1  1 

Health  5 — Science  and  Theory  of  Health 2 

Total 15           17 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature   3 

History  Requirement    3            3 

Science  Requirement    3-4         4-3 

Econ.  31,  32 — Principles  of  Economics   3            3 

O.T.  10 — Office  Typewriting  Problems  2 

O.T.  14 — Survey  of  Office  Machines   2 

O.T.  17 — Advanced  Shorthand  and  Transcription  3 

O.T.  19 — Problems  in  Transcription  3 

Total    14-15      17-18 

Junior  Year  /  // 

Ed.  110 — Human  Development  and  Learning  6 

B.A.  20,  21 — Principles  of  Accounting    3  3 

B.A.  100 — Office  Operations  and  Management   3 

O.T.  110 — Administrative  Secretarial  Procedures    3 

B.A.   166 — Business  Communications 3 

Econ.  140 — Money  and  Banking  (or  B.A.  140)    3 

B.A.  180 — Business  Law . .  3 

Elective'   3 

Total 15  15 

Senior  Year 

Ed.  1 1 1 — Foundations  of  Education  3 

O.T.  114 — Secretarial  Office  Practice    3 

B.A.  101 — Electronic  Data  Processing   3 

B.Ed.  100— Techniques  of  Teaching  Office  Skills  . .  3 

Sec.  Ed.  140 — Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation — 

Business   Subjects    3 

Sec.  Ed.  145 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary 

Education . .  3 

Sec.  Ed.  148 — Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools  8 

Elective'   5  3 

Elective  from  Ed.  147,  Ed.  150,  EcEEd.  153 

Total 17  17 

"  A  minimum  of  55  semester  hours  of  courses  in  Economics,  Business  Administration 
and  Office  Techniques  are  required. 

30 


English  Education 

ENGLISH  EDUCATION 

A  major  in  English  requires  51  semester  hours  as  follows: 

English  1,  3,  4,  8,  115,  116;  and  150  or  151;  101;  and  12  hours  of  Eng- 

hsh  electives. 

Related  fields:  History  41-42  or  51-52  or  53-54;  Speech  1  and  13. 

A  minor  in  English  requires  27  semester  hours.  It  includes  the  required 
freshman  and  sophomore  English  courses  and  1 8  semester  hours  of  electives 
approved  by  the  adviser. 

r^emester—s 

Freshman  Year  /           // 

Eng.  1 — Composition  and  American  Literature  3 

Social  Science  Requirement 3             3 

Speech   1 — Public    Speaking    3 

Foreign  Language   3             3 

Mathematics  Requirement   3-4 

Science  Requirement    3-4 

P.E.  1,  3  (Men);  P.E.  2,  4  (Women)    1             1 

History  Requirement    3             3 

Health  5 — Science  and  Theory  of  Health 2 

Total    16-17      18-19 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature  3            3 

Speech  13 — Oral  Interpretation    3 

Hist.  41.  42— Western  Civilization" 3             3 

Foreign  Language   3             3 

Science   Requirement    3-4 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy   3             3 

Elective    3 

Total     15-16           15 

Junior  Year 

Eg.  8 — College  Grammar   3 

Ed.   1 10 — Human  Development  and  Learning   6             6 

Eng.   115,   11 6 — Shakespeare 3             3 

Eng.   150  or  151 — American  Literature 3 

Eng.   160 — Advanced  Expository  Writing   3 

Eng.  Elective  (period)    3 

Eng.  Elective   (type)    3 

Elective    3 

Total 15          15 


or  Hist.  51,  52  Humanities,  or  Hist.  53,  54  History  of  England  and  Great  Britain. 

31 


Foreign  Language  Education 

Senior  Year 

Sec.  Ed.  140 — Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observation.  . .  3 

Sec.  Ed.  145 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary 

Education 3 

ECEEd.  153    3 

Sec.  Ed.  148 — Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  School 8 

Eng.  Elective  (major  figure)    . .  3 

Eng.  101 — History  of  English  Language   3 

Ed.  Ill — Foundations  of  Education   3 

Electives . .  6 

Total     17  15 


FOREIGN  LANGUAGE  EDUCATION 

The  foreign  language  education  curriculum  is  designed  for  prospective 
foreign  language  teachers  in  elementary  and  secondary  schools.  Students 
should  enroll  in  one  of  the  two  programs  according  to  the  level  for  which 
they  plan  to  be  certificated.  Secondary  school  teachers  must  take  42 
semester  hours  in  their  major  teaching  field  including  the  following  courses 
which  are  required  for  certification:  one  year  of  conversation,  one  year 
of  advanced  grammar  and  composition,  one  year  survey  of  literature,  one 
year  of  advanced  literature  (100  level),  and  one-year  courses  pertaining 
directly  to  the  foreign  culture.  Highly  recommended  for  foreign  language 
teachers  is  Foreign  Language  101,  Introduction  to  Linguistics. 

Prospective  FLES  (Foreign  Language  in  the  Elementary  School)  teachers 
are  required  to  have  a  minimum  of  24  semester  hours  in  the  foreign 
language  plus  ECEEd.  143,  Methods  of  Teaching  Modem  Foreign  Langu- 
ages in  the  Elementary  School. 

Classical  Language — ^Latin 

A  minor  for  teaching  Latin  requires  24  prescribed  semester  hours  of 
Latin  based  upon  two  years  of  high  school  Latin  or  1 8  prescribed  semester 
hours  of  Latin  plus  6  elective  hours  based  upon  four  years  of  high  school 
Latin.  Those  students  with  two  years  of  high  school  Latin  should  take 
Latin  3,  4,  5,  51,  52,  61,  101,  and  102.  Those  with  four  years  of  high 
school  Latin  begin  with  Latin  5 ;  otherwise,  the  same  as  above  with  6  hours 
selected  from  Latin  103,  104,  or  105. 

It  is  recommended  that  electives  also  be  taken  from  Latin  70,  History  153, 
Comparative  Literature  101,  English  101,  and  Art  9. 


ELEMENTARY  FOREIGN  LANUGAGE  EDUCATION 
CURRICULUM  (See  Elementary  Education  Curriculum) 


32 


Foreign  Language  Education 

SECONDARY  FOREIGN  LANGUAGE  EDUCATION  CURRICULUM 

r-Semester-^ 

Freshman  Year  /  // 

English  1 — Composition  and  American  Literature   3 

English  3 — Composition  and  World  Literature   . .  3 

Social  Science  Requirement  3  3 

Science  or  Mathematics  Requirement  3-4  3-4 

Speech  1 — Public   Speaking    3 

Health  5 — Science  and  Theory  of  Health . .  2 

P.E.  1,  3  (men),  P.E.  2,  4  (women)    1  1 

Foreign  Language  6  and  7  3  3 

Total 16-17  15-16 

Sophomore  Year 

English  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature  3 

History  Requirements 3  3 

Science  or  Mathematics 3-4  3-4 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy    . .  3 

Foreign  Languages  1 1  and  12 3  3 

Electives  (not  in  Foreign  Languages)    3  3 

Total    15-16  15-16 

Junior  Year 

Ed.  110 — Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

Foreign  Language  41-42 — Phonetics  (recommended, 

but  not  required)    1  1 

Foreign  Language  71-72 — Review  Grammar  and 

Composition    3  3 

Foreign  Language  75-76 — Survey  of  Literature 3  3 

Foreign  Language  80-81 — ^Advanced  Conversation  3  3 

Electives"     6 

Total 16  16 


°When  possible,  it  is  recommended  that  students  elect  courses  related  to  their 
language  area,  e.g.  History  of  France,  History  of  Latin  America,  Comparative 
Education,  etc. 

33 


Home  Economics  Curriculum 

Senior  Year 

Ed.  1 1 1 — Foundations  of  Education  3 

Sec.  Ed.  140 — Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation. ...  3 

Sec.  Ed.  145 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary 

Education 3 

Sec.  Ed.  148 — Student  Teaching  in  the  Secondary  Schools  . .  8 

Elective  from  Ed.  147 — Audio  Visual  Education,  Ed.  150 — 
Educational    Measurement,    EcEEd.    153 — The    Teaching 

of  Reading    3 

Foreign  Language— Advanced  Literature  (100  level)   6 

Foreign  Language  171   or  172 — Civilization"    3 

Elective  in  Foreign  Language  or  related  area  (e.g.  Foreign 
Language  100,  History  of  France,  Introduction  Linguistics 
is  recommended.)  3-6 

Total 14-17     15-18 


HOME  ECONOMICS  EDUCATION 

The  home  economics  education  curriculum  is  designed  for  students  who 
are  preparing  to  teach  vocational  or  general  home  economics  or  to  engage 
in  any  phase  of  home  economics  work  which  requires  a  knowledge  of 
teaching  methods.  It  includes  studies  of  all  phases  of  home  economics 
and  the  allied  sciences,  with  professional  training  for  teaching  these  sub- 
jects. A  student  majoring  in  this  curriculum  may  also  qualify  for  a  science 
minor. 

The  offering  includes  both  undergraduate  and  graduate  programs  leading 
to  the  degrees  of  Bachelor  of  Science,  Master  of  Education,  and  Master 
of  Science. 


HOME  ECONOMICS  EDUCATION  CURRICULUM 

r-Semester- 

Freshman  Year  /  // 

Eng.  1 — Composition  and  American  Literature 3 

Social  Science  Requirement 3 

H.E.  5 — Intro,  to  Family  Living  through  H.Ec 2 

Food  &  Nutr.  5 — Food  &  Nutrition  of  Individuals  and  Family  3 

AD  1 — Design    3 

P.E.  2&4 1  1 

G.  &  P.   1 — ^American  Government   3 

Sp.  1— Public  Speaking 3 

Health  5 — Science  and  Theory  of  Health 2 

Electives    3-4 

Math.  3 — Fundamentals  of  Mathematics  4 

Total    17-18      13-14 


^  Courses  in  related  disciplines  may  be  substituted  with  permission  of  Chairman 
of  Foreign  Language  Department 

34 


Home  Economics  Education  Curriculum 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  A — Composition  and  World  Literature  3  3 

Hist.  21— History  of  U.S.  to  1865  or  Hist.  22— History  of 
U.S.  since  1865  and  Hist.  41  or  Hist.  42 — Western  Civ- 
ilization      3  3 

AD  20 — Costume  Design   . .  3 

Tex.  &  Clo.  5 — Textiles  &  Clothing  in  Contemporary  Living  3 

Clo.  10 — Principles  &  Methods  of  Clothing  Design   2 

Chem.  11,  13  or  1,  3 — General  Chemistry   3-4         3-4 

Foods  10 — Scientific  Principles  of  Foods    3 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy    3 

Total    15-16      17-18 

Junior  Year 

H.Ec.Ed.  102 — Problems  in  Teaching  Home  Ec 3 

Ed.   110 — Human  Development  and  Learning    6 

H.  Mgt.  50 — Decision-making  in  Family  Living    3 

Food  150 — Food  Economics  &  Meal  Management   3 

H.  Mgt.  160 — Scientific  Management  in  the  Home 3 

Nut.  20  or  121 — Science  of  Nutrition  3 

Clo.  11 — Experimental  Clothing  Design 2 

Econ.  37 — Fundamentals  of  Economics   3 

Zool.   1 — General  Zoology    4 

Bot.  1 — General  Botany 4 

Total 18  16 

Senior  Year' 

H.Ec.Ed.  140 — Curric,  Instruc,  &  Observation   3 

Sec.  Ed.  145 — Principles  &  Methods  of  Secondary  Ed 3 

Sec.  Ed.  148 — Teaching  Secondary  Vocational  Home 

Economics    8 

H.  Mgt.  161 — Resident  Experience  in  Home  Mgt.  or  H.  Mgt. 

165 — Home  Management  Practicum   3 

AD  2 — Survey  of  Art  History  or  T.  &  C.  128 — Fundamentals 

of  Home  Furnishings . .  2-3 

Microb.    1 — Microbiology    . .  4 

Ed.  1 1 1 — Foundations  of  Education" 3 

Electives     . .  6-7 

Total    17      15-17 


'^  HEc   180 — Professional  Seminar  (Required  of  Seniors  in  the  College  of  Home 

Economics). 

"  May  be  taken  either  semester. 

MATHEMATICS  EDUCATION 

A  major  in  mathematics  requires  the  completion  of  Math  22  or  its  equiva- 
lent and  a  minimum  of  15  semester  hours  of  mathematics  courses  at  the 
100  level.  These  100  level  courses  must  include  Math  103,  Math  146,  and 
at  least  one  of  the  geometry  courses,  Math  120,  121,  124,  128.   The  re- 

35 


Mathematics  Education  Curriculum 

mainder  of  the  courses  in  mathematics  are  to  be  selected  with  the  approval 
of  the  adviser.  The  mathematics  major  must  be  supported  by  a  year  of 
physical  science,  Chem.  1  and  3,  or  Physics  10,  11,  15,  16  or  Physics 
20  and  21. 

A  typical  program  might  be  as  follows: 


MATHEMATICS  EDUCATION  CURRICULUM 

Freshman  Year 

Speech  1 — Public  Speaking  

Eng.  1 — Composition  and  American  Literature   

Fine  Arts  and  Philosophy  Requirement  

Social  Science  Requirement   

Biological  Science  

Math.  18,  19— Analysis 

Health  5— Science  and  Theory  of  Health 

P.E.  1,  3  (men);  P.E.  2,  4  (women)   

Electives,  including  Foreign  Language   

Total    

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature 

History  Requirement    

Physical  Science  Requirement 

Math.  20,  21 — Calculus    

Electives,  including  Foreign  Language   

Total    

Junior  Year 

Math.  22 — Calculus   

Math.  103 — Introduction  to  Abstract  Algebra 

Math.  Electives,  including  Geometry  Requirement  

Ed.  110 — Human  Development  and  Learning  

Electives  

Total 

Senior  Year 

Sec.  Ed.  145 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary 
Education 

Sec.  Ed.  140 — Curriculum,   Instruction,    and   Observation- 
Mathematics    

Sec.  Ed.  148 — Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools — 
Mathematics    /. 

Education  Electives 

Math.   146 — Fundamental  Concepts  of  Mathematics   

Math.  Elective 

Ed.  1 1 1 — Foundations  of  Education 

Electives  

Total 


r-Semester- 


16 


17 


// 

3 
3 
3 


1 

3 

17 

3 
3 

4 
4 
3 

17 


3 
3 
6 
3 

15 


3 
3 
3 
6 

15 


36 


Music  Education  Curriculum 
MUSIC  EDUCATION 

The  music  education  curriculum  affords  pre-service  preparation  in  the 
specialized  field  of  music  education  and  leads  to  the  degree  of  Bachelor 
of  Science  in  education  with  a  major  in  public  school  music.  The  cur- 
riculum provides  training  in  both  the  choral  and  instrumental  fields  of 
music  and  is  planned  to  meet  the  growing  demand  for  special  teachers 
and  supervisors  in  those  areas.  In  the  junior  and  senior  years  the  student 
may  elect  either  the  vocal  option  or  the  instrumental  option. 

A  minor  in  the  field  may  be  received  with  24  semester  hours  in  music 
education,  theory,  and  history;  8  semester  hours  in  applied  music;  two 
semester  hours  in  ensemble;  Mus.  Ed.  129  or  132;  the  student  teaching 
divided  between  the  student's  major  and  minor  fields.  The  24  specified 
hours  must  include  Music  1,  7,  8,  70,  80  or  81,  121,  and  160  or  161. 


MUSIC  EDUCATION  CURRICULUM, 
INSTRUMENTAL  OPTION 

/^emester- 

Freshmen  Year  /  // 

Mus.  12,  13 — Applied  Music  (principal  instr.)   2  2 

Mus.  1 — Introduction  to  Music   3 

Mus.  7,  8 — Theory  of  Music  3  3 

Mus.  23,  24 — Class  Piano    2  2 

English  1 — Composition  and  American  Literattire   3 

Speech  4 — Voice  and  Diction 3 

Social  Science  Requirement 3  3 

Math.  3  or  higher  course  4 

Total 16  17 

Mus,  6 — Orchestra  or  10 — Band   1  1 

Health  5 — Science  and  Theory  of  Health 2 

Physical  Ed.  1,  3  (men)  2,  4  (women)   1  1 

Sophomore  Year 

Mus.  52,  53 — (principal  instr.)    2  2 

Mus.  70,  71 — Advanced  Theory  of  Music   4  4 

Mus.  61-64 — (3-4  courses) 2-4  2-4 

English  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature  3  3 

Bot.  1 — General  Botany  or  Zool.  1 — General  Zoology  ....  4 
Geol.  1 — Geology  or  Phys.  1 — Elements  of  Physics: 

Mechanics,  Heat  &  Sound   3 

Total 16  15 

Mus.  6 — Orchestra  or  10 — Band  1  1 

Mus.  9  (elective) — Chamber  Music  Ensemble   1  1 


37 


Music  Education  Curriculum 


Junior  Year 

Mus.  112,  113  (principal  instr.)   

Mus.  120,  121 — History  of  Music 

Mus.  160,   161 — Conducting   

Mus.  65-68 — (2-3  courses)   

M.Ed.  129 — Methods  of  Class  Instrumental  Instruction;  and 

M.Ed.  132 — Music  in  Secondary  Schools 

Ed.  110 — Human  Development  and  Learning  

Electives 

Total 

Mus.  6 — Orchestra  or  10 — Band  

Mus.  9  (elective) — Chamber  Music  Ensemble   

Senior  Year 

Mus.  152  (principal  instr.)   

Mus.  21 — Class  Voice  

Mus.  147 — Orchestration 

M.Ed.  163 — Band  Techniques  and  Administration  

Sec.  Ed.  148,  ECEEd.  149 — Student  Teaching 

Ed.  1 1 1 — Foundations  of  Education   

Sec.  Ed.  145— Pons,  and  Methods  of  Sec.  Ed 

History  Requirement   

Total 

Mus.  6 — Orchestra  or  10 — Band   

Mus.  9  (elective) — Chamber  Music  Ensemble   


2 

2 

3 

3 

2 

2 

2 

2-4 

2 

2 

6 

3 

17 

16 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 

2 

2 

2 

8 

3 

3 

3 

3 

15 

13 

1 

1 

1 

1 

SECONDARY  MUSIC  EDUCATION  CURRICULUM, 
VOCAL  OPTION 

Freshmen  Year 

Mus.  12,  13 — Applied  Music  (principal  instr.)    

Mus.  1 — Introduction  to  Music   

Mus.  7,  8 — Theory  of  Music   

Mus.  21 — Class  Voice"*  and  Mus.  999  or 

Mus.  23,  24  Class  Piano" 

English  1 — Composition  and  American  Literature  

Speech  4 — Voice  and  Diction   

Social  Science  Requirement    

Math.  3  or  higher  course   

Total 

Mus.  4 — Men's  Glee  Club  or  Mus.  5 — ^Women's  Chorus  or 

Mus.  15 — Chapel  Choir  

Health  5 — Science  and  Theory  of  Health 

P.E.  1,  3  (men);  P.E.  2,  4  (women)   


r-Semester- 


16 

1 
2 
1 


// 
2 


2 
3 

3 
4 

17 

1 

1 


'  For  piano  majors. 
'  For  voice  majors. 


38 


Music  Education  Curriculum 

Sophomore  Year 

Mus.  52,  53  (principal  instr.)    2  2 

Mus.  31,  32 — Advanced  Class  Voice 2  2 

Mus.  33,  34 — Advanced  Class  Piano 2  2 

Mus.  70,  71 — Advanced  Theory  of  Music 4  4 

English  3,  4 — Comp.  and  World  Lit 3  3 

Bot.  1 — General  Botany  or  Zool.  1 — General  Zoology 4 

Geol.  1 — Geology  or  Phys.  1 — Elements  of  Physics: 

Mechanics,  Heat  and  Sound 3 

Total 17  16 

Mus.  A — Men's  Glee  Club  or  Mus.  5 — Women's  Chorus  or 

Mus.  15— Chapel  Choir 1  1 

Mus.  9  (elective) — Chamber  Music  Ensemble 1  1 

Junior  Year 

Mus.  112,  113 — (principal  instr.) 2  2 

Mus.  80 — Class  Study  of  String  Instruments,  81 — Class  Study 

of  Wind  Instruments   2  2 

Mus.  120,  121— History  of  Music 3  3 

Mus.   160,  161— Conducting   2  2 

M.Ed.  139 — Music  for  the  Elem.  Sch.  Specialist,  and  M.Ed. — 

132 — Music  in  Sec.  Schools 2  2 

Ed.  110 — Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

Electives  3 


Total 14  17 

Mus.  4 — Men's  Glee  Club  or  Mus.  5 — Women's  Chorus  or 

Mus.  15— Chapel  Choir 1  1 

Mus.  9  (elective) — Chamber  Music  Ensemble   1  1 

Senior  Year 

Mus.  152 — (principal  instr.)   2 

M.  Ed.  173 — The  Vocal  Music  Teacher  and  School 

Organization,  and  M.Ed.  175 — Methods  and  Materials  in 

Vocal  Music  for  Sec.  Schools 2  2 

Sec.  Ed.  145 — Principles   and    Methods   of  Secondary   Ed., 

Ed.  1 1 1 — Foundations  of  Ed 3  3 

Sec.  Ed.  148,  ECEEd.  149— Student  Teaching 4  4 

History  requirement   3  3 

Total 14  12 

Mus.  4 — Men's  Glee  Club  or  Mus.  5 — Women's  Chorus  or 

Mus.  15— Chapel  Choir  1  1 

Mus.  9  (elective) — Chamber  Music  Ensemble   1  1 

PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  AND  HEALTH  EDUCATION 

This  curriculum  is  designed  to  prepare  students  for  teaching  physical  edu- 
cation in  elementary  and  secondary  schools.  To  obtain  full  particulars 
on  course  requirements,  the  student  should  refer  to  the  catalog  of  the 
College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health, 

39 


Science  Education  Curriculum 


SCIENCE  EDUCATION 

A  science  major  consists  of  52  semester  hours  study  in  the  academic 
sciences.  Students  desiring  a  minor  other  than  science  must  complete  40 
hours  of  academic  science  in  addition  to  their  minor  requirements. 

The  following  courses  are  required  for  all  science  education  majors:  Bot. 
1 — General  Botany  (4);  Chem.  1,  3 — General  Chemistry  (4,  4);  Physics 
10,  11 — Fundamentals  of  Physics  (4,  4);  and  Zool.  1 — General  Zoology 
(4).  Additional  courses  are  selected  from  the  academic  sciences,  with  the 
approval  of  the  student's  advisor,  so  as  to  provide  subject  matter  strength 
(a  minimum  of  36  hours)  in  a  particular  science  teaching  area,  e.g., 
biology,  chemistry,  physics,  and  earth  sciences. 

SCIENCE  EDUCATION  CURRICULUM 

fSemester-^ 

Freshmen  Year  /  // 

Eng.  1 — Composition  and  American  Literature  3 

Bot.  1 — General  Botany   4 

Chem.  1,3    4  4 

Math  18 — Introductory  Analysis  and  Math.  19 — Elementary 

Analysis"    3  4 

P.  E.  1,  3— (men);  P.  E.  2,  4 — (women)    1  1 

Zool.  1 — General  Zoology 4 

Health  5 — Science  and  Theory  of  Health 2 

Total    15  15 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  A — Composition  and  World  Literature 3  3 

History  requirement  3  3 

Physics  10,  11 — Fundamentals  of  Physics  or 

Physics  20,  21 — General  Physics  4-5  4-5 

Science  3-4  3-4 

Arts  or  Philosophy  requirement . .  3 

Speech  1 — Public  Speaking 3 

Total    16-18      16-18 

Junior  Year 

Ed.  110 — Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

Science  and  Mathematics 12            9 

Social  Science  requirements 3            3 

Total     15  18 

Senior  Year 

Sec.  Ed.  140 — Curriculum,  Instruction,  Observation 3 

Sec.  Ed.  145 — Principles  and  Methods  of 

Secondary  Education   . .  3 

Elective  from  Ed.  150,  147,  160,  ECEEd,  153 3 

Sec.  Ed.  148 — Student  Teaching  in  the  Secondary  Schools. .  8 

Ed.  1 1 1 — Foundations  of  Education  3 

Science  and  Mathematics 12 

Total 15  17 

"Or  Math.  10,  11  in  some  cases. 

40 


Social  Science  Education  Curriculum 

Option  I  requires  54  semester  hours  of  which  at  least  27  must  be  in  history, 
including  Hist.  21,  22,  41,  42  and  12  hours  of  100-level  history  courses  in- 
cluding H.  199;  27  hours  of  related  social  sciences  as  outlined  below: 
At  least  one  course  in  each  of  the  following  areas:  geography,  sociology, 
government  and  politics,  and  economics.  Fifteen  semester  hours  in  any  two 
of  the  following  areas:  economics,  geography,  sociology,  government  and 
politics,  or  psychology.  One-half  of  these  courses  must  be  on  the  100  level. 

SOCIAL  SCIENCE  EDUCATION  CURRICULUM 

r-Semester—s 

Freshman  Year  /  // 

Eng.  1 — Composition  and  Literature  . .  3 

Speech  1 — Public  Speaking  3 

Foreign  Languages   3  3 

Mathematics  requirement    3-4 

Science  requirement  3-4 

History  21,  22— History  of  The  United  States 3  3 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy . .  3 

Health  5 — Science  and  Theory  of  Health 2 

P.  E.  1,  3— (men);  P.  E.  2,  4— (Women)    1  1 

Total    15-16      16-17 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  A — Composition  and  World  Literature  3  3 

Hist.  41,  42— World  Civilization   3  3 

Geog.  10 — General  Geography 3 

G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government 3 

Science  requirement  3-4 

Foreign  Languages   3  3 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life 3 

Total    15-16  15 

Junior  Year 

Econ.  31 — Principles  of  Economics  or 

Econ.  37 — Fundamentals  of  Economics   3 

history  electives   3  3 

Ed.  110 — Human  Development  and  Learning  6 

History  elective  (100-level)   6  3 

Social  Science  electives 3  3 

Total 15  15 

Senior  Year 

Ed.  1 1 1 — Foundations  of  Education 3 

History  199 — Proseminer  in  Historical  Writing  3 

Social  Science  electives   6 

Electives  3 

Sec.  Ed.  140 — Curriculum,  Instruction,  Observation 3 

Sec.  Ed.  145 — Principles  and  Methods  of 

Secondary  Education   3 

Elective  from  Ed.  150,  147,  130,  160 3 

Sec.  Ed.  148 — Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools 8 

Total 15  17 


41 


Speech  Education  Curriculum 

SPEECH  EDUCATION 

A  major  in  speech  requires  36  semester  hours.  It  is  the  policy  to  build  a 
program  of  study  in  anticipation  of  the  needs  of  prospective  teachers  in  the 
general  field  of  speech.  The  following  speech  courses  are  required:  Speech 
1,  2,  4,  8,  10,  22,  23,  105,  plus  15  hours  of  electives  in  Speech  (12  hours 
of  which  must  be  100-level  courses).  A  teaching  minor  in  another  field  is 
also  required.  Recommended  minor  is  English. 

SPEECH  EDUCATION  CURRICULUM 

rSemester->, 
Freshman  Year 

Speech  1 — Public  Speaking  3 

English  1 — Composition  and  American  Literature 3 

Social  Science  Requirements  3  3 

Foreign  Language  3  3 

Mathematics  Requirement  3-4 

Speech  4 — Voice  and  Diction 3 

History  Requirement 3 

P.  E.  1,  3  (men);  P.  E.  2,  4  (women) 1  1 

Health  5 — ^ience  and  Theory  of  Health 2 

Total 15-16  16 

Sophomore  Year 

English  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature 3  3 

Speech  2 — Advanced  Public  Speaking 3 

Speech  10 — Group  Discussion   2 

Science  Requirement 3-4 

Health  5 — Personal  Health  2 

Speech  8 — Acting   3 

Speech  22 — Introduction  to  Radio  and  Television 3 

Foreign  Language  3  3 

History  Requirement    3 

Minor  Requirement   3  3 

Total 18-19  17 

Junior  Year 

Science  Requirement 3-4 

Ed.  1 10 — Human  Growth  and  Learning 6 

Speech  105 — Handicapped  School  Children 3 

Speech  electives    3            6 

Minor  requirements 3            6 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy   (Speech   16 — Introduction  to  the 

Theatre  recommended)    3 

Speech  23 — Parliamentary  Law 1 

Total 16-17  18 


42 


Special  Education 

Senior  Year 

Sec.  Ed.  140 — Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observation   ...  3 
Sec.  Ed.   145 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Educa- 
tion     3 

Elective  from  Ed.  150,  Ed.  147,  or  EcEEd  153-C 3 

Sec.  Ed.  148 — Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools 8 

Speech  electives . .  6 

Minor  Requirements 9 

Education  1 1 1 — Foundations  of  Education 3 

Total 17  18 

NOTE:  The  above  course  levels  are  maxamum  and  are  based  upon  two  conditions: 

1)  the  student  would  need  the  maximum  foreign  language  credits  (12hrs.) 

2)  the  student  would    minor  in  English.  Under  other  conditions,  the  course 
loads  would  be  lighter. 


SPECIAL  EDUCATION 

An  area  of  concentration  in  Special  Education  for  undergraduate  students 
enrolled  in  other  teacher  education  programs  is  offered.  Students  may  pur- 
sue a  program  in  the  area  of  the  mentally  retarded,  the  perceptually  im- 
paired or  gifted  at  the  undergraduate  level. 

A  minimum  of  20  hours  in  special  education  is  required  for  completion  of 
this  concentration. 

Sp.  Ed.   170.     Introduction  to  Special  Education (3) 

Sp.  Ed.   171.     Characteristics  of  Exceptional  Children 

(appropriate  section)    (3) 

Sp.  Ed.   172.     Education  of  Exceptional  Children 

(appropriate  section)    (3) 

Sp.  Ed.   173.     Curriculum  of  Exceptional  Children 

(appropriate  section)    (3) 

Ed.   149."     Student  Teaching    (8) 

"  One  half  of  the  student  teaching  assignment  is  in  a  Special  program;  the  other  in 
a  regular  assignment. 

Students  interested  in  graduate  programs  (Masters,  Advanced  Graduate  Specialists 
and  Doctoral)  in  Special  Education  arc  requested  to  consult  the  Graduate  School 
catalog  for  appropriate  information  re:  programs  and  advisers;  and  to  consult  with 
the  otRce  of  the  Coordinator  of  Special  Education. 


43 


Course  Offerings 


The  University  reserves  the  right  to  withdraw  or  discontinue 
any  course  for  which  an  insufficient  number  of  students  has  registered  to 
warrant  giving  the  course.  In  such  an  event,  no  fee  will  be  charged  for 
transfer  to  another  course. 

Courses  are  designated  by  numbers  as  follows: 

1  to  99:  courses  for  undergraduates. 

100  to  199:  courses  for  advanced  undergraduates  and  graduates.  (Not 
all  courses  numbered  100  to  199  may  be  taken  for  grad- 
uate credit.) 

200  to  299:  courses  for  graduates  only. 

300  to  399:  courses  for  doctoral  candidates  and  advanced  graduate 
students. 

A  course  with  a  single  number  extends  through  one  semester.  A  course 
with  a  double  number  extends  through  two  semesters.  The  number  of 
credit  hours  is  shown  by  the  arable  numeral  in  parentheses  after  the 
title  of  the  course. 

A  separate  schedule  of  courses  is  issued  each  semester,  giving  the  hours, 
places  of  meeting,  and  other  information  required  by  the  student  in 
making  out  his  program.  Students  obtain  these  schedules  when  they 
register. 


EDUCATION 

Courses  Primarily  for  Freshmen  and  Sophomores 

Ed.  6  Observation  of  Teaching.  (1) 

Twenty  hours  of  directed  observation.  Reports,  conferences,  and  criticisms. 
Consent  of  Advisor.  (Staflf.) 

Ed.  90.  Development  and  Learning.  (3) 

A  study  of  the  principles  of  learning  and  their  application  to  school  situations. 
Designed  to  meet  the  usual  teacher-certification  requirement  for  educational  psy- 
chology. (Staff.) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Ed.  100.  History  of  Education  in  Western  Civilization.  (3) 

Educational  institutions  through  the  ancient,  medieval,  and  early  modern  periods 
in  the  western  civilization,  as  seen  against  a  background  of  socio-economic 
development.  (Lindsay.) 

Ed.  102.  History  of  Education  in  the  United  States.  (3) 

A  study  of  the  origins  and  development  of  the  chief  features  of  the  present 
system  of  education  in  the  United  States.  (Wiggin.) 

44 


Education 
Ed.  107.  Philosophy  of  Education.  (2-3) 

A  study  of  the  great  educational  philosophers  and  systems  of  thought  affecting 
the  development  of  modern  education.  (Agre,  Noll.) 

Ed.  108.  Logic  of  Teaching.  (3) 

An  analysis  of  the  structure  of  basic  subject  matters  in  the  curriculum  and  of 
the  standard  logical  moves  in  teaching.  (Agre.) 

Ed.  110.  Human  Development  and  Learning.  (6) 

Open  only  to  students  enrolled  in  approved  teacher  education  curricula.  Studies 
scientific  facts  that  describe  growth,  development,  and  learning,  and  the  impli- 
cations of  these  for  the  teacher  and  the  school.  A  study  of  an  individual  child 
and  a  classroom  participation  experience  are  integral  parts  of  the  course  and 
require  a  one-half  day  per  week  assignment  in  a  public  school  as  a  teacher  aide. 
Students  are  scheduled  for  field  assignments  in  an  elementary  or  high  school 
according  to  the  curriculum  they  are  in.  Each  group  is  under  the  supervision 
of  a  faculty  member  with  whom  it  meets  every  second  week  in  a  seminar  ses- 
sion. (Staff.) 

Ed.  111.  Foundations  of  Education.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  Ed.  110,  completion  of  at  least  90  hours,  and  approval  for  ad- 
mission to  teacher  education.  Historical,  social,  cultural  and  philosophical  foun- 
dations of  American  education.  Considers  education  as  a  profession,  and  the 
organizational  structure,  operation  and  function  of  modern  school  systems. 
Comparative  education  and  contemporary  issues  are  included. 

(Agre,  Finkelstein,  Lindsay,  Noll.) 

Ed.  147.  Audio- Visual  Education.  (3) 

First  semester  and  summer  session.  Laboratory  fee,  $1.00.  Sensory  impressions 
in  their  relation  to  learning  projection  apparatus,  its  cost  and  operation;  slides, 
filmstrips,  and  films,  physical  principles  underlying  projection;  auditory  aids 
to  instruction;  field  trips;  pictures,  models,  and  graphic  materials;  integration 
of  sensory  aids  with  organized  instruction.  Recommended  for  all  education 
students.  (Maley,  Schramm,  Wedberg.) 

Ed.  150.  Educational  Measurement.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters;  summer  session.  Constructing  and  interpreting  meas- 
ures of  achievement.  (Staff.) 

Ed.  151.  Statistical  Methods  in  Education.  (3) 

Designed  as  a  first  course  in  statistics  for  students  in  education.  Emphasis  is 
upon  educational  applications  of  descriptive  statistics,  including  measures  of 
central  tendency,  variability,  and  association.  (Staff.) 

Ed.  155.  Laboratory  Practices  in  Reading.  (2-4) 

Prerequisite,  ECEEd.  153  or  Ed.  157.  A  laboratory  course  in  which  each 
student  has  one  or  more  pupils  for  analysis  and  instruction.  At  least  one  class 
meeting  per  week  to  diagnose  individual  cases  and  to  plan  instruction. 

(Hall,  Sullivan,  Wilson.) 

Ed.  157.  Corrective-Remedial   Reading  Instruction.    (3) 

Prerequisite,  ECEEd.  153  or  equivalent.  For  teachers,  supervisors,  and  admin- 
istrators who  wish  to  identity  and  assist  pupils  with  reading  difficulties. 
Concerned  with  diagnostic  techniques,  instructional  materials,  and  teaching 
procedures  useful  in  the  regular  classroom.  (Hall,  Sullivan,  Wilson.) 

45 


Education 

Ed.  160.  Educational  Sociology.  (3) 

Deals  with  data  of  the  social  sciences  which  are  germane  to  the  work  of  teach- 
ers. Implications  of  democratic  ideology  for  educational  endeavor,  educational 
tasks  imposed  by  changes  in  population  and  technological  trends,  the  welfare 
status  of  puoi's.  the  socio-economic  attitudes  of  individuals  who  control  the 
schools,  and  other  elements  of  community  background.  (Grambs.) 

Ed.  161.  Introduction  to  Counseling  and  Pupil  Services.  (3) 

Presents  guidance  principles  and  procedures,  and  examines  the  functions  of 
counselors,  psychologists  in  schools,  school  social  workers,  and  other  pupil 
service  workers.  (Staff.) 

Ed.  162.  Mental  Hygiene  in  the  Classroom.  (3) 

The  practical  application  of  the  principles  of  mental  hygiene  to  classroom  prob- 
lems. (Greenberg.) 

Ed.  182.  Introduction  to  Rehabilitation  Counseling.  (3) 

Introductory  course  for  majors  in  rehabilitation  counseling,  social  work,  phy- 
chology  or  education  who  desire  to  work  professionally  with  physically  or  emo- 
tionally handicapped  persons.  (Ehrle,  Lawrence.) 

Ed.  185.  Pupil  Transportation.  (3) 

Includes  consideration  of  the  organization  and  administration  of  state,  county, 
and  district  pupil  transportation  service  with  emphasis  on  safety  and  economy. 
The  planning  of  bus  routes;  the  selection  and  training  of  bus  drivers,  and  main- 
tenance mechanics;  the  specification  of  school  buses;  and  procurement  proced- 
ures are  included.  (Staff.) 

Ed.  187.  Field  Experience  in  Education.  (1-4) 

a.  Adult  Education  f.  Industrial  Arts  Education 

b.  Counseling  g.  Student  Personnel  Administration 

c.  Curriculum  and  Instruction  h.  Supervision 

d.  Educational  Administration  i.  Vocational-Industrial  Education 

e.  Higher  Education 

Prerequisites,  at  least  six  semester  hours  in  education  at  the  University  of  Mary- 
land plus  such  other  prerequisites  as  may  be  set  by  the  major  area  in  which 
the  experience  is  to  be  taken.  Planned  field  experience  may  be  provided  for 
selected  graduate  students  who  have  had  teaching  experience  and  whose  applica- 
tion for  such  field  experience  has  been  approved  by  the  Education  faculty. 
Field  experience  is  offered  in  a  given  area  to  both  major  and  non-major  stu- 
dents. 

Note:  The  total  number  of  credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in  Ed.  187,  Ed.  224, 
and  Ed.  287  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  twenty  (20)  semester  hours.  (Staff.) 

Ed.  188.  Special  Problems  in  Education.  (1-3) 

Prerequisites,  consent  of  instructor.  Available  only  to  mature  students  who  have 
definite  plans  for  individual  study  of  approved  problems.  Course  cards  must 
have  the  title  of  the  problem  and  the  name  of  the  faculty  member  who  has 
approved  it.  (Staff.) 


46 


Education 
Ed.  189.  Workshops,  Clinics,  and  Institutes.  (1-6) 

The  maximum  number  of  credits  that  may  be  earned  under  this  course  symbol 
toward  any  degree  is  six  semester  hours:  the  symbol  may  be  used  two  or  more 
times  until  six  semester  hours  have  been  reached.  The  following  type  of  educa- 
tional enterprise  may  be  scheduled  under  this  course  heading:  workshops  con- 
ducted by  the  College  of  Education  (or  developed  cooperatively  with  other 
colleges  and  universities)  and  not  otherwise  covered  in  the  present  course 
listing:  clinical  experiences  in  pupil-testing  centers,  reading  clinics,  speech  ther- 
apy laboratories,  and  special  education  centers;  institutes  developed  around 
specific  topics  or  problems  and  intended  for  designated  groups  such  as  school 
superintendents,  principals,  and  supervisors.  (Staff.) 

For  Graduates 
Ed.  202.  The  Junior  College.  (3) 

The  philosophy  and  development  of  the  junior  college  in  the  United  States 
with  emphasis  on  curriculum  and  administrative  controls.  Special  attention  is 
devoted  to  the  importance,  need,  place,  and  development  of  the  technical- 
terminal  or  semi-professional  curricula.  (Kelsey.) 

Ed.  203.  Problems  in  Higher  Education.  (3) 

A  study  of  present  problems  in  higher  education.  (Kelsey.) 

Ed.  205.  Comparative  Education.  (3) 

A  study  of  historical  changes  in  ways  of  looking  at  national  school  systems, 
and  of  problems  in  assessing  their  effectiveness.  (Lindsay,  Wiggin.) 

Ed.  206.  Seminar  in  Comparative  Education.  (2) 

(Lindsay,  Wiggin.) 

Ed.  207.  Seminar  in  History  and  Philosophy  of  Education.     (2) 

(Noll,  Wiggin.) 

Ed.  208.  Analysis  of  Educational  Concepts.  (3) 

Application  of  techniques  of  conceptual  analysis  to  selected  concepts  in  educa- 
tion. Mental  health,  adjustment,  creativity,  and  understanding  are  among  the 
concepts  considered.  (Agre.) 

Ed.  209.  Adult  Education.  (3) 

A  study  of  adult  education  in  the  United  States,  with  attention  to  adult  abilities 
and  intelligence,  programs  of  adult  education,  and  a  rationale  for  adult  edu- 
ciation.  (Staff.) 

Ed.  210.  The  Organization  and  Administration  of  Public 
Education.  (3) 

The  basic  course  in  school  administration.  Deals  with  the  organization  and 
administration  of  school  systems — at  the  local,  state,  and  federal  levels;  and 
with  the  administrative  relationships  involved.         (Dudley,  Newell,  van  Zwoll.) 

Ed.  211.  The  Organization  and  Administration  of  Secondary 
Schools.  (3) 

The  work  of  the  secondary  school  principal.  Includes  topics  such  as  personnel 
problems,  school-community  relationships,  student  activities,  schedule  making, 
and  internal  financial  accounting.  (J.  P.  Anderson.) 

47 


Education 

Ed,  212.  School  Finance  and  Business  Administration.  (3) 

An  introduction  to  principles  and  practices  in  the  administration  of  the  public 
school  finance  activity.  Sources  of  tax  revenue,  the  budget,  and  the  function  of 
finance  in  the  educational  program  are  considered.  (van  Zwoll.) 

Ed.  214.  School  Plant  Planning.  (2-3) 

An  orientation  course  in  which  the  planning  of  school  buildings  is  developed  as 
educational  designing  with  reference  to  problems  of  site,  building  facilities,  and 
equipment.  (van  Zwoll.) 

Ed.  216.  Public  School  Supervision.  (3) 

The  nature  and  functions  of  supervision;  various  supervisory  techniques  and 
procedures;  human  relationship  factors;  and  personal  qualities  for  supervision. 

(Dudley,  J.  P.  Anderson,  Neville.) 

Ed.  217.  Administration  and  Supervision  in  Elementary 
Schools.  (3) 

Problems  in  administering  elementary  schools  and  improving  instruction. 

(Dudley.) 

Ed.  218.  School  Surveys.  (2-6) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Includes  study  of  school  surveys  with  em- 
phasis on  problems  of  school  organization  and  administration,  finance  and 
school  plant  planning.   Field  work  in  school  surveys  is  required.  (Newell.) 

Ed.  219.  Seminar  in  Educational  Administration  and 
Supervision.  (2-4) 

Prerequisite,  at  least  four  hours  in  educational  administration  and  supervision 
or  consent  of  instructor.  A  student  may  register  for  two  hours  and  may  take 
the  seminar  a  second  time  for  an  additional  two  hours.  (Staff.) 

Ed.  221.  Advanced  School  Plant  Planning.  (2) 

Ed.  214  is  a  prerequisite  to  this  course.  However,  students  with  necessary  back- 
ground may  be  admitted  without  completion  of  Ed.  214.  This  is  an  advanced 
course  in  school  plant  planning  problems.  Emphasis  is  given  to  analysis  of  the 
educational  program  and  planning  of  physical  facilities  to  accommodate  that 
program.  (van  Zwoll.) 

Ed.  223.  Practicum  in  Personnel  Relationships.  (2-6) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Enrollment  limited.  Designed  to  help  teach- 
ers, school  administrators,  and  other  school  staff  members  to  learn  to  function 
more  effectively  in  developing  educational  policy  in  group  situations.  Each 
student  in  the  course  is  required  to  be  working  concurrently  in  the  field  with 
a  group  of  school  staff  members  or  citizens  on  actual  school  problems. 

(Newell.) 

Ed.  224.  Apprenticeship  in  Education.  (6-9) 

a.  Counseling  e.  Supervision 

b.  Curriculum  and  Instruction  f.  Student  Personnel  Administration 

c.  Educational  Administration  g.  Vocational  Industrial  Education 

d.  Industrial  Arts  Education 

Apprenticeships  in  the  major  area  of  study  are  available  to  selected  students 
whose  application  for  an  apprenticeship  has  been  approved  by  the  Education 

48 


Education 

faculty.  Each  apprentice  is  assigned  to  work  for  at  least  a  semester  full-time  or  the 
equivalent  with  an  appropriate  staff  member  of  a  cooperating  school,  school 
system  or  educational  institution  or  agency.  TTie  sponsor  of  the  apprentice 
maintains  a  close  working  relationship  with  the  apprentice  and  the  other  per- 
sons involved.  Prerequisites,  teaching  experience,  a  master's  degree  in  educa- 
tion, and  at  least  six  semester  hours  in  education  at  the  University  of  Maryland. 

(Staff.) 

Note:  The  total  number  of  credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in  Ed.  187,  Ed. 
224,  and  Ed.  287  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  twenty  (20)  semester  hours. 

Ed.  225.  School  Public  Relations.  (3) 

A  study  of  the  interrelationship  between  the  community  and  the  school.  Public 
opinion,  propaganda,  and  the  ways  in  which  various  specified  agents  and  agen- 
cies within  the  school  have  a  part  in  the  school  public  relations  program  are 
explored.  (van  Zwoll.) 

Ed.  226.  Child  Accounting.  (2) 

An  inquiry  into  the  record  keeping  activities  of  the  school  system,  including  an 
examination  of  the  marking  system.  (van  Zwoll.) 

Ed.  227.  Public  School  Personnel  Administration.  (3) 

A  comparison  of  practices  with  principles  governing  the  satisfaction  of  school 
personnel  needs,  including  a  study  of  tenure,  salary  schedules,  supervision,  re- 
wards, and  other  benefits.  (van  Zwoll.) 

Ed.  228.  Introduction  to  Student  Personnel.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  (Same  as  Psych.  228).  A  systematic  analysis 
of  research  and  theoretical  literature  on  a  variety  of  major  problems  in  the  or- 
ganization and  administration  of  student  personnel  services  in  higher  educa- 
tion. Included  will  be  discussion  of  such  topics  as  the  student  personnel  phi- 
losophy in  education,  counseling  services,  discipline,  housing  student  activities, 
financial  aid,  health,  remedial  services,  etc.  (Rishel,  Marx.) 

Ed.  234.  The  School  Curriculum.  (2-3) 

A  foundations  course  embracing  the  curriculum  as  a  whole  from  early  child- 
hood through  adolescence,  including  a  review  of  historical  developments,  an 
analysis  of  conditions  affecting  curriculum  change,  an  examination  of  issues  in 
curriculum  making,  and  a  consideration  of  current  trends  in  curriculum  design. 

(Hovet.) 

Ed.  235.  Principles  of  Curriculum  Development.  (3) 

Curriculum  planning,  improvement,  and  evaluation  in  the  schools;  principles 
for  the  selection  and  organization  of  the  content  and  learning  experiences;  ways 
of  working  in  classroom  and  school  on  curriculum  improvement. 

(Neville,  V.  Anderson.) 

Ed.  237.  Curriculum  Theory  and  Research.  (2) 

The  school  curriculum  considered  within  the  totality  of  factors  affecting  pupil 
behavior  patterns,  an  analysis  of  research  contributing  to  the  development  of  cur- 
riculum theory,  a  study  curriculum  theory  as  basic  to  improved  curriculum 
design,  the  function  of  theory  in  guiding  research,  and  the  construction  of  theory 
through  the  utilization  of  concepts  from  the  behavior  research  disciplines. 

(Hovet.) 

49 


Education 

Ed.  241.  Problems  in  the  Teaching  of  Reading.  (3) 

A.  Elementary  Schools  B.  Secondary  Schools 

Implications  of  current  theory  and  the  results  of  research  for  the  teaching  of 
reading.  Attention  is  given  to  all  areas  of  development  reading  instruction,  with 
special  emphasis  on  persistent  problems.  (Hall,  Sullivan,  Wilson.) 

Ed.  242.  Coordination  in  Work-Experience  Programs.  (2) 

Surveys  and  evaluates  the  qualifications  and  duties  of  a  teacher-coordinator  in 
a  work-experience  program.  Deals  particularly  with  evolving  patterns  in  city 
and  county  schools  in  Maryland,  and  is  designed  to  help  teacher-coordinators, 
guidance  counselors,  and  others  in  the  supervisory  and  administrative  personnel 
concerned  with  functioning  relationships  of  part-time  cooperative  education 
in  a  comprehensive  educational  program.  (Merrill.) 

Ed.  245.  Introduction  to  Research.  (2) 

Intensive  reading,  analysis,  and  interpretations  of  research,  applications  to  teach- 
ing fields;  the  writing  of  abstracts,  research  reports,  and  seminar  papers. 

(Staff.) 

Ed.  248.  Seminar  in  Industrial  Arts  and  Vocational 
Education.  (2) 

(See  Ind.  Ed.  248)  (Maley.) 

Ed.  249.  Personality  Theories  in  Education.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Examination  of  constructs  and  research 
relating  to  major  personality  theories  with  emphasis  on  their  significance  for 
educators  working  with  the  behavior  of  individuals  in  school  settings. 

(Greenberg.) 

Ed.  250.  Cases  in  Pupil  Appraisal.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Ed.  262.  Collecting  and  interpreting  non-standardized  pupil  ap- 
praisal data;  synthesis  of  all  types  of  data  through  case  study  procedures. 

(Ray,  Rhoads.) 

Ed.  251.  Intermediate  Statistics  in  Education.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Education  151  or  equivalent.  A  study  of  the  basic  statistical  tech- 
niques used  for  graduate  research  in  education,  including  tests  of  significance 
and  sampling  techniques.  Necessary  arithmetic  skills  are  developed  as  part  of 
the  course.  (Staff.) 

Ed.  253.  Occupational  Choice  Theory  and  Information.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Ed.  161.  Research  and  theory  related  to  occupational  and  educa- 
tional decisions;  school  programs  of  related  information  and  other  activities 
in  occupational  decisions.  (Rhoads,  Byrne.) 

Ed.  254.  Organization  and  Administration  of  Pupil  Services.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  Ed.  261  or  permission  of  instructor.  Instilling  the  guidance  point 
of  view  and  implementing  guidance  practices.  (Greenberg.) 


50 


Education 

Ed.  255,  256.  Advanced  Laboratory  Experiences  in  Reading 
Instruction.  (3,  3) 

The  first  semester  of  the  course  deals  with  diagnostic  techniques.  Each  partici- 
pant will  assist  in  diagnosing  reading  disabilities  and  in  recommending  instruc- 
tional programs  for  individual  pupils.  The  second  semester  deals  with  instruc- 
tion of  pupils  with  reading  disabilities.  Each  participant  will  plan  and  execute 
a  program  of  instruction  for  an  individual  or  a  small  group,  applying  findings 
of  the  preliminary  diagnosis.  (Hall,  Sullivan,  Wilson.) 

Ed.  257.  Diagnosis  and  Remediation  of  Reading  Disabilities.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  ECEEd  153  and  Ed.  157.  For  those  who  wish  to  become  correc- 
tive and  remedial  reading  specialists.  Concerned  with  clinical  techniques,  instruc- 
tional materials,  and  remedial  procedures  useful  to  the  reading  specialist  in  (1) 
diagnosing  serious  reading  difficulties  and  (2)  planning  programs  of  individual 
and  small-group  instruction.  The  work  includes  the  writing  of  diagnostic  and 
progress  reports.  (Hall,  Sullivan,  Wilson.) 

Ed.  259.  Counseling  in  Elementary  Schools.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Ed.  250,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Counseling  theory  and  practices 
as  related  to  children.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  an  awareness  of  the  child's 
total  behavior  as  well  as  on  specific  methods  of  communicating  with  the  child 
through  techniques  of  play  interviews,  observations,  and  the  use  of  non-para- 
metric data.  (Greenberg.) 

Ed.  260.  School  Counseling:  Theoretical  Foundations  and 
Practice.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  Ed.  161,  250,  253.  Exploration  of  learning  theories  as  applied 
to  counseling  in  school,  and  practices  which  stem  from  such  theories.     (Staff.) 

Ed.  261.  Practicum  in  Counseling.  (2-6) 

Prerequisites,  Ed.  260  and  permission  of  instructor.  Sequence  of  supervised 
counseling  experiences  of  increasing  complexity.  Limited  to  eight  applicants  in 
advance.  Two  hour  class  plus  laboratory.  (Staff.) 

Ed.  262.  Measurement  in  Pupil  Appraisal.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Ed.  150.  Study  of  group  tests  typically  employed  in  school  testing 
programs;  discussion  of  evidence  relating  to  the  measurement  of  abilities. 

(Staff.) 

Ed.  263,  264.  Modification  of  Human  Behavior:  Laboratory  and 
Practicum  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Application  of  methods  relevant  to  behavior  change 
in  counseling  and  psychotherapy.  Individual  supervision  and  group  consultation 
Laboratory  fee  $6  per  semester.  (Staff.) 

Ed.  265.  Theory  of  Measurement.  (2) 

Prerequisites,  Ed.  150  and  Ed.  151.  Treats  such  topics  as  theory  and  techniques 
used  in  various  scaling  methods,  test  analysis,  predictive  accuracy  of  scores, 
and  equivalence  of  scores.  For  students  desiring  more  advanced  treatment  of 
problems.  (Giblette.) 

Ed.  269.  Counseling  and  Pupil  Services  Seminar.  (2) 

Enrollment  by  permission  of  instructor.  (Marx.) 

51 


Education 

Ed,  271.  Advanced  Statistics  in  Education.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  Ed.  251  or  equivalent.  Primarily  for  the  education  student  de- 
siring more  advanced  work  in  statistical  methodology.  Survey  of  major  types 
of  statistical  design  in  educational  research;  application  of  multivariate  statistical 
techniques  to  educational  problems.  (Stunkard,  Dayton.) 

Ed.  275,  276.  Advanced  Problems  in  Art  Education.  (3,  3) 

These  courses  are  centered  about  problems  of  teaching  art  in  the  elementary 
and  secondary  schools  in  terms  of  the  philosophy  of  art  education  today,  tech- 
niques and  processes  in  the  visual  arts,  and  creative  opportunities  in  the  visual 
arts  and  in  art  education.  The  student  also  will  have  the  opportunity  to  do 
special  work  centered  about  his  problems  in  art  education.  (Staff.) 

Ed.  279.  Seminar  in  Adult  Education.  (2) 

(Staff.) 

Ed.  280.  Research  Methods  and  Materials.  (2) 

Research  methodology  for  case  studies,  surveys,  and  experiments;  measure- 
ment and  statistical  techniques;  design,  form,  and  style  for  theses  and  research 
reports.    Primarily  for  advanced  students  and  doctoral  candidates.  (Stunkard.) 

Ed.  281.  Source  Materials  in  Education.  (2) 

Bibliography  development  through  a  study  of  source  materials  in  education, 
special  fields  in  education,  and  for  seminar  papers  and  theses.  (Wiggin.) 

Ed.  283.  Psycho-social  Aspects  of  Disability.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Ed.  182  or  consent  of  instructor.  This  course  is  part  of  the  core 
curriculum  for  rehabilitation  counselors.  It  is  designed  to  develop  an  under- 
standing of  the  natxire  and  importance  of  the  personal  and  psycho-social  aspects 
of  adult  disability.  (Ehrle.) 

Ed.  284,  285.  Medical  Aspects  of  Disability  I,  II.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  Ed.  182  or  consent  of  instructor.  Part  of  the  core  curriculum  for 
rehabilitation  counselors.  It  is  designed  to  develop  an  understanding  of  the 
prognosis  and  complications  of  disease  processes  and  disorders  and  a  knowledge 
of  treatment  measures  so  that  realistic  vocational  rehabilitation  goals  may  be 
developed.  (Staff.) 

Ed.  287.  Internship  in  Education.  (12-16) 

a.  Curriculum  and  Instruction  e.  Student  Personnel  Services 

b.  Educational  Administration  f.  Supervision 

c.  Industrial  Arts  Education  g.  Vocational-Industrial  Education 

d.  Pupil  Personnel  Services 

Internships  in  the  major  area  of  study  are  available  to  selected  students  who 
have  teaching  experience.  The  following  groups  of  students  are  eligible:  (a) 
any  student  who  has  been  advanced  to  candidacy  for  the  doctor's  degree  and 
(b)  any  student  who  receives  special  approval  by  the  Education  faculty  for  an 
internship,  provided  that  prior  to  taking  an  internship,  such  student  shall  have 
completed  at  least  sixty  semester  hours  of  graduate  work,  including  at  least 
six  semester  hours  in  education  at  the  University  of  Maryland.  Each  intern  is 
assigned  to  work  on  a  full-time  basis  for  at  least  a  semester  with  an  appro- 
priate staff  member  in  a  cooperating  school  system,  or  educational  institution 

52 


Education 

or  agency.  The  internship  must  be  taken  in  a  school  situation  different  from 
the  one  where  the  student  is  regularly  employed.  The  intern's  sponsor  main- 
tains a  close  working  relationship  with  the  intern  and  the  other  persons  in- 
volved. 

Note:  The  total  number  of  credits  which  a  student  may  earn  in  Ed.  187,  Ed. 
224,  and  Ed.  287  is  limited  to  a  maximum  of  twenty  (20)  semester  hours. 

(Staff.) 

Ed.  288.  Special  Problems  in  Education.  (1-6) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer  session.  Master's,  advanced  graduate 
specialist,  or  doctoral  candidates  who  desire  to  pursue  special  research  problems 
under  the  direction  of  their  advisers  may  register  for  credit  under  this  number. 
Course-  card  must  have  the  title  of  the  problem  and  the  nam&  of  the  faculty 
member  under  whom  the  work  will  be  done.  (Staff.) 

Ed.  290.  Doctoral  Seminar.  (1-3) 

Prerequisite,  passing  the  preliminary  examination  for  a  doctor's  degree  in  edu- 
cation or  recommendation  of  a  doctoral  adviser.  Analysis  of  doctoral  projects 
and  theses,  and  of  other  ongoing  research  projects.  A  doctoral  candidate  may 
participate  in  the  Seminar  during  as  many  University  sessions  as  he  desires,  but 
may  earn  no  more  than  three  semester  hours  of  credit  in  the  Seminar.  An  Ed.D. 
candidate  may  earn  in  total  no  more  than  nine  semester  hours,  and  a  Ph.D. 
candidate,  no  more  than  eighteen  semester  hours,  in  the  Seminar  and  in  Ed.  399. 

(Dayton,  Hovet,  Stunkard.) 

Ed.  302.  Curriculum  in  Higher  Education.  (3) 

An  analysis  of  research  in  curriculum  and  of  conditions  affecting  curriculum 
change,  with  examination  of  issues  in  curriculum  making  based  upon  the  history 
of  higher  education  curriculum  development.  (Kelsey.) 

Ed.  303.  Organization  and  Administration  of  Higher 
Education.  (3) 

Organization  and  administration  of  higher  education  at  the  local,  state,  and 
federal  levels;  and  an  analysis  of  administrative  relationships  and  functions  and 
their  effects  on  curriculum  and  instruction.  (Kelsey,  Wiggins.) 

Ed.  304,  Student  Personnel  and  the  College  Student.  (2) 

A  demographic  study  of  the  characteristics  of  college  students;  as  well  as  a  study 
of  their  aspirations,  values,  and  purposes.  (Bott.) 

Ed.  305.  College  Teaching.  (3) 

Various  methods  of  college  instruction  analyzed  in  relation  to  the  curriculum  and 
psychological  basis.  These  would  include  the  case  study  method,  the  demonstra- 
tion method,  the  lecture  method,  the  recitation  method,  teaching  machines, 
teaching  by  television,  and  other  teaching  aids.  (Kelsey  and  Staff.) 

Ed.  309.  Seminar  in  Problems  of  Higher  Education,  (2) 

(Kelsey.) 

Ed,  310,  Seminar  in  Student  Personnel.  (2-6) 

An  intensive  study  of  the  various  student  personnel  functions.  A  means  to 
integrate  the  knowledges  from  various  fields  as  they  relate  to  student  personnel 
administration.  (Marx,  Rishel.) 

53 


Childhood  Education 

Ed.  399.  Research — Thesis,  (credits  variable) 

Registration  required  to  the  extent  of  6  hours  for  master's  thesis;  6-9  hours  for 
a  doctoral  project;  and  12-18  hours  for  a  doctoral  dissertation.  (Staff.) 

EARLY  CHILDHOOD  ELEMENTARY 
EDUCATION 

Courses  Primarily  for  Freshmen  and  Sophomores 

ECEEd.  52.  Introduction  to  Children's  Literature.    A. — Early 
Childhood;  B. — Elementary.  (2) 

Prerequisites,  Eng.  1,  3  and  4.  A  survey  of  literary  materials  for  children  and 
young  people.  Appropriate  books  for  preschool,  elementary,  and  junior  high 
school  pupils  are  considered,  including  picture-story,  fiction,  folk-lore,  poetry, 
and  informational  books.  Integrating  literature  with  the  curriculum,  and 
methods  of  using  books  with  children  in  the  classroom.  Aids  and  criteria  for 
selection.  (E.  Anderson,  D.  Brown,  Pfau.) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates 
ECEEd.  105.  Science  in  the  Elementary  School.  A. — Early  Child- 
hood; B. — Elementary.  (2-3) 

Laboratory  fee,  $2.00.  Designed  to  help  teachers  acquire  general  science  under- 
standings and  to  develop  teaching  materials  for  practical  use  in  classrooms. 
Includes  experiments,  demonstrations,  constructions,  observations,  field  trips,  and 
use  of  audio-visual  materials.  The  emphasis  is  on  content  and  method  related 
to  science  units  in  common  use  in  elementary  schools.  Formerly  Sci.  Ed.  105. 

(Blough,  Stant,  Williams.) 

ECEEd.  115.  Activities  and  Materials  in  Early  Childhood  Edu- 
cation. (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisites,  H.  D.  Ed.  110  (or  concurrent  enroll- 
ment). Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  Storytelling,  selection  of  books,  the  use,  prepara- 
tion, and  presentation  of  such  raw  materials  as  clay,  paints  (easel  and  finger), 
blocks,  wood,  and  scrap  materials.  (Stant.) 

ECEEd.  116.  Music  in  Early  Childhood  Education.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  Music  16  or  equivalent.  Creative  ex- 
periences in  songs  and  rhythms,  correlation  of  music  and  everyday  teaching  with 
the  abilities  and  development  of  each  level;  study  of  songs  and  materials;  obser- 
vation and  teaching  experience  with  each  age  level.  (L.  Brown.) 

ECEEd.  121.  Language  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School.  A. — Early 
Childhood;  B. — Elementary.  (2-3) 

Teaching  of  spelling,   handwriting,  oral   and  written   expression,   and  creative 
expression.   Special  emphasis  given  to  skills  having  real  significance  to  pupils. 
(Collins,  Edgemon,  Leeper,  Pfau,  Seidman,  Zachary.) 

ECEEd.  122.  Social  Studies  in  the  Elementary  School.  A. — Early 
Childhood;  B. — Elementary.  (2-3) 

Consideration  given  to  curriculum,  organization  and  methods  of  teaching,  evalu- 
ation of  newer  materials,  and  utilization  of  environmental  resources. 

(Duffey,  Herman,  O'Neill,  Weaver.) 

54 


Childhood  Education 

ECEEd.  123.  The  Child  and  the  Curriculum.   A. — Early  Child- 
hood; B. — Elementary.  (2-3) 

Relationship  of  the  elementary  school  curriculum  to  child  growth  and  develop- 
ment. Recent  trends  in  curriculum  organization;  the  effect  of  environment  on 
learning,  readiness  to  learn;  and  adapting  curriculum  content  and  methods  to 
maturity  levels  of  children.  (Edgemon,  Seidman.) 

ECEEd.  124.  Mathematics  in  the  Elementary  School.  A. — Early 
Childhood;  B. — Elementary.  (2-3) 

Emphasis  on  materials  and  procedures  which  help  pupils  sense  arithmetical 
meanings  and  relationships.  Helps  teachers  gain  a  better  understanding  of  the 
number  system  and  arithmetical  processes.  (Ashlock,  Schindler.) 

ECEEd.  125.  Art  in  the  Elementary  School.  (2-3) 

Concerned  with  art  methods  and  materials  for  elementary  schools.  Includes 
laboratory  experiences  with  materials  appropriate  for  elementary  schools. 

(Lembach,  Longley.) 

ECEEd.  127.  Teaching  in  the  Elementary  School.  A. — Nursery 
School  and  Kindergarten;  B. — Elementary  School.  (2-6) 

An  overview  of  elementary  school  teaching  designed  for  individuals  without 
specific  preparation  for  elementary  school  teaching  or  for  individuals  without 
recent  teaching  experience.  (Staff.) 

ECEEd.  140.  Curriculum  and  Instruction.   A. — Cooperative 
Nursery  School;  B. — Early  Childhood;  C. — Elementary.  (3) 

Philosophy  of  early  childhood  education,  observation  of  the  developmental 
needs  at  various  age  levels,  with  emphasis  upon  the  activities,  materials,  and 
methods  by  which  educational  objectives  are  attained.  (Leeper,  Stant.) 

ECEEd.  143.  Foreign  Language  Methods  in  the  Elementary 
School.  (3) 

Graduate  credit  allowed  by  special  arrangement  and  adviser's  approval.  Regis- 
tration limited  and  based  upon  approval  of  adviser.  Methods  and  techniques 
for  developmental  approach  to  the  teaching  of  modern  foreign  languages  in 
elementary  schools.  Use  of  realia  development  of  oral-aural  skills  and  under- 
standing of  young  children  in  language  development  are  stressed.  (Rentz.) 

ECEEd.  149.  Student  Teaching  in  Elementary  Schools.  A.  — 
Nursery  School  (4-8);  B. — Kindergarten  (4-8);  C. — Elementary 
(4-16) 

Fee.  $24  for  students  who  do  not  pay  the  regular  instructional  materials  fee.  A 
grade  point  average  of  2.30,  a  doctor's  certificate  indicating  freedom  from  com- 
municable diseases,  and  approval  of  the  instructor  required.  Undergraduate 
credit  only.  No  other  courses  may  be  taken  during  a  full  semester  of 
student  teaching.  Students  who  register  for  this  course  serve  as  apprentice 
teachers  in  the  schools  to  which  they  are  assigned.  For  16  credits  full  time  for 
one  semester  is  devoted  to  this  work.  For  experienced  teachers  the  time  and 
credit  may  be  reduced.  May  be  taken  for  4  hours  credit  in  combination  with  a 
comparable  student  teaching  assignment  at  the  secondary  level,  by  music  educa- 
tion and  physical  education  majors  with  the  permission  of  their  advisers. 

(Staff.) 

55 


Human  Development  Education 

ECEEd.  152.  Literature  for  Children  and  Young  People, 

Advanced.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Ed.  52,  or  approval  of  instructor.  Development  of  literary  ma- 
terials for  children  and  young  people.  Timeless  and  ageless  books,  and  out- 
standing examples  of  contemporary  publishing.  Evaluation  of  the  contri- 
butions of  individual  authors  and  illustrators  and  children's  book  awards.  Study 
and  practice  in  story-telling,  and  reading  guidance  in  the  classroom  and  library. 

(E.  Anderson,  D.  Brown,  Pfau) 

ECEEd.    153.  The  Teaching  of   Reading.    A. — ^Early  Childhood; 

B. — Elementary;  C. — Secondary.  (2-3) 

Concerned  with  the  fundamentals  of  development  reading  instruction,  including 
reading  readiness,  use  of  experience  records,  procedures  in  using  basal  readers, 
the  improvement  of  comprehension,  teaching  reading  in  all  areas  of  the  curricu- 
lum, uses  of  children's  literature,  the  program  in  word  analysis,  and  procedures 
for  determining  individual  needs. 

(Hall,  Herman,  Sullivan,  Wilson,  Zachary.) 

For  Graduates 

ECEEd.  200.  Seminar  in  Elementary  Education.  (2) 

Primarily  for  individuals  who  wish  to  write  seminar  papers.  Prerequisite:  at 
least  12  hours  of  graduate  work  in  education.  (Staff.) 

ECEEd.  205.  Problems  in  Teaching  Science  in  Elementary 
Schools.  (2) 

An  opportunity  to  pursue  special  problems  in  curriculum  making,  course  of  study 
development,  or  other  science  teaching  problems.  Class  members  may  work  on 
problems  related  directly  to  their  own  school  situation.  (Blough,  Williams.) 

ECEEd.  210.  Curriculum  Planning  in  Nursery-Kindergarten 

Education.  (3) 

An  examination  of  significant  new  developments  in  curriculum  theory  and 
practice.  (Leeper.) 

ECEEd.  211.  The  Young  Child  in  the  Community.    (3) 

Planned  observation,  related  research,  and  analysis  of  the  experiences  of  young 
children  in  such  community  centers  as  foster  homes,  orphanages,  day  care  cen- 
ters, Sunday  schools,  etc.  One-half  day  a  week  observation  required.  (Hymes.) 

ECCEEd.  212.  The  Young  Child  IN  School.   (3) 

An  examination  of  significant  theory  and  research  on  the  characteristics  of 
young  children  which  have  special  implications  for  teaching  children  in  nursery- 
kindergarten  groups.  (Leeper.) 

ECEEd.  213.  Teacher-Parent  Relationships.  (3) 

A  study  of  the  methods  and  materials,  trends,  and  problems  in  establishing  close 
home-school  relationships.  (Hymes.) 

ECEEd.  214.     Intellectual  Experiences  of  the  Nursery-Kinder- 
garten Child.  (2) 

A  critical  examination  of  materials,  methods  and  programs  in  such  areas  as 
reading,  literature,  science,  mathematics,  the  social  studies.  (Staff.) 

56 


Human  Development  Education 

ECEEd.  215.  Creative  Experiences  of  the  Nursery-Kindergarten 
Child.  (2) 

A  critical  examination  of  materials,  methods  and  programs  in  such  areas  as 
art,  music,  dance  and  rhythms,  language,  etc.  (Staff.) 

ECCEd.  221.  Problems  of  Teaching  Language  Arts  in 
Elementary  Schools.  (2) 

Implications  of  current  theory  and  results  of  research  for  the  language  arts  in 
the  elementary  schools.  (Edgemon,  Pfau,  Seidman,  Zachary.) 

ECEEd.  222.  Problems  of  Teaching  Social  Studies  in  Elementary 
Schools.  (2) 

Application  to  the  social  studies  program  of  selected  theory  and  research  in 
the  social  sciences,  emphasizing  patterns  of  behavior,  environmental  influences, 
and  critical  thinking.  (Duffey,  Herman,  O'Neill,  Weaver.) 

ECEEd.  224.  Problems  of  Teaching  Mathematics  in  Elementary 
Schools,  (2) 

Implications  of  theory  and  results  of  research  for  the  teaching  of  arithmetic  in 
the  elementary  schools.  (Ashlock,  Schindler.) 

HUMAN  DEVELOPMENT  EDUCATION 

The  Institute  for  Child  Study  offers  a  series  of  courses  on  human  develop- 
ment and  approaches  to  the  direct  study  of  children.  Certain  prerequisites 
are  set  up  within  the  course  sequences  but  these  prerequisites  are  modi- 
fied by  the  student's   previous   experience   in   direct  study  of   children. 

Undergraduate  courses  are  designed  both  for  prospective  teachers 
and  in-service  teachers  (H.  D.  Ed.  102,  103,  104;  H.  D. 
Ed.  112-13,  114-15,  116-17).  The  graduate  offering  contains  two  series. 
H.  D.  Ed.  200,  201,  202,  203  provide  a  basic  core  of  four  seminars 
for  students  majoring  in  the  field,  and  also  provide  electives  (beginning 
with  H.  D.  Ed.  200— Introduction)  for  any  graduate  student  interested 
in  an  overview  of  the  field.  The  other  seminars  (H.  D.  Ed.  204  and 
above)  are  designed  for  emphasis  in  depth  on  the  various  areas  of  major 
processes  and  forces  that  shape  the  development  and  behavior  of  human 
beings,  and  are  intended  primarily  for  advanced  graduate  students.  Along 
with  most  of  the  graduate  seminars,  H.  D.  Ed.  250  provides  for  concurrent 
application  of  scientific  knowledge  to  the  direct  study  of  children  as 
individuals   and  in  groups. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

H.  D.  Ed.  102,  103,  104.  Child  Development  Laboratory  I,  II,  and 
III.  (2,  2,  2) 

These  courses  involve  the  direct  study  of  children  throughout  the  school  year. 
Each  participant  gathers  a  wide  body  of  information  about  an  individual,  pre- 
sents the  accumulating  data  from  time  to  time  to  the  study  group  for  criticism 
and  group  analysis  and  writes  an  interpretation  of  the  dynamics  underlying  the 

57 


Human  Development  Education 

child's  learning  behavior  and  development.  Provides  opportunity  for  teachers 
in  service  to  earn  credit  for  participation  in  their  own  local  child  study  group. 

(Staff.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  105.  Adolescent  Development.  (3) 

A  study  of  the  interplay  of  physical,  cultural  and  self  forces  as  they  influence 
behavior,  development,  learning,  and  adjustment  during  adolescence.  Includes 
observation  and  case  study.  This  course  cannot  be  used  to  meet  the  psycholog- 
ical foundations  requirements  for  teacher  certification.  (Mershon.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  106.  A  Study  of  Human  Behavior.  (3) 

This  course  is  planned  for  and  limited  to  students  who  are  not  enrolled  in  the 
College  of  Education;  and  it  does  not  satisfy  the  requirements  of  the  professional 
Teacher  Education  Programs.  The  course  is  designed  to  introduce  students  to 
the  scientific  principles  (physical,  social  and  psychological)  which  describe  hu- 
man behavior,  development  and  adjustment  at  all  maturity  levels  and  to  use 
these  principles  in  the  study  of  individual  children  and  youth.  Each  student 
will  observe,  record,  and  analyze  the  behavior  of  an  individual  throughout  the 
semester  and  must  have  one  half-day  a  week  for  this  purpose.  (Hamby.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  107.  Growth  and  Development  in  Early  Childhood.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Developmental  growth  of  the  child  from  the  pre- 
natal period  through  the  early  childhood  years,  with  implications  for  home  and 
school  practice.    For  students  in  other  colleges  of  the  University.  (Staff.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  112,  114,  116.  Scientific  Concepts  in  Human  Development 
I,  II,  III.  (3,3,3) 

Summer  session.  (Staff.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  113,  115,  117.  Laboratory  in  Behavior  Analysis 
I,  II,  III.  (3,  3,  3) 

Summer  session.  (Staff.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  120,  121,  122.  Study  of  Human  Development  and 
Learning  in  School  Settings  I,  II,  III.  (2,  2,  2) 

A  sequence  of  courses  which  enables  in-service  teachers  and  administrators  to 
carry  on  advanced  study  of  human  development  and  learning  principles  in  the 
continuous  study  and  evaluation  of  several  different  phases  of  the  school  pro- 
gram over  an  extended  period  of  time.  (Staff.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  145.  Guidance  of  Young  Children.  (3) 

Development  of  an  appreciation  and  understanding  of  young  children  from 
different  home  and  community  backgrounds;  study  of  individual  and  group 
problems.  (Hymes.) 

For  Graduates 

H.  D.  Ed.  200.  Introduction  to  Human  Development  and  Child 
Study.  (3) 

Offers  a  general  overview  of  the  scientific  principles  which  describe  human  de- 
velopment and  behavior  and  makes  use  of  these  principles  in  the  study  of  indi- 
vidual children.  Each  student  will  observe  and  record  the  behavior  of  an  in- 
dividual child  throughout  the  semester  and  must  have  one  half-day  a  week  for 

58 


Human  Development  Education 

this  purpose.  It  is  basic  to  further  work  in  child  study  and  serves  as  a  pre- 
requisite for  advanced  courses  where  the  student  has  not  had  field  work  or 
at  least  six  weeks  of  workshop  experience  in  child  study.  When  offered  during 
the  summer  intensive  laboratory  work  with  case  records  may  be  substituted 
for  the  study  of  an  individual  child.  (Kyle,  Kurtz,  Thompson.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  201.  Biological  Bases  of  Behavior.  (3) 

H.  D.  Ed.  200  or  its  equivalent  must  be  taken  before  H.  D.  Ed.  201  or  concur- 
rently. Emphasizes  that  understanding  human  life,  growth,  and  behavior  de- 
pends on  understanding  the  ways  in  which  the  body  is  able  to  capture,  control, 
and  expand  energy.  Application  throughout  is  made  to  human  body  processes 
and  implications  for  understanding  and  working  with  people.  (Chapin.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  202.  Social  Bases  of  Behavior.  (3) 

H.  D.  Ed.  200  or  its  equivalent  must  be  taken  before  H.  D.  Ed.  202  or  concur- 
rently. Limitations  learned  by  an  individual  as  he  grows  up.  These  are  consid- 
ered in  relation  to  the  patterns  of  feeling  and  behaving  which  emerge  as  the 
result  of  growing  up  in  one's  social  group.  (Klevan.  Matteson.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  203.  Integrative  Bases  of  Behavior.  (3) 

H.  D.  Ed.  200  or  its  equivalent,  H.  D.  Ed.  201  and  H.  D.  Ed.  202  are  prerequi- 
site. Analyzes  the  organized  and  integrated  patterns  of  feeling,  thinking  and 
behaving  which  emerge  from  the  interaction  of  basic  biological  drives  and  po- 
tentials with  one's  unique  experience  growing  up  in  a  social  group.         (Bowie.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  204,  205.  Physical  Processes  in  Human  Development. 
(3.3) 

Prerequisite,  H.  D.  Ed.  200  or  its  equivalent.  Describes  in  some  detail  the  major 
organic  processes  of:  conception,  biological  inheritance;  differentiation  and 
growth  of  the  body;  capture,  transportation  and  use  of  energy,  perception  of  the 
environment;  coordination  and  integration  of  function;  adaptation  to  unusual 
demands  and  to  frustration;  normal  individual  variation  in  each  of  the  above 
processes.  (Chapin.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  206,  207.  Socialization  Processes  in  Human  Development 
I,  II.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite.  H.  D.  Ed.  200  or  its  equivalent.  Analyzes  the  processes  by  which 
human  beings  internalize  the  culture  of  the  society  in  which  they  live.  The 
major  sub-cultures  in  the  United  States,  their  training  procedures,  and  their 
characteristic  human  expressions  in  folk-knowledge,  habits,  attitudes,  values,  life- 
goals,  and  adjustment  patterns  are  analyzed.  Other  cultures  are  examined  to 
highlight  the  American  way  of  life  and  to  reveal  its  strengths  and  weak- 
nesses. (Mershon,  Kurtz.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  208,  209.  Self  Processes  in  Human  Development  I  and  II. 

(3,3) 

Prerequisite,  H.  D.  Ed.  200  or  its  equivalent.  Analyzes  the  effects  of  the  var- 
ious physical  and  growth  processes,  affectiona!  relationships,  socialization 
processes,  and  peer  group  roles  and  status  on  the  integration,  development,  ad- 
justment, and  realization  of  the  individual  self.  This  analysis  includes  consid- 
eration of  the  nature  of  intelligence  and  of  the  learning  process;  the  develop- 


59 


Human  Development  Education 

ment  of  skills,  concepts,  generalizations,  symbolizations,  reasoning  and  imagina- 
tion, attitudes,  values,  goals  and  purposes;  and  the  condition,  relationships  and 
experiences  that  are  essential  to  full  human  development.  The  more  common 
adjustment  problems  experienced  in  our  society  at  various  maturity  levels,  and 
the  adjustment  mechanisms  used  to  meet  them  are  studied. 

(Goering,  Mershon.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  210.  Affectional  Relationships  and  Processes  in  Human 
Development.  (3) 

H.  D.  Ed.  200  or  its  equivalent  must  be  taken  before  or  concurrently.  Describes 
the  normal  development,  expression  and  influence  of  love  in  infancy,  childhood, 
adolescence  and  adulthood.  It  deals  with  the  influence  of  parent-child  relation- 
ship involving  normal  acceptance,  neglect,  rejection,  inconsistency,  and  over- 
protection  upon  health,  learning,  emotional  behavior  and  personality  adjust- 
ment and  development.  (Hatfield.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  211.  Peer-culture  and  Group  Processes  in  Human  Devel- 
opment. (3) 

H.  D.  Ed.  200  or  its  equivalent  must  be  taken  before  or  concurrently.  Analyzes 
the  processes  of  group  formation,  role-taking  and  status-winning.  It  describes 
the  emergence  of  the  "peer-culture"  during  childhood  and  the  evolution  of  the 
child  society  at  different  maturity  levels  to  adulthood.  It  analyzes  the  develop- 
mental tasks  and  adjustment  problems  associated  with  winning,  belonging  and 
playing  roles  in  the  peer  group.  (Hatfield.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  212,  214,  216.  Advanced  Scientific  Concepts  in  Human 
Development  I,  II,  III.  (3,  3,  3) 

Summer  session.  (Staff.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  213,  215,  217.  Advanced  Laboratory  in  Behavior 
Analysis  I,  II,  III.  (3,  3,  3) 

Summer  session.  (Staff.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  221.  Learning  Theory  and  the  Educative  Process  I.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Ed.  110.  Provides  a  systematic  review  of  the  major  theories  of 
learning  and  their  impact  on  education.  Considers  factors  that  influence  learning. 

(Perkins,  Lawson,  Milhollan.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  222.  Learning  Theory  and  the  Educative  Process  II.  (3) 

Provides  an  exploration  in  depth  of  current  theoretical  and  research  develop- 
ments in  the  field  of  human  learning,  especially  as  related  to  educational  proc- 
esses.  Considers  factors  that  influence  learning.  (Perkins.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  230,  231.  Field  Program  in  Child  Study  I  and  II.   (2-6) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Offers  apprenticeship  training  preparing  prop- 
erly qualified  persons  to  become  staff  members  in  human  development  work- 
shops, consultants  to  child  study  field  programs  and  coordinators  of  municipal 
or  regional  child  study  programs  for  teachers  or  parents.  Extensive  field  expe- 
rience is  provided.  In  general  this  training  is  open  only  to  persons  who  have 
passed  their  preliminary  examinations  for  the  doctorate  with  a  major  in  human 
development  or  psychology.  (Kurtz,  Thompson.) 

60 


Industrial  Education 
H.  D.  Ed.  250a,  250b,  250c.  Direct  Study  of  Children.  (1,  1,  1) 

May  not  be  taken  concurrently  with  H.  D.  Ed.  102,  103,  104,  or  200.  Pro- 
vides the  opportunity  to  observe  and  record  the  behavior  of  an  individual  child 
in  a  nearby  school.  These  records  will  be  used  in  conjunction  with  the  advanced 
courses  in  human  development  and  this  course  will  be  taken  concurrently  with 
such  courses.  Teachers  active  in  their  jobs  while  taking  advanced  courses  in 
human  development  may  use  records  from  their  own  classrooms  for  this  course. 
A  minimum  of  one  year  of  direct  observation  of  human  behavior  is  required 
of  all  human  development  students  at  the  master's  level.  This  requirement  may 
be  satisfied  by  this  course.  (Staff.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  260.  Synthesis  of  Human  Development  Concepts.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  H.  D.  Ed.  204,  206  and  208.  A  seminar  wherein  advanced  stu- 
dents work  toward  a  personal  synthesis  of  their  own  concepts  in  human  growth 
and  development.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  seeing  the  dynamic  interrelations  be- 
tween all  processes  in  the  behavior  and  development  of  an  individual. 

(Morgan.) 

H.  D.  Ed.  270.  Seminars  in  Special  Topics  in  Human  Development. 

(2-6) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  the  instructor.  An  opportunity  for  advanced  students 
to  focus  in  depth  on  topics  of  special  interest  growing  out  of  their  basic  courses 
in  human  development.  (Morgan.) 

INDUSTRIAL  EDUCATION 

Ind.  Ed.  1.  Mechanical  Drawing.  (2) 

Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  This  course  constitutes 
an  introduction  to  orthographic  multi-view  and  isometric  projection.  Emphasis 
is  placed  upon  the  visualization  of  an  object  when  it  is  represented  by  a  multi- 
view  drawing  and  upon  the  making  of  multi-view  drawings.  The  course  carries 
through  auxiliary  views,  sectional  views,  dimensioning,  conventional  representa- 
tion and  single  stroke  letters.  (Kicklighter.) 

Ind.  Ed.  2.  Woodworking  I.  (3) 

Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $7.50.  The  course  is  de- 
signed to  give  the  student  an  orientation  into  the  woodworking  industry  with 
regard  to  materials,  products,  and  processes  while  providing  for  skill  develop- 
ment in  the  care  and  use  of  hand  and  power  tools.  (Schramm.) 

Ind.  Ed.  9.  Industrial  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School  I.  (2) 

Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  A  course  for  pre- 
service  and  in-service  elementary  school  teachers  covering  construction  activi- 
ties in  a  variety  of  media  suitable  for  classroom  use.  The  work  is  organized 
on  the  unit  basis  so  that  the  construction  aspect  is  supplemented  by  reading 
and  other  investigative  procedures.  (Gettle.) 

Ind.  Ed.  10.  Industrial  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School  II.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  Ind.  Ed.  9.  TTiis  is  a  continuation  of  Ind.  Ed.  9.  Two  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  It  provides  the  teacher  with  opportuni- 
ties to  develop  further  competence  in  construction  activities.  Some  of  the  basic 
phenomena  of  industry  are  studied,  particularly  those  which  apply  to  the  man- 
ufacture of  common  products,  housing,  transportation  and  communication. 

(Gettle.) 

61 


Industrial  Education 

Ind.  Ed.  12.  Shop  Calculations.  (3) 

Shop  Calculations  is  designed  to  develop  an  understanding  and  working  knowl- 
edge of  the  mathematical  concepts  related  to  the  various  aspects  of  industrial 
education.  The  course  includes  phases  of  algebra,  geometry,  trigonometry,  and 
general  mathematics  as  applied  to  shop  and  drawing  activities.  (Smart.) 

Ind.  Ed.  21.  Mechanical  Drawing.  (2) 

Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Ind.  Ed.  1.  Laboratory  fee,  $5.00. 
A  course  dealing  with  working  drawings,  machine  design,  pattern  layouts,  trac- 
ing and  reproduction.   Detail  drawings  followed  by  assemblies  are  presented. 

(Kicklighter.) 

Ind.  Ed.  22.  Woodworking  II.  (3) 

Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Ind.  Ed.  2,  for  industrial  arts 
teacher  education  majors.  Laboratory  fee,  $7.50.  The  course  is  designed  to 
give  the  student  a  comprehensive  knowledge  of  machine  production  with  em- 
phasis on  safety,  industrial  processes,  and  maintenance.  (Schramm.) 

Ind.  Ed.  23.  Arc  and  Gas  Welding.  (1) 

One  laboratory  period  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  A  course  designed  to 
develop  a  functional  knowledge  of  the  principles  and  use  of  electric  and 
acetylene  welding.  Practical  work  is  carried  on  in  the  construction  of  various 
projects  using  welded  joints.  Instruction  is  given  in  the  use  and  care  of  equip- 
ment, types  of  welded  joints,  methods  of  welding,  importance  of  welding 
processes  in  industry,  safety  consideration,  etc.  (Harrison.) 

Ind.  Ed.  24.  Sheet  Metal  Work.  (2) 

Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  Articles  are  made  from 
metal  in  its  sheet  form  and  involve  the  operations  of  cutting,  shaping,  solder- 
ing, riveting,  wiring,  folding,  seaming,  beading,  burning,  etc.  The  student  is 
required  to  develop  his  own  patterns  inclusive  of  parallel  line  development,  ra- 
dial line  development,  and  triangulation.  (Crosby.) 

Ind.  Ed.  26.  General  Metal  Work.  (3) 

Three  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $7.50.  This  course 
provides  experiences  in  constructing  items  from  aluminum,  brass,  copper,  pewter, 
and  steel.  The  processes  included  are  designing,  lay  out,  heat  treating,  forming, 
surface  decorating,  fastening,  and  assembling.  The  course  also  includes  a  study 
of  the  aluminum,  copper,  and  steel  industries  in  terms  of  their  basic  manufactur- 
ing processes.  (Staff.) 

Ind.  Ed.  28.  Electricity-Electronics  I.  (3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $7.50.  An  introductory  course  to  elec- 
tricity-electronics in  general,  dealing  with  electrical  circuits  and  wiring,  the 
measurement  of  electrical  energy,  the  theory  of  motors  and  generators,  and  an 
introduction  to  vacuum  tubes,  transistors  and  power  supplies.  (Guy.) 

Ind.  Ed.  31.  Mechanical  Drawing.  (2) 

Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Ind.  Ed.  1  and  31.  Laboratory 
fee,  $5.00.  A  course  dealing  with  the  topics  enumerated  in  Ind.  Ed.  21  but  on 
a  more  advanced  basis.  The  reading  of  prints  representative  of  a  variety  of 
industries  is  a  part  of  this  course.  (Luetkemeyer.) 

62 


Industrial  Education 

IND.   Ed.    33.    AUTOMOTIVES   I.    (3) 

Three  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $7.50.  Automotives 
I  is  a  study  of  the  fundamentals  of  internal  combustion  engines  as  applied  to 
transportation.  A  study  of  basic  materials  and  methods  used  in  the  auto- 
motive industry  is  included.  Shop  practices  are  built  around  the  maintenance 
and  minor  repair  of  automobiles  and  smaller  motor  driven  apparatus. 

(Merrill.) 

iND.  Ed.  34.  Graphic  Arts  I.  (3) 

Three  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $7.50.  An  intro- 
ductory course  involving  experiences  in  letterpress  and  offset  printing  practices. 
This  course  includes  typographical  design,  hand  composition,  proof  reading, 
stock  preparation,  offset  plate  making,  imposition,  lock-up,  stock  preparation, 
presswork,  linoleum,  block  cutting,  paper  marbelizing,  and  bookbinding. 

(Tierney.) 

Ind.  Ed.  41.  Architectural  Drawing.  (2) 

Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Ind.  Ed.  1  or  equivalent.  Labora- 
tory fee,  $5.00.  Practical  experience  is  provided  in  the  design  and  planning 
of  houses  and  other  buildings.  Working  drawings,  specifications,  and  blue-prints 
are  featured.  (Crosby,   Kicklighter.) 

Ind.  Ed.  42.  Woodworking  III.  (3) 

Six  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Ind.  Ed.  22.  Laboratory  fee, 
$7.50.  The  course  is  designed  to  give  the  student  a  comprehensive  knowledge 
of  contemporary  woodworking  technology  with  emphasis  on  mass  production 
techniques,  industrial  research,  and  materials  testing.  (Schramm.) 

Ind.  Ed.  43.  Automotives  II.  (3) 

Three  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Ind.  Ed.  33.  Labora- 
tory fee,  $7.50.  This  is  an  advanced  course  in  automobile  construction  and 
maintenance  covering  the  engine,  fuel  system,  ignition  system,  chassis,  and 
power  train.  Shop  practices  are  built  around  the  major  repair  and  adjustment 
of  the  above  groups.  (Merrill.) 

Ind.  Ed.  44.  Graphic  Arts  II.  (3) 

Three  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Ind.  Ed.  34.  Laboratory 
fee,  $7.50.  An  advanced  course  designed  to  provide  further  experiences  to 
letterpress  and  offset  printing  and  to  introduce  other  reproduction  processes. 
Silk  screen  printing,  dry  print  etching,  mimeograph  reproduction,  and  rubber 
stamp  making  are  the  new  processes  introduced  in  this  course.  (Tierney.) 

Ind,  Ed.  48.  Electricity-Electronics  II.  (3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Laboratory  fee.  $7.50.  Prerequisite,  I.  Ed.  28  or  equivalent. 
An  intermediate  course  designed  to  provide  more  extensive  knowledge  in  elec- 
tricity-electronics including  the  principles  of  the  transmission  and  reception  of 
radio  waves,  the  applications  of  transistors  and  other  semiconductors  and  an 
introduction  to  industrial  electronics.  (Harrison,  Guy.) 

Ind.  Ed.  50.  Methods  of  Teaching.  (3) 

(Offered  at  University  College  Centers.)  For  vocational  and  occupational 
teachers  of  shop  work  and  related  subjects.    The  identification  and  analysis  of 

63 


Industwal  Education 

factors  essential  to  helping  others  learn;  types  of  teaching  situations  and  tech- 
niques; measuring  results  and  grading  student  progress  in  shop  and  related 
technical  subjects.  (Maley.) 

Ind.  Ed.  66.  Art  Metal  Work.  (2) 

Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Ind.  Ed.  26,  or  equivalent.  Labora- 
tory fee,  $5.00.  Advanced  practicum.  It  includes  methods  of  bowl  raising  and 
bowl  ornamenting.  (Crosby.) 

Ind.  Ed,  69.  Machine  Shop  Practice  I.  (3) 

Two  three-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Ind.  Ed.  1,  or  equiva- 
lent. Laboratory  fee,  $7.50.  Bench  work,  turning,  planing,  milling,  and  drilling. 
Related  technical  information.  (Mertens.) 

Ind.  Ed.  84.  Organized  and  Supervised  Work  Experiences.  (3) 

See  description  under  Industrial  Education   124.  (Staff.) 

Ind.  Ed.  89.  Machine  Shop  Practice  II.  (2) 

Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Ind.  Ed.  69  or  equivalent.  Labora- 
tory fee,  $5.00.  Advanced  shop  practicism  in  thread  cutting  grinding,  boring, 
reaming,  and  gear  cutting.  Work-production  methods  are  employed.    (Mertens.) 

Ind.  Ed.  101.  Operational  Drawing.  (2) 

Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Ind.  Ed.  1,  or  equivalent.  Labora- 
tory fee,  $5.00.  A  comprehensive  course  designed  to  give  students  practice 
in  the  modern  drafting  methods  of  industry.  (Luetkemeyer.) 

Ind.  Ed.  105.  General  Shop.  (2) 

Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  Designed  to  meet  needs  in  organizing  and  administering 
a  secondary  school  general  shop.  Students  are  rotated  through  skill  and  knowl- 
edge developing  activities  in  a  variety  of  shop  areas.  (Gettle.) 

Ind.  Ed.  108.  Electricity-Electronics  HI.  (3) 

Six  hours  per  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $7.50.  Prerequisite,  Ind.  Ed.  28  or  equiva- 
lent. An  advanced  course  designed  to  provide  more  extensive  knowledge  in 
electricity  or  electronics  including  the  advanced  theory  and  applications  of  semi- 
conductors and  the  principles  of  the  storage  and  transmission  of  electronically 
coded  information.  (Harrison.) 

Ind.  Ed.  109.  Experimental  Electricity  and  Electronics — 
A,  B,  C,  D.  (2,  2,  2,  2) 

(Offered  in  Baltimore.)  (Guy.) 

Ind.  Ed.  110.  Foundry.  (1) 

One  laboratory  period  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  Bench  and  floor  molding 
and  elementary  core  making.  Theory  and  principles  covering  foundry  materials, 
tools  and  appliances.  (Maley.) 

Ind,  Ed.  Ill,  Laboratory  Practicum  in  Industrial  Arts 
Education,  (3) 

Three  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  eighteen  semester 
hours  of  shopwork  and  drawing.   Laboratory  fee,  $7.50.   A  course  devoted  to 

64 


Industrial  Education 

the  development  of  instructional  materials  and  the  refinement  of  instructional 
methods  pertinent  to  the  teaching  of  industrial  arts  at  the  secondary  school 
level.  (Maley.) 

IND.  Ed.  115.  Research  and  Experimentation  in  Industrial 

Arts.  (3) 

This  is  a  laboratory-seminar  course  designed  to  develop  persons  capable  of 
planning,  directing,  and  evaluating  effective  research  and  experimentation  pro- 
cedures with  the  materials,  products,  and  processes  of  industry.  (Maley.) 

Ind.  Ed.  121.  Industrl\l  Arts  in  Specl^l  Education.  (3) 

Four  hours  laboratory  per  week,  one  hour  lecture.  Prerequisite,  Sp.  Ed.  170 
and  171  or  consent  of  instructor.  Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  This  course  provides 
experiences  of  a  technical  and  theoretical  nature  in  industrial  processes  ap- 
plicable for  classroom  use.  Emphasis  is  placed  on  individual  research  in  the 
specific  area  of  one  major  interest  in  special  education.  (Staff.) 

Ind.  Ed.  124.  Organized  and  Supervised  Work  Experiences. 

(3  credits  for  each  internship  period  total:  6  credits).  This  is  a  work  experi- 
ence sequence  planned  for  students  enrolled  in  the  curriculum,  "Education  for 
Industry."  The  purpose  is  to  provide  the  students  with  opportunities  for  first- 
hand experiences  with  business  and  industry.  The  student  is  responsible  for 
obtaining  his  own  employment  with  the  coordinator  advising  him  in  regard  to 
the  job  opportunities  which  have  optimum  learning  value.  The  nature  of  the 
work  experience  desired  is  outlined  at  the  outset  of  employment  and  the 
evaluations  made  by  the  student  and  the  coordinator  are  based  upon  the 
planned  experiences.  The  time  basis  for  each  internship  period  is  6  forty-hour 
weeks  or  240  work  hours.  Any  one  period  of  internship  must  be  served  through 
continuous  employment  in  a  single  establishment.  Two  internships  are  required. 
The  two  internships  may  be  served  with  the  same  business  or  industry.  The 
completion  for  credit  of  any  period  of  internship  requires  the  employer's 
recommendation  in  terms  of  satisfactory  work  and  work  attitudes.  More 
complete  details  are  found  in  the  handbook  prepared  for  the  student  of  this 
curriculum.  (Merrill.) 

Ind.  Ed.  125,  126.  Industrial  Training  in  Industry  I,   II,    (3,   3) 

The  first  course  is  designed  to  provide  an  overview  of  the  function  of  indus- 
trial training,  type  of  programs,  organization,  development  and  evaluation. 
The  second  course  (prerequisite  the  first  course)  is  designed  to  study  specific 
training  programs  in  a  variety  of  industries,  plant  program  visitation,  training 
program  development,  and  analyses  of  industrial  training  research.      (Merrill.) 

Ind.  Ed.  140  (Ed.  140).  Curriculum,  Instruction,  and 

Observation.  (3) 

Major  functions  and  specific  contributions  of  industrial  art  education;  its 
relation  to  the  general  objectives  of  the  junior  and  senior  high  schools,  selec- 
tion and  organization  of  subject  matter  in  terms  of  modern  practices  and  needs; 
methods  of  instruction;  expected  outcomes;  measuring  results;  professional 
standards.   Twenty  periods  of  observation.  (Luetkemeyer.) 

Ind.  Ed.  143.  Industrial  Safety  Education  I.  (2) 

This  course  deals  briefly  with  the  history  and  development  of  effective  safety 

65 


Industrial  Education 

programs  in  modem  industry  and  treats  causes,  effects,  and  values  of  industrial 
safety  education  inclusive  of  fire  prevention  and  hazard  controls. 

(Korb,  Crosby.) 

Ind.  Ed.  144.  Industrial  Safety  Education  II.  (2) 

In  this  course  exemplary  safety  practices  are  studied  through  conference  dis- 
cussions, group  demonstration,  and  organized  plant  visits  to  selected  industrial 
situations.  Methods  of  fire  precautions  and  safety  practices  are  emphasized. 
Evaluative  criteria  in  safety  programs  are  formulated.  (Korb,  Crosby.) 

Ind.  Ed.  148.  Student  Teaching  in  the  Secondary  Schools.  (2-8) 

First  and  second  semesters.  See  Ed.  148  for  additional  requirements.  Fee,  $24 
for  students  who  do  not  pay  the  regular  instructional  materials  fee.       (Tiemey.) 

Ind.  Ed.  150.  Training  Aids  Development.  (3) 

Study  of  the  aids  in  common  use  as  to  their  source  and  application.  Special 
emphasis  is  placed  on  principles  to  be  observed  in  making  aids  useful  to  shop 
teachers.    Actual  construction  and  application  of  such  devices  will  be  required. 

(Maley.) 

Ind.  Ed.  157.  Tests  and  Measurements.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Ed.  150  or  consent  of  instructor.  The  construction  of  objective 
tests  for  occupational  and  vocational  subjects.  (Luetkemeyer.) 

Ind.  Ed.  160.  Essentials  of  Design.  (2) 

Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Ind.  Ed.  1  and  basic  shop  work. 
Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  A  study  of  the  basic  principles  of  design  and  practice 
in  their  application  to  the  construction  of  shop  projects.  (Luetkemeyer.) 

Ind.  Ed.  161.  Principles  of  Vocational  Guidance.  (2) 

This  course  identifies  and  applies  the  underlying  principles  of  guidance  to  the 
problems  of  educational  and  vocational  adjustment  of  students.  (Staflf.) 

Ind.  Ed.  164.  Laboratory  Organization  and  Management.  (3) 

This  course  covers  the  basic  elements  of  organizing  and  managing  an  indus- 
trial education  program  including  the  selection  of  equipment  and  the  arrange- 
ment of  the  shop.  (Crosby,  Schramm.) 

Ind.  Ed.  165.  Modern  Industry.  (3) 

This  course  provides  an  overview  of  manufacturing  industry  in  the  American 
social,  economic,  and  culture  pattern.  Representative  basic  industries  are  studied 
from  the  viewpoints  of  personnel  and  management  organization,  industrial  re- 
lations, production  procedures,  distribution  of  products,  and  the  like. 

(Harrison.) 

Ind.  Ed.  166.  Educational  Foundations  of  Industrial  Arts.     (2) 

A  study  of  the  factors  which  place  industrial  arts  education  in  any  well- 
rounded  program  of  general  education.  (Luetkemeyer.) 

Ind.  Ed.  167.  Problems  in  Occupational  Education.  (3) 

TTie  purpose  of  this  course  is  to  secure,  assemble,  organize,  and  interpret  data 
relative  to  the  scope,  character,  and  effectiveness  of  occupational  education. 

(Staflf.) 

66 


Intdustrial  Education 
Ind.  Ed.  169.  Occupational  Analysis  and  Course  Construction.  (3) 

Provides  a  working  knowledge  of  occupational  and  job  analysis  and  applies 
the  techniques  in  building  and  reorganizing  courses  of  study  for  effective  use 
in  vocational  and  occupational  schools.  xStaff.) 

Ind.  Ed.  171.  History  and  Principles  of  Vocational  Education.  (3) 

An  overview  of  the  development  of  vocational  education  from  primitive  times 
to  the  present  with  special  emphasis  given  to  the  vocational  education  move- 
ment within  the  American  program  of  public  education.  (Luetkemeyer.) 

Ind.  Ed.  175.  Recent  Technological  Developments  in 
Products  and  Processes.  (3) 

This  course  is  designed  to  give  the  student  an  understanding  of  recent  tech- 
nological developments  as  they  pertain  to  the  products  and  processes  of 
industry.  The  nature  of  the  newer  products  and  processes  is  studied  as  well 
as  their  effect  upon  modem  industry  and/or  society.  (Crosby.) 

For  Graduates 
Ind.  Ed.  207.  Philosophy  of  Industrial  Arts  Education.  (3) 

This  course  is  intended  to  assist  the  student  in  his  development  of  a  point  of 
view  in  regard  to  industrial  arts  and  its  relationship  with  the  total  educational 
program.  He  should  thereby,  have  a  "yardstick"  for  appraising  current  pro- 
cedures and  proposals  and  an  articulateness  for  his  own  professional  area. 

(Harrison.) 

Ind.  Ed.  214.  School  Shop  Planning  and  Equipment 
Selection.  (3) 

This  course  deals  with  principles  involved  in  planning  a  school  shop  and  pro- 
vides opportunities  for  applying  these  principles.  Facilities  required  in  the 
operation  of  a  satisfactory  shop  program  are  catalogued  and  appraised. 

(Tiemey.) 

Ind.  Ed.  216.  Supervision  of  Industrial  Arts.  (2) 

(Tiemey.) 
Ind.  Ed.  220.  Organization,  Administration  and  Supervision  of 
Vocational  Education.  (2) 

This  course  surveys  objectively  organization,  administration,  supervision,  cur- 
ricular  spread  and  view  point,  and  the  present  status  of  vocational  education. 

(Staff.) 

Ind.  Ed.  240.  Research  in  Industrial  Arts  and  Vocational 
Education.  (2) 

This  is  a  course  offered  by  arrangement  for  persons  who  are  conducting  re- 
search in  the  areas  of  industrial  arts  and  vocational  education.  (Staff.) 

Ind.  Ed.  241.  Content  and  Method  of  Industrial  Arts.  (3) 

Various  methods  and  procedures  used  in  curriculum  development  are  examined 
and  those  suited  to  the  field  of  Industrial  Arts  education  are  applied.  Methods 
of  and  devices  for  industrial  arts  instruction  are  studied  and  practiced. 

(Maley.) 

Ind.  Ed.  248.  Seminar  in  Industrial  Arts  and  Vocational 
Education.  (2) 

(Staff.) 

67 


Library  Science  Education 

Ind.  Ed.  250.  Teacher  Education  in  Industrial  Arts.  (3) 

This  course  is  intended  for  the  Industrial  Arts  teacher  educator  at  the  college 
level.  It  deals  with  the  function  and  historical  development  of  Industrial  Arts 
Teacher  education.  Other  areas  of  content  include  administration  program 
and  program  development,  physical  facilities  and  requirements,  staff  organiza- 
tion and  relationships,  college-secondary  school  relationships,  philosophy  and 
evaluation.  (Harrison.) 

LIBRARY  SCIENCE  EDUCATION 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

L.  S.  Ed.  120.  Introduction  to  LiBRARiANsmp.  (3) 

An  overview  of  the  library  profession.  Development  of  public,  academic,  special, 
and  school  library  services.  History  of  books  and  libraries.  The  library  as  a 
social  institution.  The  impact  of  communication  media  on  society.  Philosophy 
of  librarianship.    Professional  standards,  organizations  and  publications. 

(E.  Anderson.) 

L.  S.  Ed.  122.  Basic  Reference  and  Information  Sources.  (3) 

Evaluation,  selection,  and  utilization  of  information  sources,  in  subject  areas, 
including  encyclopedias,  dictionaries,  periodical  indexes,  atlases,  yearbooks. 
Study  of  bibliographical  methods  and  form.  (D.  Brown,  James.) 

L.  S.  Ed.  124.  Book  Selection  and  Evaluation  for  CinLDREN 

and  Youth.  (3) 

Principles  of  book  selection  for  school  libraries  and  children's  collections.  Book 
selection  aids  and  reviewing  media.  Influence  of  the  community  and  curriculum 
on  selection.  Evaluation  of  published  editions,  translations,  series.  (D.  Brown.) 

L.  S.  Ed.  126.  Cataloging  and  Classification  of  Library 

Materuls.  (3) 

Principles  and  practice  in  the  organization  of  library  materials.  Dewey  Decimal 
Classification,  rules  for  the  dictionary  catalog.  Sears  subject  headings.  Treat- 
ment of  non-book  materials.   Cataloging  aids  and  tools.  (James.) 

L.  S.  Ed.  128.  School  Library  Administration  and  Service.  (3) 

Acquisition,  circulation,  utilization  and  maintenance  of  library  materials.  Organi- 
zation of  effective  school  library  programs.  School  library  quarters  and  equip- 
ment.   Publicity  and  exhibits.   Evaluation  of  library  services. 

(E.  Anderson,  D.  Brown.) 

L.  S.  Ed.  130.  Library  Materials  for  Children.  (3) 

Reading  interests  of  children.  Advanced  study  of  children's  literature.  Survey 
and  selection  of  informational  materials  in  subject  fields  including:  books, 
periodicals,  films,  filmstrips,  records,  pictures,  pamphlet  materials. 

(D.  Brown,  James.) 

L.  S.  Ed.  132.  Library  Materials  for  Youth.  (3) 

Reading  interests  of  young  people.  Literature  for  adolescents.  Selection  of  in- 
formational materials  in  subject  fields  including:  books,  periodicals,  films,  film- 
strips,  records,  pictures,  pamphlet  materials.  (E.  Anderson.) 

68 


Academic  Education 
SECONDARY  EDUCATION 

GENERAL  AND  ACADEMIC  EDUCATION 
Sec.  Ed.  130.  The  Junior  High  School.  (2-3) 

A  general  overview  of  the  junior  high  school.  Purposes,  functions  and  character- 
istics of  this  school  unit;  a  study  of  its  population,  organization,  program  of 
studies,  methods,  staff,  and  other  topics,  together  with  their  implications  for 
prospective  teachers.  (Grambs.) 

Sec.  Ed.  133.^^  Methods  of  Teaching  Social  Studies  in  Secondary 
Schools.  (2-3) 

Designed  io  give  practical  training  in  the  everyday  teaching  situations.  Use  of 
various  lesson  techniques,  audio  and  visual  aids,  reference  materials,  and  testing 
programs  and  the  adaption  of  teaching  methods  to  individual  and  group  dif- 
ferences.   Present  tendencies  and  aims  of  instruction  in  the  social  studies. 

(Risinger,  Fitch,  Farrell.) 

Sec.  Ed.  134.  Materials  and  Procedures  for  the  Secondary  School 
Core  Curriculum.  (3) 

Laboratory  fee,  $1.00.  This  course  is  designed  to  bring  practical  suggestions 
to  teachers  who  are  in  charge  of  core  classes  in  junior  and  senior  high  schools. 
Materials  and  teaching  procedures  for  specific  units  of  work  are  stressed. 

(Grambs.) 

Sec.  Ed.  137.2o  Methods  of  Teaching  Mathematics  in  Secondary 
Schools.  (3) 

Considers  the  methods  and  procedures  for  presenting  secondary  mathematics 
in  a  meaningful  way.  Special  attention  will  be  given  to  the  new  experimental 
materials  which  have  been  prepared  for  grades  7-12  and  the  techniques  needed 
to  teach  these  courses.  jGarstens,  Henkelman.) 

Sec.  Ed.  138.2°    Methods    of    Teaching    Science    in    Secondary 
(3) 

Laboratory  fee,  $2.00.  Considers  such  topics  as  the  objectives,  selection,  or- 
ganization, and  presentation  of  subject  matter,  appropriate  classroom  methods 
and  procedures,  instructional  materials  and  evaluation  of  learning  experiences 
in  the  areas  of  science.  (Lockard.) 

Sec.  Ed.  139.  Speech  Methods  and  Resources  in  Secondary 
Schools.  (3) 

Practical  suggestions  for  developing  curricular  and  extra-curricular  speech  pro- 
grams. Planning  units  and  courses  of  study,  current  trends,  and  aims  of  speech 
education,  use  of  printed  and  audio-visual  materials,  evaluating  of  performance, 
directed  speech  activities,  and  the  teaching  of  listening.  (Frank.) 

Sec.  Ed.  140.  Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observation.  (3) 

First  and/or  second  semesters.  Offered  in  separate  sections  for  the  various  sub- 
ject matter   areas   namely,    English,   social   studies,   foreign   language,   science, 


"  This  course  is  designed  for  teachers  in  service  and  is  not  open  to  regular  under- 
graduate students. 

69 


Academic  Education 

mathematics,  art  education,  business  education,  home  economics  education, 
industrial  education,  music  education,  physical  education,  and  speech  education. 
Registration  cards  must  include  the  subject-matter  area  as  well  as  the  name  and 
number  of  the  course.  The  objectives,  selection  and  organization  of  subject 
matter,  appropriate  methods,  lesson  plans,  textbooks,  and  other  instructional 
materials,  measurement,  and  other  topics  pertinent  to  the  particular  subject 
matter  area  are  treated.  Twenty  periods  of  observation.  Students  must  reserve 
all  day  each  Wednesday  for  observation  in  public  schools.  (Staff.) 

Sec.  Ed.  141.'"  Methods  of  Teaching  English  in  Secondary  Schools. 
(3) 

Content  and  method  in  teaching  the  English  language  arts.        (Bryan,  Rodgers.) 

Sec.  Ed.  142.  Teaching  the  Audio-Lingual  Skills  in  Foreign 
Languages.  (3) 

Graduate  credit  allowed  by  special  arrangement  and  adviser's  approval.  De- 
signed for  high  school  teachers.  Methods  in  making  and  using  tape  recordings, 
using  electronic  laboratories,  developing  oral-aural  skills  and  direct  approach  to 
language  teaching  are  emphasized.  (Kelly,  Beusch.) 

Sec.  Ed.  145.  Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters;  summer  session.  This  course  is  concerned  with  the 
principles  and  methods  of  teaching  in  junior  and  senior  high  schools.  Instruc- 
tional problems  common  to  all  of  the  subject  fields  are  considered  in  relation 
to  the  needs  and  interests  of  youth,  the  urgent  social  problems  of  today,  and 
the  central  values  to  which  our  society  is  committed. 

(Adkins,  Funavo,  Pickett,  Van  Ness.) 

Sec.  Ed.  148.  Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools.  (2-8) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Fee,  $24  for  students  who  do  not  pay  the  regular 
instructional  materials  fee.  In  order  to  be  admitted  to  a  course  in  student  teach- 
ing, a  student  must  have  an  overall  grade  point  average  of  2.30,  a  doctor's 
certificate  indicating  that  the  applicant  is  free  of  communicable  diseases,  and  the 
consent  of  the  instructor  to  the  appropriate  area.  He  must  have  been  previously 
enrolled  at  the  University  of  Maryland  for  at  least  one  semester.  Undergradu- 
ate credit  only.  Application  forms  for  this  course  must  be  submitted  to  the  ap- 
propriate adviser  by  the  middle  of  the  semester  preceding  the  one  in  which  an 
assignment  is  desired.  Students  who  register  for  this  course  serve  as  apprentice 
teachers  in  the  schools  to  which  they  are  assigned.  For  8  credits,  full  time  for 
one-half  of  the  semester  is  devoted  to  this  work.  For  experienced  teachers 
and  students  in  physical  education  and  music  education  who  are  planning  to  split 
student  teaching  assignment  in  elementary  and  secondary  schools,  the  time  and 
credit  may  be  modified.  (Staff.) 

For  Graduates 

Sec.  Ed.  239.  Seminar  in  Secondary  Education.  (2) 

(Risinger,  Adkins,  McClure.) 


"These  courses  are  designed  for  teachers  in  service  and  are  not  open  to  regular 
undergraduates. 

70 


Business  Education 
Sec.  Ed.  240.  Trends  in  Secondary  School  Curriculum.  (3) 

A.  English  B.  Foreign  Languages.  C.  Mathematics.  D.  Science.  E.  Social 
Studies.     F.  Speech.     G.  General. 

Recent  developments  in  educational  thinking  and  practice  which  have  affected 
the  curriculum  in  one  of  the  specified  areas.  (Staff.) 

Sec.  Ed.  247.  Seminar  in  Science  Education.    (2) 

An  opportunity  to  pursue  special  problems  in  curriculum  making,  course  of 
study  development,  or  other  science  teaching  problems.  Class  members  may 
work  on  problems  related  directly  to  their  own  school  situations. 

(Lockard.) 

Sec.  Ed.  268.  Seminar  in  Educational  Sociology.  (2) 

(Grambs,  Risinger.) 
BUSINESS  EDUCATION 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

B.  Ed.  100.  Techniques  of  Teaching  Office  Skills.  (3) 

First  semester.  An  examination  and  evaluation  of  the  aims,  methods,  and  course 
contents  of  each  of  the  office  skill  subjects  offered  in  the  high  school  curriculum. 

(Patrick.) 

B.  Ed.  101.  Problems  in  Teaching  Office  Skills.  (3) 

Problems  in  development  of  occupational  competency,  achievement  tests,  stand- 
ards of  achievement,  instructional  materials,  transcription,  and  the  integration 
of  office  skills.  (Patrick.) 

B.  Ed.  102.  Methods  and  Materials  in  Teaching  Bookkeeping, 
AND  Related  Subjects.  (3) 

Important  problems  and  procedures  in  the  mastery  of  bookkeeping  and  related 
office  knowledge  and  the  skills  including  a  consideration  of  materials  and  teach- 
ing procedures.  (Patrick.) 

B.  Ed.  104.  Basic  Business  Education  in  the  Secondary 

Schools.  (3) 

Includes  consideration  of  course  objectives;  subject  matter  selection;  and  methods 
of  organizing  and  presenting  business  principles,  knowledge,  and  practices. 

(Patrick.) 

For  Graduates 

B.  Ed.  200.  Administration  and  Supervision  of  Business 
Education.  (3) 

Major  emphasis  on  departmental  organization  and  its  role  in  the  school  pro- 
gram, curriculum,  equipment,  budget-making,  supervision,  guidance,  placement 
and  follow-up.  school-community  relationships,  qualifications  and  selection  of 
teaching  staff,  visual  aids  and  in-service  programs  for  teacher  development.  For 
administrators,  supervisors,  and  teachers.  (Patrick.) 

B.  Ed.  205.  Seminar  in  Business  Education.  (2) 

The  study  and  evaluation  of  the  literature  and  research  in  business  education. 

(Patrick.) 

71 


Music  Education 

B.  Ed.  255.  Principles  and  Problems  of  Business  Education.  (2-3) 

Principles,  objectives,  and  practices  in  business  education;  occupational  founda- 
tions; current  attitudes  of  business,  labor  and  school  leaders;  general  business 
education  relation  to  consumer  business  education  and  to  education  in  general. 

(Patrick.) 

B.  Ed.  256.  Curriculum  Development  in  Business 

Education.  (2-3) 

This  course  is  especially  designed  for  graduate  students  interested  in  devoting 
the  summer  session  to  a  concentrated  study  of  curriculum  planning  in  business 
education.  Emphasis  will  be  placed  on  the  philosophy  and  objectives  of  the 
business  education  program,  and  on  curriculum  research  and  organization  of 
appropriate  course  content.  (Staff.) 

HOME  ECONOMICS  EDUCATION 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
H.  E.  Ed.  102.  Problems  in  Teaching  Home  Economics.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  H.  E.  Ed.  140.  A  study  of  the  manage- 
rial aspects  of  teaching  and  administering  a  home-making  program;  the  physical 
environment,  organization,  and  sequence  of  instructional  units,  resource  ma- 
terials, evaluation,  home  projects.  (Spencer,  Lemmon.) 

H.  E.  Ed.  120.  Evaluation  of  Home  Economics.  (3) 

The  meaning  and  function  of  evaluation  in  education;  the  development  of  a 
plan  for  evaluating  a  homemaking  program  with  emphasis  upon  types  of  evalua- 
tion devices,  their  construction,  and  use.  (Spencer,  Lemmon.) 

H.  E.  Ed.  140.  Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observation.  (3) 

The  place  and  function  of  home  economics  education  in  the  secondary  school 
curriculum.  Philosophy  of  education  for  home  and  family  living;  characteris- 
tics of  adolescence,  construction  of  source  units,  lesson  plans,  and  evaluation 
devices;  directed  observation  in  junior  and  senior  high  school  home  economics 
departments.  (Spencer.) 

H.  E.  Ed.  200.  Seminar  in  Home  Economics  Education.  (2) 

(Spencer,  Lemmon.) 

H.  E.  Ed.  202.  Trends  in  The  Teaching  and  Supervision  of 
Home  Economics.  (2-4) 

Study  of  home  economics  programs  and  practices  in  light  of  current  educational 
trends.  Interpretation  and  analysis  of  democratic  teaching  procedures,  outcomes 
of  instruction,  and  supervisory  practices.  (Spencer,  Lemmon.) 

MUSIC  EDUCATION 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

Mus.  Ed.  125.  Creative  Activities  in  the  Elementary 
School.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  Music  16  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  creative  ap- 
proach to  singing,  listening,  playing,  rhythmic  activity,  and  composition.  These 
topics  are  studied  in  correlation  with  other  areas  and  creative  programs. 

(Grentzer.) 

72 


Music  Education 

Mus.  Ed.  128.  Music  for  the  Elementary  Classroom 
Teacher.  (2-3) 

Prerequisite,  Music  16  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  study  of  the  group  activities 
and  materials  through  which  the  child  experiences  music.  The  course  is  de- 
signed to  aid  the  classroom  teacher.  It  includes  an  outline  of  objectives  and  a 
survey  of  instructional  methods.  (Eisenstadt.) 

Mus.  Ed.  129.  Methods  and  Materuls  for  Class  Instrumental 
Instruction.  (2) 

Prerequisite  or  concurrent  registration  in  Music  61-66. 

Two  one-hour  laboratories  and  one  lecture  per  week.  Instructional  materials 
for  instrumental  classes  in  elementary  and  junior  high  schools  with  emphasis  on 
rehearsal  techniques  and  including  wind,  string,  and  percussion  areas. 

(Dunham.) 

Mus.  Ed.  132.  Music  in  Secondary  Schools.  (2-3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

A  study  of  the  music  program  in  the  secondary  schools  with  the  emphasis  on 
methods  and  materials  for  general  music.  The  needs  in  general  music  are  sur- 
veyed, and  the  relationship  of  music  to  the  general  education  program  is 
investigated.  (Eisenstadt.) 

Mus.  Ed.  139.  Music  for  the  Elementary  School  Specialist.  (2) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  A  survey  of  instructional 
materials;  objectives;  organization  of  subject  matter;  lesson  planning  methods 
and  procedures  in  singing,  listening,  rhythms,  simple  instruments,  and  creative 
activities  for  the  music  specialist  in  the  elementary  school.   (Eisenstadt,  Shelley.) 

Mus.  Ed.  155.  Organization  and  Technique  of  Instrumental 
Class  Instruction.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Practical  instruction  in  the  methods  of  tone 
production,  tuning,  fingering,  and  in  the  care  of  woodwind  and  brass  instru- 
ments.   A  survey  of  the  materials  and  published  methods  for  class  instruction. 

(Dunham.) 

Mus.  Ed.  163.  Band  and  Orchestra  Techniques  and 
Administration.  (2) 

Prerequisite:  Music  61-67  and  161.  Two  lectures  per  week.  Intensive  study  of 
instructional  materials,  organization,  scheduling,  budgeting,  purchasing,  and 
programming  for  the  high  school  instrumental  program.  Band  pageantry  will  be 
included.  (Dunham.) 

Mus.  Ed.  170.  Methods  and  Materials  for  Class  Piano 
Instruction.  (2) 

The  study  of  the  principles  and  techniques  of  teaching  class  piano.  The  following 
groups,  beginning  and  advanced,  will  be  used  for  demonstrations:  elementary 
school  children,  junior  and  senior  high  school  students,  adults.  Special  em- 
phasis will  be  placed  on  the  analysis  of  materials.  (de  Vermond.) 

Mus.  Ed.  171.  String  Teaching  in  the  Public  Schools.  (2) 

A  study  of  the  problems  of  organizing  and  developing  the  string  program  in 
the  public  schools.    Emphasis  is  placed  on  exploratory  work  in  string  instru- 

73 


Music  Education 

ments,  on  the  study  of  teaching  techniques,  and  on  the  analysis  of  music 
literature  for  solo,  small  ensembles,  and  orchestra.  (Herman.) 

Mus.  Ed.  173.  The  Vocal  Music  Teacher  and  School 

Organization.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  practice  teaching  or  teaching  experience,  or  concurrent  registration 
in  practice  teaching.  Intensive  study  of  the  function  of  the  vocal  music  teacher 
in  the  elementary  and  secondary  schools.  Open  to  graduate  students  by  per- 
mission of  instructor.  (Eisenstadt,  Shelley.) 

Mus.  Ed.  175.  Methods  and  Materials  in  Vocal  Music  for 
Secondary  Schools.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  A  survey  of  suitable  vocal  and  choral 
repertoire  for  the  high  school.  Problems  of  diction,  interpretation,  tone  pro- 
duction, and  phrasing.  The  course  is  designed  primarily  for  choral  directors 
and  teachers  of  voice  classes.  (Grentzer.) 

Mus.  Ed.  180.  Instrumental  Music  for  Secondary  Schools.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  A  survey  of  the  repertoires  for  high  school 
orchestra,  band,  and  small  ensemble.  Problems  of  interpretation,  intonation, 
tone  quality,  and  rehearsal  techniques.  The  course  may  be  repeated  for  credit, 
since  different  repertoires  are  covered  each  time  the  course  is  offered.  (Dunham.) 

For  Graduates    • 

Mus.  Ed.  200.  Research  Methods  in  Music  and  Music 
Education.  (3) 

The  application  of  methods  of  research  to  problems  in  the  fields  of  music  and 
music  education.  The  preparation  of  bibliographies  and  the  written  exposition  of 
research  projects  in  the  area  of  the  student's  major  interest.  (Grentzer.) 

Mus.  Ed.  201.  Administration  and  Supervision  of  Music 
in  the  Public  Schools.  (3) 

The  study  of  basic  principles  and  practice  of  supervision  and  administration  with 
emphasis  on  curriculum  construction,  scheduling,  budgets,  directing  of  in-service 
teaching,  personnel  problems,  and  school-community  relationships.       (Grentzer.) 

Mus.  Ed.  204.  Current  Trends  in  Music  Education.  (3) 

A  survey  of  current  philosophies  and  objectives  of  music  in  the  schools.  The 
scope  and  sequence  of  the  music  curricula,  vocal  and  instrumental,  on  the  ele- 
mentary and  secondary  levels.  (Grentzer.) 

Mus.  Ed.  205.  Vocal  Music  in  the  Elementary  Schools.  (3) 

A  comparative  analysis  of  current  methods  and  materials  used  in  the  elementary 
schools.  A  study  of  the  music  curriculum  as  a  part  of  the  total  school  pro- 
gram, and  of  the  roles  of  the  classroom  teacher  and  the  music  specialist. 

(Grentzer.) 

Mus.  Ed.  206.  Choral  Conducting  and  Repertoire.  (3) 

The  study  and  reading  of  choral  literature  of  all  periods,  including  the  contem- 
porary, suitable  for  use  in  school  and  community  choruses.  Style,  interpretation, 
tone  quality,  diction,  rehearsal  and  conducting  techniques  are  analyzed.    (Staff.) 

74 


Special  Education 
Mus.  Ed.  207.  Vocal  Music  in  the  Secondary  Schools.  (3) 

A  comparative  analysis  of  current  methods  and  materials  used  in  teaching 
junior  and  senior  high-school  classes  in  general  music,  history  and  appreciation, 
theory,  and  voice,  and  in  directing  choral  groups  and  community  singing. 

(Grentzer.) 

Mus.  Ed.  208.  The  Teaching  of  Music  Appreciation.  (3) 

A  study  of  the  objectives  for  the  elementary  and  secondary  levels;  the  techniques 
of  directed  listening,  the  presentation  of  theoretical  and  biographical  materials, 
course  planning,  selection  and  use  of  audio-visual  aids  and  library  materials, 
and  the  correlation  between  music  and  other  arts.  (Ulrich.) 

Mus.  Ed.  209.  Seminar  in  Instrumental  Music.  (2) 

A  consideration  of  acoustical  properties  and  basic  techniques  of  the  instruments. 
Problems  of  ensemble  and  balance,  intonation,  precision,  and  interpretation  are 
studied.  Materials  and  musical  literature  for  orchestra,  bands,  and  small  en- 
sembles are  evaluated.  (Dunham.) 

Mus.  Ed.  210.  Advanced  Orchestration  and  Band  Arranging 
(Seminar).  (2) 

Prerequisite,  Music  147  or  the  equivalent,  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  A  study 
of  arranging  and  transcription  procedures  in  scoring  for  the  orchestra  and  band. 
Special  attention  is  given  to  the  arranging  problems  of  the  instrumental  director 
in  the  public  schools.  (Trimble.) 

Mus.  Ed.  250.  History  and  Aesthetics  of  Music  Education.     (3) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  The  study  of  the  development  of  peda- 
gogical practices  in  music  education,  their  aesthetic  implications  and  educational 
values.  (Grentzer.) 

SPECIAL  EDUCATION 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Sp.  Ed.  170,  Introduction  to  Special  Education.  (3) 

Designed  to  give  an  understanding  of  the  needs  of  all  types  of  exceptional  chil- 
dren, stressing  preventive  and  remedial  measures.        (Campbell,  Renz,  Simms.) 

Sp.  Ed.  171.  Characteristics  of  Exceptional  Children.  (3-6) 

A.  Mentally  Retarded.  B.  Gifted.  C.  Perceptual  Learning  Problems.  Prerequi- 
site, Sp.  Ed.  170  or  equivalent.  Studies  the  diagnosis,  etiology,  physical,  social, 
and  emotional  characteristics  of  exceptional  children.  (Renz,  Simms.) 

Sp.  Ed.  172.  Education  of  Exceptional  Children.  (3-6) 

A.  Mentally  Retarded.  B.  Gifted.  C.  Perceptual  Learning  Problems.  Prerequi- 
site, Sp.  Ed.  171  or  equivalent.  Offers  practical  and  specific  methods  of  teaching 
exceptional  children.    Selected  observation  of  actual  teaching  may  be  arranged. 

(Campbell,  Simms.) 

Sp.  Ed.  173.  Curriculum  for  Exceptional  Children.  (3-6) 

A.  Mentally  Retarded.  B.  Gifted.  Prerequisite,  Sp.  Ed.  171  or  equivalent.  Ex- 
amines the  principles  and  objectives  guiding  curriculum  for  exceptional  chil- 

75 


Special  Education 

dren;  gives  experience  in  developing  curriculum  for  these  children;  studies 
various  curricula  currently  in  use.  (Campbell,  Hebeler.) 

Sp.  Ed.  175.  Education  of  the  Slow  Learner.  (3) 

Course  content  includes  the  characteristics  of  the  slow  learner  and  those  edu- 
cational practices  which  are  appropriate  for  the  child  who  is  functioning  as  a 
slow  learner.  (Hebeler.) 

For  Graduates 
Sp.  Ed.  200.  Exceptional  Cidldren  and  Youth.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Deals  primarily  with  research  relevant  to 
the  intellectual,  psychological,  physical,  and  emotional  characteristics  of  excep- 
tional children.  (Renz.) 

Sp.  Ed,  201.  Emotionally  Handicapped  Children  and  Youth.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Special  Education  200  and  consent  of  instructor.  Deals  with  epi- 
demiology, etiology  classification,  diagnostic  procedures,  behavioral  character- 
istics, treatment  and  prevention  of  child  and  adolescent  disturbances.      (Huber.) 

Sp.  Ed.  205.  The  Exceptional  Child  and  Society.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Sp.  Ed.  200  or  consent  of  instructor.  Relationship  of  the  role  and 
adjustment  of  the  child  and/or  adult  and  exceptionality  to  societal  character- 
istics. (Renz.) 

Sp.  Ed.  210.  Administration  and  Supervision  of  Special 
Education  Programs.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Consideration  of  the  determination,  estab- 
lishment and  function  of  educational  programs  for  exceptional  children  for 
administrative  and  supervisory  personnel.  (Hebeler.) 

Sp.  Ed.  215.  Evaluation  and  Measurement  of  Exceptional 
Children  and  Youth.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Ed.  150,  151,  Sp.  Ed.  200. 

Deals  with  the  understanding  and  interpretation  of  the  results  of  psychological 

and  educational  tests  applicable  for  use  with  exceptional  children. 

(Simms,  Campbell.) 

Sp.  Ed.  220.  Educational  Diagnosis  and  Planning  for 
Exceptional  Children  and  Youth.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Sp.  Ed.  215.  Deals  with  the  identification  of  learning  characteris- 
tics of  exceptional  children  and  the  planning  of  appropriate  programs. 

(Campbell,  Hebeler.) 

Sp.  Ed.  221.  Psycho-Educational  Programming  with  Emotionally 
Handicapped  Children  and  Youth.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  Special  Education  200,  Special  Education  201  and  consent  of  in- 
structor. Deals  with  factors  pertinent  to  therapeutic  education  of  disturbed 
children  and  adolescents  in  special  treatment  settings.  (Huber.) 

Sp.  Ed.  225.  Problems  in  the  Education  of  the  Mentally 
Retarded.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  9  hours  Sp.  Ed.  including  Sp.  Ed.  200,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Consideration  of  the  pertinent  psychological,  educational,  medical,  sociological 

76 


Special  Education 

and  other  relevant  research  and  theoretical  material  relevant  to  the  determina- 
tion of  trends,  practices,  regarding  the  mentally  retarded.  (Renz.) 

Sp.  Ed.  230.  Problems  in  the  Education  of  the  Gifted.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  9  hours  Sp.  Ed.  including  Sp.  Ed.  200  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Consideration  of  the  pertinent  psychological,  educational,  medical,  sociological 
and  other  relevant  research  and  theoretical  material  relevant  to  the  determina- 
tion of  trends,  practices,  regarding  the  gifted.  (Hebeler,  Simms.) 

Sp.  Ed.  235.  Problems  in  the  Education  of  Children  with 
Emotional  Disturbances.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  9  hours  Sp.  Ed.  including  Sp.  Ed.  200  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Consideration  of  the  pertinent  psychological,  educational,  medical,  sociological 
and  other  relevant  research  and  theoretical  material  relevant  to  the  determina- 
tion of  trends,  practices,  regarding  the  emotionally  disturbed.  (Huber.) 

Sp.  Ed.  240.  Problems  in  the  Education  of  Children  with 
Perceptual  Impairment.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  6  hours  in  Education  of  the  Perceptually  Impaired,  Special  Educa- 
tion 215,  and  Special  Education  220  or  consent  of  instructor.  Consideration  of 
the  pertinent  psychological,  educational,  medical,  sociological  and  other  relevant 
research  and  theoretical  material  relevant  to  research  and  relevant  to  the 
determination  of  trends  and  practices  regarding  the  perceptually  impaired. 

(Hebeler,  Campbell.) 

Sp.  Ed.  278.  Seminar  in  Special  Education.  (2) 

Prerequisite,  9  hours  in  Special  Education  or  consent  of  instructor.  An  overview 
of  education  of  exceptional  children.  (Hebeler.) 


Note:  For  courses  in  physical  education  and  health  education  see  the  catalog  of 
the  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health. 


n 


The  1966-68  Faculty 


ADKINS,  Arthur  J.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of  Secondary 
Education 

B.S.,  State  Teachers  College,  St.  Cloud,  Minnesota,   1942;  M.A.,  University  of 
Minnesota,    1947;   Ph.D.,    1958. 

AGRE,  Gene  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  Macalester  College,  1951;  B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1953;  M.A.,  1956; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1964. 

ANDERSON,  Evelyn  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Library  Science  Education 
and  Department  of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 

A.B.,  Bethany  College,  1935;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1957. 

ANDERSON,  J.  Paul,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1942;  M.A.,  1947;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

ANDERSON,  Vernon  E..  Professor  of  Education  and  Dean  of  the  College  of  Edu- 
cation 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1930;  M.A.,  1936;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Colorado, 

1942. 

AOKI,  Hideo,  Lecturer  in  Education,  College  of  Education  and  University  College, 

Far  East  Division 

A.B.,  Kletzing  College,  1945;  M.A.,  Drake  University,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Stanford  Uni- 
versity, 1957. 

ASHLOCK,  Robert  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of  Early  Child- 
hood-Elementary Education 

B.S.,  Butler  University,  1957;  M.S.,  1959;  Ed.D.,  Indiana  University,  1965. 

BEUSCH,  Ann,  Instructor  in  Education  and  Foreign  Languages,  Department  of  Sec- 
ondary Education 

B.A.,  McGill  University,  Montreal,  Canada;  1948,  M.A.,  University  Laval,  Que- 
bec, Canada,  1949;  M.Ed.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1960. 

BLAYLOCK,  Marilyn  Jean,  Instructor  in  Education,  Institute  for  Child  Study  and 
Department  of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education  and  University  Nursery- 
Kindergarten  Laboratory  School 

B.S.,  Brigham  Young  University,  1957;  M.S.,  1964. 

BLOUGH,  Glenn  O.,  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of  Early  Childhood- 
Elementary  Education 

B.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1929;  M.A.,  1932;  LL.D.,  Central  Michigan  College 

of  Education,  1950. 

BOTT,  Margaret,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education  and  Counselor  in  Counseling 
Center 

B.A.,  St.  John's  University,  1952;  M.S.,  Hunter  College,  1959;  Ph.D.,  Michigan 

State  University,  1962. 


78 


Faculty 

BOWIE,  B.  Lucile,  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  Institute  for  Child  Study 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942;  M.A..  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University, 
1946;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957. 

BROOME,  Eleanor  A.,  Instructor  in  Education,  Institute  for  Child  Study  and  De- 
partment of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education  and  University  Nursery-Kinder- 
garten Laboratory  School 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943;  M.Ed.,  1957. 

BROWN,  Dale  W..  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Library  Science  Education 

B.A.,  David  Lipscomb  College,  1953;  M.A.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers, 
1955;  A.M.L.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1965. 

BROWN,  Lillian  W.,  Instructor  in  Education   (part  time).  Department  of  Early 
Childhood-Elementary  Education 
B.A.,  Lake  Erie  College,  1930. 

BRYAN,  Marie  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of  Secondary 
Education 

B.A.,  Goucher  College,  1923;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1945. 

BURNES,  Bruce  B.,  Instructor  in  Education  (part  time).  Faculty  Development 
Program 

B.S.,  Macalester  College,  1960;  M.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1964. 

BYRNE,  Richard  H.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Project  Director,  Interprofessional 
Research  Commission  on  Pupil  Personnel  Services  (IRCOPPS) 

B.A.,  Franklin  and  Marshall  College,   1938;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,   1947; 

Ed.  D.,  1952. 

CALDWELL,  Oliver  J.,  Visiting  Professor  of  Comparative  Education 
B.A.,  Oberlin  College,  1926;  M.A.,  1927. 

CAMPBELL,  Dorothy  D.,  Lecturer  in  Education,  Special  Education 
B.A.,  College  of  Idaho,  1961;  M.A.,  Peabody  College,  1962. 

CHAPIN,  John  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  Intitute  for  Child  Study 
A.B.,  Denison  University,  1939;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Rochester,  1950. 

COLE,  Mildred  B.,  Lecturer  in  Education  and  Mathematics,  University  of  Maryland 
Mathematics  Project  (UMMaP),  Department  of  Secondary  Education  and  Depart- 
ment of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1943;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1951. 

COLLINS,  James  F.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of  Early  Child- 
hood-Elementary Education  and  Coordinator  of  Laboratory  Experience 
B.Ed.,  University  State  Teachers  College,  New  York,  1949;  M.S.,  1953. 

CROSBY,  Edmund  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Industrial  Education,  Department  of 
Industrial  Education 

B.A.,  Western  Michigan  University,  1934;  M.A.,  Colorado  State  University,  1940. 

19 


Faculty 

CROWCROFT,  Harry  G.,  Assistant  Instructor  in  Education  and  Mathematics  (part- 
time),  University  of  Maryland  Mathematics  Project  (UMMaP),  Department  of 
Secondary  Education 

B.S.,  Western  Illinois  University,  1959;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962. 

DAVIS,  Robert  M.,  Research  Assistant  in  Study  for  Vocational  Rehabilitation 
B.S.,  Salisbury  State,  1958;  M.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1962. 

DAYTON,  Chauncey  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education  and  Research  Coordina- 
tor, Interprofessional  Research  Commission  on  Pupil  Personnel  Services  (IRCOPPS) 

B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1955;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963;  Ph.D., 
1964. 

DE  BERUFF,  Ellen,  Instructor  in  Education  (part  time) 

A.A.,  Armstrong  Junior  College,  1949;  B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961. 

DiLAVORE,  Philip  III,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education  and  Physics,  Department 
of  Secondary  Education 

B.A.,  Dakota  Wesleyan  University,  1954;  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1961. 

DISHART,  Martin,  Lecturer  in  Education  and  Project  Coordinator,  Study  for 
Vocational  Rehabilitation  and  Associate  Director  of  the  Bureau  of  Educational 
Research  and  Field  Services 

B.S.,  City  College  of  New  York,  1950;  Ph.D.,  George  Washington  University,  1960. 

1960. 

DITTMAN,  Laura  L.,  Instructor  in  Education  (part  time)  Faculty  Development 
Program,  Institute  for  Child  Study 

B.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1938;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963. 

DUDLEY,  James,  Assistant  Professor  of  Elementary  School  Administration  and 
Supervision 

B.A.,  Southern  Illinois  University,  1951;  M.S.,  1957;  Ed.  D.,  University  of  Illinois, 

1964. 

DUFFEY,  Robert  V.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Head,  Department  of  Early  Child- 
hood-Elementary Education 

B.S.,  Millersville  State  College,   1938;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University,   1948;  Ed.D., 

1954. 

DUNHAM,  Richard  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education  and  Music,  Department 
of  Secondary  Education 

B.A.,  Ohio  Wesleyan  University,  1947;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1949;  Ph.D., 

1961. 

EDGEMON,  Albert  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of  Early 
Childhood-Elementary  Education,  and  Assistant  Coordinator  of  Laboratory 
Experiences 

A.B.,  University  of  Florida,  1950;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1954;  Ed.D.,  1964. 

EHRLE,  Raymond  A.,  Lecturer  in  Education  and  Vocational  Rehabilitation  Coun- 
selor Training  Coordinator 

A.B.,  Syracuse   University,    1951;   M.A.,  George  Washington  University,    1956; 

Ed.D.,  University  of  Missouri,  1961. 

80 


Faculty 

EISENSTADT,  Beula,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music  and  Music  Education,  Depart- 
ment of  Secondary  Education 

B.A.,  Queens  College,  1949;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1954. 

FARRAND,  Charlotte,  Instructor  in  Education,  Institute  for  Child  Study  and  De- 
partment of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education  and  University  Nursery  Kinder- 
garten Laboratory  School 

B.S.,  Iowa  State  University,  1960. 

FARRELL,  Richard  T.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education  and  History,  Department 
of  Secondary  Education 

A.B.,  Wabash  College,  1954;  M.S.,  Indiana  University,  1958, 

FINKELSTEIN,  Barbara  J.  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  Barnard  College,  1959;  M.A.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  1960. 

FISHER,  John  K.,  Lecturer  in  Education  and  Staff  Associate,  Interprofessional  Re- 
search Commission  on  Pupil  Personnel  Services.  (IRCOPPS) 

B.A.,  Alfred  University,  1952;  M.S.,  1953;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964. 

FITCH,  Robert  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of  Secondary 
Education 

B.A.,  University  of  Florida,  1959;  M.Ed.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  State  University  of  Iowa, 
1965. 

FOURACRE,  Maurice  H.,  Lecturer  in  Education  (part  time).  Special  Education 
A.B.,  University  of  Michigan,  1935;  A.M.,  1940;  Ph.D.,  1942. 

FRANK,  Allen  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education  and  Speech,  Department  of 
Secondary  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1953;  University  of  Wisconsin,  1954. 

FRANTZ,  Nevin  R.,  Project  Director  in  Industrial  Education,  Department  of 
Industrial  Education 

B.S.,  Millersville  State  College,  1959;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964. 

FUNARO,  George  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of  Secondary 

Education 

B.S.,  American  International  College,  1956;  M.A.,  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecti- 
cut, 1965. 

FUNKHOUSER.  Beverly,  Instructor  in  Education,  Department  of  Secondary 
Education  and  Institute  for  Child  Study  and  Assistant  Coordinator  of  Laboratory 
Experiences 

B.A.,  Western  Washington  State  College,  1959;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1965. 

GARDNER,  Marjorie,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education  and  Chemistry,  Department 
of  Secondary  Education 

B.S.,  Utah  State  University,  1946;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1958;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

GARSTENS,  Helen,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education  and  Mathematics,  Department 
of  Secondary  Education 
B.A.,  Hunter  College,  1932. 

81 


Faculty 

GATES,  Jean  K.,  Instructor  in  Education  (part-time),  Library  Science  Education 
B.A.,  Hendrix  College,  Arkansas,  1930;  M.S.L.S.,  Catholic  University  of  America, 
1951. 

GERBERICH,  J.  Raymond,  Visiting  Professor  of  Education  (part  time) 
B.S.,  University  of  Iowa,  1922;  M.A.,  1928;  Ph.D.,  1929. 

GETTLE,  Karl  E.,  Instructor  in  Industrial  Education,  Department  of  Industrial 
Education 

B.A.,  Millersville  State  Teachers  College,  1959;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1964. 

GIBLETTE,  John,  Associate  Professor  of  Education  and  Assistant  Director,  Testing 
and  Research,  Counseling  Center 

B.A.,  George  Washington  University,  1947;  M.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1952; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1960. 

GINSBERG,  Sadie  D.,  Instructor  in  Education  (part  time).  Department  of  Early 
Childhood-Elementary  Education  and  University  College  (Baltimore) 
B.A.,  Goucher  College,  1922. 

GOERING,  Jacob  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  Intitute  for  Child  Study 

B.A.,  Bethel  College,  1941;  B.D.,  Bethany  Seminary,  1949;  Ph.D.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1959. 

GOLDEN,  Loretta,  Visiting  Lecturer  in  Education,  Department  of  Early  Childhood- 
Elementary  Education 

A.A.,  Los  Angles  City  College,  1949;  B.A.,  University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles, 

1951;  M.S.,  Stanford  University,  1956;  Ed.D.,  1964. 

GOLDIN,  Jessica,  Lecturer  in  Education  and  Spanish,  Department  of  Secondary 
Education 

B.A.,  Long  Island  University,  1939;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1941 

GRAMBS,  Jean  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of  Secondary 
Education 
A.B.,  Reed  College,  1940;  M.A.,  Stanford  University,  1941;  Ed.D.,  1948. 

GREEN,  Kinsey  B.,  Instructor  in  Education   (part  time),  Faculty  Development 
Program,  Department  of  Secondary  Education 

B.S.,  Martha  Washington  College,  Virginia,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 

1964. 

GREENBERG,  Kenneth,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,  1951;  M.A.,  1952;  Ph.D.,  Western  Reserve  University, 
1960. 

GRENTZER,  Rose  Marie,  Professor  of  Education  and  Music,  Department  of  Second- 
ary Education 

B.A.,  Mus.  Ed.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1935;  B.A.,  1936;  M.A.,  1939. 

GRIMES,  Katherine,  Instructor  in  Education  and  English,  Department  of  Secondary 
Education 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953;  M.A.,  1954. 

82 


Faculty 

GUY,  Kenneth  H.,  Jr.,  Instructor  in  Industrial  Education,  Department  of  Industrial 
Education 

B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York,  1959;  M.S.,  1962. 

HALL,  Harvey,  Instructor  in  Education  (part  time).  Department  of  Secondary 
Education 

B.S.,  Washington  College,  1949;  M.E.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962. 

HALL,  Mary  Anne,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of  Early  Child- 
hood-Elementary Education 

B.A.,  Marshall  University,  1955;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959. 

HAMBY,  Trudy  M.,  Instructor  in  Education,  Institute  for  Child  Study 

B.A.,   Eastern   Washington   College  of  Education,    1943;    M.Ed.,   University   of 
Maryland,  1963. 

HARRISON,  Paul  E.,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Industrial  Education,  Department  of  Industrial 
Education 

B.Ed.,  Northern  Illinois  State  College,  1942;  M.A.,  Colorado  State  College,  1947; 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955. 

HATFIELD,  Agnes  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Institute  for  Child  Study 
B.A.,  University  of  California,  1948;  M.A.,  University  of  Denver,  1954;  Ph.D., 
1959. 

HEBELER,  Jean  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education  and  Coordinator  of  Special 
Education  Programs 

B.S..  State  University  of  New  York,  College  for  Teachers,  1953;  M.S.,  University 

of  Illinois,  1956;  Ed.D.,  Syracuse  University,  1960. 

HENKELMAN,  James  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education  and  Mathematics,  and 
Asistant  Director  of  University  of  Maryland  Mathematics  Project  (UMMaP), 
Department  of  Secondary  Education 

B.S.,  Miami  University,  Oxford,  Ohio,  1954;  M.Ed.,  1955;  Ed.D.,  Harvard  Uni- 
versity, 1965. 

HERMAN,  Wayne  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of  Early  Child- 
hood-Elementary Education 

B.A.,  Ursinus  College,  1955;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University,  1960;  Ed.D.,  1965. 

HORNBAKE,  R.  Lee,  Professor  of  Industrial  Education  and  Vice-President  for 
Academic  Affairs 

B.S.,  California  State  College,  Pennsylvania,  1934;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University, 
1936;  Ph.D.,  1942. 

HOVET,  Kenneth  O.,  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  St.  Olaf  College,  1926;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1950. 

HUBER,  Franz  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Special  Education 

B.A.,  University  of  Michigan,   1951;  M.A.,   1953;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois, 
1964. 

83 


Faculty 

HYMES,  James  L.,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of  Early  Childhood- 
Elementary  Education  and  Institute  for  Child  Study  and  Director,  University  Nursery- 
Kindergarten  Laboratory  School 

B.A.,  Harvard  College,  1934;  M.A.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  1936; 

Ed.D.,  1947. 

JACOBS,  Linda  W.,  Research  Assistant  in  Education,  Special  Education 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962;  M.A.,  1965. 

JAMES,  M.  Lucia,  Associate  Professor  of  Education,  Library  Science  Education,  and 
Director  of  the  Curriculum  Laboratory 

A.B.,  North  Carolina  College,   1945;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1949;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Connecticut,  1963. 

KASTNER,  Bernice,  Assistant  Instructor  in  Education  and  Mathematics  (part-time), 
University  of  Maryland  Mathematics  Project  (UMMaP),  Department  of  Secondary 
Education 

B.S.,  McGill  University,  1952;  M.A.,  Syracuse  University,  1959. 

KELLY,  Vincent  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education  and  Foreign  Languages, 
Department  of  Secondary  Education 

B.A.,  Manhattan   College,    1955;  M.A.,   Hunter  College,    1958;   Ph.D.,   Indiana 

University,  1965. 

KELSEY,  Roger  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,    St.    Olaf   College,    1934;    M.A.,    University   of    Minnesota,    1940;    Ed.D., 
George  Peabody  College  for  Teachers,  1954. 

KICKLIGHTER,  Clois  E.,  Instructor  in  Industrial  Education,  Department  of 
Industrial  Education 

B.S.Ed.,  University  of  Florida,  1962;  M.S.,  Indiana  State  College,  1963. 

KLEVAN,  Albert,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Institute  for  Child  Study 
B.S.,  Temple  University,  1948;  M.Ed.,  1950;  Ed.D.,  New  York  University,  1957. 

KOLB,  John  R.,  Assistant  Instructor  in  Education  and  Mathematics  (part-time), 
University  of  Maryland  Mathematics  Project  (UMMaP),  Department  of  Secondary 
Education 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961. 

KORB,  L.  David,  Instructor  in  Industrial  Education  (part-time).  Department  of 
Industrial  Education 

B.A.,  Brown  University,  1939;  M.A.,  Boston  University,  1952. 

KUNZ,  T.  Jean,  Instructor  in  Education,  Institute  for  Child  Study  and  Department 
of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education  and  University  Nursery-Kindergarten 
Laboratory  School 

B.S.,  University  of  Idaho,  1940;  M.A.,  George  Peabody  College,  1956. 

KURTZ,  John  J.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Assistant  Director,  Institute  for  Child 
Study 

B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1935;  M.A.,  Northwestern  University,  1940;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Chicago,  1947. 

84 


Faculty 

KYLE,  David  G.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Institute  for  Child  Study 
A.B.,  University  of  Denver,   1962;  M.A.,   1953;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1961. 

LARSON,  Gerald  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Institute  for  Child  Study 
B.S.,  Indiana  University,  1956;  M.S.,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1963. 

LAWRENCE,  Richard,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.S.,  Michigan  State  University,  1955;  M.A.,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

LAWSON,  John  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Institute  for  Child  Study 
B.A.,  Long  Beach  State  College,  1958;  M.A.,  1959;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Nebraska, 
1962. 

LEEPER,   Sarah  Lou   Hammond,  Professor  of  Education,   Department  of  Early 
Childhood-Elementary  Education 

A.B.,  Florida  State  College  for  Women,   1932;  M.A.,  Florida  State  University, 

1947;  Ed.D.,  1953. 

LEMMON,  Louise,  Associate  Professor  of  Education  and  Home  Economics,  De- 
partment of  Secondary  Education 

B.S.,   Northern   Illinois  University,    1945;   M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,    1951; 

Ed.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1961. 

LIDDLE,  Gordon  P.,  Lecturer  in  Education  and  Director  Interprofessional  Research 
Commission  on  Pupil  Personnel  Services  (IRCOPPS) 

B.A.,  Oberlin  College,  1947;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago,  1959. 

LINDSAY,  Rao  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,   Brigham  Young   University,    1954;   M.A.,    1958;   University   of   Michigan, 
Ph.D.,  1964. 

LISKE,   Wilfred   W.,   Instructor  in   Education    (part  time).   Faculty   Development 
Program,  Department  of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 

Th.B.,  Canadian  Union  Ccilege,   1951;  Diploma  in  Education,  University  of  the 

West  Indies,  1958;  M.A.,  Andrews  University,  1964. 

LOCKARD,  J.  David,  Associate  Professor  of  Education  and  Botany,  and  Director 
of  Science  Teaching  Center,  Department  of  Secondary  Education 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  Universitv,  1951;  M.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  University,  1955; 
Ph.D.,  1961. 

LONGLEY,  Edward  L.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education  and  Art,  Department 
of  Secondary  Education 

A.B.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1953. 

LUETKEMEYER,  Joseph  F.,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Industrial  Education,  De- 
partment of  Industrial  Education 

B.S.,  Stout  State  College,  1953;  M.S.,   1954;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Illinois,   1961. 

MAGOON,  Thomas  M.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Director  of  the  University 
Counseling  Center 

B.A.,  Dartmouth  College,  1947;  M.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1954. 

85 


Faculty 

MALEY,  Donald,  Professor  of  Industrial  Education  and  Head,  Department  of 
Industrial  Education 

B.S.,  State  College,  California,  Pennsylvania,  1944;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1947;  Ph.D.,  1950. 

MARK,  Julia  P.,  Research  Assistant  in  Study  for  Vocational  Rehabilitation 
B.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1960 

MARX,  George  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  Yankton  College,  South  Dakota,   1953;  M.A.,  State  University  of  Iowa, 
1957;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

MATTESON,  Richard  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Institute  for  Child  Study 
B.A.,  Knox  College,  1952;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955;  Ed.D.,  1962. 

MAYOR,  John  R.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Mathematics  (part-time)  and  Di- 
rector of  University  of  Maryland  Mathematics  Project,  Department  of  Secondary 
Education 

B.S.,  Knox  College,  Galesburg,  Illinois,  1928;  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois,  1929; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1933;  LL.D.,  Knox  College,  1959. 

McCLURE,  L.  Morris,  Professor  of  Education  and  Assistant  Dean  of  the  College 
of  Education 

B.A.,  Western  Michigan  University,   1940;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,   1946; 
Ed.D.,  Michigan  State  University,  1953. 

McHEFFEY,  Norris  J.,  Instructor  in  Education  (Part-Time),  Faculty  Develop- 
ment Program,  Institute  for  Child  Study 

B.A.,  Western  Washington  College  of  Education,   1951;  M.Ed.,   1959. 

MEESE,  Billie,  Lecturer  in  Education  (part-time).  Institute  for  Child  Study 

B.S.,  University  of  Akron,  1948;  M.S.,  1951;  Ed.D,  University  of  Maryland,  1961. 

MERRILL,  George  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Industrial  Education,  Department  of 
Industrial  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953;  M.Ed.,  1955;  Ed.D.,  1964. 

MERSHON,  Madelaine  J.,  Professor  of  Education,  Institute  for  Child  Study 
B.S.,  Drake  University,  1940;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1943;  Ph.D.,  1950. 

MERTENS,  Robert  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Industrial  Education,  Department  of 
Industrial  Education 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,   1958;  M.S.,   1963. 

MILHOLLAN,  Frank  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Institute  for  Child  Study 
B.A.,  Colorado  College,  1949;  M.P.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1951;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Nebraska,  1965. 

MILLAR,  Jean  M.,  Instructor  in  Education  and  Counseling  Center  (part-time), 
Faculty  Development  Program 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961;  M.A.,  1963 

MORGAN,  H.  Gerthon,  Professor  of  Education  and  Director,  Institute  for  Child 
Study 

B.A.,  Furman  University,  1940;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1943;  Ph.D.,  1946. 

86 


Faculty 

MOVER,  Joan  E.,  Instructor  in  Education  (part-time),  Faculty  Development  Pro- 
gram, Department  of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 

B.S.,  Kutztown  State  College,  1953;  M.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1956. 

NEVILLE,  Richard  P.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education  and  Assistant  to  the  Dean 
B.S.,  Central  Connecticut  State  College,  1953;  M.A.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia 
University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1963. 

NEWELL,  Clarence  A.,  Professor  of  Educational  Administration 

B.A.,  Hastings  College,  Nebraska,  1935;  M.A..  Columbia  University,  1939;  Ph.D., 
1943. 

NOLL,  James  William,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1954;  M.S.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago, 
1965. 

O'NEILL,  Leo  W.,  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of  Early  Childhood-Ele- 
mentary Education 

B.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1938;  M.A.,  University  of  Kansas  City,  1953;  Ed.D., 

University  of  Colorado,  1955. 

ORR,  David,  Lecturer  in  Education  (part-time) 

A.B.,  and  B.S.,   Wittenberg  College,    1952;  M.A.,  Teachers  College,   Columbia 
University,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

PAGLEE,  Jeanne  B.,  Instructor  in  Education   (part-time).  Department  of  Early 
Childhood-Elementary  Education 

B.S.,  The  Woman's  College  of  Georgia,  1954;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Georgia,  1958. 

PATRICK,  Arthur  S.,  Professor  of  Office  Management  and  Business  Education,  De- 
partment of  Secondary  Education 

B.S.,  Wisconsin  State  University,  Whitewater,  Wisconsin,   1931;  M.A.,  University 

of  Iowa,  1940;  Ph.D.,  American  University,  1956. 

PERKINS,  Hugh  V..  Professor  of  Education  and  Deputy  Director,  Institute  for 
Child  Study 

B.A.,  Oberlin  College,   1941;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,   1946;  Ph.D.,   1949; 

Ed.D.,  New  York  University,  1956. 

PFAU,  Donald  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of  Early  Child- 
hood-Elementary Education 

B.A.,   Grove   City  College,    1958;   M.S.,   Buffalo  State  Teachers   College,    1961; 

Ed.D.,  State  University  of  New  York  at  Buffalo,  1965. 

PICKETT,  Wilda  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education  and  Physical  Education, 
Department  of  Secondary  Education 

B.S.,  Central  Missouri  State  College,   1932;  M.A.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia 

University,  1934;  Ed.D.,  1955. 

PRESCOTT,  Daniel  A.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Director-Emeritus,  Institute  for 
Child  Study 

B.S.,  Tufts  College,  1920;  M.Ed.,  Harvard  University,  1922;  Ed.D.,  1923. 

87 


Faculty 

RATHS,  James  D.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education  and  Director,  Bureau  of  Edu- 
cational Research  and  Field  Services  (BERFS) 

B.S.,  Yale  University,  1954;  M.A.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  New  York  University,  1960. 

RAY,  Philip  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education  and  Counselor  in  Counseling 
Center 

B.A.,  Antioch  College,  1950;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Minnesota,  1962. 

RENZ,  Paul,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Special  Education 

B.S.,  Syracuse  University,  1952;  M.A.,  1952;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1962. 

RHOADS,  David  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education 

B.A.,  Temple,  1954;  M.A.,  1958;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963. 

RISHEL,  Darrell  F.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education  and  Director  of  Office  of  Inter- 
mediate Registration 

B.S.,  Penn  State  University,  1951;  M.Ed.,  1957;  Ed.D.,  1961. 

RISINGER,  Robert  G.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Head,  Department  of  Secondary 
Education 

B.S.,  Ball  State  Teachers  College,  1940;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1947;  Ed.D., 

University  of  Colorado,  1955. 

RODGERS,  Mary  N.  Columbro,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education  and  English,  De- 
partment of  Secondary  Education 

B.A.,  Notre  Dame  College,  1957;  M.A.,  Western  Reserve  University,  1962;  Ph.D., 

Ohio  State  University,  1964. 

RUSSELL,  Laila,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education  (part-time) 

B.S.,  University  of  Ein  Shams,  Egypt.  1953;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1958; 
Ph.D.,  1962. 

SAWIN,  Margaret  M.,  Instructor  in  Education  (Part-time),  Faculty  Development 
Program,  Institute  for  Child  Study 

B.Sc.Ed.,  University  of  the  State  of  New  York  at  Oneonta,  1944;  M.R.E.,  Eastern 

Baptist  Theological  Seminary,  1949. 

SCARR,  Sandra  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education  (Part-time),  Institute  for  Child 
Study 

B.A.,  Vassar  College,  1956;  A.M.,  Harvard  University,  1963;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

SCHACHT,  Robert  C,  Instructor  in  Education  (part-time).  Department  of  Industrial 
Education,  Faculty  Development  Program 

B.S.E.,  University  of  Florida,  1960;  M.Ed.,  1961. 

SCHINDLER,  Alvin  W.,  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of  Early  Childhood- 
Elementary  Education 

B.A.,  Iowa  State  Teachers  College,  1927;  M.A.,  University  of  Iowa,  1929;  Ph.D., 
1934. 

SCHMIEDER,  Allen,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education  and  Geography,  Department 
of  Secondary  Education 

B.S.,  Edinboro  State  College,  1955;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University,   1956;  Ph.D., 

Ohio  State  University,  1963. 

88 


Faculty 

SCHRAMM,  Carl  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Industrial  Education,  Department  of 
Industrial  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956;  M.Ed.,  1965. 

SEIDMAN,  Eric,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of  Early  Childhood- 
Elementary  Education  and  Associate  Director  and  Demonstration  Coordinator, 
Interprofessional  Research  Commission  on  Pupil  Personnel  Services  (IRCOPPS) 

B.S.,  New  York  University,  1947;  M.A.,  1948;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Connecticut, 

1964. 

SHELLEY,  Shirley  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Music  and  Music  Education,  Depart- 
ment of  Secondary  Education 

B.Mus.,  Umversity  of  Michigan,  1944;  M.Mus.,  1947. 

SIMMS,  Betty  Howald,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Special  Education 

B.A.,  Harris  Teachers  College,  1947;  M.A.,  University  of  Michigan,  1955;  Ed.D., 
University  of  Maryland,  1962. 

SMART,  Dalton  E.,  Jr.,  Instructor  in  Education  (Part-time),  Faculty  Development 

Program,  Department  of  Industrial  Education 

B.S.E.,  State  College,  Fitchburg,  Massachusetts,  1963,  M.A.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1965 

SMITH,  George  W.,  Lecturer  in  Education,  College  of  Education  and  University 
College,  European  Division 

B.A.,  University  of  Florida,  1956;  M.T.S.,  University  of  Colorado,  1959;  Ed.D.. 

1964. 

SMITH,  Wayne,  Records  Evaluator 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962. 

SNIVELY,  Gladys  D.,  Instructor  in  Education  (part-time),  Department  of  Early 
Childhood-Elementary  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Delaware,  1960;  M.S.  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1962. 

SPENCER.  Mabel  S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Home  Economics  Education,  Depart- 
ment of  Secondary  Education 

B.S.,  West  Virginia  University,   1925;  M.S.,   1946;  Ed.D.,  American  Umversity, 

1959. 

STANT,  Margaret  A.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of  Early  Child- 
hood-Elementary Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1952;  M.Ed.,   1955;  A.P.C.,  George  Washington 
University,  1959. 

STEVENSON,  Carol  Ann,  Instructor  in  Education  (part-time),  Department  of  Early 
Childhood-Elementary  Education 

B.S.,  State  University  College  of  Education  at  Oneonta,  New  York,  1950;  M.A., 

Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  1957. 

STUNKARD,  Clayton  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 
B.A.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1948;  M.A.,  1951;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

89 


Faculty 

SULLIVAN,  Dorothy  D.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of  Early 
Childhood-Elementary  Education 

A.B.,  University  of  Maryland,  1945;  M.Ed.,  1960;  Ed.D.,  1965. 

TACKETT,  Anna,  Assistant  Director  of  Placement  and  Credentials  Service 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943. 

THOMPSON,  Fred  R.,  Professor  of  Education,  Institute  for  Child  Study 

B.A.,  University  of  Texas,  1929;  M.A.,  1935;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952. 

TIERNEY,  William  P.,  Associate  Professor  of  Industrial  Education,  Department  of 
Industrial  Education 

B.S.,  Teachers  College  of  Connecticut,  1941;  M.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1949; 

Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952. 

VAN  AM  AN,  Sherman,  Instructor  in  Education  (Part-time),  University  of  Maryland 
Mathematics  Project  (UMMaP),  Faculty  Development  Program,  Department  of 
Secondary  Education 

B.A.,  University  of  Louisville,  1949;  M.S.,  University  of  Kentucky,  1954. 

VAN  NESS,  James,  Instructor  in  Education  and  History,  Department  of  Secondary 
Education 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1954;  M.A.,  1962. 

van  ZWOLL,  James  A.,  Professor  of  School  Administration 

B.A.,  Calvin  College,  Grand  Rapids,  Michigan,  1933;  M.A.,  University  of  Michi- 
gan, 1937;  Ph.D.,  1942. 

WAETJEN,  Walter  B.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Assistant  to  the  President  for 
Administrative  Affairs 

B.S.,  State  Teachers  College,  Millersville,  Pennsylvania,   1942;  M.S.,  University 

of  Pennsylvania,  1947;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951. 

WALBESSER,  Henry  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education  and  Mathematics  (part- 
time).  Department  of  Secondary  Education 

B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York,  1958;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960; 

Ph.D.,  1964. 

WARNER,  Gordon,  Lecturer  in  Education,  College  of  Education  and  University 
College,  Far  East  Division 

B.S.,  University  of  Southern  California,  1936;  M.A.,  1944;  MA.,  1950;  Ed.D., 

1955. 

WEAVER,  V.  Phillips,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of  Early  Child- 
hood— Elementary  Education 

A.B.,  College  of  William  and  Mary,  1951;  M.Ed.,  Pennsylvania  State  University, 

1956;  Ed.D.,  1962. 

WEDBERG,  Desmond  P.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education 

A.B.,  University  of  Southern  California,  1947;  A.M.,  1948;  Ed.D.,  1963. 

WIGGIN,  Gladys  A.,  Professor  of  Education  and  Director  of  Graduate  Studies 
B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1929;  M.A.,  1939;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1947. 

90 


Faculty 

WILLIAMS,   David   L.,   Assistant   Professor   of   Education,   Department   of   Early 
Childhood-Elementary  Education 

B.S.,  Bradley  University,  1952;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Illinois,  1956;  Ed.D.,  1964. 

WILSON,  Robert  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education  and  Director  of  the  Reading 
Center,  Department  of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 

B.S.,  California  State  Teachers  College,  Pennsylvania,  1950;  M.  S.,  University  of 
Pittsburgh,  1956;  Ed.D.,  1960. 

WISE,  Pauline  K.,  Instructor  in  Education  (Part-time),  Faculty  Development  Pro- 
gram, Department  of  Early  Childhood-Elementary  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1938;  M.Ed.,  Boston  University,  1952. 

WOODS,  Albert  W.,  Associate  Professor  of  Education  and  Physical  Education,  De- 
partment of  Secondary  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933;  M.Ed.,  1949. 

ZACHARY,  Lillian  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Education,  Department  of  Early  Child- 
hood-Elementary Education 

A.B.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1943;  M.A.,  Florida  State  University,  1955; 
Ed.D.,  1960. 


COOPERATING  FACULTY  FROM  OTHER  COLLEGES 

ADDISON,  Howard  O.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 

ANDERSON,  C.  P.,  Instructor  in  Office  Management  and  Techniques 

BOOKOUT,  Eleanor,  Instructor  in  Art  (part-time) 

CARDOZIER,  V.  R.,  Professor  and  Head  of  Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 

EVERARD,  Kenneth  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Office  Management  and  Techniques 

FANOS,  Stavroula,  Instructor  in  Music 

GESSNER,  John  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Preventive  Medicine,  Physical  Medicine 

and  Rehabilitation,  School  of  Medicine  (Baltimore) 

GOOD,  Richard,  Research  Associate,  Division  of  Institutional  Research 

LEMBACH,  John,  Professor,  Department  of  Art 

LEVITINE,  George,  Head,  Department  of  Art 

McCLINTOCK,  Robert,  Director,  Division  of  Institutional  Research 

O'NEILL,  Jane  H.,  Instructor  in  Office  Management  and  Techniques 

SMITH,  Clodus,  R.,  Associate  Professor  of  Agricultural  and  Extension  Education 

TRIMBLE,  Lester,  Professor  of  Music 

ULRICH,  Homer,  Head,  Department  of  Music 

WASSERMAN,  Paul,  Dean,  School  of  Library  and  Information  Services 

91 


Faculty 

COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION 

Graduate  Assistants,  Research  Assistants  and  Fellows 

ABROMAITIS,  Joseph  J.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education,  Department  of  Indus- 
trial Education 

B.S.,  Central  Conn.  State  College,  1962;  M.S.,  North  Carolina  State,  North  Caro- 
lina, 1963. 

ADAMS,  Larry  L.,  NDEA  Fellow  and  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education  (part-time) 
B.S.,  Brigham  Young  University,  1961;  M.Ed.,  1966. 

ALLAN,  Thomas  K.,  NDEA  Fellow  in  Education 
B.S.,  Northwestern  University,  1950. 

ALVERNAZ,  Gloria  L.,  Grant  Foundation  Fellow,  Institute  for  Child  Study 
B.A.,  San  Jose  State  College,  1959;  M.S.,  Washington  State  University,  1960. 

ANDERSON,  Beatrice  B.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education,  Department  of  Early 
Childhood-Elementary  Education 

A.A.,  Stephens  College,   1947;     B.A.,  San  Francisco  State  College,   1958;  M.A., 

Michigan  State  University,  1964. 

BAGSTER-COLLINS,  Richard,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education,  Vocational  Re- 
habilitation Counselor  Education 

B.S.,  Springfield  College,  Massachusetts,  1959;  M.Ed.,  1961. 

BARNES,  Margaret,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education,  Institute  for  Child  Study 
B.A.,  Wellesley  College,  1952. 

BARON,  Andrew  W.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education,  Department  of  Industrial 
Education 

B.S.,  Central  Conn.  State  College,  1962;  M.A.,  Ball  State  Teachers  College,  Mun- 

cie,  Indiana,  1963. 

BECKHAM,  Gwendolyn,  Fellow  in  Special  Education 
B.S.,  North  Texas  State  University,  1963. 

BISSETT,  Wyatt  H.,  Jr.,  Fellow  in  Special  Education 
B.A.,  George  Washington  University,  1964. 

BLATT,  Calvin,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education 

B.S.,  Kutztown  State  College,  1939;  A.B.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1947;  M.Ed., 
University  of  Maryland,  1960. 

BRAGER,  Gary,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education 

B.S.,  State  Teachers  College,  Towson,  Maryland,  1963. 

BUSHER,  Frederic  H.,  Grant  Foundation  Fellow,  Institute  for  Child  Study 
A.B.,  College  of  the  Pacific,  1956;  A.M.,  1958. 

BZOWSKI,  Edward  D.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education,  Department  of  Industrial 
Education 

B.S.,  State  University  College  at  Buffalo,  1963;  M.A.,  Ball  State  Teachers  College, 

1964. 

92 


Faculty 

CHAPRASS,  George,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education 
B.S.,  Northeastern  University,  Boston,  1959. 

CHRISTOPLOS,  Florence  W.,  Fellow  in  Special  Education 
B.A.,  Hunter  College,  New  York,  1951. 

CLAGETT,  Kathleen  E.,  NDEA  Fellow  in  Education 
B.S.,  Towson  State  College,  1958. 

CLARKE,  Dorothy  V.,  Research  Assistant  in  Education,  IRCOPPS 

B.S.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1957;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962. 

CLEARY,  Mary  D.,  Fellow  in  Special  Education 
B.S.,  Georgetown  University,  1962. 

COUSINS,  Joan  Lee,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education,  Department  of  Secondary 
Education 

George  Washington  University,  1956;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961. 

DEFFINBAUGH,  Howard  Davey,  Graduate  Assistant,  Department  of  Early  Child- 
hood-Elementary Education 
B.A..  Western  Maryland,  1958. 

DeVORE,  Paul,  Research  Assistant,  Department  of  Industrial  Education 

B.S.,  Ohio  University,  1950;  M.A.,  Kent  State  University,  1954;  D.Ed.,  Pennslvania 
State  University,  1961. 

DeWILDE,  Richard  J.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education  and  Trainee  in  Vocational 
Rehabilitation  Counselor  Education  (part-time) 

B.S.,  College  of  William  and  Mary,  1959;  M.A.,  University  of  Delaware,  1961. 

FECIK,  John  T.,  Jr.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education,  Department  of  Industrial 
Education 

B.S.,  State  Teachers  College,  California,  Pennsylvania,  1958. 

FLATTER,  Charles  H.,  Grant  Foundation  Fellow,  Institute  for  Child  Study 
B.A.,  DePauw  University,  1961. 

FREEMAN,  Lisabeth  H.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education,  Department  of  Secondary 
Education 

B.A.,  Barnard  College,  1961;  M.A.,  Columbia,  1963. 

GALLINELLI,  John  W.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education,  Department  of  Industrial 
Education 

B.Ed.,  Keene  State  College,  New  Hampshire,  1963;  M.Ed.,  1965. 

GANTT,  Walter  N.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education 

B.S.,  Coppin  State  Teachers  College,  1942;  New  York  University,  1949. 

GARVIN,  Alfred  D.,  NDEA  Fellow  and  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education  (part-time) 
B.S.,  U.S.  Naval  Academy,  1941;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964. 

GATEWOOD,  Jean,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education,  Department  of  Secondary 
Education 

A.B.,  Wilson  College,  1950. 

93 


Faculty 

GENTILE,  Louis,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education,  Institute  for  Child  Study 

B.A.,    American   International   College,   Springfield,    Massachusetts,    1962;    M.S., 
Springfield  College,  1964. 

GLICK,  Irvin  D.,  NDEA  Fellow  in  Education 
A.B.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960;  M.Ed.,  1965. 

GOLDMAN,  Judith  A.,  Grant  Foundation  Fellow,  Institute  for  Child  Study 
B.A.,  Drake  University,  1961. 

GONZALEZ,  Manuel  P.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education,  Curriculum  Laboratory 
B.S.,  Bloomsburg  State  College,  Pennsylvania,  1963. 

GOODMAN,  Lorraine,  Fellow  in  Special  Education 
B^S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1947. 

GRAHAM,  Jo,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education,  Institute  for  Child  Study 

B.S.,  Brigham  Young  University,  1940;  M.A.,  George  Peabody  College  for  Teach- 
ers, 1959. 

GREEN,  Carlyle  F.,  Grant  Foundation  Fellow,  Institute  for  Child  Study 

A.B.,  Atlantic  Union  College,  1952;  M.S.,  University  of  Southern  California,  1960; 
M.Ed.,  1960. 

GROTLISCH,  Kathryn  L.,  Graduate  Assistant,  Department  of  Early  Childhood-Ele- 
mentary Education 

B.A.,  Duke  University,   1939. 

HAEFNER,  Robert  E.,  Graduate  Assistant,  Department  of  Earll  Childhood-Elemen- 
tary Education 

B.S.,  Brockport  State  College,  1953;  M.S.,  Brockport  State  College,  1962. 

HALL,  JOHN  W.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education,  Bureau  of  Educational  Research 
and  Field  Services 

HERMAN,  Patricia  E.,  Fellow  in  Special  Education 
B.A.,  University  of  Rhode  Island,  1962. 

HERSON,  Phyllis  E.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education 
B.S.,  Wilson  Teachers  College,  1951. 

HICKS,  Carol  E.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education,  Department  of  Industrial  Edu- 
cation 

B.A.,  Western  Illinois  University,  Macomb,  Illinois,  1965. 

HUNT,  Edith  J.,  Grant  Foundation  Fellow,  Institute  for  Child  Study 

A.B.,  University  of  Redlands,  1954;  M.A.,  Claremont  Graduate  School,  1964. 

JACKSON,  Jessie  H.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education 

B.S.,  D.  C.  Teachers  College,  1935;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1939. 

JACOBS,  Linda  W.,  Faculty  Research  Assistant  in  Special  Education 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962;  M.A.,  1965. 

JACOBS,  Stanley,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education 
B.S.,  State  University  College,  Oswego,  1964. 

94 


Faculty 

JAMES,  Richard  L.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education,  Department  of  Secondary 
Education 

B.S.,  Hampton  Institute,  1949;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Michigan,  1951. 

JENKINS,  John  E.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education 

B.A.,  Richmond  College,  June  1958;  M.Ed.,  College  of  William  and  Mary,  1965. 

JONES,  Casey,  Grant  Foundation  Fellow,  Institute  for  Child  Study 

B.S.,  Winston-Salem  State  College,  1955;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963. 

KALLMYER,  Carl  B.,  Graduate  Fellow  in  Education 

B.S.,  State  Teachers  College,  Frostburg,  Maryland,  1951. 

KIRBY,  William  H.,  NDEA  Fellow  and  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education  (part-time) 
B.S.,  Towson  State  College,  1961. 

KOLB,  John,  Research  Assistant,  Department  of  Secondary  Education 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961. 

KRAUS,  Charlotte  W.,  Fellow  in  Special  Education 
R.N.,  Garfield  Memorial  Hospital,  1941. 

KUO,  You  Yuh,  Grant  Foundation  Fellow,  Institute  for  Child  Study 

B.S.,   Taiwan   Normal    University,    1956;    M.A.,    National   Chongchi    Education, 
1958;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963. 

LANDAU,  Melanie,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education,  Department  of  Secondary 
Education 

B.A.,  Tulane  University,  1962. 

LASLEY,  Patterson  O.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education 

B.S.,  Elizabeth   City  State  College,  1964;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

LAY,  Morris  E.,  Research  Assistant  in  Education,  Department  of  Industrial  Education 
B.S.,  West  Virginia  Institute  of  Technology,  1959. 

LOVE,  Robert  A.,  NDEA  Fellow  in  Education 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960. 

LOVELESS,  Edna  M.,  NDEA  Fellow  in  Education 
B.A.,  Walla  Walla  College,  1950. 

MARTUZA,  Victor  R.,  NDEA  Fellow  and  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education  (part- 
time) 

A.B.,  Wilkes  College,  1958. 

McMillan,  Joanne,  NDEA  Fellow  in  Education 

B.S.,  Cornell  University,  1956;  M.S.,  State  University  of  New  York,  1962. 
MELLO,  Betty  W.,  Fellow  in  Special  Education 

B.S.,  Morgan  State  College,  1956. 

MESTANUS,  Gregory  S.,  Graduate  Assistant,  Interprofessional  Research  Commis- 
sion on  Pupil  Personnel  Service 

B.A.,  American  University  of  Beirut,  1963;  M.S.,  C.  W.  Post  College  of  Long 

Island  University,  1964. 

95 


Faculty 

METZ,  John  F.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education 
B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960. 

MILLER,  Robert  P.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education,  Department  of  Secondary  Edu- 
cation 

B.S.,  Madison  College,  Virginia,  1959;  M.S.,  1961. 

MILLHAM,  Paul  M.,  NDEA  Fellow  in  Education 
B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1958;  M.Ed.,  1961. 

MILLS,   David   W.,   Research  Assistant  in   Education,   Department   of   Industrial 
Education 

B.S.,  Millersville  State  College,  1963;  M.Ed.,  Ohio  University,  1965. 

MYERS,  Judith  G.,  Fellow  in  Special  Education 
A.B.,  Salem  College,  1964. 

OROSZ,  Gerald  C,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education 
B.S.,  University  of  Notre  Dame,  1942;  M.S.,  1947. 

ORTIZ-COTTO,  Pablo,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education 

B.A.,  University  of  Puerto  Rico,  1951;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1956. 

O'SHAUGHNESSY,  Gerald,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education,  Department  of  Sec- 
ondary Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1963. 

PERINE,  James  L.,  Grant  Foundation  Fellow,  Institute  for  Child  Study 
A.B.,  Northeast  Missouri  State  Teachers  College,  1964. 

PLASKON,  Charles  L.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education,  Department  of  Industrial 
Education 

B.A.,  Newark  State  College,  Union,  N.  J.,  1965. 

POLING,  Donald  A.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education,  Department  of  Secondary 
Education 

B.S.,  State  Teachers  College,  Indiana,  Pennsylvania,  1962. 

REIGHARD,  Gary  W.,  Graduate  Assistant,  Interprofessional  Research  Commission 
on  Pupil  Personnel  Services 

B.S.,  State  Teachers  College,  California,  Pennsylvania,  1959;  M.Ed.,  Temple  Uni- 
versity, 1962. 

RHOADS,  Philip  A.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education 
B.S.,  State  Teachers  College  at  Towson,  1951;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1957. 

RICHARDS,  Kenvyn  B.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education,  Department  of  Industrial 

Education 

B.S.,  Oswego,  1949;  M.S.,  State  University  College,  Oswego,  1953. 

RUBEN,  Ruth  A.,  Fellow  in  Special  Education 
B.S.,  Goucher  College,  1954. 

96 


Faculty 

SAMORAJCZYK,  John  F.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education,  Curriculum  Laboratory 
B.A.,  Louisiana  State,  1959;  M.A.,  1961. 

SEAMON,  Kenneth  B.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education,  Department  of  Industrial 
Education 

B.S.,  Ed.,  State  College  at  Fitchburg,  Mass.,  1964. 

SIMENSEN,  Richard  J.,  Fellow  in  Special  Education 
B.A.,  Keene  State  College,  1961. 

SMITH,  Carroll  W.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education,  Department  of  Industrial 
Education 

B.S.,  Clemson  University,  Clemson,  S.  C,  1954;  M.A.,  N.  C.  State  University, 

Raleigh,  N.  C,  1960. 

SPAHR,  Richard  D.,  Research  Assistant  in  Education,  Department  of  Industrial 
Education 

B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1965. 

TANENBAUM,  Elaine,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education,  Department  of  Secondary 
Education 

B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1951;  A.M.,  George  Washington  University,  1953. 

TAYLOR,  Robert  E.,  Grant  Foundation  Fellow,  Institute  for  Child  Study 
B.A.,  State  University  of  Iowa,  1958;  M.A.,  University  of  Alabama,  1960. 

THIRKILL,   Evelyn  A.,   Graduate   Assistant   in   Education,  Department   of   Early 
Childhood-Elementary  Education 

B.S.,  Ricks  College,  1955;  M.S.,  Utah  State  University,  1956. 

VAN  BRUNT,  John  E.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education 
B.A.,  Fairleigh  Dickinson  University,  1965. 

VAN  DONGEM,  Barbara  C,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education 
B.A.,  Stanford  University,  1963. 

WARD,  Martha  P.,  Graduate  Assistant  in  Education,  Curriculum  Laboratory 
B.S.,  University  of  Dayton,  1962. 

WATERS,  Mary  D.,  Fellow  in  Special  Education 
B.S.,  Coppin  State  College,  1965. 


97 


CATALOG  OF  THE 

COLLEGE 

OF 

ENGINEERING 

1966-68 


THE 
UNIVERSITY 

OF 
MARYLAND 


Volume  22  September  24,  1966  Number  6 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  BULLETIN  is  published  four  times  in  September; 
three  times  m  January,  March  and  May;  and  two  times  in  August,  October,  Novem- 
ber, December,  February,  April,  June  and  July.  Published  twenty-nine  times.  Re- 
entered as  second  class  mail  matter  under  the  Act  of  Congress  on  August  24  1912 
and  second  class  postage  paid  at  College  Park,  Maryland. 


Contents 


GENERAL 


University  Calendar v 

Board  of  Regents vi 

Officers  of  the  University 
Standing  Committees,  Faculty 

Senate 

The  College   

General  Information 

Admission  Requirements  . 

Application  Information 

Adventure  in  Learning 


vu 

xi 
1 
1 

2 
2 
3 


Expenses    

Air  Science  Instruction   . 

Libraries 

General  Facilities 

Scholarships  and  Grants- 

in-Aid 

Honors  and  Awards  .  .  .  . 
Professional  and  Honor 

Societies   

Graduate  Study 


CURRICULA  AND  REQUIRED  COURSES 


Structure  of  Engineering 
Curricula    

Supplemental  Notes 

General  Education 

Requirements   

Basic  and  Alternate  Curricula 
for  Freshmen  in  Engineering 

Aerospace  Engineering 

Chemical  Engineering   

Civil  Engineering 


10 
11 
12 
14 


Electrical  Engineering   16 

Mechanical  Engineering  19 

Fire  Protection 21 

Cognate  Activities   23 

Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics 

and  Applied  Mathematics  23 

Wind  Tunnel  Operations  24 

Fire  Service  Extension 

Department  24 

Other  Research  Laboratories  25 


COURSE  OFFERINGS 


Aeronautical  Engineering         .  26 

Chemical  Engineering 29 

Civil  Engineering 37 

Electrical  Engineering   44 


Engineering  Sciences   54 

Mechanical  Engineering  55 

Fire  Protection 63 


The  Faculty 64 


III 


University  Calendar,  1966-67 

(TENTATIVE) 

FALL  SEMESTER,  1966 
SEPTEMBER 

12-16     Monday-Friday — Fall  Semester  Registration 
19     Monday — Instruction  begins 
NOVEMBER 

23     Wednesday,  after  last  class — Thanksgiving  recess  begins 
28     Monday,  8:00  A.  M. — Thanksgiving  recess  ends 

DECEMBER 

21  Wednesday,  after  last  class — Christmas  recess  begins 
JANUARY 

3     Tuesday,  8:00  A.  M. — Christmas  recess  ends 
16     Monday — Pre-exam  Study  Day 
17-24     Tuesday-Tuesday — Fall  Semester  Examinations 

SPRING  SEMESTER,  1967 
JANUARY 

30-Feb.  3     Monday-Friday — Spring   Semester   Registration 
FEBRUARY 

6     Monday — Instruction  begins 

22  Wednesday — Washington's  Birthday,  holiday 

MARCH 

23  Thursday,  after  last  class — Easter  recess  begins 
28  Tuesday,  8:00  A.  M. — Easter  recess  ends 

MAY 

10  Wednesday— AFROTC  Day 

24  Wednesday — Pre-exam  Study  Day 

25-June  2  Thursday-Friday — Spring  Semester  Examinations 

30  Tuesday — Memorial  Day,  holiday 
JUNE 

3  Saturday — Commencement  Exercises 

SUMMER  SESSION,  1967 

JUNE 

26-27  Monday-Tuesday — Registration,  Summer  Session 

28  Wednesday — Instruction  begins 
JULY 

4  Tuesday — Independence  Day,  holiday 
8  Saturday — Classes  (Tuesday  schedule) 

AUGUST 

18  Friday — Summer  Session  Ends 

SHORT  COURSES,  SUMMER,  1967 

JUNE 

12-17     Monday-Saturday — Rural  Women's  Short  Course 

AUGUST 

7-11     Monday-Friday— 4-H  Club  Week 

SEPTEMBER 

5-8    Tuesday-Friday — Firemen's  Short  Course 


Board  of  Regents 

and 

Maryland  State  Board  of  Agriculture 

CHAIRMAN 

Charles  P.  McCormick 

McCormick  and  Company,  Inc.,  414  Light  Street,  Baltimore,  21202 

VICE-CHAIRMAN 

Edward  F.  Holter 

Farmers  Home  Administration,  Room  412  Hartwick  Bldg., 

4321  Hartwick  Road,  College  Park,  20740 

SECRETARY 

B.  Herbert  Brown 

The  Baltimore  Institute,  10  West  Chase  Street,  Baltimore,  21201 

TREASURER 

Harry  H.  Nuttle 
Denton,  21629 

ASSISTANT  SECRETARY 

Louis  L.  Kaplan 

The  Baltimore  Hebrew  College,  5800  Park  Heights  Ave.,  Baltimore,  21215 

ASSISTANT  TREASURER 

Richard  W.  Case 

Smith,  Somerville  and  Case,  1  Charles  Center — 17th  Floor, 

Baltimore,  21201 

Hon.  Mary  Arabian 

Municipal  Court  of  Baltimore  City,  Baltimore  21201 

Dr.  William  B.  Long 
Medical  Center,  Salisbury,  21801 

Thomas  W.  Pangborn 

The  Pangborn  Corporation,  Pangborn  Blvd.,  Hagerstown,  21740 

Thomas  B.  Symons 

7410  Columbia  Ave.,  College  Park,  20740 

William  C.  Walsh 

Liberty  Trust  Building,  Cumberland,  21501 

vi 


Officers  Of  The  University 

Central  Administrative  Officers 

PRESIDENT 

Wilson  H.  Elkins,— fl.^.,  University  of  Texas,  1932;  M.A.,  1932;  B.Litt.,  Oxford  Uni- 
versity. 1936;  D.Phil..  1936. 

VICE  PRESIDENT.  BALTIMORE  CAMPUSES 

Albin  O.  Kuhn— B.5..  University  of  Maryland,  1938;  M.S.,  1939;  Ph.D..  1948. 

VICE  PRESIDENT  FOR  ACADEMIC  AFFAIRS 

R.  Lee  Hornbake — B.S..  California  State  College,  Pennsylvania,   1934;  M.A.,  Ohio 
State  University,  1936;  Ph.D.,  1942. 

VICE    PRESIDENT    FOR    ADMINISTRATIVE    AFFAIRS 

Walter  B.  Waetjen — B.S.,  Millersville  State  College,  Millersville,  Pennsylvania,  1942; 
M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1947;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland.  '951. 

ASSISTANT  TO  THE  PRESIDENT 

Frank  L.  Bentz,  Jr.— B.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

ASSISTANT  TO  THE  PRESIDENT  FOR  UNIVERSITY  RELATIONS 
Robert  A.    Beach.    Jr..    A.B.,    Baldwin-Wallace    College,    1950;   M.S.,   Boston    Uni- 
versity, 1954. 

ASSISTANT,   PRESIDENTS  OFFICE,   RESEARCH 

Justin  Williams — A.B.,  State  Teachers  College,  Conway,  Arkansas,  1926;  M.A.,  State 
University  of  Iowa,  1928;  Ph.D.,  1933. 

ASSISTANT,  PRESIDENT'S  OFFICE 

Robert  E.  Kendig—A.B.,  College  of  William  and  Mary,  1939;  M.A.,  George  Wash- 
ington University,  1965. 

DIRECTOR  OF  FINANCE  AND  BUSINESS 

C.  Wilbur  Cissel— B./I.,  University  of  Maryland,  1932;  M.A.,  C.P.A.,  1939. 

ASSISTANT  DIRECTOR  OF  FINANCE  AND  BUSINESS 
James  T.  Frye — B.S.,  University  of  Georgia,  1948;  M.S.,  1952. 

COMPTROLLER   AND  BUDGET  OFFICER 

Harry  D.  Fisher— B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,  1943;  C.P.A..  1948. 

DIRECTOR  OF  ADMISSIONS  AND  REGISTRATIONS 

G.  Watson  Algire— 5./4..  University  of  Maryland,  1930;  M.S.,  1931. 

ASSOCIATE  DIRECTOR  AND  REGISTRAR 

James  P.  Hill- fi.5.,   Temple  University,  1939;  Ed.M.,  1947;  Ed.D.,  University  of 

Michigan,  1963. 

DIRECTOR  OF  ALUMNI  AFFAIRS 

J.  Logan  Schultz— B.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1938;  M.S.,  1940. 

vii 


DIRECTOR  OF  ATHLETICS 

William  W.  Cobey — A.B.,  University  of  Maryland,  1930. 

DIRECTOR  OF  PERSONNEL 

George  W.  Fogg — B.A..  University  of  Maryland,  1926;  M.A.,  1928. 

ASSISTANT  DIRECTOR  OF  PERSONNEL 

James  D.  Morgan— B.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949;  M.B.A.,  1950. 

DIRECTOR  AND  SUPERVISING  ENGINEER.  DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSICAL 
PLANT 

George  O.  Weber — B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933. 

ASSOCIATE  DIRECTOR  AND  SUPERVISING  ENGINEER,  PHYSICAL  PLANT 

(Baltimore) 

George  W.  Morrison — B.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1927;  E.E.,  1931. 

Emeriti 
PRESIDENT  EMERITUS 

Harry  C.  Byrd— fl.5.,    University  of  Maryland,   1908;  LL.D.,   Washington  College, 
1936;  LL.D.,  Dickinson  College,  1938;  D.Sc,  Western  Maryland  College,  1938. 

DEAN  OF  WOMEN  EMERITA 

Adele  H.   Stamp — B.A.,    Tulane   University,   1921;  M.A.,   University   of  Maryland, 
1924. 

DEAN  OF  MEN  EMERITUS 

Geary  F.  Eppiey — B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1920;  M.S.,  1926. 

PROFESSOR  EMERITUS 

Russell  Bennett  Allen — B.S.,  Yale  University,  1923;  Registered  Professional  Engineer. 

Deans  of  the  Schools  and  Colleges 

DEAN  OF  AGRICULTURE 

Gordon  M.  Cairns— B.5.,  Cornell  University,  1936;  M.S.,  1938;  Ph.D.  1940. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES 

Charles  Manning— B.5.,  Tufts  College,  1929;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1931;  Ph.D.. 
University  of  North  Carolina,  1950. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  AND  PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATION 
Donald  W.  O'Connell— B./4.,  Columbia  University,  1937;  M.A.,  1938;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY 

John  J.  Salley — D.D.S.,   Medical  College  of   Virginia,    1951;  Ph.D.,   University  of 
Rochester  School  of  Medicine  and  Dentistry,  1954. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION 

Vernon  E.  Anderson — B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1930;  M.A.,  1936;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Colorado,  1942. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERING 

Robert  B.  Beckmann — B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1940;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wis- 
consin, 1944. 

via 


DEAN  OF  FACULTY— UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND,  BALTIMORE  COUNTY 

Homer  W.  Schamp,  Jr. — A.B.,  Miami  University,  1944;  M.Sc,  University  of  Michi- 
gan. 1947;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

DEAN  OF  THE  GRADUATE  SCHOOL 

Ronald  Bamford — B.S.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1924;  M.S.,  University  of  Ver- 
mont, 1926;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1931. 

ACTING  DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS 

Erna  Chapman — B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1934;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1936. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  LAW 

William  P.  Cunningham — A.B..  Harvard  College,  1944;  LL.B.,  Harvard  Law  School, 

1948. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  LIBRARY  AND  INFORMATION  SERVICES 
Paul  Wasserman— fi.B./4.,  College  of  the  City  of  New  York,  1948;  M.S.   (L.S.), 

Columbia  University,  1949:  M.S.  (Economics)  Columbia  University,  1950;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Michigan,  1960. 

DEAN   OF  THE   SCHOOL  OF   MEDICINE   AND   DIRECTOR  OF   MEDICAL 

EDUCATION  AND  RESEARCH 
William  S.  Stone— B.5.,  University  of  Idaho,  1924;  M.S.,  1925;  M.D.,  University  of 

Louisville,  1929;  Ph.D.,  (Hon.),  University  of  Louisville,  1946. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  NURSING 

Marion  Murphy — B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1936;  M.P.H.,  University  of  Michi- 
gan, 1946;  Ph.D.,    1959. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  PHARMACY 

Noel  E.  Foss—Ph.C,  South  Dakota  State  College,  1929;  B.S.,1929;  M.S.,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1932;  Ph.D.,  1933. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  RECREATION  AND 
HEALTH 

Lester  M.  Fraley— B./4..  Randolph-Macon  College,  1928;  M.A.,  1937;  Ph.D.,  Pea- 
body  College,  1939. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  SOCIAL  WORK 

Verl  S.  Lewis— /4.B.,  Huron  College,   1933;  M.A.,   University   of  Chicago,   1939; 
D.S.W.,  Western  Reserve  University,  1954. 

DEAN  OF  UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE 

Ray  W.  Ehrensberger— fl.^.,  Wabash  College,  1929;  M.A.,  Butler  University,  1930; 
Ph.D.,  Syracuse   University,   1937. 


Directors  of  Educational  Services  and  Programs 

EXECUTIVE  DEAN  FOR  STUDENT  LIFE 

Leslie    R.    Bundgaard— B.5.,    University   of   Wisconsin,    1948;   M.S.,    1949;   Ph.D.. 
Georgetown  University,  1954. 

ix 


DIRECTOR,  AGRICULTURAL  EXTENSION  SERVICE 

Edward  W.  Aiton— S.5.,   University  of  Minnesota,  1933;  MS.,  1940;  Ed.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1956. 

DIRECTOR.  AGRICULTURE  EXPERIMENT  STATION 

Irvin  C.  Haut — B.S.,  University  of  Idaho,  1928;  M.S.,  State  College  of  Washington, 
1930;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933. 

DIRECTOR,    COMPUTER    SCIENCE    CENTER 

William    F.    Atchison — A.B.,    Georgetown    College,    1938;    M.A.,    University    of 
kentucky,   1940;   Ph.D.,    University   of   Illinois,   1943. 

DIRECTOR,  COUNSELING  CENTER 

Thomas  Magoon — B.A.,  Dartmouth,  1947;  M.A.,   University  of  Minnesota,  1951; 
Ph.D.,  1954. 

DIRECTOR,  GENERAL  EDUCATION  PROGRAM 

Gayle  S.  Smith — B.S.,  Iowa  State  College,  1948;  M.  A.,  Cornell  University,  1951; 
Ph.D.,  1958. 

DIRECTOR,  INSTITUTIONAL  RESEARCH 

Robert  E.  McClintock — B.S.,  University  of  South  Carolina,  1951;  M.A.,  George  Pea- 
body  College,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

DIRECTOR   OF  LIBRARIES 

Howard  Rovelstad— B./i.,  University  of  Illinois,  1936;  M.A.,  1937;  B.S.L.S.,  Colum- 
bia University,  1940. 

DIRECTOR  OF  NATURAL  RESOURCES  INSTITUTE 

L.  Eugene  Cronin — A.B.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1938;  M.S.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1943;  Ph.D.,  1946. 

DIRECTOR  OF  PROFESSIONAL  AND  SUPPORTING  SERVICES,  UNIVERSITY 

HOSPITAL 
George  H.  Yeager — B.S.,  University  of  West  Virginia,  1925;  M.D.,   University  of 

Maryland,  1929. 

DIRECTOR  OF  UNIVERSITY  HEALTH  SERVICE 

Lester  M.  Dyke— B.5.,  University  of  Iowa,  1936;  M.D.,  1926. 

DIRECTOR  OF  THE  SUMMER  SESSION 

Ciodus  R.  Smith— B.5.,  Oklahoma  State  University,  1950;  M.S.,  1955;  Ed.D.,  Cornell 
University,  1960. 

HEAD,  DEPARTMENT  OF  AIR  SCIENCE 

Vernon  H.  Reeves — B.A.,  Arizona  State  College,  1936;  M.A.,  Columbia  University, 
1949. 

Division  Chairmen 

CHAIRMAN  OF  THE  DIVISION  OF  BIOLOGICAL  SCIENCES 

John  E.  Faber— 5.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1926;  M.S.,  1927;  Ph.D.,  1937. 

CHAIRMAN  OF  THE  LOWER  DIVISION 

Charles  E.  White— 5.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1923;  M.S.,  1924;  Ph.D.,  1926. 

CHAIRMAN  OF  THE  DIVISION  OF  SOCIAL  SCIENCES 
Harold  C.  Hoffsommer— 5.5.,  Northwestern  University,  1921;  M.A.,  1923;  Ph.D., 
Cornell  University,  1929. 


STANDING  COMMITTEES,  FACULTY  SENATE 

GENERAL  COMMITTEE  ON  EDUCATIONAL  POLICY 

GENERAL  COMMITTEE  ON  STUDENT  LIFE  AND  WELFARE 

COMMITTEE  ON  ADMISSIONS  AND  SCHOLASTIC  STANDING 

COMMITTEE  ON   INSTRUCTIONAL  PROCEDURES 

COMMITTEE  ON  SCHEDULING  AND  REGISTRATION 

COMMITTEE  ON  PROGRAMS.  CURRICULA   AND  COURSES 

COMMITTEE  ON  FACULTY  RESEARCH 

COMMITTEE  ON  PUBLIC  FUNCTIONS  AND  COMMENCEMENTS 

COMMITTEE  ON  LIBRARIES 

COMMITTEE  ON  UNIVERSITY  PUBLICATIONS 

COMMITTEE  ON  INTERCOLLEGIATE  COMPETITION 

COMMITTEE  ON  PROFESSIONAL  ETHICS,  ACADEMIC  FREEDOM 
AND  TENURE 

COMMITTEE  ON  APPOINTMENTS,   PROMOTIONS   AND  SALARIES 

COMMITTEE  ON  FACULTY  LIFE  AND  WELFARE 

COMMITTEE  ON  MEMBERSHIP  AND  REPRESENTATION 

COMMITTEE  ON  COUNSELING  OF  STUDENTS 

COMMITTEE  ON  THE  FUTURE  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Adjunct  Committees  of  the  General  Committee  on  Student 
Life  and  Welfare 

STUDENT  ACTIVITIES 

FINANCIAL  AIDS  AND  SELF-HELP 

STUDENT  PUBLICATIONS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS 

RELIGIOUS  LIFE 

STUDENT  HEALTH  AND  SAFETY 

STUDENT  DISCIPLINE 

BALTIMORE  CAMPUS,  STUDENT  AFFAIRS 


XI 


The  College 

Four-year  programs  outlined  in  this  catalog  lead  to  the  degree 
of  Bachelor  of  Science  and  Bachelor  of  Science  with  curriculum  designation 
in  aerospace  engineering,  chemical  engineering,  civil  engineering,  electrical 
engineering,  mechanical  engineering,  and  fire  protection.  The  engineering 
programs  integrate  these  elements :  ( 1 )  basic  sciences  including  mathe- 
matics, physics,  chemistry;  (2)  engineering  sciences  including  mechanics 
of  solids  and  fluids,  engineering  materials,  thermodynamics,  electricity  and 
magnetism;  (3)  professional  studies  in  aerospace,  chemical,  civil,  electrical 
or  mechanical  engineering;  (4)  liberal  arts  and  social  studies  in  the  Gen- 
eral Education  Program;  and  (5)  certain  other  required  subjects  including 
health  and  physical  activities. 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 

Each  program  lays  a  broad  base  for  continued  learning  after  college  in 
professional  practice,  in  business  or  industry,  in  public  service,  or  in 
graduate  study  and  research.  Representative  work  that  engineering  grad- 
uates do  is  suggested  in  the  following  paragraphs. 

The  aerospace  engineer  deals  with  problems  related  to  transporting 
people  and  things  by  air  and  through  space.  Aerodynamics,  therom- 
dynamics,  and  the  mechanics  of  fluids  and  solids  are  among  his  basic 
sciences.  He  may  apply  them  in  some  phase  of  planning  or  producing 
airplanes,  missiles,  or  rockets,  or  in  devising  means  to  sustain  and  control 
their  flight. 

The  chemical  engineer  applies  chemistry  to  development  and  economic 
production  of  industrial  chemicals,  fuels,  modern  synthesis  and  certain 
alloys.  He  also  appUes  mechanics,  thermodynamics,  reaction  kinetics  and 
aspects  of  nuclear  science  in  unit  operations  and  processes  which  are 
fundamental  in  the  design  and  operation  of  industries  in  which  material 
undergoes  a  change  in  its  identity.  He  serves  as  a  research  worker,  oper- 
ator, manager,  executive  or  consultant. 

The  civil  engineer  is  primarily  a  planner,  a  designer,  a  builder,  and  a 
manager  of  public  works  and  private  enterprise.  His  professional  service 
plays  a  major  role  in  designing,  supervising  construction,  or  managing 
virtually  every  large  building,  bridge,  dam,  highway,  railway,  airport, 
water  supply,  waste  disposal  system,  city  plan,  industrial  plant,  public 
works  project. 

The  electrical  engineer  puts  mathematics  and  the  physical  sciences  to 
practical  use  in  designing  systems  that  generate,  transmit  and  distribute 
electrical  energy  to  transmit  and  receive  "intelligence,"  as  for  example  by 
telephone,  radio,  radar,  television  and  computers;  and  to  regulate  and 
control  mechanical  and  industrial  processes  by  electronics  and  servo- 
mechanisms. 


General  Information 

The  mechanical  engineer  figures  ways  to  transmit  power  economically 
by  heat  or  by  mechanical  systems.  He  applies  the  mechanics  of  fluids 
and  solids,  thermodynamics,  and  an  understanding  of  the  behavior  of 
engineering  materials  under  different  conditions.  As  a  professional  engi- 
neer he  devises  processes  for  industrial  production.  As  an  industrial 
agent  he  serves  as  a  supervisor,  manager,  or  sales  representative. 

The  speciahst  in  fire  protection  is  concerned  with  scientific,  technical, 
and  supervisory  problems  involved  in  safeguarding  life  and  property  from 
loss  due  to  fire,  explosion,  and  related  hazards. 

Admission  Requirements 

Young  men  and  women  who  wish  to  become  professional  engineers  should 
enroll  in  an  academic  program  in  high  school.  A  good  academic  record 
in  high  school  is  a  basic  requirement.  Subjects  that  are  recommended 
for  admission  are  these: 

Subjects  Recommended 

EngUsh  4  units 
Mathematics  (college  preparatory) — including  algebra, 
plane  geometry,  and  trigonometry,  or  other  advanced 

mathematics  4 

History  and  social  sciences  2 

Physical  sciences  2 

Foreign  language  (German,  French  or  Russian  preferred)  2 

Unspecified  academic  subjects  or  suitable  electives  2 


Total  16 

A  complete  statement  of  admission  requirements  and  policies  will  be  found 
in  An  Adventure  in  Learning.  Application  for  admission  should  be  made 
to  the  Director  of  Admissions,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park, 
Maryland, 

Application  Information 

FALL  semester:  All  applications  for  full-time  undergraduate  admis- 
sion for  the  Fall  Semester  at  the  College  Park  campus  must  be  received 
by  the  University  on  or  before  June  1.  Any  student  registering  for  nine 
(9)  or  more  semester  hours  of  work  is  considered  a  full-time  student. 

Under  unusual  circumstances,  applications  will  be  accepted  between  June  1 
and  July  15.  Applicants  for  full-time  attendance  fifing  after  June  1  will 
be  required  to  pay  a  non-refundable  $25.00  late  fee  to  defray  the  cost  of 
special  handling  of  applications  after  that  date.  This  late  fee  is  in  addition 
to  the  $1000  application  fee. 

All  undergraduate  applications,  both  for  full-time  and  part-time  attendance, 
and  all  supporting  documents  for  an  application  for  admission  must  be 


General  Information 

received  by  the  appropriate  University  office  by  August   1.  This  means 

that  the  applicant's   educational  records,   ACT   scores    (in  the   case   of 

new  freshmen)  and  medical  examination  report  must  be  received  by 
September  1. 

SPRING  semester:  The  deadline  for  the  receipt  of  applications  for  the 
Spring  Semester  is  January  1 . 

GRADUATE  SCHOOL:  Application  for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School 
must  be  made  by  September  1  for  the  fall  term  and  by  January  1  for  the 
spring  term  on  blanks  obtained  from  the  Office  of  the  Graduate  School. 
Admission  to  the  summer  session  is  governed  by  the  date  listed  in  the 
Summer  School  catalog.  The  summer  session  deadline  is  generally 
June  1. 

Adventure  in  Learning 

All  freshmen  in  the  College  of  Engineering  enroll  in  essentially  the  same 
subjects  as  detailed  in  this  catalog. 

Each  student  will  select  his  major-line  department  before  he  begins  his 
sophomore  year's  work.  Thereafter  he  will  pursue  the  approved  program 
of  his  department  which  leads  to  the  bachelor's  degree. 

Advanced  students  who  show  promise  of  creativity  and  leadership  in 
engineering,  in  the  engineering  sciences,  and  in  teaching  and  research, 
are  encouraged  to  continue  in  a  program  of  graduate  study  leading  to 
master's  and  doctor's  degrees.  Able  men  and  women  with  ability  will 
find  challenging  opportunities  if  they  have  such  top-level  preparation.  The 
best  time  to  plan  and  to  begin  preparing  for  these  top-level  opportunities 
is  while  one  is  in  high  school.  Parents  and  teachers  can  help  by  leading, 
by  pointing  ways,  and  by  maintaining  proper  standards  of  performance 
and  conduct.  But  the  lifelong  adventure  in  learning,  which  is  the  true  char- 
acteristic of  the  well-educated  man  or  woman,  demands  systematic  mental 
exercise  throughout  life.    "Chance  favors  the  prepared  mind!" 

Expenses 

Annual  expenses  of  attending  the  University  are  approximately  as  fol- 
lows: $270.00  fixed  charges,  $96.00  special  fees,  $440.00  board;  $320.00 
lodging  for  Maryland  residents,  or  $420.00  for  residents  of  other  states 
and  countries.  A  matriculation  fee  of  $10.00  is  charged  all  new  students 
and  is  payable  only  once.  A  fee  of  $10.00  must  accompany  a  prospective 
student's  application  for  admission.  If  a  student  enrolls  for  the  term  for 
which  he  applied,  the  fee  is  accepted  in  Ueu  of  the  matriculation  fee.  A 
charge  of  $400.00  ($200.00  a  semester)  is  assessed  to  all  students  who 
are  non-residents  of  the  State  of  Maryland.  Students  who  are  minors  are 
considered  to  be  resident  students  if  at  the  time  of  their  registration  their 
parents  have  been  domiciled  in  the  State  of  Maryland  for  at  least  six 
months. 


General  Information 

The  status  of  the  residence  of  a  student  is  determined  at  the  time  of  his 
first  registration  in  the  University  and  may  not  thereafter  be  changed  by 
him  unless,  in  the  case  of  a  minor,  his  parents  move  to  and  become  legal 
residents  of  Maryland  by  maintaining  such  residence  for  at  least  six 
months.  However,  the  right  of  the  minor  student  to  change  from  a 
non-resident  status  to  resident  status  must  be  established  by  him  prior 
to  the  registration  period  set  for  any  semester. 

Adult  students  are  considered  to  be  residents  if  at  the  time  of  their 
registration  they  have  been  domiciled  in  Maryland  for  at  least  six  months 
provided  such  residence  has  not  been  acquired  while  attending  any  school 
or  college  in  Maryland  or  elsewhere.  Time  spent  on  active  duty  in  the 
armed  services  while  stationed  in  Maryland  will  not  be  considered  as 
satisfying  the  six-months  period  referred  to  above  except  in  those  cases 
in  which  the  adult  was  domiciled  in  Maryland  for  at  least  six  months 
prior  to  his  entrance  into  the  armed  service  and  was  not  enrolled  in  any 
school  during  that  period. 

The  word  "domicile"  as  used  in  this  regulation  shall  mean  the  perma- 
nent place  of  abode.  For  the  purpose  of  this  rule  only  one  domicile 
may  be  maintained. 

An  Adventure  in  Learning,  a  bulletin  which  serves  as  a  guide  to  the  under- 
graduate programs  of  the  University,  contains  a  detailed  statement  of  fees 
and  expenses  and  includes  changes  in  fees  as  they  occur.  A  copy  may  be 
requested  from  the  Catalog  MaiUng  Office,  North  Administration  Building, 
University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park. 

Air  Science  Instruction 

The  University  of  Maryland  operates  one  of  the  largest  Air  Force  Reserve 
Officer  Training  Units  in  the  United  States.  ROTC  is  offered  on  a  com- 
pletely elective  basis.  Its  curriculum  is  generalized,  consisting  of  courses 
designed  to  produce  citizens  and  officers  with  well-rounded  backgrounds- 

The  University  offers  incoming  students  a  choice  of  a  two-year  or  a  four- 
year  program.  Successful  completion  of  either  program  qualifies  the  stu- 
dent for  a  commission  in  the  Air  Force  upon  graduation.  For  further  de- 
tails concerning  Air  Science,  refer  io  An  Adventure  in  Learning  bulletin. 

Libraries 

The  libraries  of  the  University  are  located  on  both  the  College  Park  and 
Baltimore  campuses.  They  include  the  Theodore  R.  McKeldin  Library 
and  the  many  college  and  departmental  hbraries  which  house  special 
collections.  Because  of  the  location  of  the  University  the  large  libraries  of 
Baltimore  and  Washington  are  a  valuable  asset  to  graduate  work.  Ar- 
rangements can  be  made  for  personal  work  in  the  Enoch  Pratt  Library 
of  Baltimore,  the  Library  of  Congress,  the  United  States  Department  of 

4 


General  Information 

Agriculture  Library  and  the  many  fine  collections  of  other  government 
agencies  in  Washington. 

Located  in  a  geographical  area  rich  in  library  resources,  the  Univer- 
sity's libraries  are  well  equipped  to  serve  the  engineering  programs  of 
study  and  research.  The  Engineering  and  Physical  Sciences  Library 
which  supplements  the  Science  and  Technology  Division  of  the  general 
University  Library  is  in  the  north  wing  of  the  Mathematics  Building. 
This  Library  has  a  reading  room  on  the  first  floor  and  three  decks  of 
book  stacks  above  with  a  capacity  of  over  100,000  volumes.  Stacks  are 
open  to  all  students.  A  building  extension  to  be  completed  by  the  fall  of 
1967  will  triple  the  reading  and  study  (carrels  and  conference  rooms) 
space  and  increase  the  stack  capacity  to  over  200,000  volumes.  Microfilm 
and  micro-card  readers  and  complete  photocopying  service  are  available. 

The  Library  collection  covers  the  fields  of  engineering,  mathematics, 
physics  and  industrial  education.  Its  journal  holdings  represent  over  a 
thousand  titles  in  science  and  technology;  more  than  eight  hundred  are  cur- 
rently received.  Several  personal  libraries  of  outstanding  scientists  and 
engineers  have  been  acquired  by  the  Library,  the  most  extensive  being  the 
private  collections  of  Max  Bom  and  Richard  Von  Mises.  The  Library  is  a 
designated  depository  of  U.S.  Atomic  Energy  Commission  unclassified  re- 
ports, including  those  of  atomic  energy  establishments  of  Great  Britain, 
Canada  and  other  nations.  Inter-library  loan  agreements  assure  the  receipt 
of  special  materials  from  other  libraries  throughout  the  country. 

General  Facilities 

The  College  of  Engineering,  and  departments  in  other  colleges  of  the  Uni- 
versity, are  well  equipped  for  instruction  and  basic  research  in  their  respec- 
tive areas  of  activity.  There  is  excellent  interdepartmental  cooperation  in 
furthering  studies  of  mutual  interest. 

Scholarships  and  Grants-in-Aid 

Scholarships  and  grants-in-aid  are  awarded  each  year  to  selected  students 
in  the  College  of  Engineering.  A  list  of  such  awards  is  published  in  the  Uni- 
versity publication  An  Adventure  in  Learning.  Applications  should  be  filed 
on  forms  which  may  be  obtained  from  the  Director,  Office  of  Scholarships 
and  Grants-in-Aid,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland. 

Honors  and  Awards 

The  College  of  Engineering  schedules  annually  in  the  Spring  an  Honors 
Day  Convocation  to  direct  public  attention  to  students  and  faculty 
who  have  distinguished  themselves  by  scholarship  and  worthy  activities. 
Families  and  friends  of  honorees,  sponsors  of  scholarships  and  awards, 
alumni,  and  others  interested  in  the  University  are  cordially  invited  to  this 
convocation. 


General  Information 

Professional  and  Honor  Societies 

Student  branches  of  the  following  national  engineering  societies  are  estab- 
lished in  the  College  of  Engineering:  American  Institute  of  Aeronautics  and 
Astronautics,  American  Institute  of  Chemical  Engineers,  American  Society 
of  Civil  Engineers,  Institute  of  Electrical  and  Electronics  Engineers,  Ameri- 
can Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers,  and  National  Society  of  Fire  Protec- 
tion Engineers. 

Each  student  is  urged  to  be  active  in  his  engineering  society.  At  meetings 
of  professional  societies  he  will  meet  distinguished  engineers  representing 
science,  industry,  practice,  and  public  service.  In  discussions  of  scientific 
and  engineering  subjects  he  can  learn  to  think  for  himself  and  to  speak 
effectively.  In  teams  and  committees  he  can  learn  to  work  effectively  with 
others.  Indeed,  it  pays  a  student  to  be  active  in  his  student  branch  as  it  pays 
a  graduate  engineer  to  be  active  in  his  national  engineering  society. 

Engineering  students  are  encouraged  to  attend  meetings  of  local  sections 
of  their  professional  and  scientific  societies  in  nearby  Baltimore  and  Wash- 
ington, to  get  acquainted  with  other  men  in  their  fields,  and  to  visit  nearby 
industries,  public  works,  libraries  and  laboratories. 

The  following  national  honorary  societies  of  particular  interest  to  students 
in  engineering  and  related  sciences  have  active  chapters  at  the  University 
of  Maryland:  Tau  Beta  Pi,  general  engineering;  Sigma  Xi,  scientific  re- 
search; Phi  Kappa  Phi,  senior  scholarship;  Eta  Kappa  Nu,  electrical  engi- 
neering; Pi  Tau  Sigma,  mechanical  engineering;  Chi  Epsilon,  civil  engi- 
neering. 

Graduate  Study 

An  applicant  for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School  must  hold  a  bachelor's 
or  a  master's  degree  from  a  college  or  university  of  recognized  standing. 
The  applicant  shall  furnish  an  official  transcript  of  his  collegiate  record 
which  for  unconditional  admission  must  show  credible  completion  of  an 
adequate  amount  of  undergraduate  preparation  of  high  quality  for  gradu- 
ate work  in  his  chosen  field. 

AppUcation  for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School  should  be  made  not 
later  than  August  1  for  the  fall  term  and  January  1  for  the  spring  term 
on  blanks  obtained  from  the  office  of  the  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School, 
University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland.  Information  on  gradu- 
ate work  is  published  in  the  Graduate  School  Announcements. 

Graduate  Assistantships  and  Research  Assistantships  with  stipends  for 
service,  and  Fellowships,  are  sometimes  available  for  study  and  research  in 
the  several  departments  of  the  College  of  Engineering.  Only  full-time 
students  who  have  been  admitted  to  the  Graduate  School  are  eligible  for 
appointment.  Preference  is  given  to  graduate  students  who  are  Amer- 
ican citizens  in  view  of  limitations  of  available  funds.    Foreign  students 


General  Information 

may  be  considered  for  vacancies  after  they  have  completed  at  least  one 
year  of  full-time  graduate  study  in  residence  at  the  University  of  Mary- 
land. Letters  of  application  for  assistantships  or  fellowships  should  be 
directed  to  the  head  of  the  student's  major  department  in  the  College  of 
Engineering. 

For  Additional  Information 

A  detailed  explanation  of  the  regulations  of  student  and  academic  Ufe 
may  be  found  in  the  University  pubhcation  entitled  University  General 
and  Academic  Regulations. 


Required  Courses 


STRUCTURE  OF  ENGINEERING  CURRICULA 

Courses  in  the  normal  curriculum  or  program  and  prescribed 
credit  hours  leading  to  the  degree  Bachelor  of  Science  (with  curriculum 
designation)  are  outlined  on  the  following  pages  for  each  department  in 
the  College  of  Engineering.  "...No  student  may  modify  the  prescribed  num- 
ber of  hours  without  special  permission  from  the  dean  of  his  college."  The 
courses  in  each  curriculum  may  be  classified  in  the  following  categories: 

1 .  Certain  courses  required  of  all  undergraduate  students  in  the  Univer- 
sity. Students  who  are  not  specifically  exempted  are  required  to  register  in 
and  successfully  complete  two  prescribed  courses  in  physical  education  for 
a  total  of  two  semester  hours  of  credit.  A  health  course  (2  credits)  is  also 
required  of  all  undergraduate  men  and  women. 

2.  Courses  in  the  General  Education  Program.  These  include:  English 
(9  credits),  Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy  (3  credits),  History  (6  credits),  and 
Social  Science  (6  credits).  A  Usting  of  specific  courses  which  meet  the 
requirements  of  the  General  Education  Program  are  listed  below. 

3.  Courses  in  the  physical  sciences — mathematics,  chemistry,  physics. 

4.  Collateral  engineering  courses — engineering  sciences,  and  other  courses 
approved  for  one  curriculum  but  offered  by  another  department. 

5.  Courses  in  the  major  department. 

A  student  should  obtain  written  approval  for  any  substitution  of  courses 
from  the  department  head  and  the  dean  of  his  college. 

The  courses  in  each  engineering  curriculum,  as  classified  above,  form  a 
sequential  and  developmental  pattern  in  subject  matter.  In  this  respect, 
curricula  in  engineering  may  differ  from  curricula  in  other  colleges.  Some 
regulations  which  are  generally  applicable  to  all  students  (see  University 
General  and  Academic  Regulations)  may  need  clarification  for  purposes 
of  orderly  administration  among  engineering  students.  Moreover,  the  Col- 
lege of  Engineering  establishes  policies  which  supplement  the  University 
Regulations. 

SUPPLEMENTAL  NOTES 

L  The  responsibility  for  proper  registration  and  for  satisfying  stated 
prerequisites  for  any  course  must  rest  with  the  student — as  does  the 
responsibility  for  proper  achievement  in  courses  in  which  he  is  enrolled. 
Each  student  should  be  familiar  with  the  provisions  of  this  catalog,  Uni- 
versity General  and  Academic  Regulations,  and  other  pertinent  regulations. 

2,  A  student  who  is  enrolled  for  more  than  8  semester-hours  of  work 
must  register  for  physical  education  each  semester  until  he  has  fully  satis- 

8 


Structure  of  Engineering  Curricula 

fied  the  University's  requirement.  He  should  schedule  the  required  two 
credits  of  Health  during  his  first  thirty  credits  of  registration  in  the  Uni- 
versity. 

3.  Required  courses  in  mathematics,  physics,  and  chemistry  have  highest 
priority;  and  every  engineering  student  must  register  for  mathematics 
and  chemistry — or  mathematics  and  physics — until  he  has  fully  satis- 
fied requirements  of  the  College  of  Engineering  in  these  subjects.  Courses 
in  mathematics,  chemistry  and  physics  may  not  be  dropped. 

4.  A  student  is  advised  to  schedule  a  reduced  load  if  his  record  of  schol- 
arship during  the  previous  semester  was  unsatisfactory  (a)  because  he 
failed  courses,  or  (b)  because  his  average  during  the  previous  semester 
was  less  than  2.0  ("C").  A  student  who  is  on  probation  may  not  sched- 
ule more  than  16  semester-hours  of  work  in  any  semester,  including  credit 
for  physical  education  and  military  science.  However,  he  may  not  defer 
the  top-priority  subjects  noted  in  Paragraphs  2  and  3  above  without  writ- 
ten approval  of  the  Dean. 

5.  A  student  in  the  College  of  Engineering  has  attained  junior  standing 
when  he  has  completed  a  minimum  of  56  academic  hours  toward  his  de- 
gree, including  Math.  22  and  Phys.  21  and  possessing  the  minimum  re- 
quired grade  point  average  to  remain  in  the  University. 

6.  As  indicated  in  University  General  and  Academic  Regulations  a  stu- 
dent who  has  not  attained  Junior  Standing  may  not  register  for  upper  di- 
vision courses. 

7.  To  be  eligible  for  a  bachelor's  degree  in  the  College  of  Engineering, 
a  student  must  have  an  average  of  at  least  "•C"  =  2.0 — (a)  in  all  subjects 
applicable  to  his  degree,  and  (b)  in  all  junior-senior  courses  in  his  major 
department.  Responsibility  for  knowing  and  meeting  all  degree  require- 
ments for  graduation  in  any  curriculum  rests  with  the  student. 

GENERAL  EDUCATION  REQUIREMENTS 

In  order  that  each  graduate  with  a  bachelor's  degree  may  gain  a  liberal 
education  as  well  as  a  specialized  one,  the  University  has  established  a 
General  Education  Requirement.  This  requirement  consists  of  34  credits 
in  six  general  fields.  Students  in  the  College  of  Engineering  automatically 
satisfy  the  ten  credits  required  in  Mathematics  and  Science  fields  through 
required  courses  in  the  Engineering  curricula.  General  Education  require- 
ments in  the  other  four  fields  are  as  follows: 

(1)  English  (9  hours):  Eng.  1,  3  and  4. 

(2)  Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy  (3  hours) :  Art  10,  60,  61,  65,  67,  68,  70,  71 
or  80;  Dance  32,  182  or  184;  Music  20;  Speech  16  or  114;  or  Phi- 
losophy 1,  41,  45,  52,  53,  147,  152  or  154. 


Basic  Engineering  Curriculum 

(3)  History  (6  hours):  United  States  History— Hist.  21,  22,  23,  24  or 
29;  non-United  States  History— Hist.  31,  32,  41,  42,  51,  52,  53,  54, 
61,  62,  71  or  72. 

(4)  Social  Science  (6  hours):  Anthropology;  Economics  31  or  37;  Gov- 
ernment and  Politics  1 ;  Psychology  1 ;  or  Sociology  1 . 

BASIC  AND  ALTERNATE  CURRICULA   FOR   FRESHMEN   IN 
ENGINEERING 

Students  who  are  prepared  to  schedule  Math.  19  (as  indicated  by  results 
of  the  University's  classification  test)  schedule  the  following  Basic  Cur- 
riculum for  Freshmen: 

r-Semester—s 

Freshman  Year  (Basic)  /  H 

Math.  19 — Elementary  Analysis   4 

Math.  20— Calculus   I    4 

Chem.  1,  3— General  Chemistry 4  4 

EN  ES  1 — Introductory  Engineering  Science  4 

EN  ES  10 — Mechanics    4 

General  Education  Courses   3  3 

Health  5 — Science  and  Theory  of  Health   2 

Physical  Activities 1  1 


Total 16  18 

Students  who  are  not  prepared  to  schedule  Math.  19  (as  indicated  by 
results  of  the  University's  classification  test)  are  advised  to  schedule  Math. 
18  and  Eng.  1  in  the  Summer  Session  bejore  the  fall  (first)  semester. 
Otherwise  they  will  schedule  courses  in  the  Alternate  Curriculum  for 
Freshmen  in  the  following  sequence: 

Freshman  Year  Plus  Summer  (Alternate) 

Math.   18 — Introductory  Analysis*    

Math.  19 — Elementary  Analysis   

Math.  20— Calculus   I    

Chem.  1,  3 — General  Chemistry 

General  Education  Courses   

EN  ES   1 — Introductory  Engineering  Science   .  . 

EN  ES  10 — Mechanics    

Health  5 — Science  and  Theory  of  Health 

Physical  Activities 

Total 16  16 


-Semester—^  , 

^Summer- 

I            11 

III 

3 

4 

4 

4             4 

6             3 

4 

4 

2 

1             1 

*Math  18  is  an  additional  course  for  students  who  do  not  qualify  to  register  for 
Math  19. 

10 


Aerospace  Engineering  Curriculum 
AEROSPACE  ENGINEERING 


Aerospace  engineering  involves  the  application  of  the  laws  of  physics 
and  mathematics  to  the  problems  of  flight  through  the  earth's  atmos- 
phere and  outer  space.  The  main  sub-divisions  of  the  field  are  aero- 
dynamics, structures,  and  propulsion,  although  many  problems,  such  as 
those  of  aeroelasticity  and  flutter,  cut  across  dividing  lines.  The  aero- 
dynamicist  must  start  out  with  an  understanding  of  the  laws  of  fluid  flow 
at  low  speed,  then  modify  these  principles  for  the  effects  of  higher  speeds. 
At  supersonic  speeds,  he  must  account  for  shock  waves  in  flight  at  mod- 
erate altitudes  and  further  changes  in  the  flow  at  extremely  high  altitudes. 
At  extremely  high  speeds  he  must  add  to  this  an  understanding  of  the 
effects  of  ionization  and  molecular  dissociation.  The  structures  engineer 
is  mainly  concerned  with  the  ability  of  the  vehicle  to  withstand  the  forces 
and  accelerations  in  flight.  For  high  performance  aircraft  and  missiles, 
he  must  consider  the  aerodynamic  heating  resulting  from  high-speed  flight 
and  allow  for  the  weakening  effect  on  materials.  The  propulsion  engineer 
must  deal  with  rocket,  jet.  or  propellor  systems  which  serve  to  accelerate 
the  vehicle  and  to  offset  drag  forces  during  flight. 

The  aerospace  engineer  is  continually  beset  with  the  problems  of 
maintaining  adequate  margins  of  safety  with  a  minimum  of  weight.  The 
saving  of  even  one  pound  of  weight  in  fuel  or  structure  of  a  missile  is  of 
such  value  as  to  justify  the  expenditure  of  many  man-hours.  These  high 
dividends  for  thoroughness  and  precision  in  technical  understanding  are 
a  source  of  gratification  to  the  aerospace  engineer. 

AEROSPACE  ENGINEERING  CURRICULUM 

r-Semester—^ 
Sophomore  Year  /  // 

Math.  21,  22-— Calculus  II,  III 4  4 

Phys.  20,  21 — General  Physics 5  5 

EN  ES  20 — Mechanics  of  Materials 3 

EN  ES  21— Dynamics 3 

EN  ME  1 — Thermodynamics  I    3 

General  Education  Courses 3  3 


Total 15  18 


// 


Chemical  Engineering  Curriculum 


r-Semester- 


JuNiOR  Year 

Eng.  3,  A — Composition  and  World  Literature 

EN  AE  101 — Aerodynamics  I    

EN  AE  102 — Aerodynamics  II    

EN  AE   109— Flight  Propulsion 

EN  AE   113— Flight  Structures    

EN  ES  30 — Materials  Science    

EN  ME   106 — Transfer  Processes    

EN  ME  140 — Engineering  Analysis  and  Computer  program- 
ming     

Math.  66 — Differential  Equations  for  Engineers   

E.  E.  51,  52 — Principles  of  Electrical  Engineering 

Total 

Senior  Year 

General  Education  Courses 

Technical  Elective 

EN  AE   107,  108 — Aerospace  Design   

EN  AE   1 10— Flight  Propulsion  

EN  AE  111,  1 12— Electric  Research 

EN  AE   11 4— Flight  Structures 

EN  AE   1 15 — 'Aerodynamics  III 

EN  AE  1 17— Aircraft  Vibrations 

EN  AE  118 — Dynamics  of  Aerospace  Vehicles 

Total 


/ 

// 

3 

3 

3 

2 

3 

4 

3 

3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

19 

19 

3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

3 

2 

2 

3 

3 

3 

3 

18 


CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING 

Chemical  engineering  involves  the  application  of  sound  engineering  and 
economic  principles — and  basic  sciences  of  mathematics,  physics,  and 
chemistry — to  process  industries  concerned  with  the  chemical  transforma- 
tion of  matter.  The  chemical  engineer  is  primarily  concerned  with  research 
and  process  development  leading  to  new  chemical  process  ventures  or  a 
better  undestanding  of  existing  ones;  with  the  efficient  operation  of  the 
complete  chemical  plant  or  its  component  units;  with  the  technical  serv- 
ice engineering  required  for  improving  and  understanding  chemical  plant 
operation  and  the  products  produced;  with  the  chemical  sales  and  eco- 
nomic distribution  of  the  chemical  plant  product;  and  with  the  general 
management  and  executive  direction  of  chemical  process  industry  plants 
and  industrial  complexes. 

Because  of  this  wide  range  of  ultimate  application,  the  chemical  engineer 
finds  interesting  and  diverse  career  opportunities  in  such  varied  fields  as 
chemical  (inorganic  and  organic),  food  processing  and  manufacture, 
metallurgical,  nuclear  and  energy  conversion,  petroleum  (refining,  pro- 
duction, or  petrochemical),  and  pharmaceutical   industries.    Additional 


12 


Chemical  Engineering  Curriculum 

opportunities  are  presented  by  the  research  and  development  activities 
of  many  public  and  private  research  Institutes  and  allied  agencies. 

The  chemical  engineering  department  offers  a  curriculum  to  prepare  the 
undergraduate  for  a  challenging  career  in  any  of  the  aforementioned 
fields  of  interest — a  curriculum  that  will  prepare  him  for  continued 
graduate  study  or  immediate  industrial  employment  following  the  bacca- 
laureate degree. 


CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING  CURRICULUM 

r—Semester— 

Sophomore  Yeak  /  // 

Math.  21,  22— Calculus  II,  III 4  4 

Phys.  20,  21— General  Physics 5  5 

Chem.  17 — Principles  of  Solution  Chemistry 2 

Chem.  23 — Inorganic  Structures  and  Chemical  Bonding   ...  2 

EN  CH  15 — Chemical  Engineering  Analysis 2 

EN  CH  50 — Engineering  Thermodynamics  3 

Econ.  37 — Fundamentals  of  Economics 3 

EN  ES  20 — Mechanics  of  Materials   3 


Total  16  17 


Junior  Year 

General  Education  Courses  3  3 

Chem.  35,  37 — Elementary  Organic  Chemistry 2  2 

Chem.  36 — Elementary  Organic  Laboratory 2 

Chem.   187,  189— Physical  Chemistry 3  3 

Chem.   188,  190 — Pnysical  Chemistry  Laboratory 2  2 

EN  CH   116 — Applied  Mathematics  in  Chemical  Engineering  .  .  3 

EN  ES  30 — Materials  Science    3 

EN  CH  109 — Chemical  Process  Thermodynamics 3 

EN  CH  127,  129 — Transfer  and  Transport  Processes  I,  II.  .  4  3 

Total 19  19 


13 


Civil  Engineering  Curriculum 

r-Semester- 

Senior  Year  /  U 

General  Education  Courses  *  3  6 

EN  EE  60 — Principles  of  Electrical  Engineering 3 

EN  EE  61 — Electrical  Engineering  Laboratory 1 

EN  CH   131 — Transfer  and  Transport  Processes  III 3 

EN  CH  133,   134 — Seminar   1  1 

EN  CH   137 — Chemical  Engineering  Laboratory* 3 

EN  CH   145 — Chemical  Engineering  Kinetics 2 

EN  CH   147 — Process  Engineering  and  Design* 3 

EN  CH   149 — Chemical  Engineering  Economics   2 

EN  CH — Technical  Electives**    3  5 


Total 19  17 


*  Courses  which  may  be  scheduled  either  semester  of  the  senior  year. 
**  A  minimum  of  5  credits  will  be  required  in  chemical  engineering  electives. 

The  following  courses  are  available  as  technical  electives:  EN  CH  140,  EN  CH 
142,  EN  CH  148,  EN  CH  150,  EN  CH  152,  EN  CH  154,  EN  CH  155,  EN  CH  157, 
EN  CH  159,  EN  CH  165,  EN  CH  170,  EN  CH  171,  EN  CH  172,  and  EN  CH  173. 

CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

Civil  engineering  is  the  professional  hub  of  the  construction  and  trans- 
portation industries  which  together  are  perhaps  the  largest  and  most  diversi- 
fied industries  in  America. 

Professional  civil  engineers  plan,  design,  and  supervise  construction  of 
virtually  every  large  enterprise  involving  construction,  transportation, 
industrial  facilities,  and  public  works.  Having  planned  and  supervised 
construction  of  a  major  project,  civil  engineers  are  often  selected  to  direct 
its  operation  as  managers  or  executives. 

Civil  engineers  design  structures  such  as  bridges,  buildings,  dams,  powei 
plants,  tunnels  .  .  .  They  plan  and  direct  the  use  of  water  for  cities,  indus- 
tries, flood  control,  irrigation,  power  .  .  .  They  plan  water  treatment  plants, 
sewerage  systems,  and  waste  disposal  facilities  and  supervise  their  opera- 
tion .  .  ,  They  manage  municipal  and  regional  development  projects, 
public  works,  and  private  enterprise  of  great  variety. 

The  civil  engineer  may  work  primarily  in  the  office;  primarily  in  the 
field;  or  he  may  divide  his  duty  between  field  and  office.  To  accomplish 
his  ends  as  a  creative  planner  and  designer,  he  must  be  proficient  in  adapt- 
ing mathematics,  the  physical  sciences,  and  materials  of  construction.  He 
must  have  a  working  knowledge  of  men  and  of  machines.  He  must 
be  an  alert  observer,  with  an  eye  for  significance.  He  must  be  fair  and 
resourceful  in  handling  men,  competent  in  devising  adequate  and  eco- 
nomical solutions  to  a  whole  problem,  responsible  in  handUng  funds, 
and  practical  in  getting  a  job  done  adequately  and  on  time.  Adequacy, 
safety,  economy,  resourcefulness,  integrity,  and  a  sense  of  fitness  are  im- 
portant considerations  in  everything  a  civil  engineer  does. 

14 


Civil  Engineering  Curriculum 

The  foundations  of  professional  engineering  service  are  laid  in  college 
where  in  tackling  a  project  the  student  learns  to  use  mathematics  and 
physical  sciences;  learns  to  communicate  effectively  in  the  engineer's 
languages  of  words,  pictures,  and  numbers;  learns  to  think  and  speak  for 
himself;  and  learns  to  work  in  teams  with  others. 


CIVIL  ENGINEERING  CURRICULUM 

,— Semester— 

Sophomore  Year  /  H 

General  Education  Courses                   3  3 

Physics  20,  21 — General  Physics 5  5 

Math.  21,  22— Calculus  I,  II 4  4 

EN  ES  20^Mechanics  of  Materials   3 

EN  ES  21— Dynamics 3 

EN  CE  50 — Fundamentals  of  Engineering  Materials 3 

EN  CE  90 — Engineering  Survey  Measurements   3 


Total     18  18 

Junior  Year 

Econ.  37 — Fundamentals  of  Economics 3 

General  Education  Course 3 

EN  CE  100 — Numerical  Analysis   and  Computer  Program- 
ming      3 

EN  CE  112 — Applied  Mathematics  in  Engineering 3 

EN    ME   105 — Principles  of  Mechanical  Engineering 3 

EN  CE  102 — Fundamentals  of  Structural  Analysis 3 

EN  CE  103— Basic  Structural  Design 3 

EN  CE  105— Basic  Fluid  Mechanics  3 

EN  CE  106 — Fundamentals  of  Sanitary  Engineering  3 

EN  CE  107— Basic   Soil   Mechanics 3 

EN  CE  108 — Fundamentals  of  Transportation  Engineering  3 

EN  EE  50 — Fundamentals  of  Electrical  Engineering 3 


Total 18  18 

Senior  Year 

General  Education  Courses  3  3 

EN  CE  104 — Computer  Analysis    3 

EN  CE  109,  110— Basic  Civil  Engineering  Planning 2  1 

Technical  Electives  (See  Note  B) 6*  9* 

Extra-Departmental  Electives  (See  Note  A) 3  3 


Total 17  16 


*  These  numbers  represent  five  three-semester-credit  courses.  Additional  semester 
credits  will  be  involved  to  the  extent  that  courses  carrying  more  than  three  credits 
are  selected. 

15 


Electrical  Engineering  Curriculum 

NOTES  CONCERNING  ELECTIVES: 

The  student  shall,  with  the  assistance  of  his  advisor,  select  a  coherent  pro- 
gram of  electives  in  accordance  with  the  following 

A.  Six  (6)  elective  credits  (two  courses)  must  be  taken  outside  the  De- 
partment. Three  credits  must  be  in  a  field  related  to  economics,  man- 
agement or  business  law.  The  other  three  are  at  the  choice  of  the 
student. 

B.  Five  technical  elective  courses  (15-17  credits)  must  be  taken  as  speci- 
fied below: 

( 1 )  A  two  course  sequence,  in  the  order  shown,  must  be  taken  from 
one  of  the  following  five. 

(a)  ENCE  125,  126 

(b)  ENCE  165,  166 

(c)  ENCE  175,  176 

(d)  ENCE  185,  186 

(e)  ENCE  135,  155 

(2)  Three  courses  may  be  selected  from  any  listed  in  part  B  (1) 
above  or  from  the  following : 

(a)  ENCE  145 

(b)  ENCE  195 

(c)  ENCE  199 

(d)  ENCE  127 

(e)  or,  with  departmental  approval,  one  of  the  three  may  be 
a  suitable  technical  elective  outside  the  department. 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

Electrical  engineering  education  is  a  good  preparation  for  any  of  several 
careers — in  research,  development,  design,  production,  sales,  technical 
management,  or  teaching — within  the  broad  area  of  the  useful  applica- 
tion of  electrical  and  electronic  phenomena.  An  increasing  number  of 
electrical  engineering  graduates  has  in  recent  years  gone  into  such 
fields  as  electronic  digital  computers,  systems  analysis,  automatic  con- 
trol, telemetry  and  space  navigation,  communications,  and  solid-state  de- 
vices such  as  the  transistor.  Many  other  smaller  fields  have  attracted 
graduates  with  particular  interests  and  abilities,  for  example,  instrumenta- 
tion for  medical  research,  electromechanical  transducer  design,  design  of 
particle  accelerators  and  other  machines  and  instrumentation  for  use  in 
research  in  physics,  microminiaturization  of  electronic  component  assem- 
blies, or  antenna  design.  Many  other  fields  such  as  electric  power  genera- 
tion and  transmission,  radio,  and  television  offer  satisfying  careers  to  the 
electrical  engineering  graduate.    Finally,  many  graduates  leave  the  pro- 

16 


Electrical  Engineering  Curriculum 

fession,  carrying  into  other  careers  the  knowledge  and  judgment  acquired 
in  their  engineering  education. 

Increasingly,  the  boundary  between  electrical  engineers  and  applied  physi- 
cists or  applied  mathematicians  becomes  less  distinct.  The  various  branches 
of  engineering  similarly  interact  with  each  other,  as  technical  problems 
become  more  sophisticated,  and  require  a  combined  attack  from  several 
disciplines.  The  engineer  occupies  an  intermediate  position  between  science 
and  the  public,  because,  in  addition  to  understanding  the  scientific  princi- 
ples of  a  situation,  he  is  concerned  with  the  timing,  economics,  and  values 
that  define  the  useful  appUcation  of  those  principles. 

In  many  cases,  engineers  have  as  a  major  duty  the  supervision  of  other 
engineers,  and  of  technicians.  Hence  electrical  engineering  involves  not 
only  scientific  knowledge  but  also  the  ability  and  judgment  to  work  ef- 
fectively and  communicate  easily  with  many  other  people.  Clearly,  the 
desirable  attributes  for  success  vary  from  one  career  choice  to  another 
within  electrical  engineering.  The  specialist  in  creative  research  and  ad- 
vanced development  needs  graduate  work  to  the  M.S.  or  Ph.D.  degree. 
An  engineering  sales  representative,  however,  would  in  most  cases  begin 
to  acquire  the  needed  detailed  awareness  of  current  practice  by  taking  a 
job  immediately  after  the  B.S.  degree. 

In  this  context  of  electrical  engineering  as  a  broad  and  diverse  field  the 
goal  of  the  Department  is  set — to  provide  an  educational  program  and 
environment  of  challenge  and  adaptability,  so  that  the  graduate  will  be  well 
prepared  to  enter  any  of  the  areas  of  electrical  engineering  for  which  he 
is  suited.  To  this  end,  the  B.S.  program  makes  provision  for  several  tech- 
nical electives,  and  the  graduate  programs  permit  a  variety  of  specializa- 
tion. As  in  most  endeavors  the  rewards  to  the  student  wiU  be  a  measure 
of  the  effort  expended,  multiplied  by  a  coefficient  of  effectiveness. 

ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING  CURRICULUM 

r-Semester—^ 

Sophomore  Year  /  // 

Math.  21,  22— Calculus  n.  Ill     4  4 

Phys.  20,  21 — General    Physics    5  5 

EN  ES  21— Dynamics 3 

EN  EE  80 — Algorithmic  Analysis  and  Computer  Program- 
ming     2 

EN  EE  83 — Digital   Computer   Laboratory 1 

EN  EE  90— Circuit  Analysis  I 4 

EN  EE  91— Circuits  Laboratory  1 1 

General  Education  Courses 3  3 

Total 17  18 


17 


Electrical  Engineering  Curriculum 

Junior  Year 

Math.  66 — Differential  Equations    3 

EN  ME  100 — Thermodynamics  3 

Phys.  153 — ^Modern  Physics  for  Engineers . .  3 

EN  EE  130,  132 — Engineering  Electromagnetics  I,  II 3  3 

EN  EE  120— Circuit  Analysis  II   4 

EN  EE  121 — Circuits  Laboratory  II 

EN  EE  122 — Electronic  Circuits  I 4 

EN  EE  123 — Electronics  Laboratory  1 1 

Technical  Elective  *    3 

General  Education  Courses 3  3 


Total 17  17 

Senior  Year 

EN  EE  142 — Engineering  Probability 2 

EN  EE  134 — Engineering  Electromagnetics  III 3 

EN  EE  140 — ^Transducers  and  Electrical   Machinery 3 

EN  EE  141 — Transducers  and  Electrical  Machinery  Labora- 
tory    1 

EN  EE  124 — Electronic  Circuits  II 4 

EN  EE  125 — Electronics  Laboratory  II 1 

EN  ME  107 — Energy  Conversion   3 

Technical  Electives  *    4  7 

General  Education  Courses  3  3 


Total 17  17 


*  Of  the  14  technical  elective  credits  listed  in  the  curriculum,  at  least  3  credits 
must  be  in  electrical  engineering  and  at  least  3  credits  must  be  either  from  other 
fields  of  engineering,  mathematics,  physics,  or  other  suitable  scientific  discipline.  The 
student's  elective  program  must  be  approved  by  his  advisor.  More  than  14  credits 
may  be  taken. 

Technical  electives  available  in  Electrical  Engineering  are  described  in 
the  course  listings  later  in  this  catalog.  Any  course  numbered  between 
ENEE  150  and  ENEE  199  that  is  not  specifically  excluded  in  its  descrip- 
tion may  be  used  as  part  of  a  technical  elective  program,  with  approval 
of  the  student's  faculty  adviser.  Appropriate  courses  from  other  depart- 
ments are  encouraged  as  part  of  the  technical  elective  program. 

For  students  planning  to  continue  in  graduate  work,  technical  electives 
should  be  selected  to  provide  the  best  possible  preparation  for  the  probable 
areas  of  graduate  speciaUzation.  The  areas,  and  topics  in  which  opportuni- 
ties for  graduate  specialization  and  research  are  particularly  favorable  in 
Electrical  Engineering  at  Maryland  at  this  time  are  as  follows: 

1.    ELECTROMAGNETICS  AND  PHYSICAL  ELECTRONICS 

a.  Radio  Wave  Propagation  and  Antennas 

b.  Quantum  Electronics;  Lasers 

c.  Electron  and  Ion  Beams;  Cyclotron  Design 

18 


Mechanical  Engineering  Curriculum 

d.  Semiconductor  Device  Properties  and  Characterization  (Also 
part  of  Area  2) 

e.  Electrical  Engineering  in  Medicine  and  Biology    (Also  part 
of  Area  2) 

2.  CIRCUITS  AND  CONTROL  SYSTEMS 

a.  Electronic  Cricuits  and  Systems 

b.  Network  Theory 

c.  Continuous  and  Sampled-Data  Control  Systems 

3.  INFORMATION  SCIENCES 

a.  Computer  Systems  Design  and  Analysis 

b.  Switching  Theory 

c.  Communication  and  Information  Theory 

d-    Mechanized  Storage  and  Retrieval  of  Scientific  Information, 

MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

The  principal  function  of  the  mechanical  engineer  is  to  apply  science  and 
technology  creatively  to  the  design  and  manufacture  of  machines  for 
the  practical  use  of  mankind.  Any  machine  or  manufactured  product 
requires,  basically,  ( 1 )  the  art  and  science  of  generating,  transmitting,  and 
utilizing  mechanical  power,  and  (2)  research,  development,  designing,  and 
the  coordination  of  materials,  personnel,  and  management.  These  basic 
requirements  define  mechanical  engineering.  The  following  professional 
divisions  of  the  American  Society  of  Mechanical  Engineers  give  a  good 
idea  of  types  of  work  in  which  the  mechanical  engineer  may  become  asso- 
ciated: applied  mechanics,  aviation,  bio-engineering,  materials  handUng, 
management,  oil  and  gas  power,  fuels,  safety,  hydrauUcs,  metals  engineer- 
ing, heat  transfer,  process  industries,  production,  machine  design,  lubrica- 
tion, petroleum,  nuclear  engineering,  railroads,  power,  textile,  gas  turbine 
power,  wood  industries,  rubber  and  plastics,  and  instruments  and  regulators. 

Because  of  the  wide  variety  of  engineering  opportunities  available  to  the 
mechanical  engineer,  the  curriculum  is  designed  to  give  the  student  a 
thorough  training  in  the  basic  sciences:  physics,  chemistry,  mathematics, 
solid  and  fluid  mechanics,  dynamics,  thermodynamics,  heat  transfer, 
materials,  electricity,  nuclear  technology,  power,  and  design. 

There  are  opportunities  for  mechanical  engineers  in  all  manufacturing 
enterprises.  There  are  opportunities  in  research,  design,  production, 
testing,  maintenance,  and  sales.  There  are  opportunities  for  engineers 
who  can  devise  manufactured  products  that  utilize  power  in  any  form  for 
the  convenience  of  man.  There  are  opportunities  wherever  there  are 
factories.  Since  every  town  of  moderate  size  has  factories,  the  mechanical 
engineer  may  select  the  community  where  he  wishes  to  make  his  home 
and  be  reasonably  certain  that  he  can  find  satisfactory  employment  there. 

19 


Mechanical  Engineering  Curriculum 

MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING  CURRICULUM 

r-Semester—^ 

Sophomore  Year  '  '^ 

Math.  21,  22— Calculus  II,  III 4  4 

Phys.  20,  21 — General  Physics 5  5 

EN  ES  20 — Mechanics  of  Materials   3 

EN  ES  21 — Dynamics 3 

EN  ME   1 — Thermodynamics   3 

General  Education  Courses   3  3 

Total 15  18 

Junior  Year 

General  Education  Courses  3  3 

EN  EE  60,  62 — Principles  of  Electrical  Engineering 3  3 

EN  EE  61,  63 — Electrical  Engineering  Laboratory 1  1 

EN  ES  30— Materials  Science    3 

EN  ME  101 — Dynamics  of  Machinery 2 

EN  ME  102— Fluid  Mechanics  1 3 

EM  ME  103 — Materials  Engineering 3 

EN  ME  104 — Gas  Dynamics  3 

EN  ME   106 — Transfer  Processes    3 

EN  ME   120 — Measurements  Laboratory   2 

Math.  66 — Differential  Equations  for  Engineers 3 

or 
EN  ME   1 16 — Mathematics  for  Engineers 3 

Total    18  18 

Senior  Year 

General  Education  Courses   3             3 

EN  ME  150,  151— Energy  Conversion 4             3 

EN  ME  152— Machine  Design 3 

EN  ME  154,  155 — Engineering  Experimentation    2             2 

EN  ME  156,  157 — Mechanical  Engineering  Analysis  and 

Design    3             4 

Technical  Elective 3             6 

Total 18  18 


20 


Fire  Protection  Curriculum 

TECHNICAL  ELECTIVES 

EN  ME  140 — .Engineering  Analysis  and  Computer  Program- 
ming      3 

EN  ME  153 — Elasticity  and  Plasticity  1 3 

EN  ME   162— Dynamics  II 3 

EN  ME   164 — Thermodynamics  II 3 

EN  ME   166 — Special  Problems  3 

EN  ME  161 — Environmental  Engineering   3 

EN  ME   163— Fluid  Mechanics  II   3 

EN  ME  165 — Automatic  Controls 3 

EN  ME   167 — Introduction  to  Operations  Research  1 3 

EN  ME   168— Solid  State  for  Engineers  I 3 

EN  ME  169— Solid  State  for  Engineers  n 3 

EN  ME   170 — Structure     and     Properties     of     Engineering 

Materials    3 


FIRE  PROTECTION 

Fire  protection  is  concerned  with  the  scientific  and  technical  problems  of 
preventing  loss  of  life  and  property  from  fire,  explosion  and  related  hazards, 
and  of  evaluating  and  eliminating  hazardous  conditions. 

The  fundamental  principles  of  fire  protection  are  relatively  well  defined 
and  the  application  of  these  principles  to  a  modern  industrialized  society 
has  become  a  specialized  activity.  Control  of  the  hazards  in  manufactur- 
ing processes  calls  for  an  understanding  not  only  of  measures  for  fire 
protection  but  of  the  processes  themselves.  Often  the  most  effective  solu- 
tion to  the  problem  of  safeguarding  a  hazardous  operation  hes  in  the 
modification  of  the  process  rather  than  in  the  installation  of  special  extin- 
guishing equipment.  The  expert  in  fire  protection  must  be  prepared  to 
decide  in  any  given  case  what  is  the  best  and  most  economical  solution  of 
the  fire  prevention  problem.  His  recommendations  are  often  based  not 
only  on  sound  principles  of  fire  protection  but  on  a  thorough  understand- 
ing of  the   special   problems   of  the   individual   property. 

Modem  fire  protection  utilizes  a  wide  variety  of  mechanical  and  electrical 
equipment  which  the  student  must  understand  in  principle  before  he  can 
apply  them  to  special  problems.  The  fire  protection  curriculum  emphasizes 
the  scientific,  technical  and  humanitarian  aspects  of  fire  protection,  and 
the  development  of  the  individual  student. 

The  problems  and  challenges  which  confront  the  speciaUst  in  fire  protec- 
tion include  the  reduction  and  control  of  fire  hazards  due  to  processes 
subject  to  fire  or  explosion  in  respect  to  design,  installation  and  handling, 
involving  both  physical  and  human  factors;  the  use  of  buildings  and  trans- 
portation faciUties  to  restrict  the  spread  of  fire  and  to  faciUtate  the  escape 
of  occupants  in  case  of  fire;  the  design,  installation  and  maintenance  of 
fire  detection  and  extinguishing  devices  and  systems;  and  the  organiza- 
tion and  education  of  persons  for  fire  prevention  and  fire  protection. 

21 


Agricultural  Engineering 

FIRE  PROTECTION  CURRICULUM 

Sophomore  Year 

Math.  21,  22— Calculus  n,  III 

Phys.  20,  21 — General  Physics   

EN  ES  20 — Mechanics  of  Materials   

EN  ES  21— Dynamics 

EN  ME  1 — Thermodynamics  I 

General  Education  Courses  

Total 

Junior  Year 

General  Education  Courses   

EN  ES  30 — Materials  Science    

Econ.  37 — Fundamentals  of  Economics 

B.  A.  191 — Property  Insurance   

EN  CE  105 — Basic  Fluid  Mechanics    

EN  FP — 104 — Essentials  of  Fire  Protection 

EN  FP  105 — Fire  Protection  Organization 

EN  FP  110 — Installations  and  Equipment 

EN  FP  120 — Insurance  Rating  and  Schedules 

Approved  Electives 

Total 

Senior  Year 

General  Education  Courses   

EN  CH  106 — Fundamentals  of  Sanitary  Engineering 

EN  CH  142 — Environmental  Consideration  of  Nuclear  Engi- 
neering    

Ind.  Ed.  143,   144 — Industrial  Safety  Education   

EN  FP   1 1 1 — Special  Hazards  and  Problems 

EN  FP   112 — Fire  Protection  Fluids  and  Systems 

EN  FP  1 14 — Fire  Analysis 

EN  FP  1 17— Technical  Projects 

Approved  Technical  Electives 

Total 


r-Semester- 
I  II 


4 

4 

5 

5 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

15 

18 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

3 

, . 

3 

3 

4 

3 

3 

3 

18 

19 

3 

3 

3 

3 

2 

2 

4 

3 

3 

4 

3 

3 

18 

18 

AGRICULTURAL  ENGINEERING 

The  Department  of  Agricultural  Engineering,,  in  the  College  of  Agricul- 
ture, offers  a  four-year  academic  program  leading  to  the  degree  of  Bache- 
lor of  Science.  The  program  is  described  in  the  catalog  of  the  College  of 
Agriculture. 


22 


Cognate  Activities 


Departments  in  the  college  of  engineering  which  contribute 
significantly  to  activities  in  education,  research,  and  professional  service — 
although  they  have  no  academic  curricula — include  the  Institute  of  Fluid 
Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics;  the  Department  of  Wind  Tunnel 
Operations;  and  the  Fire  Service  Extension  Department.  These  Depart- 
ments work  closely  with  academic  departments  of  the  University  in  areas 
of  common  interest.  The  scope  of  work  in  each  department  area  is  out- 
lined briefly  in  paragraphs  which  follow. 

Fellowship  grants  and  contracts  for  fundamental  research  contribute  to 
the  overall  professional-scientific  activity  of  the  staff  of  the  College.  The 
staff  of  the  College  of  Engineering  available  for  research  studies  will  be 
glad  to  discuss  proposed  problems  of  importance  to  industry  and  of  pubUc 
interest  where  means  can  be  found  for  the  cooperative  researches;  such 
studies  may  be  undertaken  with  the  approval  of  the  administration  of  the 
University. 

Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics 
and  Applied  Mathematics 

The  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics  is  a  center 
for  fundamental  theoretical  and  experimental  research  in  the  physical  and 
mathematical  sciences.  It  plays  a  vital  role  in  the  University  program  of 
higher  education  by  providing  facilities  for  predoctoral  and  postdoctoral 
study.  Further,  it  provides  an  important  link  between  the  University  and 
the  broad  scientific  and  technological  community. 

Investigations  in  appUed  mathematics  traditionally  have  centered  on  partial 
differential  equations  of  mathematical  physics,  specifically  initial  value, 
boundary  value  and  eigenvalue  problems  and  their  numerical  treatment 
More  recently,  attention  has  been  drawn  to  current  questions  in  ordinary 
differential  equations  such  as  hereditary  dependence  and  control  theory, 
and  to  mathematical  methods  in  statistical  mechanics  and  theoretical  biol- 
ogy. Theoretical  studies  of  gas  dynamics  and  plasma  dynamics  are  car- 
ried out  in  conjunction  with  laboratory  investigations  employing  facilities 
such  as  shock  tubes  and  a  thermal  plasma  device  (Q-machine).  Apphca- 
tions  to  astrophysics,  e.g.,  the  elemental  abundance  problem,  to  nonlinear 
mechanics  and  to  space  physics  engage  the  attention  of  the  staff.  Research 
in  meteorology  as  an  extension  of  fluid  dynamics  to  planetary  atmospheres 
encompasses  both  theoretical  and  experimental  techniques.  The  Institute's 
research  program  is  partially  supported  by  outside  contracts  and  grants. 

Staff  members  are  available  for  thesis  direction  of  graduate  students  pur- 
suing advanced  degrees  in  various  departments  of  the  University.  Approxi- 
mately 100  master's  and  Ph.D.  degrees  were  earned  during  the  period 
1951-65  in  the  departments  of  Mathematics,  Physics  and  Astronomy,  Me- 
chanical Engineering  and  Aerospace  Engineering  with  theses   under  the 

23 


Cognate  Activities 

direction  of  Institute  faculty.  In  addition,  staff  members  have  taught  many 
graduate  and  undergraduate  courses  in  other  departments  of  the  University. 
Fellowships  and  research  graduate  assistantships  are  available  to  support 
the  studies  of  quahfied  graduate  students,  and  the  Institute  offers  its  facili- 
ties and  financial  support  both  to  post-doctoral  fellows  and  senior  scholars 
on  leave  from  other  institutions. 

Institute  staff  members  work  closely  with  faculty  and  staff  of  other  Uni- 
versity departments  on  problems  of  mutual  interest,  and  with  scientists  at 
many  governmental  and  educational  institutions  in  the  Washington- 
Baltimore  area. 


WIND  TUNNEL  OPERATIONS 

The  Wind  Tunnel  Operations  Department  conducts  a  program  of  ex- 
perimental research  and  development  in  cooperation  with  the  aircraft 
industry,  agencies  of  government,  and  other  industries  with  problems 
concerning  aerodynamics.  Testing  programs  cover  a  variety  of  subjects 
including  all  types  of  aircraft,  missiles,  ordnance,  parachutes,  radar  an- 
tennas, trucks,  automobiles,  structures,  and  exterior  equipment  subject 
to  high  winds. 

The  Department  has  a  7.75xll-foot  wind  tunnel  that  can  be  operated 
at  speeds  from  0  to  240  mph.  This  facility  has  powered  model  drive 
equipment,  and  auxiUary  vacuum  and  high  pressure  air  supplies  for 
boundary  layer  control  studies.  Supporting  shops  include  complete  wood- 
working, machine  shop,  photographic,  and  instrumentation  faciUties. 

The  full  time  staff  of  the  Department  includes  engineering,  computing, 
shop,  and  technical  operations  personnel.  This  staff  cooperates  with  other 
faculty  and  students  in  the  College  of  Engineering  on  special  problems  of 
mutual  interest. 


FIRE  SERVICE  EXTENSION  DEPARTMENT 

The  Fire  Service  Extension  Department  provides  in-service  training  for 
volunteer,  municipal,  and  industrial  firemen  and  serves  in  an  advisory 
capacity  in  matters  of  fire  prevention,  fire  protection,  and  fire  safety  regu- 
lations. Classes  are  conducted  in  Maryland  by  local  instructors  who  work 
under  the  guidance  of  Senior  Instructors  of  the  Department.  Basic  train- 
ing is  given  in  the  fundamentals  of  firemanship.  An  advanced  course  covers 
the  technical  field  of  fire  prevention,  control  and  extinguishment.  Special- 
ized courses  are  offered  for  fire  officers  in  tactics  and  strategy  of  fire  sup- 
pression and  in  fire  department  administration.  A  training  course  of  42 
clock  hours  for  rescue  operations  is  also  available.  An  increasingly  impor- 
tant program  is  that  of  establishing  and  improving  fire  prevention  and  fire 
protection  in  Maryland  industry,  institutions  and  merchantile  establish- 
ments. 

24 


Cognate  Activities 

A  four-day  short  course  is  held  annually  in  September  at  the  University. 
Specialized  courses  include  instructor  training,  pump  school  series,  hydrau- 
lics, aerial  ladders.  There  are  also  conferences  for  fire  company  presidents, 
conferences  for  fire  chiefs,  and  schools  for  fire  ofl&cers. 

Additional  information  may  be  obtained  from  the  Director,  Fire  Service 
Extension  Department,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland. 

OTHER  RESEARCH  LABORATORIES 

The  National  Sand  and  Gravel  Association  and  the  National  Ready 
Mixed  Concrete  Association  have  research  laboratories  on  the  campus. 
These  agencies  also  sponsor  fellowships  for  graduate  students  who  will 
devote  half-time  to  graduate  study  and  half-time  to  research  on  approved 
projects  in  their  respective  areas  of  interest.  Fellows  will  be  selected  from 
applicants  who  have  been  admitted  to  graduate  study  in  some  field  of 
engineering.  Applications  for  admission  to  graduate  study  should  be 
made  on  forms  that  may  be  obtained  from  the  Dean  of  the  Graduate 
School,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park,  Maryland. 


25 


Course  Offerings 


The  university  reserves  the  right  to  change  any  provisions  or 
requirements  at  any  time  within  the  st-  dent's  term  of  residence;  or  to  with- 
draw or  discontinue  any  course;  oi  ,o  ask  a  student  to  withdraw  when  it 
considers  such  action  to  be  in  the  best  interests  of  the  University.  If  a  sched- 
uled course  is  withdrawn  or  discontinued,  the  fee  charged  for  such  course 
will  be  returned,  and  the  corresponding  fee  for  change  in  registration  will 
not  be  charged. 

Courses  designated  by  numbers  1  to  99  are  for  undergraduates;  above 
200  for  graduate  students;  and  from  100  to  199  for  advanced  under- 
graduates and  (subject  to  official  approval)  for  graduates  also. 

A  separate  schedule  of  courses  is  issued  each  semester  showing  the  hours, 
places  of  meeting,  and  other  information  required  by  the  student  in 
making  out  his  program.  These  schedules  for  a  particular  semester  are 
available  during  its  period  of  registration. 

The  responsibility  for  proper  registration  and  for  satisfying  stated  prerequi- 
sites for  any  course  must  rest  with  the  student — as  does  the  responsibility 
for  proper  achievement  in  courses  in  which  he  is  enrolled.  Each  student 
should  be  familiar  with  the  provisions  of  this  catalog.  University  General 
and  Academic  Regulations,  and  other  pertinent  regulations. 

AEROSPACE  ENGINEERING 

Professors:  Sherwood,  Corning,  Weske,  and  Pal* 
Associate  Professors:  Melnik,  Rivello,  and  Schetz. 
Instructors:  Lubard,  Reddy,  and  Reilly. 
Lecturers:  Billig,  Lobb,  and  Wilson. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
EN  AE  101.  Aerodynamics  I.   (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Phys.  21  and  Math.  2L 
Basic  fluid  mechanics  and  aerodynamic  theory.  (Melnik.) 

EN  AE  102.  Aerodynamics  II.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  AE  101.  Elements 
of  compressible  flow  and  application  to  engineering  problems.         (Sherwood.) 

EN  AE  107,  108.  Design  of  Aerospace  Vehicles.  (4,  4) 

First  and  second  semesters,  two  lectures  and  two  lecture  calculation  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisites,  EN  AE  101,  102  and  113;  first  semester,  theory  back- 
ground and  methods  of  airplane  design,  subsonic,  supersonic  and  VTOL;  second 
semester,  theory  background  and  methods  of  space  vehicle  design,  maniied 
orbiting  vehicles,  manned  Lunar  and  Martian  landing  systems.  (Corning.) 


*Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics. 

26 


Aerospace  Engineering 
EN  AE  109,  110.  Flight  Propulsion.  (3,  3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  EN  MET  and 
EN  AE  101.  Operating  principles  of  piston,  turbojet,  turboprop,  ramjet,  and 
rocket  engines.  Thermodynamic  processes  and  ertgine  performance,  aero-ther- 
mochemistry of  combustion,  fuels  and  propellants,  energy  for  space  flight. 

(Weske.) 

EN  AE  111,  112.  Elective  Research.  (2,2) 

One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites,  EN  AE  102  and 
EN  AE  113.  Wind  tunnel  tests;  structure  tests.  Written  and  oral  reports  on 
original  research  projects.  (Staff.) 

EN  AE  113,    114.  Flight   Structures.  (4,  3) 

First  semester,  three  lectures  and  one  calculation  period  a  week;  second  semes- 
ter, three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  EN  ES  20  and  Math.  64.  Principles 
and  problems  of  stress  analysis  and  structural  design  of  flight  structures. 

(RiveUo.) 

EN  AE  115.  Aerodynamics  III.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  EN  AE  102.  Elementary  theory  of  the  flow  of  an  incompressible 
fluid.  (Sherwood.) 

EN  AE  117.  Aircraft  Vibrations.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Math.  66.  Vibration  and  other  dynamic 
problems  occurring  in  structures.  Specific  topics  of  study  include  the  single 
degree  of  freedom  system,  damping,  forced  vibrations,  critical  frequency,  multi- 
ple degrees  of  freedom,  and  vibration  isolation  and  absorption.  (Schetz.) 

EN  AE  118.  Dynamics  of  Aerospace  Vehicles.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequites,  EN  AE  101,  102,  115.  Stability,  control,  loads 
and  miscellaneous  topics  in  dynamics.  (Coming.) 

For  Graduates 
EN  AE  220,  221.  Aerodynamics  of  Incompressible  Fluids.   (3,  3) 

Prerequisites,  EN  AE  115.  Math.  113  or  163.  Fundamental  equations  and 
concepts  of  fluid  mechanics.  Irrotational  motion.  Circulation  theory  of  lift. 
Thin  airfoil  theory.  Lifting  line  theory.  (Schetz.) 

EN  AE  222,  223.  Aerodynamics  of  Viscous  Fluids.   (3,  3) 

Prerequisites,  EN  AE  101,  EN  AE  102,  Math.  66.  Fundamental  concepts. 
Navier-Stokes'  equations.  Simple  exact  solutions.  Laminar  boundary  layer 
theory.  Pohlhausen  method.  Turbulent  boundary  layer;  mixing  length,  similar- 
ity and  statistical  theories  and  their  applications.  Boundary  layer  in  compres- 
sible flow.  (Weske.) 

EN  AE  224,  225.  Aerodynamics  of  Compressible  Fluids.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisites,  EN  AE  115,  Math.  66.  One  dimensional  flow  of  a  perfect  com- 
pressible fluid.  Shock  waves.  Two-dimensional  linearized  theory  of  compressible 
flow.  Two-dimensional  transonic  and  hypersonic  flows.  Exact  solutions  of  two 
dimensional   isotopic   flow.     Linearized   theory    of   three-dimensional    potential 

27 


Aerospace  Engineering 

flow.  Exact  solution  of  axially  symmetrical  potential  flow.  One-dimensional 
viscous  compressible  flow.    Laminar  boundary  layer  of  compressible  fluids. 

(Pai.) 

EN  AE  230,  231.  The  Aerodynamics  of  High  Altitude 
Vehicles.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  Aerothermodynamic  study  of  several  types 
of  high  altitude,  hypersonic  vehicles  including  ballastic,  boost-glide  and  satellite 
vehicles.  Examination  of  problems  in  stability,  control,  boundary-layer  growth, 
Shockwave  interactions  and  convective  and  radiactive  heating.  (Wilson.) 

EN  AE  232,  233.  Wave  Propagation  in  Gases  and  Solids.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  Application  of  method  of  characteristics 
to  unsteady  compressible  flow.  Study  of  isentropic  and  non-isentropic  flows  of 
both  ideal  and  non-ideal  gases.  The  Lagrange  ballistic  problem,  detonation, 
the  shock  tube  and  spherical  waves.  Impact  loading  on  elastic-plastic  materials, 
the  stopping  shock,  interactions  and  reflections  in  solids.  Stress  and  strain  pro- 
duced in  solids  with  varying  cross-sectional  area.  (Seigel.) 

EN  AE  234,  235.  Aerospace  Facilities  and  Techniques.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  Problems  in  supersonic  and  hypersonic 
tunnel  development  such  as  the  aerodynamic  design  of  nozzles,  diffusers,  storage 
systems  and  arc  heaters.  Shock  tubes  and  shock  tube  wind  tunnels.  Develop- 
ment of  ballistic  ranges  and  basic  considerations  in  the  design  of  high-speed 
launchers.   Instrumentation  and  data  reduction.  (Lobb.) 

EN  AE  236,  237.  Heat  Transfer  Problems  Associated  with 
High  Velocity  Flight.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  Heat  conduction  in  solids  and  thermal 
radiation  of  solids  and  gases.  Analytic  solutions  to  simple  problems  and  numeri- 
cal methods  for  solving  complicated  problems.  Convective  heating  associated 
with  laminar  and  turbulent  boundary-layer  flow.  Heat  transfer  equations  for 
selected  body  shapes  such  as  cones  and  hemispheres.  Real  gas  effects  on  con- 
vective heating.  (Wilson.) 

EN  AE  250,  251.  Advanced  Flight  Structures.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisites,  Math.  66  and  EN  AE  113,  114,  or  permission  of  the  instructor. 
Advanced  topics  in  structural  theory  with  applications  to  flight  vehicle  struc- 
tures.   Energy  and  matrix  methods,  plate  theory,  introduction  to  shell  theory. 

(Rivello.) 

EN  AE  260,  261.  Advanced  Propulsion.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisites,  M.  E.  100;  EN  AE  109,  110.  Special  problems  of  thermodynam- 
ics and  dynamics  of  aircraft  power  plants;  jet,  rocket  and  ramjet  engines;  plasma, 
ion  and  nuclear  propulsion  for  space  vehicles.  (Billig.) 

EN  AE  270,  271.  Flight  Dynamics.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisites.  Math.  66  and  EN  AE  114.  Dynamics  of  a  rigid  body  and  appli- 
cations to  airplane  dynamics.  Generalized  coordinates  and  Lagrange's  equations. 
Vibrations  of  simple  systems.  Dynamics  of  elastically  connected  masses.  Influ- 
ence coefficients.  Mode  shapes  and  principal  oscillations.  Transient  stresses  in 
an  elastic  structure.  Wind  divergence  and  aileron  reversal.  Theory  of  two 
dimensional  oscillating  airfoil.  Flutter  problems.  Corrections  for  finite  span. 
Compressibility  effects. 

28 


Aerospace  Engineering  Chemical  Engineering 

EN  AE  290.  Seminar. 

(Credit   in   accordance   with   work   outlined   by  Aerospace   Engineering  staff.) 
First  and  second  semesters. 

EN  AE  291,  292.  Selected  Topics  in  Aerospace 
Engineering.  (3,  3) 

Prerequisite,   permission  of  instructor.    Topics   of  current   interest  and   recent 
advances  in  the  field. 

EN  AE  399.  Research. 

(Credit   in   accordance  with   work,  outlmed  by  Aerospace  Engineering  staff.) 
First  and  second  semesters.    Prerequisite,  graduate  standing.  (Staff.) 

CHEMICAL  ENGINEERING 

Professors:  Beckmann,  Duffey,  Marchello,  Schroeder,  and 
Silverman. 

Associate  Professors:  Gomezplata,  and  Skolnick. 

Assistant  Professors:  Cadman,  Glome,  Munno,  and  Smith. 

Lecturers:  Askew,  Goldman,  and  Goldstein. 


EN  CH  15.  Chemical  Engineering  Analysis.  (2) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Chem.  3  or  equivalent.  Introduction  to  methods 
of  chemical  engineering  analysis.  Stoichiometric  relations,  correlation  of  chem- 
ical and  physical  properties,  application  of  material  and  energy  balances  to 
chemical  engineering  operations  and  processes. 

EN  CH  50.  Engineering  Thermodynamics.   (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  EN  CH  15.  Fundamental  principles  of  thermody- 
namics and  their  application  to  engineering  problems.  First  and  second  laws 
of  thermodynamics,  properties  of  gases,  liquids  and  solids,  phase  equilibrium, 
flow  and  non-flow  systems,  production  of  work  from  heat. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
EN  CH  109.  Chemical  Process  Thermodynamics.   (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  EN  CH  50.  Estimation  of  thermodynamic  proper- 
ties of  pure  substances  and  mixtures.  Chemical  and  phase  equilibria  in  ideal 
and  non-ideal  systems.  Thermodynamic  analysis  of  processes,  equilibrium  stage 
operations,  thermodynamics  of  chemically  reacting  systems. 

EN  CH  116.  Applied  Mathematics  in  Chemical  Engineering.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisites,  Math.  21  and  EN  CH  127.  Mathematical  tech- 
nique applied  to  the  analysis  and  solution  of  chemical  engineering  problems. 
Use  of  differentiation,  integration,  differential  equations,  partial  differential 
equations  and  integral  transforms.  Application  of  infinite  series,  numerical  and 
statistical  methods. 

29 


Chemical  Engineering 

EN  CH  127,  129,   131.  Transfer  and  Transport 
Processes  I,  II,  III.  (4,  3,  3) 

First,  second,  and  first  semesters,  respectively.  Prerequisite,  EN  CH  50.  A  three 
semester  sequence  of  courses  covering  the  theory  and  applications  of  molecular 
and  turbulent  transport  phenomena.  Principles  of  fluid  mechanics,  mass  transfer 
and  heat  transfer.  Dimensional  analysis,  analogy  between  heat,  mass  and  mo- 
mentum transfer.  Newtonian  and  non-Newtonian  flow,  convective  heat  and 
mass  transfer.  Steady  and  unsteady  state  diffusion  and  conduction,  simultane- 
ous heat  and  mass  transfer,  interphase  transfer,  boundary  layer  theory.  The 
equilibrium  stage  concept  and  its  application  to  absorption,  extraction,  and 
distillation.  Analysis  of  multiple  stage  processes.  Principles  of  radiant  heat 
transfer,  evaporation,  filtration,  crystallization,  drying,  condensation,  boiling,  hu- 
midification,  ion  exchange,  and  phase  separations. 

EN  CH  133,  134.  Chemical  Engineering  Seminar.  (1,  1) 

Prerequisite,  Senior  standing.  Oral  and  written  reports  on  recent  developments 
in  chemical  engineering  and  the  process  industries.   Fall  and  Spring  Semesters. 

EN  CH  137.  Chemical   Engineering  Laboratory.   (3) 

First  or  second  semester.  Prerequisite.  EN  CH  129.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00. 
Application  of  chemical  engineering  process  and  unit  operation  principles  in 
small  scale  semi-commercial  equipment.  Data  from  experimental  observations 
are  used  to  evaluate  performance  and  eflficiency  of  operations.  Emphasis  is  placed 
on  correct  presentation  of  results  in  report  form. 

EN  CH  140.  Introduction  to  Nuclear  Technology.   (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Math  21  and 
Phys.  21.  Engineering  problems  of  the  nuclear  energy  complex,  including  basic 
theory,  nuclear  reactor  design,  and  isotopic  and  chemical  separations.  Emphasis 
is  on  the  nuclear  fission  reactor.  (Duffey.) 

EN  CH  142.  Environmental  Consideration  of  Nuclear 
Engineering.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 
Protection  of  the  public  and  the  environment  from  the  hazards  of  nuclear 
energy  operations.  Handling  and  disposal  of  gaseous,  liquid  and  solid  radio- 
active wastes.  Meteorological,  hydrological  and  geological  phases.  Typical 
problems  from  mining  of  ores  through  nuclear  reactor  operations  and  chemical 
separations.  Legislative  and  economic  factors,  site  selection,  plant  design  and 
operation   as  related  to  the  environment.  (Silverman,  Munno.) 

EN  CH  145.  Chemical  Engineering  Kinetics.  (2) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite.  Chem.  187.  Fundamentals  of  chemical  reaction 
kinetics  and  their  application  to  the  design  and  operation  of  chemical  reactors. 
Reaction  rate  theory,  homogeneous  reactions  in  batch  and  flow  systems,  adsorp- 
tion, heterogeneous  reactions  and  catalysis,  electrochemical  reactions.  Catalytic 
reactor  design. 

EN  CH  147.  Process  Engineering  and  Design.  (3) 

Second  or  first  semester.  Prerequisite.  EN  CH  129.  Utilization  of  chemical 
engineering  principles  for  the  design  of  process  equipment.  Typical  problems  in 
the  design  of  chemical  plants.   Comprehensive  reports  are  required. 

30 


Chemical  Engineering 
EN  CH  148.  Nuclear  Technology  Laboratory.  (3) 

One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites.  Chem.  3,  Phys. 
21.  Math.  21.  EN  Ch.  140,  or  equivalent,  and  permission  of  instructor.  Labora- 
tory fee,  $8.00  per  semester.  Techniques  of  detecting  and  making  measure- 
ments of  nuclear  or  high  energy  radiation.  Radiation  safety  experiments. 
Both  a  sub-critical  reactor  and  the  10-KW  swimming  pool  critical  reactor  are 
sources  of  radiation.  (Silverman,  Munno.) 

EN  CH  149.  Chemical  Engineering  Economics.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  EN  CH  129.  Principles  of  engineering  econom- 
ics applied  to  chemical  processes.  Optimizing  methods  in  the  design  and  opera- 
tion of  industrial  processes.  Determination  of  investment  and  operating  costs 
for  chemical  plants. 

EN  CH  150.  Chemical  Process  Development.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  EN  CH  129.  Chemical  process  industries  from  the 
standpoint  of  technology,  raw  materials,  products  and  processing  equipment. 
Operations  of  the  major  chemical  processes  and  industries  combined  with  quanti- 
tative analysis  of  process  requirements  and   yields. 

EN  CH  152.  Advanced  Chemical  Engineering  Analysis.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  EN  CH  116.  Application  of  digital  and  analog 
computers  to  chemical  engineering  problems.  Numerical  methods,  programming, 
differential  equations,  curve  fitting,  amplifiers  and  analog  circuits. 

EN  CH  154.  Numerical  and  Statistical  Analysis.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  EN  CH  116.  Use  of  probability  and  statistics  in 
chemical  engineering.  Probability,  normal  distribution  and  measure  of  varia- 
bility. The  chi  square,  and  the  t-test.  Correlation  and  regression  analysis. 
Introduction  to  analysis  of  variance  and  sequential  analysis. 

EN  CH  155.  Chemical   Process  Laboratory.   (2) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  EN  CH  129,  and  145  concurrently.  Laboratory 
fee,  $10.00.  Experimental  study  of  various  chemical  processes  through  labora- 
tory and  small  semi-commercial  scale  equipment.  Reaction  kinetics,  fluid 
mechanics,  heat  and  mass  transfer. 

EN  CH  1 57.  Chemical  Engineering  Systems  Analysis  and 
Dynamics.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite.  EN  CH  116.  Dynamic  response  applied  to  process 
systems.  Goals  and  modes  of  control;  LaPlace  transformations;  representation, 
analysis  and  synthesis  of  simple  control  systems;  closed  loop  response;  dynamic 
testing;  role  of  modern  computing  machinery  in  process  control. 

EN  CH  159.  Dynamics  and  Control  Laboratory.  (2) 

SecoiKl  semester.  Prerequisite,  EN  CH  116,  157  concurrently.  Laboratory  fee, 
$10.00.  Methods  of  process  control.  Dynamics  and  response  of  process  systems, 
modes  of  control,  synthesis  of  simple  control  schemes.  Use  of  experimental  and 
mathematical  models  of  control  systems. 

EN  CH  165.  Research.  (2  or   3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  Permission  of  the  staff.  Laboratory 
fee,  $10.00.  Investigation  of  a  research  project  under  the  direction  of  one  of 
the  staff  members.   Comprehensive  reports  are  required. 

31 


Chemical  Engineering 

EN  CH  170.  Structure  and  Properties  of  Engineering  Materials. 

(3) 

A  comprehensive  survey  of  the  atomic  and  electronic  structure  of  solids  with 
emphasis  on  the  relationship  of  structure  to  the  physical  and  mechanical  prop- 
erties. 

EN  CH  171.  Physical  Chemistry  of  Engineering  Materials.  (3) 

Equilibrium  multicomponent  systems  and  relationship  to  the  phase  diagram. 
Thermodynamics  of  polycrystalline  and  polyphase  materials.  Diffusion  in 
solids,  kinetics  of  reactions  in  solids. 

EN  CH  172.  Technology  of   Engineering   Materials.    (3) 

Relationship  of  properties  of  solids  to  their  engineering  applications.  Criteria 
for  the  choice  of  materials  for  electronic,  mechanical  and  chemical  properties. 
Particular  emphasis  on  the  relationships  between  structure  of  the  solid  and 
its  potential  engineering  application. 

EN  CH  173.  Processing  of  Engineering  Materials.   (3) 

The  effect  of  processing  on  the  structure  of  engineering  materials.  Processes 
considered  include  refining,  melting  and  solidification,  purification  by  zone 
refining,  vapor  phase  processing,  mechanical  working  and  heat  treatments. 

For  Graduates 
EN  CH  201.  Graduate  Seminar.  (1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Discussion  of  current  advances  and  research  in 
chemical   engineering.    Presented   by   graduate   students   and  staff. 

EN  CH  203.  Chemical  Engineering  Thermodynamics.  (3) 

First  semester.  Advanced  application  of  the  general  thermodynamic  methods 
to  chemical  engineering  problems.  First  and  second  law  consequences;  estima- 
tion and  correlation  of  thermodynamic  properties;  phase  and  chemical  reaction 
equilibria.  (Glomb.) 

EN  CH  205.  Transport  Phenomena.  (3) 

First  semester.  Heat,  mass  and  momentum  transfer  theory  from  the  viewpoint 
of  the  basic  transport  equations.  Steady  and  unsteady  state;  laminar  and  tur- 
bulent flow;  boundary  layer  theory,  mechanics  of  turbulent  transport;  with 
specific  application  to  complex  chemical  engineering  situations. 

(Marchello,  Glomb.) 

EN  CH  207.  Transfer  Operations.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite.  EN  CH  205.  Applications  of  heat,  mass  and  mo- 
mentum transfer  theory  to  chemical  engineering  problems.  Transfer  coefficients; 
heat,  mass  and  momentum  analogies;  two-phase  flow;  boiling  and  condensation; 
radiation  heat  transfer.  (Marchello,  Glomb.) 

EN  CH  209.  Complex  Equilibrium  Stage  Processes.  (3) 

Second  semester.  The  theory  and  application  of  complex  equilibrium  stages. 
Binary  and  multicomponent  distillation;  multicomponent  absorption;  extraction; 
liquefaction.  (Glomb.) 

32 


Chemical  Engineering 
EN  CH  211.  Advanced  Chemical  Reaction  Kinetics.  (3) 

Second  semester.  The  theory  and  application  of  chemical  reaction  kinetics  to 
reactor  design.  Reaction  rate  theory;  homogeneous  batch  and  flow  reactors; 
fundamentals  of  catalysis;  design  of  heterogeneous  flow  reactors. 

(Beckmann,  Marchello.) 

EN  CH  223.  Process  Engineering  and  Design.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Coordination  of  chemical  engineering  and  eco- 
nomics to  advanced  process  engineering  and  design.  Optimization  of  invest- 
ment and  operating  costs.  Solution  of  typical  problems  in  the  design  of  chemical 
engineering  plants.  (Schroeder.) 

EN  CH  235.  Chemical  Process  Dynamics.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisites,  differential  equations  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Analysis  of  open  and  closed  control  loops  and  their  elements;  dynamic  response 
of  processes;  choice  of  variables  and  linkages;  dynamic  testing  and  synthesis; 
noise  and  drift;  chemical  process  systems  analysis;  strategies  for  optimum  opera- 
tion. (Smith,  Cadman.) 

EN  CH  247.  Special  Problems  in  Chemical  Engineering. 

First  and  second  semesters.  Special  study  and /or  investigation  in  chemical 
engineering  under  the  direction  of  an  assigned  faculty  advisor.  Since  content 
changes,  re-registration  is  permissible.  (Staflf.) 

EN  CH  253.  Advanced  Topics  in  Thermodynamics.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Offered  in  alternate  years.  Prerequisite,  EN  CH  203.     (Staflf.) 

EN  CH  255.  Advanced  Topics  in  Chemical  Reaction  Systems.  (3) 

First  semester.    Offered  in  alternate  years.    Prerequisite,  EN  CH  211. 

(Beckmaim.) 

EN  CH  257.  Advanced  Topics  in  Transfer  Theory.  (3) 

First  semester.  Offered  in  alternate  years.  Offered  1963-64.  Prerequisite, 
EN  CH  207.  (Glomb.) 

EN  CH  259.  Advanced  Topics  in  Separation  Processes.  (3) 

Second  semester.   Offered  in  alternate  years.  Offered  1965-66.  (Marchello.) 

EN  CH  301.  Seminar  in  Nuclear  Engineering.  (1) 

First  and  second  semesters,  one  meeting  a  week.  Survey  of  nuclear  engineering 
literature,  and  oral  presentation  of  prepared  reports.  Since  the  content  of  this 
course  is  changing,  a  student  may  receive  a  number  of  credits  by  re-registra- 
tion. (Duffey,  Silverman,  Munno.) 

EN  CH  302,  303.  Nuclear  Reactor  Engineering.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  permission  of 
instructor.  Design,  construction  and  operation  of  typical  nuclear  reactors,  in- 
cluding general  design,  nuclear  reactor  theory,  materials  of  construction,  heat 
transfer,  and  control.  (Duffey,   Munno.) 

EN  CH  308,  309.  Nuclear  Reactor  Laboratory.  (3,  3) 

Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  permission  of 
instructor,  EN  Ch.  148,  302,  303,  305,  or  equivalent.  Laboratory  fee  $10.00  per 

33 


Chemical  Engineering 

semester.  The  University  of  Maryland  lO-KW  swimming  pool  reactor  is  em- 
ployed in  experiments  on  reactor  startup  and  operation,  shielding,  control, 
neutron  flux  distributions,  neutron  and  gamma  spectrum,  cross  section 
measurements.  (Duffey.) 

EN  CH  311.  Nuclear  Fuel  and  Waste   Processing.    (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Processing  of  nuclear  fuel  and  treat- 
ment of  nuclear  waste.  Includes:  (1)  processing  of  uranium,  thorium,  and  other 
ores;  (2)  chemical  separation  of  plutonium,  uranium,  fission  products  and  other 
elements  from  materials  irradiated  in  nuclear  reactors;  (3)  treatment  of  radio- 
active wastes;  (4)  isotopic  separation  of  U235;  and  (5)  isotopic  separation  of 
heavy  water  and  other  materials.  (Silverman.) 

EN  CH  313.  Selected  Topics  in  Nuclear  Engineering-  (2) 

Two  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  Topics  of  current 
interest  and  recent  advances  in  the  nuclear  engineering  field.  Because  of  the 
rapid  advances  in  the  field,  information  on  special  topics  of  much  practical 
importance  is  continually  becoming  available.  Since  the  content  changes,  re- 
registration  may  be  permitted.  (Duffey,  Silverman,  Munno.) 

EN  CH  314.  Special  Problems  in  Nuclear  Engineering. 

Credit  hours  to  be  arranged.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Laboratory 
fee,  $10.00  per  semester.  (Staff.) 

EN  CH  315,  316.  Radiation  Engineering.  (3,  3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor. 
An  analysis  of  such  radiation  applications  as  synthesizing  chemicals,  preserv- 
ing foods,  control  of  industrial  processes.  Design  of  irradiation  installations, 
e.g.,  cobalt  60  gamma  ray  sources,  electronuclear  machine  arrangements,  and 
chemonuclear  reactors.  (Silverman.) 

EN  CH  317.  Radiation  Effects  Laboratory.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  instructor.  Effect  of  massive  doses  of  radiation  on 
the  properties  of  matter  for  purposes  other  than  those  pointed  toward  nuclear 
power.  Radiation  processing,  radiation-induced  chemical  reactions,  and  con- 
version of  radiation  energy;  isotope  power  sources.  (Silverman.) 

EN  CH  320.  Nuclear  Reactor  Physics  I.  (3) 

First  semester.  Introduction  to  neutron  physics.  The  theory  of  neutron  detec- 
tion instruments  including  the  neutron  chopper  and  solid  state  detectors.  Ele- 
ments of  neutron  slowing-down  theory.  The  Boltzman  transport  equation  will 
be  developed  together  with  approximations  such  as  Pn,  Sn,  and  Fermi  Age. 
Nuclear  systems  will  be  theoretically  treated  utilizing  the  diffusion  approxima- 
tion, the  Fermi  Age  method  and  the  P-3  method.  Elementary  temperature  and 
time  dependence. 

EN  CH  321.  Nuclear  Reactor  Physics  II.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite:  EN  CH  320.  Mathematical  treatment  of  nuclear 
reactor  systems.  To  be  presented  in  this  course  are  the  foundations  of  nuclear 
reactor  kinetics,  the  multigroup  treatment,  reflected  reactor  theory,  heterogene- 
ous reactors,  perturbation  theory.  Thermalization  theory  and  the  pulse  and 
sine-wave  techniques.    Introduction  to  variational  methods. 

34 


Civil  Engineering 
EN  CH  331.  Neutral  Particle  Transport  Theory.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite:  EN  CH  320  or  permission  of  instructor.  Trans- 
port equations  for  neutrons  and  gamma  rays.  Infinite  space  and  Milne  prob- 
lems. Spherical  harmonic  and  variational  methods.  Special  methods  of  solv- 
ing transport  equations. 

EN  CH  333.  Radiation  Shielding  and  Energy  Deposition.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite:  EN  CH  320  or  permission  of  instructor.  A  study 
of  the  interactions  of  nuclear  radiations  with  matter.  Includes  electron,  gamma 
and  neutron  attenuation,  dose  calculations,  chemical  changes,  heat  generation 
and  removal  in  shields. 

EN  CH  337.  Nuclear  Reactor  Dynamics.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisites:  EN  CH  321.  Principles  of  reactor  control 
and  operation.  Neutron  kinetics,  temperature  and  coolant  flow  effects,  trans- 
fer function,  stochastic  processes.  Stability  analysis.  Accident  calculations. 
Use  of  analog  computer  for  simulation  and  problem  solving. 

EN  CH  350.  Structure  of  Engineering  Materials.  (3) 

The  structural  aspects  of  crystalline  and  amorphous  solids  and  relationship  to 
bonding  types.  Point  and  space  groups.  Summary  of  diffraction  theory  and 
practice.  The  Reciprocal  Lattice.  Relationships  of  the  microscopically  meas- 
ured properties  to  crystal  symmetry.  Structural  aspects  of  defects  in  crystalline 
solids. 

EN  CH  351.  Electronic  Structure  of  Engineering  Solids.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  EN  CH  350  or  EN  ME  350.  Description  of  electronic  behavior 
in  engineering  solids.  Behavior  of  conductors,  semiconductors  and  insulators 
in  electrical  fields.  Thermal,  magnetic  and  optional  properties  of  engineering 
solids. 

EN  CH  359.  Special  Topics  in  Structure  of  Engineering 
Materials.   (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

EN  CH  360.  Chemical  Physics  of  Engineering  Materials.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  EN  CH  350  or  EN  ME  350.  Thermodynamics  and  statistical 
mechanics  of  engineering  solids.  Cohesion,  thermodynamic  properties.  Theory 
of  solid  solutions.  Thermodynamics  of  mechanical,  electrical,  and  magnetic 
phenomena  in  solids.  Chemical  thermodynamics,  phase  trartsitions  and  ther- 
modynamic properties  of  polycrystalline  and  polyphase  materials.  Thermo- 
dynamics of  defects  in  solids. 

EN  CH  361.  Kinetics  of  Reactions  in  Materials.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  EN  CH  360  or  EN  ME  360.  The  theory  of  thermally  activated 
processes  in  solids  as  applied  to  diffusion,  nucleation  and  interface  motion. 
Cooperative  and  diffusionless  transformations.  Applications  selected  from 
processes  such  as  allotropic  transformations,  precipitation,  martensite  for- 
mation, solidification,  ordering,  and  corrosion. 

EN  CH  369.  Special  Topics  in  the  Chemical  Physics  of 
Materials.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

35 


Chemical  Engineering 

EN  CH  370.  Rheology  of  Engineering  Materials.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  EN  CH  350  or  EN  ME  350.  Mechanical  behavior  with  emphasis 
on  the  continuum  point  of  view  and  its  relationship  to  structural  types.  Elas- 
ticity, viscoelasticity,  anelasticity  and  plasticity  in  single  phase  and  multiphase 
materials. 

EN  CH  371.  Dislocations  in  Crystalline  Materials.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  EN  CH  350  or  EN  ME  350.  The  nature  and  interactions  of  de- 
fects is  crystalline  solids,  with  primary  emphasis  on  dislocations.  The  elastic 
jmd  electric  fields  associated  with  dislocations.  Effects  of  imperfections  on 
mechanical  arxl  physical  properties. 

EN  CH  372.  Mechanical   Properties  of  Engineering  Materials. 
(3) 

Prerequisite,  EN  CH  370  or  EN  ME  370.  The  mechanical  properties  of  single 
crystals,  polycrystalline  and  polyphase  materials.  Yield  strength,  work  harden- 
ing, fracture,  fatigue  and  creep  are  considered  in  terms  of  fundamental  ma- 
terial properties. 

EN  CH  379.  Special  Topics  in  the  Mechanical  Behavior  of 
Engineering.  Solids.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

EN  CH  380.  ExPERiMiENTAL  Methods  in  Materials  Science.  (3) 

Methods  of  measuring  the  structural  aspects  of  materials.  Optical  and  electron 
microscopy.  Microscopic  analytical  techniques.  Resonance  methods.  Elec- 
trical, optical  and  magnetic  measurement  techniques.   Thermodynamic  methods. 

EN  CH  381.  Diffraction  Techniques  in  Materials  Science.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  EN  CH  350  or  EN  ME  350.  Theory  of  diffraction  of  electrons, 
neutrons  and  x-rays.  Strong  emphasis  on  diffraction  methods  as  applied  to 
the  study  of  defects  in  solids.  Short  range  order,  thermal  vibrations,  stacking 
faults,  microstrain. 

EN  CH  389.  Special  Topics  in  Experimental  Techniques  in 
Materials  Science.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

EN  CH  390.  Polymeric  Engineering  Materials.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  EN  CH  350  or  EN  ME  350  or  consent  of  instructor.  A  com- 
prehensive summary  of  the  fundamentals  of  particular  interest  in  the  science 
and  applications  of  polymers.  Polymer  single  crystals,  transformations  in 
polymers,  fabrication  of  polymers  as  to  shape  and  internal  structure. 

EN  CH  391.  Special  Topics  in  Materials  Technology.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor. 

EN  CH  397.  Seminar  in  Engineering  Materials.  (1) 

Discussion  of  current  advances  and  research  in  engineering  solids. 

EN  CH  398.  Special  Problems  in  Engineering  Materials. 

Special  study  or  investigation  in  Materials  Science  under  the  direction  of  an 
assigned  faculty  advisor.  Credit  variable  and  since  content  changes,  re-regis- 
tration is  permissible. 

36 


Civil  Engineering 

EN  CH  399.  Research  in  Chemical  Engineering.  Research  in 
Nuclear  Engineering.  Research  in  Engineering  Materials. 

Credit  hours  to  be  arranged.  Laboratory  fee,  $8.00  per  semester  (Research 
in  Chemical  Engineering).  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00  per  semester  (Research  in 
Nuclear  Engineering).  The  investigation  of  special  problems  and  the  prepara- 
tion of  a  thesis  in  partial  fulfillment  of  the  requirements  of  an  advanced  de- 
gree. (Staff.) 


CIVIL  ENGINEERING 

Professors:  Looney,  Lepper  and  Otts. 

Associate  Professors:  Cournyn,  Gohr,  Piper  and  Wedding. 

Assistant  Professors:  Cookson,  Garber,  and  Mercier. 

Instructors:  Heins,  Reilly,  and  Schelling. 

Lecturers:  Bloem,  Roberts  and  Walker. 

EN  CE  50.  Fundamentals  of  Engineering  Materials.  (3) 

First  and  second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Pre- 
requisite, EN  ES  20,  or  concurrent  registration.  Properties  and  constitution 
of  the  principal  materials  used  in  civil  engineering;  laboratory  tests  for  these 
properties,  interpretation  of  test  results  and  of  specifications. 

EN  CE  90.  Engineering  Survey  Measurements.  (3) 

First  and  second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Pre- 
requisite, Math.  20,  or  concurrent  registration.  Standards,  units,  calibration; 
measurement  of  distance,  elevation,  angles;  systematic  and  random  error  analy- 
sis in  measurements;  fundamentals  of  mapping;  instrumentation. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
EN  CE  100.  Engineering  Analysis  and  Computer  Programming.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  CE  112  or  con- 
current registration.  Elements  of  operational  calculus,  vector  analysis,  numeri- 
cal methods  and  programming  for  computers.  Errors,  interpolation,  series,  inte- 
gration, iteration  and  solution  of  equations.  (Garber.) 

EN  CE  102.  Fundamentals  of  Structural  Analysis.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  EN  ES  20  and  EN  CE 
50.  Basic  statics  and  mechanics  of  structural  systems.  Introduction  to  inde- 
terminate analysis.  (Lepper,  Piper.) 

EN  CE  103-  Basic  Structural  Design.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  CE  102.  Basic 
elements  of  structural  design  of  wood,  steel  and  concrete  without  dependence 
on  individual  specifications.  Classical  design  of  beams,  trusses,  columns,  con- 
nections and  foundations.  (Lepper,  Piper,) 

37 


Civil  Engineering 

EN  CE  104.  Computer  Analysis.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisites, 
EN  CE  100  and  EN  CE  102.  Computer  methods  and  techniques  applied  to 
Civil  Engineering  problems  with  emphasis  on  structural  systems.         (Garber.) 

EN  CE  105.  Basic  Fluid  Mechanics.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  ES  20,  21,  Physics 
20.  Prerequisite,  M.  E.  105,  or  concurrent  registration.  The  study  of  fluids 
at  rest  and  in  motion.  Principles  of  viscous  turbulent  flow.  Impulse  and  mo- 
mentum concepts.  Pumps,  turbines  and  meters.  Dimensional  analysis  and  laws 
of  similarity.  (Cournyn,  Reilly.) 

EN  CE  106.  Fundamentals  of  Sanitary  Engineering.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  CE  105.  An 
introduction  -  to  the  basic  principles  for  the  development  of  water  supplies, 
control  of  pollution  and  design  and  operation  of  water  purification  and  waste 
water  disposal  facilities.  (Otts,  Cookson.) 

EN  CE  107.  Fundamentals  of  Soil  Mechanics.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  EN  ES  20  and  EN  CE 
50.  Introductory*  study  of  the  mechanics  of  aggregations  and  its  application  to 
earthworks  and  foundations.  Engineering  geology  relative  to  civil  engineering 
and  soil  mechanics. 

EN  CE  108.  Fundamentals  of  Transportation  Engineering.   (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  EN  CE  50  and  EN  CE  90.  Engineering  prob- 
lems of  transportation  by  airways,  highways,  pipe-lines,  railways  and  water- 
ways. Elementary  dynamics  of  traffic  and  functional  consideration  of  routes 
and  terminals.  (Wedding,  Barber.) 

EN  CE  109.  Basic  Civil  Engineering  Planning.  I.  (2) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  EN  CE  103,  106,  107, 
and  108.  Lectures  in  the  methodology  used  in  the  application  of  the  Basic 
Civil  Engineering  Courses  to  the  general  practice  of  Civil  Engineering 
but  with  special  emphasis  on  planning  of  extensive  civil  engineering  works. 
In  addition,  preparation  of  engineering  reports,  specifications  and  project  presen- 
tation; economics;  functional  aspects.  (Piper.) 

EN  CE  110.  Basic  Civil  Engineering  Planning  II.  (1) 

Second  semester.  One  laboratory  of  three  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  CE 
109.  Laboratory  for  application  of  the  program  and  principles  developed  in 
Basic  Civil  Engineering  Planning  I.  (Piper.) 

EN  CE  112.  Applied  Mathematics  in  Engineering.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Math.  22.  Mathe- 
matical technique  applied  to  the  analysis  and  solution  of  engineering  problems. 
Use  of  differentiation,  integration,  differential  equations,  and  integral  trans- 
forms.   Application  of  infinite  series,  numerical  and  statistical  methods. 

(Mercier.) 


38 


Civil  Engineering 


TECHNICAL  ELECTIVES 


EN  CE  125.  Advanced  Strength  of  Materials.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  ES  20.  Strength 
and  deformation  of  deformable  bodies,  plane  stress  and  strain.  Torsion 
theory,  unsymmetrical  bending,  curved  beams.  Behavior  of  beams,  columns, 
slabs,  plates  and  composite  members  under  load.  Elastic  and  inelastic  stability. 

(Lepper.) 

EN  CE  126.  Experimental  Stress  Analysis.   (4) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Application 
of  experimental  data  on  materials  to  design  problems.  Correlation  of  analyti- 
cal and  experimental  methods  of  analysis  with  design.  Electric  strain  gages, 
photoelasticity,  brittle  lacquer  methods  and  various  analogies. 

(Lepper,  Wedding.) 

EN  CE  127.  Theory  of  Elasticity  and  Plasticity-  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  EN  ES  20  and  EN  CE  112.  General 
formulation  of  the  theory  of  mechanics  of  deformable  media  in  terms  of  car- 
tesian tensors.  Plane  state  of  stress,  torsion  of  various  shaped  bars  and  thin 
walled  sections.  Bending  and  buckling  of  bars  and  thin  plates.  Introduction 
to  the  theory  of  plates  and  shells.  (Mercier.) 

EN  CE  135.  Advanced  Soil  Mechanics.  (4) 

Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  CE  107.  Theo- 
ries of  strength,  compressibility,  capillarity  and  permeability.  Critical  review 
of  theories  and  methods  of  measuring  essential  properties.  Planning,  execution 
and  interpretation  of  soil  testing  programs.  (Barber.) 

EN  CE  145.  Advanced  Fluid  Mechanics.  (4) 

Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite  EN  CE  105.  The 
study  of  the  properties  and  flow  of  an  ideal  fluid.  Vicosity,  laminar  and  turbu- 
lent flow,  flow  nets,  uniform  flow,  source,  irrotational  motion  and  circulation. 
Turbulence  and  boundary  layers.  (Coumyn,  Reilly.) 

EN  CE  155.  Advanced  Materials  of  Engineering.  (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  CE  50.  Mechanisms  of  the  be- 
havior of  materials  under  repeated,  sustained  and  impact  loads  in  relation  to 
their  environment.  Influence  of  microstructure  on  mechanical  properties. 
Fracture  theory.  Rheological  aspects  of  the  characteristics  of  selected  mate- 
rials. (Wedding.) 

EN  CE  165.  Structural  Analysis.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  CE  103.  Advanced 
indeterminate  structures,  members  of  variable  section,  laterally  loaded  frames, 
continuous  trusses  and  secondary  stresses.  (Garber,  Schelling.) 

EN  CE  166.  Structural  Design.   (4) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
EN  CE  103.  Steel  and  reinforced  concrete  design  of  bridges  and  buildings 
using  appropriate  controlling  specifications.  Advanced  problems  of  modern 
steel  and  reinforced  concrete.  (Garber,  Schelling.) 

39 


Civil  Engineering 

EN  CE  175.  Sanitary  Engineering  Analysis  and  Design.   (4) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite, 
EN  CE  106.  The  application  of  sanitary  analysis  and  fundamental  principles 
to  the  design  and  operation  of  water  and  waste  water  treatment  plants  and  the 
control  of  stream  pollution.  (Otts,  Cookson.) 

EN  CE  176.  Environmental  Health  Engineering  Analysis.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Engineering 
analysis  of  water,  sewage,  and  industrial  waste.  The  theory  and  analytical 
techniques  used  in  evaluating  man's  environment.  (Otts,  Cookson.) 

EN  CE  185.  Highway  Engineering.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  CE  107.  Location, 
design,  construction  and  maintenance  of  roads  and  pavements.  Introduction  to 
traffic  engineering.  (Staff.) 

EN  CE  186.  Transportation  Engineering.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  CE  108.  A  study 
of  the  principles  of  transportation  engineering  as  applied  to  the  various  modes 
of  transport.  Consideration  is  given  to  cost  analysis,  economic  aspects  of  route 
and  site  selection  and  layout.  The  organization  and  administration  of  engineer- 
ing functions.  (Wedding.) 

EN  CE  195.  Advanced  Surveying.  (3) 

Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  CE  90.  Ad- 
vanced surveying  theory  and  practice  including  triangulation,  topographic  sur- 
veying, astronomical  observations,  map  systems,  state  plane  coordinates,  map 
interpretation,  vertical  and  horizontal  alignment.    Computer  applications. 

EN  CE  199.  Special  Problems.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  senior  standing.  A  course  arranged  to  meet  the  needs  of  excep- 
tionally well  prepared  students  for  study  in  a  particular  field  of  Civil  Engineer- 
ing. (Staff.) 

For  Graduates 
EN  CE  221,  222.  Advanced  Strength  of  Materials.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisites,  EN  ES  20,  21,  and  EN  CE  50  or 
equivalent.  Analyses  for  stress  and  deformation  in  engineering  members  by  the 
methods  of  mechanics  of  materials  and  elementary  theories  of  elasticity  and 
plasticity.  Problems  in  flexure,  torsion,  plates  and  shells,  stress  concentrations, 
indeterminate  combinations,   residual   stresses,   stability.  (Lepper.) 

EN  CE  223.  Experimental  Stress  Analysis.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  EN  CE  221  or  permission  of  instructor.  Experi- 
mental methods  of  stress  and  strain  analysis  for  static  and  impact  forces.  Struc- 
tural models,  brittle  and  plastic  material  methods;  analogies;  photoelasticity; 
optical,  mechanical  and  electrical  strain  gages  and  instrumentation.      (Wedding.) 

EN  CE  224.  Advanced  Engineering  Materials  Laboratory.  (3) 

First  or  second  semester.  Prerequisite,  EN  ES  20,  21  and  EN  CE  50  or  equiva- 
lent. Critical  examination  of  the  methods  for  testing  engineering  materials  and 

40 


Civil  Engineering 

structures  under  static,  repeated,  sustained  and  impact  forces.  Laboratory  experi- 
ments for  the  determination  of  strength  and  stiffness  of  structural  alloys,  con- 
crete and  other  construction  materials.  Examination  of  the  effects  of  test 
factors  on  the  determination  of  engineering  properties.  (Lepper,  Wedding.) 

EN  CE  225,  226.  Advanced  Properties  of  Materials.  (3,3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisites,  EN  CE  221  and  222.  Modern  theories 
of  the  structure  of  matter  applied  to  the  study  of  elastic  and  plastic  deformation 
of  materials  under  static,  repeated,  sustained  and  impact  forces.  Elements  of 
solid  state  physics,  crystal  structure,  slip  and  dislocation  theory;  polycrystalline 
solids.  Effects  of  low  and  high  temperature,  loading  rates,  and  state  of  stress 
on  mechanical  properties  and  fracture.  Critical  study  of  tests  and  their  applica- 
tion to  strength  of  members.  (Lepper.) 

EN  CE  227,  228.  Theories  of  Concrete  and  Granular 
Materials.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semester.  Prerequisites,  EN  CE  221,  222  and  224.  Critical  re- 
views of  analytical  and  experimental  investigations  of  the  behavior  of  concretes 
under  diverse  conditions  of  loading  and  environment.  Mechanics  of  granular 
aggregates  and  the  chemistry  of  cements.  Theories  of  the  design  of  portland 
cement  and  asphaltic  concrete  mixtures.  Relations  between  laboratory  testing 
and  field  experience.  (Wedding.) 

EN  CE  241.  Hydraulic  Engineering.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  EN  CE  105  or  equivalent.  Water  power  and  flood  control.  Analysis 
of  the  principal  features  of  a  water  power  project  with  special  reference  to 
reservoir,  waterway,  dam,  plant  accessories,  and  power  house  equipment.  Com- 
plete report  on  a  water  power  project  required,  including  costs  and  power 
valuation.  (Coumyn.) 

EN  CE  251.  Soil  Mechanics.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  EN  CE  107,  165  and  166  or  equivalent.  Identification  properties 
tests  and  classification  methods  for  earth  materials.  Strength  and  deformation 
characteristics,  hydraulic  properties  and  permeability,  shearing  resistance,  com- 
pressibility and  consolidation,  with  laboratory  tests  for  these  properties.  Study 
of  the  basic  theories  involved  and  the  development  of  test  procedures. 

(Staflf.) 

EN  CE  252.  Advanced  Foundations.  (3) 

Prerequisites,  EN  CE  107,  165,  and  166  or  equivalent.  Principles  of  mechanics 
applied  to  engineering  problems  in  foundations.  Earth  pressure  theories,  seepage 
and  drainage  phenomena,  stability  of  footings  and  slopes,  stresses  and  deforma- 
tion in  soils,  consolidation  theory  and  application  to  foundation  settlements. 

(Staff.) 

EN  CE  256,  Matrix  Methods  of  Structural  Analysis.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  EN  CE  127  and  EN  CE  112  or  equivalent.  Review  of  basic  struc- 
tural and  matrix  theory.  Use  of  virtual  work  and  complementary  virtual  work 
to  develop  in  parallel  the  displacement  and  force  method  for  determinate  and 
indeterminate  civil  engineering  structures.  Stiffness  and  flexibility  matrices. 
Initial  and  thermal  strain,  modification  and  cutout  procedure.  Comparison  of 
flexibility  and  displacement  methods.  Introduction  to  the  dynamic  response 
of  structures  using  mode  superposition  and  matrix  methods.  (Mercier.) 

41 


Civil  Engineering 

EN  CE  257.  Analysis  of  Shell  Structures.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  EN  CE  125,  EN  CE  127  and  EN  CE  112  or  equivalent.  Review 
of  some  fundamental  formulas  from  the  theory  of  surfaces.  General  theory 
for  the  deformation  of  thin  shells  of  reinforced  concrete.  Complex  transfor- 
mation. Application  of  the  theory  including  direct  stresses  and  bending  stress 
to  civil  engineering  structures  such  as  cylindrical  shells,  shells  of  revolution 
and  shells  of  arbitrary  shape.  Consideration  of  boundary  conditions  at  the 
edge  of  shells.  (Mercier.) 

EN  CE  258.  Advanced  Elasticity.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  EN  CE  125,  EN  CE  127  and  EN  CE  112  or  equivalent.  Review  of 
vector  and  tensor  calculus.  Invariant  formulation  of  nonlinear  theory  includ- 
ing effect  of  large  displacements,  finite  rotations  and  finite  deformations.  Sta- 
bility of  equilibrium  configurations.  Special  civil  engineering  problems  solved 
by  finding  the  system  of  forces  which  is  necessary  to  maintain  the  deformed 
body  in  equilibrium.  Theory  of  successive  approximations.  (Mercier.) 

EN  CE  259.  Nonlinear  Theory  of  Shell  Structures.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  EN  CE  257  and  EN  CE  258.  General  formulation  of  a  nonlinear 
theory  of  shells  of  arbitrary  shape  occurring  in  civil  engineering  structures 
utilizing  basic  concepts  from  vector  and  tensor  analysis.  Large  deflections  and 
rotations  are  considered  consistent  with  the  existence  of  a  strain  energy  func- 
tion which  permits  the  derivation  of  a  stress-strain  relation.  The  shell  problem 
is  reduced  to  one  of  two  dimensions  by  various  procedures.  After  the  general 
theory  governing  the  equilibrium  configuration  of  a  shell  structure  is  established, 
the  condition  of  stable  and  unstable  equilibrium  is  considered.  (Mercier.) 

EN  CE  261.  Civil  Engineering  Planning.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisites,  EN  CE  102,  103,  165  and  166  or  equivalent.  Gen- 
eral planning  of  large  engineering  projects  such  as  industrial  plants,  bridges,  high- 
ways, railroads,  and  port  developments.  Emphasis  on  general  planning  followed 
by  design,  construction  and  cost  estimates.  (Piper.) 

EN  CE  262.  Civil  Engineering  Planning.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  EN  CE  261.  City  and  regional  planning  and  de- 
velopment. Special  problems  of  municipal  development.  Emphasis  on  prepar- 
ing engineering  reports,  financing  and  cost  estimates.  Preparation  of  presenta- 
tion to  public  bodies.  (Piper.) 

EN  CE  263.  Theory  of  Structural  Design.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  EN  CE  102,  103,  165  and  166  or  equivalent.  Ad- 
vanced structural  theory  applied  to  the  design  of  bridges  and  buildings.  Methods 
of  analysis  for  indeterminate  structures,  including  moment  distribution.  Maxwell's 
method,  virtual  work,  reciprocal  theory,  Muller  Breslau's  principle,  and  classical 
analytical  methods.  (Looney.) 

EN  CE  264.  Theory  of  Structural  Design.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  EN  CE  263.  Correlation  of  theory,  experience,  and 
experiments  in  study  of  structural  behavior,  proportioning,  and  preliminary  de- 
sign.   Special  design  problems  of  fatigue,  buckling,  vibrations,  and  impact. 

(Looney.) 

42 


Civil  Engineering 

EN  CE  265,  266.  Behavior  of  Structures.   (3,    3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisites,  EN  CE  263,  and  264.  A  continuation 
of  EN  CE  264.  Examination  of  the  fundamental  basis  for  the  design  of  struc- 
tures. Correlation  of  laboratory  research,  advanced  structural  theory  and 
mechanics  and  design  methods.  Study  of  specifications,  factor  of  safety  and 
ultimate  strength,  in  the  relatiort  between  structural  tests  and  design. 

(Looney.) 

EN  CE  271.  Theory  of  Water  Supply  Treatment.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisites,  EN  CE  175  and  176,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Three  lectures  a  week.  Properties  and  quality  criteria  of  drinking  water;  aera- 
tion theory  and  practice;  chemical  treatment  processes;  sedimentation;  filtra- 
tion; contrifugation;  disinfection;  fluoridation;  desalinization;  corrosion  and 
corrosion  control.  (Cookson.) 

EN  CE  272.  Theory  of  Aqueous  and  Solid  Waste  Treatment  and 
Disposal.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisites,  EN  CE  175  and  176,  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Three  lectures  a  week.  Theory  and  basic  principles  of  treating  and  handling 
waste  products;  analysis  of  wastes;  hydraulics  of  sewers;  principles  of  bio- 
logical, chemical,  and  physical  treatment  processes;  design  criteria  of  aerobic 
and  anaerobic  treatment  processes;  disposal  of  waste  sludges  and  solids. 

(Cookson. ) 

EN  CE  273.  Design  of  Water  Purification  Facilities.  (4) 

First  semester.  Corequisite,  EN  CE  271  or  equivalent.  Two  lectures  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Application  of  basic  science  and  engineering  science 
to  design  of  water  supply  and  purification  processes;  design  and  economics 
of  unit  operations  as  applied  to  environmental  systems.  (Otts,  Cookson.) 

EN  CE  274.  Design  of  Municipal  and  Industrial  Wastes 
Treatment  Facilities.  (4) 

Second  semester.  Corequisite,  EN  CE  272  or  equivalent.  Two  lectures  and  two 
laboratory  periods  a  week.  Application  of  basic  science  and  engineering  science 
to  design  of  municipal  and  industrial  waste  treatment  processes;  design  and 
economics  of  unit  operations  as  applied  to  environmental  systems. 

(Otts,  Cookson.) 

EN  CE  275.  Biological  Principles  of  Environmental  Health 
Engineering.  (4) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite  MICROB  101  or  equivalent.  Three  lectures  and 
one  laboratory  period  a  week.  An  exposition  of  biological  principles  directly 
affecting  man  and  his  environment,  particularly  those  concerned  with  the 
aerobic  and  anaerobic  treatment  of  aqueous  wastes.  (Cookson.) 

EN  CE  276.  Industrial  Wastes.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Corequisite,  EN  CE  272,  or  equivalent.  Three  lectures  a 
week.  A  study  of  the  characteristics  of  liquid  wastes  from  major  industries, 
and  the  processes  producing  the  wastes.  The  theory  and  methods  of  eliminating 
or  treating  the  wastes,  and  their  effects  upon  municipal  sewage-treatment  plants. 
and  receiving  waters.  (Cookson.) 


43 


Electrical  Engineering 

EN  CE  281,  282.  Advanced  Highway  Engineering.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisites,  EN  CE  107,  185  and  186  or  equivalent. 
Reconnaisance  and  location,  surveys  and  plans,  drainage,  subgrade  structure, 
low-cost  roads,  base  courses,  flexible  and  rigid  pavement  design.  Highway 
organization,  planning,  economy,  and  finance.  Geometric  design  and  traffic 
engineering. 

EN  CE  296,  297.  Engineering  Analysis  and  Computer 

Programming.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  TTiree  lectures  each  week.  Prerequisite,  consent 
of  Head  of  Department.  Applications  to  elasticity,  stability  and  buckling,  vibra- 
tions, thin  plates  and  shells,  or  other  problems  in  the  area  of  mechanics,  struc- 
tures and  materials.  (Roberts.) 

EN  CE  298.  Seminar. 

First  or  second  semester.  Credit  in  accordance  with  work  outlined  by  the  De- 
partment.   Prerequisite,  consent  of  the  Department  of  Civil  Engineering. 

(Staff.) 

EN  CE  399.  Research. 

Credit  in  accordance  with  work  done.  (Staff.) 


ELECTRICAL  ENGINEERING 

Professors:  Tompkins,  Chu,  Reed  and  Wagner. 

Associate  Professors:  Basham,  Ferris,  Hochuli,  Marcovitz,  Price, 
Pugsley,  Reiser,  Rutelli,  and  Simons. 

Assistant  Professors:  Ginnings  and  Kim. 

Lecturers:  Bullis,  Cohen,  Degenford,  H.  C.  Jones,  Schulman,  and 
Whicker. 

Instructors:  Colburn,  Fearnsides,  Firouzabadi,  Friedman,  Clock, 
GuHA,  Hahn,  Larson,  Martin,  Miller,  Moldavsky,  Pottala,  and 
Rumbaugh. 

Courses  in  electrical  engineering  are  presently  offered  in  three  general 
areas: 

1.  Electromagnetics  and  Physical  Electronics 

2.  Circuits  and  Control  Systems 

3.  Information  Sciences 

Courses  at  100  and  200  Level  listed  below  are  grouped  under  these  three 
headings. 

Note:     Unless  otherwise  designated,  courses  will  be  offered  each  semester 
if  enrollment  permits. 

44 


Electrical  Engineering 

For  Undergraduate  Credit 
EN  EE  50.  Fundamentals  of  Electrical  Engineering.  (3) 

Three  hours  of  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  Math.  22,  Phys.  21.  Required 
of  juniors  in  civil  engineering.  Not  applicable  for  credit  in  the  electrical 
engineering  major  program.  Principles  of  electrical  circuits,  both  steady  state 
and  transient;  electric  power;  fundamentals  of  electronics  for  control  and 
instrumentation.  (Feamsides.) 

EN  EE  60,  62.  Principles  of  Electrical  Engineering,  (3,  3) 

Three  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Prerequisites,  Math.  22,  Phys.  21.  Corequi- 
sites,  EN  EE  61,  63.  Required  of  aerospace,  mechanical  and  (EN  EE  60 
only)  chemical  engineers.  Not  applicable  in  the  electrical  engineering  major 
program.  These  courses  are  acceptable  as  prerequisites  for  some  advanced 
EN  EE  courses.  EN  EE  60  includes  analysis  of  linear  systems;  introduction  to 
Laplace  transforms;  steady-state  a-c  transforms;  introduction  to  the  concepts 
of  electromagnetic  fields  and  electric  machines.  EN  EE  62  includes  principles 
and  circuit  applications  of  semiconductor  devices  and  electron  tubes.    (Pottala.) 

EN  EE  61,  63.  Electrical  Engineering  Laboratory.  (1,  1) 

Two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Laboratory  fee  $5.00  each  semester.  Co- 
requisites,  EN  EE  60  (for  EN  EE  61)  and  EN  EE  62  (for  EN  EE  63).  Required 
of  aerospace,  mechanical,  and  (EN  EE  61  only)  chemical  engineers.  Experi- 
ments on  the  transient  and  steady-state  response  of  linear  circuits,  electric  ma- 
chines, and  electron  tubes  and  semiconductor  devices.  (R.  D.  Martin.) 

EN  EE  80.  Algorithmic  Analysis  and  Computer 

Programming.  (2) 

One  hour  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Corequisite,  Math. 
21.  Laboratory  fee  $5.00.  Required  of  sophomores  in  electrical  engineering. 
Concept  and  properties  of  algorithms  (fully  defined  procedures  for  solving 
problems);  problems  from  numerical  mathematics;  use  of  a  specific  algorithmic 
language  (MAD);  completion  of  several  projects  using  a  digital  computer. 

(Marcovitz.) 

EN  EE  83.  Digital  Computer  Laboratory.  (1) 

Two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  EE  80.  Laboratory  fee 
$5.00.  Required  of  sophomores  in  electrical  engineering.  Completion  of  several 
projects  in  numerical  mathematics  on  a  digital  computer,  with  emphasis  on 
efficiency  of  computation,  accuracy  of  approximations,  and  control  of  errors. 

(Miller.) 

EN  EE  90.  Circuit  Analysis  L  (4) 

Four  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  (See  EN  EE  91  for  related  laboratory  course.) 
Corequisites,  Math.  22,  Phys.  21,  EN  EE  91.  Required  of  sophomores  in 
electrical  engineering.  Introduction  to  circuit  theory;  Ohm's  law;  Kirchhoff's 
laws;  basic  circuit  analysis  techniques;  energy  storage;  power;  elementary  tran- 
sients by  classical  and  transform  methods;  sinusoidal  analysis;  introduction  to 
complex  frequency.   EN  EE  120  continues  where  EN  EE  90  ends.      (Simons.) 

EN  EE  9L  Circuits  Laboratory  L  (1) 

Two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Laboratory  fee  $5.00.  Corequisite,  EN  EE 
90.  Required  of  sophomores  in  electrical  engineering.  Laboratory  to  be  taken 
in  association  with  EN  EE  90.   Elecrtical  components  and  basic  test  equipment; 

45 


Electrical  Engineering 

principles  of  measurement  and  data  handling;  circuit  behavior  with  variation 
in  component  values.  (Pugsley.) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
ELECTROMAGNETICS  AND  PHYSICAL  ELECTRONICS 

EN  EE  130,  132.  Engineering  Electromagnetics  I,  II  (3,  3) 

Three  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Prerequisites,  Math.  22,  Phys.  21,  EN  EE  90, 
with  an  average  grade  of  C  or  better  in  Math.  21,  22,  Phys.  20-21,  and  EN  EE 
90.  Required  of  juniors  in  electrical  engineering.  Electric  and  magnetic 
fields,  using  vector  notation;  Maxwell's  equations;  Lorentz  force  law;  capacitance, 
inductance,  and  resistance;  motion  of  charged  particles;  fields  in  material  media, 
polarization,  magnetization;  boundary  value  problems.  (Ginnings.) 

EN  EE  134.  Engineering  Electromagnetics  III.  (3) 

Three  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  EE  130.  Required  of  seniors 
in  electrical  engineering.  The  wave  equation  and  the  impedance  concept;  plane 
waves;  reflection  and  refraction;  wave  guides  and  transmission  lines;  Smith 
charts;  lumped  models.  (Hochuli.) 

EN  EE  135.  Electromagnetic  Measurements  Laboratory.  (1) 

Two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Laboratory  fee  $5.00.  Corequisite,  EN  EE 
134.  Laboratory  to  be  taken  in  association  with  EN  EE  134.  Experiments  on 
field  mapping,  transmission  line  matching,  impedance  measurement;  micro- 
wave measurements  of  standing  wave  ratio,  power,  frequency,  Q,  and  coupling. 

(Ferris.) 

EN  EE  140.  Transducers  and  Electrical  MACinNERY.  (3) 

Three  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  (See  EN  EE  141  for  related  laboratory  course.) 
Prerequisites,  EN  EE  120,  EN  EE  132.  Corequisite,  EN  EE  141.  Required  of 
seniors  in  electrical  engineering.  Electromechanical  transducers;  theory  of 
electromechanical  systems;  power  and  wide-band  transformers;  rotating  electrical 
machinery  from  the  theoretical  and  performance  points  of  view,  (Guha.) 

EN  EE  141.  Transducers  and  Electrical  Machinery 
Laboratory.  (1) 

Two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Laboratory  fee  $5.00.  Corequisite,  EN  EE 
140.  Required  of  seniors  in  electrical  engineering.  Laboratory  to  be  taken  in 
association  with  EN  EE  140.  Experiments  on  transformers;  synchronous  ma- 
chines; induction  motors;  synchros;  loudspeakers;  other  transducers.       (Guha.) 

EN  EE  170.  Antennas  and  Wave  Propagation.  (3) 

Three  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Corequisite,  EN  EE  134.  Review  of  Max- 
well's equations;  radiation;  anteimas;  radio  wave  propagation.  (Reed.) 

EN  EE  182.  Introduction  to  Semiconductor  Physical 
Electronics.  (3) 

Three  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Prerequisites,  EN  EE  132  and  Physics  153,  or 
equivalents.  Basic  properties  of  semiconductors;  idealized  p-n  junction  and 
transistor  theory;  d-c  parameters;  low-frequency  characteristics;  transistors  as 
amplifiers  and  as  switches;  field  effect  transistors;  integrated  circuit  considera- 
tions; other  junction  devices.  (Tompkins.) 

46 


Electrical  Engineering 

EN  EE  184.  Physical  Electronics  of  Vacuum  and  Gaseous 
Devices.  (3) 

Three  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Prerequisites,  EN  EE  132  and  Physics  153, 
or  equivalents.  Essential  principles  of  quantum  mechanics  and  quantum  statis- 
tics; electron  emission;  electrons  in  electric  and  magnetic  fields;  space  charge 
effects;  vacuum  tubes;  electron  beams;  gas  discharges  and  plasmas  in  electronic 
devices.  (Reiser.) 

EN  EE  186.  Particle  Accelerators,  Physical  and  Engineering 

Principles.  (3) 

Three  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Prerequisites,  EN  EE  132  and  Physics  153, 
or  consent  of  the  instructor.  Sources  of  charged  particles;  methods  of  accelera- 
tion and  focusing  of  ion  beams  in  electromagnetic  fields;  basic  theory,  design, 
and  engineering  principles  of  particle  accelerators.  (Reiser.) 

CIRCUITS  AND  CONTROL  SYSTEMS 

EN  EE  120.  Circuit  Analysis  IT  (4) 

Four  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  (See  EN  EE  121  for  related  laboratory  course.) 
Prerequisite,  EN  EE  90.  Corequisites,  EN  EE  121,  Math.  66.  Required  of 
juniors  in  electrical  engineering.  Continuation  of  EN  EE  90.  Complex  fre- 
quency and  frequency  response;  application  of  both  frequency-domain  and  time- 
domain  concepts;  mutual  inductance  and  transformers;  polyphase  concept; 
Fourier  and  Laplace  transform  methods;  driving  point  and  transfer  functions; 
controlled  sources.  (Basham.) 

EN  EE  121.  Circuit  Laboratory  II.  (1) 

Two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Laboratory  fee  $5.00.  Corequisite,  EN  EE 
120.  Required  of  juniors  in  electrical  engineering.  Laboratory  to  be  taken  in 
association  with  EN  EE  120.  Steady-state  and  transient  circuit  measurements; 
frequency  response.  (Pugsley.) 

EN  EE  122.  Electronic  Circuits  I.  (4) 

Four  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  (See  EN  EE  123  for  related  laboratory  course.) 
Prerequisite,  EN  EE  120.  Corequisites,  EN  EE  123,  and  EN  EE  130.  Required 
of  juniors  in  electrical  engineering.  Transistors  and  electron  tubes  in  dc, 
pulse,  and  small-signal  situations;  analysis  of  basic  amplifiers;  biasing;  basic 
electronic  switches;  tuned  and  wide-band  amplifiers,  feedback.  EN  EE  124 
continues  where  EN  EE  122  ends.  (Simons.) 

EN  EE  123.  Electronics  Laboratory  I.  (1) 

Two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Laboratory  fee  $5.00.  Corequisite,  EN  EE 
122.  Required  of  juniors  in  electrical  engineering.  Laboratory  to  be  taken 
in  association  with  EN  EE  122.  Transistor  and  vacuum-tube  characteristics; 
basic  electronic  switches;  amplifiers;  design  practice.  To  the  extent  possible, 
work  will  be  individual  or  in  two-man  squads.  (Simons.) 

EN  EE  124.  Electronic  Circuits  II.  (4) 

Four  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  (See  EN  EE  125  for  related  laboratory  course.) 
Prerequisite,  EN  EE  122.  Corequisites,  EN  EE  132,  EN  EE  123,  and  EN  EE 
125.  Required  of  seniors  in  electrical  engineering.  Continuation  of  EN  EE  122. 
Electron  tubes  and  transistors  in  continuous-wave  and  pulse  applications.  Class  C 
circuits;  modulation  and  detection;  pulse  generation,  delay,  and  storage;  feed- 
back amplifiers.  (Simons.) 

47 


Electrical  Engineering 

EN  EE  125.  Electronics  Laboratory  II.  (1) 

Two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Laboratory  fee  $5.00.  Corequisite,  EN  EE 
124.  Required  of  seniors  in  electrical  engineering.  Laboratory  to  be  taken  in 
association  with  EN  EE  124.  Specification  and  design  of  electronic  circuits. 
Studeiits  work  as  individuals  or  as  responsible  members  of  a  project  team. 

(Simons.) 

EN  EE  144.  Electronic  Circuits.  (3) 

Three  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  EE  60  or  equivalent  knowl- 
edge of  circuit  theory  or  consent  of  the  instructor.  This  course  is  intended  for 
students  in  the  Physical  Sciences,  and  for  engineering  students  requiring  addi- 
tional study  of  electronic  circuits.  Credit  not  normally  given  for  this  course 
in  an  electrical  engineering  major  program.  (EN  EE  123  or  125  may  optionally 
be  taken  as  an  associated  laboratory,  as  is  appropriate.)  P-n  junctions;  tran- 
sistors; vacuum  tubes;  biasing  and  operating-point  stability;  switches;  large- 
signal  analysis;  models;  small-signal  analysis;  frequency  response;  feedback  and 
multistage  amplifiers;  pulse  and  digital  circuits.  (Simons.) 

EN  EE  146.  Electronics  for  Life  Scientists.  (3) 

Two  hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Laboratory  fee, 
S5.00.  Prerequisites,  college  algebra  and  a  physics  course,  including  basic  elec- 
tricity and  magnetism.  Not  accepted  for  credit  in  an  electrical  engineering  ma- 
jor program.  The  concept  of  an  instrumentation  system  with  emphasis  upon  re- 
quirements for  transducers,  amplifiers,  and  recording  devices;  design  criteria 
and  circuitry  of  power  supplies,  amplifiers,  and  pulse  equipment;  specific  in- 
struments used  for  biological  research;  problems  of  shielding  against  hum  and 
noise  pickup  and  other  interference  problems  characteristic  of  biological  sys- 
tems. (Ferris.) 

EN  EE  148.  Electronic  Instrumentation  for  Physical 

Science.  (3) 

Two  hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Laboratory  fee, 
$5.00.  EN  EE  60  or  120,  Physics  104  or  equivalent,  or  consent  of  the  in- 
structor. The  concept  of  instrumentation  systems  from  sensor  to  readout;  dis- 
cussion of  transducers;  system  dynamics,  precision,  and  accuracy;  measurement 
of  electrical  parameters;  direct,  differential,  and  potentiometric  measurements; 
bridge  measurements;  time  and  frequency  measurements;  waveform  generation 
and  display.  (Ferris.) 

EN  EE  150.  Network  Synthesis.  (3) 

Three  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  EE  120.  Positive  real  func- 
tions; synthesis  of  driving-point  impedances;  network  functions;  approximation 
methods;  Chebyshev  and  Butterworth  filters.  (Basham.) 

EN  EE  154.  Feedback  Control  Systems.  (3) 

Three  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Prerequisites,  Math.  66  and  EN  EE  122.  (See 
EN  EE  155  for  related  laboratory  course.)  Feedback  system  operation  and 
design;  stability  criteria;  basic  design  techniques;  correlation  of  time  and  fre- 
quency-domain concepts;  flow-graph  algebra;  system  synthesis  to  a  variety  of 
specifications.  (Larson.) 


48 


Electrical  Engineering 
EN  EE  155-  Feedback  Control  Systems  Laboratory.  (1) 

Two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Laboratory  fee  $5.00.  Corequisite,  EN  EE 
154.  Projects  to  enhance  the  student's  understanding  of  feedback  control  sys- 
tems and  familiarize  him  with  some  of  the  devices  used  in  the  control  field. 

(Price.) 

EN  EE  172.  Advanced  Pulse  Techniques.  (3) 

Three  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  (See  EN  EE  173  for  related  laboratory 
course.)  Prerequisite,  EN  EE  124  or  EN  EE  144  or  equivalent.  Bistable,  mono- 
stable,  and  astable  circuits;  sweep  circuits;  synchronization;  counting;  gates; 
comparators;  magnetic  core  circuits;  semiconductor  and  vacuum-tube  circuits. 

(Schulman.) 

EN  EE  173.  Pulse  Techniques  Laboratory.  (1) 

Two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $5.00.  Corequisite,  EN  EE 
172,  or  EN  EE  164  and  permission  of  the  instructor.  Experiments  on  switching 
circuits;  bistable,  monostable,  and  astable  circuits;  sweep  circuits;  gates; 
comparators.  (Simons.) 

EN  EE  174.  Advanced  Radio  Engineering.  (3) 

Three  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Corequisite,  EN  EE  124.  (See  EN  EE  175 
for  related  laboratory  course.)  The  coupling  coefficient  concept;  high-frequency 
effects;  design  and  optimization  of  amplifiers;  stability  considerations;  gain 
limitations;  noise  figure;  design  of  harmonic  generators;  design  of  stable 
oscillators.  (Wagner.) 

EN  EE  175.  Advanced  Radio  Engineering  Laboratory.  (1) 

Two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Laboratory  fee  $5.00.  Corequisite,  EN  EE 
174.  Experiments  on  multiple  tuned  amplifiers,  noise  figure  measurements; 
class-C  amplifiers;  varactors;  oscillators;  modulators.  Projects.         (Friedman.) 

EN  EE  190.  Mathematical  Foundations  of  Circuit  Theory.  (3) 

Three  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Prerequisites,  EN  EE  120  and  Math.  22,  or 
equivalent.  Review  of  determinants;  linear  equations;  matrix  theory;  eigen- 
values; theory  of  complex  variables;  inverse  Laplace  transforms.  Applications 
are  drawn  primarily  from  circuit  analysis.  (Marcovitz.) 


INFORMATION  SCIENCES 

EN  EE  142.  Engineering  Probability.  (2) 

Two  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Prerequisites,  Math.  22  and  EN  EE  90. 
Required  of  electrical  engineering  majors.  Probability  theory,  discrete  and 
continuous;  statistical  distribution  functions  and  their  parameters;  applications 
to  electrical  engineering.  (Ginnings.) 

EN  EE  158.  Signal  Analysis,  Modulation,  and  Noise.  (3) 

Three  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  Prerequisites,  EN  EE  122  and  EN  EE  142. 
Signal  transmission  through  networks;  transmission  in  the  presence  of  noise; 
statistical  methods  of  determining  error  rate  and  transmission  effects;  modulation 
schemes.  (Price.) 

49 


Electrical  Engineering 

EN  EE  160.  Electronic  Analog  Computers.  (3) 

Three  hours  of  lecture  per  week;  occasional  laboratory.  Prerequisites,  EN  EE 
62  or  122  or  144  or  equivalent,  and  Math.  66  or  equivalent.  Programming 
the  analog  computer;  analog  computing  components;  error  analysis;  repetitive 
operations;  synthesis  of  systems  using  the  computer;  hybrid  computer  systems. 

(Chu.) 

EN  EE  162.  Logic  of  Digital  Computers.  (3) 

Two  hours  of  lecture  and  two  hours  of  laboratory  per  week.  Laboratory  fee, 
$5.00.  Prerequisites,  Math.  21,  EN  EE  80,  or  equivalent.  Symbolic  logic  and 
Boolean  algebra;  switching  circuits;  simplification;  binary  and  other  number 
representations  and  codes;  storage  elements  defined  logically;  basic  sequential 
circuits;  digital  systems.  (Pugsley.) 

EN  EE  164.  Digital  Computer  Technology.  (3) 

Three  hours  of  lecture  per  week.  (See  EN  EE  173  for  related  laboratory.) 
Prerequisites,  EN  EE  62  or  122  or  144,  and  EN  EE  162.  Organization  of  elec- 
tronic digital  computers;  electronic  subassemblies;  integrated  circuits;  digital 
storage;  digital  and  analog  magnetic  recording;  analog-digital  conversion. 

(Tompkins.) 

SPECIAL  TOPICS 

EN  EE  180.  Topics  in  Electrical  Engineering.  (3) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  instructor.  May  be  taken  for  repeated  credit 
up  to  a  total  of  6  credits,  with  the  permission  of  the  student's  advisor  and 
the  instructor.  Selected  topics  from  the  literature  of  modem  electrical  engi- 
neering. (Staff.) 

EN  EE  181.  Projects  in  Electrical  Engineering.  (2) 

Hours  to  be  arranged.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  Prerequisites,  senior  standing 
and  permission  of  the  instructor.  May  be  taken  for  repeated  credit  up  to  a 
total  of  4  credits,  with  the  permission  of  the  student's  advisor  and  the  in- 
structor.   Theoretical  and  experimental  projects.  (Staff.) 

For  Graduates 

ELECTROMAGNETICS  AND  PHYSICAL  ELECTRONICS 

EN  EE  201.  Electromagnetic  Theory.  (3) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  EE  134  or  170  or  215,  or  equivalent. 
Theoretical  analysis  and  engineering  applications  of  Laplace's,  Poisson's,  and 
Maxwell's  equations.  (Hochuli.) 

EN  EE  206,  207.  Microwave  Engineering.  (3,  3) 

Two  lectures,  or  one  lecture  and  one  laboratory,  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  EE 
201  or  EN  EE  216.  Laboratory  fee,  EN  EE  207,  $5.00.  Basic  considerations 
in  solving  field  problems  using  differential  equations;  circuit  concepts  and  their 
validity  at  high  frequency;  guided  electromagnetic  waves;  principles  of  masers 
and  lasers;  propagation  and  diffraction,  including  the  optical  region.  Funda- 
mental experiments  at  microwave  and  optical  frequencies.  (Hochuli.) 

EN  EE  215,  216.  Radio  Wave  Propagation.  (3,3) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  undergraduate  degree  in  electrical  engi- 
neering, physics,  or  mathematics.    Maxwell's  wave  equatior>;  concept  of  retarded 

50 


Electrical  Engineering 

magnetic  vector  potential;  propagation  over  plane  earth;  propagation  over 
spherical  earth;  refraction;  meteorological  effects;  complex  antennas;  air-to-air 
propagation;  lobe  modulation.  (Reed.) 

EN  EE  245.  Electrical  Techniques  in  Medicine  and  Biology.  (3) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  mathematics  through  differential  equa- 
tions and  physics  through  electricity  and  magnetism,  or  equivalent.  Electrical 
properties  of  biological  tissues  and  cell  suspensions;  alternating-current  impe- 
dance spectroscopy;  transducers  and  related  instrumentation  systems  for  bio- 
logical measurements;  biological  control  systems;  interaction  of  electromag- 
netic fields  with  biological  systems.  (Ferris.) 

EN  EE  250.  Mathematics  for  Electromagnetism.  (3) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  undergraduate  preparation  in  electromag- 
netic theory  and  advanced  calculus.  Tensors  and  curvilinear  coordinates;  partial 
differential  equations  of  electrostatics  and  electrodynamics;  functional,  inte- 
gral equations,  and  calculus  of  variations  as  applied  to  electromagnetism. 

(RuteUi.) 

EN  EE  251.  Antenna  Theory.  (3) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  EE  250  or  equivalent.  Review  of 
Maxwell's  equations;  radiative  networks;  linear  antennas;  antenna  arrays; 
aperture  antennas;  slot  antennas;  advanced  topics.  (RuteUi.) 

EN  EE  280.  Electronic  Properties  OF  Semiconductors.  (3) 

Three  hours  per  week.  Prerequisites,  EN  EE  182,  or  Math.  66  and  Phys.  53, 
or  equivalents.  Properties  of  crystals;  elementary  topics  from  quantum  mechan- 
ics; energy  bands;  electron  transport  theory;  conductivity  and  Hall  effect;  sta- 
tistical distributions;  Fermi  Level;  impurities;  non-equilibrium  carrier  distribu- 
tions; normal  modes  of  vibration;  effects  of  high  electric  fields;  p-n  junction 
theory,  avalanche  breakdown;  tunneling  phenomena;  surface  properties. 

(Bullis.) 

EN  EE  282.  Technology  of  Semiconductor  Devices  and 
Materials.  (3) 

Three  hours  per  week.  Prerequisites,  EN  EE  182  or  Phys.  53  or  EN  EE  280. 
Basic  processes  involved  in  the  fabrication  of  transistors  and  other  semicon- 
ductor devices;  crystal  growth  and  epitaxy;  crystal  orientation;  purification  and 
doping  of  crystals;  diffusion;  electrical  and  optical  properties;  photo-resist 
techniques;  oxide  passivation;  contacts;  device  assembly  and  packaging.  Em- 
phasis is  on  silicon  but  other  materials  of  engineering  significance  are  consid- 
ered. (Bullis.) 

EN  EE  290.  Charged  Particle  Dynamics,  Electron  and 
Ion  Beams.  (3) 

Three  hours  per  week.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  the  instructor.  General  prin- 
ciples of  single-particle  dynamics;  mapping  of  electric  and  magnetic  fields; 
equation  of  motion  and  methods  of  solution;  production  and  control  of  charged 
particle  beams;  electron  optics;  Liouville's  theorem;  space  charge  effects  in  high 
current  beams;  design  principles  of  special  electron  and  ion  beam  devices. 

(Reiser.) 


51 


Electrical  Engineering 

CIRCUITS  AND  CONTROL  SYSTEMS 

EN  EE  202,  203.  Transients  in  Linear  Systems.  (3,  3) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  undergraduate  major  in  electrical  or 
mechanical  engineering  or  physics.  Operational  circuit  analysis;  the  Fourier 
integral;  transient  analysis  of  electrical  and  mechanical  systems  and  electronic 
circuits  by  the  Laplace  transform  method.  (Wagner.) 

EN  EE  204.  Advanced  Electronic  Circuit  Design.  (3) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  EN  EE  124  or  consent  of  the  instructor. 
Comparison  of  bipolar  and  field  effect  transistors;  detailed  frequency  response 
of  single  and  multistage  amplifiers;  design  of  feedback  amplifiers;  d-c  coupling 
techniques;  design  of  multistage  tuned  amplifiers.  (Simons.) 

EN  EE  212,  213.  Servomechanisms.  (3,  3) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  EN  EE  154  and  EN  EE  202,  or  equiva- 
lent. Linear  control  systems  with  deterministic  and  stochastic  inputs;  non- 
linear control  systems;  time  and  frequency-domain  techniques.  (Price.) 

EN  EE  230.  Mathematics  of  Qrcuit  Analysis.  (3) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  undergraduate  circuit  theory  and  advanced 
calculus.  Determinants;  linear  equations;  matrix  theory;  eigenvalues;  theory 
of  complex  variables;  inverse  Laplace  transforms;  applications  to  circuit  analy- 
sis. (Marcovitz.) 

EN  EE  232,  233.  Network  Synthesis.  (3,  3) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  EE  234  or  equivalent.  Design  of 
driving-point  and  transfer  impedance  functions  with  emphasis  on  the  transfer 
loss  and  phase  of  minimum-phase  networks;  flow  diagrams;  physical  network 
characteristics,  including  relations  existing  between  the  real  and  imaginary 
components  of  network  functions;  modern  methods  of  network  synthesis. 

(Basham.) 

EN  EE  234.  Graph  Theory  in  Network  Analysis.  (3) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  EE  230.  Linear  graph  theory  as 
applied  to  electrical  networks;  cut  sets  and  tie  sets;  incidence  matrices;  trees, 
branches,  and  mazes;  development  of  network  equations  by  matrix  and  index 
notation;  network  characteristic  equations  for  natural  circuit  behavior;  signal- 
flow-graph  theory  and  Mason's  rule;  stability  of  active  two-port  networks. 

(Wagner.) 

EN  EE  235.  Applications  of  Tensor  Analysis.  (3) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  EE  202  or  EN  EE  230.  The  mathe- 
matical background  of  tensor  notation  which  is  applicable  to  electrical  engineer- 
ing problems.  Applications  of  tensor  analysis  to  electric-circuit  theory  and  to 
field  theory.  (Wagner.) 

EN  EE  238.  Sampled-Data  Control  Systems.  (3) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  undergraduate  or  graduate  preparation 
in  linear  feedback  control  theory.  Z-transform  and  modified  Z-transform  method 
of  analysis;  root-locus  and  frequency-response  methods  of  analysis;  discrete  and 
continuous  compensation;  analysis  with  finite  pulse  width;  digital  control  sys- 
tems. (Price.) 

52 


Electrical  Engineering 
EN  EE  284.  Semiconductor  Device  Models.  (3) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  EE  182  and  EN  EE  234,  or  equiva- 
lents. Single-frequency  models  for  transistors;  small-signal  and  wide-band  models 
for  general  non-reciprocal  devices;  hybrid-pi  and  tee  models  for  transistors; 
relationship  of  models  to  transistor  physics;  synthesis  of  wide-band  models  from 
terminal  behavior;  computer  utilization  of  models;  models  for  other  semicon- 
ductor devices.  (Tompkins.) 

INFORMATION  SCIENCES 

EN  EE  218,  219.  Signal  Analysis  and  Noise.  (3,  3) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  equivalent  to  EN  EE  158.  Mathematical 
description  of  noise;  spectral  analysis;  noisy  signal  detection;  optimum  linear 
systems.  (Ginnings.) 

EN  EE  220.  Statistical  Communication  Theory.  (3) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  EE  219.  Statistical  description  of 
signals;  testing  statistical  hypotheses;  likelihood  testing;  statistical  estimation  of 
signal  parameters.  (Ginnings.) 

EN  EE  221.  Information  Theory.  (3) 

Two  lecures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Math.  133  or  equivalent.  Information 
measure;  channels;  source  encoding;  error-correcting  codes.  (Marcovitz.) 

EN  EE  262.  Switching  Theory  I.    (3) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  EE  162  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Applications  of  Boolean  algebra  to  combinational  switching  circuits;  sym- 
metric functions;  majority  and  threshold  networks;  function  decomposition; 
minimization;  prime  implicants  and  algorithms  for  finding  them;  minimal  and 
nearly  minimal  covers.  (Pugsley.) 

EN  EE  263.  Switching  Theory  II.    (3) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  EE  262  or  consent  of  instructor. 
Models  for  sequential  machines;  equivalence;  state  minimization;  incompletely 
specified  machines;  linear  sequential  machines;  regular  expressions,  partitions, 
and  state  assignment.  (Pugsley.) 

EN  EE  270.  Digital  Computer  Design.    (3) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  EE  162  or  equivalent.  Introduction 
to  design  techniques  for  digital  computers;  review  of  Boolean  algebra;  digital 
arithmetic;  logic  circuits;  digital  memories;  design  of  computer  elements,  arith- 
metic unit,  and  control  unit.  A  simple  digital  computer  will  actually  be  de- 
signed during  the  course.  (Chu.) 

EN  EE  272.  Advanced  Digital  Computer  Design.    (3) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  EN  EE  270  or  equivalent;  knowledge 
of  computer  programming.  Computer  design  languages;  computer  organiza- 
tion; computer  design  by  language  translation;  integrated  logic  circuit  design; 
digital  memories  including  read-only  and  associative  memories;  case  studies  of 
computer  designs.  (Chu.) 


53 


Engineering  Sciences 

EN  EE  274.  Digital  Systems  Engineering.    (3) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  EE  270.  Systems  aspects  of  digital- 
computer-based  systems;  data-flow  analysis;  system  organization;  control  lan- 
guages; consoles  and  displays;  remote  terminals;  software-hardware  tradeoff; 
system  evaluation;  case  studies  from  selected  applications  areas  such  as  data 
acquisition  and  reduction,  information  storage,  or  the  like.  (Pugsley.) 

EN  EE  276.  Computers  for  Differential  Equation  Solution.    (3) 

Two  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  EE  162,  knowledge  of  elementary 
differential  equations,  numerical  methods,  and  programming.  Mechanistic 
methods  for  differential  equation  solution;  application  of  analog  or  hybrid  com- 
puters for  the  purpose;  digital  differential  analyzers;  digital — analog  simulation 
on  a  general-purpose  digital  computer;  MIMIC  Language  and  examples  of  its 
its  use.  Class  will  run  simulation  program  on  an  IBM  7094  or  similar  com- 
puter. (Chu.) 

SPECIAL  TOPICS  AND  RESEARCH 

EN  EE  222.  Graduate  Seminar.  (1-3) 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Seminars  are  held  on  topics  such  as  micro- 
wave engineering,  radiation  engineering,  non-linear  circuit  analysis,  modem 
control  theory,  artificial  intelligence,  and  other  topics  of  current  interest.  May 
be  taken  for  repeated  credit.  (Basham.) 

EN  EE  223.  Advanced  Topics  in  Electrical  Engineering.    (3) 

Prerequisite,  permission  of  the  instructor.  Selected  topics  from  the  current 
literature  of  "lectrical  engineering.    May  be  taken  for  repeated  credit. 

(Basham.) 

EN  EE  399.  Electrical  Engineering  Research. 

Prerequisite,  consent  of  thesis  supervisor.  Six  semester  hours  of  credit  in 
EN  EE  399  are  required  of  M.S.  degree  candidates  and  a  minimum  of  eight- 
een semester  hours  are  required  of  Ph.D.  candidates.  A  thesis  covering  an 
approved  research  problem  and  written  in  conformity  with  the  regulations  of 
the  Graduate  School  is  a  partial  requirement  for  either  the  degree  of  Master 
of  Science  or  the  degree  of  Doctor  of  Philosophy  in  electrical  engineering. 

(Basham.) 


ENGINEERING  SCIENCES 

EN  ES  1.  Introductory  Engineering  Science.    (4) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  concurrent  registration  in  Math.  19  (or  approval  by  department 
head).  Basic  "languages"  of  the  engineer.  Elements  of  graphic  communication 
and  analysis.  Orthographic  projection  and  descriptive  geometry;  conventions; 
graphs  and  curve-fitting.  Vectors  as  tools  of  communication  and  analysis. 
Applications  to  geometry  of  engineering  problems.  (Elkins  and  Staff.) 

54 


Mechanical  Engineering 
EN  ES  10.  Mechanics.    (4) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  lectures  and  two  drill  periods  a  week.  Pre- 
requisites, E.  S.  I  and  concurrent  registration  in  Math.  20  (or  approval  of 
department  head).  Systems  of  rigid  bodies  in  equilibrium  under  action  of  forces 
and  couples.  Numerical,  graphical,  and  vectorial  computation  applied  to  prob- 
lems in  statics  and  elementary  dynamics.  (Wockenfuss  and  Staff.) 

EN  ES  20.  Mechanics  of  Materials.    (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Math.  20, 
Phys.  20  (or  concurrent  registration  in  Math.  21,  Phys.  20)  and  EN  ES  10.  Dis- 
tortion of  engineering  materials  in  relation  to  changes  in  stress  or  temperature. 
Geometry  of  internal  strain  and  external  displacement.  Elementary  application  to 
beams,  columns,  shafts,  tanks,  trusses,  and  connections.         (Lepper  and  Staff.) 

EN  ES  21.  Dynamics.    (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  EN  ES 
10;  concurrent  registration  in  Math.  21  and  Phys.  20  (with  which  subject 
matter  is  coordinate  and  applied  to  engineering  problems).  Sys- 
tems of  heavy  particles  and  rigid  bodies  at  rest  and  in  motion.  Force-acceleration, 
work-energy,  and  impulse-momentum  relationships.  Motion  of  one  body  rela- 
tive to  another  in  a  plane  and  in  space.  (Hayleck  and  Staff.) 

EN  ES  30.  Materials  Science.    (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  E.  S.  20.  Basic 
principles,  nature,  and  properties  of  engineering  materials.  Structure  of  matter, 
phase  transformations  and  mechanical  properties  of  metals,  ceramics,  polymers 
and  related  materials;  electrical,  thermal  and  magnetic  properties,  corrosion  and 
radiation  damage,  friction  and  wear,  diffusion. 

(Jackson,  Asimow,  and  Dawson.) 


MECHANICAL  ENGINEERING 

Professors:  Shreeve,  Jackson,  R.  W.  Allen,  Mavis,  Sayre,  Talaat, 

Associate  Professors:  Hayleck,  Eyler,  Wockenfuss,  Asimow,  Berger, 
CuNNiFF,  John 

Assistant  Professors:  Elkins,  Yang,  Anand,  Marks,  Walston 

Instructors:  Becker,  Browne,  McAuliffe,  Kraft,  Glass,  Buckley, 
Lupien,  Kisielewski,  DeVore,  Haspert,  Morin,  Owens,  Puckett, 
Werneth 

Lecturers:  Seigel,  Haberman,  Meyerson,  Dawson 

For  Undergraduates 
EN  ME  1.  Thermodynamics  I.    (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
Physics  20;  Math.  21  concurrently.  Required  of  sophomores  in  mechanical  and 
aeronautical    engineering.   Properties,  characteristics,  and  fundamental  equation 

55 


Mechanical  Engineering 

of  gases,  and  vapors.  Application  of  first  and  second  laws  of  thermodynamics  in 
the  analysis  of  basic  heat  engines,  air  compression,  and  vapor  cycles.  Flow  and 
non-flow  processes  for  gases  and  vapors.  (Eyler  and  Staff.) 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

EN  ME  100.  Thermodynamics.    (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
Phys.  20,  Math.  21,  concurrently.  The  properties,  characteristics,  and  funda- 
mental equations  of  gases,  and  vapors.  Application  of  the  first  and  second  laws 
of  thermodynamics  in  the  analysis  of  basic  heat  engines,  air  compression,  and 
vapor  cycles.  Flow  and  non-flow  processes  for  gases  and  vapors.  (Eyler,  Sayre.) 

EN  ME  101.  Dynamics  of  Machinery.    (2) 

First  semester.  One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
E.  S.  21;  Math.  64  concurrently.  Kinematics  of  mechanisms,  and  dynamic  char- 
acteristics of  machinery  with  emphasis  on  systems  with  single  degree  of  freedom. 

(Hayleck,  McAuliffe.) 

EN  ME  102.  Fluid  Mechanics  I.    (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week. 
Prerequisite,  M.  E.  1.  Lab.  fee,  $3.00.  A  rational  study  of  fluids  at  rest  and 
in  motion.  Principles  of  viscous  and  turbulent  flow  in  pipes,  nozzles,  etc. 
Impulse  and  momentum.  Pumps,  turbines,  and  meters.  Dimensional  analysis 
and  laws  of  similarity.  (Sayre,  John.) 

EN  ME  103.  Materials  Engineering.    (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
E.  S.  30.  Laboratory  fee,  $8.00.  Processes  and  methods  to  manufacture  and 
usefully  apply  engineering  materials;  alloys  and  heat  treatment  of  steel;  strength- 
ening processes  for  ferrous  and  non-ferrous  alloys.  Fabrication  techniques  for 
metals,  polymers,  and  refractories.  Specification,  inspection,  control  and  auto- 
mation. (Jackson,  Asimow.) 

EN  ME  104.  Gas  Dynamics.   (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
M.  E.  102.  Compressible  flow  in  ducts  and  nozzles;  effect  of  area  change,  heat 
addition,  friction,  and  normal  shocks.  Thermodynamics  of  chemically  reacting 
flows,  combustion  and  equilibrium.  (Sayre,  John.) 

EN  ME  105.  Principles  of  Mechanical  Engineering.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Phys.  21,  Math  21. 
Required  of  seniors  in  civil  engineering.  Elementary  thermodynamics  and  the 
study  of  heat,  fuel  and  combustion  in  the  production  and  use  of  steam  for 
generation  of  power.    Laboratory  tests  and  trips  to  industrial  plants. 

(Marks,  Glass.) 

EN  ME  106.  Transfer  Processes.    (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  M.  E.  102. 
Conduction  by  steady  state  and  variable  heat  flow;  laminar  and  turbulent  flow; 
free  and  forced  convection;  radiation,  evaporation  and  condensation  of  vapors. 
Analogy  between  the  transfer  of  mass,  heat,  and  momentum.        (Allen,  Eyler.) 

56 


Mechanical  Engineering 
EN  ME  107.  Energy  Conversion.    (4) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisite,  M.  E. 
100.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00  per  semester.  Required  of  seniors  in  electrical  engi- 
neering. Chemical,  heat,  mechanical,  nuclear  and  electrical  energy  conversion 
processes,  cycles  and  systems.  Direct  conversion  processes  of  fuel  cells,  thermio- 
nics,  and  magnetohydromechanics.  (Alien,  John,  Talaat.) 

EN  ME  116.  Applied  Mathematics  in  Engineering.    (3) 

Prerequisite,  Math.  21.  Mathematical  techniques  applied  to  the  analysis  and 
solution  of  engineering  problems.  Use  of  differentiation,  integration,  differential 
equations,  partial  differential  equations  and  integral  transforms.  Application  of 
infinite  series,  numerical  and  statistical  methods.  (Yang,  Walston.) 

EN  ME  120.  Measurements  Laboratory.   (2) 

Second  semester.  One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
EN  ES  30,  M.  E.  101,  and  EN  EE  60,  EN  ME  106  concurrently.  Laboratory 
fee,  $8.00.  Required  of  juniors  in  Mechanical  Engineering.  Measurements  and 
measurement  systems;  applications  of  selected  instruments  with  emphasis  on 
interpretation  of  results.  (Allen,  Sayre.) 

EN  ME  140.  Engineering  Analysis  and  Computer  Programming. 
(3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Pererquisite,  Math.  66  or  EN  ME 
116.  Elements  of  operational  calculus,  vector  analysis;  numerical  methods  and 
programming  for  computers.  Errors,  interpolation,  series,  integration,  iteration 
and  solution  of  equations.  (Sayre,  Berger.) 

EN  ME  150,  151.  Energy  Conversion.    (4,  3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures,  one  laboratory  a  week.  Second  semester.  Two 
lectures,  one  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequisites,  EN  ME  103,  EN  ME  104, 
EN  ME  106.  Chemical,  heat,  mechanical,  nuclear  and  electrical  energy  con- 
version processes,  cycles  and  systems.  Reciprocating,  turbo-  and  jet-propulsion 
power  plants  and  components  using  all  types  of  heat  and  reaction  sources.  Direct 
conversion  processes  of  fuel  cells,  thermionics  and  magnetohydromechanics. 

(Shreeve,  Allen,  John.) 

EN  ME  152.  Machine  Design.    (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
EN  ME  101,  103.  Working  stresses,  stress  concentration,  stress  analysis  and  re- 
peated loadings.   Design  of  machine  elements.   Multidegree  vibration  systems. 

(Hayleck,  Jackson.) 

EN  ME  153,  Elasticity  and  Plasticity  I.    (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  EN  ME  152.  Analysis  of 
plates  and  shells,  thick  walled  cylinders,  columns,  torsion  of  non-circular  sec- 
tions, and  rotating  disks.  (Jackson,  Hayleck,  Berger.) 

EN  ME  154,  155.  Engineering  Experimentation.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  One  lecture  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite, senior  standing  in  Mechanical  Engineering.  Laboratory  fee,  $8.00  per 
semester.  Theory  of  experimentation.  Selected  experiments  emphasize  planned 
procedure,  analysis  and  communications  of  results,  analogous  systems  and  lead- 
ership. (Allen,  Sayre.) 

57 


Mechanical  Engineering 

EN  ME  156,  157.  Mechanical  Engineering  Analysis  and 
Design,    (3,  4) 

First  semester,  two  lectures,  one  laboratory  period  per  week;  second  semester, 
two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  periods  per  week.  Prerequisite,  senior  standing 
in  Mechanical  Engineering.  Creative  engineering  and  problem  analysis.  Sys- 
tems design  including  control,  reliability  and  manufacturing  requirements.  Use 
of  computers  in  design.    Design  of  multi-variable  systems. 

(Sayre,  Cunniff,  Berger,  Glass.) 

EN  ME  161.  Environmental  Engineering.    (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  EN  ME  101,  106,  senior 
standing  in  Mechanical  Engineering.  Heating  and  cooling  load  computations. 
Thermodynamics  of  refrigeration  systems.  Low  temperature  refrigeration.  Prob- 
lems involving  extremes  of  temperature,  pressure,  acceleration  and  radiation. 

(Marks,  Eyler.) 

EN  ME  162.  Dynamics  II.  (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  EN  ME  101,  Math.  66  or  EN  ME  116, 
senior  standing  in  Mechanical  Engineering.  Lirtear  and  non-linear  plane  and 
three-dimensional  motion,  moving  axes,  Lagrange's  equation,  Hamilton's  prin- 
ciple, non-linear  vibration,  gyroscope,  celestial  mechanics.       (Hayleck,  Curmiff.) 

EN  ME  163.  Fluid  Mechanics  II.    (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  EN  ME  104,  EN  ME  106,  senior  standing. 
Hydrodynamics  with  engineering  applications.  Stream  function  and  velocity 
potential;  conformal  transformations;  pressure  distributions;  circulation;  numeri- 
cal methods  and  analogies.  (John,  Sayre.) 

EN  ME  164.  Thermodynamics  II.    (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  EN  ME  104,  EN  ME  106,  senior  standing. 
Applications  to  special  systems,  change  of  phase,  low  temperature.  Statistical 
concepts,  equilibrium,  heterogenous  systems.  (Eyler,  Allen.) 

EN  ME  165.  Automatic  Controls.    (3) 

Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  EN  EE  62,  senior  standing.  Hydraulic, 
electrical,  mechanical  and  pneumatic  automatic  control  systems.  Open  and 
closed  loops.  Steady  state  and  transient  operation,  stability  criteria,  linear  and 
non-linear  systems.    Laplace  transforms.  (Shreeve,  Yang.) 

EN  ME  166.  Special  Problems.    (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  senior  standing  in  Mechanical  Engineering. 
Advanced  problems  in  mechanical  engineering  with  special  emphasis  on  mathe- 
matical and  experimental  methods.  (Staff.) 

EN  ME  167.  Operations  Research  I.    (3) 

Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisite,  senior  standing  in  Mechanical  Engineering. 
Applications  of  linear  programming,  queuing  model,  theory  of  games  and  com- 
petitive models  to  engineering  problems. 

EN  CH  170.  Structure  and  Properities  of  Engineering  Materials 
(3) 

A  comprehensive  survey  of  the  atomic  and  electronic  structure  of  solids  with 
emphasis  on  the  relationship  of  structure  to  the  physical  and  mechanical 
properties. 

58 


Mechanical  Engineering 
EN  CH  171.  Physical  Chemistry  of  Engineering  Materials.   (3) 

Equilibrium  multicomponent  systems  and  relationship  to  the  phase  diagram. 
Thermodynamics  of  polycrystalline  and  polyphase  materials.  Diffusion  in 
solids,  kinetics  of  reactions  in  solids. 

EN  CH  172.  Technology  of  Engineering  Materials.  (3) 

Relationship  of  properties  of  solids  to  their  engineering  applications.  Criteria 
for  the  choice  of  materials  for  electronic,  mechanical  and  chemical  properties. 
Particular  emphasis  on  the  relationships  between  structure  of  the  solid  and  its 
potential  engineering  application. 

EN  CH  173.  Processing  of  Engineering  Materials.   (3) 

The  effect  of  processing  on  the  structure  of  engineering  materials.  Processes 
considered  include  refining,  melting  and  solidification,  purification  by  zone 
refining,  vapor  phase  processing,  mechanical  working  and  heat  treatments. 

For  Graduates 
EN  ME  200,  201.  Advanced  Dynamics.    (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisites,  EN  ES  21,  Math.  66  or  EN  ME  116, 
EN  ME  152,  EN  ME  157,  Mechanics  of  machinery.  Dynamic  force.  Balancing 
of  rotating  parts.  Vibrations  and  vibration  damping.  Critical  speeds  (Cunniff.) 

EN  ME  202,  203.  Applied  Elasticity.    (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisites,  EN  ES  20,  Math  66  or  EN  ME  116, 
EN  ME  153.  Advanced  methods  in  structural  and  experimental  stress  analysis 
involving  beam  problems,  curved  bars,  thin  plates  and  shells,  buckling  of  bars, 
plates  and  shells.  Stress  concentrations,  plastic  deformations,  and  problems  in- 
volving instability  of  structures.  (Berger.) 

EN  ME  204,  205.  Advanced  Thermodynamics.    (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  TTiree  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  EN  ME  104, 
EN  ME  106,  EN  ME  151.  Advanced  problems  in  thermodynamics  on 
compression  of  gases  and  liquids,  combustion  and  equilibrium,  humidification 
and  refrigeration  and  availability.  Statistical  thermodynamics,  partition  func- 
tions, irreversible  processes.  Transport  phenomena.  (Shreeve,  Allen.) 

EN  ME  206,  207.  Advanced  Machine  Design.    (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Math.  66  or 
EN  ME  116,  EN  ME  152,  EN  ME  157.  Design  of  special  stationary  and  mov- 
ing parts,  including  rotating  disk,  bearings,  thick  wall  cylinders,  screw  fastenings, 
crankshafts,  etc.  Synthesis  of  materials  properties  and  characteristics  as  related 
to  stress  analysis  in  mechanical  design  concepts.  (Jackson.) 

EN  ME  208,  209.  Design  of  Turbomachinery.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  EN  ME  151.  Characteristics  and 
design  of  turbines,  pumps,  compressors  and  torque  convertors;  cavitation,  stall, 
and  surge.  (Shreeve.) 

EN  ME  210,  211.  Advanced  Fluid  Mechanics.    (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisites,  EN  ME  102,  Math.  66  or  EN  ME  116. 
Potential  flow  theory;  three  dimensional  flow  examples;  application  of  complex 

59 


Mechanical  Engineering 

variables  to  two-dimensional  flow  problems;  Blasius  theorem,  circulation  and 
Joukowski  hypothesis,  engineering  applications  to  cavitation  and  calculation  of 
pressure  distribution;  viscous  flow  and  boundary  layer.  (Sayre,  Haberman.) 

EN  ME  212,  213.  Advanced  Vibrations.    (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  EN  ME  157.  Review  of  single  and  multi- 
degrees  of  freedom.  Laplace  methods.  Effects  of  pulse  shape  on  response  of 
linear  and  non-linear  systems;  friction,  hysterisis  and  variable  damping. 

(Seigel,    Cunniff.) 

EN  ME  214,  215.  Stress  Waves  in  Continuous  Media.    (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  EN  ME  152  and  EN  ME  157.  Methods 
of  characteristics  applied  to  transient  phenomena  in  solids  and  fluids.  Elastic  and 
plastic  waves  under  impact.    Shock  formation  and  strain  rate  effects. 

(Seigel,   Cunniff.) 

EN  ME  216,  217.  Energy  Conversion-Solid  State.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  EN  ME  151.  Combustion,  thermo- 
electric, thermionic,  fuel  cells,  reactors,  magnetohydrodynamics.  Kinetics  of 
reactions,  fission  and  fusion.  (Talaat,  Shreeve.) 

EN  ME  218,  219.  Energy  Conversions-Solid  State.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  EN  ME  151.  Design  parameters  in 
chemical,  nuclear  and  direct  conversion  systems  for  the  production  of  power; 
weight,  efficiency  and  radiation.  (Talaat,  Shreeve.) 

EN  ME  220.  Seminar. 

Credit  in  accordance  with  work  outlined  by  mechanical  engineering  staff. 
Prerequisite,  graduate  standing  in  mechanical  engineering.  (Staff.) 

EN  ME  223,  224.  Theory  of  Plasticity.    (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  EN  ME  153.  Yield  criteria  and  associa- 
ted flow  rules  in  the  theory  of  elastic-plastic  solids,  including  perfectly  plastic, 
elastic-plastic  and  strain-hardening  materials.  Torsion,  plane  problems  and 
three-dimensional  problems  in  plasticity.  (Berger,  Jackson.) 

EN  ME  227,  228.  Theory  of  Elasticity.    (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  EN  ME  202, 
203.  Stress  and  strain  at  a  point.  Relation  between  stresses  and  strains,  general 
equations  of  elasticity,  plane  strain  and  plane  stress,  torsion,  bending,  axially 
symmetric  distribution  of  stress,  plates,  thermal  stresses,  strain  energy  and  ap- 
proximate methods.  (Berger.) 

EN  ME  229,  230.  Jet  Propulsion.    (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  EN  ME  150, 
EN  ME  151.  Types  of  thermal  jet  units.  Fluid  reaction  and  propulsive  efficiency. 
Performance  of  rockets,  aerothermodynamics.  combustion  chemical  kinetics, 
aerodynamics  of  high  speed  air  flow.  Solid  and  liquid  propellant  rockets.  De- 
sign of  turbojets  and  aerojets,  ramjets  and  hydroduct  units,  including  combustion 
chambers,  turbines  and  compressor.  (Shreeve.) 


60 


Mechanical  Engineering 
EN  ME  231,  232.  Advanced  Heat  Transfer.    (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  lectures  a  week.  Prerequisites,  EN  ME  15U, 
EN  ME  151.  Advanced  problems  covering  effects  of  radiation,  conduction,  con- 
vection, evaporation  and  condensation.  Study  of  research  literature  on  heat 
transfer.  (Shreeve,  Allen.) 

EN  ME  233,  234.  Compressible  Flow.    (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  EN  ME  104,  Math.  66  or  EN  ME  116, 
EN  ME  212.  One  dimensional  subsonic  and  supersonic  flow;  compressible  flow 
in  ducts  and  nozzles;  two  and  three  dimensional  subsonic  and  supersonic  flow; 
similarity  rules,  normal  and  oblique  shock  waves.  (Sayre,  Haberman.) 

EN  ME  350.  Structure  of  Engineering  Materials.  (3) 

The  structural  aspects  of  crystalline  and  amorphous  solids  and  relationship  to 
bonding  types.  Point  and  space  groups.  Summary  of  diffraction  theory  and 
practice.  The  Reciprocal  Lattice.  Relationships  of  the  macroscopically  measured 
properties  to  crystal  symmetry.  Structural  aspects  of  defects  in  crystalline  solids. 

EN  ME  351.  Electronic  Structure  of  Engineering  Solids.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  EN  CH  350  or  EN  ME  350.  Description  of  electronic  behavior 
in  engineering  solids.  Behavior  of  conductors,  semiconductors  and  insulators 
in  electrical  fields.  Thermal,  magnetic  and  optical  properties  of  engineering 
solids. 

EN  ME  359.  Special  Topics  in  Structure  of  Engineering 
Materials.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  Instructor. 

EN  ME  360.  Chemical  Physics  of  Engineering  Materials.   (3) 

Prerequisite:  EN  CH  350  or  EN  ME  350.  Thermodynamics  and  statistical 
mechanics  of  engineering  solids.  Cohesion,  thermodynamic  properties.  Theory 
of  solid  solutions.  Thermodynamics  of  mechanical,  electrical,  and  magnetic 
phenomena  in  solids.  Chemical  thermodynamics,  phase  transitions  and  thermo- 
dynamic properties  of  polycrystalline  and  polyphase  materials.  Thermodynamics 
of  defects  in  solids. 

EN  ME  361.  Kinetics  of  Reactions  in  Materials.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  EN  CH  360  or  EN  ME  360.  The  theory  of  thermally  activated 
processes  in  solids  as  applied  to  diffusion,  nucleation  and  interface  motion.  Co- 
operative and  diffusionless  transformations.  Applications  selected  from  processes 
such  as  allotropic  transformations,  precipitation,  martensite  formation,  solidifica- 
tion, ordering,  and  corrosion. 

EN  ME  369.  Special  Topics  in  the  Chemical  Physics  of  Materials. 

(3) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  Instructor. 

EN  ME  370.  Rheology  of  Engineering  Materials.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  EN  CH  350  or  EN  ME  350.  Mechanical  behavior  with  emphasis 
on  the  continuum  point  of  view  and  its  relationship  to  structural  types.  Elastic- 
ity, viscoelasticity,  anelasticity  and  plasticity  in  single  phase  and  multiphase 
materials. 

61 


Mechanical  Engineering 

EN  ME  371.  Dislocations  in  Crystalline  Materials.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  EN  CH  350  or  EN  ME  350.  The  nature  and  interactions  of  de- 
fects in  crystalline  solids,  with  primary  emphasis  on  dislocations.  The  elastic 
and  electric  fields  associated  with  dislocations.  Effects  of  imperfections  on 
mechanical  and  physical  properties. 

EN  ME  372.  Mechanical  Properties  of  Engineering  Materials, 

(3) 

Prerequisite:  EN  CH  370  or  EN  ME  370.  The  mechanical  properties  of  single 
crystals,  polycrystalline  and  polyphase  materials.  Yield  strength,  work  harden- 
ing, fracture,  fatigue  and  creep  are  considered  in  terms  of  fundamental  material 
properties, 

EN  ME  379.  Special  Topics  in  the  Mechanical  Behavior  of 
Engineering  Solids.  (3) 

Prerequisite:   Consent  of  Instructor. 

EN  ME  380.  Experimental  Methods  in  Materials  Science.  (3) 

Methods  of  measuring  the  structural  aspects  of  materials.  Optical  and  electron 
microscopy.  Microscopic  analytical  techniques.  Resonance  methods.  Electrical, 
optical  and  magnetic  measurement  techniques.  Thermodynamic  methods. 

EN  ME  381.  Diffraction  Techniques  in  Materials  Science.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  EN  CH  350  or  EN  ME  350.  Theory  of  diffraction  of  electrons, 
neutrons  and  x-rays.  Strong  emphasis  on  diffraction  methods  as  applied  to  the 
study  of  defects  in  solids.  Short  range  order,  thermal  vibrations,  stacking  faults, 
microstrain. 

EN  ME  389.  Special  Topics  in  Experimental  Techniques  in 
Materials  Science.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  Consent  of  Instructor. 

EN  ME  390.  Polymeric  Engineering  Materials.  (3) 

Prerequisite:  EN  CH  350  or  EN  ME  350  or  consent  of  Instructor.  A  com- 
prehensive summary  of  the  fundamentals  of  particular  interest  in  the  science 
and  applications  of  polymers.  Polymer  single  crystals,  transformation  in  poly- 
mers, fabrication  of  polymers  as  to  shape  and  internal  structure. 

EN  ME  391.  Special  Topics  in  Materials  Technology.  (3) 

Prerequisite:   Consent  of  Instructor. 

EN  ME  397.  Seminar  in  Engineering  Materials.  (1) 

Discussion  of  current  advances  and  research  in  engineering  solids. 

EN  ME  398.  Special  Problems  in  Engineering  Materials. 

Special  study  or  investigation  in  Materials  Science  under  the  direction  of  an 
assigned  faculty  advisor.  Credit  variable  and  since  content  changes,  re-registra- 
tion is  permissible. 

EN  ME  399.  Research  in  Chemical  Engineering.  Research  in 
Nuclear  Engineering.  Research  in  Engineering  Materials. 

Credit  hours  to  be  arranged.  Laboratory  fee,  $8.00  per  semester  (Research  in 
Chemical  Engineering).  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00  per  semester  (Research  in 
Nuclear  Engineering).  The  investigation  of  special  problems  and  the  prepara- 
tion of  a  thesis  in  partial  fulfillment  of  the  requirements  of  an  advanced  degree. 

(Staflf.) 

62 


Fire  Protection 

FIRE  PROTECTION 

Professor:  Bryan. 

Assistant  Professor:  Hickey. 

EN  FP  104.  Essentials  of  Fire  Protection.    (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
Math.  20,  Physics  20  or  Junior  standing.  An  introductory  course  in  fire  protec- 
tion. Chemistry  of  combustion  and  an  analysis  of  the  properties  of  matter 
affecting  fire  behavior.   Detailed  examination  of  the  basic  fire  phenomenon. 

EN  FP  105.  Fire  Protection  Organization.    (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
EN  FP  104  or  Junior  standing.  Fire  loss  records,  and  the  economic  aspects  of 
fire  protection.  Organization  and  administration  of  municipal  and  industrial 
fire  protection. 

EN  FP  110.  Installations  and  Equipment.    (4) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
EN  FP  104.  The  design  and  installation  of  standard  and  special  extinguishing 
systems.  Standards  of  types,  installation  and  maintenance  of  automatic  sprinkler 
and  fire  alarm  systems.  The  principles  of  fire  extinguishment  with  laboratory 
tests. 

EN  FP  111.  Special  Hazards  and  Problems.    (4) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite 
Senior  standing.  Special  hazards  in  fire  protection.  A  study  of  present  and 
future  problems,  with  the  students  selecting  field  or  laboratory  research  prob- 
lems. 

EN  FP  112.  Fire  Protection  Fluids  and  Systems.    (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
EN  CE  105.  Fluids  utilized  in  fire  extinguishment  operations,  and  fire  protection 
systems.    Laboratory  and  field  study  of  operational  and  hydraulics  problems. 

EN  FP  114.  Fire  Analysis.    (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
EN  FP  105  and  Senior  standing.  The  mass  fire  problem,  with  consideration  of 
conflagrations  and  fire  storms;  thermal,  structural,  environmental,  and  meteoro- 
logical factors;  techniques  of  prediction  and  fuel  analysis. 

EN  FP  117.  Technical  Projects.    (4) 

Second  semester.  Three  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
EN  FP  111,  and  Senior  starhding.  An  examination  of  the  specialized  areas  of  fire 
protection  and  the  development  of  problems  in  these  areas.  Student  development 
and  discussion  of  research  projects  in  specialized  areas  of  fire  protection. 

EN  FP  120.  Insurance  Rating  and  Schedules.    (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite. 
Math.  21.  Physics  21  or  Junior  standing.  A  study  of  the  insurance  grading  and 
rating  schedules  and  their  principles  of  application.  The  examination  of  specific 
laws,  codes  and  ordinances.  Laboratory  practice  in  the  preparation  of  reports 
and  diagrams. 

63 


The  Faculty 


COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERING 

GLENN  L.  MARTIN  INSTITUTE  OF  TECHNOLOGY 

BECKMANN,  ROBERT  BADER,   Dean 
WOCKENFUSS,  WILLIAM  ARTHUR,  Assistant  to  the  Dean 

Department  Heads 

MARCHELLO,  Joseph  M.,  Acting  Head  of  Department  of  Chemical  Engineering 

BRYAN,  John  Leland,  Head,  Fire  Protection  Curriculum 

BYRUS,  Robert  Charles,  Director,  Fire  Service  Extension 

GROSS,  Donald  Shaeffer,  Director,  Wind  Tunnel  Operations 

LEE,  William  M.,  Librarian,  Engineering  and  Physical  Sciences 

LOONEY,  Charles  Thomas  George,  Head,  Department  of  Civil  Engineering 

MARTIN,  Monroe  Harnish,  Director,  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied 
Mathematics 

SHERWOOD,  Aaron  Wiley,  Head,  Department  of  Aerospace  Engineering. 

SHREEVE,  Charles  Alfred,  Jr.,  Head,  Department  of  Mechanical  Engineering 

TOMPKINS,  Howard  Edward,  Head,  Department  of  Electrical  Engineering 

Sta§  in  Residence 

ALLEN,  Redfield  Wilmerton,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943;  M.S.,  1949;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Minnesota. 
1959. 

ALLEN,  Russell   Bennett,  Professor  Emeritus  of  the  College  of  Engineering  and 
Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

B.S.,  Yale  University,   1923;  Registered  Professional  Engineer. 

ANAND,  Davinder  K.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.,  George  Washington  University,  1950;  M.S.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

ASIMOW,  Robert  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  California,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

BACHTLER,  Joseph  deRolle,  Senior  Instructor,  Fire  Service  Extension 
B.S.,  University  of  Southern  Cahfornia,  1956. 

BASHAM,  Ray  Scott,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

B.S.,  U.S.  Military  Academy,  1945;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

64 


Faculty 

BECKER,  Roger  D.,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.M.E.,  Rensselear  Polytechnic  Institute,  1957. 

BECKMANN,  Robert  Bader,  Dean  of  the  College  of  Engineering  and  Professor  of 
Chemical  Engineering 

B.S.,  in  Ch.E.,  University  of  Illinois,  1940;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1944. 

BERGER,  Bruce  S.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1954;  M.S.,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

BOWERS,  Allen  Atvill,  Project  Engineer,  Wind  Tunnel  Operations 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952. 

BRAMBLE,  James  H.,  Research  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied 
Mathematics 

A.B.,  Brown  University,  1953;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

BROWNE,  Vance  D.,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964. 

BRYAN,  John  Leland,  Professor  and  Head,  Fire  Protection  Curriculum 
B.S.,  Oklahoma  State  University,  1953;  M.S.,  1954;  Ed.D.,  American  University, 
1965. 

BUCKLEY,  Frank  T.,  Jr.,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.A.E.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959. 

BURGERS,  Johannes  Martinus,  Research  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics 

and  Applied  Mathematics 
Doctor  of  Mathematics  and  Physics,  University  of  Leiden,  1918;  Doctor  Honoris 
Causa,  University  Libre  de  Bruxelles,  1948;  Doctor  Honoris  Causa,  University  of 
Poitiers  (France),   1950. 

BYRUS,  Robert  Charles,  Director,  Fire  Service  Extension 

CADMAN,  Wesley  Theodore,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 
B.S.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1962;  M.S.,  1964;  Ph.D.,  1965. 

CHARATIS,   George,  Research  Assistant  Professor,  Institute  for   Fluid   Dynamics 
and  Applied  Mathematics 

B.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1947;  M.S.,  1949;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

CHU,  Yaohan,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering  and  Computer  Science 

B.S.    (M.E.),   Chiao-Tung   University    (Shanghai,    China),    1942;    M.S.    (M.E.), 
Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1945;  Sc.D.  (Instr.  &  Control),  1953. 

COLBURN,  Theodore  R.,  Instructor  in  Electrical  Engineering 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1966. 

COOKSON,  John  T.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

B.S.,  Washington  University,    1961;  M.S.,   1962;  Ph.D.,  California  Institute  of 
Technology,  1965. 

65 


Faculty 

CORNING,  Gerald,  Professor  of  Aerospace  Engineering 

B.S.,  New  York  University,  1937;  M.S.,  The  Catholic  University  of  America,  1954. 

COURNYN,  John  Burton,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

B.S.,  A.E.,  University  of  Alabama,  1946;  M.S.C.E.,  1948;  Registered  Professional 
Engineer. 

CUNNIFF,  Patrick  P.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 

B.S.,  Manhattan  College,  1955;  M.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1956;  Ph.D., 
1962. 

DEVORE,  Howard,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.M.E.,  Ohio  State  University,  1962;  M.S.,  1962. 

DIAZ,  Joaquin  Basilio,  Research  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied 
Mathematics 

B.A.,  University  of  Texas,  1940;  Ph.D.,  Brown  University,  1945. 

DORFMAN,  J.  Robert,  Research  Assistant  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics 
and  Applied  Mathematics 

A.B.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1957;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

DUFFEY,  Dick,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering. 

B.S..  Purdue  University,  1939;  M.S.,  University  of  Iowa,  1940;  Ph.D.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1956;  Registered  Professional  Engineer. 

ELKINS,  Richard  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953;  M.A.,  1958. 

EYLER,  Addison  Bernard,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1947;  M.S.,  1950. 

FALLER,    Alan    Judson,    Research   Professor,    Institute    for    Fluid    Dynamics    and 
Applied  Mathematics  and  Lecturer  in  Aerospace  Engineering 

B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1951;  M.S.,  1953;  Sc.D.,  1957. 

FERRIS,  Clifford  Duras,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering. 

B.S.E.E.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1957;  M.S.,  1958;  D.Sc,  George  Washing- 
ton University,  1962. 

FICHERA,  Gaetano,  Visiting  Research  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics  and 
Applied  Mathematics 

Laurea,  Universita  di  Roma,  1941. 

FIROUZABADI,   Ahmad   Haji,   Instructor  in   Electrical   Engineering 

B.S..  (Physics),  University  of  Tehran  (Iran),  1954;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1960. 

FISHER,  Franklin  E.,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering 

B.S.,  Rose  Polytechnic  Institute,  1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

FRIEDMAN,  Gerald  Edward,  Instructor  in  Electrical  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1956;  M.S.,  1962. 

66 


Faculty 

GARBER.  Daniel  Leedy,  Jr.,  Assistant  Proressor  ot  Civil  Engineenng 
B.S..  University  of  Maryland.  1952;  M.S..  1959;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

GINNINGS,  Robert  Meade,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering. 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958;  M.S.,  1960;  Ph.D.,  1965. 
GLASS,  Robert  J.,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering 

B.S.,  Yale  University,  1952. 

GLOCK,  Russell,  Jr.,  Instructor  in  Electrical  Engineering 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959. 
GLOMB,  John  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 

B.S.,  Lehigh  University,  1957;  M.S.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1966. 

GOHR,  Carl  William,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

B.S.,  Michigan  State  University,   1926;  Registered  Professional  Engineer. 

GOMEZPLATA,  Albert,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 

B.Ch.E.,  Brooklyn  Polytechnic   Institute,    1952;   M.Ch.E.,   Rensselaer  Polytechnic 
Institute,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

GROSS,  Donald  Shaeffer,  Director,  Wind  Tunnel  Operations 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1947. 

GUERNSEY,    Ralph    Lewis,    Research    Assistant    Professor,    Institute    for    Fluid 
Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Miami  University,  1952;  M.S.,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1960. 

GUHA,  Arun  Kanti,  Instructor  in  Electrical  Engineering 

B.Sc,  Presidency  College,  Calcutta   (India),   1953;  M.Sc,  University  College  of 
Technology,  Calcutta  (India),  1956;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1959. 

HAHN,  William  Robert,  Jr.,  Instructor  in  Electrical  Engineering 
B.S.E.E.,  George  Washington  University,  1958. 

HASPERT,  J.  Kent,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

HAYLECK,  Charles  Raymond,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943;  M.S.,  1949. 

HEINS,  Conrad  P.,  Jr.,  Instructor  in  Civil  Engineering 

B.S.,  Drexel  Institute  of  Technology,  1960;  M.S.,  Lehigh  University,  1962. 

HICKEY,  Harry  Elmer,  Assistant  Professor  of  Fire  Protection 
B.S.,  State  University  of  New  York,  1955;  M.S.,  1959. 

HOCHULI,  Urs  Erwin,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

Dipl.  Elektro-Techniker,  Technikum  Biel  (Switzerland),  1950;  M.S.,  University  of 
Maryland,  1955;  Ph.D.  (Physics),  Catholic  University,   1962. 

HOGLUND,  John  William,  Senior  Instructor,  Fire  Service  Extension 

HUBBARD,  Bertie  E.,  Research  Associate  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics 
and  Applied  Mathematics 

B.S.,   Western   Illinois  University,    1949;   M.S.,   State   University   of  Iowa,    1952; 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960. 

67 


Faculty 

JACKSON,  John  W.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 

B.S.,  University  of  Cincinnati,    1934;   M.E.,    1937;   M.S.,  California  Institute  of 
Technology,  1940;  Registered  Professional  Engineer. 

JOHN,  James  E.  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 

B.S.E.,  Princeton  University,  1955;  M.S.E.,  1957;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1963. 

JONES,  Grover  S.,  Research  Associate  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics  and 
Applied  Mathematics 

A.B.,  Duke  University,  1952;  M.S.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1958;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Cincinnati,   1960. 

KELMAN,  Robert  B.,  Research  Assistant  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics  and 
Applied  Mathematics 

A.B.,  University  of  California,  1953;  M.A.,  1955;  Ph.D.,  1958. 

KIM,  Hogil,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering  and  Physics 

B.S.  (Physics),  Seoul  National  University  (Korea),  1956;  Ph.D.  (Physics),  Uni- 
versity of  Birmingham  (England),  1964. 

KISIELEWSKI,  Richard  W.,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963. 

KOOPMAN,    David    Warren,    Research    Assistant   Professor,   Institute    for    Fluid 
Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Amherst  College,  1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1959;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

KRAFT,  James  H.,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering 

B.M.E.,   Georgia  Institute   of   Technology,    1959;   M.S.,   Rensselear   Polytechnic 
Institute,  1961. 

LANDSBERG,  Helmut,  Visiting  Research  Professor   (P.  T.),  Institute  for  Fluid 
Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
Ph.D.,  University  of  Frankfurt,  1930. 

LARSON,  Jerome  Valjean,  Instructor  in  Electrical  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960;  M.S.,  1963. 

LASHINSKY,  Herbert,  Research  Assistant  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics 
and  Applied  Mathematics 

B.S.,  College  of  the  City  of  New  York,  1950;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1961. 

LEPPER,  Henry  Albert,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

B.S.  in  C.E.,  The  George  Washington  University,  1936;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois, 
1938;  D.Eng.,  Yale  University,  1947;  Registered  Professional  Engineer. 

LOONEY,  Charles  Thomas  George,  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering  and  Head  of  the 
Department 

B.S.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1932;  M.S.,  in  C.E.,  University  of  Illinois, 
1934;  Ph.D.,  1940;  Registered  Professional  Engineer. 

LUBARD,  Stephen  Charles,  Instructor  in  Aerospace  Engineering 

B.Sc,  Polytechnic  Institute  of  Brooklyn,  1964;  M.S.,  New  York  University,  1965. 

68 


Faculty 

MACKIE,  A.  G.,  Research  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied 
Mathematics 

M.A.,  University  of  Edinburgh,  1948;  B.A.,  1952;  Ph.D.,  University  of  St.  Andrews, 

1953. 

MARCHELLO,  Joseph  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 
B.S.,  in  Ch.E.,  University  of  Illinois,  1955;  Ph.D.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology, 
1959. 

MARCOVITZ,  Alan  Bernard,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

S.B.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,   1959;  S.M.,  1959;  Ph.D.,  Columbia 
University,  1963. 

MARKS,  Colin  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 

B.S.,  in  M.E.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1956;  M.S.,  in  M.E.,  1957;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

MARTIN,  Monroe  Hamish,  Professor  of  Mathematics  and  Director  of  the  Institute 
for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Lebanon  Valley  College,  1928;  Ph.D.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1932; 

D.Sc,   Lebanon   Valley   College,    1958. 

MARTIN,  Richard  Lawrence,  Instructor  in  Electrical  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1959;  M.S.,  1962. 

MATTHEWS,  David  L.,  Visiting  Research  Assistant  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid 
Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Queen's  University  (Canada),  1949;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1959. 

MAVIS,  Frederic  T.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1922;  M.S.,  1926;  Ph.D.,  1935. 

MC  AULIFFE,  Kenneth  J.,  Jr.,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.,  in  M.E.,  University  of  Maryland,  1960. 

MC  DONAGH,  Joseph  Martin,  Senior  Instructor,  Fire  Service  Extension 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961. 
MELNIK,  Walter  L.,  Associate  Professor  of  Aerospace  Engineering 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1951;  M.S.,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1964. 
MERCIER,  Jacques  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

Ing.  Dipl.,  Ecole  Polytechnique  Federate,  1958;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Washington, 

1965. 

METCALF,  Frederic  T.,  Research  Assistant  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics 
and  Applied  Mathematics 

B.A.,  Lake  Forest  College,    1957;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,    1959;  Ph.D., 

1961. 

MILLER,  Edward  Francis,  Jr.,  Instructor  in  Electrical  Engineering 

B.S.,  Iowa  State  University,  1962;  M.S.  (Applied  Math),  University  of  Colorado, 
1964. 

MOLDAVSKY,  Michael,  Instructor  in  Electrical  Engineering. 

B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1961;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1963. 

69 


Faculty 

MONTROLL,   Elliott   W.,   Research   Professor,   Institute   for   Fluid   Dynamics  and" 
Applied  Mathematics 

B.S.,  University  of  Pittsburgh,  1937;  Ph.D.,  1940. 

MORIN,  Donald  G.,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.  Aero.  Eng.  Polytechnic  Institute  of  Brooklyn,  1957. 

MUNNO,  Frank  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 

B.S.,  Waynesburg  College,  1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Florida,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

NESS,  Norman  F.,  Visiting  Research  Associate  Professor  (P.  T.),  Institute  for  Fluid 
Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 

B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,   1955;  Ph.D.,   1959. 

NORTH,  Richard  C,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.M.E.,  Pratt  Institute,  1958;  M.S.,  Stevens  Institute,  1963. 

ORTEGA,  James  M.,  Senior  Research  Analyst,  Computer  Science  Center  and  Re- 
search Assistant  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 
B.S.,  University  of  New  Mexico,  1954;  Ph.D.,  Stanford  University,  1962. 

OTTS,  Louis  Ethelbert,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

B.A.,   East  Texas   Teachers   College,    1933;    B.S.,    Agricultural    and    Mechanical 
College  of  Texas,   1946;  M.S.,    1946;  Registered   Professional   Engineer. 

OWENS,  William  R.,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering 

B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1959;  M.S.,  Drexel  Institute  of  Technology, 
1964. 

PAI,  Shih-I,  Research  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathe- 
matics and  Lecturer  in  Aerospace  Engineering 

B.S.,  National  Central  University  (China),  1935;  M.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of 
Technology,  1938;  Ph.D.,  California  Institute  of  Technology,  1940. 

PIPER,  Harry  William,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

B.Arch.E.,  Catholic  University  of  America,  1940;  M.C.E.,  1961;  Registered  Pro- 
fessional Engineer. 

POTTALA,  Erik  William,  Instructor  in  Electrical  Engineering 

B.S.,  Worcester  Polytechnic  Institute,  1961;  M.Eng.,  Yale  University,  1963. 

PRICE,  Henry  Williams,  Jr.,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943;  M.S.,  1950. 

PUCKETT,  Paul  B.,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering 

B.S.,  U.  S.  Naval  Academy,  1945;  M.S.,  University  of  Oklahoma,  1959. 

PUGSLEY,  James  Harwood,  Assistant  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

A.B.  (Physics),  Oberlin  College,  1956;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1958;  Ph.D., 
1963. 

REDDY,  Kapuluru  C,  Instructor  in  Aerospace  Engineering 

B.A.,  V.  R.  College,  Mellore,  India,  1959;  M.Sc,  S.  V.  University,  Tirupati,  India, 
1961;  M.Tech.,  Indian  Institute  of  Technology,  1962. 

70 


Faculty 

REED,  Henry  Rouse,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1925;  M.S.,  1927;  Ph.D.,  The  State  University  of 
Iowa,  1941;  Registered  Professional  Engineer. 

REILLY,  Richard  Selmer,  Instructor  in  Aerospace  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961. 

REILLY,  Robert  J.,  Instructor  in  Civil  Engineering 

B.S.,  Manhattan  College  (N.Y.),  1960;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962. 

REISER,  Martin  Paul,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering  and  Physics 
Diploma,    Johannes    Gutenberg    Universitat    Mainz    (Germany),     1957;    Ph.D. 
(Physics),  1960. 

RHEINBOLDT,  Werner  Carl,  Research  Professor,  Computer  Science  Center  and 
Research  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics  and  Applied  Mathematics 

Dipl.  Math.,  University  of  Heidelberg,  1952;  Dr.Rer.Nat.,  University  of  Freiburg, 

1955. 

RIVELLO,  Robert  Matthew,  Associate  Professor  of  Aerospace  Engineering 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943;  M.S.,  1948;  Registered  Professional  Engineer. 

RUMBAUGH,  Jeffrey  Hamilton,  Instructor  in  Electrical  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1957. 

RUTELLI,  Giovanni  Pietro,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

Ph.D.  (Physics),  University  of  Palermo  (Italy),  1923;  Ph.D.  (E.E.),  Polytechnic 
Institute  of  Turin  (Italy),  1928;  Libera  Docenza,  Rome,  1947. 

SAYRE,  Clifford  L.,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 

B.S.,  Duke  University,  1947;  M.S.,  Stevens  Institute  of  Technology,  1950;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland,  1961;  Registered  Professional  Engineer 

SCHELLING,  David  R.,  Instructor  in  Civil  Engineering 

B.S.,  Lehigh  University,  1961;  M.S.,  Drexel  Institute  of  Technology,  1964. 

SCHETZ,  Joseph  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Aerospace  Engineering 

B.S.,  Webb  Institute  of  Naval  Architecture,  1958;  M.S.,  Princeton  University,  1960; 
M.A.,  Princeton  University,  1961;  Ph.D.,  Princeton  University,  1962. 

SCHROEDER,  Wilbum  Carroll,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 

B.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1930;  M.S.,   1931;  Ph.D.,  1933;  Registered  Profes- 
sional Engineer. 

SEIDEL,  Carl  L.,  C.  D.  Specialist,  Fire  Service  Extension 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1963. 

SEKSCIENSKI,  William  Stanley,  Project  Engineer,  Wind  Tunnel  Operations 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955. 

SHERWOOD,  Aaron  Wiley,  Professor  of  Aerospace  Engineering  and  Head  of  the 
Department 

M.E.,  Rensselaer  Polytechnic  Institute,  1935;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943; 

Registered  Professional  Engineer. 


71 


Faculty 

SHREEVE,  Charles  Alfred,  Jr.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering  and  Head  of  the 
Department 

B.E.,  The  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1935;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1943; 

Registered  Professional  Engineer. 

SILVERMAN,  Joseph,  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 

B.A.,  Brooklyn  College,  1944;  A.M.,  Columbia  University,  1948;  Ph.D.,  1951. 

SIMONS,  David  Elie,  Associate  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949;  M.S.,  1951. 

SKOLNICK,  Leonard  Philip,  Associate  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 

B.S.,  University  of  Rochester,  1953;  A.B.,  1953;  M.S.,  New  York  University,  1955; 
ScD.,  M.I.T.,  1958. 

SMITH,  Robert  B.,  Senior  Instructor,  Fire  Service  Extension 
B.A.,  College  of  William  and  Mary,  1953. 

SMITH,  Theodore  G.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Chemical  Engineering 

B.E.S.,  Johns  Hopkins,  1956;  M.S.,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Washington  University,  1960. 

TALAAT,  Mostafa  E.,  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 

B.S.C.,  University  of  Cairo,  1946;  M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1947;  Ph.D., 
1951. 

TIDMAN,  Derek  A.,  Research  Associate  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics 
and  Applied  Mathematics 

B.Sc,  Imperial  College  of  Science,  (London),  1952;  D.I.C.,  1953;  Ph.D.,  1955. 

TOMPKINS,  Howard  Edward,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering  and  Head  of  the 

Department 
B.A.  (Physics),  Swarthmore  College,  1942;  M.S.  (Physics),  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania, 1947;  Ph.D.,  1957. 

TRYTTEN,  George  N.,  Research  Assistant  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynamics 
and  Applied  Mathematics 

A.B.,  Luther  College,  1951;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1953;  Ph.D.,  University 

of  Maryland,  1962. 

WAGNER,  Thomas  Charles  Gordon,  Professor  of  Electrical  Engineering 

B.S.  (Math.),  Harvard  College,   1937;  M.A.   (Math.),  University  of  Maryland, 
1940;  Ph.D.  (Math.),  1943. 

WALSTON,  William  H.,  Jr.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.M.E.,  University  of  Delaware,  1959;  M.S.,  1961,  Ph.D.,  1964. 

WEDDING,  Presley  Allen,  Associate  Professor  of  Civil  Engineering 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1937;  M.S.,  1952;  Registered  Professional  Engineer. 

WEINSTEIN,   Alexander,   Research   Professor,   Institute   for   Fluid   Dynamics    and 
Applied  Mathematics 

Ph.D.,   Zurich,    1921;   Docteur   es   Sciences,   University   of   Paris,   France,    1937. 

WERNETH,  Russell  L.,  Instructor  in  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964. 

72 


Faculty 

WESKE,  John  Robert,  Professor  of  Aerospace  Engineeriog 

Dipl.  Ing.,  Hannover  Institute  of  Technology,  1924;  M.S.,  Harvard  University, 
1931;  Sc.D.,  1934;  Registered  Professional  Engineer. 

WILKERSON,  Thomas  D.,  Research  Associate  Professor,  Institute  for  Fluid  Dynam- 
ics and  Applied  Mathematics 

B.S.,  University  of  Michigan,  1953;  M.S.,  1954;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

WINDSOR,  Richard  Isaac,  Assistant  Director,  Wind  Tunnel  Operations 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1950;  M.S.,  1960. 

WOCKENFUSS,  William   Arthur,  Associate  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
and  Assistant  to  the  Dean 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949;  M.Ed.,  1952;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Florida, 
1960, 

YANG,  Jackson,  Assistant  Professor  of  Mechanical  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958;  M.S.,  1962;  Ph.D.,  1963. 

Lecturers  and  Educational  Advisers 

ASKEW,  Warren  S.,  Lecturer  in  Chemical   Engineering 

B.S.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1962;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

BILLIG,  Frederick  S.,  Lecturer  in  Aerospace  Engineering 

B.S.,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  1955;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958;  Ph.D., 
University  of  Maryland,  1964. 

BLOEM,  Delmar  L.,  Lecturer  in  Civil  Engineering 

B.S.,  Iowa  State  College,  1943;  Registered  Professional  Engineer 

BULLIS,  William  Murray,  Lecturer  in  Electrical  Engineering 

B.A.  (Physics),  Miami  University  (Ohio),  1951;  Ph.D.  (Physics),  Massachusetts 
Institute  of  Technology,   1956. 

COHEN,  Andrew  R.,  Lecturer  in  Electrical  Engineering 

B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1957;  M.S.,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Purdue 
University,  1961. 

DAWSON,  Victor  CD.,  Lecturer  in  Mechanical  Engineering 

B.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1948;  M.S.,  Harvard  University,  1951; 
M.E.,  California  Institute  of  Technology,  1959;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1963;  Registered  Professional  Engineer. 

DEGENFORD,  James  Edward,  Lecturer  in  Electrical  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1960;  M.S.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

GOLDMAN,  David  Tobias,  Lecturer  in  Chemical  Engineering 

B.S.,  Brooklyn  College,  1952;  M.S.,  Vanderbilt,  1954;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1958. 

GOLDSTEIN,  Irwin  Joseph,  Lecturer  in  Chemical  Engineering 

B.S.,  Metallurgy,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1960;  M.S.,  1962;  ScD., 
1964. 

73 


Faculty 

HABERMAN,  William  L.,  Lecturer  in  Mechanical  Engineering 

B.M.E.,  Cooper  Union,  1949;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1952;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

JONES,  Harold  Chester,  Lecturer  in  Electrical  Engineering 

B.S.,  Illinois  Institute  of  Technology,  1949;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  196L 

LIN,  Hung  Chang,  Lecturer  in  Electrical  Engineering 

B.S.E.E.,  Chiaotung  University  (China),   1941;  M.S.E.,  University  of  Michigan, 
1948;  D.E.E.,  Polytechnic  Institute  of  Brooklyn,  1956. 

MASTASCUSA,  Edward  John,  Lecturer  in  Electrical  Engineering 

B.S.E.E.,  Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  1960;  M.S.,  1961;  Ph.D.,  1964. 

MEYERSON,  Melvin  R.,  Lecturer  in  Mechanical  Engineering 

B.S.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,    1942;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1953; 
Ph.D.,  1962. 

MUNSON,  John  Christian,  Lecturer  in  Electrical  Engineering 

B.S.,  Iowa  State  College,  1949;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

OHMAN,  Gunnar  Peter,  Lecturer  and  Adviser  in  Electrical  Engineering 

B.S.E.E.,  Illinois  Institute  of  Technology,   1943;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1948;  Ph.D.,  1959. 

PARKER,  Carlyle  V.,  Lecturer  in  Electrical  Engineering 

B.S.E.  (E.  E.)  and  B.S.E.  (Physics),  University  of  Michigan,  1936. 

ROBERTS,  Richard  Calvin,  Lecturer  in  Civil  Engineering 

A.B.,  Kenyon  College,  1946;  Sc.M.,  Brown  University,  1946;  Ph.D.,  1949. 

SCHUCHARD,  Earl  Adolph,  Lecturer  and  Adviser  in  Electrical  Engineering 

B.S.    (Physics),   University   of  Washington,    1933;   M.S.    (Physics),    1934;   Ph.D. 
(Physics),  1940. 

SCHULMAN,  Joseph  Robert,  Lecturer  in  Electrical  Engineering 

B.E.E.,  City  College  of  New  York,   1944;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1951. 

SEIGEL,  Arnold  E.,  Lecturer  in  Aerospace  and  Mechanical  Engineering 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1944;  M.S.,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology, 
1947;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Amsterdam  (Holland),   1952. 

WALKER,  Stanton,  Lecturer  in  Civil  Engineering 
B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,    1917;   Registered   Professional  Engineer.     Honorary 
Doctorate  Degree,  University  of  Maryland,  1962. 

WHICKER,  Lawrence  Rhea,  Lecturer  in  Electrical  Engineering 

B.S.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1957;  M.S.,  1958;  Ph.D.,  Purdue  University,  1964. 

WILSON,  Robert  Elmer,  Lecturer  in  Aerospace  Engineering 

B.S.,   Georgia  Institute  of  Technology,    1941;  M.S.,   1942;  Ph.D.,   University  of 
Texas,  1952. 


74 


CATALOG  OF  THE 

COLLEGE 

OF 

HOME 

ECONOMICS 

1966-68 


THE 
UNIVERSITY 

OF 
MARYLAND 


Volume  22  January  20,  1966  No.  15 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  BULLETIN  is  published  four  times  in  September; 
three  times  m  January,  March  and  May;  and  two  times  in  August.  October.  Novem- 
CnuPoTv    ,^\.       .'""^r'  ^P"''  -^""^  ^"^  J"'y-    Re-entered  at  the  Post  Office  at 

AuLust24""fgn^'"p  M  k"^  '''""'^  '•'"''  '""''  '"^""'"  ""^^'^  ^he  Act  of  Congress  on 
August  24,  1912.    Published  twenty-nine  times. 


CONTENTS 


University  Calendar 
Board  of  Regents 
Officers  of  the  University 
Chairmen,    Standing   Commit- 
tee, Faculty  Senate 
The  College 

Special  Facilities  and  Activities 
Honors  and  Awards,  Scholar- 
ships and  Loan  Fund 


GENERAL 

iv     Academic  Information 

3 

vi          Admission 

3 

vii         Costs 

4 

Degrees 

4 

xi         Air  Science  Instruction 

4 

1         The  Student  Load 

4 

1         Curricula 

5 

America  Studies  Program 

5 

2     General  Information 

5 

CURRICULA  AND  REQUIRED  COURSES 


Home  Economics  in  Technical 
Areas 

Food,   Nutrition,    and   Institu- 
tion Administration 

Textiles  and  Clothing 

fiome    Economics    in   Educa- 
tional, Community,  and 
Family  Life  Areas 

Extension  Home  Economics 


9 

12 


14 
15 


Family  Life  or  General  (Foun- 
dation) Home  Economics         16 

Home  Economics  Education         17 

Home  Economics  in  Related 
Art  Areas 19 

Housing  and  Applied  (Art) 
Design 19 

Crafts     21 


COURSE  OFFERINGS 


ood,    Nutrition,   and    Institu- 
tion Administration  23 
'extiles  and  Clothing  28 
feme  Economics  Education  31 


acuity 


General  (Foundation)  Home 

Economics    32 

Family  Life  and  Management     33 
Housing  and  Applied   (Art) 

Design    35 

41 


III 


University  Calendar,  1965-66 

(TENTATIVE) 

FALL  SEMESTER,  1965 
SEPTEMBER 

13-17     Monday  through  Friday — Fall  Semester  Registration 
20     Monday — Instruction  begins 
NOVEMBER 

24  Wednesday,  after  last  class — Thanksgiving  recess  begins 
29     Monday,  8:00  A.M. — -Thanksgiving  recess  ends 

DECEMBER 

22     Wednesday,  after  last  class — Christmas  recess  begins 
JANUARY 

3  Monday,  8:00  A.M. — Christmas  recess  ends 
17     Monday — Pre-exam  Study  Day 

18-24     Tuesday-Monday — Fall   Semester  Examinations 

SPRING  SEMESTER,   1966 
JANUARY-FEBRUARY 

31-4  Monday  through   Friday — Spring  Semester  Registration 

7  Monday — Instruction  begins 

22  Tuesday — Washington's  Birthday,  holiday 
MARCH 

25  Friday — Maryland  Day,  not  a  holiday 
APRIL 

7  Thursday,  after  last  class — Easter  recess  begins 

12  Tuesday,  8:00  A.M. — Easter  recess  ends 

MAY 

1  1  Wednesdav — AFROTC  Day 

25  Wednesday — Pre-exam  Study  Day 

26-June  3  Thursday  through  Friday — Spring  Semester  Examinations 

29  Sunday — Baccalaureate  Exercises 

30  Monday — Memorial  Day,  hoh'day 
JUNE 

4  Saturday — Commencement  Exercises 

SUMMER  SESSION.   1966 
JUNE 

20-21  Monday.  Tuesday — Registration.  Summer  Session 

22  Wednesday — Instruction  begins 

25  Saturdav — Classes  (Moudav  schedule) 
JULY 

4  Monday — Independence   Day.  holiday 

9  Saturdav — Classes    (Tuesdav   schedule) 
AUGUST 

12  Friday — Summer  Session  Ends 

SHORT  COURSES,  SUMMER,  1966 
JUNE 

13-17     Mondav  ihrouch  Fridav — Rural  Women's  Short  Course 
AUGUST 

1-5     Mondav  through  Fridav — 4-H  Club  Week 
SEPTEMBER 

6-9     Tuesday  through  Friday — Fireman's  Short  Course 

IV 


University  Calendar,  1966-67 

(TENTATIVE) 

FALL  SEMESTER,  1966 
SEPTEMBER 

12-16     Monday-Friday — Fall   Semester  Registration 
19     Monday — Instruction  begins 

NOVEMBER 

23     Wednesday,  after  last  class — Thanksgiving  recess  begins 
28     Monday,  8:00  A.  M. — Thanksgiving  recess  ends 

DECEMBER 

21  Wednesday,  after  last  class — Christmas  recess  begins 
JANUARY 

3     Tuesday,  8:00  A.  M. — Christmas  recess  ends 
18     Wednesday — Pre-exam   Study   Day 
19-25     Thursday-Wednesday — Fail  Semester  Examinations 

SPRING  SEMESTER,   1967 
JANUARY 

31 -Feb.  3     Tuesday-Friday — Spring  Semester  Registration 
FEBRUARY 

6     Monday — Instruction  begins 

22  Wednesday — Washington's  Birthday,  holiday 
MARCH 

23  Thursday,  after  last  class — Easter  recess  begins 
28     Tuesday,  8:00  A.  M. — Easter  recess  ends 

MAY 

10  Wednesday— AFROTC  Day 

24  Wednesday — Pre-exam  Study  Day 

25-June  2     Thursday-Friday — Spring  Semester  Examinations 

28     Sunday — Baccalaureate  Exercises 

30     Tuesday — Memorial  Day,  holiday 
JUNE 

3  Saturday — Commencement  Exercises 

SUMMER  SESSION,  1967 
JUNE 

19-20  Monday-Tuesday — Registration,  Summer  Session 

21  Wednesday — Instruction  begins 

24  Saturday — Classes  (Monday  schedule) 
JULY 

4  Tuesday — Independence   Day,  holiday 
8  Saturday — Classes  (Tuesday  schedule) 

AUGUST 

11  Friday — Summer  Session  Ends 

SHORT  COURSES,  SUMMER,  1967 

JUNE 

12-17     Monday-Saturday — Rural  Women's  Short  Course 
AUGUST 

7-11     Monday-Friday— 4-H  Club  Week 
SEPTEMBER 

5-8     Tuesday-Friday — Firemen's  Short  Course 


Board  of  Regents 

and 

Maryland  State  Board  of  Agriculture 

CHAIRMAN 

Charles  P.  McCormick 

McCormick  and  Company,  Inc.,  414  Light  Street,  Baltimore,  21202 

VICE-CHAIRMAN 

Edward  F.  Holter 

Farmers  Home  Administration,  Room  412  Hartwick  Bldg., 

4321  Hartwick  Road,  College  Park,  20740 

SECRETARY 

B.  Herbert  Brown 

The  Baltimore  Institute,  10  West  Chase  Street,  Baltimore,  21201 

TREASURER 

Harry  H.  Nuttle 
Denton,  21629 

ASSISTANT  SECRETARY 

Louis  L.  Kaplan 

The  Baltimore  Hebrew  College,  5800  Park  Heights  Ave.,  Baltimore,  21215 

ASSISTANT  TREASURER 

Richard  W.  Case 

Smith,  Somerville  and  Case,  1  Charles  Center — 17th  Floor, 

Baltimore,  21201 

Dr.  William  B.  Long 
Medical  Center,  Salisbury,  21801 

Thomas  W.  Pangborn 

The  Pangborn  Corporation,  Pangborn  Blvd.,  Hagerstown,  21740 

Thomas  B.  Symons 

7410  Columbia  Ave.,  College  Park,  20740 

William  C.  Walsh 

Liberty  Trust  Building,  Cumberland,  21501 

Mrs.  John  L.  Whitehurst 
4101  Greenway,  Baltimore,  21218 

vi 


Officers  Of  The  University 

Central  Administrative  Officers 
PRESIDENT 

Wilson  H.  Elkins— S./4.,  University  of  Texas.  1932:  M.A.,  1932;  B.litt.,  Oxford  Uni- 
versity. 1936:  D.Phil.,  1936. 

VICE  PRESIDENT.  BALTIMORE  CAMPUSES 

Albin  O.  Kuhn— 5.5..  University  of  Maryland.  1938:  M.S..  1939:  Ph.D..  1948. 

VICE  PRESIDENT  FOR  ACADEMIC  AFFAIRS 

R.  Lee  Hornbake — B.S..  California  State  College,  Pennsylvania,   1934:  M.A.,  Ohio 
State  University,  1936;  Ph.D.,  1942. 

ASSISTANT  TO  THE  PRESIDENT  FOR  ADMINISTRATIVE  AFFAIRS 

Walter  B.  Waetjen — S.S..  Millersville  State  College.  Millersvilte.  Pennsylvania,  1942; 
M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania.  1947:  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland.  1951. 

ASSISTANT  TO  THE  PRESIDENT 

Frank  L.  Bentz.  Jr.— S.5.,  University  of  Maryland.  1942;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

ASSISTANT  TO  THE  PRESIDENT  FOR  RESEARCH 

Justin  Wiiliams — A.B..  State  Teachers  College.  Conway,  Arkansas,  1926:  M.A.,  State 
University  of  Iowa,  1928:  Ph.D.,  1933. 

ASSISTANT  TO  THE  PRESIDENT  FOR  UNIVERSITY  RELATIONS 
Robert    A.    Beach,   Jr..    A.B..    Baldwin-Wallace    College,    1950:    M.S..    Boston    Uni- 
versity,  1954. 

ASSISTANT,  PRESIDENT'S  OFFICE 

Robert  E.  Kendig — A.B.,  College  of  Wiiliam  and  Mary,  1939;  M.A.,  George  Wash- 
ington Utdv3rsity,  1965. 

ASSISTANT  TO  THE  VICE  PRESIDENT  FOR  ACADEMIC  AFFAIRS 

Leslie    R.    Bundgaard— 5.5.,    University    of    Wisconsin,    1948;    M.S.,    1949;    Ph.D., 
Georgetown  University,  1954. 

DIRECTOR  OF  FINANCE  AND  BUSINESS 

C.  Wilbur  Cisse\—B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1932;  M.A.,  C.P.A.,  1939. 

ASSISTANT  DIRECTOR  OF  FINANCE  AND  BUSINESS 
James  T.  Frye— B.5.,  University  of  Georgia,  1948;  M.S..  1952. 

COMPTROLLER   AND   BUDGET  OFFICER 

Harry  D.  Fisher— 5.5.,   University  of  Maryland,  1943;  C.P.A.,  1948. 

DIRECTOR  OF  ADMISSIONS  AND  REGISTRATIONS 

G.  Watson  Algire— 5.^.,  University  of  Maryland,  1930;  M.S.,  1931. 

ASSOCIATE  DIRECTOR  AND  REGISTRAR 

James  P.  Hill— 5.5.,   Temple  University,  1939;  Ed.M.,  1947;  Ed.D.,   University  of 

Michigan,  1963. 

DIRECTOR  OF  ALUMNI  AFFAIRS 

J.  Logan  Schutz— 5.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1938;  M.S.,  1940. 

vii 


DIRECTOR  OF  ATHLETICS 

William  W.  Cobey — A.B.,  University  of  Maryland,  1930. 

DIRECTOR  OF  PERSONNEL 

George  W.  Fogg — B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1926;  M.A.,  1928. 

ASSISTANT  DIRECTOR  OF  PERSONNEL 

James  D.  Morgan— B. 5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949;  M.B.A.,  1950. 

DIRECTOR  AND  SUPERVISING  ENGINEER,  DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSICAL 
PLANT 

George  O.  Weber — B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,  1933. 

ASSOCIATE  DIRECTOR  AND  SUPERVISING  ENGINEER,  PHYSICAL  PLANT 

(Baltimore) 

George  W.  Morrison — B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1927;  E.E.,  1931. 


Emeriti 

PRESIDENT  EMERITUS 

Harry  C.  Byrd— S.5.,    University   of  Maryland.   1908;  LL.D.,   Washington  College, 
1936;  LL.D.,  Dickinson  College,  1938;  D.bc.  Western  Maryland  College,  1938. 

DEAN  OF  WOMEN  EMERITA 

Adele  H.   Stamp — B.A.,    Tulane   Universitv,    1921;  M.A.,    University   of  Maryland, 
1924. 

DEAN  OF  MEN  EMERITUS 

Geary  F.  Eppley— B.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1920;  M.S..  1926. 


Deans  of  the  Schools  and  Colleges 

DEAN  OF  AGRICULTURE 

Gordon  M.  Cairns— S.5.,  Cornell  University,  1936;  M.S.,  1938;  Ph.D.  1940. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES 

Charles  Manning— B.5.,  Tufts  College,  1929;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1931;  Ph.D., 
University  of  North  Carolina,  1950. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  AND  PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATION 
Donald  W.  O'Connell— B./l.,  Columbia  University,  1937;  M.A.,  1938;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY 

John  J.   Salley — D.D.S.,   Medical  College  of   Virginia,    1951;  Ph.D.,   University  of 
Rochester  School  of  Medicine  and  Dentistry,  1954. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION 

Vernon  E.  Anderson — B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1930;  M.A.,  1936;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Colorado,  1942. 

ACTING  DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERING 

Russell  B.  Allen — B.S..  Yale  University,  1923;  Registered  Professional  Engineer. 

via 


DEAN  OF  FACULTY— UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND,  BALTIMORE  COUNTY 

Homer  W.  Schamp,  Jr. — A.B.,  Miami  University,  1944;  M.Sc,  University  of  Michi- 
gan, 1947;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

DEAN  OF  THE  GRADUATE  SCHOOL 

Ronald   Bamford — B.S.,   University  of  Connecticut,   1924;  M.S.,   University  of   Ver- 
mont.  1926;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1931. 

ACTING  DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS 
Erna  R.  Chapman — B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1934;  M.S.,   1939. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  LAW 

William  P.  Cunningham — A.B.,  Harvard  College,  1944;  LL.B.,  Harvard  Law  School, 
1948. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  LIBRARY  SCIENCE 

Paul   Wasserman— B.B./l.,   College  of  the  City  of  New   York,   1948;  M.S.   (L.S.), 

Columbia  University,  1949;  M.S.  {Economics)  Columbia  University.  1950:  Ph.D., 

University  of  Michigan,  1960. 

DEAN   OF  THE   SCHOOL   OF   MEDICINE    AND   DIRECTOR   OF    MEDICAL 
EDUCATION  AND  RESEARCH 

WiHiam  S.  Stone— B..S'.,  University  of  Idaho,  1924;  M.S.,  1925;  M.D..  University  of 
Louisville,   1929;  Ph.D.,   (Hon.),  University  of  Louisville,  1946. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  NURSING 

Florence  M.  Gipe — B.S.,  Catholic  University  of  America.  1937;  M.S.,  University  of 
Pennsylvania,  1940;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1952. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  PHARMACY 

Noel   E.  Foss— P/j.C,  South  Dakota  State  College.   1929;  B.S..1929;  M.S..   Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1932;  Ph.D.,  1933. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION.  RECREATION  AND 
HEALTH 

Lester  M.  Fraley— B.^.,  Randolph-Macon  College,   1928;  M.A.,   1937:  Ph.D.,  Pea- 
body  College,  1939. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  SOCIAL  WORK 

Verl   S.   Lewis — A.B.,   Huron   College,   1933;  M.A.,    University   of  Chicago,    1939; 
D.S.W.,  Western  Reserve  University,  1954. 

DEAN  OF  UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE 

Ray  W.  Ehrensberger— B./l.,  Wabash  College.  1929:  M.A..  Butler  Universitv.  1930; 
Ph.D.,  Syracuse   University.    1937. 

Directors  of  Educational  Services  and  Programs 

ACTING  DEAN  FOR  STUDENT  LIFE 

Francis  A.  Gray — B.S.,    University   of  Maryland,   1943. 

DEAN  OF  WOMEN 

Helen  E.  Clarke — B.S..  University  of  Michigan.  1943:  M.A..  University  of  Illinois, 
1951;  Ed.D.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  1960. 

ix 


DIRECTOR.  AGRICULTURAL  EXTENSION  SERVICE 

Edward  W.  Aiton—B.S.,   University  of  Minnesota.   1933;  M.S.,    1940;  Ed.D.,   Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1956. 

DIRECTOR,  AGRICULTURE   EXPERIMENT  STATION 

Irvin  C.  Haut — B.S.,  University  of  Idaho.  1928;  M.S.,  State  College  of  Washington, 
1930;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933. 

ACTING   DIRECTOR.   COMPUTER  SCIENCE  CENTER 
John  P.  Menard — B.A.,  San  Michael's  College,  1954 

DIRECTOR,  COUNSELING  CENTER 

Thomas  Magoon — B.A.,   Dartmouth,   1947;  M.A.,   University  of  Minnesota,   1951; 
Ph.D.,  1954. 

DIRECTOR,  GENERAL  EDUCATION  PROGRAM 

Gayle  S.  Smith— B .5.,  Iowa  State  College.  1948;  M.  A.,  Cornell  University,  1951; 
Ph.D.,  1958. 

DIRECTOR,  INSTITUTIONAL  RESEARCH 

Robert  E.  McClintock — B.S.,  University  of  South  Carolina,  1951;  M.A.,  George  Pea- 
body  College,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

DIRECTOR   OF   LIBRARIES 

Howard  Rovelstad— 5./1.,  University  of  Illinois,  1936;  M.A.,  1937;  B.S.L.S.,  Colum- 
bia University,  1940. 

DIRECTOR  OF  NATURAL  RESOURCES  INSTITUTE 

L.  Eugene  Cronin — A.B.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1938;  M.S.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1943;  Ph.D.,  1946. 

DIRECTOR  OF  PROFESSIONAL  AND  SUPPORTING  SERVICES,  UNIVERSITY 

HOSPITAL 
George  H.  Yeager — B.S.,  University  of  West  Virginia,  1925;  M.D.,   University  of 

Maryland,  1929. 

DIRECTOR  OF  STUDENT  HEALTH  SERVICE 

Lester  M.  Dyke— 5.5.,  University  of  Iowa,  1936;  M.D.,  1926. 

DIRECTOR  OF  THE  SUMMER  SESSION 

Clodus  R.  Smith— fi.5.,  Oklahoma  State  University,  1950;  M.S.,  1955;  Ed.D.,  Cornell 
University,  1960. 

HEAD,  DEPARTMENT  OF  AIR  SCIENCE 

Vernon  H.  Reeves — B.A.,  Arizona  State  College,  1936;  M.A.,  Columbia  University, 
1949. 

Division  Chairmen 

CHAIRMAN  OF  THE  DIVISION  OF  BIOLOGICAL  SCIENCES 

John  E.  Faber— B.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1926;  M.S.,  1927;  Ph.D.,  1937. 

CHAIRMAN  OF  THE  LOWER  DIVISION 

Charles  E.  White— B.5.,   University  of  Maryland,  1923;  M.S..  1924;  Ph.D.,  1926. 

CHAIRMAN  OF  THE  DIVISION  OF  SOCIAL  SCIENCES 

Harold  C.  Hoffsommer— B.5.,  Northwestern   University,  1921;  M.A.,   1923;  Ph.D.. 
Cornell  University,  1929. 


STANDING  COMMITTEES,  FACULTY  SENATE 

GENERAL  COMMITTEE  ON  EDUCATIONAL   POLICY 

GENERAL  COMMITTEE  ON  STUDENT  LIFE  AND  WELFARE 

COMMITTEE  ON  ADMISSIONS  AND  SCHOLASTIC  STANDING 

COMMITTEE  ON   INSTRUCTIONAL   PROCEDURES 

COMMITTEE  ON  SCHEDULING   AND  REGISTRATION 

COMMITTEE  ON   PROGRAMS,  CURRICULA   AND  COURSES 

COMMITTEE  ON  FACULTY  RESEARCH 

COMMITTEE  ON  PUBLIC  FUNCTIONS  AND  COMMENCEMENTS 

COMMITTEE  ON  LIBRARIES 

COMMITTEE   ON  UNIVERSITY   PUBLICATIONS 

COMMITTEE  ON  INTERCOLLEGIATE  COMPETITION 

COMMITTEE  ON  PROFESSIONAL  ETHICS.  ACADEMIC  FREEDOM 
AND  TENURE 

COMMITTEE  ON    APPOINTMENTS.   PROMOTIONS.    AND    SALARIES 

COMMITTEE  ON  FACULTY  LIFE  AND  WELFARE 

COMMITTEE  ON  MEMBERSHIP  AND  REPRESENTATION 

COMMITTEE  ON  COUNSELING  OF  STUDENTS 

COMMITTEE  ON   THE  FUTURE   OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Adjunct  Committees  of  the  General  Committee  on  Student 
Life  and  Welfare 
STUDENT  ACTIVITIES 
FINANCIAL  AIDS  AND  SELF-HELP 
STUDENT  PUBLICATIONS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS 
RELIGIOUS  LIFE 

STUDENT  HEALTH  AND  SAFETY 
STUDENT  DISCIPLINE 
BALTIMORE  CAMPUS,   STUDENT  AFFAIRS 


XI 


The  College 


The  college  of  home  economics  serves  Maryland  and  surrounding 
areas  with  its  program  for  the  education  of  young  men  and  women  inter- 
ested in  the  social,  economic,  scientific  and  aesthetic  aspects  of  homemaking 
and  of  family  living  in  relation  to  the  community.  The  educational 
offerings  of  the  College  are  planned  to  help  students  function  effectively 
and  creatively  as  individuals,  as  family  members  and  as  responsible  citi- 
zens; to  prepare  them  for  positions  for  which  home  economics  is  a  major 
or  minor  preparation;  and  to  promote  an  appreciation  for  and  utilization 
of  the  findings  of  research.  The  College  is  concerned  with  contributing 
to  the  education  for  home  and  family  life  of  women  and  men  enrolled 
in  other  schools  and  colleges  as  well  as  those  majoring  in  home  economics. 

The  over-all  function  of  home  economics  is  to  integrate  the  contribu- 
tions of  the  physical  and  biological  sciences,  the  social  sciences,  psychol- 
ogy, philosophy  and  art  in  the  treatment  of  all  phases  of  home  and 
family  life,  to  the  end  that  they  are  used  by  families  in  all  parts  of 
society  and  by  the  agencies  serving  families. 

The  College  of  Home  Economics  is  organized  into  the  Departments  of 
Food,  Nutrition,  and  Institution  Administration;  Family  Life  and  Manage- 
ment; Housing  and  Applied  Design;  and  Textiles  and  Clothing.  The  cur- 
ricula offered  are:  General  (foundation)  home  economics;  applied  design 
(crafts,  advertising,  costume,  and  interiors);  food,  nutrition,  and  related 
science;  home  economics  education;  home  economics  extension;  family 
life  and  management;  institution  administration;  textiles  and  clothing;  and 
textiles  and  related  science. 


Special  Facilities  and  Activities 


physical  facilities 

The  home  of  the  College  of  Home  Economics,  following  campus  tradition, 
is  a  colonial  brick  building,  planned  and  built  to  present  modern  equipment 
and  facilities  for  education  in  home  economics.  A  management  center 
is  maintained  on  the  campus  for  resident  experiences  in  management 
activities  of  family  life. 

Located  between  two  large  cities,  unusual  opportunities  are  provided  for 
both  faculty  and  students.  In  addition  to  the  University's  general  and 
specialized  libraries,  Baltimore  and  Washington  furnish  added  library 
facilities.  The  art  galleries  and  museums,  the  government  bureaus  and 
city  institutions  stimulate  study  and  provide  enriching  experiences  for 
home  economics  students. 


Special  Facilities  and  Activities 


SOCIETIES 


Home  Economics  Chapter;  Membership  is  open  to  all  home  economics 
students.  The  club  is  affiliated  with  the  Maryland  and  American  Home 
Economics  Associations. 

Omicron  Nu,  national  home  economics  honor  society:  Students  of  high 
scholarship  are  eligible  for  election  to  membership. 

N.S.I.D.:  A  student  chapter  affiliated  with  the  National  Society  of  Interior 
Designers. 

Gamma  Alpha  Chi:  National  professional  advertising  fraternity  for 
women. 

Student  Faculty  Council:  An  advisory  group,  elected  by  students  and 
faculty,  to  promote  the  interests  of  the  College  of  Home  Economics. 

Honors  and  Awards,  Scholarships  and  Loan  Fund 

The  Danforth  Foundation  and  the  Ralston  Purina  Company  Summer 
Fellowships:  One  of  four  weeks  to  an  outstanding  junior;  one  of  two  weeks 
to  an  outstanding  freshman. 

Omicron  Nu  Scholarship  Award :  Omicron  Nu  presents  annually  an  award 
to  the  sophomore  in  the  College  of  Home  Economics  who  attained  the 
highest  scholastic  average  during  the  freshman  year. 

M.  Marie  Mount  Memorial  Scholarship:  $250  is  awarded  each  year  to  a 
junior  or  senior  student  who  shows  outstanding  potential  as  a  professional 
home  economist. 

Sears  Roebuck  Scholarships:  The  Sears  Roebuck  Foundation  has  made 
available  to  freshmen  in  the  College  of  Home  Economics  two  scholarships 
of  $300  each. 

Venia  M.  Kellar  Grant:  A  grant  of  $100  is  open  to  a  Maryland  student 
of  promise  who  wishes  to  enroll  in  the  College  of  Home  Economics. 

A  loan  fund,  composed  of  contributions  by  the  District  of  Columbia 
Home  Economics  Association,  Maryland  Chapter  of  Omicron  Nu,  and 
personal  gifts,  is  available  for  students  majoring  in  home  economics. 

Home  Economics  Senior  Award:  The  Home  Economics  Alumni  annually 
present  an  award  to  the  senior  student  who  is  outstanding  in  her  appli- 
cation of  the  spirit  and  principles  of  home  economics  in  her  present  living 
and  who  best  shows  promise  of  carrying  these  into  her  future  home. and 
community. 

For  other  scholarships  and  awards,  see  An  Adventure  in  Learning,  the 
general  undergraduate  catalog  of  the  University. 


Special  Facilities  and  Activities 

ACADEMIC  INFORMATION 

Admission 

FALL  semester 

All  applications  for  full-time  undergraduate  admission  for  the  Fall  Semes- 
ter at  the  College  Park  Campus  must  be  received  by  the  University  on 
or  before  July  15.  Any  student  registering  for  nine  or  more  semester 
hours  of  work  is  considered  a  full-time  student. 

Under  unusual  circumstances,  appHcations  will  be  accepted  between  July 
15  and  September  1.  Applicants  for  full-time  attendance  filing  after  July 
15  will  be  required  to  pay  a  non-refundable  $25.00  late  fee  to  defray  the 
cost  of  special  handling  of  applications  after  that  date.  This  late  fee  is 
in  addition  to  the  $10.00  application  fee. 

All  undergraduate  applications,  both  for  full-time  and  part-time  attend- 
ance, and  all  supporting  documents  for  an  application  for  admission  must 
be  received  by  the  appropriate  University  office  by  September  1.  This 
means  that  the  applicant's  educational  records,  ACT  scores  (in  the  case 
of  new  freshmen)  and  medical  examination  report  must  be  received  by 
September  1. 

spring  semester 

The  deadline  for  the  receipt  of  applications  for  the  Spring  Semester  is 
January  1. 

university  college 

The  application  deadlines  and  fees  do  not  apply  to  students  registering  in 
the  evening  classes  offered  by  the  University  College. 

GRADUATE  SCHOOL 

Application  for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School  must  be  made  by 
August  1  for  the  fall  term  and  by  January  1  for  the  spring  term  on 
blanks  obtained  from  the  Office  of  the  Graduate  School.  Admission  to 
the  summer  session  is  governed  by  the  date  listed  in  the  Summer  School 
catalog.   The  summer  session  deadline  date  is  June  1. 

All  students  desiring  to  enroll  in  the  College  of  Home  Economics  must 
apply  to  the  Director  of  Admissions  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  Col- 
lege Park. 

In  selecting  students  emphasis  will  be  placed  upon  good  marks  and 
other  indications  of  probable  success  in  college  as  well  as  upon  the  pattern 


Academic  Information 

of  subjects  pursued  in  high  school.  In  general,  four  units  of  English  and 
one  unit  each  of  social  and  natural  sciences,  algebra  and  plane  geometry 
are  required.  While  foreign  language  is  desirable  for  certain  programs  no 
foreign  language  is  required  for  entrance. 

Costs' 

Actual  annual  costs  of  attending  the  University  include  $250.00  fixed 
charges;  $96.00  special  fee;  $420.00  board;  $320.00  lodging  for  Maryland 
residents  or  $420.00  for  residents  of  other  states  and  countries.  A  charge 
of  $400.00  is  assessed  students  not  residents  of  the  State  of  Maryland.  A 
matriculation  fee  of  $10.00  is  charged  all  new  students.  A  fee  of  $10.00 
must  accompany  a  prospective  student's  application  for  admission.  If  a 
student  enrolls  for  the  term  for  which  he  applied,  the  fee  is  accepted  in 
lieu  of  the  matriculation  fee. 

An  Adventure  in  Learning,  the  undergraduate  catalog  of  the  University, 
contains  a  detailed  statement  of  fees  and  expenses  and  includes  changes 
in  fees  as  they  occur.  A  copy  may  be  requested  from  the  Catalog  Mail- 
ing Office,  North  Administration  Building,  University  of  Maryland  at 
College  Park  20742. 

Degrees 

The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  is  conferred  for  the  satisfactory  com- 
pletion, with  an  average  of  "C"  or  better,  of  a  prescribed  curriculum  of  120 
academic  semester  hour  credits.  This  is  exclusive  of  health  and  physical 
activities  for  women  and  men.  No  grade  below  a  "C"  is  acceptable  in 
courses  within  the  field  chosen  as  a  major. 

The  Master  of  Science  degree  is  ofi"ered  in  food,  nutrition  and  institution 
administration;  in  textiles  and  clothing;  and  in  related  areas  of  home 
economics  in  the  College  of  Home  Economics,  also  in  home  economics 
education  in  the  College  of  Education.  (See  the  Graduate  School  Catalog.) 

Air  Science  Instruction 

Selected  students  who  wish  to  do  so  may  carry  Advanced  Air  Science 
courses  during  their  junior  and  senior  years  which  may  lead  to  a  regular 
or  reserve  commission  in  the  United  States  Air  Force. 

For  details  concerning  Air  Science,  refer  to  University  General  and  Aca- 
demic Regulations,  a  publication  available  to  all  entering  undergraduate 
students. 

The  Student  Load 

The  student  load  in  the  College  of  Home  Economics  varies  from  15-19 
credits.  A  student  wishing  to  carry  more  than  19  credits  must  have  a  "B" 
grade  average  and  permission  of  the  Dean. 


lEffective  September,   1966.  fixed  charges  will  be  $270,  and  board  charges  will  be 
be  $440. 


Academic  Information 

A  minimum  of  120  academic  credits  are  required  for  graduation.  However, 
for  certification  in  some  professional  organizations  additional  credits  are 
required.    Consult  with  the  adviser. 

Curricula 

A  student  may  elect  one  of  the  following  curricula,  or  a  combination  of 
curricula:  food,  nutrition  or  institution  administration  (food  service);  gen- 
eral (foundation)  home  economics;  home  economics  education;  home  eco- 
nomics extension;  housing,  applied  design  or  crafts;  textiles  or  textiles  and 
clothing.  A  student  who  wishes  to  teach  home  economics  may  register  in 
home  economics  education  in  the  College  of  Home  Economics  or  in  the 
College  of  Education. 

General  Education  Program 

A  college  education  impUes  something  more  than  an  adequate  technical 
training  in  the  student's  field  of  specialization.  In  order  that  each  graduate 
with  a  Bachelor's  degree  may  gain  a  liberal  education  as  well  as  a  special- 
ized one,  the  University  has  established  a  General  Education  Requirement. 
This  requirement  consists  of  34  semester  hours  of  credit  in  six  general 
fields.  There  is  a  wide  choice  in  specific  courses  which  may  be  used  to 
satisfy  requirements  in  all  of  the  six  fields  except  English.  Physical  Educa- 
tion and  Health  requirements  for  all  students  are  taken  in  addition  to  this 
34-hour  group  of  courses. 

Although  the  courses  in  the  General  Education  Program  are  prescribed 
generally,  some  choice  is  permitted,  especially  for  students  who  demon- 
strate in  classification  tests  good  previous  preparation  in  one  or  more  of 
the  required  subjects.  For  a  more  complete  description  of  the  program 
refer  to  General  and  Academic  Regulations,  pages  27-30. 

General  Information 

Detailed  information  concerning  the  General  Education  Program,  fees 
and  expenses,  scholarships  and  awards,  student  life,  and  other  material  of 
a  general  nature,  may  be  found  in  the  University  publication  titled  An  Ad- 
venture in  Learning.  This  publication  may  be  obtained  on  request  from  the 
Catalog  Mailing  Office,  North  Administration  Building,  University  of 
Maryland  at  College  Park  20742.  A  detailed  explanation  of  the  regula- 
tions of  student  and  academic  life  may  be  found  in  the  University  publica- 
tion titled,  General  and  Academic  Regulations. 


Academic  Information 

Requests  for  course  catalogs  for  the  individual  schools  and  colleges  should 
be  directed  as  follows: 

COLLEGES  LOCATED  AT  COLLEGE  PARK: 

Dean 

(College  in  which  you  are  interested) 
The  University  of  Maryland 
College  Park,  Maryland  20742 

PROFESSIONAL  SCHOOLS  LOCATED  AT  BALTIMORE: 

Dean 

(School  in  which  you  are  interested) 
The  University  of  Maryland 
Lombard  and  Greene  Streets 
Baltimore,  Maryland  21201 


Required  Courses 


The  curricula  leading  to  a  major  in  the  college  of  home  Eco- 
nomics are  organized  into  three  categories:  (1)  Technical  areas,  (2)  edu- 
cational, community,  and  family  life  areas,  and  (3)  commercial  consumer 
service  (related  art)  areas.  These  represent  the  broad  professional  fields 
into  which  graduates  are  eligible  to  enter  and  pursue  their  chosen  work. 
The  positions  vary  in  nature,  scope,  and  title  but  require  similar  general 
studies  background  and  fundamentals  for  specialization. 

Individual  programs  of  study  are  developed  cooperatively  with  faculty 
advisers  to  provide  a  balanced  and  sequential  arrangement  of  studies  in 
preparation  for  the  chosen  field.  University,  college,  departmental,  and 
interdepartmental  requirements  are  identified  for  curricula  in  each  of  the 
categories  described  above. 

All  students  in  the  College  of  Home  Economics  are  required  to  complete 
a  series  or  sequence  of  courses  to  satisfy  University  requirements  and  de- 
partmental requirements.  The  remaining  courses  needed  to  complete  a 
program  of  study  are  elected  by  the  student  with  the  approval  of  his  adviser. 

Semester  Credit 
University  Requirements  (General  Education — Academic)  Hours 

English  1,  3,  and  4  9 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy  (choice  of  one)  3 

Dance  32,  182,   184 

Art  10,  60,  61.  65,  66,  67,  68,  70.  71.  80 
Music  20 
Speech  16,  114 

Philosophy  1,  41,  45,  52,  53,  147,  152,  154 
History  (one  course  in  U.  S.,  one  non-U.  S.)  6 

U.  S.  History  21,  22,  23,  24,  29 

Non-U.  S.  History  31,  32,  41,  42,  51,  52,  53.  54,  61.  62. 
71,  72 
Mathematics  (any  credit  bearing  course)  3-4 

ACT  score  determines  qualification 
Natural  Science   (choice   of  two  courses)-  7 

One  course  must  be  a  physical   science;   one   a  biological 
science 

Social  Science  (choice  of  two  courses) 6 

Soc.  1;  G  &  P  1  or  3;  Anthropology  1;  Econ.  37  or  31: 
Psych.  1 

Total 34-35 

University  Requirements  (non-academic) 
For  men  and  women: 

Health  5 2 

Physical  Education — 2  semesters  2 

Total 4 


^Dependent  upon  science  requirements  of  curriculum. 


Departmental  Requirements 

College  of  Home  Economics  Requirements  for  every  student^ 
H.  E.  5 — Introduction  to  Family  Living  Through  Home  Eco- 
nomics^ .  2 
A.  D.  1 — Fundamentals  of  Design-'  3 
T.  &  C.  5 — Textiles  and  Clothing  in  Contemporary  Living-*  3 
F.  &  N.  5 — Food  and  Nutrition  of  Individuals  and  Families-*  3 
H.  M.  50 — Decision  Making  in  Family  Living^  3 

H.  M.  160 — Scientific  Management  in  the  Home 3 

H.  M.   161 — Resident  Experience  in  Home  Management  3 

Nutr.  20 Elements  of  Nutrition  OR 

Nutr.  121 — Science  of  Nutrition 3 

Food  150 — Food  Economics  and  Meal  Management-"'  3 

H.  E.  180 — Professional  Seminar  (men  and  women)  2 

Root  Discipline  Requirements  Outside  the  College 

Soc.    1 — Sociology  of  American  Life'^ 3 

Psych.  1 — Introduction  to  Psychology''                  3 

Econ.  37 — Fundamentals  of  Economics-^              3 

Speech  7  or  1 — Public  Speaking 2-3 

DEPARTMENTAL  REQUIREMENTS 

Required  courses  are  determined  by  the  department  making  major  con- 
tributions to  the  specific  curriculum  or  program  of  study.  Supporting  and 
elective  courses  are  approved  by  the  adviser  of  the  student's  program. 

The  program  of  courses  for  the  freshman  year  is  essentially  the  same 
for  all  students.  However,  there  are  some  variations  and  modifications  in 
several  curricula. 

Suggested  Freshman  Year  (15  to   18  hours  each  semester)*^ 

Semester  Hours 

Eng.  1,  3 — Composition  and  Literature  6 

Mathematics    0-3 

H.  E.  5 — Introduction  to  Family  Living     2 

A.  D.  1 — Fundamentals  of  Design 3 

Speech  7  or  1 — Public  Speaking                    2-3 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life 3 

F.  &  N.  5 — Food  and  Nutrition  of  Individuals  and  Families  3 

T.  &  C.  5 — Textiles  and  Clothing  in  Contemporary  Living  3 

Physical  or  Biological  Science 3-6 

Health  5 2 

Physical  Education   2 

Electives''^  2 


•"^Any  two  of  these  automatically  satisfy  the   6-hour  social  science   requirement  of 

General  Education. 

■*Men  are  required  to  take  a  minimum  of  two  courses  from  this  group. 

•"'Except  I.  A.  majors. 

"See  P.  18  for  Home  Economics  Education. 

^Clo.  10  required  for  Textiles  and  Clothing  majors. 

8 


Departmental  Requirements 

HOME  ECONOMICS  IN  TECHNICAL  AREAS 

Preparation  for  entering  technical  tields  in  home  economics  and  related 
areas  combines  a  strong  scientific  background  with  general  education,  an 
understanding  of  personal  and  family  life,  and  specific  knowledge  in  one  or 
more  of  the  areas  leading  to  technical  positions.  Curricula  or  programs  of 
study  offered  in  the  several  departments  directed  toward  the  following  can 
be  pursued  by  undergraduate  students:  Textile  technology,  commercial 
foods,  fashion  merchandising  and  design,  hospital  and  institution  dietetics, 
advertising  layout  and  promotion,  basic  and  applied  research  in  the  sev- 
eral areas  of  home  economics,  apparel  design  and  construction,  nutrition 
and  related  science,  family  life,  and  household  equipment  (technology 
and  utilization). 

TECHNICAL  CURRICULA 

University  requirements  (see  page  7) 

College  of  Home  Economics  requirements  (see  page  8) 

FOOD,  NUTRITION,  AND  INSTITUTION 
ADMINISTRATION 

Graduates  of  the  food  and  nutrition  curriculum  find  positions  in  the  con- 
sumer education  departments  of  a  wide  variety  of  food  and  equipment 
industries,  magazine  and  advertising  firms,  doing  testing,  editorial,  or  pro- 
motion work.  They  may  become  nutritionists  with  industry  or  in  state  or 
community  programs.  The  curriculum  also  prepares  students  for  graduate 
study,  research,  or  work  as  laboratory  technicians. 

The  institution  administration  curriculum  prepares  students  for  food 
service  administration  in  such  institutions  as  hospitals,  colleges,  and  public 
schools;  in  commercial  organizations:  restaurants,  inns,  hotels,  and 
industrial  food  service.  Institution  administration  majors  meet  the  aca- 
demic requirements  for  entrance  to  a  dietetic  internship  approved  by  the 
American  Dietetic  Association.  Students  following  this  major  are  required 
to  have,  before  the  senior  year,  field  experience  in  food  service.  This 
experience  must  be  satisfactory  in  length  of  time,  type,  and  quality 
of  work. 

Men  specializing  in  either  the  food  and  nutrition  or  institution  admin- 
istration major  will  be  allowed  substitutions  for  certain  required  courses. 


Food,  Nutrition,  and  Institution  Administration 
FOOD  AND  NUTRITION  CURRICULUM 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature 

Chem.  31.  33 — Organic  Chemistry   

Psych.  1 — Introduction  to  Psychology 

Econ.  37 — Fundamentals  of  Economics 

Food   10  (3) — Science  Principles  of  Food  or 
Food  52,  53  (6) — Science  of  Food  Preparation 

Zool.  1 — General  Zoology 

Microb.  1 — Gen.  Microbiology  ^ 

H.  M.  50 — Decision  Making  in  Family  Living 

Elective     

Total 

Junior  Year 

Home  Mgt.  160 —  Scientific  Management  in  the  Home 
Food  150 — Food  Economics  and  Meal  Management 

Nutr.     121 — Science    of    Nutrition 

F.  &  N.  130 — Special  Problems  in  Food  and  Nutrition 

H.  D.  Ed.   107 — Growth  and  Development  in  Early  Child- 
hood or 

F.  L.  132— The  Child  in  the  Family 

Hist.  21  and  31  or  alternatives 

A.  D.  2— Survey  of  Art  History  (or  Tex.  &  Clo.)» 

Chem.  161,  163— Biochemistry  (2,  2)i" 

Electives^i    

Total 


-Semester— 
I  II 


(3) 

3 

3 
(3) 

3 
4 


16 

(3) 

3 


3 

3 

(3) 

3 


16 


(3) 
3 

2 
4 


17 


18 


SMay  be  taken  in  junior  year. 

^Selected  with  adviser's  consent. 
"'May  be  taken  in  senior  year. 

iiZool.  14,  15 — Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology  necessary  for  students  expecting  to 
meet  ADA  requirements. 


10 


Food,  Nutrition,  and  Institution  Administration 

r— Semester— ^ 
Senior  Year  /  // 

Home  Mgt.  161 — Resident  Experience  in  Home  Mgt.  or 

Home  Mgt.  165 — Home  Mgt.  Practicumi-  3 

Food  152 — Advanced  Food  Science  3 

Food  153 — Experimental  Food  Science 3 

H.  E.  180 — Professional  Seminar   (2)  2 

Select  at  least  two  of  the  following:  3  3 

H.   E.    170 — Communication   Skills    and   Techniques    in 
Home  Economics 

Nutr.   124 — Advanced  Nutrition 

Nutr.   125 — Therapeutic  Nutrition   •■* 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy 3 

Electives  (100  level  courses)  6-8  5 


Total  15-17  16 

INSTITUTION  ADMINISTRATION  CURRICULUM 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature  3  (3) 

Chem.  31,  33 — Organic  Chemistry  3  3 

Food   52,   53 — Science  of  Food  Preparation  or 

Food  10 — Science  Principles  of  Food  (3)  3 

Econ.  37 — Fundamentals  of  Economics  .  3 

A.D.  2~Survey  of  Art  History  (or  Tex.  &  Clo.)'-<  2 

Psych.  1 — Introduction  to  Psychology  3 

Zoo!.  1 — General  Zoology 4 

Microb.  1 — General  Microbiology    4 

Home  Mgt.  50 — Decision  Making  in  Family  Living  3 

Electives    3 


i-Consent  of  Dept.  of  Family  Life  and  Management. 

i^Selected  with  adviser's  consent. 

i'*A.D.A.  academic  requirement. 

15A.D.A.  requires  Biochem.  with  laboratory. 


Total 18  16 

Junior  Year 

Home  Mgt.  160 — Scientific  Management  in  the  Home  3 

Nutr.   121 — Science  of  Nutrition    3 

I.  A.   153 — Food  Service  Organization  and  Management.  ...  2 

Chem.  161,  163 — Biochemistryi-"' 2  2 

I.  A.   150 — Institution  Organization  and  Management  3 

I.  A.   151 — Institution  Purchasing  and  Accounting  3 

H.  D.  107 — Growth  and  Development  in  Early  Childhood  or 

F.  L.  1 32— The  Child  in  the  Family 3  (3) 

Food   152 — Advanced   Food  Science 3 

Food   153 — Experimental   Food  Science   3 

Zool.  14,  15 — Human  Anatomy  and  Physiologyi^ 4  4 

Total 18  17 


// 


Food,  Nutrition,  and  Institution  Administration 

f— Semester— 

Senior  Year  /  // 

Hist.  21  and  31  or  alternatives  3  3 

Home  Mgt.  161 — Resident  Experience  in  Home  Mgt.  or 

Home   Mgt.    165 — Home   Management  Practicumi*"'  (3)  3 

Nutr.  124 — Advanced  Nutrition    3 

I.  A.  152 — Institution  Foods   3 

Psych.  110 — Educational  Psychology   3 

H.  E.  180 — Professional  Seminar 2 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy 3 

Electives  (100  level  courses) 3  6-9 


Total 17      15-18 


TEXTILES  AND  CLOTHING 

The  curricula  in  textiles  and  clothing  are  planned  to  help  students  be 
intelligent  and  responsible  consumers;  to  give  them  preliminary  training 
for  positions  in  textiles  and  clothing  in  business,  in  textile  testing,  and  re- 
search in  textiles  and  clothing. 

Men  majoring  in  these  curricula  will  be  allowed  substitutions  for  cer- 
tain required  courses  and  will  choose  supporting  courses  according  to  their 
professional  interests  and  needs. 

TEXTILES  CURRICULUM 

r-Semester—y, 
Sophomore  Year  I  U 

Eng.  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature 3  (3) 

Clo.   10 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Clothing  Design 2  (2) 

Econ.  37 — Fundamentals  of  Economics 3  (3) 

Psych.  1 — Introduction  to  Psychology 3  (3) 

A.  D.  20 — Costume   Design    (3)  3 

Chem.  1.  3  or   11,   13 — General  Chemistry^'  or  elective  3-4  3-4 
Clo.  11 — Experimental  Clothing  Design  or 

Clo.  21— Pattern  Design    (2-3)  2-3 

Tex.  55 — Elements  of  Textiles      3 

H.  M.  50 — Decision  Making  in  Family  Living 3 

Electives   .    3 


Total 17-18      14-16 


'^Consent  of  Dept.  of  Family  Life  and  Management. 
I'^Unless  taken  in  Freshman  year. 


12 


Textiles  and  Clothing 


Junior  Year 

Home  Mgt.  160 — Scientific  Management  in  the  Home 
Nutr.  20 — Elements  of  Nutrition  or 

Nutr.  121 — Science  of  Nutrition 

Fine  Arts  Elective 

Phys.  1,  2 — Elements  of  Physics 

Chem.  31,  33 — Organic  Chemistry 

Food  150 — Food  Economics  and  Meal  Management.  .  . 

B.  A.  130 — Elements  of  Business  Statistics 

Elective  

Total 


f— Semester— - 
I  II 


(3) 
3 
3 
3 


15 


15 


Senior  Year 

Hist.  21,  31  or  alternatives 

Home  Mgt.  161 — Resident  Experience  in  Home  Mgt.  or 
Home  Mgt.  165 — Home  Mgt.  Practicum^^ 

Chemistry^'-'    

Tex.    150 — Advanced  Textiles  

Tex.   102 — Textile  Testing 

Speechi-'  

H.   D.   Ed.    107 — Growth  and   Development  in   Early  Child- 
hood or 

F.  L.  132— The  Child  in  the  Family 

H.  E.  180 — Professional  Seminar       

Electives   


Total 


15 


4 
16 


TEXTILES  AND  CLOTHING  CURRICULUM 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature 
Econ.  37 — Fundamentals  of  Economics 

Psych.  1 — Introduction  to  Psychology 

A.  D.  20 — Costume  Design 

Science    

Clo.   II — Experimental  Clothing  Design 

Clo.  21 — Pattern  Design 

Tex.  50 — Consumer  Textiles 

H.  M.  50 — Decision  Making  in  Family  Living 

Elective         


3 

(3) 

3 

3 

(3) 

(3) 

3 

(4) 

4 

2 

(2) 

(3) 

3 

3 

(3) 

3 

3 

Total 


14 


16 


"^Consent  of  Dept.  of  Family  Life  and  Management. 
i^Selected  with  adviser's  consent. 


13 


Textiles  and  Clothing 


Junior  Year 

Philosophy    or  Fine  Arts 

Home  Mgt.  160 — Scientific  Management  in  the  Home 

Nutr.  20 — Elements  of  Nutrition 

Clo.   122 — Tailoring    

Art^" 

Psychology-'^ 

Food  150 — Food  Economics  and  Meal  Management 

H.  D.  Ed.   107 — Growth  and  Development  in  Early  Child- 
hood or 

F.  L.  132— The  Child  in  the  Family 

Tex.  153 — International  Textiles  

Choice  of  course  in  Dept.  or 

H.   E.    170 — Communication   Skills   and   Techniques   in 
Home  Economics 

Electives   

Total 

Senior  Year 

Hist.  21  and  31  or  alternate 

Home  Mgt.   161 — Resident  Experience  in  Home  Mgt.  or 

Home  Mgt.   165 — H.  Mgt.  Practicum^i 

Clo.   120— Draping   

T.  &  C.  126 — Fundamentals  of  Fashion 

Speech-"   . 

H.  E.  180 — Professional  Seminar 

Electives  

Total        


r-Senii 

ester— >, 

I 

II 

3 

3 

(3) 

3 

2 

3 

3 

(3) 

3 

3 

2 

3 

3 

16 

15 

3 

3 

3 

(3) 

3 

3 

3 

(3) 

2 

(2) 

9 

14 


15 


HOME  ECONOMICS  IN  EDUCATIONAL, 
COMMUNITY  AND  FAMILY  LIFE  AREAS 

Students  selecting  programs  of  study  or  major  in  this  area  may  choose 
one  of  the  several  avenues  in  preparing  for  teaching  or  positions  involving 
person-to-person  relationships  at  different  age  levels.  These  study  programs 
provide  a  broad  general  education,  an  understanding  of  family  life  in 
today's  world,  and  preparation  for  specific  positions. 

University  Requirements  (see  page  7) 

College  of  Home  Economics  requirements  (see  page  8) 


-"Selected   with   adviser's   consent. 

-^Consent  of  Dept.  of  Family  Life  and  Management. 


14 


Extension  Home  Economics 

EXTENSION  HOME  ECONOMICS  CURRICULUM 

This  curriculum  provides  preparation  for  positions  in  extension  home 
economics.  It  includes  the  basic  sciences  and  the  technical  subjects  related 
to  farm,  home,  and  community  situations  which  home  demonstration  agents 
encounter.22 


rSemester~ 
Sophomore  Year  /  // 

Eng.  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature  3 

Chem.  31,  33 — Organic  Chemistry-'^  3  3 

Choice  of  (6  hrs.)  from 

Food  52,  53 — Science  of  Food  Preparation 

F.  &  N.  5 — Food  and  Nutrition  of  Individuals 

and  Families 3  3 

Food   10 — Science  Principles  of  Food 
Econ.  37 — Fundamentals  of  Economics  3 

Clo.  10 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Clothing  Design  2 

Psych.  1 — Introduction  to  Psychology   3 

Clo.  21— Pattern  Design    3 

Home  Mgt.  50 — Decision  Making  in  Family  Living  3 

Total 14  15 


Junior  Year 

Home  Mgt.   160 — Scientific  Management  in  the  Home  3 

R.  Ed.  160 — Agricultural  Information  Methods  2 

Nutr.   121 — Science  of  Nutrition  3 

Hist.  21  and  31  or  alternatives 3  3 

Choice  of  (6  hrs.)  from: 

H.D.Ed.  100,  101— Principles  of  Human  Dev.  I  &  II 

F.L.  132— The  Child  in  the  Family 

F.L.  135 — Directed  Experiences  with 

Children  and  Families  3  3 

A.  D.  2 — Survey  of  Art  History 2 

R.  Ed.  150 — Extension  Education 2 

Zool.  1 — General  Zoology   4 

Fd.  150 — Food  Economics  and  Meal  Management 3 


Total 14  17 


22Experience  in  the  field  of  home  economics  extension  is  encouraged  for  all  students 
majoring  in  this  curriculum.  Such  experience  should  be  gained  before  the  completion 
of  the  senior  year. 

23Chem.  31,  33  is  recommended  for  students  with  special  interest  in  and  need 
for  food  and  nutrition. 

15 


Family  Life  or  General 

^Semester— 
Senior  Year  /  // 

Home  Mgt.  161 — Resident  Experience  in  Home  Management 

or  Home  Mgt.  165 — Home  Management  Practicum--*  3 

H.  E.  170 — Communication  Skills  and  Techniques  in  H.  E.    .  3 

Soc.   1 13 — The  Rural  Community    3 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy 3 

T.  &  C.    128 — Fundamentals  of  Home   Furnishings  3 

H.  E.  Ed.  102 — Problems  in  Teaching  Home  Economics  3 

H.  E.  180 — Professional  Seminar   2 

Nutr.  124 — Advanced  Nutrition 3 

Micro.   1 — General  Microbiology  4 

Electives 3-4 

Total 16      14-15 


FAMILY    LIFE   OR    GENERAL    (FOUNDATION)    CURRICULUM 

The  general  (foundation)  home  economics  curriculum  is  planned  to  pro- 
vide students  with  a  good  basis  for  personal  development,  for  education 
in  family  living,  and  for  professional  opportunities  requiring  a  general 
knowledge  of  the  various  areas  of  home  economics.  Electives  are  adequate 
for  developing  a  special  ability  or  interest,  such  as:  music,  social  science, 
speech,  journalism,  or  general  education. 

r— Semester— >, 
Sophomore  Year  /  // 

Eng.  4 — Composition  and  World   Literature  (3)            3 

Food  52.  53 — Science  of  Food  Preparation  or  3            (3) 
Food   10 — Science  Principles  of  Food 

Econ.  37 — Fundamentals  of  Economics      3 

Microb.   1 — General  Microbiology      4 

Clo.  10 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Clothing  Design 2 

A.  D.  20 — Costume  Design    3 

H.  M.  50 — Decision  Making  in  Family  Living  3 

Electives25    3-6         3-6 

Total 14-17      13-16 


2-*Consent  of  Dept.  of  Family  Life  and  Management. 

2^Chem.  31.  33  recommended  as  an  elective  foi'  students  with  special  interest  in  and 

need  for  food  and  nutrition. 

16 


Junior  Year 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy 

Home  Mgt.   160 — Scientific  Management  in  the  Home 

Nutr.   121 — Science  of  Nutrition  or 

Nut.  20 — Elements  of  Nutrition 
A.  D.  2 — Survey  of  Art  History 
H.A.D.  41 — Fundamentals  of  Interior  Design 
CIo.  11 — Experimental  Clothing  Design  or 

Clo.  21 — Pattern  Design   

Food  150 — Food  Economics  and  Meal  Management 

Zool.  1 — General  Zoology    

Psych.  1 — Introduction  to  Psychology 

Electives   ( 100  level  courses)      

Total 


Education 

r-Semester—s 

I 

II 

3 

3 

3 

2 

3 

2-3 

3 

4 

3 

3 

3 

15 

17-18 

Senior  Year 

H.   D.   Ed.    107— Growth   and  Development   in   Early  Child- 
hood or 

F.  L.   132— The  Child  in  the  Family 

F.  L.   135 — Directed  Experiences  with  Children 

and  Families 3 

Hist.  21  and  31  or  alternatives  3  3 

Home  Mgt.  161 — Resident  Experience  in  Home  Management 

or  Home  Mgt.  165 — Home  Management  Practicum-"  3 

H.  E.    180 — Professional  Seminar       2 

H.  E.   170 — Communication  Skills  and  Techniques  in 

Home  Economics-"     3 

Electives    ( 100    level    courses) 8  6 

Total 16  15 


HOME  ECONOMICS  EDUCATION  CURRICULUM 

Students  electing  this  curriculum  may  be  registered  in  the  College  of 
Home  Economics  or  in  the  College  of  Education. 

The  home  economics  education  curriculum  is  designed  for  students  who 
are  preparing  to  teach  home  economics  (vocational  or  general)  and  to 
support  other  areas  of  home  economics  which  require  a  knowledge  of 
teaching  methods.  It  includes  some  study  of  each  area  of  home  economics 
and  allied  sciences  with  professional  preparation  for  teaching.  A  student 
majoring  in  this  curriculum  may  qualify  for  a  science  minor. 


-•"'Consent  of  Dept.  of  Family  Life  and  Management. 
-~A  substitute  may  be  arranged  with  consent  of  adviser. 


17 


Home  Economics  Education 

r—Semester—y 

Fresh.vjan  Year  /  // 

Eng.  I — Composition  and  American  Literature  3 
Soc.   1 — Sociology  of  American  Life  or  Psych.   1 — Intro,  to 

Psychology   or  Anthropology    3 

H.  E.  5 — ^Introduction  to  Family  Living  through  H.  E 2 

F.  &  N.  5— Food  and  Nutrition  of  Individuals  and  Families  3 

A.  D.  1— Design   3 

Hea.  5    2 

P.  E.  2  &  4 1             1 

G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government 3 

Sp.   1 — Public  Speaking       3 

Math.  3 4 

Elecives  3-4 

Total     16      15-16 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature 3             3 

Hist.  21,  31  or  alternate 3             3 

A.  D.  20 — Costume  Design 3 

Tex.  and  Clo.  5 — Textiles  and  Clothing  in  Contemporary 

Living 3 

Clo.  10 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Clothing  Design  2 

Chem.  11.  13  or  1,  3— General  Chemistry 3-4          3-4 

Food   10 — Scientific  Principles  of  Food 3 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy       3 


Total 15-16      17-18 

Junior  Year 

H.  E.  Ed.  102 — Problems  in  Teaching  Home  Economics.  .  3 

Ed.  110 — Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

H.  Mgt.  50 — Decision-making  in   Family  Living 3 

Food  150 — Food  Economics  and  Meal  Management 3 

H.  Mgt.  160 — Scientific  Management  in  the  Home 3 

Nutr.  20 — Elements  of  Nutrition  or 

Nutr.   121 — Science  of  Nutrition 3 

Clo.  1 1 — Experimental  Clothing  Design 2 

Econ.  37 — Fundamentals  of  Economics 3 

Zool.    1 — General   Zoology 4 

Bot.    1 — General   Botany28    4 


Total 18  16 


28Chem.  31,  33  recommended  in  lieu  of  Botany  for  students  with  Special  interest 
in  and  need  for  food  and  nutrition. 

18 


Home  Economics  Education 

f—Semester—^ 
Senior  Year-'s  /  // 
Sec.  Ed.   140 — Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation                      3 
Sec.  Ed.   145 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Educa- 
tion                   3 

Sec.  Ed.   148 — Teaching   Secondary   Vocational   Home   Eco- 
nomics       8 

H.  Mgt.  161 — Resident  Experience  in  Home  Management  or 

H.  Mgt.  165 — Home  Management  Practicum.  .  3 

Ed.  1 1 1 — Foundations  of  Education^'^ 3 

A.  D.  2 — Survey  of  Art  History  or 

T.  &  C.  128 — Fundamentals  of  Home  Furnishing.  .  .  2-3 

Microb.  1 — General  Microbiology 4 

Electives^i 7-8 


Total 17      16-18 

HOME  ECONOMICS  IN  APPLIED  ART  AREAS 

The  fundamental  purposes  of  programs  of  study  in  these  areas  are  to 
provide  a  broad  general  education,  and  instruction  in  the  design  and  use  of 
materials  for  the  individual,  the  home,  and  the  community.  The  com- 
mercial field  offers  graduates  positions  in  designing  interiors,  fashions, 
advertising,  home  furnishings,  and  technical  materials.  Positions  available 
also  include  promotion,  and  selling  or  buying  of  wearing  apparel  and  home 
furnishings. 

HOUSING  AND  APPLIED  DESIGN 

This  curriculum  permits  a  choice  of  three  areas  of  concentration:  Applied 
(Art)  Design  in  advertising,  interiors,  and  costume. 

r—Semester^^ 
Sophomore  Year  /  // 

Eng.  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature (3)  3 

Econ.  37 — Fundamentals  of  Economics   3 

Psych.  1 — Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

H.  M.  50 — Decision  Making  in  Family  Living' 3 

A.  D.  20 — Costume  Design 3  (3) 

A.  D.  21 — Action  Drawing 2 

A.  D.  30 — Typography  and  Lettering         3 

H.A.D.  41 — Fundamentals  of  Interior  Design (3)  3 

A.  D.  2 — Survey  of  Art  History 2 

Science  Requirement 4 

Elective^ 1-3 


Total 14      16-18 


29Subjects  in  the  block  are  so  arranged  that  the  two  semesters  may  be  interchanged. 
•^OMay  be  taken  either  semester.     Limited  to  students  who  have  been  admitted  to 
teacher  education. 
31H.  Ec.  180 — Professional  Seminar  (required  of  seniors  in  College  of  H.  Ec.)   (2) 
32Clo.  10  required  for  Costume  majors;  H.  A.  D.  40  required  for  Interiors  majors. 

19 


Housing  and  Applied  (Art)  Design 

r-Semester—^ 
Junior  Year  /  '/ 

Home  Mgt.   160 — Scientific   Management   in   the   Home  3 

Food  150 — Food  Economics  and  Meal  Management 3 

Nutr.  20 — Elements  of  Nutrition   3 

A.  D.  120,  121 — Costume  Illustration  or 

H.A.D.  142,  143 — Advanced  Interior  Design    .  2  2 

Choice  of  one  of  the  following  groups: 3  3 

Advertising:  Crafts 

A.  D.  4 — 3-Dimensionai  Design 
A.  D.  3 — Silk  Screen  Printing 

Costume:  Clo.   120 — Draping  Tex.  '^'^ 

Interior:    H.  A.  D.  46  or  Tex/^"' 

B.  A.   149 — Marketing  Principles  and  Organizations-^-*   3 

B.  A.  154 — Retail  Store  Management-'*-* 3 

A.  D.  38— Photography   2 

A.  D.   132— Advertising  Layout 2  (2) 

107 — Growth  and  Development  in  Early  Childhood 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy 3 


Total 16          16 

Senior  Year 

Hist.  21  and  31  or  alternatives  3             3 
Home  Mgt.  161 — Resident  Experience  in  Home  Mgt.  or 

Home  Mgt.  165 — Home  Mgt.  Practicum-"*-*  (3)           3 
H.  D.  Ed.  110— 

F.  L.  132— The  Child  in  the  Family (3)           3 

Speech  1 15 — Radio  in  Retailing-*-* 3 

A.  D.   1 36— Display   2           (2) 

Individual  Problems  in  Advertising,  Costume  or  Interior.  ...  2             2 

H.  E.  180 — Professional  Seminar (2)           2 

B.  A.  Requirement**-'' 3 

Electives-^5    2-4         2-3 


Total 15-17      15-16 


.33Women  students  desiring  a  non-business  program  may  substitute   12  credit  hours 
of  one  foreign  language  plus  3-6  credits  from  the  arts,  humanities  or  journalism. 
•*^Consent  of  Dept.  of  Family  Life  and  Management. 
35Selected  with  consent  of  adviser. 

20 


Crafts 

Modifications  of  Applied  Design  and  Crafts  Curriculum  for  Men 

Requirements  are  the  same  as  for  women  with  the  following  exceptions: 

Additions: 

Additional  courses  selected  in  consultation  with  adviser. 

Choice  of  1  of  the  following  college  requirements;  (See  page  8) 

H.  E.  5 — Introduction  to  Family  Living  through  Home  Economics 
F  &  N  5 — Food  and  Nutrition  of  Individuals  and  Families 
T  &  C  5 — Textiles  and  Clothing  in  Contemporary  Living 
H.  M.  50 — Decision  Making  in  Family  Living 

Omissions: 

Food  150;  Home  Mgt.  160,  161;  Nutr.  20. 

CRAFTS  CURRICULUM 

This  curriculum  provides  for  a  choice  of  two  vocational   areas:    Pre- 
occupational  therapy  and  teaching. 

/—Semester—,, 
Sophomore  Year  /  // 

Eng.  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature 3  (3) 

Econ.  37 — Fundamentals  of  Economics 3 

Psych.  1 — Introduction  to  Psychology 3 

A.  D.  3 — Silk  Screen  Printing 2 

A.  D.  4 — 3-Dimensional  Design 2 

Cr.  2 — Simple    Crafts    2 

Cr.  20,  21— Ceramics 2  2 

Science  Requirement'**'    3-4 

H.  M.  50 — Decision  Making  in  Family  Living 3 

Electives   3 

Fine  Arts  or  Philosophy 3 


Total 15      16-17 


36Selected  with  adviser's  consent. 


21 


Crafts 

r-Semester- 

JuNioR  Year  /  // 

Hist.  21  and  31  or  alternatives                                 3  3 

H.  M.   160 — Scientific  Management  in  the  Home 3 

Nutr.  20 — Elements    of   Nutrition 3 

Cr.  30,  31— Metalry 2  2 

Cr.  40,  41— Weaving   2  2 

Food   150 — Food  Economics  and  Meal   Management 3 

Ind.  Ed.  2 — Woodworking  1 3 

Ind.  Ed.  9 — Industrial  Arts  in  the  Elementary  School  1 2 

Electives^"  (100  level  courses) 4-7  2 


16-19  18 

Senior  Year                                                                                                    I  II 

H.  M.  161 — Resident  Experience  in  H.  E 3 

A.  D.  38— Photography  2 

Advanced  crafts 4  2 

Electives37    7  12 

16  14 


(Note:  For  other  curricula  in  art,  see  offerings  in  the  Colleges  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
and  Education) 


370ne  of  the  two  following  blocks  of  courses  will  be  completed  to  meet  graduation 
requirements. 

/ — Pre-Occupational  Therapy  II — Teaching 

Zool.   1 — General  Zoology  (4)  Ed.   110 — Human  Development  and 

Zool.   14,  15 — Human  Anatomy  &  Physi-  Learning  (6) 

ology  (4,4)  Sec.  Ed.   130— The  Junior  High  School 

Phys.  1 — Elements  of  Physics  (3)  (3) 

P.  E.  100 — Scientific  Bases  of  Movement      Sec.  Ed.   140 — Curr.,  Instruction  and  Ob- 

(3)  servation  (3) 

Art  requirement  (3)  Sec.  Ed.   145  —  Prin.    of   High    School 

Teaching  (3) 
Sec.  Ed.  148 — Student  Teaching  (8) 

22 


Course  Offerings 


The  University  reserves  the  right  to  withdraw  or  discontinue  any  course 
for  which  an  insufficient  number  of  registering  students  warrant  offering 
the  course.  In  such  an  event,  no  fee  will  be  charged  for  transfer  to  another 
course. 

Courses  are  designated  by  numbers  as  follows: 

1  to  99:  Courses  for  undergraduates. 

100  to  199:  Courses  for  advanced  undergraduates  and  graduates. 

(Not  all  courses  numbered  100  to  199  may  be  taken  for  graduate  credit.) 

200  to  299:  Courses  for  graduates  only. 

399:  Graduate  research. 

A  course  with  a  single  number  extends  through  one  semester.  A  course 
with  a  double  number  extends  through  two  semesters. 

Courses  not  otherwise  designated  are  lecture  courses.  The  number  of  credit 
hours  is  shown  by  the  Arabic  numeral  in  parentheses  after  the  title  of  the 
course. 

A  separate  schedule  of  courses  is  issued  each  semester,  giving  the  hours, 
places  of  meeting,  and  other  information  required  by  the  student  in  making 
out  his  program.  Students  obtain  these  schedules  shortly  before  they 
register. 


FOOD,  NUTRITION,  AND  INSTITUTION 
ADMINISTRATION 

Associate  Professors:  Braucher,  Brown. 
Assistant  Professors:  Bangs,  Collins,  Eheart. 
Instructors:  Harwood,  Knighton,  Lanz,  McKjnley. 

FOOD 

F.  &  N.    5.  Food  and  Nutrition  of  Individuals  and  Families.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period 
a  week.  Consent  of  instructor.  Laboratory  fee.  $3.00.  A  study  of  food  in  con- 
temporary living.  The  economic,  social  and  esthetic  implications  of  food  as 
well  as  its  nutritive  value.  Selection  and  use  of  food  in  relation  to  eating  habits, 
health,  and  well-being  of  the  individual.  Survey  of  meal  preparation  and  service 
applied  to  family  situations. 

23 


Food,  Nutrition,  and  Institution  Administration 
Food  10.  Science  Principles  of  Food.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period 
a  week.  Laboratory  fee.  $10.00.  Prerequisite  or  concurrent.  Chem.  11,  13.  Study 
of  basic  scientific  principles  as  applied  to  food  preparation  processes. 

Food  52,  53.     Science  of  Food  Preparation.  (3,  3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  Chem.  31,  33  to  precede  or  parallel.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00. 
Composition  and  structure  of  food  with  study  of  the  fundamental  principles 
involved  in  food  preparation. 

NUTRITION 

(See  F.  &  N.  5) 

NuTR.  20.  Elements  of  Nutrition.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  For  students  in  other  colleges 
and  for  majors  in  crafts,  applied  art  and  textiles  and  clothing. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
FOOD 

F.  &  N.  130.  Special  Problems  in  Food  and/or  Nutrition.  (1-3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisites,  F.  &  N.  5,  Food  10.  and  consent  of 
instructor.  Problem  may  be  in  any  one  of  several  areas  of  food  and  nutrition 
and  will  carry  the  name  of  the  basic  area;  e.  g.,  child  nutrition,  adolescent  nu- 
trition. 

Food  150.  Food  Economics  and  Meal  Management.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period 
a  week.  Consent  of  department.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  Distribution  and  mar- 
keting of  the  food  supply;  food  costs;  legal  measures  for  consumer  protection; 
retail  selection  of  food  commodities  in  relation  to  levels  of  spending;  manage- 
ment of  family  meals  through  organization  of  equipment  and  appointments; 
time,  energy,  and  money  management  for  effective  family  living. 

Food  152.  Advanced  Food  Science.  (3) 

First  semester.  Three  lectures  per  week.  Prerequisites,  Chem.  31,  33  and  Food 
10  or  equivalent.  Physical  and  chemical  properties  of  food  as  related  to  con- 
sumer use  in  the  home  and  institutions. 

Food  153.  Experimental  Food  Science.  (3) 

Second  semester.  One  lecture,  two  laboratories  per  week.  Prerequisite,  Food 
152  or  equivalent.  Individual  and  group  laboratory  experimentation  as  an 
introduction  to  methods  of  food  research. 

NUTRITION 

NuTR.  121.  Science  of  Nutrition.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisites,  Chem.  11,  13  or  1.  3,  or  consent  of  department. 
Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period  a  week.  An  understanding  of 
the  chemical  and  physiological  utilization  of  nutrients  present  in  the  various 
foods  as  related  to  individual  human  nutritional  status,  with  studies  in  applied 
nutrition.   Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 

24 


Food,  Nutrition,  and  Institution  Administration 
NuTR.  114.  Nutrition  for  Health  Services.  (3) 

First  and  second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Nutr.  20.  Chem.  11.  13  or  1,  3  or  equiv- 
alent. Laboratory  fee.  $3.00.  A  study  of  nutritional  status  and  the  effect  of  food 
habits  and  food  consumption  on  family  health.  Nutritional  requirements  for  in- 
dividuals in  different  stages  of  development.  Techniques  and  procedures  for 
the  application  of  nutrition  knowledge  with  consideration  of  various  economic 
levels  and  social  backgrounds.  For  graduate  nurses,  dietitians,  health  teachers, 
and  social  workers. 

NuTR.   124.  Advanced  Nutrition.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisites,  Consent  of  department;  Zooi.  1;  Chem.  161.  163 
or  concurrently.  Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  lab- 
oratory. The  progress  of  nutrition  as  found  in  the  results  of  current  research, 
with  emphasis  on  interpretation  and  application. 

NuTR.  125.  Therapeutic  Nutrition.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
Nutr.  121,  124.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Modifications  of  the  normal  adequate 
diet  to  meet  human  nutritional  needs  in  pathological  conditions. 

For  Graduates 
FOOD  ^« 
Food  200.  Advanced  Experimental  Food.  (3-5) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  three  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Laboratory 
fee,  $10.00.  Selected  readings  of  literature  in  experimental  foods.  Development 
of  individual  problem. 

Food  204.  Recent  Trends  in  Food.  (2-3) 

First  semester.  Recent  trends  in  the  preparation,  processing,  and  marketing  of 
foods. 

Food  210.  Readings  in  Food.  (3) 

First  or  second  semester.  Prerequisites,  Food  152,  153.  A  critical  survey  of  the 
literature  of  recent  developments  in  food  research. 

Food  220.  Seminar.  (1-2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Reports  and  discussions  of  current  research  in 
foods. 

Food  399.  Research.  (6) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Credit  in  proportion  to  work  done  and  results 
accomplished.  Investigation  in  some  phases  of  food  which  may  form  the  basis 
for  a  thesis. 


•"^'^Prerequisite  for  all  200  courses  in  Food  and  Nutrition,  consent  of  department. 

25 


Food,  Nutrition,  and  Institution  Administration 

NUTRITION  ^« 

NuTR.  204.  Recent  Advances  in  Nutrition.  (2-3) 

First  and  second  semester.  Factors  that  affect  the  nutritive  value  of  food  during 
production,  cookery  processes,  holding  practices,  processing,  packaging,  and 
storage. 

NuTR.  208.  Recent  Progress  in  Human  Nutrition.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Recent  developments  in  the  science  of  nutrition  with  emphasis 
on  the  interpretation  of  these  findings  for  application  in  health  and  disease. 
Aids  for  the  dietitian  in  creating  a  better  understanding  of  nutrition  among 
patients,  students  of  graduate  status  and  personnel,  such  as  those  in  the  dental 
and  medical  professions. 

NuTR.  210.  Readings  in  Nutrition.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Reports  and  discussions  of  significant  nutritional 
research  and  investigation. 

NuTR.  211.  Problems  in  Nutrition.  (3-5) 

Second  semester.  Experience  in  a  phase  of  nutrition  research  which  is  of  interest 
to  the  student.  Use  of  experimental  animals,  human  studies  and  extensive  and 
critical  study  of  research  methods,  techniques  or  data  of  specific  projects. 

Nutr.  212.  Nutrition  for  Community  Services.  (3) 

First  semester.  Application  of  the  principles  of  nutrition  to  various  community 
problems  of  specific  groups  of  the  public.  Students  may  select  problems  for 
independent  study. 

NuTR.  220.  Seminar.  (1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Reports  and  discussions  of  current  research  in 
nutrition. 

NuTR.  399.  Research.  (6) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Credit  in  proportion  to  work  done  and  results  ac- 
complished. Investigation  in  some  phase  of  nutrition  which  may  form  the  basis 
of  a  thesis. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
INSTITUTION  ADMINISTRATION 
I.  A.  150.  Institution  Organization  and  Management.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  F.  &  N.  5.  Planning  of  functional  kitchens  for 
institutions  and  commercial  food  services.  Equipment  selection,  maintenance, 
and  layout.    Field  experiences  and  observations  in  a  variety  of  situations. 


•"'^Prerequisites  for  all  200  courses  in  Food  and  Nutrition,  consent  of  department, 
ment. 


26 


Food,  Nutrition,  and  Institution  Administration 
I.  A.  151.  Institution  Food  Purchasing  and  Cost  Control.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite.  Food  10;  Nutr.  20  or  equivalent. 
Selection  of  food,  methods  and  units  of  purchase  in  large  quantities.  Budgets, 
food  cost  accounting  and  control.    Field  experiences. 

I.  A.  152.  Institution  Foods.  (3) 

Second  semester.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites. 
Food  10;  Nutr.  20  or  121;  or  consent  of  instructor.  Laboratory  fee.  $10.00. 
Application  of  basic  principles  and  procedures  of  food  preparation  to  quantity 
food  preparation.  Standardizing  recipes;  menu  planning  for  various  types  of 
food  services;  determination  of  food  costs. 

I.  A.  153.  Food  Service  Organization  and  Management.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Application  of  principles 
of  scientific  management  to  the  organization  of  food  services.  Efficient  personnel 
management  with  emphasis  on  training  and  supervision  of  employees. 

I.  A.  154.  School  Food  Service.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  morning  a  week  for  field  experience  in  a 
school  food  service.  Prerequisites.  Food  10  and  Nutr.  20  or  121,  or  consent 
of  instructor.  Not  open  to  Institution  Administration  majors.  Study  of  organi- 
zation, management,  menu  planning,  food  purchasing  and  preparation,  and  cost 
control,  for  serving  the  noon  meal  in  schools  and  child  care  centers. 

I.  A.  SI 66.  Nutrition  and  Meal  Planning.  (2) 

Summer  only.  Special  application  to  group  food  services:  school  lunches,  restau- 
rants, and  hospitals. 

I.  A.  S168.  Cost  Accounting  for  School  Food  Service.  (2) 

Summer  session.  Food  cost  accounting  systems  for  school  lunch  programs: 
programs  and  procedures  of  accumulating,  recording,  and  interpreting  data  for 
cost  control. 

I.  A  SI 69.  Food  Purchasing  for  School  Food  Service.  (3) 

Summer  session.  Purchasing  procedures;  grading,  processing,  and  packing  of 
food;  selection  of  food,  specifications,  and  marketing  regulations. 

For  Graduates 
I.  A.  200.  Food  Service  Administration  and  Supervision.  (3) 

First  semester.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
I.  A.  152,  and  154  or  equivalent.  Supervision  and  administrative  policies;  per- 
sonnel management  with  emphasis  on  human  relations,  and  philosophy  under- 
lying management  practices. 


27 


TEXTILES  AND  CLOTHING 

Professor:  Mitchell. 
Assistant  Professors:  Heagney,  Wilbur. 
Instructor:  Sampson,  Young. 
Lecturer:  SCHLUSSEL. 


T.  &  C.  5.  Textiles  and  Clothing  in  Contemporary  Living.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Laboratory  fee.  $5.00.  Three  lecture-discussion 
periods  a  week.  Comparative  analysis  of  the  significance  of  fashions  and  fabrics 
to  individuals  and  groups,  in  terms  of  their  physical,  psychological,  and  social 
needs.  Application  of  current  technology  to  the  choice  and  use  of  apparel  and 
home  furnishing  textiles  toward  increasing  satisfactions  in  changing  modes  of 
living. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
T.  &  C.  101.  Fashion  Promotion  and  Coordination,  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
T.  &  C.  126;  Speech  115  or  117.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Analysis  of  fashion 
media;  industry  publications,  magazines,  newspapers,  radio,  TV;  merchandise 
displays  and  fashion  shows.    Role  of  the  stylist. 

T.  &  C.  110.  Field  Experience  in  Textiles  and  Clothing.  (3) 

First  semester  or  summer  school.  Prerequisite,  senior  standing  in  department. 
Supervised  and  coordinated  training-work  program  in  cooperation  with  agencies 
and  organizations. 

T.  &  C.  126.  Fundamentals  of  Fashion.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisite,  Clo.  120.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Fashion  his- 
tory; current  fashions,  how  to  interpret  and  evaluate  them;  fashion  show  tech- 
niques; fashion  promotion.  The  course  includes  oral  and  written  reports,  group 
projects,  panel  discussions  and  field  trips. 

T.  &  C.  128.  Fundamentals  of  Home  Furnishings.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
T.  &  C.  5,  Clo.  10,  or  consent  of  instructor.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Selection 
of  fabrics  for  home  and  institutional  furnishings;  care  and  repair  of  such  fur- 
nishings; custom  construction  of  slip  covers,  draperies,  bedspreads;  refinishing 
and  upholstering  furniture. 


TEXTILES 

Tex.  50.  Consumer  Textiles.  (3) 

Second  semester.   Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.    Prerequisite, 
T.  &  C.  5  or  consent  of  instructor.   Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.    (Cannot  be  used  as 

28 


Textiles  and  Clothing 

prerequisite  for  Tex.  150.)  Problems  of  the  consumer  in  textile  selection,  pur- 
chase, and  care  as  related  to  service  and  esthetic  features  of  fibers,  yams,  and 
fabric  construction  and  finish. 

Tex.  55.  Elements  of  Textiles.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  laboratory  period  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
T.  &  C.  5,  Chem.  11,  13  or  1,  3.  Laboratory  fee.  $3.00.  Intensive  study  of  the 
physical  and  chemical  properties  of  fibers,  of  yarn  and  fabric  construction,  of 
color  and  design  application,  and  of  finishing.  Evaluation  of  sources  of  con- 
sumer information  on  legislation  protecting  textile  consumers.  Economic  factors 
affecting  textile  consumption. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Tex.  102.  Textile  Testing.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Three  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite.  Tex.  150. 
Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  The  theory  of  textile  testing  methods,  the  repeated  use 
of  physical  and  chemical  testing,  interpretation  of  the  data,  and  presentation 
of  the  findings. 

Tex.  150.  Advanced  Textiles.  (3) 

First  semester.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
Tex.  55.  Laboratory  fee.  S3. 00.  An  intensive  study  of  textiles  from  the  fiber 
to  the  finished  fabric,  from  the  producer  to  the  consumer.  Analysis  of  fabric 
construction  and  serviceabilty  features. 

Tex.  153.  International  Textiles.  (2) 

First  semester.  Two  lectures  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Prerequisite, 
T.  &  C.  5  or  consent  of  instructor.  Study  of  historic  and  contemporary  fibers 
and  laces  with  analysis  of  designs  and  techniques  of  decorating  fabrics;  rela- 
tionship of  textiles  to  the  esthetic  and  developmental  cuiturei  of  society. 

CLOTHING 

Clo.  10.  Principles  and  Methods  of  Clothing  Design.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  lecture  periods  a  week.  Laboratory  fee.  $10.00. 
Basic  construction  and  fitting  techniques  of  apparel  demonstrated  in  relation 
to  interpretation  and  use  of  commercial  patterns.  Esthetic  and  economic  aspects 
as  interrelated. 

Clo.  11.  Experimental  Clothing  Design  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite.  Clo. 
10  or  concurrent  registration.  Laboratory  fee.  S3. 00.  Application  of  principles 
and  methods  of  clothing  construction  with  emphasis  on  management  and  analysis 
of  values  to  be  achieved. 

Clo.  21.  Pattern  Design.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  two-hour  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Pre- 
requisites, Clo.  10  and  consent  of  department.  Laboratory  fee.  $3.00.  Pattern 
study,  figure  analysis  and  pattern  alteration,  development  and  adaptation  of 
individual  basic  pattern,  creation  of  original  designs. 

29 


Textiles  and  Clothing 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
Clo.  100.  Family  Clothing.  (3) 

First  semester  in  alternate  years.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a 
week.  Prerequisites,  T.  &  C.  5;  Clo.  10.  11;  or  equivalent.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00. 
Clothing  the  family;  analysis  of  needs  of  family  members  in  various  stages  of  the 
life  cycle;  individual  and  family  budgets;  problems  in  selection  and/or  con- 
struction of  wardrobe  items. 

Clo.  120.  Draping.  (3) 

First  semester.  Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Clo.  10,  and  Clo. 
21.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Demonstrations  and  practice  in  creating  costumes 
in  fabrics  and  on  individual  dress  forms;  modeling  of  garments  for  class  criti- 


Clo.  122.  Tailoring.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
Clo.  21.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Construction  of  tailored  garments  requiring  pro- 
fessional skill. 

Clo.  127.  Apparel  Design.  (3) 

Second  semester.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
Clo.  120.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  The  art  of  costuming;  trade  and  custom  meth- 
ods of  clothing  design  and  construction;  advanced  work  in  draping,  pattern  de- 
sign and/or  tailoring,  with  study  of  the  interrelationship  of  these  techniques. 

For  Graduates 
Tex.  200.  Special  Studies  in  Textiles.  (2-4) 

First  or  second  semester.  Summer  session.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Advanced 
inquiry  into  uses,  care,  types  and /or  performance  of  textile  materials,  either 
contemporary  or  historic  depending  on  interest  of  students;  compilation  of  data 
through  testing,  surveys,  museum  visits  and /or  field  trips;  writing  of  technical 
reports. 

Clo.  220.  Special  Studies  in  Clothing.  (2-4) 

First  and  second  semester.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Special  areas  of  clothing  are 
selected  according  to  interest  of  student;  consumer,  design,  functional  aspects, 
and/or  evaluation  and  analysis  studies  are  made  of  those  areas.  Reports  may 
be  written,  oral,  or  by  group  presentation. 

T.  &  C.  230.  Seminar.  (1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  The  breadth  and  limit  of 
the  field  of  textiles  and  clothing  are  investigated;  annotated  bibliography  is  de- 
veloped; one  oral  report  is  presented. 

T.  &  C.  232.  Economics  of  Textiles  and  Clothing.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Study  of  interrelationship  of  develop- 
ments in  production,  distribution  and  consumption  of  textiles  and  clothing  af- 
fecting consumers  and  the  market.  Analysis  of  consumption  trends  as  related 
to  patterns  of  family  living  and  population  changes. 

30 


Home  Economics  Education 

T.  &  C.  233.  Syntheses  of  Behavioral  Science  Concepts  in 
Textiles  and  Clothing.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisites,  Psych.  21  and/or  consent  of  department.  Analy- 
sis and  interpretation  of  interdisciplinary  research  methods  and  findings  with 
reference  to  behavioral  aspects  of  textiles  and  clothing.  Consideration  given 
to  measurement  and  relation  of  clothing  interest  and  behavior  to  attitudes, 
values,  roles,  and  social  status  groupings. 

T.  &  C.  399.  Research.  (1-6) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  A  research  problem  is 
selected  by  the  student;  thesis  for  partial  fulfillment  of  the  Master  of  Science 
degree  is  written. 


HOME  ECONOMICS  EDUCATION^  ^' 


H.  E.  Ed.  102.  Problems  in  Teaching  Home  Economics.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  H.  E.  Ed.  140.  A  study  of  the  mana- 
gerial aspects  of  teaching  and  administering  a  homemaking  program;  the  physical 
environment,  organization  and  sequence  of  instructional  units;  resource  materials; 
evaluation;  home  projects. 

H.  E.  Ed.  120.  Evaluation  of  Home  Economics.  (3) 

The  meaning  and  function  of  evaluation  in  education:  the  development  of  a 
plan  for  evaluating  a  homemaking  program  with  emphasis  upon  types  of  evalua- 
tion devices,  their  construction  and  use. 

H.  E.  Ed.  140.  Curriculum,  Instruction,  and  Observation.  (3) 

The  place  and  function  of  home  economics  education  in  the  secondary  school 
curriculum.  Philosophy  of  education  for  home  and  family  living;  characteristics 
of  adolescence,  construction  of  source  units,  lesson  plans,  and  evaluation  devices; 
directed  observations  in  junior  and  senior  high  school  home  economics  depart- 
ments. 

H.  E.  Ed.  148.  Teaching  Vocational  Home  Economics  in  the 
Secondary  Schools.   (8) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  H.  E.  Ed.  140  and  102  parallel.  See 
Ed.  148  for  additional  requirements.  Fee.  $24  for  students  who  do  not  pay  the 
regular  instructional  materials  fee.  Observation  and  supervised  teaching  in 
approved  secondary  school  home  economics  departments  in  Maryland  and  the 
District  of  Columbia. 


40For  further  information  see  College  of  Education  catalog. 

31 


Home  Economics  Education 

For  Graduates 

H.  E.  Ed.  200  Seminar  in  Home  Economics  Education.  (2) 

H.  E.  Ed.  202.  Trends  in  the  Teaching  and  Supervision  of 
Home  Economics.  (2-4) 

Study  of  home  economics  programs  and  practices  in  light  of  current  educational 
trends.  Interpretation  and  analysis  of  democratic  teaching  procedures,  outcomes 
of  instruction,  and  supervisory  practices. 


GENERAL  HOME  ECONOMICS 


Professor:  Chapman. 

Associate  Professors:  Lemmon,  Wilson 

Lecturer:  K1NC.A.ID. 


H.  E.  5.  Introduction  to  Family  Living  Through 
Home  Economics.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Responsibilities  of  the  home  economist  to  ex- 
amine and  understand  interrelations  of  the  individual  and  his  family  through 
the  various  stages  of  the  family  life  cycle:  underlying  principles  of  guidance  of 
children  as  applied  to  home  situations;  and  scope  of  professional  field  of  home 
economics  in  service  to  homes  and  families. 

H.  E.  10.  Social  Usage.  (1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  One  lecture  and  one-hour  laboratory.  Laboratory 
fee  $1.00.  Analysis  of  socal  usage  in  furthering  effective  relationships  at  home 
and  abroad. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 

H.  E.  170.  Communication  Skills  and  Techniques  in  Home 
Economics.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Laboratory  fee.  SI 0.00.  Principles  and  techniques 
for  professional  demonstration  and  presentation  of  home  economics  and  its 
related  areas  with  selected  experiences  in  television,  radio,  creative  writing,  and 
photography. 

H.  E.  180.  Professional  Seminar.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Clarification  of  perceptions  of  one's  job  and  the 
situation  in  which  one  operates,  attainment  of  professional  breadth  and  depth, 
establishment  of  reasonable  levels  of  aspiration — recognized  to  be  requisites 
for  a  successful  career  in  home  economics  and  related  areas.  (For  seniors  in 
College  of  Home  Economics.) 

32 


Family  Life  and  Management 
H.  E.   190.  Special  Problems  in  Home  Economics.   (1-3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Consent  of  instructor.  Laboratory  fee.  $3.00  a 
semester  hour.  Problem  may  be  in  any  area  of  home  economics  and  will  carry 
the  name  of  the  subject  matter  of  the  problem,  a.  Applied  (Art)  Design;  b. 
Clothing:  c.  General  Home  Economics:  d.  Family  Life:  e.  Food  and  Institu- 
tional Food;  f.   Management:  g.  Nutrition;  h.  Textiles. 

For  Graduates 

H.  E.  201.  Methods  of  Research  in  Home  Economics.   (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite.  Statistics  or  Tests  and  Measurements. 
Application  of  scientific  methods  to  problems  in  the  field  of  home  economics 
with  emphasis  on  needed  research  of  an  inter-disciplinary  nature. 

H.  E.  202.  Integrative  Aspects  of  Home  Economics.   (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  instructor.  Scope  and 
focus  of  total  professional  field  with  emphasis  on  purpose  and  functions  as 
related  to  family  and  other  group  living.  Impact  of  the  changing  social,  eco- 
nomic, technological  and  educational  situation  upon  home  economics. 

H.  E.  290.  Special  Topics.   (1-6) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Concentrated  study  in  areas  of 
home  economics,  such  as:  consumer  problems:  housing,  interior  design  and 
home  furnishings:  institution  administration  and  food  service,  a.  Applied  (Art) 
Design;  b.  Clothing;  c.  General  Home  Economics:  d.  Family  Life;  e.  Food  and 
Institutional  Food;  f.  Management;  g.  Nutrition;  h.  Textiles. 

H.  E.  399.  Thesis  Research.  (1-6) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Credit  according  to  work  ac- 
complished. 


FAMILY  LIFE  AND  MANAGEMENT 

Associate  Professor:  R fiber. 
Assistant  Professor:  Orvedal. 
Instructor:  Green. 
Lecturer:  Britton. 

FAMILY  LIFE 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
F.  L.   130.  Home  Management  and  Family  Life.   (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisites,  Psych.  1;  H.  E.  5.  Study  of  factors 
influencing  establishment  and  maintenance  of  satisfying  interpersonal  relations 
throughout  the  family  life  cycle  as  affected  by  management  in  the  home. 

33 


Family  Life  and  Management 

F.  L.   132.  The  Child  in  the  Family.   (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  lectures.  Prerequisite,  Psych. I;  H.  E.  5;  or 
equivalent.  Study  of  the  child  from  prenatal  stage  through  adolescence,  with 
emphasis  on  responsibility  for  guidance  in  the  home.  Biological  and  psycho- 
logical needs  as  they  affect  the  child's  relationship  with  his  family  and  peers. 

F.  L.  135.  Directed  Experiences  with  Children  and  Families.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Prerequisites,  Psych.  1  and 
consent  of  department.  Observation  and  study  of  selected  home  situations  plac- 
ing emphasis  on  contemporary  family  living.  This  course  is  designed  especially 
for  students  who  wish  an  understanding  of  children  of  various  ages  in  relation 
to  the  family  and  the  quality  of  living  achieved  in  a  variety  of  life  situations. 
(Limited  to  majors  in  the  College  of  Home  Economics.) 

HOME  MANAGEMENT 

H.  M.  50.  Decision  Making  in  Family  Living.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  (Designed  for  second,  third,  or  fourth  semester 
students.)  Decision  making  in  relation  to  family  values,  philosophies,  goals, 
and  resources,  and   general   socio-economic  conditions. 

H.  M.  80.  Fundamentals  of  Household  Equipment.  (2) 

First  semester.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  labora- 
tory period  a  week.  Prerequisite,  consent  of  department.  Principles  basic  to 
selection,  use,  and  care  of  household  equipment  and  appliances.  Application  to 
equipment  used  for  refrigeration,  food  preparation,  laundering-  cleaning,  and 
household  wiring.  Focus  on  management  in  relation  to  the  family's  equip- 
ment. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
H.  M.  140.  Fundamentals  of  Housing.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  a  week.  Prerequi- 
site, H.  M.  50.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Sociological,  psychological  and  economic 
aspects  of  housing.    Relationship  of  the  house  and  the  family  living  within. 

H.  M.  160.  Scientific  Management  in  the  Home.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period 
a  week.  Prerequisite,  H.  M.  50  or  equivalent.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  The 
philosophy  and  application  of  principles  of  scientific  management  in  the  home 
through  the  use  of  resources;  management  of  time,  energy,  and  money;  work 
simplification. 

H.  M.  161.  Resident  Experience  in  Home  Management.  (3)"*^ 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisites,  H.  M.  50,  160;  Food  150;  or  equiva- 
lent. Laboratory  fee,  $10.00.  Residence  from  five  to  nine  weeks  in  the  home 
management  center.  Experience  in  planning,  coordinating,  and  participating 
in  the  activities  of  a  household,  composed  of  a  faculty  member,  a  group  of 
students,  and  possibly  an  infant  on  a  part-time  basis.    Students  not  living  in 


^^Reservations  for  the  Home  Management  Residence  should  be  made  at  regis- 
tration for  the  5th  or  6th  semester.   Forms  may  be  obtained  from  the  advisers. 


34 


Housing,  Applied  Design,  and  Crafts 

dormitories  are  billed  at  the  rate  of  $5.00  a  week  for  a  room  in  the  Home 
Management  Residence.  A  charge  of  $40.00  for  food  and  supplies  is  assured 
each  student.  Dormitory  residents  will  be  refunded  a  prorated  amount  for 
meals. 

H.  M.   162.  Personal  and  Family  Finance.   (2) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  H.  M.  50.  Study  of  factors  influencing  use  of 
money;  how  families  attempt  to  achieve  financial  security;  interrelationship  of 
money  and  other  resources;  types  of  credit.  Emphasis  on  management  of  the 
family's  money. 

H.  M.  165.  Home  Management  Practicum.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisites,  H.  M.  50.  160;  Food  150;  or  equiva- 
lent; consent  of  department.  Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Home  management 
experience  under  supervision  in  a  variety  of  situations.  Designed  especially 
for  students  who  are  managing  their  own  homes. 


HOUSING,  APPLIED  DESIGN  AND  CRAFTS 

Professor:  Curtiss. 

Associate  Professor:  Shearer 

Assistant  Professors:  Beckwith,  Roper. 

Instructors:  Odland,  Ropko,  Sell,  Stewart. 

Lecturer:  Davis. 


A,  D.  1,  Design,  must  be  taken  prior  to  or  concurrently  with  any  other 
course  offered  by  the  Department. 

The  Department  reserves  the  right  to  retain  for  illustrative  purposes  one 
art  problem  from  each  student  in  each  class. 

HOUSING  AND  APPLIED  (ART)   DESIGN 
A.  D.  1.  Design.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Fee,  $3.00.  Art  expression  through  materials  such 
as  opaque  water  color,  wet  clay,  colored  chalk,  and  lithograph  crayon  which 
are  conducive  to  freeing  techniques.  Elementary  lettering,  action  figures,  ab- 
stract design,  three-dimensional  design  and  general  composition  study.  Consid- 
eration of  art  as  applied  to  daily  living. 

A.  D.  2.  Survey  of  Art  History.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Fee,  $3.00.  A  rapid  survey  of  art,  from  prehis- 
toric times  to  the  twentieth  century,  showing  the  great  human  movements  and 
art  ideals  which  each  period  has  reflected.  Emphasis  is  given  to  residential 
architecture,  furniture,  accessories  and  costume  and  to  the  philosophy  and  sig- 
nificance of  art  in  today's  living. 

35 


Housing,  Applied  Design,  and  Crafts 
A.  D.  3.  Silk  Screen  Printing.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite. 
A.  D.  1.  Fee.  $3.00.  Original  design  using  the  silk  screen  process  for  brochure 
covers,  book  jackets,  greeting  cards,  posters,  salon  prints,  and  decorative  tex- 
tiles. 

A.  D.  4.  Three-Dimensional  Design.  (2) 

First  semester.  Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  A.  D.  1.  Fee,  $3.00. 
Abstract  design  emphasizing  form,  volume,  depth  and  movement.  Exploratory 
use  of  materials  to  stimulate  resourcefulness,  imagination,  and  distinctive  style. 

A.  D.  20.  Costume  Design.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
A.  D.  1,  2  or  consent  of  instructor.  Fee,  $3.00.  Clothing  selection  and  design- 
ing in  relation  to  personality,  coloring,  figure,  changing  fashions,  and  occasion. 
Original  design  rendered  in  transparent  and  opaque  water  color,  soft  pencil, 
chalk  and  India  ink.  A  minimum  of  basic  fashion  figure  drawing.  Survey  of 
the  fashion  industry,  contemporary  style,  and  historic  costume. 

A.  D.  21,  22.  Action  Drawing.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
A.  D.  1.  Fee,  $3.00.  Study  of  the  human  figure  with  emphasis  upon  action, 
proportion,  and  balance.  Development  of  techniques  in  soft  pencil,  lithograph 
pencil,  chalk,  transparent  water  color,  and  India  ink. 

A.  D.  23.  History  of  Costume.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  lectures.  A  historical  costume  survey  and 
intensive  study  of  fashion  cycles.  Emphasis  on  styles  adapted  to  contemporary 
period. 

A.  D.  30.  Typography  and  Lettering.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
A.  D.  1.  Fee,  $3.00.  Practice  in  hand  lettering  and  recognition  of  type  faces 
with  application  to  layouts  for  advertisements,  books  and  magazines.  Elemen- 
tary knowledge  of  printing  processes  including  an  understanding  of  type  sizes 
and  weights,  leading,  and  copy  fitting.    Readings. 

A.  D.  38,  39.  Photography.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
A.  D.  1.  Fee,  $3.00.  Experimental  eff'ects  with  emphasis  upon  design  in  pho- 
tography for  advertising,  display,  periodicals,  scientific  recording  and  teaching. 
It  is  advisable  for  each  student  to  have  his  own  camera. 

H.A.D.  40.  Professional  Aspects  of  Interior  Design.  (1) 

One  lecture  period  a  week.  Professional  orientation  to  the  field  of  interior  design. 

H.A.D.  41.  Fundamentals  of  Interior  Design.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  One  lecture  and  three  laboratory  periods  a  week. 
Prerequisites,  A.  D.  1  and  2.  Fee,  $3.00.  Analysis  of  interiors  as  backgrounds 
for  various  personalities.  Study  of  good  and  poor  interiors.  Original  floor 
plans  and  wall  elevations  drawn  to  scale,  rendered  in  color  and  coordinated 
with  fabrics.   Consideration  of  family  living. 

36 


Housing,  Applied  Design,  and  Crafts 

H.A.D.  46.  Materials  Laboratory  in  Interior  Decoration.  (2) 
First  or  second  semester.  One  lecture  and  one  three-hour  laboratory  period. 
Laboratory  fee,  $3.00.  Prerequisites,  H.A.D.  40,  41.  Analysis  of  decorative 
furnishings  and  introduction  to  practices  used  by  professional  decorators  or 
craftsmen  in  the  decorative  trades.  Emphasis  on  materials  of  decoration,  their 
use  and  limitations. 

CRAFTS 

Cr.  2.  Simple  Crafts.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  A.  D.  1.  Fee, 
$3.00.  Creative  expression  in  clay  modeling,  paper  or  metal  sculpture,  plaster 
or  wood  carving,  and  finger  weaving.  Emphasis  is  given  to  inexpensive  ma- 
terials and  tools  and  to  techniques  that  can  be  pursued  in  the  home  or  the 
informal  recreation  center. 

Cr.  5.  Puppetry.  (3) 

First  semester,  alternate  years.  Three  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
A.  D.  1.  Fee,  $3.00.  Making  of  marionettes  and  production  of  simple  puppet 
shows.  Valuable  as  a  teaching,  advertising,  or  recreational  medium. 

Cr.  20,  21.  Ceramics.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
A.  D.  1.  Fee,  $3.00.  Elementary  clay  sculpture  and  pottery  making  stressing 
good  design  in  form,  decoration  and  glaze. 

Cr.  30,  31.  Metalry.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite. 
A.  D.  1.  Fee,  $3.00.  Etching,  sawing,  soldering,  raising,  and  enameling  using 
copper  and  sterling  silver.   Good,  original  design  is  stressed. 

Cr.  40,  41.  Weaving.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisite, 
A.  D.  1.  Fee,  $3.00.  Creative  weaving  on  harness  looms,  inkle  looms  and  cards. 
Emphasis  is  placed  upon  good  texture,  pattern  and  color  with  relation  to  the 
purpose  of  each  textile. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates 
HOUSING  AND  APPLIED   (ART)   DESIGN 
H.A.D.  110.  Exterior-Interior  Housing  Design.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  lectures  and  one  two-hour  laboratory  period 
a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $6.00.  Prerequisite,  H.A.D.  41.  An  analysis  of  the 
works  of  contemporary  architects  and  an  overview  of  the  field  of  architecture, 
relating  the  elements  and  principles  to  interiors. 

A.  D.  100,  101.  Mural  Design.  (2,  2) 

First  or  second  semester,  alternate  years.  Three  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Pre- 
requisite, A.  D.  1,  21.  Fee.  $3.00.  Group  and  individual  expression  serving 
two  types  of  objectives;  temporary  murals  for  the  public  schools  developed  from 
classroom  study  and  rendered  in  colored  chalk  on  wrapping  paper;  murals  for 

37 


Housing,  Applied  Design,  and  Crafts 

permanent  architectural  decoration  considering  propriety  to  setting  and  rendered 
in  oil  paint,  gouache,  fresco,  or  mosaic.  Brief  study  of  civilization's  use  of 
murals.  Field  trips  to  nearby  murals  having  social  significance. 

A.  D.  120,  121.  Costume  Illustration.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  A.  D. 
1,  2,  20,  21.  Fee,  $3.00.  Fashion  rendering  emphasizing  clothing  structure,  rep- 
resentation of  materials  and  development  of  individual  rendering  technique. 
Development  of  techniques  employing  transparent  water  color,  India  ink,  Craf- 
tint,  Zipatone  and  Burgess  process.  Study  of  styles  of  contemporary  fashion 
illustrators. 

A.  D.  124,  125.  Individual  Problems  in  Costume.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
A.  D.  1,  2,  20,  21,  120,  121.  Fee,  $3.00.  Advanced  problems  in  fashion  illus- 
tration or  costume  design  for  students  who  are  capable  of  independent  work. 
Program  developed  in  consultation  with  the  instructor. 

A.  D.  132.  Advertising  Layout.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
A.  D.  1,  20,  30.  Fee,  $3.00.  Designing  of  rough  to  finished  layouts  for 
advertisements  for  newspapers,  magazines,  packages,  brochures  and  other 
forms  of  direct  advertising.  Included  is  the  study  of  typography  and  illustra- 
tion and  their  relationship  to  reproduction.   Experience  in  use  of  the  airbrush. 

A.  D.  134,  135.  Individual  Problems  IN  Advertising.  (2,2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
A.  D.  1,  20,  30,  132.  Fee,  $3.00.  Advanced  problems  in  advertising  layout. 
Opportunity  to  build  skills  in  one  or  more  areas  of  advertising  design. 

A.  D.  136.  Merchandise  Display.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
A.  D.  1,  30.  Fee,  $3.00.  Practice  in  effective  merchandise  display  in  coopera- 
tion with  retail  establishments.  Study  of  other  aspects  of  display  through  field 
experience,  discussion,  and  research. 

A.  D.  138.  Advanced  Photography.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
A.  D.  1,  38,  39.  Fee,  $3.00.  Advanced  experimental  effects  emphasizing  design 
in  photography.    Each  student  must  have  his  own  camera. 

H.A.D.  142,  143.  Advanced  Interior  Design.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
A.  D.  1,  2,  H.A.D.  41.  Fee,  $3.00.  Designing  of  rooms  drawn  in  perspective 
and  isometrics  and  rendered  in  water  color.  Coordination  with  fabrics,  floor 
and  wall  finishes.  Study  of  budgets,  costs,  and  manufacturing  techniques.  Field 
experiences. 

H.A.D.  144,  145.  Individual  Problems  in  Interior.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
A.  D.  1,  2,  H.A.D.  41,  142,  143.  Fee,  $3.00.  Advanced  problems  in  interior 
design  for  students  who  are  capable  of  independent  work.  Students  assume  the 
role  of  interior  decorator  serving  the  needs  of  theoretical  clients.  Field  expe- 
riences. 

38 


Home  Economics  Education 


CRAFTS 


Cr.  102.  Creative  Crafts.    (2-4) 

Summer  session.  Daily  laboratory  periods.  Prerequisites,  A.  D.  1  and  permission 
of  the  department.  Fee,  $3.00.  Interests  of  the  persons  enrolled  will  determine 
the  crafts  to  be  pursued.  Suggested:  block  printing,  wood  burning,  crayon  deco- 
ration, paper  sculpture,  clay  modeling,  metalry,  weaving.  Excellent  for  teachers, 
directors  of  recreation  centers,  and  persons  who  desire  an  introduction  to  rec- 
reational crafts. 

Cr.  120,  121.  Advanced  Ceramics.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
A.  D.  1,  Cr.  20,  21.  Fee,  $3.00.  Advanced  techniques  in  clay  sculptures  and 
in  building  pottery  on  the  potter's  wheel.  Study  of  glaze  composition  and  cal- 
culation. Experimentation  with  several  clay  bodies. 

Cr.  124,  125.  Individual  Problems  in  Ceramics.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
A.  D.  1,  Cr.  20,  21,  120,  121.  Fee,  $3.00.  Individual  problems  in  clay  sculp- 
ture and  pottery  making.  Use  of  gas  kiln  fired  in  the  medium  cone  range  and 
experimental  research  in  glazes  and  original  textural  effects. 

Cr.  130,  131.  Advanced  Metalry.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
A.  D.  1,  Cr.  30,  31.  Fee,  $3.00.  Advanced  application  of  basic  techniques  in 
metal  working  and  jewelry  making.  Introduction  of  ring  making,  stone  setting 
and  metal  casting. 

Cr.  134,  135.  Individual  Problems  in  Metalry.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
A.  D.  1,  Cr.  30,  31,  130,  131.  Fee,  $3.00.  Advanced  problems  in  metalry  and 
jewelry  making.  Supervised  laboratory  for  students  capable  of  independent  work 
and  research. 

Cr.  140,  141.  Advanced  Weaving.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
A.  D.  1,  Cr.  40.  Fee,  $3.00.  Advanced  weaving  on  four  and  eight  harness  looms 
stressing  creative  weaves  in  relation  to  functional  use. 

Cr.  144,  145.  Individual  Problems  in  Weaving.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
A.  D.  1,  Cr.  40,  41,  141.   Fee,  $3.00.   Advanced  problems  in  creative  weaving. 


39 


THE  FACULTY 


Administrative  Officers 

CHAPMAN,   Erna   R.,   Professor  of   Home    Economics   and   Acting   Dean   of   the 
College  of  Home  Economics 

B.S.,   University  of   Maryland.    1934;  M.S.,    1939. 

Professors 

CURTISS,  Vienna,  Professor  of  Applied  Design 

Certificate.  Parsons  School  of  Design,   1930;  B.A.,  Arizona  State  College,  1933; 
M.A..  Columbia  University,  1935;  Ed.D.,  1957. 

MITCHELL,  T.  Faye.  Professor  and  Head  of  Department  of  Textiles  and  Clothing 
B.S.,  State  Teachers  College,  Springfield,  Missouri,  1930;  M.A.,  Columbia  Uni- 
versity, 1939. 

Associate  Professors 

BRAUCHER,  Pela  F.,  Associate  Professor  of  Food  and  Nutrition 

A.B.,  Goucher  College,  1927;  M.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1929. 

BROWN,  Helen  I.,  Associate  Professor  and  Head  of  Department  of  Food,  Nutrition 
and  Institution  Administration 

B.S.,   University   of   Vermont,    1938;    M.A.,   Columbia   University,    1948;   Ph.D., 

Michigan  State  University,  1960. 

LEMMON,  Louise,  Associate  Professor  of  Home  Economics  Education 

B.S.,   Northern   Illinois   University,    1946;   M.S.,  University   of  Wisconsin,    1951; 
Ed.D.,  University  of  Illinois,  1961. 

REIBER,  Stanley  R..  Lecturer  in  Family  Life 

B.S.,  Grove  City  College,  1942;  B.D.,  Yale  University,  1945;  M.S.,  Florida  State 
University,  1960;   Ph.D.,    1965. 

SHEARER,  Jane  K..  Associate  Professor  and  Head  of  Housing  and  Applied  Design 
B.S.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1940;  M.S.,  1950;  Ph.D.,  Florida  State  Uni- 
versity,   1960. 

WILSON,  Leda  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Home  Economics 
B.S..  Lander  College,    1943;  M.S.,  University  of  Tennessee,   1950;   Ed.D.,    1954. 

Assistant  Professors 

BANGS,  Sybil,  Assistant  Professor  of  Institution  Administration 
B.S.,  Kansas  State  University.   1943;  M.S.,   1960. 

BECKWITH,  Cornelia  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Applied  Design 

Ph.B.,  University  of  Chicago,  1929;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,  1937. 

COLLINS,    Elisabeth    N.,    Assistant    Professor    of   Nutrition 
B.A.,  Pembroke  College,  1921;  M.A.,  Simmons  College,  1947. 

EHEART,  Mary  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Food  and  Nutrition 
A.B.,  Park  College,  1933;  A.M.,  University  of  Chicago,  1935. 

HEAGNEY,  Eileen  M.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Textiles  and  Clothing 

B.S..  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1941;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,   1949. 

ORVEDAL,  Ruth  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Home  Management 

B.S.,  Middle  Tennessee  State  College,  1937;  M.S.,  University  of  Tennessee,  1941. 

41 


Faculty 

ROPER,  James   B..  Assistant  Professor  of  Applied   Design 
B.S.,  East  Carolina  College.   1961;   M.A.,    1963. 

WILBUR,  June  C,  Assistant  Professor  of  Textiles  and  Clothing 

B.S.,  University  of  Washington.  1936;  M.S.,  Syracuse  University.  1940. 

Instructors 

GREEN,   Kinsey    B.,   Instructor   in    Home   Management 

B.S.,  Mary  Washington  College,   I960;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1965. 

HARWOOD,  Velma,  Instructor  in  Food  and  Nutrition 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois.   1935;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

KNIGHTON,  Ruth.  Instructor  in  Food  and  Nutrition 

B.S.,  University  of  Massachusetts,   1961;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1965. 

LANZ,  Sally  J.,  Instructor  in  Food  and  Nutrition 

B.S.,  Albright  College,  1956;  M.S..  Pennsylvania  State  University,   1960. 

McKINLEY,  Margaret,  Instructor  in  Food  and  Nutrition 
B.S.,  Hood  College,   1938;  M.S.,  Columbia  University,   1947. 

ODLAND,  Sheldon,  Instructor  in  Housing  and  Applied  Design 
B.S.,  Pennsylvania  State  University,  1957. 

ROPKO,   Elaine 

B.A.,   Holy   Family  College,    1958;    M.F.A.,  Catholic   University,    1961. 

SAMPSON,    Sandra 

B.A.,   Arizona   State   University,    1962;   M.S.,  Oregon   State   University,    1965. 

SELL,    Geneieve    L. 

B.S.,   University  of  Wisconsin,   1941;   M.S.,    1960. 

STEWART,    Karen   K.,   Instructor  in   Housing  and  Applied   Design 

B.S.,  Oklahoma  State  University,  1963;  M.S.,  1964. 
YOUNG,  Eleanor  F.,  Instructor  in  Textiles  and  Clothing 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1955;  M.S.,  1958. 

Lecturers 

BRITTON,  Virginia,  Lecturer  in  Family  Economics 

Ph.D.,  University  of  Chicago. 
DAVIS,  Fremont,  Lecturer  in  Applied  Design 
KINCAID,  Virginia,  Lecturer  in  Home  Economics 

B.S.,  Madison  College,  1925;  M.A.,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  1941. 

SCHLUSSEL,    Rosanne 

B.A.,    Queens   College,    1961. 

STERLING,  Mabel  K.,  Lecturer  in  Food  and  Nutrition 
B.S..  University  of  Maryland,  1947;  M.S..  1963. 

Research  Assistants 
DAWSON,  Virginia  T. 

B.A.,  Ohio  State  University,  1937;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1939. 

42 


Faculty 

Graduate  Assistants 

ADAMS,  Yvonne 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

DAVIS,  Carole 
B.S.,  Madison  College,  1961. 

KLIOT.  Rochelle 

B.S.,  Brooklyn  College,   1964. 

LANGFELDT,  Gladys 

B.S..  State  College  of  Iowa,  1933. 

MATTHEWS,  Linda  M. 

B.S.,   University  of   North   Carolina,    1962. 

MADDEN.   Elizabeth 

B.S.,  Purdue  University,  1937. 

STILES,  Louise 

B.S.,  Georgia  State  College,   1929. 

VERMETTE,   Joan 

B.S.,   Florida   Southern   College,    1960. 

WALKER.  Sharon 

University  of  Maryland,  1964. 


43 


CATALOG  OF  THE 

COLLEGE  OF 

PHYSICAL 

EDUCATION, 

RECREATION 

AND  HEALTH 

1966-68 


THE 
UNIVERSITY 

OF 
MARYLAND 


Volume  22  March  2,   1966  Number  18 

UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND  BULLETIN  is  published  four  times  in  September; 
three  times  in  January.  March  and  May:  and  two  times  in  August,  October,  Novem- 
ber, December,  February,  April,  June  and  July.  Published  twenty-nine  times.  Re- 
entered as  second  class  mail  matter  under  the  Act  of  Congress  on  August  24,  1912. 
and  second  class  postage  paid  at  College  Park,  Maryland. 


Contents 


GENERAL 


University  Calendar v 

Board  of  Regents   vi 

Officers  of  Administration    ...  vii 

Chairmen,  Faculty  Senate ....  xi 

The  College 1 

Facilities    1 

Cultural  and  Recreational 

Opportunities    3 

General  Information 4 

Expenses   5 

Air  Science  Instruction  6 


Undergraduate  Professional 

Curricula 7 

Guidance 7 

Normal  Load 7 

Electives    7 

Transfer  Students   7 

Freshman  and  Sophomore 

Programs     8 

Junior  Status 8 

Student  Teaching   8 

Degrees   9 

Certification    9 


PROFESSIONAL  CURRICULA 


Physical  Education   10 

Dance    16 

Recreation 19 


Health  Education   24 

Minors  in  Other  Areas 26 

Physical  Therapy •    28 


GRADUATE  STUDY 


Special  Study 31 

General  Regulations   31 

Master  of  Arts  Degree 32 

Doctor  of  Education 32 

Doctor  of  Philosophy  Degree  33 


General  Advanced  Study 33 

Prerequisites  for  Advanced 

Study 33 

Graduate  Assistantships   34 


COURSE  OFFERINGS 


Physical   Education    35 

Recreation 42 

Health  Education   46 

Physical  Therapy    51 


Non-Major  Program 56 

The  Program  for  Men   .  .  56 

The  Program  for  Women  57 
Required  Health  Education 

for  Women   57 


Student  Organizations  Sponsored  by  the  College 58 

Faculty  of  the  College    61 


III 


University  Calendar,  1966-67 

(TENTATIVE) 

FALL  SEMESTER,  1966 
SEPTEMBER 

12-16     Monday-Friday — Fall  Semester  Registration 
19     Monday — Instruction  begins 
NOVEMBER 

23     Wednesday,  after  last  class — Thanksgiving  recess  begins 
28     Monday,  8:00  A.  M. — Thanksgiving  recess  ends 

DECEMBER 

21  Wednesday,  after  last  class — Christmas  recess  begins 
JANUARY 

3     Tuesday,  8:00  A.  M. — Christmas  recess  ends 
16     Monday — Pre-exam  Study  Day 
17-24     Tuesday-Tuesday — Fall  Semester  Examinations 

SPRING  SEMESTER,  1967 
JANUARY 

30-Feb.  3     Monday-Friday — Spring   Semester   Registration 
FEBRUARY 

6     Monday — Instruction  begins 

22  Wednesday — Washington's  Birthday,  holiday 

MARCH 

23  Thursday,  after  last  class — Easter  recess  begins 
28  Tuesday,  8:00  A.  M. — Easter  recess  ends 

MAY 

10  Wednesday— AFROTC  Day 

24  Wednesday — Pre-exam  Study  Day 

25-June  2  Thursday-Friday — Spring  Semester  Examinations 

30  Tuesday — Memorial  Day,  holiday 
JUNE 

3  Saturday — Commencement  Exercises 

SUMMER  SESSION,  1967 
JUNE 

26-27  Monday-Tuesday — Registration,  Summer  Session 

28  Wednesday — Instruction  begins 
JULY 

4  Tuesday — Independence  Day,  holiday 
8  Saturday — Classes  (Tuesday  schedule) 

AUGUST 

18     Friday — Summer  Session  Ends 

SHORT  COURSES,  SUMMER,  1967 

JUNE 

12-17     Monday-Saturday — Rural  Women's  Short  Course 

AUGUST 

7-11     Monday-Friday— 4-H  Club  Week 

SEPTEMBER 

5-8     Tuesday-Friday — Firemen's  Short  Course 


Board  of  Regents 

and 

Maryland  State  Board  of  Agriculture 

CHAIRMAN 

Charles  P.  McCormick 

McCormick  and  Company,  Inc.,  414  Light  Street,  Baltimore,  21202 

VICE-CHAIRMAN 

Edward  F.  Holter 

Farmers  Home  Administration,  Room  412  Hartwick  Bldg., 

4321  Hartwick  Road,  College  Park,  20740 

SECRETARY 

B.  Herbert  Brown 

The  Baltimore  Institute,  10  West  Chase  Street,  Baltimore,  21201 

TREASURER 

Harry  H.  Nuttle 
Denton,  21629 

ASSISTANT  SECRETARY 

Louis  L.  Kaplan 

The  Baltimore  Hebrew  College,  5800  Park  Heights  Ave.,  Baltimore,  21215 

ASSISTANT  TREASURER 

Richard  W.  Case 

Smith,  Somerville  and  Case,  1  Charles  Center — 17th  Floor, 

Baltimore,  21201 

Hon.  Mary  Arabian 

Municipal  Court  of  Baltimore  City,  Baltimore  21201 

Dr.  William  B.  Long 
Medical  Center,  Salisbury,  21801 

Thomas  W.  Pangborn 

The  Pangborn  Corporation,  Pangborn  Blvd.,  Hagerstown,  21740 

Thomas  B.  Symons 

7410  Columbia  Ave.,  College  Park,  20740 

William  C.  Walsh 

Liberty  Trust  Building,  Cumberland,  21501 

vi 


Officers  Of  The  University 

Central  Administrative  Officers 

PRESIDENT 

Wilson  H.  E\kins.—B.A.,  University  of  Texas,  1932;  M.A.,  1932;  B.Litt.,  Oxford  Uni- 
versity. 1936:  D.Phil.,  1936. 

VICE  PRESIDENT,  BALTIMORE  CAMPUSES 

Albin  O.  Kuhn— B.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1938;  M.S.,  1939;  Ph.D.,  1948. 

VICE  PRESIDENT  FOR  ACADEMIC  AFFAIRS 

R.  Lee  Hornbake — B.S.,  California  State  College,  Pennsylvania,  1934;  M.A.,  Ohio 
State  University,  1936;  Ph.D.,  1942. 

VICE    PRESIDENT    FOR    ADMINISTRATIVE    AFFAIRS 

Walter  B.  Waetjen — B.S.,  Millersville  State  College,  Miltersville,  Pennsylvania,  1942; 
M.S.,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  1947;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland.  1951. 

ASSISTANT  TO  THE  PRESIDENT 

Frank  L.  Bentz,  Jr.— B.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1942;  Ph.D.,  1952. 

ASSISTANT  TO  THE  PRESIDENT  FOR  UNIVERSITY  RELATIONS 
Robert  A.    Beach,   Jr.,   A.B.,   Baldwin-Wallace   College,   1950;  M.S.,  Boston   Uni- 
versity, 1954. 

ASSISTANT,   PRESIDENT'S  OFFICE,   RESEARCH 

Justin  Williams — A.B.,  State  Teachers  College,  Conway,  Arkansas,  1926;  M.A.,  State 
University  of  Iowa,  1928;  Ph.D.,  1933. 

ASSISTANT,  PRESIDENT'S  OFFICE 

Robert  E.  Kendig — A.B.,  College  of  William  and  Mary,  1939;  M.A.,  George  Wash- 
ington University,  1965. 

DIRECTOR  OF  FINANCE  AND  BUSINESS 

C.  Wilbur  Cissel— B./l.,  University  of  Maryland,  1932;  M.A.,  C.P.A.,  1939. 

ASSISTANT  DIRECTOR  OF  FINANCE  AND  BUSINESS 
James  T.  Frye— B.5.,  University  of  Georgia,  1948;  MS.,  1952. 

COMPTROLLER  AND  BUDGET  OFFICER 

Harry  D.  Fisher— fi .5.,  University  of  Maryland.  1943;  C.P.A.,  1948. 

DIRECTOR  OF  ADMISSIONS  AND  REGISTRATIONS 

G.  Watson  Algire—B.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1930;  M.S.,  1931. 

ASSOCIATE  DIRECTOR  AND  REGISTRAR 

James  P.  Hill— fl.5.,   Temple  University,  1939;  Ed.M.,  1947;  Ed.D.,  University  of 

Michigan,  1963. 

DIRECTOR  OF  ALUMNI  AFFAIRS 

J.  Logan  Schultz— 5.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1938;  M.S.,  1940. 

vU 


DIRECTOR  OF  ATHLETICS 

William  W.  Cobey — A.B.,  University  of  Maryland,  1930. 

DIRECTOR  OF  PERSONNEL 

George  W.  Fogg— B. A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1926;  M.A.,  1928. 

ASSISTANT  DIRECTOR  OF  PERSONNEL 

James  D.  Morgan— B .5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1949;  M.S. A.,  1950. 

DIRECTOR  AND  SUPERVISING  ENGINEER,  DEPARTMENT  OF  PHYSICAL 

PLANT 

George  O.  Weber — B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933. 

ASSOCIATE  DIRECTOR  AND  SUPERVISING  ENGINEER,  PHYSICAL  PLANT 

(Baltimore) 

George  W.  Morrison— B.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1927;  E.E..  1931. 

Emeriti 

PRESIDENT  EMERITUS 

Harry  C.  Byrd — B.S.,   University  of  Maryland,  1908;  LL.D.,  Washington  College, 
1936;  LL.D.,  Dickinson  College,  1938;  D.Sc,  Western  Maryland  College,  1938. 

DEAN  OF  WOMEN  EMERITA 

Adele  H.  Stamp— fi. /J.,   Tulane   University,   1921;  M.A.,   University  of  Maryland, 
1924. 

DEAN  OF  MEN  EMERITUS 

Geary  F.  Eppley— B.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1920;  M.S.,  1926. 

Deans  of  the  Schools  and  Colleges 

DEAN  OF  AGRICULTURE 

Gordon  M.  Cairns— B.5.,  Cornell  University,  1936;  M.S.,  1938;  Ph.D.  1940. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  ARTS  AND  SCIENCES 

Charles  Manning— B.5.,  Tufts  College,  1929;  M.A.,  Harvard  University,  1931;  Ph.D., 

University  of  North  Carolina,  1950. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  BUSINESS  AND  PUBLIC  ADMINISTRATION 
Donald  W.  O'Connell— fi./4.,  Columbia  University,  1937;  M.A.,  1938;  Ph.D.,  1953. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  DENTISTRY 

John  J.  Salley— D.D.5.,  Medical  College  of   Virginia,   1951;  Ph.D.,   University  of 
Rochester  School  of  Medicine  and  Dentistry,  1954. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  EDUCATION 

Vernon  E.  Anderson — B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1930;  M.A.,  1936;  Ph.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Colorado,  1942. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  ENGINEERING 

Robert  B.  Beckmann — B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1940;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Wis- 
consin, 1944. 

via 


DEAN  OF  FACULTY— UNIVERSITY  OF  MARYLAND,  BALTIMORE  COUNTY 
Homer  W.  Schamp,  Jr. — A.B.,  Miami  University,  1944;  M.Sc,  University  of  Michi' 
gan,  1947;  Ph.D..  1952. 

DEAN  OF  THE  GRADUATE  SCHOOL 

Ronald  Bamford — B.S.,  University  of  Connecticut,  1924;  M.S.,  University  of  Ver- 
mont,  1926;  Ph.D.,  Columbia  University,  1931. 

ACTING  DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  HOME  ECONOMICS 
Erna  Chapman — B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1934;  M.S.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1936. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  LAW 

William  P.  Cunningham — A.B.,  Harvard  College,  1944;  LL.B.,  Harvard  Law  School, 

1948. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  LIBRARY  AND  INFORMATION  SERVICES 
Paul  Wasserman— B.5./1.,  College  of  the  City  of  New  York,  1948;  M.S.   (L.5.), 

Columbia  University,  1949:  M.S.  (Economics)  Columbia  University,  1950;  Ph.D., 

University  of  Michigan,  1960. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  MEDICINE  AND  DIRECTOR  OF  MEDICAL 
EDUCATION  AND  RESEARCH 

William  S.  Stone— B.5.,  University  of  Idaho,  1924;  M.S.,  1925;  M.D.,  University  of 
Louisville,  1929;  Ph.D.,   (Hon.),  University  of  Louisville,  1946. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  NURSING 

Marion  Murphy — B.S.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1936;  M.P.H.,  University  of  Michi- 
gan, 1946;  Ph.D.,    1959. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  PHARMACY 

Noel  E.  Foss— P/!.C.,  South  Dakota  State  College,  1929;  B.S.,1929;  M.S.,  Univer- 
sity of  Maryland,  1932;  Ph.D.,  1933. 

DEAN  OF  THE  COLLEGE  OF  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION,  RECREATION  AND 
HEALTH 

Lester  M.  Fraley— S./4.,  Randolph-Macon  College,  1928;  M.A.,  1937;  Ph.D.,  Pea- 
body  College,  1939. 

DEAN  OF  THE  SCHOOL  OF  SOCIAL  WORK 

Verl  S.  Lewis— /4.B.,  Huron  College,  1933;  M.A.,  University  of  Chicago,  1939; 
D.S.W.,  Western  Reserve  University,  1954. 

DEAN  OF  UNIVERSITY  COLLEGE 

Ray  W.  Ehrensberger— B..4.,  Wabash  College,  1929;  M.A.,  Butler  University,  1930; 
Ph.D.,  Syracuse   University,   1937. 

Directors  of  Educational  Services  and  Programs 

EXECUTIVE  DEAN  FOR  STUDENT  LIFE 

Leslie  R.  Bundgaard— B.5.,  University  of  Wisconsin,  1948;  M.S.,  1949;  Ph.D., 
Georgetonn  University,  1954. 

DEAN  OF  WOMEN 

Helen  E.  Clarke — B.S.,  University  of  Michigan.  1943;  M.A.,  University  of  Illinois, 
1951;  Ed.D.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  1960. 

ix 


DIRECTOR,  AGRICULTURAL  EXTENSION  SERVICE 

Edward  W.  Aiton— B.5.,   University  of  Minnesota,  1933;  M.S.,  1940;  Ed.D.,  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland,  1956, 

DIRECTOR.  AGRICULTURE  EXPERIMENT  STATION 

Irvin  C.  Haul — B.S.,  University  of  Idaho,  1928;  M.S.,  State  College  of  Washington, 
1930;  Ph.D.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933. 

DIRECTOR,    COMPUTER    SCIENCE    CENTER 

William    F.    Atchison — A.B.,    Georgetown    College,    1938;    M.A.,    University    of 
kentucky,    1940;   Ph.D.,    University   of   Illinois,   1943. 

DIRECTOR,  COUNSELING  CENTER 

Thomas  Magoon — B.A.,  Dartmouth,  1947;  M.A.,   University  of  Minnesota,  1951; 
Ph.D.,  1954. 

DIRECTOR,  GENERAL  EDUCATION  PROGRAM 

Gayle  S.  Smith— fl.5.,  Iowa  State  College,  1948;  M.  A.,  Cornell  University,  1951; 
Ph.D.,  1958. 

DIRECTOR,  INSTITUTIONAL  RESEARCH 

Robert  E.  McClintock — B.S.,  University  of  South  Carolina,  1951;  M.A.,  George  Pea- 
body  College,  1952;  Ph.D.,  1961. 

DIRECTOR   OF   LIBRARIES 

Howard  Rovelstad— S..4.,  University  of  Illinois,  1936;  M.A.,  1937;  B.S.L.S.,  Colum- 
bia University,  1940. 

DIRECTOR  OF  NATURAL  RESOURCES  INSTITUTE 

L.  Eugene  Cronin — A.B.,  Western  Maryland  College,  1938;  M.S.,  University  of  Mary- 
land, 1943;  Ph.D.,  1946. 

DIRECTOR  OF  PROFESSIONAL  AND  SUPPORTING  SERVICES,  UNIVERSITY 

HOSPITAL 
George  H.  Yeager — B.S.,  University  of  West  Virginia,  1925;  M.D.,   University  of 

Maryland,  1929. 

DIRECTOR  OF  STUDENT  HEALTH  SERVICE 

Lester  M.  Dyke— 5.5.,  University  of  Iowa,  1936;  M.D.,  1926. 

DIRECTOR  OF  THE  SUMMER  SESSION 

Clodus  R.  Smith— fi.5.,  Oklahoma  State  University.  1950;  M.S.,  1955;  Ed.D.,  Cornell 
University,  1960. 

HEAD,  DEPARTMENT  OF  AIR  SCIENCE 

Vernon  H.  Reeves — B.A.,  Arizona  State  College,  1936;  M.A.,  Columbia  University, 
1949. 

Division  Chairmen 

CHAIRMAN  OF  THE  DIVISION  OF  BIOLOGICAL  SCIENCES 

John  E.  Faber— B.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1926;  M.S..  1927;  Ph.D.,  1937. 

CHAIRMAN  OF  THE  LOWER  DIVISION 

Charles  E.  White— i5.5.,  University  of  Maryland,  1923;  M.S.,  1924;  Ph.D.,  1926. 

CHAIRMAN  OF  THE  DIVISION  OF  SOCIAL  SCIENCES 
Harold  C.  HofFsommer- 5.5.,  Northwestern  University,  1921;  M.A.,  1923;  Ph.D., 
Cornell  University,  1929. 


STANDING  COMMITTEES,  FACULTY  SENATE 

GENERAL  COMMITTEE  ON  EDUCATIONAL  POLICY 

GENERAL  COMMITTEE  ON  STUDENT  LIFE  AND  WELFARE 

COMMITTEE  ON  ADMISSIONS  AND  SCHOLASTIC  STANDING 

COMMITTEE  ON  INSTRUCTIONAL  PROCEDURES 

COMMITTEE  ON  SCHEDULING  AND  REGISTRATION 

COMMITTEE  ON   PROGRAMS,  CURRICULA   AND  COURSES 

COMMITTEE  ON  FACULTY  RESEARCH 

COMMITTEE  ON  PUBLIC  FUNCTIONS  AND  COMMENCEMENTS 

COMMITTEE  ON  LIBRARIES 

COMMITTEE  ON  UNIVERSITY  PUBLICATIONS 

COMMITTEE  ON  INTERCOLLEGIATE  COMPETITION 

COMMITTEE  ON  PROFESSIONAL  ETHICS.  ACADEMIC  FREEDOM 
AND  TENURE 

COMMITTEE  ON  APPOINTMENTS,   PROMOTIONS  AND  SALARIES 

COMMITTEE  ON  FACULTY  LIFE  AND  WELFARE 

COMMITTEE  ON  MEMBERSHIP  AND  REPRESENTATION 

COMMITTEE  ON  COUNSELING  OF  STUDENTS 

COMMITTEE  ON  THE  FUTURE  OF  THE  UNIVERSITY 

Adjunct  Committees  of  the  General  Committee  on  Student 
Life  and  Welfare 

STUDENT  ACTIVITIES 

FINANCIAL  AIDS  AND  SELF-HELP 

STUDENT  PUBLICATIONS  AND  COMMUNICATIONS 

RELIGIOUS  LIFE 

STUDENT  HEALTH  AND  SAFETY 

STUDENT  DISCIPLINE 

BALTIMORE  CAMPUS,  STUDENT  AFFAIRS 


Xt 


The  College 


The  college  of  physical  education,  recreation,  and  health  pro- 
vides  preparation  leading  to  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  the  following 
professional  areas:  physical  education,  dance,  health  education,  recrea- 
tion, and  physical  therapy.  The  College  also  offers  special  curricula  in 
safety  education  and  elementary  physical  education.  Moreover,  in  con- 
junction with  the  Graduate  School  and  the  College  of  Education,  gradu- 
ate programs  leading  to  the  master's  and  doctor's  degrees  are  available 
in  physical  education,  health  education  and  recreation.  The  college  pro- 
vides a  research  laboratory  for  faculty  members  and  graduate  students 
who  are  interested  in  investigating  the  effects  of  exercise  and  various 
physical  education  activities  upon  the  body,  as  well  as  determining 
methods  and  techniques  of  teaching  various  sports. 

A  one  year  required  program  of  physical  education  and  a  one  semester 
required  health  education  program  is  provided  by  this  College  for  all  fresh- 
men men  and  women  of  the  University.  The  College  provides  an  extensive 
intramural  sports  program  for  both  men  and  women. 

In  addition  to  its  various  on-campus  offerings,  this  College  regularly 
conducts  courses  in  physical  education,  health  education  and  recreation  for 
teachers  in  various  parts  of  the  State  of  Maryland  and  conducts  workshops 
for  teachers  wherever  requested  by  school  officials. 


Facilities 

The  facilities  of  the  College  are  unusual  for  a  University  of  this  size. 
Four  separate  buildings  are  used  for  the  Women's  Department,  the  Intra- 
mural Department,  the  Required  Program  for  Men,  and  the  Physical 
Education  Teacher  Education  Program.  There  is  also  ample  outdoor 
play  space.  Some  of  the  facilities  are  shared  with  the  Department  of 
Intercollegiate   Athletics. 


Indoor  Activities 

the  student  activities  building.  This  building  houses  the  offices  of 
the  Department  of  Intercollegiate  Athletics  and  the  College  of  Physical 
Education,  Recreation,  and  Health.  It  contains  six  activity  teaching  sta- 
tions: the  main  arena,  the  swimming  pool,  the  small  gym,  the  weight 
training  room,  the  wrestling  room,  and  combination  indoor  golf  driving 
range  and  dance  studio.  In  addition,  there  are  six  classrooms,  a  research 
laboratory,  a  departmental  library,  and  conference  room. 

The  main  arena  of  this  building  has  a  seating  capacity  of  12,004  and 
19,796  sq.  ft.  of  floor  space.  This  arena  provides  facilities  for  class  work 
in  basketball,  volleyball,  badminton,  and  bait  casting. 


Facilities 

The  swimming  pool  is  divided  into  two  areas  by  a  permanent  bulkhead. 
The  shallow  end  is  42  x  24  feet  and  the  large  area  is  42  x  75  feet  with  a 
depth  ranging  from  4  to  13  feet. 

The  small  gymnasium  may  be  used  for  basketball,  volleyball,  and  gym- 
nastics, including  tumbling,  trampolining  and  all  types  of  apparatus  work. 
The  total  floor  space  is  9,462  sq.  ft. 

The  wrestling  room  (8,056  sq.  ft.)  is  covered  with  mats. 

The  weight  training  class  room  is  equipped  with  sufl&cient  weights  for 
1 1  stations  of  three  men  each. 

The  dance  studio-golf  driving  range  (3,256  sq.  ft.)  has  two  nylon  nets 
which  provide  four  golf  driving  stations.  In  addition,  part  of  the  floor  is 
covered  with  a  green  rug  for  putting  practice.  The  nets  may  be  raised  so 
that  the  entire  floor  space  is  available  for  dancing. 

PREiNKERT  FIELD  HOUSE.  Prcinkcrt  Field  House  contains  the  offices  of 
some  men  and  women  teachers  of  Physical  Education  and  Health  Educa- 
tion. There  is  a  regulation  size  swimming  pool,  75  x  35  feet  equipped 
with  two  one-meter  diving  boards.  In  the  gymnasium,  90  x  50  feet,  classes 
are  held  in  badminton,  volleyball,  basketball,  stunts  and  tumbling,  ap- 
paratus and  tennis.  There  are  two  large  backboards  used  for  indoor 
tennis  practice.  The  adjacent  classroom  is  used  for  professional  classes  and 
contains  audio-visual  equipment.  The  dance  studio,  used  for  modern  dance 
classes,  is  40  x  60  feet. 

In  addition  to  the  above  areas,  there  are  locker  and  shower  rooms  used 
by  those  enrolled  in  physical  education  and  those  participating  in  recrea- 
tional activities  and  a  small  lounge  for  major  students, 

ARMORY.  The  Armory  is  used  primarily  for  an  extensive  men's  intra- 
mural program.  It  houses  the  offices  of  the  Director  of  Intramurals  and 
an  athletic  equipment  room  from  which  students  may  secure  equipment 
for  recreational  purposes.  The  28,800  sq.  ft.  of  floor  space  has  four  full 
length  basketball  courts,  with  badminton  and  volleyball  courts  super- 
imposed on  them.  This  facility  is  also  used  as  an  indoor  track,  with  an 
indoor  vaulting,  high  and  broad  jump  pits,  a  one-tenth  mile  track,  and  a 
70  yard  straight-away. 

COLISEUM.  The  Coliseum  is  used  as  a  supplementary  facility  for  the 
intramural  and  required  program  of  physical  education  for  men  and 
women.  Included  in  the  facilities  are  an  equipment  issue  room,  adequate 
shower  and  locker  rooms  for  both  men  and  women,  a  classroom,  and  office 
space  for  several  of  the  men's  and  women's  physical  education  staff. 

The  6,555  square  feet  of  floor  space  is  used  primarily  for  required 
co-educational  classes  in  square  and  social  dance  and  for  intramural  bas- 
ketball. In  addition  to  the  one  large  basketball  court,  however,  there  are 
five  badminton  and  two  volleyball  courts  available  for  co-ed  class 
instruction. 


Facilities 


Outdoor  Activities 


THE  STADIUM.  The  stadium,  with  a  seating  capacity  of  33,536  has  a 
one-quarter  mile  cinder  track  with  a  220-yard  straightaway.  Pits  are  avail- 
able for  pole  vaulting  and  high  and  broad  jumping.  Immediately  east  of 
the  stadium  are  facilities  for  the  shot  put,  discus  and  javelin  throw.  The 
College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health  use  these  facilities 
for  required  classes  in  track  and  field.  Also  east  of  the  stadium  are  13.1 
acres  devoted  to  three  practice  football  fields,  the  baseball  stadium,  a 
practice  baseball,  lacrosse,  and  soccer  field.  The  College  uses  these 
facilities  for  major  skill  classes  in  football,  soccer,  and  baseball.  West  of 
the  stadium  are  11.3  acres  devoted  entirely  to  physical  education  out-door 
play  fields.  There  are  four  combination  soccer-touch  football  play  fields, 
with  complete  goal  posts,  and  four  softball  fields  with  wire  backstops. 

Surrounding  the  Armory  are  four  touch  football  fields  and  eight  softball 
fields,  encompassing  18.4  acres.  These  fields,  plus  the  four  in  the  Fra- 
ternity Row  horseshoe  are  used  exclusively  for  intramurals. 

Immediately  west  of  the  Cole  Activities  Building  are  eight  all-weather 
tennis  courts.  A  modern  18-hole  golf  course  was  opened  in  1957.  This 
204-acre  course  includes  two  lakes,  and  an  additional  5.8-acre  golf  driving 
range  for  instructional  purposes.  The  golf  driving  range,  equipped  with 
lights,  and  the  golf  course  greatly  adds  to  our  present  recreational  facilities. 
An  outdoor  playing  field  300  feet  by  600  feet  is  also  provided  for  touch 
football,  soccer,  speedball  and  softball. 

The  outdoor  facilities  adjacent  to  the  Preinkert  Field  House  include  eight 
hard  surfaced  tennis  courts,  an  archery  range  with  space  for  18  targets, 
two  softball  diamonds  and  combination  hockey  and  soccer  fields. 

Research  Laboratory 

One  of  the  important  aspects  of  advanced  study  at  the  University  of 
Maryland  is  research.  To  encourage  research,  the  College  of  Physical 
Education,  Recreation,  and  Health  makes  available  to  the  student  a  spa- 
cious, well  equipped  research  laboratory.  Students  and  faculty  alike  are 
encouraged  to  make  use  of  the  laboratory  and  its  facilities  for  the  purpose 
of  conducting  their  special  research  projects. 

Cultural  and  Recreational  Opportunities 

Near  the  University  of  Maryland  are  found  many  points  of  cultural  and 
recreational  interest.  In  Washington,  D.  C,  one  may  visit  national  shrines 
and  museums,  e.g.,  the  Smithsonian  Institute,  the  Medical  Museum,  etc., 
and  also  attend  lectures,  musical  recitals  and  stage  productions,  featuring 
outstanding  personages.  The  Freer  Gallery  of  Art  and  the  Folger  Shake- 
speare Library  are  located  in  Washington.  Within  from  one  to  four  hours 
traveling  time  by  car  one  finds  such  points  of  historical  and  recreational 
interest  as  Mt.  Vernon,  Gettysburg,  Harpers  Ferry,  Antietam,  Annapolis, 


General  Information 

Monticello,  Williamsburg,  Jamestown,  Yorktown,  the  Shenandoah  Valley, 
Skyline  Drive,  Rehoboth  Beach  and  Ocean  City,  Maryland.  A  number  of 
Chesapeake  Bay  beaches  and  resorts  can  be  reached  from  the  campus 
vvithin  forty-five  minutes.  The  University  also  makes  available  for  recrea- 
tional purposes,  swimming  pools,  tennis  courts,  and  similar  facilities.  Dur- 
ing Summer  School  a  special  recreational  program  is  conducted  for  all 
students:  this  includes  sightseeing  tours,  group  trips  to  summer  stock  stage 
productions,  square  dancing,  musical  events,  sports  tournaments,  and 
movies. 


GENERAL  INFORMATION 


Admission 

Fall  Semester.  All  applications  for  full-time  undergraduate  admission 
for  the  Fall  Semester  at  the  College  Park  campus  must  be  received  by  the 
University  on  or  before  July  15.  Any  student  registering  for  seven  (7) 
or  more  semester  hours  of  work  is  considered  a  full-time  student. 

Under  unusual  circumstances,  applications  will  be  accepted  between  July 
15  and  September  1.  Applicants  for  full-time  attendance  filing  after  July  1 
will  be  required  to  pay  a  non-refundable  $25.00  late  fee  to  defray  the  cost 
of  special  handling  of  applications  after  that  date.  This  late  fee  is  in 
addition  to  the  $10.00  application  fee. 

All  undergraduate  applications,  both  for  full-time  and  part-time  attend- 
ance, and  all  supporting  documents  for  an  application  for  admission 
must  be  received  by  the  appropriate  University  office  by  September  1. 
This  means  that  the  applicant's  educational  records,  ACT  scores  (in  the 
case  of  new  freshmen)  and  medical  examination  report  must  be  received 
by  September  1. 

Spring  Semester.  The  deadline  for  the  receipt  of  applications  for  the 
Spring  Semester  is  January  1 . 

University  College.  The  appHcation  deadlines  and  fees  do  not  apply 
to  students  registering  in  the  evening  classes  offered  by  the  University 
College. 

Graduate  School.  Application  for  admission  to  the  Graduate  School 
must  be  made  by  September  1  for  the  fall  term  and  by  January  1  for  the 
spring  term  on  blanks  obtained  from  the  Office  of  the  Graduate  School. 
Admission  to  the  summer  session  is  governed  by  the  date  listed  in  the 


General  Information 

Summer  School  catalog.  The  summer  session  deadline  date  is  generally 
Jime  1. 

Entrance  Requirements 

All  students  desiring  to  enroll  in  the  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recre- 
ation, and  Health  must  apply  to  the  Director  of  Admissions  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland  at  College  Park. 

Sixteen  units  of  high  school  credit  are  required  for  admittance  to  this 
college.  Required  high  school  subjects  are:  four  units  of  English,  one  unit 
of  social  science,  and  one  unit  of  natural  science.  Desirable  high  school 
subjects  include:  algebra,  plane  geometry  and  additional  natural  and 
physical  sciences,  ^uch  as  chemistry  and  physics. 

Satisfactory  health  and  physical  vigor  are  essential  for  persons  pursuing 
a  career  in  the  areas  of  this  College. 

Expenses 

Annual  expenses  of  attending  the  University  are  approximately  as  ioUows: 
$270.00  fixed  charges,  $96.00  special  fees,  $440.00  board,  $320.00  lodg- 
ing for  Maryland  residents,  or  $420.00  for  residents  of  other  states  and 
countries.  A  matriculation  fee  of  $10.00  is  charged  all  new  students  and 
is  payable  only  once.  A  fee  of  $10.00  must  accompany  a  prospective 
student's  application  for  admission.  If  a  student  enrolls  for  the  term  for 
which  he  applied,  the  fee  is  accepted  in  Ueu  of  the  matriculation  fee.  A 
charge  of  $400.00  is  assessed  to  all  students  who  are  non-residents  of 
the  State  of  Maryland. 

For  students  enrolled  in  the  physical  therapy  curriculum  the  annual  cost 
for  the  junior  and  senior  years  (not  including  the  summer  of  the  senior 
year)  taken  on  the  Baltimore  campus  include:  $270.00  fixed  charges 
($170.00  additional  for  non-residents);  $97.00-$102.00  special  fees  and 
$320.00  dormitory.  Other  expenses  are  estimated  at  $800.00  for  food  and 
$90.00  for  books,  uniforms  and  supplies. 

An  Adventure  in  Learning,  the  undergraduate  catalog  of  the  University, 
contains  a  detailed  statement  of  fees  and  expenses  and  includes  changes 
in  fees  as  they  occur.  A  copy  may  be  requested  from  the  Catalog  Mailing 
Office,  North  Administration  Building,  University  of  Maryland  at  College 
Park. 

Definition  of  Residence  and  Non-Residence 

Students  who  are  minors  are  considered  to  be  resident  students  if  at 
the  time  of  their  registration  their  parents  have  been  domiciled  in  the  State 
of  Maryland  for  at  least  six  months. 

The  status  of  the  residence  of  a  student  is  determined  at  the  time  of  his 
first  registration  in  the  University  and  may  not  thereafter  be  changed  by 
him  unless,  in  the  case  of  a  minor,  his  parents  move  to  and  become  legal 


General  Information 

residents  of  Maryland  by  maintaining  such  residence  for  at  least  six 
months.  However,  the  right  of  the  minor  student  to  change  from  a  non- 
resident status  to  resident  status  must  be  established  by  him  prior  to 
the  registration  period  set  for  any  semester. 

Adult  students  are  considered  to  be  residents  if  at  the  time  of  their  regis- 
tration they  have  been  domiciled  in  Maryland  for  at  least  six  months 
provided  such  residence  has  not  been  acquired  while  attending  any  school 
or  college  in  Maryland  or  elsewhere.  Time  spent  on  active  duty  in  the 
armed  services  while  stationed  in  Maryland  will  not  be  considered  as 
satisfying  the  six-months  period  referred  to  above  except  in  those  cases  in 
which  the  adult  was  domiciled  in  Maryland  for  at  least  six  months  prior  to 
his  entrance  into  the  armed  service  and  was  not  enrolled  in  any  school 
during  that  period. 

The  word  "domicile"  as  used  in  this  regulation  shall  mean  the  permanent 
place  of  abode.  For  the  purpose  of  this  rule  only  one  domicile  may  be 
maintained. 


A  ir  Science  Instruction 

The  Department  of  Air  Science  offers  two  all-voluntary  programs  in  Air 
Force  ROTC  at  the  University  of  Maryland.  Successful  completion  of 
either  the  two-year  or  the  four-year  program  qualifies  a  student  for  a  com- 
mission in  the  United  States  Air  Force  upon  graduation. 

Selected  students  who  wish  to  do  so  may,  with  proper  approval,  carry 
Advanced  Air  Science  courses  as  electives  during  their  junior  and  senior 
years.  Financial  assistance  is  provided  for  students  in  the  Advanced 
program.  Specific  information  on  either  the  two-year  or  the  four-year  pro- 
gram is  included  in  the  University  General  and  Academic  Regulations. 


For  Additional  Information 

Detailed  information  concerning  the  American  Civilization  Program,  fees 
and  expenses,  scholarships  and  awards,  student  life,  and  other  material 
of  a  general  nature,  may  be  found  in  the  University  publication  titled  An 
Adventure  in  Learning.  This  publication  may  be  obtained  on  request  from 
the  Office  of  University  Relations,  North  Administration  Building,  Univer- 
sity of  Mar>'land  at  College  Park.  A  detailed  explanation  of  the  regulations 
of  student  and  academic  life,  may  be  found  in  the  University  publication 
titled.  University  General  and  Academic  Regulations.  This  is  mailed  in 
September  and  February  of  each  year  to  all  new  undergraduate  students. 

Requests  for  course  catalogs  for  the  individual  schools  and  colleges  should 
be  directed  to  the  deans  of  these  respective  units,  addressed  to: 


Undergraduate  Professional  Curricula 


COLLEGES  LOCATED  AT  COLLEGE  PARK! 

Dean 

(College  in  which  you  are  interested) 
The  University  of  Maryland 
CoUege  Park,  Maryland  20740 

PROFESSIONAL   SCHOOLS   LOCATED  AT   BALTIMORE: 

Dean 

(School  in  which  you  are  interested) 
The  University  of  Maryland 
Lombard  and  Greene  Streets 
Baltimore,  Maryland  21201 


UNDERGRADUATE  PROFESSIONAL  CURRICULA 

Guidance 

At  the  time  of  matriculation  and  first  registration,  each  student  is  assigned 
to  a  member  of  the  faculty  of  the  College  who  acts  as  the  student's  aca- 
demic adviser.  This  faculty  member  will  be  in  physical  education,  rec- 
reation, health  education  or  physical  therapy,  depending  on  the  student's 
choice  of  curriculum.  The  student  should  confer  regularly  with  his  adviser 
prior  to  and  at  the  time  of  each  registration. 

Normal  Load 

The  normal  load  for  students  in  this  College  is  15-19  credit  hours  per 
semester.  The  requirements  in  physical  education  and  health  for  men  and 
women  are  fulfilled  by  professional  courses  in  the  College.  No  student  may 
register  for  more  than  19  hours  unless  he  has  a  "B"  average  for  the  preced- 
ing semester  and  approval  of  the  Dean  of  the  College. 

Electives 

Electives  should  be  planned  carefully,  and  well  in  advance,  preferably  dur- 
ing the  orientation  course  the  first  semester,  or  with  the  student's  academic 
adviser  during  the  second  semester.  It  is  important  to  begin  certain 
sequences  as  soon  as  possible  to  prevent  later  conflict.  Electives  may  be 
selected  from  any  department  of  the  University  in  accordance  with  a  stu- 
dent's professional  needs.  Those  selected  must  meet  with  the  approval  of 
the  adviser  and  the  Dean  of  the  College. 

Transfer  Students 

Only  students  in  good  standing  as  to  scholarship  and  conduct  are  elig- 
ible to  transfer  into  this  College  from  another  college  or  university.    Only 


Undergraduate  Professional  Curricula 

courses  applicable  to  his  curriculum  and  passed  with  a  grade  of  "C"  or 
better  will  be  transferred.  Students  wishing  to  transfer  to  this  College  from 
another  college  of  this  University  are  subject  to  the  general  University  regu- 
lations on  this  subject,  explained  in  the  pubUcation,  University  General 
and  Academic  Regulations. 

Freshman  and  Sophomore  Programs 

The  work  of  the  first  two  years  in  this  College  is  designed  to  accomplish 
the  following  purposes :  ( 1 )  provide  a  general  basic  or  core  education  and 
prepare  for  later  specialization  by  giving  a  foundation  in  certain  basic  sci- 
ences; (2)  develop  competency  in  those  basic  techniques  necessary  for  suc- 
cessful participation  in  the  professional  courses  of  the  last  two  years. 

While  much  of  the  academic  course  work  will  be  alike,  the  technique 
courses  will  vary  considerably  in  the  different  curriculums.  The  core  of 
University  requirements  should  be  completed  in  the  first  two  years  in  such 
manner  as  to  justify  acceptance  as  a  junior  in  the  desired  major.  The 
technique  courses  must  be  satisfactorily  completed,  or  competencies  dem- 
onstrated before  the  student  can  be  accepted  for  the  advanced  courses  in 
methods  and  in  student  teaching.  It  is  very  important  that  each  require- 
ment be  met  as  it  occurs. 

Junior  Status 

Students  are  permitted  to  register  for  courses  numbered  100  and  above 
only  after  they  have  achieved  junior  status.  Detailed  information  pertain- 
ing to  junior  status  will  be  found  in  the  University  General  and  Academic 
Regulations. 

Student  Teaching 

Opportunity  is  provided  for  student  teaching  experience  in  Physical  Edu- 
cation and/or  Health  Education.  The  student  devotes  eight  weeks  during 
his  last  semester  of  his  senior  year  to  observation,  participation,  and  teach- 
ing under  a  qualified  supervising  teacher  in  an  approved  elementary, 
junior  or  senior  high  school  or  in  a  combined  program  at  the  elementary 
and  secondary  levels  in  the  vicinity  of  the  University.  The  student  pro- 
gresses to  gradual  assumption  of  all  of  the  responsibilities  of  the  supervising 
teacher.  A  University  supervisor  from  the  College  of  Physical  Education, 
Recreation,  and  Health  visits  the  student  periodically  and  confers  with 
both  the  student  teacher  and  the  cooperating  teacher,  giving  assistance 
when  needed. 

To  be  eligible  for  student  teaching,  the  student  must  ( 1 )  have  an  accumu- 
lative grade  point  average  of  at  least  a  2.3,  (2)  must  have  the  recommenda- 
tion of  the  University  supervising  teacher,  and  (3)  must  have  fulfilled  all 
required  courses  for  the  B.  S.  degree  except  those  in  the  Block  Student 
Teaching  Semester.  The  student  must  obtain  a  grade  of  "C"  or  better  in 
all  professional  courses  in  his  curriculum  and  he  must  register  for  all 

8 


Undergraduate  Professional  Curricula 

courses  in  the  "Block"  concurrently.  Those  desiring  to  teach  at  the  ele- 
mentary level  must  have  successfully  completed  P.E.  120  and  must  split 
their  teaching  experience  into  4  hours  of  Sec. Ed.  148  and  4  hours  of 
Sec.Ed.  149.  Those  desiring  an  elementary  minor  in  physical  education 
in  addition,  must  complete  P.E.  55,  57,  and  195. 

Degrees 

The  degree  of  Bachelor  of  Science  is  conferred  upon  students  who  have 
met  the  conditions  of  their  curricula  as  herein  prescribed  by  the  College 
of  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health. 

Each  candidate  for  a  degree  must  file  a  formal  application  with  the  Ofl&ce 
of  the  Registrar  eight  weeks  prior  to  the  date  of  graduation. 

Certification 

The  Maryland  State  Department  of  Education  certifies  for  teaching  only 
when  an  applicant  has  a  tentative  appointment  to  teach  in  a  Maryland 
county  school.  No  certificate  may  be  secured  by  application  of  the  student 
on  graduation.  Course  content  requirements  for  certification  are  indicated 
with  each  curriculum.  Certification  is  specifically  limited  to  graduates  who 
"rank  academically  in  the  upper  four-fifths  of  the  class  and  who  make  a 
grade  of  'C  or  better  in  student  teaching."  In  order  to  insure  the  meeting 
of  these  requirements,  students  will  not  be  approved  for  student  teaching 
except  as  indicated  below.  A  student  intending  to  qualify  as  a  teacher  in 
Baltimore,  Washington,  or  other  specific  situations  should  secure  a  state- 
ment of  certification  requirements  before  starting  work  in  the  junior  year 
and  discuss  them  with  his  academic  adviser. 


Professional  Curricula 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

This  curriculum  prepares  students  ( 1 )  for  teaching  physical  education  in 
the  secondary  school,  (2)  for  coaching,  and  (3)  for  leadership  in  youth 
and  adult  groups  which  offer  a  program  of  physical  activity.  The  first  two 
years  of  this  curriculum  are  considered  to  be  an  orientation  period  in  which 
the  student  has  an  opportunity  to  gain  an  adequate  background  in  general 
education  as  well  as  in  those  scientific  areas  closely  related  to  this  field 
specialization.  In  addition,  there  is  considerable  emphasis  placed  upon  the 
development  of  skills  in  a  wide  range  of  motor  activities.  Further,  students 
are  encouraged  to  select  related  areas,  especially  in  the  fields  of  biology, 
social  science,  psychology,  health  education,  and  recreation  as  fields  of 
secondary  interest.  These  materially  increase  the  vocational  opportunities 
which  are  available  to  a  graduate  in  physical  education. 

equipment:  Students  may  be  required  to  provide  individual  equipment 
for  certain  courses. 

uniforms:  Suitable  uniforms,  as  prescribed  by  the  College  are  required  for 
the  activity  classes  and  for  student  teaching.  These  uniforms  should  be 
worn  only  during  professional  activities. 

Men — During  the  freshman  and  sophomore  years,  men  will  wear  red  and 
black  T-shirts,  black  trunks,  white  socks,  gym  shoes,  supporter  and  sweat 
suit.  During  the  junior  year,  men  will  purchase  full  length  black  pants 
with  gold  braid  on  side  and  a  black  jacket,  which  are  required  for  student 
teaching. 

Women — Tailored  blue  shorts,  white  shirt,  ankle  socks,  and  tennis  shoes, 
and  leotard  and  skirt,  and  warm-up  suit. 

For  Student  Teaching — An  appropriate  teaching  costume  will  be  selected 
under  the  guidance  of  the  supervisor  of  student  teaching  before  the  begin- 
ning of  the  junior  year. 


10 


Physical  Education  Curriculum 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  CURRICULUM  FOR  MEN 

Freshman  Year^ 

Eng.  1 — Composition  

Social  Science  Elective '  

Math,  (any  above  Math.   1 )  *    

Zool.    1 — General   Zoology    

Speech  7 — Public  Speaking 

Hea.  40 — Personal  and  Community  Health 

P.  E.  30 — Introduction  to  Physical  Education  and  Health.  . 

P.  E.  50 — Rhythmic  Activities   

P.  E.  61,  63 — Skills  Laboratory 

P.  E.  77 — Aquatics    

Electives  

Total  

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature   

Zool.  14,  15 — Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology   

Social  Science  Elective    

P.  E.  65,  67— Laboratory  Skills 

History  21 — American  History   

Science  Group  Requirement  (Physics  or  Chemistry  1) 

Hea.  50— First  Aid 

Electives  

Total 

Junior  Year 

History  elective  

Fine  Arts  elective   

P.   E.    100— Kinesiology    

P.  E.   105,  107— Skills  Laboratory 

P.  E.   114 — Methods,  Curriculum  and  Observation  for 

Secondary  Schools 

P.  E.   120 — Physical  Education  for  the  Elementary  School. 

Theory  of  Coaching  elective  (P.  E.  123,  125,  or  126) 

P.  E.   180 — Measurement  in  Physical  Education  and  Health. 

Education  111 — Foundations  of  Education 

Electives  

Total  


r— Semester 
I 


3 

3 

2 

2 
2 
2 

3 

17 


17 


4 
2 

4 

2 

2 

17 


2 
2 
3 

17 


3 
4 

2 
3 
4 

1 

17 


3 
3 
3 

17 


*  Students  whose  ACT  score  in  Mathematics  is  20  or  below  must  take  Math  1  the  first 
semester  of  their  Freshman  year. 

'  Students  must  elect  6  hours  in  the  Social  Sciences.  Two  courses  may  be  chosen  from 
five  fields:  Anthropoly  1;  Economics  31  or  37;  Government  and  Politics  1;  Psychol- 
ogy 1;  or  Sociology  1. 


/; 


Physical  Education  Curriculum 

r-Semester- 

SEmoR  Year  /  tl 

Ed.  110 — Human  Development  and  Learning 6 

P.  E.  133— Adapted  Physical  Education . .  2 

Ed.  145 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education.  .  3 

S.  E.  D.   148° — Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools.  ...  8 

P.  E.  160 — Theory  of  Exercise   3 

P.  E.  181 — Advanced  Training  and  Conditioning 3 

P.  E.  190 — Organizations  and  Administration  of 

Physical  Education   . .  3 

P.  E.  193 — History  and  Philosophy  of  Sport  and 

Physical  Education  3 

Electives  3 


Total     18  16 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  CURRICULUM  FOR  WOMEN 

Freshman  Year  "  I           // 

Eng.  1 ,  3 — Composition  and  Literature 3            3 

Social  Science  Elective  *    3 

Zool.  1 — General  Zoology 4 

Speech  7 — Public  Speaking  2 

Math.  1,  3  or  10  (any  above  Math.  1)      0             3 

P.  E.  30 — Introduction  to  Physical  Education  and  Health .  .  2 

P.  E.  40w — Fundamentals  of  Movement 2 

P.  E.  50 — Rhythmic  Activities     2 

Dance  52 — Dance  Techniques . .             2 

P.  E.  62w,  64w — Skills  Laboratory  2            2 

Hea.  40 — ^Personal  and  Community  Health 3 

Electives . .             1 


Total 17  17 


'  Students  whose  ACT  score  in  Mathematics  is  20  or  below  must  take  Math,  1  the 
first  semester  of  their  Freshman  year. 

*  Students  must  elect  6  hours  in  the  Social  Sciences.  Two  courses  may  be  chosen 
from  five  fields:  Anthropology  1;  Economics  31  or  37;  Government  and  Politics  1; 
Psychology  1;  or  Sociology  1. 

"The  qualified  student  may  register  for  four  credits  in  Sc.Ed.  148  and  four  credits  in 
E.C.Ed.   149. 


12 


Physical  Education  Curriculum 

Sophomore  Year'  r-Semester-^ 

I  II 

Eng.  4 — World  Literature 3 

Zool.  14,  15 — Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology 4            4 

Social  Science  Elective 3 

Hist.  21 — American  History   3 

Science  Group  Requirement  (Chemistry  1  or  Physics  1) .  .  .  .  4 

Hea.  50— First  Aid    1 

Dance  52,  54 — Dance  Techniques 1             2 

P.  E.  66w,  68w — Skills  Laboratory   2            2 

P.  E.  77w — Aquatics    2 

P.  E.  82 — Organization  and  Administration  of  Intermurals . .  1 

Electives  2 


Total 17          17 

Junior  Year 

Fine  Arts  Elective . .             3 

History  Elective 3 

P.  E.  100— Kinesiology  4 

P.  E.  105,  107— Laboratory  Skills 2            2 

Educ.  1 1 1 — Foundations  of  Education 3 

P.  E.  114 — Methods  in  Physical  Education  in 

Secondary  Schools 4 

P.  E.  120 — Physical  Education  for  the  Elementary  Schools.  .  3 

P.  E.  12A — Theory  of  Coaching 2 

P.  E.   180 — Measurement  in  Physical  Education  and  Health  .  .             3 

Electives  2            3 


Total 17          17 

Senior  Year 

Ed.   110 — Human  Development  and  Learning   6 

Sec.  Ed.  145 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education  .  .             3 

Sec.  Ed.  148 — Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools . .             8 

P.  E.  133 — Adapted  Physical   Education 2 

P.  E.  160 — Theory  of  Exercise 3 

P.  E.   190 — Organization  and  Administration  of 

Physical  Education   . .             3 

P.  E.  193 — History  and  Philosophy  of  Sports  and 

Physical  Education  3 

Electives  6 

Total 18           16 


P.  E.  72w  may  be  required,  depending  upon  the  swimming  ability  of  the  student. 

13 


Physical  Education  Curriculum 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  DEGREE  IN  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  physical  education  in 
the  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health  are  as  follows: 

Men  Sent.  Cr. 

Professional  Physical  Education  courses  (P.E.  30,  50,  61, 

63,  65,  67,  77,  100,  105,  107,  114,  120,  (123  or  125  or 

126),  133,  160,  180,  181,  190,  193)    48 

Foundation  Science  courses  as  presented  (Zool.  1,  14,  15; 

Phys.  1  or  Chem.  1 )   16 

Education  courses  as  prescribed    20 

General  Education  Requirements 

(Eng.  1,  3,  4;  Fine  Arts  3  hrs.;  Hist.  21,  plus  3  hrs.; 

Math.  3  or  10;  Soc.  Sc.  6  hrs.;  Science,  as  shown  above)  27 

Specially  prescribed  requirements 

(Sp.  7)    2 

Health  courses  as  prescribed 

(Hea.  40,  50)   4 

Electives    19 

Total    136 

Women 

Professional  Physical  Education  courses    (P.E.   30,  40w, 

50,  52,  54,  62,  64,  66,  68,  77w,  82w,  100,  105,  107, 

114,  120,  124,  133,  160,  180,  190,  193)   51 

Foundation   Science  courses  as  prescribed   (Zool.    1,   14, 

15;  Phys.  1  or  Chem.  1 )    16 

Education  courses  as  prescribed   20 

General  Education  Requirements 

(Eng.  1,  3,  4;  Fine  Arts  3  hrs.;  Hist.  21,  plus  3  hrs.; 

Math.  3  or  10;  Soc.  Sc.  6  hours;  Science,  shown  above)  27 

Specially  prescribed  requirements 

(Sp.  7)    2 

Health  courses  as  prescribed 

(Hea.  40,  50)    4 

Electives    16 

Total    136 

MINOR  IN  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

20  semester  hours  in  physical  education  and  4  semester  hours  in  cognate 
areas. 

REQUIRED  COURSES 

Men— P.E.  30;  P.E.  61,  63,  65,  67,  (2-6');  P.E.  113;  P.E.  101  or  103. 
Women— P.E.  30;  P.E.  62,  64,  66,  68,  (2-6');  P.E.  114,  116;  P.E.  124, 
126. 

'  Selection  of  courses  will  be  made  according  to  student's  background. 

14 


Physical  Education  Curriculum 


ELECTIVE  COURSES 


Men  and  Women— P.E.  69,  78,  100;  P.E.  123;  P.E.  125;  P.E.  140;  P.E. 
160;  P.E.  180;  P.E.  190;  Hea.  110;  Hea.  120;  Rec.  30;  Rec.  40;  Rec.  100; 
Rec.  150;  Rec.  170. 

If  planning  to  teach,  the  cognate  courses  for  men  should  be  Hea.  40  and 
Hea.  50;  for  women,  Hea.  50  and  Hea.  120.  Men  should  include  P.E.  123 
or  P.E.  125  if  planning  to  coach. 

Note:  To  be  certified  to  teach  in  Maryland,  30  semester  hours  are  required  in  this 
area,  including  the  following  or  equivalent:  Zool.  14,  15;  Hea.  50:  P.E.  100, 
140;  Ed.  145  and  Ed.  148  including  at  least  25  hours  of  student  teaching. 

MINOR  IN  ELEMENTARY  SCHOOL  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 

There  are  two  plans  for  a  minor  in  elementary  school  physical  education. 
Plan  A  is  for  students  in  the  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation, 
and  Health,  and  Plan  B  is  for  students  outside  the  College  of  Physical  Edu- 
cation, Recreation,  and  Health. 

I.    Plan  A.  (for  students  in  this  College) 

10  semester  hours  in  elementary  school  physical  education  courses 
and  10  hours  in  cognate  areas. 
Required  courses 
P.E.  55,  57,  120,  195. 

Elective  courses 

10  hours  in  any  of  the  following  cognate  areas:  human  development, 
elementary  education,  biological  science,  health  education.  (Not  more 
than  6  hours  shall  be  taken  in  any  one  cognate  area.) 

Student  teaching 

Students  will  be  required  to  do  4  weeks  of  their  8  weeks  student  teach- 
ing at  the  elementary  school  level  in  physical  education. 

II.    Plan  B.  (for  students  outside  this  College) 

13  semester  hours  in  elementary  school  physical  education  courses  and 
10  hours  in  cognate  areas. 

Required  courses 

P.E.  55,  57,  120,  130,  195. 

Elective  courses 

10  hours  in  any  of  the  following  cognate  areas:  human  development, 
elementary  education,  biological  science,  health  education.  (Not  more 
than  6  hours  shall  be  taken  in  any  one  cognate  area.) 

RELATED   FIELDS   MINOR 

This  minor  requires  a  minimum  of  18  credit  hours  to  be  elected  from  any 
three  of  the  four  following  areas: 

15 


Dance  Curriculum 

I.    Health  Education  — 6  hours 

a.  Hea.  120 — Methods  and  Materials  in  Health  Education. 

b.  Hea.  150 — Health  Problems  of  Children  and  Youth. 

II.    Recreation — 6  hours 

a.  Rec.  120 — Program  Planning 

b.  Rec.  170 — General  Fundamentals  of  Recreation 

III.  Safety  Education — 6  hours 

a.  Hea.  70 — Safety  Education 

b.  Hea.  80 — The  Driver,  His  Characteristics  and  Improvement 

IV.  Dance — 6  hours* 

a.  P.E.  55 

b.  Dance  54,  70,  80 

c.  P.E.  50 

d.  Dance  60,  192 


DANCE 

With  the  increasing  recognition  of  the  importance  and  scope  of  dance  in 
educational  programs,  the  need  for  teachers  adequately  trained  in  dance 
far  exceeds  the  number  available.  The  professional  curriculum  in  dance  is 
constructed  to  meet  the  steadily  rising  demand  for  personnel  qualified  to 
teach  dance  in  college,  secondary,  elementary  schools,  in  camps,  recrea- 
tional agencies  and  in  preparation  for  dance  therapy. 

The  course  of  study  provides  general  background  knowledge  in  culture 
and  foundation  sciences  as  well  as  particularization  in  dance  skills,  theory 
and  p  ;ilosophy.  Courses  in  music,  theory,  acting  and  stagecraft  answer 
additit  lal  needs  for  dance  production  planning.  Students  are  urged  to  en- 
rich their  background  in  an  interchange  in  creative  arts  in  other  depart- 
ments ^f  the  University,  and  opportunity  is  given  to  serve  as  assistants  in 
the  no  i-professional  program. 

Through  electives  the  program  may  be  adapted  to  meet  the  interests  of  the 
particular  student,  combining  dance  with  fine  arts,  physical  education,  rec- 
reation, theatre,  speech  therapy,  nursery  school-kindergarten  education, 
psychology,  elementary  education. 

The  majors  in  dance  have  performance  opportunities  in  the  Dance  Group 
which  presents  one  major  concert  each  year,  and  the  Demonstration  Group 
which  performs  on  and  off  campus. 

Additional  dance  experience  is  available  in  nearby  Washington  for  the 
student  who  may  wish  to  visit  professional  studios.    Many  opportunities 


'  Selection    of    courses    will    be    made    according    to    student's    background    and 
interests  upon  consultation  with  the  dance  advisor. 

16 


Dance  Curriculum 


DANCE  CURRICULUM 

Freshman  Year° 

Eng.   1 — Composition  and  American  Literature      .  . 
G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government  -f  Soc.  Sc.  choice 

Zool.    1 — General  Zoology    

Speech  8 — Acting   

P.  E.  30 — Introduction  to  Physical  Education, 

Recreation  and  Health  

P.  E.   40— Basic   Body  Controls 

P.  E.  50— Rhythmic    Activities    

Dance    52 — Dance    Techniques    

P.  E.  62 — Elementary  Techniques  of  Sports   

Hea.  40 — Personal  and  Community  Health   

Math  10 — Introduction  to  Mathematics  "  


Total 


Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  4 — Composition  and  World  Literature    . 

Hist.  21  or  22 — History  plus  Hist.  Choice  

Zool.   14,   15 — Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology 

Dance  54 — Dance  Techniques    

Dance  60 — Dance  Composition    

Hea.  50 — First  Aid  and  Safety    

Music  20 — Survey  of  Music  Literature;  and 

Music  7 — Theory  of  Music  or  Music  16   .... 
Electives "    


TOTAL 


Junior  Year 

Dance  70,  80 — Intermediate  arKl  Advanced  Dance  

P.  E.   100 — Kinesiology     

P.  E.  114 — Methods  in  Physical  Education  for 

Secondary  Schools    

Dance  182 — History  of  Dance 

Dance   192 — Percussion  Accompaniment  and  Music  for  Dance 

Drama   Choice    

Art  or   Music    (100  Level)" 

Ed.  110 — Human  Development  and  Learning   

Electives "    

TOTAL    


f—Semester- 

I 

// 

3 

3 

3 

4 

3 

2 

2 

2 

1 

2 

3 

3 

16 

15 

3 

3 

3 

3 

4 

4 

2 

2 

1 

3 

3 

3 

81 

16 

2 

2 

4 

4 

3 

3 

3 

6 

6 

10 

1 

18 

81 

°  p.  E.  72  may  be  required,  depending  on  the  swimming  ability  of  the  student. 

'"Students  who  fail  the  qualifying  exam  take  Math   1. 

"Students  must  elect  one  of  the  following:  A.D.   1-Design,  Art  5,  Art   15,  Art  20. 

■^  P.  E.  90  Workshop  1-6  credits  required  of  dance  majors. 

"  By  permission  of  dance  adviser  only. 


17 


Dance  Curriculum 

Senior  Year  Semester 

I  II 

Dance  110 — Dance  Production  3 

Ed.   1 1 1 — Foundations  of  Education    3 

Dance  184 — TTieory  and  Philosophy  of  Dance 3 

P.  E.   190 — Administration  and  Supervision  of  Physical 

Education,  Recreation  and  Health   3 

Ed.   145 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education   .  3 

Ed.   148 — Student  Teaching  in  the  Secondary  Schools"  ....  8 

Electives "    10  1 

TOTAL    16  15 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  DEGREE  IN  DANCE" 

Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  physical  education,  with  a  major 
in  dance  are  as  follows: 

College  dance  courses  P.E.  50,  52,  54,  60,  70,  80, 

110,  182,  184,  192   22 

Prescribed  courses   in  related   areas  P.E.   30,   40,  62,    100,    114,   190; 

Music  7   or   16,  20;  Speech  8;  Art  or  Music   (100  Level)    Drama 

Choice;  Art  5,  Art  15,  or  Art  20 33 

Prescribed  Health  Courses  (Hea.  40,  50)    4 

General  requirements  Eng.  1,  3,  4;  H.  21,  22  and 

choice  Math;  G.  &  P.  1  plus  Soc.  Sc.  choice   24 

Foundation  Science  Courses  (Zool.  1,  14,  15)    12 

Education  courses  as  prescribed   17 

Electives     20 

TOTAL    132 

MINOR  IN  DANCE :  The  minor  in  dance  is  adapted  to  meet  the  needs  of  stu- 
dents majoring  in  such  areas  as  speech,  music,  art,  nursery  school-kinder- 
garten education,  psychology,  elementary  education,  recreation,  and  physi- 
cal education.  Other  combinations  may  be  considered  depending  on  the 
student's  interest  and  background. 

The  minor  shall  consist  of  a  significant  group  of  courses  totaling  18-20 
semester  hours.  The  required  courses  in  the  dance  area  will  be  chosen 
from  the  following:  Skills  in  Modern  Dance,  Dance  52,  54,  70,  80  (Begin- 
ning through  Advanced);  Dance  55,  Elementary  School  Rhythmic  Activ- 
ities; Dance  60,  Composition  and  Methods;  P.E.  50,  Rhythmic  Activities; 
Dance  110,  Dance  Production;  Dance  182,  History  of  Dance;  Dance  184, 
Theory  and  Philosophy  of  Dance;  Dance  192,  Percussion  and  Music  for 
Dance.  Electives  shall  be  selected  from  the  cognate  areas  depending  on  the 
student's  major.  All  programs  must  be  approved  by  the  department 
adviser. 

SUGGESTED  MINORS  FOR  THE  DANCE  MAJOR:  Music,  Art,  physical  educa- 
tion, recreation,  split  sociology-psychology,  speech  and  drama. 

"P.  5,  90  Workshop  1-6  credits  required  of  dance  majors. 

"When  Ed.  148  is  taken  Ed.  145,  P.  E.  190  must  be  scheduled  concurrently.  This 

may  be  done  either  semester. 

18 


Recreation  Curriculum 


RECREATION  CURRICULUM 


The  increased  amount  of  leisure  time  existent  in  our  society  because  of 
the  rapid  development  of  modern  civilization,  and  the  imperative  need 
for  guidance  in  the  wise  use  of  that  leisure  time  has  made  us  cognizant  of 
the  need  for  trained  recreation  leaders. 

This  curriculum,  therefore,  is  designed  to  meet  the  needs  of  students  who 
wish  to  qualify  for  the  many  positions  in  the  field  of  recreation,  and  the 
needs  of  those  students  who  desire  a  background  of  culture  and  skills 
which  will  enable  them  to  render  distinct  contributions  to  community  life. 
The  College  draws  upon  various  other  departments  and  colleges  within 
the  University  for  courses  to  balance  and  enrich  its  offerings  for  its  recrea- 
tion curriculum. 

Those  majoring  in  recreation  have  opportunity  for  observation  and  prac- 
tical experience  in  local,  county,  state  and  federal  public  recreation  pro- 
grams, in  social  and  group  work  agency  programs,  and  in  the  various 
programs  of  the  Armed  Forces,  American  Red  Cross,  local  hospitals,  etc. 
Major  students  are  encouraged  to  select  an  'option'  area  of  interest  around 
which  to  center  their  elective  courses  (for  instance:  public  recreation,  rec- 
reation for  the  ill  and  handicapped,  outdoor  recreation,  etc.) 

RECREATION  CURRICULUM  (Men  &  Women) 

Freshman  Year  Semester  Hrs. 

Eng.  1 — Composition   3 

Zool.  1  or  Bot.  1 — General  Zoology  or  General  Botany 4 

Soc.  1 — Introduction  to  Sociology 3 

Psych.  1 — Intrduction  to  Psychology 3 

Sp.  1 — Public  Speaking 3 

Math.  1 — Review  of  High  School  Algebra  (if  required) 0 

A.  D.  1 — Fundamentals  of  Design 3 

Fine  Arts  Requirement 3 

Rec.  30 — History  and  Introduction  to  Recreation 2 

Health  40 — Personal  and  Community  Health 3 

P.  E.  50 — Rhythmic  Activities   2 

Physical  Education  Activities  (60  Series,  or   105-107) 4 

(choice  of  activities  depends  upon  student's  background  and 
interest) 

Total 33 


19 


Recreation  Curriculum 

Sophomore  Year 

Semester  Hrs. 

Eng.  3  and  A — World  Literature 6 

Hist.  21  or  22— History  of  the  United  States 6 

(and  one  elective  History  course) 

G.  &  P.  1 — American  Government 3 

Math.  10 — Introduction  to  Mathematics 3 

Sp.  10 — Group  Discussion 2 

Cr.  2 — Simple  Crafts  2 

Music  16 — Fundamentals  for  the  Classroom  Teacher 3 

Rec.  40 — Camp  Counseling  and  Administration   (or  Rec.    150, 

if  experienced)    2 

Hea.  50— First  Aid  and  Safety 1 

Science  Requirement  4(or  3) 

Total 32 

Junior  Year 

Semester  Hrs. 

Soc.   1 18 — Community  Organization   3 

Sp.  113  or  127 — Play  Production  or  Children's  Dramatics 3 

P.  E.  114 — Methods  in  Physical  Education  for  Secondary  Schools  3 

Rec.   100 — Co-recreational  Games  and  Programs 2 

Rec.  110 — Naturelore     2 

Rec.    120 — Program  Planning 3 

Rec.   1 80 — Leadership  Techniques  and  Practices 3 

Option  requirements  and  electives 15 

Total 34 

Senior  Year 

Semester  Hrs. 

H.  D.  Ed.  106— Study  of  Human  Behavior 3 

Rec.  140 — Observation  and  Field  Work  in  Recreation 5 

Rec.  185 — Planning,  Design  and  Maintenance  of  Park  and  Rec- 
reation Areas  and  Facilities  3 

Rec.  190 — Organization  and  Administration  of  Recreation 3 

Option  requirements  and  electives 20 

Total 34 


NOTE:  Air  Science  is  optional 

Swimming  courses  will  be  required  only  of  non-swimmers 

Sp.  4,  Voice  and  Diction,  is  required  only  of  those  with  speech  problems 


20 


Recreation  Curriculum 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  DEGREE  IN  RECREATION 

Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  recreation  in  the 
College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health  are  as  follows: 

Men  and  Women 

Semester  Mrs. 
College  recreation  courses   (Rec.   10,  30,  40  or   150,   100,   110, 

120,  140.  180,  185,  190)   25-26 

Prescribed  courses  in  related  areas  (P.E.  50,  60  series — 4  cr.,  114; 

A.D.  1;  Cr.,  2;  Music  16;  Soc.  1,  118;  Sp.  1,  10,  113  or  127; 

Psych.  1;  H.D.Ed.  106)    37 

Additional    prescribed    courses    in    one    recreation    option    area 

(public  recreation,  recreation  for  the  ill  &  handicapped  or 

outdoor  recreation)    12 

Prescribed  Health  course  (Hea.  40,  50)    4 

General  Education  requirements   (Eng.  9  cr.;  Hist.  6  cr.;  Fine 

Arts  3  cr.;  Soc.  Sc.  3  cr.;  Science  8  cr.;  Math.  3  cr.)   32 

Electives  (to  encourage  proficiency  in  one  skill  area,  and  provide 

for  a  minor)    23 

Total 133 

MINOR   IN   RECREATION 

1 8  semester  hours  in  recreation  and  6  semester  hours  in  cognate  areas. 

REQUIRED   COURSES 

10  hours  in  Rec.  30,  40,  110,  120,  150,  170,  180,  185  or  190;  Rec. 
100;  Soc.  118. 

6  hours  of  work  in  areas  of  the  recreational  skills — nature,  arts  and 
crafts,  speech  and  dramatics — but  not  in  the  area  of  the  student's 
major. 

2  hours  of  work  in  the  areas  of  swimmine,  sports  and  dance  skills, 
(men)— P.E.  50,  59,  61,  63,  65,  67;  (vvomen)— P.E.  40,  50,  52, 
54,  56,  58,  62,  64,  66,  68,  72,  74,  76,  78. 

OR  other  courses  approved  by  the  student's  adviser  and  the  various 
departments  involved,  depending  upon  the  student's  interest  and 
background. 

ELECTIVE   COURSES 

6  hours  in  cognate  areas  of  sociology,  psychology,  etc.,  on  approval 
of  the  student's  adviser. 

RECOMMENDED   ELECTIVE   COURSES 

C.  Ed.  115,  116;  Cr.  3,  5,  20,  21,  30,  31,  40,  41;  Ed.  52,  147;  Ind. 
Ed.  2.  9;  Journ.  10;  Music  1,  4,  5,  10,  15,  50;  P.E.  180;  Pr.  Art 
38  or  39;  Psych.  121,  125,  126;  R.  Ed.  114;  Soc.  13,  14,  62,  113, 
131,  153;  Speech  102,  129. 

21 


Health  Education  Curriculum 
HEALTH  EDUCATION 

This  curriculum  is  designed  to  prepare  the  student  to  give  leadership  in 
the  development  of  the  school  health  education  program  including  (1) 
health  services,  (2)  healthful  environment,  and  (3)  health  teaching. 
Graduates  in  this  area  have  placement  opportunities  in  schools,  colleges, 
and  in  public  and  private  health  agencies.  The  minor  is  planned  to  be 
particularly  suitable  for  students  who  are  majoring  in  physical  education, 
education,  home  economics,  and  childhood  education. 


HEALTH  EDUCATION  CURRICULUM  FOR  MEN 

Freshman  Year 

Eng.  1,  3 — Composition  and  American  Literature 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life   

Zool.    1 — General   Zoology    

Speech   7 — Public   Speaking    

Hea.  30 — Introduction  to  Physical  Education,  Rec,  &  Health 

P.  E.  1 — Orientation  to  Physical  Education   

P.  E.   3 — Developmental   and  Combative  Sports    

Chem.  1 1,  13 — General  Chemistry 

Anth.    1 — Introduction  to  Anthropology    

Electives   

Total 

Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  4 — World  Literature    

History   

Zool.  14,  15 — Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology 

Hea.  40 — Personal  and  Community  Health 

Hea.  50 — First  Aid  and  Safety   

Hea.  70 — Safety  Education  

Phil.  1 — Introduction  to  Philosophy 

Math 

Electives  

Total 


—Semester- 
l  II 

3  3 

3 

4 
2 
2 
1 

1 
3  3 

3 
3  3 


17 


17 


-Semester— 

I        n 

3 


16 


3 
3 

18 


22 


Health  Education  Curriculum 


Junior  Year 

Microb.  1 — General  Microbiology   

Microb.   108 — Epidemiology  and  Public  Health    

Nutr.   20 — Elements  of  Nutrition    

Ed.  150 — Educational  Measurement  or 

Hea.  180 — Measurement  in  Physical  Education  and  Health 

Hea.  110 — Introduction  to  School  Education   

Hea.  120 — Methods  &  Materials  in  Health  Education   

Ed.  110 — Human  Development  and  Learning   

Psych.  1 — Introduction  to  Psychology   

Psych.  5 — Mental  Hygiene 

Ed.  1 1 1 — Foundatiorts  of  Education 

Electives  

Total   

Senior  Year 

Hea.  140 — Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation 

Hea.  150— Health  Problems  of  the  School  Child 

Hea.  190 — Administration  and  Supervision  of  School 

Health  Education    

Ed.  145 — Principles  and  Methods  of  Secondary  Education  . 

Ed.  148 — Student  Teaching  in  Secondary  Schools  "  

Electives   

Total  


r-Semester- 
I  II 

4 

2 
3 


2-3 
2 

6 
3 


3 
(6) 

3 

4 


14 


17 


17 


HEALTH  EDUCATION  CURRICULUM  FOR  WOMEN 

Freshman  Year 

Eng.  1,  3 — Composition  and  American  Literature 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life   

Zool.  1 — General  Zoology  

Speech  7 — Public  Speaking   

Hea.   30 — Introduction  to  Physical  Education,  Recreation, 

and  Health  

P.  E.  2,  4 — Orientation  Activities,  Swimming   

Chem.  1 1,  13 — General  Chemistry   

Anth.  1 — Introduction  to  Anthropology 

Electives  

Total 


17 


17 


"  When  Ed.   148  is  taken,  Ed.    145.  Hea.    140  and  Hea.    190   must   be  scheduled 
concurrently.   This  may  be  done  either  semester. 


23 


Health  Education  Curriculum 


r-Semester- 


SoPHOMORE  Year  I 

Eng.  4 — World  Literature 

History   3 

Zool.  14,  15 — Human  Anatomy  and  Physiology 4 

Hea.  40 — Personal  and  Community  Health   3 

Hea.  50 — First  Aid  and  Safety   

Hea.  70 — Safety  Education   

Phil.  1 — Introduction  to  Philosophy 3 

Math 

Electives  3 

Total 16 

Junior  Year 

Microb.  1 — General  Microbiology   4 

Microb  108 — Epidemiology  and  Public  Health 

Nutr.  20 — Elements  of  Nutrition    

Ed.   50 — Educational  Measurement  or 

Hea.  180 — Measurement  in  Physical  Education  and  Health  2-3 

Hea.  110 — Introduction  to  School  Health  Education 2 

Hea.  120 — Methods  and  Materials  in  Health  Education   .... 

Hea.  110 — Introduction  to  School  Health  Education   2 

Psych.   1 — Introduction  to  Psychology    3 

Psych.  5 — Mental  Hygiene    

Educ.  1 1 1 — Foundations  of  Education 3 

Electives  

Total    16-17 

Senior  Year 

Hea.  140 — Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation 3 

Hea.  150— Health  Problems  of  the  School  Child   

Hea.  190 — Administration  and  Supervision  of  School 

Health  Education    3 

Ed.  145 — Principles  of  High  School  Teaching   3 

Ed.  148 — Student  Teaching  in  the  Secondary  School  " .  .  .  .  8 

Electives  

Total  17 


// 

3 
3 
4 

1 
3 


17 


3 

4 
15 


14 


17 


"When  Ed.    148  is  taken  Ed.   145,  Hea.    140  and  Hea.    190  must  be  scheduled 
concurrently.  This  may  be  done  either  semester. 


24 


Health  Education  Curriculum 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  DEGREE  IN  HEALTH  EDUCATION 

Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  health  education  in 
the  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health  are  as  follows: 

Men  Sent.  Cr. 

Foundation  science  courses  (Zool.   1,   14,  15;  Microb.  1,  108;  Chem. 

11,  13)    24 

General  Requirements  (Eng.  1,  3,  4;  Phil.  1;  Anth.  1;  Soc.  1;  History 

(6  hours);  Math.  (3  hours) 27 

Other  specified  requirements   (Speech  7;  Psych.  1,  5;  Nutr.  20)    .      .        11 
Professional  Health  Education  courses   (30,  40,  50,  70,   110,   120,  140, 

150;  Ed.  150,  or  Hea.  180;  Hea.  190) 28 

Education  courses  (Ed.  110,  111;  Ed.  145,  148) 20 

University  requirements  in  physical  activity  (P.  E.  1,  3) 2 

Electives   21 

Total 130 

Women 

Foundation  science  courses  (Zool.  1,  14,  15;  Microb.  1,  108;  Chem. 

11,  13   24 

General  Requirements  (Eng.  1,  3,  4;  Phil.  1;  Anthrop.  1;  Soc.  1;  History 

(6  hours) ;  Math.    (3   hours)    27 

Other  specified  requirements  (Speech  7;  Psych.  1,  5;  Nut.  20)      .  11 

Professional  Health  Education  courses  (30,  40,  50,  70,  110,  120,  140, 

150;  Ed.   150,  or  Hea.   180;  Hea.   190) 28 

Education  courses  (Ed.  110,  111;  Ed.  145,  148) 20 

University  requirements  in  physical  activity  (P.  E.  2,  4) 2 

Electives   21 

Total 130 


MINOR   IN   HEALTH   EDUCATION 

12  semester  hours  in  health  education  and  12  semester  hours  in  related 
areas. 

REQUIRED   COURSES 

Hea.  40  (women);  Hea.  40  (men);  Hea.  50  (1),  Hea.  110  (2), 
Hea.  120  (3)  and  Hea.  150  (3>. 

ELECTIVE    COURSES    IN    RELATED   AREAS 

6  semester  hours  of  biological  sciences  and  6  semester  hours  of  psy- 
chology or  human  development. 

MINOR   IN   SAFETY   EDUCATION 

Students  wishing  to  obtain  a  minor  in  safety  education  and  become  certi- 
fied to  teach  Safety  and  Driver  Education  in  junior  and  senior  high  schools 


25 


Minors 

should  take  the  following  courses:  Hea.  50  (1 ),  Hea.  60  (2),  Hea.  70  (3), 
Hea.  80  (3),  Hea.  105  (3),  and  Hea.  145  (3);  F.P.  104  (3)  and 
F.P.  105  (3). 


MINOR  IN  OTHER  AREAS 

It  is  relatively  easy  for  any  student  majoring  in  one  curriculum  of  this 
College  to  complete  the  requirements  for  a  minor  in  a  cognate  area  of  the 
College,  as  indicated  after  each  major  curriculum.  Those  who  plan  to  teach 
in  the  public  schools  might  wish  to  also  qualify  in  another  area.  This 
is  more  diflEicult  with  the  Umited  number  of  elective  credits  and  must  be 
planned  carefully  in  advance.  If  it  seems  advisable,  the  Dean  may  waive 
certain  required  courses  to  allow  development  of  a  needed  minor,  or  the 
student  may  be  able  to  carry  a  heavier  load  than  normal  if  his  grade 
average  permits. 

Students  majoring  in  physical  education  or  health  education  should  begin 
preparing  for  a  teaching  minor  in  a  subject  matter  area  during  the  sopho- 
more year,  if  possible.  Many  opportunities  exist  in  junior  and  senior  high 
schools  for  a  combination  teacher  of  physical  education  and/or  coach 
and  a  teacher  of  science,  mathematics,  history,  etc.  For  a  teaching  minor, 
Ed.  140  should  be  taken  in  the  minor  field  and  student  teaching  should 
be  split  between  the  major  and  minor  fields. 

ENGLISH  MINOR 

A  minor  in  English  requires  23  semester  hours.  It  includes  9  semester 
hours  of  composition  and  literature,  3  semester  hours  of  advanced  Amer- 
ican literature,  and  11  hours  of  electives.  Electives  must  be  chosen  with 
the  approval  of  the  adviser  and  with  the  recommendations  of  the  English 
Department. 

MATHEMATICS  MINOR 

Two  options  should  be  noted  for  those  desiring  to  take  a  concentration 
in  math.  If  a  person  scored  in  Category  1  of  the  Math  Placement  Test, 
he  should  follow  option  1  —  if  he  scored  in  category  2,  he  should  follow 
option  2. 

Option  1  Option  2 

Math  18 3  hrs  Math  10 3 

Math  19 4  Math  11 3 

Math  20 4  Math  14 3 

Math  21 4  Math  15 3 

Math  100 3)  Math  100 3) 

Math  133 3)  any  one     Math  133 3)  any  one 

Math  170 4)  Math  170 4) 

18-19  15-16 

26 


Minors 


PSYCHOLOGY  MINOR 


For  a  minor  in  Psychology  at  least  21  semester  hours  are  required.  The 
student  should  select  either  the  biological  or  the  sociological  approach  to 
this  minor. 

A,  Biological:  Psychology  1,  Introduction  to  Psychology  (3);  Psychol- 
ogy 26,  Developmental  Psychology  (3);  Psychology  90,  Statistical 
Methods  in  Psychology  (3);  Psychology  145,  Experimental  Psychology 
— Sensory  Processes  (4);  Psychology  146,  Experimental  Psychology 
— Learning,  Motivation  and  Problem  Solving  (4);  Psychology  148, 
Psychology  of  Learning  ( 3 ) ;  Psychology  1 80,  Physiological  Psychology 
(3). 

B.  Sociological:  Psychology  1,  Introduction  to  Psychology  (3);  Psychol- 
ogy 5,  Personality  and  Adjustment  (3);  Psychology  21,  Social  Psy- 
chology (3);  Psychology  26,  Developmental  Psychology  (3);  Psy- 
chology 90,  Statistical  Methods  in  Psychology  (3);  Psychology  147, 
Experimental  Psychology — Social  Behavior  (4);  Psychology  148, 
Psychology  of  Learning  (3). 

SOCIAL  SCIENCE  MINOR 

For  a  minor  in  this  group,  24  semester  hours  are  required  as  follows:  His- 
tory, 18  semester  hours  (including  one  year  each  of  American  and  Euro- 
pean history),  economics,  sociology,  government,  consumer  education  or 
geography,  6  semester  hours. 

SCIENCE  MINORS 

A.  General  Science:  30  semester  hours  are  required  for  a  minor  in  general 
science  including  the  following  courses:  Chem.  1,3,  General  Chemistry 
(4,  4);  Zool.  1,  General  Zoology  (4);  Bot.  1,  General  Botany  (4); 
Phys.  1,  2,  Elements  of  Physics  (3,  3)  or  Phys.  10,  11,  Fundamentals 
of  Physics  (4,  4).  The  remaining  6  or  8  semester  hours  will  be  chosen 
subject  to  the  approval  of  the  student's  major  adviser  and  of  the  science 
department  in  which  his  interest  lies.  Zool.  14  and  15  (4,  4)  are 
approved  courses. 

B.  Biological  Minor:  20  semester  hours  are  required  for  a  biological 
minor  and  will  include  the  following  courses:  Zool.  1,  General  Zool- 
ogy (4);  Zool.  14,  and  15,  Human  Anatomy  and  Human  Physiology 
(4,  4);  Chem.  1,  General  Chemistry  (4);  Bot.  1,  General  Botany  (4). 

C.  Minors  of  20  semester  hours  are  also  offered  in  chemistry  and  physics. 
A  minor  in  physics  must  be  supported  by  a  one-year  course  in  chemis- 
try. A  minor  in  chemistry  must  be  supported  by  a  one-year  course 
in  physics.  Other  courses  will  be  chosen  subject  to  the  approval  of 
the  student's  major  advisor  and  the  science  department  in  which  the 
student's  interest  Ues. 

27 


Physical  Therapy 

SOCIOLOGY  MINOR 

For  a  minor  in  Sociology  at  least  18  semester  hours  are  required  as  fol- 
lows: Sociology  1,  Sociology  of  American  Life  (3);  Sociology  2,  Princi- 
ples of  Sociology  (3);  three  semester  hours  chosen  from  Sociology  112, 
Rural-Urban  Relations  (3),  Sociology  114,  The  City  (3),  Sociology 
118,  Community  Organization  (3);  either  Sociology  5,  Anthropology 
(3)  or  Sociology  105,  Cultural  Anthropology  (3);  three  semester  hours 
chosen  from  a  social  psychology  group — Sociology  141,  Sociology  of 
Personality  (3),  Sociology  145,  Social  Control  (3),  Sociology  180, 
Small  Group  Analysis  (3);  and  three  semester  hours  from  an  applied 
sociology  group — Sociology  111,  Sociology  of  Occupations  and  Careers 
(3),  Sociology  115,  Industrial  Sociology  (3),  Sociology  116,  MiUtary 
Sociology  (3),  Sociology  121,  Population  (3),  Sociology  131,  Introduc- 
tion to  Social  Service  (3),  147,  Sociology  of  Law  (3),  Sociology  153, 
Juvenile  Delinquency  (3),  Sociology  186,  Sociological  Theory  (3). 

SPEECH  MINOR 

A  minor  of  22  semester  hours  is  offered  in  speech.  The  minimum  require- 
ments for  this  minor  are  12  semester  hours  in  addition  to  the  10  semester 
hours  of  departmental  requirements  in  Speech  1,  2,  3,  and  4.  The  12 
semester  hours  above  the  departmental  requirements  must  include  6  semes- 
ter hours  of  courses  numbered  100  or  higher.  All  program  for  minors 
must  be  approved  by  the  departmental  adviser. 

PHYSICAL  THERAPY 

This  course  of  study  as  offered  by  the  University  of  Maryland  is  approved 
by  the  Council  on  Medical  Education  and  Hospitals  of  the  American 
Medical  Association  in  collaboration  with  the  American  Physical  Therapy 
Association  and  prepares  the  student  to  meet  the  qualifications  for  licensure 
of  physical  therapists. 

The  first  two  years  of  the  curriculum  are  planned  as  studies  in  liberal 
arts  and  specified  sciences,  which  are  basic  for  courses  taken  in  the  last  two 
years  of  specialization.  The  freshman  and  sophomore  years  are  taken  on 
the  campus  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at  College  Park.  The  junior  and 
senior  years  are  taken  on  the  campus  of  the  University  of  Maryland  at 
Baltimore,  Department  of  Physical  Therapy,  School  of  Medicine.  After 
completion  of  the  senior  year  three  additional  months  of  supervised  clinical 
experience  are  necessary  in  order  to  meet  the  national  requirements  for 
accreditation  in  this  specialty.  Upon  the  satisfactory  fulfillment  of  the  four 
year  course  a  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  is  awarded  by  the  College  of 
Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health.  At  the  satisfactory  comple- 
tion of  the  required  months  of  clinical  experience  a  Certificate  of  Pro- 
ficiency in  Physical  Therapy  is  granted  by  the  School  of  Medicine.  For 
more  detailed  information,  write  to  Head  of  the  Department  of  Physical 
Therapy,  School  of  Medicine,  University  of  Maryland,  520  West  Lombard 
Street,  Baltunore,  Maryland  21201. 

2S 


Physical  Therapy  Curriculum 


FRESHMAN  AND  SOPHOMORE  PROGRAM- 
COLLEGE  PARK  CAMPUS 

Freshman  Year 

Eng.  1 — Composition  and  American  Literature  "   

PhiL  1 — Introduction  to  Philosophy  "    

(or  a  course  in  Fine  Arts) 

Chem.  1,  3 — General  Chemistry 

Zool.  1,  2 — General  Zoology,  The  Animal  Phyla 

Math.   10,   11 — Introduction  to  Mathematics"   

Speech  7,  10 — Public  Speaking,  Group  Discussion 

P.  T.  10,  11 — Physical  Therapy  Orientation  

P.  E. — Physical  Activities 

Total 


r-Semester- 
l  II 


17 


4 
4 
3 
2 
0 
1 

17 


Sophomore  Year 

Eng.  3,  A — Composition  and  World  Literature    3 

Phys.  10,  1 1 — Fundamentals  of  Physics   4 

Zool.  5 — Comparative  Vertebrate  Morphology 4 

G.  &  P.  1 — Anthropology  1,  Economics  31  or  37  " 

Psych.  1 — Introduction  to  Psychology   3 

Soc.  1 — Sociology  of  American  Life 

P.  T.  20,  21 — Physical  Therapy  Foundations 1 

Electives 1-3 

Total 16-18 


3 
1 

1-3 


15-17 


Junior  Year 

Anat.  103  (a)  &  (b) — Human  Anatomy   

Physiol.   101 — General  Human  Physiology    

Path.    105— Pathology    

P.  T.  106  (a)  &  (b) — Professional  Relation,  Ethics  and 

Clinical  Observation   

P.  T.  107 — Physical  Therapy  Theory  and  Technique  I 

P.  T.  108 — Physical  Therapy  Theory  and  Technique  II 

P.  T.  110  (a)  &  (b) — Principles  of  Physical  Therapy  Applied 

to  Medical  and  Surgical  Conditions 

History — U.  S.  and  non-U.  S.  History  "   

Psych.  5 — Personality  and  Adjustment 

Psych.  1 10 — Educational  Psychology 

Total 


5V2 
5 


% 


18 


3 

2 

IH 

3 
3 

18% 


"  Selection  of  appropriate  courses  is  based  on  results  of  entrance  examinations  and 
requirements  of  the  General  Education  Program. 


29 


Physical  Therapy  Curriculum 

r-Semester—,, 

Senior  Year  /  // 

Psych.  161 — Psychology  of  the  Handicapped  1 

P.  T.  102 — Physiology  of  Exercise 1 

P.  T.  104 — Functional  Anatomy  2% 

P.  T.  151 — Therapeutic  Exercise  5 

P.  T.  152— Rehabilitation  3 

P.  T.  153— Physical  Therapy  Theory  and  Technique  III  ...  .  3 

P.  T.  154 — Interprofessional  and  Social  Agencies  Correlation  . .  1 

P.  T.  156 — Current  Literature   1 

P.  T.   157 — Administration  and  Clinical  Observation   1 

P.  T.  158  (a)  &  (b)— Clinical  Experience 1  5 

P.  T.  160  (a)  &  (b)— Principles  of  Physical  Therapy  Applied 

to  Medical  and  Surgical  Conditions  3  2 

Total 16%       13 

Clinical  Experience — 1 1  weeks,  June,  July  and  August 

REQUIREMENTS  FOR  DEGREE  IN  PHYSICAL  THERAPY 

Requirements  for  the  Bachelor  of  Science  degree  in  the  College  of  Phys- 
ical Education,  Recreation,  and  Health,  major  in  physical  therapy,  are 
as  follows: 

Freshman  and  Sophomore  Program — College  Park  Campus 

Sem.  Cr. 

Biological  Science  Courses  (Zool.  1,  2,  5) 12 

Physical  Science  Courses  (Chem.  1,  3;  Phys.  10,  11) 16 

Mathematics  Courses  (Math.  10,  1 1 ) 6 

Social  Science  Courses  (Soc.  1  or  Anth.  1  or  Econ.  31  or  Econ.  37; 

G.  &  P.  1;  Psych.  1) 9 

English  Courses  (Eng.  1,  3,  4) 9 

Philosophy  or  Fine  Arts  Course 3 

Physical  Education  Courses 2 

Speech  Courses  (Speech  7,  10) 4 

Professional  Courses  (P.  T.  10,  1 1,  20,  21) 2 

Total 63 

Junior  and  Senior  Program — Baltimore  Campus 

Biological  Science  Courses  (Anat.  103;  Physiol.  101) .. 13% 

Medical  Science  Courses  (Path.  105) 2 

Social  Science  Courses  (Psych.  5,  110,  161)  (Hist.  6  hrs.) 13 

Professional  Courses  (P.  T.  102,  104,  106,  107,  108,  110,  151,  152,  153, 

154,  155,  156,  157,  158,  160) 37% 

Total 66 

Grand  Total 129 

To  begin  the  Junior  Program  on  the  Baltimore  Campus  a  student  must 
have  completed  at  least  61  academic  semester  hours  of  credit  with  a  2.0 
average  (including  the  courses  in  mathematics;  physical  and  biological 
sciences)  and  a  year  of  physical  education. 


30 


Graduate  Study 
GRADUATE  STUDY 

The  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health  offers  course 
work  in  the  areas  of  physical  education,  recreation  and  health  education 
leading  to  the  degree  of  Master  of  Arts,  Doctor  of  Education,  and  Doctor 
of  Philosophy.  Persons  not  interested  in  an  advanced  degree  may  take 
course  work  for  purposes  of  teaching  certification,  renewal  of  certifica- 
tion, or  professional  growth.  Within  the  three  major  areas — physical 
education,  recreation,  and  health  education — special  study  and  research 
are  available  along  the  following  lines:  (1)  Physical  Education — elemen- 
tary, secondary,  Jiigher  education  and  research,  administration,  athletics, 
and  dance;  (2)  Recreation — public  and  municipal,  industrial,  hospital, 
youth-serving  organizations  and  agencies,  outdoor  education,  camp  ad- 
ministration, and  higher  education  and  research;  (3)  Health  Education 
— elementary,  secondary,  higher  education  and  research,  safety  educa- 
tion, and  service  organizations  and  agencies. 

Special  Study 

Graduate  students  are  encouraged  to  pursue  advanced  study  along  lines 
of  their  special  interests.  The  wealth  of  research  sources  close  to  the 
University  make  such  study  possible.  In  addition,  the  College  of  Physical 
Education,  Recreation,  and  Health  places  at  the  disposal  of  graduate 
students  a  modem,  spacious,  well-equipped  research  laboratory. 

General  Regulations  Governing  Graduate  Work 

Persons  wishing  to  pursue  graduate  study  must  first  gain  admittance  to 
the  Graduate  School.  Application  blanks  for  this  purpose  can  be  obtained 
by  writing  to  the  Dean  of  the  Graduate  School.  Admittance  to  Graduate 
School  entitles  one  to  enroll  in  courses  numbered  200  and  above  and  to 
pursue  course  work  leading  to  an  advanced  degree.  Courses  numbered 
200  or  above  are  graduate  courses  whereas  courses  numbered  from  100 
to  199  are  advanced  undergraduate  and  graduate  courses.  Persons  not 
admitted  to  the  Graduate  School  may  enroll  as  special  students  in  courses 
numbered  under  200.  To  be  admitted  for  graduate  study,  the  applicant 
must: 

(1)  be  a  graduate  of  an  accredited  college  or  university. 

(2)  have  a  "B"  average  or  its  equivalent  during  the  last  two  years  of 
undergraduate  work,  or  have  demonstrated  either  at  the  University 
of  Maryland  or  some  other  accredited  institution  the  ability  to  do 
graduate  level  work,  and 

(3)  have  the  necessary  prerequisite  course  work  with  a  minimum  of 
16  semester  credit  hours  in  the  subject  field  in  which  the  applicant 
wishes  to  specialize. 

31 


Graduate  Study 


Master  of  Arts  Degree 


The  Master  of  Arts  degree  is  awarded  for  successful  completion  of  a 
minimum  of  30  hours  of  advanced  study  beyond  the  undergraduate  level. 
The  Master's  degree  represents  more  than  mere  class  attendance.  It 
represents  professional  competency  and  the  demonstrated  ability  to  do 
critical  thinking. 

The  student  seeking  the  Master  of  Arts  degree  must  declare  a  major  sub- 
ject field  and  a  minor  subject  field.  Twelve  to  fifteen  credit  hours  will  be 
in  the  major  area  and  nine  to  twelve  hours,  depending  upon  the  number 
in  the  major  area,  will  be  in  the  minor  field.  The  remaining  six  hours  are 
made  available  to  the  student  in  order  that  he  may  study,  relatively  in- 
tensely, any  problem  or  topic  in  which  he  has  a  special  interest.  This 
study  culminates  in  a  written  report — thesis. 

The  program  for  the  Master's  degree  is  relatively  flexible  with  only  one 
course,  (P.E.  210),  three  credit  hours,  being  required.  All  other  course 
work  is  elective,  subject  to  the  adviser's  approval.  The  student,  in  conjunc- 
tion with  the  help  of  an  adviser,  works  out  a  program  of  study  suitable  to 
the  student's  special  needs  and  interests.  During  the  term  of  initial  enroll- 
ment in  graduate  study,  the  student  takes  the  Graduate  Diagnostic  Ex- 
amination. The  purpose  of  this  examination  is  to  help  the  student  and 
adviser  to  discover  areas  of  strength  and  weakness.  This  provides  informa- 
tion needed  'n  directing  the  course  of  study.  Upon  completion  of  all  course 
work,  includmg  the  research  project,  the  candidate  undergoes  a  final  oral 
examination  which  is  directed  primarily  toward  the  student's  research. 

Half-time  graduate  assistants  working  toward  the  Master's  Degree  should 
note  that  they  may  take  only  ten  credit  hours  per  semester  during  the  fall 
and  spring  terms  and  six  credit  hours  in  Summer  School.  Consequently, 
a  graduate  assistant  in  order  to  obtain  the  Master's  Degree,  must  attend 
the  University  at  least  three  full  semesters,  or  two  semesters  and  two 
summer  sessions. 

The  Doctor  of  Education  Degree 

The  Doctor  of  Education  degree  is  a  professional  degree  offered  in  con- 
junction with  the  College  of  Education.  Persons  who  are  interested  pri- 
marily in  administrative  and  teaching  positions  in  public  school  and  related 
fields  are  encouraged  to  pursue  this  degree. 

The  degree  is  awarded  for  successful  completion  of  a  minimum  of  90 
hours  of  graduate  credit  and  a  demonstrated  competency  in  the  study  and 
solution  of  problems  related  to  the  student's  field  of  endeavor. 

At  least  30  class  hours  of  the  minimum  of  90  hours  must  be  taken  on 
the  College  Park  campus.  The  number  of  hours  that  can  be  transferred 
from  another  institution  is  subject  to  the  decision  of  the  Graduate  Council. 
Each  student  is  expected  to  select  and  carry  to  successful  completion  a 

32 


Graduate  Study 

research  project  of  particular  interest  to  him.  This  project  is  reported  in 
the  form  of  a  thesis  and  may  carry  from  six  to  nine  hours  of  credit.  In 
addition,  each  student  must  demonstrate  his  ability  to  translate  German 
or  French  and  Spanish.  In  pursuing  the  Doctor  of  Education  degree, 
the  candidate  must  select  an  area  of  major  emphasis  and  one  or  two  areas 
of  minor  emphasis.  Each  candidate  must  take  certain  graduate  back- 
ground tests,  and  must  successfully  pass  the  following  academic  exam- 
inations: a  six-hour  preliminary  examination  taken  relatively  early  in  the 
program,  a  final  written  comprehensive  examination  covering  the  entire 
graduate  course  of  study,  and  a  final  oral  or  written  examination  directed 
primarily  toward  the  research  project. 

The  Doctor  of  Philosophy  Degree 

The  Doctor  of  Philosophy  degree  is  offered  primarily  for  those  persons 
interested  in  preparing  themselves  for  positions  in  teaching  and  research 
on  the  college  and  university  level.  A  minimum  of  90  credit  hours  is 
required  for  this  degree,  plus  the  demonstrated  ability  to  do  scholarly 
work  and  research.  At  least  thirty  of  the  90  hours  must  be  taken  on 
the  College  Park  campus  and  the  amount  of  credit  that  can  be  transferred 
from  other  institutions  is  subject  to  the  decision  of  the  Graduate  Council. 
Each  student  must  select  and  carry  to  completion  a  research  project 
which  may  carry  from  12  to  18  hours  of  credit.  Course  work  must  be 
planned  on  the  basis  of  a  major  subject  field  and  one  or  two  closely 
related  minor  subject  fields.  In  addition  to  class  work,  the  student  must 
demonstrate  a  reading  proficiency  in  German  and  French  or  Spanish, 
and  also  successfully  pass  two  examinations :  ( 1 )  a  comprehensive  written 
and  oral  preliminary  examination,  and  (2)  a  final  oral  and/or  written 
examination. 

Doctoral  Residence 

The  requirements  of  residency  for  both  the  Ed.  D.  and  Ph.  D.  candidates 
can  be  fulfilled  by  presence  on  the  campus  for  two  semesters  during 
the  fall  and  spring  terms.  In  unusual  circumstances,  the  time  may  be  pro- 
rated over  more  than  two  semesters. 

General  Advanced  Study 

Students  who  are  not  seeking  a  degree,  but  are  doing  advanced  study  to 
fulfill  some  special  need  or  renewal  of  teaching  certification,  are  encour- 
aged to  select  an  adviser  and  to  plan  a  program  designed  to  help  them 
best  achieve  their  objectives. 

Prerequisites  for  Advanced  Study 

The  course  prerequisite  for  advanced  study  in  each  of  the  three  areas, 
physical  education,  recreation,  and  health  are  listed  below.  In  certain 
instances  experience  or  equivalent  courses  may  be  substituted  for  the 
courses  listed.    Students  who  are  deficient  in  only  one  or  two  subjects 

33 


Graduate  Study 

may  be  admitted  on  a  provisional  basis,  with  the  understanding  that  the 

deficiencies  will  be  made  up  as  soon  as  possible. 

The  following  courses,  or  their  equivalents,  are  prerequisites  for  advanced 

study: 

A.  Physical  Education — human  anatomy,  physiology,  history  and  princi- 
ples of  physical  education,  theory  of  exercise  (physiology  of  exer- 
cise), kinesiology,  adapted  physical  education,  measurement,  methods, 
activity  skills,  administration,  practice  teaching  (teaching  experience), 
and  human  development  (educational  psychology). 

Note:  Courses  shown  in  the  brackets  above  are  the  equivalents  of 
the  courses  after  which  they  are  shown.  Measurement,  administration, 
kinesiology  and  theory  of  exercise  may  be  taken  for  graduate  credit 
if  they  have  not  been  taken  on  the  undergraduate  level.  The  student 
is  expected  to  carry  out  a  special  research  project  if  an  advanced 
undergraduate  course  (100  level),  is  to  carry  graduate  credit. 

B.  Recreation — psychology,  sociology,  principles  of  recreation,  adminis- 
tration, basic  sciences,  recreational  skills  laboratory,  and  practical 
experience. 

C.  Health  Education — biological  sciences,  bacteriology,  human  anatomy, 
physiology,  chemistry,  psychology,  measurement,  administration,  prin- 
ciples of  health,  and  field  work. 

Graduate  Assistantships 

A  number  of  teaching  and  research  assistantships  are  available  to  quali- 
fied individuals.  These  assistantships  carry  a  stipend  of  $2,000  for  the 
academic  year,  and  exemption  from  all  fixed  charges.  Graduate  assist- 
ants may  carry  up  to  ten  hours  of  academic  work.  Persons  interested  in  an 
assistantship  should  write  directly  to  Dean  L.  M.  Fraley,  College  of  Phys- 
ical Education,  Recreation,  and  Health. 

Persons  interested  in  additional  information  concerning  the  graduate 
program  should  refer  to  the  Graduate  School  Announcements. 


34 


Course  Offerings 


The  University  reserves  the  right  to  withdraw  or  discontinue  any  course 
for  which  an  insufficient  number  of  students  have  registered  to  warrant 
giving  the  course.  In  such  an  event,  no  fee  will  be  charged  for  transfer  to 
another  course. 

Courses  are  designated  by  numbers  as  follows: 

1  to  99:   courses  for  undergraduates. 

100  to  199:  courses  for  advanced  undergraduates  and  graduates. 

200  to  299:  courses  for  graduates  only. 

A  separate  schedule  of  courses  is  issued  each  semester,  giving  the  hours, 
places  of  meeting,  and  other  information  required  by  the  student  in  making 
out  his  program.    Students  obtain  these  schedules  when  they  register. 

Physical  education  fee  per  semester  (to  be  charged  any  student  enrolled 
in  any  physical  activity  course),  $6.00. 


PHYSICAL  EDUCATION 


p.  E.  30.  Introduction  to  Physical  Education,  Recreation,   and 
Health.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Development  of  understanding  and  appreciation  of 
the  historic  and  significant  purpose  and  place  of  each  of  the  specialized  areas 
in  general  education.  A  study  of  the  educational  and  personal  requirements 
and  opportunities  of  a  career  in  each  professional  area.  Students  will  become 
acquainted  with  the  status  and  trends  of  each  area. 

P.  E.  40w  Fundamentals  of  Movement  (2) 

First  and  second  semester — three  hours  a  week.  Introduction  to  analysis  of 
muscular  activity;  conditioning  exercises  and  programs;  improvement  of  physi- 
cal fitness;  mechanical  principles  related  to  sports  activities. 

P.  E.  50  Rhythmic  Activities  (2) 

First  and  second  semester.  Lab.  fee,  $6.00 — three  hours  a  week.  Develop- 
ment of  rhythmic  sensitivity  through  an  analysis  of  rhythm  and  its  application 
to  movement,  skills  in  folk,  square  and  social  dance,  teaching  techniques  for 
use  in  schools  and  recreational  programs. 

P.  E.  55.  Elementary  School  Rhythmic  Activities.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  This  course  surveys  the  various 
types  of  rhythmic  activities  suitable  for  use  in  the  elementary  school.  Basic 
rhythms,  singing  games,  and  folk  and  square  dancing  are  considered  in  terms  of 
their  use  at  the  various  grade  levels  as  well  as  the  best  accepted  methods  of 
teaching  these  activities. 

35 


Physical  Education 

P.  E.  57.  Elementary  School  Skills  and  Self-Testing  Activities. 

(2) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  This  course  surveys  the  various  types 
of  skills  and  stunt  and  tumbling  activities  suitable  for  use  in  the  elementary 
school.  These  activities  are  considered  in  terms  of  their  use  at  the  various 
grade  levels  as  well  as  the  best  accepted  methods  of  teaching. 

P.  E.  61,  63.  Skills  Laboratory.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Six  hours  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $6.00.  Pro- 
gressive techniques  and  practice  of  skills  in  apparatus,  calisthenics,  cross- 
country, dual  recreation  activities,  mass  games  and  relays,  soccer,  touch  foot- 
ball, track,  tumbling,  and  volleyball. 

P.  E.  62,  64.  Skills  Laboratory.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Six  hours  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $6.00.  Pro- 
gressive techniques  and  practice  of  seasonal  sports,  stunts,  tumbling,  and 
gymnastic  exercises. 

P.  E.  65,  67,  Skills  Laboratory.   (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Six  hours  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $6.00.  Pro- 
gressive techniques  and  practice  of  skills  in  basketball,  baseball,  football 
and  wrestling. 

P.  E.  66,  68.  Skills  Laboratory.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Six  hours  a  week.  Prerequisites,  P.  E.  40,  62,  64. 
Laboratory  fee,  $6.00.   Techniques  of  selected  team  and  individual  sports. 

P.  E.  69.  Skills  Laboratory.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  hours  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $6.00.  Pre- 
requisite, P.  E.  61.  Provides  experience  in  complex  gymnastic  activities  above 
the  elementary  phase. 

P.  E.  7L  Elementary  Swimming.  (1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Laboratory  fee,  $6.00.  Progressive  techniques 
and  practice  of  elementary  swimming.  Course  includes  basic  and  intermediate 
swimming  instruction. 

P.  E.  72w.  Elementary  Swimming  and  Diving.  ( 1 ) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  hours  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $6.00.  Pro- 
gressive techniques  and  practice  in  the  elementary  phase  of  swimming  and 
diving,  designed  to  make  the  student  self-sufficient  in  deep  water. 

P.  E.  73.  Advanced  Swimming.  (1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  P.  E.  71,  or  equivalent.  Laboratory 
fee,  $6.00.  Progressive  techniques  and  practice  of  advanced  swimming  skills, 
water  stunts  and  survival  swimming. 

P.  E.  74w.  Intermediate  Swimming  and  Diving.  ( 1 ) 

First  and  second  semesters.    Three  hours  a  week.    Prerequisite,  P.  E.  72,  or 

equivalent.    Laboratory  fee,  $6.00.   Continuation  of  the  techniques  in  P.  E.  72 

to  include  proficiency  in  the  standard  swimming  strokes  and  the  ability  to 
perform  a  fully  coordinated  standing  dive. 

P.  E.  75.  Life  Saving  and  Water  Safety.  (1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  hours  a  week.  Prerequisites,  P.  E.  73,  or 
equivalent.  Laboratory  fee,  $6.00.  Progressive  techniques  and  practice  of  life 
saving  and  water  safety  skills.  Course  includes  the  Senior  Life  Saving  material 
of  the  American  Red  Cross  and  the  Y.M.C.A.  It  is  possible  to  secure  the 
American  Red  Cross  Water  Safety  Instructorship  through  this  course. 

36 


Physical  Education 
P.  E.  76w.  Advanced  Swimming  and  Life  Saving.  (1) 

First  and  second  semester — three  hours  a  week.  Prerequisite,  P.  E.  74  or 
equivalent.  American  Red  Cross  Senior  Life  Saving,  advanced  swimming 
strokes,  and  diving. 

P.  E.  77mw.  Methods  of  Aquatics.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  hours  a  week.  Prerequisites,  P.  E.  73,  or 
equivalent.  Laboratory  fee,  $6.00.  This  course  is  designed  to  train  students  for 
aquatic  leadership  in  schools,  camps  and  clubs.  Course  includes  teaching 
methods,  administration,  facilities  and  equipment. 

P.  E.  78w.  Water  Safety.  (1) 

First  and  second  semester — three  hours  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Current  American 
Red  Cross  Senior  Life  Saving  certificate,  or  successful  completion  of  P.  E.  76 
or  equivalent.  This  course  is  designed  to  prepare  students  to  teach  swimming 
and  life  saving  and  enable  students  to  secure  the  American  Red  Cross  Water 
Safety  Instructorship. 

P.  E.  79.  Fancy  Diving.  (1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  hours  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $6.00.  Pro- 
gressive techniques  and  practice  of  fancy  diving.  Course  will  include  work 
on  the  five  categories  of  dives. 

P.  E.  82w.  Organization  and  Administration  of  Intramurals.  (1) 

First  and  second  semester — three  hours  a  week.  Organization  and  adminis- 
tration of  intramural  programs,  tournaments,  techniques  of  officiating  women's 
sports.    Opportunity  to  qualify  for  officials'  ratings  in  hockey  and  basketball. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates " 

P.  E.  100.  Kinesiology.   (4)" 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Three  lectures  and  two  laboratory 
hours  a  week.  Prerequisites,  Zool.  1,  14,  and  15,  or  the  equivalent.  The  study 
of  human  movement  and  the  physical  and  physiological  principles  upon  which 
it  depends.  Body  mechanics,  posture,  motor  efficiency,  sports,  the  performance 
of  atypical  individuals,  and  the  influence  of  growth  and  development  upon 
motor  performance  are  studied. 

P.  E.  101,  103.  Organization    and    Officiating    in    Intramurals. 
(1,  1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Six  hours  a  week.  Organizations,  administration, 
and  promotion  of  intramurals  at  various  school  levels.  Types  of  tournaments, 
units  of  competition,  handling  of  student  leader  personnel,  etc. 

P.  E.  105,  107.  Skills  Laboratory.  (2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Four  hours  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $6.00.  Pre- 
requisite, junior  standing.  Open  to  male  students  preparing  for  teaching.  Ex- 
perience in  individual  and  dual  neuro-muscular  sports  skills  for  the  physical 
education  major  student. 


'"  This  course  may  be  taken  for  graduate  credit  with  the  permission  of  the 
advisor.  Students  taking  100  level  courses  for  graduate  credit  will  be  expected  to 
carry  out  a  special  project. 

37 


Physical  Education 

P.  E.  114.  Methods  in  Physical  Education  for  Secondary 

Schools.  (4) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  lectures  and  a  lab.  each  week.  Application 
of  educational  philosophy  and  principles  to  class  organization  and  teaching 
techniques  in  individual  sports,  recreational  games,  gymnastics,  body  mechanics, 
and  dance  for  junior  and  senior  high  school  programs. 

P.  E.  115.  Methods  and  Materials  for  Secondary  Schools.  (1) 

Second  semester.  Three  laboratory  hours  per  week  arranged.  Prerequisite, 
P.  E.  113.  This  is  a  laboratory  course  designed  to  help  the  student  acquire 
practical  experience  in  the  courses  of  the  University  required  program.  The 
student  will  be  given  the  opportunity  to  observe  and  assist  in  teaching  under  the 
direct  supervision  of  a  regular  staff  member. 

P.  E.  120.  Physical  Education  for  the  Elementary  School.  (3)*" 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  This  course  is  designed  to  orient 
the  general  elementary  teacher  to  physical  education.  Principles  and  practices 
in  elementary  physical  education  will  be  presented  and  discussed  and  a  variety 
of  appropriate  activities  will  be  considered  from  the  standpoint  of  their  use  at 
the  various  grade  levels. 

P.  E.  123,  125,  126.  Coaching  Athletics.  (2,  2,  2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  hours  a  week. 
Theory  of  coaching  the  various  comF>etitive  sports  commonly  found  in  high 
school  and  college  programs. 

P.  E.  124w.  Coaching  Athletics.   (2) 

First  and  second  semester — three  hours  a  week.  Theory  and  practice  of  coach- 
ing competitive  sports  found  in  high  school  and  community  recreational  pro- 
grams. 

P.  E.  130.  Fundamentals  of  Body  Dynamics.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  This  course  is  designed  to  acquaint 
the  elementary  teacher  with  the  scientific  principles  of  mechanical-anatomical 
analysis  and  physiology  of  activities  as  they  relate  to  physical  growth  and 
development. 

P.  E.  133.  Adapted  Physical  Education.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Lecture  and  lab.  Prerequisites,  P.  E.  100  Kinesiology 
or  equivalent.  Application  for  kinesiological  and  physiological  principles  to 
handicapped  students;  designed  to  help  prospective  teachers  meet  exercise 
needs  of  those  pupils  with  disabilities  which  require  special  handling. 

P.  E.  135.  Coaching  Swimming  and  Diving.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  hours  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $6.00.  A 
thorough  analysis  of  the  techniques  of  coaching  swimming  and  diving.  Course 
includes  a  systematic  treatment  of  the  philosophy,  historical  development  and 
psychological  theories  of  coaching  aquatics. 

P.  E.  155.  Physical  Fitness  of  the  Individual.  (3)'° 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  A  study  of  the  major  physical 
fitness  problems  confronting  the  adult  in  modern  society.  Consideration  is 
given  to  the  scientific  appraisal,  development  and  maintenance  of  fitness  at  all 


^^  This  course  may  be  taken  for  graduate  credit  with  the  permission  of  the 
advisor.  Students  taking  100  level  courses  for  graduate  credit  will  be  expected  to 
carry  out  a  special  project. 

38 


Physical  Education 

age  levels.  Such  problems  as  obesity,  weight  reduction,  chronic  fatigue,  posture, 
and  special  exercise  programs  are  explored.  This  course  is  open  to  persons  out- 
side the  fields  of  Physical  Education  and  Health. 

P.  E.  160.  Theory  of  Exercise.  (3)" 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory 
hours  a  week.  Prerequisite,  Zool.  1,  14,  and  15,  and  P.  E.  100  or  the  equivalent. 
A  study  of  exercise  and  its  physiological  and  kinesiological  bases.  Special 
emphasis  is  placed  upon  the  application  of  exercise  to  the  development  and 
maintainance  of  physical  efficiency.  Corrective  therapy,  conditioning  for  ath- 
letics, the  effects  of  exercise  and  training  on  the  human  organism,  fatigue, 
staleness,  relaxation,  and  the  nature  of  athletic  injuries  are  investigated. 

P.  E.  170.  Supervision   in   Elementary   School    Physical   Educa- 
tion. (3)  " 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Prerequisite,  P.  E.  120.  Prin- 
ciples and  techniques  of  supervision  are  studied  from  a  standpoint  of  their  ap- 
plication in  improving  the  learning  situation  in  elementary  school  physical 
education.  Strong  emphasis  will  be  given  to  the  concept  that  modern  super- 
vision in  elementary  school  physical  education  should  be  based  on  the  application 
of  fundamental  democratic  principles. 

P.  E.  180.  Measurement  in  Physical  Education  and  Health.  (3)" 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory 
periods  a  week.  Prerequisite,  placement  in  Group  1  or  2  on  Mathematics  En- 
trance test  or  Math.  0.  The  application  of  the  principles  and  techniques  of 
educational  measurement  to  the  teaching  of  health  and  physical  education; 
study  of  the  functions  and  techniques  of  measurement  in  the  evaluation  of  stu- 
dent progress  toward  the  objectives  of  health  and  physical  education,  and  in 
the  evaluation  of  the  effectiveness  of  teaching. 

P.  E.  181.  Advanced  Training  and  Conditioning.  (3) 

Second  semester.  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory  hours  a  week.  Prerequisites, 
Zool.  14,  15  and  P.  E.  100.  The  training  and  physical  conditioning  of  athletics. 
Treatment  of  athletic  injuries  by  taping,  massage,  hydro-iherapy,  physical 
therapy,  and  electro-therapy.  Remedial  and  conditioning  exercises.  Theory  and 
practice. 

P.  E.  187.  Physical  Education  and  Sport  in  Contemporary 
Cultures.  (3)" 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  Soc.  1  or  Soc.  5  or  equivalent.  Three 
lectures  per  week.  A  study  will  be  made  of  the  cultural  impact  of  physical 
education  activities  in  the  United  States  and  selected  countries.  Individual 
research  on  selected  topics  will  be  required. 

P.  E.  189.  Field  Laboratory  Pro.jects  and  Workshop.  (1-6)" 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  A  course  designed  to  meet  the 
needs  of  persons  in  the  field  with  respect  to  workshops  and  research  projects  in 
special  areas  of  knowledge  not  covered  by  regularly  structured  courses. 
Note:  The  maximum  total  number  of  credits  that  may  be  earned  toward  any 
degree  in  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  or  Health  Education  under  P.  E., 
Rec,  Hea.,  or  Ed.  189  is  six. 


"  This  course  may  be  taken  for  graduate  credit  with  the  permission  of  the 
advisor.  Students  taking  100  level  courses  for  graduate  credit  will  be  expected  to 
carry  out  a  special  project. 

39 


Physical  Education 

P.  E.  190.  Organization    and   Administration   of    Physical   Edu- 
cation, AND  Health.  (3)" 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  The  application  of  the  principles  of 
administration  and  supervision  to  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health. 
This  course  must  be  taken  during  the  semester  in  which  the  student  is  doing 
student  teaching. 

P.  E.  191.  The  Curriculum  in  Elementary  School  Physical  Edu- 
cation. (3)'' 

First  and  second  semesters.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  hours  per  week. 
Techniques  planning  and  construction  is  considered  from  a  standpoint  of  valid 
criteria  for  the  selection  of  content  in  elementary  school  physical  education. 
Desirable  features  of  cooperative  curriculum  planning  in  providing  for  learn- 
ing experiences  will  be  presented  and  discussed. 

P.  E.  193.  History  and  Philosophy  of  Sport  and  Physical  Edu- 
cation. (3)" 

First  and  second  semesters.  History  and  philosophical  implications  of  sport  and 
physical  education  through  ancient  medieval,  and  contemporary  periods  in 
western  civilization. 

P.  E.  195.  Organization    and    Administration     of    Elementary 

School  Physical  Education.  (3)" 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Prerequisite,  P.  E.  120.  This 
course  considers  the  procedures  which  are  basic  to  the  satisfactory  organization 
of  all  phases  of  the  elementary  school  physical  education  program.  Stress  will 
be  placed  on  the  organizational  and  administrative  factors  necessary  for  the 
successful  operation  of  the  program  in  various  types  of  elementary  schools. 
Strong  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  organization  and  administration  from  a  stand- 
point of  adapting  the  program  to  specific  situations. 

P.  E.  196.  Quantitative  Methods.  (3)"' 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  A  course  covering  the  statistical 
techniques  most  frequently  used  in  research  pertaining  to  Physical  Education, 
Recreation,  and  Health  Education.  An  effort  will  be  made  to  provide  the 
student  with  the  necessary  skills,  and  to  acquaint  him  with  the  interpretations 
and  practical  applications  of  these  techniques. 

For  Graduates 

P.  E.  200.  Seminar    in    Physical    Education,    Recreation,    and 
Health.  (1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session. 

P.  E.  201.  Foundations  in  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and 
Health.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  A  study  of  history,  philosophy  and 
principles  of  physical  education,  recreation  and  health  as  applied  to  current  prob- 
lems in  each  area  and  as  related  to  general  education. 


"This  course  may  be  taken  for  graduate  credit  with  the  permission  of  the 
advisor.  Students  taking  100  level  courses  for  graduate  credit  will  be  expected  to 
carrv  out  a  special  project. 

40 


Physical  Education 

P.  E.  202.  Status   and  Trends   in   Elementary   School   Physical 
Education.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  An  analysis  of  the  current  status 
and  implications  for  future  trends  in  physical  education  at  the  elementary  school 
level.  Open  to  experienced  persons  in  all  phases  of  education. 

P.  E.  203,  Supervisory  Techniques  in  Physical  Education,  Recrea- 
tion, and  Health.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  A  study  of  current  concepts,  prin- 
ciples and  techniques  of  supervision  and  of  their  application  to  the  special  fields 
indicated;  observation  of  available  supervisory  programs  and  visits  with  local 
supervisors;  practice  in  the  use  of  selected  techniques. 

P.  E.  204.  Physical  Education  and  the  Development  of  the  Child. 
(3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  An  analysis  of  the  place  of  physical 
education  in  meeting  the  growth  and  developmental  needs  of  children  of  ele- 
mentary school  age. 

P.  E.  205.  Analysis  of  Contemporary  Athletics.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  A  study  of  current  problems,  prac- 
tices and  national  issues  of  permanent  importance  to  the  conduct  of  athletic 
competition  in  a  democracy. 

P.  E.  210.  Methods  and  Techniques  of  Research.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  A  study  of  methods  and  techniques 
of  research  used  in  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health  Education:  an 
analysis  of  examples  of  their  use;  and  practice  in  their  application  to  problems 
of  interest  to  the  student. 

P.  E.  215.  Principles  and  Techniques  of  Evaluation.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Prerequisite,  an  introductory 
course  in  measurement  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  A  study  of  currently 
used  means  of  evaluating  the  performance  of  students  and  the  effectiveness  of 
programs  of  physical  education  in  schools  and  colleges.  Specific  problems  con- 
cerning evaluation,  brought  in  by  members  of  the  class,  will  be  analyzed. 

P.  E.  230.  Source  Material  Survey.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  A  library  survey  course,  covering 
the  total  areas  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health,  plus  research  in 
one  specific  limited  problem  of  which  a  digest,  including  a  bibliography,  is  to 
be  submitted. 

P.  E.  250.  Mental  and  Emotional  Aspects  of  Sports  and  Recrea- 
tion. (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Prerequisites,  psychology  and/or 
human  development.  An  exploration  of  psychological  aspects  of  physical  educa- 
tion, sports  and  recreation,  including  personality  dynamics  in  relation  to  exercise 
and  sports,  psychological  factors  in  athletic  performance  and  coaching,  and 
applications  of  principles  of  motor  learning. 

P.  E.  275.  Advanced  Analysis  of  Human  Motion.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Prerequisites,  P.  E.  100,  160,  Col- 
lege algebra  or  equivalent  or  by  permission  of  instructor.    A  research  oriented 

41 


Physical  Education 

kinesiological  analysis  of  human  movement  as  it  relates  to  sports  and  the 
activities  of  daily  living.  The  analysis  is  accomplished  by  means  of  various 
measurement  procedures  including  cinematography,  electronic  timing  devices  and 
similar  instruments. 

P.  E.  280.  Scientific  Bases  of  Exercise.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Prerequisites,  Anatomy,  Physiology, 
P.  E.  100,  160,  or  equivalent.  A  critical  analysis  of  the  role  of  physical  exercise 
in  modern  society  with  attention  given  to  such  topics  as:  the  need  for  physical 
exercise,  its  chronic  effects,  the  role  of  exercise  in  attaining  good  physical  con- 
dition and  fitness,  factors  determining  championship  performances,  and  physical 
fatigue, 

P.  E.  287.  Advanced  Seminar.  (1-2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Prerequisite,  P.  E.  201,  or  Hea. 
220,  or  equivalent,  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  This  course  is  a  study  of  the 
current  problems  and  trends  in  the  selected  fields  of  Physical  Education,  Recrea- 
tion, and  Health. 

P.  E.  288.  Special  Problems  in  Physical  Education,  Recreation, 
AND  Health.  (1-6) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Master  or  doctoral  candidates  who 
desire  to  pursue  special  research  problems  under  the  direction  of  their  advisors 
may  register  for  1-6  hours  of  credit  under  this  number. 

P.  E.  290.  Administrative     Direction     of     Physical     Education, 
Recreation,  and  Health.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  This  course  is  devoted  to  the 
analysis  of  administrative  problems  in  the  light  of  sound  educational  practice. 
Students  concentrate  their  efforts  upon  their  own  on-the-job  administrative  prob- 
lems and  contribute  to  the  solution  of  other  class  members'  problems. 

P.  E.  291.  Curriculum  Construction  in  Physical  Education  and 
Health.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  A  study  of  the  principles  underlying 
curriculum  construction  in  Physical  Education  and  Health  Education  and  the 
practical  application  of  these  principles  to  the  construction  of  a  curriculum  for 
a  specific  situation.  The  specific  content  of  this  course  is  adjusted  to  meet  the 
needs  of  the  students  enrolled  in  it. 

P.  E.  399.  Research— Thesis.  (1-5) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Students  who  desire  credits  for  a 
master's  thesis,  a  doctoral  dissertation,  or  a  doctoral  project  should  use  this 
number. 


RECREATION 

Rec.  10,  11.  Recreation  Orientation.  (0,  0) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Through  occasional  class  sessions  and  attendance  at 
various  meetings  on  and  off  campus,  those  majoring  in  recreation  will  have  an 
opportunity  to  become  acquainted  with  their  fellow  students,  with  the  organiza- 
tions in  the  field,  their  leaders  and  activities,  and  with  the  broad  scope  of  recrea- 
tion and  its  various  divisions  and  interests. 

42 


Recreation 
Rec.  30.  History  and  Introduction  to  Recreation.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  An  introduction  to  the  beginnings,  growth,  and  pos- 
sibilities in  recreation  as  presently  fostered  by  individuals,  agencies  and  govern- 
ments; attitudes  toward  and  theories  of  play;  historical  events  and  figures; 
present  principles  and  objectives;  organizations  and  groups  interested  in  recrea- 
tion, and  their  relationships;  job  opportunities,  specifications  and  demands;  self 
analysis  of  individual  student  interests,  limitations  and  capabilities  in  light  of 
these  specifications  and  demands. 

Rec.  40.  Camp  Counseling  and  Administration.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  A  study  of  the  philosophy  and  techniques  of  camp 
counseling  including  the  qualifications,  responsibilities  and  skills  involved;  the 
basic  organization,  administration  and  program  planning  practices  and  problems 
of  camping  as  a  whole;  the  relationship  of  these  practices  and  problems  to  the 
counselor  and  his  or  her  probable  success.  Outdoor  skills  will  be  taught  and 
practiced  insofar  as  possible. 


For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates^ 
Rec.  100.  Co-Recreational  Games  and  Programs.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Compilation  and  sampling  of  the 
techniques  for  use  in  low  organization  and  party  games  and  activities.  Emphasis 
is  placed  upon  those  activities  of  value  to  a  recreation  leader  or  teacher,  and 
upon  the  placement,  sequence  and  variation  of  such  activities  for  all  age  levels 
and  interests. 

Rec.  no.  Nature  Lore.  (1-2) 

Second  semester.  An  overall  orientation  course  conducted  in  conjunction  with 
the  National  Park  Service  of  Washington,  D.C.,  and  covering  various  areas 
of  physical  and  biological  sciences;  rocks,  trees,  animals,  birds,  flowers,  etc. 
Two  credits  will  be  granted  those  students  completing  the  maximum  require- 
ments of  the  course  including  local  evening  lectures,  Saturday  and/or  Sunday 
observations,  the  Saturday  Outdoor  Leadership  Workshop  (24  hours),  and 
periodic  class  meetings  held  at  the  University  of  Maryland. 

Rec.  120.  Program  Planning.  (3)" 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisite,  Rec.  30  or  170.  Study  of  the  various 
aspects,  problems  and  practices  of  family,  agency  and  governmental  recreation 
programs  and  their  planning,  with  particular  emphasis  on  playground-community 
and  teen-age  center  plans  and  procedures.  This  course  should  be  of  interest  and 
value  to  those  students  planning  to  do  part-time  summer  playground  work. 

Rec.  140.  Observation  and  Field  Work  in  Recreation.  (5) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Included  are  observation  and  field  work  at  several  of 
the  facilities  available;  particular  emphasis  will  be  placed  on  whatever  observa- 
tions may  be  needed  to  complete  coverage  of  the  various  opportunities;  field  work 
opportunities  themselves  will  be  selected  and  assigned  on  the  basis  of  student 
interest  and  future  job  plans. 


"  This  course  may  be  taken  for  graduate  credit  with  the  permission  of  the 
advisor.  Students  taking  100  level  courses  for  graduate  credit  will  be  expected  to 
carry  out  a  special  project. 

43 


Recreation 

Rec.  230.  Source  Material  Survey.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  A  library  survey  course,  covering 
the  total  areas  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation,  and  Health,  plus  research  in 
one  specific  limited  problem  of  which  a  digest,  including  a  bibliography,  is  to  be 
submitted. 

Rec.  240.  Industrial  Recreation.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  An  introductory  study  of  the 
philosophy  of  and  practices  and  problems  in  industrial  recreation.  Where  pos- 
sible the  course  will  include  opportunities  for  observation  and  visiting  specialists. 

Rec.  260.  Hospital  Recreation.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  An  introductory  study  of  the 
philosophy  of  and  practices  in  hospital  and  institutional  recreation.  Where  pos- 
sible the  course  will  include  oportunities  for  observation  and  visiting  specialists. 

Rec.  287.  Advanced  Seminar.  (1-2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Prerequisites,  P.  E.  201,  Hea.  201, 
Rec.  201,  or  Hea.  220,  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Tliis  course  is  a  study  of 
the  current  problems  and  trends  in  the  selected  fields  of  physical  education,  rec- 
reation and  health  education. 

Rec.  288.  Special  Problems  in  Physical  Education,  Recreation, 
and  Health.  (1-6) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Master  or  doctoral  candidates  who 
desire  to  pursue  special  research  problems  under  the  direction  of  their  advisers 
may  register  for  1-6  hours  of  credit  under  this  number. 

Rec.  290.  Administrative  Direction  of  Physical  Education, 
Recreation,  and  Health.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  This  course  is  devoted  to  the 
analysis  of  administrative  problems  in  the  light  of  sound  educational  practice. 
Students  concentrate  their  efforts  upon  their  own  on-the-job  administrative 
problems  and  contribute  to  the  solution  of  other  class  members'  problems. 

Rec.  399.  Research — Thesis.  (1-5) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Students  who  desire  credits  for  a 
master's  thesis,  a  doctoral  dissertation,  or  doctoral  projects  should  use  this 
number. 


HEALTH  EDUCATION 

Hea.  10.  Orientation  to  Health  Education.  (1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  This  course  explores  the  field  of  health  education  in 
both  the  school  and  the  community  from  the  point  of  view  of  the  health  educa- 
tor. Professional  preparation  and  career  opportunities  are  considered. 

Hea.  30.  Introduction  to  Physical  Education,  Recreation, 
AND  Health.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Development  of  understanding  and  appreciation  of 
the  historic  and  significant  purpose  and  place  of  each  of  the  specialized  areas  in 
general  education.  A  study  of  the  educational  and  personal  requirements  and  op- 
portunities of  a  career  in  each  professional  area.  Students  will  be  acquainted  with 
the  status  and  trends  of  each  area. 

46 


Health  Education 
Hea.  40.  Personal  and  Community  Health.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Meaning  and  significance  of  physical,  mental  and 
social  health  as  related  to  the  individual  and  to  society;  important  phases  of 
national  health  problems;  constructive  methods  of  promoting  health  of  the 
individual  and  the  community;  health  problems  of  college  students  and  young 
people  with  special  emphasis  on  health  knowledge  for  the  future  teacher. 

Hea.  50.  First  Aid  and  Safety.  (1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Standard  and  Advanced  American  Red  Cross  courses 
in  first  aid;  safety  in  physical  activities. 

Hea,  60.  Advanced  First  Aid.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Opportunity  to  secure  Red  Cross  Advanced  and 
Instructor's  Certificate. 

Hea.  70.  Safety  Education.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  A  study  of  the  causes  of  accidents  and  methods  of 
prevention,  including  principles  of  traffic  and  industrial  safety. 

Hea.  80.  The  Driver,  His  Characteristics  and  Improvement.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Prerequisites,  Hea.  50.  The  aim  of 
this  study  is  to  treat  the  driver-behavior  problem  in  its  relation  to  many  of  the 
psycho-physical  factors  and  forces  in  the  traffic  environment  that  impinge  upon 
the  man  behind  the  wheel. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates  '* 
Hea.  105.  Basic  Driver  Education.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Prerequisites,  Hea.  50,  60,  70,  80. 
This  course  is  a  study  of  the  place  of  the  automobile  in  modern  life  and  deals 
with  the  theory  and  practice  of  the  following:  traffic  accidents  and  other  traffic 
problems;  objectives  and  scope  of  driver-education;  motor  vehicle  laws  and 
regulations;  basic  automobile  construction  and  maintenance  from  the  standpoint 
of  safety,  methods  in  classroom  instruction;  aids  to  learning  and  practice  driving 
instruction. 

Hea.  110.  Introduction  to  School  Health  Education.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Summer  session.  Prerequisites,  Hea.  2  and  4,  or  Hea.  40.  This 
course  deals  with  many  aspects  of  school  and  community  health  programs,  and 
the  backgrounds  and  history  of  the  services  studied  with  their  relationships  to 
each  other  directly  and  indirectly.  Various  phases  of  healthful  living  are  dis- 
cussed as  a  part  of  school  and  community  health.  Special  emphasis  is  placed 
upon  the  health  service  of  both  programs. 

Hea.  120.  Methods  and  Materials  in  Health  Education.  (3) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Hea.  40  or  equivalent.  This  course  considers  various 
plans  of  teaching  health  in  schools  and  elsewhere.  Health  education  teaching 
methods  and  materials  are  evaluated  with  regard  to  their  application  to  practical 
situations. 

Hea.  140.  Curriculum,  Instruction  and  Observation.   (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Prerequisites,  Hea.  40.  110,  120.  A 
course  designed  to  provide  directed  observation  and  discussion,  coordinating  these 
experiences  with  those  from  previous  methods  courses  in  the  development  of 


"  This  course  may  be  taken  for  graduate  credit  with  the  permission  of  the  advisor. 
Students  taking  100  level  courses  for  graduate  credit  will  be  expected  to  carry  out 
a   special  project. 

47 


Health  Education 

curricula  for  health  and  physical  education.  The  course  is  planned  to  prepare  for 
student  teaching  which  follows  in  the  same  semester.  The  observations  will  be 
made  of  health  and  physical  education  programs  in  junior  and  senior  high 
schools.  This  course  must  be  taken  during  the  semester  in  which  the  student 
is  doing  teaching. 

Hea.  145.  Advanced  Driver  Education.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Prerequisites,  Hea.  50,  60,  70,  80, 
105.  Progressive  techniques,  supervision,  and  practice  of  advanced  driver- 
education;  comprehensive  programming  for  traffic  safety;  psychology  of  traffic 
safety;  improving  the  attitudes  of  young  drivers;  teaching  to  meet  driving 
emergencies;  program  planning  in  driver-education;  consumer  education; 
resources  and  agencies;  the  teacher  and  driver-education;  measuring  and  evalu- 
ating results;  driver-education  for  adults;  new  developments  in  driver-education; 
insurance  and  liability,  and  the  future  of  driver-education. 

Hea.  150.  Health  Problems  of  Children  and  Youth.  (3)" 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  This  course  involves  a  study  of  the 
health  needs  and  problems  of  pupils  from  the  primary  grades  through  high  school. 
Physical,  mental,  and  psychosomatic  aspects  of  health  are  considered  in  rela- 
tion to  the  developmental  and  school  levels.  Consideration  is  given  to  such  topics 
as  diet  selection  and  control;  exercise,  recreation  and  rest;  emotional  upset  and 
its  implications;  and  psychosexual  development  and  problems.  The  role  of  the 
teacher  and  parent  in  encouraging  optimal  health  is  emphasized. 

Hea.  155.  Physical  Fitness  of  the  Individual.  (3)" 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  A  study  of  the  major  physical  fitness 
problems  confronting  the  adult  in  modem  society.  Consideration  is  given  to  the 
scientific  appraisal,  development  and  maintenance  of  fitness  at  all  age  levels. 
Such  problems  as  obesity,  weight  reduction,  chronic  fatigue,  posture,  and  special 
exercise  programs  are  explored.  This  course  is  open  to  persons  outside  the  fields 
of  Physical  Education  and  Health. 

Hea.  160.  Problems  in  School  Health  Education  in  Elementary 
AND  Secondary  Schools.  (2-6)" 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  This  is  a  workshop  type  course 
designed  particularly  for  in-service  teachers  to  acquaint  them  with  the  best 
methods  of  providing  good  health  services,  healthful  environment  and  health 
instruction. 

Hea.  165.  Organization,  Administration  and  Supervision  of 
School  Safety  Education.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  Session.  Prerequisite,  Hea.  70.  Designed 
for  teachers,  school  administrators,  college  instructors  and  others  responsible 
for  directing  or  supervising  safety  programs  in  the  schools.  Deals  with  the 
problems,  policies,  practices  and  procedures  involved  in  the  organization,  ad- 
ministration and  the  supervision  of  a  comprehensive  accident  prevention  and 
safety  education  program  for  the  schools.  Considers  integration  factors  of 
the  school  safety  programs  with  the  special  emphasis  on  traffic  programs. 

Hea.  170.  The  Health  Program  in  the  Elementary  School.  (3)" 
First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Prerequisites,  Hea.  2  and  4  or  Hea. 


"  This  course  may  be  taken  for  graduate  credit  with  the  permission  of  the 
advisor.  Students  taking  100  level  courses  for  graduate  credit  will  be  expected  to 
carry  out  a  special  project. 

48 


Health  Education 

40.  This  course,  designed  for  the  elementary  school  classroom  teacher,  analyzes 
biological,  sociological,  nutritional  and  other  factors  which  determine  the  health 
status  and  needs  of  the  individual  elementary  school  child.  The  various  aspects 
of  the  school  program  are  evaluated  in  terms  of  their  role  in  health  education. 
The  total  school  health  program  is  surveyed  from  the  standpoint  of  organizing 
and  administration,  and  health  appraisal.  Emphasis  is  placed  upon  modem 
methods  and  current  materials  in  health  instruction.  (The  State  Department  of 
Education  accepts  this  course  for  biological  science  credit.) 

Hea.  175.  Problems  in  Driver  and  Traffic  Safety  Education.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Prerequisite,  Hea.  145.  An  ad- 
vanced course  which  gives  consideration  to  the  individual  problems  encountered 
in  teaching  driver  and  safety  education.  The  psychology  of  teaching  and 
learning  are  emphasized;  and  consideration  is  given  to  the  implications  of 
emotion  and  attitude  factors  in  driver  and  traffic  education.  The  course  in- 
cludes an  examination  of  existing  courses  of  study,  research  and  supervisory 
and  evaluated  practices. 

Hea.  178.  Fundamentals  of  Sex  Education.  (3)" 

This  course  is  concerned  with  basic  information  regarding  the  physical,  psycho- 
logical, social,  historical,  semantic  and  comparative  cultural  aspects  of  sex.  The 
adjustment  needs  and  problems  of  children  and  adults  during  the  course  of 
maturing  and  aging  are  studied;  and  special  consideration  is  given  to  the  sex 
education  program  in  schools. 

Hea.  180.  Measurement  in  Physical  Education  and  Health.  (3)** 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Two  lectures  and  two  laboratory 
periods  per  week.  The  application  of  the  principles  and  techniques  of  educational 
measurement  to  the  teaching  of  health  and  physical  education;  study  of  functions 
and  techniques  of  measurements  in  the  evaluation  of  student  progress  toward 
the  objectives  of  health  and  physical  education,  and  in  the  evaluation  of  the  ef- 
fectiveness of  teaching. 

Hea.  188.  Children's  Remedial  Fitness  Clinic.  (1-4) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Prerequisite,  at  least  junior  stand- 
ing in  health,  physical  education  and  recreation,  or  by  special  permission  of  the 
director.  An  opportunity  to  acquire  training  and  experience  in  a  therapeutically 
oriented  physical  education-recreation  program  for  children  referred  by  various 
education,  special  education,  medical  and  psychiatric  groups. 

Hea.  189.  Field  Laboratory  Projects  and  Workshop.  (1-6)" 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  A  course  designed  to  meet  the  needs 
of  persons  in  the  field  with  respect  to  workshop  and  research  projects  in  special 
areas  of  knowledge  not  covered  by  regularly  structured  courses. 
Note:  The  maximum  total  number  of  credits  that  may  be  earned  toward  any 
degree  in  physical  education,  recreation,  or  health  education  under  P.  E.,  Rec, 
Hea.,  or  Ed.  189  is  six. 

Hea.  190.  Administration    and    Supervision    of    School    Health 
Education.  (3)" 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  The  application  of  the  principles 
of  administration  and  supervision  to  school  health  education.  This  course  in- 
volves observation  and  field  work  in  school  and  community  health  programs. 


"  This  course  may  be  taken  for  graduate  credit  with  the  permission  of  the 
adviser.  Students  taking  100  level  courses  for  graduate  credit  will  be  expected  to 
carry  out  a  special  project. 

49 


Health  Education 

For  Graduates 
Hea.  200.  Seminar  in  Physical  Education,  Recreation, 
AND  Health.  (1) 

First  and  second  semesters.   Summer  session. 

Hea.  201.  Foundations  in  Physical   Education,   Recreation,   and 
Health.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  A  study  of  history,  philosophy  and 
principles  of  physical  education,  recreation  and  health  as  applied  to  current 
problems  in  each  area  and  as  related  to  general  education. 

Hea.  203.  Supervisory  Techniques  in  Physical  Education,  Recrea- 
tion, AND  Health.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  A  study  of  current  concepts,  prin- 
ciples and  techniques  of  supervision  and  of  their  application  to  the  special  fields 
indicated;  observation  of  available  supervisory  programs  and  visits  with  local 
supervisors;  practice  in  the  use  of  selected  techniques. 

Hea.  210.  Methods  and  Techniques  of  Research.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  A  study  of  methods  and  techniques 
of  research  used  in  physical  education,  recreation  and  health  education;  an 
analysis  of  examples  for  their  use;  and  practice  in  their  application  to  problems 
of  interest  to  the  student. 

Hea.  220.  Scientific  Foundations  of  Health  Education.   (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  A  course  dealing  with  an  analysis 
of  hereditary,  physical,  mental,  and  social  factors  which  influence  the  total  health 
status  during  the  developmental  process.  TTie  role  of  education  in  fostering  phys- 
ical and  mental  health  is  studied. 

Hea.  230.  Source  Material  Survey.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  A  library  survey  course,  covering 
th'"  total  areas  of  physical  education,  recreation  and  health,  plus  research  in  one 
sp  cific  limited  problem  of  which  a  digest,  including  a  bibliography,  is  to  be 
su  mitted. 

Hea.    i40.  Modern  Theories  of  Health.  (3) 

Fi  it  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  The  purpose  of  this  course  is  to 
fa;  liliarize  advanced  students  in  health  education  with  modern  theories  of  health 
and  disease  which  involve  so-called  mind-body  relationships.  Major  topics  of 
study  and  analysis  include  the  theories  of  psychosomatics,  stress,  hypnosis  and 
constitutional  psychology. 

Hea.  250.  Health  Problems  in  Guidance.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  A  course  designed  to  familiarize 
guidance  counselors  with  principles  of  health  and  with  common  deviations  from 
health,  especially  during  the  school  years.  Implications  of  health  for  pupil  effec- 
tiveness in  the  entire  curriculum,  including  extra-class  activities,  are  dealt  with. 
Special  attention  is  given  to  psychosomatic  disturbances  which  are  commonly 
an  aspect  of  personal  problem  situations.  Methods  of  dealing  with  health  prob- 
lems and  utilizing  available  resources  of  school  and  community  are  discussed. 

Hea.  260.  Public  Health  Education.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  A  course  designed  to  acquaint  the 
student  with  the  structure,  functions  and  major  problems  in  public  health;  and 
with  the  role  of  education  in  public  health. 

50 


Health  Education 
Hea.  270.  Status  AND  Trends  IN  Health  Education.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  This  course  is  concerned  with 
analyzing  the  current  status  and  implications  for  future  trends  in  the  various 
areas  of  health  education. 

Hea.  280.  The  Scientific  Bases  of  Exercise.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Prerequisites,  anatomy,  physiology, 
P.  E.  100,  P.  E.  160,  or  the  equivalent.  A  critical  analysis  of  the  role  of  physical 
exercise  in  modern  society  with  attention  given  to  such  topics  as:  the  need  for 
physical  exercise,  its  chronic  effects,  the  role  of  exercise  in  attaining  good 
physical  condition  and  fitness,  factors  determining  championship  performances, 
and  physical  fatigue. 

Hea.  287.  Advanced  Seminar.  (1-2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Prerequisites,  P.  E.  201,  Hea.  201, 
Rec.  201,  or  Hea.  220,  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  This  course  is  a  study  of 
the  current  problems  and  trends  in  the  selected  field  of  physical  education, 
recreation  and  health  education. 

Hea.  288.  Special  Problems  in  Physical  Education,  Recreation, 
AND  Health.  (1-6) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Summer  session.  Master  or  doctoral  candidates  who 
desire  to  pursue  special  research  problems  under  the  direction  of  their  advisors 
may  register  for  1-6  hours  of  credit  under  this  number. 

Hea.  290.  Administrative  Direction  of  Physical  Education,  Recre- 
ation, AND  Health.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  This  course  is  devoted  to  the  analysis 
of  administration  problems  in  the  light  of  sound  educational  practice.  Students 
concentrate  their  efforts  upon  their  own  on-the-job  administrative  problems  and 
contribute  to  the  solution  of  other  class  members'  problems. 

Hea.  291.  Curriculum  Construction  in  Physical  Education  and 
Health.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  A  study  of  the  principles  underlying 
curriculum  construction  in  Physical  Education  and  Health  Education  and  the 
practical  application  of  these  principles  to  the  construction  of  a  curriculum  for 
a  specific  situation.  The  specific  content  of  this  course  is  adjusted  to  meet  the 
needs  of  the  students  enrolled  in  it. 

Hea.  399.  Research — Thesis.  (1-5) 

First  and  second  semesters  and  summer.  Students  who  desire  credit  for  a 
master's  thesis,  doctoral  dissertation,  or  a  doctoral  project  should  use  this 
number. 

PHYSICAL  THERAPY 

COLLEGE  PARK  CAMPUS 

P.  T.  10,  11.  Physical  Therapy  Orientation.  (0,  0) 

First  and  second  semesters.  General  introductory  course  to  the  professional 
field  of  physical  therapy.  Field  trips  to  physical  therapy  departments  in  govern- 
ment and  private  agencies.  Orientation  of  the  student  to  job  opportunities  with 
their  specifications  and  demands;  self  analysis  of  the  students'  capabilities  and 
the  major  curriculum  in  light  of  such  specifications  and  demands. 

51 


Physical  Therapy 

P.  T.  20,  21.  Foundations  of  Physical  Therapy.  (1,  1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Introduction  to  the  development,  growth  and  func- 
tions of  physical  therapy  and  rehabilitation.  A  study  of  the  national  organiza- 
tion and  the  leaders  in  the  field.  Analysis  of  medical  terminology  and  develop- 
ment of  a  field  vocabulary. 

For  Advanced  Undergraduates 

BALTIMORE  CAMPUS 

Anat.  103.  Human  Anatomy.  (8/2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Prerequisites,  Zool.  1,  2,  5.  The  student  is  given 
an  opportunity  to  develop  a  basic  concept  of  the  morphology  of  the  human 
body  through  a  correlation  of  histology,  gross  anatomy  and  neuro-anatomy. 
Dissection  of  the  human  body  including  the  brain  is  required. 

Path.  105.  Pathology.  (2) 

Second  semester.  Prerequisites,  Anat.  103(a).  Physiol.  101  taken  concurrently. 
This  course  includes  the  study  of  the  basic  principles  of  disease  and  injury  with 
their  application  to  the  various  systems  of  the  body.  Special  emphasis  is  placed 
on  the  locomotor  system. 

Physiol.  101.  Principles  of  Physiology.  (5) 

First  semester.  Prerequisites,  Zool.  1,  2,  5  and  Chem.  1,  3.  The  lectures  cover 
the  major  fields  of  physiology,  including  the  following  areas:  central  and  peri- 
pheral nervous  systems,  neuro-muscular  apparatus,  heart  and  circulation, 
respiration,  kidney  and  body  fluids,  gastrointestinal  tract,  endoctrines  and  re- 
production. 

Psych.  161.  Psychology  of  the  Handicapped.  (1) 

First  semester.  Prerequisite,  Psych.  5.  This  course  is  devoted  to  the  considera- 
tion of  human  relations  as  applies  to  the  practice  of  physical  therapy.  Emphasis 
is  placed  on  observing,  understanding  and  evaluating  the  personal  and  social 
factors  affecting  the  handicapped. 

P.  T.  102.  Physiology  of  Exercise.  (1) 

First  semester.  Prerequisites,  Anat.  103,  Physiol.  101.  A  consideration  of  the 
mechanism  of  muscular  contraction  and  problems  concerned  with  increasing 
efficiency  of  movement  in  motor  activities  and  work. 

P.  T.  104.  Functional  Anatomy.  (2/2) 

First  semester.  Prerequisites,  Anat.  103,  Physiol.  101.  This  course  is  primarily 
a  consideration  of  the  locomotor  activity  of  the  human  body.  It  is  designed 
to  include  observation  and  analysis  of  motion  as  it  occurs  in  man  under  normal 
and  pathological  conditions. 

P.  T.  106.  Professional  Relations,  Ethics  and  Clinical   Obser- 
vation. (1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  A  consideration  of  appropriate  conduct  related 
to  personal  and  professional  relations  of  the  physical  therapist. 

P.  T.  107.  Physical  Therapy  Theory  and  Technique  I.  (2/2) 

Second  Semester. 
(1)  Massage 

Second  semester.  The  theory,  physiological  effects  and  techniques  of  scientific 
massage  as  it  is  used  in  all  aspects  of  physical  therapy  are  discussed  and  ad- 
ministered. 

52 


Physical  Therapy 

(2)  Hydrotherapy 

The  physics  of  water,  cold  and  heat  are  reviewed.  The  various  techniques  of 
whirlpool,  hut  and  cold  applications,  showers  and  underwater  exercise  in  rela- 
tion to  various  conditions  are  practiced  and  discussed. 

(3)  Bandaging 

In  this  course  one  learns  the  principles  and  practice  of  first  aid  and  bandaging 
with  particular  emphasis  on  bandages  for  support  and  conformity. 

P.  T.   108.  Physical  Therapy  Theory  and  Technique  II — Thermo- 

therapy  and  Actinotherapy.  (I/2) 

Second  semester.  The  basic  physics  and  physiological  effects  of  heat  and  ultra- 
violet are  discussed.  The  student  practices  the  therapeutic  application  of  infra- 
red and  ultra-violet  lamps,  diathermy,  microthermy  and  ultrasonics. 

P.  T.  110.  Principles  OF  Physical  Therapy  Applied  TO  Medical  AND 
Surgical  Conditions.  (2/2) 

( 1 ) — Dermatology 
(2) — Medicine 
(3) — Psychiatry 

P.  T.  151.  Therapeutic  Exercise.  (5) 

First  semester.  A  study  of  the  principles  and  techniques  of  therapeutic  exercise 
related  to  the  prevention,  correction  and  alleviation  of  disease  and  injury.  This 
course  includes  manual  muscle  testing,  muscle  re-education,  joint  measurement, 
gait  training  and  functional  activities. 

P.  T.  152.  Rehabilitation.  (3) 

Second  semester.  This  course  is  designed  to  study  the  principles  and  practices 
employed  in  the  comprehensive  care  and  treatment  program  of  the  physically 
handicapped.  It  includes  the  evaluation  of  activities  of  daily  living  as  well  as 
the  application  and  care  of  supportive  devices. 

P.  T.  153.  Physical  Therapy  Theory  AND  Technique  III.  (3) 

Electrotherapy 

First  semester.  This  course  includes  lectures,  demonstration  and  laboratory 
tests  concerning  the  physical  and  physiological  effects  of  low  frequency,  alter- 
nating and  direct  currents.  The  therapeutic  and  the  diagnostic  use  of  electricity 
and  electromyography  is  discussed  and  practiced. 

P.  T.  154.  Interprofessional   and  Social   Agencies  Correlation. 

Second  semester.  A  survey  is  made  of  allied  fields  and  related  social  agencies 
and  their  specific  role  in  total  patient  care. 

P.  T.  155.  Nursing  Procedures  Related  to  Physical 

Therapy.   (I/2) 

Second  semester.  This  course  serves  to  acquaint  the  student  with  bedside, 
aseptic  and  isolation  techniques  and  methods  of  handling  acutely  ill  and  chroni- 
cally disabled  patients. 

P.  T.  156.  Current  Literature.  (1) 

Second  semester.  This  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  profes- 
sional and  scientific  literature.  It  affords  experience  in  presenting  reports  and  in 
group  discussion. 

53 


Dance 

P.  T.  157.  Administration  and  Clinical  Observation.  (1) 

Second  semester.  The  organization  and  administration  of  a  hospital  and  of  a 
physical  therapy  department  are  presented. 

P.  T.  158.  Clinical  Experience.  (6) 

First  and  second  semesters.  During  the  period  the  student  gains  experience 
practicing  physical  therapy  procedures  in  a  hospital  physical  therapy  department 
under  the  careful  supervision  of  qualified  physical  therapists. 

P.  T.  160.  Principles  of  Physical  Therapy  Applied  to  Medical 
AND  Surgical  Conditions.  (5) 

First  and  second  semesters.  These  lectures  present  to  the  students  various  con- 
ditions encountered  in  patients  treated  by  the  physical  therapists.  Specialists 
from  various  fields  of  medicine  and  surgery  discuss  the  problems  in  their  prac- 
tice which  are  related  to  physical  therapy  v^'ith  emphasis  on  indications  for 
various  treatment  procedures. 

( 1 )  Gynecology  and  Obstetrics 

(2)  Neurology 

(3)  Orthopedics 

(4)  Pediatrics 

(5)  Physical  Medicine  and  Rehabilitation 

(6)  Public  Health 

(7)  Surgery 

DANCE 

Dance  32,  Introduction  to  Dance.  (3) 

First  and  second  semesters.  A  study  of  Dance  as  a  form  of  Communication 
and  as  an  art  form.  The  course  will  include  dance  styles,  theories,  technique, 
and  their  relationship  to  other  art  forms.  The  course  will  also  provide  observa- 
tion to  productions. 

Dance  52,  54.  Dance  Techniques.  (1,  1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  hours  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $6.00.  Intro- 
duction to  techniques  of  modern  dance,  with  simple  approaches  to  composition. 

Dance  56.  Skills  and  Methods  in  Folk  and  Square  Dance.  (1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  One  lecture  and  three  laboratories  a  week.  Labora- 
tory fee,  $6.00.  This  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  basic 
skills  in  folk  and  square  dance  and  to  give  theory  of  class  organization,  analysis, 
teaching  techniques,  and  practice  in  "calling"  for  junior  and  senior  high  school 
programs. 

Dance  58.  Skills  and  Methods  in  Social  Dance.  (1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  One  lecture  and  three  laboratories  a  week.  Labora- 
tory fee,  $6.00.  This  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  basic  skills 
in  Social  Dance  and  to  give  theory  of  class  organization,  analysis  and  teaching 
techniques  for  junior  and  senior  high  school  programs. 

Dance  59.  Skills  in  Folk,  Square  and  Social  Dance.  (1) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Three  hours  a  week.  Prerequisite,  P.  E.  50.  Labora- 
tory fee,  $6.00.  This  course  is  designed  to  acquaint  the  student  with  the  basic 
skills  in  social,  folk,  and  square  dance  for  use  in  schools  and  recreational  groups. 

54 


Dance 
Dance  60.  Dance  Composition.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Four  hours  a  week.  Laboratory  fee,  $6.00.  The  study 
of  dance  content  and  relationship  to  form  ar>d  style.  Theory  and  laboratory  prob- 
lems in  composition.    Techniques  in  presenting  dance  materials. 

Dance  70.  Intermediate  Modern  Dance.  (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  Four  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  P.E. 
52,  54  or  permission  of  instructor.  Laboratory  fee,  $6.00.  Modern  dance  tech- 
niques. Compositional  problems. 

Dance  80.  Advanced  Modern  Dance.  (2) 

First  and  second  semester.  Four  laboratory  periods  a  week.  Prerequisites,  P.  E. 
52,  54,  70  or  permission  of  the  instructor.  Laboratory  fee,  $6.00.  Continuation 
of  P.  E.  70  in  more  advanced  form. 

Dance  90.  Workshop.  (1) 

First  and  second  seemsters.  Three  laboratory  hours  a  week.  Permission  of  in- 
structor only.  Laboratory  fee,  $6.00.  Planning,  composition,  and  presentation  of 
demonstrations.  A  total  of  6  credits  may  be  earned. 


For  Advanced  Undergraduates  and  Graduates'^ 
Dance  110.  Dance  Production.  (3) 

First  and  second  semseters.  Prerequisites,  P.  E.  52,  54,  60,  70,  80,  or  equivalent. 
Planning  of  group  and  individual  choreography.  Aspects  of  dance  production 
such  as  staging  costumes,  make-up  for  dancers,  acquainting  the  student  with 
elements  of  dance  and  theatre.    Demonstration  planning. 

Dance  182.  History  of  Dance.  (3)'' 

First  and  second  semesters.  The  development  of  dance  from  primitive  to  modern 
times  and  the  relationship  of  dance  forms  to  patterns  of  culture.  A  historical 
survey  of  the  changing  place  of  dance  in  civilization.  Research  problems. 

Dance  184.  Theory  and  Philosophy  of  Dance.  (3)" 

First  and  second  semesters.  The  study  of  the  basic  theories  and  philosophies  of 
dance.  Investigation  of  form,  content  and  structure  in  dance  and  in  relationship 
to  other  arts.  The  role  of  dance  in  education. 

Dance  192.  Percussion  Accompaniment  and  Music  for  Dance.  (2)" 

First  and  second  semesters.  One  lecture  and  two  laboratory  hours  per  week. 
Techniques  of  percussion  playing  and  its  use  as  dance  accompaniment  are 
emphasized.  Learning  to  use  the  instruments  in  composition  and  improvisation 
is  stressed.  Music  for  dance.  Percussion  scores. 


'"  This  course  may  be  taken  for  graduate  credit  with  the  permission  of  the  advisor. 
Students  taking  100  level  courses  for  graduate  credit  will  be  expected  to  carry  out 
a  special  project. 

55 


Basic  Physical  Education  Courses 

BASIC  PHYSICAL  EDUCATION  COURSES  FOR 
NON-MAJOR  MEN  AND  WOMEN 

In  the  "General  and  Academic  Regulations"  (pps.  65-67)  the  basic  require- 
ments in  Physical  Education  for  men  and  women  are  stated  under  the 
section  entitled  "Physical  Education"  as  follows: 

All  undergraduate  men  and  women  students  who  are  registered  for 
more  than  eight  semester  hours  of  credit  are  required  to  enroll  in  and 
successfully  complete  two  prescribed  courses  in  physical  education 
for  a  total  of  two  semester  hours  of  credit.  The  successful  completion 
of  these  courses  is  required  for  graduation.  These  courses  must  be 
taken  by  all  eligible  students  during  the  first  two  semesters  of  attend- 
ance at  the  University,  whether  or  not  they  intend  to  pursue  a  degree. 
Men  and  women  who  have  reached  their  thirtieth  birthday  are  ex- 
empt from  these  courses.  The  thirtieth  birthday  must  precede  the 
Saturday  of  registration  week.  Students  who  are  physically  disquali- 
fied from  taking  these  courses  must  enroll  in  adaptive  courses  for 
which  credit  will  be  given.  A  transferring  student  who  can  meet  the 
academic  requirements  of  his  college  and  the  requirements  of  the 
University  by  completing  30  academic  hours  will  not  be  required  to 
register  for  physical  education.  Students  with  military  service  may  re- 
ceive credit  for  these  courses  by  applying  to  the  Director  of  the  Men's 
Physical  Education  Program. 

Students  majoring  or  minoring  in  physical  education,  recreation,  or  health 
education  may  meet  these  requirements  by  enrolling  in  special  professional 
courses. 

The  program  of  physical  education  offers  the  college  student  an  oppor- 
tunity to  acquire  skills,  knowledges,  and  appreciations  in  a  variety  of 
physical  and  sports  activities.  Adequate  participation  now  and  in  the 
future  will  contribute  to  more  efficient  physiological  functioning,  effective 
movement,  improved  human  relations,  and  worthwhile  use  of  leisure  time. 
Students  are  urged  to  develop  new  skills  as  well  as  to  select  those  in  which 
they  would  like  to  have  further  experience. 

The  complete  course  offering  for  any  one  semester  is  listed  in  the  "Sched- 
ule of  Classes"  for  each  semester.  Special  attention  should  be  given  to  the 
time,  place,  and  section  of  the  activities.  When  selecting  course  for  credit, 
consideration  should  be  given  to  the  following  points: 

MALE  students:  All  male  students  are  required  to  take  the  basic  program, 
P.  E.  1,  Orientation  to  Physical  Education,  the  first  semester  in  which 
they  are  enrolled  in  the  University.  During  this  course,  a  swimming  skill 
test  and  a  motor  performance  test  will  be  given.  If  a  student  fails  either 
test,  he  must  select  elementary  swimming  or  basic  motor  fitness  course, 
whichever  may  apply.  If  the  student  fails  both  tests,  the  preferred  course 
selection  is  swimming.  Other  students  may  select  any  activity  listed  in 
P.  E.  3  as  their  second  semester  activity. 

56 


Basic  Physical  Education  Courses 

P.  E.  courses  may  be  taken  for  credit  beyond  requirement  or  for  audit. 
Each  male  student  enrolled  in  required  physical  education  will  be  furnished 
a  red  and  black  reversible  T-shirt,  black  trunks,  socks,  supporter,  and 
towel.  Gymnasium  shoes,  and  for  some  classes,  sweat  clothes  must  be 
furnished  by  the  student. 

At  the  end  of  each  semester  or  upon  withdrawal  from  the  University  each 
student  must  return  his  clothing  to  the  equipment  custodian  or  he  will  be 
billed  for  all  items  of  clothing  which  are  missing. 

uniform:  Each  woman  student  is  expected  to  provide  herself  with  gym- 
nasium costume  consisting  of  dark  green  bermuda  shorts,  white  blouse, 
white  socks  and  tennis  shoes. 

ALL  students:  1.  A  laboratory  fee  is  assessed  for  all  Physical  Education 
courses. 

2.  All  courses  designated  with  an  asterisk  (*)  are  co-ed 
courses  with  appropriate  numbered  courses  combined  to  form  a  class. 

3.  Other  courses  are  designated  with  special  markings 
indicating  that  there  is  a  prerequisite  to  that  course.  All  such  markings  are 
explained  with  a  footnote  at  the  bottom  of  each  page  in  the  Schedule  of 
Classes.  Examples  of  prerequisites  are:  Swimming  is  a  prerequisite  to 
sailing  and  canoeing  and  a  weekend  field  trip  is  required  for  camping,  etc. 

4.  A  special  fee  of  $26.00  is  assessed  for  riding. 

WOMEN  students:  All  women  students  will  select  the  activity  in  which 
they  would  like  to  participate.  However,  a  swimming  skill  test  will  be 
given  to  all  students  and  those  not  passing  will  be  assigned  an  elementary 
swimming  class  in  P.E.  4.  The  other  students  will  continue  in 
their  chosen  activity.  The  second  course  may  be  selected  from  either  P.E. 
2  or  P.E.  4. 

In  brief,  those  students  who  are  not  proficient  in  swimming  must  complete 
one  course  in  P.E.  4. 

The  Basic  Program  Courses  are  designated  as: 

P.  E.  1  Orientation  to  Physical  Education 

P.  E.  2  Physical  Education  Activities 

P.  E.  3  Basic  Physical  Education 

P.  E.  4  Swimming 

P.  E.  lOS  Physical  Activities  (Summer) 

REQUIRED  HEALTH  EDUCATION  FOR  MEN  AND  WOMEN 

All  freshmen  are  required  to  complete  one  semester  of  Science  and  Theory 
of  Health  (Hea.  5)  for  graduation.  Students  who  demonstrate  proficiency 
in  Science  and  Theory  of  Health  on  a  test  to  establish  credit  may  be 

57 


Required  Health  Education 

exempted  from  Health  5.  Transfer  students  who  do  not  have  credit  for 
Health  5,  or  its  equivalent,  must  complete  it  or  take  it  until  graduation, 
whichever  occurs  first.  This  semester  course  is  designed  to  meet  the 
functional  health  needs  and  interests  of  college  men  and  women.  The 
basic  units  of  instruction  have  been  evolved  from  present  day  scientific 
backgrounds.  It  is  hoped  that  through  this  health  course  the  student  will 
be  better  able  to  develop  sound  attitudes,  habits  and  knowledge  that  will 
facilitate  a  more  effective  type  of  everyday  living.  Audio-visual  aids, 
reading,  reports,  guest  speakers,  and  lectures  help  to  enrich  the  class  dis- 
cussions. The  University  environment,  the  personal  and  group  adjustment 
which  the  students  must  make  are  considered  to  form  the  core  of  this 
course. 

Men  and  women  who  have  reached  their  thirtieth  birthday  are  exempt 
from  Health  5. 

MiUtary  Service  does  not  exempt  the  student  from  the  Health  5  require- 
ment. 

Hea.  5.  Science  and  Theory  of  Health.   (2) 

First  and  second  semesters.  A  course  concerned  primarily  with  sound  health 
knowledge  attitudes  and  skills  as  they  apply  to  the  individual.  The  major 
subjects  dealt  with  in  this  course  are:  mental  health  and  social  adjustment; 
human  reproduction  and  sex  education;  organic  efficiency;  ecological  and  en- 
vironmental health  hazards;  and  the  need  for  health  education  and  community 
action  from  world  to  local  levels. 

STUDENT  ORGANIZATIONS  SPONSORED 
BY  THE  COLLEGE 

PHI  ALPHA  epsilon:  Honorary  Society  of  the  College  of  Physical  Edu- 
cation, Recreation,  and  Health. 

The  purpose  of  this  organization  is  to  recognize  academic  achievement 
and  to  promote  professional  growth  by  sponsoring  activities  in  the  fields 
of  physical  education,  recreation,  health,  physical  therapy,  and  related 
areas. 

Students  shall  qualify  for  membership  at  such  time  as  they  shall  have  at- 
tained junior  standing  in  physical  education,  health,  recreation,  or  phys- 
ical therapy,  and  have  a  minimum  overall  average  of  2.7  and  a  minimum 
professional  average  of  3.1.  Graduate  students  are  invited  to  join  upon 
passing  the  Master's  qualifying  examinations. 

The  organization  is  open  to  both  men  and  women. 

majors'  club:  All  students  enrolled  in  the  college  are  eligible  for 
membership  in  this  organization.  It  conducts  various  professional  meet- 
ings, brings  in  speakers  and  promotes  various  co-recreational  activities. 
It  has  sponsored  trips  to  District  and  National  conventions  of  the  Amer- 
ican Association  for  Health,  Physical  Education,  and  Recreation,  and 
is  chartered  as  a  student  major  club  of  that  organization. 

58 


Student  Organizations 

SIGMA  TAU  epsilon:  This  society,  founded  in  1940,  selects  those  girls 
who  have  attained  an  overall  2.5  average  and  demonstrated  outstanding 
leadership,  service  and  sportsmanshiplike  qualities  in  the  organization  and 
activities  of  the  Women's  Recreation  Association  and  its  alRUated  groups. 

AQUALINERS:  This  synchronized  swimming  club  is  open  to  all  men  and 
women  registered  in  the  University.  Through  weekly  meetings  the  group 
concentrates  on  additional  stroke  perfection,  individual  and  group  stunts, 
diving,  and  experimentation  with  various  types  of  accompaniment  and 
choreographic  techniques.  An  original  water  show  is  presented  each  spring 
and  several  demonstrations  are  given  each  year.  Tryouts  are  held  twice 
a  year — once  at  the  beginning  of  the  fall  Semester,  and  again  after  the 
water  show  during  the  spring  semester. 

UNIVERSITY    OF    MARYLAND    RECREATION    SOCIETY:      In    the    fall    of    1959 

the  University  of  Maryland  Recreation  Society  was  formed  by  the  under- 
graduate and  graduate  major  and  minor  students  of  the  College.  The 
Society,  an  affiliate  of  various  national  recreation  organizations,  pro- 
vides opportunities  for  university  and  community  service,  for  rich  prac- 
tical experience,  and  for  social  experiences  for  those  students  having  a 
mutual  professional  recreation  interest. 

MODERN  DANCE  GROUPS:  Men  and  women  interested  in  modern  dance 
concentrate  on  dance  techniques  and  individual  and  group  compositions. 
Members  present  a  spring  concert  and  perform  in  demonstrations  on  and 
off  campus.    Dance  groups  meet  weekly. 

GYMKANA  TROUPES:  The  Gymkana  Troupe  includes  men  and  women 
students  from  all  colleges  that  wish  to  express  themselves  through  the 
medium  of  gymnastics.  These  individuals  coordinate  their  talents  in 
order  to  produce  an  exhibitional  performance  that  has  been  seen  in  many 
places  including  Bermuda,  Iceland,  Azores,  Idaho,  Montana,  and  the 
Eastern  Seaboard  of  the  United  States.  The  organization  has  three  prin- 
cipal objectives:  (1)  to  provide  healthful,  co-recreational  activities  that 
provide  fun  for  the  students  during  their  leisure  hours;  (2)  to  promote 
gymnastics  in  this  locality;  and  (3)  to  entertain  our  students  and  people 
in  other  communities. 

This  organization  is  co-sponsored  by  the  Physical  Education  Depart- 
ment and  the  Student  Government  Association;  and  it  welcomes  any  stu- 
dent, regardless  of  the  amount  of  experience,  to  join  and  to  have  fun. 

INTRAMURALS  FOR  MEN:  The  Intramural  Department  offers  an  exten- 
sive opportunity  for  all  men  to  participate  in  a  recreational  program  of 
either  individual  or  team  sports.  A  variety  of  activities  are  available  to 
fill  the  student's  leisure  time  and  develop  skills  which  may  be  carried  over 
into  later  life.  Also,  many  desirable  attributes,  such  as  fair  play,  leader- 
ship, teamwork  and  sportsmanship,  are  encouraged  and  developed  by  the 
student  participating  in  the  program. 

59 


Student  Organizations 

Leagues  and  tournaments  are  conducted  in  the  following  sports:  touch 
football,  horseshoe  pitching,  tennis,  cross  country,  track  and  field,  basket- 
ball, taWe  tennis,  badminton,  boxing,  wrestling,  bowling,  volleyball,  swim- 
ming, foul  shooting  and  softball. 

Management  and  officiating  in  intramural  sports  are  conducted  by  students 
majoring  in  physical  education  under  the  supervision  of  the  Director  of 
Intramurals  and  under  poUcies  and  regulations  estabUshed  by  the  Intra- 
mural Council. 

weight  lifting  club:  The  University  of  Maryland  Weight  Lifting  Club 
is  open  to  all  students  and  faculty  for  exercise  with  the  weights  through- 
out the  week  during  all  hours  that  Cole  building  is  open. 

The  University  of  Maryland  Olympic  Barbell  Club  is  a  more  highly 
organized  group  of  the  original  club.  It  is  recognized  by  the  Student  Govern- 
ment Association.  Bi-monthly  meetings  are  held,  which  assist  in  leadership, 
offer  cHnics  and  demonstrations,  etc.;  participate  in  competition,  and  earn 
awards  of  recognition. 

women's  recreation  association:  All  women  students  of  the  Uni- 
versity are  members  of  the  Women's  Recreation  Association,  an  affiliate 
of  the  Athletic  and  Recreational  Federation  of  College  Women.  Undei 
the  leadership  of  its  elected  student  officers  and  representatives  and  ap- 
pointed sports  managers,  the  WRA  sponsors  a  full  program  of  intramural, 
extramural,  and  interest  group  activities.  These  activities  seek  to  develop 
new  interests  and  skills  for  leisure-time  enjoyment,  provide  opportunities 
for  continuing  both  old  and  new  interests,  and  provide  a  democratic 
atmosphere  for  educational  leadership  experiences.  Included  are  free 
and  tournament  play  in  archery,  badminton,  basketball,  bowling,  fenc- 
ing, field  hockey,  golf,  softball,  swimming,  table  tennis,  tennis,  and  volley- 
ball; social  events;  and  co-recreational  activities  in  bowling,  badminton, 
volleyball.  Intramural  tournaments  are  organized  through  the  dormitory, 
sorority,  and  "day  dodger"  groups  of  the  University.  Sports  Days  and 
Play  Days  with  other  colleges  and  universities  enable  the  more  skilled 
students  to  participate  with  others  of  similar  abilities.  Opportunities  are 
also  provided  for  officiating  experience  and  for  the  earning  of  official 
WNORC  ratings  in  basketball,  field  hockey,  swimming,  and  volleyball. 

Various  special  groups  and  clubs  interested  in  recreation  exist  on  campus 
outside  the  Women's  Recreation  Association  program  and  offer  rich 
opportunities  for  the  development  of  other  recreational  interest.  Some  of 
these  are  the  Terrapin  Trail  Club,  Chess  Club,  Gymkana  Troupe,  SaiUng 
Club,  Ski  Club,  and  musical  and  dramatic  groups. 


60 


The  Faculty 

Administrative  Officer 

FRALEY,  Lester  M.,  Professor  and  Head,  Department  of  Physical  Education, 
and  Dean  of  the  College  of  Physical  Education,  Recreation  and  Health 

A.B.,  Randolph-Macon  College,  1928;  M.A.,  Peabody  College,  1937;  Ph.D., 

1939. 

Professors 

EYLER,  Marvin  H.,  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

A.B.,  Houghton  College,  1942;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1948;  Ph.D.,  1956. 

HARVEY,  Ellen  E.,  Professor  of  Physical  Education  and  Recreation 

B.S.,  New  College,  Columbia  University,  1935;  M.A.,  Teachers  College,  Co- 
lumbia University,   1941;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Oregon,   1951. 

HUMPHREY,  James  H.,  Professor  of  Physical  Education  and  Health 

A.B.,   Denison  University,    1933;   A.M.,  Western   Reserve   University,    1946; 
Ed.D.,  Boston  University,  1951. 

HUSMAN,  Burris  P.,  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1941;  M.S.,  1948;  Ed.D.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1954. 

JOHNSON,  Warren  R.,  Professor  of  Physical  Education  and  Health 

B.A.,  University  of  Denver,  1942;  M.A.,  1947;  Ed.D.,  Boston  University,  1950. 

Associate  Professors 

CLARKE,  David  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  Springfield  College,    1952;  M.S.,    1953;   Ph.D.,  University  of  Oregon. 
1959. 

CRONIN,  Frank  H.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education;  Head  Golf 
Coach 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,   1946. 

KEHOE,  James,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education,  Director  of  Intra- 
murals,  and  Head  Track  Coach 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1940. 

LATIMER,  Ruth  M.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Therapy 

B.S.,  Westhampton  College,   University  of  Richmond,    1945;   C.P.T.,   U.   S. 
Army  Hospital,  1946;  M.S.,  Medical  College  of  Virginia,  1952. 

MADDEN,  Dorothy  G.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

A.B.,   Middlebury   College,    1936;   M.A.,   Syracuse   University,    1937;   Ph.D.. 
New  York  University,  1961. 

TOMPKINS,  Theron  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,   Eastern  Michigan  College  of  Education,    1926;   M.A.,   University   of 
Michigan,   1939, 

61 


Faculty 

WOODS,  Albert  A.,  Associate  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1933;  M.Ed.,  1949. 

Assistant  Professors 

CAMPBELL,  William  R.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education  and  Head 
Swimming  Coach 

B.S.,  Springfield  College,  1949;  M.Ed.,  1953. 

CHURCHILL,  John  W.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Recreation 

B.S.,  Cortland  State  College,  1958;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1959. 

FREUNDSCHUH,  J.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  University  of  Alabama,  1953;  M.A.,  1954. 

HOWARTH,  Louise  S.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

A.B.,  Breanau  College,  1928;  M.Ed.,  University  of  Minnesota,  1949. 

INGRAM,  Anne  G.,  Assitant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

A.B.,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1944;  M.A.,  University  of  Georgia,  1948; 
Ed.D.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  1962. 

JONES,  Herbert  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Health  Education 

B.S.,  Wisconsin  State  College,   1954;  M.S.,  University  of  Wisconsin,   1957; 
H.S.D.,  Indiana  University,   1964. 

KELLEY,  David  L.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

A.B.,  San  Diego  State  College,  1957;  M.S.,  University  of  Southern  California, 
1958;  Ph.D.,  1962. 

KESLER,  Ethel,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  Woman's  College,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1949;  M.S.,  Wellesley 
College,  1953. 

KRAMER,  George  P.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1953;  M.A.,  1956. 

KROUSE,  William  E.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education  and  Head 
Wrestling  Coach 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,    1942;   M.Ed.,    1949. 

NESSLER,  Joan,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

B.A.,  Wellesley  College,  1951;  M.A.,  State  University  of  Iowa,  1952;  Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania  State  University,  1961. 

SANDERSON,  Eleanor  B.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  East  Carolina  College,   1955;  M.Ed.,  Woman's  College,  University  of 
North  Carolina,  1959. 

STEEL,  Donald  H.,  Assistant  Professor  of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  Trenton  State  Teachers  College,   1955;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland, 
1957;  Ph.D.,  Louisiana  State  University,  1964. 

62 


Faculty 

TIFFT,  Margaret,  Assistant  Professor  of  Health  Education 

B.S.,  Ohio  State  University,   1946;  M.A.,  Columbia  University,   1948. 

Instructors 

ARRIGHI,  Margarite  A.,  Instructor  of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  Westhampton  College,  University  of  Richmond,  1958;  M.A.,  University 
of  Maryland,  1962. 

BAKHAUS,  Pamela  M.,  Instructor  of  Health  Education 

B.S.,  Central  Michigan  University,  1964;  M.S.,  Indiana  University,  1966. 

BUNDSCHUH,  Ernest  L.,  Instructor  in  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  University  of  Alabama,  1959;  M.A.,  1960. 

CHASEY,  William  C,  Instructor  of  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  Springfield  College,  1962,  M.A.,  East  Carolina  State  College,   1965. 

CHRISTENSEN,  Carl  S.,  Instructor  of  Health  Education 

B.S.,  Springfield  College,  1953;  M.S.,  University  of  Illinois,  1954. 

HOLDEN,  Beverly  K.,  Instructor  of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  B.A.,  Shepherd  College,  1957;  M.Ed.,  Miami  University,  Ohio,  1958. 

JACKSON,  Elton  S.,  Instructor  of  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1958. 

JOHNSON,  Ronald  C,  Instructor  of  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  Baylor  University,  1956;  M.S.,  1958. 

KAHNERT,  John  H.,  Instructor  of  Health  Education 

B.A.,  University  of  California,  1957;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1961. 

Mcknight,  Dorothy  B.,  Instructor  of  Physical  Education 
B.S.,  Ursinus  College,  1957;  M.Ed.,  Temple  University,  1960. 

MYERS,  Roderick  W.,  Instructor  of  Physical  Education 

B.A.,  Ohio  Wesleyan  College,  1961;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1964. 

ROSEN,  Meriam  L.,  Instructor  of  Dance 

B.S.,  University  of  Illinois,   1948;  M.A.,  University  of  Maryland,  1965. 

SCHOFER,  Marcia  E.,  Instructor  of  Dance 

B.S.,  University  of  Maryland,  1962;  M.A.,  University  of  California,  1964. 

SCHUTT,  Margaret  E.,  Instructor  of  Health  Education 

B.S.,  Teachers  College,  Columbia  University,  1945;  R.N.,  St.  Elizabeth's  Hos- 
pital, 1941. 

WILLIAMS,  Diane  R.,  Instructor  of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  Women's  College,  University  of  North  Carolina,  1961;  M.A.,  San  Jose 
State  College,  1965. 

WILLIAMS,  Melvin  H.,  Instructor  of  Physical  Education 

B.S.,  East  Stroudsburg  Stale  College,  1962;  M.Ed.,  Ohio  University,  1963. 

63 


Faculty 

Lecturers 

COBEY,  W.  W.,  Associate  Professor,  Director  of  Athletics 
A.B.,  University  of  Maryland,  1930. 

MILLER,  Catherine  M.,  Lecturer  in  Health  Education 

B.S.,  State  University  Northern  Illinois,  1956.,  M.A.,  Colorado  State  College, 
1959. 

MILLIKAN,  H.  A.,  Associate  Professor  and  Head  Basketball  Coach 

B.S.,  Oklahoma  A.  &  M.  College,  1943. 
WYRE,  Alfred  J.,  Head  Trainer 


64